Bes
eas
on
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
Pinitzah SOCIERY
OF
ag
New SOUTH WALES
FOR THE YEAR
1922
Vol. XLVIL.
WITH FIFTY-EIGHT PLATES.
and 268 Text-figures.
SYpNBY:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY
THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTD.
29 Alberta Street, Sydney.
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
1922-1923.
CONMENUSHOR EKOCESDINGS, 1OZZ
PART I. (No. 185.)
(Issued 21st April, 1922.)
Pages.
Presidential Address, delivered at the Forty-seventh Annual Meeting,
29th March, 1922, by G. A. ray ee B.Se., B.E., F.E.S.
(Plates 1.111.) . ooMno Golda) Gay Od toe: cis eb CEOGE A Aine 1.-XVIl.
Elections and Acrawwmagennats Boi ere. <6 Be cGre ceed aibtiee: Gh RRO Ua enn er anne rence xvii.
Isa, Wigs bee SES soca 56 G6 oo G60 bo G0 6o 60 bo oo 2Amioe
PART II. (No. 186.)
(Issued 16th June, 1922.)
The Loranthaceae of Austraha. Parti. By W. F. Blakely .. .. 1-25
A Monograph of the Freshwater Entomostraca of New South Wales!
Part i. Cladocera. By Marguerite Henry, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow
of the Society in Zoology. (Plates iv.-vii.; four Text-figures.) .. 26-52
Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera, with special reference to
those parasitic in Reptiles. Part ii. A review of the Physaloptera
of Lizards. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Sc. F.L.S., Linnean ee
Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (One Text- face! ina 60 po Gny BER
A New Genus of Australian Cixiidae. By F. Mui... .. 63-64
Australian Coleoptera: Notes and new species. By H. J. Omens BAS
F.E.S. (Fourteen Text-figures.) . 65-82
New Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Mectralran chest Mepetie an | a
reclassification of the Superfamily Gyrodactyloidea. By T. Harvey
Johnston, M.A., D.Se., and O. W. Tiegs, M.Se. (Plates ix.-xxii.; one
Text-figure.) .. ... Sa nd lho. 00 aoe Bayon ene
A Second Bird Census. iy i, ‘B. ‘Cleland, MD. Me isa 5 5086 132-141
Descriptions and Biology of some North iene ition Mermites: By G.- F
Hill. (Plates xxiii.-xxy.; forty-one Text-figures.) . 59 40 oo JER EIGW
The pean and Peimomncyalny of the Giaausiannieaieason District.
: y G. D. Osborne, B.Sc. (Plate xxvi.; six Text-figures.) .. .. 161-198
iv. CONTENTS.
PART III. (No. 187.)
(Issued 15th September, 1922
The Loranthaceae of Australia. Part ii. ay W. F. peta (Plates
XXVii.-XxXxlil.) .
Description of new | iets Selanidaae ene a ie otal on ane Blattid
Coxa. By A. Eland ake M.R.C.S., F.E.S. (Seven Text-
WIATRES)) Beco o Poenen oer Gre Oa boa GON DS
Notes on Nematodes of the etn) Prisuioniens Part ii. The Physalop-
tera of Australian Lizards. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Se., F.L.S.
Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Thirty-eight
Text-figures) . 3 lene eRe ed, ie: era ene ee eee
Notes on ieesantbera iiabanidael Part ii. By Eustace W. Ferguson,
M.B., Ch.M., and G. F. Hill, F.E.S. (Ten Text-figures) .
A remarkable new Gall-thrips from Australia. By H. H. Kea Ph. D.
(Communicated by W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S.). (Six Text-figures) .
A new Australian Termite. By G. F. Hill, F.E.S. (Four Text-figures)
A new Gasteropod (fam. Euomphalidae) from the Lower Marine Series
of New South Wales. By John Mitchell. (Plate xxxv.) .. .
Some new Permian Insects from Belmont, N.S.W., in the Collection of
Mr. John Mitchell. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., D. ae F.LS., F.E.S.
(Plates XXXili.-xxxiv.; six Text-figures) .. .. A 6
Studies in Symbiosis. By John McLuckie, M.A., D. Sal
i. 'Lhe’ Mycorhiza of aan punctatum R.Br. (Twenty-six
Text-figures) . :
uu. The eeeeotronich Rents of ideracemnn peach oad “ohate
physiological significance. (Fourteen Text-figures).
A new Nematode Parasite of a Lizard. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B. Ses
F.L.S., Linnean caer! Fellow of the oe in Zoology. (Seven-
(ean Wainy Ee ORO) foo
On Astacocroton, a new eae of ase, By, W. i Haswell, ee
D.Se., F.R.S. (Plates xxxvi.-xxxvii.) ae
Description of a new Phasma belonging to rel genus Siearatesoral ‘By
W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. (Plate. XXXViil.) .
A new Species of Mordellistena (Coleoptera, Mordellidae) Demet on
Termites. By G. F. Hill, F.E.S. (Iwo Text-figures) .
Revision of Australian Lepidoptera : Saturniadae, Boalietiiog, Euptero-
tidae, Notodontidae. By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S.
PART IV. (No. 188.)
(Issued 15th December, 1922.
The Loranthaceae of Australia. Part ii. By W. F. Blakely. (Plates
XXXix.-xlvii.) . suas SP eoNat YO) sciojatice leleeurccos 5
Notes of Nemarodes! of the genus 3 Felbvetoratcaa, ieart iv. The Physalop-
tera of Australian Lizards (contd.). By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Se.,
F.L.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Thirty-
eight Dext=figures:))|i 715 ctor pacihec rere neckeurte, ee rte eS ceeMisiserony ates
Pages.
199-222
223-231
232-244
245-265
266-274
275-277
278
279-292
293-310
319-328
311-318
329-343
344-345
346-347
348-390
391-414
415-427
CONTENTS. : y.
Pages.
The Occurrence of Oil Glands in the Barks of Certain a By
M. B. Welch, B.Se., A.I.C. (Plates xlviii.-xlix.) .. 428-438
Some Australian Moths from Lord Howe Island. 25 he J. Tomer,
NED INIDYSL Ga ooo at ie iepeniee ra (400-440
Chemical Notes—General. By 7. ‘Sicak (Plate L) site 441-446
Mesozoic Insects of Queensland. Part ix. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A,
Se.D. (Cantab.), D.Se., (Sydney), C.M.Z.S., F.LS., F.E.S.
(Plates li.-lii., and eighteen Text-figures.) .. . .. .. 447-470
On Australian Anthicidae (Coleoptera). By A. M. They FE. s. .. .. 471-512
A Note on Protein Precipitation in Grasses. By eo H. O’Dwyer,
1 BS Coe ea Bye esa 513-515
Further Report on ihe INEEGtine Value of Gavnka Aerie ‘Cine.
IBhy Wikiesereds le Oda, IBIS 66 66 G5 65 of 66 6000 04 36 516-518
The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson miseries
Part ii. By G. D. Osborne, B.Se. (Four Text-figures.) .. .. .. 519-534
Descriptions of two new Trilobites and Note on Griffithides convexicau-
datus Mitchell. By John Mitchell. (Plate liv.) . 2 sb ae-540
The Phylogenetic Significance of the ee Autantomlacenta: By
Professor T. T. Flynn, D.Se. ..-.. . 541-544
The Effect of Suspended Respiration on the ‘Composition oe ‘Alveciar
Air. By H. 8. Halero Wardlaw, D.Se. .... . 545-550
A Monograph of the Freshwater Entomostraca of Naw eonth iwalest
Part i. Copepoda. By Marguerite Henry, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay
Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates Tipit) 56 Saas ao 7 Males)
A Contribution to the Parasitism of Notothixos incanus (Oliv.) var.
subaureus. By J. Meluckie, M.A., D.Se. (Eleven Text-figures.) . 571-580
New or little-known Species of Australian Tipulidae (Diptera). By
C. P. Alexander, Ph.D. (Communicated by Dr. E. W. Ferguson.) 581-590
PART V. (No. 189.)
(Issued 15th February, 1923.)
INSHeE OF IPROEEREIES oo Go 00 06 00 de bo 60 do ab Ohad oo 0 oo *Stldogh
Domne GraGl IPERS o5 Go 56 56 60 vo ao 50 Gece a5 96 96 on 2oodileodhy
IDR. Git INIGAEES oo nog! oa 6s oc ac oe Go oo wumens ed odlon fo oo, edhubadibg
A]iryel GX Mee yer y emma cseeters GreusheereN ral Wecletikeres ereuange eta!) 75)", sia unl oa aten es kevopsha okey ]i.-}xxi.
V1.
CONTENTS.
LIST OF NEW SUPERFAMILY, FAMILY, SUBFAMILY, GENERIC AND
SUBGENERIC NAMES PROPOSED IN THIS VOLUME (1922).
Page.
Acleotrema (Lepidotreminae) ... 110
Anchylodiscus (Tetraonchinae) .. 93
Apheloscyta (Scytinopteridae) ... 458
Astacocroton (Acaridae) .. .. ... 330
Bathymeria (Cixiidae) .. .. . 63
Cathariotrema (2? Calceostominae) . 122
Daitreosoma (Tetraonchinae) .. . 98
Dionchinae (Calceostomidae) .. .. 122
Dionchotrema (Dionchinae) .. .. 123
Diplectanotrema (Aneyrocephalus) 96
Empleurodiscus (Lepidotreminae) . 109
Empleurosoma (Tetraonchinae) .. 100
Empruthotrema (Merizocotylinae) 114
Eucistela (Cistelidae) .. .. .. . 179
Flabellodiscus (Lepidotrema) .. . 105
Gastridiota (Bombycidae) .. .. .. 359
Gyrodactyloidea (Trematoda
Heterocotylea) .. .. Maitre 250
Halotrema (‘Tetraonchinae) so oo §=6
Ipsviciopsis (Ipsviciidae) .. .. .. 464
Lamellodiscus .(Lepidotreminae) . 112
Lepidotes (Lepidotreminae) .. .. 107
Lepidotrema (Lepidotreminae) .. 102
Lepidotreminae (Gyrodactylidae) . 101
Mallodeta (Bombyeidae) .. . 359
Merizocotylinae (Gyrodactylidae) 114
Mesociziodes (Cixiidae) . 462
Parabelmontia (Parabelmontiidae) 285
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page.
Parabelmontiidae (Paramecoptera) 284
Paragymnastes (Tipulidae) .. .. . 583
Permithone (Permithonidae) .. .. 289
Permithonidae (Planipennia) .. . 289
Pincombea (Pincombeidae) .. ... 282
Pincombeidae (Sternorrhyncha) . 282
Polycytella (Seytinopteridae) .. . 460
Protogyrodactylidae (Gyrodactyloidea)
87
Protogyrodactylus (Protogyrodactylidae)
87
Protomicrocotyle (Protomicrocétylinae)
125
Protomicrocotylinae (Gyrodactyloidea)
125
Sthenadelpha (Cnethocampinae) . 370
Tanystola (Cnethocampinae) .. 370
Thaumatothrips (Kladothripinae) 267
Triassagrion (Triassagrionidae) . 455
Triassagrionidae (Anisozygoptera) 454
Triassocoridae (Cryptocerata) .. . 466
Triassocoris (Triassocoridae) .. . 466
Triassolocusta (Locustopsidae) .. . 451
Triassomantidae (Orthoptera) .. 449
Triassomantis (Triassomantidae) . 450
Triassophlebia (Mesophlepiidae) . 454
Triassopsychops (Psychopsidae) .. 467
Trivitellina (Protogyrodactylidae) 89
CORRIGENDA.
xi, line 7, for forewing, read hindwing.
429, lines alae for FE. Gullicki Baker, read E. Gullicki Baker and Smith.
431, line 2, for ero read to.
line 5, for 2 mm., read 0.3 mm.
line 6, for averaged 0.015 mm., read measured 0.06 mm.
433, 3rd line from bottom, for Section, read Sections.
539, line 47 (5th from bottom).—The name Ptychoparia merrotski must
lapse, being a synonym of P. alroiensis, under which name the speci-
men has already been described by Etheridge (Trans. Roy. Soe. 8S.
Aust., xliii., 1919, 385). [Ed.]
452, line 14—for Archizygoptera, read Anisozygoptera:
454, line 11 from bottom—for Anisozygoptera, read Arehizygoptera.
469. Text-figure 89 is printed upside down.
CONTENTS. Vu.
LIST OF PLATES.
PROCEEDINGS, 1922. ¢
1—Map showing the distribution of subspecies of Tisiphone.
ii—Variations of Tisiphone abeona joanna.
ui—Fust, second, and third generation hybrids of Tisiphone.
.iv.-vili— Cladocera from New South Wales.
ix.-xxiil.—Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
xxiil.-xxv.—Termitaria of North Australian Termites.
xxvi— Geological Map of Clarencetown-Paterson District.
XXVil.-xxxll.— Loranthaceae of New South Wales.
XXXill.-xxxiv.—Permian Insects from Belmont, N.S.W.
xxxv.—Platyschisma allandalensis, n.sp.
XXXV1.-Xxxvil.—Astacocroton molle, n.g. et sp.
xxxvill—Hxtatosoma elongatum, n.sp.
xxxix.-xlvii—Loranthaceae of New South Wales.
xlviii!-xlix.—Oil-glands in barks of Eucalyptus Macarthuri and E. Smithii.
1—Ferruginous stalagmites, and coatings on twigs, fruits and leaf.
li.-lii.—Mesozoie Insects from Queensland.
liv.—Trilobites from N.S.W. and N.W. Queensland.
ly.-lviii—Copepoda from New South Wales.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE I.
So.
aN hie Te
Camden
a i f foe
a) \ ]
Soy }
. 4 f
te . & Wy iy
ae, Map
PeeaT ON) te wt’ showing the distribution
ae ro a A
+ ee of the subspecies of
Ttsiphone abeona.
cm
; oe
eit
PLATE il.
N.S.W., 1922.
Soc.
Proc. Linn.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE iil.
Approximately four-fifths natural size.
THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA. Part 1.
By W. F. Buaxety, First Botanical Assistant, National Herbarium, Sydney.
[Read 29th March, 1922.|
Introduction.
During the ordinary course of my work in the National Herbarium, I be-
came aware of the fact that the genus Loranthus was badly in need of revision,
so I set to work to straighten out what appeared to me to be the most com-
posite species. After considerable investigation I found that nothing less than
a thorough examination would prove satisfactory, consequently I decided to re-
vise the Family as a whole.
I am deeply indebted to the Director, Mr. J. H. Maiden, for the encourage-
ment and whole-hearted assistance he has given me throughout, particularly the
unreserved use of the Herbarium, together with the free access to communications
and reference to specimens and information from other herbaria, which enabled
me to examine types and material much more satisfactorily than relying upon
descriptions only. I take this opportunity to thank him for his generous assist-
ance; also Professor Ewart of the Melbourne Herbarium; Professor Osborn of
the University of Adelaide; Mr. C. T. White, Government Botanist, Queensland;
Mr. J. M. Black, South Australia and Mr. Herbert Mann, of Western Australia,
all of whom, at Mr. Maiden’s request on my behalf, very kindly placed the
whole of their material at my service. I wish also to extend my appreciation
to Mr. O. Staf, of Kew, and to the official artist, Miss M. Smith, for portion of
the types, and drawings of rare specimens. To Professor Le Comte, Professor
of Botany, Museum D’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, I am very grateful for informa-
tion relating to Van Tieghem’s, Lehmann’s, and Miquel’s species.
To Mr. George Weir, Forest Pathologist-in-Charge, Bureau of Plant In-
dustry, U.S. Department of Agriculture, my sincere thanks are due for a copy
of Martius ‘Flora Braziliensis,” dealing with CEichler’s classification of the
Loranthaceae of Brazil; also to Major C. C. Calder, of the Caleutta Herbarium,
for the loan and gift of several specimens of the Loranthaceag of Ceylon, and
to Dr. B. L. Robinson, Curator, Gray Herbarium, United States, for a sketch of
L. Cunninghami A. Gray (Ll. congener Sieber).
I also wish to express my sincere thanks and appreciation to Miss Margaret
Floeckton, artist, National Herbarium; Mr. A. H. S. Lueas, Headmaster, Sydney
Grammar School; Mr. E. Cheel; Mr. A. A. Hamilton; Mr. J. C. von Hagen;
Messrs. D. W. C. and R. Shiress; Mr. H. Bott; and Mr. D. Gorman.
With the aid of the additional material from nearly all parts of the Com-
monwealth I have been able to make a more complete examination of almost
every species, which enabled me to describe more fully the imperfectly known
species and to define their affinity.
2 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 1.,
The classification adopted is that of Engler’s “Pflanzenfamilien,” which is
closely followed with slight modifications. It is obvious from my investigations
that Engler did not himself examine some of the Australian species. The
genera affected by my review are Atkinsonia, which is superseded by Gavaden-
dron; the species belonging to the versatile section of Loranthus, which are trans-
ferred to Phrygilanthus; and two species of Visewm, which have been placed in
Korthalsella. In the genus Loranthus, I propose to restore 5 old species, and
shall offer: as new 13 species and a similar number of varieties. The additions
will bring the total number of species to 40, with 20 varieties, an increase of 21
species and 17 varieties since the publication of the “Flora Australiensis” in
1866. They are distributed among the undermentioned sections as follows:
Amyema, 25 sp., 12 vars.; Diplatia, 1 sp.; Trewbella, 4 sp.; Lysiana, 4+ sp., 6
vars.; Amylotheca, 1 sp.; Dendrophthoe, 4 sp., 2 vars.; Benthamina, 1 sp.
In depicting the various species, two characters impressed ‘me as being
valuable aids to classification, namely, the inflorescence and the buds. Both are
singularly constant, and form a ready means of discrimination. The venation of
the leaves is also valuable for the same purpose, as the species with parallel
venation in Loranthus, with one exception, belong to the section Amyema, as also.
do nearly all the terete-leaved species, while those with penninerved leaves, with
one exception, are absorbed in the closely allied sections.
I have also paid some attention to the embryonie cotyledons and _ their
manner of growth, with a view to ascertaining whether certain characters were
sufficiently constant for taxonomic purposes. | find that in the various sections
of Loranthus there is, im some species, a corresponding similarity in the structure
of the embryo and its mode of growth and differential development, which, taken
in conjunction with other characters, is to some extent helpful in their separation
and classification.
Other characters discussed are parasitism, adventitious roots, union or at-
tachment, mimicry, dispersal and distribution, and agents of dissemination.
Al Brief Botanical History.
The first purely Australian member of the family Loranthaceae, Loranthus
floribundus Labill. (Nuytsia floribunda R. Br.,) was deseribed by Labillardiére
(Novae Hollandiae Plantarum, i., 1804, p. 87, fig. 113). Twenty-three years
after, Sieber (Sprengel Cur. Poster, 1827, p. 139) deseribed Loranthus pendulus,
and two years later (in Roemer et Schultz, System Vegetabilium, vii., 163) he
described L. celastroides and L. eucalyptifolius.
In 1830 A. P. De Candolle, in his classification of the Loranthaceae (Pro-
dromus Syst. Veg., iv., 259) redeseribed L. pendulus Sieb. under section Stylosi
and published for the first time a description of L. congener Sieber. On page
316 he quotes Labillardiére’s description of L. floribundus (Nuytsia floribunda .
R. Br.), placing it in section Taguanae DC, along with some Chilian species, and
on page 318, under Vix noti numero nempe floris ignoto, refers to Sieber’s L.
celastroides and L. eucalyptifolius. Tn the same year he gave a description and
figure of L. pendulus Sieb. and L. congener Sieb. in his Mémoire sur la Famille
des Loranthacées.
Robert Brown (Journ. Geogr. Soe., 1, 1831, 17) removed Loranthus flori-
bundus Labill. from the genus Loranthus, mainly on the winged fruits, and pro-
posed the genus Nuytsia. In his Botanical works (vol. 1., 1832, 308) he refers
again to Nuytsia floribunda in “A general view of the botany of the vicinity of
Swan River.” f
BY W. FP. BLAKELY. 3
In 1834, G. Don (General History of the Dichlamydeous Plants, ii, 419)
reproduced the descriptions of L. pendulus Sieber, L. congener Sieber, and L.
Gaudichaudi DC. under the generie name of Dendrophthoe, and on page 431
quotes L. eucalyptoides DC. (L. eucalyptifolius Sieber), while on page 432 ap-
pears a description of Nuytsia floribunda R. Br. The latter is also redeseribed
by Endlicher (Genera Plantarum, 1836-40, p. 803), and a reference to it will
be found in Meisner (Plantarum Vascularium Genera, ii., 1836-43, p. 110). In
1837 Fenzl described Loranthus linophyllus (Hugel Enumeratio Plantarum Novae
Hollandiae, p. 56), and Nuytsia floribunda R. Br. is redeseribed by Hugel.
In the following year Hooker (Icones Plantarum, p. 13, t. 73) described
Viseum incanwm (Notothixos ineanus Oliv.), and Lindley (Mitchell’s Three Ex-
peditions, ii., 1838, 69) described L. Quandang. A year later (Appendix to
Bot. Mag., 4) he figured Nuytsia floribunda R. Br. and refers to its habit, ete.,
on page XXXIXx.
Walpers appears to be the next writer, for in his Repertorum Botanices
Systematicae, ii., 1843, 438) he gives a description of Viscwm incanum Hook.
(Notothixos incanus Oliv.) and JV. distichum Endl. from Norfolk Island. On
page 443, he reproduces a deseription of JL. linophyllus Fenzl, and Nuytsia
floribunda R. Br. is mentioned on p. 446, while ZL. Quwandang Lindl., is. re-
deseribed on p. 940.
In 1844 Miquel (Plantae Preissianae, 1., 281-2) contributed the followmge
species: L. miraculosus Miq., L. Casuarinae Miq., L. scoparia Miq., L. Miquelii
Lehm., L. Melaleuca Lehm., and L. Preissii Lehm. The following year these
species and Nuytsia floribunda KR. Br. were redescribed by Walpers (Rep. Bot.
Syst., v., 938, 940).
Three years later Dr. Behr (Sch. Linnaea, xx., 624) described L. Hxocarpi;
Lindley (Vegetable Kingdom, 1847, p. 791) mentions Nuytsia ligustrina A.
Cunn. (Gaiadendron ligustrina Cunn. Engl.), bis remarks being really a repeti-
tion of those in Botanical Mag., 1839.
In 1848 Hooker (Mitchell’s Tropical Australia) described the following
species :—L. aurantiacus A. Cunn. MS. (p. 101), Z. linearifolius Hook (p. 102),
L. nutans A.C. (L. Quandang Lindley) (p. 158), Z. subfalcatus Hook. (L. Exo-
carpi Behr.) (p. 224). These species are also described by Walpers (Annal.
Bot. Syst., 1., 1851-52). Hooker (Icon. Pl., 1852, Plate 880) also described and
figured Loranthus longifolius Hook. (L. pendulus Sieb.).
To A. Gray (Botany of the American Exploring Expedition, 1854, 739-41)
we are indebted for a full description and a figure of ZL. celastroides Sieb.
(Phrygilanthus celastroides Hichl.), together with a reference to L. eucalyptifolius
Sieb. (L. eucalyptoides DC., P. eucalyptifolius), L. pendulus Sieb., L. nutans
Gray non Cunn., L. Cunninghamii A. Gray, L. congener Sieber, and a deserip-
tion and figure of L. maytenifolius A. Gray, a doubtful Australian species.
In 1856 Miquel (Ned. Kruidk. Arech., iv., 105) contributed a short paper,
probably on behalf of Baron von Mueller, in which appears a description of L.
Exocarpi Behr. var. (a) flavescens F. v. M. and var. (b) coccineus F. v. M.
He also refers to L. miraculosus Miq., L. Melaleweae Lehm., L. pendulus Sieb.
and L. awrantiacus A. Cunn.
Mueller (Report Burdekin Expedition, 1860) gave a short aecount of the
Australian species known to him at the time and furnished a description of L.
vitellinus F. v. M.; L. signatus F. vy. M. under 2. insularum A. Gray. L. alyxi-
folius F. vy. M. is also deseribed under L. maytenifolius Gray, while L. dictyo-
phlebus F. v. M. and L. grandibracteus F. vy. M. are described for the first time.
4 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 1.,
In 1860-61 Mueller (Fragmenta, ii, 130) described Nuytsia ligustrina A.
Cunn. (Gaiadendron ligustrina A. Cunn. Hichl.). Perhaps the most important
revision of the Australian Loranthaceae is “Notes on the Loranthaceae, ete.,” by
Daniel Oliver (Journ. Linn. Soe., vil., 1864, 90), which afterwards formed the
basis of Bentham’s classification of the Family in his Flora Australiensis, 11.,
1866, 386. Oliver did not deal exclusively with the Australian genera, but with
a classification of the family generally, incidentally embracing the Australian
members of the family. His most notable contribution affecting the Australian
section is the segregation of Notothixos from Viscum.
In 1864-5 Mueller (Plants indigenous to the colony of Victoria, t. 30)
ficured L. celastroides Sieber and L. eucalyptoides DC. (L. eucalyptifolius Sieber).
With the advent of Bentham’s Flora Australiensis, Vol. iii, 1866, appeared the
first sequential classification of the Australian Loranthaceae, which comprised
five genera and twenty-seven species, namely Nuytsia (1 species), Atkinsonia (1)
Loranthus (19), Visewm (3), and Notothixos (3). Since then various Australian
botanists, when dealing with the family, very largely followed Bentham’s classi-
fication. -Hichler (Martius’ Flora Brazil, 1868, p. 21) included Nuytsia, Gava-
dendron and Phrygilanthus in his classifieation of the Loranthaceae, which has
since been accepted by Engler. In 1880, Hooker (Icones Plantarum, p. 13, Plate
1319) deseribed Loranthus Atkinsoniae (Atkinsonia ligustrina F. v. M.).
In their classification of the Loranthaceae (Genera Plantarum, 1880) Bent-
ham and Hooker partly accepted Eichler’s basis of classification pertaining to
Gaiadendron and Phrygilanthus which were noted by them as distinct sections
of Loranthus. Bentham (Hooker’s Ieones, 1880-82, p. 13, Plate 1319) described
and figured Loranthus Atkinsoniae (Gaiadendron ligustrina).
F. M. Bailey (Synop., Queensland FI., 1883, p. 449) briefly redescribed the
species recorded for that State. In the same year, Professor Tate and Baron
von Mueller (Trans. Roy. Soe. S.A., vi., 109) described L. Murrayi. Professor
Tate (Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., viii., 1885, 71) added L. gibberulus to the list of
species.
Mueller (IXey to the System of Victorian Plants, ii., 1885, plate 66) figured
L. celastroides Sieb. and L. eucalyptifolius Sieb. The upper figure on the plate
is the former and the lower figure is that of the latter.
In 1889 Engler and Prantl (Pflanzenfamilien, iii., 177) followed Hichler’s
classification and recognized Gaiadendron G. Don, and Phrygilanthus Kichler ;
they also recognized Bentham and Hooker’s decisions in regard to Loranthus,
Notothixos and Visewm. Moore and Betehe (Handbook of the Flora of New
South Wales, 1893, pp. 226-8) briefly described the eastern species as defined by
Bentham (B. Fl, iii.). The following year R. T. Baker (These Proceedings,
(2), 1x., 1894, 158) illustrated the genus Notothixos, and drew attention to what
appeared to him intermediate forms of N. subaureus.
it In 1894-5 Van Tieghem (Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France, vol.
xhi.) published a new classification which included all the Australian genera and
species, and in addition, the names of eight species were published, but apparent-
ly without description. The author appears to have used the names only in
connection with his classification, which is most regrettable as no doubt some of
them formed the basis of the new genera and sections he established.
A. 12%, C. Ashworth (Victorian Naturalist, 12, 1895, p. 51) contributed a
most interesting article on the dispersal of the mistletoe, claiming that the Swal-
low Dicaeum is the exclusive agent in Victoria in the dispersal of the mistletoe.
An pres Milnaeaun Das Systane 6 5 7 ;
F. Turner (These Proceedings, (2), ix., 1895, 559) recorded 27 species of
BY W. F. BLAKELY. &
exotic trees and shrubs growing in New South Wales, the host plants of three
species, namely L. celastroides Sieber, L. pendulus Sieber and Viscum articulatum
Burm. ©
In 1897 Engler (Pflanzenfamilien, ii.-iv., p. 127) published a revised classi-
fication of the Loranthaceae, and accepted Van Tieghem’s classification in regard
to Elytranthe and other sections of Loranthus, but in some cases he reduced
several of Van Tieghem’s genera to Sections and Series. Spencer Moore (Journ.
Bot., xxxv., 1897, pp. 161-72) deseribed LZ. Nestor and L. miniatus as additions
to the flora of Western Australia.
Professor Tate (Austr. Assoe. Ady. Sei, vu., 1898, 553) rendered a similar
service to that of Turner in systematically recording all the known host plants
of the various species.
The next work of importance is that of F. M. Bailey in his Queensland Flora,
y., 1902, pp. 1376-83, wherein he redescribed for Queensland, 16 species of
Loranthus, 3 species of Viseum, and 3 species of Notothixos, besides depicting
L. Bidwillii Bth., L. myrtifolia A. Cunn. and L. grandibracteus.
Mr. J. H. Maiden in a lengthy article in the “Sydney Morning Herald”
dated 20.9.1902 drew attention to the destruction caused by the Loranthus, and
mentioned that favourable reports had been received as to its fodder value.
Johneock (Proc. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxvi., 1902, p. 7, and xxvii., 1903, p.
253) contributed two interesting papers on the Loranthaceae of the Willochra
Valley, in which are some useful notes on the distribution cf Loranthus. Dr. A.
Morrison in the Western Australian Year Book (1903, p. 204) enumerates the
following species for that State: L. Murrayi F. v. M. et ‘Tate, L. Exocarpi
Behr., L. acacioides A. Cunn., L. linophyllus Fenzl, L. gibberulus Tate, L. pen-
dulus Sieber, L. Quandang Lindl., L. grandibracteus F. y. M., and L. Nestor
S. Moore, also Nuytsia floribunda R. Br.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton (Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xxx., 1905) recorded the
host plants of the Loranthaceae tound at Mt. Kembla. In the same Journal
Mr. J. J. Fletcher recorded 54 host plants for three species, namely, L. longi-
folius Desr. (ZL. vitellinus F. v. M.), L. celastroides Sieb. and L. miraculosus Miq.
He also drew attention to the double parasitism of these three species. James
Britten (Botany of Cook’s First Voyage, Part iii., 1905, p. 86, Figs. 274-6)
rendered a special service in describing and depicting three species of Loranthus
collected by Banks and Solander during Captain Cook’s voyage in the “En-
deavour” in 1778. Dr. Diels (Die Pflanzenwelt von West Australien, 1906) dis-
cusses the doubtful parasitism, ete., of Nuytsia floribunda R. Br., and on p. 109
an excellent figure of the plant is given, together with a photograph of the tree
(Taf. vi.). A photograph of L. Quandang Lindley parasitic on Acacia acuminata
also appears on page 302 (Taf. xxvil.). L. linifolius (L. linophyllus is probably
intended) is also mentioned.
In 1908 (These Proceedings, xxxill., pp. 344-376) Mr. J. J. Fletcher con-
tributed an interesting paper on the cotyledons of Atkinsonia ligustrina and
Nuytsia floribunda. Mr. C. C. Brittlebank in the same journal (p. 650) pub-
lished the “Life History of Loranthus Exocarpi,’ illustrated by a number of
valuable photographs.
M. Em de Wildeman (Plantae Norti Thenensis, 1909, Pl. Ixxvi., p. 61)
figures and deseribes L. linophyllus Fenzl (L. Preissii Miq.).
F. M. Bailey (Queensland Agric. Journ., xxvii., 1911, p. 198) deseribed
and figured L. conspicuus Bail. He also placed on record a new species of
Viseum, V. australe Bail. In the same year Professor Ewart (Proce. Roy. Soe.
6 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, Tey
Vie., xxiv., (N.S.), 1911, p. 69) deseribed L. signatus F. v. M. var. pulchea Ewart
from Western Australia.
In 1912 F. M. Bailey (Queensland Ag. Journ., xxix., p. 190) deseribed and
figured L. Quandang var. Bancrofti Bail. In his ‘Comprehensive Catalogue of
Queensland Plants” he enumerated 17 species of Loranthus, and also figured L.
Quandang var. Bancrofti Bail. L. conspicuus Bail., L. (Beawverdiana) dictyo-
phlebus F. v. M., Viscum angulatum Hey., V. orientale, V. australe Bail. and V.
articulatum. Three species of Notothixos were also recorded by hin.
W. V. Fitzgerald (Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. W.A., iii., 1916-17, 35) described
two new species, L. ferruginiflorus and L. biangulatus. He also recorded L.
signatus F. vy. M., L. longiflorus Desr., L. acacioides A. Cunn. and Viscum
articulatum Burm.
C. H. Ostenfeld in a “Contribution to West Australian Botany,” (Dansk
‘Botanisk Arkiv., Bd. 2, No. 8, Pt. 11, 1908, p. 14) published several species
under Enegler’s revised classification.
Professor Ewart (Flora Northern Territory, 1917, p. 88) recorded 14 species
for the Territory.
Mr. D. A. Herbert recently contributed a noteworthy paper on Nuytsia
floribunda R. Br. (Journ. Proe. Roy. Soe. W.A., v., 1918-19, p. 72) in which
he definitely settles the question of parasitism of Nuytsia.
Range and Origin.
If we take into consideration the range of the Family Loranthaceae, we are
impressed with the fact that it is very largely represented in the warmer parts
of the globe and readily draw deductions that it had its origin in the tropics
and gradually extended to the cooler temperatures north and south of the
equator. What its origin was, it is difficult to explain. Perhaps the most
feasible explanation is that intimated by Meyen when discussing tropical vege-
tation (Geography of Plants, p. 164): “But not only do the trunks of trees
serve as the support of so luxuriant a vegetation, but high amongst the foliage
are seen the scarlet flowers of Loranthus, shining Tillandsiae, Pitcarniae, and
a whole host of climbing plants, which, taking root in the ground, at first twine
up the trunks and branches, but afterwards forsake their parent soil, and
continue to grow as parasites. Von Martius, during his long abode in Brazil,
has traced with extraordinary acuteness the manner in which these singular
plants grow, and his deseription will give the best idea of it.” (Reise, ete., ii.
32).
Keeble (Trans. Linn. Soe., 2nd Ser., v., 1896, 101) describing the adven-
titious roots of a seedling plant of Loranthus loniceroides, says, “I cannot but
think that this early putting out of the aerial root is a phenomenon of heredity
and throws light on the course by which the Loranthaceae become parasites; the
seeds, originally sticky, often lodged on the trees, and, as in many species of
Ficus, these seeds, germinating, threw out roots which rapidly reached the ground
or the earth which collects in the forks of trees.”
Synopsis of the Family.
The family Loranthaceae, according to Engler’s classification, comprises 25
genera and 811 species. It is reasonable to suppose: that since the publication of
Engler’s classification the number has greatly increased, and it is highly pro-
hable there are now upward. of about 30 genera and 1,000 species. Fur-
ther additions are evident when the tropical and sub-tropical floras are syste-
7
BY W. F. BLAKELY.
matically worked, and also when a more intimate knowledge is attained of the
already known genera and species.
Of the 25 genera represented under Engler’s classification, only seven are
represented in Australia, namely:—Nuytsia R. Br., Gaiadendron G. Don, Phry-
gilanthus Wichl., Loranthus L., Notothixos Oliver, Viscum L. and Korthalsella
van ‘Tiegh.
Nuytsia is the only genus strictly Australian.
Gaiadendron and Phrygilanthus are found in Brazil and Chili; the latter is
also endemic to the Philippines. Notothixos is indigenous to Ceylon, Philippine
Islands and New Guinea, while Loranthus and Visewm are very widely distributed
over the temperate and tropical zones. Korthalsella appears to be limited to
India, Japan, Java, New Zealand, Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands, and also to
some of the larger islands of the Pacific.
Nuytsia is confined to Western Australia; Gaiadendron to New South Wales;
4 species of Phrygilanthus are endemic to New South Wales and Queensland,
and two species extend to Victoria. Loranthus is dispersed as follows:—Victoria
9 species, South Australia 9, Northern Territory 15, New South Wales 20, Wes-
tern Australia 23, and Queensland 28 species. L. Exocarpi, L. Miquelii, L.
Preissii and L. Quandang are the only species disseminated over the whole of
Australia. Korthalsella is represented by 2 species each in Queensland and Nor-
folk Island respectively, and 1 species each in New South Wales and Lord Howe
Island. Notothixos has 3 representatives in New South Wales and 4 in Queens-
land. Three species of Viscum are also endemic to the latter State, while New
South Wales and Western Australia have each a single species.
The genus Elytranthe Blume, a native of Java and India, according to Eng-
ler, embraces some of the Australian species of the sub-genus Dendrophthoe.
In this respect I cannot follow Engler, as they appear to me to have more of
the characters of Dendrophthoe than Elytranthe, consequently the latter genus is
excluded.
There has been much confusion in the genus owing to the lack of knowledge
on the part of collectors. Many collectors have committed the error of mixing
what they probably thought were forms of the same species, but in reality they
were different. Many so-called types are unreliable, owing to mixed material.
We have examples of this on the type sheet of L. Quandang Lindl., and in
many of Dr. Leichhardt’s specimens. Mistakes have also arisen through imper-
fect material, as in the case quoted by Bentham when referrmg to a specimen
from the Howick Group, thought by him to be referable to L. odontocalyx, which
afterwards proved to be quite a different species, No. 18. The ordinary layman
is apt to regard all the Loranthus he sees under more favourable cireumstances
than those which surrounded the early collectors, as belonging to the same
species. When experienced persons make mistakes concerning them, there is
little wonder that others are sometimes in error, and their information should on
all oceasions, unless backed up by actual specimens, be interpreted with the
greatest caution.
It so happens that, with a large quantity of material which appears to be
all the same, there is often a mixture of other species. The distribution of this
material has, in some instances, been left to unqualified persons, consequently
what is sent out as purporting to be a specimen of the type is something totally
different. i
& THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 1.,
Seeds and Germination.
The seeds of all the Australian Loranthus are surrounded by viscin, enclosed
in a thin membranous sac, strengthened by 4 to 6 longitudinal flaccid appen-
dages, rising from the somewhat spongy base, and extending 2 to 4 mm. beyond
the seed. The viscin sac varies in length according to the size of the fruit. The
spongy base is also very variable; in some species it is a mere speck, in others
it is 5 mm. long, and about as broad. When the visein is exposed to the air it
hardens somewhat, and changes in appearance, until it appears like gum or
resin. In Phrygilanthus celastroides and P. eucalyptifolius, it becomes quite
gummy. If soaked in formalin mixture it turns white, like hard mutton fat,
and can be separated from the seed without diffieulty, but if placed in the same
mixture fresh from the epicarp, it remains soft and gelatinous.
James Drummond (Hooker’s Jour. Bot., v., 1853, p. 406) contributed the
following interesting notes on the seeds of a Western Australian Loranthus :—
“Some months ago, when I was dissolving some Acacia gum, which had been for
three-quarters of a year in my possession, I noticed that it contained seeds of
the beautiful Loranthus which grows on our Acacia. They seemed so fresh
that I placed them on the bark of a tree in the neighbourhood, where they
quickly germinated.”
The seeds of the Loranthus appear to need a fair amount of moisture to
ensure successful germination, and consequently the humid conditions prevailing
during portion of the summer are more favourable than the hot dry periods for
the suecessful development of the young seedlings.
I have repeatedly noticed that on germination the hypocotyl does not favour
a strong light, particularly the light from the side. In all the experiments
carried out by me on-the various species, the hypocotyl turned away from
the light; even when the hypocotyl was so placed that if it grew
forward it would come in contact with the host, instead it turned away.
Experiments conducted against a window subjected to strong sunlight are not
altogether favourable for the successful development of the young plants, for
they rarely grow beyond the attachment stage. In the natural surroundings the
light is often more uniform and the humidity more favourable than that of a
closed room, hence the young seedlings possess greater vitality, and readily adapt
themselves with vigour to the host, if it be a favourable one.
On examining some ripe fruits of L. miraculosus var. (b), I noticed that the
seed had already germinated, but the suctoral dise was unable to penetrate the
thick epicarp, and therefore was compelled to turn down towards the base of the
seed in some, while in others, the hypocotyl was spirally twisted and, when re-
leased, was too far gone to recover, having exhausted the supply of food from
the endosperm.
In nearly all eases when germination takes place the hypocotyl and embryonic
cotyledons show strong traces of chlorophyll, either a green or purple pigment.
In some seeds that contain but little albumen the embryo is quite green before
the fruit is fully ripe and, therefore, the irritability set up by germination can-
not altogether be a factor in the assimilation of chlorophyll within the embryo.
The first pair of leaves that make their appearance in the germinating seed
of most species are not truly the cotyledons but the primary leaves. They are
sometimes rudimentary, acicular, linear, spathulate, oblong, lanceolate and elliptie
in form, besides developing to a considerable thickness; they remain for a period
of a few months to four years on the young plants before they fall off. In sueh
species as P, celastroides and P. eucalyptifolius they are markedly large for the
BY W. IF. BLAKELY. 9
small hypocotyl, and appear to carry out the function of photosynthesis for the
young plant to a considerable extent.
The Embryonic Cotyledons,
The term embryonic cotyledons applies to the cotyledons when enclosed in
the endosperm, or when withdrawn from it. In many species they are not
withdrawn, but remain imbedded within it, apparently absorbing, for the benefit
of the hypocotyl and suctoral disc, the food stored therein. In some species the
cementing of the viscin acts as a deterrent to the withdrawal of the cotyledons,
and in such cases an early penetration or attachment of the dise takes place,
thus reducing the need for the withdrawal of the cotyledons from the endosperm.
The enclosed cotyledons appear to generate viscin, for they are saturated with
it in a growing seedling, and almost free from it in a dormant seed. This ap-
pears to confirm the suggestion that the cotyledons act as suckers to absorb food
from the endosperm until the radicle has established itself.
In all the species that I have investigated, the embryonic cotyledons are not
withdrawn from the endosperm when germination takes place: they are L-
congener, L. Gaudichaudi, L. miraculosus var. (b), L. No. 15, n.sp., P. celas-
troides, P. eucalyptifolius, L. Miquelii, and L. bifurcatus. Griffith, studying the
development of the ovules of Loranthus and Viscum (Trans. Linn. Soe., xviii.,
part i., p. 78) observed that, “The cotyledons in all the species I have examined
remain inclosed in the albumen, which substance begins to disappear as soon as
the plumula commences to be developed.”
Brittlebank, in the “Life History of L. Exocarpi’’ (These Proc., xxxiii., 1908,
650), distinctly depicts (Plate xx., figs. 2-4) the embryonic cotyledons withdrawn
from the endosperm. Fig. 2 shows the hypocotyl in its early stages, and two
opposite obovate cotyledons, followed by a pair of elongated lanceolate sessile
leaves, and the first internodes with two small broad lanceolate leaves. Fig. 3
shows a young seedling slightly more advanced, without the cotyledons, but with
the first pair of leaves, also two internodes, and above them four somewhat
closely imbricate leaves.
I have not seen the seedling of this species beyond the germinating stage.
In L. biangulatus W. V. Fitz. the cotyledons are withdrawn. A young seed-
ling on the type specimen shows a terete and slightly tubereulate hypocotyl, 6
mm. long; cotyledons linear-lanceolate, 5 mm. long; suctoral dise broad, smooth,
4 mm. in diameter.
There is a photograph of this species in the “Western Mail,” Perth, W.A.,
9th June, 1906, showing a much larger seedling.
Double Embryos.
The irregularity of the cotyledons of various species of Loranthus is ac-
counted for by the fact that some seeds possess a double embryo which, on ger-
mination, gives rise to four cotyledons (or primary leaves) instead of two. Tt
sometimes happens that one or more are suppressed by the cementing or harden-
ing of the visein and appear beneath the resinous mass in amorphous chlorophyll
forms. The appearance of the double embryo opens up the question as to
whether they are the result of the seed being two-celled. The evidence seems to
point in that direction, as I have found two indistinet cells in some fruits of L.
congener Sieb. and L. miraculosus var. (b). Bower (Origin of a Land Flora,
1908, p. 127) draws attention to “the decrease in the number of sporangia, by
fusion of sporangia which previously in the race were separate. This has been
10 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 1.,
assumed as an explanation of synangial states by various writers, but it can only
rarely be proved on grounds of comparison that fusion of sporangia has actually
taken place, and the best evidence of it comes from the Angiosperms. Thus the
fusion of the ovules, leading indeed to obliteration of their identity, occurs in
certain species of Loranthus, and comparison leaves little doubt that the sunken
embryo-saes represent the individual ovules, the identity of which is lost as re-
gards external forms.”
On this same subject Worsdell (Principles of Plant Teratology, i., p. 93)
quotes Treube, who “describes a case in which Loranthus sphaerocarpus, the fer-
tilized ovum divides by a vertical wall, but the sister-cells develop together into
a single proembryo, consisting of a double row of cells. The case of imperfect
twins, in which the lower part of the structure is undivided while the upper is
separated into two similar parts, represents at once the simplest case of fasciation
in existence and also the phenomenen which most easily and clearly explains it,
illustrating as it so well does the result of the compromise between the two ten-
dencies towards unification and separation respectively. It is a by no means
uncommon phenomenon for two embryos or young seedlings to appear more or
less intimately fused together.”
Griffith (Trans. Linn. Soe., xviii, i., p. 82) refers to the plurality of em-
bryos in some Indian species of Viscwm. Also J. D. Hooker (FI. British India,
v., 223) says, “Embryo in fleshy album, solitary or 2 in each seed.”
Double embryos have also been found in Viscum album L., the well known
European mistletoe, and attention has been recently drawn to it by Dom Ethel-
bert Horne (Journ. Bot., liv., 1916, p. 292) whe says, “There appear to be two
kinds of mistletoe seeds—those that produce but one radicle and those that pro-
duce two or more. The former are oblong in shape and the latter triangular.
In the paper by the late Dr. Bull of Hereford on Viscum album (Trans. Wool-
hope Club, 1852-65, p. 312) he states that out of 36 seeds taken at random, 25
had a pair of radicles. I put 30 seeds, also taken haphazard, in a patch on the-
trunk of a plane-tree. Three of these were lost, and of the remaining 27, two
radicles came from 19, which is almost exactly the same proportion as in Dr.
Bull’s experiment. But where he obtained only 4 seeds with single radicles out
of 36, I grew 7 out of 27—a very much larger proportion. Also in the older
experiment 7 seeds had 3 radicles, whereas I had only 1.”
Brittlebank (These Proc., xxxiii., 1908, 650, fig. xxx.) depicts a double
vadicle in L. Exocarpi. I have also observed and depicted the same phenomenon
in the following species: L. congener Sieb., L. Miquelii Lehm., L. miraculosus
Miq. and the variety (b). L. No. 15, n.sp., L. Gaudichaudi DC., L. No. 24, nsp.,
L. vitellinus F. v. M.
In the majority of cases the development of the double radicle is unequal,
and a large percentage of them fail to develop into plants. As the two radicles
appear to exhaust the store of food within the endosperm before the suctoral
disc becomes established, it is evident that the double radicles are not always a
beneficent factor in the reproduction of the species, but, on the contrary, they
are detrimental to it. They are also subject to self-parasitism, which results in
the death of the one preyed upon, and occasionally both succumb.
Parasitisn.
Tt has been pointed out by many authorities that the Loranth does not live
entirely upon the host. The presence of chlorophyll in the leaves and young
branches is suggestive of the power of assimilation it possesses, and therefore
BY W. F. BLAKELY. iat
it is only partly dependent upon the host for its food supply, which consists
cehiefly of moisture and mineral food derived from the host through its haustoria
or sucking roots. Being possessed of green leaves, it is able to make the rest
of its food by photosynthesis.
J. D. Campbell (Text Book of Botany, p. 506) refers to the Loranth as a
‘semi-parasite, because it possesses chlorophyll, “and can therefore assimilate
earbon-dioxide, nevertheless it penetrates the tissues of other plants and takes
food from them.”
It appears that Loranthus is capable of extracting injurious properties from
its host as shown in the case of L.. namaquanus, a South African species found
parasitic on Melianthus comosus, a well-known poisonous plant. According to
a record by Marloth (Flora South Africa, vol. 1., p. 167) “The Loranthus . . .
is eagerly eaten by animals, and farmers state that they have lost goats which
had eaten some Loranthus that was growing on Melianthus. If the animals had
not really eaten some of the Melianthus together with the Loranthus, this oc-
currence would indicate that the poisonous principle had passed from the host
into the parasite growing on it.” It is generally understood that species of
Loranthus are detrimental to the trees and shrubs upon which they grow, but
are not wholly injurious, except in extreme cases, where vegetation is im-
poverished. They have the tendency of disfiguring forest trees, rather than des-
troying them altogether, as it would be unnatural for them to destroy the source
of their food supply; the greatest danger is when they become attached to young
trees in the sapling stage; it is then that the greatest amount of damage is done,
as the young tree is quickly deformed and rendered useless for all purposes. On
the other hand, when large or mature trees are infected by these parasites it is
only the branches that are affected, and, in the majority of cases, it is quite @
long time before any injury is noticed, the usual result being the loss of the
upper portion of the branch, the parasite taking its place; in the course of time,
it entirely surrounds the end of the branch and appears to preserve it from
further decay by excluding the air and rain by its growth. In the majority
of eases it is the small branches that suffer most; the Jarger ones appear to be
more capable of resisting the growth of the parasite, perhaps on account of the
diminution of the cambium layer. The young branches are more sappy and
afford better facilities for the spread of the haustoria, which sometimes encircle
the young branch, and hence, the flow of the sap is eut off from the terminal
portion which dies, and in a number of eases falls off.
Anyone who has given attention to this group of plants must be impressed
with the fact that all parasitism of this family is purely accidental; moreover,
owing to the sticky nature of the seeds, and the simple manner in which they
are dislodged from the ripe fruits, every inducement is offered to accidental
parasitism im every case. When the fruit is ripe it is easily dislodged, and
many are displaced by strong winds, which act as a distributing agent, as well
as birds and other animals that feed upon the ripe fruits or come in contact
with them, so that the assortment of host plants of any partieular species de-
pends largely upon cireumstanees.
The seeds have been found adhering to many objects. The seed of the
European mistletoe, Visewm album L., has been noted by many observers sus-
pended from telegraph and telephone wires, and we have a similar example, in
the case brought under my notice by Mr. A. Cox, of Mudgee, who found seeds
of L. miraculosus Miq. hanging from a wire fence; surrounding an orchard. Three
seeds were suspended by a thread of viscin, the seeds being half’ an inch apart.
12 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, Is
It was thought at one time that the Loranth would only grow on certain
hosts, but such is not the case. There are, however, some instances when the
parasite is more prevalent on some host than others. For example, L. Gaudic-
haudi is invariably parasitic on Melaleuca parviflora Lindl. while L. No. 23,
n.sp. appears to prefer Brachychiton Gregorti F. v. M. If these species were
thoroughly investigated in the field, they would, in all probability, be found on
other plants as well, and probably good reasons for their apparently preferen-
tial choice of hosts would be found. For a long time I had been puzzled by the
frequency of L. vitellinus upon the Bloodwood, Eucalyptus corymbosa Sm., in
the Hornsby (Sydney) district, and, after careful observations, I have attributed
it to the Harmonious Thrush, Colluricincla harmonica, and the Blue Jay, Cora-
cina robusta. These birds feed upon the fruits of the Loranth and also upon
the beetles and other insects which visit the blossoms of the Bloodwood. In this
case the food assortment of these birds is the accidental factor which accounts
for association of the Loranth with the Bloodwood, as the parasite is usually in
ripe fruit when the Bloodwood is in full blossom.
Besides the foregoing there are other examples of what might be termed
preferential parasitism, for which it is most difficult to find a satisfactory reason,
as in the following’ cases:
On the Pennant Hills Road, Normanhurst, Sydney, Phrygilanthus celas-
troides, P. eucalyptifolius and Loranthus vitellinus smothered five plants of
Photinia serrulata. Other plants in the vicinity, though older and more sappy
than the Photinia, were quite free from the parasites. It is interesting to note
that none of the plants that were free from the mistletoe were berry-bearing
species. They were Tristania conferta, Eucalyptus resinifera, Jacaranda ovali-
folia and Erythrina indica.
In the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, the Planes, Platanus orientalis, are im-
fested with Phrygilanthus celastroides, and a few plants of P. eucalyptifohus
and Loranthus congener, while on either side of the Planes the Willows, Salix
babylonica, ave quite free from the parasites, notwithstanding the fact that the
branches of the Planes almost touch those of the Willows.
Another case in point, is that of Loranthus congener Sieb. In the. vicinity
of Bobbin Head, near Sydney, Casuarina suberosa is the common host of that
species, while plants of Caswarina glauca Sieb., which fringe the salt waters of
Cowan Creek, and in many places are only a few feet away from the infested
trees of C. suberosa, are entirely free from the parasite. Yet, in other localities,
L. congener has been found parasitic on Casuarina glauca.
The same phenomenon also applies, in the same locality and extending
along the water front as far as Windybank’s boat sheds, to Phrygilanthus
celastroides, which is fairly common on Casuarina suberosa and only occasionally
parasitic on C. torulosa, but I have never yet found it on C. glauca, although I
have been constantly on the lookout for it for three years. On several occasions
I have seen the branches of C. torulosa and C. suberosa mingled with those of
C. glauca, and the former laden with the parasite, but not a trace of it could
be found on the latter. Those who are acquainted with the two trees would
readily admit that C. glauca, with its thinner bark, which is also less corky,
would appear to offer more inducement to the parasite than either of its con-
geners. I have also noticed that.Phrygilanthus celastroides appears to have a
decided dishke to the Hucalyptus, or is incapable of effecting a union with it in
the majority of cases. On the other hand, its congener P. eucalyptifolius is just
the reverse. The fruits of the former are smaller than those of the latter, as
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 13
also are the seeds, while the viscin does not appear to be as durable and the
radicle is not quite as strong; therefore, it 1s probably less adapted for effecting
an infection in certain hosts. Apparently the Hucalyptus is one of these, al-
though I have never attempted the germination of its seeds upon the Hucalyptus.
Certain hosts, because of their thick deciduous bark, are very largely im-
mune from the attack of the parasites, and, unless the young radicle has made
good during’ the season before the host commences to shed its bark, and had
penetrated well beyond the deciduous cortical layer, it stands a chance of being
carried away with it.
Such host plants as Eucalyptus punctata have the class of bark alluded to,
but the species does not appear to be capable of warding off all attacks; never-
theless, the percentage of Loranthus found parasitic upon it is exceedingly small.
Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius is occasionally suecessful in effecting a union with
it, but I look upon that species as the most tenacious and aggressive of all the
Australian Loranthaceae, as it 1s capable of adapting itself to almost any host
under trying conditions. Next to it in vitality is Loranthus vitellinus, which
has rather large fruits, and whose seeds are amply supplied with viscin and
albumen, which enable it to establish itself upon many kinds of host. On some
of the Ironbarks, Eucalyptus paniculata for instance, large clumps of Phrygilan-
thus eucalyptifolius are often seen, indicating that they were attacked at an
early age, as it is quite a difficult matter for the young radicle to penetrate the
hard, composite, kino-like bark, which affords little or no nutriment to it, and
99 per cent. of the seeds that fall upon the bard bark fail to obtain an ad-
hesion. It is upon the young tender branches, or in the furrows of the semi-
hard bark that the young plants are best able to thrive. Besides the ordinary
or single adhesion we have what is called “double or secondary” parasitism,
which is a very common form, and many interesting examples can be seen in
the field in places where the parasites are plentiful. The most notable on re-
cord is that recorded by Mr. J. J. Fletcher (These Proe., xxx., 1905 (1906), p.
489) as follows: “Mr. Fletcher exhibited eleven branches or parts of stems—
being portion of eight individual plants of Loranthus celastroides, parasitic upon
four Eucalypts, two Angophoras, a Quince tree, and a Pinus insignis. These
eight Loranths had been victimised in their turn by seventeen Loranths (shown
im situ upon the host-Loranths) referable to three species.”
I have noticed that with plants of Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius in the
Botanic Gardens, Sydney, both on Eucalyptus tereticornis Sm. and E. melano-
phloia F. vy. M., secondary or self parasitism results in a much shorter and more
erect growth instead of the long pendulous branches so common to this species.
Loranthus was proclaimed a noxious plant in Victoria in 1904, which accounts
for its absence in some districts. Mr. D. W. Shiress, after a recent visit to Vie-
toria, informed me that the Loranth is almost stamped out, and that during his
two week’s stay in the Bendigo district he saw but two plants.
Adwentitious Roots.
Adventitious roots occur on all the species of Phrygilanthus found in Aus-
tralia, and also upon some species of Loranthus. The ramifications of the root
structure are similar in both genera. The union with the host in some species
gives rise to numerous red-brown adventitious roots which, in nearly all cases,
take a downward course. The chief purpose of these roots appears to be to
give greater support and stability to the plant, for, by becoming attached to
the cambium of the host, they draw from it, through their haustoria, most of the
essential food that the parent plant requires.
14 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, L.,
The mode of attachment of the adventitious roots depends largely upon the
host. They oceur more frequently, and are more vigorous, upon hosts with a
persistent bark. The swelling or ball-like growth is commonly associated with
hosts having a deciduous bark. On one occasion [| came across a plant of
Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius growing on the trunk of Angophora lanceolata
Cav., which had no swelling where the union took place, but, instead, a deep:
depression around the base of the parasite, as if it were growing from a hole
in the trunk of the host from which two strong adventitious roots descended for
about six feet; one was almost dead, and entirely free from the host, the other,
in a fairly healthy condition, had, at regular intervals of about six inches, sent
out haustoria from the lower surface, which had penetrated the host in the same
manner as a seedling plant. These had become elongated, and no less than
seven layers of the dead bark of the host were counted on two of them, and five
layers on three others. In two places I was able to pass my fingers between
the host and the main root. The largest rootlets were about an inch long and
conspicuously ringed. The old bark of the host had partly erumbled away, and
could be turned round and round like so many washers. The point of attaech-
ment of the rootlets was much smaller and extremely weak. The struggle for
existence of this particular plant was noticeable in the sparseness of its foliage.
The annual shedding of the host bark was to all appearances detrimental to it,
as it loosened the feeders annually, thus depriving them of the necessary sup-
port.
When adventitious roots are formed upon plants with a persistent bark, as
in the ease of Angophora intermedia, Exocarpus cupressiformis, Syncarpia
lawrifolia and many others, they are very firmly attached to the host. On old
plants they form a matted mass encircling the host for some distance on either
side of the attachment, but usually they are more numerous on the side facing
the South. Occasional examples will be seen when the main root develops to a
considerable size of varying thickness. This applies more particularly to the
adventitious roots of P. celastroides when living wpon Synearpia laurifolia.
Sometimes the adventitious roots are free, and sway about in the wind, like
those formed on the branches of some species of J*icus, and continue to grow
until a.suitable object is reached for them to prey upon. It happens that they
sometimes reach the ground but do not penetrate it, as in the case with the roots
of the Ficus, but become dry and withered at the end.
I had under investigation at Turramurra, near Sydney, a plant of Phrygil-
anthus eucalyptifolius growing on the trunk of Acacia decurrens var. moliis,.
with two adventitious roots touching the ground. I heaped some soil around
them to ascertain whether they would root in the soil, but in the course of two
months I found that the portion of the roots [ had placed in the soil were dead,
and above the dead part new roots had formed which were well beyond the
level of the ground. This matter is worthy of further investigation in other
species. It, however, proves one point,—that the adventitious roots of Phry-
gilanthus difter entirely from the so-called adventitious roots of other genera.
The adventitious roots of this Family are capable of feeding upon each
other. It is a common oceurrence to. see conglomerate masses of roots fused
together by their own haustoria, thus suggesting the idea that the parasite
actually lives upon itself. When the roots are broken they produce new roots
from the side near the end of the broken part, and continue to grow as in the
first instance.
Many of the roots are seen to produce young plants along them, but in
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 15
some cases the plants are the result of seed germinating upon the roots, having
fallen from the parent plant or been deposited by birds or other agencies. If a
large plant be examined in the fruiting season when the fruits are ripe, a num-
ber of young seedling parasites will be seen adhering to the branches, roots,
and even leaves of the parent plant. So that many of: the sucker-like growths
observed on the roots are due to reproduction from its own seed, and in this
manner large clumps are often formed upon the roots and branches of the host,
thus illustrating another form ot parasitism—“self or secondary.”
It is interesting to note that when this form of parasitism takes place the
union of the two parasites is scarcely distinguishable, and would be passed over
in a great many cases as ordinary branches.* There are occasional exceptions
when the union gives rise to a ball-like swelling, and when this is the case, the
plants are much larger and more vigorous than when no union is perceptible.
Another point of interest is the deterioration in the size of the parasite when
living upon its parent. The result is a diminution chiefly in the shortness of its
branches and leaves, or in other words, smaller plants are produced, after a year
or two. Adventitious roots act in the assimilation of moisture for the plant.
As will be noticed when attached to a dead branch, their haustoria push their
way beneath the dead bark in quest of food or moisture; they do not enter
very far into the dead cambium, but adhere firmly to it. When by chance or
accident they become attached to the dead wood, the haustoria or root suckers
are more numerous, and are sometimes closely followed by each other in a con-
tinual line beneath the main runner, and resemble a number of grubs in out-
line.. During favourable weather, that is, when the weather is warm and there
is a bounteous rainfall, the growth of these roots upon the dead branches is
very marked, and is indicative of the part played by them in providing moisture
for the plant. It may also be surmised that when the haustoria feed upon dead
wood or bark, a fair amount of liquid food is absorbed by them which must
naturally benefit the plant. It is well known that decaying vegetable matter
contains plant food, and it is quite reasonable to assume that in carrying out
their functions these adventitious roots, with the aid uf their haustoria, convey
a considerable amount of nutriment to the plant, and are therefore of much
value to it, not only as a means of assisting the plant to adhere firmly to the
host, but also as an agent of assimilation.
The following species possess adventitious roots:—Phrygilanthus Bidwillii,
P. myrtifolia, P. eucalyptifolius, P. celastroides, Loranthus vitellinus, L. dietyo-
phlebus, L. odontocalyx, L. alyxifolius, L. biangulatus.
The Union or Attachment.
In the Australian Loranthaceae there are two distinct forms of union or
attachment with the host, namely, ball-like and fusiform.
The first is brought about in two ways: (1) When the wood of the parasite
expands into a ball-lke excrescence over the wood of the host, and (2) When
the penetration of the radicle causes the wood of the host to form a ball-like
growth around the point of attachment of the parasite. Both no doubt are
the result of a straight or single puncture of the radicle. To the first, I have
_*I find that Mr. J. J. Fletcher has made the same discovery in reference to
this form of parasitism, and has placed it on record in these Proceedings (xxx.,
1905 (1906), 489).
16 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, i.,
applied the name “aggressive,” and to the second “defensive” attachment, or
union.
It is not my intention to go into details, as the subject needs careful and
critical investigation; all I propose to do is to draw attention to it.
Loranthus Gaudichaudi provides a good example for the ball-like union.
The fusiform swelling is the result of the division and creeping nature of the
radicle as it penetrates the host, causing it to swell into a eylindrical body, as
seen in P. Bidwillii. This form is invariably followed by adventitious roots
which soon make their appearance, relieve the radicle by effecting an early
union with the host, and thus lessen the growth at the point of attachment,
rarely if ever reaching the dimension of the ball-like union. Sometimes the
adventitious roots form a conspicuous swelling at the union, and increase in
size, ultimately forming the main stem, as seen in some plants of P. celastroides.
Under “Origin” (p. 6) I drew attention to the adventitious roots of
Loranthus, which appear to have impressed some observers with the idea that
it was at one time a climbing plant, and through evolutionary changes had dis-
pensed with the soil as a means of existence, and instead acquired the habit of
appropriating the bark and sap of various plants to perfect itself, just as its
hosts utilise the soil in the process of their development and reproduction.
It will be admitted that those species possessing adventitious roots appear
to throw some light upon their origin, as suggested by Meyer and Keeble, and
therefore, are singularly interesting on that account.
It might be assumed that the ball-like growth, or union free from aerial
roots, belongs to the oldest species, as it demonstrates that the parasites, through
evolution, have thrown off what is usually aecepted as one ot their primary
characters, and have to depend upon a single attachment. If that is so, they
therefore make the fullest use of the sun’s rays in the assimilation and reten-
tion of essential foods: much of their food no doubt consists of atmospheric
moisture and inorganic compounds, and they are to a great extent self sup-
porting. This single adhesion is also more suggestive of xerophytic nature
than support by adventitious roots; it is not nearly as destructive to vegetation,
and is easily eradicated.
None of the Australian Loranthaceae throw out runners beneath the cortex
of the host hke the European mistletoe, Viscum album L., and they are, on that
account, much easier to eradicate without doing any serious damage to the host.
The following species develop a ball-like union:—L. pendulus, L. congener,
L. Miquelii, L, Gaudichaudi, L. miraculosus and varieties, L. No. 15, msp., L.
linophyllus, L. grandibracteus, L. Exocarpi and varieties (aggressive), L. Quan-
dang and var. Bancrofti, L. No. 24, n.sp., L. No. 21, nsp., L. ferruginiflorus, L.
gibberulus, L. Murrayi, L. No. 32, nsp., L. Nestor. i
Species with a fusiform union or not definitely ball-like:—P. myrtifolius,
P. Bidwillii, P. celastroides {Sometimes ball-like (defensive) type when parasite
on Platanus orientalis], P. eucalyptifolius, L. vitellinus [Sometimes ball-like
(aggressive) when on smooth-barked trees like Angophora lanceolata. This
Species in many eases throws out one or two adventitious roots which soon
develop haustoria, causing the wood of the host of rough-barked trees to expand
around them in raised globular excrescences, which, as they grow, remove the
adventitious root further away from the host, which does not increase in size,
and is soon surpassed in thickness by the main branches of the parasite], L. No.
(23; n.Sp., L. alyxifolius, L. dictyophlebus [Growth similar to that of L. vitellinus |,
L. biangulatus.
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 17
Mimicry or Imitative Powers of Loranthus.
I cannot say that I am greatly impressed with Loranthus as having any
marked power of mimicry. To my mind, based upon field observations, the
great controlling factor in the variability of a species is ecological. The
Loranth is what environment makes it, not a desire of the plant to conceal
its identity by imitative means, but one solely to derive as much nutriment as
it can from its host.
I have arrived at this conclusion after a careful examimation and study
of various species, extending over four years, noting the condition of the host,
favourable or unfavourable, attachment of the parasite in relation to the host,
and the climatic conditions prevailing. Shade and exposure have a great in-
fluence on the development of the size, shape, colour, thickness or texture of
the leaves, and also on the colour of the flowers. Likewise a sound attachment
and a vigorous food plant play a most important part in the life of the parasite.
There is, however, a gradual development of different forms of some species
which, though difficult to deseribe, manifest themselves irrespective of host dif-
ferentiation, and which may be termed species in the making, or in the evolu-
tionary stage, without easily definable characters.
One of the commonest species in the Port Jackson district is Phrygilanthus
eucalyptifolius, which is beyond doubt the most polyphagus of our mistletoes;
notwithstanding its large assortment of food plants, it does not show any par-
ticular or marked signs of mimicry of any of them. Its leaves show the same
uniformity when growing on Acacia Baileyana as on A. melanoxylon, A. impiexa,
or when parasite on Angophora cordifolia, and on the long joimted terete branch-
lets of Casuarina. In fact I have seen specimens from the latter with leaves
remarkably broad and long, which might be said to be ridiculously out of all
proportion to those of the host, and are contrary to all attempts at mimicry.
This also applies equally to P. celastroides, Loranthus congener, L. pendulus, L.
Miquelii, L. vitellinus and others that I have noted in the field.
W. P. Hemsley (Jour. Linn. Soe., xxxi., 308) draws attention to the re-
markable similarity of the leaves of ZL. pendulus to those of Hucalyptus amy-
gdalina (radiata). The close analogy of the leaves of some of our Loranths
and Euealypts and other hosts is readily admissible. But is it not attributable
to homoplasy, rather than to sensitiveness or instinct on the part of the plant
to conceal its identity? On this subject Spencer Moore writes (Jour. Linn. Soc.,
xxxiv., 1898-1900, p. 259) “The frequent close resemblance, between certain
species of Loranthus and their hosts was noticed by me. Nor was it without
interest that I learnt, on my return home, how the same facet. had been alluded
to by that sagacious observer, James Drummond. [See below]. The two species
showing this resemblance best are Loranthus pendulus, Sieb., var. parviflora,
which is difficult to desery when growing upon the Quandong, and L. Quandang,
Ldl., of which the leaves are strikingly similar to those of its host, an Acacia.
But it may be doubted whether mere homoplasy is in point here, seeing that
the parasites are greedily eaten by camels, + and so are, in. all probability,
equally attractive to vegetivorous marsupials. In these cases, therefore, the re-
semblance may possibly be protective, and may have been perfected by means
of natural selection. The attraction probably lies in the flowers, which contain
much nectar and are very sweet in consequence.” + “Camels will browse upon
the parasites and leave the hosts quite untouched, although the latter are them-
selves excellent food. There would be stronger support for the suggested mimi-
18 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 1.,
ery were the host distasteful; but the parasites have, it must be remembered,
only a small range of selection, if any.”
James Drummond (Hooker’s Jour. Bot., ii., p. 347 and 360, 1840) also re-
fers to the close resemblance between the Loranthus and certain hosts. Miss C.
M. Le Plastrier (Australian Naturalist, iv., 1920, 139) also refers to the same
phenomenon, and wonders if it is a “case of protective adaptation.” By giving
_a little thought to this subject I find quite a number of plants with leaves
similar to those of Loranthus. For example, the terete leaves or plyllodes of
Acacia calamifolia, A. Havilandi, A. neura (the terete form) and many other
terete phyllode species resemble the terete leaves of L. Preissii more closely than
those of the Casuarinae. Other plants which are also homoplastiec with it or
its congeners L. linophyllus and L. No. 15, n.sp., are Hakea lorea, H. Cunning-
hami and H. Fraser. Amongst the Euealypts corresponding examples are also.
numerous, both in the lanceolate and the cordate leaves of that genus. In the
case of Loranthus eucalyptifolius H.B. et K. from Venezuela, which the authors
undoubtedly thought resembled Hucalyptus—hence the name, although Hucalyp-
tus is not indigenous to Venezuela—it cannot be accused of imitating a host
which is not even indigenous to its native country. Many other examples can
be cited. In fact, nearly every family of the Vegetable Kingdom, especially
nmong the Cryptogams and Phanerogams, has many counterparts in some other
totally different family, and therefore homoplasy is much more common than at
first appears, and it is not confined to the parasites any more than to other
groups of plants. No doubt the parasite habit of Loranthus led to the belief
that it imitated the plant from which it derived its nourishment.
In reference to the suggested “protective adaptation,” it is evidently, in
the case of L. pendulus and L. vitellinus and other species with showy flowers,
the reverse, and, instead of being “protective,” is strikingly ‘attractive.’ Whether
it is with the object of perpetuating the species, by attracting the birds and
insects to assist in the pollination of the flowers (if it be necessary), is an open
question. I have seen the “honey-eaters” fly with the greatest precision from
plant to plant of ZL. vitellinus when in full blossom in quest of nectar. If these
plants had inconspicuous flowers the birds would not be able to detect them
so readily; as it is, they are discernible at a great distance, especially L.
vitellinus.
Fertilization of the Loranthas.
I am of opinion that all the Australian species of Loranthus that have
come under my observation are self-pollinated, as the anthers are fully developed
and the pollen released from them simultaneously with the opening or bursting
of the petals. The close proximity of the stigma to the anthers, and-~ the
powdery nature of the pollen facilitate the work of self-pollination.
It has been suggested by Keeble (Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd Ser., iv. (3), 1896,
p. 94) that nectar-eating birds assist in the fertilization of the flowers, in which
I concur, as it is quite possible that some of the flowers occasionally “miss,”
and these may accidentally be fertilized by visiting birds, as their bill is bound
to be saturated with pollen as they forage amongst the flowers in quest of food.
tt must be admitted that the percentage of flowers pollinated by birds in some
districts is remarkably small, seeing that there are no examples of hybridism,
though the opportunity for such is very often favourable.
During the flowering season in the Port Jackson distriet the following
species flower about the same time:—P. celastroides, P. eucalyptifolius and
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 19
Loranthus vitellinus. In fact they are so closely associated that all three are
sometimes found upon the same host, and oceasionally parasitic on each other,
yet I have not seen any forms suggesting or exhibiting any signs of hybridism.
Many species are without doubt pollinated by insects and many of the
buds show punctures made by small grubs.
The Curvature of the Style.
In some species the style is distinetly eurved in bud. This appears to be
the result of two causes:—(1) the thickening of the top of the petals, and (2)
the closely packed anthers around the top of the style. In all the Australian
species, the style, when fully developed, exceeds the anthers by 2-5 mm. The
development or extension of the style is sometimes the result of the elongation
of the ovary. As the top of the petals in some species is considerably thicker
than the median portion, and a coneavity is formed on the inner surface by the
combined thickness of the stigma and the closely packed anthers, it is evident
that both characters act conjointly in the curvature of the style.
The style of ZL. sanguineus F. vy. M. var. puleher Ewart is distinctly curved
in bud, and it appears that the greatest pressure is apically. The tops of the
petals are remarkably thick and coriaceous and considerably broader than in
the middle, consequently the latter part is the weakest and therefore apt to
offer the least resistance. The style, which appears to grow fastest, meets
with opposition at the apex, and is foreed to bend in the middle; in so doing
it presses against the diminished portion of the corolla and forees the segments
apart along the commissural line, the bent portion protruding 3 or 4 mm. above
the surface of the segments. At first, only two of the segments are cleft (one
opposite the other) by the curving of the style, the others gradually splitting
afterwards as the flower ages, from which it appears that the style has some
influence on the opening of the flower. The anthers play a prominent part
also in the curvature of the style of this variety, as their tips are somewhat
firmly pressed into the slight depressions around the base of the large stigma.
They remain in that position after the petals separate, and when released have
the tendency to keep in an erect position around the style, instead of curling
back with the petals away from it, as is the case with nearly all the allied
species.
In dried specimens the style is distinetly bowed by the adhering anthers,
which are so firmly pressed to the base of the stigma that their apices are
broken by the style in its effort to release itself or to gain an erect position.
When fully developed it is longer than the petals, and it continues to grow
after the flower opens. I have not had the opportunity of earrying out field
observations with this form to ascertain the exact position of the stamens in
the expanded flower; but in the dried state they coincide with the above descrip-
tion.
Another point to be considered is whether the adhering apices of the
anthers that are saturated with pollen grains impregnate the stigma before the
style succeeds in releasing itself from the anthers. In the case of L. Exocarpi
Behr. var. (a), the style, when in bud, is bent from one side of the corolla to
the other, and is actually shorter than the anthers when in that position. When
the flower expands it exceeds the anthers by 3-4 mm. ‘This indicates that the
style to some extent assists in the opening of the flower (Keeble, /.c.). In one
specimen of L. dictyophlebus F. v. M. the style was distinetly curved, and it
had protruded through one of the clefts of the petals. L. vitellinus, L. acacioides,
20 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, i.,
and L. alyxifolius ave species which show the bent character of the style when.
in bud.
Dispersal and Distribution.
The dispersal’ and distribution of Loranthus has been the subject of much
discussion. An examination of the seedling parasites in the field discloses the
fact that birds are the chief agents of distribution, as many young seedlings
will be found adhering to the branches of trees and other objects, and in some
instances small clumps of 3 to 6 seedlings, sometimes of different species, will
be seen growing together, the seeds having been deposited by birds.
Loranthus is a light-loving plant, and is found in the most exposed situa-
tions, along the mountain spurs and ridges, usually with a northerly, easterly
or westerly aspect, in open forest country, along the main roads in the vicinity
of cultivation, also around orchards and large gardens. The scrub land affords
but few species, and they are more often found on the fringe, rarely in the
dense scrubs. Some species prefer the coastal area, others the dry interior,
while a few keep to the sub-tropical regions. Thus Loranthus in common with
other plants, has its barriers to migration. This may be accounted for by the
fact that some species are less hardy than others, and cannot live beyond cer-
tain latitudes, and consequently become confined to limited areas, while the
dissemination of the hardier species may be controlled by the limitations of
their migratory agents of dissemination.
The distribution of Loranthus is most marked along open water courses,
both on the coast and in the interior. In well-watered country the parasite is
widespread. In the drier interior it is less common, although in some places
in the desert country it is apparently abundant.
In the desert, the absence of large or suitable host plants is probably the
compensating factor, ‘as Loranthus makes the most of its host and sometimes,
through the favourable position of the first attachment, it increases by the
seeds falling on to the lower branches of the host, developing into strong plants,
which almost take possession of the host. 7
The habit of the birds that feed upon the flowers or fruits of Loranthas
is also to be reckoned with. They are peculiarly regular in their habits when
feeding upon the parasites, for they fly from Loranth to Loranth with the
greatest precision, methodically searching for newly-opened flowers or ripe
fruits. It was thought at one time that the “Mistletoe Bird,’ Dicaeum hirundin-
aceum, which feeds wpon the ripe fruits of the Loranthaceae, was the sole
agent of distribution cf these parasites, but quite a number of birds feed upon
the flowers and fruits of Loranthus, as the following records will show: Writ-
ing of the Mistletoe Bird, Dr. E. P. Ramsay (These Proe., 2nd Ser., i., 1886, p.
1093) says, “This species is universally dispersed over the whole of Australia;
feeds on berries and fruits of various kinds, but seems to prefer those of the
Loranthus, of which we have in Australia so many varieties if not species, and
of a Visewm (V. aurewm), which is only found as a parasite on the Loranthus;
this plainly accounts for the distribution of the Loranthus and Viscum all over
the districts frequented by the Dicaeum, and in which it is locally known as the
Mistletoe Bird.”
Professor R. Tate (Rept. Horn Sci. Exped., iii. (Geol. and Bot.), p. 129)
writes, “The little Dicaewm hirundinaceum. lives chiefly on the berries of Loranthus
spp., and in consequence the distribution of the bird is coterminous with that of
its food plants . . . Tasmania and Kangaroo Island, where the bird is absent,
do not produce a single species of Loranthus.”
BY W. I. BLAKELY. 21
H. P. C. Ashworth (Viet. Nat., xi., 1895, p. 51) intimates that the swallow
Dicaeum seems to be the exclusive agent in Australia in the dispersal of the
Mistletoe.
In a letter to the “Sydney Morning Herald” dated September 26th, 1902,
Mr. Edward Stack attributes the dissemination of the mistletoe to the Silver-
eye, Zosterops coerulescens, and the common house-sparrow, Passer domestica.
Mr. C. F. Johneock (Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxvi., 1902, 7, et xxvii.
1903, p. 253) records the following birds observed by him on Loranthus: Acanthiza,
Yellow-rumped Tit (Does not eat the fruits but nests in the Loranth); Ptilotis
sonora, Singing Honey-eater: Acanthochaera carunculata, Wattle Bird; Zos-
terops coerulescens, Silver-eye, “A great distributing agent. To this bird is
attributed the spread of the Loranth to the fruit trees. Coracina robusta,
Black-faced Cuckoo Shrike.”
Mr. A. J. North (British Ass. Ad. Se, 1914, N.S.W. Handbook, p. 299)
states that “the Family Dicaeidae, with a single representative in Australia,
has an important action on its flora. The Mistletoe-bird (Dicaewm hirundin-
aceum), generally distributed over New South Wales, feeds largely on the viscid
berries of the Loranthus, which it passes entire, and thus assists in the distribu-
tion of this parasite.”
C. C. Brittlebank in his “Life History of Loranthus Exocarpi,” had noted
the Swallow Dicaeum and the Bell Magpie, Strepera versicolor, feeding on the
fruits of L. Exocarpi. The latter he says “feeds upon the fruits which it swal-
lows whole, easting the seeds.”
In the vicinity of Warrawee, near Sydney, I watched the Dicaewm strip a
plant of Phrygilanthus celastroides of its ripe fruits; the ingenious way in
which it performed the task was not without humour. First the bird bit the
fruit to ascertain whether it was ripe, and if so, gave it a sharp twist dis-
locating it, then, turning the fruit endways in its bill, it sueked the seed from
the epicarp, letting the latter fall to the ground, and then proceeded with an-
other in the same manner. The whole process was similar to a person drink-
ing out of a bottle—the pear-shaped fruits resembling little bottles.
During the month of May, 1920, I observed the Starlings feeding upon the
fruits of Phrygilanthus .eucalyptifolius in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney.
The following birds were observed by me eating the fruits of various
species of Loranthus in the Hornsby district. I determined the birds from
Dr. J. A. Leach’s “Australian Bird Book.” The numbers following the names
are those used in the book. Mistletoe Bird, Dicaeum hirundinaceum, No. 336;
Yellow Rumped Thornhill, Acanthiza chrysorrhoa, No. 293; Red-browed Finch,
Aegintha temporalis, No. 382; White-eye, Zosterops coerulescens, No. 334;
Rufus-breasted Whistler, Pachycephala rufiventris, No. 323; White-eared Honey-
eater, Ptilotis leucotis, No. 358; Leatherhead, Tropidorhynchus corniculatus, No.
374; Black-faced Cuckoo-Shrike, Coracina robusta, No. 262; Grey Bell Magpie,
Strepera versicolor, No. 394; Harmonious Thrush, Collwricinela harmonica, No.
315; Little Cuckoo-Shrike, Coracina mentalis, No. 263.
The last four swallow the fruit whole, and it passes through them in a
mass mixed with the wings of beetles, ete. The smaller birds usually swallow
the seed only; sometimes they sip at the sweet watery substance surrounding
the viscin before and after the seed is dislodged from the epicarp. Mr. Frog-
gatt, the Government Entomologist, informed me that he saw the Galah, Cacatua
roseicapilla, feeding upon the fruits of Loranthus linophyllus Fenzl at Warrah,
N.S.W.
22 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, i.,
At Bowan Park, along Oakey Creek, 20 miles S.W. of Orange, N.S.W., I
noticed the following birds feeding upon the fruits of LZ. No. 15,—Mistletoe
bird, Dicaewm hirundinaceum; Golden-rumped Diamond-bird, Pardalotus «an-
thopygius; Silver eye, Zosterops coerulescens; Soldier-bird, Myzantha garrula;
Leatherhead, Tropidorhynchus corniculatus; Rosella, Platycercus eximius; Galah,
Cacatua roseicapilla,; Cockatoo-Parrot, Calopsittacus novae-hollandiae.
The small birds are the greatest disseminators of Loranthus, as in a large
number of cases when they feed upon the fruits, they do not swallow the seed,
but as before stated, sip the sweet fluid surrounding it, and in many cases the
seed sticks to the bird’s bill, and is displaced by wiping it on the most con-
venient object. Sometimes the seed is not easily dislodged. J have seen the
Mistletoe-bird and the Silver-eye make many attempts before they succeeded;
thus the seed is occasionally carried long distances before it is disposed of. With
the large birds, the fruits being swallowed whole, the seeds and epicarps are
passed in a hard mass, consequently the only chance the seeds have of ger-
minating is when they happen to fall in the fork of a tree,—a rare occurrence.
The percentage of seeds sticking to the bill of the large birds is exceedingly
small. An example of seed distribution of this family was noted by me in the
case of specimens of Loranthus Miquelii, collected at Brooklyn, Hawkesbury
River, which contained seeds of ZL. vitellinus and Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius.
The former was plentiful on Angophora lanceolata about fifty yards away,
while adult plants of the latter were half a mile away. On another occasion.
while examining a large clump of P. eucalyptifolius near Asquith, Hornsby dis-
trict, I noticed a little clump of seeds of Phrygilanthus and Notothixos that
had been deposited by a bird, one seed of Phrygilanthus and two seeds of
Notothixos subaureus were just commencing to germinate. After a diligent
search extending over two hours I failed to find any plants of Notothixos in
the vicinity. The nearest plant known to me was more than a mile away.
The Flying Fox, Pteropus rubicollis, is another agent of distribution of
these parasites. Towards the end of April of 1920, a large number of these
animals paid several visits to the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and I noticed that
beneath a large tree of Hucalyptus melanophloia which was frequented by them,
and which was infested with Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius the ground was
strewn with the castings of small clumps of seeds and epicarps of the parasite.
In some cases the fruits appeared as if they were partly chewed, and the seed
sucked off the sweet coating. It is reasonable to assume that a number of seeds
adhere to these animals when feeding upon the fruits of the parasites, and,
presumably, the result is an aecidental distribution of the parasites by them.
List of Bird Disseminators.
Acanthiza chrysorrhoa, Yellow-rumped Thornhill.
Acanthochaera carunculata, Wattle Bird.
Aegintha temporalis, Red-browed Finch.
Cacatua roseicapilla, Galah.
Calopsittacus novae-hollandiae, Cockatoo-Parvot.
Colluricincla harmonica, Harmonious Thrush.
Coracina mentalis, Little Cuckoo Shrike.
Coracina robusta, Black-faced Cuckoo Shrike.
Dicaeum hirundinaceum, Mistletoe Bird.
Gliciphila melanops, Tawny-crowned Honey-eater.
Myzantha garrula, Soldier Bird.
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 23
Pachycephalus rufiventris, Rufus-breasted Whistler.
Pardalotus xanthopygius, Golden-rumped Diamond Bird.
Passer domestica, Common Sparrow.
Platycereus eximius, Rosella.
Ptilotis leucotis, \White-eared Honey-eater.
Ptilotis sonora, Singing Honey-Eater.
Strepera versicolor, Grey Bell Magpie.
Sturnus vulgaris, Starling.
Tropidorhynchus corniculatus, Leather-head.
Zosterops coerulescens, White-eye.
Birds Observed Feeding on the Nectar.
Nearly all the flowers of the Australian species of Loranthus and Phrygilan-
thus contain much nectar, and therefore are sought after by many honey-eating
birds. On examination, many of the flowers in the field will be found with
small punetures at the base and sometimes in the swollen part near the at-
tachment of the filaments. The flower tube of Loranthus vitellinus, Phrygilan-
thus eucalyptifolius, and P. celastroides is sometimes filled for more than half
its length with nectar.
I watched the Spinebill, Acanthorhyncha tenuirostris, No. 348 (Leach, op.
cit.) and the Tawny-crowned Honey-eater Gliciphila melanops (fulvifrons), No.
349, and the Yellow-Rumped Pardalote, Pardalotus xanthopygius, No. 341,
piercing the base of the flowers with their sharp bill, or thrusting it between
the clefts of the ripe buds, or down the centre of the flower. Other birds noted
by me feeding upon the flowers between Hornsby and Pymble, near Sydney,
were the Sanguineus Honey-eater, Myzomela sanguinelentas, No. 346; Singing
Honey-Hater, Ptilotis sonora, No. 356; and the White-bearded Honey-eater,
ieliorms novae-hollandiae. These birds also feed upon small insects at the
same time, thus demonstrating that they do not depend upon the parasites for
their food supply.
Mr. O. H. Sargent (Ann. Bot., xxxu., 1918, 216) states that he saw
Zosterops Gouldi and other honey-eaters sipping nectar from the flowers of
Loranthus linophyllus Fenzl in the York district, Western Australia.
Fungi Found Upow the Mistletoes.
The Loranthaceae, like other groups of plants, are not immune from the
ravages of microscopic fungi which attack the leaves and fruits, and also the
wood of some species. In the Port Jackson district a number of Loranthus,
Notothizos and Phrygilanthus ave infested with Fungi, which m many cases
appear on the visein surrounding the seed.
As far as I am aware, Mr. D. McAlpine was the first to draw attention
to the Fungi upon Loranthus in Australia. In These Proceedings (xxvil., 1903,
96) he recorded Cerospora Loranthi D. McAlp. on the living leaves of Loranthus
pendulus Sieb. at Dandenong Creek, Victoria. Mr. W. Pearse, of Jerry’s
Plains, writing to the “Sydney Morning Herald,’ 19th September, 1905, in-
timated that a disease killed out all the mistletoes attacking the Kurrajongs.
Mr. R. T. Keys, of Muswellbrook, in a letter to the same paper dated 10th
October, 1905, also stated that “a disease had spread over hundreds of miles
of country killing out the mistletoes.” It appears that no investigations were
carried out to ascertain the cause of the Mistletoes dying out in these localities,
nor to ascertain the nature of the disease.
24 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, i.,
Insects Attacking the Mistletoe.
Quite a number of different kinds of insect gall are found upon some
species, both on the leaves, young shoots, buds and fruits. These galls vary
considerably in shape and size. So far few of the insects which eause them
have been determined. Mr. G. A. Waterhouse (These Proceedings, xxxi., 1906,
pp. 424, 425) exhibited specimens of all the known Australian species of Ogyris
(Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae), which feed mainly upon the Loranthus. “Comment-
ing on the habits of their larvae, he remarked that so far all had been found
to feed on various species of Loranthus, feeding by night only and hiding dur-
ing daylight under pieces of bark, in holes in the trees, under stones on the
ground, or even in ants’ nests. Most of the species are attended by ants, which
seem to be very useful to them. About 7 o’clock one evening he watched larvae
of O. ianthis making their way from a piece of Loranthus to their hiding place.
These larvae did not seem to have any idea of direction, for they frequently
attempted to go quite away from their hiding place, but were prevented by the
ants blocking their further progress in that direction.’
Mr. J. J. Fletcher (These Proe., xxxiv., 1909, 419) exhibited a number
of Diptera pronounced by Mr. W. W. Froggatt, Government Entomologist, to
be probably an undescribed species of Ceratitis, bred from fruits of Loranthus
pendulus (L. Miquelii Lehm.), forwarded from Perth, Western Australia, by
Dr. J. B. Cleland. “The majority of the fruits sent were infested with larvae—
one in each infested fruit—which had eaten out the seeds more or less com-
pletely by the time they were ready to pupate.” The following year in the
same journal (pp. 862-3) Mr. W. W. Froggatt pronounced the insect to be
Ceratitis Loranthi Froggatt.
Mr. J. A. Iershaw (Vict. Nat., xxv., 1908-09, 131) recorded a search for
the “Larvae and pupae of the rare blue butter-fly, Ogyris olane. The larvae
feed on the Mistletoe, Loranthus pendulus, and when fully grown, travel down
the tree-trunk (often a considerable distance) to near the base, pupating under
the loose bark.’ Several pupae were found.
Messrs. A. A. Hamilton and G. A. Waterhouse (Aust. Naturalist, iii., 1915,
p- 90) veeorded having found the larvae of the butterfly Ogyris amaryllis
amaryllis on the branches of L. linophyllus var. (b) Benth. at Tuggerah Lakes.
T. S. Hart (Viet. Nat., xxxiv., 1917, 33) drew attention to the larvae of
the “Mistletoe Butterfly,’ Delias harpaleyense Don on Loranthus celastroides
(Phrygilanthus celastroides) .
Some fruits of Loranthus No. 24, which I had received from Mr. A. Morris,
Broken Hill, contained larvae; when hatched out, they proved to be a species
of moth, which Mr. W. W. Froggatt determined as one of the Microlepidoptera.
Many plants, particularly old ones, are infested with scale insects in the
Hornsby district, which have a bad effeet upon the parasites. The Indian Wax
Seale, Ceroplastes cerciferus Andyr., and the two Red Seales, C. rubens Marsk.,
and Aspidiotus aurantii Marsk., were noted on the following species by me:
Phrygilanthus celastroides, P. eucalyptifolius, Loranthus congener, L. pendulus,
L. Gaudichaudi, L. vitellinus, and Notothizos subaureus. My. T. Steel also drew
my attention to the Indian Wax Seale on P. eucalyptifolius near Kuring-gai
station, near Sydney.
Economie Uses.
So far Loranthus and allied genera have not been put to any extensive
economic uses. All the species produce edible fruits which are eagerly sought
BY W. FP. BLAKELY. 25
after by birds, and they are also used as an article of food by the blacks in
the remote parts of the continent.
E. Palmer (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xvii, 1883, p. 100) says that the
fruits of L. longiflorus Desr. (L. odontocalyx F. vy. M.), L. Exocarpi and L.
Wuandang Lindl. are used for food by the natives of the Flinders and Mitchell
Rivers. They also bruise the leaves of L. Exocarpi in water and then drink the
concoction in eases of fever. Mr. F. M. Rothery in the “Sydney Mail,’ 17th
February, 1904, drew attention to the possibilities of the growth of the mistletoe
being turned into ornamental articles.
Nuytsia is said to exude a large quantity of transparent gum which makes
a good adhesive mucilage. -It also appears to be suitable for paper pulp.
Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius and Loranthus vitellinus fruit profusely, the
fruits containing copious viscin which is suitable for making bird lime.
Professor Ewart (Flora Northern Territory, p. 88) states that “Z. longi-
florus Desr. (L. odontocalyx F. v. M.) is said to contain 10 per cent. of
Tannin.”
Seeman (Flora Vitiensis, p. 429) states that “the leaves of L. insularum A.
Gray are used by the natives for dyeing their cloth and cordage black.’
Stock lood,
From time to time reports are received from stock owners and others
directing attention to various species of mistletoes being relished by stock.
Sheep and eattle are said to be particularly fond of Loranthus and MKorthalsella.
Spencer Moore (Journ. Linn. Soc., xxxiv., 1898-1900, 259) mentions that
the parasites are greedily eaten by camels, and in some cases they prefer the
parasite to the hosts, although the latter are excellent food. W. Bauerlen has
observed the same with L. miraculosus var. (b). Stock Inspector A. W. Mellen
states that in the Bourke district “stock are fond of the Mistletoe, L. linearifolius
but in many cases they will not eat the tree it grows upon.” Between Wahroonga
and Normanhurst on the Pennant Hills road, Sydney, there is a large plant of
Magnolia grandiflora laden with Phrygilanthus celastroides; the lower branches
of the Mistletoe are eaten off by cattle as high as they can reach, showing that
they will eat the parasite when it is within their reach. Mr. Max Koch (Trans.
Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxil., 1898, p. 101) writing from Mt. Lyndhurst states that
the mistletoes are eaten by stock.
In ieference to Korthalsella breviarticulata, Stock Inspector M. H. Simon
reports that “in the Gunnedah district, cattle and sheep are passionately fond
of this plant.”
Spencer Moore, on Poisoning of Camels (Jour. Bot., xxxv., 1897, 172)
writes. “I never saw camels browsing on vegetation known or reasonably sup-
posed to be harmful; my early fears in respect of some, such as the Loranthi,
and Alyzxia buxifolia, having proved quite groundless.”
26
A MONOGRAPH OF THE FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF NEW
SOUTH WALES. Parr i, Cuapocrra.
By Marguerite Henry, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology.
(Plates iv.-vii.; and four Text-figures. )
[Read 29th March, 1922.)
Introduction.
The pioneer of the study of the Cladocera in New South Wales was the
Rev. R. L. King who, in 1852, published two papers in whieh he very briefly
described nineteen species belonging to seven genera, one genus, Dunhevpedia,
being new. His specimens were almost exclusively collected in the near neigh-
bourhood of Sydney. In 1853 Dana, with the United States Exploring Expedi-
tion, added one more,species which he collected from ‘pools near Sydney.” No
further reference to Cladocera in New South Wales was made for twenty-four
years, until, in 1889, Prof. G. O. Sars of Christiania published some brief notes
on some of King’s species, the specimens having been collected for him in the.
Waterloo Swamps. In 1896 he published a longer paper containing the descrip-
tions ‘of eight new species and also more detailed deseriptions of some of King’s
species; his material for this paper was raised from dried mud, collected in
swamps and pools near Sydney. In 1919 the present writer received some small
collections of Crustacea from eight country districts and published a paper in
which twenty-five species were described, seven of them being new. The material
for the present paper was obtained from as many localities as possible and fifty
species belonging to seventeen genera are dealt with; five species are described
as new and others are recorded for the first time, some in Australia, some in New
South Wales. A short deseription of each genus and species is given, as well
as keys to all the New South Wales species.
In the other States there must be many unrecorded forms. In Queensland,
Sars, in 1885 and 1888, described 16 species, eight of which were new, collected
in the neighbourhood of Rockhampton. No additional species have been reeorded
since that date.
In 1903, Haase mentioned the occurrence of five species in Victoria. In
1904, 1912 and 1914, Sars published three papers, each dealing extensively with
one species, for one of which he proposed a new genus, Saycia. Searle published
two papers in 1917 and 1918, in which the presence of several more species is
recorded, and also a table is given showing their relative numbers for every
month in one year, in a certain pond. This raised the number of Victorian
species to sixteen.
BY MARGUERITE ILENRY. 27
No reference has previously been made to the occurrence of Cladocera in
South Australia; eight species are here recorded, all of which were collected in
the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide.
Only one species has been recorded for Western Australia, Moina flexuosa,
a species described as new by Sars in 1896.
In Tasmania, G. W. Smith in 1909 recorded eleven species, eight of which
were described as new.
Preserving and Mounting—The best preservative for Cladocera is 10%
glycerine in alcohol. This does not distort or render them brittle as do so many
preservatives; they can be mounted directly from the glycerine alcohol in glycerine
jelly, but an excellent mounting medium can be made by a mixture of gum
arabic, cocaine, chloral hydrate and water. If a stain is required, borax carmine
is fairly satisfactory; after staining, the specimens are cleared in the usual way
and mounted in Canada balsam.
The writer’s thanks are due to Acting-Professor L. Harrison for his interest
and valuable advice in the preparation of this paper, and also to many friends,
who have so kindly collected material.
The following lists give the species of Cladocera recorded from the various
States :
New South Watss.
DAPHNIDAE.—Daphnia carinata King, and vars. intermedia Sars, gravis
King. magniceps Sars, cephalata King, Scapholeberis kingi Sars, Simocephalus
australiensis (Dana), S. elizabethae (King),S. gibbosus Sars, S. acutirostratus
(Xing), S. theringi (2) Richard, Ceriodaphnia cornuta Sars, C. spinata Henry,
C. honorata (King), Moinodaphnia macleayii (King), Moina australiensis Sars,
M. tenuicornis Sars, M. propinqua Sars.
MACROTHRICIDAE (Lyncodaphnidae).—Pseudomoina lemnae (King),
Macrothrix spinosa (King), and var. dentata Playfair, M. triserialis Brady,
Ilyocryptus spinifer Herrick, I. sordidus (Liévin).
CHYDORIDAE (Lynceidae).—Camptocercus australis Sars, Acroperus
avirostris Henry, A. sinuatus Henry, Alona affinis Leydig, A. cambowii Richard,
A. clathrata Sars, A. laevissima Sars, A. pulchella King, A. whiteleggti Sars, A.
wallaciana Henry, A. kendallensis Henry, A. longirostris Henry, A. abbreviata
Sars, A. microtata, n.sp., Graptoleberis testudinaria (Fischer), Dunhevedia crassa
King, D. podagra King, Pleurozus inermis Sars, P. reticulatus Henry, P. australis,
n.sp., Chydorus globosus Baird, C. ovalis Kurz, C. leonardi Wing, C. denticulatus
Henry, C. jugosus, nsp., C. unispinus, n.sp., Alonella karua (ing), A. diaphana
(King), A. clathratula Sars, A. excisa Fischer, A. dwoodonta. n.sp.
Vicrorra.
DAPHNIDAE.—Daphnia carinata King, and vars. intermedia Sars, gravis
King, eurycephala Sars, expansa Sars, cephalata King, lamellata Sars, Scaphole-
beris kingi Sars, Simocephalus acutirostratus (ing), S. elizabethae (King), 8.
gibbosus Sars, Ceriodaphnia rotunda Sars, Moina australiensis Sars, M. tenui-
cornis Sars.
MACROTHRICIDAE.—Pseudomoina lemnae (King), Ilyocryptus sordidus
(Liévin).
BOSMINIDAE.—Bosmina longirostris Muller.
CHYDORIDAE.—Camptocercus australis Sars, Alona pulchella Wing,
Pleurorus inermis Sars, Chydorus globesus Baird, Saycia orbicularis Sars.
QUEENSLAND.
SIDIDAE.—Diaphanosoma excisum Sars, Latonopsis australis Sars.
28 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA,
DAPHNIDAE.—Daphnia lumholtzii Sars, Simocephalus australiensis (Dana),
S. elizabethae (King), Ceriodaphnia cornuta Sars, Moina propinqua Sars.
MACROTHRICIDAE.—Macrothriz spinosa King, Ilyocryptus spinifer Her-
rick.
CHYDORIDAE.—Leydigia australis Sars, Dunhevedia crassa King, Alona
archeri Sars, A. laevissima Sars, A. clathrata Sars, Alonella diaphana (King),
A. karua (King).
Sourn AUSTRALIA.
DAPHNIDAE.—Simocephalus australiensis (Dana), S. elizabethae (King),
Ceriodaphnia rotunda Sars.
BOSMINIDAE.—Bosmina longirostris Muller.
CHYDORIDAE.—Leydigia quadrangularis Leydig, Chydorus globosus Baird,
C. unispinus Henry.
WESTERN AUSTRALIA.
DAPHNIDAE.—Moina flexuosa Sars.
TASMANIA.
DAPHNIDAE.—Daphnia carinata King, Simocephalus australiensis (Dana),
S. dulvertonensis Smith, Ceriodaphnia hakea Smith, C. planifrons Smith. —
BOSMINIDAE.—Bosmina geoffreyi Smith, B. tasmanica Smith, B. sorelli
Smith.
MACROTHRICIDAE.—Maerothrix burstalis Smith.
CHYDORIDAE.—Alonella nasuta Smith, A. propingua Smith.
Key to the families of Cladocera.
A. Antennae with dorsal rami four-jointed, ventral three-jointed.
B. Antennules short, intestine with two hepatic caeca.. ...... .. Daphnidae.
BB. Antennules long, intestine without hepatic caeca.
C. Antennules fixed, ocellus absent .. .. .. Aly SIMO ed Oe Bosminidae.
CC. Antennules freely movable, ocellus pteesnt .. ++ ++ ++ Macrothricidae. -
AA. Rami of antennae both three-jointed .. .. .. .. .. .. -. .. «. -» Chydoridae.
Family DAPHNIDAE Straus.
Antennules small, one-jointed. Antennae with three- and four-jointed rami.
Eye large; ocellus small, sometimes absent. Five pairs of feet. Intestine not
convoluted. Ephippium well formed, containing one or two eggs.
Key to genera of Daphnidae.
A. Rostrum present.
lay PeleKel ad-hoc Goo 90 oo oc Hol do OGeeEDO gayAslno ldo ba o¢-c0. Demonia,
BB. Head not crested:
C. Posterior margin of the carapace with two ventral spines
Scapholeberis.
CC. Carapace ending posteriorly in a short spine or angle Simocephalus.
AA. Rostrum absent.
B. Ocellus present, carapace completely covering the body.
C. Head small; depressedivisn (5 en sos e010.) ae) a) el Cermodaphnias
CC. Head large, extended .. .. .. SoA oG pene
BB. Ocellus absent, carapace not Soran ietely eaeenine, the body. .. .. Moina.
Genus Darpunia Muller, 1785.
Female. Body laterally compressed, with a median spine on the posterior
margin of the carapace. Head crested; not separated from the thorax by a
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 29
cervical sinus, rostrum present. Carapace marked with a rhomboidal pattern.
Antennules immovable. Ephippium containing two eggs.
Male. Smaller than the female. Head without a rostrum. Antennules
large and movable. First foot with a hook and long flagellum.
This genus comprises over seventy species from different parts of the world,
all of which are subject to considerable variations. Only one species has thus
far been recorded from New South Wales.
Key to varieties of Daphnia earinata
A. Carina very greatly developed, forming a large expansion .. .. var. cephalata.
AA. Carina of ordinary size.
Bespinenstraightw ake seule ms cl aioe Un Var skantenmMeara.
BB. Spine upturned.
Ce IRGC MASEINU Klos) Go Hel ce dane Go aHiloe ied selon nolo \ENe, (iiioise
CO) Rostrumiistraight se ius) sisi cls asielies 6s oe) War oncgniceps:
DAPHNIA CARINATA King (Syn. D. similis Claus.).
First deseribed by King (1852, p. 246) and later redescribed by Sars (1896),
both writers noting varieties. In 1914 Sars published a more detailed descrip-
tion to show the extraordinary variableness of the species.
Female. Outline of carapace very variable, mainly due to the degree of
development of the carina surrounding the anterior portion; the posterior spine
may be very long, medium sized or greatly reduced. Head carinated, fornix
terminating on each side in an angular corner. Eye of moderate size, ocellus
small. Antennules very small. Post-abdomen with a straight dorsal edge, 10-14
marginal denticles, end-claws curved, short, bearing a row of fine spinules.
Male. Smaller than female. Head without a distinct carina, carapace spine
long and slender. Antennules with a well developed flagellum.
Distribution.—This species oceurs in New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania
and in New Zealand; also in Palestine and Syria.
Typical form (Plate iv., fig. 1).
Carapace somewhat oval in shape, narrowing posteriorly towards the base
of the spine. Head with a very acute rostrum, carina not very largely developed.
Posterior spine exceeds half the length of the carapace. Length up to 4 mm.
Distribution —N.S.W.: “Swamps near Sydney,” Clyde, Parramatta, Corowa.
Var. INTERMEDIA Sars.
Carapace shorter and broader. Posterior spine coarser. Length not ex-
ceeding 3 mm.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Waterloo Swamps, Hay; Victoria.
Var. GrAvis King.
Carapace broadly oval, rostrum recurved, posterior spine slender, upturned.
Length 5 mm.
Distribution Sydney, Melbourne.
Var. MAGNICEPS Sars.
Carapace quadrangular, posterior spine very upturned. Head large. Length
3.5 mm. This variety has only been collected from swamps in the neighbourhood
of Sydney.
Var. CEPHALATA King (Plate iv., fig. 2).
Carina very greatly developed forming a large expansion which is sharply
30 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA,
defined from the straight dorsal margin of the carapace. Posterior spine long,
only slightly upturned. Length 4.2 mm.
Distribution—N.S.W.: Swamps near Sydney, Denham Court, Campbell-
town, Clyde; Victoria; New Zealand.
Genus SCAPHOLEBERIS Schoedler, 1858.
Female. Carapace with the posterior and ventral margins straight, the latter
produced into two backwardly-directed spines. Body not compressed. Head
small, marked off from the thorax by a deep cervical sinus. Carapace reticulated.
One egg in the ephippiun.
Male. Very similar to the female. First foot provided with a hook.
Thirteen species have been described, one of which is represented in New
South Wales.
SCAPHOLEBERIS KINGI Sars (Plate iv., fig. 3).
Recorded by King (1852, p. 255) as Daphnia mucronata; recognised as a
new species and described by Sars in 1903.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat quadrangular in outline; dorsal
edge arched, ventral edges almost straight, each produced posteriorly into a
pointed projection. Head comparatively small. Surface of the carapace marked
by an irregular reticulation, the transverse ridges being prominent and running
parallel to the posterior edges. Hye large, with conspicuous lenses, ocellus small,
situated near the top of the rostrum. Post-abdomen short, bearing only four
pairs of anal denticles; end-claws of moderate length, smooth. Colour dark
grey, sometimes nearly black. Length, female .8 mm., male 45 mm.
This species swims close to the surface of the water, usually upon its back.
Its movements are very active.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Moore Park, Manly, Parramatta, Kendall: Vietoria;
Sumatra; Siam; India; South Africa.
Genus StMOCEPHALUS Schoedler, 1858.
Female. Carapace large and broad with rounded angles. Head small, ros-
trum blunt. Eye of moderate size, ocellus present, sometimes elongated. Anten-
nules short. Carapace marked by transverse striations, the striae anastomosing
irregularly. Post-abdomen large. Ephippium triangular, containing one egg.
Male. Smaller than the female. Antennules with two lateral sense hairs.
First pair of feet without a flagellum and with a small claw.
The members of this genus are not very active and will remain fixed to the
same spot for a long time. They swim on their backs making short trips through
the water at a uniform speed. Twenty species have been described, and five of
these are included in the New South Wales fauna.
Key to species of Simocephalus.
A. Ocellus punctiform.
B. Posterior prominence obtuse.
C. Forehead rounded .. aR ey aielihisl si ttey epee Nera australiensis.
CC. Forehead with a pointed projection .. .. .. .. .... acutirostratus.
BB. Posterior prominence pointed ..
AA. Ocellus elongated.
B, Body symmetrical .. Ihtctes adver RUIN ain
BB. Body asymmetrically produced .. ..
theringi.
ehizabethae.
gibbosus.
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 31
SIMOCEPHALUS AUSTRALIENSIS (Dana). (Plate v., figs. 1-le.).
Very briefly described by Dana (1853, p. 1271); detailed description pub-
lished by Sars in 1888.
Iremale. Carapace, seen laterally, rhomboidal in outline, with the length
greater than the height; dorsal edge slightly arched, ventral edges bulging an-
teriorly; posterior prominence broad and obtuse. Head small, ventral edge nearly
straight. Carapace obliquely striated. Hye of moderate size, ocellus very small,
punctiform. Post-abdomen broad, armed with nine anal denticles which inerease
in size distally; end-claws long, slightly eurved and armed with a series of
spinules. Colour yellowish-brown. Length 2 mm.
This species has a wide distribution in New South Wales, and usually occurs
in large numbers.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Clyde, Parramatta, Five Dock, University Pond,
Botany, Maroubra, Manly, Holbrook, Moss Vale, Kendall, Bangalow. Dana
found it in “fresh water ponds near Sydney.’ It also occurs in Queensland,
South Australia, and South Africa.
SIMOCEPHALUS ELIZABETHAE (King). (Plate v., figs. 2-2a.).
Deseribed by King (1852) as Daphnia elizabethae and more fully described
by Sars in 1888.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, irregularly oval, broadening posteriorly
and terminating in an obtuse median prominence which is more distinct than in
the preceding species. Head somewhat triangular, with the ventral edge con-
eave. Hye of moderate size, ocellus in the form of a black stripe running
obliquely towards the rostrum. Carapace obliquely striated, posterior part of
the dorsal edge denticulate, the denticles continuing round the posterior pro-
minence. Fost-abdomen with the supra-anal angle projecting and denticulate;
end-claws smooth; about six anal denticles present. Colour pale brown. Length
1.5 mm.
King gives the following localities in New South Wales:—Newtown, Parra-
matta, Stroud and’ Port Stephens, but it is possible that some of these may refer
to the preceding species which he did not recognise as distinct. This species is,
however, widely distributed throughout the State, having been collected at Cen-
tennial Park, University Pond, Botany, Moss Vale, Holbrook, and Mudgee. It
has also been recorded from Victoria, Queensland, South Australia, Sumatra,
Java, Siam, India, and Ceylon.
SIMOCEPHALUS ACUTIROSTRATUS (King). (Plate v., figs. 4+4a.).
First mentioned by King (1852, p. 254) as a variety of the preceding
species, Daphnia elizabethae var. acutirostrata. In 1877 Schoedler pointed out
that it was specifically distinct and it was described by Sars in 1896.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, oval in outline; dorsal and ventral mar-
gins evenly curved, the latter bulging somewhat anteriorly; posterior prominence
obtuse, produced, situated above the longitudinal axis of the body. Head small,
with the front produced into an acute projection, ventral edge straight. Cara-
pace marked by oblique striations, posterior prominence bearing a few denticles.
Eye comparatively small, ocellus small, punctiform. Post-abdomen very broad;
the posterior edge forming an expansion in front of the anal sinus; twelve anal
denticles present; end-claws bearing a series of spinules. Colour pale brown.
This is by far the largest species of Simocephalus found in Australia; the
average length is about 3.3 mm. but specimens have been examined which were 4
mm., the very largest attaining the length of 4.2 mm.
32 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA,
Distribution—N.S.W.: Denham Court, ‘water holes off Bourke St.,’ Hol-
brook, Casino; also occurs in Victoria. It has not been recorded outside Aus-
tralia.
SIMOCEPHALUS GIBBOSUS Sars. (Plate v., figs. 3-3a.).
First deseribed by Sars in 1896 from specimens collected at Centennial Park.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, like a rounded triangle; dorsal margin
fairly straight, abruptly curved posteriorly, forming an asymmetrical expansion.
Posterior prominence distinct, obtuse. Head of moderate size, dorsal margin
evenly curved, ventral slightly convex. Hye of moderate size, ocellus prolonged
into a stripe. Carapace obliquely striated, both the expansion and the posterior
prominence denticulate. Post-abdomen not very broad, armed with twelve anal
denticles which increase in size distally. Length 2 mm.
Distribution —This species has only been found at Centennial Park and
Botany in N.S.W.; Searle records its presence in Victoria.
SIMOCEPHALUS sp.
A single specimen of Simocephalus was present in a collection of Entomos-
traca taken at Byron Bay. Unfortunately this specimen is imperfect and there-
fore cannot be exactly identified; it is, however, obviously distinct from the four
preceding species, and bears a decided resemblance to the South American form
Simocephalus iheringi Richard (1897, p. 279). The chief feature of resemblance
is the acutely-pointed posterior prominence.
Genus CERIODAPHNIA Dana, 1853.
Valves of the carapace ending in a posterior angle or a short spine. Head
small and depressed, separated from the thorax by a deep cervical groove. Cara-
pace marked by a polygonal pattern. Antennules in the female not freely mov-
able. Ocellus always present. Ephippium triangular, containing one egg.
About thirty-eight species have been described from different parts of the
world; three of these are found in New South Wales.
Key to species of Ceriodaphnia.
A. Head bearing one or two pointed projections .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. cornuta.
AA. Head without projection’.
B. Postervorispimeslomeyy ry mercies neieys erst sli yiese sees eteiiteren deteymmeyienaitsh st eecpomey in msS/10 270 CLUS
BB Posterion spimeyshort ier cree. aio ays. ses) eles reece eae erates traces aras honorata.
CERIODAPHNIA CORNUTA Sars. (Plate iv., fig. 4).
Deseribed by Sars (1885) from a single specimen reared from dried mud
which had been collected from the Gracemere Lagoon, near Rockhampton.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, oval in outline, upper and lower margins
of the valves slightly arched, posterior part produced as a short spiny process.
Head depressed, with the frontal part jutting out into two acute prominences,
the upper as a prolongation of the front, the lower taking the place of a rostrum.
Seulpture of the whole carapace a conspicuous network; free edges of the valves
devoid of hairs or spines. Eye of moderate size, ocellus very small, punctiform.
Antennules small, with a seta situated in the middle of the posterior margin.
Post-abdomen with two dorsal processes, armed with 6-8 anal denticles; end-
elaws smooth. Length .6 mm.
Distribution.—This species has not hitherto been recorded from N.S.W. It
8Y MARGUERITE HENRY. 33
was obtained from the Lane Cove River near Gordon, trom Kendall and Corowa.
It also oceurs in Queensland, Ceylon, New. Guinea and Java.
There has been a controversy as to whether the forms Ceriodaphnia rigaudi
Richard and C. cornuta Sars are specifically distinet. Daday (1898) united them
on the grounds that he had found an intermediate series of forms. Stingeiin
(1904) maintained that they were distinct species. Daday in 1910 reasserted
his view and again mentioned finding intermediate forms. Delachaux (1917, p.
81) examined specimens collected in the neighbourhood of Lake Victoria Nyanza,
and noted that all those which had two spines on the head had also a double
posterior spine. He also pointed out differences in the structure of the ventral
edges of the carapace and in its seculpture-—‘Tandis que chez les premiers (C.
cornuta) ces bords sont munis d’écailles ou de dents découpées en scies, chez les
seconds (C. rigaudi) ces écailles présentent un bord & peu prés droit. Chez la
forme cornue du reste, toute la structure des téguments parait plus fortement
développée, le réseau hexagonal de la carapace est mieux marqué et fortement
en relief.” Sars (1901) mentioned this difference in sculpture and also the fact
that a form of C. rigaudi did exist with two spines on the head. This species
was never very plentiful in the collections. About a dozen specimens were found
that were normal for C. cornuta, but there were some in which the spine taking the
place of the rostrum was present alone, but in which there were two
distinct points at the posterior end of the carapace; about ten specimens were
typical of C. rigaudi; there were none which bore two head spines and a single
posterior spine. In regard to the markings of the carapace edges as observed
by Delachaux, the majority of the typical C. cornuta forms had the saw-like
markings, but some had not, and these forms had a weaker reticulate sculpturing.
It is noteworthy that the two forms were always taken together. It would ap-
pear from these examples that the species are not distinct but that C. cornuta
is very variable. Delachaux points out that the characters by which he distin-
guishes them are subject to variation. In two of the specimens examined a short
spine was present immediately in front of the cervical sinus.
CERIODAPHNIA SPINATA Henry. (Plate iv., fig. 5.).
Proe. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., lii., 1918 (1919), p. 466.
Distribution._N.S.W.: Holbrook, Corowa.
CERIODAPHNIA HONORATA (King).
King (1852, p. 249) described and figured this form under the name of
Daphnia honorata. It is undoubtedly not a member of the genus Daphnia but
belongs to Ceriodaphnia. As I have not been able to obtain a specimen I quote
King’s original description.
“Carapace oblong, dorsal margin often concave, the surface reticulated in
an irregular pentagonal manner. The spine at the extremity is very short. An-
tennules large. Antennae also large, basilar joint having a crenation carrying
two setae. The first joint of the posterior branch is as long as the remaining
two and as long also as the first three of the anterior branch. Setae not
plumose.”
Locality —Varroville near Campbelltown.
Both King and Sars pointed out that this species is most nearly related to
Ceriodaphnia reticulata (Jurine) though distinct. It is also distinct from the
two preceding species.
34 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA,
Genus Mornopapuntia Herrick, 1887. (Syn. Paramoina Sars.).
Body compressed, valves elliptical, crested dorsally; cervical sinus distinct,
dorsal and ventral margins forming a sharp angle posteriorly. Carapace marked
by oblique striae. Antennules attached on the ventral surface of the head, with
a sense hair situated about the middle of each. Ocellus present. One large
abdominal process. Post-abdomen slender, resembling the genus Moina. Only
two certain species are known, one of which is represented in N.S.W.
MornopAPHNIA MACLEAYII (King). (Plate iv., fig. 6.).
Syn. Moinodaphnia macquerysi Richard; Moina submucronata Brady.
First described by King (1852, p. 251) as Moina macleayii; fully described
by Sars in 1901.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, rounded oval, dorsal margin strongly
curved posteriorly, ventral evenly curved, the junction forming a sharp angle.
Sculpture of the carapace consisting of very fine oblique striae, free edges armed
with tiny denticles. Dorsal margin of the head arched, ventral almost straight,
with a small prominence as a rudiment of the rostrum. Eye of moderate size,
ocellus small, situated close behind. Post-abdomen slender, bearing ten laterally
situated anal denticles; end-claws of moderate size. Length 1 mm.
Distribution —This is a rare species in N.S.W.; it has only been obtained
from Elizabeth Bay and Byron Bay. It occurs in New Guinea, Sumatra, Siam,
Ceylon, Congo, North and South America.
Genus Moin a Baird, 1856.
Body thick and heavy. Carapace without a spine, not completely covering
the body, cervical sinus present. Rostrum absent. Antennules long and mobile,
modified in the male to form clasping organs. Carapace valves obscurely re-
tieulated. Abdominal process represented by a horseshoe-shaped fold. Post-
abdomen bearing ciliated spines and a bident. Ephippium oval, containing one
or two eggs. Over twenty different species have been described; some of these
resemble one another closely and are often difficult to determine males males and
ephippial females are present. Three species oecur in N.S.W.
Key to species of Moina.
A. Head with a sinus above the eye.
BYE phippium iwithetwOregesy ei encel enc ar nti en-lsiiel sieve rsmm CLUS Un GLUCIStSs
BB. Ephippium with ONLCR ES Oe ees Ar iciton oc Lodo bo) eaioeos oA propinqua.
AA. Head without a sinus above the eye .. .. .. .. -. «se. +s +s «+ benuicornis.
MoInA AUSTRALIENSIS Sars.
Described by Sars in 1896 and fully figured (Plate 3, figs. 1-2).
Female. Carapace rounded, varying in shape according to the condition of
the matrix. Head of moderate size, slightly depressed, with a distinct sinus
above the eye, ventral edge slightly convex at the insertion of the antennules.
Eye of moderate size. Antennules short. Post-abdomen tapering distally, 10-12
anal spines which are ciliated on both edges, last spine two-pronged; end-claws
smooth. Two eges in the ephippium. Length up to 1.4 mm.
Male. Head comparatively larger and less strongly arched above, ventral
edge straight, antennules armed at the tip with claws. First pair of legs pro-
vided with a claw as well as a curved spine and a long seta. Length up to .85
mm.
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. ai
Distribution—In N.S.W., this species has only been found in the neighbour-
hood of Sydney, Kensington, the Waterloo swamps and ponds near Bourke St.
and Botany Rd. It also oceurs in Victoria.
MoINA TENUICORNIS Sars.
Described by Sars in the same paper as the preceding species (1896, Plate
4, figs. 1-8).
Female. The general shape of the carapace is very like that of M. austra-
liensis. The head differs in that it lacks the sinus above the eye and has a
rounded prominence at the insertion of the antennules. Eye larger than in J.
australiensis, antennules longer and narrower. Post-abdomen as in WM. austra-
liensis except that the end-claws are armed with a series of secondary teeth. Two
eges are found in the ephippium. Length 1.2 mm.
Male. Very lke M. australiensis, the antennules much longer, exceed-
ing half the length of the body. Length .7 mm.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Bourke St., Botany, University Pond, Corowa. It
has also been recorded from Victoria and South Africa.
MoINA PROPINQUA Sars.
Deseribed by Sars (1885) from specimens raised from dried mud from the
Gracemere Lagoon, near Rockhampton.
Female. Carapace rounded, sometimes very greatly expanded dorsally. Head
with the dorsal margin slightly concave above the eye, front rounded, ventral
margin straight. Eye of moderate size. Antennules short, fusiform, with a
long tentacular seta situated above the middle. Post-abdomen with nine lateral
denticles, the last as usual bidentate; end-claws smooth. Ephippium with a
single egg. Length about 1 mm.
Male. Antennules very long, about the length of the head, each bearing 3
ineurved hooks. Length .6 mm.
Distribution—N.S.W.: Bourke St., Botany; Queensland: Rockhampton;
Java, Algeria.
Family MACROTHRICIDAE (Lyncodaphniidae).
Antennules in the female long and freely movable. Ocellus present. Four
to six pairs of feet. Intestine simple or convoluted.
Key to genera of Macrothricidae.
IN. Bibs joeMR Wl U8 og Yo gS. ab ad) do10d Who) HOME E GEOR Ge eal ed) ou osisaul AA ae yan ie
AA. Five pairs of feet.
Beyanaladenticlesepresen tay mrcwteret-uilers) eel ial cic) aie) steele Mele eee MLO CTOLIUTIE:
BBwAnaledenticlesvabsentimesmet imma velsiesial i 2/dissey Cerone aeretters Pseudomoina-
Genus MacrotTuRix Baird, 1843.
Female. Shape oval, compressed, with a dorsal crest. Head large, rostrum
short. Eye large, ocellus present. Antennules flattened and curved, antennae
with four setae on the dorsal ramus, five on the ventral. Post-abdomen large,
no abdominal process. Five pairs of feet. Intestine simple, no caeca.
Male. Antennules large, first foot bearing a hook. About thirty species
of this genus have been described; two occur in New South Wales.
36 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. i. CLADOCERA,
Key to species of Macrothrix.
AME p-plate alowed yeaytecsrsisilc sy sue oenete METS ne cal ean ete La) eer ee aE actos triserialis.
AA. Lip-plate not lobed.
B. Head finely serrate ..
S80: 00. ‘dd: DO. baIBe bo Spinosa.
BB. Head bearing teeth .. ..
- var. dentata.
Macrorurix sprnosa King.
First described by King (1852, p. 256). Redeseribed and figured in detail
by Sars (1888, Plate 3, figs. 1-6).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, oval in outline; dorsal margin arched,
especially posteriorly, ventral curved, ascending to form with the dorsal a shght
obtuse prominence. Head large, fairly erect, rostral prominence slight. Cara-
pace marked by a faint reticulation, dorsal margin quite smooth, ventral edges
serrate, armed with slender spines. Eye large, ocellus small, quadrangular. An-
tennules curved, with notches along the anterior edges. Post-abdomen compara-
tively small, bilobed, armed with a row of small but strong anal denticles; end-
claws very small. Length .6 mm.
Male. Smaller than the female. Antennules larger and not so curved.
First pair of legs as usual armed with a curved hook.
Playfair (1914, p. 140) notes that in specimens collected at Lismore the
dorsal edge of the carapace is minutely serrate, and points out that this is the
main character by which Sars distinguishes this species from Macrothrix lati-
cornis (Jurine). An important difference between the two species, however, is
that M. spinosa has a bilobed post-abdomen, and M. laticornis has not.
Distribution.—This species has a wide distribution in New South Wales
(Centennial Park, Five Dock, Liverpool, Casino, Lismore, Holbrook and Corowa).
It also oceurs in Queensland, Hawaii, Sumatra, Java, Siam, Singapore, South
America and South Africa.
Var. DenTATA Playfair, 1914 (p. 141, Plate 8, fig. 2).
Head without hairs but minutely serrate; furnished on the front and dor-
sally with teeth not spines.
Locality —Lismore.
MACROTHRIX 'TRISERIALIS Brady.
Brady first deseribed this species (1886, p. 295) from specimens collected in
Ceylon. A more detailed description was published by Daday in 1898 (p. 51,
fig. 24).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat oval in shape, broader an-
teriorly than posteriorly; dorsal margin slightly arched, ventral more strongly
arched and protuberant in the middle, forming a sharp angle and a produced
point posteriorly. Head moderately arched, produced below into a small tri-
angular rostrum. Eye large, with conspicuous crystalline lenses; ocellus very
small, square, situated near the end of the rostrum. Antennules slightly curved,
their anterior margins serrate. Lip-plate large, bearing four sets of small
bristles, the ventral edge produced and bilobed. Surface of the carapace marked
by an irregular reticulation and also by tiny pits; dorsal margin serrate, ventral
bearing a series of small teeth arranged in groups of three, between which are
slender bristles. Post-abdomen moderately broad, bilobed, the first lobe bearing
eight denticles, the second with about twenty denticles, which increase in size
posteriorly; end-claws short, curved; fine lateral spinules also present. Length
1 mm. Colour pale yellow.
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 37
Distribution—tThis species is here recorded in Australia for the first time;
it has only been obtained from Casino, N.S.W. It also oceurs in Ceylon and
South America.
Genus PSEUDOMOINA Sars, 1912.
Carapace of irregular oval form with the valves well developed and~ com-
pletely enclosmg the body. Head defined by a well marked cervical sinus.
Labrum bearing a slender digitiform process. Ocellus present. Antennules
slender, straight. Hach ramus of the antennae bears five setae. Five pairs of
legs. Post-abdomen devoid of anal denticles; end-claws strong. Intestine
straight, ecaeca absent. Only one species known.
PsEUDOMOINA LEMNAE (Wing).
First described by King (1852, p. 250) as Moina lemnae. Sars redescribed
it and proposed a new genus in 1912 (Plate 10, figs. 1-16).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat oval; dorsal margin almost
straight, ventral edges curved, thickly clothed with long setae, posterior edges
narrowly rounded, partly clothed with setae, the last six or seven of which are
long and spreading. Head rounded in front, rostrum very slight. Eye large,
ocellus very small. Antennules narrow, elongated, bearing short bristles through-
out their length. Upper ramus of the antennae composed of four segments, the
first of which is very small. Process of the labrum slender, recurved, bearing
bristles on the anterior edge. Surface of the carapace perfectly smooth. Post-
abdomen bearing slender spines on the supra-anal margin; end-claws strong,
curved, a secondary denticle at the base of each. Length 1.2 mm.
Male. Smaller than the female. Antennules comparatively longer; first pair
of legs armed with a claw.
Distribution—N.S.W.: Cook’s River, Holbrook, Kendall; Victoria.
Genus InyocryPpTuUS Sars, 1861.
General form oval-triangular, dorsal erest of valves absent or small. An-
tennules long, 2-jointed, freely movable. Antennae short, with powerful setae.
Eye small but larger than the ocellus.. Six pairs of feet. Post-abdomen very
large, with long spines; end-claws with two basal spines.
Male. Warger antennules than the female, no hook present on the first foot.
Unlike the other members of the Cladocera the old shells of most species
are not cast off in moulting but persist, one overlying the other. The members
of this genus are not strong swimmers, and are usually found in the bottom
mud, their shells covered with debris and vegetable growth.. Seven species are
known, two of which are present in New South Wales.
Key to species of Uyoeryptus.
AupAntennacwlarcemandspowertullpege aera s aellics ast) 1 sel eemel «| eileen SUNT fer.
IN ABEAT ten nae asin al lms mie meee meen oleae ty fo) soo say ares un ape salar. n su OSO TALUS:
Inyocryprus sprnirer Herrick. (Plate vi., figs. 1-la.).
(Syn. I. halyi Brady; I. longiremus Sars.).
This species was first described by Herrick in 1884.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, triangular, much wider posteriorly; ven-
tral and posterior edges of the valves passing into each other with an even curve,
dorsal and posterior edges forming an obtuse angle. In old specimens the cara-
38 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA,
pace is marked by numerous concentric lines of growth caused by imperfect
moulting. Free edges of the valves fringed with long ciliated setae. Head
small, terminating in a sharp corner anteriorly. Eye distant from the front,
ocellus much smaller than the eye, situated close to it. Antennules long and
narrow. Antennae very powerful, more elongated than is usual for the genus,
setae. very long and not ciliated. Post-abdomen large, plate-like, dorsal edge
sinuated above the middle, bearing small marginal denticles, pre-anal portion
also bearing 5-8 lateral spines and the post-anal 4-8 spines; end-claws long, with
two small hair-like denticles at the base. Colour orange. Length up to 1.5 mm.
Male. Eye comparatively larger than in the female. Antennules dilated in
the middle, bearing a slender bristle. This species can swim, but usually drags
itself along the mud.
Distribution.—N.S8.W.: Centennial Park, University Pond, Lane Cove, Ken-
dall, Casino; Queensland, Sumatra, Celebes, India, Ceylon, East Africa, North
and South America.
Inyocryprus sorpipus (Liévin).
First deseribed by Liévin (1848, p. 34) as Acanthocercus sordidus. Sars
recorded its presence in New South Wales in 1896 (Plate 5, figs. 1-3).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, lke a rounded triangle expanding pos-
teriorly; posterior and ventral margins of equal length, passing into each other
by a very strong curvature, margins fringed with ciliated setae; dorsal margin
very slightly arched. Head comparatively small, seen laterally, triangular in
form, fornix prominent. Eye distant from the front, ocellus smaller than the
eye and situated near the base of the antennule. Antennules with the proximal
joint very small, distal long and slender. Antennae short and thick, not nearly
as powerful as in the preceding species. Post-abdomen large, conically produced
at the tip, bearing a marginal row of small denticles, 10-14 pre-anal spines, 8-10
post-anal; end-claws long and slender, each with two secondary denticles. Colour
red. Length 1 mm. :
Male. Much smaller than the female, only attaining a length of .4 mm.
This species appears to be devoid of swimming powers.
Distribution—N.S.W.: Ponds off Botany Rd. and Bourke St., Maroubra. It
ocew's in Victoria, Sumatra, China, South Africa, North and South America,
Europe. Of world-wide occurrence, it is much rarer in New South Wales than
I. spinifer.
Family CHYDORIDAE $ (Lynaeidae).
Fornices extended, uniting with the rostrum to form a beak. Antennae with
both rami three segmented. Five to six equidistant pairs of feet. One or two
summer eggs. Intestine convoluted.
Key to genera of Chydoridae.
A. Head crested
B. Post-abdomen bearing marginal denticles .. .. .. .. .. .. Camptocercus.
BB Marginalipdenticlestabsemtmumseieisyns la) sii y stare ceria sah elemmeCiONE TILSs
AA. Head not crested.
B. End-claws of post-abdomen with one basal spine.
C. Carapace compressed.
D. Rostrum pointed.
E. Anal denticles minute .. ..°.. .. Alonella (most species).
EE. HA 5 SLOUO ME) sa eeay hen cethetel Meat eum n etme elu MeALOLOs
1c)
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 39
DD. Rostrum broad semicircular .. .. .. .. .. .. .. » Graptoleberis.
CC. Carapace valves thick, gaping below .. .. .. .. .. .. . Dunhevedia.
BB. End=claws with two basal spines.
C. Infero-posteal corner rounded off, usually unarmed .. a Chydorus.
CC. Infero-posteal corner distinct, usually armed.
T). Posterior margin entire Aer cece VSR EID i eeae tant Pleuroxus.
IDB) excised .. .. .- .. -. -. Alonella (some species).
Genus CAMPTOCERCUS Baird, 1843.
Body laterally compressed, head and valves carinate. Infero-posteal angle
often toothed. Eye distant from the anterior cephalic margin. Antennae with
seven swimming hairs. Carapace longitudinally striated. Fost-abdomen more
than half as long as the carapace, bearing marginal denticles only; end-claws
with one basal spine and bearing a series of secondary denticles ending in a
spine half way along the claw. Twelve species are known, one of which occurs
in New South Wales.
CAMPTOCERCUS AUSTRALIS Sars. (Plate vi., figs. 3-3a.).
Described by Sars in 1896 from a single specimen taken at Centennial Park.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, of oval form, greatest height in front of
the middle; dorsal and ventral edges evenly arehed, posterior edges rounded.
Head large, crested, ending in a blunt rostrum. Eye of moderate size, ocellus
smaller, slightly closer to the eye than to the rostral tip. Surface of the cara-
pace longitudinally striated. Infero-posteal corners unarmed. — Post-abdomen
slender, long; about twenty marginal denticles present; end-claws long and
straight, a basal spine present and another spine half way along the claw. Length
of mam.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Centennial Park, Kendall, Port Stephens. It is also
recorded from Victoria, Sumatra, India, South America.
Genus AcROPERUS Baird, 1843.
Body compressed, head and valves earinate. Infero-posteal angle rounded
or acute, usually with teeth. Antennae with eight swimming hairs. Carapace
obliquely striated. Post-abdomen without marginal denticles; end-claws as in
Camptocercus. Large intestinal caecum. Nine species known, two among the
New South Wales fauna.
Key to species of Acroperus.
q Pp t
AS infero-posteal.cornenr unarmed ey tgs celle: 4b nl el ele eel S29RbaeUES:
AA. Inféro-posteal corner bearing two teeth’... .. .. 2.0.2.0) ee ce ne avirostris.
ACROPERUS AvIROStRIS Henry. (Plate vi. figs. 2-2a.).
Proe. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., lii., 1918 (1919), p. 469.
Distribution—N.S.W.: Port Stephens, Kendall, Cumbalum.
ACROPERUS sINUATUS Henry.
Proce. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lit, 1918 (1919), p. 471, Pl. x1, figs. 5, 6.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Kendall, Lorne.
40 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA,
Genus ALoNnaA Baird, 1850.
Body more or less compressed, in lateral view oval-triangular or oval-rect-
angular with rounded posterior angles. Head not carinate. Process of the
upper lip often large, rounded. Antennules short and thick. Antennae short,
the inner ramus with 4 or 5 swimming bristles. Five to six pairs of legs, the
sixth, if present, rudimentary. Post-abdomen compressed, armature varied,
usually both marginal denticles and lateral combs present; end-claws with one
basal spine. Over seventy species have been described from all parts of the
World, eleven of which are included in the fauna of New South Wales.
Key to species of Alona.
A. Length exceeding 6 mm.
Bo Carapacessmoothi eyes elt cries cre longirostris.
BB. Carapace longitudinally striated.
Ca Dwelvetanaledenticles: S225 s-, cam ee eee men enaallenstss
CC. Fifteen anal denticles.
D. Post-abdomen of uniform width .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. affimis.
DD. Post-abdomen widening distally .. .. .. .. .. .. .. whiteleggii.
AA. Length not attaining .6 mm.
B. Lateral fascicles absent.
CyOcellusmequalltins sizestombhesey.elnai vescl sc anctome ulin Camere clathrata.
CC. Ocellus much smaller than the eye.
D.. Supra-anal angle very distinct .. ..... .. .. .... .- a@bbreviata.
DD. Supra-anal angle not distinct .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. . microtata-
BB. Lateral fascicles present.
C. Fascicles long, extending beyond the dorsal margin .. .. camboui.
CC. Fascicles short.
D. Post-abdomen long and slender .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .- wallaciana.
DD. Post-abdomen short and stout.
IbaCarapacemstriated tcmi.c5 cacuece eee eer pulchella.
HE a Carapacesmoothy sia. crue see tonnes sia sic), ban Leas Sts
ALONA AFFINIS (Leydig). (Plate vii., figs. 2-2a.).
(Syn. Lynceus quadrangularis Fischer, not Muller; Alona oblonga P. E. Muller.)
Described by Leydig in 1860 (p. 223) as Lynceus affinis.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, oval in outline, dorsal margin arched,
curving abruptly downwards posteriorly so that the greatest height is about the
middle. Ventral edges slightly curved, posterior edges obliquely truncated. Head
slightly depressed, rostral end pointing obliquely forwards. Eye large, ocellus
smaller, situated about twice as far from the rostral tip as from the eye. Sur-
face of the carapace marked by longitudinal striations whieh are not very con-
spicuous, sometimes a faint reticulation. Post-abdomen strongly built, of uni-
form breadth throughout; 13-15 serrated anal denticles; lateral combs present;
end-claws strong, each armed with a secondary denticle at the base; both end-
claws and dentieles bearing spinules. Colour yellowish-brown, sometimes with a
greenish tinge. Length 1 mm.
Distribution—This is a very cosmopolitan species. N.S.W.: Centennial
Park, Lett River, Kendall, Byron Bay; Europe, Asia, North and South America,
Africa, Greenland, Siberia.
ALONA WHITELEGGII Sars. (Plate viii., figs. 1-la.).
Described by Sars (1896) from a single specimen obtained at Centennial
Park, Sydney.
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 41
I’emale. Carapace, seen laterally, oval triangular, slightly widening pos-
teriorly; dorsal margin evenly arched, ventral almost straight, posterior angles
rounded off. Head bent forward, rostrum acute. Sculpture of the carapace
consists of longitudinal striae, ventral edges bearing a thick row of setae. Eye
of moderate size, ocellus very slightly smaller and situated closer to the eye
than to the tip of the rostrum. Post-abdomen strongly built, slightly widening
distally, supra-anal angle not prominent, 15 denticles present on the infra-anal
margin, also 15 lateral combs. End-claws long, each with a strong secondary
denticle at the base. Length .63 mm.
Distribution.—Centennial Park, Kendall. This species has not as yet been
recorded outside N.S.W.
ALONA KENDALLENSIS Henry. (Plate viii., fig. 7.).
Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li., 1918 (1919), p. 474.
Distribution. N.S.W.: Kendall.
ALONA LONGIROSTRIS Henry.
Proce. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., li., 1918 (1919), p. 475, Pl. xli., figs. 11-12.
Distribution —_N.S.W.: Byron Bay, Centennial Park.
ALONA CLATHRATA Sars.
Deseribed by Sars (1888, Plate 6, figs. 7-10) from specimens raised from
dried mud collected at the Gracemere Lagoon, near Rockhampton.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, short, rounded, quadrangular; dorsal mar-
gin strongly arched in the middle, ventral fairly straight, ascending anteriorly,
posterior edge truncated, with the upper angle distinct, the lower rounded. Ros-
trum elongated, acute. Ocellus about the same size as the eye and situated closer
to it than to the tip of the rostrum. Antennules long, slender, the terminal
papillae reaching beyond the rostral tip. Surface of the carapace marked by a
regular reticulation. Post-abdomen short and broad, truncated, bearing small
strong anal denticles; lateral combs absent; end-claws short, secondary spines
very minute. Colour pale yellow. Length .38 mm.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Lismore, Byron Bay; Queensland.
ALONA MICROTATA, n.sp. (Plate viii., figs. 44a.).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, truneated oval in shape; dorsal margin
boldly arched, ventral arched anteriorly, then curving upwards to join the ecom-
paratively short posterior edges which are almost straight. Head broad, ter-
minating in an elongated rostrum which reaches below the ventral edges of the
valves. Eye large, ocellus very much smaller and situated closer to the eye than
to the tip of the rostrum. Antennules long and slender, not reaching the tip of
the rostrum. Antennae short, bearing comparatively long swimming’ bristles.
Lip-plate large, margin smooth. Surface of the carapace marked by a distinct
reticulation in the anterior portion, posteriorly very weak or completely absent.
Post-abdomen strongly built, broadening distally, the corner opposite the end-
claws projecting, supra-anal angle not very distinct; nine marginal denticles
present, rapidly inereasing in size distally, lateral fascicles absent; end-claws
very long, with a small secondary spine at the base of each. Colour very pale
yellow. Length .28 mm.
Distribution. Orange.
This very minute form somewhat resembles Alona abbreviata in its general
42 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA,
appearance, but it differs greatly in the form and armature of the post-abdomen
and the sculpture of the carapace.
ALONA CAMBOUII Guerne & Richard. (Plate viii., fig. 5).
Deseribed by Guerne and Richard in 1893 from specimens collected in Mada-
gascar.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, oval in outline; dorsal margin evenly
arched, ventral edges almost straight, infero-posteal angle rounded. Head of
moderate size, terminating in an obtuse rostrum. Eye of medium size, ocellus
much smaller, situated closer to the eye than to the tip of the rostrum. Anten-
nules almost reaching the rostral tip, two of the olfactory setae longer than the
rest. Lip-plate rounded. Carapace marked by a reticulation or simply pune-
tate. Post-abdomen short and broad, of uniform breadth throughout, supra-anal
angle very distinct; 8-10 anal denticles, each with a minute accessory spinule,
5-8 lateral fascicles, the longest spine in each passing the dorsal margin; end-
claws long, smooth, each provided with a basal spine. Colour yellow. Length
48 mm.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Port Stephens; New Zealand, South America, India,
Madagascar, Palestine.
ALONA WALLACIANA Henry.
Proce. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lit., 1918 (1919), p. 472, Pl. xli., figs. 7-8.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Kendall.
ALONA ABBREVIATA Sars. (Plate vii., fig. 8).
Described by Sars in 1896.
Female. Carapace short and stout, somewhat quadrangular in lateral view,
the greatest height in front of the middle; dorsal margin curved rather abruptly
anteriorly, ventral slightly curved, posterior edges transversely truncated. Head
fairly erect, terminating in an acute rostrum. © Eye of moderate size, ocellus
smaller, situated closer to the eye than to the rostral tip. Carapace marked by
a reticulation in the posterior portion, anteriorly by a series of transverse curved
lines: Post-abdomen short and very stout, supra-anal angle prominent; 10 dis-
tinct anal denticles, lateral fascicles absent; end-claws moderately strong, each
armed with a small basal spine. Length .37 mm. .
Distribution —N.S.W.: Orange, Bathurst, Pond near Bourke St., Sydney.
ALONA PULCHELLA King. (Plate vii, fig. 6).
First described by King (1852, p. 260). Fully deseribed by Sars in 1896.
Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat oval in outline, not widening posteriorly,
dorsal margin evenly curved, ventral almost straight, posterior edges oblique.
Head fairly erect, rostrum acute. Carapace striated longitudinally, striations
faint. Eye of moderate size, ocellus smaller and situated very slightly closer to
the eye than to the tip of the rostrum. Antennules not reaching the rostral tip.
Post-abdomen rather short, transversely truncated at the tip, of uniform breadth,
end-claws long, each armed with a secondary denticle at the base. About 12
infra-anal denticles and the same number of lateral fascicles. Length .59 mm.
Distribution —N.S:W.: Waterloo Swamps, Varroville, St. Leonards, Hol-
brook, Mudgee, Byron Bay; Victoria; South Africa.
ALONA LAEVISSIMA Sars. (Plate vii., figs. 3-3a.).
Described by Sars in 1888.
Carapace, seen laterally, oval in outline, dorsal margin evenly curved, ven-
tral edges straight, posterior edges truncated, upper angle obtuse, lower rounded
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 43
off. Surface of the valves smooth, no sculpturing present. Bye of moderate
size, ocellus very shghtly smaller. Antennules narrow, not quite reaching the
rostral tip. Post-abdomen very similar to the preceding species, marginal den-
ticles somewhat smaller and lateral combs usually fewer in number. Colour
yellow. Length 48 mm.
This species is very closely related to the preceding species, A. pulchella
King, the chief differences being the entire lack of markings on the carapace
and the slightly different armature of the post-abdomen. It has a wide distri-
bution in the country districts of N.S.W., having been eollected at Byron Bay,
Kendall, Bathurst, Moss Vale, and Lismore. Sars’ specimens came from Rock-
hampton, Queensland.
Genus GRAPTOLEBERIS Sars, 1863.
Female. Head not carinate, rostrum broad, carapace conspicuously reticu-
lated, two strong teeth on infero-posteal corner of the valves. Eye much larger
than the ocellus. Fost-abdomen nearly triangular, marginal spines small; end-
claws with one accessory spine, sometimes wanting. Five pairs of feet.
Male. Smaller than the female, first pair of feet with hooks. Post-abdomen
narrow, with a crenulated but unarmed posterior edge. End-claws small, dise-
hike.
Only one species is known.
GRAPTOLEBERIS TESTUDINARIA (Fischer). (Plate vi., figs. 5-5a.).
Lynceus testudinarius Fischer (1848, p. 191); Alona testudinarius Schoedeler
(1863) ; Lynceus reticulatus Frie (1872).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat oval, dorsal margin evenly
arched, ventral fairly straight, posterior margins narrow, truncated. Infero-
posteal corner armed with two strong teeth. Head large, fornix very broad,
forming a semi-circular rostrum covering the antennules and extending down as
far as the ventral margins of the valves. Reticulation of the carapace very dis-
tinct. Ocellus smaller than the eye, and closer to it than to the tip of the ros-
trum. Post-abdomen bent at the sharp pre-anal angle, somewhat triangular in
shape. Marginal spines small, end-claws with one small basal spine.
Distribution—This species has only been obtained from two localities in
New South Wales, a pond in the University grounds and Moss Vale and in both
cases, very few specimens were found. The Moss Vale specimens are distin-
guished by a much more erect head than is typical; the rostrum pointing for-
wards instead of downwards and not nearly reaching the ventral margins of the
valves. The species occurs in Europe, North and South America, Asia, Iceland,
Azores.
Genus DUN HEVEDIA King, 1853.
General shape rounded. Valves obscurely reticulated. Rostrum short.
Infero-posteal angle rounded with one or two teeth. Post-abdomen with many
fine denticles, end-claws short and curved, with one basal spine. Post-abdomen
in male armed with fine hairs only. Seven species have been described, two of
which are found in New South Wales.
Key to species of Dunhevedia.
AUTSeenttnom above the outline as obovate i 7 s.r Won) ss a a crassa.
AA, a a a Mt ui . concave in the middle .. .. .. .... podagra.
44 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. i. CLADOCERA,
DUNHEVEDIA CRASSA King. (Plate vi., figs. 4-4a.).
First described by King (1852, p. 261); redeseribed by Sars in 1888.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, almost semicircular, dorsal edge boldly
arched, ventral almost straight, posterior edge truncated. A denticle present on
the infero-posteal corner. Seen from above the carapace appears obovate, not
constricted in the middle, posterior part tapering. Head bent down, rostrum
acute, curved. Hye large, ocellus much smaller, of irregular shape, situated
closer to the eye than to the rostral tip. Post-abdomen with a row of small
denticles; end-claws small, curved, with a single denticle at the base of each.
Male. Smaller than the female, with hairs instead of denticles on the post-
abdomen.
Distribution—This species has a wide distribution in New South Wales,
having been collected at Dunheved, Varroville, Moss Vale, Bathurst, Cumbalum,
Mudgee, the University pond. It is recorded from Queensland, South Australia,
Java, Siam, Hawaii, India, Ceyion and South Afriea.
DunueEVeDIA popacra King.
Described by King in 1852. I have not been able to obtain this form, so
quote King’s original description. It is apparently specifically distinct from the
preceding species.
“Antennae with the tuberele near the base very prominent. When seen
from the back the outline at the middle is concave. This species is much smaller
than Dunhevedia crassa. When a number of them are placed together in a glass
of water, they congregate near the surface. The intestine is much convoluted,
having in reality two whole turns, although they are not in the same or parallel
planes.
Locality.—Parramatta.
Genus Puevroxus Baird, 1848.
Lateral outline of the carapace may be long and comparatively low, or short
and highly arched; the posterior margins are short. Infero-posteal corner sharp,
usually toothed. Head not carinate, rostrum long and pointed, sometimes bent
forward. Lip-plate large. Antennules short, antennae with 8 swimming bristles.
Five pairs of legs present. Post-abdomen armed with marginal denticles only;
end-claws with two accessory teeth.
About 27 species have been described from all parts of the World; three of
them are found in New South Wales.
Key to species of Pleuroxus.
AS Infero-posteal commen unanmedenein| a.) 3. +o elcee cue een aeucien ee inermis.
AA. Infero-posteal corner armed.
BvEormushortiandehighpemeec ths ics sila yy ENG OTC ONLLECLSS
BB yRorm: longyand inarrowaewe revealed, 2 see ene CLUS ET GLESS
PLEUROXUS INERMIS Sars.
Described in 1896 (Plate 5, fig. 8).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat rounded, dorsal margin strongly
arched, ventral straight posteriorly, bulging anteriorly. Infero-posteal corner
rounded off, quite unarmed. Head bent forward, rostrum long and_ pointed.
Sculpturing of the carapace lacking, except in the anterior portion, where about
ten conspicuous curved striae are present. Ocellus very much smaller than the
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 45
eye and situated closer to it than to the tip of the rostrum. Post-abdomen com-
paratively slender, bearing numerous hair-like marginal denticles; end-claws
strong, each with two secondary denticles at the base. Length .6 mm. Colour
brown.
Distribution—N.S.W.: Only thus far from loealities near Sydney, Ponds
near Lachlan and Bourke Sts., Waterloo Swamps, Botany. Victoria, South
Africa, South America, Hungary.
PLEUROXUS RETICULATUS Henry. (Plate vii., figs. 2-2a.).
Proce. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., lii., 1918 (1919), p. 478.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Port Stephens, Kendall.
PLEUROXUS AUSTRALIS, n.sp. (Plate vii., fig. 3).
Iremale. Carapace, seen laterally, comparatively long and low; dorsal mar-
gin evenly curved for the greater part of its length, but sloping abruptly down
to the posterior margin; ventral edges of the valves slightly convex; posterior
edges very short and truncated. The head is small and depressed, terminating
in a long acutely-pomted rostrum which projects slightly beyond the ventral
margins of the carapace. The eye is large, the ocellus smaller, and situated
more than twice as far from the tip of the rostrum as from the eye. The sur-
tace of the carapace appears quite smooth, without any reticulation. .The ventral
edges are fringed with a row of bristles which are finely ciliated. The infero-
posteal angle is an obtuse angle and is armed with 3 or 4 strong teeth. The
antennules are short and thick and do not extend to the middle of the rostrum.
The post-abdomen is moderately strong, tapering slightly distally, with the corner
opposite the end-claws produced forward, although not to the same extent as in
the preceding species, supra-anal angle obtuse, 14-16 anal denticles; end-
claws long and moderately strong, each bearing two denticles at the base. Colour
pale yellow, length .5 mm.
The most nearly related species to this is perhaps the American form
Pleuroxus denticulatus Birge, but this species is very distinct from it in the
general shape, absence of reticulation and in the armature of the post-abdomen.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Bangalow, Cumbalum.
Genus CuyporwS Leach, 1843.
Female. Body small and spheroidal. Head depressed, rostrum long and
acute. Lip-plate moderately large, narrowed posteriorly. Infero-posteal corner
usually unarmed. Antennules short and thick. Antennae provided with 7-8
swimming bristles. Post-abdomen short, supra-anal angle prominent; end-claws
with two basal spines.
Male. Smaller, rostrum short, antennules thick, first foot with a hook.
Between thirty and forty species have been described from all parts of the
World, six of them occurring in New South Wales.
Key to species of Chydorus.
Alinfero-posteal (corner with) ayspinel|is) ss ey is. 2. st Veclpuey ee Sess) MS DUNS.
AA. Infero-posteal corner unarmed.
BeiPosteabdomenilonewwandyslenceniet sven) else) ever uate eroitel eg) r= globosus.
BB. Post-abdomen short and broad.
C. Carapace strongly marked with oblique ridges .. .. .. .. .. ° jugosus.
CC. Carapace smooth or weakly reticulated.
D. Olfactory setae all terminal.
Ewa heanalydenticlesinc) wri cwclisiim concen leur helium erttCulatess
EWeibessithanglckanal cemticlesi seule inate s ei rarentate leonardi.
DDG Oneroltactony, setavlateraly. sieiiinv miler bas mele ine ttsp seer ovalis.
46 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA,
CHYDORUS UNISPINUS, n.sp. (Plate vii., figs. 4-4a.).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, broadly oval; dorsal margin’ strongly
arched, ventral also curved, bulging somewhat anteriorly, posterior edges short,.
slightly curved. Infero-posteal corner armed with a short backwardly-directea
spine. Head of moderate size, terminating in a produced, acutely-pointed ros:
trum. Eye of moderate size, ocellus smaller, situated slightly closer to the eye
than to the tip of the rostrum. Antennules short, not nearly reaching the tip of
the rostrum. Lip-plate long, the margin smooth. Post-abdomen strongly built,
anal sinus very distinet; end-claws long, curved, each armed with two unequal-
sized basal spines, 12-15 groups of anal denticles. Colour: pale yellow.
This species resembles the barroisi group in that it has a spine on the
infero-posteal corner; it differs from all the other members of the group, how-
ever, by the lp-plate having a perfectly smooth margin and in the curious arma-
ture of the post-abdomen.
Distribution.—N.8.W.: Botany.
CHyboRUS GLOBOSUS Baird. (Plate vii., figs. 6-6a.).
(Syn. Chydorus augustus King).
First deseribed by Baird in 1850 (p. 127).
Female. Form almost spherical, without carapace angles. Dorsal and ven-
tral margins strongly arched, posterior edges short. Carapace smooth or reticu-
lated. Head comparatively large, rostrum produced, acute. Eye large, ocellus
much smaller than the eye and situated shghtly nearer to it than to the tip of
the rostrum. Antennules very short and thick. Post-abdomen long and slender,.
of uniform breadth throughout, supra-anal angle very small; numerous anal den-
ticles present; end-claws armed with a series of secondary spinules which be-
come hair-like towards the tip, two basal spines of unequal length. Colour vary-
ing from yellow to dark brown. Length .8-.9 mm.
Distribution—This large form is very widely distributed in New South
Wales: Centennial Park, Botany, Sydney University, Five Dock, Corowa, Banga-
low, Lett River. It also occurs in Victoria, India, Europe and North America.
CuypoRUS JUGOSUS, n.sp. (Plate vii, figs. 5-5a.).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, rounded in outline, dorsal margin very
strongly arched, ventral evenly curved, posterior edges very short and almost
straight; infero-posteal corner unarmed. Head of moderate size, rostrum pro-
duced, acutely-pointed. Eye large; ocellus very slightly smaller, irregular in
shape and situated much closer to the eye than to the tip of the rostrum. ' An-
tennules tapering at the ends, olfactory setae comparatively long, reaching more
than half the length of the rostrum. Lip-plate large, the baeckwardly-directed
portion narrowly produced. Ventral margins thickly fringed with long feathered
bristles. Surface of the carapace very conspicuously marked with an oblique,
rarely branching series of ridges which give the appearance of alternating hght
and dark bands. Post-abdomen very strongly built; end-claws long, slightly
curved, each with two basal spines which are both comparatively long though
unequal; 14-16 anal denticles with small spinules between them. Colour brown.
Length .74 mm. :
Distribution.—N.S.W.: Holbrook.
CHypoRUS DENTICULATUS Henry.
Proe. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii., 1918 (1919), p. 480, Pl. xli., figs. 15, 16.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Centennial Park, Sydney University Pond.
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 47
Cuyporus LEONARDI King.
1
(Syn. C. minor Lilljeborg, C. clelandi Henry).
First deseribed by King in 1852 (p. 258). Figured by Sars in 1896 (Plate
v., figs. 4-5).
Female. Carapace rounded, dorsal and ventral margins strongly arched, pos-
terior very short. Head somewhat depressed, rostrum long and pointed. Eye of
moderate size, ocellus shghtly smaller, situated nearer the eye than the rostral tip.
Carapace devoid of sculpturing, ventral margin fringed with bristles. Anten-
nules short, olfactory setae terminal. Post-abdomen comparatively wide, supra-
anal angle prominent, 8-10 anal denticles, end-claws each with two basal spines.
Length .25 mim.
This species is regarded by some authors as identical with C. sphaericus
Muller. It is undoubtedly nearly related to this species and should perhaps be
classed as a variety. A larger form described as C. clelandi attains a length of
over .3 mm., has a pitted carapace, and 12 anal denticles, but in other respects
is identical with C. leonardi.
Distribution.—Widely distributed in N.S.W.: St. Leonards, Denham. Court,
Waterloo Swamps, Botany, Kendall, Lett River, Holbrook, Cumbalum.. It also
oceurs in Europe, Africa, Ceylon, Singapore and South America.
CHYDORUS OVALIS Kurz.
Described in 1874 (p. 79, Plate iii., fig. 2).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, evenly rounded, posterior part depressed,
posterior edges very short. Head not depressed, terminating in a long pointed
rostrum. Eye larger than the ocellus, which is nearer to it than to the tip of the
rostrum. Antennules short and thick, scarcely reaching the middle of the rostrum,
one olfactory seta situated laterally, the others terminal. Post-abdomen short
and broad, supra-anal angle projecting, pointed. Twelve to fifteen anal denticles;
end-claws moderately large, with two unequal basal spines. Colour yellowish
brown. Length .6 mm.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Centennial Park. Europe, North America.
Genus ALONELLA Sars, 1862.
Head not carinate. Valves of the carapace reticulate or striated. Rostrum
variable. Infero-posteal angle toothed or smooth. Antennae with 8 swimming
hairs. 5 pairs of legs. Post-abdomen large, pre-anal angle usually not pro-
minent, lateral spines usually absent, end-claws with one or two basal spines.
This is a somewhat unsatisfactory genus, consisting of forms that are not
easily separable and yet differ widely in many points. Some of the species
approach the genus Alona and others Pleurorus. About twenty different species
have been described, four of which oceur in New South Wales.
Key to species of Alonella.
A. Claws with one basal spine.
B. Post-abdomen armed with marginal and lateral denticles.
GUEValWeSiistriate cen eumny mene cnubne MeL e Usui ley lniaen apatite st llnnellnal ania stems sAG (BIOL
CC. Valves reticulated.
D. Margin of lip-plate notched .. =. .. .. ........ .. .. duoodonta.
DD. Margin of lip-plate entire .. .. BVAcchseveyt sce yap CLOG LTC LILO.
BB. Post-abdomen with Hanes denticles ai MelidersNi ersuilie/elieelainien LAD RONG:
NAC lawshwathicwonbasalySpinesiecy wiisduie ilies isteee onan ietaislallnetsliletel | stot slelansln (B2CIS Cs
48 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. i. CLADOCERA,
ALONELLA KARUA (King).
First described by King as Alona karua (1852, p. 260). Described by Sars
in 1888 (Plate 5, figs. 8-9).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat quadrangular, broader anteriorly,
posterior edges abruptly truncated. Head depressed, terminating in a sharp
rostrum. Ocellus smaller than the eye and situated closer to it than to the tip
of the rostrum. Carapace marked with distinct striations. Infero-posteal corner
armed with 1-4 small teeth. Antennules slender, conical, not reaching the tip of
the rostrum. Post-abdomen dilated distally, apex broadly truncate, anal denticles
very small, about 8 lateral fascicles present; end-claws of moderate length, with
one minute basal spine. Length .4 mm. 5
Distribution.—N.S.W.: Stroud, Port Stephens. North and South America,
South Africa, Sumatra, Java, Singapore, Siam, Cochin China, Ceylon.
ALONELLA DIAPHANA (King). (Plate vu, figs. 1-la.).
First described by King (1852, p. 260) as Alona diaphana.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, rounded oval, tapering posteriorly, angles
all rounded off. Head rather depressed, rostrum obtuse. Carapace_ striated,
striae rather close together, curved. Infero-posteal corner unarmed. Eye of
moderate size, ocellus smaller than the eye and situated midway between it and
the tip of the rostrum. Post-abdomen large, oblong in form, tapering slightly
distally, edge armed with small hair-like denticles, supra-anal angle slight; end-
claws each with one small basal spine. Length .49 mm.
Distribution—N.S.W.: Sydney, Moss Vale. Queensland, South America.
ALONELLA EXCISA (Tischer).
First described by Fischer as Lynceus eaxcisus (1854, p. 428).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, roughly oval in outline, dorsal margin
evenly arched; ventral straight for the greater part of its length, ascending an-
teriorly; posterior narrowly truncated, with the upper and lower corners angular.
Head slightly bent down, rostrum of moderate size, sometimes long. Surface of
the carapace marked by a conspicuous network crossed with longitudinal striae,
anterior part marked with curved transverse striae. Infero-posteal corner some-
times produced into a point with the posterior margin above it excised, some-
times crenulated. Ocellus much smaller than the eye and situated nearer to it
than to the tip of the rostrum. Post-abdomen long, of almost uniform breadth
throughout; supra-anal angle prominent, marginal denticles small. | End-claws
small, each with two unequal denticles at the base. Length up to .56 mm.
Male. Much smaller than the female, the largest found measuring only .25
mm.
Distribution —Typical specimens were found at Lett River and Kendall in
N.S.W. It has not hitherto been recorded in this State. This species is known
from Europe, Siberia, Greenland, Iceland, North and South America and South
Africa.
ALONELLA CLATHRATULA Sars. (Plate vi., figs. 6-6a.).
Deseribed by Sars in 1896.
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, oblong oval, with the greatest height in
front of the middle; dorsal margin evenly arched, posterior edges truncated. Head
depressed, terminating in an acute rostrum. Infero-posteal angle distinct, not
excised or crenulated as in the preceding species. Surface of the carapace reticu-
lated in the posterior portion and marked by curved striae anteriorly. Post-
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 49
abdomen truncated at the tip, marginal denticles very small and_hair- like; end-
claws each with a very minute basal spine. Length .35 mm.
This species is regarded by some authors as identical with Alonella excisa
(Fischer), and Delachaux (1918) classed it as A. excisa var. clathratula on the
grounds that the only difference was the presence or absence of the posterior ex-
cision. There are, however, other differences, the carapace of clathratula is longer
in proportion to its breadth, and the markings of the carapace differ in the two
species; in clathratula there is only one minute basal spine, while in excisa there
are two spines of unequal length.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Maroubra, Kendall, Lett River. South America,
South Africa.
ALONELLA DUOODONTA, n.sp. (Text-figs. 1-4).
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, truncated oval in outline; dorsal margin
evenly arched, ventral shghtly curved, posterior edges straight. Infero-posteal
corner armed with two strong teeth. Head somewhat depressed, ending in an
obtuse rostrum. Eye of moderate size, ocellus slightly smaller, situated closer to
Text-fig. 1. Alonella duoodonta. (x 111). Text-fig. 2. Lip-plate. (x 300).
Text-fig. 3. Infero-posteal corner. (x 300). Text-fig. 4. Post-abdomen. (x 395).
the eye than to the tip of the rostrum. Antennules not nearly reaching the tip
of the rostrum. Lip-plate large, its anterior and posterior edges almost parallel,
its ventral margin with one deep noteh followed by irregular crenulations. Sur-
face of the carapace marked by a conspicuous reticulation; ventral edges fringed
with bristles. Post-abdomen strongly built, supra-anal angle distinct; anal den-
ticles arranged in an irregular manner, about six stout marginal denticles above
which are seattered 5-7 lateral denticles and also some fine spines; end-claws long,
bearing a series of spinules and one basal spine. Colour pale yellow. Length
oO mm.
Distribution—N.S.W.: Manly.
50 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. i. CLADOCERA,
List of works referred to.
Bairp, W., 1850.—Natural History of the British Entomostraca. Ray Society,
London.
Brapy, G., 1886.—Notes on Entomostraca collected by Mr. A. Haly in Ceylon.
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., xix., p. 293.
Dapay, E., 1898.—Mikroskopische Susswasserthiere aus Ceylon. Termes. Puzetek
(als Toe ok :
, 1910.—Die Susswassermikrofauna Deutsch Ost-Afrikas. Zoologica, Heft 59.
Dawa, J., 1853.—Report of the U.S.A. Exploring Expedition. Crustacea, ii., vol.
14.
DevacHaux, T., 1917.—Cladocéres de la région du lae Victoria Nyanza. Rev.
Suisse Zool., 25, no. 3, p. 77.
——, 1918.—Cladocéres des Andes Péruviennes. Bull. Soe. Neuchatel, t. xliu.,
p. 18.
Fiscurr, 8., 1848.—Uber die in der Umgebung von St. Petersburg vorkommenden
Crustaceen aus der Ordnung der Branchiopoden und Entomostraceen. Mém.
Savans Etrang. St. Petersburg, vi. (1851), pp. 159-199.
——, 1854.—Abhandlung iiber einige neue oder nicht genau gekannte Arten von
Daphniden und Lynceiden, als Beitrag zur fauna Russlands. Bull. Soc. imp.
Moscou, t. xxvil., p. 423.
GueERNn, J. de, and Ricnarp, J., 1891—Nouveaux Entomostracés d’eau douce de
Madagasear. Mém. Soc. zool. France, vi. p. 234.
Haasp, J. F., 1903—Records of some Victorian Entomostraca. Vic. Nat., xix.,
no. 11, p. 148.
Henry, M., 1919-—On some Australian Cladocera. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.AW., li,
p. 463.
Herricr, C. L., 1884—Final report on the Crustacea of Minnesota. 12th. Ann.
Rep. Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey of Minnesota, Vol. 8.
Kine, R. L., 1852.—On some species of Daphniadae found in N.S.W. Roy. Soe.
Van Diemen’s Land, 1852 (1853) pp. 243-253.
——, 1852.—On Australian Entomostracans. Roy. Soc. V.D. Land, 1852 (1853),
p. 253-263.
Kurz, W., 1874—Dodekas neuer Cladoceren nebst einer kurzen ubersicht der
Cladocerenfauna Bohmens. Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Bd. 70, Abth. 1, p. 7.
Leypia, F., 1860.—Naturgeschichte der Daphniden. Tiibingen.
Lirven, 1848.—Die Branchiopoden der Danziger Gegend. Schr. naturf. Ges.
Danzig, p. 34.
Puayrair, G. I., 1914.—Contributions to a knowledge of the Biology of the Rich-
mond River. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxxix., p. 93.
Ricwarp, J., 1897.—Entomostracés de ’Amerique du Sud.” Mém. Soc. zool.
France, x., p. 263.
Sars, G. O., 1885.—On some Australian Cladocera raised from dried mud. forh.
Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, No. 8.
——, 1888.—Additional notes on Australian Cladocera. Forh, Vid.-Selsk. Chris-
tiania, No. 7.
——, 1889.—On a small collection of Freshwater Entomostraca from Sydney.
Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, No. 9.
——, 1896.—On Freshwater Entomostraea from the neighbourhood of Sydney.
Arch. Math. og Naturvid., Bd. 18, Heft 2.
——, 1904.—On a remarkable new Chydorid Sayeia orbicuaris from Victoria.
Arch. Math. og Naturvid., Ba. xxvi., No. 8.
?
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 51
——, 1912.—On the problematic form Moina lemnae Wing and its true relation-
ship. Arch. Math. og Naturvid., Bd. xxxu., No. 14.
——, 1914—Daphnia carinata ing and its remarkable varieties. Arch. Math.
og Naturvid., Bd. xxxiv., No. 1.
——, 1916.—The Freshwater Entomostraca of Cape Provinee. Part 1. Clado-
cera. Ann. S. Af. Mus., Vol. xv., Pt. iv., p. 303.
ScHorpELerR, J. EH., 1877—Zur Naturgeschichte der Daphniden Beitrage der
Systematischen angehorigkeit der Daphniden. Berlin.
Sware, J.. 1917—The Pond and its Inhabitants. Vic. Nat., xxxiv., No. 1.
—, 1918—One year’s collecting Micro-fauna in the Botanic Gardens Lake,
Melbourne. Vic. Nat., xxxv., No. 5. 2
Sautn, G. W., 1909.—The Freshwater Crustacea of Tasmania. Trans. Linn, Soc.
Lond., Ser. i., vol. xi., part 4, p. 61.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES IV—VIII.
Plate iv.
Fig. 1.—Daphnia carinata. (x 15).
Fig. 2.— oh », var. cephalata, (x 15).
Fig. 3.—Scapholeberis kingt. (x 50).
Fig. 4.—Ceriodaphnia cornuta. (x 75).
Fig. 5.— Hp Spinata. (x 45).
Fig. 6.—Motnodaphnia macleayit. (x 45).
Plate v.
Fig. 1.—Simocephalus australiensts. (x 28). la. Post-abdomen. (x 56.); 16. Ephippium
(x 28); 1c. Antenna (x 65).
Fig. 2.—Simocephalus elizabethae. (x 39). 2a. Post-abdomen. (x 72).
Fig. 3.—Simocephalus gibbosus. (x 30). 3a, Post-abdomen. (x 72).
Fig. 4.—Siimocephalus acutirostratus. (x 15). 4a. Post-abdomen. (x 34).
Plate vi.
Fig. 1.—/lyocryptus spinifer. (x 32). la. Post-abdomen. (x 67).
Fig. 2.—Acroperus avirostris. (x 78). 2a. Post-abdomen. (x 170).
Fig. 3.—Camptocercus australis. (x70). 3a. Post-abdomen. (x 84).
Fig. 4.—Dunhevedia crassa. (x 116). 4a. Post-abdomen. (x 116). ‘
Fig. 5.—Graptoleberis testudinaria. (x70). 5a. Post-abdomen. (x 253).
Fig. 6.—Alonella clathratiula. (x 180). 6a. Post-abdomen. (290).
Plate vii.
Fig. 1.—Alonella diaphana. (x 95). 1a, Post-abdomen. (x 186).
Fig. 2.—Pleuroxus reticulatus. (x 148). 2a. Post-abdomen. (x 270).
Fig. 8.—Pleuroxus australis. (x 90).
Fig. 4.—Chydorus unispinus. (x 82). 4a. Post-abdomen. (x 160).
Fig. 5.—Chydorus jugosus. (x 70). 5a. Post-abdomen. (x 130).
Fig. 6.—Chydorus globosus. (x 58). 6a. Post-abdomen, (x 130).
i> Me]
a
Fe} bey
de 09" da" of
w
gg
Fig
D
Fic.
FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA,
Plate viii.
. L.— Alona whiteleggii. (x 77). la. Post-abdomen. (x 204).
2.—Alona affinis. (x 46). 2a. Post-abdomen. (x 166).
. 3.—Alona laevissima. (x77). 3a. Post-abdomen. (x 245).
. 4.—Alona microtata, (x 140). 4a, Post-abdomen. (x 380).
.oO
—Post-abdomen Alona cambouet. (x 270).
ig. 6.—Post-abdomen Alona pulchella, (x 205).
. 7.—Post-abdomen Alona kendallensis. (x 320).
8.-—-Post-abdomen A/ona abbreviata. (x 270).
53
NOTES ON NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, WITH
SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THOSE PARASITIC IN REPTILES.
Part u.—A Revirw or THE PHYSALOPTERA OF LIZARDS.
By Vera A. Inwry-Suiva, B.Se., F.L.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the
Society in Zoology.
{Read 29th March, 1922.]
Seurat is the only author who has made any general study of the members
of this group, and his work is confined to the representatives of it in Northern
Africa, his two papers (1914, 1917) dealing with four species only. Descriptions
of the other species are scattered among isolated papers, often difficult to obtain ;
and in most cases very unsatisfactory. The writers usually devote their attention
to characters which are common to all the species, and, therefore, of no specific
value. As Seurat points out, the reptilian Physaloptera form a very homogeneous
group; and he has done a useful service in giving a general account of the
Northern African forms. Most of the features which he describes are common
to the whole group. Briefly summarised, they are as follows :—
Thick cuticle, transversely striated; a cephalic collarette; narrow lateral
wings, bearing a pair of post-cervical papillae; excretory pore, ventrally situated,
not far from these papillae; two asymmetrical papillae further back, in the in-
testinal region; a strong tooth (external labial tooth) on the summit of each
lateral lip, several smaller teeth on its inner face, and a row of minute spines,
or denticles, on its lower border; a pair of lateral papillae on the buceal pad
external to each lip, and a median cephalic gland between them; a pair of lateral
caudal pores on the mid region of the tail, and a caudal gland at its tip; large
herve ring surrounding the muscular oesophagus; vulva in front of middle of
body; uterus with two or four branches; caudal bursa on male tail, bearing four
pairs of external pedunculated papillae, surrounding cloaca, and about thirteen
internal papillae, usually sessile, of which three are pre-anal, and the rest, in
pairs, post-anal; spicules unequal, the right short and broad, the left long and
slender.
With so much uniformity in the group, the determination of characters on
which to base specific distinctions is a difficult one. Seurat considers that such
characters are to be found only in careful measurements of the relative propor-
tions, and in the conformation of the internal organs. But considerable varia-
tions are found in the dimensions given of the same species by different writers,
54 NEMATODES OF THE GUNUS PHYSALOPTERA,
even when all the required measurements are given, which is rarely the case.
And, where a long series of what is undoubtedly the one species is carefully
examined, similar variations are found to oceur, both in the proportions and
conformation of organs.
So that it is not advisable to rely on this character alone, although a very
necessary one, for a specific determination. Another objection to it is that it
usually requires the dissection of the specimens, a delicate and tedious operation
in the smaller species. Pe
A useful and more easily observed character is found ‘in the structure of the
male caudal bursa. Seurat is of the opinion that the number and disposition of
the genital papillae are too constant to make this feature of specific value. But
a careful study of the male tails of all the species shows well marked differences,
not only in the papillae, but in the general shape and proportions of the bursa,
form of margin (whether lobed or straight), shape of cloaca and character and
arrangement of the area of cuticular granulations which usually surrounds it.
Such distinctions are well seen, for example, in a comparison of the caudal
bursas of Physaloptera antarctica, P. sonsinoi, and P. dentata, shown in the
text figures.
It appears, too, that a more thorough examination than is usually given to
the formation of the labial teeth would supply characters of specific value. In
the existing descriptions of the species, there are indications of marked differences
in the shape and size of the teeth, and in the denticular formations.
In the following specific diagnoses, I have been careful to note, from the
authors, all those points in the descriptions which appeared to me to be of some
specific value, omitting features which have been described as common to all.
The measurements are grouped all together, in a table, as they are essential for
specific determinations, and of most use when they are most readily available for
comparison. The figures of the male tails are also grouped together, for the
same reason; and, as they supply all the necessary information in regard to the
number and arrangement of papillae, this is omitted from the diagnoses, except
in cases where no figure of the bursa has been given by the author. The figures
given in this paper represent traced copies of the originals.
It will be noticed that in several of the species the uterus is divided into
four branches, instead of the usual two.
Seurat has separated the Physaloptera of reptiles into two groups, those
which have a female genital apparatus formed of four uteri and four ovaries,
viz.—Formes tetrahystériénnes, and those in which it consists of two uteri and
two ovaries, Formes didelphes.
This grouping has been adopted here. But the more typical arrangement
of the genital apparatus has been assumed for species when no mention of it is
made in the descriptions relative to them; and it is possible that, with more
eareful study, more species will be found to have the four-branched uterus.
Though P. abbreviata is one of Rudolphi’s original species, the type of the
genus is P. clausa, and Diesing’s revised diagnosis of the genus Physaloptera in-
eludes the definite statement “uterus bicornis.” It may be questioned, therefore,
whether species with four uteri are properly assignable to the genus; though it
would seem undesirable to establish a new genus entirely on a character which
can be determined only by dissection.
Of the fifteen species which have been recorded from lizards, several have
already been proved to be synonyms, and there are reasonable grounds for the
supposition that other names will fall as synonyms. The total number of valid
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 55
species, known from lizards, may be taken to be not more than nine, or, at most,
ten. But, as this assumption is based only on a comparison of the descriptions
given by the authors, and specimens are-not available here for study, it has
seemed better to retain the present status of the different species, pending fur-
ther investigation. Therefore I have merely indicated the probable synonymy,
in a discussion under the diagnosis of each doubtful species.
A list of the hosts in which the species are found is given in the first paper
of this series (Irwin-Smith, 1921).
The Physaloptera of lizards.
A. Species with uterus divided into four branches.
PHYSALOPTERA PALLARYI Seurat, 1917.
External labial tooth triangular, sharply pointed, erect; about 20 sharp den-
ticles forming a very plain internal denticular border to the lip. Buccal frame
slightly trilobed, bearing a pair of very small papillae. Muscular oesophagus
slender, narrower than the glandular oesophagus. Body of female much at-
tenuated anteriorly, thick and robust posteriorly. Vulva not salient; opening in
front of termination of oesophagus; ovijector and reservoir long (1.55 mm.) ; un-
paired trunk of uterus fairly long (650 y), dichotomously divided into four
branches. Caudal pores opening at posterior fifth of tail. Male tail (not figured)
very short, provided with two narrow wings which do not reach the extremity.
Three pre-anal papillae close to anterior border of cloacal ring, first pair of
post-anal papillae right on posterior margin of the ring, fourth pair only a short
distance from caudal point. Spicules very short, only slightly unequal. Wart-
hike cuticular protuberances surrounding cloaca big and salient. Measurements
as given in table.
PHYSALOPTERA ABBREVIATA Rudolphi, 1819.
Body robust. The two lips very big, each bearing a large wedge-shaped ex-
ternal labial tooth, truneated at the extremity, and, on the inner face, a number
of small teeth. The usual pair of external labial papillae. Muscular oesophagus
massive, as wide as glandular oesophagus. Body of female attenuated at both
extremities. Vulva not, or only slightly, salient; its position variable, opening
either before or behind termination of the oesophagus: vestibule very long
(3.5 mm.), unpaired trunk of uterus fairly long, dichotomously divided into four
branches; seminal receptacles 150 » x 120 p, clearly marked off from both uterus
and oviduets by narrow constrictions. Caudal pores just beyond middle of tail.
Male tail elongated, inflected ventrally; caudal wings wide, cloacal lips not
salient, cuticular projections arranged in longitudinal rows. Spicules very un-
equal. For number and arrangement of papillae see figure.
Reference is usually made to Linstow’s description of this species, but a
good deal of additional information has been contributed by Seurat, who
examined the female genital system. Details supplied by Seurat have been in-
corporated in the above diagnosis, and the measurements given by him have been
used in the table. Linstow’s measurements differ considerably. According to
him the oesophagus is one twelfth the total length; the tail, in the male, one
twenty-seventh, in the female, one forty-seventh as long as the entire body;
male 9 mm. long, 600 , thick, female 18 mm. long, 870 » thick, the vulva divid-
ing the body in the ratio 8: 31. Eges 36 », x 20 » in diameter.
56
NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA,
EA cites
Cdl”
15S
Caudal extremities of males of Physaloptera from Lizards.
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 57
PHYSALOPTERA VARANI Parona, 1890.
Synonyms.—Physaloptera paradoxa Linstow, 1908; Physaloptera quadrovaria
Leiper, 1908.
Head without lateral cuticular expansions. External labial tooth cuneiform,
truncated. Labial papillae very small. Caudal extremity of female obtuse, anus
nearly apical. Vulva opening behind the termination of oesophagus; ovijector
elongated (3 mm.), unpaired trunk of uterus very short, divided directly into
four branches, which terminate in seminal receptacles; these marked off from
oviduets by deep constrictions, but passing gradually into the uteri. Ova brown
coloured. Caudal pores in female very apparent just beyond middle of tail,
opening in a cuticular depression bordered by a thick ring; in male situated
midway between third and fourth pairs of post-anal papillae. Cloaea bounded
by two prominent lips; euticular knobs surrounding it often ornamented with
little spurs. Pre-anal unpaired papilla oval, the paired papillae round. For
arrangement of papillae see figure. Measurements as given in table.
In the above diagnosis, use has been made of the accounts given by Seurat,
in conjunction with Parona’s original description. The details of the female
genital system are taken from the description of Physaloptera paradoxa by Seurat
(1914). He subsequently (1917) classed both this and P. quadrovaria as
synonyms of P. varani. As I have not had an opportunity of seeing the original
description of P. paradozxa, I have accepted Seurat’s authority for the synonymy.
But it will be seen, from the two figures given, that the caudal bursa of P.
varani, as shown by Parona, differs both in the number and arrangement of
papillae from that of P. paradoxa as figured by Seurat. However, this is a
feature in which mistakes of observation readily occur, and Seurat himself, in
his second description, amends his first statement that six pairs of post-anal
papillae occur, one of the pairs proving to be caudal pores.
The only description supplied by Leiper for P. quadrovaria is that “the
vaginal canal is formed by the fusion of fowr distinct ovarian tubes,’ and a
diagram, which indicates that the mode of division is similar to that described
for P. paradoxa.
PHYSALOPTERA ANTARCTICA Linstow, 1899.
? Synonym.—Physaloptera alba Stossich, 1902.
Skin very thick. Lips hemispherical, each surmounted by a conical tooth,
with two small adjacent teeth on the inner side. Body stout and elongated. Tail,
in male, one twenty-third, in female, one fifty-fourth as long as entire body.
Female tail conical, with rounded point. Eggs with very thick shell. Large
cloacal aperture, circular in outline. The four pairs of external papillae pos-
sessing’ long stalks. For details of caudal bursa see figure. Measurements as
given in table.
Linstow’s description is too brief for a good specifie diagnosis, but enough
to show a close agreement with the Physaloptera alba described by Stossich.
PHYSALOPTERA ALBA Stossich, 1902.
Lips feebly developed, each produced into two big submedian papillae. Teeth
very weak. Female tail conical. Vulva opening at anterior third of body
length. Eggs enclosed in a very thick hyaline shell. Male eaudal bursa as shown
in figure. Stalks of the four pairs of external papillae long. Measurements as
given in table. ¢
58 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA,
As noted above, this species is probably identical with Physaloptera antarc-
tica. The few measurements given accord with those for Linstow’s species, and
both worms are recorded from species of the same genus of host. The figures
for the male tail, given by the two authors, show a close agreement in the
general shape of the bursa, and the area on it covered by the cuticular granu-
lations. Both writers note the length of the stalks of the external papillae, a
feature which is also well shown in the two figures. In the figure of P. alba,
precaudal papillae are missing, but these papillae are easily overlooked. Phy-
saloptera from the same host, which I have examined recently and found to
agree in most particulars with the deseription of P. antarctica, have the three
pairs of caudal papillae stalked, as shown by Stossich. The females examined
are also found to possess a four-branched uterus. Neither Linstow nor Stossich
makes any mention of the female genital system, but I have placed the species
in this group (A), on the evidence afforded by the worms now in my collection,
of which a full deseription will be published later.
B. Species with uterus divided into two branches.
PHYSALOPTERA LEPTOSOMA (Gervais) Seurat, 1917.
Synonyms.—Strongylus leptosomus Gervais, 1848; Fraipont, 1882; ? Physalop-
tera chamaeleontis Gedoelst, 1916.
External labial tooth cuneiform, truncated, and provided with a little rounded
button at the extremity. Internal teeth very distinct, bicuspid. Internal denti-
cular border much reduced, interrupted by indistinet elliptical spots. — Post-
cervical papillae slightly asymmetrical, the left longer. Muscular oesophagus re-
markable for its brevity. Caudal extremity of female digitiform, elongated.
Vulva not salient; vestibule and reservoir very elongated (3.125 mm.), unpaired
trunk of uterus fairly long (500 »), dividing into two parallel branches, 1.6 mm.
long, each of which continues as a uterus extending nearly to level of anus.
Caudal pores opening at posterior third of tail, in a slightly sunken elliptical
area, bounded by a thin cuticular border. Male spicules very unequal. Caudal
bursa elongated. Cloaea bounded by two salient lips with smooth surface. Cuti-
cular processes of circum-cloacal region armed with spines, and arranged in
longitudinal rows. Caudal pores just beyond middle of tail. For details of
caudal bursa see figure. Measurements as given in table.
PHYSALOPTERA CHAMAELEONTIS Gedoelst, 1916.
External labial tooth triangular. Internal ‘‘fourchette” absent. The two
extremities of the female equally attenuated; tail conical. Vulva slightly pro-
minent; vestibule and reservoir 3.2 mm. long, unpaired trunk of uterus 1.5 mm.
long, dividing into two branches 2 mm. long, each continuous with a uterus.
Maximum thickness of male body in the posterior half, gradually attenuated in
front. Spicules very unequal. Caudal bursa 1.44 mm. long. Cireum-cloacal re-
gion provided with a regular longitudinal series of chitinous denticles, extending
nearly to the middle of the tail. For arrangement of caudal papillae see figure.
Measurements as given in table.
As will be seen from the tables of measurements, this species agrees so
closely in all its dimensions with P. leptosoma as to suggest that it is a synonym.
This assumption is strengthened by a comparison of the descriptions. The
structure and proportions of the female genital systems are about the same: in
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. : 59
both there is a reduction of the denticular formation on the inner face of the
lip; the male caudal bursa has an elongated form in both, and the figures show
that the arrangement of papillae and chitinous processes is alike.
PHYSALOPTERA DENTATA Linstow, 1883.
? Synonym.—Physaloptera aloisii-sabaudiae Parona, 1907.
Lips very large, with a median papilla on each. External labial tooth big,
wedge-shaped, with a small tooth attached to its internal base. Caudal extremity
of female conical, with rounded point, one twenty-fifth of the length of the whole
body. Eggs very numerous, thick-shelled. Male tail one eleventh of the length
of the body. Conieal processes arranged on wings of bursa in longitudinal rows.
Of the post-anal papillae 1 and 2 close together, often merging into one big one.
See figure, for general arrangement of papillae. Measurements as given in table.
PHYSALOPTERA ALOISII-SABAUDIAE Parona, 1907.
Body attenuated anteriorly for a third of the total length. Mouth with two
large lips; one papilla on each lip; big teeth, with a series of spines. Head
with two oval membranous lobes, with continuous margins. Intestine in male
straight, in female sinuous in the posterior half. Caudal extremity of female
short, with rounded point. Vulva prominent, with smooth circular outline. Hggs
in immense numbers, oval, thin-shelled. Male spicules stout, long, and unequal.
Anterior end of testis extending right beyond the base of the oesophagus. Caudal
bursa lanceolate, margins not lobed, without spines (‘senza aculei’) on its surface.
External papillae with long peduneles; 2 and 3 post-anal shortly pedunceulate.
Parona makes a note of the similarity between this species and the deserip-
tions of P. dentata, and P. abbreviata. It seems probable that it is identical with
the former. They were found in different species of the same host genus
(Agama); the lengths are about the same, and although the descriptions of both
are very meagre, they agree in important particulars. No figure is given of the
caudal bursa of P. aloisii-sabaudiae, but the absence of the usual cuticular granu-
lations on the circum-cloacal region is a very distinctive feature, and, in the
figure of the caudal bursa of P. dentata, it is seen that these formations are con-
fined to the marginal wings, the region round the cloaca being, apparently, quite
smooth. P. dentata, too, is figured with the straight, not lobed, edge to the bursa,
which is described for P. aloisii-sabaudiae. And, in each case, mention is made
of a single median papilla on each lip.
PHYSALOPTERA SONSINOI Linstow, 1895.
External Jabial tooth conical. A pair of small submedian papillae on each
lip. Caudal extremity of female rounded, and curved dorsally. 2 tail one-eigh-
teenth of whole length. Eggs very thick shelled. | Twenty three papillae on
caudal bursa, unusual in size and arrangement, as shown in figure. ¢ tail 1/9.25
of the body length. See measurements in table.
PHYSALOPTERA SPIRALIS Schneider, 1866.
External labial tooth pointed, inner tooth absent. Inner side of each lip
beset with spines; a pair in the median line below the base of the tooth, another
pair on each side near the margin of the lip, and, dorsally and ventrally, on the
base, a row of about five. Caudal extremity, in female, dorsally curved or coiled
in a spiral; in male, straight. Measurements as given in the table.
© OG Ain 6 OV “Ga iN Vacated 1 | Reem a3 enn Old mt Vaca Vd © a6 “OR BGS Te ee =
“ULUL 68-T “MUU TZ) ULUL ZG.T “WU OZ6-L “TU Z 1 096 ae sernord
1 OBE one) 1 gat ge xo0l] 7 gp Xo8T ogt) que) Tors
; eR 6-9 oF e-p| BAIT ) snusvydoseo
9-7 i GP 9 SB L-9—S §-¢ q aTUUL F JO FVYZ 07 YBSTET
CLS a 3-P Or | 9°8 rh ¢ 9) epeuey) [vq303 Jo worzs0dorg
rae | L1-2| Le 18-2] BAarT
par 61 LG-% G3-e €2—6:1 z eL-T are | snsvydoseo satu
“ULL g.Z “MUL Ye) "ULUL Cg.Z “ULW QQ. “UU ¢ “UIT & “UU Z-g} eTBUeT
Ost o09e 00g) BAaRT
| 098 ooe B96 eeu - susvydoseo avfnosnyy
| d oce OAISSVL | W ogg 1 Opz| o[eureyz .
| 1! og 09] = BAay |
\ OL apeut + Aqiavo Teoong
| a Q9| 9seutez
; ( ) ———
te: (q3Sueq Apoq Waste yzeue, Apod ; rele ae)
: OPES Jo t “}uv) “TUL gg Koon e i Se ee euro anes “UU ne srantey ) AAS
“UML OT) ‘Ulu cl Apoq SOprlArp “UtUL aad : qv 10 “UU i G -
| 6L9 o8s BALL |
8s¢ | P29 BBE ce aaod Arojeaoxe “*
~ “ULI ()s T—8-0 nt og! | n OBL 7 Qog) eTeueyz
: susvydoseo zee) 09g] = Baar | avyided
| P9S—9TS | qBMosNUM Jo 009 ste, eyeur yeotaseo qgod- ©
W O8P 11 989—O19 PANT pure WZ 1 Qos] eTeutey :
GST | snsvydoseo 966 Ocz VALET ? SULMI-3AIeu
| oes Iv[UpURLS cts OZ e[eut ¢ JO o[pprut
1 Zeer | puv reqnosnm OLE nd Z6T| epee ) — : woaz Aqruteayxo
jo motgomnl ye oreydes Jo soueqstq
| Z91 STs) oge| BART)
vs9 989 096, 86 LI-T n 099 099) 086 ayeut | THe
| W BLe 7 O8% 4 OLL| 7 ObL “unt AL" | " ore 1 OLg ereutes J
= = See ae | 5
OT OLL O@F| = BAART |
| ag 099 OF OFS 6L: OFF Oo0g| —-eTVUE | ssouTAOTY. WHUXVTY
| 1 08% 7 096 gT8 7 O6L “UU QT. T) @ OLL ni QGP epeutes J
62 i | | | z-9 | eI e-ET €-21 | (epees) varey) z
6G—¥1 0€) G-9 9 L FEL 8-1) 8a—Sé 1G SIF IT 9-01 8-01-¢-8 aeur YASUE, [LIOT,
“UU L9 “UrUut a “ULUL LY “ULUL TT) “UU ZT “UU ZG ULUL C.Q8G “ULUL OP ‘ULM ZR “ULM C.2% "UU CT | “ULM GZ-G-6T ateures )
“pxopn.Lwog |
sapv.4ugs ‘wsnjat | “Loulzsuos | avipnvgns|vzvjuap “$24u0 *puLosozga]| “vayv | v223240]u ‘udg| ‘vpvia24ggn | “1h 4v7qv¢G
‘d Q | ‘d| -2Lstozv ‘d| -ajaviuvys ai ‘di ‘d| ‘1uvsveg d ‘dl
r Sees — ee eas SS
g ‘SGUVZIT §O FYXLdOTFSAHd fO SLNAWAUYASVAW HO @IaVaL
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 61
Selneider’s figure of the caudal bursa (See ‘Text-tig.) shows no unpaired
papilla and only four pairs of internal papillae; but in his description he makes
the statement “6 unmittelbar hinter der unpaaren Papilla.”
In comparing this species with P. abbreviata he says that the denticles on
the lip of the latter form an uninterrupted row along the edge, and that the
only difference in the arrangement of the caudal papillae is that in P. abbreviata
they are further from the median line.
PHYSALOPTERA RETUSA Rudolphi, 1819.
External labial tooth notched, the notches not extending to the base. Inner
teeth longer. Internal face of lip beset with short spike-shaped processes; a pair
towards each side of the base, dorsal and ventral, a pair midway between these
and the apex of the lip. The two branches of the uterus extend far towards the
posterior end. Caudal papillae arranged as shown in the figure. Measurements
as given in the table.
Schneider mentions that he has observed ecdysis in a larva 7 mm. long, and
that ripe eggs are first found in a female 30 mm. long.
PHYSALOPTERA BRITANICA Skrjabin.
Seurat makes a brief reference to this species (1917, p. 47). He says that
it resembles P. pallaryi in the conformation of the buccal lips, but differs from
it by its much superior stature, by the relatively slighter length of the oesophagus,
and by the different form of the tail in the femate.
I have not been able to trace the original description of the species, nor to
find any other reference to it.
Literature.
Diestne, 1861.—Revision der Nematoden. Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math-
Naturw. Cl. (1860), xli., p. 652.
GeporLst, L., 1916.—Notes sur la faune parasitaire du Congo belge. Rev. Zool.
Africaine, Brusselles, v., pp. 1-90.
Irwin-Suitu, V., 1921.—Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera, with
special reference to those parasitic in Reptiles. Part 1. Proc. Linn. Soe.
N.S.W., xivi., pp. 492-502.
Lerper, R. T., 1908.—An account of some helminthes contained in Dr. C. M.
Wenyon’s collection from the Sudan. Rep. Wellcome Research Lab., London,
iii., pp. 187-199, Pls. 21-22, figs. 44-50. ,
Liysrow, 1883.—Nematoden, Trematoden und Acanthocephalen, gesammelt von
Prof. Fedtschenko in Turkestan. Arch. Naturg., xlix., pp. 274-314, Pls. 6-9,
figs. 1-52.
1895.—Untersuchungen an Nematoden. Arch. Mikr. Anat., pp. 509-
533, Pl. 30.
1899.—Nematoden aus der Berliner zoologischen Sammlung. Mutt.
zool. Samml. d. Mus. f. Naturk. Berl., i (2), pp. 1-28, 6 Pls.
1908.—Helminthes. Nematoden und Acanthocephalen. (ing:
Schultze, Zool. u. Anthrop. Ergeb. e Forschungsreise in Sud Africa. Bd. 1,
Leif. 4.). Denk. med. Ges., Jena, xiii., pp. 19-28, 1 Pl.
Parona, C., 1890.—Sopra alunci elminti di vertebrati birmani raccolti da Leon-
ardo Fea. Ann. Mus. Genova, ser. 2, vil., (xxvii.), pp. 765-780, Pl. 3.
62 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA.
1907.—Nuove specie di nematodi africani. (Nota preventiva).
(Spedizione al Ruwenzori di §.A.R. Luigi Amedeo di Savoia, Duca degli
Abruzzi. 24.) Boll. Mus. zool. ed anat. compar., Torino (566), xxii., 4 pp.
RupouPut, C. A., 1819—Entozoorum synopsis cui accadunt mantissa duplex et
indices locupletissimi. Berolini.
Scuneiper, A., 1866.—Monographie der Nematoden. Berlin, pp. 59-65, 341.
Srurat, L. G., 1914.—Sur deux Physaloptéres tetrahystériens des Reptiles. Compt.
rend. Soc. biol., Paris, \xxvii., pp. 433-436.
1917.—Physaloptéres des reptiles du Nord-Africain. Compt. rend.
Soc. biol., Paris, Ixxx., pp. 48-52.
Stosstcu, 1902.—Sopra alunci nematodi della collezione elmintologica del prof.
dott. Corrado Parona. Boll. Mus. zool. e anat. comp., Genova, No. 116. 16
pp., 3 Pls.
63
A NEW GENUS OF AUSTRALIAN C/XIIDAE (HOMOPTERA).
By F. Muir, Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Experiment Station, Honolulu, T. H.
(Communicated by H. J. Carter, B.A., I’.E.S.)
[Read 26th April, 1922.|
BATH YMERTIA, n. gen.
Closely allied to Leptoclamys Kirk. but the great development of the front
legs distinguishes it. Vertex about twice as broad as long, with a transverse
carina about middle, a transverse carina divides vertex from frons; base very
shallowly emarginate, except in the middle, where there is a minute angular
emargination; apex truncate, not produced beyond eyes. Length of middle ot
face equal to width, widest shghtly beyond middle, sides shghtly curved, apical
half more so than basal, apex of face deeply and roundly concave thus making
the sides longer than middle, marginal carinae distinct, median carina some-
what obseure, no median ocellus but the median carina obsolete at apex. In side
view base of clypeus rounded, shghtly produced, distinetly tricarinate. Antennae
globose. Pronotum fairly long, hind margin deeply and angularly emarginate
with a carina margining the middle half; no lateral carinae but a slight groove
runs from the anterior margin behind eye in a cirele nearly touching the hind
margin, the area within this groove being slightly swollen. Mesonotum slightly
flattened in middle, tricarinate. Front legs considerably thickened, femora
slightly excavate along the ventral surface with small spines along each margin;
tibiae slightly excavate along dorsal surface with spines around apex. This ar-
rangement allows the tibiae to be laid close to the femora and the tarsi doubled
back upon the tibiae, as is often found in subterraneous insects. Other legs
normal; hind tibiaé without spines. Ovipositor short, complete; the surface of
female pygofer forming a wax-secreting surface; female abdomen fairly full but
decidedly compressed horizontally. Male pygofer of the normal Cixiid type,
abdomen compressed horizontally. Tegmina of the Cixiid type, subtectiform,
claval veins joining about middle of clavus, entering hind margin before apex,
Se and R forking at same level as Cu slightly beyond middle of clavus; R with
three apical veins; first fork of M shghtly before apex of clavus, five apical
veins, Mi, Mi, M2, Mz and Ma.
Type, B. helmsi Muir.
BATHYMERIA HELMSI, n.sp.
3. Length 4.4 mm.; tegmen 5.6 mm.
Dark brown or nearly black over head and thorax, carinae lighter, also the
raised area on pronotum, front snd middle tibiae and tarsi and the hind legs
64 NEW GENUS OF AUSTRALIAN CIXIIDAE.
lighter; abdomen light brown. Tegmina and wings hyaline, vitreous, veins dark
brown; tubercles sparse, more numerous on apical veins, bearing small black
macrotrichia; a brown stigmal mark. Ventral margin of pygofer angularly pro-
duced, lateral margins slightly curved; anal segment of moderate size, rounded
at apex; genital styles Y-shaped, the inner arm being small and the outer curved.
2. Length 6.4 mm.; tegmen 8.6 mm.
Lighter than the male. Full view of pygofer a little longer than wide, sides
fairly deep, ovipositor slightly curved upward, not reaching the anal segment
which is short and slightly flattened horizontally. }
Described from one male from Sydney, N.S.W., and five females, one un-
labelled, one from National Park (December, 1905) and three from Sydney,
N.S.W. These specimens are in Dr. Helms’ collection, now in the Bishop
Museum, Honolulu, T.H. One Paratype in Australian Museum Collection, No.
K45294.
The interest attached to this insect is that the front legs are developed
abnormally for the family and indicate that the nymph is likely to be subter-
raneous in its habits. Information on this point would be of interest and local
collectors should endeavour to settle this point.
65
AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. No. ii.
By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S.
(Fourteen Text-figures. )
{Read 26th April, 1922.]
BUPRESTIDAE.
Buprestidae. Having lately examined long series from the South Australian
Museum of many species of the Chalecophorini group of Buprestidae, I made
a careful study of the Chalcotaenia—especially of those having 4-spotted elytra—
in order to clear my own mind on the subject. Cotypes of the Jate Canon Black-
burn’s species were amongst these, ineluding one of C. beltanae—the label in
Blackburn’s handwriting. I would note: (1) This species is a Chalcotaenia—as
so placed by Kerremans in the Gen. Insectorum—not a Chalcophorella as
originally deseribed. (2) Portions of the description do not agree with the
specimen—(a) “partibus elevatis obscure cuprascentibus,” (b) ‘“antennis sat
brevibus haud prothoracis basin attingentibus.” With regard to (a) the elevated
parts are dark green, the depressed areas golden; the word non should thus be
prefixed to elevatis to describe the specimen.
As to (b) there only remain 9 joints of one antenna; but the 9th joint
exactly reaches the base of prothorax, so that the antennae of the example in
cuestion are decidedly longer than the prothorax. Further, except for parts of
joints 1-3 which are metallic, the antenna is testaceous, although in his final note
the author compared it with “C. martini Saund., and C. cerata Kerr., both of
which, however, differ from it, inter alia multa, by their testaceous antennae.” The
dimensions of the example are 19 x 7 mm., those of the type 8% x 3 lines. I can
only deduce, therefore, that either the specimen is wrongly named or that the
above statements are inaccurate.
The other species by this author, of which I have examined cotypes are, I
consider, synonyms as follows :—
C. australasiae Saund. = C. angulipennis Blackb.
C. quadri-impressa Wiaterh. = C. sulciventris Blackb.
I append a tabulation of the Australian species of the genus. The two extra-
Australian species are C. gratiosissima Kerr. from Papua and C. longicollis Kerr.
from “Tsles du Sud-East.”
66 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. il.
Table of Australian species of Chalcotaenia Deyrolle.
1 Elytral costae entire, without impressions .. .. .. .. lamberti C. and G.
2—4 Elytral costae interrupted by one impression on eacb
3 Form elongate, the elytral impressions near apex .. .. elongata Waterh.
4 Form ovate, the elytral impressions premedial .. .. .. bi-impressa Cart.
5—12 Elytral costae interrupted by two impressions on each
G—S Sides of prothorax widely arched in front.
a Four impressions wide and irregular in shape; humeral truncature of
elytra subangulately widened .. .. .. .. australasiae Saund.
Geoentale Water angulipennis Blackb.
8 Four impressions subcircular (equally wide apart)—humeral truncature not
angulate .. .. .. .. .. . quadri-impressa Waterh. — sulei-ventris Blackb.
9—12 Sides of Cithorae nearly straight (lightly sinuous).
10 Four impressions subcircular ,the premedial closer set than the post-
mediali-y-myee wera vs ss Cuprascens Waterh. australis Hairm.
ll Form more Ghowate finch 10, postmedial impressions forming a comma-~
like connection (on outside) with latero-apical sulci .. .. .. laeta Waterh.
12 Form narrower than 10, 11, impression more vague; post-medial impressions
connected (on inside) with latero-apical sulci beltanae Blackh.
13—15 Costae wide and little raised, impressions elongate.
14 Prothorax subquadrate, elytra subparallel .. .. .. .. .. -. violacea Cart.
15 Prothoraxstrapeziform:: elytra ovate! 3 sy hone) eis eee castanea Cart.
Buprestis aurulenta L. This beautiful North American beetle has now to
be reeorded from Australia, probably bred from imported Oregon pine timber.
An example was taken by Dr. E. W. Ferguson at Port Macquarie, Aug. 1919,
in or near his boarding house, which was so unrelated to any Australian Bupres-
tidae known to me that I sent it to the British Museum for determination. This
has now been returned by Mr. K. G. Blair, named as above, together with a note
that a specimen from Hawaii was also in the British Museum. I have lately
seen another example from the National Museum, Melbourne, taken at Toorak or
Frankston, (Vic.). A short description of this will interest our coleopterists.
N.S.W. Example.—d, 16 x 6 mm. Vic. Example.—9, 20 x 8 mm.
Oval, glabrous, golden green above and below, head, pronotum (apex and
sides) suffused with golden copper, suture and sides of elytra brilliant golden
copper; pronotum rugose punctate; each elytron with four sharp costae, suture
and margins also costate, interspaces rugose punctate.
NEO-BUBASTES FLAVO-VITTATA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 1).
Elongate, oblong, lightly attenuate behind; head and pronotum gold suffused
with green, golden at sides. Elytra green with a wide yellow vitta on each, not
quite touching the base and terminating some distance from apex, its inner mar-
gin near suture, its external margin parallel to the margins of elytra; the suture
sometimes violaceous on apical half; underside dark golden bronze, rather thickly
clothed with short white pubescence.
Head densely punctate, antennae short, Ist joint large, all after the 3rd finely
serrated; eyes parallel and widely separated. Prothorax sub-globular, apex trun-
cate, base lightly bisinuate, sides widely rounded; very densely punctate and
varyingly rugose in parts; in two (of three examples) with a fine medial carina
on basal half, anterior angles depressed—quite rounded off from above—posterior
obtuse. Scutellum large, transversely oval, very nitid and brassy. Elytra lightly
BY H. J. CARTER. 67
enlarged at shoulders and compressed at middle; apices separately rounded,
posterior margins serrated, striate-punctate, the seriate punctures large and close;
intervals convex-and closely punctate. Underside densely punctate, the prosternum
coarsely so, margins of abdominal segments smooth and nitid. Apical segment
truneate between two sub-obsolete teeth in 6d, rounded in &. Dimensions: 6,
MEN) x 4mm Pd) sod mma.
Hab.—Western Australia: Kellerberrin (Mv. H. Giles), Cunderdin (Mr. R.
lllidge).
Three examples (2 d, 12) are before me. The species is peculiar amongst
Buprestidae in the contrasted metallic areas and the non-metallic vittae of the
elytra. If the yellow be taken as the ground colour, then the base and suture
are narrowly, and the margins and apex widely, green. The apices and suture
are, in two examples, violaceous. Though presenting certain marked differences
in the form of the prothorax and in the elytral sculpture from WV. awreocincta
Blackb. (Text-fig. 2)—of which I have seen the type—it is, I consider, con-
generic with that species. Types in Coll. Carter.
N.B. The genus is clearly distinet from Bubastes by its shorter prothorax,
larger seutellum and flatter elytra inter alia, though merged by Kerremans with
Bubastes (Gen. Ins.). ;
I have lately received some valued papers (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1920) on
Buprestidae by Dr. Jan Obenberger of Prague. Amongst his new species there
is one evident synonym as follows :—-
Bubastes suturalis Carter = B. strandi Obenb.
B. suturalis was published in 1915.
Pseudanilara roberti Théry.—I have identified tlis genus and species in two
examples from Sydney in my collection (deseribed as from Victoria). The genus
is separated from Anilara by its wide head, bisinuate base of pronotum, the
position of the antennary cavities and the absence of impression or carenum on
the last segment of abdomen.
STIGMODERA.
Synonymy. Stigmodera rollei Kerr. = S. hackeri Carter. [S. caudata Cart. (nom.
praeoce.) |.
Stigmodera horni err. = S. unimaculata Carter.
Kerremans’ descriptions were published Jan. 1908 (Deutsche Ent. Zeit.)
while my names appeared in August of the same year (These Proc.). I have
only recently obtained Kerremans’ descriptions. He notes, as I did, the identical
colour markings of these two species, but, like myself, considers the marked
differences, especially of apical structure, specific distinctions, though noting that
his two examples of rollei were 22, and those of horni were dd.
Of six examples of rollei and three of horni now before me the same sexual
association holds. This is quite strong, though not conclusive evidence that rollet
is the 2 and horni the do of the same species. S. horni is also very close to 8.
erubescens Blackb. from the same region—a species of which I have only seen
the d (Three in my collection).
Stigmodera johannae Théry.—This is, evidently, one of the forms of S.
straminea Macl. The colour of the thorax is more correctly deseribed by Théry
as violet purple, than by Macleay as “golden olive,” and the excellent description
exactly applies to Macleay’s species. In this species the preapical “tache’’ is
frequently absent.
68 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. 11.
Stigmodera donovani C. and G. This species, placed by me as a synonym
of S. jansoni Saund. in my Revision (Trans. Roy. Soe. 5. Aus., 1916, p. 93) is,
I now consider, quite distinct from Saunders’ species.
Specimens of S. jansoni taken by Mr. R. Illidge at Gympie, Queensland,
correspond with the description. It is longer, more parallel than donovani, the
apical spines on each elytron closer, the interspace less oblique than in that
species, while the underside is clear green, the same being flavous—the abdominal
segments with green margins—in S. donovani. The 2 has a concolorous green
prothorax without yellow margins—a fact unnoted in the deseription.
Mr. Ilhidge has taken both species in the same district. My examples of S.
donovani are from Rockhampton.
S. spencei C. and G. Two examples, the sexes, in Mr. Ilhdge’s collection
have only one fascia, besides the dark apical mark, on elytra.
S. cydista Rainb. Mr. T. G. Sloane has lately (Dec., 1921) taken three
examples of this at Barrington Tops (Mount Royal) that differ only from the
typical form in having the medial fascia broken up into two spots on. each
elytron; one, round, near suture, the other on side. The three are exactly alike.
S. praetermissa Cart. This species appears to be moderately common in
Victoria. Since my description appeared, several examples have been sent me
for determination, taken by Mr. J. E. Dixon and others.
The followmg new species of Stigmodera have lately come under my notice
from various sources:
STIGMODERA AURIFERA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 3.)
Oval, robust; head, prothorax, scutellum, underside, antennae and elytral
markings brilliant golden bronze (pronotum with a violaceous tinge near centre),
legs and tarsi coppery green; elytra yellow with the basal border widely, a short
preapieal fascia, mterrupted at suture and ‘extending over two-thirds of width and
extreme apex, golden bronze.
Head channelled and concave; coarsely, irregularly punctate, the punctures
finer between eyes. Prothorax truncate in front, moderately bisinuate at base,
widest behind middle, thence rather stvaightly narrowed, lightly towards base,
strongly towards apex; dise coarsely punctate at centre, base and sides, the
punctures sub-confluent at sides, more widely set towards centre, finer and dense
towards apex, a little depressed in front of seutellum, medial line smooth for
the greater part. Scutellum cordate and coneave, nitid and impunetate. Hlytra
well widened behind shoulders, lightly compressed before the middle, margins
finely serrated near apex, apices rounded but not quite meeting; striate-punctate,
all intervals convex, strongly so at sides and apex, intervals sparsely but dis-
tinetly punctate; sternal area coarsely, the abdomen finely and densely punctate.
Dimensions: 17 x 7 mm.
Hab.—N. Queensland (Mr. H. P. Dodd).
A single female, taken by the [Kuranda naturalist, was received without
locality label. In general form it suggests S. secularis Thoms. and S. fulviventris
Macel., but it is not, in colour, form or pattern, near any of the species appearing
in the section of my tabulation (op. cit., p. 102) to which it belongs. “Elytra
with basal margins, post-medial fascia and apex only dark.” Type in Coll.
Cart.
STIGMODERA AUROLIMBATA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 4.)
Oblong oval, lightly attenuated at apex; head, prothorax, seutellum, under-
side, appendages, basal margin and suture of elytra golden green; elytra yellow
BY H. J. CARTER. 69
with the following markings dark blue (besides the above golden margins) :
basal fascia, widened and directed backwards on humeral callus; a transverse,
oval, pre-medial spot, extending across the suture, an irregular post-medial fascia
formed by three connected spots and wide apical mark.
Head channelled and lightly concave, densely punetate. Prothorax very
convex, truncate at apex, strongly bisinuate at base, widest at middle, sides lightly
rounded, feebly sinuate behind; anterior angles obtuse, posterior acute; dise
Text-figs. 1-5.
1. Neo-bubastes flavo-vittata, u.sp, 2. N. aureocincta Blackh.
3. Stigimodera aurifera, n.sp. 4. S. aurolimbata, n.sp,
5. S. clarki, n.sp.
densely, evenly punctate for the greater part, the punctures coarser and _ less
crowded at sides, a small round pre-scutellary fovea and two transverse basal
foveae. Zlytra enlarged behind shoulders, apices forming a single wide lunation,
scarcely spinose; striate punctate, intervals flat save at sides and apex, underside
densely punctate. Dimensions: 74 x 3 mm.
Hab.—North Queensland: Cairns district (Mr. H. P. Dodd).
A pretty little species, unique, from Mr. Dodd, of the form of S. puerilis
Kerr., S. festiva Cart. and S. titania Cart. with a eolour plan near that of S.
auricollis C. and G., near which it would come in my tabulation. It differs from
any other Stigmodera by the unusual golden metallic edging to the elytra along
the base and suture, with the contrasted dark blue markings outside this. Type in
Coll. Carter.
STIGMODERA CLARKI, n.sp. (Text-fig. 5.)
Hlongate ovate; head, pronotum, scutellum, underside and appendages dark
bronze, pronotum with yellow margins; elytra blue-black with the following
markings yellow: oval basal spot, elongate epipleural spot, two fasciae extending
to sides but not to suture, the one medial enlarged on dise, the oblique extension
to sides narrower, the other preapical, lunate, widest at sides; underside densely
clad with white, adpressed hair.
Head channelled and closely punetate. Prothorax lightly bisinuate at apex
in middle, strongly so at base, anterior angles obtuse, posterior sub-rectangular,
sides widest at middle, evenly rounded, dise closely punctate with smooth medial
line. Seutellum cordate, depressed in middle. EHlytra convex, sub-parallel, light-
70 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. il.
ly widened at shoulders and compressed before middle, minutely serrated near
apex, apices rather widely lunate; striate-punctate, intervals finely wrinkled, con-
vex at sides and apex only. Dimensions: 5.13 x 5; 9. 15 x 6 mm.
ab.—Busselton, Western Australia. (Mr. J. Clark).
Five examples before me can only be confused with S. serratipennis mihi.
S. victoriensis Blackb. and S..eremita Blackb. From the first it is distinguished
by the absence of the yellow head spot, the apical spot on the elytra and the
yellow markings of the underside; from the second it differs in colour, more
elongate form, the absence of apical spot on elytra and the impunctate elytral
intervals; S. eremita Blackb., besides its more oval form, has the ground colour
of elytra and underside a clear blue; the medial fascia joining the epipleural
spot, wider yellow margins to pronotum, inter alia. From all three the unusually
densely pilose underside is a good distinguishing character. The pronotum some-
times. shows metallic reflections (greenish or violaceous). Types in Coll. Carter.
STIGMODERA FLINDERSI, nsp. (Text-fig. 6.)
Oblong ovate; head, prothorax, underside, appendages and elytral markings
violet coppery, subnitid above, more brilliant beneath; elytra yellow, with the
basal margins, suture (triangularly enlarged behind scutellum), wide pre-apical
fascia (narrowed at sides) and the apex widely violet copper.
Head lightly coneave in middle, densely punctate. Prothorax bulbous, a
little produced forward in middle, strongly bisinuate at base, sides widely rounded,
widest at middle, front angles obtuse, the hind acute; disc densely and finely
rugose-punctate, a smooth medial line showing on basal half and a fovea at middle
of each lobe. Seutellum depressed, nitid, smooth. Elytra enlarged behind
shoulders, lightly compressed before the middle, apices obliquely lunate; striate
punctate, intervals flat im middle, convex at sides and apex; rather coarsely pune-
tate, underside densely so and almost hairless. Dimensions: 8 x 3 (plus) mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Flinders Range. ‘
A single specimen in the Australian Museum bears a locality label in the
handwriting of the late Mr. G. Masters, probably taken by him. It belongs to
the small section of my tabulation that contaims S. skusei Blackb. and S. campes-
tris Blaekb., but is quite. unlike any of these (Nos. 195-203). The ground colour
is the unusual violet copper seen in 8. cupriflava Saund. and 8. cognata Kerr.
and in the pronotum of S. aurifera (above). The name commemorates the
famous navigator and indicates the habitat of the species. Type in Australian
Museum.
STIGMODERA HOBLERAE, nsp. (Tiext-fig. 7.)
Oblong oval, rather flat; head and pronotum brilliant dark bronze, elytra
yellow with the following markings blue-black: basal margin and seutellary re-
gion, post-medial fascia enlarging towards and extending to the sides, connected
along the suture with a shorter arcuate fascia situated half way between the
former and the apex and extending over about half the width of elytra and the
apical spines; underside and appendages blue-black, the former inconspicuously
pilose.
Head deeply channelled and coneave, finely punctate. Prothorax moderately
convex, truncate at apex, bisinuate at base, sides nearly straight and strongly
narrowed from base to apex, front angles obtuse, hind aeute; dise with shallow
punctures, fine near centre, coarser towards sides, and three large foveae near
basal border, one at middle, the others near posterior angles. Hlytra slightly
BY H. J. CARTER. (al
widening behind shoulders, feebly compressed before the middle, apiees widely
truneate, the truncation bounded by two conspicuous spines, the exterior the
more prominent; striate-punetate, all intervals convex and impunctate; underside
finely and densely punctate. Dimensions: 11-12 x 4-4.5 mm.
Hab.—S. Queensland: Jandowae (Mrs. Hobler and Mr. R. Illidge).
The four examples of this species, sumilar in form and pattern, were sent
by the captors, and I have much pleasure in naming’ it after the enthusiastic lady
naturalist who has collected so many interesting insects in that district. Belong-
ing to the andersoni group, it differs from all described species in it by the
darker elytral markings being entirely pre-apical (except the spines). The long
and short fasciae, connected at suture, look very like an aeroplane or flying
dove, as seen from above. The apical strueture is intermediate between that of
S. andersoni C. and G. and S. mastersi Macl. (In the former the spines are
subequal, in the latter the suture is rather produced than spinose). The blue-
black colour varies’ with the light in which it is viewed, the blue only clearly
displayed when viewed sideways. Type in Coll. Cart.
STIGMODERA MILITARIS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 8.)
Oblong-obovate; head, pronotum, ground colour of elytra, legs, tarsi and
parts of underside blue, antennae bronze, sides of prothorax widely yellow or
orange, elytra with yellow (or orange) markings as follows: an oblique vitta
from the shoulder joining a fascia near the middle of each elytron and forming
a loop round the shoulder continued backward on underside of margin, the
median fascia interrupted at the suture and obliquely directed backwards towards,
and continuous to, the sides, an areuate pre-apical fascia widening towards and
turned upwards at the sides; the abdomen largely, the sternal regions, to a
variable degree, yellow or orange. (The d example is almost entirely yellow
beneath, in the 2 the pro-, meso-, and meta-sternum are chiefly blue, the abdominal
segments have wide blue margins, the blue sometimes extending over the middle
area of segments).
Head punctate, widely excavated between eyes. Prothorax: apex lightly
bisinuate, base more strongly so, sides widely and evenly rounded, widest behind
middle, posterior angles sub-rectangular, dise with round, close, large punetures,
Text-figs. 6-10.
6. Stigmodera flindersi, u.sp. 7. S. hoblerae, u.sp.
8. S. militaris, n.sp. 9. SS. tropica, n.sp.
10. S.ismansueta Kerr.
sub-confiuent at sides; medial channel distinet in @, indieated at base only in ¢.
Scutellum violaceous, punctate. Elytra widest behind middle, apices separately
rounded, striate-punctate, intervals uniformly convex in 9, lightly so (exeept at
72 AUSTRALIAN COLHOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. 1.
apex) in ¢ and distinctly and closely punctate; underside punctate and clothed
with a fine, short, pale pubescence. Dimensions: 3. 11 x 4; 9. 15 x 6 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Mittagong (C. F. Deuquet); Victoria: Wonga
Park, 25 miles East of Melbourne (Ernest French).
Two examples, the sexes, of this very pretty species are before me, of which
the 3 type is in Coll. Deuquet, the 2 type belongs to the National Museum, Mel-
bourne. It is most like S. flavo-signata Mael., the form, colour, pattern on apical
half of elytra being almost identical; but Macleay’s insect has a very different
pronotum, on which the blue and yellow form alternate horizontal markings; the
basal half of elytra being also quite different. The ground colour has the rich
blue of S. klugi C. and G., the pronotum showing violet reflections. I have
called it militaris from the resemblance of the vitta and medial fascia to the Sam
Brown belts worn by our military officers.
STIGMODERA TROPICA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 9.)
Oblong, glabrous; head, pronotum, underside, legs and antennae brillant
green, the first two with brassy reflections; elytra violet with ten yellow spots
as follows: two triangular near angle between base and suture, two oval near
middle, one on each side of suture, two preapical forming a short eurved fascia,
and two, very small, on each side, one behind the shoulder, the other even smaller,
opposite the medial spot.
Head channelled and excavated between eyes, and together with the prono-
tum, regularly and closely punctate. Prothorax: apex truneate, base bisinuate,
sides rounded, narrower at apex than at base, anterior angles widely obtuse, pos-
terior acute, a smooth medial line terminating in a basal fovea. Hlytra lightly
enlarged near base, sides nearly parallel till near apex, then a little sinuate be-
fore the widely bidentate apex, two short teeth bounding an arcuate excision;
the exterior rather more prominent, posterior margins not serrated; striate-pune-
tate, intervals convex throughout, steeply so towards apex and themselves clearly
punctate; underside densely punctate, flanks of prosternum with coarse, meso-
sternum with medium-sized, metasternum and abdomen with fine punctures, the
whole glabrous. Dimensions: 11 x 4 mm.
Hab.—Cape York (Elgner).
A single specimen (? d) has long been in my eabinet, labelled by me “near
mansueta Kerr.” A specimen from W. Australia in the South Australian Museum
labelled mansueta Kerr. by Blackburn exactly corresponds with Kerremans’ des-
cription, and differs*from S. tropica not only in pattern, for which see Text-fig.
10 (which I give for comparison with my species, as well as to show my deter-
mination of mansueta WKerr.), but in having the head and underside bronzy and
thickly elad with pale recumbent hair, almost concealing abdomen, the latero-
humeral spot connected on the sides with the medio-lateral spot. Type in Coll.
Carter.
TENEBRIONIDAE.
Synonymy.—Menearchus impresso-suleatus Carter == Pseudoblaps dispar
Hbst. It now appears that Mr. Deuquet took this at Colombo, Ceylon, but mixed
it with his Australian captures, without labels. (See my note, These Proc., xlv.,
1920, p. 231). On his recent visit to London he took his example to the British
Museum where Mr. Blair identified it as the Indian insect. I take this earliest
opportunity of correcting this blunder, and of withdrawing the name Menearchus
from the Australian list.
BY I. J. CARTER. 73
PLATYDEMA SULCATO-PUNCTATUM, n.Sp.
Oval, convex, black, sub-nitid; antennae, legs and underside red.
Head closely and rather coarsely punctate, epistoma areuate in front, its
surface depressed below that of forehead, the latter with a strongly raised longi-
tudinal ridge bounding each eye. Prothorax sub-truneate (from above) at apex,
bisinuate at base, sides areuately narrowed from base to apex, anterior angles
depressed and rounded, posterior acute; dise densely punctate, without any sign
of a medial line, the ordinary basal foveae replaced by longitudinal sulci. Scutel-
lum large, semi-circular, punctate. Elytra ovate, of same width as prothorax at
base, each with about 9 sulei containing small, elongate punctures at the base of
each suleus, the intervals steeply convex between these and themselves covered
with small punctures. Dimensions: 44 x 2 mm.
Hab.—Cairns District (H. P. Dodd).
A single male was amongst some beetles received from the veteran collector
from a region that seems to produce endless species. It is of the general shape
and size of P. striatwm Montr., but differs widely from that species in its densely
punctate, sub-opaque surface, and its costate elytral intervals. Type in Coll.
Carter.
PTEROHELAEUS ASSIMILIS, m.sp.
Ovate, moderately convex, nitid black, antennae and legs red.
Head minutely punctate, eyes widely separated, antennae with four apical
joints transverse. Prothorax very transverse, widest at base, thence arcuately
and strongly narrowed to apex, anterior angles prominent but rounded at tips,
posterior acute, dise microscopically punctate with marked transverse depression
near base, besides small basal foveae, foliate margins wide and slightly concave
within. -Seutellum transverse, semi-elliptic. Elytra of same width as prothorax
at base, folate margins wide at base, gradualiy narrowing to apex, irregularly
seriate punctate with about 15 rows of punctures, uneven in size and unequally
spaced, those near suture small, the punctures greatly increasing in size outwards,
the external row containing large, closely-set punctures; the intervals on sutural
half not, or searcely, raised; on lateral half three or four intervals irregularly
convex; all intervals smooth and impunctate. Prosternum minutely punctate, a
few large punctures round middle coxae, abdomen finely striolate. Dimensions:
11-12 x 6-63 mm.
Hab.—N. Queensland: Ravenshoe (H. J. Carter).
I took seven examples under decayed fig-tree bark in July, 1921, and at
first assumed them to be P. pusillus Macl. which is common at Kuranda and
which it resembles in general facies. The following comparison is desirable for
distinguishing the two species :—
P. pusillus Macl.
Less nitid, more oval and convex.
Antennal elub of 5 joints.
Elytra, with geminate series of nearly
equal sized punctures between convex
intervals, the alternate intervals cos-
tate.
P. assimilis, n.sp.
More nitid and oblong.
Club of 4 joints.
Punctures uneven in size and position,
intervals of equal width—except near
sides, where some irregularly raised
and wider intervals occur.
P. asellus Pasc. is also allied, but its surface is more opaque than that of
P. pusillus, the elytra have finer but regular seriate punctures, the alternate inter-
vals are wide but not raised. Types in Coll. Carter.
74 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. li.
PTEROHELAEUS HACKERI, 1.Sp.
Elongate-oblong, parallel, convex laterally, sub-nitid black above, nitid be-
neath, antennae and tarsi red. Head and pronotum very minutely punctate, the
former widest in front of eyes, anterior part nearly flat, epistoma evenly rounded,
eyes large and separated by a distance less than lateral diameter of one; antennae
with joint 3 shorter than 4-5 combined, 3-7 obconic, 9-10 round, 11 bluntly oval.
Prothoraz 4 x 9 mm. (length measured in middle), anterior angles rounded, pos-
terior acutely produced, sides arcuately converging from base to apex, folate
margins widely horizontal, extreme border very fine; dise with smooth medial
line feebly channelled at base, two large basal and two faint lateral depressions.
Scutellum widely triangular. Hlytra 15 x 9 mm., each with 17 rows of round
punctures (about as large as in P. walkeri Br.) besides a small seutellary row,
the extreme lateral row faint and irregular; also 8 smooth, nitid costae, the 2nd,
4th and 6th more prominent than the rest, the sutural interval wide and nitid;
lateral margin moderately wide (as in P. elongatus Macl.) and continuous to
apex. Submentum finely punctate, abdomen longitudinally strigose, the rest of
underside smooth. Dimensions: 20 x 10 mm.
Hab.—Tambourine Mt. and National Park, Queensland (H. Hacker).
Two examples, both, I think, male, show a convex species belonging to
Macleay’s Sect. 11., Sub-Sect. i, most nearly allied to P. opacus Cart. but differing
in its more nitid surface, parallel form, the finely punctured head and pronotum,
the elytral punctures regular throughout (not confused at base; smaller, but not
obliterated, at apex). Type in Queensland Museum.
Since my revision of this group in 1910, the following additions have been
described :—P. cylindricus Cart., P. opacus Cart., P. darlingensis Cart. and P.
oblongus Cart., besides the above species, bringing the total number of the section
to 15.
PTEROHELAEBUS PERSCULPTUS, n.sp.
Moderately elongate, depressed, nitid black, antennae and tarsi ned.
Head coarsely rugose-punctate, widest in front of eyes, epistoma straight in
middle, thence obliquely widening to the canthus, eyes rather small, widely
separated by space about twice the diameter of one; antennae having 4 apical
joints considerably widened, 8-11 nearly round, 9-10 oblate-spheroidal. Prothorax
3 x 8 mm., the horizontal foliation occupying one half the width; widest near
base, anterior angles widely rounded, posterior acute, though blunted at tip,
extreme border moderately thick and reflexed, sides rather widely rounded without
sinuation; dise clearly, not closely, punctate with wide, light basal depressions,
medial line only indicated feebly at base. Hlytra two and a half times as long as
prothorax, sub-parallel, foliate margins horizontal and wide at base, narrowing
to apex, with 16 rows of large, closely set punctures, besides a short scutellary
row; those in row near suture showing a tendency to confluence, those in extreme
lateral row very large and irregular; some confused punetures in humeral region ;
intervals narrow, forming mere separating lines between the series, the alternate
intervals sub-costate (this more obvious towards apex). Submentum rugose,
prosternum finely strigose, abdomen finely and sparsely punctate. Dimensions:
17 x 8 mm.
Iab.—Australia.
A single specimen in the Queensland Museum is labelled “No. 3455 Relton
Bequest,” without locality label. It is a very distinct species, in form somewhat
between the elongate species (Sub-Sect. i) and the shorter species (Sub-Sect. i)
BY H. J. CARTER. 75
ef Macleay’s Sect. ii. Its most prominent characters ave the widely horizontal
margins of the prothorax and the strongly sculptured elytra, on which the seriate
punctures occupy nearly the whole surface. Type in Queensland Museum.
NYCTOZOILUS CARLOVILLENSIS , Sp.
Oblong-ovate opaque, brownish black, head and pronotum, in places, with
short, decumbent, golden hair, tarsi with golden tomentum, tibiae of male also
tomentose within.
Head and pronotum densely and finely punctate, epistoma truncate with
oblique sides, a straight sulcus separating the forehead, the latter lightly depressed
along the middle, antennae about reaching base of prothorax in ¢, shorter in 9,
joint 3 as long as 4-5 combined, 8-10 flattened and nearly round, 11 oval, longer
than 10. Prothorax 5 x 6.5 mm., widest at middle, arcuate-emareginate at apex,
anterior angles a little produced, acute (about 80°) with blunted tip, sides well
rounded, strongly sinuate before the sharply dentate posterior angles, these point-
ing obliquely outwards, raised border moderately wide at sides, narrower in front
of anterior angles and abruptly terminating there, basal border very narrow;
folate margins a little concave and wrinkled; disc transversely depressed near
base, a smooth medial line with a shallow fovea on each side of this. Sewtelluim
transverse and raised. Elytra rather widely oval, wider than prothorax at base
and about twice as long; coarsely reticulate, with three nitid, undulate costae
generally becoming indistinct and merged into the reticulation on apieal half,
suture also costate, the spaces within the reticulations coarsely pitted and bearing
a few golden hairs; prosternum hardly perceptibly punctate, abdomen strigose,
with the two apical segments punctate. Dimensions: d. 17 x 9 mm., 2. 17 x 10
mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Charleville (P. Franzen).
Three examples (2 d, 1 2) have been sent for determination from the
Queensland Museum. The species is.near N. reticulatus Bates in sculpture but
differs in the following details:—Size smaller, the prothorax with all angles
sharper, especially in the strongly dentate hind angles, the extreme border nar-
rower, dise more finely punctured. Types in the Queensland Museum.
N.B.—My examples of WN. reticulatus Bates—compared with type—from
Guntawang, Cootamundra and Young, N.S.W., are larger than in the author’s
description, their dimensions being 19-20 x 10-113 mm.
PROPHANES BREVICOSTATUS, nLSp.
Hlongate-ovate, convex; subnitid ecoppery bronze above, underside more bril-
liant, the depressed areas on upper surface clothed with short pale hair. ;
Head flat, labrum very prominent, closely and coarsely punctate, distance
between eyes equal to the diameter of one eye; antennal orbit raised and forming
a right angle with sides of epistoma, antennae thin, extending beyond base of
prothorax, the two apical joints wider than rest, joint 3 one and a half times
as long as 4; 4-7 subequal, 8-11 successively shorter. Prothorax with surface de-
pressed and uneven; base and apex bisinuate, the anterior angles forming acute
teeth pointing nearly directly forward and upward, posterior angles also dentate
pointing obliquely outwards, sides slightly rounded in middle, sinuate in front
and behind, dise coarsely punctate, more sparsely in middle, more thickly at
sides, with a deep transverse depression in middle, connected with two wide
depressions near apex, a wide, shallow depression near each side. Scutellum
large, triangular and nitid. Elytra wider than prothorax at base, very conver
76 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. i.
on basal portion, sides widening behind the rounded shoulders, then sinuately
narrowed at middle, apex of each elytron dentate; lateral margins narrow and
oceupied by a row of large punctures; disc coarsely, rather closely punctate-
rugose in places, with an uneven surface resulting from (1) raised areas, (2)
depressions, the former consisting of three abbreviated costae on each elytron,
the first near suture extending from base to less than half way, the second half
as long as the first, termediate between the first and the humeral callus, the
third (rather a longitudinal hump than a costa) half way between suture and
side, extending from the middle for about 6 mm. backwards, the suture also
compressed and raised near seutellum and the humeral eallus. very prominent.
All raised areas nearly smooth and paler in colour than the rest. The depres-
sions, chiefly three on each elytron, as follow:—the first basal, between the suture
and the first costa, the second medio-lateral, the third pre-apical; the rugose
spaces chiefly near sides, the general punctures sub-obsolete near apex. Submen-
tum and prosternum closely, meso- and meta-sternum sparsely, epipleurae very
coarsely punctate; abdomen finely punctate and rather thickly clothed with ad-
pressed golden hairs. Profemora carinate on inside, the carina terminating in a
fine compressed tooth on apical third, front basal tarsi enlarged. Dimensions:
25 x 11 mm.
Hab.—Ikuranda, N. Q’land (H. P. Dodd).
Two males under examination are near allies to P. brown? Cart., but differ
in the following details inter alia: (1) more convex form, (2) coarser seulpture
and the presence of elytral costae, (3) pilose surface and absence of metallic
lustre, (4) more widely set eyes. Type in Coll. Carter. f
Cardiothorax pithecius Pase. Mr. R. Mlidge has lately called my attention
to the distinction of this species from C. errans Pasc., which I have stated to
be synonymous. He’ has further supplied me with material that I consider bears
out the details given by Pascoe as to this distinction. The following comparison
shows the differences :—
C. errans Pase. C. pithecius Pase.
Colour. Nitid coal-black. Elytra sub-nitid coppery brown black-
Prothorax. Widest near middle, Widest before middle, narrower than
wider than elytra, latero-dorsal groove elytra, latero-dorsal groove obsolete.
distinet.
The pronotum of errans is more convex and wider than that of pithecius,
the fohation of the latter bemg narrow and horizontal, without any sign of a
separating sulcus, as seen in some examples of errans. I have four examples of
pithecius from Pine Mountain, Wide Bay and Brisbane, while 15 examples of
errans are before me from Brisbane and Acacia Creek (within the N.S. Wales
border, 7 miles from Willarney, Q’land).
Cardiothorax australis. IT have confused two species under this name. Be-
fore me are two examples of a Cardiothorax from the Victorian Alps that is
clearly distinet from australis—the types of which came from the Kosciusko dis-
trict, N.S. Wales—that is described below. C. australis is figured in Text-fig. 11.
CARDIOTHORAX VICTORIAE, n.sp. (Text-fig. 12.)
Hlongate ovate, nitid dark bronze, antennae stonter, the joints longer than
in C. australis.
Prothorax more widely rounded at sides, the greatest width farther forward,
the anterior angles wider, the posterior tooth outwardly directed, finer and
BY H. J. CARTER. Ut
smaller than in (. australis. Elytra with shoulders sub-obsolete, each with six
well cut sulci, besides a narrow lateral stria. Dimensions: 14-15 x 4-43 mm.
HTab.—Victoria Mts.: Wood’s Point (EH. J. Carter) ; St. Bernard’s Hospice (T.
G. Sloane).
A narrow, very nitid species allied to australis and aureus Carter, but dis-
tinguished from the former by the more robust antennae, structure of the thorax
(especially of the posterior teeth), and the different clytral striation. (In C.
australis there are eight sulci, besides the lateral stria, on each elytron). C.
aureus is a wider, flatter species with prominent humeri, flat elytral intervals,
the thorax with wider foliation and narrower border, the posterior tooth wider.
Both australis and aureus have much narrower tarsi on the posterior feet. I ean
discern no sexual characters, but think that both of my examples are male. Type
in Coll. Carter. C. australis also oceurs in Victoria at Bright, Beechworth, ete.
Text-figs. 11-13.
ll. Cardiothcrax australis Cart.
12. C. victoriae, n.sp. .
13. Hind tibia and tarsi of C. Hexipes, n.sp.
CaRDIOTHORAX PLENIPES, n.sp. (Text-fig. 13.)
Hlongate ovate, subnitid black, antennae and tarsi fuscous.
Head and prothorax very much as in C. caperatus Pase. and C. tibialis
Cart., the latter areuate-emarginate at apex, sub-truncate at base, sides well
rounded, widest before middle, foliate margins wide, lateral border well raised,
separating suleus well defined, anterior angles obtuse (the tip a little blunted),
a short sinuation preceding the dentate posterior angle, the sub-rectangular tooth
twisted downward and outward (somewhat as in caperatus Pase.), dise with
deep medial suleus and an elongate suleus on each side of this. Elytra consider-
ably wider than prothorax at base; oval; epipleural fold forming an arched
carina at shoulder, each elytron with nine sulci, the 9th a mere stria at the side—
intervals forming rounded costae, the 5th and 7th wider than the rest. Hind
tibiae bent downwards near base, the inner margin furnished with a few bristly
hairs; posterior tarsi with Ist joint considerably longer than the last. Dimensions:
19 x 7 mm.
Hab.—N. Queensland: Ravenshoe (H. J. Carter).
I took a single example—probably ¢ from the tibial character noted above—
in July, 1921. A large species near tibialis and caperatus, it differs from both
in (1) more ovate, less parallel, form, (2) unequally wide elytral intervals—all
intervals wider and more closely set, (3) the tibial and tarsal characters noted
78 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIHS. il.
above. It is very different from C. curvipes Bates—an elongate, polished black
species, in which the hind tibiae of d are strongly bent inwards. Type in Coll.
Carter.
ADELIUM VESICULATUM, n.sp.
Oval, convex; mitid black, glabrous, elytra purple, antennae and tarsi red-
dish.
Head clearly but finely punctate; forehead depressed, antennae robust, ex-
tending beyond base of prothorax, joints 3-10 obconic, 3 not quite as long as
4-5 combined, 11 eclongate-ovate. Prothorax bisinuate at apex, front angles well
advanced, obtuse and a ttle blunted at tip, widest behind middle, foliate margins
wide and separated from dise by a foveoid suleus, sides well rounded, rather
abruptly narrowed before the widely rectangular posterior angles; extreme border
narrowly raised and feebly crenulate on anterior half; base truneate, dise with
close, shallow punctures and some irregular depressions, medial channel clearly
marked and emphasized by a small fovea in the middle. EHlytra ovate and rather
strongly convex, wider than prothorax at base, shoulders widely rounded; some-
what abruptly narrowed at apex; very finely striate-punctate, the striae nearest
suture straight, the others following the outlines of the intervals, the latter con-
sisting of series of little elongate bladder-like swellings continuous to apex, the
2nd, 4th, 6th and 8th intervals wider than the others and bearing a few large
punctures widely separated. Underside smooth, or nearly so, intereoxal process
widely and rather squarely oval; the male with the 4th tarsi on front feet
rounded and flattened. Dimensions: &. 11 x 44 mm., 2. 12 x 53 mm.
Hab.—North Queensland: Kuranda (H. J. Carter), Malanda (Mr. G. F.
Hill). ‘
Four examples are before me, three taken by myself under dead leaves, the
fourth taken by Mr. Hall, of the Institute of Tropical Medicine, Townsville.
The species is unique in sculpture and cannot be confused with any other:
Tn general structure it is nearest to A. geminatum Pase. and A. barbatum Cart.
SEIROTRANA TUMULOSA, i.sp.
Oblong-oval, depressed; nitid dark bronze above, nitid black beneath, palpi,
apieal joints of antennae and tarsi ruto-piceous.
Head vather coarsely punctate, a raised cireular impression on forehead;
antennae short, moniliform, apical joint longer and wider than tenth. Prothorax
sub-truneate at apex and base, widest at middle, all angles obtuse but defined,
sides rather widely rounded, a little smuate before the posterior angles, without
lateral foliation; extreme border narrow, dise closely covered with fine
punetures, with a few large punctures irregularly placed. Scutellum very small
and transverse. Hlytra wider than prothorax at base and closely adapted to it.
flat, shoulders rather square, the epipleural fold sharply raised in this region,
forming a continuation of lateral border evident from above throughout; pune-
tate-striate, the striae clearly eut, the punctures close, round and regular, the
3rd, 5th, 7th and 9th intervals consisting of a succession of feebly raised turauli,
or elongate pleats, marked off by a puncture between each pair—these punctures
of about the same size as those in the striae and about six on an interval; the
2nd, 4th and Gth intervals narrower than the former, flat and unpunetured; the
sutural interval also flat but bearing three or four punctures; sides of prosternum
BY H. J. CARTER. 79
and epipleurae of elytra with large scattered punctures, the rest of underside
smooth except for the finely punctate apical segment of abdomen. Dimensions:
10-11 x 4 mm._
Hab.—North Queensland: Herberton (H. J. Carter).
I took ten examples of this distinct species under dead boughs of Hucalyptus
citriodora, sometimes in company with Adelium barbatum Cart., durmg my visit
in June, 1921. It is distinguished by its combination of unusually nitid surface,
flat form and feebly raised elytral impressions, which, however, are wider than
the costiform studs in S. repanda Pase. and others, occupying the whole width
of the interval. It belongs to the second group of my tabulation in which the
edge of pronotum is entire, and the disc contains large punctures scattered
amongst the finer ground punctures. The males are smaller and narrower than
the females and have the fore tarsi enlarged. Types in Coll. Carter.
OmoLIPUS OvATUS nsp. (Text-fig. 14.)
Elongate bi-ovate, the whole surface and appendages nitid dark blue, tarsi
rufo-tomentose beneath, apical joints of antennae sub-fuscous.
Head minutely punctate, clypeal suture sinuous. Pro-
thorax convex, ovate, apex arcuate and gibbous in middle,
base truneate, sides widely and evenly rounded, posterior
angles widely obtuse, surface polished and impunctate, the
narrow lateral margin unseen from above, basal margin
forming a minute tooth at side. Scutellum transverse and
short. lytra elongate obovate, suleate-punctate, each
with eight sulci, containing a chain of elongate, contiguous,
oval punctures that form crenulations on the sides of
sulci, the seutellary row represented by a single large
puncture, the narrow horizontal margin more vaguely
crenulated by punctate impressions; meso-sternum con-
eave and moderately long, minutely punctate, abdomen
Text-fig. 14. smooth. Dimensions: 114-14 x 43-53 mm.
Omolipus ovatus, u.sp. FT a.—Mondrain Island, Recherche Group, S.W. Aust.
(Messrs. Grant and Wright).
Two examples are amongst the insects collected on the recent expedition
organized by Mr. H. L. White, led by Mr. Basset Hull. The smaller example is
labelled “no data,” but is a fresh specimen differing only in size from the other.
The species is quite distinct by the following combination of characters :—elon-
gate bi-oval form, sulcate elytra with its series of large elongate punctures, and
dark appendages. In my table (These Proe., 1915, p. 535) it should come
before O. cyaneus Pase. Types in Australian Museum, Sydney.
CISTELIDAE.
EUCISTELA, n. gen.
Maxillary palpi long, apical joint subulate, mandibles simple, antennae rather
short, joints 1, 2, oval, (1 very tumid), 3 obconic, 4-10 cupuliform, of about
the same length as 3 but successively wider, 11 elongate ovate, considerably longer
than 10; all joints bearing many short bristles and a few long setae. Eyes hemis-
pherical and prominent, entirely lateral (widely separated above and below in
both sexes); prothorax subeordate, at its widest wider than the head; truncate
at apex and base, lateral carina sub-obsolete (unseen from above); scutellum
80 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. 1.
large, semi-circular; elytra much wider than prothorax and nearly five times as
long as it, sub-parallel (or feebly elongate elliptic) and rather flat; in some
examples (? 2) shorter than the body; four hind feet with 2 penultimate joints
lamellate, unilamellate on fore feet; claws pectinate; body winged.
A genus quite unlike any other known to me, but probably nearer Neccistela
Boreh. than any other, but clearly separated from it and allied genera by the
combination of subulate palpi, cupuliform antennae, the curiously formed pro-
thorax and irregularly punctate elytra. The prosternal episterna apparently
enclose the front coxae, which are sub-contiguous. It is the smallest Cistelid of
group 1. (of my Revision) and all the specimens are mounted on ecards. With
such fragile insects I am unwilling to reset them for closer inspection.
EUCISTELA CYANEA, D.Sp.
Elongate-elliptic, briluant metallic blue, oral organs, antennae and legs
black, the antennae opaque, legs nitid, upper surface with sparse long upright
hairs.
Head produced into a beak, the wide forehead with a few large setiferous
punctures. Prothorax: apex of same width as forehead between eyes, thence
obliquely widened, strongly rounded at its widest (well behind middle), then rather
abruptly narrowed with a sinuation before the base, the latter clearly narrower
than apex; front angles obsolete, hind angles obtuse; basal border narrow; dise
with a few large scattered punctures, those near sides bearing long setae; a deep
transverse Impression near base and a few other irregular depressions. Hlytra:
humeri rather squarely rounded, slightly widened beyond the middle; irregularly
punctate, each puncture bearing a long upright hair; underside sparsely and
lightly punctate, with pale decumbent hairs on sides of abdomen, legs of moderate
length. Dimensions: 33-4 x 14-13 mm.
Hab.-North Queensland: Cairns District (H. P. Dodd).
Six specimens of this interesting little novelty were received from Mr. Dodd.
I have not been able clearly to differentiate the sexes. Type in Coll. Carter.
CHROMOMOEA VIOLACEA, 1.Sp.
Elongate, parallel; above and below a rich violet colour, oral organs, an-
tennae, legs and tarsi testaceous, base of femora infuseate.
Head densely punctate on epistoma, strioiate on forehead; antennae: joint 1
bulbous, 2 bead-like, 3-10 linear-triangular, successively shorter than preceding,
11 as long as 10, ovate-acuminate. Prothorax of same width as head, longer than
wide, apex produced in middle, base truncate, sides parallel, covered with elose,
shallow punctures, medial sulcus impressed throughout, terminating behind in a
large oval depression. Scutellum transversely oval, bilobed. Elytra considerably
wider than prothorax at base, shoulders squarely rounded, sides parallel till near
apex, then rather bluntly rounded; striate-punctate, each elytron with eight wide
striae containing close, confused punctures separated by transverse striolae, the
wide convex intervals similarly and closely striolate, the fifth mterval narrower
than the rest. Underside glabrous and nearly impunctate, mesosternum with fine,
shallow punctures; apical segment of ¢ depressed in middle, legs unarmed in
both sexes. Dimensions: 134-15 x 4-43 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Barrington Plateau (T. G. Sloane).
Six specimens were taken in December by Mr. Sloane in the Mt. Royal
Range. The colour precludes confusion with any other Cistelid except Anaxco
fusco-violaceus Fairm., which is only 8-9 mm. long, with dark legs and tarsi, apex
BY H. J. CARTER. 81
of tibiae piceous, and elytral intervals flat. In general form C. violacea comes
near (. rufescens Bates. Type in Coll. Carter.
HomorrysiIs TORPEDO, n.sp.
Elongate narrow, vavicular; chocolate brown, nitid, sparsely pilose, antennae
and tarsi red.
Head clearly punctate, eyes large and prominent, sub-contiguous in d, more
widely separated in @, antennae very long, joints linear, 3-4 longer than the rest,
5-10 more or less equal in length, joimts near apex feebly widened in front, 11
narrower than 10. Prothorax widest at base, arcuately converging anteriorly,
apex produced forward in middle, anterior angles quite rounded off, posterior
sub-rectangular, base feebly bisinuate, dise rather coarsely and closely punctate,
basal foveae small, without medial line. Scutellum semi-circular. Elytra a little
wider than prothorax at base and more than three times as long, striate, intervals
convex and coarsely punctate, about two lines of punctures occupying each in-
terval, the striae apparently without punctures. Pro-, meso- and meta-sternum
coarsely punctate, abdomen nearly smooth, the apical segment in male deeply
suleate, the forcipital process extruded. Dimensions: gd. 13 x 33, 2. 13 x 4
mm.
Hab.—Queensland: National Park (Mr. H. Hacker), Caboolture (Mr. E.
Wilson).
Six examples (2 d, 4 2) show a species near H. macleayi Borch. (Allecula
flavicornis Macl) but even more narrowly elongate than it, besides having dark
legs. The short upright hairs are most evident on pronotum, the sides and apex
of elytra, and legs. Types in the Queensland Museum.
METISTETE SUB-OPACA, n.Sp.
Narrowly obovate; sub-opaque black, palpi, tarsi, basal half of femora, apex
of tibiae, basal jomts of antennae testaceous, upper surface with short dark
bristles, besides a few long pale hairs at sides of pronotum and elytra.
Head and pronotum coarsely, sub-confluently punctate, eyes rather widely
separated (by a space nearly the diameter of an eye in d, more widely in 9)
antennae very long, slender and lineate, joints 3 and 4 equal, each longer than
the succeeding, 5-11 successively a little shorter and wider than the preceding.
Prothorax very conyex, truncate at apex and base, sides well rounded, a little
straighter towards base than towards front, lateral margin not seen from above,
basal border very narrow, dise with a slight depression at middle near base and
two small transverse basal foveae, posterior angles obtuse. Scutellum small,
transverse. Elytra of same width as prothorax at base and more than thrice as
long, widest behind middle; striate-punctate, the punctures in striae small and
regular, placed at a distance of the diameter of one; intervals lightly convex and
finely punctate; under a strong lens about 3 rows of distant punctures to be seen
on each interval. Abdomen finely transversely striolate, tibiae curved. Dimep-
sions: 9-10 x 3-34 mm.
Hab—North Queensland: Herberton (H. J. Carter).
Seven examples (4 d, 3 %) were taken under dead Euealyptus boughs, in
company with Dimorphochilus pascoei Macl. The species is superficially like
Homotrysis pallipes Cart. but the wingless, obovate body, short metasternum and
different elytral sculpture are at once seen on closer inspection. The male ex-
amples are narrower than the females and show the usual forcipital process.
Types in Coll. Carter.
82 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. il.
NOTOCISTELA DISPAR, n.Sp.
Ovate; head and prothorax dark bronze, elytra coppery bronze, subnitid;
oral parts, antennae and legs red.
Head densely punctate, eyes large, prominent and widely separated, antennae
very slender, joints 3-11 subequal in length but slightly successively stouter.
Prothoraz convex and ovate, truncate at apex and base, all angles rounded off,
lateral margins not seen from above, dise very densely and uniformly punctate,
without medial line or foveae; very sparsely setose. Hlytra convex and narrowly
elliptic in do, wider in 2; of same width as prothorax at base; finely seriate punc-
tate, intervals flat, the Ist, 3rd, 5th and 7th bearing small round setiferous pus-
tules, larger and more pronounced towards sides and apex; abdomen sparsely
punctate, tibiae slender, the fore and mid-tibiae of ¢ armed with a small tooth
on inside near middle, post-tibiae straight and unarmed, the front tarsi of ¢
enlarged. In the 2 all tibiae unarmed. Dimensions: ¢. 6 x 2 mm., 2 9 x 3 mm.
Hab.—Ooldea, South Australia (Mr. J. A. Kershaw).
Mr. Kershaw has sent me four examples, two of each sex of this species—
the third of an interesting genus—which he took in this arid region where, as he
says, “every beetle obtained is well earned.” It is distinguished from N. tibialis
Cart. by colour, size (especially in the marked sexual disparity), antennae,
straight post-tibiae of male, the pustulose 1st interval of elytra, inter aha. Types
in National Museum, Melbourne.
83
NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHKS,
TOGETHER WITH A RECLASSIFICATION OF THE SUPER-FAMILY
GYRODACTYLOIDEA.
By Professor T. Harvey Jounston, M.A., D.Se., and O. W. Treas, M.Se.,
Walter and Eliza Hall Fellow in Economic Biology, University, Brisbane.
(Plates ix.-xxil., and one Text-figure.)
[Read 26th April, 1922.]
Australian Trematodes have received considerable attention from certain
parasitologists, among whom are to be mentioned especially S. J. Johnston and
W. Nicoll. These authors, however, have confined their attention almost en-
tirely to digenetic species. Of the monogenetic forms no Gyrodactylid has so
far been recorded from Australia; indeed, only two species have been described
from the Southern Hemisphere, viz. Fridericianella ovicola Brandes and Lopho-
cotyle cyclophora Braun from South America. A considerable number of forms
are known from central Europe, mainly as a result of the work of van Beneden
and Hesse, Wagener, Perugia and Parona, Diesing, Creplin, Wegener and a few
others. A number of species have been discovered in North America, most of
them by MacCallum, while Goto has recorded a few from Japan.
In the present paper seventeen new species are described, all from the gills
of Australian marine and freshwater fishes. As was to be expected, these were
found, with two exceptions, to be generically quite distinct from any hitherto
described. Some have proved to be so remarkable that they must fall into a
new family (Protogyrodactylidae), whilst others cannot be included in any of the
other known subfamilies, as defined by various authors. This has made possible
a considerable extension of our conception of this group of Heterocotylean Tre-
matodes and the opportunity has been taken to suggest a reclassification of the
group and to incorporate, and to a certain extent rename, some remarkable
species described by MacCallum from North America. This matter has been
rendered very difficult by the imperfect accounts of some of the forms; indeed,
so many essential characters have been omitted from these descriptions, that
it has been found necessary, oceasionally, merely to append certain genera to
certain subfamilies or families from which they may have to be removed when
our knowledge of them is more complete.
With the exception of two new species, one assigned to Monocotyle and the
other to Calazostoma, all the new Australian forms described in this paper fall
into new genera; indeed most of the species considered are so distinet from one
another that they have had to be regarded as new generic types. Since only
a relatively small number of host-species was examined for the presence of
these trematodes, and as the parasites were often present on the gills, especially
in the freshwater forms, in enormous numbers (sometimes as many as a dozen
on a single minute gill-filament), it seems that this group, if more extensively
84 NEW GYRODACTYLUID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
investigated, will be found to be exceedingly well represented in our waters, the
existence of such an array of monotypic genera being scarcely likely.
An interesting result of the work is the establishment of a totally distinet
and sharply defined subfamily, Lepidotreminae, to include certain genera found
on fishes in the freshwater rivers of Central Queensland (inland drainage system)
as well as closely allied genera occurring on our marine fishes.
Though the rivers of Central Queensland now belong to an extensive inland
drainage system, they formerly had a communication with the ocean. Mr. A.
MeCulloch, Zoologist to the Australian Museum, Sydney, with whom we dis-
cussed this matter, drew our attention to the fact that all Australian freshwater
fishes belong to families which are essentially marine, e.g. most of them belong
to the perch family (Serranidae), others to the Atherinidae, Mugilidae, ete., while
the eatfishes belong to the Plotosidae (See Tate Regan, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., 2,
1909, p. 770, footnote).
Of course there is a large anadromous fish population, eg. species of
Galaxias, Anguilla, gobies, mullets, ete., but we have not yet systematically
searched members of these groups.
We might point out that almost the whole of the freshwater material dealt
with in this paper came from the Thomson River at Longreach, Central Queens-
land,—a tributary of Cooper’s Creek; and most of the remainder from the
Upper Burnett River which flows into the Pacific. Both collections were made
by Miss M. J. Bancroft, B.Se., whilst engaged in an attempt to ascertain the
cause of widespread mortality of fish in Queensland waters (Johnston and
Baneroft, 1921).
The types of all the new species described in this paper have been deposited
in the Australian Museum, Sydney.
In the present paper there are proposed one new superfamily (Gyrodacty-
loidea); one new family (Protogyrodactylidae); five new subfamilies (Proto-
gyrodactylinae, Lepidotreminae, Merizocotylinae, Dionchinae, Protomicrocoty-
linae); and seventeen new genera or subgenera. Of the latter, five are based
on species deseribed by G. A. MacCallum from North American fish, while the
other twelve are founded on new species described in this paper as infesting
Queensland fish.
These twelve, with their type species, are as follows:—Protogyrodactylus
(P. quadratus); Trivitelina (T. subrotunda); Anchylodisceus (A. tandanc) ;
Haliotrema (H. australe); Daitreosoma (D. constrictum); Empleurosoma (EB.
pyriforme) ; Lepidotnema (L. therapon); Flabellodiscus (F. simplex); Lepidotes
(L. fluviatilis) ; Empleurodiscus (E. angustus); Acleotrema (A. girellae) ; Lamel-
lodiscus (L. typicus).
The five new genera proposed for species already known are Diplectano-
trema—for Diplectanum pleurovitellum MacC.; Empruthotrema—tor Acanthocotyle
raiae MacC.; Cathariotrema—tfor Monocotyle selachii MaeC.; Dionchotrema—tfor
Acanthodiscus remorae MacC.; Protomicrocotyle—for Acanthodiscus mirabilis
MacC. No less than thirty-six genera are herein listed under the new super-
family.
In addition to the seventeen Australian species described as new, fresh
names have been proposed for two others described by MacCallum from North
American Elasmobranehs, and belonging to the genera Amphibdella and Mono-
cotyle.
The following table indicates the scheme of classification proposed in the
present paper:
85
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS.
aj fijoo049WUbo4y Ol
|
IDUINIOIOLIUWOJOL
|
ayhyoooydoy ‘GE
9g aphyoov0yjunop "FE
|
oD0YyyUnI
|
(soyrmey 4 )
xtpueddy -\
DuUasoy nid
aphjov0214a IT
apuapfizoooz141a fy
‘shues surpessid oy} Jo vIoUaSGNS o]voIPUL poyAvUL OS souIVN,
ayhyooopnasg "LZ
WHUYLOQOLATL "9S aphyooyy,) “GS
| |
apuyhijooopnasg "ut anuylijooyny “I
SNYIUOWT, "FS
ayhjovou0pyy = “€%
|
apuyfijooouoyy “T
|
snasipojdouy, “EE DUALLOLUDYIM D4 “OS
YUWAaIZOYIUoIT ‘ZE DIAUDLDWAPU AT “BG
snysuoig “Te DULOISOAIID) ‘8S
| |
apuyouoig = “t IDUNUOISOAIID) —“t
awpPuuwojsoaaMQ “AT
appyhpooouvrft “TIL
SNISIPOJAUNT "(YG
DwUwasoaoy ‘GT
snosipounaiduy "ST
sajopidaT "LT
CG SHOSU OTA QDI « “OT
‘Tz nuasjopidaT “GT
|
“AT apuruatjoprday “Tt
|
WNAISLOUDAIAT “PT.
nuvosownaldurny “ET
DUWOSOAMW EY “GL
pmasouvnyT “TL
pyapquyduy “OT
SNYIUODMIAT 6
puawounjoaldrd .. '8
snoswpoptqov( x. *),
snynydaooshiouy "9 snihbophjovg “F
snaspophyoupy *G srphjonpowhy
| |
apULyoUonsjaf, “IL apuyliyonpowny
| |
anpyhyonpowhityy “TT.
DUINGUMAT GC
snphpappowtBopodd "T.
|
apuyhyanposNb 04 04g
appyhponpowRbojodgd *T
‘LY ‘f Vapiojfijonpouhy A{ruejredug
86 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
TREMATODA HETEROCOTYLEA.
Superfamily GY RODACTYLOIDEA, un. superfam.
This superfamily includes certain monogenetic trematodes characterised by
the absence of suckers of the ordinary type, although the higher and more
specialised members of the group may have structures which function as such.
The organ of attachment to its host is a posterior claspimg dise which
may or may not be distinctly marked off from the body of the worm. The
dise is supplied with a hook apparatus which may reach an extraordinary degree
of complexity.
At the anterior end of the parasite (except in the Monocotylidae) are
masses of glandular tissue, which open on the surface by very characteristic
“head organs,” or, in the higher members of the superfamily, by a very large
number of minute ducts, not concentrated in groups. In the Monocotylidae these
glands have apparently disappeared.
The mouth leads into a buccal cavity which may be short or fairly long;
never very long. A pharynx is always present. An oesophagus may be present
or absent. ‘The intestine has one or two limbs, with or without caeca.
Excretory ducts open either at the anterior end or, in some forms, probably
at the posterior end.
Eyes may be present or absent. The nervous system consists of a poorly
developed brain, below or considerably behind the eyes. A pair of lateral nerves,
from which smaller branches arise, are given off from the brain.
The testis 1s a compact or only slightly lobed organ, single or double, and
never lies anterior to the ovary. The vas deferens may be a simple tube hardly
expanded into a vesicula seminalis, or it may be widely dilated, sometimes
enormously so in the Australian species. A bulbus ejaculatorius may or may
not be present. The cirrus may range from a simple chitinous tube to a struc-
ture of considerable complexity, while an accessory clasping apparatus may
oceur.
The ovary may be a branched or unbranched organ, lying either in the
midline or asymmetrically. A vagina may be present (single or double) or
absent, and there may be a receptaculum seminis connected with it.
Shell-glands may vary from simple glandular thickenings of the ootype, to
very prominent glands connected by long ducts with the female duct. The
female aperture usually lies immediately behind the male opening, but some-
times at a considerable distance from it, generally laterally. Never more than
one egg is present in the uterus. The egg may be laid, or it may be retained
in the uterus to develop into a young worm which may, while in utero, produce a
second generation.
The yolk system may be poorly or strongly developed. In the most primitive
members of the group there is a very distinet communication between the yolk
system and the intestine in the posterior region of the animal.
The members of the group occur, as far as is known, on the gills, nasal
gland, or skin of fishes, both Teleosts and Elasmobranchs.
Key to families of Gyrodactyloidea.
A. a. Glandular structures present on head .. .. .. .. .. .. .. -. é B.
b. Glandular structures entirely absent .. .. .. Anh soe eB Monccoren ae
B. a. Ducts from the glands concentrated into Hetined Sheadsorcans aussi asm es
b. Ducts from glands scattered diffusely over part ofl the head . Calceostomidae
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 87
C. a. Minute, very robust worms, in which the yolk system has, in addition to the
ordinary transverse duct anterior to ovary, at least one posterior transverse
duct which communicates with the intestine .. .. .. Protogyrodactylidae
b. Slender worms, in which this character of the vitelline system is quite
Gllssefett ie:|/an'/ob lod) Baas ne dovop Saulgd ga Rolie) don) Gh Go) Cupockranataly
Family I. PROTOGYRODACTYLIDAH, n. fam.
These are primitive, minute Gyrodactyloidea, about as broad as long, with
a greatly developed clasping dise bearing two pairs of relatively very large
ciasping hooks and numerous minor hooks which are rather larger than usual.
The cephalic glands open to the exterior by well-defined head-organs. There
is a prominent pharynx. ‘The intestine is bifurcated, the limbs ending blindly or
uniting posteriorly. Intestinal caeca absent.
Neither testis nor ovary is branched. There is no vagina. The uterus is
very short. The cirrus is a simple chitinous tube, enclosed in a cirrus-sac. The
yolk system is very remarkable in that it consists of numerous long thin “yolk-
tubes,” arranged in two sets, the one anterior, the other posterior, to the ovary.
The transverse yolk-ducts so formed are connected by a longitudinal median yolk-
duct which opens into the ootype. The posterior transverse yolk-duct has a
distinet connection with the intestinal limbs.
Found, so far, only on the gills of freshwater fishes.
Type genus, Protogyrodactylus J. & T., 1922.
The family also includes Trivitellina J. & T. Should the discovery of other
genera belonging to the family necessitate its subdivision, then these two, owing
to their close relationship would be included in the same subfamily, Protogyro-
dactylinae.
1. PROTOGYRODACTYLUS, ngen.
Protogyrodactylidae, slightly broader than long; the clasping dise very broad,
not sharply marked off from the body, strongly “padded,” bearing four very
large, and twelve minor hooks, the latter rather larger than usual. A very short
oesophagus present; the limbs of the intestine not united posteriorly. Four eyes
present, lying above the brain. A single posterior transverse yolk-duct con-
nected with the intestine.
Found on the gills of freshwater fishes.
Type species, Protogyrodactylus quadratus J. & T.
PROTOGYRODACTYLUS QUADRATUS, n.sp. (Plate ix., Fig. 1-5; x., Fig. 6.)
The worm is short and thickset, a little broader than long, and about three
times as long as thick. Its length is about .23 mm. On account of the wing-
like expansions of the sides, the head is distinctly marked off from the body
of the animal. Two distinct head-lobes are developed on it.
The dise is very prominent, but is not sharply marked off from the rest
of the body, as is indicated in the section on Plate ix., figure 3. It is provided
with four hooks, two of which are very large, powerful and strongly curved,
the other two somewhat smaller, straighter and more slender. The bases of the
hooks are supported by a transverse chitinous bay, articulating with the ends of
which are (1) a pair of small pieces of chitin, to which the powerful muscles
of the dise become attached in part, and (2) a pair of larger inwardly-directed
chitinous pieces. There are also twelve minor hooks, rather larger than usual,
88 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
ten of which are arranged around the margin of the dise, while ‘the other
two are more centrally situated (Pl. x., fig. 6).
The dise has a curiously swollen appearance. In section the swelling is
seen to be due to the presence of a mass of peculiar tissue, apparently syncytial
in nature, arranged as a number of thick masses vertical to the longitudinal axis
of the animal (PI. ix., fig. 4). This tissue probably acts as a kind of “padding.”
The animal is covered with a thin cuticle which undergoes strong chitinisation
on the dise. Longitudinal and transverse muscle-layers can be distinguished, the
former presenting a marked development on either side of the mid-ventral line
and assuming the form of two very large muscles passing from the anterior end
of the animal backward to become inserted into the hook apparatus of the dise.
The posterior portion of these muscles is further strengthened by the addition of
another pair, each member of which passes upward, closely applied to the ovary,
to become continuous with the longitudinal muscle-layer on the dorsal side.
The mouth is ventral, but not at the anterior extremity. It leads into a
large pharynx which, in turn, opens by a short oesophagus into the intestine.
The latter broadens out posteriorly and ends blindly. Into its anterior end,
close to the oesophagus, there opens, on either side, a mass of elongated glands.
Three pairs of head-organs are also visible at the anterior end, but the corres-
ponding glands could not be seen, probably on account of the large mass of yolk
surrounding them. No trace of excretory system could be recognised.
Of the nervous system only the brain was visible. In close connection with
this are two pairs of eyes, the anterior being smaller and closer together than
the posterior pair. They lie sunk within the body at a distance from the dorsal
surface equal to about one-fifth’ of the thickness of the animal in this region.
The testis is a large triangular organ, situated above and partly behind the
ovary, in the mid-dorsal region (PI. ix., fig. 4). The vas deferens is a short,
wide, rather irregularly bent tube, opening into the large transversely-placed
vesicula seminalis which is connected by a short duct with the cirrus. The
latter is a thin, slightly bent tube, lying in a spacious cavity enclosed by the
cirrus-sac. The male opening lies mid-ventrally immediately behind the pharynx.
The ovary is situated slightly anterior to, and below, the testis. The ovi-
duet or uterus is a short wide tube opening close behind the male aperture.
The shell-gland is only slightly developed, being merely a glandular thickening
of the oviduct. There is no vagina.
The strueture of the yolk system is remarkable. There are numerous elon-
gated yolk-tubes which converge in two systems and unite to form two trans-
verse yolk-ducts, one lying in front of the ovary and testis, the other posterior
to them. The anterior system arises by the junction of three minor systems on
either side, which bring the yolk from the anterior, middle, and more posterior
regions of the body.
The posterior transverse duct is formed by the junction of a large number
of “yolk-tubes” from the lateral body regions, posterior to the anterior system;
into this duct there also open a pair of large yolk-duets (Pl. ix., figs. 1, 4) which
bring the yolk from the dorsal region of the animal. From the middle of the
posterior transverse yolk-duct a longitudinal duct is given off, which passes for-
ward beneath the ovary and opens into the ootype. It could not be observed
whether the anterior transverse yolk-duct united separately with the ootype, or
whether it and the median longitudinal »yolk-ducts had a common duet leading
into the ootype.
The posterior transverse duct possesses a wide lumen and is very remark-
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 89
able in that it is connected by a wide opening with the cavity of the intestinal
limbs (Pl. ix., fig. 3).*
The uterus does not contain more than one egg. The latter is almost
spherical and is provided with a large spine, measuring about .025 mm. in
diameter.
Found, generally in pairs, on the gills of Therapon carbo Ogilby and
McCulloch, and 7. hilli Castelnau from the Thomson River, Longreach, Central
Queensland.
2. TRIVITELLINA, n.gen.
Protogyrodactylidae, rather longer than broad; clasping dise sharply marked
off from the body and not strongly “padded,” bearing four very large, and
twelve minor hooks, the latter rather larger than usual; three pairs of “head-
organs”; oesophagus absent; limbs of the intestine united posteriorly; four
eyes; beside the anterior yolk system, there are two posterior systems, one of
which is connected with the intestine.
Found on the gills of freshwater fishes.
Typespecies, Trivitellina subrotunda J. & T.
TRIVITELLINA SUBROTUNDA, n.sp. (Plate x., fig. 7.)
This minute organism, measuring about .2 mm. in length and .18 mm. in
greatest breadth, is a short, thickset parasite with iateral, somewhat wing-like
expansion, and, except for the presence of the disc, is almost circular in shape.
The posterior two-thirds of the worm generally lie well beneath the surface of
the gill-filament, only the anterior third protruding. The dise projects backward
and is sharply marked off from the rest of the body, differing in this respect
from Protogyrodactylus.
The curious “padding tissue” characteristic of the last-named is absent,
but seems to be represented by a modified parenchyma present at the posterior
end of the animal and consisting of three paired masses, with a smaller mass
between them. The anterior masses approach the intestine, while the posterior
lie within the dise and are closely related to the small hooks on it.
The dise is proportionally large and its posterior part is ornamented with
curious chitin-pieces. Four large hooks are present, the dorsal pair being the
smaller, and each of the four is supported by a small chitinous rod, giving the
hook a triradiate appearance. The posterior hooks are very large and strongly
curved outwards, their bases being connected by a transverse bar. The base of
each large hook articulates with a small triangular chitin-piece into which the
muscles of the hook are inserted. Each is supplied with a pair of muscles: (1)
the longitudinal musculature of the body, which runs forward as far as the
pharynx, and (2) a small transverse muscle, which arises from the ventral por-
tion of the disc. The latter is armed also with six pairs of rather large
secondary hooks whose distribution is shown on Plate x., figure 7.
*The presence of a communication between the female system and the intestine has
been described by Ijima as occurring in certain monogenetic Trematodes (Polystomum,
Diplozoon, Octobothrium). Vou Graff found two such connections in the land Planarian,
Rhynchodemus, and one in Pelmatoplana ; Bendl (Zool. Anz., 35, 1909, p. 294) found one
to occur in the Rhabdocoele, Phaenocora, while Haswell discovered a genito-intestinal canal
in the Polyclad, Enterogonia pigrans.
Professor Haswell has recently drawn our attention to a paper by Merton (Zool. Anz.,
41, 1913, p. 418) in which a remarkable organ called ‘‘vesicula resorbiens’’ by him, is
described as lying in the wall of the intestine of Temnocephala sempert, into which it may
apparently open at intervals, the organ communicating directly with the female ducts.
90 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
The mouth opens ventrally, some distance behind the anterior end. The
long buccal cavity communicates with a pharynx which passes almost vertically
upwards so that, in dorsal view, the latter appears spherical instead of ovoid.
The pharynx ‘opens postero-dorsally into the intestine which is practically a
ring-shaped sinus with a large lumen, lined by a single layer of flattened
epithelial cells. At either side of the pharynx is a mass of digestive glands
connected with the intestine.
The cephalic glands have undergone a curious change in position owing to
the head being flattened transversely and the glands coming to oceupy a position
at the angles of the head. Their ducts consequently pass, not forward, but
inward. Three pairs of head-organs are present. There are two pairs of eyes,
situated well within the body-parenchyma, the anterior pair being very small
and the posterior more than usually large. The brain could not be distinguished.
No trace of excretory system was recognisable. The ovoid testis lies practically
in the centre of the animal, and antero-laterally gives off a large uneoiled vas
deferens which passes forwards into a transversely-dilated vesicula seminalis.
The cirrus closely resembles that of Protogyrodactylus, as does also the curious
cirrus-sac.
The female genitalia are more difficult to observe. The ovary, which lies
below and somewhat in front of the testis, is strongly elongated transversely.
The uterus appears to be a short duct with a wide lumen. The nature of the
shell-gland could not be definitely made out, but it appears to be merely a
glandular thickening of the ootype. The comparatively large spherical egg
measures about .05 mm. in diameter and possesses a backwardly directed spine.
The vitellaria are of the Protogyrodactylus type, i.e. there are long “yolk-
tubes,” converging to form transverse ducts. Of these there are three, not two
as in that genus, one being situated in front of the ovary and the other two
posterior to it. The anterior transverse vitelline duct is formed by the con-
vergence of a very iarge number of elongated yolk-tubes, occupying the anterior
half of the body. Of the posterior yolk-ducts, one is situated ventrally, the
other more dorsally. The dorsal posterior transverse duct lies immediately be-
hind the ovary and receives the secretion from two systems of yolk-tubes, a
posterior and an anterior, on either side. This transverse duct has a com-
munication with the intestine, similar to that of Protogyrodactylus. The ventral
posterior transverse duct, which possesses no communication with the intestine,
is rather narrower and lies a little behind the dorsal duct. The three transverse
yolk-ducts are joined by a common median duct, running below the ovary and
apparently opening into the ootype.
Found on the gills of Therapon fuliginosus Macleay, from the Thomson
River, at Longreach, Central Queensland.
Family Il. GYRODACTYLIDAE Van Beneden and Hesse, 1863.—emend. J. & T.
(Syn. Amphibdellidae Carus, 1885.)
These are elongated Gyrodactyloidea with well. developed clasping dise
which may or may not be distinctly marked off from the remainder of the body,
and may, in the highest members of the group, bear suckers. The dise bears
large and small hooks, sometimes forming a chitinous armature of great com-
plexity.
Cephalic glands are present and always open to the exterior by means of
well defined head-organs.
The pharynx may be large or small; the intestine single or with two limbs,
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 91
with or without caeca. Eyes may be present or absent. Both testis (always
single) and ovary are unbranched organs which may be situated laterally or in
_the midline. The vesicula seminalis may undergo enormous distension. The
chitinous penis may be simple or very complex. The vagina may be present or
absent, single or double. The vitellaria are never in the form of elongated con-
_verging “yolk-tubes” and there is never any connection with the intestine.
Key to subfamilies of Gyrodactylidae.
A. a, Adhesive disc provided with numerous small suckers .. .. . Merizocotylinae
b. Disc devoid of such suckers .. .. Sat) g/anl she, Stageyeeomateys Mera iat
B. a. Disc provided with a pair (dorsal and secs), fof accessory structures,
consisting of concentrically arranged rows of scales or broader lamellae .. ..
Lepidotreminae
ba Discudevordeotesucht structuneswaeraepsmie iets ccii ae irae) celeh etal ayanaeley komme aOrn aes
CyasDisciawith tour larger hookss cumini cio. alae we ss oy URetraoncrinae
b. Disc with two large hooks .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. «.. .. .. .. Gyrodactylinae
Subfamily I. GYRODACTYLINAE Monticelli, 1892—emend. J. & T.
Gyrodactylidae in which the dise is distinctly marked off from the rest of
the body, and bears two large hooks, with fourteen or sixteen minor hooks. Head
with very distinet lobes related in position to the head-organs. Eyes present or
absent. A prominent pharynx. The intestine bilobed and devoid of caeca; a
posterior communication between the limbs present or absent. Ovary and testis
unbranched organs. The penis a fairly simple chitinous tube. Accessory copu-
latory structures may be present. A vagima present or absent.
Found on the gills of freshwater and marine fishes.
3. Gyropactyruus Nordmann, 1832.
Gyrodactylinae in which the dise bears two large and sixteen minor hooks.
A single pair of head-lobes present; no eyes; intestinal limbs end blindly. Vagina
absent; the worm may be viviparous. Gonads situated just behind the middle
of the body.
Found on the gills of freshwater fishes.
Type, G@. elegans Nordm., 1832, from Cyprinus and many other European
freshwater fish.
The following species belong to Gyrodactylus:—G. elegans Nordm., 1832;
G. medius Kathariner, 1894; G. rarus Wegener, 1910; G. groenlandicus Levin,
1881; G. fairporti van Cleave, 1921. G. gracilis Kathariner, 1894, is perhaps a
synonym of G. elegans.
No members of the genus have yet been described from Australia.
4. DactryLtoGyRts Diesing, 1850.
Gyrodactylinae in which the dise bears two large and fourteen minor hooks,
but the large hooks may undergo considerable diminution in size in some species.
Four head-lobes. Intestinal limbs (usually ?) communicate behind. Penis
generally with an accessory copulatory structure. Vagina probably always pre-
sent. Gonads situated in, or just behind, the middle of the body.
Found on the gills of freshwater and marine fishes.
Type, D. auriculatus (Nordm., 1832) Dies., 1850.
The genus has not yet been recorded from Australia; Goto and Kikuchi
(1917) have, however, described a form, under the name D. inversus, from
Japan.
92 NEW GYRODACTYLOID REMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
The following species appear to belong to Dactylogyrus:—D. parvus Wege-
ner, 1910; D. difformis Wag., 1857; D. fraternus Wegener, 1910; D. minor Wag.,
1857; D. erucifer Wag., 1857; D. cornu Linst., 1878; D. intermedius Wegener,
1910; D. faledtus (Wedl., 1857) Dies., 1858; D. alatus Linst., 1878; D. sphyrna
Linstow, 1878; D. similis Wegener, 1910; D. fallax Wag., 1857; D. macracanthus
Wegener, 1910; D. amphibothrium Wag., 1857; D. anchoratus (Duj., 1845) Wag.,
1857; ? D. forceps Leuckart, 1857; D. gracilis Wiedl., 1861; D. major Wag., 1857;
D. malleus Linstow, 1877; D. megastoma Wag., 1857; D. mollis (Wedl., 1857)
Dies., 1858; D. siluri Wag., 1857; D. tenwis (Wedl., 1857) Dies., 1858; D.
trigonostoma Wag., 1857; D. tuba ibaa, 1878; D. inversus Goto and alana,
1917 (Japan); D. dujardinianus Dies., 1850; 'D. auriculatus (Nordm., 1832),
Dies., 1850; D. uncinatus Wag., 1857.
Subfamily II. TETRAONCHINAE Monticelli, 1903—-emend. J. &. T.
(Syn. Diplectaninae Monticellh, 1903; Amphibdellidae Carus, 1885.)
Gyrodactylidae with the cuticle devoid of scaly papillae. The dise either
sharply constricted off from the body, or merging into it directly. Four large
hooks always present. Eyes present or absent. The intestine either a single
median tube, or bifurcated, with the limbs ending blindly or joining up: behind.
Intestinal ecaeca present or absent.
Testis occasionally, ovary never, lobed. Vagina present or absent. Penis
generally simple, oceasionally somewhat complex, but never attaining the extra-
ordinary degree of complexity seen in the next subfamily (Lepidotreminae).
Occasionally an accessory male copulatory structure present.
From the gills of marine and freshwater fishes.
This subfamily includes the following genera and subgenera:—Anchylodiscus,
n.gen. p ERROR AOL Creplin, 1839; Dactylodiscus Olsson, 1893; Diplectano-
trema, n.gen.; Tetraonchus Diesing, 1858 (type genus) ; Amphibdella Chatin, 1874;
Haliotrema, n.gen.; Daitreosoma, n.gen.; Empleuwrosoma, n.gen.; Tetrancistrum
Soe and Rauch 1917.
Key to genera of Tetraonechinae.
A. 1, Body very distinctly constricted near mid-region .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. B.
2. Body not constricted .. .. .. KEANE A bad. uonch, Cp
B. 1. Testis and ovary in posterior’. region ioe body: eyes absent; intestinal limibs
not connected behind .. . : DES as aie iets eLLULOLLEIN. Gs
2. Testis and ovary near middle “of “body; eyes ‘present; intestinal limbs con-
NECtEd a DShin Gwe marae cia! aleaeies wal eC Gertie TD CVERCOSO MLO
OWA Kea ahactinborsrjesigundcehiciolvgh aq) Bhs CURE DEEN Rn on bs. nal CoshodiGeeta (doled ao JD),
2. Intestine not bifurcated .. .. chogie Gage tear hese ca tren dehy oe Meta e LT LON Class
D. 1. Intestinal limbs provided Reine Gaeca oot I ee eGraneisE nuns
2. Intestinal limbs devoid of caeca .. ..
E. 1. Disc connected with foe by a distinct epeeiolen ‘and ies eloped latecallys Bato
shorts processesi acum eum welpeer deel sien) tei! ste) eee -ice eaten ite Batten ACU) LOGUSCUSS
2. Otherwise .. . PEyeran Sic. sep
F. 1. Body rather jong ‘and slender: intestinal limbs ending blindly Serene G.
2. Body robust; intestinal limbs connected behind... .. .. .. .Emplenrosoma.
G. 1. Yolk system confined to a region behind the traviey erse yolk. Gucth. ae
Amphibelia
2. Yolk system extending as far as, or almost as far as, the pharynx .. .. .. H.
H. 1. Yolk system consisting of a longitudinal row of separate yolk-glands.
Diplectanotnema.
2) Volk system, continuows onveachy Side) icy ire olen) <1 Wait, sich erep retort fevel ale, wien etterereneleG
Tap WARINA ADSEMEN coh! sie aleite alters) cxebatevalliste ives) valanieiatfousuiists nekeicataleie MA 2eCTLU LOGS CUS!
24, Netsbieineyd-co0ld an ee solee ane eb Gp 6500 OS paleo ab de on, ce. MAAN Rey WON
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 93
5. ANCHYLODISCUS, n.gen.
This genus is characterised by the occurrence of four very large hooks on
the elinging dise, together with fourteen minor hooks scattered over it. Three
pairs of head-organs. Four eyes, the anterior pair farther apart than the
posterior. Pharynx large and rounded. Intestinal limbs end blindly. Vesicula
seminalis not highly dilated. Testis directly above ovary. Penis a simple
ehitinous tube. Shell-glands probably simply glandular thickenings of the walls
of the oviduct. Vitelline system very well developed. Egg of relatively enor-
mous size.
Found, so far, only on the gills of Siluroid fishes in Queensland.
Typespecies, Anchylodiscus tandani J. & T.
ANCHYLODISCUS TANDANI, n.sp. (Plate x., figs. 8, 9; xi., figs. 10, 11.)
This parasite is rather small, but thick-set, measuring about .3 mm. in
length, .06 to .08 mm. in breadth.
The head-end is indistinetly marked off from the remainder of the animal.
The disc (Pl. x., fig. 9), which is very prominent and fairly sharply marked
off from the body, is armed with four relatively very large hooks, each slightly
bifureated basally, the bases of each pair of hooks being joined by a simple
cross-bar. The edge of the dise is prominently lobed to form partial supports
tor the larger hooks. Fourteen minute hooks are also present.
Of the body musculature the outer circular and delicate internal longitudinal
layers are visible. The longitudinal layer of the posterior end is strongly deve-
loped to form the musculature supplying the dise.
Three pairs of head-organs are present. Anterior to the median pair, the
“head” possesses a pair of small but distinct lobes. The cephalic glands lie
laterally to the anterior pair of eyes.
Tke mouth appears to open ventrally, but could not be definitely observed.
The pharynx is prominent, its anterior portion lying immediately behind the
posterior pair of eyes. There is a definite oesophagus of moderate length. The
bifureated intestine ends blindly. Unicellular glands are visible in the pharynx.
There is also a pair of prominent glands situated on either side of the oesop-
hagus.
No trace of the excretory system could be recognised. Of the nervous sys-
tem, only the brain was visible, lying immediately between the eyes. The latter
are very large and prominent and are situated in the body parenchyma, im-
mediately below the body wall. Their arrangement differs from that of most
other Gyrodactylids in that the smaller anterior eyes are farther apart than the
posterior.
The reproductive organs are of a rather simple type. The testis is elongated
and lies dorsally to the ovary, reaching from well in front to a short distance
behind it. The vas deferens arises from it laterally, passes im the dorsal region
of the body almost to the right side, then turns forward, mward and downward
to open in the middle line into a large, transversely-placed, reniform vesicula
seminalis which lies close behind the pharynx. The more anterior portion of
the vas deferens undergoes a slight dilatation a short distanee before the per-
manent vesicula. From the latter the vas deferens passes backward as a rather
narrow tube and opens into a small rounded bulbus ejaculatorius, lying at the
base of the cirrus. The latter is a simple echitinous tube, bent almost into @
complete circle and opening immediately in front of the female aperture.
94 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
The ovary lies in the midline, immediately below the testis. It is slightly
oval and elongated longitudinally. A vagina is absent. The oviduct leaves the
ovary ventrally and travels forward. It has not been observed in whole speci-
mens, but is plainly visible in sections. The shell-glands are represented merely
by a glandular thickening in the uterus along its whole length. The vitellarium
follows the path of the intestine fairly closely. It is very strongly developed in
the posterior region of the worm, where it occupies practically the whole of the
body. Transverse yolk-ducts open into the oviduct immediately in front of the
ovary. No permanent yolk-reservoir is present.
The egg is of relatively immense size, forcing the other structures in its
neighbourhood out of position when it is fully developed (Pl. xi., fig. 11). The
intestine becomes bent to one side and the vas deferens appears to be pulled from
its lateral position to lie more centrally, close beside the intestine. Posteriorly
the egg bears a short blunt spine. The egg figured, which came from a rather
small adult, measured .075 mm. in length by .035 mm. in breadth.
Found on the gills of the freshwater jewfish or catfish, Tandanus tandanus
Mitchell, from the Burnett River, South Queensland.
ANCHYLODISCUS SP.
A worm belonging to this genus was found in very small numbers on the
gills of a closely allied catfish, Neosilurus hyrthi, from the Paroo River, South-
west Queensland. No detailed study of its anatomy was possible.
6. ANCYROCEPHALUS Creplin, 1839.
(Syn. Diplectanwm Diesing, 1858, and other authors; Tetraonchus Diesing, 1858,
i in part.)
More or less elongated Tetraonchinae, in which the dise is not very sharply
marked off from the body. Supporting chitinous armature of the disc present
or absent. Minor hooks varying greatly in number; occasionally absent, never
more than fourteen. Eyes present. Intestine bifureated, the limbs devoid of .
caeca and not joining behind. Position of testis and ovary at times in the
middle, or in anterior region, or well within the posterior half of body. Testis
usually simple but occasionally slightly lobed. Penis simple; accessory copu-
latory structures at times present. Vagina always present. Vitelline system
extending on either side as a continuous gland from the pharynx to the region
immediately behind the termination of the intestine.
From the gills of marine and freshwater fishes. Known, as yet, only from
Europe and North America.
Type species, A. paradoxus Creplin, 1839.
In 1857 Wagener placed a number of new species in the genus Dactylogyrus,
a procedure which has led to considerable confusion in the nomenclature of this
group. One species, D. aequans Wagener, 1857, was made, in the following
year, the type of a new genus Diplectanum by Diesing, who also placed Dacty-
logyrus pedatus Wagener in this genus. Wagener, at the same time (1857),
deseribed under the name Dactylogyrus unguiculatus, a worm which proved to
be identical with A. paradoxus Creplin, and added another species, Dactylogyrus
monenteron. Diesing, in 1858, placed these two forms, as well as Gyrodactylus
cruciatus Wedl., in a new genus, T'etraonchus, failing to recognise the identity of
T. unguiculatus with Creplin’s original species (A. paradoxus). It was not till
1889 that: Monticelli showed these two forms to be the same. The name was
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS: 95
however not altered till Liihe (1909) reintroduced that of Creplin. In 1889
Parona and Perugia added Wagener’s Dactylogyrus echeneis to Diplectanum.
In 1910 Wegener removed 7. monenteron from Tetraonchus, owing mainly
to the character of its intestine, proposing for its reception a new genus, Mono-
coelium. Of the three original species of Tetraonchus, T. cruciatus is now de-
finitely placed under Ancyrocephalus; T. unguiculatus is identical with A. para-
doxus of Creplin; hence, as suggested by Stiles and Hassall (1908, p. 370), 7.
monenteron becomes by elimination the type of the genus Tetraonchus, Wegener's
name (Monocoelium) being a synonym.
The remaining species listed under Tetraonchus and Diplectanum belong
to Ancyrocephalus.
Liihe uses the latter term in a wide sense to include both Tetraonchus (of
authors) and Monocoeliwm.
MacCallum (1915, 1917) described a number of new species of Diplectanum
which he regarded as a subgenus of Tetraonchus, 1.e. Ancyrocephalus. Monti-
celli (1903) on the other hand, actually proposed a new subfamily, Diplectaninae,
for the reception of the genus, regarding it as quite distinct from his Tetraon-
chinae.
So far as we have been able to observe from the available published ac-
eounts of MacCallum and of the earlier workers, no anatomical distinction of
generic value can be recognised amongst the various species included under
Ancyrocephalus and Diplectanum.
The genus Ancyrocephalus, as defined above, would include A. paradoxus
Creplin, 1839; A. eruciatus (Wedl., 1857) Liihe, 1909; A. vanbenedenii (Par.
and Per., 1890) J. and T., 1922; A. aequans (Wag., 1857) J. and T., 1922; A.
echeneis (Wag., 1857) J. and T., 1922; A. pedatus (Wag., 1857) J. and T., 1922;
A. sciaenae (Ben. and Hesse, 1863) J. and T., 1922; A. teuthis (MacCallum,
1915) J. and T., 1922; A. lactophrys (MacCallum, 1915) J. and T., 1922; A.
balistes (MacCallum, 1915) J. and T., 1922; A. longiphallus (MacCallum, 1915)
J. and T., 1922; A. tylosuri (MacCallum, 1917) J. and T., 1922.
7. Subgenus a. DacTyLopiscus Olsson, 1893.
Small Tetraonchinae in which the dise is connected to body by a long’ petiole,
and is produced laterally into a number of finger-like processes. Minor hooks
apparently absent. Four eyes present; intestine probably bifurcated. Testis
and ovary solid and near the middle of the animal. Large unlobed vesicula
seminalis. Penis apparently simple. Opening of oviduet probably provided
with hooklets. Anterior fifth of worm devoid of vitellaria.
Olsson did not mention the characters-of the genus very fully, nor did he
indicate whether a vagina was present. The above diagnosis is based on his
figures and description of the type species.
The accentuated constriction of the disc from the body, a condition which is
already evident in Ancyrocephalus tylosuri (MacCallum, 1917), and the irregular
lobes of the disc, an indication of which is seen in the same species, are charac-
ters which are scarcely of generie value. A careful determination of the pre-
sence or absence of the vagina would be of much greater value. The form,
however, probably deserves to rank as a subgenus of Ancyrocephalus. Monticelli
(1903, p. 336; 1905, p. 79) quoted Olsson’s genus as a synonym of Tetraonchus,
From the gills of Thymallus vulgaris and Coregonus lavaretus.
Typespecies, Ancyrocephalus (Dactylodiscus) borealis Olsson. Known
only from Sweden.
96 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
8. Subgenus b. DipLECTANOTREMA, n.subgen.
[Syn. Diplectanum (in part).]
A small worm, having the usual characteristics of Ancyrocephalus, but dif-
fering in the very remarkable disposition of the vitellaria, which are arranged
in the form of numerous separate yolk-glands along the whole of the length of
the body. Ovary and testis situated in anterior quarter of the animal.
From the gills of the marine fish Teuthis hepatus and Anisotremus virginicus.
Known only from the United States.
Typespecies, A. (Diplectanotrema) pleurovitellum (MacCallum, 1916).
9. TETRAONCHUS Diesing, 1858.—emend. J. & T.
(Syn. Dactylogyrus G. R. Wagener, 1857 (in part); Monocoelium G. Wegener,
1910.)
Tetraonchinae in which the dise is broader than the body. Four large hooks
articulating with a large chitinous supporting apparatus (fureula); fourteen
minor hooks. Four eyes. Intestine not bifurcated; devoid of caeca. Testis in
middle of body. Vagina apparently absent. Penis with accessory clasping ap-
paratus.
Type species, 7. monenteron Wagener, 1857, from the gills of Esox
lucius. The genus is known only from Europe (freshwater). The synonymy of
this genus has been discussed in connection with Ancyrocephalus.
10. AmMPHIBDELLA Chatin, 1874.
Relatively large Tietraonchinae measuring about 4 to 6 mm. in length. Head
rather pointed. Dise fairly distinetly marked off from body. Twelve minor
hooks always (?) present. No eyes. Intestine bilobed, devoid of caeca, the
limbs not joining behind. Vagina apparently absent. Yolk system confined to
a region posterior to the transverse yolk-duct. Penis simple. )
Type species, A. torpedinis Chatin, 1874. From the gills of marine
fishes (Torpedo and allies).
Not yet reported from Australia.
Monticelli (1889, p. 116; 1890; 1903, p. 336) regards Amphibdella as a
synonym of Tetraonchus, i.e. of Ancyrocephalus. The pointed head, absence of
vagina, and the remarkable position of the yolk system are characters which
oppose this view.
Known species, A. torpedinis Chatin, 1874 (Mediterranean) nec MacCallum,
1916; A. flavolineata MacCallum, 1916 (Massachusetts).
AMPHIBDELLA MACCALLUMI, nom. nov.
(Syn. A. torpedinis MacCallum, 1916, mee Chatin.)
A comparison of MacCallum’s figure of A. torpedinis with that given by
Parona and Perugia (1890) leads us to conclude that the Mediterranean and
American forms belong to different species and hence we have removed the
latter from Chatin’s species and renamed it as above.
Host, Tetranarche occidentalis (from Massachusetts).
11. HAaALIoTREMA, n.gen.
Tetraonchinae in which the disc is distinctly marked off from the body, and
is provided with four large hooks supported by chitimous bars, as well as with
‘BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 97
fourteen minor hooks. Head with two pairs of head-lobes. Body slightly con-
stricted near mid-region. Eyes absent. Intestinal limbs devoid of caeca and
without a terminal junction. Vagina with chitinous lumen. Testis and ovary
lying in the mid-line and occupying the posterior third of the mid-region of the
body of the worm. Penis large, not simple.
From the gills of marine fishes.
Typespecies, Haliotrema australe J. & T.
HALIOTREMA AUSTRALE, n.sp. (Plate xi., figs. 10, 12, 13, 14.)
Length of adult .64 mm.; maximum breadth .24 mm. The dise is distinetly
marked off. Two pairs of head lobes are present. Shghtly in front of its mid-
region the body undergoes a definite constriction which is not so pronounced,
however, as in Daitreosoma.
The dise bears two pairs of large hooks (PI. xi., figs. 10, 12), each with
a very distinct biramous basal portion whose roots are connected by a very de-
finite and apparently chitinous membrane, complete except in one small place
near the point of origin of the roots. The supporting chitin bars are two in
number and slightly crescentic in shape, the convexity of the bars articulating
with one another. Fourteen minor hooks are present, distributed as shown in
Pl. xi, fig. 10. Of the body musculature the longitudinal layer is fairly well
developed; behind, the fibres concentrate to form the muscles of the dise. Dis-
tinct circular fibres are absent, but there is a slight development of oblique
muscles.
The mouth is a small transverse slit, lying ventrally at a considerable dis-
tance behind the anterior termination of the worm. The pharynx is large and
distinct. Leading into the short, conical buceal cavity are two pairs of gland-
cells. Into the short oesophagus open the duets of a number of digestive
glands; but in the specimens available the exact connections of these glands
could not be observed. The intestine is bifureated, the limbs approaching each
other slightly in the region of the body constriction but diverging again behind.
No junction takes place between the limbs posteriorly. Caeca are absent.
Situated in each side of the head, and stretching considerably behind the
pharynx, is a mass of eland-cells. Their ducts were not visible, but they ap-
pear to be connected with the head-organs which le in the first lobe of the
head. It is possible that some of the posterior gland-cells supply the pharynx
or oesophagus.. Eyes are absent. The brain les immediately in front of the
pharynx.
The testis is a large solid organ lying between the intestinal limbs, almost
at the posterior end of the animal. The vas deferens passes forward as a wide
tube opening in the region of the body constriction into the vesicula seminalis.
The latter, which is a fairly large structure with strongly lobed outer margin,
extends forward almost as far as the beginning of the intestine, then bends
back upon itself and continues as a large vas deferens which runs beside the
penis and opens into it behind. The penis is a very distinct chitinous tube,
lying slightly obliquely and enclosed in a fairly distinct penis-sac. It consists
of two parts, a posterior simple tube, which appears to have a distinct articula-
tion with an anterior portion, the latter, at its distal end, developing into a
curious chitinous structure shown in Pl. xi., fig. 14.
The ovary is much smaller than the testis, in front of which it lies. Ova
are prominent in its anterior region. The oviduct is a fairly wide tube, but
only its proximal portion could be seen. Shell-glands could not be detected. A «
98 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
very distinct vagina is present, opening on the ventral surface near the right
side of the animal in the vicinity of the body constriction. The lumen of the
vagina, on its distal half, is strengthened with a very prominent chitinous lining
which extends posteriorly into a definite receptaculum seminis which gives off a
short narrow pouch to the right. The vitellaria are very well developed, lying
above and below the intestinal limbs which they embrace over their whole length.
The transverse yolk-duct is clearly visible at a considerable distance in front
of the ovary, and at its middle is dilated into a distinct yolk-reservoir. No ripe
eges were present in the material available.
Found on the gills of the marine black-spotted goat fish, Upeneus signatus
Gunther, from Moreton Bay, S.E. Queensland.
12. DaITREOSOMA, n.gen.
Tetraonchinae in which the dise is not very sharply marked off from the
body. Four large hooks present on disc, together with a pair of minor hooks.
Body markedly constricted into a short anterior and long posterior portion. In-
testinal caeca absent. Intestinal limbs communicating behind. Vagina present.
Cirrus a long thin tube. Ovary and testis not lobed. Yolk does not extend
into the posterior third of the body.
Found on the gills of freshwater fishes of the genus Therapon.
Type species, D. constrictum, n.sp.
DAITREOSOMA CONSTRICTUM, n.sp. (Plate xii, figs. 15-19; wiii., fig. 20.)
This worm measures about .45 mm. in length, .16 mm. in greatest breadth.
The anterior third of the body is marked off by a deep constriction from
the posterior two-thirds, giving the worm a characteristic appearance. In general
shape the parasité varies considerably according to the state of contraction; if
uncontracted there appears a long, rather narrow, posterior portion which bears
the dise, but if well-contracted, the worm may be oval.
The dise which is not very sharply marked off from the body, bears two
pairs of large hooks, the ventral pair being much the larger and more strongly
curved, lying in a pair of postero-ventrally directed lobes of the body wall (PI.
xii, fig. 16). At their bases they articulate with a large transverse chitinous
bar and each with a small anteriorly and slightly inwardly directed chitin-piece,
on which the well developed longitudinal muscles are in part inserted. The
dorsal hooks are more slender and not so strongly curved. They are directed
upward, the ventral hooks downward. At the side is a pair of small lateral
lobes, each armed with a very small chitinous hook.
The body cuticle is smooth. The longitudinal muscle-layer has undergone
great development in the ventral region to form a pair of longitudinal muscles,
arising below the ovary and inserted, at their distal end, into the hook apparatus
of the disc. These two muscles are joined by a second longitudinal pair lying
internally to them and converge proximally in the vicinity of the posterior end
of the intestine. These muscles form definite projections on the ventral body-
wall.
The mouth is situated median-ventrally; the pharynx is prominent, broader
than long and there is no definite oesophagus. The intestinal branches pass
backward, approach each other in the region of the body constriction, then
diverge again, but join immediately behind the testis. Intestinal caeca are
absent. Ventrally, immediately behind the constriction, there are on either side
two large masses of heavyily-staining tissue which appear to open into the in-
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND 0. W. TIEGS. 99
testine and are perhaps digestive glands. A few simple glands are also present
in the walls of the pharynx.
Situated laterally to and just behind the pharynx are two masses of glands,
whose ducts run forward and inward to terminate in three pairs of heat-organs.
The excretory system could not be recognised. Of the nervous system, only the
brain could be seen, lying between the eyes. The latter are situated immediately
below the epidermis.
The testis is a large organ, posterior to, and partly enveloping, the ovary.
The vas deferens is a thin-walled tube with a rather wide lumen even when
empty. It is capable of immense distension and may act as a large vesicula
seminalis. with lobed walls, occupying a considerable part of the dorsal region
of the worm. Anteriorly it becomes continuous with a large ejaculatory bulb
opening into the cirrus by an ejaculatory duct. The latter is a very long thin
tube which passes first backward, then, bending upon itself, runs forward and
inward towards the midline where it enters the cirrus. The latter is a simple
chitinous tube which passes vertically downwards, and is retractile into the
cirrus-sac, in which it may generally be seen coiled up.
The ovary is a large rounded structure, immediately in front of the testis;
from its anterior end the oviduct travels vertically downward and into it the
vagina opens. Into the latter, immediately before it communicates with the
oviduct, there enters the vitelline duct. The oviduct then travels forward as a
wide tube to terminate immediately behind the male aperture. The shell-gland
is represented by a simple glandular thickening of the wall of the oviduct. The
vagina is a narrow tube passing straight to the left side of the animal, where
it opens in the region of the body constriction on a small bulbous expansion.
It is provided, in its anterior portion, with a large thick-walled receptaculum
seminis. The yolk system is well developed, but confined to the anterior two-
thirds of the body, where it lies in close relation with the intestine. In the
region of the body constriction a pair of transverse yolk-ducts is formed
which open into an ill-defined yolk-reservoir.
The egg is oval, .048 mm. in length and .024 mm. in breadth, and bears
at its posterior end a short blunt spine (PI. xu., fig. 17).
The species was found, sometimes in large numbers, on the gills of Therapon
carbo Ogilby and McCulloch, from the Thomson River, at Longreach, Central
Queensland.
DaITREOSOMA BANCROFTI, n.sp. (Plate xii., figs. 21, 22.)
This species closely resembles D. constrictum, but differs from it in the
following characters :—
It is a slightly larger worm, measuring, when full grown, .56 mm. in length,
19 mm. in greatest breadth. The head is not regularly rounded as in that
species, but is sharply indented immediately in front of the mouth (Pl. xi,
fig. 22). The four head-organs are close together, the last not so distinctly
separated from the others as in the foregoing species.
The vesicula seminalis is quite different from that of D. constrictum. It
lies only on the left side of the body (PI. xiii., fig. 21) and does not undergo
the great dilatation characteristic of that species, but appears as a tube bent
slightly upon itself anteriorly, only moderately distended, and distinctly lobed
only on its outer wall.
The vagina does not terminate in a small rounded bulb, but possesses a
narrow funnel-shaped opening lying on the left side, within the body constriction.
100 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
This is especially plaim in the specimen figured, where the body’ had been
accidentally drawn out, the body constriction being in consequence obliterated.
The receptaculum seminis is rather small. The yolk-reservoir is clearly visible.
Found on the gills of Lherapon hilli Castelnau, from the Thomson River,
at Longreach, Central Queensland.
13. EMPLEUROSOMA, n.gen.
Small Letraonchinae, with strongly developed lateral body regions. Disc
not sharply marked off from body; provided with four large and two very small
hooks, as in Daitreosoma. Eyes present. Intestinal limbs communicating pos-
teriorly and devoid of caeca. Vagina absent. Cirrus a simple elongated tube.
Yolk confined to the anterior region of the body.
Found on the gills of a freshwater fish.
Type species, E. pyriforme J. & T.
EMPLEUROSOMA PYRIFORME, n.sp. (Plate xtv., fig. 31; xv., figs. 32-34.)
This is a small parasite, about .37 mm. in length, and .11 mm. in greatest
breadth, with broadly expanded sides and rather thick body.
The dise, which is not sharply marked off from the body of the worm, is
provided with two pairs of large hooks, viz., a posterior ventral pair, the bases
of which are joined by a short transverse chitinous bar; and a more anterior,
laterally directed pair, each of which is ankylosed at its base with an inwardly
and posteriorly directed chitin-bar. These large hooks are all slightly biramous
at their bases. Laterally the clasping disc possesses two small lobes each bear-
ing a small hook, as in Daitreosoma. The large posterior hooks also articulate
at their bases each with a very minute chitin-piece. To these chitin-pieces the
musculature of the hooks is attached.
Four ventral longitudinal muscles supply the dise; an outer pair serving
the more anterior pair of hooks, and a median pair inserted into the small
chitin-pieces articulating with the posterior hooks. A transverse muscle uniting
‘these basal pieces is also present.
The body-wall is thick and devoid of epidermal papillae. The circular
muscle-layer is strongly marked; while the inner (longitudinal) series is pro-
minent ventrally but could not be detected dorsally and laterally. In the pos-
terior half of the animal the ventral longitudinal muscles are highly developed
to form the four longitudinal muscles supplying the dise, as already described.
These muscle-layers separating the several organs from the intestine are pro-
minent in the anterior region of the animal. The body parenchyma in the
posterior narrow portion of the worm is euriously developed, giving it a
“peculiar globular appearance, somewhat similar to that seen in| Daitreosoma.
There are four pairs of prominent head-organs on either side, the glands which
supply them lying laterally to the pharynx. On either side of the pharynx are
two pairs of remarkable glands which open on the body surface, ventrally, close
to the cirrus; it is possible that they possess a copulatory function.
The mouth opens ventrally. The large, almost spherical pharynx is followed
by a very short oesophagus. The two limbs of the intestine unite behind and
are devoid of caeca. The intestinal walls are of remarkable thickness, but con-
sist, nevertheless, of only a single layer of narrow columnar and very vacuolated
cells, resting on a prominent basal membrane.
Neither exeretory nor central nervous systems could be detected. Two
pairs of eyes are present, situated well within the parenchyma, each pair at
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 101
approximately equal distances apart. The posterior pair lies above the pharynx,
the anterior pair immediately anterior to that organ. Connected with the
posterior pair is a definite globular vesicle.
The large testis hes immediately anterior to the end of the intestine and
in section appears wedge-shaped. The vas deferens is a short wide tube opening
into the large vesicula seminalis. The cirrus is a simple slightly curved chitinous
tube. No other male sexual organs appear to be present.
The small ovary is situated anteriorly to the testis and somewhat trans-
versely. The oviduct is given off from its ventral portion and runs forward
close below the vesicula seminalis. A vagina is absent.
The shell-glands appear to be simple glandular thickenings of the uterus.
The female opening is situated immediately behind the male aperture in the
median ventral line. No eggs were present in any of the specimens examined.
The yolk system is strongly developed but is confined to the anterior region
of the animal. The transverse yolk-duets le immediately in front of the ovary.
No reservoir was visible.
Found on the gills of Therapon wrvecolor Gunther, from the Burnett River,
South Queensland.
14. TetrRANCISTRUM Goto and Kikuchi, 1917.
Rather small Tetraonchinae measuring 1.2 to 2 mm. in length. Body dilated
in middle. Dise not sharply marked off from body and devoid of minor hooks,
Eyes absent. Pharynx elongated; intestine bilobed, provided with caeca, the
limbs communicating behind. Testis and ovary situated about the middle of the
body. Penis simple, with accessory chitin-piece attached. Vagina present.
From the gills of a marine fish of genus Siganus. From Japan.
T ype and only known species, 7. sigani Goto and Kikuchi, 1917.
Subfamily III. LEPIDOPTREMINAE, n.subfam.
These are Gyrodactylidae, which have, as a common characteristic, the de-
velopment of scale-like papillae over the greater part of the body except in
Lamellodiseus. On the dise these papillae are arranged in the form of a pair
of scaly sucker-like organs (for which the name Squamodise is proposed) which
may or may not be provided with accessory hooks. Four powerful hooks, with
basal supporting apparatus are present; also numerous minute hooks.
Two pairs of eyes. Intestine forked, ending blindly, not lobed. Ovary and
testis solid. Penis simple or very complex. Vagina present.
From the gills of freshwater and marine fishes in Queensland.
This subfamily includes the following new genera:—Lepidotrema (type
genus), with a subgenus Ilabellodiscus; Lepidotes; Empleurodiscus; Acleotrema,
Lamellodiscus.
Key to Genera of Lepidotreminae.
A. a. “‘Squamodisc” provided with accessory hooks .. .. -....... -- .. +. D.
Damsquamodiscimdevoidiofisucht hooksii-sin is iesilaclere peer suebeei clan es oi.
B,'a. Body covered with scaly papillae; each of the concentric ridges of
“squamodisc” consisting of numerous scales CAM LC Ue aera ncn C,
b. Body devoid of scaly papillae; concentric ridges consisting of only two
VeLvnbroadmlamellaciyue eae ce! setae lure hnnleleeteuh ars . Lamellodiscus.
C. a. Cirrus-sac very highly developed; very large genital chamber present .. ..
Acleotrema.
b. Cirrus-sac simple, genital chamber not markedly developed .. .. Lepidotes.
102 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
D. a. Disc much broader than body, squamodisc proviced with very numerous
(about 25 to 30) accessory hooks .. . .. . Bmpleurodiscus.
b. Disc with only about eleven such hooks, disc not as broad as body; tees tes
E. a. Cirrus a rather simple structure .. .. issu ate Flabellodiscus,
b. Cirrus very long, and showing a remarkable complexity of structure .. ..
Lepidotrema.
15. LEPIDOTREMA, n.gen.
Lepidotreminae. The members of this genus are characterised by the pre-
sence of about eleven rows of scales on each of the two sucker-like organs of the
dise, together with a row of generally about nine hooks on each, arranged like
a spread fan. Fourteen minor hooks are scattered over the disc. The large
hooks of the disc are supported by four powerful chitinous bars imbedded in
the substance of the dise.
The penis is exceedingly complex. The testis is more or less degenerate
in the adult, the sperms being stored in an immensely dilated vesicula seminalis.
The vagina is extraordinarily large.
Found, so far, only on the gills of freshwater fishes belonging to the
genus Therapon.
Typespeeies, L. therapon J. & T.
LEPIDOTREMA THERAPON, n.sp. (Plate xv., figs. 35-37; xvi. figs. 38-42; xvii.
figs. 45-49.)
Length of adult .5 to .77 mm.; breadth 19 mm. The body is covered with
minute seale-like papillae, very minute anteriorly but increasing in size towards
the posterior end of the worm.
The dise (Pl. xvi., fig. 40, a-f) is provided with an exceedingly powerful
clinging apparatus. In the living condition the true posterior end of the dise
is turned ventrally, i.e. the true dorsal surface of the disc is turned backward.
Four large hooks are present. The ventral pair (Pl. xvi., fig. 40, c) are slender,
and strongly hooked, and articulate basally each with the end of a chitinous
bat which runs towards the centre of the disc, but does not quite reach its
fellow. These two bars articulate at their inner ends with a much smaller
eurved piece of chitin which can be observed only by compressing the dise, its
plane being vertical to that of the chitinous bars (PI. xvi., fig. 40, e). Hach of
these bars is also provided on its outer half with a strong ring-shaped chitinous
projection. The dorsal pair of hooks have a biramous basal portion, the two
limbs or roots being united by a strong membrane. The anterior (ventral)
limbs articulate with the chitinous bars which also give support to the ventral
hooks, but the posterior limb has no such chitinous support. Two other in-
wardly-directed bars of chitin are also present, articulating with the more dorsal
pair. They do not quite reach each other, but a slightly eurved piece of chitin
similar to and at right angles with the one already described, connects them.
Fourteen minor hooks are also present, their disposition being indicated in Pl.
xv1., fig. 42.
The dorsal and ventral surfaces of the dise (posterior and anterior in the
attached animal) each bear, towards their proximal ends, a remarkable sucker-
shaped dise, consisting of blunt teeth arranged in eleven curved rows which
radiate outward from a point at the proximal end of the dise (PI. xvi., fig. 40, f).
In close connection with each of these dises are a number of hooks, varying from
seven to eleven, connected by a membrane and spread out like a fan. The rows
of blunt teeth, and probably also the hooks, are to be regarded as modifications
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND QO. W. TIEGS. 103
of the papillae which cover the body. The dise is supplied with muscles which
originate from a powerful band in the dorsal region of the posterior end of the
body, but their detailed arrangement has not been determined.
On account of the minute size of the worm, the structure of the body-layers
is difficult to observe. The most remarkable characteristic of the epidermis is
the presence on it of numerous scaly papillae. Delicate longitudinal muscle-
layers lie below this, but their arrangement could not be accurately observed.
The body parenchyma is well developed.
The very small mouth is situated ventrally immediately in front of the
pharynx; the buceal cavity is quite short and the pharynx large, prominent,
and projecting upward. Numerous unicellular glands occur in the anterior two-
thirds of the wall of the pharynx. No definite oesophagus is present. Im-
mediately behind the pharynx lies a mass of glands (? unicellular), which open
into the intestine and are especially visible in young specimens. The forked
intestine ends blindly at the posterior end of the worm, but immediately before
.the termination a junction takes place between the two limbs. In young forms
this fusion does not occur. There are no caeca. The intestine is lined by a
single row of flattened cells.
Four pairs of head-organs are present, but no corresponding lobes are
developed on the head. Through these structures pass the ducts from a pair of
prominent masses of unicellular glands, one on either side, antero-laterally to the
pharynx. The excretory system could not be traced satisfactorily. At the an-
terior end, immediately behind the mass of gland-cells there oceurs, on each
side, a duct terminating on the body-surface by a slightly bulbous opening. Into
each of these ducts there appears to open a very fine longitudinal duct, while
one of a somewhat similar nature can be seen along each side just above the
anterior termination of the lateral vitellaria. It is probable that these structures
are parts of a complex excretory system (PI. xv., fig. 36).
The brain lies anterior to the pharynx and gives off on each side a pair of
nerves to the eyes which consist of a mass of minute pigment cells. The eyes
lie close to the brain, i.e. within the “head,” being situated, however, nearer the
dorsal than the ventral surface. The posterior pair are the larger.
In this species the male organs reach maturity before the female. In young
forms the testis is very large (Pl. xvi., fig. 41) ocewpying a great portion of the
body behind the ovary which at this stage is quite immature. In these the vas
deferens arises from the outer edge of the testis and leads into a long thin vesicula
seminalis which proceeds nearly as far forward as the pharynx, then becoming
bent on itself. A bulbus ejaculatorius is present, but is diffieult to detect and
its connection with the vesicula could not be made out in these young forms.
The cirrus in these is a simple chitinous tube, lying in the cirrus-sac. In close
connection with the posterior end of the vesicula are two large glands, probably
prostate, which, when viewed in cleared specimens, have a slightly granular
appearance, while in transverse section they appear to consist of a number of
deeply-staining rings, each arranged concentrically round a nucleated cell.
In adult forms the testis (Pl. xvi., fig. 38) is greatly reduced or practically
absent, having diminished very much in size, with its cavity practically obliterated
and containing merely connective tissue fibres, though a few sperms may oc-
casionally be still visible. Sometimes (as in the specimen figured) the testis
does not degenerate quite so much (Pl. xv., fig. 35). The adult vas deferens
is much thicker and its opening into the vesicula is pushed forward. The
vesicula, which has increased enormously in size, due to the emptying into it
104 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
of the sperms from the testis, appears as a large flattened structure, somewhat
lobed at its edges, occupying the greater part of the dorso-medial region of the
body from immediately behind the pharynx to the ovary. The whole structure
is filled with sperms floating in an albuminous material. The prostate glands
have now increased greatly in size. The bulbus ejaculatorius has enlarged con-
siderably and communicates with the seminal vesicle by a plainly-visible duct.
The cirrus has grown greatly in size and complexity and has developed a flange
which travels along one side of it for about two-thirds of the length of the
organ, and then suddenly passes over to the other side and ceases abruptly.
This portion of the cirrus runs horizontally, but thence onward it slopes down-
ward and gradually develops another flange which continues almost to the
genital opening. The whole structure is enclosed in the large cirrus-sac (PI.
xvi., fig. 39).
The female organs do not mature at so early a stage as do the male. The
ovary les immediately anterior to the testis and on its mght side gives off an
extension. The oviduct is a narrow tube arising from the median ventral sur-
face of the ovary and travelling forward near the ventral surface of the animal.
The extremely large vagina opens on the left ventral side on a level with the
prostate glands. A receptaculum seminis is absent. The female genital open-
ing is situated a little behind the male aperture. The oviduct and uterus are
extremely thin-walled structures. The shell-glands (Pl. xvii., fig. 49) consist
of large masses of glandular cells, situated around and opening into the ootype,
but visible only in sections. Never more than one egg is present in the uterus
at a time. The egg, which measures .07 mm. by .048 mm., is provided with
a short posteriorly-directed spine. The nucleus is visible among the abundant
granular yolk material.
The vitellaria are well developed and arranged in two broad bands, one
on either side of the body, almost entirely obscuring the intestine. Posteriorly,
immediately behind the testis, the yolk accumulates in a large median mass.
In adults the organs may extend anteriorly to the pharynx and there is also a
slight development of them all along the dorsal surface posterior to this organ.
The individual parasites do not appear to have much effect on the host,
though a_ slight hypertrophy of the gill-tissue has been observed in a few
cases. But the great numbers in which this parasite occurs on the gills, must
render it a source of considerable irritation to its host, as many as twelve
individuals having been counted on a single gill-filament.
Found on the gills of Therapon carbo Ogilby and McCulloch, from the
Thomson River, Longreach, Central Queensland.
LEPIDOTREMA TENUE, n.sp. (Plate xvi., fig. 43; xvinl., figs. 52, 53.)
Length .69 mm. by .14 mm. This species closely resembles L. therapon
both anatomically and in general appearance, but the majority of the specimens
examined were considerably longer and more slender. The eclasping dise is very
similar in the two species, the large hooks, chitin bars and sealy “dises” being
indistinguishable, but the disposition of the minor hooks is different, as is seen
bv comparing figures 43 and 42 (PI. xvi.). A very short oesophagus is deve-
loped and there is no fusion of the intestinal limbs posteriorly. The most marked
differences are visible in the reproductive organs. As in Lepidotrema therapon,
the testis matures in quite young forms. Degeneration of this organ oceurs as
ia that species, though it is not so complete, a testis containing developing
sperms being plainly visible in even the largest forms. Corresponding with this
8
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND 0. W. TIEGS. 105
the vesicula seminalis is rather smaller than in L. therapon. In some individuals
it is almost free from sperms, in others much dilated, the dilatation taking place
in a characteristic manner resulting in the formation of a strongly lobed strue-
ture. The prostate glands are often very prominent. The cirrus is quite similar
to that of L. therapon.
The female reproductive organs are like those of the last species. There is
a iarked development of the vitellaria—even more so than in L. therapon—so
strongly that in some forms none of the other internal structures are visible
through it. In general disposition the yolk system is, in other respects, the
same as that of L. therapon.
The egg measures .076 mm. by .048 mm., its spine being slightly longer
than that of the last species.
Found on the gills of Therapon hilli Castelnau, from the Thomson River at
Longreach, Central Queensland.
LEPIDOTREMA FULIGINOSUM, n-sp. (Plate xvi, fig. 44; xvii, figs. 50, 51.)
Length .64—.75 mm., breadth .14—16 mm. This species closely resembles
the other species of the genus. The distinctions most easily observed are in the
disposition of the minor hooks on the dise and in the structure of the repro-
ductive organs. The arrangement of the minor hooks is clearly seen in the
figure (Pl. xvi., fig. 44), and differs from those already described in having one
small hook situated between each pair of supporting cross-bars.
Even in full-grown adults the testis is large and distinct, though the size
of the vesicula seminalis indicates that the male gland has ondergone consider-
able diminution. The greater part of the vas deferens is dilated into an im-
mense vesicula which travels forward on the right side of the body nearly as
far as the end of the penis, then, passing over to the left side, bends back again
and communicates by a rather long vas deferens with the penis. The latter
closely resembles that of the two previously described species. ‘wo prostate
glands are present but not very large.
The vagina is even larger than in the two preceding species. In one rather
fortunate preparation the vagina could be seen opening into the ootype a very
short distance in front of the opening of the two transverse vitelline duets
(Pl. xvi, fig. 51). Shell-glands were not recognised. The oviduet is remark-
able in that it is highly dilated in its mid-region and is lined by a highly re-
fractive cuticle, evidently of a chitinous nature. It opens ventrally on the left
side immediately behind the opening of the vagina.
The egg, which measures .064 mm. by .048 mm., resembles that of the other
species of the genus.
Found on the gills of Therapon fuliginosus Macleay, from the Thomson
River at Longreach, Central Queensland.
16. Subgenus FLABELLODISCUS, n. subgen.
Lepidotreminae. In external appearance this subgenus closely resembles
Lepidotrema, but the organisation of the reproductive system is considerably
simpler. The penis is a simple chitinous tube, the twisted flange, so charac-
teristic of Lepidotrema, being quite absent. The vagina which is bent once upon
itself, is longer than, but not so thick-walled as in the genus mentioned. The
testis lies above this more anterior part of the ovary and is rather small in
the adult. The vesicula seminalis is exceedingly large.
Type species, Lepidotrema (Ilabellodiscus) simplex J. & T.
Found, so far, only on the gills of Therapon fuliginosus Macleay.
106 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
FLABELLODISCUS SIMPLEX, n.sp. (Plate xvii., figs. 54-55; xix., figs. 61, 62.)
Length .53 mm., breadth .1 mm. The disc is broader than the body, measur-
ing .112 mm. across.
In external appearance this parasite closely resembles Lepidotrema, even in
regard to the arrangement of the discal armature. The disposition of the minor
hooks is shown in Pl. xix., fig. 61. One pair of hooks is present between the
cross-bars, as is the case also in Lepidotrema fuliginosum. The ventral trans-
verse cross-bar differs shghtly from that generally found in the last-named genus
in being slightly angular, the edge opposite the obtuse angle giving off the
small supporting chitin-piece.
The seale-like papillae of the epidermis are absent on the dorsal surface
(Pl. xix., fig. 62). No further details of the structure of the body walls could
be seen distinctly.
The alimentary canal and its associated glands are similar to those of
Lepidotrema, the blindly-ending intestine being in both cases devoid of ¢caeca.
In one specimen examined part of the nervous system could be seen. The
brain lies between the eyes, immediately anterior to the pharynx, the lateral
nerve cords curving round part of the pharynx and passing down the sides of
the worm, close to the alimentary canal. Immediately behind the eyes two pairs
of nerves are given off, one running upward to the head, the second inward
towards the pharynx. Several other branches arise from the lateral nerve-
trunks, both on their inner and outer sides (Pl. xviii., fig. 55). The nerve-trunks
in the posterior region of the worm could not be recognised. No trace of
excretory system could be detected.
It is in the structure of the reproductive system (Pl. xvii., fig. 54) that
the worm differs so' much from Lepidotrema.
The testis is a curious uniform structure, situated above the anterior end
of the ovary. The vas deferens is a long, very narrow, convoluted tube which
opens into a highly dilated vesicula lying transversely across the body, im-
mediately in front of the ovary, while the remainder of the sperm duct is a
short slightly convoluted tube, which leads into the cirrus. The base of the
latter is imbedded in a great mass of muscle. The cirrus is a much simpler
structure, the twisted chitinous flange present in Lepidotrema being quite absent.
It opens in the mid-ventral region of the animal a short distance behind the
pharynx. Connected with its termination is a minute unicellular prostate gland.
The anterior end of the ovary is bent sharply upon itself and it is from
this region, and not from the median portion of the gland, that the female
ducts arise. The oviduet, which is visible only with great difficulty, is a rather
wide tube running forward to a point a little behind the end of the cirrus.
It is embedded in a dense parenchyma of a rather fibrous nature, in which lie
a number of large pyriform ells, heavily staining, and evidently to be regarded
as shell glands, but their ducts could not be seen. The vagina is remarkable
in that it does not run outwards along the ventral body wall as in other species
of the genus Lepidotrema, but lies immediately below the dorsal body wall em-
bedded, in part, in the dense parenchyma which surrounds the oviduct. It is a
much narrower tube than is found in that genus. Shortly after leaving the
oviduct it dilates, and this dilatation is seen to contain a kind of granular material,
giving it a resemblance to a prostate gland. This portion may be regarded as
a receptaculum seminis, filled with sperms. The tube there narrows, passes for-
ward to a point immediately in front of the opening of the oviduct, then turns
sharply upon itself, travels backward, downward, and finally forward again
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 107
along the ventral body wall where it opens in the midline. This curious
arrangement possibly serves to act like a valve, preventing the sperms from
leaving the vagina.
The vitellaria of the fully-grown worm are strongly developed and are in
general arrangement similar to those of Lepidotnema. In the young forms yolk
itself is present only to a small extent.
The egg measures .05 mm. by .044 mm. It is rather more rounded than in
Lepidotrema and the spine is absent.
In young specimens the reproductive system is of the same type, the vesicula
seminalis appearing as a narrow transverse tube immediately in front of the
ovary. The cirrus is much simpler than in the adult (Pl. xix., fig. 61).
Found on the gills of Therapon fuliginosus Macleay, from the Thomson
River, at Longreach, Central Queensland.
17. LePIDOTES, n.gen.
Lepidotreminae. In this genus the seale-like body papillae are confined to
the posterior half of the worm and the squamodise is devoid of hooks. The pos-
terior dise has four large hooks, supported by intermediate chitinous bars, as
well as six pairs of smaller peripheral hooks.
Four pairs of head-organs are present. The intestine ends blindly and is
devoid of caeca. Four eyes. Penis simple. Vagina simple, opening laterally;
receptaculum seminis present.
Found, so far, only on the gills of a treshwater fish, the golden perch or
yellow-belly, Plectroplites ambiguus Richardson.
Type species, L. fluviatilis J. & T.
LEPIDOTES FLUVIATILIS, n.sp. (Plate xx., figs. 65-72; xxi., fig. 73.)
This is a rather large species, measuring .95 mm. in length, and .26 mm. in
greatest breadth. In preserved specimens the greyish colour of the parasite
contrasts sharply with the creamy-yellow of the gill filament.
The shape of the worm varies considerably according to the state of con-
traction, being sometimes long and slender, at other times much shorter and rather
thick-set. The dise (Pl. xx., fig. 67) is very prominent and the arrangement
of the hook apparatus complex. Four large hooks are present, the dorsal pair
long and slender, the ventral shorter and possessing a biramous basal portion.
Muscles can be seen inserted into the base of the hooks.
As in Lepidotrema there is a complex chitinous supporting apparatus which
does not, however, articulate with the hooks, but seems rather to strengthen the
dise. It consists of three bars, a central one with two ventrally and outwardly
directed projections, and two lateral outwardly directed pieces closely articulated
with the latter. Only six pairs of minute peripheral hooks could be detected.
The two sealy sucker-like dises are very prominent, but are entirely devoid
of the fan-like hook-armature so characteristic of Lepidotrema. Twenty-five rows
of scales are present on each dise (PI. xx., fig. 69).
The chitinous cuticle is modified on the posterior half of the body to form
numerous forwardly projecting papillae which are not so densely arranged as in
Leydotrema. Longitudinal and circular muscle-layers are recognisable. The
body-parenchyma of the posterior half of the animal is of an extremely loose
texture, giving this tissue a reticulate appearance.
The mouth lies ventrally, immediately in‘front of the pharynx. The latter
is large and rounded in dorsal view, and bears numerous unicellular glands in its
108 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
walls. There is no definite oesophagus. The intestine is devoid of caeca and
the two limbs bulge outwards in. the region of the testis and end blindly. There
are two glands situated one on either side of, and immediately posterior to, the
pharynx; they seem to open into the intestine.
There are four pairs of head-organs from which the ducts pass backward
to join the cephalic glands. In young forms the head-organs are all clustered
closely together; but already in medium-sized forms the adult condition’ is
attained (PIL. xx., fig. 70).
Of the nervous system, only the brain and the origin of the main nerves
could be recognised. There are two pairs of eyes, each consisting of a mass of
minute oval pigment-grains, lying well within the body-parenchyma.
The sexual apparatus is very complex and diffieult to follow out. The
following description is based on an examination of whole mounts and serial
sections.
The testis is extremely large, occupying all the space between the branches
of the intestine. _ Within the testis the immature sperms are arranged in
numerous small clusters, but further details of sperm formation could not be
observed in this organ. The vas deferens is a wide tube, passmg forward and
opening immediately behind the pharynx into a portion of the vesicula seminalis.
The latter consists of three large globular portions. The anterior, dorsally
situated part appears to open by a duct given off from its lower surface into
the ventral portion of a second division lying immediately behind it and lke-
wise dorsally. This opens, in turn, into a third, more ventrally situated portion
which appears to open directly into the large bulbus ejaculatorius. This latter
is a thick-walled vesicle which opens by a narrow duct into the cirrus. Sperms
appear to undergo development in the vesicula, for not until they are found in
the ejaculatory bulb do they possess a typical sperm-appearance. The heads
are minute and spherical, the tail relatively long, the whole sperm measuring
about .008 mm. The cirrus, which les in a large cirrus-sac, is a rather simple
chitinous tube, bent onee upon itself. Into the cirrus also open, by a pair of
long duets, two prostate (?) glands and also a large number of very prominent
heavily-staining glands (“cirrus glands”), originating as far back as the ovary.
The prominent ovary is situated asymmetrically in front of the testis, on
the right side of the body. Into the narrow oviduet opens a large yolk reservoir,
generally difficult to see, since it seldom contains yolk. The vagina is a simple
tube passing directly to the left side where it opens ventrally. In connection
with it there is a large receptaculum seminis, frequently seen full of sperms. In
whole specimens it is almost completely obscured on account of the great deyvelop-
ment of the vitellaria.
The oviduct passes forward as a very thin tube opening close behind the male
aperture. Distinet shell-glands could not be recognised but these organs seem
to be represented by certain glandular swellings in the walls of the ootype. The
large, oval egg, measuring .07 mm. by .04 mm., is well supplied with yolk.
Posteriorly it bears a small blunt spine. Of fifty specimens examined only two
contained an ege. j
The vitelline system is fairly well developed. Two wide transverse yolk-ducts
are present immediately behind the ovary and transfer the yolk to a reservoir
which is generally very difficult to detect, except when filled.
In general appearance the young differ considerably from the adults. In
the smallest forms the head-organs are clustered closely together. Testis and
ovary are small. Vesicula seminalis, bulbus ejaculatorius and cirrus are visible;
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 109
but prostate glands were not seen. The large “cirrus-glands” are already well
developed, as is also the yolk system. The disc, though at first sight quite
different from that of the adult, is built on the same plan (FI. xx., fig. 72). It
is proportionally much larger than the adult dise, which evidently becomes
formed from that of the young worm by the addition of a quantity of “padding
tissue” which is plainly visible within it, giving it a more spherical appearance,
In slightly larger worms this immature form of the dise is retained, but the
cephalic glands are already of the adult type.
Found on the gills of the golden perch, Plectroplites ambiguus Richardson,
from the Thomson River at Longreach, Central Queensland.
18. EMPLEURODISCUS, n.gen.
Lepidotreminae. In this genus the seale-like papillae cover practically the
whole of the body, being absent only in the head region. The seales of the
squamodise are arranged generally in from seven to nine rows. A large number
(25 to 30) of sharp accessory hooks are present. There are 14 minor hooks.
The posterior dise is exceedingly broad, being nearly thrice the width of the
rather slender body. The cephalic glands are connected with four pairs of head
organs. Four eyes are present. The two limbs of the intestine end blindly and
are devoid of caeea. The testis is solid; the cirrus simple. The ovary lies
transversely in front of the testis. There is no vagina.
Found on the gills of the freshwater fish, Therapon unicolor Gunther.
Type species, £. angustus J. & T.
EMPLEURODISCUS ANGUSTUS, n.sp. (Plate xix., figs. 56-60, 63-64.)
Length about .32 mm.; breadth .05 mm.
This worm is characterised by the great relative width of the disc, which
measures nearly thrice the body breadth. Its armature (Pl. xix., fig. 64) is more
complex than that of any other member of the Gyrodactyloidea. Four large
hooks are present, a dorsal pai with a biramous basal portion, and a more
simple slender ventral pair. A complex set of chitmous bars les between these
hooks, but does not form a definite articulation with them, serving probably
rather to strengthen the dise as a whole. Ths chitinous apparatus consists of
two pairs (a large and a small) of inwardly directed chitin-pieces which articulate
with a complexly made intermediate portion. Muscles can be seen inserted at
the base of the hooks. Fourteen minute hooks are also present, their distribution
being shown in the figure. Four appear to lie on the dorsal side of the dise,
while the others are ventral. Two squamodises occur, each bearing nine rows of
modified “seales.”” Each dise is also provided with a variable number, generally
about thirty, of sharp slender hooks. The clinging dise of the worm is thus
armed with as many as eighty hooks.
The scale-like papillae, characteristic of the Lepidotreminae, are absent only
on the head. Of the body-muscles, a well-developed circular, and poorly-developed
longitudinal layer could be detected.
The head organs of this species are very prominent; a large anterior pair
and two smaller posterior pairs being present and it appears that the latter are
actually protrusible (PI. xix., fig. 60). The cephalic glands supplying them are
very small and le well in front of the eyes, close behind the last pair of
head-organs.
The mouth lies mid-ventrally, in front of the eyes. A long buccal cavity
leads into the pharynx. Lateral] to the very short oesophagus is a pair of
digestive glands. The forked intestine is devoid of caeea and ends blindly.
110 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
No trace of nervous or excretory systems could be seen. There are two
pairs of eyes immediately in front of the pharynx, situated just below the body
wall in the parenchyma.
The testis is well developed, lying immediately behind the ovary, and in
some specimens appears to be distinctly lobed. The vas deferens, which runs.
dorsally to the ovary and to the right of the uterus, becomes dilated into a
large vesicula seminalis and, after narrowing, appears to open directly into the
cirrus, no bulbus ejaculatorius being visible. Into the base of the cirrus there
opens a small prostate gland. The cirrus is a short incompletely-closed chitinous
tube, bent once upon itself and opening immediately anteriorly to the female
genital aperture.
The ovary lies transversely in the middle of the body. The oviduct is a
very wide, non-collapsible tube opening a short distance behind the oesophagus.
The well developed shell-glands are arranged in two groups on either side of the
oviduet into which they open each by a long delicate duct. There is no vagina.
The vitelline system which is not very strongly developed, lies in close con-
nection with the intestine and discharges its yolk by means of two narrow
transverse yolk-ducts, situated immediately anterior to the ovary.
The egg which is relatively large, measuring approximately .06 mm. in
length, was rarely present. It is somewhat oval in shape and possesses a. short.
posterior spine.
Found on the gills of Therapon wnicolor Gunther, from the Burnett River,
South Queensland.
19. ACLEOTREMA, n.gen.
Lepidotreminae. Dise considerably broader than body, with four large hooks
and a supporting chitin apparatus; fourteen minor hooks. The sucker-like organs
consist of about fifteen rows of modified seales and are devoid of accessory hooks.
Greater part of body protected by short proclinate spiny papillae. Four eyes
present. Ovary and testis in the vicinity of the middle of the body. Vagina
thin-walled, bent upon itself anteriorly and opening in the midline. Penis rather
simple, but lodged in a highly developed cirrus-sae. Penis and vagina com-
municate with a remarkable chitinous cavity which opens on the ventral surface.
From the gills of a marine fish of the genus Girella.
Type species, A. girellae J. & T.
ACLEOTREMA GIRELLAE, n.sp. (Plate xill., figs. 23-25; xiv., figs. 26-30.)
Length of adult worm averages about .7 mm., breadth of body about .16
min., breadth of dise about .23 mm.
This is a rather slender species with a dise considerably broader than the
body. There is much variation in shape according to the state of contraction or
elongation of the individuals; at times the extension of the posterior portion may
be remarkably great, the worm in this condition having a totally different ap-
pearance from that usually seen. It is chiefly the region posterior to the ter-
mination of the intestine which undergoes this elongation.
The dise is provided with fourteen minor hooks, arranged as in Pl. xii, fig.
25 and PI. xiv., fig. 27, as well as with four large hooks which are supported by,
and articulate with a chitinous basal armature. The latter consists of a power-
ful transverse chitin-bar, the ends of which articulate each with a second, proxi-
mally bifurcated chitin-bar, while the two hooks on either side come into relation
with the end of the bar. One of these hooks is rather slender and possesses
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND 0. W. TIEGS. aati
two well-defined roots. In the other, which is a much more powerful hook,
such a basal bifurcation is absent. The dise is provided with two pairs of
groups of unicellular glands, the lateral pairs (Pl. xiii., fig. 25) being especially
well-defined and appearing to open, by numerous converging ducts, upon the
surface of the disc. The two accessory adhesive organs or squamodises consist
each of about fifteen rows of modified body papillae, and are quite devoid of
definite hook apparatus. The dise is well provided with muscles which are
modifications of the longitudinal body musculature of the parasite, though it is
possible that the circular layer also enters into their formation. The longitudinal
muscles of the posterior lateral portion of the worm are arranged on each side
in a bundle which passes outwards (Pl. xiii., fig. 25) to become inserted on the
large hooks of the corresponding side. From the upper part of the dise near
its junction with the body, there arises on each side a bundle of muscles passing
obliquely to the hooks of the other side. The musculature of the sucker-like
organs is in the form of a pair of muscles travelling down the ventral mid-
line of the body.
The cuticle is developed into numerous forwardly projecting papillae, each
very sharply pointed (Pl. xiv., fig. 28), but not so closely arranged as in
Lepidotes. They are especially well developed near the dise, but gradually
diminish and disappear towards the anterior half of the animal. The longi-
tudinal layer of body-muscles is fairly distinct, but cannot be said to be strongly
developed. The fibres of the outer layer run mostly in an irregular oblique
manner; only in places could distinct circular muscles be detected. In the region
of the genital openings the musculature undergoes a pronounced modification, a
powerful group of irregularly arranged oblique, circular and longitudinal fibres
being found, surrounding the huge genital cavity to be described below. Into
this mass are also inserted well-defined columns of dorso-ventral fibres. The
mouth is a transverse slit opening on the ventral surface, a little in front of
the region of the brain. The buccal cavity is short, the pharynx large and dis-
tinct, and the oesophagus short. Into the posterior part of the pharynx opens
a group of unicellular glands, clearly visible in the living animal, but in stained
preparations appearing only as a dark mass. The intestine is bifureated and
devoid of caeca. In section its wall is seen to be composed of a layer consisting
of several clear hyaline cells. There is no junction of limbs posteriorly.
Three pairs of head-organs are present, their ducts originating from masses
of gland-cells which cause a slight projection on each side of the head. The
brain, which lies immediately anterior to and above the pharynx, gives off
three pairs of nerves; a small pair to the anterior extremity; the second, slightly
larger, pair laterally to supply the sides of the anterior half of the body; the
third pair very large and passing right along the animal, lying in close contact.
with the intestine (Pl. xiv., fig. 27). '
The excretory system is clearly visible in living specimens as an irregular
tube running close to the intestine and receiving branching vessels in the region
of the testis. Posteriorly the limbs communicate close in front of the termination
of the intestinal branches. The system opens on either side at about a third
of the body-length from the anterior end by a pair of dilated excretory vesicles.
Flowing into the base of this vesicle are the excretory vessels of the head, which
in the region of the brain have a curiously complicated course (PI. xiy., fig. 27).
The ovary lies transversely in the mid-region of the body, the oviduct leaving
it on its left side to pass inward and then anteriorly where the vagina opens
into it. It then passes forward, sweeping round as the uterus past the male
112 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
and vaginal apertures, to open beside the cirrus sac. Its anterior half is lined
with chitin and is therefore very clearly visible. The vagina travels forward
after joing the narrow uterus and close behind the male opening bends inward,
then turns sharply upon itself, and again bends inward, thus producing a most
efficient mechanism for the retention of sperms in the vagina. The latter opens
into the large genital cavity, described below. In the walls of the oviduct le
the shell-glands which are not visible in whole mounts of adult animals, but can
be clearly seen in sections. They will be more fully described in the young
form in which they are clearly recognisable.
The testis is a pyriform structure lying close behind the ovary. The vas
deferens passes forwards and in the region of the cirrus-sac bends upon itself,
then again forward to open into the penis. The vas is a fairly widely dilated
tube but no special portion of it can be regarded as a vesicula seminalis. The
penis is a rather simple chitinous tube with a distinet curve near its termination.
It is lodged within a highly developed cirrus-sac (PI. xiv., fig. 26) which con-
sists proximally of a large rounded structure lined with an outer layer of
circular muscles, internal to which is a group of radiating muscles, inserted upon
the beginning of the penis. The sac extends forward and embraces the penis
for a considerable distance. Distally it opens by a distinct, heavily chitinised
aperture into the great genital cavity (Pl. xiv., fig. 29). This remarkable
structure encloses a relatively large space, with collapsed walls, lined by chitin.
Into its front portion open the penis and the vagina. The whole is surrounded
by a complex musculature. Probably this organ is to be regarded as having an
accessory copulatory function.
On the gills of the same fish which provided the specimens upon which
the above description is based there were present other worms, which are pro-
bably the young of this species, since the arrangement of the discal armature,
head-glands, and intestine are identical; but the genital organs are rather simpler
than those above deseribed, though they are founded on essentially the same
plan (Pl. xiv., fig. 30). Ovary and testis are well developed, but the former
has not yet attained the size it does in the adult worm. The walls of the oviduct
lodge a number of small unicellular shellglands, whose ducts pass forward and
evidently open. each directly into the ootype. The uterus, which is sharply
marked off from the latter, is considerably wider and passes straight forward to
open close to the male genital aperture. The vagina which is connected with
the uterus by a narrow chitinous duct, is constricted anteriorly, then dilated
again into a small bulb which gradually tapers off to form a narrow duct open-
ing to the exterior. This terminal portion of the organ already has an indication
of the twisting which subsequently becomes so evident. The vagina opens into
a small erevice, doubtless the rudiment of the remarkable structure that oceurs
in the adult. The vas deferens is a fairly straight tube, connected distally with
a small bulbus ejaculatorius opening into the penis. The latter is less heavily
chitinised than in the adult. The prominent bulbous expansion of the proximal
part of the adult cirrus-sae can scarcely be detected in many cases while in
others, evidently more advanced individuals, it is more distinct, but not so pro-
nouneed as in the adult forms.
' Found on the gills of the marine black bream or black fish, Girella tricuspt-
data Q. and G. from Caloundra, South-east Queensland.
20. LAMELLODISCUS, n.gen.
Small slender Lepidotreminae in which the body is devoid of scaly papillae.
Dise well developed, with the accessory locomotory dise (squamodise) peculharly
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 113
modified in such a way as to present numerous concentric rows consisting each
of a pair of laterally elongated lamellae. Eyes present. Intestine ends blindly.
Cirrus simple. Vagina present. From the gills of marine fishes.
T y pe and only species, L. typicus J. and T.
LAMELLODISCUS TYPICUS, u.sp. (Plate xxi., figs. 74, 78, 78a.)
A rather small worm, measuring about .124 mm. in greatest width and .528
mm. in length. The anterior end is narrow, especially immediately behind the
pharynx, while in the region of the testis the worm is at its maximum breadth,
there being a distinct constriction immediately before this region. Dise con-
nected with body by a rather long pedicle.
The dise bears four large hooks of which the ventral is somewhat bifurcated
at its base (Pl. xxi., fig. 74). All four articulate with a strong chitinous cross-
bar. Seven minor hooks are present, their dispositions being as indicated in
Pl. xxi., fig. 74. The aceessory dise (squamodise) undergoes a remarkable deve-
lopment, each of the concentric rows consisting, not of scaly papillae as in the
other Lepidotreminae hitherto described, but of a single pair of laterally-elongated
lamellae.
The integument is remarkable in that no trace of scaly papillae could be
discovered. This is perhaps correlated in some way with the curious develop-
ment of the squamodise, a structure which, as already stated, is probably pro-
duced as a modification of these scaly papillae. The muscle-system is feebly
developed, the transverse system being scarcely evident in preparations. In the
posterior region, however there are two pairs (a dorsal and a ventral) of
bundles of longitudinally running fibres passing to the dise (Pl. xxi., fig. 74).
The cephalic glands are well developed and lodged on each side of the
pharynx in a pair of distinet swellings (PI. xxi, fig. 78), their ducts travelling
forward to open through three pairs of head-organs.
The mouth is situated sub-terminally; the pharynx is very small, and the
oesophagus extremely short. The intestinal limbs are entirely devoid of caeca
and end blindly a little before the dise.
Two pairs of eyes are present immediately in front of the pharynx; those
of the posterior pair being larger and closer together than the anterior. The
brain is situated beneath them, but no details of the nervous system could be
observed. i
The testis is situated in the middle of the body and is so large that it pro-
duces a distinet bulging of the body in this region. The vas deferens appears
to originate at its posterior portion; it travels forward, then turns inward
towards the midline and then forward again to pass as a rather widely dilated
duct serving as a seminal vesicle, into the region of the cirrus, narrowing
suddenly before it enters the latter structure from above. The cirrus is a
medium-sized, simple chitinous tube, passing directly backward to terminate at
the male genital aperture.
The ovary is a curved organ lying just in front of the testis. The oviduct
passes inward from its most anterior portion and then forward as the uterus.
The vagina is a simple thin-walled tube, which appears to be lined with a thin
layer of chitin. It passes backward, crosses the path of the uterus, then turns
inward and forward again and opens into the ootype. There is formed a small
distension in its posterior region, which apparently serves as a receptaculum
seminis. Shell-glands could not be seen.
The vitelline system is very well developed. It closely follows the limbs
114 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
of the intestine, but undergoes a great development in the mid-region of the
body, there occupyimg a considerable area immediately anterior and posterior
to the testis, when it stretches right across the body so as to encircle the male
gland. The yolk is transferred to the female tubes by a pair of transverse
yolk-ducts, situated considerably anterior to this region. No eggs were present
in the specimens examined.
From the gills of the common marine bream (silver bream), Sparus aus-
tralis Gunther, from Moreton Bay.
Subfamily IV. MERIZOCOTYLINAE, n. subfam.
Syn. Anisocotylinae Monticelli, 1903 (in part).
Gyrodactylidae in which the dise is provided with suckers as well as major
hooks. Cephahe glands open by distinct head-organs. Testis single or double.
Ovary unbranched. Vagina present.
From the gills and nasal glands of marine fishes.
This subfamily includes the following genera:—Merizocotyle Cerfontaine and
Empruthotrema J. and T.
21. Merizocotyus Cerfontaine, 1894.
Medium-sized worms, in which the dise is provided with a small number
(five to seven) of central suckers and a ring of from twelve to eighteen mar-
ginal suckers, the latter provided each with a minor hook. Two major hooks
present. Four eyes. Cirrus simple. Testis and ovary single and compact. Two
vaginae present (according to MacCallum). Vitellaria well developed.
From nasal gland and gills of stingrays in America and Europe.
Type speeies, M. diaphana Cerf.
This genus has been placed by various authors in the Monocotylidae, Ani-
socotylinae and Tristomidae. The presence of distinctly glandular head-organs
undoubtedly shows its relationship with the Gyrodactylidae. At the same time
the double vagina and the remarkable “sucker-dise” are characters which dis-
tinetly separate the genus from members of any other subfamily belonging to that
family. (See also under genus Lophocotyle).
Known species:—M. diaphana Cerf., 1894; M. minor Cerf., 1898; M. dasy-
batis MacCallum, 1916.
22. EMPRUTHOTREMA, n.gen.
Medium-sized robust Merizocotylinae, about 1.6 mm. in length, in which the
dise is nearly as wide as the body, and is provided with fourteen marginal and
five central suckers. Major hooks are absent, but minor hooks are found mar-
ginally, one between each pair of suckers. Anterior end broad and provided
with three head-organs, doubtless glandular. Small pharynx; short oesophagus.
Intestinal limbs end blindly. Testis double and very large; penis fairly simple.
Ovary compact; shell-glands strongly developed. Vagina paired.
From the gills of Raja erinacea—Massachusetts.
Type species, H. raiae (MacCallum, 1916).
This species has been described and figured by MacCallum as a species of
Acanthocotyle, a decision which is obviously incorreet. The author does not
mention the presence of cephalic glands, but his figure suggests that they do
oceur; in almost every other respect the worm is closely allied to Merizocotyle.
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 115
Family ITT. MONOCOTYLIDAE Taschenberg, 1879.
Small, slender or robust, medium-sized Gyrodactyloidea in which the glan-
dular head-organs are absent. The dise has developed into a sucker-like struc-
ture, a character which is already present in the Merizocotylinae. Major hooks
present, though apparently at times absent. Hyes present or absent. Testis
simple and compact or broken up into follicles. Ovary simple. Vagina present
(or absent?), generally paired. Intestine bifurcated, caeca present or absent.
From the gills of Elasmobranchs.
It is customary to include the Monocotylidae with the Tristomoidea, but the
affinities of the group are much more with the Gyrodactylidae, Merizocotyle
forming an intermediate link.
The following genera belong to the family:—Monocotyle Tschbg., 1878;
Trionchus MacCallum, 1916; Calicotyle Dies., 1850; Microbothrium Olsson, 1869;
Pseudocotyle v. Ben. and Hesse, 1865; perhaps also Leptocotyle Montic., 1905.
Key to sub-families of Monocotylidae.
A. a. Dise about as broad, or a little broader than body .. .. .. Monocotylinae
by Dischanuch narrowerpthanwbocyseeueeye) vaycisei cleus diel ile ey) bec tere eee
B. a. Anterior end of worm narrow, posterior end very broad; disc divided by
radii into several suckers and armed with hooks .. .. .. Calicotylinae.
b. Both ends attenuated, disc very small, devoid of radii, and of large
HOOKS Hers eure ey ste Deep
PoOG OF Bdiroquia ae Pseudocotylinae.
Subfamily I. MONOCOTYLINAE Gamb., 1896.
Slender Monocotylidae in which the disc is about as broad as body and pro-
vided with two or three major hooks. Testis compact.
double ?).
In addition to Monocotyle, we are including Trionchus in this subfamily.
Vagina single (or
23. Monocory.ue Taschenberg, 1878.
Elongated worms with large posterior clasping dise, divided by eight radii
into as many suckers. Two major hooks and numerous minor hooks, the latter
scattered over the dise, especially at its margin. Mouth very large, situated at
anterior end. . Vagina single (or double ?). Intestinal limbs end blindly. Eggs
oval and provided with a filament. From Hlasmobranchs.
Type species, M. myliobatis Tseh.
Known species:—M. myliobatis Tsch., 1878 (Europe); M. ijimae Goto, 1894
(Japan); M. dasybatis MacCallum, 1916 (U.S.A.).
MonocoryLe MINIMA, nom. nov.
(Syn. M. dasybatis minimus MacCallum, 1916.)
In 1916 MacCallum described two species of Monocotyle from a stingray,
Dasybatus pastinacus, from Massachusetts,—viz., “IM. dasybatis nov. sp.” and
“M. dasybatis minimus nov. sp.” Both are well figured and a glance is sufficient
to show that the two are quite distinct, not only in their dimensions but in
regard to the major hooks of the dise, the oral region, disposition of the ovary
and testis, ete. No suggestion was made by the author that the second species
was to be regarded as a variety or subspecies of the former, but the two were
evidently considered as quite distinet species. It seems to us that the second
name is a pure trinomial and accordingly invalid as a combination. In order to
116 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
avoid unnecessary confusion we have deemed it expedient to rename the species
as Monocotyle minima.
MonocoryLe ropusta, n.sp. (Text-fig. 1.)
This is a rather small stout species, measuring about .72 mm. in length
and .30 mm. in maximum body-breadth. The dise is nearly circular and re-
latively very large, measuring about .31 mm. in diameter. The anterior end of
the worm is narrow and dome-shaped, but the body immediately behind the
pharynx broadens out, reaching its maximum breadth in the region of the ovary,
then narrowing considerably to be joimed by a relatively broad pedicle to the
dise.
The dise bears a small sucker in its middle, from whose walls eight radii
pass outwards and divide the margin into as many marginal suckers. The dise
is therefore a very powerful adhesive organ, but its efficiency is increased by a
pair of large hooks situated on the outer angles of the two posterior suckers. In
other species minor hooks have been described, one belonging to each sucker;
Ov
Text-fig.1.—Monocotyle robusta, entire animal.
but in this form their presence has not been seen with certainty. Each of the
larger hooks has two roots, one very, long, the other relatively short and pro-
vided with minute muscles.
The skin is quite devoid of papillae. Longitudinal and cireular muscele-
layers can be distinguished, but only the latter is well developed, especially in
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 117
the region of the mouth which must be a fairly labile organ. The pharynx
which lies close behind the mouth is relatively very large, measuring nearly .1
mm. in length. There is a short oesophagus. No details of the intestine could
be made out in the material available.
Immediately in front of the pharynx are four eyes, the posterior two being
larger and situated further apart.
The genitalia are rather difficult to observe on account of the closeness with
which they are massed together in this short animal. The ovary is situated in
the midline slightly behind the middle of the animal. It is bent once upon
itself in the transverse direction and then opens by a short oviduct into the
uterus. The latter is a long narrow tube, apparently lined distally with a thin
layer of chitin. It opens close beside the pharynx, and when an egg is present
is seen to be considerably distended in this region where the shell-glands lie. A
very short vagina is present, opening on the mid-ventral region by a very dis-
iinet aperture. What appears to be a very large receptaculum seminis is to be
seen in close connection with the vagina. *
The vitelline system is very well developed and obscures all structures be-
neath it. The transverse yolk-ducts pass inward towards the female ducts im-
mediately in front of the ovary. The yolk-glands extend from the region of the
pharynx right to the posterior end of the body, where they are especially
abundant.
The testis is fairly large, lying beside and close behind the ovary. The vas
deferens passes forward on the left side of the body, to open into a very
prominent vesicula seminalis close behind the pharynx. The penis seems to be
a fairly large, though not very distinet structure, lying close to the vesicula, but
its exact structure could not be made out.
From the gills of a common stingray, Urolophus testaceus Mull. & Henle
from Sydney.
24. TrioncxHuwus MacCallum, 1916.
“The mouth large and sub-terminal, much like an ordinary sucker; genital
pore central; cirrus chitinous; single testicle posterior to ovary; a relatively
large sucker dise with one large loculus in the centre and three small marginal
ones. There are also on the dise three hooks, one large one terminating in two
points and also two smaller ones” (MacCallum). To which may be added:—
pharynx remarkably small; ovary very large and bent in a semicircle; vagina ap-
parently absent.
Type and only known species, 7. dasybatis MacCallum, 1916, from the
gills of Dasybatus pastinacus at Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts.
Subfamily II. CALICOTYLINAE Monticelli, 1903.
Rather large robust Monocotylidae, much broader behind than in front;
the dise very much narrower than the body and divided into a number of suckers.
Large hooks present on disc.- Vagina double. Testis broken up into numerous
follicles. Cirrus simple.
Calicotyle Dies. is the only genus as yet known belonging to this subfamily.
25. CALICOTYLE Diesing, 1850.
Dise divided by seven radii into as many marginal suckers; a small central
sucker also present on disc. Minor hooks absent, but two large powerful hooks
present. Testis elongated transversely and broken up into numerous follicles.
118 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
Cirrus simple. Ovary small, elongated transversely and coiled slightly. Vagina
double.
From marine fishes (Elasmobranchs).
Type species, C. kroyeri Diesing, 1850. There are various spellings for
this name e.g. Calycotyle, Callocotyle, Calliocotyle, Callicotyle but Calicotyle has
precedence. Q
Known species: C. kroyeri Dies., 1850 (Europe); C. mitsukurti Goto, 1894
(Japan); and C. stossichi Braun, 1899 (Europe).
Subfamily III. PSEUDOCOTYLINAE Monticelli, 1903.
Robust IMonocotylidae, with attenuated ends; sucker exceedingly small and
devoid of hooks or suckers. Intestinal limbs provided with caeea. Vagina
paired or unpaired. Testis compact or broken up into follicles.
26. MrcrosporTrHRiv™ Olsson, 1868.
Pseudocotylinae with “elliptical body with attenuated ends. Vagina un-
paired, opening on left of ventral surface. One large compact testis’—(Pratt).
From Elasmobranchs (N.W. Europe, Canada).
Type and only known species, M. apiculatuwm Olss., 1869.
The genus was deseribed as a member of the Tristomidae. In 1879 Taschen-
berg considered it to be a synonym of Pseudocotyle, as also did Monticelli (1903),
Braun (1890) and Stafford (1904). Pratt’s figures (1900) show them to be dis-
tinet, and in view of our lack of the necessary literature we have listed the two
genera separately.
Although Monticelli (1892, 1905) referred to Microbothrium as a synonym
of Pseudocotyle, yet he admitted (1905, p. 70, footnote) that it might be retained
as a subgenus of the latter, and at the same time proposed Leptocotyle as a sub-
genus, its type species being P. minor.
Olsson (1869) in deseribing M. fragile, assigned this parasite of Raja batis
doubtfully to Microbothrium. Braun (1890) placed it under Pseudocotyle. In
1897 Jaegerskiold described an ectoparasitic®Triclad (Micropharynx parasitica,
n.g. et sp.) from two other Scandinavian rays R. clavata and R. laevis, and
mentioned its possible identity with Olsson’s species. Stafford (1904) accepted
the synonymy and reported the presence of the worm in Canadian waters. In
view of these statements the species can be removed from the Gyrodactyloidea.
27. PsEUDOCOTYLE vy. Beneden and Hesse, 1865.
Pseudocotylinae in which the vagina is very small and paired. Testis broken
up into numerous follicles. Intestinal caeca very long and slender.
From skin of Elasmobranchs.
Type species, P. squatinae Ben. and Hesse, 1865.
Known species: P. squatinae Ben. and Hesse, 1865; P. minor Montic. 1888.
As already mentioned above, it has been stated that Microbothrium is a
synonym of Pseudocotyle. In 1905 Monticelli proposed a subgenus, Leptocotyle,
to receive P. minor, but as we have not access to the literature, we refrain from
discussing its status.
Family IV. CALCEOSTOMIDAE (Parona & Perugia, 1890) Monticelli,
1903—emend. J. & T.
Gyrodactyloidea in which the cephalic glands do not open by ducts con-
eentrated into head-organs, but remain seattered over a considerable area on
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND OQ. W. TIEGS. 119
either side of the head. Posterior dise showing a tendeney towards sucker-like
structure, though no distinet sucker is produced. Correlated with this, there is a
diminution or even disappearance of the major hooks. Eyes present or absent.
Intestine with or without caeca. Testis single or double. Ovary simple or
branched. Cirrus simple. Vagina present or absent.
From the gills of fishes.
The name Calceostomidae was first used by Parona and Perugia in 1890,
but was employed to designate a subfamily, Monticelli in 1903 raising the sub-
family to the status of a family.
We have subdivided the family into the Calceostominae and Dionchinae.
Subfamily I. CALCEOSTOMINAE Monticelli, 1892.
(Syn. Calceostonidae Parona and Perugia, 1890.)
Calceostomidae with a bifurcated intestine provided with very marked caeca.
Vagina (apparently) present or absent. Testis single. The head develops a pair
of head lappets.
Including the genera Calcgostoma v. Ben., 1858, and Fridericianella Brandes,
1894.
28. CALCGCHEOSTOMA van Beneden, 1858.
Calceostominae. Large worms, measuring from about 5 to 8 mm. in length.
Posterior dise broader than body and somewhat cup-shaped; unarmed or pro-
vided with an armature consisting of a central group of two comparatively small
hooks as well as minute marginal hooks. From the anterior end, immediately
in front of the eyes, are developed a pair of very remarkable head-lappets. A
pair of large glands occupy the greater part of the head and open by numerous
ducts in the vicinity of the mouth. Eyes present (or absent according to ae-
counts of the European species). Pharynx large; intestine bifureated with pro-
minent ecaeca. A single elongated testis; cirrus rather simple. Ovary branched.
Vitellaria well developed. Vagina absent.
Found on the gills of marine fishes. +
Type speeies, C. calceostoma (Wagener, 1857) J. & T., 1922, Syn., C.
elegans van Beneden, 1858. Other known species, C. inerme Par. © Per., 1889.
CALCEOSTOMA GLANDULOSUM, n.sp. (Plate xx1., figs. 75-77; xxu., figs. 79-86.)
This is a large worm, measuring about 5 mm. in length and .9 mm. in
breadth.
The dise is broader than the body of the worm and somewhat .cup-shaped in
general appearance, with a very strongly crenated margin. The dorsal and more
posteriorly lying portion of the “cup” is marked off from the anterior and more
ventrally situated part by a prominent septum which has a less strongly crenated
free edge (Pl. xxi, fig. 86). The anterior section of the cup is rather larger
than the posterior and contains the powerful hook apparatus. This consists of
two large hooks articulating with a small chitinous complex which, in turn, rests
at the end of a long bar of chitin. An intricate system of muscles is developed
in connection with the whole apparatus. The hooks are powerful, sharply-
pointed and curved almost into a semicircle. The basal part of each is broad,
with short irregular projections, the mechanical action of which upon the chitinous
complex probably serves to give perfection to the action of the whole clasping
apparatus. The chitin complex, with which the hooks articulate, rests upon the
top of a long supporting bar and is provided on each side, on its more ventral
120 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
portion, with three long processes, the upper two pairs being the largest; while
the more dorsal part is developed into two pairs of short stout bosses. The hooks
articulate with the complex between the ventral pair of processes. The muscula-
ture of the hook apparatus is attached to these processes. A pair of very large
powerful muscles, lying on either side of the median chitin bar, are inserted on
the common base of the two large more dorsally and posteriorly situated of the
processes, while weaker muscles are attached to the smaller processes. Numerous —
transverse muscles—excessive development of the outer cireular muscle-layer—are
inserted on the longitudinal supporting bar and add to the complexity of the
whole structure. A more weakly developed transverse muscle lies immediately in
front of the longitudinal chitin-bar and lodges a small sesamoid-like piece of
chitin which articulates with the base of the latter.
Immediately internal to the crenated margin of the dise are two rows of
numerous very minute hooks, each with a bifurcated basal attachment (Pl. xxii.,
fig. 84).
The head develops two prominent head-lappets (characteristic of Calceostoma)
provided with the curious ornamentation seen in the figure. The fact that blood-
corpuscles from the host occur in the intestine of the parasite suggests that these
organs have a suctorial function; though it is also possible that an undulating
movement, for which they seem well adapted, would serve to waft food towards
the mouth.
The integument (Pl. xxi., fig. 76) possesses a well developed cuticle, below
whieh lie the musele-layers with which it is connected by a rather loose sub-
cuticular tissue. The outer circular musculature is very poorly developed, and
in places quite absent. The longitudinal layer is strongly marked and interior
to it lies a second circular layer, much more prominent than the outer cireular.
In the posterior region of the animal, behind the intestine, le masses of
unicellular glands which appear to open on the ventral surface.
The mouth lies ventrally immediately behind the lappets and just in front of
the pharynx. The buceal cavity is short; the pharynx large, prominent, and de-
void of gland-cells within its walls. There is no definite oesophagus. The intes-
tine is bifureated, the two limbs joining again behind the testis. Intestinal caeca
ane well developed, especially on the outer side of the intestine, one pair extending
forwards half way along the pharynx. There is a similar posterior extension
considerably behind the connecting piece of the intestinal limbs. The intestine
is lined by a single layer of cells.
In the anterior portion of the body are two great masses of unicellular
glands beginning considerably behind the pharynx at the sides of the body and
eradually broadening out to form two prominent masses just in front of the
pharynx. From each cell a duct is given off (Pl. xxi, fig. 82) uniting with
duets from neighbouring eells. In this way are formed a large number of trans-
verse duets which run below the pharynx and appear to open into the buccal
cavity and, possibly also, into the ventral part of the pharynx.
It is possible that these glands are homologous with the cephalic glands of
ryrodactylidae, the characteristic head-organs of that family, being probably an
accumulation of numerous ducts which are seen separated and distributed in
Dionchus where the arrangement seems to be intermediate between the two types
of structure.
No other glandular organs could be seen in connection with the intestine.
The exeretory system can be observed in serial section lying immediately
below the intestine on each side (PI. xxi., fig. 75) as a tube with a moderate
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 121
lumen containing a small amount of spongy tissue. In close connection with
these ducts are a number of muscle fibres. The tubes extend forward as far as
the pharynx, increasing in size and becoming more infiltrated with spongy con-
nective tissue, then pass forward and downward to open by a number of minute
openings into the posterior portion of the vestibule which is surrounded by the
head lappets (Pl. xxi., fig. 77). Posteriorly the longitudinal ducts ean be traced
as far back aS the end of the intestine. In the region of the pharynx the
excretory ducts give off a large spongy sinus-like extension over this structure,
thus forming a connection between the left and right tubes. Dorsally to the
pharynx this connecting branch also receives two smaller duets which run along
the dorsal surface above the intestine and immediately below the body-wall for
about half the length of the animal.
Two pairs of eyes are present lying below the body-surface, immediately in
front of the pharynx. The anterior eyes are rather farther apart and somewhat
smaller than the posterior. Both pairs, however, are abnormally small and this
may account for their reported absence in the European species. Moreover, in
specimens which have been compressed, the granules of the eyes generally break
apart and this may further account for their not having been found previously
in this genus.
The brain is very feebly developed and is visible in section simply as a
small mass of nervous tissue between and before the eyes. The lateral nerves
could not be observed.
There is a large, very faintly lobed testis reaching back as far as the
posterior junction of the intestinal limbs. The vas deferens is given off from
it anteriorly in the median-ventral line, then passes to the left shghtly and dilates
into a large vesicula seminalis, a second vesicle being formed a little further on.
The vas deferens continues thence as a narrow tube forwards, then backwards
to communicate with the cirrus. Into its most anterior portion opens the duet
from a very prominent prostate gland. The cirrus is a simple ehitinous tube,
passing vertically downwards and giving off a second echitin-tube to the right
(PI. xxii., fig. 81).
The strongly branched ovary lies well in front of the testis. The oviduct
passes almost vertically downward from it (Pl. xxii, fig. 81) after receiving the
yolk from an indistinct yolk-reservoir, then forward as a moderately distinct
tube, opening to the exterior close behind the male genital aperture. The shell-
glands appear to be merely glandular thickenings of the uterine walls. The egg
has not been found. The vitelline system is strongly developed and closely
follows the contour of the intestine, which it almost surrounds, appearing there-
fore, in side view, as a double-layered system. The transverse yolk-duct les im-
mediately in front of the centre of the ovary and opens into the ootype just
before that structure bends down to continue forwards as the uterus.
Found on the gills of the marine jew-fish, Sciaena antarctica Castelnau, from
Caloundra, South Queensland.
Two other species of Calceostoma have already been recorded from marine
fishes, C. calceostoma (Wagener)—usually known as C. elegans Ben.—and C.
imerme P'arona and Perugia, both from Europe. In these species eyes have not
been seen; if they are present, their minute size and the ease with which they
disintegrate may account for their not having been observed. The head-lappets
of C. glandulosum are rather less prominent than those figured for C. calceostoma.
A comparison of the hook apparatus with that of the known species is not pos-
sible, since the descriptions given indicate that certain of its components had
122 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
either been missed, or had dropped off. Wagener’s species is stated to possess a
single large central hook, but it is possible that the minor hooks have not been
observed in this form. In C. inerme, on the other hand, it may be that the large
hooks have dropped off, or, as frequently happens in C. glandulosum, are hidden
by the folding of the clasping disc.
29. FRIDERICIANELLA Brandes, 1894.
Calceostominae. A rather large species (4 to 5 mm. in length) in which
the head-lappets, though prominent, do not attain the extraordinary development
seen in Calceostoma. Glandular protuberance on one side of body. Eyes?
Ovary not branched. Vagina present. Single testis. Intestine similar to that
of Calceostoma.
Ty pe and only known species, /’. ovicola Brandes, from the eggs of Arius
commersonii, a fresh- and brackish-water fish from South Brazil. The male of
this fish carries the eggs in its mouth till the emergence of the young, a fact
which probably accounts for the carious position recorded for the parasite which
we suspect normally infests the gills of its host.
According to Brandes there is a vitello-intestinal duct present, opening ap-
parently on to the dorsal body surface! It seems more reasonable to accept
Goto’s suggestion (1899) that this is the true vagina, the “Seitenwulst” of Brandes
being probably an accessory copulatory organ.
APPENDIX TO Calceostominae.
30. CATHARIOTREMA, n.gen.
In this subfamily is possibly to be included a worm described and figured
by MacCallum (1916) as Monocotyle selachii. The remarkable nature of the
anterior end and the presence of numerous minor suckers on the adhesive dise
seem to exclude the species from that genus. The head-lobes are exceedingly
suggestive of Calceostoma, while the “sense-papillae’” may readily be regarded as
the seattered openings of cephalic glands. If this view be eventually found to
be correct, then the genus, for which the name Cathariotrema is suggested, must
undoubtedly be classed amongst the Calceostominae. Meanwhile, it is simply
classed as an appendix to that group.
Diagnosis :—Rather large forms in which the dise is distinetly broader
than the body and is provided with numerous minute suckers. Two large hooks
and many minor hooks present. Anterior end provided with large lappets, en-
closing the mouth behind. Hyes absent. Intestine bifureated, devoid of caeeca,
and ending blindly behind. Testis and ovary simple. Vagina apparently pre-
sent. Vitelline system very extensive. From the nasal glands of sharks.
Type, C. selachii (MacCallum, 1916) J. & T., from Carcharias obseurus and
Cestracion zygaena (= Sphyrna zygaena)—from Massachusetts.
Subfamily II. DIONCHINAE, n. subfam.
Calceostomidae in which the posterior dise possesses two diminutive major
hooks and at times numerous minor hooks. Distinet head-lappets absent. Eyes
present. Intestine bifureated, devoid of caeca. Testis double (see, however,
Appendix to Dionchinae). Penis simple. Ovary unbranched. Vagina present
or absent.
From the gills of marine fishes.
Including the genera Dionchus Goto, 1899; Dionchotrema, n.gen.; Lophocotyle
Braun, 1896; and possibly Anoplodiscus Sonsino, 1890.
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND Q. W. TIEGS. 123
Monticelli (1903) placed Dionchus, Anoplodiscus, Lophocotyle and Merizo-
cotyle in the Monocotylidae, Anisocotylinae; while Pratt (1900) grouped the
first, third and fourth of these in his key as a separate section of the Monocoty-
lidae, while the second was placed among the Gyrodactylidae.
31. Dioncuus Goto, 1899.
Dionchinae. Goto defined the genus thus:—“Body flat and elongated; with
a single posterior sucker, the inner surface of which is divided by radial ridges
into ten areas, with one pair of chitinous hooks. Mouth at a short distance from
the front end; intestine bifureated, simple. With four eye-spots. Porus geni-
talis communis submarginal. Testes two, one lying in front of the other. No
vagina.”
To this diagnosis may be added:—strone development of cephalic glands
whose duets do not become concentrated into head-organs, but open separately
round the margin of the head. :
Type and only known species, D. agassizi Goto, 1899, from gills of a
marine fish Remora brachyptera. From Newport, Rhode Island, U.S.A.
Goto regards this form as combining Gyrodactylid and Monocotylid echarac-
ters, showing a specially close resemblance to Fridericianella in the former group,
a genus which seems to us to be intermediate between Calceostoma and Dionchus.
32. DIONCHOTREMA, n.gen.
(Syn. Acanthodiscus MacCallum, 1916, nee 1918; nec Uhlig, 1906.)
A small species with the dise distinctly marked off from the body and pro-
vided with two large and numerous smaller hooks. Cephalic glands prominent,
opening” on the surface by scattered apertures. Eyes present. Intestine
bifurcate. Ovary simple. Vagina present. _Vitelline system well developed.
Two testes. Penis simple.
Type (and only known) species, D. remorae (MacCallum, 1916) J. &. T.
From the gills of Heheneis naucrates, from New York Aquarium.
The presence of distinct cephalic glands opening apparently diffusely on
the head, two large discal hooks and a pair of testes show that Dionchotrema is
closely allied to Dionchus. In the latter genus, however, the vagina is lacking.
MacCallum (1916) placed this form in the Family Gyrodactylidae, genus
Acanthodiscus, a name which had not previously been used in connection with
Trematoda. Two years later he employed the same name, designating it as a
new genus, so presumably he had intended employing it as such in 1916, though
it was not so indicated and no generie diagnosis was given. The two species
which he referred to this generic name are considered by us to represent two
different genera and, since the name was already preoccupied by Uhlig in 1906
for a Molluscan genus, we have proposed two new genera viz., Dionchotrema
for his A. remorae, and Protomicrocotyle for his A. mirabilis (see later).
APPENDIX TO Dionchinae.
33. ANOPLODISCUS Sonsino, 1890.
In 1890 Sonsino described a new trematode to which he gave the name
Anoplodiscus richiardit, from the gills of a marine fish, Pagrus orphus. He
regarded it as having affinities with the Tristomids and Gyrodactylids. His
very insufficient description was slightly amplified in 1905 by Monticelli. From
124 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
the account given by the latter it seems possible that the species dealt with is
a member of the Gyrodactyloidea, with affinities towards Dionchus. .
St. Remy and also Perrier regarded it as belonging to the Udoneliidae.
Monticelli placed it in the Calceostominae (1892) but at a later date (1905) con-
sidered it as in no way related to Calceostoma and placed it in the Monocotylidae,
forming with Lophocotyle, Merizocotyle, Dionchus and Lintonia the subfamily
Anisocotylinae, to which reference has already been made. Pratt ineluded it
amongst the Gyrodactylidae. The insufficient descriptions published prevent us
from being able to classify the genus definitely.
It is apparently to be diagnosed as follows:—Body fairly elongate, anterior
end sub-truncate; cephalic glands present (?), opening to anterior end by
numerous scattered apertures. Dise not sharply marked off; devoid of hooks.
Eyes absent. Intestine not bifurcated; extending to posterior end of animal.
Testis and ovary in anterior portion of body; single and not lobed. Penis simple.
Vagina absent.
From the gills of a sea bream, Pagrus orphus (Mediterranean).
Type and only known species, A. richiardii Sonsino, 1890.
V. AppPENDIX TO Gyrodactyloidea.
Subfamily I. ACANTHOCOTYLINAE Montic., 1903.
34. ACANTHOCOTYLE Monticelli, 1888.
Small or medium-sized trematodes in which the posterior dise is provided
with numerous radiating rows of minute hooks; two larger hooks, or a small
terminal accessory dise bearimg minor hooks may be present. Anterior end pro-
vided with head-organs into which unicellular glands open; or (apparently)
with several small suckers. Intestine bilobed, devoid of caeca. Eyes present or
absent. Testis very extensive and in the form of numerous small follicles.
Vagina apparently present. Ovary simple, unbranched. Yolk system very ex-
tensive. Parasitic on the skin of rays.
Type species, A. lobianchi Monticelli, 1888.
Known species: A. lobianchi Montic., 1888; A. oligotera Montic., 1899; A.
elegans Montic., 1890; A. concinna Scott, 1902; A. monticellii Scott, 1902; <A.
verrilli Goto, 1899; A. branchialis Willem, 1906 and A. bothi MacCallum, 1913.
A species which MacCallum (1916) described as A. raiae is clearly not a member
of this genus; no head-organs are mentioned: it appears to be a member of the
Merizocotylinae and has been referred to under Empruthotrema.
The affinities of this genus are doubtful. Both Monticelli and MacCallum
gave an account of species in which they mention the presence of oral suckers.
Goto (1899) deseribed A. verrilli as having cephalic glands opening on the head
in the typical Gyrodactylid manner and as a result of his examination of some
specimens of Monticelli’s A. lobianchi, stated that what this author took for oral
suckers were in reality the openings of glands, similar to those occurring in A.
verrilli. Monticelli (1890, 1899) also described two other forms, A. oligoterus
and A. elegans, which Goto did not re-examine. MacCallum (1913, 1917) de-
scribed another form A. bothi from the United States, in which he saw four pairs
of oral suckers which he ealls tactile areas in his figure (1917, fig. 27), and
actually noticed the worms attaching themselves by these alone. He does not,
however, state whether glands open into these organs or not. MacCallum (1916,
p- 23) regards the genus as belonging to the Gyrodactylidae, while Monticelli
considers it as a member of the Tristomidae (1888) Acanthocotylinae (Montic.,
1903). Until the other species are more fully described it will not be possible
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 125
to determine their systematic position. Monticelli’s subfamily name, Acanthocoty-
linae may be retained at present. Meanwhile, the following suggestions may be
made :—
It seems certain that A. verrilli Goto and A. lobianchi Montic. are Gyrodacty-
loidea, allied, perhaps, to the Gyrodactylinae. The presence of an accessory
armed dise in A. verrilli is suggestive of what occurs in the Lepidotreminae, but
there is probably no real relationship. The follicular nature of the testis shows
Microcotylid affinities, a view which is strengthened when we consider that in this
genus Acanthocotyle we have a transition between head-organs and the oral
suckers of that group. This view is rendered more probable when we remember
that in Empleurodiscus the head-organs are actually protrusible and may there-
fore have some secondary attaching function.
APPENDIX TO Acanthocotylinae.
35. LopHocorTyues Braun, 1896.
Body flat, tongue-shaped, with distinctly marked off head region, at the
front of which two groups of unicellular glands open. Dise large, cireular, pro-
vided with numerous large radial ridges, and a ring of hooklets marginally. In-
testine bifurcate, provided with caeca. Genital pore close behind pharynx just
to left of midline. Testes numerous; vas deferens with large convoluted vesicula;
cirrus with straight spicule. Ovary oval, in front of testis. Vagina ?. Eggs
provided with operculum and with basal filament. Parasites on body of marine
bony fish.
Type and only known species, L. cyclopnora Braun.
From Notothenia sp., locality Puerto Toro (Hamburg Magellan-Expedition).
This genus which, in its form and intestinal characters, reminds one of
Epibdella, is usually considered as a member of the Monocotylidae, but the pre-
sence of glandular head-organs will not admit of its inclusion in that group.
Monticelli (1903, p. 336; 1905, pp. 68-70) grouped it along with Dionchus,
Merizocotyle, Anoplodiscus and Lintonia * in his subfamily Anisocotylinae but
the non-existence of a generic name corresponding with the subfamily designation
prevents the retention of Monticelli’s name. Pratt (1900) placed it next to
Dionchus but the presence of numerous testes and intestinal caeca, as well as the
general structure, seem to us to prevent its inclusion in the Calceostomidae. The
testicular arrangement and general form of the worm remind one of Acanthocotyle
Montie., but the latter does not possess intestinal caeca. In the light of our
present knowledge we propose to attach the genus provisionally as an appendix
to the Acanthocotylinae.
Subfamily II. PROTOMICROCOTYLINAE, n. subfam.
36. PROTOMICROCOTYLE, n.gen.
(Syn. Acanthodiscus MacCallum, 1918, nec 1916; nec Uhhg, 1906.)
An elongate minute form, with distinct dise clearly marked off and bearing
several hooks. Four small suckers towards the posterior end of the body. Pos-
*Lintonia was proposed by Monticelli (1904) to receive NMztzschia papillosa Lin-
ton from Gadus callarias from Massachusetts. We have not been able to consult
Monticelli’s paper but Linton’s figures and short account (1898) show that the
species cannot rightly be included under Witzschia. The general form and the
character of the testes suggest that Zintonia belongs to the Gyrodactylidae but in
view of our lack of information regarding the “lateral suckers,” as to whether they
are “bothria” or else glandular “head-organs,”’ we are unable to state whether the
genus is to be regarded as a member of the Gyrodactyloidea or the Tristomoidea.
126 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
terior part of body-surface apparently developed into spiny papillae. No eyes.
Two mouth suckers present. Small pharynx. Numerous follicular testes and a
long narrow vas deferens. Penis armature in the form of a coronet of spines.
Single ovary. Apparently a single egg with a spine and a long filament.
From the gills of a marine fish, Caranxz hippos—New York Aquarium.
Type and only known species, P. mirabilis (MacCallum, 1918), J. & T.
This remarkable worm was deseribed by MacCallum (1918) under the name
Acanthodiscus mirabile, n.gen. et sp. As already pointed out the generic name
was already preoccupied and therefore not available for use. The name Proto-
microcotyle is therefore suggested and is intended to emphasize the systematic
relationship of the worm.
The presence of a distinct disc and (apparently) of a single egg, suggests
Gyrodactyloid affinities. On the other hand, there are two mouth-suckers, a long
series of testes, a ‘“cirrus-coronet,” and suckers on the posterior portion of the
body, characters which distinguish the Microcotylidae.
MacCallum suggested that the genus was a member of the Gyrodactylidae.
This is clearly incorrect, the entire absence of head-organs serving to exclude it
from that group. Nor is it a true Microcotylid. It seems more probable that
we have here an organism which is intermediate between the Gyrodactyloidea and
the Microcotylidae, with stronger affinities towards the latter group, and that a
more accurate study of its anatomy may lead to its falling into a new family.
For the present it may stand as the type of a new subfamily, Protomicrocotylinae,
whose characters, as far as is now known, would be those of the genus.
List of Australian hosts and gill-parasites referred to in this paper. Freshwater
fish indicated by an asterisk.
Family Dasyatidae (Stingrays).
Urolophus testaceus Muller & Henle Monocotyle robusta J. & T.
Family Plotosidae (Hel catfishes.)
© Tandanus tandanus Mitebell. Anchylodiscus tandani J. and T.
© Neosilurus hyrtlii Steind. Anchylodiscus sp.
Family Serranidae (Perches).
* Therapon carbo Ogilby and MeCulloch. Protogyrodactylus quadratus J. and T.
Daitreosoma constrictum J. and T.
Lepidotrema therapon J. and T.
* Therapon fuliginosus Macleay. Trivitelina subrotunda J. and T.
Lepidotrema fuliginosum J. and T.
Flabellodiscus simplex J. and T.
* Therapon hilli Castln. Daitreosoma bancrofti J. and T.
Lepidotrema tenue J. and T.
* Therapon unicolor Gunther. Empleurosoma pyriforme J. and T.
Empleurodiscus angustus J. and T.
*Plectroplites ambiguus Richdsn. Lepidotes fluviatilis J. and T.
Family Sparidae (Sea breams).
Girella tricuspidata Q. and G. Acleotrema girellae J. and T.
Sparus australis Gunther. Lamellodiscus typicus J. and T.
Family Mullidae (Red Mullets).
Upenaeus signatus Gunther. Haliotrema australe J. and T.
Family Sciaenidae (Jew fishes).
Sciaena antarctica Castln. Calceostoma glandulosum J. and T.
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 127
Acknowledgment is gratefully made to those who have helped us in the
collection of material and the procuring of necessary literature. Miss M. J.
Bancroft, B.Se., collected most of the freshwater species, while to Mr. H. A.
Longman, Director of the Queensland Museum, we are indebted for providing
us with some infected gills from marine fishes. —
To Mr. W. Rainbow, Librarian of the Australian Museum, and Dr. B. H.
Ransom of the U.S. Bureau of Animal Industry our sincerest thanks are due for
providing us with indispensable literature.
List of References.
Benepen, P. J. van, 1858.—Mémoire sur les vers intestinaux. Paris.
BENEDEN, P. J. van, and Hussn, C. E., 1863.—Recherches sur les bdellodes et les
Trématodes marins. Mém. Acad. roy. Belg., 34, pp. 1-150.
Branpus, G., 1894.—Fridericianella ovicola n.g., n.sp. Ein neuer monogenetischer
Trematod. Abh. naturf. Ges. Halle, 20.
Braun, M., 1890.—Trematoda—in Bronn’s Thierreich, 4, (Liefg. 17).
——,, 1896—(Report on) Trematoden. Ergebn. Hamburg Magalh. Sammelreise,
1 (6), 8 pp.
CERFONTAINE, P., 1894—Note sur un nouveau Tristomien: Merizocotyle diaphanum
ng. msp. Bull. Acad. roy. Belg., 27, pp. 936-948.
, 1898.—Le genre Merizocotyle. Arch. Biol., 15, pp. 329-360.
CHATIN, J., 1874.—Etudes sur les helminthes nouveaux ou peu connus. Ann. Sei,
Nat. Ser. 6,1 (6). 18 pp.
Cooper, A. R., 1915—Trematodes from marine and freshwater fish, ete., Trans.
Roy. Soc. Canada, 9, pp. 181-205.
CrepLin, F. C., 1839.—“Hindeweidewurmer” in Ersch. u. Gruber’s Allg. Encycl.
d. Wiss. u. Kiinste, 32, pp. 277-302.
Digesinec, K. M., 1850.—Systema helminthum, Vol. 1.
——, 1858.—Revision der Myzhelminthen. Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Math-nat.
Cl., 32, pp. 347-381.
Goto, 8., 1899.—Notes on some exotic species of ectoparasitie trematodes. Journ.
Coll. Sci. Tokyo, 12, pp. 263-295.
— and Krxucui, H., 1917.—Two new trematodes of the Family Gyrodactyli-
dae. Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, 34, Art. 4.
JAEGERSKIOLD, L. <A., 1897.—Ueber Micropharynx parasitica, nu.g., n.sp. Hine
ektoparasitische Triclade. Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Férh., 1896 (1897), pp. 707-714.
Jounston, T. H., and Bancrorr, M. J., 1921—The freshwater fish epidemics in
Queensland Rivers. Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’land, 33, pp. 174-210.
KatHarIner, L., 1893.—Die Gattung Gyrodactylus. Arb. zool. Inst. Wurtzburg,
10, pp. 127-164.
Linton, E., 1898.—Notes on Trematode parasites of fishes. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
20, pp. 507-548.
Lune, M., 1909.—Trematodes—in Siisswasserfauna Deutschlands. Heft 17.
MacCatuum, G. A., 1913.—Notes on four Trematode Parasites of Marine Fishes.
Centrbl. Bakt., i., 70 (7), pp. 407-416.
——, 1915.—Some new species of Eetoparasitic Trematodes. Zoologica, 1 (20),
pp. 395-410.
—,, 1916..—Some new species of parasitic Trematodes of marine fishes. Zoo-
pathologica, 1 (1), pp. 5-38.
—, 1917.—Some new forms of parasitic worms. Zoopathologica, 1 (2), pp-
45-75.
128 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
——, 1918.—Notes on the genus Telorchis and other Trematodes. Zoopatholo-
gica, 1 (3), pp. 81-98.
MacLaren, N., 1903.—Beitrage zur Kenntnis einiger Trematoden. Diplectanum
aequans Wag. Inaug. Diss. Jena. Zeitsch. f. Naturwiss., 38, pp. 573-618.
Monticetut, F. S., 1888.—Saggio di una Morfologia dei Trematodi. (Thesis, R. .
Univ. Naples).
——, 1889.—Ancyrocephalus paradoxus Creplin e revisione del genere Tetra-
onchus Diesing. Nota preliminaire. Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli, ser. 1, 3 (2),
pp. 113-116.
——, 1890.—Note elmintologiche. Boll. Soc. Nat. Napok, 4 (2), pp. 189-208.
—, 1892.—Cotylogaster michaelis n.g., n.sp., e revisione degli Aspidobothridae.
Festschr. z. 70 Geburtstage Leuckarts, pp. 168-214. Leipzig.
——, 1899.—Il genere Acanthocotyle. Arch. Parasitol., 2 (1), pp. 75-120.
——, 1903.—Per una nuovo classificazione degli Heterocotylea. Monit. Zool.
ital., Firenze, 14 (12), pp. 334-336.
——, 1904.—I] genere Lintonia Montic. Arch. Zool. Napoli, 2 (1), pp. 117-124.
——, 1905.—Osservazione intorno ad alcune specie di Heterocotylea. Boll. Soe.
Nat. Napoli, 1904 (1905), 18, pp. 65-80.
Norpmann, A. V., 1832.—Mikrographische Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der wir- '
bellosen Thiere. Heft 1. Berlin. 3
Ousson, P., 1869.—Nova genera parasitantia Copepodorum et Platyelminthum.
Acta Univ. Lund, Afd. Math. Naturvet., 1868 (1869), 6 (8), 6 pp.
——, 1893.—Bidrag till Skand. Helminthfauna ii. MW. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl.,
25, pp. 1-45.
Perrier, E., 1897.—Traité de Zoologie. Fase. 4.
Parona, C., and Perugia, A., 1889—Di alcuni Trematodi ectoparassiti di pesei
adriatici. Ann. Mus. civ. Genova, 9, pp. 16-32.
Perugia, A., and Parona, C., 1890.—Nuovo osservazioni sull’Amphibdella tor-
pedinis Chatin. Ann. Mus. civ. Genova, 9, 1890, pp. 363-367. :
Prarr, H. 8., 1900.—North American Invertebrates, 13, Trematodes. Part 1,
The Heterocotylea or monogenetic forms. Amer. Nat., 34, pp. 645-662.
Sr. Remy, G., 1891.—Synopsis des Trématodes monogénéses. Rev. Biol. Nord
France, 3, pp. 405-416; pp. 449-457; 4, pp. 1-21; pp. 90-107.
——, 1898.—Complément du Synopsis des Trématodes monogénéses. Arch.
Parasitol., 1, pp. 521-571.
Sonsino, P., 1890—Di un nuovo Trematode raccolto dal Pagrus orphus. Pr.
verb. Soc. Tose. Sc. Nat., Nov. 1890 (16) 2 pp.; Arch. Ital. Biol. 15, pp.
147-8.
Scorr, T., 1902.—Notes on some parasites of fishes. Rep. Fisheries Bd. Scotland,
3, pp. 137-151.
Srarrorp, J., 1904——Trematodes from Canadian Vertebrates. Zool. Anz., 27,
1904, pp. 481-495.
Stites, C. W., and Hassauu, A., 1908.—Index Catalogue of Medical and Veterin-
ary Literature—Trematoda, ete. U.S. Publ. Health Service, Bull. 37.
TASCHENBERG, E. O., 1878—Helminthologisches. Z. f. ges. Naturwiss. Halle, 51,
pp. 562-577.
Vaw Curve, H. J., 1921—Notes on two genera of ectoparasitic trematodes from
freshwater fishes. Jowrn. Parasitol., 8 (1), pp. 33-39.
Wacener, G. R., 1857.—Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Hingeweide-
wiirmer. Natuurk. Verh. Holland. Maatsch. Wetensch. Haarlem, 13, 112 pp.
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 129
WEGENER, G., 1910.—Die Ektoparasiten der Fische ostpreussens. Inaug. Diss.
Jena.
Wittem, V., 1906.—Deux Trematodes nouveaux par la faune belge. Bull. Acad.
roy. Belg., pp. 599-612.
Explanation of lettering.
a.d. attaching disc; b.c. buceal cavity; b.ej. bulbus ejaculatorius; br. brain;
c.. cirrus; ¢.b.a. chitinous basal apparatus; c.g. cephalic glands; e.m.l. cireular
muscle layer; ¢.s. cirrus-sac; ct. cuticle; ¢.v.d. converging vitelline ducts; d. ducts
from glands; d.p. dermal papillae; e. eggs; E. eye; ex. excretory ducts; ez.o.
opening of excretory ducts; g.c. gland-cells; g.ch. genital chamber; g.o. one of
the female genital openings; #. major hook; h.a. hook apparatus in section; h.l.
head-lappet; h.o. “head-organ”’; 7. intestine; i.c. intestinal caeca; i.c.l. inner ecir-
cular muscle-layer; J.m.l. longitudinal musele-layer; m. mouth; m.h. minor hooks;
od. oviduct; oe. oesophagus; ov. ovary; p.g. penial glands; ph. pharynx; pr.
prostate gland; p.t. padding tissue; pt. vd. posterior transverse vitelline duct;
rs. receptaculum seminis; s.c.t. subcuticular tissue; sh.g. shell-glands; s.m.
sphincter muscle; s. spine; ¢. testis; t.vd. transverse vitelline duct; w.o. uterine
opening; wt. uterus; v. vitellaria; v.d. vas deferens; v.g. vagina; v.g.c. gland-
cells whose ducts open ventrally; v.r. vitelline reservoir; v.s. vesicula seminalis;
x. opening of transverse vitelline duct into intestine.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX—XXII.
Plate ix.
Figs. 1-5. Protogyrodactylus quadratus.
1. Entire animal, ventral view; 2. Cirrus ‘and adjacent structures; 3. Transverse
section through posterior transverse yolk-duct, showing opening into the intestine;
4. Longitudinal vertical section at about mid-region of worm; 5. Egg.
Plate x.
Fig. 6. Protogyrodactylus quadratus.
Disc in ventral view.
Fig. 7. Trivitellina subrotunda.
Entire animal, ventral view.
Figs. 8-9. Anchylodiscus tandani.
8. Entire animal, ventral view; 9. Disc in side view.
Plate xi.
Figs. 10, 12-14. Haliotrema australe.
10. Disc in ventral view; 12. Major hooks and supporting apparatus; 13. Entire
animal, ventral view; 14. Cirrus.
Fig. 11. Anchylodiscus tandani.
To show the relative size of egg.
Plate. xii.
Figs. 15-19. Daitreosoma constrictum.
15. Entire animal; 16. Attaching disc; 17. Egg; 18. Large hooks; 19. Trans-
verse section in region of body constriction.
Plate xiii.
; Fig. 20. Daitreosoma constrictum.
Reproductive organs.
130 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES,
Figs. 21-22. Daitreosoma bancrofti.
21. Reproductive organs: 22. Head.
Figs. 23-25. Acleotrema girellae.
23. Portion of disc viewed from its anterior side, to show articulation of major
hooks. Three minor hooks are also shown; 24. Entire animal showing its capacity
for great elongation; 25. Disc in ventral view.
Plate xiv.
Figs. 26-30. <Acleotrema girellae.
26. Entire animal; 27. Entire animal, showing excretory and digestive systems;
28. Skin papillae; 29. Genital organs of adult; 30. Genital organs from young
animal.
Fig. 31. Empleurosoma pyriforme.
Transverse section through anterior end.
Plate xv.
Figs. 32-34. Empleurosoma pyriforme.
32. Entire animal; 33. Anterior end; 34. Transverse section of intestine.
Figs. 35-37. Lepidotrema therapon.
35. Entire animal; 36. Anterior end; 37. Egg.
Plate xvi.
Figs. 38-42. Lepidotrema therapon.
38. Male reproductive organs; 39. Cirrus; 40. (a) Disc, ventral view; (b) Disc,
lateral view; (c) Ventral major hook; (d) Dorsal major hook; (e) Basal supporting
apparatus; (f) Toothed-disc (squamodisc); 41. Young animal; 42. Disc, to show
arrangement of minor hooks. Those of dorsal side are blackened; those of other
side not so.
Fig. 43. L. tenue.
Disc.
Fig. 44. ZL. fuliginosum.
Disc.
N.B. Figs. 42, 43, 44 are drawn in approximately identical positions,
in order to show the relative positions of the minor hooks.
Plate xvii.
Figs. 45-49. Lepidotrema therapon.
45. Longitudinal vertical section through posterior region, to show the great ac-
cumulation of yolk; 46. Longitudinal vertical section through entire animal; 47.
Transverse section of male and female reproductive organs; 48. Transverse section
through anterior end, in region of pharynx ; 49. Transverse section in region of shell-
glands.
Figs. 50-51. Lepidotrema fuliginosum.
50. Reproductive organs; 51. Opening of vagina and transverse vitelline tubes
into female duct.
Plate xviii.
Figs. 52-53. Lepidotrema tenue.
52. Entire animal; 53. Reproductive organs.
Figs. 54-55. Flabellodiscus simplex.
54. Reproductive organs; 55. Nervous system.
Plate xix.
Figs. 56-60. Empleurodiscus angustus.
56. Entire animal; 57. Transverse section in region of transverse yolk-duct; 58.
Cirrus with “prostate” gland; 59. Egg:60. Head end, showing partial projection
of “head-organs.”
BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND OQ, W. TIEGS. 131
Figs. 61-62. Flabellodiscus simplex.
61. Young form; 62. (adult) Transverse section through anterior end.
Figs. 63-64. Empleurodiscus angustus.
63. Toothed disc; 64. Posterior disc in actual attachment to gill-filament as
viewed from ventral side, through the gill-tissue.
Plate xx.
Figs. 65-72: Lepidotes fluviatilis.
65 Entire animal; 66: Reproductive organs slightly diagrammatic; 67. Disc.
ventral view; 68. Transverse section through head region; 69. Toothed disc; 70.
Head of half-grown animal; 71. (adult) Transverse section through region posterior
to testis; 72. Young animal (ventral view).
Plate xxi.
Fig. 73. Lepidotes fluviatilis.
Transverse section through region of cirrus.
Figs. 74, 78, 78a. Lamellodiscus typicus.
74. Disc; 78. Entire animal; 78a. Cirrus.
Figs. 75-77. Calceostoma glandulosum.
75. Transverse section in region of oviduct; 76. Transverse section of skin; 77.
To show excretory openings in head region.
‘ Plate xxii.
Figs. 79-86. Calceostoma glandulosum.
79. Entire animal; 80. Head in side view; 81. Reproductive organs; 82. A
small portion of the cephalic glands; 83 To show the articulation of the hooks;
84. Two minute hooks; 85. Hook apparatus of disc; 86. Disc, ventral view.
132
A SECOND BIRD CENSUS.
By J. B. Cuevanp, M.D.
[Read 3lst May, 19221]
I have previously in the Hmu (Birds of the Pilliga Serub, xviii., 1919, p.
272) deseribed the method I have adopted for obtaiming a fair general idea
of the actual numbers of our native birds. This consists in noting down, much
as one scores the runs at cricket, the numbers of each kind of bird as one sees
them whilst motoring, driving or walking. The reliability of the method de-
pends on the ease with which any particular species can be seen, flushed or
otherwise recognised. The distance on each side of the track over which they
can be identified: will also vary much, both with the species of bird and the
type of country. Large birds, such as hawks, in open country may be seen on
each side, say, for a quarter of a mile, small birds keeping to cover. perhaps for
only a chain or so, whilst in dense serub only the birds immediately beside - the
road can be counted. Nevertheless, with such imperfections, the method seems
sufficiently reliable to be worth placing the results on record, and these results
should give us some idea at least of the actual numbers of certain species over
certain areas. Perhaps 50 or 100 years hence, some one may cover again the
same ground—and in this hope the details of the journeys taken are given, with
the time of year, weather notes and present appearance of the country—and
compare his results with those of to-day. A first Census, covering nearly the
same distance as the present one but along different routes, has been submitted
to “The Emu” for publication, but is appearing in such a reduced form that
much of its value to the bird-observer of the future will be lost. The bird
names and numbers are taken from the Check-List in Vol. xii. of “The Emu.”
The area covered by the present census has been divided into six districts
(A, B, ete.) and comprises the birds seen on 49 journeys, usually by motor ear
but occasionally whilst walking or driving in a coach. Some of the journeys
cover the same ground as previous ones, usually representing the return. Such
further covering of the same tract is indicated by the letters a, b, ¢, ete., after
the number. These later trips along the same road may be considered as equi-
valent to parallel traverses. They also act as a check on the reliability of this
method of census-taking and indicate to a certain extent the fluctuations of the
bird population and the degree of variation that may be found along one track.
The distance traversed was approximately 1318 miles, the number of species
of native birds seen was about 140 and the individuals of these counted was
BY J. B. CLELAND. 133
more than 11,249. In addition 5 introduced species and 4754 individuals of
these were noted. About 9 native birds were seen, on an average, per mile
covered.
Of Emus, 25 were met with in 3 districts on 4 journeys. Ground Doves are
widely distributed, 23 being seen on 10 journeys in 5 districts. The Crested
Pigeon is common in certain interior localities, 63 being noted on 12 journeys.
Attention may again be called to the scarcity of birds of prey, only 138 being
met with along the 1318 miles, or less than 1 to every 10 miles. These birds
are so conspicuous and can be seen in most parts at such a distance that the
smallness of their numbers in comparison with other birds is accentuated.
Galahs are of course common in many inland areas, 241 being counted.
Sixty-three Laughing Jackasses were seen on 12 journeys in 3 districts, being
about 1 to every 21 miles. They are less numerous in South Australia, in which
many of the journeys were taken, than in New South Wales. Fifty-eight Bee-
eaters were seen, their presence depending on the time of year.
The useful swallows are, one is glad to see, abundant. The Weleome Swal-
low and Martins were seen in all districts and on 38 and 37 journeys respectively ;
644 Weleome Swallows and 1722 Fairy and Tree Martins were counted. Only
25 Brown Flyeatchers or Jacky Winters were met with, these birds not being
numerous in South Australia. Robins were few. The Willie Wagtail and the
Ground Lark (Anthus) are two of our most widely distributed birds, each being
found on 37 journeys, the numbers seen being 177 and 410 respectively or about
1 to every 74 and 3 miles. Graucalus melanops is widely distributed but not
numerous. Ephthianura albifrons is fairly common, 324 being seen on 15 jour-
neys. The figures for the Acanthizas are certainly much too low. Only 42
Harmonious Thrushes were seen or heard on 12 journeys; 271 Wood-Swallows
were counted—with most species of this genus, the number depending on the
time of year; 179 Grallinas (Magpie-Larks) were noted on 23 journeys or 1 to
about every 7 miles. In suitable country the Whiteface (Aphelocephala) was
common (169). Only 29 Tree-Creepers were seen. The Honey-eaters, except the
larger forms, are probably much under-estimated. 283 Minahs (of the two
species) were seen on 29 journeys or one to 44 miles. Crows are ubiquitous,
1128 being counted on 35 journeys in all districts. Of Magpies, one is glad to
notice an abundance, especially in South Australia; 920 were noted on 41 journeys
in all the districts or about one to every 1.4 miles travelled. One regrets to see
the abundance and wide distribution of sparrows and starlings.
Journeys undertaken.
District A.—Southern Coastal Queensland.
A1l.—Gympie to Imbil, motor, 23 miles, August 28, 1921. 8 am. to 11 am.,
cool, sunny. Open forest mostly with grass land. Ala.—Return, August 29, 1.30
to 3.15 pm., drizzling rain in part. A2—Imbil to 6 miles west, motor, August
28. Mild, mostly sunny. Forest, some brush and ereeks. A3.—Brisbane, via
Goodna and Ipswich, to Mt. Crosby Reservoir and on to Cabbage Tree Reservoir,
motor, 40 miles, August. 10.30 am. to 2 p.m. Bright day, breezy, moderately
cool. Mostly open forest. A3a.—Return by northern side of Brisbane R. to
Indooroopilly Ferry, 24 miles, 4 to 5.30 p.m.
District B—Blue Mts., N.S.W.
B1.—Mt. Victoria to Jenolan Caves, motor, 36 miles, Nov. 7, 1919. Morning,
bright, sunny. Bla.—Return, Nov. 8, afternoon. B2.—Mittagone to Bullio,
LY
134 A SECOND BIRD CENSUS,
walking, 22 miles, Nov. 28, 1919. Warm, rather cloudy. Partly farms, partly
sandstone and forest. B3.—Bullio to Wombeyan Caves, walking, 20 miles, Nov.
29. Cloudy, then a drizzle for half-way, muggy. Down to Wollondilly R. and
up again. Trees. B4.—Wombeyan Caves to Taralga, driving in sulky, 21 miles,
Dee..1, morning. Cool, cloudy. Hilly, wooded except last 6 miles. B5.—Taralga
to Goulburn, motor, 28 miles, Dec. 1, 5 to 6.45 p.m. Cool.
District C.—S.W. Plains, N.S.W.
C1.—Yaneo to Leeton, motor, 4 miles, Nov. 20, 1919, midday. C2.—Leeton
to 11 miles W., motor, Nov. 21. Fairly warm, windy, rather dusty. C2a.—Re-
turn, morning. C3.—Leeton, via Whitton and Yenda, to Mirroul, motor, 50
miles, Nov. 21, afternoon. C3a.—Return, 16 miles only.
District D—Adelaide District.
D1—Adelaide to Mt. Compass, via Willunga, motor, 40 miles, Oct. 26, 1920, _
morning. Sunny, but with showers, cool. Open clear country with fields. and
vineyards for 34 miles, then 3 miles through forest, then 3 miles of mallee and
swamps. Dla.—Return, 32 miles only. D1b.—Same journey, Feb. 5, 1921, warm
to hot. Dle—Return, Feb. 6. D1ld—Same journey, Nov., 1921, 38 miles.
Dle—Return. D2.—Enecounter B. to Waitpinga, buggy, 8 miles, Jan., 1921, 9.30
to 11 am. Breezy sunny day, cool. D2a—Return, 4.30 to 6 p.m. -D3.—Ade-
laide to Strathalbyn, motor, 36 miles, Nov., 1921. D4 —Strathalbyn to Welling-
ton, 30 miles. D5.—Wellington to Point Macleay, 30 miles. D5a.—Return.
D6.—Wellington to Milang, Finniss and Giolwa, 47 miles.
District H—Renmark District.
E1l.—Morgan to Cobdogla (L. Bonney), motor, 57 miles, Jan. 1, 1921, 2 to
4.30 p.m. Muggy, cloudy, sultry. In parts cleared and almost treeless, but
mostly mallee and sometimes yellow sand and pines, occasionally near the river.
Ela—Return, via Monash, 75 miles, Jan. 8.. Hot. E2.—Berri to 2 miles on
Cobdogla road, Jan. 3, bright, sunny, windy, cool. E3.—Berri to Barmera, 10
miles, Jan. 3. E4—Cobdogla to Berri, 14 miles, Jan. 3. E5.—Berri, via Ren-
mark, to near N.S.W. border and then north, 44 miles, Jan. 4,2 to 7 p.m. Fairly
warm. Orchards and mallee, skirting Murray R. and adjacent billabongs for
some distance, some miles of saltbush, some tracts of pine. E6.—About 70 miles
N.E. of Berri, 25 miles, Jan. 5, 8 to ll am. Hot. Belah, mallee, ete. E5+6a.—
Return to 8 miles from Renmark, 75 miles, Jan. 6, 11.30 am. to 7 p.m. Hot.
E7.—Berri to Renmark, 14 miles, Jan. 7, 9 to 10.30 am. Hot. Orchards, mal-
lee. H7a.—Return, 3 to 4 p.m.
District F.—Central North of South Australia.
F1—Quorn to Richi-Tichi Pass, 8 miles, motor, Aug. 14, 1921, afternoon.
Mild, sunny. Plain, then between hills. Fla.—Return. F2.—Parachilna to 10
miles west near L. Torrens, coach, 10 miles, Aug. 19, afternoon. Sunny, cool.
Saltbush plains, then low sandhills. F2a.—Return. F3.—Parachilna to Blin-
man, coach, 12 miles only, Aug. 20, 3.30 to 5.45 p.m. Sunny, cool. 6 miles
across plains of saltbush and tobacco. Rest up mountain gorges ascending to
plateau at 2,000 ft. F3a—Return, whole way, 20 miles, Aug. 22. Showery, cold.
F4.—Blinman to Wirrialpa Stn., coach, 24 miles, Aug. 21. Mild, sunny, windy.
Along plateau, then gradually descending through gum ereeks and over downs
covered with saltbush, cassia, ete. F4a—Return. F5.—Pt. Augusta west to
Tron Knob, motor, 50 miles, Aug. 23, morning. Bright, sunny. Across saltbush
plains and past oceasional low hills with scattered mulga. F5a.—Return, 34.
miles only, 4 to 5.30 p.m.
BY J. B. CLELAND. 135
List of species and numbers of Birds observed.
1. Dromaius novae-hollandiae (Emu). C3a (2)*, E5 (11),
BO Gar(O) eee, (Bi) ram eee eur atee vel ULNA Me Geen tny einai cy Aer un Dey
otubble @ vail DT) Geile es eae Ua Une Ci ev Miler i= ali
Quail. A2 (2), B4 (1), D2 (1), H546a (1). ........ 4 4 £5
27. Geopelia tranquilla (Ground Dove). Al (1), Ala (2),
(7), B2 (2), '€2 (1), C3 (1), Bila) (1), #3 a F3a ie
F4a (2). ae 5—10— 23
30. Phaps auiloyeiee (Siem brace) fpieeon “Be (2), D2
(1), F4a (1) (“bronze-wing”). .. i .. 3 3 4
39. Ocyphaps lophotes (Crested Pigeon). El (3), ‘Bla. (2), H4
(1), E5 (17), EG (2), E546a (14), a) ee); F3
(3), F3a (2), F4 (9), F4a (4). .. ‘ ... 2-12— 63
40. Leucosarcia picata (Wonga-Wonga Teheran) “BB ). aniigey) lela cl
Wiaterhensau C3 (2) Coan Gh) eines nveiieceil tetera: Siac Viste ISS ep
Coots surg (Ses Wes cane ueese america Wistar onh a | every calenu Ullmer ILE aS
Mberaas, IDS ER (SNe be) a6 bs AG Ee Me a ea wl ES es)
119. Larus novae-hollandiae (Silver Gull). Ne (17), Dida (35),
DOM (Oe ue ee MTA ae alNiers 8 ya] Mee eB
128. Lobivanellus lobatus (Spouns areal lover), D5 (9), D6 (8). 1— 2— 17
130. Zonifer pectoralis Ce a Plover). C3a (1), D5
(5), E5+6a (5)... .. BRS Ges ch tS Ne ROL MERE eee ot (OTE
Plover. Ala (2), F5a (1). ae abe ec BeN Iasi kere eS
138. <Aegialitis ruficapilla (Red- eenyied Dovel ips (2)..... l-1— 2
139. A. wgrifrons (Black-fronted Dottrel). A3 (2), B3 (2), C2
} C4 CSh (2) DoE (2N al Si) MeN seein city iter Arte N cule aly Oeneru(One- cll
(175. Ibis molucea (Glossy Ibis). C2 (3), C2a (4), C3 (9), D5
(1), D5a (2), D6 (3). ; Be as DE Gas 22,
176. Carphibis spinicollis (Straw! teeeed Te) Al (1), Ala
(2), C2 (11), C3 (9), D6 (17), HS (2)... ow. 4 6— 42
185. Notophoyx novae-hollandiae (White-fronted Heron), C2
(2), C3a (1), D2 (1), D6 OE EA 2—4—- 9
186. N. pacifica (Pacifie Heron). C2 (1), C3 ay 3a. (1). 1— 3— 38
198. Chenopis atrata (Black Swan). “D6 (31), E5 (14), F5 (2),
Fda (2). He - ue ee ee F 4— 49
202. Coreonsen novae- ia ieariclitge (Cape Barron) Gone): D5a (5). 1—1— 5
203. Chlamydochen jubata (Wood Duck). B3 (102)... .. 1— 1— 10
207. Casarca tadornoides (Mountain wae D5 ebay 20),
Dda (about 150)... .. ! 1— 2— 350
208. Anas superciliosa (Black Duck). C2 (4), F3a [aby cava 2 2— 9 5
Duck. D6 (6), Ela (2), E5 oy a (3), Fda 2). 3— 5— 77
Black Shags. D5 (5). .. I— 1—_- ‘5
Shags. A2 (1), F5a @woe Mees a lalla a) ue eo San SDS MM areca raf
233. Pelecanus conspicillatus (Pelican). A3 (1), D4 (1), D5
(MieDon CLM DO ACG) R ey UE) ACN AR GE Rom sata oon
Owl Bs Gy. a wiles iiehels seb meee pee seo collet Hees 08 Vi
243. Uroaetus audax (Wedeetailed Hagley, D2 (2), E6 (1),
Eva (1), Fla (1%), F3 (3), F3a (6), F4 (1), F4a (4),
*C3a indicates the district and journey, while the number in brackets shows
the number of individuals of the species observed. 3
+The three numbers indicate respectively the numbers of districts, journeys, and
total birds of the species observed.
A SECOND BIRD CENSUS,
F5 (1). Beer aneste sis CALMS
Haast, phenuras | (Whistling Fagle). Dia (a) ee
Kites. 3 (2), F3a (4), F4 (1), F4a (1).
Falco ae (Black Faleon)? E5 (3).
Hieracidea berigora (Brown Hawk). B1 (22), E5 ay. a
Hs conch ots (Nankeen Kestrel). Bl (1), C3 (1),
C3a (3), D (2, 2, a ie —, 3, 1,1, —, 7, 2,1, 4), E6 (2),
cs, F3a (6), F4 (1), F4a (2), F5 Oe See ser hire lanes
Hawks, small. Bl eh, D3 (1), E6 (1).
Hawks, medium-size. Al (1). ..
Hawks, large. Bl (1), Bla (3), B3 (4), 2 (2), a (3),
3 (3), D1 (1), Dla (1), D6 (2), E5 (3), ce ‘a.
(3), F4a (6), F5 (3). ; :
Hawks, large, white rump. D1 (1), DS (a). SCTE Nee
Hawks. B2 (1), B4 ay B5 oe D4 (1), D5 fal ), D6 (1),
F3 (2), F3a (38). an I Ata ate Ure cesta teres
Total Action rorme™ : Bolen
Trichoglossus swainsoni (Blue Mountain Theses Al
(291), Ala (66+-13 flocks), A2 (4), D2 (10), D2a (16).
T. swainsoni, ee A3 (141 “ek A3a (39411
flocks). as a
Glossopsitta concinna ‘leas enkecny olen (6). :
G. porphyrocephala (Purple-crowned mine Dia (2),
D2 (6), D2a (7). Se RE REESE ue
Lorikeets, unidentified. B2 (3), B3 (21), BS (8), D1 C
flock), Dlb (6), Dle (7), D6 (1 flock), F1 (1 flock).
Lorikeets, small, unidentified. Al (53), Ala (1 flock). ..
Cacatua leadbeateri (Major Mitchell Sve K6 (4),
E5+ 6a (4). st Aes cece eae eat
C. gymnopis (Bare: eyed Cockatoo). F3a (56), F4 (1),
F4a (1). : LE ieee etme yrs me at
C. Peseiearilta) (Galah). “C2 (26), ‘C2a (13), C3 (4),
C3a (18), ES (2), E6 (25), EH5+46a (68), F2 (10),
F2a (3), F3 (3), F3a (9), F4 (16), F4a (44). ..
Calopsitta novae-hollandiae (Cockatoo Parrot). C2 (8), C3
(5). ere tier
Piatyoorcis pennant (Crimson Parrot). BL @), Bla (1),
B2 (6), B38 (7), B4 (4). .. 2. ,
P. adelaidae (Adelaide Parrot). Die (1), D2. (40), Dea
(62), D3 (24), D6 (1). ent Cea a
P. eximius (Rosella), BQ. (41), BS (12), “BA (6), B5 (32).
Barnardius barnardi (Ring-necked Parrot). C3a (5), E5
(62), E6 (4), E546a (54), Fla (2), F3 (1), F8a (11),
F4 (10), F4a (20). SNS DR AMER ae PIU se i el
Psephotus iuematonaston (Blue Bonnet). C3a (3), E5 (7).
P. multicolor (Many-coloured Parrot). E5+-6a (14)
P. haematonotus (Red-backed Parrot). Cl (7), C2 (2)
C3 (7), C3a (23), Dle (3), Dle (8), D3 (2), D4 (322).
P. sp., Murray R. near Renmark. Ela (1), E5 (40),
E5+6a (71). BT BAU ey oes at sn
Psephotus, naan nod! El (3), B3 aby, PL (8), F5a (8 ).
Euphema elegans (Grass Parrot). Dlb (3), D2a (8).
3— 9— 20
1—_1 1
14 8
1—1 3
= 8}
5—20— 46
3— 3— 3
1a
514 36
I— 2—_ 2
3— 8— 15
138
2— 5— 4004
I— 2— 52+
1— 1 6
1I— 3— 15
3— 8— 48+
I1— 2— 54+
[=o eS
1— 3— 58
3—13— 241
1— 2— 13
1— 5— 21
1— 5— 128
1— 4— 91
3— 9— 169
a OL id)
1— 1— 14
OME
1— 3— 112
2—4— 20
1— 2 11
333.
341.
345.
349.
361.
384.
385.
386-7.
BY J. B. CLELAND,
Melopsittacus undulatus Cea. El (2), H5 (28),
E5+6a (50). ARERR co Pac Cac 0
Parrots, vi dentinedl) BS (5), “Fla (2).
Eurystomus pacificus (Dollar Bird). Prag (2).
vena gigas as Jackass). it (@)p Ala (9), ‘Aa
(2), (1, 2, 17, 9, 10, —), D2 t. D2a (4), D4 ee
Dda a
Halcyon Seater (Sacred Kingfisher), B3 3), Coe a),
(1), Dle (2). AAR eat cn :
Swifts. B4 (9). Meee ear e satetcslteuvecet este
Cuculus pallidus (Pallid Gackoo)) Be (Gece
Cuckoos, large, unidentified (mostly heard). B2 o,
(14), B4 (1), D3 (1), D5 (1), Fl (2).
Lamprococcyx sp. (Bronze Cuckoo)! Bd Gye es
Hirundo neoxena (Weleome Swallow). Al (5), A3 (13),
TAS ayn) ensign (Aspro, ulige eile nue 3) sun (ox indi Onn Ost 4))'5
D (2, 4, ah 1, 21, 22, —, —, 13, 27, 64, 101, ap El (2 ),
E2 (9), H3 (23), H4 (2 ), B5 (103), F (4, 4, —, 2, 3, 3, 2,
By) 5) ae Pedi
Cheramoeca lewcosternum (White- Wacked iswallow): “Da (3),
D5da (2), Ela (3), E3 (7), E4 (5), ES (9), Fla (2%),
F3. (2), F3a (1), er (PAE Se los Sibu lo Rolo eeeect mien
Petrochelidon nigricans and ariel. (Tree and Fairy Mar-
tins). Al (49), Ala (3), A3 (1), B (—, —, 47, 1, 21, 18),
C (8, 84, 174, 56, 37), D (7, 4, 16, 12, —, 8, —, —, 47,
425, 6, —, 122), E (53, 2, 2, 4, 2; 26; 1, 346, 45, ), F
(—, 28, —, —, 6, 33, 21, 9, 2, —). Ale Berea ects
Swallows, unidentified. A3 (12), F4a (1).
Microeca fascinans (Jacky Winter, Beam Flycatcher).
Ala (8), A2’.(2), A3a (1), B2 (1), B3 (3), Dia (1),
1D) (@)y Py (Gb) Ardila (Gly al), (@))). TOBIAS i age
Petroica leggit (Searlet-breasted Robin). B2 (2), Dle (1).
P. goodenovii (Red-capped Robin). B2 (2), F3 (1), F4 (1).
P. sp., hens or unidentified. Bla ee B3 (2), B4 (1), F2
(@)pW3a ) ee Hd (1). SERRE SIDE muses u chaos
Melanodryas ces (Hieoded Robin)! BS (1), Dle (2), D3
(1), D6 (1), E5 (2), F3a (3), F4 (1?), F4a (1)... 2...
Falcunculus Hee, nN Shrike-tit). B2 (1),
Did (1). } TUS Niae eke
Oreotea cpbtote (Crested Bell- realy) 6 ape
Pachycephala rufiventris (Rufous-breasted Thickhead) (anos
ly heard). B2 (20), B3 (17), B4 (4).
P. sp. (probably P. rufiventris) (heard): ate (4), Nig
(1), A2 (1), Bl (2); Bla (3), C3 (1), D3 AG El oe
E5+6a (1), F4 (1). :
Rhipidura aiberaoa (White- shafted | Wate) B2 (@y
(5 IDB CAe : AA
R. mee tcestto ies (Willie Wagtail). A (6, 10, 4, 4, 3),
B (—, —, 14, 24, 2, 4), C (=, 4, 3, 4, —), D (2,1, 1,
2, 6, 5, —, 2, 7, 3, —, 2, 4), EH (3, 6, —, —, —, 5, 3, 18,
a (Ss ep, NA urs Oe Oe AL Ye wearers nWaes lovey tials
1 13=—\ 80
ae en,
eet 9
gusjo== | 68
gue 18
ey
eet dl
peg OS
pee a
6—38— 644
310— | 36
G=37-—17
PLE any 51g)
5 il 25
gal OS
ae Z|
pam palaly
eee 3}
PA lit i)
pee ean
deere 4g
610 118
pie ee
6-287 nine,
138
443.
457.
478.
479.
484.
485.
489.
490.
491.
494.
500.
507.
508.
509.
511.
512.
517.
519.
530.
535.
538.
560.
A SECOND BIRD CENSUS,
Seisura inquieta (Restless Flycatcher). B2 (3), B3 (4)...
Graucalus melanops (Black-faced Cuckoo-Shrike). A (1, 1,
1, 2, —), B (1, — 6, 14, 2, 2), C3 (2), Dl1b (4), Dle (3),
Die (1), D3 (1), D6 (6), El (4), Ela (1), E4 (1), F3
(1), F38a (1), F4a (1), F5 (1), F5a (2). ee) Wants
Hylacola sp., ? (Ground-Wren) E5-+6a (1).
Pomatorhinus temporalis (Babbler). C2 (1), C3 ey
P. superciliosus (White-browed Babbler). E5 (2), “EG
(14), E516a (12), F2a ay F3a ae? F4 (6), F5 (1),
Ha; 1(8) vera Ba es epee airs nes
P. sp., aridennecd A3a (5). ERS MSE aks ake
Cinclorhamphus cruralis (xem Soneiigses). F2 (3), F2a
(3), F4 (2), F4a (1), -F5 (5), F5a (1). E aie
C. rufescens (Rufous Song-Lark). Dilall 2) Die ay
D4 (3), D5 (5), D5da (8), ve ie : Behe
C. sp., anidentined! B2 (8), Bd (1), C2 (1). mcen HS
Ephthianura albifrons (White- ae Bush- Chat). “BB (2),
C2a (8), Dlb (1), Dld (13), Dle (5), D2 (4), D2a (4),
D4 (42), D5 (48), Dd5a (91), D6 ee H3 (1), E5 (2),
H5+6a (2), F5 (6). oy By
E. tricolor (Tricoloured Bush- Chat). ¥F2 ©), ‘Pa (8), "F3a
(2), F5 (7). ; See ah rere
E. aurifrons (Orence: roared Bush- Chat). F2 (2), F2a
(3), F5 (2). Ae Ses tansy steve
Acrocephalus apstietho (Reed Warbler). “D4 i) dco gu! be
Origma rubricata (Rock Warbler). B2 (1 2). ae
Acanthiza (Geobasileus) reguloides (Buff-tailed Tit- Waxb-
ler).B2 (2), B3 (2), D1 (2), D2 (1). : bil eet ila
A. (G.) chrysorrhoa (Yellow-tailed Tit- Warbiene BL (1),
B2 (14), B3 (22), BB (6), C2 (6), C2a (3), Dla (1),
Dib (3), Dle (1), D2 (9), D3 (5), D4 (2), D5 (3),
Dda (3), D6 (2), Fl (a), F3a (4), F4 (2), F5 (7).
A. (G.) sp., unidentified. A3 (1), D1 (1). aC we
Acanthiza uropygialis: (Chestnut- ramped Tit- Warbler). “EB
(2), E6 (4). ve : A oe
A. lineata (Striated Tit- Wenslen “Be (7), “D3 (3). ae:
A. pusilla (Brown Tit-Warbler). B2 (4), B3 (4)... .. ..
A., unidentified. Al (5), Bl (25), Bla (4), B2 (69), B3
(72), B4 (30), Dld (2), D2 (2), H2 (1)... .. shes
“Tits.” El (4), HS (7). ae heaton yas
Pyrrholaemus brunneus (Redthroat), “BS (1G) Mics he Servet
Sericornis frontalis (White-browed Serub- pee B3 (1).
S. sp., unidentified. Bl (2), F5a (1 2). Pater cas
Malurus cyaneus (Blue Wren-Warbler). B2 (2), BB (10),
D1 (1), Die (2), D2 (15), D2a (2), D3 (4), D4 (3),
D6 (1). Ble ei yetelncconishs Nets
M. eye (White- stared Nyon Warbler i H5 (3 ?), F2
(2), F2a (3), F5 (3 ?), F5a (1 2). oy Le Se eer
M. assimilis (Purple-backed Wren- Warulesye “FI (AS Sac
M. sp., unidentified. Bla (1), E7 (38). PA ei
Artamus superciliosus (White-browed Wood- Swallow) “Be
3) B3) (2), Ban) BS (Maley ar.
1
6—23— 59
1
1 oes
Ou \geelaeal
1 eae
16 el5
16 on
DEES (310)
5—15— 324
aes:
1. B= ne
2 et
1 aie
oe
4-19 96
outa
1 OFNG
a a)
eee
4 9 210
otal
qh sng
1
ot os
aie. 2)
peau) 315
pa Bae
ou aes
14am
561.
562a.
564.
566.
592.
593.
BY J. B. CLELAND.
A. personatus (Mashed Wood Swallow). B2 (2), Dle
(3), Ela (8), E5 (3), E7a (3). RIPARIAN ea BMG TANT ty
A. Denote (Black-faced Wood! Syallow). F2 (13), F2a
(9), F3 (7), 3a (8), F4a (4), F5 (49), F5a (21)... ..
A. personatus or A. melanops. ee (3)5 (C3.(3)5 1C3am(2));
El (19), E4 (1). Ue SHAN CH Nc se race are
A. sordidus (Dusky Wicod: iealiow |i A2 (1), Bla (1), B2
(13), B3 (22), D1 (1), Dle (6), Dld (2), Dle (7), D3
(3), D6 (2), El (7), E5 (3), H6 (4 ?), H5+6a (2), E7 (1).
A. sp., unidentified. Bl (1), Bla (3), B3 (12), B4 (2),
Bd (1), C2 (1), C3 (1), D1 (2), H5+6a (4). .. :
Colluricinela harmonica (Harmonious 'Thrush) (mostly
heard). Ala (1), Bl (3), Bla (4), B2 (13), B3 (8), B4
(3), D1 (1), Did (1), D2 (1), H6 (2 ?), F3 (2), F3a (3).
Grallina picata (Magpie Lark). A (37, .20, 13, 16, 8),
B (—, —, 11, 5, 2,1), C (—, 9, 7, 4, 14), D5 (2), D5a
(2), D6 (1), El (2), E5 (2), (2), qn (14), Fla
(2), F3 (2), F3a (3). Sl cttt vate) ahs
Struthidea cinerea (Case Jumper, Amoctle Bray C3 (10),
C3a (8). Ee
Corcorax Cabo | Gughitetrineeds CHonenyt B2
(Gl), dae} (GE) ees (Gl) dehy (Ao Galicn tomroe dolenvdle oe lan
Vilshetscentala cee (Whiteface). B3 (5), BS (4), C2
(2 2), C3 (3 2), C3a (2 2), D4 (3), D5a (3), D6 (2), EL
(1), Ela (8), E3 (2), E5 (40), E6 (12), E5+6a (32),
E7 (3), F2 (9), F3 (7), F3a (11), F4 (8), F4a (9), F5 or
Neositta sp. (Tree-runner). B2 (3). aya
Climacteris picumna (Brown Gmecereenen | BB (2).
C. leucophoea Cana) (White-throated Tree-ereeper).
B3 (1). ay ope COMMA Rect OME Ob tae eae ees Vobale ahs
C. sp., Si idontited: “po (3), B38 (4), B4 (3), Bd (1),
C2 (1), C3 (1), C3a (2), Dle (1), El (3), Ela (3),
E3 (2), E6 (2). ay Ppa navel ate ei Seal ley
Zosterops eee (Silver- ao B2 (1), B3 (1), B4 (1),
ID DIG) (7) 5 DEE Gl) Diab s Wii (Gai ee) aio es. Geo ean ee or
Dicaeum econ (Mistletoe Bird). B3 (1), B4 (1).
.Pardalotus punctatus or xanthopygius (Diamond-Birds).
B3 (1). i iekeder eel ralec pits ca Victoire
P. sp., meadentined (Gees heard). Al (1), Bl (8), Bla
(2), B2 (22), B3 (5), B4 (2), H5 (1), E7a (1), F3 Ge
F3a (1), F4 (1). : a
Melithreptus Breen (Brave headed ‘Honeyeater). “pe
(HE Me ists aio. ,
M. sp., menaced’ B2 (%), B3 (4). : Se ede LSS
Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris (Spinebill). B2. (2), B3 (1).
Glyciphila fulvifrons (Tawny-crowned Honeyeater). Dle
(S) ee Tah (Ab) yD ilen(5) je 2 ai GS) xD) 2a. (7) se eet inenemeetomnreys
Ptilotis sonora (Singing Honeyeater). D6); yy H5s(3)),
EY (ay) (Gl) pena (3), wb san(2) heb (1) 55 (6) isnt alsilere
P. chrysops (Yellow-faced Honeyeater). B2 (6)... ....
P. auricomis (Yellow-tufted Honeyeater). Bl (1)... ....
Ge
ES
a
fie SVs
seegae
5
G03=
poset icaill
1 428
52
1
cr ee
se
fe
pen
aes
eee
mete
see
ope
apd
tee
5 ay fal
ey
feeniper
139
il)
111
169
140
658.
661.
661a.
667.
668.
671.
672.
679.
684.
A SECOND BIRD CENSUS,
P. plumula (Yellow-plumed Honeyeater). E5+6a (1). ..
P. penicillata (White-plumed Honeyeater). B3 (2), C2
(1), C3a (1), D1 (5), Dla (2), Dlb (9), Dle (2), D4 (2).
P. leilavalensis (Pallid Honeyeater). F3 2) F3a Gua
W483), b4a | (Bye Stele et ane eee
Lichmera australasiana (Crescent Honeyeater). “Di (1).
Mehornis novae-hollandiae (White-bearded Honey eaten):
B4 (1), D1 (2), Dle (2), Dld (2), D2 (57), D2a ee sit
Manorhina melanophrys (Bell Minah). B3 (3). :
Myzantha garrula ae Minah). B (1, , 88, 12, 2 2, 8),
Cc (— —, — 2, 2), Dlb (2), D3 (1), D4 (2), D6 (2).
M. flavigula alo throated Minah). E (1, —, —, —,
—, 16, 14, 41, 1, 2), F (2, ue —, 1, 12, 17, 10,2 2, ®
11). Mh ead 1 nas
M. sp., frideneeds ON (10), pe (3), ‘ABa (6). :
Anthochaera carunculata (Red Wattle-Bird). B2 (12), B3
(4), Die (1), D2 (15), D2a (3), Fl (9), Fla (12).
“Wattle-Birds.” B1 Ae Did (4), Dle (4), D3 (5), D5
(3) -DGNG3) Hon (G2), HG (ya as. :
Acanthogenys aie (Spiny- Gheaked! Honeyeaten): “Cl
(1), C2a (3); C3a (1), D5a (2), Ela (2), H4 (1), BS (37),
E5+6a (1), F2 (9), F2a (8), F3 (2), F3a (1), F4 (7),
M4 a (2) eens ais SUN ARNO ts ce ca ey anya ies
Tropidorhynchus eopnicututus Vntiar Bird, Leatherhead).
A3 (6 ?), B3 (10), B4 (1), a (DE , i eco
Large Honeyeaters. Al (13), Ala 0) ABa e ; Ela (1),
HIG (3) etereniet eed ie sseuieave
Honeyeaters. Al (8), “ES (6). Fane oeto diets teh Ae rer a
Anthus australs (Ground Lark). Ala (1), A2 (1), B (1,
1, 3, —, 2, 7), C (—, —, 3, 3, —), D (9, 2, 19, 16, 17, 10,
So an 57) 55.008) (ye dae Leh 0. cheetah 1
(COS OGG BUTT TNL 37) 21210 Oa ea
Mirafra horsfieldi (Bush Lark). Dle (4), D5a (1), D6 (1).
Stagonopleura guttata atari Finch). B3 (1), D2
(5), D3 (2). : alias
Taeniopygia Cheranarial (Chestnuts gered Finch), “D1 (4),
Dia (3), Dle (4), D4 (2). ...... ebces tats seis ae
Aegintha temporalis (Red-browed Finch). D6 (1).
Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus (Satin Bower-Bird). B2 (1),
B3aa@): :
732. ) Corvus Laronoites anal c. austrai
734.) (Crows). A (2, Ae
eaves Hp, By) (Co
20, 99, 192, 53), poe — oe 1, —, —, ue —, —, 27, 67,
54, 3). E (50, Ronaion, 25) Lie ian G7,
13, 20, 28, 144, 84, 30, '36). 1) A TRB etbaat a sb gdh etait AS
Strepera graculina (Pied Bell-Magpie). A2 (2), B3 (5)...
S. anaphonensis (Grey Bell-Magpie). B2 (2), B4 (2)... .
Cracticus nigrogularis (Black-throated Butcher-Bird). Al
(3), Ala (4). msysees Baar: | Shin
C. destructor (C ilared Buicher! Bird). H5+6a (3).
C. sp., unidentified. B2 (1). .. os ailuReg a araeeaniceals
jee NG
gal geo!
ice 8)
pee EL) ah
Paes eh
1 as
ee pes 10)
2—15— 145
1G
Ste n5G
Gee gies 3
7 ans
1 Eng
Pie es BS
Daun ta
6—37— 410
joe eeanG
oll Goes
1 213
{TT
pM ll 6)
6—35—1128
poe Nae
pe
1)
1 eS
pe SS (i,
747.
A SECOND BIRD CENSUS.
Gymnorhina tibicen (Black-backed Magpie). (Exeluding
birds included below under G. leuconota and G. sp. un-
identified). Al (1), Ala (4), A2 (1), B (2, 3, 18, 4, 6,
14), C (1, —, —, 21, 14), Ela (5), E5 (24), H6 (5), H5+6a
(55) SE (2) Ee (3) eee Nanay Gli) erent sinecrs Asai tcle cele Artemia
G. leuconota (White-backed Magpie). Ala (1?), D (6,
26, 12, 9, 20, 16, 78, 56, 20, 100, 117, 109, 70), E1 (13),
IDL (Es ales (ye Hobby (Guo dale. Itsy (GL) eepemae do do
G. sp., unidentified. Al (4), A3 (3), A3a (1), F1 (a7),
Bla (3), 3a); K3sa We F4 (16), Fda ae ¥5 ae
Fda (1). ae ; 45
undentined nents pirdst A (9, 8B i 6, 9), B (1, 12, "20,
POG RLI))) Cn neh Ch, 10) (Es) ae, I A ed
2,1, —, —, —, 16), E (13, 16, —, 2, 2, 33, 27, 79, 9, 1), F
(16, 1, 19, 8, 12, 10, 36, 7, 14, 24).
Native birds, heard only, unidentified. 1 (27 Me Ela (3),
E3 (3), E4 (2), E5 (3), E6 (4), eee (aly), THC Gb)E
Passer domesticus (Sparrows). A (—, —, — a ae B
(4, 5, 19, —, 3, 26), C (11, 14, 17, 27, —), D (216,
164, 358, 253, 170, 250, 32, 41, 134, 144, 61, es 100),
E (22, 8, 1, 4, 7, 13, 6, —, 26, 16), Sine 12, —, —,
12, 4, 4, 10, —). 6 Aen ee a a
Sturnus vulgaris (Gieslingeyr iA (4), B (2, 18, 48, 30,
46, 138), C (5, 54, 85, 5, 9); D (101, 79, 262, 196, 57, 58,
23, 98, 45, 106, 109, 141, 108), ES (45), E546a (208), F1
(UY e OO SLE GAS) he ype YS chia AR
Carduelis carduelis (Goldfinch). B1 (1), Bla (2), B2 (3),
B5 (5); D1 (104), Dla (74), Dlb We Die (34), Did
(16), Dle (47), D2 (1), D3: (31), D4 (2), D6 (6). .. ..
Turdus merula (Blackbird). D1 (1), Did oe Die (1),
D3 (2). ae Singers as : ISTE cap eR sfos
Tage pions (Se, Dr (1). a,
Bats (by day, 2 to 4 p.m., flymg). E5+6a (2).
Miles traversed, 1318.
Approximately 140 species and 11,249 individuals of native
5 species and 4754 individuals of introduced birds seen.
141
5—21— 186
4—20— 663
2—ll— _ 71
6—38—2343
6—29—2038
2-14 367
glee E15
ieee 5]
pe eet
birds seen.
142
DESCRIPTIONS AND BIOLOGY OF SOME NORTH AUSTRALIAN
TERMITES.
By Gepraup F. Hi.
(Plates xxiil.-xxv. and forty-one Text-figures.)
[Read 31st May, 1922.]
The present paper contains descriptions of four new species and two hitherto
undescribed castes of North Australian Termites of the genera Eutermes and
Hamitermes, in addition to miscellaneous references to other and better known
species.
In my studies of termites I have been fortunate in enlisting the cordial
assistance of several well-known authorities in this group to whom I wish to
extend my grateful thanks. Professor Sjostedt has very kindly presented me
with a nearly complete set of Dr. Mjoberg’s Australian species and many papers.
The former has been almost indispensable in working out closely allied species.
_To Professor Nils Holmgren I am indebted for literature and a very large col-
lection of termites, including many species from the Malayan and Australian
Regions. I am further indebted to him for the identification of many specimens.
From Professor 8S. F. Light, Dr. T. E. Snyder and Reverend Father Wasmann
I have received valued assistance in the form of literature and specimens.
The types of new species are in the writer’s collection. Measurements and
colours are recorded as in earlier papers.
EUTERMES VERNONI, nsp. (Pl. xxili.; xxiv., fig. 1; Text-figs. 1-9.)
Imago. (Text-figs. 1-4.)
Colour: Head very dark brown, postclypeus and labrum buckthorn brown,
a little paler than basal half of mandibles; pronotum auburn, blotched with buck-
thorn brown, anterior margin darkest, meso- and metanotum buckthorn brown
with middle and posterior margin suffused with auburn; wing-veins and tergites
of abdomen auburn; wing-membrane brown with anterior margin suffused with
yellow ochre.
Head (Text-fig. 1) large, hemispherical behind, front concave, clothed rather
densely with long and short setae. Fontanelle large, forked anteriorly, in lne
with the middle of eyes. Eyes very large (.650 x .517) and prominent, finely
faceted, their lower margin very near lower margin of head (.094). Ocelli very
large (.188) circular, very close to the eyes. Postelypeus short and wide, more
BY G. F. HILL. 143
than twice as wide as long, convex, posterior margin hemispherical, anterior
margin truncate. Anteclypeus large, hyaline, nearly straight in front. Labrum
small, about one-third longer than wide, narrow at the base, swollen on the sides
to the conical apex, exposing the two apical teeth of each mandible. Mandibles
very large, the teeth black, dentition of usual type. Antennae (Text-fig. 2) 16-
jointed, first joint very broad, second nearly cylindrical, a little more than half
as wide as first, third as long as second but much narrower, fourth a little shorter
and wider than third, fifth longer than third and shorter than fourth, sixth and
seventh equal, eighth to sixteenth about equal in length, narrower at base, tur-
binate at apex.
Thorax (Text-fig. 3): Pronotum nearly as wide as head, anterior margin
slightly bent up, behind which there is a deep depression on either side midway
between the pale median suture and lateral margin, antero-lateral areas rounded,
sides sloping to the slightly sinuate posterior margin, clothed as in head. Pos-
terior margin of meso- and metanotum more markedly sinuous than that of pro-
notum.
Legs moderately long, very setaceous, claws and spurs slender, spurs 2:2 :2.
Wings: Wing-stumps short, equal, moderately densely clothed with short and
long setae, showing rudiment of subcosta, suture straight. Wings very long,
costa and radius very distinct, the former more setaceous than the latter; median
vein dark at the base but soon becoming indistinet, with several branches beyond
the middle; cubitus with about 12 branches in the forewing and 10 in the hind-
wing, most of them well-defined and unbranched. Membrane (Text-fig. 4) densely
clothed with minute setae and densely and minutely sculptured.
Abdomen large, tergites narrow, clothed with long and short golden setae,
sternites yellowish, with greyish blotch at either end of the first six segments;
cerei very short and broad.
Measurements :
Length with wing: 2 23.00 mm., d 20.50.
Length without wings: 2 12.00, ¢ 10.50.
Head: long 2.44; wide 1.97; deep 0.80.
Antennae (16-jointed) 3.29.
Pronotum: long 1.12; wide 1.88.
Wings: forewings, long 19.00, wide 4.75; hindwings, long 18.00, wide 4.75.
| Tibia iii., long 2.29.
Abdomen, wide 3.00 mm.
Queen,
Total length 33 mm., width of abdomen 7.9 mm.
Soldier. (Text-figs. 5-7.)
Colour: Head very dark castaneous, distal two-thirds of snont, back of head
and an obscure dorso-median line lightest, proximal one-third of snout darkest
(in dried specimens from aleohol the head generally appears uniformly dark) ;
antennae nearly as dark as tip of snout, anterior half of pronotum as dark as
head, remainder of thorax and tergites of abdomen brown, the latter giving the
body a distinctly banded appearance.
Head (Text-fig. 5 and 6): Posterior part large, nearly round, snout nearly
as long as rest of head, clothed with seattered long reddish setae. Antennae
(Text-fig. 7) 14-jointed, long, third joint equal to, or a little longer than, second,
fourth always longer than third and fifth, fifth as long as third, sixth to four-
teenth elongate, slender.
144 BIOLOGY OF NORTH AUSTRALIAN TERMITES,
Pronotum saddle-shaped, the anterior half bent up sharply and narrowed
to the emarginate anterior margin, bearing very few long reddish setae.
Text-figs. 1-9. Hutermes vernoni, n.sp.
1-4. Imago—l. Head; 2. Antenna, proximal segments: 3. Pronotum and pos-
terior margin of meso- and metanotum; 4. Wing-membrane.
5-7. Soldier—5. Head in profile; 6. Head, dorsal surface; 7- Antenna, proximal
segments.
8-9. Worker—8. Antenna, proximal segments; 9. Maxilla.
Text-figs. 10-11. Hutermes nigerrimus var. queenslandicus 'Mjob.
Soldier—10. Head in profile; 11. Head, dorsal surface. Drawn from a co-
type.
Legs very long and slender, clothed scantily with long and short reddish
setae; tibial spurs 2:2:2.
Abdomen short and broad, bluntly rounded at the apex, tergites with seanty
fringe of long reddish setae as on thorax.
Measurements :
Head: long 1.74—1.83 mm., wide 1.00.
Thorax and abdomen, long 2.72—2.91.
Antennae (14-jointed) 2.40.
Tibia i. 1.50—1.60.
Abdomen, wide 0.85.
Worker. (Text-figs. 8, 9.)
Colour: Head mummy brown above and behind, genae and postclypeus
cream, frontal and transverse sutures (Light, 1921) very distinct, pronotum brown,
not as dark as head, but darker than tergites of abdomen; remainder of insect
whitish yellow.
BY G. F. HILL. 145
Head very large, longer than wide, widest at the insertion of the antennae,
with very few setae. Labrum large, convex, narrow at the base, wide on the
sides and rounded in front. Postelypeus large, convex, twice as wide as long,
a dark brown spot at either end; anteclypeus hyaline with yellow suffusion on
either side of the middle line, anterior margin produced in the middle. Antennae
(Text-fig. 8) 15-jointed, joints long and slender, second shorter than third, fourth
longer than third. Mavxillae as in Text-fig. 9.
Pronotum similar to that of soldier; margin with a few long stout setae.
Legs long and slender, with scattered reddish setae.
Abdomen large, widest in the middle, clothed with scattered long and short
setae; cerei short and stout.
Measurements :
Total length 6.00 mm.
Head: Jong 2.00; wide 1.73.
Thorax and abdomen, long 4.00.
Antennae (15-jointed) 2.35.
Pronotum: long 0.47; wide 0.90.
Tibia ui. 1.75.
Abdomen, wide 1.70. .
Affinities —The imago is distinguished from EF. palmerstoni, to which it is
evidently closely related, by its much larger eyes and ocelli, proximity of the
latter to the former, differently shaped antennae, shorter abdominal tergites (the
third segment being 0.61 as against 0.71 in palmerstoni), markedly emarginate
posterior border to meso- and metanotum (much straighter in palmerstoni), and
less deeply emarginate posterior border to pronotum. The soldier appears to be
nearest H. nigerrimus var. queenslandicus Mjob. (Text-fig. 10 and 11) and BF.
magnus Froge. From the former (alate form not known) it differs chiefly in
having smaller and less rounded head, longer and more slender snout and
straighter dorsal surface in profile. These differences are slight, but they are at
least as well marked as those which separate soldiers of certain allied species
which are very distinct in the alate form. The termitaria of these two are so
dissimilar that it is not at all likely that they are construeted by individuals of
the same species. I have not had authentic examples of E. magnus Froge. for
examination, but from the description of the soldiers and Dr. Mjéberg’s remarks
upon them, they are evidently very similar to EF. vernoni. The termitaria, too,
are evidently very much alike, but the difference in the alate forms is very
marked indeed.
Biology.
The termitarium and its occupants—The termitaria are to be found in im-
mense numbers on the low treeless or nearly treeless country in the vicinity of
Townsville (Pl. xxiv. fig. 1), where they are associated with the mounds of two
other very common species, Hamitermes wilsonit Hill (H. perplexus Hill) and
Drepanotermes silvestrii Hill. In shape they are more or less rounded domes,
circular at the base and sloping on the sides to the broadly rounded or flattened
apex. The sides are often symmetrical, but generally undulating as a result of
aceretions made from time to time to meet the needs of the increasing colony.
The average dimensions of these termitaria are about 2 ft. 6 inches in diameter
at the baseby 2 feet in height, but they are sometimes more than twice this size.
The walls are composed entirely of heavy loamy soil, moulded into a_ close-
textured mass free from the short lengths of grass found in the structures of
146 BIOLOGY OF NORTH AUSTRALIAN TERMITES,
some other Hutermes, e.g., E. palmerstoni, u.sp. Although thick and compact,
the walls may be easily broken down with a light pick, and are often pierced
by small animals (? Bandicoots) presumably in search of food. A small bird
(Pardalotus sp.) also occasionally tunnels into these termitaria for nesting pur-
poses. Within the walls there is a maze of irregular passages and tunnels, some
of which are generally tightly packed with short lengths of dried grass, while
others are occupied by members of the community (PI. xxiii, fig. 2). Nearer
the middle the passages are more numerous and the dividing walls less sub-
stantial. The “nursery” is generally large and occupies the whole of the lower-
middle portion of the nest (Pl. xxiu., fig. 1). In it the chambers are more or
less horizontal and separated from each other by very thin layers of fragile,
brown matter almost entirely vegetable in origin. There is no well-defined
queen-cell, the mother termite occupying one of the undifferentiated chambers
composing the “nursery” or, very often, one of the large cells near those in
which grass is stored (Pl. xxii., fig. 1). The roofs of the “nursery” cells are
generally dotted over with small white spots of fungus growth, which may
possibly be used as food. Dejecta are stored in the cells outside the lower part
of, and below, the “nursery.” Additions to the nest appear to be made generally
during the dry season and, when undertaken, are generally extensive. An in-
crease of about 50% in the size of a nest has been observed to take place within
a week in one instance, but such rapid building is unusual.
The earthy material used in building is gathered very largely on, or near,
the surface, since there are no extensive excavations below it and no trace in the
walls or elsewhere of the yellow-coloured subsoil, which underlies the locality in
which the nests have been investigated. The main passages from the nest all
trend towards the lower part of the walls, under which they pass at a depth of
3 to 4 inches and then divide into numerous radiating passages communicating
with the surface, where they are closed excepting at “harvesting” time.
The parents of a new colony live for some time in underground passages,
in whieh they rear a fairly large brood of workers and soldiers only; then, when
the community is strong enough, a termitarium is built, and, later (probably 2
years) the first brood of nymphs is reared. I have seen still soft and moist ter-
mitaria of about 15 inches in height where none existed a few weeks earlier
and, on breaking these mounds open, found them to contain a large number of
workers and soldiers only, the king and queen being located in chambers ex-
cavated in the soil below. There is no “nursery” in these young termitaria, in
fact, this part of the structure is well-defined only in the older ones.
The community invariably consists of an immense number of soldiers and
workers, the former approximating the latter in numbers. These castes are as-
sociated with vast numbers of young forms in all stages of development, the
larger of which may be differentiated as being destined to become workers, sol-
diers or imagos. A king and queen are nearly always found in some part of the
nest, but the former is easily overlooked unless a careful search is made. The
queen is not imprisoned within a cell, as is often the case with other species, but
wanders through, and oviposits in, any of the larger passages. Of five queens
captured on 7th July, only two were located in the “nursery,” the others being
in passages near the top of the nest and within a few inches of the walls. In
each ease masses of fresh eggs were found in close proximity, and others not
far distant. The eggs hatch in the chambers or passages in which they are
laid, but the resulting larvae appear to be carried, or migrate, to the “nursery.”
Hedysis has been observed only in the larger worker larvae and nymphs under-
BY G. F. HILL. 147
going their final moult; in these the quiescent stage is passed within the “nur-
sery.” The larvae which are destined to develop into imagos, moult about the
middle of September, after which the wing rudiments are evident to the naked
eye. After passing through another moult, about the middle of November, there
is a considerable increase in the size of the body and wing-rudiments. The
latter grew rapidly at first, but after attaining a length of 3.0-3.25 mm. there
is little further external development in this stadium. Just before the final
eedysis, which occurs between the end of the first and the last week of January,
the wing-rudiments, now 3.50 mm. long, lose their creamy colour and become
brownish yellow, and the abdomen becomes distended owing to the great increase
in the fat-body. The moult which follows is not simultaneous throughout the
colony. From the middle of January to about the middle of February there will
often be found large nymphs with unpigmented wing-rudiments and others in
all subsequent stages of development, up to apparently mature insects. I believe
that the latter await the further development of the former and that all sub-
sequently leave the colony together during the first two weeks of February.
“Swarming” has not been observed but almost certainly takes place at night.
The number of imagos reared by a colony of this species is comparatively small.
Probably 50% of the termitaria examined between the months of September and
February will be found to contain no nymphs or alate imagos, whilst in the
remainder, the complement will range from three to twenty, or an average of
about 12 per colony. These figures have been found to agree fairly closely for
three successive seasons, with the exception that in one termitarium examined
this year (13th January) about 100 nymphs and developing imagos were found.
Neoteinic royalties, or the immature forms destined to develop into them,
have not been found in this species. I have frequently noted that termitaria
from which I had removed the queen were always repaired to a certain extent
and then abandoned, whilst those in which the queen was not discovered were
soon rebuilt and as prosperous as before. This indicated the inability of these
Eutermes to exist as a community after the death of the original female parent.
In order to decide this question, the queens were removed from three large ter-
mitaria on 17th July, 1920, while at the same time three other nests were simi-
larly broken into but not orphaned. About a month later all were found to be
sufficiently repaired to protect the inmates from the attacks of predaceous ani-
mals and from other dangers. When next visited on 13th January, 1922, the
three orphaned nests were found to be quite abandoned, while the others con-
tained prosperous communities. In the case of Drepanotermes silvestrii Hill
which is found in the same locality, I have been able to show that the loss of
the true queen is not such a serious matter, since the survivors thereafter sub-
stitute one or more neoteinies which are capable of producing sufficient young to
maintain a colony of considerable, if not of average, numerical strength.
Associated with EF. vernoni are two other species of termites whose relation-
ship with the host species and with each other is not clear. As a rule when a
termitarium is occupied by more than one species, each occupies a definite part
of the structure and there is, apparently, no fraternising. In the present in-
stance, however, there are two species living (in the alate form) in the same
galleries, and, as far as is known, in perfect amity with their hosts. The smaller
of these, a species of Hamitermes, has been found twice in occupied nests of
E. vernoni, and on each occasion associated with the larger species, and once in
an abandoned nest—one of the orphaned nests examined on 13th January. The
latter were accompanied by their own soldiers and workers,—eastes which I could
148 BIOLOGY OF NORTH AUSTRALIAN TERMITES,
not find with the two series of imagos previously taken in nests occupied by £.
vernom. The larger species, the generic position of which I have not determined,
is of much commoner occurrence in the nests of EH. vernoni than is the smaller
Hamatermes. During the period September-February of the years 1919-20 and
1920-21 the nymphs or the alate forms only of this species were taken in many
of the nests examined. In most instances they were found with the nymphs, or
imagos of the host species, according to the period, but in numerous eases they
were found in termitaria which contained no other nymphs or imagos. In fact,
during those seasons the nymphs or the imagos of the unidentified guest species
were more often found than those of the host species and in only two instances
were the latter unaccompanied by the former. All attempts to find the soldier
and worker castes proved unsuccessful. During the present season (1921-1922)
with more leisure at about the “swarming” period and with the assistance of an
energetic companion I was able to examine a large number of termitaria, only
to find a complete absence of all castes of the unidentified species.
The grass stored in these termitaria is nearly always infested with the larvae,
pupae and imagos of a small beetle, which Mr. A. M. Lea has described under
the name Palorus eutermiphilus. From the same nests Mr. Lea has also identi-
fied Mandalotus geminatus Lea which, he informs me, is not a true inquiline. The
partially abandoned upper parts of the nests often harbour the larvae, pupae
and imagos of the Carabid beetle Gigadema sulcatum Mael. (identified by Mr. T.
G. Sloane) and an unidentified Scarabaeid and Elatrid. The most remarkable
inhabitants of these mounds are, however, large Coleopterous larvae which are
enclosed by the termites in closely fitting cells in which they are fed and attended
by their hosts. I have examples measuring from 15 to 60 mm. in length, but I
have not yet succeeded in rearmg them to the pupal or adult stage, although I
have at the present time living specimens which have been in captivity for two
years without food or the attendance of termites. It is intended to publish some
notes elsewhere on these insects.
EUTERMES PALMERSTONI, n.sp. (Text-figs. 12-14.)
Eutermes triodiae Hill (nec Froggatt), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xl., 1915, p. 107.
Queen.
Colour: Head very dark brown; antennae, clypeus, and legs buckthorn
brown; labrum yellow; thorax, wing-stumps and tergites of abdomen auburn.
Head large, posterior margin semicircular to the hind margin of the eyes,
front concave; fontanelle large, shaped like a key-hole, in line with ocelli; dorsal
surface covered with fine short hairs; occlli moderately large and well separated
from the eyes; eyes large (diam. 0.470 x 0.564) and prominent, finely faceted,
the lower margin less than one-third the short diameter from the lower margin
of head; post-clypeus moderately large, arcuate behind, truncate in front, with
fairly distinct median suture; anteclypeus hyaline, large, produced anteriorly in
the middle; labrum strongly convex, narrow at the base, swollen on the sides,
rounded in front. Antennae 16-jointed, first joint long and stout, second half
as long as first and much narrower, third one-fourth longer than second, fourth
as long as second, oval.
Thorax: Fronotum with anterior margin concave and bent up, lateral areas
rounded, sides narrowed to the deeply emarginate posterior border, the whole
surface densely clothed with short fine setae, as on head. <A clear depression on
each lateral area and a larger angular patch behind the anterior margin. Wing-
BY G. F. HILL. 149
stumps small, equal, covering about half the notum, posterior margin of meso-
and metanotum shghtly sinuate.
Legs moderately long and stout.
Abdomen with very distinct tergites, clothed with dense short setae, re-
mainder of abdomen creamy white, glabrous.
Measurements :
Total length 33.00 mm.
Head wide 1.97; long 2.35; deep 1.17.
Thorax and abdomen, long 31.00.
Pronotum: long 1.17; wide 1.88.
Tibia iii. 2.82.
Abdomen, wide 9.00.
Soldier. (Text-figs. 12-14.)
Colour: Head very dark chestnut, base of snout a little darker than rest, a
little lighter behind; antennae fuscous; thorax, legs and abdomen lighter, anterior
margin of pronotum very dark.
Head (Text-figs. 12, 13) large, wide, round behind, snout moderately long
and stout, clothed with scattered fine pale setae. Antennae (Text-fig. 14) 14-
joited, very long and slender, first jomt long and moderately stout, as long as
fifth, second short, about half as long as first and much narrower, shortest of
all; third very long and slender, equal to or very little shorter than fourth; fourth,
fifth and sixth progressively longer, seventh and eighth equal in length to sixth;
ninth shorter than eighth, equal to fourth; tenth to thirteenth inclusive a little
shorter than ninth and a little longer than fourteenth.
Thorax: Pronotum saddle-shaped, anterior half bent up sharply, very dark,
anterior margin rounded, shghtly emarginate in the middle, lateral areas narrow
and bluntly pointed, posterior margin rounded and slightly emarginate. Mesono-
tum much narrower than pronotum.
Legs long and slender, clothed with short fine setae.
Abdomen much narrower than head, tergites with scanty, long reddish setae;
cere long and slender.
Measurements :
Head: long 1.88 mm.; wide 1.22.
Thorax and abdomen, long 2.53.
Pronotum: long 0.25; wide 0.65.
Tibia in. 1.84.
Abdomen, wide 0.95.
Note: In some of the tubes there are a few soldiers with smaller and less
rounded heads, but otherwise similar. These have heads 1.74 long x 0.98 wide.
Worker.
Colour: Head dark chestnut, with pale sutures; clypeus, legs and pronotum
pale yellow, antennae paler.
Head large, rounded, clothed with pale setae; post clypeus convex, about
twice as wide as long, arcuate behind, truncate in front; anteclypeus hyaline,
with middle of anterior margin strongly produced forward. Antennae 15-jointed,
first joint long and moderately stout, second about half as long and much nar-
rower, third very long and slender, fourth long and narrow, but shorter than
third.
Thorax: Pronotum saddle-shaped, anterior half bent up, emarginate in mid-
150 BIOLOGY OF NORTH AUSTRALIAN TERMITES,
dle, lateral areas rounded, posterior border rounded, bearing a few stout red setae;
mesonotum narrower and shorter than pronotum; metanotum one-fourth wider
than mesonotum, both with a few stout, red setae.
1"
Sey
Text-figs. 12-14. Hutermes palmerstoni, n.sp.
Soldier—12. Head in profile; 18. Head, dorsal surface; 14. Antenna, proxi-
mal segments.
' Text-figs. 15-16. HEutermes triodiae Froggatt.
Soldier—15. Head in profile; 16. Head, dorsal surface. Drawn from a co-
type.
Text-figs. 17-20. Hutermes mareebensis, n.sp.
Soldier—17. Head in profile; 18. Head, dorsal surface; 19. Antenna,
proximal segments.
Worker—20. Antenna, proximal segments.
Legs long and moderately slender, not markedly setaceous; abdomen with a
few reddish setae on tergites.
Measurements :
Total length 6.00 mm.
Head: long 2.00; wide 1.64.
Thorax and abdomen, long 4.00.
Antennae (15-jointed) 2.35.
Pronotum: wide 0.70; long 0.51.
Tibia ii. 2.16.
Affinities —The alate form of EH. palmerstoni is unknown, but the measure-
ments of the queen indicate that it is one of the large species, possibly as closely
allied to E. vernoni, n.sp. as any other. From the latter it is distinguished,
inter alia, by the pronotum and size of the eyes. From FE. triodiae Frogg. it is
easily distinguished by its much greater size, darker colour and fewer joints in
the antennae. The measurements of Froggatt’s species (from a co-type) are as
follows :—diameter of eyes .304 x .288, length of head 1.27, width of head 1.08,
length of pronotum 0.70, width of pronotum 1.03.
BY G. F. HILL. 151
- The soldier is similar to HE. triodiae but the head differs in shape and is
much darker in colour (Text-figs. 15 and 16).
In an earlier publication (1915) I described and figured the termitaria and
discussed the habits of this species under the name Hutermes triodiae Frogg., a
species which it resembles only in the soldier caste.
The immense termitaria erected by these termites entitle them to rank as one
of the most remarkable of the Australian species, sharing with Hutermes p yri-
formis Frogg. the distinction of building the highest nests of any known species.
The latter species is of further interest owing to the fact that, since its dis-
covery by the late N. Holtze over 20 years ago and its subsequent description by
Froggatt, it appears to have remained unknown to naturalists. With Froggatt’s
excellent photographie reproduction of the termitarium and its discoverer’s direc-
tion to the locality (near Darwin) for guidance I anticipated little difficulty in
learning more of the habits of this interesting insect, but all efforts to locate
another colony have so far failed. The termitarium figured by Froggatt is evi-
dently very similar, outwardly at any rate, to those of H. palmerstoni, which
are very common in the vicinity. The possibility that Holtze’s specimens were
occupants of a part, or whole of a nest originally built by EH. palmerstoni can-
not be overlooked, but his description of the interior of the nest, if correct, in-
dicates a species possessing feeding habits quite distinct from those of the latter
species.
EUTERMES MAREEBENSIS, n.sp. (Text-figs. 17-20.)
Imago.
Not known.
Soldier. (Text-figs. 17-19.)
Colour: Head very dark, nearly black; antennae and anterior half of prono-
tum fuscous, remainder of pronotum and tergites of abdomen lighter; legs yellow-
ish.
Head: In profile (Text-fig. 17) long and slender, with long slender snout;
viewed from above (Text-fig. 18) the posterior part of the head is moderately
wide and rounded with a marked constriction behind the antennae. Antennae
(Text-fig. 19) 13-jointed, long and slender, longer than head, first joint long and
slender, twice as long as second and fourth, second and fourth equal in length
and shortest of all, fourth oval, third long and narrow, seven-tenths the length
of first and a little longer than fifth, sixth and thirteenth elongate, sixth a little
longer than seventh, eighth to tenth and thirteenth a little longer than sixth,
nearly as long as first, eleventh and twelfth shorter than thirteenth, equal to
seventh.
Thorax: Pronotum more than twice as wide as long, saddle-shaped, anterior
half very dark, bent up and fringed with short stout hairs, lateral margins nar-
row and rounded, posterior margin semicircular; mesonotum narrower, shorter
and more flattened than pronotum. i
Legs very slender, not markedly long, moderately setaceous.
Abdomen elongate, clothed similarly to legs, cerci long and slender.
Measurements :
Total length (when axis of head is parallel with axis of body) 3.75 mm.
Head: long 1.22—1.30; wide 0.56; deep 0.37.
Thorax and abdomen, lone 1.90—2.00.
Antennae (13-jointed), long 1.60.
Pronotum: long 0.18; wide 0.42.
Tibia iti. 0.84.
Abdomen, wide 0.80.
152 BIOLOGY OF NORTH AUSTRALIAN TERMITES,
Specimens in alcohol may be roughly distinguished from other described
Australian species by the following obvious characters:—small size, long, slender,
nearly black head and snout, long antennae, dark pronotum and brown banded
abdomen.
Worker. (Text-fig. 20.)
Colour: Head light yellowish-brown with two broad parallel dark-brown
stripes on either side of the whitish frontal suture and posterior to the trans-
verse suture; labrum stramineous; antennae, mouth parts, thorax, legs and abdo-
men pale yellowish-white.
Head moderately broad, rounded behind; clypeus rather convex, without dis-
tinct. longitudinal suture, sides straight, sloping to the broadly truncate apex;
labrum very short and broad, less than half as long as wide, widening on the
sides to the very broadly rounded apex. Antennae (Text-fig. 20) 15-jointed,
third joint shortest, fourth and fifth equal, sixth a little longer than fourth and
fifth.
Thorax: Pronotum saddle-shaped, as in soldier, but lateral margins are
markedly produced.
Legs slender and rather short, moderately setaceous.
Abdomen with scanty clothing of fine setae of unequal lengths.
Measurements :
Total length 4.50 mm.
Head: long 1.40—1.60; wide 1.08—1.13.
Thorax and abdomen, long 3.33.
Pronotum: long 0.30; wide 0.70.
Affinities —The nearest alles to the new species (soldiers) are EH. pulleinei
Mjob. and EL. tyriei Mjéb. From the former it is easily distinguished by its
much darker head (dark reddish-orange in EF. pulleinei) and by having only
one form of soldier. From E. tyriei it is distinguished also by the colour of the
head (dark reddish-orange in Mjéberg’s species), smaller size and very distinctly
different antennae. It is the smallest of the very dark headed species yet
deseribed from Australia and the only one of such colour with constricted head.
Locality North. Queensland: Mareeba (G. F. Hill, 23.5.21). Described
from soldiers and workers found in a small, poimted mound of an undetermined
species of Hamitermes in open Eucalyptus forest.
EUTERMES YARRABAHENSIS Mjéberg. (Text-figs. 21-27.)
Arkiv for Zoologi, xu., No. 15, 1920, p. 53.
Imago. (Text-figs. 21-24.)
Colour: Head very dark brown, postelypeus and mandibles (excepting teeth)
buckthorn brown, anteclypeus white, membranous; labrum yellow ochre; antennae
and thorax buckthorn brown; wings brown, veins darker, anterior margin yel-
lowish; tergites of abdomen brussels brown; first five sternites with obseure
greyish spots at each end; legs buckthorn brown.
Head (Text-fig. 21) rather small, rounded behind to the posterior margin of
the eyes, moderately densely setaceous. Eyes large (.517 x .400) and prominent,
finely faceted, their lower margin close (.141) to lower margin of head. Ocelli
oval, moderately large, inserted near eye (.047). Fontanelle large, elongate,
forked anteriorly. Postelypeus a little more than twice as wide as long with
seattered reddish setae. Anteclypeus as long as postelypeus, anterior margin
BY G. F. HILL. 153
produced in the middle. Labrum narrow at the base, as wide as postelypeus
in the middle, rounded in front and just reaching the apex of the mandibles.
Antennae (Text-fig. 22) 16-jointed, the first joint large, longest of all, second
half as long as first and much narrower, third as long’ as second, a little narrower
at the apex and much narrower at the base, fourth shortest of all, fifth notice-
ably longer than third, sixth and seventh, the remaining joints not exceeding
the fifth in length.
Thorax: Pronotum (Text-fig. 21) small, a little narrower than head, not
notched, but slightly concave and bent up in front; antero-lateral areas rounded,
sides sloping to the narrowed and slightly sinuate posterior margin, clothed as
in head and wing-stumps. Meso- and metanotum (Text-fig. 23) with posterior
margin deeply emarginate. S
Legs short, moderately stout and setaceous, claws long and slender, spurs
2:22.
24
Li vese soe 27 ze
Text-figs. 21-27. Hutermes yarrabahensis Mjodberg.
21-24. Imago—2l. Head and pronotum; 22. Antenna, proximal segments; 23.
Meso- and metanotum, posterior margin; 24. Wing-membrane.
25-27. Soldier—25. Head in profile; 26. Head, dorsal surface; 27. Antenna,
proximal segments.
Wings: Wing-stumps small, equal, clothed with long and short setae, suture
straight; costa and radius very distinct at the base but soon becoming obscure,
with three or four branches beyond the middle; cubitus with nine or ten branches,
the first six only very distinct. Wing-membrane (Text-fig. 24) minutely and
densely sculptured, clothed densely with minute setae.
Abdomen large, clothed as in pronotum; cerci short and stout.
Measurements :
Length with wings: ¢ 16.00 mm., 2 18.50; without wings: ¢ 8.00, 2 10.50.
Head: wide 1.60—1.69; long 1.88—2.00; deep 0.70.
Antennae (16-jointed) 2.60.
Pronotum: long 0.84—0.94; wide 1.50—1.55.
Wings: fore, long 15.00, wide 4.60; hind, long 14.50, wide 5.00.
Tibia ii. 2.00.
Abdomen, wide 3.00—3.50.
Affinities—The imago of this species is very similar to that of HF. vernoni,
n.sp., but is easily separated by its smaller size, much smaller wings and eyes,
‘light coloured thorax, ete.
154 BIOLOGY OF NORTH AUSTRALIAN TERMITES,
Identification—A comparison of a long series of soldiers and workers from
several localities near Townsville with co-types kindly placed at my disposal by
Professor Sjostedt, leaves little doubt in my mind as to the correctness of the
identification of the imago described in the preceding pages. In the colour, size
and form of the heads of soldiers I can find no differences whatever, but there
is a marked tendency in nearly all of my specimens to a coalescence of joints
three and four of the antennae. This is rare in Palm Island examples, but,
with few exceptions, it is the rule in all others. The workers appear to agree
in every detail.
Biology.
Termitaria—The termitaria are generally conical in shape, cireular at the
base, sloping symmetrically on the sides to the bluntly pointed or rounded apex.
An average size nest measures about 15 inches in diameter at the base and about
18 to 20 inches in height. Larger nests, up to about 2 feet in height, are some-
times found. They appear to be constructed invariably on sandy, well-drained
open forest or scrub country, or on low sandy rises near the margin of plains
subjected to inundation. In the latter localities they are commonly found amongst
the stumps of Pandanus. The material used in the construction of these nests
appears to be composed entirely of sand firmly cemented together. In the older
nests the walls are fairly hard and solid, but in the majority the whole mass is
rather fragile and easily crumbled. The interior is composed of a multitude of
small passages and cells, which sometimes contain eggs and small stores of grass,
but are generally occupied exclusively by the insects. There is no well-defined
“nursery,” and no queen cell in the superstructure. A queen has not been found,
but it is certain that -she is not domiciled above ground-level. Below the ter-
mitarium the earth is tunnelled out to a depth of about 18 inches, forming
galleries and cells similar to those above, and, doubtless, others for the accommo-
dation of the queen and young larvae.
Prosperous colonies have been found in the walls of nests of Coptotermes
acinaciformis Frogg. on Magnetic Island, and, on many occasions, under logs
and in the soil on treeless grazing land near Townsville. The presence of the
latter are generally easily detected by numerous short covered-ways. which are
constructed on the surface of the ground by foraging parties in search of food
(grass). An exit is first made by cutting a curved slit in the surface soil about
3 mm. wide by 10 mm. long which is then covered with an arched roof of particles
of sand cemented together. The covered-ways branch out in all directions to a
distance of a foot or more and afford protection for the working party. Food
appears to be gathered only at night. The underground nests of these colonies
have not been examined, but it is probable that they are extensive, since it is
definitely known that imagos are reared in them.
Swarming—Nymphs with well-developed wing-pads, and also some mature
imagos, were found in many nests on Magnetic Island on 26th November, 1920,
and near Pentland on 1st December, 1921, whilst many imagos were captured
at a lamp indoors in Townsville on 24th and 26th December, 1920, 15th and
Qst January, 26th, 29th, and 3lst December, 1921. The nests which contained
nymphs and imagos on 26th November, 1920, contained none of these forms on
10th February, 1921.
Locality—The type locality is Yarrabah, near Cairns, N. Queensland. The
following additional N. Queensland localities may be added:—Palm Island, Mag-
netic Island, Cape Cleveland, Townsville (G.F.H.) Proserpine (J. F. Iling-
worth), Pentland (G. F. Cook), Prairie (J. R. Chisholm). :
BY G. F. HILL. 155
EUTERMES LONGIPENNIS Hill. (Plate xxiv., fig. 2.)
Proe. Linn. Soe. N.SJW., xl, 1915, p. 104.
The type locality for this species is Koolpingah Station, about 30 miles 8.E.
of Darwin, N.T. A recent examination of a large number of nest-series shows
that it occurs commonly in the vicinity of Darwin and Stapleton (69 miles
south of Darwin), generally on low-lying, stiff grey or black soils. It is a pest
of considerable importance, since it readily attacks fence-posts, house-blocks and
bridge piles in badly-drained heavy soils. In such localities one frequently finds
fence-posts and dead stumps of trees felled by timber-cutters encased in a hard
clayey sheath, which is carried over the top to form a conical apex (PI. xxiv.,
fig. 2). As the work of destruction proceeds, the entire mass of wood is re-
placed by a column of hard clay and triturated wood, which is easily pushed
over but not readily crumbled. I have not found a queen in any of the nests
examined. Fully developed alate forms were found in the nests from 6th to
21st November, when there were generally present a number of nymphs in the
stage preceding the final moult. The latter doubtless mature rapidly, as is known
to be the case in many other species, and leave the colony with the earler
developed winged individuals soon after the first heavy rains.
“Swarming” has not been observed, nor have the imagos been captured in
the free-living state.
HIAMITERMES DARWINI, n.sp. (Text-figs. 28-33.)
Imago.
Not known.
Soldier. (Text-figs. 28-31.)
Colour: Head xanthine orange with broad ochraceous orange area extending
from the front posteriorly; labrum mustard yellow; mandibles mahogany, shading
at base to the colour of head; mouth parts, antennae, legs and pronotum yellow
ochre; abdomen greyish, due to contents of stomach.
Head (Text-figs. 28, 29) large, broadly rounded behind, slightly rounded on
the sides, widest about the middle, bearing very few stout reddish setae, chiefly
on the front. Clypeus large, about two-fifths as long as wide, slightly emarginate
in front, divided by a deep and wide median furrow, which passes into the frons.
Labrum large, wide at base, slightly rounded on the sides to the broadly rounded
apex, which hardly covers the mandibular teeth, bearing about 14 long reddish
setae. Mandibles very long, falciform, broad at the base, each with a large
tooth in line with the apex of the labrum. Gula at narrowest part about one
fourth the width of head. Antennae (Text-figs. 30, 31): First joint very large,
second about half as long as, and much narrower than, first, both without setae,
third half as long and about as wide as second, shortest of all; fourth very
little larger than fifth, sixth a little larger than fourth, seventh to fourteenth
elongate.
Prothorax very small, much narrower than head, anterior half bent up, front
margin semicircular, with faint indication of notch in middle; antero-lateral area
narrowed, sides sloping into the truncate posterior margin; margin with scanty
fringe of long reddish setae.
Legs moderately short, femora and fore-tibiae slightly thickened, with few
setae; apical one-third of tibiae with long stout setae on posterior margin, tibial
156 BIOLOGY OF NORTH AUSTRALIAN TERMITES,
Abdomen small, widest in the middle, pointed towards the apex, with scanty
pale long setae.
Measurements :
Total length 4.25 mm.
Head: with jaws, long 2.35; from base to apex of labrum 1.88; wide 1.22—
1.36; deep 0.89.
Antennae (15-jointed) long 1.88.
Pronotum: long .387; wide .70.
Tibia i., long 1.22.
Abdomen, wide 1.17.
Text-figs. 28-33. Hamitermes darwini, n.sp.
28-31. Soldier—28. Head in profile; 29. Head, dorsal surface; 30. Antenna,
proximal segments; 31. Antenna, distal segments.
32-33. Worker—32. Head; 33. ‘Mandibles.
Text-figs. 34-35. Hamitermes meridionalis Froggatt.
Soldier—34. Head in profile (to same scale as fig. 28); 35. Antenna,
proximal segments (same scale as fig. 30).
Worker. (Text-figs. 32, 33.)
Colour: Head yellow ochre, suffused with ochraceous orange on sides; clypeus
and labrum yellow ochre; frons cream; remainder of insect buff yellow.
Head (Text-fig. 32) small, semicircular behind, widening slightly on the
sides to the base of the mandibles, antennal fossae wide and shallow, foviolae
much closer to the postero-lateral angle of the elypeus than to the lateral margin
of the head, the surface with very few, moderately long, reddish setae. Post-
elypeus large, half as long as wide, convex, broadly rounded behind, truncate in
front, with a distinet suture. Labrum short and wide, rounded in front. An-
tennae 15-jointed, third joint shortest. Mandibles as in Text-fig. 33.
Pronotum as in soldier, but without noteh in anterior margin.
Legs short and stout, femora and fore-tibiae thickened, long stout setae on
the posterior margin of the apical one-third of tibiae; tibial spurs 3:2:2.
BY G. F. HILL. 157
Abdomen short and broad, nota with scattered moderately long setae.
Measurements :
Total length 4.25 mm.
Head: long 1.55; wide 1.22.
Thorax and abdomen, long 3.80.
Antennae (15-jointed) 1.64.
Pronotum: long .42; wide .70.
Tibia i., long 1.03.
Abdomen, wide 1.78.
This species is described from three series of soldiers and workers, (a)
from amongst the surface roots of grass (lst April), (b) in an abandoned nest
of Hutermes pastinator Hill (Ist January), (¢c) in heavily manured garden soil
(16th October). It is probably a common species in the type locality, but owing
to its eryptie habits it is likely to be found only by chance.
Affinities —In colour the soldier is very like that of H. meridionalis Froge.,
but it is a much more robust species (compare Text-figs. 28 and 34, which are
drawn to same seale) with distinctly different mandibles. From H. germanus
Hill it is easily distinguished by its greater size and the form of the mandibles,
especially the relative proximity of the mandibular tooth to the base of the
jaw. H. kimberleyensis Mjob. is much nearer to H. germanus Hill than to the
new species, with which it cannot be confused.
Locality—Northern Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill).
HAMITERMES GERMANUS Hill. (Plate xxv., fig. 1; Text-figs. 36-41.)
Termes germana, Hill, Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xl., 1915, p. 88.
Hamitermes germanus, Hill, Bull. Ent. Res., xi., No. 4, 1922.
Imago. (PI. xxv., fig. 1; Text-figs. 36-40.)
Colour: Head dark auburn, thorax and tergites of abdomen argus brown;
labrum yellowish; postclypeus, mouth-parts, antennae, legs, and under-surface
yellow ochre; pleurae brown; wings dark fuliginous with dark brown veins.
Head (Text-fig. 36) small, rounded behind to the posterior margin of the
eyes, flattened in front, densely setaceous. Labrum rather small, swollen on the
sides to the semicireular anterior margin, setaceous. Anteclypeus small, hyaline;
Text-figs. 36-41. Hamitermes germanus Hill.
36-40. Imago—36. Head; 37. Antenna, proximal segments; 38. Antenna,
proximal segments of another form; 39. Antenna, distal segments;
40. Pronotum and posterior margin of meso- and metanotum.
41. Soldier—Antenna, proximal segments.
158 BIOLOGY OF NORTH AUSTRALIAN TERMITES,
postclypeus large, about twice as wide as long, semicircular behind, truncate in
front, setaceous. Hyes small (.208 x .272), projecting very little, separated from
the lower margin of the head by a space equal to about half their short diameter.
Ocelli small, oval, separated from the eyes by a distance equal to that separating
the eye from the lower margin of head. Fontanelle large, elongate oval. An-
tennae (Text-figs. 37-39) 15- or 16-jointed, variable in segmentation, sometimes
differmg markedly in the same individual, the first always short and stout, second
- always very short and narrow, sometimes shortest of all, third generally shortest
and narrowest but often equal to second and fourth.
Thorax (Text-fig. 40): Pronotum small, narrower than head, straight in
front, with an oblique, elongate depression on either side near the median line
and a smaller one in each antero-lateral area, sides rounded to the emarginate
posterior margin, densely setaceous. Meso- and metanotum with posterior margin
markedly sinuate.
Legs short, moderately stout and setaceous; tibial spurs 3:2:2.
Wings: Wing-stumps clothed with long and short setae, suture straight.
Wings long and narrow, veins distinct to the wing-margin, margin very setaceous;
membrane setaceous and densely sculptured. Venation slightly variable but
generally as shown in Plate xxv., fig. 1. Rudiment of subcosta visible beyond
cross suture.
Abdomen widest in the middle, rounded at the apex, densely clothed with
long and short pale setae; cerci very small.
Measurements :
Length: with wings 12.5—13.0 mm.; without wings 6.5—7.0.
Head: long 1.50; wide 1.08; deep 0.47.
Antennae (15- 16-jointed) 1.88.
Fronotum: long .61; wide .98.
Wings: fore, long 10.00, wide 2.63; hind, long 9.50, wide 2.77.
Tibia iu, long 1.17.
Abdomen, wide 1.41.
- Identification —The identification of the alate form described above is based
on the comparison of soldiers and workers associated with them, with the types
of these castes (from the same locality). :
Biology.
On the 17th and 20th November, 1914, immense numbers of alate termites
were seen to rise from the ground during and just after a driving rainstorm,
which swept over the town about 2.30 p.m. The “swarm” was found to be is-
suing from many small, circular openings in the surface of the soil over an area
of about 20 feet in diameter. Soldiers and workers poured out with the winged
forms and, like them, soon became a prey to ants and lizards, which had ap-
peared with their customary promptness. The exit holes were guarded by other
soldiers and workers as Jong as “swarming” lasted, after which the latter closed
the openings with cement-like material, leaving many of their fellows to perish
in their struggles with their enemies. Examples of all castes were collected at
the exit holes only to obviate the possibility of confusing them with another
species (H. darwini, n.sp.) which was known to infest the same allotment. An
attempt was made to follow the underground tunnels back to their nest, but this
was found impracticable. This species, like H. germanus Hill and H. darwini,
n.sp., appears to feed exclusively on decaying vegetable matter. None of them,
as far as known, build termitaria.
Loeality.—Northern Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill).
BY G. F. HILL. 159
H{AMITERMES WILSONI, noy. nomen.
Hamitermes perplexus Hill (mee Banks) Bull. Ent. Research, xii., No. 4, 1922;
Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xlvi., 1921, p. 453.
Dr. T. E. Snyder, Bureau of Entomology, Washington, has been kind enough
to point out to me that the name given to this species is preoccupied, having
been used by Banks (1920) for a species from Texas. I now propose to name it
after Mr. F. E. Wilson, to whom I am indebted for many examples of the termite
fauna of Victoria.
COPTOTERMES ACINACIFORMIS Froggatt. (Plate xxv., figs. 2, 3.)
oH)
Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xxii., 1897, p. 740 (Termes); Hill, op. cit., xl., 1915,
p. 92.
I have examined a large number of nest series, many of which include
queens or alate imagos, or both, from North Queensland, Northern Territory, and
adjacent islands, and have compared them with co-type soldiers and imagos of
C. acinaciformis Frogg. (imago de-alated) and C. lacteus Frogg. Mr. Froggatt
had previously identified Northern Territory specimens for me as C. acinaciformis
and I am now satisfied that this is the common, if not the only, species of this
genus found in the northern (coastal) region of the Territory. I have pre-
viously described the habits of this species in the Northern Territory (Hill, 1915),
but I may add that later investigations show that neoteinic queens are produced
as substitutes for “first form,” or true queens, if the latter be removed from
prosperous termitaria.
Since the above paper was written I have been fortunate enough to secure
complete nest series of Coptotermes from Bathurst Island (N.T.) and Moa
Island (Torres Strait), which show clearly that the island species is quite dis-
tinet in the imago from any of the described mainland species. Whether or
not the Melville Island specimens, previously referred to C. acinaciformis, are
conspecific with those from the islands mentioned, must remain in doubt until
imagos are available for study. A number of soldiers and workers from a house-
pile at Membare River (New Guinea) represent still another species, while a
similar set from Mitchell River (N.Q.) appears to differ from other N. Queens-
land specimens. From Townsville (N.Q.) I have complete series, including alate
imagos and queens, which I refer to C. acinaciformis Frogg. Other sets from
North Queensland (Malanda, Port Douglas, Palm Island and Magnetic Island)
appear to be referable to the same species, but in the absence of imagos, specific
determination cannot be made with confidence. C. michaelseni Silv. which has
been recorded by Mjéberg (1920) from Cedar Creek and Herberton (N.Q.) is
unknown to me from N. Australia, as is C. lacteus Froge. recorded by Mjéberg
from Millaa Millaa, Laura, and Alice River (N.Q.). To the latter species I
provisionally refer soldiers and workers from Pikedale, 5.Q.
In the paper previously referred to, I have described the termitaria and
habits of this species, which appear to be very similar to those of C. lacteus
as described by Froggatt. The mounds are very characteristic in the genus, inas-
much as they consist of a clayey outer wall covering a compact mass of com-
minuted woody matter moulded into a curiously complicated form reminding one
of the familiar jig-saw puzzles (Pl. xxv., figs. 2, 3).
This species is undoubtedly the most destructive of all to standing timber,
and in many localities few Eucalypts escape attack. Fortunately only the centre
160 BIOLOGY OF NORTH AUSTRALIAN TERMITES.
of the tree suffers for many years, so that the actual loss in timber felled for
splitting is not great. I have, however, seen some very fine timber rendered
valueless for bridge-building and other heavy work, which was otherwise suitable
for the purpose. Although capable of doing so much damage to the hardest
woods, I have rarely found them destroying fences or buildings.
COPTOTERMES RAFFRAYI Wasmann.
Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xxv., 1900; Hill, op. cit., xlvi., 1921, p. 263.
In a recent paper (1921) I described the alate form of the above species
from a nest series collected in the type locality (S.W. Australia), the identification
having been made from the original descriptions of the soldier and worker eastes.
This identification has since been confirmed by Rev. Father Wasmann after com-
parison of my material with the types.
In referring to the affinities of this species, I stated that the alate form of
C. michaelseni Silv. is unknown, whereas a full description appears in Professor
Silvestri’s paper (1909). The differences in both the alate and soldier caste are
so marked that the two species cannot be confused.
Reference in addition to those quoted in the text.
Licut, S. F., 1921—Notes on Philippine Termites, 1. Philippine Journ, Scu.,
xix., No. 1, pp. 23-61.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIJSJ.-XXV.
Plate xxiii.
Eutermes vernoni, v.sp.
Fig. 1. Termitarium opened to show “nursery” in the middle, and position of
queen (at point of forceps). The scale in middle of “nursery” is 4 inches
long.
Close view of a similar termitarium. Queen in the “nursery,” below left
Fig.
end of scale. Stores of grass near outer walls-
wo
Plate xxiv.
Fig. 1. A group of termitaria of HAutermes vernoni, nsp., Hamitermes wilsonit
Hill and Drepanotermes silvestrit Hill.
Fig. 2. Termitarium of Autermes longipennis Hill built over stump.
Plate xxv.
Hamitermes germanus Hill.
Fig. 1. Fore- and hind-wings.
Coptotermes acinaciformis Froggatt.
Fig. 2. Termitarium on side of hill (Townsville, N.Q.).
Fig. 3. Interior of termitarium, showing partly destroyed tree stump (Darwin,
Niles
161
THE GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF THE CLARENCETOWN-
PATERSON DISTRICT. Part i.
By G. D. Ossorne, B.Se., Deas-Thomson Scholar in Mineralogy, and Science
Research Scholar in Geology (1921), The University of Sydney.
(Plate xxvi., and six Text-figures.)
[Read 3lst May, 1922/]
General Sequence of Carboniferous Rocks in Lower
lekbrotae ID ABs a Bo igo lgaleolue nD yHGee Be Soe a dlP
Detailed Stratigraphy of the Clarencetown-Paterson
DIStTICU Re sees uate sets Cie Ente eee citer le 163
leeehemb unindimSeriesmy-maeml ey ee) a) eee LOS
rote, AMetey MGbhrnbbole islets) ao nc Covad ino lool mo jon a ake
Regional Geology—
ItevuneH SuTrindisseniesmeeeey pect e it emt e184:
iene PKeuttun gy Serlesmartrtt edleia Users sii) (LSD
ntrusiviemlicneouss ROCKS) mailers ciateitersitie eerie ce ies nl 4:
CainozoicmRocksie a ae aae eee cee ed cen, LocmenuLOS
Introduction.
The last ten years have witnessed quite a considerable amount of detailed
geological investigation upon the Carboniferous rocks of New South Wales.
Prior to 1911, the literature on the Carboniferous System, with the exception of
numerous L2portant palaeontological papers (see Benson, 1921, pp. 12, 13, 14,
26), was chiefly of economic and commercial interest (cf. Jaquet, 1901, p. 63 and
Sussmilch and David, 1919, p. 249), and investigations into the detailed strati-
graphy were only pursued in so far as it was necessary to make possible the
determination of the mode of occurrence, horizon and extent of economic de-
posits. But from 1911 to the present time, pure research has been carried on to
such an extent that there is now a firm foundation for further work upon either
the type areas or other districts of Carboniferous rocks.
Without giving a detailed historical account of the work performed on the
Carboniferous System during the decade in question, it is necessary to consider
briefly the progress of this work as a preliminary to the discussion in the fol-
lowing pages.
The main workers in this connection during the past ten years have been
Prof. Benson, Mr. W. R. Browne, Prof. David, Messrs. W. S. Dun and C. A.
Sussmileh, and Dr. A. B. Walkom. Prof. Benson described, in 1913 and 1917,
the Carboniferous succession along the western slopes of the New England
Plateau instituting the term “Burindi Series” for the lower marine portion of
the Carboniferous (Benson, 1913, pp. 503-508, and Benson, 1917, pp. 264-270) and
162 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, ney
later, in collaboration with Messrs. Dun and Browne, discussed in greatew detail
the geology of the Carboniferous rocks of the Currabubula District (Benson,
Dun and Browne, 1920).
A. B. Walkom, in addition to some work at Pokolbin (Browne and Walkom,
1911), made observations on the stratigraphy of the Carboniferous Series in the
Glendon Brook district (Walkom, 1913), and has recently discussed the age of
the Carboniferous rocks of the Hunter Valley, on the evidence of their fossil
flora (Sussmilch and David, 1919, Appendix 1).
Besides some work on the stratigraphy of certain areas (Browne and Wal-
kom, 1911), W. R. Browne has studied the petrology of the Carboniferous Series,
particularly the rocks of the upper terrestrial division (Sussmileh and David,
1919, Appendix II., and Benson, Dun and Browne, 1920, Section C), but many
of the results of the research have not yet been published.
The most important step in the development of our knowledge of Carboni-
ferous geological listory took place as a result of the investigations by Mr.
Sussmilch and Professor David of the Carboniferous Series in the Paterson-
Dungog region, which followed on the discovery, in 1914, by the latter geologist,
of the occurrence of tilite at Seaham. These authors (Sussmileh and David,
1919) proposed the name “Kuttung Series” for the terrestrial strata which, in
New South Wales follow the Lower Carboniferous Burindi Series, and which
they regarded as representing the Middle Carboniferous and Upper Carboni-
ferous (in part).
The outcome of the work done in the past decade is that the Paterson-
Clarencetown district must now be looked upon as the type-area for the Kut-
tung Series, as it is from evidence collected in parts of this region that Sussmileh
has established the general sequence of that Series.
In view of the geological importance of the Kuttung Series, especially on
account of the development of volcanic rocks in great variety, together with a
wonderful series of glacial beds, the suggestion was made by Professor Sir
Edgeworth David, and supported by Messrs. Sussmilech and Browne, that the
- writer should begin an investigation of the type area, paying particular attention
to the petrographic aspect of the work.
Accordingly, five weeks of 1920 and three months of 1921 were spent in
field work. During these periods a detailed geological and topographical survey
was made of an area bounded by a line running from Wallarobba past Hilldale
south-west to Vacy, south to Mt. Johnstone and Paterson, east-south-east to
Seaham, across to the Limeburner’s Road about six miles from Clarencetown,
and west along that road through Clarencetown back to Wallarobba, a region of
about 200 sq. miles. Observations in adjacent districts, chiefly to the north, were
also made in order to render more simple the interpretation of certain features
in the limited area. -
Jt is proposed in the present paper to describe the detailed stratigraphical
suecession and regional geology, leaving matters connected with tectonic geology,
physiography and petrology for later communication.
The General Sequence of the Carboniferous Rocks in the Lower Hunter District.
The broad succession, as determined by Mr. Sussmilch, is as follows:
I. Burindi Series—The chief units comprise limestones, sometimes oolitie and
often impure, tuffs of acid and intermediate composition, conglomerates and mas-
sive lava-flows. There is some indication that the limestones occur low down in
the series and that the lavas may be near the top. A minimum thickness of 5000
feet is suggested.
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 163
Il. Kuttung Series.
(.) Wallarobba Beds.—Basal conglomerates and tuffs with the con-
glomeratic material predominating. Thickness, 2500-3000 feet.
Gi.) Martin’s Creek Beds.—hLavas and tuffs with intercalated con-
glomerates. Thickness, about 2250 feet at two localities, viz. Martin’s Creek
and Eelah.
Gu.) Mt. Johnstone Beds.—A series of tuffs, cherts and conglo-
merates containing remains of the Rhacopteris flora and impure coal seams, these
beds being capped by an acid lava flow of toscanite (Paterson type). Thickness:
Tuffs, conglomerates, ete., 1950 feet; Toscanite, 300 feet.
(iv.) Glacial Beds of Seaham and Paterson—Fluvioglacial conglomerates,
tillites, varves and tuffs. Thickness, 1840 feet.
DETAILED STRATIGRAPHY OF THE CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON
DISTRICT.
PRELIMINARY.
In connection with the present work, more detailed observations were made
upon the Kuttung: than upon the Burindi Series, the main igneous portion of
the Kuttung Series being the subject of the most careful attention. Definite
“indicator” horizons were surveyed in detail, in order that the geological strue-
ture might be made apparent, and this method afforded excellent opportunities
for observing the distribution of the various horizons in the Series. It was soon
evident that the succession at any one locality was not in detail the same as at
any other, and for this reason detailed sections have been prepared to show
the variation in the degree of development and order of the various units. After
consideration of the statement that the sequence is different in different localities,
one might argue against the policy of mapping any particular horizon to de-
lineate the geological structure. However, the only units used in this connection
were the hornblende-andesite (Martin’s Creek type) and the biotite-toscanite
(Paterson type), which were sufficient to provide the evidence for interpreting
the broad tectonic features of the area. In addition, other junctions, and three
well-defined horizons in the main igneous portion of the Series have been mapped
to show the distribution of the latter and to supply collateral information as
to structure,
The two first-mentioned horizons form limits to the portion of the Kuttung
Series in which stratigraphical variation occurs, and experience has shown that
each of these two units occupies a constant stratigraphical horizon.
The question as to whether some of the massive igneous rocks are flows or
mtrusive bodies may be considered here. (There are some definitely intrusive
rocks in the area, possibly of age later than Carboniferous, which will be
deseribed later). The massive igneous rocks in the Kuttung Series comprise
rhyolites, toscanites, dellenites, keratophyres, dacites, andesites and andesitic
pitchstones. There is no doubt as to the nature of the acid and sub-acid types
except the Paterson type of toscanite and dellenite, which are considered below
{p. 181). But the following evidence supports the contention that the acid
types in the main igneous portion of the Kuttung Series (hereafter called the
Voleanic Stage) are extrusive: There occur in the area tuffs of similar general
composition to these massive rocks, and in the coarser fragmental material, some
of the inclusions are identical with certain of the massive rocks. In many cases
spherulitic and axiolitic structures abound in the base of the porphyritic types
and, in some instances, the rocks may still come under the category of ‘massive
164 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1.,
rocks,” but on account of a subordinate content of fragmental material should
be termed tuffaceous rhyolites, tuffaceous toscanites and so on. ‘Then, it would
be scarcely feasible, in a section such as the Langlands Section (Text-fig. 3), to
postulate that the massive rocks are intrusive, on account of the very small in-
terval separating one horizon from the other, the absolute absence of transgression,
and the apparent absence of contact metamorphism or the visible effects of mar-
ginal assimilation which might reasonably be expected from such acid rocks.
Thus the only horizons about which any doubt remains are the more basic
and those which elsewhere in the State appear to be sometimes definitely intru-
sive and which, in the area under consideration, are not accompanied by tuffs
of similar composition.
A number of exposures of the hornblende-andesite show its junction with the
adjacent sediments, and no signs of intrusion are in evidence. The thickness of
this unit varies abruptly from point to point, and the change is in direct sym-
pathy with the variation in the degree of development evidenced by the voleanic
series as a whole. The hypersthene-andesite and andesitic pitchstone also give
no indication of an intrusive nature where junctions with adjacent strata are
observed.
THe Burinpi SERIES.
A considerable amount of difficulty is experienced in determining the de-
tailed suecession in the Burindi Series, owing to the lack of persistent horizons
and the complexity brought about by faulting.
Some idea of the chief features of the lower portion (in a comparative sense)
of the rocks of the Hilldale district has been obtained. At this locality the beds
are developed in a plunging anticline which pitches to the south-south-east and,
as one proceeds north-east, the mudstones which outcrop in portion 100, Parish
of Barford, and form the lowest beds exposed, are followed by red gritty tuffs,
which outcrop very poorly for a considerable distance and appear to pass into
slightly different tuffs, which are more acid and mica-bearing and form a mass
about 500 feet thick, in turn passing into the Basal Stage of the Kuttung Series.
On the south-western side of the anticlinal axis a better section is seen and,
proceeding upward stratigraphically, we have:
(i.) Green Mudstones and Shales .. .. . Si tem OR eet
(ii.) Impure Limestones with marine fossils. Siena ton arOhames
(iii.) Fine-grained Tuffs with fossils .. .. DAY ti,
(iv.) Medium-grained Tuffs Goats jasperoid frag-
ments .. Panne 5 I Mh tote OO ane
(v.) Shales or PCT GTES (obi, Sak eon An EIN) "
(VE) ion Coarse me lutist isan crys esse: Oc si ic oh ee eerearsto nd het eka OO
(vit) Mn dStomes} cueeiy bent r cies Nie loser cee betey taeubne eget ere nL OO eames
Total’ Whickness(t eens se) ZOO Ness
The mudstones (i.) and (vi.) are those characteristic of the Burindi Series,
and contain quite a quantity of indeterminate plant remains. The limestones
are made impure by quite a large proportion of tuff, in places passing into tuffs.
On account of the conditions which obtained during the accumulation of the
coarse material which helps to make up the limestones, many of the fossils are
only imperfectly preserved. This horizon, together with the next (iil.) which is
characterised by an abundance of the remains of Orthis nesupinata, forms a
well-known hunting ground for fossil collectors; crimoid ealyxes have often been
found, but the state of preservation is such that the identification of many is
unfortunately impossible.
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 165
The marine fossils recorded from Hilldale (late Greenhills) are given in
the following list, prepared from Professor Benson’s Census and Index to the
Burindi Fauna (Benson, 1921) :
Zaphrentis sp. indet. Syringothyris wexsuperans
Lophophyllum cormculum Actinoconchus planosulcatus
Actinocrinus sp. indet. Athyris cf. expansa
Pertechocrinus sp. indet. sp. indet.
Ienestella sp. indet. Leptodomus duplicostata
Leptaena (Strophomena) Nuculana sp. indet.
rhomboidalis var. analoga Aviculopecten sp. indet.
Orthotetes crenistria Entolhium sp. indet.
Productus scabriculus Gosseletina australis
muricatus Yvania koninckii
(?) subquadratus Bellerophon sp. indet.
sp. indet. Bucania sp. indet.
Orthis (Rhipidomella) australis Euomphalus sp. indet.
resupinata Naticopsis, n.sp.
Dielasma sacculum var. hastata Loxonema rugifera
Spirifera lata Orthoceras sp. indet.
ef. ovalis Griffithides sp.
sp. indet. Phillipsia dungogensis
To this list must be added the following six forms, collected by the writer
at Hilldale, which have not hitherto been recorded from that locality, although
they have all been found elsewhere in the Burindi rocks of New South Wales.
The determinations of all the author’s specimens were kindly made by Mr. W.
S. Dun.
Cladochonus tenuicollis (?) Retzia ulotrix
Productus pustulosus Bellerophon hiuleus
Reticularia erebristriata Murchisonia sp.
The fine and coarse tuffs (iv.) and (vi.) appear to differ only in grainsize
and not in composition, although no thin sections have been prepared. In hand-
specimens they are seen to be composed of felsitic fragments, pieces of jasper
and occasional grains of quartz. The remaining tuffs call for no special remark,
except for, the mention that they may locally become very ealeareous and grade
into fine-grained limestones.
Near Wallaroo Hill, portion 152, Parish of Uffington, tuffs of Burindi age
containing fossil remains are well developed, the fossils being poorly preserved.
To the south-east of this locality a thin band of felsite occurs amongst the
marine rocks.
About two and a half miles to the east of Mt. Gilmore there is an area of
marine rocks, trending north across the Limeburner’s Road between the mile-
pegs on that road distant from Clarencetown four and five miles respectively.
In this area the chief rocks are tuffs, always acid, hard grey cherts, silicified
(?) mudstones and a lava flow about 20 feet thick, which is exposed in Portion
56, Parish of Wilmot, but which can not be traced very far along the strike.
This type proves, under the microscope, to be an andesitic pitchstone which
has experienced a certain amount of devitrification, the porphyritic constituents
being a little plagioclase, hypersthene, biotite and hornblende (?). This is un-
doubtedly the equivalent of a similar rock occurring in the Burindi rocks near
where the road to Wallarobba leaves the Clarencetown-Dungog road. The oc-
currence of this flow to the east of Mt. Gilmore, in a stratigraphical position
166 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1.,
undoubtedly near the base of the Kuttung Series, supports the opinion ex-
pressed by Sussmilch that the lava-flows in the Burindi Series occur towards
the top of that Series.
The Passage of the Burindi Series into the Kuttung Series—tThe relation of
the Burindi Series to the Kuttung Series in the area under discussion is one of
eonformity, as announced by C. A. Sussmileh, but the actual line of demarcation
between the marine and freshwater beds is hard to determine. In many places
where one would hope to find definite evidence as to the nature of the transition,
heavy and complex faulting causes confusion.
Along the road leading from Hilldale up the Wallarobba Ridge, there are
in the road cuttings, exposures of tuffs of Burindi age. In them there are small
bands of conglomerate, ' greatly subordinate to the tuffs until just near what
appears to be the top of the Burindi Series. However, just at the top of the
ridge the base of the Basal Stage of the Kuttung Series is encountered, but the
oceurrence of the tuffs similar to the underlying Burindi tuff, interstratified
with these basal conglomerates, and the existence of conglomerate towards the
top of the marine series, makes it difficult to place the dividing line.
At Clarencetown, on the outskirts of the town in the cuttings on the Dungog
road, and in the water-tables of the Maitland road, there occurs, just below the
conglomerates of the Basal Stage of the Kuttung Series, a fine-grained cherty
mudstone or shale in which, it is stated, plant remains have been found. This
horizon is unlike any of the Kuttung strata and has been regarded in the present
work as belonging to the Burindi Series. It was considered as the topmost bed
of the marine series during the mapping, and conglomerates and tuffs oceurrig
beneath it must be referred to the marine Carboniferous. Further along the
strike of this unit one comes upon similar but more compact rocks (e.g., on the
Glen William Road) carrying a varied marine Burindi fauna, and as experi-
ence has shown that many of the minor horizons of both the Burindi and Kut-
tung Series do not persist for any great distance along the strike, one feels
confident in regarding the unit mentioned above as being the top of the Burindi
Series.
Kurrune SErIgs.
As a result of the careful consideration of the stratigraphical details ex-
hibited in the region under investigation, the writer suggests the following sub-
division of the Kuttung Series in the type area, viz. the Paterson-Clarencetown
district, such classification being substantially the same as that proposed by C.
A. Sussmilch, with suggested modifications resulting from the writer’s more re-
cent work.
(i.) Basal Stage.
All the strata from the base of the conglomerates which, following on the
Burindi Series, oceur at Wallarobba and elsewhere, to the base of the hornblende-
andesite and andesite-elass (Martin’s Creek type). This stage corresponds with
Sussmilch’s Wallarobba Beds.
(ii.) Volcanic Stage.
The strata from the base of the hornblende-andesite to the base of the tuffs
and conglomerates formerly known in the Paterson Valley as the Mt. Johnstone
Beds.
The rocks of this stage form a distinetive set of lavas and tuffs with sub-
sidiary conglomerates. Whilst igneous material occurs throughout the Kuttung
Series (and tuffs of primary deposition are just as important units as the mas-
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 167
sive flows), the succession from hornblende-andesite through hypersthene-andesitic
pitchstone to a series of keratophyres, toseanites, and sodi-potassie rhyolites, with
associated fragmental rocks, has now been shown to be a recognisable and dis-
tinet assemblage all through the Southern Carboniferous areas.
The Paterson flow, a toseanite in most places, although somewhat similar
under the microscope to the toscanites of the Voleanic Stage, is not grouped
with this stage since, as it may be extrusive, its inclusion would involve also the
inclusion of some 2000 feet of strata oceupying the interval represented by the
Mt. Johnstone Beds of the Paterson Valley: a procedure that would not be
satisfactory for reasons made apparent below.
(iii.) Glacial Stage.
The strata from the top of the Voleanie Stage to the base of the so-called
Permo-Carboniferous System.
The grouping of the 2000 feet of tuffs, arkoses and conglomerates with the
Paterson toseanite and the Main Glacial Beds is necessary on account of the
discovery of a horizon of varves near Glenoak, a village four miles N.N.W. of
Seaham. These varves occur in the equivalents of the so-called Mt. Johnstone
Beds, some 1800 feet below what was previously considered to be the base of
the glacial beds at Seaham. It seems desirable to group together all the strata
containing definite evidence of glacial origin, or of deposition during glacial
conditions, even though they embrace a lava flow and tuffs; also, it must be
remembered that, sandwiched in among the varves and tillites at Seaham and
elsewhere, there oceur tuffs and tuffaceous sandstones. Further support is given
to the establishment of the “Glacial Stage,’ in the occurrence, at its base, over
most of the region investigated, of a coarse conglomerate—particularly so near
“Oakendale’’—with a maximum thickness of 100 feet, which indicates that, fol-
lowing the eruptions of lava of the Volcanic Stage, a decided uplift occurred,
rejuvenating the streams which brought down coarse gravels and deposited them
on the surface of the last felsite,.the outpouring of which closed the epoch re-
presented by the Voleanic Stage.
It is difficult to arrive at a scheme of classification suitable for all require-
ments. The method of employing local names has certain merits, but the scheme
used by Mr. Sussmileh was not sufficiently general. for the whole area, especially
in view of the fact that there is a greater development of the Voleanic Stage at
Mt. Gilmbdre than at Martin’s Creek. Also the separation of the Mt. Johnstone
Beds from the Main Glacial Beds is not now advisable on account of the oe-
currence in both of glacially-produced rocks.
Observations upon Kuttung rocks in other parts of the Southern Carboni-
ferous areas show the existence of the three well-defined stages. Thus in the
neighbourhood of Gosforth and Lamb’s Valley, north-west of Maitland, W. R.
Browne has found the sequence to be basal conglomerates, followed by a series
of voleanic rocks of the. same general facies as the Volcanic Stage, succeeded by
conglomerates, varves, a flow of toscanite and more glacial beds.
Our knowledge of the Kuttung Series generally, and of its time-relations
to associated series in particular, is still incomplete and for this reason no terms
have been used in the classification which indicate geological time. Attention
may be drawn to the fact, that although the base of the Kuttung Series is well
defined in a broad sense, the upper limit is by no means so clearly fixed, and
from the results of research by Professor David in this connection, it is very
probable that in the future some of the strata now referred to the Permo-
Carboniferous System will have to be regarded definitely as Carboniferous in
age.
168 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1.,
Therefore it is hoped that the present scheme will prove useful in that it
is suitable for the whole of the type area and lends itself to application, by com-
parison and correlation, to other areas.
It is pertinent here to mention the relation of the proposed scheme of sub-
division to that used by Professor Benson in his work on the Currabubula Dis-
trict. The three stages described here cannot in any way be correlated with the
three “portions” of the Kuttung Series described by him. In fact, it is fairly
clear, that the representatives of the Kuttung Series at Currabubula belong
chiefly to the upper Glacial Stage of that series, and that the Volcanic and
Basal Stages are poorly, if at all, represented in the succession of volcanic rocks
and sediments in that district.
We now proceed to a detailed description of the stratigraphy of the Series.
(i.) Basal Stage.
The thickness of this division varies from 1800 feet at Wallarobba to about
2300 feet in the vicinity of Clarencetown. The stratigraphy of the Basal Stage
does not require much description.
The tuffs show current bedding in many places, of the type indioatine de-
position by water. The whole of the strata in this Stage give evidence of rapid
accumulation for the most part, and exhibit many features characteristic of con-
tinental deposits. The matrix of the conglomerates, when fresh, is very hard
and of a uniform medium grainsize, and much of it contains fresh grains of
orthoclase felspar, so that it presents some of the characteristics of an arkose.
About fifty feet from the top of the Basal Stage there is a horizon con-
taining plant remains. As the matrix is in most eases a pebbly tuff, the plants
are not very well preserved as a whole, but good examples of Stigmaria and of
Lepidodendron veltheimianum have been collected on this horizon from Clarence-
town and Martin’s Creek. Former records only indicate the finding of indeter-
minate species of Lepidodendron in the Kuttung Series, but there is in places
quite an abundance of L. veltheimianum, the identification of the specimens be-
ing kindly confirmed by Dr. Walkom. There ‘is no possibility of the host of
these remains being large fragments of rock derived from pre-Kuttung units.
This horizon has proved of distinct stratigraphical value, as it has been
found at a number of localities between Martin’s Creek and Clarencetov,n, where
large areas of conglomerate and tuff occur, the stratigraphy of which, but for
the occurrence of this plant-bearing horizon, would have been very obscure.
(i1.) Voleame Stage.
A considerable amount of detailed work has been done upon this Stage. A
number of sections have been carefully measured and of these five have been
drawn to seale and are given as Text-figures.
In the following discussion of the stratigraphy concise descriptions of the
essential features of the various rock types will alone be given, as the detailed
and final consideration of the identity and petrography thereof will form the
subject of subsequent work.
The basal group in the Voleanie Stage consists of andesites and andesitic
pitehstones, in general called the Martin’s Creek type. At Wallarobba, in a
railway cutting about half a mile to the north-east of the railway station, both
the hornblende-andesite-glass and the lithoidal andesite are found in association.
The sequence is, lithoidal andesite 6ft., andesitic pitchstone 24ft., and lithoidal
andesite 12ft. The junctions between all the types are quite sharp. The lithoi-
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 169
dal phases are similar to those found at Martin’s Creek, descriptions of whieh
are given below. The pitchstone is of a general black body-colour with a num-
ber of red veins of iron-stained material, possesses a resinous lustre and, under
the microscope, shows phenocrysts of andesine and hornblende set in a glassy
base which contains a number of microlites, and patches which have been pro-
duced by devitrification.
In portions 99 and 141, Parish of Barford, near Tumbledown Creek, one
finds three varieties of hornblende-andesite. The first is the glassy phase found
at Wallarobba, and this, being not more than 20 feet thick, is followed by a
thin band of a dark greenish-black rock possessing a greasy lustre and uneven
fracture. This contains phenoerysts of biotite, hornblende, hypersthene, augite,
and occasionally plagioclase set in a glassy base. It is succeeded by 50 feet of
the normal lithoidal hornblende-andesite.
At Martin’s Creek three large quarries have been opened in the hornblende-
andesite, which has here its maximum development for the region under con-
sideration. The writer had the opportunity of visiting all the quarries, and
was able to study in detail the property of The State Metal Quarries, Ltd., where
there occur at least four distinct phases of hornblende-andesite. These are (i.)
a pale blue rock with phenocrysts of plagioclase and subordinate hornblende,
(ii.) a lighter coloured rock, hornblende dominating over plagioclase, (iii.) a
deep blue rock with equal amounts of hornblende and plagioclase as phenocrysts,
and (iv.) a felspathie rock with very little hornblende.
The Mt. Gilmore Section. (A-B on Map). Text-fig. 1.
The maximum thickness of the rocks of the Voleanie Stage is found in the Mt.
Gilmore area. A detailed section is to be obtained along the line A-B, as follows:
Starting with the base of the hornblende-andesite exposed on the left bank
of the Williams River opposite Clarencetown and going’ south-east over the dip-
slope of andesite, one passes on to tuffs containing sporadie pebbles up to one
foot in diameter. These tuffs give poor outcrops, but some of the few exposures
exhibit current bedding. Above these is the hypersthene-andesitic pitchstone,
the rock beimg for the most part decomposed. Here and there small shatter
zones occur in which cementation of the fragments of pitchstone has occurred,
the nature of the binding material being indeterminate on account of the
weathered state of the whole. Above the pitehstone are tuffs and conglomerate
similar to those below it, and these end under a thin band of sodi-potassiec
rhyolite which has an abundance of biotite, imparting to the rock a spangled
appearance. Above this is a conglomerate formed of well-corroded pebbles, with
an intercalation of fine red tuff. This is sueceeded by an important flow of
biotite-quartz-keratophyre, which is developed to a greater extent a little to the
south on the right bank of the river. The line of section is now continued from
this point, where there are two flows of keratophyre separated by 25 feet of
conglomerate. Particularly good opportunity of examining fresh material is
afforded by the quarry which is opened upon the larger of the flows, and the
rock is seen to be more or less homogeneous, of a blue colour, and possessing
an abundance of quartz, biotite and plagioclase felspar. On the surface of the
smaller flow there les a thick mass of conglomerate and tuff which is succeeded
by a lava of the nature of a type transitional between soda-rhyolite and dacite.
This rock is distinctly spherulitie and may be obtained in a very fresh state. It
is overlain by conglomerate, in which there is an intercalated band of quartz
keratophyric tuff, containing angular fragments of quartz and clear albite, to-
gether with inclusions of glassy rocks and patches of secondary silica. Follow-
170 = GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i.,
ing this is the most important unit in the sequence. It appears in the majority
of cases to be a dellenite, but in some places is a toscanite. It has a maximum
thickness of 400 feet, and occurs as a thick capping to most parts of the Mt.
Gilmore ridge. The variations in the lithological features seen in hand-specimen
would lead one to expect greater differences than are apparent under the micro-
scope. The distribution and chemical variation of this rock are indicated in the
account of the Regional Geology.
Above the dellenite there are tuffs containing a thin band of red felsite
which may be intrusive. These are sueceeded by a very characteristic cream or
white lava, which shows an abundance of stumpy felspar phenocrysts, and pecu-
liar spherulitic and axiolitig inclusions set in a dense base, examination in thin
section proving the rock to be a dacite. After an interval of 45 feet of red
tuffaceous conglomerate, a similar white rock occurs, probably also a dacite.
Above it there is a mass of conglomerate which is quite persistent along the ridge.
It contains well-rounded pebbles of quartzite, felspar-porphyry and aplite in
abundance, and is followed by a very distinctive lava, which here and elsewhere
in the area always exhibits a deep reddish-purple colour. This colour is due to
iron staining of the base, the origin of the iron in all probability being connected
with devitrification. It possesses phenocrysts of felspar, and in addition a large
number of flat amygdules, sometimes filled with carbonates. Examination under
the microscope shows the rock to be a potash-rhyolite. It does not oceur very
far along the strike, but has been found at Martin’s Creek. It is overlain by
a white felsite which is succeeded by a normal conglomerate. This is followed
by a thin flow of biotite-quartz-keratophyre, which has much in common with
the main keratophyre occurring near the base of the section. The flow here pos-
sesses a more finely-grained phase towards its upper surface, in spite of its
small thickness, and in this upper phase the felspar is less sodic and less abun-
dant. Heavy conglomerates succeed this horizon, and the repeated succession of
lava and conglomerate hereabouts gives rise to a series of small escarpments and
dip-slopes which are somewhat unique in appearance.
The next unit is a thin flow of potash-rhyolite, the quartz being very abun-
dant in well-formed hexagonal crystals, the orthoclase having a less regular de-
velopment. Upon the rhyolite lies a distinctive conglomerate in which the sort-
ing of the pebbles, which in places are subangular, has not been as complete as
in the lower horizons. There is also a lack of continuity along some horizons,
and this feature, together with the presence of current bedding, points to rapid
accumulation of these rocks. The top portion of this horizon is really a coarse
sandstone or grit, and the contact effect of the overlying dacite has been to con-
vert this into a quartzitic rock. The dacite is an oligoclase type with a devitri-
fied groundmass. It weathers slowly and forms a resistant unit, in one place
preserving the main ridge by. its opposition to erosion. Immediately upon it
lies another massive rock which contains phenocrysts of quartz and felspar, the
identity of the latter being very difficult to determine, the results of examination
suggesting orthoclase.
This is the last massive horizon coming into the section, and from here
through the rather rough country at the back of the Gilmore Ridge, the rest of
the Voleanic Stage is followed with difficulty. Tuffs with bands of small peb-
bles follow the last-mentioned horizon, and carry on down a long dip-slope where
a peculiar horizon is encountered. This appears to be a volcanic conglomerate,
which has resulted from the pouring out of a lava upon some unconsolidated
gravel or shingle. There is a fair variety of type among the pebbles, but the
°% BG4xO],
‘uolqoag ~YRougy ayy
(‘deur uo y-q 2eulq)
BY G.
GLACIAL STAGE
ROCKS
DACITE
SODI-POTASSIC RHYBLITE
POTASH-RHYOLITE
RHYOLITE
OELLENITE
CONGTE. ANO. TUFF DELLENITE
QTZ. KERATOPHYRE
COARSE |
CONGLOMERATE m
° ng
rs 0
° has
a 3
FELSITE a
=
ot
* CONCLOMERATE fo
im ot
g fe
z FINE TUFF 3
COARSE TUFF ©
Se
VOLCANIC CONGLOMERATE ETC o
sy
DECOMPOSED BIOTITES Ff
QUART Z*KERATOPHYRE >
w
fo)
ts)
3
»
so)
TUFFS WITH PEBBLES i
ALLUVIUM CONCEALING
HYPERSTHENE ANDESITIG
PITCH STONE
m
SNIWHD
D. OSBORNE. 171
oo0l-
oO
ov
v - o oO
() °
° 3 Fa 3
ALLUVIUM CONCEALING
BASAL STAGE
HORNBLENDE-ANOESITE
TUFFS WITH PEBBLES
HY PERS THENE-ANDESITE
CONGLOMERATE AND TUFF
SODI-POTASSIC RHYOLITE
CONGLOMERATE
BIOTITE-QTZ-KE RATOPHYRE
CONGLOMERATE
BIOTITE-QTZ.~KERATOPHYRE
CONGLOMERATE
ROCK INTERMEDIATE
RHYOLITE AND DACITE
CONGLOMERATE AND
PEBBLY TUFFS
TOSCANITE ANO DELLENITE
TUFFS
OACITE WITH INCLUSIONS
CONCLOMERATE
WHITE OACITE
CONGLOMERATE
POTASH-RHYOLITE
FELSITE
CONGLOMERATE
KERATOPHYRE
CONGLOMERATE
POTASH-RHYOLITE
CONGLOMERATE
DACITE
RHYOLITE
TUFF AND CONGTE.
VOLCANIC CONGLOMERATE
RED TUFFS
CLACIAL STAGE
172 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i.,
matrix, which is only found unweathered in a few instances, is seen in thin
section to be a potash-rhyolite.
Just to the east of the line of section in portion 52, Parish of Wilmot, this
unit: is underlain by a reddish tuff, which consists of fragments of quartz, albite
and orthoclase and pieces of pitchstone and keratophyre, the whole modified by
secondary siliea.
The voleanie conglomerate, described above, is then succeeded by normal
red tuffs, which unfortunately are unfit for microscopic examination. These
form the topmost member in the long series detailed above, and following them
one can trace the sequence into the Glacial Stage, the distinctive conglomerate
at the base of that Stage being met with in the headwaters of McManus’ and
Caswell’s Creeks.
The Mt. Gilmore Section shows the following succession:
Thickness in Feet
Hornblende-andesite .. .
Tuffs with occasional pebbles . Brpeisiet isis craw Wese aey deen eedeattiee ele deemed OO,
Hypersthene-andesitic pitchstone .: .. 0.) «.. s. ce... (32,150
(Qrosavedlorsaveryenner} aval VABNECS) Say Sn GH og Go scm oo uo oo se (0)
Sodi=potassicnr by olitem cys) uci cutive inert aerials neo
Conglomerate .. a EU Nn SPD ner Sug On Ne WORRY (0)
Biotite-quartz- keratophyre Mca ue ihe PALL ncote neegh DE coven tease id ta Q)
Conglomerate .. LSS. (foc dUU ast anes un speateee Vee aL ee Ae a nO
Biotite-quartz- keratophy re PR ne cians arse A abi aren eae fy ctehsay) U0)
Conglomerate and tuff .. .. Se a Gee Kt)
Lava intermediate between rhyolite and ‘dacite Sat or) Pee OO!
Conglomerate with a band of ae THEbGY Gt AG! gu de Gru)
Dellenite-toscanite lava .. .. .. Ny A eat ci ALOU:
Tuffs with a band of felsites ou) 2, Guise eaned eee EAC CUt Raa
Dacite swith) spherulitic inclusions; 24 Won ee) be oe i eno
Muftaceous conglomerate. as) ces aiclnmeinn icinvike site aon
TD aCrte: ete ets VER ena are. AN HO AE II a NAN tt (vane ney shat PEN OO,
Conglomerate .. . eat liava, et 74s it RN saee ome Tn Lae Gary’ Aine LO)
Red amygdaloidal potash-rhyolite Sait ee N rath ESC ULORE Ties tes OO)
White felsite .. .. MAN eset ose ys Hiner! ial Rett een And)
Conglomerate .. BSN CAD BEND 50
Keratophyre with fine- -srained ‘upper "surface pao torte ieee) 0)
Conglomenatesi ies Beiuertiise: bers coke OS cazetn a Aueeratinre etic save pote a ROO
Potash-rhyolite .. .. Seite aia ote aR EO
Conglomerate with quartzitic. contact ‘margin APES heseiierd lta!)
Dacite .. .. oN tel it AC a MS HON a Lis asia ateoRece aly (4940)
Potash (?)-rhyolite ... a 2 asf fac Seda Men ae deveuahetevesest te ROO)
Tuffs with conglomerate bands PER) CASNR tail armies soon tel Si eae aera OU)
Volcanic conglomerate BOING ch PRR MER EM ie eaten ct tnae eit weet |) GaQl)
MotalMi@hicknessiyagcees lta 00
The Langlands Section. (C-D on Map). Text-fig. 3
The succession of voleanie rocks on the Langlands Estate may be most com-
pletely studied along the line C-D. A few of the horizons shown in Text-fig. 3
do not oceur on the actual line of section, but their stratigraphical positions
have in all cases been clear, and they are therefore incorporated into the section,
which is therefore somewhat generalised.
The hypersthene-andesite-glass may be seen amongst the alluvium of Tumble-
down Creek, on its right bank, the flow being apparently thin. A thick mass
of conglomerate with some important bands of tuff overlies the pitchstone, the
outerops being in places obscured by alluvium. The first lava to sueceed the
pitchstone is then a lavender-coloured rhyolite in which the phenocrysts are
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 173
seantily developed, the ground-mass being pumiceous and devitrified. This is
overlain by a conglomerate composed of small pebbles, which is followed by a
thin horizon of a tuffaceous sodic rock, the fragmentation apparently having
occurred during the solidification of the rock. Quartz, biotite and albite are
|
Sent
roe pu
[ate ua =<F&
Cats - u «<s
Saue = re wz
for: ha = Zhou
Sea = e EWS See ow
ao%a P= Co ro us
ECB) uw ° pas: Te = hee w
z i a = ea2 , 22 < = E ‘t
Buw w was > « Ww
uo o ew OS my Se « =
Ox~taq oO ¥ w =
aus eS S Fe 52668 24 w = Fae é
ro) (3) 0835 Uses ae eat ee he eS S) =a5 =u
Ww a o >
(e) Os Ose ooo = Ss (Spee ts
ism x
Beas) ee lie ) > sate AN
oO (Sy a) N z oO =
a = o ~ 2 we oOo cw >
Baits, Se. z = ic a nS
CHAD Ate Ec eS z ut S
S 2s Ss = = oI ones
x = ot SE}
chy) co
7 CHAINS
Text-fig. 83. The Langlands Section. (Line C-D on map.)
present, the rock being a keratophyre. This is immediately succeeded by a dark
purple rock which shows an abundance of free quartz in large crystals, and
subordinate felspar set in a fine-grained base. The rock, which is a potash-.
rhyolite, breaks with a very uneven fracture. Following this horizon is the
equivalent of the thick mass of dellenite in the Mt. Gilmore Section. Here the
composition of the rock is just about on the border-line between dellenite and
toscanite, the plagioclase being basie oligoclase and in about the same proportion
as the orthoclase. The lava forms a distinct ridge which can be followed from
the Willams River to the Maitland Road.
Succeeding this is one of the most interesting groups of rocks in the area.
They may for the present be referred to as tuffaceous volcanic conglomerates
and flow-breccias. They present a variety of characters, but the general features
consist of the occurrence of rounded and partially rounded inclusions of soda-
felsite with phenocrysts of quartz, together with numerous angular chips of
glassy and pumiceous rocks and an odd piece of felspar, all compacted together
by felsitie material of similar composition to the corroded inclusions which
has been very much altered by secondary silica replacement, so that the appear-
ance in hand-specimen is that of a number of rounded inclusions and angular
fragments set in a subordinate matrix of interstitial strings of quartz. In places
the rounded inclusions decrease or even disappear, and the rock becomes an
even-grained tuff or breccia. A considerable amount of investigation will have
to be made upon these rocks before their significance is fully appreciated, but
it seems probable that they have originated in the following manner. The
rounded and partially rounded pieces of soda-felsite have resulted from the
breaking up of portions of the crust of an acid alkaline lava during cooling,
subsequent corrosion of the fragments being effected by the unconsolidated and
still fairly mobile magma. Simultaneously, tuffaceous material was being
showered in varying amount over an area more extensive than that occupied
by the lava, the latter incorporating the tuff in many places, and the residuum
of magma consolidating as interstitial felsitic material. Post-dating these pro-
cesses, siliceous solutions have altered portions of the rocks, especially the ground-
mass, effecting replacement. The association of rounded fragments of sodic
174 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i.,
vock, and foreign tuffaceous material in a base of composition essentially similar
to the former, and the presence of secondary silica are thus explained.
Succeeding these peculiar rocks there is about 70 feet of a pale pink soda-
rhyolite carrying some felsitic fragments. Albite is the chief constituent among
the phenocrysts, which are set in a pumiceous groundmass which has been im-
pregnated by secondary silica. Conglomerate succeeds the rhyolite and then
there follows a dark purplish rock, recalling the potash-rhyolite lower down in
the sequence. Phenoerysts of felspar dominate over fine-grained quartz, both
being set in a dense base; the rock is a dacite. This is overlain by a band of
gritty-looking tuff, which possesses a characteristic appearance in thin seetion,
fragments of albite and quartz and patches of spherulitic material being cemented
together into a fairly compact mass. Following the tuff is a thick band of
conglomerate containing one well-defined band of medium-grained tuff, which
consists of quartz and felspar chips and pieces of glassy and dacitic rocks. The
next horizon is a potash-rhyolite, in which a certain amount of brecciation dur-
ing consolidation has occurred. This is not well-developed, fresh outcrops being
rare, and it is succeeded by a tuffaceous felsite, which has resulted from the
showering of quartz, felspar and pitchstone fragments into a flow which solidified
us a pumiceous groundmass to these fragments. This rock ends under the last
anit in the Voleanie Stage, which is a fine-grained rock with quartz, felspar and
piotite showing in hand-specimen, its microscopic characters not yet having been
investigated.
Summarising the Langlands Section we have:
Thickness in Feet
Fy persthene=andesite=elass/ 10 us siulteyieien eerste tcc ROO,
Copawloroirawe Emel tHbitiS Go Gal bavce 26 oo ad do bo 20 oa oi)
Ry Olicemae ee snh Wey aicmra tee ssc h 5 alerts Asti eeArMU ASN Neseoy vatey Ney cath eae aan eS
Gonclomernatemen epee meee sista eek etme RRS Te errs are OO)
Quartz- keratophyre bean sie eya anit, Cea tel Mae detente ath Re eae tet pea are ie eT Ov
Potash=rhiyiolitenero vera tic ely tedel ac At resreetad stene ere Rien ern RieMee hp mL
Dellenite-toscanite .. .. Leal nei are aO
Tuffaceous volcanic conglomerates and. flow- breccias ye sriteh| aeoO
SOdaer hy Olite eee yee ic aces eee ere eee aes ee a amen eee CU Em)
Conglomerates tis) (eye eaeal hae Ute. 6 US eae Babee tae tA LE Ose Ma
IBY Ver heehee crs aS He ta) hal oee Re use ir Ray trio. oo Mine CAMs td KOs}
Gritty tuff .. Aiea ci: HCA
Conglomerate satite well- defined tuff band elle Inrays Se eran
Potash=rhyolitey suum AN aes Un ESPN ganas gaa ets Mato mae)
Duflaceousmirelsrte seem ehay veil) ale eeis avec aeieetee Reteolleted) Irate ben wt ZO)
Fine-grained lava (Possibly a keratophyre?) .. .. .. .. 18
Total, Thickness»... 3. %.° .. 1620
The Glenoak Section. (E-F on Map). Text-fig. 2.
The Voleanic Stage rocks developed along the line E-F from Glenoak to
the south, present many interesting features.
We commence immediately to the north of the Post-Office upon the Bare
of the hypersthene-andesite-glass, which is fairly well-developed here, the dip
being flat to the south. Overlying it are red tuffs with pebbles here and there.
They are followed by a decomposed biotite-quartz-keratophyre, the outcrop of
which has a considerable extent on account of the low angle of dip mentioned
above. In the weathered state the biotite shows up very well. To the west
of the line of traverse the rock is found in a fresh state. Above it comes the
peculiar voleanic conglomerate described in the Langlands Section. Here there
are abrupt changes from the type of rock containing many rounded inclusions
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 175
to that in which fine-grained angular fragments are abundant, and the cognate
inclusions almost absent. The general body colour of both types is a dark buff.
Following this unique horizon there are two varieties of tuff differing in texture,
the coarser having some features in common with the breccia-portion of the
last-mentioned unit. A band of coarse conglomerate is found above these, and
after the intervention of a thin flow of decomposed felsite, there is a thick mass
of conglomerate. The constituent pebbles of this horizon often attain to a
considerable size, a number measuring 24ft. in diameter, and some rarely 3ft.
There is an abundance of pink aplite pebbles, while quartzite and acid por-
phyries rank next in importance. On the surface of this conglomerate has been
poured a flow of fine-grained biotite-quartz-keratophyre, in which a little brec-
ciation has oceurred during crystallisation. This is immediately overlain by a
tuffaceous dellenite about forty feet thick at its maximum, the extent beside the
line of section being small. Conglomerate is found above this and then an im-
portant flow of dellenite containing plenty of free quartz, potash and soda-lime
felspar set in a devitrified pumiceous groundmass.
This horizon is sueceeded by a variety of massive igneous rocks, the first
being a mauve-coloured type with a subconchoidal fracture, very fresh specimens
being obtainable in Wattle Creek, the rock outcropping in the bed, and on a
steep hillside to the south. The rock is a rhyolite and has been almost wholly
glassy except for free quartz and a few acicular felspar crystals. Devitrification
has been universal, secondary silica and iron-oxides having replaced original
glass. The next type is a potash-rhyolite which has been stained locally in such
a manner as to give it a blotched appearance. It caps the hill to the south
of Wattle Creek, the next horizon leading down the dip-slope to the south. This
rock is either a sodi-potassic rhyolite or a soda-rhyolite, microscopic examination
being difficult. It is not very thick, and ends under the last unit in the Volcanic
Stage, which is an andesine-dacite, in which a certain amount of biotite occurs,
the eryptocrystalline base being strongly stained in places by iron-oxides.. Over-
lying this horizon is the basal conglomerate of the Glacial Stage.
The Glenoak Section shows the following succession :
Thickness in Feet
Hypersthene-andesitic- Pere one Braman PSM NAR (lun MuWraINGb a aire aC)
Tuffs with pebbles .. .. PPA Malscot cdc unl slierslinece esi esedl LOO)
Biotite-quartz- keratophyre- BE te Acs OHA do Rem Up eetN Na UARe Sr ny Pane ts)
Wolcanicy.conglomerate etch ee irate iets Wise ere ys enue OO
Coarse utiyp eames yey shde setter eG antes enrerctaren at i Jeans Thar ae al Cette ta 1) ())
TERA AEDES at GEG OER IM ei Lge ical Ta eytCE TEES TUNE IN CR aE etre LK 0)
Conglomerate decir ever ere (ele celia sy Mech eddie aides HADI AT RC)
Fel Site meaner erss hist sineyaldstate dieters eee tliat ance cant ae aMcn (ey AL AUE TAOS GO)
Conglomerate .. . TREO ale licce\ retails euteees len CORA OO)
Fine-grained quartz- keratophyre Self UU ced ee pats DU Stony lar tL Mean EO NO OU)
Wasttaceausmadellentte mays vem teed aps ier ulinere ts okay te dl Mea tan pa Ce AQ)
Coprlomiacirs bo Potnotoe) noleh ide) Gal comand emer ne uaril) gal cihAasy
Mellenrte wy eiiy clan leone melborn line tee sau Hi thal al nl Le ade AE Re MT EOS)
EDV OLite Mere uiatenthielerinel bese mney sOeUir el natell "eke Nive fe NE Tan itrepch ect ene At ()
Potash=shyolite yay e ciate seer dele elec tes LelMayene ave uic eran UNT 3)
Se a Oe Maas cn itis salle Wal WEloe 45
IDG's Seno PACU EEN OULG.G) Gol Eee eeRSt UC eae ea ltnns rH desesl DA inoiy E20)
Total Thickness .. .. .. .. 2190 Feet
The Oakendale Section. (G-H on Map). Text-fig. 4.
The chief interest in the Oakendale Section lies in the fact, that while
elose to the Glenoak Line, the number of units developed is much smaller, the
massive igneous rocks being very poorly represented.
176 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1.,
Rocks of the Voleanic Stage are well exposed in a series of dip-slopes
running down to Tumbledown Creek. The section starts upon a thick mass of
conglomerate overlying the biotite-quartz-keratophyres which all through the
area are the first important flows to succeed the hypersthene-andesite. The
rocks following the thick conglomerate are as follows:
DELLENITE
CONGLOMERATE
CONGLOMERATE
ACIDIC TUFFS
CONGLOMERATE
FELSITE
VOLCANIC CONGLOMERATE
BRECCIA BANDS
FINE CHERTY ROCK
CONGLOMERATE WITH
GRITTY TUFF
ROCKS OF THE
GLACIAL STAGE
O24 6 8 lo
Text-fig. 4. The Oakendale Section. (Line G-H on map.)
(a) Acid tuffs. These rocks vary a little in texture from point to point,
but in general have an average uniform grainsize, and a general rusty-red
colour. The constituents are angular quartz in abundance, biotite-pitchstone,
pumice and felsite fragments, all cemented together by a matrix, which has now
been completely staimed by iron. Thickness, 50 feet.
(b) Conglomerate. Pebbles of great variety up to nine inches in diameter
set in a reddish gritty matrix. Thickness, 80 feet. :
(c) Dacite. This rock forms a pronounced bump on the line of ridges
traversed by the section. It is fairly fresh and shows an abundance of quartz
in hand-specimen. The microscope reveals large corroded quartz erystals and
some ragged oligoclase-andesine in a partially glassy base. Thickness, 70 feet.
(d@) Conglomerate. This is similar to the preceding conglomerate (b),
but the size of the constituent pebbles is somewhat less. Thickness, 50 feet.
(e) Dellenite. This is the most important massive rock, outcropping from
the line of section down to Tumbledown Creek, and along the right bank, west
of the section. It is very well exposed artificially on a road nearby, fresh speci-
mens having a fawn colour, and displaying the existence of porphyritie quartz,
orthoelase and acid plagioclase in an extremely fine-grained groundmass. Thick-
ness, 40 feet.
(f) ‘Tuff. This is not very thick, being very weathered and possessing a
yellow colour and a gritty nature. Thickness, 35 feet.
(g) Fine-grained cherty rock. These rocks, although only 20 feet thick,
deserve careful notice. They show many lithological features identical with the
varves of the Glacial Beds. The hard porcellanous appearance of many of the
latter is a characteristic of the rocks here, and irregular alternation of fine and
coarse layers is to be noted. Nevertheless, there is no evidence of contem-
poraneous contortion, nor of associated glacial rocks, so that one cannot assign
to them a definite origin. Thickness, 20 feet.
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 177
(kh) Voleanie conglomerate, ete. This is the horizon deseribed in detail in
the Langlands Section. Here there are some features which are unique, particu-
larly the occurrence of bands of coarse breccia, many of the fragments simu-
lating the appearance of varves. It is just possible that these fragments have
been derived from the underlying cherty rocks (g). The secondary quartz is
abundant, and much of the interstitial matrix is stained a bright green colour,
due to infiltration of iron compounds. ‘Thickness, 90 feet.
(7) Felsite. This is the third and last massive rock in the section. It is
best developed a little to the west of the line of traverse, forming part of the
rough timbered hill near the Black Rocks. The rock is porphyritic in tiny red
felspars, probably orthoclase, and a little free quartz, the dense groundmass
predominating. Thickness, 60 feet.
(j) Conglomerate, ete. This unit is composed of a series of bands of
gritty pebbles and some brecciated material similar to that observed with the ag-
glomerates. Thickness, 130 feet.
The total thickness of the rocks described in the Oakendale Section, omit-
ting the conglomerates mentioned in the preliminary paragraph, is 620 feet.
The Volcame Stage at Martin's Creek.
The basal portion of the Voleanic Stage at Martin’s Creek, has already
been described (p. 168). There is a variety of rocks of the Volcanic Stage out-
cropping around the village of Martin’s Creek, and between that locality and
Paterson. The description of these rocks given by Mr. Sussmilech (Sussmileh and
David, 1919, pp. 262-266) can only be regarded as of a general nature. Of the
four distinct flows referred to by the field names of dacite and rhyolite, the
lowest, considered stratigraphically, is an important biotite-quartz-keratophyre.
This is identical with the rocks from about the same levels in the other sections,
but is not repeated in the sequence at Martin’s Creek, as is the case in most of
the other localities. The nature of the second flow is hard to discern under the
microscope, but albite is certainly present in a devitrified base, and it is possible
that the rock is a soda-rhyolite. The third flow, outcropping on the road _ be-
tween Gostwick Bridge and Mt. Johnstone, is a dacite, but elsewhere to the
south-east becomes a toseanite. The fourth unit has been described by W. R.
Browne (Sussmilch and David, 1919, Appendix ii.), the dacitic nature of the mas-
sive portions of the flow being demonstrated. Associated with this dacitie flow
there is developed in the Martin’s Creek district an important type of rock,
somewhat tuffaceous, but not by any means a true tuff. It proves in thin
section to be a tuffaceous soda-rhyolite; it is pale green in colour, albite pheno-
erysts being seen in hand-specimen. The rocks present features almost identical
with those of the group of similar rocks occurring at Currabubula, described by
W. R. Browne (Benson, Dun and Browne, 1920, Section C, p. 408).
Just east of the road near Mt. Johnstone, close to the outerop of these
sodie rocks, there is an interesting section of the underlying strata, down to the
next massive flow, which is a toscanite. Immediately following the toscanite is
an outerop of the rocks described elsewhere as volcanic conglomerates; there is
abrupt variation along the strike, the rock in some places possessing all the
characters of the volcanic conglomerates in the Langlands Section, and else-
where being more of the breccia type which is predominant in the Glenoak
Section. Here this phase is very hard, consisting of cherty-looking fragments
and the usual secondary quartz which, in places, is itself replaced by crystals
of a red mineral having some of the properties of stilbite. The identity of this
178 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1.,
interstitial material has not yet been finally determined. Following these rocks
is a fine-grained tuff, which in hand-specimen reminds one of a normal basalt.
It is made up almost entirely of tiny angular fragments of quartz and sub-
ordinate felspar set in an unresolvable groundmass. Upon this tuff lie the
dacitic rocks and the soda-rhyolites.
East of the Railway Line and the Martin’s Creek fault, there is an in-
teresting area of Volcanic Stage outcrops. Here and there local types of tuffs
and lava oceur, and it would be almost impossible to incorporate the details of
all these occurrences in a general section, but the most inclusive traverse is that
along the line L-M on the map, description of which is given below (see Text-fig.
5):
Starting a chain or two to the north of the pomt where Martin’s Creek flows
under the Railway line, east of the Martin’s Creek fault, one passes im-
mediately on to the decomposed outcrop of the quartz-keratophyre flow, which
trends east up the valley of Martin’s Creek. Then crossing into portion 25,
Parish of Barford, a coarse tuffaceous conglomerate is found. In this paddock
some very large boulders occur, quite a number exceeding three feet in dia-
w ua
ae E o 203
ul =i
Sitwke = °Q tS i w w
= < us = <x e«« on
eoozew a) ie oa « > z=
FeoSur « zw See Woo
= Y>e8,f7 a “= oe Go =>
ais FEeess & < aie a ee aS
ea Cs SCumWson «< i> “nO Ee = ss gD)
a2rZiz a o Zz E ip
ake esl olcieane: e ete) 5 Se o$
aed Su ok o 9 = We =
100 a
: NAM
\ NY ee
‘A aN
Text-fig. 5. The Martin’s Creek Section. (Line L-M on map.)
meter. These conglomerates are continued in the cuttings of the Railway, and
just at the first overhead bridge south of Martin’s Creek the chief features of
these rocks can be examined. Current bedding occurs among the tuff bands, and
there are rapid changes in the average size of the pebbles in various bands.
Towards the top of the mass the tuffs are very much weathered, and they end
under a flow of potash-rhyolite, which is very restricted in extent, the only
other place of outcrop being at Mt. Gilmore. This is sueceeded by the equivalent
of the soda-felsite occurring near the Gostwick Bridge, forming flow No. 4 in
the section deseribed by Sussmileh. The rock here is well developed and forms
a bare hill to the east, no further extension being observed. It is overlain by
the toseanite (Mt. Gilmore type), which in the account of the Regional Geology
is shown to be very widespread and important. There is an abundance of large
quartz erystals with subordinate orthoclase and plagioclase in a base which has
a very rough feel. Following this there is a group of tuffs and conglomerates
including the flow-breecia type, already sufficiently described. The final rock
of the Voleaniec Stage is a dacitie type, the extension of which, to the east, is
singular on account of some remarkable inclusions made up entirely of spheru-
BY G. D, OSBORNE. 179
lites and axiolites. Although the green soda-rhyolites are not exposed in the
Railway cutting, they are well developed in portion 154, Parish of Barford, a
little to the east, there resting on the dacite just mentioned.
About 150 feet below the top of the Voleanic Stage, there is a tuff which
presents some interesting characters. It is exposed a little to the east of the
line of section described above. In thin section it is seen to contain a lot of
fragmental quartz, chips of orthoclase and oligoclase, and fragments of a
spherulitie rhyolite and pitchstone, the whole bemg compacted by an iron-stained
matrix. This tuff is lke many of the other types in the Voleanie Stage in
possessing a distinetly felspathic nature.
The thicknesses for the Martin’s Ck. section are given in the following
summary :
Thickness in Feet
Biotite-quartz-keratophyre .. .. ..
Coarse) conglomeratevand) tuts see) Wie baa ties deine. B00
Redupotash=rhyolitew ymca swan dcmiernnnts feel aia, Wane ine nye (tial aO6
Soda-felsitems wer iter iieys Ur ere ne Mena RRM tle AS ee OO
PROSCANILL ey smarvaumeiy Mice tia ste duct ete peiN bette aromas elise cpa hues teu 2 ()
Conglomeratediesr yy ten ier UR aa ts, lecsekereliac ee tian RATS
Wolcanicyconglomera tera mcin errr tremens iy nau anee uid ae tena ()
Rineserained turin a cits mismiicn mice nendietaa na hy utile STMT
@hertvartitieeywmersimciciats sore latent lat wantaps Mica igs Leen OG
DE CILC Si taetEs Ginetta ier nue, eae eT ety ciara cer HBO)
Total Thickness .. .. .. .. 640 Feet
Preliminary discussion of the Stratigraphy of the Volcanic Stage.
It is premature to discuss in any detail the variation in the stratigraphy of
the Voleanic Stage, as such will only be possible after an exhaustive petro-
graphical and chemical study of the rocks has been made. The names given to
the various units will in all probability stand after such study, but at
present one is not able to say what are the relations between the various types
of potash-rhyolite, or between the tuffaceous soda-rhyolites on the one hand and
the biotite-quartz-keratophyres on the other.
From the data to hand one can generalise as to the sequence. The only
sequence of lavas maintained through the area is the following: hornblende-
andesite and andesitic pitchstone (Martin’s Ck. type), hypersthene-andesite and
andesitic pitchstone, biotite-quartz-keratophyre (Williams River type—in some
places one flow, and in some places two), biotite-toscanite—dellenite (Mt. Gilmore
type), potash-rhyolites and dacites. This succession may be looked upon as the
framework of the sequence, which is modified at various localities by the
existence of additional sets of less important flows, respectively more or less
peculiar to those localities. Some details with regard to the overlapping of
flows from adjacent vents are to hand, and these are withheld until full petro-
graphic work is done, but one can state that there is evidence of the former
existence of a centre of supply towards the Martin’s Ck. end of the area, one
possibly near Glenoak and Langlands, and a third in the Mt. Gilmore district.
As a result of the position of these, there is a poor development of the Volcanic
Stage alone the Oakendale Section, and overlapping appears to have oceurred
at Mt. Gilmore and in the Langlands area. Whether these eruptive centres were
of the strictly central type, or existed as a series of local centres along a dominant
fissure-line or set of fissure-lines, there is little direct evidence to decide. On
account of the uniformity of the petrological features and, to some extent, the
stratigraphical positions of the various lavas over large tracts of land in the
180. GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1.,
State, and also in view of the fact that at the close of the Burindi epoch and
during the Kuttung epoch pronounced upwarping (not folding) affected the
area, it seems likely that the eruptions were of the fissure type.
The question now presents itself as to how far the Mt. Gilmore Section may
be regarded as typical for, and indicative of the maximum thickness of the
Voleanie Stage. The overlapping of flows in a voleanic series must be looked
upon as a factor making for complexity and masking the truth concerning the
details of thickness, analogous to the factor of strike-faulting in achieving
similar effects. And while strike faulting often presents difficulty, the problem
of the stratigraphical variation caused by overlapping of flows may be more
subtle. In spite of this, one can be sure that there is a repetition, and therefore
an inereased thickness from this cause, of no more than 300 feet in the Mt.
Gilmore Section.
Gu.) Glacial Stage.
The general sequence of the Glacial Stage is as follows: Basal conglomerates
overlain by red pebbly tuffs, the Glenoak varves, some thin bands of arkose, and
a thick mass of tuffs, grits, tuffaceous sandstones with conglomerate bands, and
local developments of volcanic breccia. Towards the top of the main mass of
tuffs (the equivalent of the Mt. Johnstone beds of the Paterson Valley) there
are fine-grained shales and tuffs carrying the remains of the Rhacopteris flora.
The Paterson toseanite follows this thick clastic mass, and in its turn is suc-
ceeded by the Main Glacial Beds. The basal unit is a coarse. conglomerate con-
sisting of pebbles up to two feet in diameter, granites, aplite and porphyries
oceurring in abundance, with other types in less amount, all fairly well rounded,
but not showing evidence of long transportation. The best development of this
horizon is in Tumbledown Creek, just near Oakendale Homestead. This con-
glomerate is followed by tuffs with thin pebbly bands for about 200 feet, when
the Glenoak varves are reached. These are forty feet in thickness and present
“all the features of the classic deposits at Seaham and elsewhere. The colour
varies greatly, the alternating bands of coarse and fine material sometimes being
red and white, as in the rocks west of the Seaham Hotel, and at other times
brown and yellow. Contemporaneous contortions are quite frequent, having
produced some beautiful structures.
The varves are succeeded by the main tuffs which, on the whole, have a
very uniform grain-size, and here and there contain bands of conglomerate. Mr.
Sussmilch has given a section of these rocks as seen on the eastern face of Mt.
Johnstone, where there is probably more conglomeratie material than anywhere
else in the area. In the valley of Tucker Ck., to the north of Hungry Trig.
Station, the tuffs grade into sandstones which suggest accumulation as continental
deposits. In some places the main tuffs are very fine-grained, this applying to
the strata which yield the Rhacopteris fossils. Although the plant remains are
not restricted to one horizon, the strata in which they occur form a zone which
occupies in general a constant stratigraphic level, this zone extending from 50-
300 feet below the base of the Paterson toscanite. Arkoses occur in among the
main tuffs in rather restricted bands, as well as some interesting felspathie grits.
The latter have an abundance of orthoclase, possibly some plagioclase, both frag-
mental, and numerous chips of felsitic rocks all cemented by a ferruginous
matrix. These felspathic grits are exposed in a quarry on Reserve 112, Parish
of Uffington, about a mile to the west of Glenoak, the stratigraphical level being
about 500 feet above the top of the Voleanic Stage. About 100 feet above the
BY G. D. OSBORNE. } 181
base of the Glacial Stage there occurs in the central part of Portion 39, Parish
of Seaham, a characteristic volcanic breccia, consisting chiefly of uniform frag-
ments of dacitic-and rhyolitie rocks, set in a matrix of voleanie dust with which
is associated a certain amount of secondary quartz. Fossil wood is abundant
in the main tuffs near Red Hill.
An extremely detailed section of about 500 feet of the main tuffs, prepared
from the records of a diamond-drill bore, put down 14 miles to the north of
Seaham, has been given by Prof. David (David, 1904, pp. 111-112). There is
no need to reproduce the minute details of this section, except to point out that
the rocks passed through were entirely clastic, comprising tuffs of many kinds,
shales, tuffaceous sandstones, arkoses, ete.
In places, particularly to the west of Paterson, the top layers of the main
tuffs have been altered into siliceous rocks by contact metamorphism from the
overlying toseanite.
A summary of the stratigraphy of the Lower Portion of the Glacial Stage
is as follews: ,
Thickness in Feet
Basal conglomerates
Volcanic Breccia of limited ‘extent. Mle ethan cated cal enh ekoO
Red tuffs with eae ‘ands yi pevnr cama ewan Mercawi iwc fA MCN)
Varves .. .. Bat ere LA bones ne becca PR aan sR
Bine® tuffs))...))!: SB nkeore aca OAC NS teste Ah ecemin evyy ort ere une 0) 8
Tuffs with arkose bands .. Be eRe eee cee) VENTE a RES a a ene aE
sauffsiewithyipebblesiy:-tescn sens lame hse ey ee tes ban O20)
Conglomerate .. .. ete nag aasineryar (el ane, Vessel RO)
Tuffaceous sandstones .. .. .. See ROMP ete usm ator een OO)
Conglomerate .. .. a tsil)
Tuffs with fine- grained strata carrying " Rhacopteris fossils . 25
Ahutisenwithy sili cieds Upperesuriacemeem sui tees pene 5)
MotaleDhickness 4a 82). 2100
It has not been possible to say beyond all doubt whether the rocks con-
stituting the Paterson type of toscanite and dellenite are entirely extrusive or
intrusive. In some places there are features indicating extrusion, in others
evidence suggesting intrusion. For instance, tuffaceous phases oecur, the frag-
mental material not having originated within the mass during crystallisation.
Also in the glacial beds overlying the toscanite in Dunn’s Ck., there are numer-
ous boulders identical with the underlying igneous rock, and there is nothmg in
the whole area examined to suggest that the present position of the basal glacial
beds was occupied by a former, now eroded, series, into which the toscanite was
injected. On the other hand one has to consider the following particulars. In
a number of exposures of the igneous rock one can see rounded pebbles firmly
embedded in it. It does not seem likely, in view of the fact that the mass of
toseanite is thick, that these pebbles represent loose material picked up by the
igneous rock when poured out as a lava, and transported to the surface by reason
of a difference in specific gravity of host and inclusion, or by other mechanical
means, although such must be regarded as possible. Also in places as, for
example, along the course of Dunn’s Ck., there are fine-grained strings of
igneous material found among the glacial beds, just at their junction with the
toseanite, and these seem to originate from the toscanite, although this point is
not clear. If these strings are continuous with the main igneous mass, it is
difficult to explain their present positions, except as being due to forces of in-
trusion. In the case of a unit being a sill in one place and a flow in another,
182 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i.,
one would expect to find the sill in a different stratigraphical position from the
extruded portion, but the fact remains that the Paterson rock is found at a
constant level all through the area.
Thus the matter must be left an open question for the present. From
general impressions and experience in the field, the writer is inclined to view
the whole of the rocks as extrusive, feeling that the discrepancies described
above will eventually be explained; but no definite pronouncement will be given
in the present state of knowledge.
Whatever the mode of occurrence of the rocks under discussion, there is a
definite variation in the chemical composition from place to place. To the
west of Paterson there are two varieties, the lower one being a buff-coloured
rock of the nature of a spherulitic toscanite, and overlain by a type transitional
between potash-rhyolite and dellenite, this being purple in colour, and showing
an abundance of free quartz. At Paterson Station where the mass has decreased
in thickness to about 90 feet, there is only one definite variety, in which the
quartz is not so abundant megascopically, but is probably in the groundmass.
Under the microscope the plagioclase is seen to be andesine of basicity less than
that in the rock on Mt. Johnstone, while biotite and orthoclase are present in
fair amount, the rock being either a dellenite or a toscanite. The maximum
development of these rocks occurs at Hungry Hill, where they attain a thickness
of 290 feet. Here the mass is of a threefold nature. The first 200 feet is com-
posed of a handsome toscanite with a general brown body-colour, and well-formed
phenoerysts of quartz, orthoclase and plagioclase. Above it lies a small band,
probably 30ft. thick, of a felspathie phase, the rock being intermediate between
toseanite and andesine-dacite. The third variety is a pale-blue toscanite, some-
what similar to the first type. Between Hungry Hill and the east side of the
Williams River, ‘these rocks vary considerably in lithological features, and the
thickness never exceeds 100 feet. Examination has been made of slides of the
rock in Felspar Creek, just west of the main road, which is a dellenite, and
of the rock a little to the east of this, which thas a distinctive greyish-green
colour and proves to be less acid and almost a dacite.
Opposite Porphyry Point, on the left bank of the Williams, the Paterson
type of rock occurs as a mass 150 feet thick. From a careful examination of
fresh hand-specimens there appear to be three phases present. The first 1s
grey rock with few phenocrysts of quartz and felspar, followed by a flnidal
purple rock with abundant phenocrysts, which passes into a blue rock which
weathers to a buff colour. No microscopic examination of these rocks has been
made, but W. R. Browne states (Sussmilch and David, 1919, p. 289) that del-
lenite and rhyolite occur hereabouts.
The only important area, other than Paterson and Seaham, where the Main
Glacial Beds are well-exposed, is the Dunn’s Creek district. Here they are
developed in an asymmetric pitching syneline. A generalised section obtained
from data collected in Dunn’s Ck. and its tributaries is as follows:
On the eastern side of the syncline the basal rocks are tuffs, containing
bands of nondeseript material, clearly of glacial origin. Here and there groups
of pebbles occur, and in one of these a faintly-striated boulder was found. These
tuffs which have a thickness of 350 feet are found again at Seaham. On the
western side of the syncline, the basal unit is a thick mass of fluvio-glacial
conglomerate and tillite. These rocks are exposed all along the course of Dunn’s
Ck. from portion 50 to portion 14, Parish of Butterwick. In places they are
almost true tillites, but on the whole consist of badly-sorted rounded and sub-
rounded boulders of variable size, including representatives from the underlying
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 183
toseanite, all aggregated together in a gritty matrix which contains patches of
varve-like material. The absence of bands of contiguous pebbles, and the
general facies, put beyond all doubt a glacial origin for these rocks. Some puz-
zling structures are seen in the outcrops of these rocks in the first gully east
of the Dunn’s Creek road. Here there are, amongst the tillitic mass, patches
of banded rock showing contortions and characters identical with varves, which
are cut across by similar rocks just in the manner in which a dyke cuts across
some country rock. The direction of the banding in the pseudo-trangressive
material is, in many eases, at right-angles to that in the main mass, the bands
in the former sometimes standing vertically. (The explanation of these features
is deferred till a microscopic examination of the material from the different por-
tions is made).
The main fluvio-glacial conglomerates are the equivalents of those occurring
at Felspar Creek, near Seaham, and are about 300 feet in maximum thickness.
They are followed by 50 feet of varves, which carry small erraties, and have
suffered contortions while unconsolidated. In places the varves pass into coarser
material, which may be tuff. Overlying the varves there is about 120 feet of
fluvio-glacial conglomerate containing numerous striated pebbles. This horizon
may be seen to the north-east of the Paterson-Seaham road along the banks of
Dunn’s Creek. The next unit is a fine-grained flaggy rock, not unlike quartzite
in appearance, being in all probability a tuff. It is about 25 feet in thickness
and is associated with a thin band of varve not more than 10 feet thick. Suc-
ceeding these one comes upon a dark olive-green mudstone containing some odd
plant stems and possessing a characteristic subeonchoidal fracture. This horizon
is about 35 feet thick, and is very similar to a dark mudstone which occurs as-
sociated with varve-rock near Webber’s Creek, north of Gosforth (Osborne and
Browne, 1921). These rocks are succeeded by 150 feet of conglomerate which
has no special features. The total thickness of the beds, which show an over-
lap in their disposition, is 1040 feet.
At Seaham, to the west of the line of section described by Mr. Sussmilch,
there is a local development of tuff, 350 feet thick, being the equivalent of the
basal unit in the Dunn’s Ck. section. The tuffs at Seaham are overlain by varves
and, close to the junction, there is a zone consisting of an intermingling of tuff
and varve, the constituents, in places, being entirely angular. Nearby the
varves have been altered by metamorphism of some kind, and the fragments in
the zone mentioned are also changed. The general features of the structures
here displayed remind one of the effects set up by the intrusion of tuffs into
claystones and cherts, to be seen in the Devonian rocks at Tamworth; but
pending detailed microscopic examination, one hesitates to regard the tuffs as
intrusive, realising that the structures may possibly be explained by considering
the effect of differential movement (gliding) upon a series of partially con-
solidated sediments.
General Summary of the Stratigraphy of the Kuttung Series.
The detailed examination of the whole of the type area has made it possible
to speak with certainty as to the maximum thicknesses of the various divisions
of the Kuttung Series. The results obtained for the maximum thickness of the
whole of that Series accords very well with the results published by C. A. Suss-
milch, although there is some adjustment necessary in connection with the in-
dividual divisions and subdivisions. Thus the thickness of the Basal Stage goes
up to 2300 feet, the former estimate having been placed at 3000 feet, and on
184 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1.,
account of the greater development of the Volcanic Stage at Mt. Gilmore than
elsewhere the maximum thickness of this Stage (allowing for overlapping of
flows) is 2600 feet, while of the Glacial Stage the Lower Portion (equivalent of |
the Mt. Johnstone beds) has a thickness of 2100 feet, the Paterson type of del-
lenite and toscanite, 290 feet, and the Main Glacial Beds, 1840 feet as measured
at Seaham by Sussmilch.
Maximum Thicknesses of Stages of the Kuttung Series.
Basal Stage
Conglomeratenichiefly@han esas eee ceca LOU Ommeet
Duffs withijconglomeratesbands\ ee ace ee eet 400 8
Dutts) “with Leivelthewnzanum: sy. 2 ne) oe LO
Rutishwithyapeb blesiesetec ince uine di avoir Meenn eum) geet 503,
Volcanic Stage SHA aN late ul kit sbelecky? aacapheishe vogea yl fork Lone yo GOOD ahi
Glacial Stage
Lower Portion (equivalent of Mt. Johnstone Beds) 2100 ,,
Moscanitews (Patersonwuy De) ieee ene ey ee Olea
Main Glacial Bedsyene is Asie weulie is een ol ut BAO Iie.
Motalvn si Cub sbeteeuay. ace Ol sO mers
An excellent summary of the geological history of the Carboniferous Period
has already been given by Mr. Sussmilch.
REGIONAL GEOLOGY.
THE BurINDI SERIES.
The representatives of this Series at Hilldale are delimited to the south by
a fault which has in part determined the scarp of Mt. Douglas on the northern
side. The individual horizons in the Series are not very persistent, but the mud-
stones and shales outcropping in portion 100, Parish of Barford, can be traced
through to the north-west and may be seen in the railway cuttings just west. of
Hilldale Station. The Burindi outcrops are then continued beyond the limit of
the map towards Gresford on the Allyn River. The fossiliferous limestones and
caleareous tuffs of portions 100 and 102, Parish of Barford, do not persist as
far west as the railway line, because here, on the strike of these rocks, sand-
stones are found. It is not possible that faulting is responsible for these fea-
tures, since the mudstones which underlie the limestones show no evidence of dis-
placement.
The Burindi rocks west and north of Clarencetown occupy a large area.
About half-way between Clarencetown and Wallarobba, small strike faults have
been responsible for some repetition of the units of the Burindi beds, while
larger faults occurring near these two localities have caused apparent inter-
bedding of the Burindi with the Kuttung Series. Thus, on the Limeburner’s
Road, a little to the east of the Clarencetown Bridge, one finds a small oc-
currence of marine mudstones striking meridionally and accompanied by Kuttung
conglomerate to the west and east. Of the Burindi rocks to the west and north-
west of Clarencetown, the Glen William fossiliferous claystones and the andesite
crossing the Dungog Road in portion 206, Parish of Uffington, are the most
important.
The former rocks strike north and outerop all the way along the road from
Clarencetown to Glen William village, maintaining their individuality for about
four miles. The igneous horizon ean also be traced about the same distance to
the north, disappearing in portion 21, Parish of Wallarobba, while its extent to
the south-west is little beyond the Dungog Road.
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 185
It is interesting to note that the stratigraphical interval between the lava
and the marine claystones is occupied by rocks which are not homogeneous for
any distance along their strike. The persistence of the two horizons precludes
the possibility of dip-faults, and here the lenticular and local nature of some
of the beds in the Burindi Series is again well exemplified.
The Burindi rocks to the east of Mt. Gilmore owe their position to heavy
strike faulting (see Plate xxvi.). They outerop over an area of about two
square miles in the region mapped, their extent to the north being unknown.
The plan of the outcrop is triangular, with the apex in portion 55, Parish of
Wilmot. One can not make out very clearly the distribution of the individual
horizons in this area, but there is undoubted evidence of only local development
of the various types. Thus the pitchstone outcropping in portion 56, Parish of
Wilmot, can be followed for about three chains, and then is not encountered
until one comes to the northern end of portion 59. This flow is interbedded
with tuffs and conglomerate bands which pass into claystones as one travels
north into portion 52, Parish of Wilmot, and the outerop of these claystones,
which are locally silicified, is continued for about ten chains, when coarse gritty
tuffs and tuffaceous sandstones obtain. These in turn decrease in extent going
northwards and then one finds acid tuffs which outerop on the Limeburner’s
Road, just east of the five-mile peg. These latter are clearly of primary de-
position, and in places of the nature of “flow-breccias,” but the former have to
some extent been redistributed, and are mixed with a certain amount of arenace-
ous sedimentary material. It is possible that some of the abrupt changes along
the strike which characterise many of the Burindi clastic units may be due to
partial contemporaneous erosion of one series and subsequent accumulation of
another series.
Tue KurrunG SERiEs.
(i.) Basal Stage.
The basal conglomerates of the Kuttung Series form part of the Wallarobba
Ridge (incorrectly called a range), and are exposed on the northern fall of that
ridge, and artificially in the cuttings of the Railway. On account of the pling-
ing syneline at Wallarobba, which is clearly indicated by the outcrop of the
hornblende-andesite of the Voleanic Stage, the conglomerates swing off to the
North-east, and are seen on the road to Sandy Creek. The chief “tuff-portion’’
of the Basal Stage forms the rocks in the southern end of portion 1, Parish of
Wallarobba, and then is lost in the alluvium of Sandy Creek.
The next place of distinct occurrence of Basal Stage rocks is to the east-
south-east of Wallaroo Hill, forming an eminence in State Forest No. 178 (Uf-
fington); the strike of the sediments here is more or less east and west, so that
the conglomerates are exposed on .the Maitland Road about three and a half
miles from Clarencetown. With a changing strike the rocks then curve round
till they assume a north and south trend and appear in the paddocks lying to
the west of the Wiliams River. Ultimately they cross through the western out-
skirts of the town, showing up well on the Dungog Road and near Clarencetown
Bridge, while a small area to the east of the river is also occupied by the out-
crop of these rocks.
The failure of the conglomerates and tuffs to appear between the eminence
in State Forest 178, and Wallarobba may be due to faulting, but it seems more
likely that these rocks occur as large lenticular masses, not forming a continuous
unit between the localities cited.
186 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1.,
On the Limeburner’s Road, near the locality known as “The Gap,” con-
glomerates occur underlying rocks of the Voleanic Stage. These are undoubtedly
the faulted equivalents of those outcropping in the vicinity of Clarencetown.
They can be easily traced south to Caswell’s Creek and the cross-road from East
Seaham to Raymond Terrace, forming the densely wooded slopes which lie west
of a well-marked ridge formed of rocks of the Voleanie Stage, running from
“The Gap’ four miles south-south-west.
One of the most interesting areas of these basal conglomerates and tuffs is
that extending from Mt. Douglas towards Martin’s Creek. The high cliffs of
Mt. Douglas, so conspicuous from the North Coast Road near Hilldale, are
composed of these rocks dipping at 13° in a direction S 20° W, and capped in
places by Cainozoie basalt. Following on in the direction of dip one comes
upon a small outcrop of hornblende-andesite (whose position is difficult to ac-
count for) and then, from this poit to the south side of the valley of Shingle-
Splitter’s Creek, the rocks of the Basal Stage are found. Their limit to the
west seems to be a line of faulting and to the east they are definitely cut off by
a large fault (see map). If strike-faulting be absent along the line of dip just
mentioned, a thickness of 3500 feet is indicated, since the general dip steepens
somewhat as one proceeds south, but on account of local changes in the strike and
dip, and the definite existence of a series of obliqua faults encircling the region
in question, one feels sure that the thickness is apparent, and due to strike-
faulting having taken place in addition to the faulting on the margins of the
Basal Stage outerop.
Within 50 feet of the base of the Voleanic Stage there oceurs a plant fossil
horizon, details of the fossil content of which have been given above. In por-
tions 107 and.118, Parish of Barford, on the slopes of the Valley of Shingle-
Splitter’s Creek, this stratum is encountered, and can be followed to the east for
some distance.
Owing to faulting these rocks should next be found at the back of the
heavy brushes cloaking the steep valleys of the tributaries of Tumbledown Creek
in portions 105 and 113, Parish of Barford. Although no leaf and stem im-
pressions or casts occur as at the other locality, chaleedonic replacements of tree
trunks are quite frequent at this place. Beyond portion 54, Parish of Barford,
this plant-bearing horizon is not traceable any further to the east until one
reaches the Williams River, a little below the township of Clarencetown. In two
spots the fossil plants are again observed. The first is in portion 153, Parish of
Uffington, towards its south-eastern corner, on the riverbank, where a rather good
example of Stigmaria was obtained. The other occurrence is in a small washout
of a ereek draining through portion 16, Parish of Uffington, and just west of.
the lane running from the Limeburner’s Road to Seaham.
(ii.) Voleanic Stage.
As is apparent from the stratigraphical discussion, one finds that some units
in this portion of the system do not persist for any great distance, others appear
in different relative positions at different districts, while others have a wide dis-
tribution and preserve a uniformity of position in the sequence.
The hornblende-andesite (Martin’s Creek type) is developed to its greatest
extent at Martin’s Creek Township, where it gives rise to a curving dip-surface
extending from portions 107 and 118, Parish of Barford, south to where Martin’s
Creek passes under the railway line. Starting in portion 107 the strike is about
north-west and changes quickly to N. 15° W. which carries on till just near the
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 187
extremity of the andesite, where a slight bend toward the south takes place. The
dip-surface is broken by a number of cross-euts made by small tributaries of
Martin’s Creek, so that when viewed obliquely to the dominant strike the topo-
graphy has the appearance of a series of dip-slopes arranged somewhat en
échelon. The termination of the andesite on the south is certainly due to a fault,
and it 1s probable that the north-western extremity is close to a fault-line.
The andesite at the locality under description is in every ease of the variety
that comes under the general category of “lithoidal phase,’ and the most wide-
spread variety of that phase is the one described above in the stratigraphy see-
tion as Variety I.
A development of the andesite, almost as important as the Martin’s Creek
occurrence, is that in Mr. A. J. Vogele’s property, portions 113, 104, 28, 21 and
99, Parish of Barford. Limited to the west, near Mt. Douglas, by a heavy
fault (see map), the rocks trend easterly for some distance and then the strike
changes to north-north-west in portion 28. Here the flow is faulted to the east
and forms a bare ridge in portion 99, with a steep slope directed to the west.
This ridge of andesite does not extend very far to the south, as it soon ends
against a heavy fault which has placed higher members of the Voleanic Stage
against the andesite.
The slopes of andesite in portion 113 carry heavy masses of talus, and are
cut into by a number of very youthful streams flowing south. The glassy phase
of the rock is only seantily developed in portion 28, but a larger amount of the
two varieties of the andesitie pitchstone, together with the lithoidal phase makes
up the rocks occurring in portion 99.
It is difficult now to follow the andesite from here to the outerops near
Clarencetown and the Willams River. If one traverses across the strike north-
wards towards Welshman’s Creek from near portion 99, Parish of Barford,
where the hornblende-andesite is terminated by a fault, the majority of the lower
beds of the Volcanic Stage are passed over,—some are missing but certain dis-
tinet types occur. On account of the strata assuming a flat dip in a general
south-south-west direction, a considerable horizontal distance has to be covered
before one arrives at the stratigraphical position where the hornblende-andesite
should oeeur. In portions 66 and 67, Parish of Barford, the biotite-quartz-
keratophyre which has been shown to be the first important flow following the
hypersthene-andesitic pitehstone is observed, and then the absence of the latter
is apparent, and only tuffs and conglomerates of almost undoubted Voleanie
Stage identity imtervene between the keratophyre and an outcrop, in portion 217,
Parish of Wallarobba, of lithoidal hornblende-andesite identical in hand-specimen
with that at Martin’s Creek. Immediately to the north of this occurrence is a
very much disturbed area, comprising outerops of both Burindi and Kuttung
rocks, but the andesite appears to be without the zone of disturbance and is
here viewed rather as the directly-faulted equivalent of that forming the ridge
in portion 99, Parish of Barford, than as a lava of Burindi age, which has suf-
fered almost complete devitrification, for in all the Burindi hornblende-andesites
occurring elsewhere, devitrification has not proceeded to any great extent.
The outcrop of andesite at Welshman’s Creek does not proceed far to the
south-east, which is the direction of its strike, and from the point of its dis-
appearance in portion 217, Parish of Wallarobba, to a spot near the Maitland
Road, three and a half miles from Clarencetown, no evidence of its existence has
been found, the stratigraphy between the two localities mentioned being in fact.
somewhat obscure. From the Maitland Road just near the northern boundary
188 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1.,
of portion 160, Parish of Uffington, where the andesite, now very thin, appears,
one ean follow the outcrop with ease across to the Williams River and the foot
of the Mt. Gilmore Ridge, the rock failing temporarily at the cross-road to
Seaham (see map).
The distribution of the hypersthene-andesite and andesite-glass is in general
agreement with that of the Martin’s Creek type, but the former is not so wide-
spread. It is found in the paddocks west of the railway near Martin’s Creek
Station and in the railway eutting a little to the north of the Station, where it
has been brought up against the hornblende-andesite by a small overthrust fault.
While its thickness hereabouts is 100-150 feet, a short distance to the east it is
hard to discover, and in portions 16 and 29, Parish of Barford, it has a limited
extent, being about 15 feet thick. Near the upper part of Tumbledown Creek,
two outcrops are seen, viz., in portions 22 and 57, and 34 and 59 respectively.
These appear to be the result of a small branch fault. The hypersthene-andesite
is not seen again until one comes to the. village of Glenoak, where about 200
acres are occupied by its outcrop. This oceurrence is bounded on both the west
and east by faults, the eastern fault being responsible for displacing the andesite
some distance to the north, its outcrop being seen on the main road about 14
miles from Glenoak. From here, intermittent exposures occur towards the Wil-
liams River, but east thereof the rock is only found at the foot of the northern
end of Mt. Gilmore, in portion 16, Parish of Wilmot.
The biotite-quartz-keratophyre (Williams River type), of which there are
in most places two flows separated by a little conglomerate, has its maximum
development in the eastern part of the area. In portion 10, Parish of Wilmot,
on the Williams River it is exposed in a large quarry, and must here be about
150 feet thick in the larger flow and 30 feet in the subsidiary one. With the
exception of the districts of Martin’s Creek, the Langlands Estate and the
northern end of Mt. Gilmore, one finds over all the area the two flows which
microscopic examination shows to be almost identical.
Passing west from the Willams River quarry, the keratophyre abruptly de-
creases in extent and is poorly developed between the river and Glenoak. At
the latter place it is decomposed and, on account of its flat dip, occupies a
comparatively large area just south of the Post Office. Heavy faulting then
intervenes, and it is next found in the fields to the north-east of Oakendale home-
stead. The exact relationships of the outcrops here to the surrounding roeks
are not clear. However, to the north-west of ‘“Oakendale,’ one finds the two
flows with their usual stratigraphical relationships, as on the cleared hills north
of Tumbledown Creek. The large fault which runs through this locality, pass-
ing the hornblende-andesite ridge of portion 99, Parish of Barford, terminates
the keratophyres on the west, and they are not found till one comes to a tribu-
tary creek in portion 137, from whence the main flow (the subsidiary one having
died out) can be traced westwards past the Martin’s Creek school to the railway
line, where it is adjacent to the hornblende-andesite. To the west of the railway
the rock is found in Priestley’s paddock (S.E. division of portion 131, Parish of
Barford), the outerops being for the most part decomposed. f
Some idea of the distribution of the remaining lavas of the Voleanie Stage
has been given in the discussion on the stratigraphical variation, but something
must be said of the important unit which has been termed the Mt. Gilmore
biotite-dellenite. This rock displays very well the manner in which some of the
lavas change their facies from place to place. At the Gilmore area this unit
has a maximum thickness of 400 feet, forming in most places the capping to the
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 189
ridge. ‘he rock in almost every case is a dellenite, but one specimen, under the
microscope, proved to be a toscanite. At the northern end of the ridge the
maximum development occurs, the field relations not being very clear; one is
almost inclined to regard the mass as intrusive on account of its irregular ex-
tent, but the extrusive nature shows up in thin section, and the westerly con-
tinuations of the unit can only be viewed as volcanic occurrences. On account
of the plunging anticline between Mt. Gilmore and Glenoak, this flow swings
round to the Williams River, gradually decreasing in thickness, and on the
right bank has a somewhat different appearance in hand-specimen, the rock
proving under the microscope to be a phase on the border-line between dellenite
and toseanite. From here it is traced to the Maitland Road, where this crosses
Tumbledown Creek, and the outcrop is only continued for a few chains to the
north-west when faulting oceurs, large horizontal displacement placing the rock
south of Glenoak, where it is developed on the timbered hills in portion 29,
Parish of Seaham. In this outcrop the rock is more potassic than elsewhere,
being more of a potash-rhyolite than a dellenite. In order to follow it we start
again in portion 189, Parish of Uffington, where it runs north-north-west to a
small creek in that portion, suffers a small displacement by faulting, and then
continues through the Oakendale paddocks along Tumbledown Creek to the
large fault near portion 99, Parish of Barford. Along the line of outerop just
mentioned it has a marked effect on the draimage and, near the fault plane, is
tilted up, dipping at an angle of 40° to the S.S.W. The fault in question has
the effect of sending this horizon to the south, where it outcrops in portion 142,
Parish of Barford. From here it forms a pronounced ridge which runs west,
reaching the railway line by a gradual decrease in height, which is due to the
pitching nature of a broad earth-fold, of which structure the lava forms a part.
From this ridge the rock spreads out in a dip-surface to the south, forming
much of the area drained by the headwaters of Tucker’s Creek. The most
westerly outerop of this portion of the flow is in the railway cutting, just south
of the first overhead bridge south of Martin’s Creek, the rock being a toscanite.
About here it is intersected by a large fault, and is then found appearing at
intervals through the alluvium and recent wash in portions 27 and 28, Parish of
Houghton, striking N. 15° W., finally crossing the Paterson River and out-
cropping in the southern end of portion 132. In these occurrences along the
right bank of the Paterson River the rock shows a decrease in the content of
phenoerystie orthoclase, and in portion 27 it is a dacite, unless the potash mole-
cule be retained in the eryptocrystalline base.
Of the upper members of the Voleanic Stage, the dacites are perhaps the
most important. These in general have a glassy base and in some occurrences
contain fragments of foreign felsitic rocks. They are poorly developed on the
plain to the east of Mt. Johnstone, and outcrop also in the valley of Tucker’s
Creek. Near Glenoak and Langlands Estate their extent is limited, but in the
Mt. Gilmore area they attain a considerable aggregate thickness. In one part
of the Gilmore ridge the main dacite, due to faulting, forms the ridge-capping,
which elsewhere is composed of the Mt. Gilmore dellenite. From the slopes to
the south-east of the main Gilmore ridge in portions 51 and 52, Parish of Wil-
mot, to near the Williams River in portion No. 2, the outcrops of the dacites
are quite distinct.
There still remain the more tuffaceous types of rock and the intercalated
conglomerates, of which some mention must be made. The soda-rhyolite tufts
and tuffaceous soda-rhyolites appear to be confined to the western portion of the
190 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1.,
region surveyed. They are seen on the North Coast Road at the foot of Mt.
Johnstone, and in the paddocks immediately to the east of the road. They also
outerop in portion 154, Parish of Barford, near its junction with portion 156.
The rocks are always associated with dacite,—in the latter locality with a dacite
carrying a multitude of peculiar inclusions which are made up almost entirely
of spherulitic structures. The soda-rhyolites in question have never been found
to the east of the Tucker’s Creek locality.
The somewhat remarkable rocks described as volcanic conglomerates, ete.,
can be traced almost continuously from the base of Mt. Johnstone to near the
Langlands Hstate. As was pointed out above, there are in general two types
of rock, and in this connection there seems to be a distinct change in nature
between the outerop in portion 154, Parish of Barford, and that near Tumble-
down Creek in portion 147, Parish of Uffington, where the rock contains rounded
inclusions of felsite up to the size of an egg. Near Glenoak the outcrop is brown
in colour, and can be seen just at the junction of the main road and a settler’s
road leaving the former near the western boundary of portion 155, Parish of
Uffington. Here the rock is adjacent toa fault plane and its displaced equivalent
to the east is found on the Langlands Estate, beyond which it is not known to
oceur.
The majority of the other true tuffs are fairly limited in extent, but those
which contain sandy and conglomeratie sediment have a wide areal distribution.
Thus the tuffs both underlying and succeeding the hypersthene-andesite are well
in evidence all the way from Martin’s Creek to Clarencetown, particularly so to
the east of Martin’s Creek Station and to the north of the school, where the
conglomerate content is very predominant. The conglomerates overlying the
biotite-quartz-keratophyres outcrop extensively in portions 54 (Barford) and 147
(Uffington), and to a less degree near the railway line just south of Martin’s
Creek (see map).
At Mt. Gilmore the development of these rocks is also considerable, but the
- average size of the constituent pebbles is much less than in the western districts.
At the northern end of the ridge the conglomerates become still less coarse in
texture and there is a local intercalation of a felspathic grit or tuff which does
not occur elsewhere.
Sugar Loaf Hill, a conspicuous landmark in portion 148, Parish of Uffing-
ton, is composed of conglomerates which appear to belong to the series under
discussion, the stratigraphieal relationship of the Sugar Loaf outerop to the
surrounding rocks being undetermined.
(iu.) Glacial Stage.
The widespread nature of the rocks forming the lower portion of the Glacial
Stage can be appreciated when one realises that, in spite of the effects of heavy
faulting involving pronounced meridional displacement in most cases, it is pos-
sible to draw a line in a direction east 20° south, from a point a little to the
south of Mt. Johnstone right across the area mapped, to Caswell’s Creek, distant
13 miles, the line traversing almost entirely the outcrops of these rocks, the ex-
ception being a small area of Voleanic Stage rocks near Glenoak, alluvium, of
course, not being considered.
Starting at Vacy, at the confluence of the Paterson and Allyn Rivers, rocks
of the lower portion, with the exception of the varves, are strongly developed
and form, for the most part, the ridge which stands up 1000. feet above the
valley of the Paterson River, and trends south to Johnstone Trig. Station. They
7
BY G. D. OSBORNE. + llehe
also compose the hills south and south-east of Mt. Johnstone, which gradually
deerease in height as one comes to Paterson Township. In addition they form a
considerable portion of the drainage area of Tucker’s Creek.
A well-marked depression in the timbered hills to the east of Paterson is
due to the existence of an area of these comparatively soft rocks, which haye
been faulted so as to be surrounded by the harder toscanite. Further to the
east these tuffs and conglomerates cover an extensive area between Tumbledown
Creek and the headwaters of Wattle Creek, being concealed just at Red Hill by
a flow of Tertiary basalt. The heavy fault passing through a little to the west
ot Glenoak can be traced right down to the Paterson-Seaham Road near Butter-
wick, and is thus responsible for placing the tuffs and conglomerates close to
this road, where they form the greater part of a long whale-back outcrop known
as Little Brandy Hill. Big Brandy, close by, is also composed of these sedi-
ments.
Further extensive areas of these rocks occur in the rough country in the
northwestern corner of the Parish of Seaham, where a number of the small tri-
butaries of the Williams River have their rise; and a trapezoidal area, south of
Glenoak, bounded on the east by the river and on the west by a large fault, is
also oceupied by the outcrops of these fragmental rocks. The continuation of
the last-mentioned outcrops to the east of the River is obscured by alluvium,
but the rocks are again well seen further eastwards, forming much of the country
at the feet of the slopes to the south-east of the Gilmore ridge, and ultimately
being cut off by a heavy strike-fault which places them against the Burindi
Beds. An effect of this fault, also, is to duplicate the outcrop of the tuffs and
conglomerates, causing them to appear overlying the ridge of Voleanie Stage
rocks running from The Gap south towards Raymond Terrace.
The conglomerate which forms the basal unit in the Glacial Stage is not
found on the western portion of the area surveyed, but from near portion 99, Parish
of Barford, across to the country east of Mt. Gilmore, it is a constant feature,
having its maximum development near Oakendale, where it outcrops in huge
boulders in portions 164 and 167, Parish of Uffington, and forms a flat pave-
ment in the bed of Tumbledown Creek, and a vertical cliff risimg therefrom, the
general locality of these occurrences being called the “Black Rocks.”
It forms a small, but marked hill, just east of the residence of Mr. Adamson,
schoolmaster at Glenoak, where there is an abundance of quartzite and aplite
pebbles, and maintains these features right to the outcrop on the Limeburner’s
Road.
The varves near Glenoak occur in portion 138, Parish of Uffington, on a
hillside immediately to the north-west of a small branch fault (see map). . They
constitute a small saddle, which effects a physiographic break in the otherwise
simple profile of a hill of tuff and tuffaceous conglomerate, and this feature can
be followed round to a creek in portion 131, and also north-west into portion 99.
The rocks have been found not in situ, in the bed of the creek in portion 109,
Farish of Barford, but the parent rock was not located.
It is to be noted here that to the east of the Williams River in portion 35,
Parish of Wilmot, there is a white cherty rock associated with the conglomerate
at the base of the Glacial Stage, which has some features in common with glacial
varves, but in the absence of confirmatory evidence, one hesitates to assign to it
a glacial origin.
The thin cherty shales carrying remains of the Rhacopteris flora have a wide
distribution. They have been noted in the talus upon the slopes of Mt. Johnstone
192 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i.,
and are to be found in a well-preserved state in two small quarries on the road-
side a few chains west of the railway line at Paterson on the way to Gresford.
Towards the base of the northerly-directed scarp of Hungry Hill, good fossils
from this horizon can be obtained, and particularly fine remains are seen on a
track leading from the northern point of portion 150, Parish of Barford, down
to Dunn’s Creek. A little to the east of the crossing of the creek by this track,
in a tributary gully, the plant-remains are associated with impure coal seams.
In the areas between here and the Williams River the plant-bearing shales and
tuffs are always found in the same stratigraphical position. Thus one sees an
abundance of this material just to the south of the Paterson-Glenoak Telegraph
Line in portion 108, Parish of Barford, and excellent specimens of Rhacopteris
species occur in the central part of portion 39, Parish of Seaham, and at the
foot of the hills close to the Williams River near the junctions of portions 39 and 40.
The most southerly occurrence of this horizon is upon the top of Big Brandy
Hill in portion 38 where the rock containing the iplant-remains is of coarser
texture. The horizon cannot be followed very far, either to the east or west, on
account of the presence of faults.
To the east of the Williams River one has no difficulty in locating this hori-
zon, as it outcrops at intervals along the cross-road from East Seaham to Ray-
mond Terrace, particularly near portion 22, Parish of Wilmot.
On account of the shght change which takes place in the composition of the
igneous rocks developed at Paterson as toscanite, it will be convenient in the
description of their regional distribution, to use the term dellenite, when dealing
with a locality where such is the identity of the rocks, and the term toscanite in
other cases. It has not been possible to say definitely whether the rocks in
question occur as a composite sill, as a single flow, or as a series of two or three
flows, but for present purposes they may be considered as one unit.
The toseanite outcrops at the summit of Mt. Johnstone and is developed in
a long dip-slope on the western fall of the ridge, spreading out westward to-
wards the head of Webber’s Creek. On account of the effect of erosion upon the
dome-like structure hereabouts, the junction of the lava with the underlying tuffs
swings away to the west, but the toscanite is again encountered along the southern
margin of the hills south of Mt. Johnstone, here having an easterly strike. About
one mile from the town of Paterson the rock dips at a high angle, the result of
an oblique fault, which, although possessing a considerable throw, has effected
practically no horizontal displacement of the visible outcrops. (The peculiarity
of this feature will be fully discussed in a later chapter). From here the rock
passes down into the town of Paterson, outcropping in the railway and road
cuttings and, after being eut through by the Paterson River and temporarily
lost in the alluvium, is found strongly developed to the east between the Paterson
and Dunn’s Creek, the dip-slope on which Hungry Trig. Station stands being
duplicated to the south by strike-faulting. The junction of the toseanite with
the overlying glacial beds is continually exposed along the course of Dunn’s
Creek, and towards the headwaters of that stream there are a number of small
disconnected outcrops, their lack of continuity being the result of erosion upon
a locally flatly-dipping series. Then on the road from Dunn’s Creek to Red Hull
there is a decomposed outcrop, and some dip-slopes of dellenite occur in the
rough country comprising portions 18, 21, 22, and 23, Parish of Butterwick.
The dellenite may then be traced down through the Water Reserve, portion 39
(Butterwick), and becoming very thin, it swings away to the south, possibly ow-
ing partly to the dragging effect of a large fault. The decrease in thickness
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 193
eventually brings about the disappearance of the rock, and there is, therefore, an
overlap of the Main Glacial Beds upon the lower portion of the Glacial Stage
in the district to the east of Butterwick. Beyond the region of overlap the
eruptive rock again occurs, aS in portion 52, Parish of Seaham, but the ex-
tension to the east is small, owing to the intervention of a heavy fault, by reason
of which the dellenite is next found along the course of Felspar Creek, eventually
coming out upon the Seaham-Clarencetown Road just at its sharp bend above
Felspar Creek. Alluvium now conceals the dellenite to the east, until the
Wilhams River is crossed, and on the left bank, immediately opposite Porphyry
Point, dellenite and potash-rhyolite are exposed on the hillside, partly artificially
in a small quarry. From here the rock forms the capping and southerly-directed
slopes of a distinet ridge which trends HE. 30° N. to Caswell’s Creek.
Good sections of the Main Glacial Beds are to be seen at various places in
the area, but the imdividual horizons do not outcrop over large areas in such a
way as to make it possible to trace them from place to place with ease. Further-
more, local development is a feature of some of the strata, especially the true
tillites.
‘ At Paterson the Main Glacial Beds outcrop in the Park and in the pad-
docks west thereof, and form a considerable amount of the low-lying land oc-
cupied by Webber’s Creek, some distance further west. Passing east from Pater-
son Park they form the foundation of much of the southern portion of the town,
. and can be seen near Douribang Village, on the Paterson-Seaham Road, and out-
cropping continuously along this road to within a mile of Butterwick. To the
south of this road they extend little, but on the north and north-east gradually
increase in width of outcrop from Douribang towards Dunn’s Creek, where they
are developed in a plunging synecline. In Dunn’s Creek and its main tributaries,
excellent sections are exposed, and the stratigraphy is clear, while the record, in
the main stream, of a dip of 40° at E. 30° S., and in the first tributary to the
east of a dip of 30° at N. 60° W. establishes the existence of the syncline men-
tioned.
Fluvio-glacial conglomerates, varves and glacial muds form part of the ridge
running from the western boundary of portion 18, Parish of Butterwick, to Big
Brandy Hill, as well as much of the lowlands to the south-west of this ridge.
On the east of the large fault near Butterwick, tillites and conglomerates are to
be seen o the southern slopes of Big Brandy, and also along the banks of Bartie’s
Creek. Hereabouts, the direct passage from the tuffs and conglomerates of the
lower portion to the Main Glacial Beds may be observed.
The most characteristic tillite in the whole area of the Main Glacial outcrop,
occurs on a small rise in the south-eastern corner of portion 38, Parish of Sea-
ham, the extent being limited. From here on to Seaham the glacial beds appear
to be mostly conglomerate and tillite, varves not being conspicuous. Nearer
Seaham they may be seen in the road cuttings, and to the north outerop right to
the right bank of Felspar Creek.
The occurrences in the Seaham Cemetery and along the Maitland Road have
been fully deseribed by Mr. Sussmilech. The base of the Main Glacial Beds
oceurs at Felspar Creek, just near the point where the road erosses the creek.
Here they are very bouldery indeed, and owing to the strike coinciding in general
with the trend of the road to the south, they outerop right along to the Seaham
Hotel. They also extend to the west of the road and are overlain by tuffs which
have their maximum development in portions 62 and 63. These are the equiva-
lent of the tuffs occurring along the ridge which stands to the east of the main
194 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1.,
tributary of Dunn’s Creek. The varves outcropping within the village of Sea-
ham, and excellently described by Sussmilch, may be followed from the main road
some distance to the west, the lower and more important horizon bemg the more
persistent. '
On the northern side of the Williams River, in the region mapped, the tain
Glacial Beds do not form important outcrops, much of the area where one should
expect to find them being occupied by swamps and alluvium. However, they
occur in a band about 30 chains wide, from the Punt Crossing to Caswell’s
Creek, the representative of the series being conglomerate, the appearance of
which suggests a fluvio-glacial origin, although no striated pebbles have been
tound.
Intrusive Ienzous Rocks.
The eruptive rocks which are definitely intrusive form a very subordinate
group, oceurring as sills and dykes. Three distinct types are comprised in this
group.
Firstly, there is a dyke of quartz-bearing gabbro-porphyrite, occurring in
portion 114, Parish of Barford. It forms a small knoll just to the east of Mr.
Vogele’s cottage, and can be traced about half a mile to the north and half that
distance to the south. The dyke strikes N. 10° E. and has an inconstant width,
varying from 10 to 30 feet, but no particulars could be obtained as to the dip.
On the margins of the outcrop the rock is distinctly fine-grained. The main
mass is a grey rock of very compact nature, weathering spheroidally, and giving
surfaces which it is almost impossible to spawl. The rock is porphyritic in plagio-
clase in hand-specimen, and under the microscope one sees large labradorite
erystals set in an ophitic groundmass of medium grain-size, composed of augite,
ilmenite, plagioclase and interstitial quartz.
es we consider a group of intrusions in the railway eutting in por-
tion 2, Parish of Wallarobba, just south-west of the Station. Here there is a
sul a three dykes of basic material intruding the hornblende-andesite (Martin’s
‘Ck. type). Two of the dykes are about one foot in thickness, and the third eight
inches, while the sill has a width of 10 feet. Unfortunately the rocks are almost
completely decomposed, but there is no doubt of the material being basic and
originally probably basaltie or doleritic.
Thirdly, there is a dyke of felsite intruding Burindi Beds’ in a railway
cutting between Martin’s Ck. and Hilldale, just north of the 40 mile-peg, which
strikes N. 50° E. and has a width of 4 feet. The microscopic characters of this
rock are not yet known.
The question arises as to the age of these minor intrusions. The felsite is
post-Burindi and might reasonably be regarded as connected with the eruption of
the felsitic lavas of the Voleanic Stage of the Kuttung Series, and all that can
be said of the quartz-bearing gabbro-porphyrite and the basie rocks is that they
are post-Voleanie Stage. They are essentially similar to the material forming
some of the minor intrusions of Tertiary age in Hastern New South Wales, and
in view of the occurrence of Cainozoic basalt flows at Mt. Douglas and elsewhere
in the area, the possibility of the large dyke of quartz-gabbro-porphyrite having
been a feeder to the basalt sheets produced by fissure eruptions, must be recog-
nised. However, it is also to be pointed out that at Currabubula there are rocks
of the nature of quartz-dolerites among the Carboniferous rocks, and also at
Pokolbin some small occurrences of dolerite and basalt, possibly of Palaeozoic
age.
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 195
Catnozoic Basaut.
Flows of Caimozoic basalt oceur on Mt. Douglas and to the east thereof, and
at Red Hill, near the head of Dunn’s Creek. The thickness of the basalt varies
from 200 feet to 60 feet, the maximum being at Mt. Douglas, and its occurrence
as residual cappings to the highest hills points to the existence of former wide-
spread flows, which were poured out upon a peneplain surface, this being evident
from the record of the aneroid barometer readings, which showed that the base
of the basalt was essentially level. In all localities the rocks are considerably
decomposed, furnishing excellent land for orchardists. At Red Hill the basalt
has existed in columnar form, large prisms being found amongst the red soil. At
this place also, the underlying tuffs have been changed by ferruginous material
derived from the basalt. In hand-specimen the basalt is aphanitie and almost
black in colour, the microscope showing equal amounts of well-formed laths of
felspar and irregular augite, together with magnetite and an occasional grain of
olivine, the fabric being radiate and ophitie.
Cainozoic DrerriraL Deposits.
In addition to the silts and alluvium along the banks of the creeks and
rivers, and the recent wash and unconsolidated talus elsewhere, there occur some
interesting rocks, of the nature of conglomerates, boulder beds, and grits, which
are clearly of Pleistocene or Recent age. In places these are surrounded and
partially concealed by alluvium, and thus are mentioned in the legend of the
map (Plate xxvi.), but otherwise they have not been mapped, in spite of their
widespread occurrence, since the placing of them upon the map would have
further concealed the already obscured plan of the Palaeozoic rocks, as given
on the map. These rocks are found on the highest hills and in the lowest valleys.
The best development generally occurs as a cloaking to the slopes of small-
stream valleys, and at the mouths of streams. They have, in these cases, been
formed as talus masses and alluvial fans, cemented together, and subsequently
cut into by the streams during further periods of degradation. But they are not
confined to stream valleys. On almost any gentle slope, masses of the rocks may
be found, often in the process of formation. It was interesting to find that a
conglomerate consisting of fragments of toseanite had developed on the dip-slope
on which Hungry Trig. Stn. stands, where the angle of dip is 18°. The boulders
are sometimes well rounded, but in the majority of cases only partially so, while
some rocks are composed of completely angular fragments. The size of the con-
stituents varies, the larger being the more angular, and there is no evidence of
sorting. The cementing material must differ in detail from place to place, but
essentially it is of an argillaceous nature. The extensive character of the de-
posits has to a large extent been determined by the fact that there is a notable
felspathie content in most of the Palaeozoic rocks in the whole area, whether
igneous or sedimentary. The types referred to as grits are free from boulders
and seem to be confined to relatively high localities. A typical outcrop of the
conglomerates is to be seen immediately south of the road half’a mile from Pater-
son towards Gresford. They also occur on the top of Mt. Gilmore and in the
Valley of Tucker’s Creek and in a large number of other places. The boulder
beds are best developed in the creeks to the east of the Gilmore Ridge, while the
gritty rocks may be seen round about the Dunn’s Creek Road a little south of
Red Hill.
196 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i,
ConcLupING REMARKS.
In the foregoing is given a detailed account of the stratigraphical and re-
gional geology of the Carboniferous System in the Clarencetown-Paterson area,
together with descriptions of certain intrusive rocks of uncertain age, and Caino-
Zoic igneous and sedimentary units.
A classification of the Kuttung Series is proposed, consisting of a Basal
Stage, a Volcanic Stage and a Glacial Stage. This subdivision, it is pointed
out, is one suited to the stratigraphical features exhibited in the area, and in
basie nature, differs little from that given by Mr. Sussmilch, but has been deemed
necessary on account of an advance in our knowledge of the details of the suc-
cession in the district, which was only possible from a close examination of the
rocks in the field over an extended field-season, which the author, fortunately,
was able to conduct. The Voleanic Stage has been treated in full detail and a
preliminary discussion of the stratigraphy of that Stage is given.
The whole outcome of the work, which is meant to be a contribution to a
fuller knowledge of the Carboniferous System, especially the Kuttung Series, has
been to confirm the. general sequence determined by the pioneering work of Mr.
Sussmileh, to whom, on this account, the author, like all workers in the Carboni-
ferous, is much indebted.
Acknowledgments——To Prof. Sir Edgeworth David the writer is deeply in-
debted for his many kind actions of encouragement. In the initial stages of the
work he conducted the writer over some of the ground described in these pages,
and has constantly interested himself in all the subsequent field and laboratory
work, supplying helpful advice on numerous occasions. Mr. W. R. Browne spent
a few days in June, 1921, in the Paterson area confirming the writer’s conclusions
and making helpful suggestions as to field problems. He has also been most
willing at all times and under all circumstances to confer with the writer on
various matters connected with the stratigraphy and petrology and, by his know-
ledge of the Carboniferous, has been able to offer valuable opinions on numerous
points. The writer has derived benefit from discussions on the geology of the
area with Mr. C. A. Sussmilch, on account of his first-hand knowledge of the
sequence, and in the field was assisted by Mr. H. G. Raggatt who, as a student
of the Geology Dept., spent a week with the writer at Clarencetown. In connec-
tion with the office work thanks are due to Mr. W. 8. Dun and Mr. L. UL. Water-
house, especially the latter for advice during the preparation of the map. For
characteristic hospitality and local scientific information the author has to thank
Mr. W. J. Enright, of Maitland.
With regard to the activities in the field he wishes to place on record his ap-
preciation of the generous hospitality extended to him by the residents of the
area. In this connection he cannot speak too highly of the service rendered by
Mr. W. Parker, Quarry Master, Martin’s Creek, and family, from whom he re-
ceived every kindness throughout the whole of his sojourns in the area. Also he
has to sincerely thank Mr. and Mrs. G. MeD. Adamson of Glenoak Public School,
Mr. and Mrs. J. W. Boag and family, of “Burnbrae,’ Seaham, Mr. and Mrs. A.
J. Dransfield of Paterson, Mr. and Mrs. L. S. Holmes of ‘Oakendale,” and Mr.
and Mrs. W. A. Holmes of “Langlands,” Mrs. W. Ripley and her mother Mrs.
Hackett, and Mr. Ben. Robards and his parents of “Hollydene,’ Clarencetown,
Mr. John Tucker of Paterson and Mr. A. J. C. Vogele of Mt. Douglas, whose
exact knowledge of the rocks on his property was of distinet value, and others
who, in various small ways, contributed towards the suecess of the work.
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 197
EXPLANATION OF MAP (PLATE XXVI.).
The map (Plate xxvi.) requires some remarks. On account of the imprac-
ticability of indicating on the legend the characters of all the units shown, a
supplementary key has been prepared, which is given in Text-fig. 6. The map is
entirely original, except for the following details: The boundaries of the alluvium
round about Seaham have been taken from Professor David’s Map of the Hunter
River Coal Measures, as well as the junction-line between the Kuttung Series
PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS
MAIN GLACIAL BEDS
GLACIAL
DELLENITE AND TOSCANITE
STAGE
LOWER PORTION OF GLACIAL STAGE
COMPRISING TUFFS, &C.
WELLE. DELLENITE AND TOSCANITE
ZA ar. eneronn TYPE)
VOLCA N IC << BIOTITE QUARTZ KERATOPHYRE
GrwrFrwnen
pe - -e | uypeRsTHENE ANDESITE
SmNGs Eee :
| HORNBLENDE ANDESITE (MARTIN’S
CK. TYPE)
KUT TUNG SERIES
BASAL
STAGE
y CONGLOMERATES AND TUFFS WITH
PLANT FOSSILS
| BURINDI SERIES
Text-fig. 6. Supplementary key to the Geological Map. (Plate xxvi.).
and the Permo-Carboniferous System from Seaham to the south-west, which itself
is not intended to be absolutely accurate. The extent of the Carboniferous Series
in the Dunn’s Creek district has been changed from what was shown previously,
but the base of the Permian Beds near Butterwick has again been obtained from
Prof. David’s map. The band of dellenite running from The Gap on the Lime-
burner’s Road south-south-west and the boundaries of alluvium near Clarencetown
have been copied from Jaquet’s map.
On account of the writer having mapped different units from those surveyed
by Jaquet, no reproduction of any of the details (with the exception of the
alluvium mentioned) of his Clarencetown map has been made.
198 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i.
At Dunn’s Creek there is a small outcrop of Permo-Carboniferous rocks
which is liable to be overlooked. It owes its preservation to the existence of a
syneline. In the mapping, the lowest bed of the so-called Permo-Carboniferous
traced was a fine-grained conglomerate containing an abundance of quartz pebbles,
with which was associated a yellow plant-bearing sandstone, both horizons being
utterly different from any of the Kuttung rocks.
List of Works Referred to.
Benson, W. N., 1913.—The Geology of the Great Serpentine Belt of New South
Wales, Part i., These Proceedings, xxxviil., part 3, pp. 490-517.
- 5 alenteg , Part vi., These Proceedings, xlii., Part 2, pp. 223-
245, 250-283.
, 1920. - , Part ix., These Proceedings, xlv., Part 2, pp. 285-
317, Part 3, pp. 337-374, 405-423.
, 1921.—A Census and Index of the Lower Carboniferous Burindi
Fauna. Ree. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., x., Part 1, pp. 12-74.
Browne, W. R., and Wauxom, A. B., 1911.—The Geology of the Eruptive and
Associated Rocks of Pokolbin, N.S.W. Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soe.
N.S.W., xlv., pp. 379-408.
Davin, T. W. E., 1904.—The Geology of the Hunter River Coal Measures. Mem.
Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geology No. 4.
Jaquet, J. B., 1901.—The Iron Ore Deposits of New South Wales. Mem. Geol.
Surv. N.S.W., Geology No. 2.
OssporngE, G. D., and Browns, W. R., 1921.—Note on a Glacially-striated Pave-
ment in the Kuttung Series of the Maitland District. These Pro-
ceedings, xlvi., Part 2, pp. 259-262.
Sussmitcn, C. A., and Davin, T. W. E., 1919.—The Sequence, Glaciation and
Correlation of the Carboniferous. Rocks of the Hunter River Dis-
trict, N.S.W. Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii., pp. 247-338, with two
Appendices.
Watxom, A. B., 1913.—The Geology of the Permo-Carboniferous System in the
Glendonbrook District, near Singleton, New South Wales. These
Proceedings, xxxviii., Part 1, pp. 146-159.
{Printed off, 9th June, 1922.]
(PUT GRA
De AnNi nays
i!
fo Osea
sibel
Alte
: Hipue
Mt
peels
Huei
ii
Nov
Aa
eatin
ee int
is
HAV ak
ia
AUS i
HN
HF
Ast uh
Petter
aia
(
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE IV.
Cladocera from New South Wales.
PLATE v.
Soc. N.S.W., 1922.
Proc. Linn.
Cladocera from New South Wales.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922.
. Cladocera from New South Wales.
PLATE VI.
PLATE vit.
Soc. N.S.W., 1922.
Proc. Linn.
Cladocera from New South Wales.
Roc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE VIII.
Cladocera from New South Wales.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922.
PLATE IX.
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922.
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
PLATE X.
ie
Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XI.
iD |
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XII.
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XIII.
Mu
Wie
Wp)
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. Puate xiv.
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PuaTE xv.
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
bili Ra.
Puare xvi.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922.
Proc.
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
Aas
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLAtE XVII.
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
oe
im
7
a
we
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.AW., 1922. PLATE XVIII.
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
a
&
ae
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE xIx.
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLAT XxX,
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XXI.
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XXII.
co
Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes.
eae
Aire ve.
ee
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XXIIL
yey
ie oy (en
aro
Pte
hPa gh sae
i 4
rel
= ste
i eenes
as (opp UaAE
1
a
hy
¥ te Thal
ax, age tye
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XXIV.
Fig.1. Termitaria of Hutermes vernont, Hamitermes wilsoni and Drepanotermes silvestrit.
Fig. 2. Termitarium of Eutermes longipennis built over stump.
isa
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XXv.
Fig.l. Hamitermes germanus. Fore and hind wings.
Fig.2. Coptotermes acinaciformis. Termitarium.
acinactformis. Interior of Termitarium.
es
Fe eet
Ww
o oWA
©°20000
00 96 © oO Of
OF” THE
ig GEOLOGICAL MAP
aa CLARENCETOWN PATERSON
DSTRIEH
MAINLY
KUTTUNG
SS
ep 000 0000 0 & CONGLOMERAT
tao fO—70 c 000,
YqAIN =NATIV
<oGRESS ORO
00000 OK UaSe eR ee
= AND
OY0 00 449 Pc
STRATIGRAPHY
SCALE
OBSCURE
40 20 O 40 80 100 120 i60 CHAINS
a ripodld nag
SM. GL : 0 i $ 40 \ 2 MILES
NVVVY
Mr. JOHNSTONE vv"
T.
_To KARUAH
«i
Vvvvvvvvvy
VV YY VY V VV vv <4
vy VY VV V VV YY
VV VVV VV
VvvVVVVV¥V VV ®
vvyv vovv vy vv
o 97 Caren Slee ce Liaise =
ae 7 ED
YEON, ’ GLEN OAK
MV VEN eV ai YY,
wie p
you imo at
v
voy
Jini
Sil
vv =
SLA,
264 na a8 AA
BO ada as\VY vv vvvyv
CAINOZOIC sa s &a—BOoAA os
4
ALLUVIUM AND & 8 4 Ab ay
CONGLOMERATE
VOLCANIC
STAGE
BASALT CLUEMLILLELIIAS ILD,
en
‘ GLACIAL AND VOLCANIC STAGE
ROCKS FOLLOWED BY PERMO-
vv
oy
BASAL |
PALAEOZOIC Se
PERMOCARBONIFEROUS
LOWER MARINE SERIES
BURIND! SERIES
CARBONIFEROUS-KUTTUNG SERIES
GLACIAL STAGE FAULTS
TTT
v
vv
CARBONIFEROUS BEDS TO THE
SOUTH AND EAST
CDO. sex
199
THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA. Part ii.
By W. F. BuaKety, Botanical Assistant, National Herbarium, Sydney:
(Plates xxvil.-xxxil.)
[Read 28th June, 1922.]
Series SANTALES Lindl.
Subser. Loranthineae.
(Engler, in Engl. et Prantl, Pfizfam., Nachtr., 11., 1897, 346.)
Family LORANTHACEAE D.Don.
Flowers regular hermaphrodite or unisexual. Calyx usually gamopetalous,
sometimes wanting, when present the limb entire or toothed. Bracts usually
one under each flower, free or fused to the pedicel, sometimes calyculate.
Petals 2 to 6, valvate in bud, free or united into a lobed corolla inserted on the
summit of the ovary. Stamens as many as petals, opposite to and inserted on
them or in the centre of the flower; anthers sessile, versatile, or adnate, 2-celled,
opening by pores or longitudinally. Dise usually present though not conspicuous,
annular, or somewhat pentagonal. Ovary inferior, 1-celled, with 1 erect or semi-
erect ovule. Style simple; stigma small, awl-shaped, or more frequently sub-
capitate. Fruit baccate or tripterous, crowned by the small dise and the per-
sistent calyx lobes or petals, one-seeded, the seed adherent to the pulp of the
pericarp, and surrounded by viscin, endosperm albuminous. Embryo clavate or
eylindrical, the radicle superior, cotyledons 2-5, often remaining within the endo-
sperm when germination takes place. Shrubs or trees with brittle, jointed
branches, parasitic on the branches and roots of other plants. Leaves simple
entire, with “stone cells all through the mesophyll; these are often star-shaped
with long slender arms,” * opposite or alternate, usually thick and coriaceous,
tri- or quinque-nerved, or penninerved, sometimes reduced to minute scales or
wanting, when absent the branches markedly compressed and viridulus. Stipules
when present, small and persistent. Inflorescence cymose, racemose, capitate or
fascicled; flowers conspicuous or minute, highly coloured or pale green.
“The only internal secretory organs found in this Order are mucilage-canals,
which occur in Nuytsia floribunda R.Br. They appear in the pith and in the
later stages in the bast; the pith contains a central mucilage-canal, and others
* A. G. Hamilton in Brit. Ass. Adv. of Sci-, N.S.W. Handb. 1914, 402.
200 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, li.,
whieh are peripheral, and situated opposite the largest vascular bundles. The
peripheral canals pass into the midrib of the leaf with the vascular bundles,
retaining their position on the upper side of the latter; they do not appear to
undergo any further branching; but become considerably swollen at certain
points. The mucilage-canals of Nwytsia are provided with an epithelium of
several layers, but are nevertheless of lysigenous origin; in the leaf the middle
lamellae of the gelatinized cells, which form the canal, can still be clearly recog-
nised.” +
KEY TO THE SUBFAMILIES AND TRIBES.
(A). Receptacle with “Calyculus,” or a calyx-like outgrowth surrounding the
base of the perianth. Perianth double. Flowers bisexual. Filaments conspicu-
ous; anthers adnate or versatile, two-celled, the cells opening longitudinally. Fruit
with a central layer of viscin surrounding the endosperm. ..
Subfam. I. LORANTHOIDEAE.
Stems with mucilage canals in the pith, and! in the latter stages in the bast.
Calyculus rudimentary. Fruit dry, tripterous; endosperm soft, albuminous. Viscin
layer thin. Terrestrial root-parasitic shrubs or trees .... .... 1. NUYTSIEAE
Stems without mucilage canals. Bast only outside of the wood. Calyculus
more or less developed. Fruit berry-like or like a stone-fruit. 2. LORANTHEAE.
Ovary one or more celled (one-celled in all the Australian genera) ; embryo
sac only on fertilization pressing right up to the base of the style. Fruit drup-
aceous. Endosperm horny, cel. cleft. Viscin scanty. Terrestrial ? non-root-
parasitic shrubs. .. .. . ee «- .. 2a, GAIADENDRINAE.
Perfect ovary one- Relea’ non sac . pease up towards the base of the
style. Endosperm soft, albuminous, smooth, or with faint longitudinal depres-
sions. Viscin copious. Semi-parasitic shrubs. .. .. .. .. 2b. LORANTHINAE.
(B). Receptacle without “Calyculus,” or a calyx-like outgrowth surrounding
the base of the perianth, or the perianth single. Flowers always unisexual.
Anthers sessile or nearly so, with three or numerous pollen-bearing chambers,
dehiscent by pores. Fruit with a sticky central ie: Seeds compressed in all
the Australian species. .. .. senna Subfam. Il. VISCOIDEAE.
Placenta central. Anthers Eenperfeciln 2-celled or dehiscent by a terminal
orifice. Perianth 3-merous. .. .. .. .. 1. KORTHALSELLINEAE.
Placenta basal. Anthers adnate! Ace the aserite many chambered, dehiscent by
pores, Perianthe2—4=meroush Mery .yeilss ete! vasa) essen oie bee tien oe eae 2a seeValS CBAs
I. 1. LoranvrHoipEsan-NUYTSIEBAR.
Engler in Engl. et Prantl, Pflanzenfam., iii., i, 1889, 177, et Nachtr., i.,
1897, 124.—Eulorantheae Benth., in Bth. et Hook. f., Gen. Pl. iii., 1880, 205.
Calyeulus rudimentary, shortly triquetrous. Fruit tripterous. Ovary 1-
celled. Cotyledons 2-4. Endocarp soft, not furrowed. Xylem with bands of
soft bast, traversed by concentric layers of thin-walled tissue, which consists
chiefly of parenchymatous cells and includes mucilage-canals, also small groups
of soft bast.
1 Noycs1a R.Br.
Journ. Geogr. Soe., i. 1831, 17; Benth. B.FI., iti., 1866, 387.
Flowers bisexual. Perianth double. Calyx shortly winged, the tube adnate
to the ovary; the limb short, irregularly 6-toothed. Petals 6, linear, free, erect
or spreading. Stamens as many as POLE inserted on the lower half of the
+ Solereder, Systematic Anatomy 16F the Dicotyledons, iy 1908, Dy il2s
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 201
petals; filaments slender, compressed. Anthers ovate-oblong, versatile with
parallel cells, opening longitudinally. Ovary inferior, 1-celled. Style elongated
subulate; stigma small, scarcely perceptible. Fruit a dry, scarious, tripterous,
one-seeded nut % to # inch long, and about as broad; seeds trigon-
ous. Embryo clavate, surrounded by copious albumen, with 1 to 4, usually 3,
unequal cotyledons. Terrestrial, root-parasitic, glabrous shrubs or trees; leaves
alternate, opposite or in irregular whorls, linear, acute or obtuse, thick, one-
nerved. Inflorescence racemose, terminal. Flowers orange-yellow, sessile, ter-
nately arranged on the semifoliaceous, ternate, bracteate pedicels. The genus is
limited to a single species endemic in Western Australia, and is named in honour
of Peter Nuyts, a celebrated Dutch navigator, who discovered that part of Wes-
tern Australia formerly known as Nuytsland.
NuyTsia FLORIBUNDA R.Br. (Plate xxvii.)
(Syn. Loranthus floribundus Labill.)
Journ. Geog. Soe., i., 1831, 17; Bot. Works., i, 1832, 308; Benth., B.FL,
iii., 389.
Medium-sized trees or shrubs, growing singly or in clumps, 20-40 feet high, _
1-3 feet in diameter; timber pale, soft and spongy; branches thick; bark dark —
grey or lead-coloured. Leaves dark green, sometimes glaucous, opposite, alternate
or in irregular whorls of 3, narrow linear, acute or obtuse, narrow-oblong, shortly
petiolate or sessile, 1-3 inches long, thick, nerveless, or with a central nerve, and
numerous fine longitudinal wrinkles when dry. Inflorescence terminal, racemose,
from a few inches to more than 1 foot long; pedicels angular or semi-terete, 10
to 15 mm. long, with 3, rarely 4 broad lanceolate or cordate foliaceous bracts,
3-7 mm. long (when in flower), supporting 3, sometimes 4 flowers. Flowers
orange-yellow, sessile, with a small deciduous bracteole under each flower in ad-
dition to the three outer bracts. The central bract narrow, considerably longer
than the lateral ones, all of which enlarge under the fruit to a length of 30 mm.
and are markedly like those of Loranthus grandibracteus F.v.M. Not only do
they enlarge, but they are of nearly equal length, with a conspicuous nerve down the
centre. Buds cylindrical or slightly clavate, about_15 mm. long: the central one often
larger than the others, usually developing first. Calyx triquetrous, 3-4 mm. long when
the flower expands, the limb conspicuous, tridentate or irregularly toothed, en-
larging with the fruit. Petals 6, cleft to the base into narrow linear segments.
Filaments attached to the lower half of the petals. Anthers versatile, oblong,
emarginate, 2 mm. long. Style straight, angular or slightly compressed, on a
rather broad base; stigma small, acute. Fruit light to dark brown, broadly 3-
winged, 20-30 mm. broad, and nearly as long, somewhat lke fruits of Dodonaea
viscosa or D. triquetra. Seeds trigonous, surrounded by a thin coating of viscin
as in Phrygilanthus or Loranthus, 5-8 mm. long, 3-5 mm. broad. Endosperm
albuminous, with a nutty flavour. Cotyledons 2-5, linear, subterete, acicular,
unequal.
Mr. J. J. Fletcher (These Proceedings, xxxii., 1908, 881) contends “that
three is evidently the dominant number of cotyledons in Nuytsia.’? He also
draws attention to the close relationship of this plant to Persoonia in its poly-
cotyledonary characters, and illustrates his points with a number of interesting
photographs. J. Drummond (Hooker’s Jour. Bot., i, 1840, 346), says the
seeds resemble “Rhubarb” and that they vegetate with several cotyledons like the
Pine.
202 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 11.,
As far back as 1841 M.H. (J.C.) Bidwill (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., viii., 1842,
438) draws attention to a plant of Nuytsia which flowered every year in the
Government Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and at the same time pointed out that
the seeds germinated with 3 awl-shaped cotyledons. The same plant was also
referred to by Allan Cunningham (op. cit., 439) as being “on the verge of a
splendid flowering. It was brought from Western Australia by Baxter.” Mr.
J. H. Maiden informed me that he remembered the plant. It died im 1883.
Twenty years later the following reference to this plant appeared (N.S.W.
Hort. Mag., iv., 1867, 23): “We believe it is somewhat over twenty years since
the plant was first introduced to the colony, and various attempts have been
made to propagate it, but without success; so that should the plant cease to
exist, it will be a hopeless case to replace it.” There is also a litho sketch by
R. D. Fitzgerald.
Although the foliaceous floral bracts enclose 3 flowers, I have not seen them
enclosing more than one ripe fruit. As the central flower appears to develop
first, it is probably the fruit bearer, and the lateral ones are perhaps sterile.
Whether this is so, I am not prepared to say without further field observations,
or a supply of fruit in various stages of development. It is a matter which
local botanists could look into with interest.
Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald (Mueller’s Botanical Society, l.c.) supplies the fol-
lowing notes on its habit and reproduction: “Wood pale coloured, very soft and
spongy, and of no commercial value. It exudes a white or pale-coloured gum,
which in the fresh state is very adhesive. This remarkable and highly ornamental
plant does not seem partial to any particular kind of soil, nor does it extend
inland far distant from the coast. The flowers are produced during December,
attaining their greatest perfection about the end of that month, hence the origin
of the vernacular name of “Christmas Tree.”
“According to Dr. Preiss, who collected specimens near Perth in 1838, it
was termed by the colonists “Cabbage-tree.” The radical portion of the stem
thickens considerably immediately below the surface of the ground and often
throws up white scaly shoots which, gradually ascending to the, surface, develop
into new plants. The roots are few, very watery and spongy. The species 1s
reputed difficult of reproduction, but I have seen numerous seeds that have ger-
minated after they had fallen on the surface of the ground and then perished,
evidently from the effects of the direct rays of the sun; therefore it is apparent
that the reproduction of the species from properly opened seed should not be
attended with any great difficulty. Reproduction by means of the stolonlike
shoots should be attended with reasonable success.”
According to James Britten (Jour. Bot., xlvi., 1909, p. 143) Nauytsia flori-
bunda is figured by Ferdinand Bauer in his drawings of Australian plants. Bauer
collaborated with Robert Brown, and it is quite feasible that Bauer’s detailed
drawing of Nuytsia influenced Brown in segregating Nuytsia from Loranthus.
The anatomy of Nuytsia, also of Loranthus and Viscum, is dealt with by
Solereder (“Systematic Anatomy of Dicotyledons,” ii., 726-30, also Addenda, p.
1046). He also refers in his bibliography to Van Tieghem’s contribution on the
same subject (Bull. Soc. bot. de France, 1873, pp. 317-28).
O. H. Sargent (Annals Botany, xxxii., 1918, 216) contributes an interesting
note on the fertilization of Nuytsia, and is inclined strongly to the opinion that
birds are the “official” pollinators.
Range—The Nuytsia appears to be confined to a limited coastal area in
Western Australia. It extends from Bow River in the south, to the Murchison
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 203
River in the north. The following are the definite localities. Bow River (“Grows
in damp places. Trees up to 30 ft. high and 2 ft. in diameter. Branches brittle
and snap like earrots.”’ S. W. Jackson, No. 997, Dec., 1912); Esperance Bay
(Diels and Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb., 35, 1905, p..175); Murray District (E. Pritzel,
No. 139, Dee., 1901; in Bot. Jahrb., l.c.); Cannington (R. Helms, No. 996,
29-1-1899); Canning Plains (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 1002, Jan., 1903); King
George Sound (Robert Brown. Quoted by Bentham, B.FIl., iii, 389; B. T.
Goodby, No. 312, Dec., 1901); Swan River (Drummond, Ist coll. Quoted by
Bentham. Freiss, n. 1608 and others also quoted by Bentham); Perth (J.
Sheath, No. 1001, Dec., 1910; Dr. J. B. Cleland; also photographs in the
National Herbarium, Sydney, showing single-stemmed and Mallee-like plants, No.
999; Miss Moore, No. 1000); Wooroloo (Max Koch, No. 1902, Dee., 1907) ;
Coolgardie (L. Webster, No. 998, 1898); Murchison River (Oldfield, quoted by
Bentham, l.c.).
Economic Uses.
Nuytsia often exudes a quantity of transparent gum which hardens on ex-
posure to the air, and which is said to make a good adhesive mucilage (vide
Maiden, Useful Native Plants of Australia, 219; also Fitzgerald, Muell. Bot.
Soe., l.c.).
Host Plants.
Mr. D. A. Herbert has recently (Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. W.A., v., 1918-19,
72), contributed an important paper on the structure, parasitism, ete., of this
plant, in which the following host plants are given, which I have arranged in
botanical sequence.
Gramineae: Cynodon dactylon Rich. Proteaceae: Banksia attenuata R.Br,
B. Menziesti R.Br., Stirlingia latifolia Steud. Polygonaceae: Rumex acetosella
L. Rosaceae: Rosa sp. Leguminosae: Acacia pulchella R.Br., Jacksonia fur-
cellata DC., Cytisus proliferus L. var. alba (Tree Lucerne), Vicia Faba L.
(Broad Bean). Geraniaceae: Geranium sp. Rutaceae: Citrus sp. Vitaceae:
Vitis sp. Dilleniaceae: Hibbertia hypercoides Benth. Myrtaceae: Melaleuca
Hugelii Endl., M. viminea Lindl., Calythrix flavescens A. Cunn. Umbelliferae:
Daucus Carota L. (Carrot). Epacridaceae: Conostephium pendulum Deless.
Solanaceae: Solanum sp.
I. 2a. LORANTHOIDEAE-LORANTHEAB-GAIADENDRINAE.
Engl., l.c., Nachtr., p. 125—Gazadendrees, van Tiegh., Bull. Soe. bot. France,
xhu., 1896, 455.
Calyculus distinct. Ovary one- or more celled. Embryo clavate; cotyledons
2. Endosperm stone-like, deeply cleft.
2. GAIADENDRON G. Don.
Gen. Hist., iii., 1834, 431; Engler et Prantl, Pflanzenfam., iii., 177, and
Naehtr., iii., 1897, 125; Benth. and Hook. f., Gen. PL, iii., 212.—(Gatodendron)
Gaidendron, Endl., Gen., 1839, 801.—Gaidendron, Endl., Euchir, 1841, 399.
Calyx 6-8 toothed. Petals 6-8, narrow, free. Stamens 6-8, inserted on the
petals. Style angular, subulate; stigma simple. Ovarium oblong-cylindrical.-
Fruit a drupe, endocarp hard, with 8 longitudinal ribs protruding into as many
204 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 11,
deep furrows of the seed. Terrestrial shrubs with opposite, lanceolate leaves,
and axillary racemes of creamy white flowers.
Like Nuytsia, this genus is represented in Australia by one species only, but
there are six representatives in Colombia and Chili, which, however, belong to a
different section, Eugaiadendron Engler, distinguished from the Australian sec-
tion, Atkinsonia, by the ternate disposition of the inflorescence.
Sect. ATKinsonia (EF. v. M.) Engl.
Flowers in simple racemes of 3-8 flowers.
GAIADENDRON LIGUSTRINA (A. Cunn.) Engler. (Plate xxviii.).
Engler, J.c.; G. Don, l.c.; Lindl., Swan River App., Bot. Mag., 1839, p. xxxix.
(as Nuytsia ligustrina A. Cunn.); Veg. King., 1847, p. 791; Muell., Fragm.,
ii, 1860-61, 130 (as N. ligustrina); Fragm., v., 1865-66, 34 (as Atkinsonia
ligustrina) ; Benth., B. FL. iii., 1866, 388; Mart., Fl. Braz., 1868, p. 21; Htting.,
Uber die Blatts. der Lor., Taf. xii., fig. 6-8 (Nuytsia sp.); Hook. Icon. Pl., 13,
1880-82, fig. 1319 (as Loranthus Atkinsonae); Benth. and Hook., Gen. Pl., in.,
1880, 212; Moore and Betche, Handb. Fl. N.S.W., 1883, 228.
Terrestrial bushy shrubs, quite glabrous, 2 to 6 feet high, usually found in
barren or rocky situations. Branches angular and somewhat striate, or the
older ones echinate with the remains of the petioles. Leaves opposite (not alter-
nate as stated by Bentham), narrow to broad lanceolate, or oblong lanceolate,
searcely acute, paler underneath, the margins recurved, midrib prominent, nar-
rowed into a short petiole, 2-5 em. long. Racemes axillary; the rhachis angular,
3-8 flowered, 1 to 24 em. long, shorter than the leaves, with three minute per-
sistent acute stipules at the base. Flowers glabrous, single, opposite, on short
thick pedicels, 3 mm. long. Bracts 3, decurrent on the pedicels and rhachis, un-
equal, the central one usually longer and broader than the lateral ones, oc-
easionally all equal in length, narrow-liear or linear-lanceolate, 2-3 mm. long,
enlarging under the fruit. Buds clavate, 5-8 mm. long. Calyx cylindric, 3 mm.
long, the broad limb conspicuous, minutely irregularly denticulate. Petals 6 to
8, usually six, free, narrow-linear, acute, 6 mm. long. Filaments attached to the
lower half of the petals, and about the same length as the anthers, usually with
a small gland on the bent upper portion. Anthers versatile, lanceolate, 2.5 to 3
mm. long, and about 1 mm. broad. Style terete, considerably shorter than the
petals, or well enclosed in the centre of the flower; stigma somewhat compressed.
Fruit a hard drupe, ovoid to oblong, changing from scarlet to dark purple or
nearly black when ripe, crowned with the persistent calyx limb, 10 to 13 mm.
long, 8 mm. in diameter; epicarp very thin, coated with a thin layer of viscin;
endosperm albuminous, deeply furrowed nearly to the centre into 7 or 8 divisions.
Embryo oblique, suspended by a capillary suspensor, 1 mm. long, the suspensor
shghtly longer; embryonic cotyledons two, acute, unequal.
Synonyms.—Nuytsia ligustrina A. Cunn., Loranthus epigaeus F.v. M.
(Coll.), Loranthus Atkinsonae Benth. and Hook., Atkinsonia ligustrina (F.v. M.)
Benth. ;
Remarks.—The seeds of Loranthus Exocarpi Behr., show affinity to the
fruits of Gaiadendron ligustrina in the somewhat deeply furrowed endosperm.
The leaves figured by Ettingshausen (Uber die Blatts. der Lor., J.c.) under
Nuytsia sp. are without doubt Gaiadendron ligustrina.
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 205
Range.—This plant is so far confined to a small area on the Blue Mountains,
as the following localities will show, but it is less common now than formerly
owing to the rapidly increasing population.
Mueller (Report Burdekin Expedition, p. 12) mentions that it is “said to
be found also on the north-western tributaries of the Darling.” I have been
unable to confirm this statement.
Springwood (H. Deane), Woodford (J. H. Maiden), Linden (J. H. Maiden
and R. H. Cambage. Mr. Maiden informed me that he had often seen this plant
in open forest), Lawson (Reader, A. A. Hamilton), Wentworth Falls (H. Deane),
“On the side of the road to Mt. Wilson about 14 miles from Bell Railway
Station” (A. A. Hamilton, These Proceedings, xxxix., 1915, 409), about 100
yards west of the second danger post on the Mt. Wilson road (W. F. Blakely),
Mount Wilson (J. Gregson, J. H. Maiden, A. G. Hamilton, These Proceedings,
xxiv., 1889, 359), Mt. Tomah [“I was pleased also to meet at Mt. Tomah, with
a plant which you probably have in your herbarium, under the name of Loran-
thus, but it is terrestrial and although I unfortunately neglected to put specimens
of its flowers into spirits as I should have done, stillb I trust those I send will
suffice to determine the question, whether or not it should form with L. floribun-
dus of La Billardiére the genus Nuytsia of Robert Brown. We brought home a
growing specimen with us, which appears likely to succeed in the Botanic Gar-
dens (Sydney).” R. Cunningham in a letter to the Editor, Botanical Magazine,
Jan. 25th, 1835, vide Companion to Botanical Magazine, 1836, p. 218.], Mt.
Tomah and Wheeny Creek (W. Woolls and L. Atkinson, quoted by Mueller in
Fragm., v., 34. Probably the type locality), About 23 miles north-east of Mar-
rangaroo Railway Station (Flowers light to dark orange colour; the most wes-
terly locality, Dr. E. C. Chisholm and W. F. Blakely).
There is also a specimen in the National Herbarium, collected by Dr. Leich-
hardt without locality.
Is Gaiadendron ligustrina root parasitic?
The late Mr. E. Betche investigated the supposed root parasitism of this
plant, and collected a number of the roots which he preserved in alcohol. The
Museum Register in the National Herbarium, Sydney, contains the following
record relating to the roots, which is in Mr. Betche’s handwriting: “In about
1890, I was sent by Mr. Moore to get specimens of the roots for Baron von
Mueller, and to report whether it is a parasite or not. I collected the roots of
(Atkinsonia) Gaiadendron in all sizes, the thick roots, the small fibre roots, and
the saprophytic roots growing upwards into the humus.”
Mr. Betche’s report is not available but, judging from the record just quoted,
his investigation gave a negative result. I examined these roots carefully and
found the roots of a Myrtaceous plant amongst them, also the roots of another
unknown plant. On making this discovery I decided to examine the plant in
the field. Eventually I investigated several plants on the Mt. Wilson Road, and
failed to find the shghtest sign of parasitism, although the opportunity for such
was very favourable. The plants were growing at the base of two trees of
Eucalyptus Sieberiana, with which the roots of Boronia microphylla, Eriostemon
obovalis and Xanthosia pilosa commingled. The soil consisted of fairly deep
yellow sand with a little surface humus. The largest and apparently the oldest
plant was growing between the two Eucalypts, its roots had grown across those
of the Eucalypt, and some were also parallel with the roots of the latter, but no
trace of parasitism was noticeable.
206 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, il,
Young plants in the seedling stage with the endosperm attached to them
were also found to be entirely dependent upon their own roots, which consisted
of a deep radicle, and very fine lateral rootlets. Root hairs were abundant on
the small roots. A ‘three- or four-year-old plant was also carefully investigated
and gave the same result.
The large roots, which vary from + to 1 inch in thickness, are markedly
soft and phable and grow to a length of 3-6 feet. When cut, the sap turns
blue-black in colour; the cortex is also very thick for the size of the root. The
young roots are yellowish but with age they change to a brownish pink.
There is a general belief that the plant is stoloniferous. Those investigated
by me showed no sign of stolons, for they were inclined to penetrate deeply
into the soil. On the other hand, the plant vegetates freely from the crown and
also from the main stem three or four inches under the ground, which very largely
accounts for its shrubby habit. When burnt over by bush fires it sends up a
new crop of shoots from the old stem, similar to the Weratah, but on a much
smaller scale.
The plant should be easily propagated from seed and also from cuttings.
I. 2b. LorRANTHOIDEAE-LORANTHEAE-LORANTHIN AE.
Engler in Engl. et Prantl, Pflanzenfam., Nachtr., iii., 1897, 125 and 127.
Calyculus developed, though very small. Petals free or united. Ovary 1-
celled. Endosperm smooth or imperfectly canaliculate. Visein copious. Anthers
adnate or versatile.
(A). Filaments subterete, attenuated, subulate and often geniculate. Anthers
Weenies Goiea \tal do cola onde (seMoO rao od) Schoo Hel ad ween » tonD em OMe
(B). Filaments compressed, uniform, usually passing imperceptibly into the
adnate anthers. .. .. . 4. Loranthus.
Eichler (Martius, Flora Braziliensis, v., 2, 1868, p. 45-48) was the first to
separate the versatile section of our Loranthaceae from the genus Loranthus and
establish the genus Phrygilanthus, in which he ineluded P. celastroides, P. Bid-
willii and P. myrtifolia, all of which were placed under Loranthus by Bentham
and others. Subsequently, Bentham and Hooker (Genera Plantarum, iii., 211)
recognised Phrygilanthus as a sub-genus of Loranthus, and furnished a brief
description accordingly.
The National Herbarium, Sydney, is indebted to Mr. James R. Weir, Forest
Pathologist-in-Charge, Bureau of Plant Industry, Department of Agriculture,
Washington, for the description of the genus Phrygilanthus, which is now pro-
duced, as not readily available.
PHRYGILANTUHUS Hichler.
Fl. Brazil, v., 2, 1868, 24—§§ Loranthi Oscillantherae Tetramerae
et Taguanae DC., Prodr., iv., 307, 315.—Teisterix ex parte. et Struthanthi
species, Mart., Flora, 4, 1830, 104, 108—Gaiadendron, Notanthera et ex aliis
generibus species, Don, Gen. Syst., i., 128, 431, ete—Loranthi §§ 6. et 4 (ex
parte), Oliv., Journ. Linn. Soe. London, vii., 98.—Loranthi spece. Auctt., Epicoila
Raf., Sylva. Tellur., 1838, 126; Taguaria, Raf., ibid., 125—Loranthus, Benth. and
Hook. f., Gen. Pl., ii., 212; Engl. and Prantl, ii., i., 178, and Nachtr., 133.
Flores hermaphroditi, solemniter 6- (3-+3-) meri, rarius 5-v. 4nune 7-8-
meri. Calyx urceolatus vy. marginiformis, integer v. dentatus. Petala libera, in
corollam regularem conspirantia, alternatim apice latiora et obtusiora,, angustiora
BY W. FP. BLAKELY. 207
et acutiora, rarius (in quibusdam 4- et 5-meris) aequalia. Stamina petalorum
ratione aut aequalia aut diversa: longioribus altioribus solito more ante petala ob-
tusa, brevioribus demissioribus ante acuta positis; Filamenta inferne petalo post-
posito adnata, superne hbera cylindrico-filiformia, apice subulata, cum connectivo
articulata; Antherae dorso plq. medio affixae, versatiles, ellipticae v. oblongae,
biloculares, longitrorsum birimosae. Pollinis granula ut in Psittacantho. Ovarium
eylindrico-subglobosum usque lineare, disco ecarnoso annuliformi integerrimo v.
pro petalorum numero lobato tectum; Stylus eylindrico-filiformis, v. subulatus.
Stigmate capitato v. punctiformi, rarius sub-bilobo. Bacea succosa, epicarpio
carnoso, endocarpio plq. membranaceo, mesocarpio viscoso erasso totum semen
involvente. Semen albuminosum; Endospermium aequabile (Phr. aphyllus et al.)
aut plicis endocarpii ruminatum (P. Tagua), firme carnosum y. corneum; Embryo
cylindricus, endospermii fere longitudine, Cauliculo plq. breviter exserto. Coty-
ledonibus 2 liberis semiteretibus applicativis.
Frutices super Dicotylearum ramos semiparasitici, rarius. Arbusculae ter-
retres autotrophae. Radices solemniter nonnisi intracorticales, rarissime aereae
prehensiles. Caulis Ramique plq. teretes. Folia opposita decussata, saepe meta-
topice disjecta, rarius per spiram 2/5 v. affinem alterna, frondosa, ruro ad squa-
mas reducta, utrinque stomatophora. Flores solitarii v. per ternationes in
racemis corymbisre terminalibus et axillaribus (in una adeo reductis, ut florem
axillarem mentiantur, cf. infra n. 2); Bracteis Bracteolisque variis (ef. infra
conspectum specierum), flore tamen ternationis intermedio nunquam ecupula in-
structo, in lateralibus bracteolis secundariis constanter deficientibus. Flores
inter majores, 4 poll.- spithamaei, rubri flavi v. albi. Crescunt majore numero
in topicis Americae australis, regionibus praecipue montosis Columbiae, Peruviae,
Chile et in Brasilia subtropica; paucae in Australia occurrunt.
The following brief description covers the Australian representatives of the
genus: Flowers bisexual, 4 to 1% inch. long; ealyx cylindric or pear-shaped,
obscurely toothed or entire. Buds clavate; corolla straight or curved, on maturity
readily separating to the base into 5, rarely 6 narrow-linear segments. Stamens
as many as petals; filaments compressed or terete; anthers elliptic oblong, ver-
satile; style filiform, terete or angular; stigma clavate or capitate. Fruit spheri-
eal, cylindrical or pear-shaped, 5 to 15 mm. long. Endosperm albuminous;
embryo cylindric; embryonic cotyledons not withdrawn from the endosperm on
germination. Primary leaves narrow lanceolate, broad spathulate to elliptical,
2, occasionally 3. Inflorescence sub-terminal, eymose or the flowers borne on
very slender fureate peduncules. Flowers single or ternate, each supported by
a small, navicular, persistent, pedicellate bract. Parasitic shrubs with numerous
divaricate branches, and usually with conspicuous aerial roots. Leaves opposite,
linear, spathulate, obovate to lanceolate-falcate. Differimg from the Australian
Loranthus mainly in the versatile anthers and terminal inflorescence.
The genus is represented by about thirty species, mainly from Brazil, Chili
and Feru. New Zealand and the Philippine Islands have each one representative,
while Australia has four.
Sect. Murtiertna Engler.
Engl. and Prantl, Pflanzenfam., Nachtr., iii., 1897, 134; genus Muellerina,
van Tiegh., Bull. Soe. bot. Fr., xlii., 1895, 25, 175.
Inflorescence cymose; flowers ternately arranged; the central flower sessile.
208 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, il,
Leaves large.
1. Leaves narrow to broad lanceolate, often triplinerved, 5-16.cm. long. Pedicels
and bracts glabrous. .. Clie ape eh ama ncist hots paucteiN ers 1. FP. eucalyptifolius.
1°. Leaves obovate to elliptical, penninerved. Pedicels and bracts minutely
PuUubescents cies heey ee oesipstelyeeawianeel eraiclena\speiMers a Meme fee an OEM eT ast OTe SN
Sect. Furcizua Engler.
Engler and Prantl, l.c.; genus Furcilla, van Tiegh., l.c., pp. 85, 166.
Inflorescence furcate; the common peduncle bearing 2 pedicellate flowers.
Leaves small
1. Leaves cordate, very thin, almost sessile, 1-2 cm. long. .. 3. P. myrttfolia.
1°. Leaves linear, petiolate, 12-24 mm. long. .. .. .. .. .. .. 4. PB Bidwillii.
1. PHRYGILANTHUS EUCALYPTIFOLIUS (Sieb.) Engler. (Plate xxix.).
P. celastroides (Sieb.) Eichl. var. eucalyptifolius Engler (imp.), Nachtr.,
ili., 1897, 134; L. ewcalyptifolius, Sieb. in Roem. et Schult., Syst. Veg., vii., 1829,163,
non H.B. et K.; G. Don, Gen. Hist. PL, iii., 1834, 431; Miq., Ned. Krudk. Arch., iv.,
1856, 105; A. Gray, Bot. U.S. Exp. Exped., i., 1854, 741; F. Muell., Pl. Vie., t. 30
(fig. on right-hand side of plate); Ettingsh., Uber die Blatts. der Lor., Tab. xiii,
fig. 11 to 13, Tab. xiv., fig. 2; Muell., Key Vic. Pl., part i. (lower figura of t.
66); Muell., Rept. Burdekin Exped., 13: Kunth., Bl. Biol., iii., i, 255, fig. 45;
Engler and Prantl, Pflanzenfam., iii., 179 (as P. celastroides (Sieb.) Hichl.) ;
Ewart, Weeds Poi. Pl. Vic., 28 (Fig. on right hand side of plate).
I have not seen Sieber’s original description but presume that of De Can-
dolle is a reproduction, which, translated by Don, is as follows: ‘“Glabrous;
branches terete, dichotomous; leaves opposite, petiolate, lanceolate-linear, acutish,
thick-coriaceous, almost veinless. L. eucalyptifolius Sieb. Fl. Nov. Holl. No.
242, but not of Kunth. Leaves 3-4 inches long and 6-7 lines broad. Petioles 6
lines long. Flowers and fruit unknown.”
Asa Gray (Bot. Amer. Exp. Exped., l.c.) refers to this species in the follow-
ing words: “Of this species as of L. eucalyptoides neither the flowers nor the
fruits were known. They occur in our specimens, and are almost exactly like
those of L. celastroides. Moreover some of the leaves, instead of being elon-
gated-lanceolate and somewhat falcate, are elongated oblong, very obtuse and
less than 2 inches in length; arising the question whether it may not be an
extraordinary form of the foregoing species, L. celastroides.”
I, however, maintain it is a valid species and give the following evidence
in support of that view. The original description is very imperfect, and I
therefore proceed to describe it more fully: Strictly glabrous plants (even the
inflorescence and young parts); union supported by numerous adventitious
roots, frequently exceeding the branches by several feet; branches pendulous,
smooth, terete except for a slight compression at the nodes of the young branches;
lenticular, with linear, transverse, often red-brown lenticles, 1-10 feet long, some-
times forming dense masses, but as a rule hang in graceful showers (depauperate
plants with short, matted, semi-erect branches) ; internodes 2-10 em. long. Leaves
opposite, thick, coriaceous, 5-20 em. long, 1-3 em. broad, somewhat shining when
green, dull when dry, usually broad linear to narrow lanceolate, acuminate or
faleate, occasionally long-spathulate, tapering at the base into a terete curved
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 209
petiole, 3-13 cm. long (abbreviated forms often oblong obtuse to broad lanceo-
tate) ; venation scantily penninerved or obscurely triplinerved at a distance from
the base, the intermediate nerves rarely reaching the apex. In the narrow-leaved
forms the midrib is alone conspicuous. Sometimes the veins are short and
searcely parallel, and are more numerous on one side of the midrib than the
other, but they are always at a much higher angle, and less reticulate than those
of P. celastroides. Inflorescence a terminal shortly branched eyme, 1-4 ins. long,
bearing 12-24 bracteate flowers. Flowers in triads, the central ones sessile,
maturing first, usually larger and longer than the lateral ones; bracts glabrous,
small, coneave, ovate-elliptic, spreading when dry; calyx subeylindrie, curved at
the base like the bowl of a pipe; the slender 4-7 mm. pedicel acting as the stem
(the curvature of the calyx is erratic, and often causes the flowers to turn in
various directions) ; limb truncate, rarely toothed, paler than the base, the whole
5-7 mm. long; buds often abruptly curved at the base and again at the top, the
apex acute, ventricose in the lower portion and in the vieinity of the anthers,
4-63 em. long, marked by the unequal insertion of the filaments, slightly striate
by the lines of demarcation of the perianth segments. Petals usually 5, oc-
easionally 6 in the central flowers, or in luxuriant forms, free, lnear-lanceolate,
acute, reddish inside to the base of the filaments, yellowish-green, or occasionally
shaded rose on the outside, deflexed or somewhat oblique, the two lowest cleft
at least 5 mm. below the three upper ones, all minutely crenulate on the some-
what thickened inner margins at the base, but more conspicuous on the two
lower petals, the top sometimes with a minute gland-lke appendage inside above the
filaments and a short distance from the extreme point. Filaments unequal in
length, those attached to the upper petals longer than the others by 2-3 mm., and
geniculate a short distance below the anthers, the longest with two rudimentary
glands, the shorter ones with a single gland on the bent upper portion. Anthers
versatile, oblong, 2-3 mm. long, about 1 mm. broad, minutely emarginate at both
ends. Style pentagonal, usually green throughout, exceeding the anthers by
about 3 mm., the upper portion geniculate or sometimes minutely flexuose, dotted
with 4-8 minute glands; stigma minutely capitate or scarcely enlarged, reddish.
Dise pentagonal, but not acutely so, pitted on the inside with five depressions
or sears of the segments, and with a central pit or the remains of the style.
Fruit usually curved, cylindric or pear-shaped, 10-15 mm. long, light green with
a pale yellow top, opening semi-apically. Epicarp thick, coriaceous; viscin sac
7-12 mm. long, the spongy base globose;. seeds turbinate with slightly raised
angles at the top, surrounded by copious viscin, about 5 mm. long. Endosperm
white; embryo elongated, terete, about 3 mm. long, green; the embryonic cotyle-
dons narrow oblong, remaining in the endosperm when germination takes place;
hypocotyl very short, scarcely 1 mm. long. On germination the hypocotyl, with
the disc, resembles that of Notothixos subaurews Oliv. but, unlike the latter, it
does not grow out from the seed in quest of a suitable spot for attachment, but
turns abruptly under the seed or endosperm, and attaches itself to the host, as
it were from the shelter of the seed which is thickly coated with very tenacious
viscin, which hardens or liquefies according to the progress of the hypocotyl.
Primary leaves narrow spathulate to lanceolate, developing to a length of 10
mm.
The seeds germinate very rapidly in favourable weather, on any object on
which they chance to fall. An investigation showed that beneath a large fruiting
plant of this species, the free germination of the seed was observed upon many
objects, such as rocks, bones, blades of grass, leaves and gum of Xanthorrhoea
210 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 11,
hastilis, and on dead wood and leaves lying on the ground. Although) germina-
tion takes place, the young seedlings do not adapt themselves to all) their hosts;
in fact, none survived on the objects mentioned above, which demonstrates clearly
that more favourable conditions are necessary for the reproduction of the species
and if these are forthcoming, the rapid spread of the plant is inevitable.
Much confusion has resulted in placing (L.) P. eucalyptifolius (Sieb.) as a
synonym of (L.) P. celastroides (Sieb.) by Bentham (B.FL, lc.). To those
familiar with the two plants, Bentham’s decision, which no doubt was influenced
by those of Mueller and Gray, has long been regarded as unsatisfactory. Mueller
(Report Burdekin Expedition, 13) definitely states that “ZL. eucalyptioides DC.
is, as suspected by Professor Asa Gray, referable to L. celastroides,” and he
afterwards figured both species (Plants of Victoria, i., Plate 30) as Loranthus
eucalyptioides DC. The figure on the right hand side of Plate 30 is P. eucalypti-
folius (Sieb.); that on the left is P. celastroides (Sieb.) Hichl. A glance at the
plate will at once disclose the difference in the shape and venation of the leaves
of these two species. The leaves of P. eucalyptifolius have the appearance of,
being uninerved or nerveless, and are considerably longer than those of P. celas-
troides which are short and broad, shortly petiolate and penninerved. In Mueller’s
“Key, Plants of Victoria,” the species are again mixed; the lower figure of Tab.
66, is P. eucalyptifolius and the upper figure is P. celastroides. 3
A flowering branch of P. eucalyptifolius with a pair of depauperate leaves
appears in Kunth (Bluten Biologie, viii, i., Fig. 45, 255) as P. celastroides,
which is said to have been reproduced from Engler et Prantl, Pflanzenfam.;
apparently Engler has followed Mueller in his “Plants of Victoria.” The leaves
figured by Ettingshausen (Uber die Blattskelette der Loranthaceen, Tab. xiii.,
Figs. 11-13) .are all deformed, and therefore, the venation is abnormal. In the
case off imperfect or irregularly shaped leaves, the venation is rarely the same
as in well developed or proportioned leaves. A rupture to the median nerve in
its initial stages will greatly change its natural contour and, by the time the leaf
reaches maturity, its effect is apparent throughout the whole system of venation.
Deformity in the leaves of the Loranthaceae is very common, and most
species readily lend themselves to insectival disfiguration, and also to ecological
conditions and, because of these characteristic anomalies, it is not difficult to
match the diagrams already quoted with specimens that are almost fac-simile.
On Tab. xix., Fig. 2 (Ettingshausen, /.c.) a more perfect leaf is depicted, which
is distinctly triplinerved.
P. eucalyptifolius is more polymorphous than P. celastroides, apparently the
result of environment rather than racial distinction. Many plants of this species
are very frequently found with large thick oblong to obovate leaves, of which
some are strongly veined and are suggestive of P. celastroides, but when closely
examined the venation and texture are entirely different from those of P. celas-
troides. It is not uncommon to see two different kinds of leaves on the same
plant; they are very often due to old and young plants growing together, or
sometimes the result of seasonal growth.
Those who are familiar with the versatile section of our Loranthaceae will
admit there is a great similarity in the flowers, and it is specially so with
Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius and P. celastroides. In the ease of these two
species, the venation of the leaves presents a sharp line of demarcation between
them, and there are other characters of differentiation, as the following tables:
show.
BY W. F. BLAKELY, 211
P. celastroides.
Erect divaricate -branched shrubs, 1-3
feet in diameter.
Leaves obovate to elliptical, penniner-
ved, darker on the upper surface, 1-24
inches long.
Petioles very short, compressed.
‘Cymes 1-14 in. long, bearing 6-18
flowers.
Pedicels short, minutely pubescent.
Anthers elliptical, smaller than P.
eucaly ptifolius.
Fruit 7-11 mm. long, pale pink or red-
dish on one side.
First pair of leaves elliptical.
Rarely parasitic on the Eucalypti.
Distribution strictly coastal.
P. eucalyptifolius.
Pendulous shrubs, branches 1-10 feet
long, 1-4 ft. in diameter.
Leaves oblong to broad lanceolate,
triplinerved, light green on both sur-
faces, 1-10 inches long.
Petioles curved, terete, 4-14 cm. long.
Cymes 1-4 ins long, ‘bearing 12-24
flowers.
Pedicels rather long, glabrous.
Anthers oblong.
Fruit 8-15 mm. long, yellowish, or
green with a yellow top.
First pair of leaves lanceolate.
Common on the Eucalypti.
Distribution coastal, and beyond the
coast range.
Synonyms :—Loranthus eucalyptifolius Sieb., Loranthus eucalyptioides DC.,
Dendrophthoe eucalyptioides (Sieb.) Ettingshausen.
Range—This species is exceedingly common along the East coast, from Vic-
toria to southern Queensland; in the latter State it has been collected at a few
places only. No doubt, if a thorough search were made, it would be found to be
nearly as common in the northern State as in New South Wales, where it is a
menace not only to the native vegetation, but to the exotic flora as well, especially
fruit trees.
From my own observations, and from data culled from various sources, this
species has a greater range of food plants than any other. Incidentally I might
mention that as regards its choice of host plants, Eucalyptus seems to be one
of its special favourites; while P. celastroides, which is almost as common in the
Port Jackson District, has only been found once on Eucalyptus by me.
Victoria: Studley Park, near Melbourne (F. M. Reader, 6-3-1885, in Mel-
bourne Herbarium); Yarra (F. Mueller, quoted by Bentham, B.FI., iti., 389) ;
Austral felix, Central Victoria (Mitchell. This is probably the specimen referred
to by Bentham, J.c. The leaves are broad spathulate to narrow lanceolate, acu-
minate, obscurely nerved. This and the two preceding specimens were kindly
lent by Professor Ewart of Melbourne Herbarium); Hawkesdale (H. B. Wil-
liamson, No. 169); Langwarrin to Frankston (Parasitic on the following plants:
Acacia armata R.Br., Casuarina suberosa Ott. and Diet., C. stricta Ait., Crataegus
sp., Lucalyptus radiata Sieb., E. ovata Labill., and E. cinerea. On some of the
plants the larvae of the Mistletoe Butterfly, Delias harpalyce Don, were observed,
while some were pupating. See T. 8. Hart in Vict. Nat., xxxiv., 1917, 32).
New South Wales: Bermagui, on Hucalyptus Sieberiana and Acacia decurrens.
(W. Dunn); Temora, on Eucalyptus hemiphloia, var. albens, (Bishop Dwyer,
No. 157 and 981. This is the most distant inland locality for this species, 296
miles from Sydney and about 200 miles from the coast. The speermen does not
differ in any way from the Port Jackson types.); Nerriga (J. L. Boorman) ;
Wollondilly and Wombeyan Caves, on Brachychiton populneus (KE. Cheel and
Dr. J. B. Cleland); Nowra, on Hucalyptus sp. (W. Bauerlen); Bowral, on
Eucalyptus viminalis (R. H. Cambage, These Proceedings, xxxi., 1906, 439) ;
212 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 11,
Hill Top, on Eucalyptus haemastoma (H. Cheel); Mt. Kembla, on Hucalyptus
longifolia and other Eucalypts (A. G. Hamilton, These Proceedings, xxx., 1905,
490, as L. celastroides); Wollongong (Asa Gray, lc.); Picton, on Eucalyptus
amplifolia (Dr. E. C. Chisholm); Camden, on Eucalyptus ecrebra (Dr. HE. C.
Chisholm); Cabramatta to George’s River, on the following hosts—Hucalyptus
stderoxylon, E. Parramattensis, EH. siderophlova, E. longifola; with short broad
lanceolate to broad spathulate, triplinerved leaves, EL. amplifolia, E. tereticornis.
Leaves broad, 3- to 5-nerved, bank of George’s River. Leaves thick, broad.
lanceolate, almost nerveless, on <Angophora intermedia, a short leaved form
(W.F.B*., D.W.C.S. and H. Bott); Canley Vale, on Eucalyptus siderophloia, E.
hemiphloia (same collectors); Fairfield, on Hucalyptus tereticornis, EH. ampli-
folia, and E. sideroxylon (same collectors as preceding); Como (KH. Betche) ;
Tom Ugly’s Point (J. H. Camfield); Hurstville, on Eucalyptus sp., Casuarina
sp., and on Angophora intermedia (J. H. Camfield) ; on Eucalyptus acmenioides
(W.F.B.); Carlton, on Casuarina suberosa (J. H. Camfield) ; Carr’s paddock,
Carlton, on the following hosts: Hucalyptus punctata, Angophora lanceolata,
Casuarina suberosa, Exocarpus cupressiformis (W.F.B.); Botany Bay (J. H-
Camfield) ; Sydney (B. Bynoe); Garden Palace Grounds, Sydney (J. H. Cam-
field); on Platanus orientalis (J. Murphy); Botanic Gardens, Sydney, on
Eucalyptus tereticornis, with short broad leaves; on Qwercus bicolor: leaves
broad lanceolate, 14 to 3 inches long, very thick; on Quercus lusitanica, Quercus
alba, Juglans cinerea, Eucalyptus viminals, E. ficifolia, Platanus orientalis,
Carya olivaeformis, Eucalyptus Watsoniana, E. ochrophloia and E. melanophlova.
Two examples of double parasitism, (1) showing self-parasitism and (2) para-
sitic on Phrygilanthus celastroides (W.F.B.); on Cytisus proliferus (J. Driver) ;
Lady Macquarie’s Chair, on Hucalyptus resinifera (J. H. Camfield); Neilsen
Park, Vaucluse, on Hucalyptus haemastoma, leaves linear-lanceolate, acute,
obseurely 3-nerved; also on Casuarina suberosa, with short broad leaves (W.F.B.) ;
Willoughby, on Eucalyptus Sieberiana (D.W.C.S. and H. Bott); The Spit, on
the following hosts: Casuarina suberosa, Eucalyptus punctata, E. piperita, Peart
Tree, (W.F.B. and J.L.B.); between 7-8 mile post, Gordon-Pittwater Road, on
Eucalyptus capitellata, and HE. eugenioides (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Meadow-
bank, on the following hosts: Eucalyptus tereticornis, E. eugenioides, E. ampli-
folia, Angophora intermedia, Melaleuca parviflora, M. lineariifolia, Acacia des
currens var. mollis (W.F.B.); Ermington Park, on Melaleuca styphelioides,
Eucalyptus crebra, and on E. amplifolia (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Rydalmere,
on the following hosts: Hucalyptus longifolia, E. paniculata, E. acmenioides, E.
punctata, E. siderophloia, and E. resinifera (W. F. Blakely and D.W.C.S.) ;
Parramatta River, Parramatta, on Callistemon salignus (W.F.B. and D.W,C.S.) ;
Homebush Road, Homebush, on Eucalyptus longifolia (E. Cheel); Blacktown (R.
H. Lalor); Glenbrook, on Hucalyptus notabilis (J.L.B.); Mt. Wilson (A. G.
Hamilton, These Proceedings, xxiv., 1899, 359); on Eucalyptus viminalis (J-
Gregson) ; Jenolan Caves, on Hucalyptus punctata—The only specimen noted in
the district of this species, whereas Loranthus pendulus is very common (W.F.B.) ;
Rylstone and Goll River District, in fruit (R. T. Baker, These Proceedings, xxi.,
1896, 452)—A distant locality for the species (W.F.B.); Mudgee district (A.
G. Hamilton, These Proceedings, xii., 1887, 282)—this is also a distant locality
for this coastal plant (W.F.B.); Lindfield, on the following hosts, Hucalyptus
eugeniordes, H. paniculata, H. saligna, Angophora lanceolata, A. intermedia,
* Abbreviations: W.F.B. — W. F. Blakely, D:W.CS. = D. W. C. Shiress,
Jes Be— ey ee Boorman:
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 213
Casuarina suberosa (W.F.B.); Killara, on Eucalyptus resinifera,—The host is
badly infested with the parasite, the young plants have narrow lanceolate leaves,
the old ones broad lanceolate leaves; on Crataegus oxycantha, Prunus Lauro-
cerasus, and on Quercus pedunculata (W.F.B. and D/W.C.S.); Gordon, near
Station, on Hucalyptus saligna, and also on a Pear tree (W.F.B.); St. Ives,
on the following hosts: Hucalyptus paniculata, Photinia serrulata, Angophora
Bakeri, A. lanceolata, A. intermedia, Acacia decurrens var. pauciglandulosa, also
Loranthus vitellinus (W.F.B., D.W.C.S. and H. Bott); Pymble, on the following
hosts: Acacia decurrens var. mollis, Casuarina suberosa, Angophora intermedia,
flowers 2} in. long, on Peach Tree, Acacia floribunda, Eucalyptus saligna, E.
paniculata, E. pilularis, leaves broad lanceolate, triplinerved (-W.F.B.); Pennant
Hills, on Schinus molle, showing example of self-parasitism, and double para-
sitism with Loranthus vitellinus, on Quercus pedunculata (T. Steel); Turra-
murra, on Acacia decurrens var. mollis, A. implexa, and on Eucalyptus saligna,—
On the latter host it is very often suspended from the trunk of the tree (W.F.B.) ;
Warrawee, on Platanus orientalis, showing examples of double parasitism with
Phrygilanthus celastroides, and vice versa—One of the young plants of the latter
had alternate leaves, which appeared to be quite natural; on Angophora inter-
media, Plum tree, also on a Cherry tree, and Salix Babylomica (W.F.B.) ;
Normanhurst, on the following hosts: Hucalyptus saligna, E. pilularis, E. euge-
nioides, BE. resinifera, E. paniculata——The two latter are almost identical with
No. 33, from Wallangarra; on EH. piperita, Casuarina torulosa, C. suberosa,
leaves linear, lanceolate; on Angophora lanceolata, leaves all narrow lanceolate,
mostly under 2 ins. long; on A. intermedia, leaves broad lanceolate, 2 to 5 inches
long, 4 to 1 inch broad; on Cytisus proliferus var. palmensis, in company with
Loranthus vitellinus, an unusual host (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Pennant Hills
Road between Wahroonga and Normanhurst, on the following hosts: Huonymus
japonicus, Magnolia grandiflora, showing examples of secondary parasitism, and
also double parasitism with Phrygilanthus celastroides; on Melia Azedarach,
Photinia serrulata, Acacia implexa, Tristania conferta, and Erythrina indica
(W.F.B.); Wahroonga, on the following hosts: Viburnwm odoratissimum, Laurus
nobilis, Acacia Baileyana; Waitara, on Acacia prominens, Acacia decurrens var.
mollis, leaves broad lanceolate to broad spathulate, the largest 3 inches by 1%
inches, 3- to 5-nerved (W.F.B.); Hornsby, parasitic on the following hosts,
Eucalyptus eugenioides, E. piperita, E. paniculata, EH. haemastoma, Casuarina
suberosa, branches 5 feet long, leaves acuminate, triplinerved; on Angophora
cordifolia,—the host was almost dead, but the parasite was strong and healthy
and measured 5 feet long, and 3 feet in diameter, with leaves 2 to 6 inches long;
on Leptospermum stellulatum, Callistemon lanceolatus, with flowers 18 to 24 in
the eyme; on Platanus orientalis, and Acacia linifolia (W.F.B.); on track to
Gibberagong Creek, 3 miles east of Hornsby, on Eucalyptus Sieberiana, E.
piperita, E. haemastoma var. micrantha (W.F.B.); Asquith, on the following
hosts: Eucalyptus resinifera, E. paniculata, E. eugenioides, Exocarpus cupressi-
formis,—on the latter, the plant was about 18 inches long, but the adventitious
roots were 7 feet long; on Peach tree, Plum tree, and on Leptospermum attenua-
tum (W.F.B.); Galston Road, near 163 mile post, on Hucalyptus haemastoma,
growing from the trunk of the tree, about two feet from the ground (W.F.B.
and D.W.C.S.); Galston Valley, on the following hosts: Eucalyptus eximia, and
Angophora Bakeri (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Mt. Colah, on Pear tree and on
Angophora lanceolata (W.F.B., D.W.C.S. and H. Bott); 2 mile post, Kuring-
gai Chase Road, E. of Mt. Colah, on Eucalyptus squamosa (same collectors as
214 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, il.,
preceding’); Trig Ridge, 1 mile N.W. of Mt. Colah station, on Eucalyptus squa-
mosa@, with young plants parasitic on the parent plant (W.F.B. and D.W.C:S.);
Bobbin Head, Kuring-gai Chase, on Eucalyptus punctata (W.F.B.); near Kuring-
gai Station, on Casuarina suberosa, (D.W.C.S. and T. Steel); Berowra Creek,
foot of Crosslands Track, on Angophora lanceolata and on Casuarina suberosa
(W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Berowra, near Station, on Eucalyptus eugenioides ;
Berowra Creek, Berowra, on the following hosts: Eucalyptus piperita, E. hae-
mastoma, E. punctata, leaves like the Wallangarra specimen; on Casuarina
suberosa, with short broad leaves; on C. torulosa, with linear to broad lanceolate
leaves; on Angophora intermedia, and A. lanceolata (W.F.B.); near Cowan
Station, on LHucalyptus eugenioides (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Cowan Creek,
Cowan, on Eucalyptus squamosa, E, haemastoma, Casuarina suberosa, and
Eucalyptus punctata (W.F.B., D.W.C.S., and H. Bott); Hawkesbury River, near
Brooklyn, on the following hosts: Angophora lanceolata, Eucalyptus piperita, E.
punctata, E. corymbosa, No. 26, E. umbra, Casuarina suberosa, and Exocarpus
cupressiformis (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.)—It was also parasitic on Loranthus
Miquelii and on L. vitellinus, the former on Eucalyptus citriodora and the latter
on No. 26; Gosford, on Angophora intermedia (W. A. W. de Beuzeville) ; Bel-
mont, Lake Macquarie, on Casuarina glauca, No. 1061, and also parasitic on
Loranthus Exocarpi var. (a), No. 1062 (Bishop Dwyer); Hunter River District
(A. C. Barwick, These Proceedings, xxvii., 1903, 940); Wallangarra, on Hucalyp-
tus Bancrofti, No. 33, leaves narrow to broad lanceolate, triplinerved, 3 to 8
inches long; also on Kucalyptus sideroxylon (J.L.B.).
Queensland: Main Range, Highfields (F. M. Bailey, in Queensland Her-
barium)—This specimen is identical with No. 33 from Wallangarra; Bunya
Mountains, No. 1 on Acacia decurrens var. pauciglandulosa, No. 2 on Exocarpus
cupressiformis, No. 3 on Eucalyptus species (C. T. White, Oct., 1919). Also
recorded by C. T. White (Queensland Agricultural Journal, xiii., 1920, 30) as
Loranthus eucalyptifolius Sieb. (1 take the responsibility for the nomenclature).
Bay of Inlets; Thirsty Sound (Banks and Solander, 1770) mixed with -specimens
of Loranthus longiflorus (= L. vitellinus). Ex Herbario Musei Britannici. This
locality is doubtful.
Hosts.—Juglandaceae: Carya olivaeformis Nutt., Juglans cinerea L. Betu-
laceae: Quercus bicolor Willd., Q. pedunculata L., Q. alba L., Q. lusitanica
Lam. Casuarineae: Casuarina suberosa Ott. and Dietr., C. glauca Sieb., C.
stricta Ait. Salicaceae: Salix babylonica L. Loranthaceae: Loranthus pen-
dulus Sieb., L. vitellinus F.v.M., L. Exocarpi Behr. var. (a), L. Miquelii Lehm.,
Phrygilanthus celastroides. Santalaceae: Hxocarpus cupressiformis Lahill.
Magnoliaceae: Magnolia grandiflora L. Lauraceae: Laurus nobilis L. Pla-
tanaceae: Platanus orientalis L. Rosaceae: Crataegus oxycantha L., Prunus
Lauro-cerasus L., Photinia serrulata Lindl., Plum, Peach, Quince, Pear. Legu-
minosae: Acacia adunca A. Cunn., A. armata R.Br., A. Baileyana F.v.M., A.
decurrens Willd. var. mollis Benth., A. decurrens Willd. var. pauciglandulosa
F.y.M., A. floribunda Willd., A. implexa Benth., A. linifolia Willd., A. pro-
minens A. Cunn., Cytisus proliferus L. var. palmensis, Erythrina indica L.
Meliaceae: Melia Azaderach L. var. australasica. Celastraceae: Euonymus
japonicus Thunb. Stereuliaceae: Brachychiton populneus R.Br. Myrtaceae:
Tristania conferta R.Br., Angophora Bakeri Hall, A. cordifolia Cav., A. lanceo-
lata Cav., A. intermedia DC., Callistemon lanceolatus DC., C. viminalis Cheel,
C. salignus DC., Leptospermum attenuatum Sm., L. flavescens Sm., L. stellu-
latum Sm., Eucalyptus acmenioides Schau., E. amplifolia Naudin., FE. Bauerleni
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 215
F.v. M., ZH. Bancrofti Maiden, EH. capitellata Sm., EH. cinerea F.v. M., E. corym-
bosa Sm., E. crebra F.v.M., E. eugenioides Sieb., EH. eximia Schau., E. ficifolia
F.y. M., HE. haemastoma Sm., 2. haemastoma Sm. var. micrantha Bth., FE. hemi-
phloia F.v. M., E. longifolia Link et Otto., Z. melanophloia F. vy. M., E. Muelleri
Naudin., #. notabilis Maiden, E. ochrophloia F.v. M., FE. ovata Labill., BE. pani-
culata Sm., E. Parramattensis Hall, E. pilularis Sm., E. piperita Sm., E. punc-
tata DC., E. radiata Sieber, EF. resinifera Sm., E. saligna Sm., HL. siderophloia
Benth., E. siderorylon A. Cunn., E. Sieberiana F.y. M., E. squamosa Deane and
Maiden, EF. tereticornis Sm., FE. umbra R. T. Baker, HE. viminalis Labill., £.
Watsoniana F.v.M. Caprifoliaceae: Viburnum odoratissimum L.
2. PHRYGILANTHUS CELASTROIDES (Sieb.) Eichl. (Plate xxx.).
Eichl., Fl. Bras., v., 1868, 48; Engl. and Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., iii.,
179; Sieb. in Roem. and Schult., Syst. Veg., vii., 1829, 163, as Loranthus celas-
troides; De Candolle, Prod. Syst. Veg., iv., 1830, 318; Bauer’s drawings, Aust.
Plants, 145; A. Gray, Bot. Wilkes Expl. Exped., i., 1854, 740, t. 100; F. Mueller,
Pl. Vic., Fig. on left hand side of Plate 30; Benth, B. FI, i., 1866, 389;
Mueller, Key Vic. Fl, Fig. on upper side of tab. 66, Part ii., vide also Part 1,
1887-88, p. 273 (in part); Ewart, Weeds Vict., after p. 28, Fig. on left hand
side of plate; Bailey, Qland FI. v., 1877; Ettingshausen, Uber Die Blatts., Tab.
i., Fig. 7-9.
I have not seen the original description; those of De Candolle and Dr. A.
Gray, in the above works are much the same. I, however, give the latter pre-
ference, as he has gone to great pains in drawing up a very clear description.
I therefore quote him in full:
“TL. glaber; ramis teretibus; foliis oppositis obovato-oblongis seu ellipticis
basi attenuatis breviter petiolatis obtusissimis fere aventis; pedunculis axillaribus
vel ramulos breves bifoliatos desinentibus brevibus cymulifloris; floribus breviter
pedicellatis pentameris unibracteolatis; antheris ovali-oblongis dorso-fixis ver-
satilibus.
“The specimens bear flowers, which have not before been described. The
plant is glabrous, except an extremely minute pubescence on the peduncles and
nascent parts. Branches terete, nodose. Leaves opposite, obovate, oblong, or
elliptical, with a narrowed base, contracted into a very short petiole, 14 to 2
inches long, very obtuse, dull, thick and fleshy-coriaceous in texture, nearly vein-
less, even the midrib inconspicuous except towards the base. Pedwneles axillary,
or more commonly terminating short and two-leaved axillary branchlets, 2 to 5
lines long, cymosely several-flowered. Flowers in threes, the lateral short-
pedicelled, the intermediate one sessile, or sometimes all pedicelled,* each sub-
tended by a small ovate bractlet, recurved, pentamerous. Ovary ovoid. Calyx-
tube short, coroniform, truncate, puberulent on the edge, which is entire or
obseurely dentieulate, at length sometimes 4—5-toothed or lobed. Corolla ap-
parently red or purple, an inch and a quarter in length, curved in bud, and the
apex clavate-thickened; the slender petals connivent into a tube, but separating
after anthesis. Filaments free down almost to the middle: anthers oval, or
short-oblong, emarginate at both ends, fired by the middle, versatile. Style fili-
form, as long as the stamens: stigma minute, subcapitate. Fruit not seen.”
*]T have not been able to confirm this statement. In the large amount of
material examined by me, the central flower is always sessile.
216 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, ii.,
Supplementary notes.—P. celastroides always forms round, compact shrubs,
1-3 feet in diameter. Branches short divaricate. Union often obscured by
matted adventitious roots, causing irregular swellings on the host; sometimes
the main attachment is enlarged to a diameter of 2-4 inches on very old plants;
the adventitious roots are shorter than those of P. ewcalyptoides and are more
firmly attached to the host, very rarely free as in that species. Leaves mostly
oblong elliptical, 1-nerved with numerous fine parallel veins at an angle of
about 45 degrees, with reticulate veins between them. Cymes minutely pubescent
on the pedicels and bracts, bearing 6-18 flowers, nearly all pendulous, but often
crossing each other owing to the curved calyx. Buds 3-4 em. long, sea-green
underneath, shading on the upper surface from a deep rose pink, plate 120, to
carmine-red, No. 1, plate 114 (Rep. de Col., Dauthenay). Petals about the
same colour inside. Free portion of the filaments dark violet, No. 2-4 plate
193 (Rep. de Col.), the adnate portion carmine-red, the upper filaments the
longest, with a small solitary gland on the geniculate portion close to the anthers.
Anthers yellow, elliptical, 1 mm. long, opening before the flower expands, smaller
than those of P. eucalyptifolius. Style curved in bud, exceeding the stamens
when the flower opens. Stigma small, often minutely bi-lobed. Fruit usually
pear-shaped, 7-11 mm. long, 4-6 mm. in diameter, very smooth and glossy, turn-
ing a strawberry red, especially on the upper surface, ripening somewhat later
than P. eucalyptifolius, without the yellow top of that species, and usually free
from any depression at the top, but marked by two slightly-raised rings sur-
rounding the angular disc, which is also more or less conspicuous. Endocarp
thick and leathery; viscin sac 5-8 mm. long, the spongy base very small and
globose; seed turbinate, somewhat angular at the top, 3-4 mm. long; endosperm
white, embryo clavate, 2 mm. long; embryonic cotyledons spathulate, remaining
in the endosperm when germination takes place; hypocotyl very short, about 1
mm. long, dise broad. Primary leaves broadly ovate to spathulate 5 mm. long.
Synonyms.—Loranthus celastroides Sieber, Loranthus maytenifolius A. Gray
(in Wilkes, Expl. Exped., p. 739, plate 99, in part), Dendrophthoe celastroides
Mart. (vide Ettingshausen in Uber die Blatt. der Loranth., p. 20, Taf. ix., Figs.
7-9).
G. Don (Gen. Hist., i., 432) places Loranthus celastroides Sieber, No. 244,
with Nuytsia floribunda R. Br., probably on account of the versatile anthers.
Port Jackson, in the vicinity of Sydney, is probably the type locality of
this species. It is evident that Sieber obtained his specimens close to Sydney
in 1825, where it is still very common, especially along the coast. It rarely ex-
tends more than ten miles beyond the salt water limit of the tidal creeks and
rivers.
This species has a decided dishke for Hucalyptus and Acacia. After a
thorough search over a large area, and investigations of the specimens in the
National Herbarium, I have only found one example of this species living upon
a Eucalyptus. It is frequently found parasitic upon P. eucalyptifolius and vice
versa, and in all cases observed, both species maintained their own individuality;
I cannot find one example where these two species, P. celastroides and ~P.
eucalyptifolius, pass into each other or show any signs of mimicry, even when
living on each other.
Examples of double parasitism of these species may possibly have given
rise to the idea that they were one and the same plant, as it is frequently met
with in the field. For instanee P. celastroides and P. eucalyptifolius gave ex-
amples of double parasitism on the Eastern Plane, Platanus orientalis, and
BY W. F. BLAKELY, 217
also on a species of Pyrus,°at Wiarrawee, Sydney, and had confined themselves
to separate branches on the same tree. Another example in the same locality
was that of Hucalyptus paniculata Sm. acting as host for P. eucalyptifolius,
which in turn became the host of P. celastroides. It is noteworthy that when
these two species unite, the union in many cases is scarcely noticeable, and it
is no wonder that confusion has arisen owing to the mistaken identity of these
two plants, so closely related and having much in common with one another. A
little study and closer observation of the habit and general appearance of both
in the field will enable one to separate or distinguish them at a glance.
Its chief food-plants are Banksia serrata, B. integrifolia and Casuarina
suberosa. In the neighbourhood of Bondi, Neriwm, amongst the exotie genera, is
a very common host, and a little further inland Platanus orientalis is a favourite
food-plant of this species. It is a common sight to see trees of the Hasterm
Plane green with the parasite in winter, or in exposed situations the leaves are
often a pale purple brown.
Range-—South Australia: Professor Tate (Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., iil,
1879-80, 68, and also Handbook Flora Extra Tropical S.A., 1890, 106) records
this species for South Australia, but I have not seen a specimen from that State.
Professor Osborn, of the Adelaide University Herbarium, also informs me that
it is not represented in that Herbarium.
Victoria: Snowy River (Flowers pink, E. E. Pescott, No. 175, per Chas.
Walter, Feb., 1901); Mentone, on Schinus molle L. (“Said to be the first record
in Victoria of the parasite growing on it; also that there were no Mistletoes
within a radius of 2 or 3 miles, so the seed must have been carried some dis-
tance by birds,” J. R. Tovey, Vict. Nat., xxxi., 154) ; Brighton, on British Oak, Q.
robur L. (Miss O. B. Davis, Viet. Nat., xxvi., 177); Seorsby, on Casuarina
suberosa and Acacia armata R. Br. (T. 8. Hart, Viet. Nat., xxxiv., 32-33); Lake
King (in Herb. Melbourne, labelled L. eucalyptoides DC. var., F. Mueller; quoted
by Bentham, B. Fl.); Yarra (F. Mueller, B. Fl.) ; Grampians (D. Sullivan, Aust.
Assoc. Adv. Se., it, 1890, 509); Greenvale (C. S. Sutton, Vict. Nat., xxxiil.,
136); Barry’s Hill, Wilson’s Promontory (Ewart, Vict. Nat., xxvi., 131); Vic-
torian Alps (Ewart, Vict. Nat., xxvii, 112); North West Victoria (St. Eloy
D’Alton, Aust. Assoc. Adv. Se., vii., 465).
New South Wales: Twofold Bay (B. FI, lc.); Narrawallee (R. H. Cam-
bage, No. 3501. The flowers are in sessile clusters of three at the end of the
pedicel as in L. No. 18 [W.F.B.]); Milton, on Banksia integrifolia L. (R.
H. Cambage, No. 4061); Sussex Inlet Heads, on Banksia integrifolia, and
Eugenia Smithii (J. H. Maiden; the leaves are small, broadly spathulate fo
elliptical and almost identical with the Bondi specimens [W.F.B.] ); Mount
Kembla, on Psychotria loniceroides, Persoonia salicina, Elaeodendron «australe,
Comersonia Fraseri (A. G. Hamilton, These Proceedings, xxx., 490); Wollon-
gong (Dr. A. Gray, le.); Cronulla, on Banksia integrifolia (EK. Cheel); Ship-
wright’s Bay, George’s River, on Banksia integrifolia (J. H. Camfield) ; Carr’s
paddock, Carlton, on Banksia serrata, and also parasitic on Callistemon lanceo-
latus (W.F.B.); Kurnell Bay (J.L.B.); Port Jackson (KE. Betche); Farm Cove,
Outer Domain (J. H. Camfield, Annual Report Botanie Gardens, 1902, 30) ;
Botanie Gardens, on Neriwm Oleander (R. Mitchell); on Quercus alba, Q. Lusi-
tanica, and Platanus orientalis .(W.F.B.); on Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius and
also parasitic on Eucalyptus tereticornis (A. Stanley and G. Rollinson); on
Quercus virens (R.. Mitchell) ; Double Bay, on Banksia sp. and Robinia Pseudo-
Acacia (Dr. J. MacPherson); Bondi sand-hills, on Banksia serrata (Leaves
218 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 11,
rather small, spathulate, W.F'.B.); Neilsen Park, Vaucluse, on Banksia integri-
folia, Casuarina suberosa, Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius which was parasitic on
Eucalyptus haemastoma (W.F.B.); Lavender Bay, on Pear tree (W).F.B.);
Berry’s Bay, on Robinia Pseudo-Acacia (W.F.B.); Wollstonecraft, on Schinus
molle (W.F.B.); Sirius Cove, on Banksia integrifolia (Dr. J. B. Cleland); The
Spit, on Casuarina suberosa Ott. & Diet., also on Pear tree (W.F.B. and J.L.B.) ;
Curl-Curl (H. Deane, Jan., 1884); on Banksia integrifola (EH. Ellen); the
neighbouring portions of the contiguous Boroughs of Hunter’s Hill, Lane Cove
and Ryde, parasitic on 37 hosts, vide J. J. Fletcher, These Proceedings, »xx.,
488-89. P. eucalyptifolius is also included under this species; Field of Mars
(H. Deane); Lindfield, on Casuarina suberosa and also parasitic on Phrygilan-
thus eucalyptifolius on the same host (W.F.B.); Gordon, near Station, on Pear
tree (W.F.B.); Pymble, on the following hosts, Casuarina suberosa, Loranthus
congener, the Loranthus on the same host, Casuarina torulosa and on Schinus
molle (W.F.B.); St. Ives, on Acacia decwrrens var. pauciglandulosa, Melia Aze-
darach, Schinus molle, Magnolia grandiflora, Caswarina suberosa, Pyrus sp.
Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius, which in turn was parasitic on Angophora inter-
media. A clump of seed of this species containing seeds of Notothixos subaureus
was also noticed on the Acacia (W\F.B., D.W.C.S. and H. Bott); Pennant
Hills, on Schinus molle,—Flowers white, shading into very pale pink (T. Steel) ;
Normanhurst, on Casuarina suberosa, Syncarpia laurifolia, Casuarina torulosa,
Photinia serrulata, Melia Azedarach, Prunus Persica, Phrygilanthus eucalypti-
folius, the latter on Hucalyptus saligna (W.F.B.); near Pearce’s corner, Wah-
roonga, on Magnolia grandiflora (J. Sydenham,—Six months later I visited the
same plant and noticed that cattle had eaten all the lower leaves and young
branches of the parasite as high as they could reach [W.F.B.] ); Warrawee, on
Platanus orientalis, No. 10, Prunus sp., No. 197, also parasitic on Phrygilanthus
eucalyptifolius, both on No. 10, and No. 197 (W.F.B.); Wiahroonga, on Schinus
molle, Syncarpia laurifolia, Apricot tree (W.F.B.); Waitara, on Syncarpia lawri-
folia (W.F.B.); The Valley, Hornsby, on Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius—The
latter on Angophora lanceolata (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Cockle Creek, Hornsby,
on Banksia serrata (W.F.B.); Asquith, near the waterfall, on Syncarpia lauri-
folia, Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius, the latter on Eucalyptus piperita, Astrotricha
floccosa, Hakea saligna (W.F.B.); Gibberagong Creek, 4 miles east of Hornsby,
on Casuarina suberosa, Syncarpia laurifolia (W.F.B.); Bobbin Head, Kuring-gai
Chase, on Casuarina torulosa, Loranthus vitellinus, the Loranthus parasitic on
Angophora intermedia, on Loranthus congener, the latter on Casuarina suberosa
(W.F.B.); Junetion of Berowra and Connelly’s Creeks, on Casuarina torulosa
(W.F.B.); Berowra Creek, Berowra, on Loranthus vitellinus, the latter on Ango-
phora Bakeri, Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius, the latter on Angophora intermedia
(W.F.B.); Cowan Creek, near Windybank’s, on Synowm glandulosum (W.F.B.,
D.W.C.S. and H. Bott); Cowan Creek, Cowan, on Casuarina torulosa (W.F.B.
and D.W.C.S.); Hawkesbury River, Brooklyn, on Hxocarpus cupressiformis
(W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Belmont, on Banksia integrifolia (Bishop Dwyer, No.
1070); Hastings River (Forester Brown); Macleay River, Crescent
Head, on Casuarina suberosa (J. Sydenham); Coff’s Harbour, on
Banksia integrifolia and Cupaniopsis anacardoides (J.L.B.); Dorrigo (W.
Heron); Dorrigo Forest Reserve-—On the summit of the Round Mountain, Guy
Fawkes district (J. H. Maiden, Agric. Gaz., N.S'W., 1894, 615); Evans River,
on Acronychia imperforata (EK. Betehe); Clarence River (Beckler, quoted by
Bentham, B. Fl, 390, thus:—‘‘In reference to Beckler’s series of specimens from
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 219
Clarence River, several are quite intermediate as to the shape of the leaf.”
Beckler’s specimens include more than one species [W.F.B.] ); Mullumbimby (W.
Bauerlen, No. 1519); Tweed River, on Notothixos subaureus Oliv. (W. Guilfoyle,
1871, in Melbourne Herbarium).
Queensland: Macpherson Range, on Casuarina and Persoonia (C. T. White,
Feb., 1912, recorded as Loranthus maytenifolivs Gray); Brisbane River, Moreton
Bay (quoted by Bentham, l.c.; F. M. Bailey and J. E. Tenison-Woods, These
Proceedings, iv., 1879-80, 160); Noosa Heads, on Banksia integrifolia (C. T.
White, No. 13,—The typical form; No. 14, with larger and thicker leaves) ;
Burpengary (Dr. T. L. Baneroft, No. 178, 1901, in Queensland Herbarium,
labelled LZ. maytenifolius Gray); Tambourime Mountain, on Litsea reticulata
(Longman and White, Proc. Roy. Soe. Q’land, 29, 67, also Ex. Queensland Her-
barium, No. 184, Feb., 1917).
Affinities—Besides the close relationship of this species to P. eucalypti-
folius, 1t bears a striking resemblance to Loranthus alyxifolius F.v.M., particularly
in the shape and colour of the leaves, but the floral characters are totally different.
L. No. 5, nu.sp., is another species with leaves somewhat similar in shape, but
differing considerably in venation. The same may be said of L. No. 9, n.sp. The
anthers of these species are however basifixed, and when the flowers are available
there is little chance of them being confused with P. celastroides.
Hosts.—Pinaceae: Pinus insignis (J. J. Fletcher, These Proceedings, xxx.,
488-9). Casuarimeae: Casuarina torulosa Ait., C. suberosa Ott. and Diet. Sali-
eaceae: Salix babylonica L. Loranthaceae: Notothixos subaureus Oliv., Loran-
thus vitellinus F.v.M., L. congener Sieber, Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius (Sieb.)
Engler. Betulaceae: Quercus robur L., Q. virens Ait. Proteaceae: Banksia
serrata L.f., B. integrifolia L.f., Hakea saligna R.Br., Persoonia salicina Pers.
Magnoliaceae: Magnolia grandiflora L. Rosaceae: Prunus Persica L., Pyrus
sp.. Crataegus oxycantha L. Lauraceae: Litsea reticulata Benth. Leguminosae:
Robinia Pseudo-Acacia L. Platanaceae: Platanus orientalis L. Rutaceae: Acrony-
chia perforata FE.v.M. Melhaceae: Synowum glandulosum Juss. Sapindaceae:
Cupaniopsis anacardoides Radt. Anacardiaceae: Schinus molle L. Celastraceae:
Elaeodendron australe Vent. Stereuliaceae: Commersonia Fraseri J. Gray.
Myrtaceae: Angophora intermedia DC., Eucalyptus tereticornis Sm., Callistemon
lanceolatus DC., Eugenia Smithii Pow., Syncarpia laurifolia Ten. Araliaceae:
Astrotricha floccosa DC. Apoeynaceae: Neriwm Oleander. Rubiaceae: Psy-
chotria loniceroides Sieb.
3. PHRYGILANTHUS MYRTIFOLIUS (A. Cunn. Herb.) EHichl. -(Plate xxxi.)
Eichl., Fl. Brazil, v., 1868, 48; Engler and Prantl, Pfianzenfam., ii, 197;
Bentham, B.FI., iii., 1866, 390, as Loranthus myrtifolius; Ettings., Uber die
Blatts., Tab. iii., Fig. 21 and 22; Bail., Queensland FI., v., 1378, tab. 63.
Supplementary notes to the description in B.F1., wii., 390.
It is usually a small plant with short, divaricate, brittle branches; union
slightly swollen, surrounded by numerous slender adventitious roots, capable of
clinging to small objects. Buds very slender, curved, as in all the allied species,
and usually the same colour as P. eucalyptifolius. Filaments dark crimson;
style green, shaded pink; stigma pink, very small. Fruit elliptical or oblong,
pale pink. Cotyledons unknown.
Range—The type comes from Logan Vale, Queensland, which is in the
vicinity of Mt. Sturt, and Canning Downs, and was probably collected between
220 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, U.,
Freestone Creek and Killarney by Allan Cunningham in May, 1827. Since then
it has been found in the following localities, which are not far from the spot
where Cunningham first found it:—Gladfield (F. M. Bailey, 1890.—This locality
is between Allora and Hendon, not far from the New South Wales border and is
almost on the Macpherson Range); Millarney (Joe Webb, vide Bail., Qland. Fl.,
Oe
New South Wales: Acacia Creek, on Lyonsia largiflorens F.v.M. (W.
Dunn, No. 259); Oakey Creek, Macpherson Range, on Tecoma jasminoides Lindl.
(W. Dunn, No. 259a).
Affinity—lIt is closely allied to P. Bidwillii, from which it differs in its
sessile and broader leaves, which suggest the same variation between several
species of Loranthus that have sessile cordate leaves and no essential difference
in the flowers. This opens up the question as to the relationship existing be-
tween the sessile-leaved forms, and the narrow-leaved petiolate forms. In these
two species which reproduce annually, they show marked differences in the
leaves and are peculiarly constant in these characters which we are apt to treat
lightly when they are not supported by floral or carpological characters. If we
apply the same line of reasoning to other members of this family, we must also
admit their broad-leaved allies as distinet individuals, since by the same natural
process, they too are constant in these particular characters. I allude to Loran-
thus pendulus Sieb. var. amplexifolius Benth., L. Quandang Lindl. var. amplexi-
folius Benth., L. longiflorus Desr. var. amplexifolius (L. amplexifolius Bth.,
non DC.).
Hosts.—Apoeynaceae: Lyonsia largiflorens F.v.M., Bignoniaceae: Tecoma
jasminoides Lindl.
4. PHRYGILANTHUS Bipwitu (Benth.) EHichl. (Plate xxxu.)
Eichl., Fl. Brazil, v., 1868, 48, Enel. and Prantl, Pflanzenfam., iii., 179;
Benth., B. FL, iii., 1866, 390 as Loranthus Bidwillii; Bail., Qland FL, v.,.1378, t.
62 as L. Bidwillii Bth.
Supplementary notes to the description im B. I’l., wi., 390.
This is a small growing species, rarely more than 1 ft. long, rather dense,
with short jointed brittle branches; invariably parasitic on Callitris. Union elub-
like, developing short slender adventitious roots, which throw out supports be-
neath their lower surface almost at every inch, causing the host to gradually
thicken, as in the ease of the main attachment, and form new plants upon them.
Flowers yellowish-green, shaded pink in the lower portion, reddish at the top.
Buds slender, curved. Petals acute, the lowest exceeding the stamens by about
5 mm., the upper ones by about 24 mm. Filaments dark red, compressed and
somewhat furrowed, thickened at.the point of attachment. Style bent in bud,
exceeding the anthers by 2-3 mm. when the flower expands, green throughout;
stigma rather small, reddish, capitate. Fruit broadly pear-shaped to globular,
pink or bright red, 5 to 7 mm. long; epicarp very thin; endosperm white, turn-
ing green when germination takes place. Cotyledons obtuse, but not seen in a
fully developed state.
This species, as far as my own observations go, is not a gross feeder nor. a
rapid grower, and it appears to be rather slow in the process of reproduction ;
whether this is due to its palatable fruits which are freely eaten by birds, or to
the low germinating power of the seed remains to be proved.
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 221
Range.—The first record of the species is from Wide Bay, Queensland, B. FL,
le. The late Revd. B. Schortechini (These Proceedings, viii., 1883, 251) has the
following interesting note:—‘‘Loranthus Bidwillii, Nerang Creek Heads, on the
branches of Callitris cupressiformis Vent. The same mistletoe is more widely
spread at Stanthorpe on the same kind of Pine, and at the mouth of the Mary,
from which district the original specimen sent by Mr. Bidwill, whose name it
bears, probably came.’ Through the kindness of Professor Ewart of Melbourne,
I was able to see the Revd. Schortechini’s specimen, which does not differ from
the following New South Wales specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney.
New South Wales: Wallangarra (J. Staer); Baradine, on Callitris robusta
(G. Burrow and J. B. Cleland, Botany of the Pilliga, p. 10, N.S.W. For. Dept.,
Bulletin No. 10, 1920); Forked Mountain, Coonabarabran, on Callitris calcarata
R.Br. (Dr. H. I. Jensen); on White Pine, U. robusta (C. B. Meek); Pilliga, on
Callitris calcarata (W. A. W. de Beuzeville); Warrumbungle Ranges (W.
Forsyth) ; Narrabri, on Casuarina Luehmanni (R. T. Baker, These Proceedings,
xxvil., 1902, 541); New England, on Callitris sp. (C. Stuart, No. 623, from Dr.
Leichhardt’s collection) ; Tamworth, on Callitris calearata (W. M. Carne); Upper
Moore Creek, Tamworth District, on Callitris sp. (Rev. H. M. R. Rupp); Owen’s
Gap, near Scone, on Cypress Pine (H. L. White); Mount Duri, Currabubula, on
Callitris robusta (R. H. Cambage, No. 3549); Murrumbo, 50 miles north of
Rylstone, on Callitris sp. (R. T. Baker, These Proceedings, ix., 1893, 732, also
xxvil., 1902, 541); Cox’s Gap, on Callitris sp. (R. T. Baker, Zd., xxi., 1896, 452) ;
Bowan Park, near Cudal, on Callitris calcarata—tflowers pink; fruit globular,
bright red (W.F.B.); Young, on Black Pine, Callitris calcarata (T. G. Sloane,
vide J. J. Fletcher, These Proceedings, xxxiii., 1908, 291); Burren Juck, on
Callitris calearata R.Br. (E. Cheel, These Proceedings, xxxvii., 1912, p. 137,
vide also Aust. Nat., 2, 135).
Affinity —Diftering from P. myrtifolia (A. Cunn.) EHichl. chiefly in its more
erect habit and narrower leaves.
It is a summer flowering species, ranging from October to January.
Hosts—Pinaceae: Callitris calcarata R.Br., C. cupressiformis Vent., C.
robusta R. Br. Casuarineae: Casuarina Luehmanni R. T. Baker.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXVdI-XXXII.
Plate xxvii.
Nuytsia floribunda R. Br.
1. Portion of flowering branch; flowers slightly reduced. 2. A very common
obtuse leaf, natural size. 3. A triad of buds. 4. Flower (after Lindley). 5.
Anther. 6. Calyx and Style. 7. Portion of fruiting branch, natural size. 8.
Fruit removed from bracts, natural size. 9. Seed, natural size. 10. Longi-
tudinal section of seed showing position of the embryo. 10a. Cross section of
seed. 11. Embryo showing 3 cotyledons. 12. A seedling (after Fletcher). 13.
Parasitism of Nuytsia [A. Root of Nuytsta; B. Host; C. Parasitic root. of
Nuytsia; D. Haustoriogen of parasitic root (after Herbert) ]. 14. Longitudinal
section of a Carrot showing the Hiaustoriogen (after Herbert).
222 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, il.
Plate xxviii.
Gaiadendron ligustrina (A. Cunn.) Hichl.
1. Flowering branch, natural size. 2. Bud. 38. Flower on the bracteate
pedicel. 4. One of the segments (after Hook.). 5. Anther (after Hook.). 6.
Style. 7. Fruit, natural size. 7a. Embryo. 8. Longitudinal section of fruit.
9. Cross section of fruit (after Hook.), also the two preceding. 10. Stipules.
11. Cross section of root, natural size, (a) thick bark. 12. A seedling plant,
natural size, showing the fibrous roots. 13. Types of floral bracts, after the
fruits had fallen, natural size.
Plate xxix.
Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius (Sieber ) Engler.
1. Flowering branch, natural size. la. Anther. 2. A common type of de-
formed leaf. 3. Fruit, natural size. 4. Longitudinal section of fruit. 5. Cross
section of fruit. 6. Longitudinal section of seed. 7. Germinating seed, natural
size, with viscin removed. 8. Germinating seed showing two primary
leaves. 9. Germinating seed surrounded with viscin. 10. <A young plant,
natural size, showing the two radicles (a, a), and the adventitious
root (b.). 11. Section of host, Casuariua suberosa, natural size, showing the
method of attack by the radicle which divides and infests the sapwood, causing
a fusiform swelling. 12. Galled fruits, natural size, showing insect punctures.
(4, 5, and 6 after Mueller.).
Plate xxx.
Phrygilanthus celastroides (Sieber ) Hichl.
1. <A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A bud. 3. Flower. 4. Anther.
5. Fruit. 6. Seed, enlarged. 7. Embryo. 8. Embryo opened out. 9. A
germinating seed, natural size. 16. A germinating seed, natural size, with three
primary leaves. 11. A young seedling plant showing the adventitious roots (a,
a), and the alternate leaves (b. b). 12. Microscopic Fungus found on the viscin
of the germinating seed.
Plate xxxi.
Phrygilanthus myrtifolius (A. Cunn.) Biehl.
1. Flowering branch, natural size. 2. A bud. 3. Flower. 4. One of the
free filaments. 5. Anthers, front. and back view. 6. Calyx and Style. 7.
Fruit. 8. Disc. 9. Leaf, natural size, showing venation.
Plate xxxii.
Phrygilanthus Bidwillii (Benth.) Eichl.
1. Flowering plant, natural size, showing union, and the fine adventitious
roots. 2. Bud, enlarged. 3. Flower. 4. One of the free segments. 5. An-
ther. 6. Fruit, natural size.
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALASIAN BLATTIDAE WITH A NOTE
ON THE BLATTID COXA.
By Etanp Saw, M:R.C.S., F.E.S.
(Seven Text-figures.)
[Read 26th July, 1922.]
In this paper will be found descriptions of nine new cockroaches. Three
are additions to the large genus Platyzosteria Brunner von Wattenwyl, two of
them from Queensland, and one from Western Australia; five are placed in
Cutilia Stal, a genus which will probably be found to embrace many more species
than the sixteen now included in it; and one is referred doubtfully to the genus
Zonioploca Stal.
Note on the Blattid Cozxa.
Most of the Blattidae spend their lives in narrow places such as under
bark, under fallen wood, in crevices, or under stones, leaves, or rubbish, neces-
sitating a depression of form characteristic of the family, in the production
of which the middle and posterior coxae take part. When the leg is drawn up
with the femur flexed on the coxa the thickness of the femur and coxa together
would add considerably to the depth of the insect; so to obviate this, the part of
the coxa (Text-fig. 1, b) adjacent to the flexed femur is grooved out to receive
it. This groove, it is suggested, should be called the coxal groove; the thickened
part (Text-fig. 1, a) internal to the groove the coxal ridge; and the flattened
part (Text-fig. 1, ¢) external to it the coral border. The coxal border is quite
flat, and is frequently of a pale colour, a point of considerable taxonomic im-
portance, and the pale colour is usually exhibited on both the dorsal and the
ventral aspects. The coxal ridge is always thick, the thickest part of the coxa,
its thickness varying somewhat in different genera, and the slope of the coxal
groove varies with it. The distal part of the coxal ridge terminates externally
in a backwardly-produced flattened lobe, rounded at its apex, which is the coal
process (Text-fig. 1, d); this varies somewhat in size and shape, and sometimes,
as in Platyzosteria cingulata mihi, and P. babindae mihi (infra) is distinctively
Se,
224 NEW AUSTRALASIAN BLATTIDAE,
coloured. ‘The trochanter (Text-fig. 1, e), firmly attached to the proximal end
of the femur (Text-fig. 1, f) and protecting the coxo-femoral joint, is itself pro-
tected by the coxal process, being safely tucked in between it and the distal end
of the coxal border. Were it not for this, the trochanter would be in danger
of being torn off as the insect crept through narrow places, but the coxal pro-
cess is admirably adapted to act as a guide along which injurious objects might
safely ride over the free margin of the trochanter.
The terms “coxal process” and “posterior coxa” are in use amongst coleop-
terists for a structure homologous to that found in the cockroaches; the large
flattened-out posterior coxa of the Dytiscidae with its coxal process bears a
strong resemblance to the Blattid one, though in the water beetle the coxa is not
grooved out to receive the flexed femur, great depression of form not being called
for. J
Subfamily BLATTINAE.
Genus PLATYZOSTERIA Br.y. W.
PLATYZOSTERIA BABINDAE, D.Sp.
Black, nitid. Head black, eyes greyish, ocelliform spots yellow, antennae
fuscous, basal segments darker. Thoracic tergites with large scattered shallow
pits; postero-lateral angles slightly produced backwards; posterior margin with
a shght medial backward production; no tegminal vestiges, but shallow lateral
grooves on the mesonotum and metanotum indicate the position of the lost flying
organs (See Shaw, Mem. Qland Mus., yvi., 1918, p. 152). Abdominal tergites
‘with a row of short longitudinal carinae at their posterior margins; lateral por-
tions of tergites 2, 3 and 4, and the whole of tergites 5, 6 and 7 coarsely
scabrous; tergites 5, 6 and 7 with their postero-lateral angles backwardly pro-
duced; lateral margins of tergite 7 denticulate, and an orange macula occupying
its antero-lateral angle; tergite 9 with the postero-lateral angles yellow. Supra-
anal lamina of d subquadrate, scabrous; posterior margin faintly emarginate,
ciliate; lateral margin furnished with a few stout spines; cerci exceeding the
lamina by about one-third of their length, tips fuseous. Subgenital lamina of
dé subquadrate, posterior margin irregularly crenulate and spined (possibly
malformed), styles laterally situate, tips rufo-castaneous. Lateral margins and
postero-lateral angles of abdominal sternites 7 and 8 spined in ¢. Supra-anal
jamina of 2 rounded, scabrous, coarsely spined, roundly emarginate, projecting
slightly beyond the cerci. Legs black, coxal borders broadly yellow,
coxal processes orange red; posterior meta-tarsi shorter than the remaining seg-
ments combined, their pulvilli occupying almost their entire length; basal por-
tion of the distal segments of all the tarsi yellowish. Length, d 16 mm., 2 19 mm.
Type, specimen No. 143 (¢); allotype, specimen No. 144 (@), Coll.
Shaw.
Hab.— Queensland: Babinda (3 specimens. Dr. J. F. Illingworth, Noy.,
1919).
Notes.—This species appears to be allied to P. bicolor Kirby, from which
its entirely apterous condition distinguishes it. P. bicolor eame from Cornwallis
Island and Torres Straits and P. babindae mihi, from near Cairns. There are
also in my collection specimens from §. Queensland of what seems to be an un-
deseribed species, distinguished from babindae by the absence of the yellow
macula on the 7th tergite, and on the other side very close to P. scabrella Tepper,
from New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia. These four species, with
perhaps P. scabra Brunner, may form a group whose winged ancestor came from
BY ELAND SHAW. 225
the north; and it is interesting to note that while bicolor Kirby, the most northerly
of the group still possesses vestigial tegmina, and scabrella Tepper the most
southerly, has no trace of tegmina at all, the two species intermediate in latitude,
ee
Text-fig. 1. Platyzosteria analis Sauss. Portion of left posterior leg, ventral
aspect. (a) Coxal ridge; (b) Coxal groove; (c) Coxal border; (d)
Coxal process; (e) Trochanter; (f) Femur; (g) Tibia.
Text-fig. 2. Platyzosteria spatiosa Shaw. §. Apex of abdomen, dorsal aspect.
(Paratype. No. 124, Coll. Shaw).
Text-fig. 3. Cutilia illingworthi Shaw. 9. Right tegminal vestige. (Paratype.
No. 142, Coll. Shaw).
Text-fig. 4. Cutilia ilingworthit Shaw. SG. Subgenital lamina. (Type. No. 136,
Coll. Shaw) .
Text-fig. 5. Cutilia spryi Shaw. ¢. Apex of abdomen, ventral aspect. (Para-
type. No. 243, Coll. Shaw).
Text-fig. 6. Cutilia feriarum Shaw. 2. Apex of abdomen, dorsal aspect. (Para-
type. No. 253, Coll. Shaw).
Text-fig. 7. Zontoploca dixont Shaw. 3. Apex of abdomen, dorsal aspect. (Type.
No. 232, Coll. Shaw).
in the course of their progress towards the loss of all trace of flying organs,
show shallow grooves indicating the position of the lost tegmina, the more
northerly of the two species having these grooves the better marked.
226 NEW AUSTRALASIAN BLATTIDAE,
PLATYZOSTERIA CINGULATA, 1.Sp.
Black, banded with bright yellow, smooth, nitid. Head rufo-fuscous, ocelli-
form spots minute, yellow; eyes black; antennae rufo-fuscous, basal segments
darker. Thoracic tergites with some scattered, shallow, impressed dots, and with
all their visible margins broadly yellow on both dorsal and ventral aspects; the
black dises of these tergites with their posterior margins sinuate, that of the
pronotum showing anteriorly a sinuate margin, from the centre of which two
small dashes extend forward about 1 mm. into the yellow margin, and showing
posteriorly on each side of the middle line an outwardly curving, rounded black
process extending into the posterior yellow margin; no tegminal vestiges. Abdo-
minal tergites, except 8th and 9th, broadly margined yellow posteriorly and
laterally; postero-lateral angles of 5th, 6th and 7th tergites backwardly pro-
duced; posterior margin of 7th tergite subsinuate, lateral margins entire.
Abdominal sternites black, or dark castaneous, broadly margined yellow. Supra-
anal lamina of d subquadrate, angles rounded, emarginate, with a medial longi-
tudinal suleus, posterior margin more or less spined, black, with the posterior
two-thirds yellow. Cerci flattened, black, tips fuscous. Supra-anal lamina of
2 rounded, subtectiform, posterior margin strongly denticulate, denticulations
tipped fuseous. Subgenital lamina of d subquadrate, posterior margin straight;
styles black, situate at the angles. Legs rufo-fuscous, coxal borders on both
aspects broadly pale yellow; all the coxal processes yellow; posterior metatarsus
nearly as long as the remaining tarsal segments combined, its pulvillus occupying
almost its entire length; arolia moderate in size. Length, d 17 mm., 2 18 mm.
Type, specimen No. 130 (6); allotype, specimen No. 131 (@), Coll.
Shaw. Paratypes, 4 d, 3 @.
Hab.— Queensland: Spring Bluff, 1500 ft. (Miss Brigit Shaw, Jan., 1919),
Bunya Mts., 3300 ft. (R. Illidge, Oct., 1919), Stanthorpe district, 2700. ft. (H.
Jarvis, Nov., 1919).
Notes.—This beautiful species closely resembles P. balteata Tepper, but it
is larger, broader, the yellow margins are relatively wider, and it is apterous
whilst P. balteata possesses tegminal vestiges. It appears to be widely distri-
buted on the Darling Downs, but has not hitherto been observed on the coastal
belt.
In some specimens the supra-anal lamina of ¢ is furnished with several
stout spines, though in the Type these are merely indicated; and in one paratype
the lamina is spined on one side and practically entire on the other.
The Type shows the “titillator’’ and several of the other chitinized portions
of the genital membrane protruding from the cloaca, and it may be useful to
draw attention to the fact that cockroaches killed by immersion in alcohol exert
in dying a strong expulsive effort, and the usually concealed 8th and 9th tergites
may become visible (vide Cutilia feriarwm, infra) and a considerable part of the
genital membrane may be extruded.
PLATYZOSTERIA SPATIOSA, n.Sp.
2 black, nitid. Head with the vertex castaneous, the frons black, margins
of the elypeus and labrum yellowish-brown, the ocelliform spots large, quad-
rangular and yellow; the antennae as long as the body, brown, with the proximal
segments darker, the second segment about as long as two, and the third segment
about as long as four of the distal segments. Pronotum anteriorly parabolic,
posterior margin nearly straight, and together with the mesonotum and metano-
tum showing some erumplines of the surface and some impressed dots; lateral
BY ELAND SHAW. 227
margins of the meso- and metanotum somewhat thickened and everted; tegminal
vestiges with their apices definitely separated from the tergite; no trace of
wings; postero-lateral angles of the metanotum slightly produced. Abdominal
tergites with their postero-lateral angles backwardly produced, stigmata well
marked; lateral margins of the 7th tergite finely serrate. Supra-anal lamina
extending to nearly twice the length of the cerci, triangular, cucullate, apex
roundly emarginate, with the lateral margins prominently spined (Text-fig. 2).
Abdominal sternites black; valves of the subgenital lamina long, not strongly
curved. Legs castaneous, tibiae darker, triseriately spined on the outer aspect;
posterior metatarsus nearly as long as the remaining tarsal segments combined;
pulvillus long; coxal borders narrowly margined with ochreous brown. Length,
41 mm.; pronotum 11 x 15 mm.
Type, specimen No. 123 (@), Coll. Shaw; paratype 2, No. 124, Coll. Shaw.
Hab.— Western Australia: Cunderdin (R. Illidge, Oct., 1913).
Notes.—My. Ihdge, who kindly gave me these two female specimens, took
them at Cunderdin about 120 miles east of Perth. The species belongs to the
analis group of the genus, and is closely allied to P. grandis Sauss. differing
from it in the possession of tegminal vestiges, larger size, and relatively larger
supra-anal lamina.
Genus CuTrIutra Stal.
e
CUTILIA ILLINGWORTHI, n.sp.
Rufo-fuscous, nitid. Head fusco-rufous; eyes black; ocelliform spots large,
yellowish, filling in the angle formed between the eyes and the antennary fossae;
antennae testaceous, proximal segments darker. Pronotum anteriorly parabolic,
posterior margin almost straight, angles rounded, with a few erect hairs. Teg-
minal vestiges (Text-fig. 3) not free at the tips, but each indicated by a deep
curved suleus occupying the position of the inner (or caudal) margin of the
usual form of tegminal vestige; no wing vestiges. Abdominal tergites with the
posterior half of each darker in colour, lateral margins thickened; postero-
lateral angles of 5th, 6th and 7th tergites backwardly produced; 7th tergite with
the posterior margin sinuate, lateral margins entire. Supra-anal lamina of ¢
subquadrate, deeply emarginate, ciliate, postero-lateral angles spined. Cere}
about 14 times as long as the lamina. Supra-anal lamina of @ trigonal, sub-
tectiform, apex truncate, widely emarginate. Subgenital lamina of ¢ (Text-fig.
4) asymmetrical, triangularly produced, terminating in a long spine curving
towards the left; styles long, ineurved, the left style longer, and situate nearer
the middle line than the right, which has a short blunt process internal to it.
Legs fuseo-rufous, coxal borders rufo-testaceous, posterior metatarsi longer than
the remaining tarsal segments combined, biseriately spined beneath, with short
pulvilli; 4th and 5th segments of the tarsi paler. Length, ¢ 17.5—22.5 mm.,
2 23.5—24.5 mm.
Type, specimen No. 136 (d); allotype, specimen No. 137 (2), Coll.
Shaw. Several paratypes.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Dr. J. F. Illingworth, 1917 to 1920).
Notes.—About a dozen specimens of this remarkable cockroach were sent to
me from Cairns by Dr. Illingworth. In describing Cutilia uncinata (Mem.
Qland Mus., vi., 1918, p. 160), a new species from islands off the coast of North
Queensland, attention was drawn to the hitherto unknown form of the vestigial
tegmina, and of the subgenital lamina of the d, and now, from the adjoining
coast, comes another species almost identical in form in these two particulars;
228 NEW AUSTRALASIAN BLATTIDAE,
but whilst wreinata mihi is dark castaneous with a yellow lateral border, the pre-
sent species is of quite different appearance, being considerably larger, of! much
lighter colour, and almost concolourous. It is curious that two species should
differ so much in facies, whilst both of them present two almost identical and
very striking departures from the usual form. That the one is not an insular
form of the other is shown by the fact that Dr. Illingworth has since forwarded
some specimens of wncinata (smaller than the Type) taken in 1919 “ex beach
Herbert River” about 130 miles south of Cairns; and also some taken at Gordon-
vale.
Dr. Ulmgworth has submitted to me a considerable number of Blattidae
from the neighbourhood of Cairns and Gordonvale, and has kindly given me many
of them. Three new species of his discovering are described in the present
paper, and it is a pleasure to propose that this one should bear his name.
CUTILIA BREVITARSIS, n.sp.
Nigro-castaneous, smooth, nitid except the posterior tergites which are finely
shagreened. Head rufo-castaneous; ocelliform spots yellow; antennae pale fus-
cous, of about the length of the body. Thoracic tergites with their posterior
margins slightly backwardly produced medially. Tegminal vestiges completely
separated from the mesonotum, articulation not completely covered by the prono-
tum, apex not obliquely truneate. No vestiges of wings beyond a slight back-
ward prolongation of the postero-lateral angles of the metanotum. Abdomen
with the postero-lateral angles of tergites 5, 6 and 7 backwardly produced; ter-
gites 6 and 7 and the supra-anal lamina faintly shagreened, lateral margins
entire. Supra-anal lamina of ¢ and of 2 subtriangular, apex truncate, widely
emarginate, (emargination angular in 6, rounded in @&,) extending to about
half the length of the cerei; sternites concolourous. Subgenital lamina of ¢
subquadrate, posterior margin rounded, with a very long spine at the base of
each style. Legs fusco-castaneous, posterior metatarsi about equal to the re-
maining tarsal segments combined, biseriately spined beneath, pulvilh~ short,
middle metatarsi not spined beneath.
Ootheea chitinous, castaneous, approximately twice as long as deep; suture
serrate, carried uppermost; surface smooth, entirely devoid of carinae. Length,
3 15—18 mm., 2 15—19 mm.
Type, specimen No. 233 (¢); allotype, specimen No. 234 (2), Coll.
Shaw. Several ¢ and 2 paratypes.
Hab.—N. Queensland: Cairns, Gordonvale (Dr. J. F. [lingworth, 1917-1919).
Notes—Dr. Illingworth sent me for identification several specimens of this
cockroach. It closely resembles C. nitidella mihi (Mem. Qland Mus., vi., 1918, p.
155), but is not of so depressed a form, and its short posterior metatarsus with
comparatively long pulvillus at once separates it from that species. The pos-
terior metatarsus is definitely biseriately spined beneath, so it seems best to refer
brevitarsis to the genus Cutilia. This segment is about the length of, or slightly
shorter than the remaining tarsal segments combined; its pulvillus is not apical,
but extends a little upwards, though not so far as in Platyzosteria. The ootheca
is still attached to one of the paratypes (No. 235, Coll. Shaw) and while of
similar proportions to that of C. witidella (le., p. 157) it differs from it in bemg
not fluted, but quite smooth. Half the paratypes are in Dr. Illingworth’s collee-
tion.
CUTILIA SPRYI, n.sp.
Head and thoracic tergites ferrugineous; antennae fuscous. Abdominal ter-
gites: gradually darkening caudally to nigro-eastaneous; abdominal sternites
BY ELAND SHAW. 229
wholly nigro-castaneous. Fronotum with the posterior margin slightly produced
backwards in the middle. No trace of tegmina or wings. Abdominal tergites 5
and 6 with the postero-lateral angles slightly produced backwards, tergite 7 more
produced, particularly in the 2; first abdominal tergite of ¢ with a medial “gland”
orifice surrounded by bristles and sometimes concealed by the metanotum; 7th
abdominal tergite with the posterior margin sinuate, lateral margins entire. Supra-
anal lamina of d triangular, apex much truneate, not extending to half the length
of the cerci, widely emarginate, lateral margins entire, and slightly coneave; of
triangular, less of the apex truncate, extending to more than half the length of
the cerei, emargination deeper and narrower than in the d, the tips of the valves
of the subgenital lamina showing in the emargination. Subgenital lamina of ¢
(Text-fig. 5) quadrate, posterior margin faintly concave, styles situate in a con-
spicuous notch at the postero-lateral angle, lateral margins anterior to the styles
convex. Legs testaceous, with a large castaneous macula at the base of the coxae;
posterior metatarsus longer than the remaining tarsal segments combined, biseri-
ately spined beneath, pulvillus apical, remaining pulvilli occupying the whole
length of the segment. Length, o and 2 10.5 mm.
Type, specimen No. 237 (¢); allotype, specimen No. 238 (2), Coll.
Shaw. Five ¢ and two 2 paratypes.
Hab.— Queensland: Spring Bluff, near Toowoomba (Miss Brigit Shaw, Jan.,
1919).
Notes.—Nine specimens were collected at Spring Bluff in Jan., 1919, by my
daughter Brigit. The species is near Cutilia tepperi mihi (Mem. Q. Mus., vi.,
1918, p. 157), which is also apterous, but it differs in the smaller size, and com-
plete absence of flavid markings on the dorsum. In general colour it resembles
C. sedilloti Bol. from New Zealand and, like that species, has the postero-lateral
angles of the distal abdominal tergites scarcely produced, especially in the ¢. In
naming’ this species after my friend Mr. F. P. Spry, I desire to acknowledge our
mdebtedness to him for his long study of Australian forms of Blattidae, and to
express my personal gratitude for numerous specimens sent, and for much kindly
assistance.
CUTILIA PHILPOTTI, n.sp.
3 nigro-castaneous, bordered yellow. Head yellow, a broad castaneous
macula occupying the frons, clypeus and labrum; eyes castaneous; antennae miss-
ing’ except the proximal segment on the right side, which is castaneous. Thoracie
tergites dark eastaneous with a broad lateral yellow border, the extreme margin
of which is slightly thickened and fuscous; pronotum with the anterior margin
truncate, exposing the yellow vertex which completes the yellow border anteriorly;
posterior margin subsinuate, as also are those of the meso- and metanotum. Teg-
minal vestiges completely separated from the mesonotum, apex obliquely trun-
cate, forming part of the lateral yellow border except towards the inner margin,
which portion is of the castaneous ground colour. No trace of wings: Abdominal
tergites dark castaneous, the lateral yellow border being continued on tergites 3,
4 and 5 as yellow maculae diminishing in size from before backwards; tergites
5, 6 and 7 with the postero-lateral angles strongly produced backwards, margins
entire; tergite 7 with the posterior margin sinuate. Supra-anal lamina quadrate,
widely emarginate, ciliate, angles slightly obtuse extending to about half the
length of the cerci, lateral margins somewhat everted, cerci rufo-castaneous at the
tips. Subgenital lamina quadrate, posterior margin convex, faintly emarginate,
with a stout prominent spine within the base of the styles, which are long and
inserted sublaterally. Abdominal sternites dark castaneous, paler in the disc.
230 NEW AUSTRALASIAN BLATTIDAE,
Legs with the coxae testaceous, a large castaneous macula occupying the basal
portion of the coxal groove, and the whole of the coxal ridge and coxal process;
the remainder of the legs castaneous, spines paler. Posterior metatarsus about
the length of the remaining tarsal segments combined, somewhat dilated distally,
biseriately spined beneath, pulvillus apical; remaining segments with large pul-
villi; middle metatarsus biseriately spined beneath towards the base. Length,
17.5 mm.
Type, specimen No. 110 (¢), Coll. Shaw.
Hab— ? New Zealand: Invercargill.
Notes.—This unique specimen was sent to me in 1918 by Mr. A. Philpott,
now of the Cawthron Institute, Nelson, N.Z., taken at Invereargill in the shop of
a fruiterer who dealt largely in Australian fruits; and I have kept it hoping
that other specimens would be forthcoming. As such has not been the ease, I
now propose that it should be named after its discoverer, as an acknowledgment
of the keen interest he takes in New Zealand Blattidae. Until further material is
discovered there must be a doubt as to whether this species is a native of Aus-
-tralia, or of New Zealand, or occurs in both; but, with the exception of C. nitida
Brunner v. W., the whole genus Cutilia is confined to these countries.
CUTILIA FERIARUM, n.sp.
Small, nigro-castaneous, nitid, apterous. Head with the vertex rufous, frons
black; margins of the clypeus and labrum fuscous; ocelliform spots large, tri-
angular, pale yellow; antennae fuscous, densely ciliated, shorter than the body.
Thoracic tergites dark castaneous, with the lateral portions rufo-castanecus;
pronotum somewhat truncate anteriorly, exposing the vertex; lateral margins of
the meso- and metanotum slightly thickened; the lateral and posterior margins
of all the thoracic tergites ciate. Abdominal tergites with the lateral margins
slightly thickened and ciliate, posterior margins tuberculate and ciliate. In the
Paratype the posterior portions of tergites 8 and 9 are visible; these are not
ciliate, and are of a pale cream colour, except the postero-lateral angles of the
9th which are black, ciliate and produced into a spine. The surface of all the
tergites with a few scattered erect cilia. Supra-anal lamina triangular, apex
truncate, lateral margins everted, as is also the posterior margin in the d, emar-
ginate, not reaching to half the length of the cerei in the d, but considerably
longer in the 2; cerci black, tips rufous. Subgenital lamina of the d short,
posterior margin nearly straight, lateral margins convex. Abdominal sternites
black. Legs with the ecoxae black, coxal borders ecream-white, distal portion of
the coxal ridges and coxal processes, and the rest of the legs rufo-castaneous;
posterior metatarsi longer than the remaining tarsal segments combined, biseriately
spined beneath, pulvillus apical; remaining tarsal segments unspined, pulvilli
large, arolia large. Length, 612 mm., 2 13 mm.
Type, specimen No. 252 (¢); allotype, specimen No. 254 (2), Coll.
Shaw. Paratype, No. 253 (2).
Hab.— Queensland: Stanthorpe; N.S. Wales: Wilson’s Downfall (Jan.,
1921).
Notes.—Three specimens were collected during holidays in Jan., 1921, by my
daughter Brigit, one at Stanthorpe, the others Just over the border in N.S.W. The
species is distinguished by its small size, almost black colour, very pale coxal
borders, and absence of tegminal vestiges. As previously pointed out (Shaw,
Mem. Qland Mus., vi., 1918, p. 151), species having long, biseriately spined pos-
terior metatarsi, with apical pulvilli should be included in Cutilia Stal, even
BY ELAND SHAW. 231
though completely apterous. C. tepperi (Shaw, Lc., p. 157) was the first of
these species to be described; the present paper includes two more, spryi and
feriarum, and an undescribed species in my collection from Daly River, N. Terri-
tory, makes a fourth.
Genus ZONIOPLOGCA Stal.
ZONIOPLOCA DIXONI, n.sp.
Castaneous above, rufo-testaceous beneath. Head with the vertex ruto-
castaneous; a large rufo-castaneous macula occupying the greater part of the
frons, but paling to testaceous around the antennary fossae, on the margin of the
clypeus and on the lateral portions of the head; eyes black; antennae rufo-
testaceous. Thoracic tergites rugose; pronotum with the lateral margins much
thickened, meso- and metanotum with the lateral margins thickened, posicro-
lateral angles somewhat produced backwards, no flying organs. Abdominal ter-
gites smooth, nitid, their posterior margins furnished with a row of small tubercles;
tergite 5 with the postero-lateral angles not, or but shghtly produced backwards,
tergites 6 and 7 with the same well-produced, lateral margins entire. Supra-
anal lamina of the d (Text-fig. 7) rufo-testaceous, subquadrate, widely emarginate,
ciliate, lateral margins concave, ending posteriorly in a spine directed backwards
and outwards; cerci slightly incurved, blunt at the apex, extending to about the
length of the lamina; of the 2 narrower at the apex, with three or four blunt
spines at each side, lateral margins slightly crenulate. Subgenital lamina cf 3
(Text-fig. 7) backwardly produced, lateral margins concave, terminating in two
divergent pointed processes; styles long, acuminate, laterally inserted. Legs rufo-
testaceous; coxal borders pale; posterior tibiae in the 2 furnished on the whole
length of their inner borders with a closely-set brush of fine hairs; posterior
metatarsus of about the length of the remaining tarsal segments combined, not
spined beneath, pulvillus apical, remaining pulvilli occupying the whole seg-
ment, arolia large. Length, d 26.5 mm., 2 32.0 mm.
Type, specimen No. 232 (¢); allotype, specimen No. 251 (@), Coll.
Shaw. Paratypes, 1 2 and 1 larval 2, Coll. F. P. Spry.
Hab.— Central Australia; South Australia; Victoria: Mallee district.
Notes.—The material on which this species is founded came to me from my
friend Mr. F. P. Spry. About a year ago he sent me a 2 of what appeared to
be a new Zonioploca Stal taken by Mr. J. C. Dixon in the Mallee district of Vic-
toria, and later, in response to enquiries, a larval 2 from the same loeality and
captor, and a d and a @ labelled as from Central and South Australia respec-
tively, from an old collection of Mr. C. French, lately Govt. Entomologist of
Victoria. These latter have been selected as the types, and the Mallee specimens,
though so far structurally indistinguishable, are of a darker colour, less robust,
and less rugose; until more material is found no good purpose will be served
by regarding them as more than a dark variety. The species differs from the
rest of the genus in some particulars such as the postero-lateral angles of the 5th
abdominal tergite being scarcely produced, the smoother dorsum, the thickened
lateral margins of the meso- and metanotum, and the form of the subgenital
lamina of the d; but the 6th and 7th tergites are well produced, the pronctum
has a thickened margin, and the tarsal structure is that of Zonioploca Stal. Mr.
Dixon is a keen naturalist who has added considerably to our knowledge of the
Mallee fauna, and as some slight acknowledgment of this it is proposed that this
species should be named after him.
Olt I
232
NOTES ON NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA.
Part iii. THE PHYSALOPTERA OF AUSTRALIAN LIzARDS.
By Vera Irwin-Suiru, B.Se., F.L.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in
Zoology.
(Thirty-eight Text-figures. )
[Read 28th June, 1922. ]
Three collections of Physaloptera material, received from the Zoology De-
partment of the University of Sydney, contain specimens of a species which ap-
pears to be identical with Physaloptera antarctica Linstow. Linstow’s description
is insufficient to characterise the species clearly, but the few measurements which
he gives accord with those of specimens which are regarded in the following
paper as representing the typical variety. :
Two of the collections (B and C) consist entirely of this variety (var.
typica); the third (A) contains a few specimens of the same variety, mostly
immature, scattered among a large number of very similar worms, which show
certain constant differences and have been considered as a new variety of the
species, var. lata.
All three collections were obtained during class dissection of lizards, lot A
being labelled “From the intestine of a lizard, 1915,” lot B “From the lower
intestine of a blue tongued lizard, Tiliqua scincoides, 24 June, 1919,” lot C
“From the intestine of Tiliqua scincoides, 12 August, 1919.” In each case the
Physaloptera were the only Nematode parasites present, and occurred in con-
siderable numbers, lot A consisting of about 65 specimens, among them many
larvae and 21 adult males, lot B of some 50 larvae and adults, 20 of them males,
lot C of 29 specimens, 17 of them males.
Treatment.—The specimens in lot B were received alive, in normal salt
solution, and a few of them were kept in this medium for periods ranging up
to three weeks, when they were still alive, though very sluggish. The remainder
were killed at once, various fixatives being tried for comparison. Hot corrosive
sublimate acetic proved a very bad fixative. Specimens immersed in this for ten
minutes and afterwards treated with 70% aleohol and iodised alcohol, were so
hard and shrunken as to be almost useless for examination. Carl’s solution was
also unsatisfactory, and fixation in warm elycerine-aleohol did not secure well
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 233
extended specimens. Almost boiling 70% alcohol gave much the best results.
70% alcohol had been used to fix and preserve lot A, and most of these specimens
were in very good condition, though the caudal extremity in a number of the
females was very contracted, and the cuticle showed some abnormal distension.
All the specimens of lot C were fixed in hot glycerine alcohol, but some of them
were subsequently transferred to 70% alcohol, and after dehydration and treat-
ment with cedar oil or clove oil made successful canada balsam mounts. In these
cases the oil was added to the absolute aleohol in gradually increasing strengths,
from one third, one half, two thirds, to the pure oil after three days, and the
specimens remained quite clear when mounted, and showed details of internal
structure well. Cedar oil proved better than clove oil. Other mounts were made
in glycerine jelly, after clearimg in glycerine by the gradual evaporation of the
glycerine alcohol. But with these stout-bodied worms the jelly mounts were not
clear enough for good microscopical examination, though papillae and other
cuticular structures showed up better than in any other medium. Glycerine also
proved a very good medium in which to dissect the specimens. The most useful
reagent, however, both for rapid microscopical examination, and for clearing and
preserving specimens during dissection was alcoholic phenol, used in the propor-
tions of 80 parts phenol to 20 parts absolute alcohol, though permanent mounts
could not be made from these preparations.
Superfamily SPIRUROIDEA Railliet & Henry, 1915.
Family ACUARIIDAE Seurat, 1913.
Subfamily PHYSALOPTERINAE Seurat, 1913.
Genus PHY SALOPTERA Rudolphi, 1819.
Species PHYSALOPTERA ANTARCTICA Linstow, 1899, var. TYPICA.
Body robust, elongated, slenderly and evenly proportioned, of a uniform
diameter in the middle region, tapering at each extremity. Cuticle thick, un-
dulant, densely striate transversely, the striations very fine and inconspicuous;
cephalic ecollarette large. Post-cervical papillae thorn-shaped, situated on the
lateral lines in depressions in the cuticle, shghtly behind the junction of muscular
and glandular oesophagus (Text-fig. 23), at an average distance of .5 to .7 mm.
trom the anterior extremity, according to the length of the worm. Excretory
pore on the ventral median line, .08 to .09 mm. behind the post-cervical papillae
(Text-fig. 1). Lateral lips slightly trilobed, the buccal pads, applied to them
externally, thick and hemispherical, bearing the paired lateral papillae (Text-
fig. 3). External labial tooth stout and conical, with a small, deeply-notched,
double-pointed tooth at its base internally. The small bicuspid tooth, situated
internally on the summit of each lateral lobe of the lip, widely notched to the
base, the cusps short and broad (Text-fig. 4). The internal denticular border
made up of a group of three fairly large, sharply-pointed denticles on each side
of the base of the median tooth, and a line of five or six similar denticles down
each side, each group being continued by a few very minute and indistinct den-
ticles, not always visible, along a well-marked curved line forming the inner
edge of the lip. Buccal cavity short; oesophagus in two parts, the anterior part
muscular, usually less than one-eighth of the total length, narrower than the
glandular oesophagus, which expands just behind the junction and has an almost
uniform diameter throughout. Glandular oesophagus conspicuous by its dark
colour, the transition into the lighter muscular oesophagus well marked (Text-
234 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, ill.
fig. 23). The nerve ring broad, surrounding the muscular oesophagus just above
the junction. Total length of oesophagus one-tenth of the body length in the
longest individuals (43 mm. specimens), becoming relatively longer as the length
of the body decreases, i.e., in the younger specimens, though the relative increase
2
Figs. 1-6. Physaloptera antarctica vay. typica.
1. Anterior end of male, showing oesophagus (x 15): ep., excretory pore,
n., nerve ring; 2. Junction of oesophagus and intestine (x 48); 3. Lateral view of
anterior extremity (x 125); 4. Internal face of lip (x 190); 5. Male spicules
(x 48); 6. Portion of posterior region of male, showing spicules and ductus
ejaculatorius (de.), (x 27).
is not constant, and the length is found to vary shghtly in specimens of the same
size, from one-seventh to one-eighth of the body length in males and females 23
to 28 mm. long. The base of the oesophagus is broadly pointed, and inserted
into the middle of the wide intestinal lumen, where the narrow entrance to the
oesophagus is protected by valves (Text-fig. 2). Intestine slightly wider than
oesophagus, usually straight, occasionally sinuous, or with a single loop.
Males (Text-fig. 7) 10 to 28 mm. long, diameter in middle of body .45 ta
.78 vom., diminishing a little in front of caudal wings. Cloaca at a distance of
one-fourteenth to one-twenty-third of the body length from the tail point, the
distance not having a constant relation to the total length, but varying in
specimens of the same length. Tail deeply exeavated and curved ventrally;
lateral alae ample, very wide anteriorly, .32 to .45 mm., narrowing rapidly to-
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 235
wards the tip of the tail, and tapering to a point a little behind the posterior
extremity of the body proper; margin eyen, outlined by a double line (Text-fig.
8a). Bursa formed by the alae massive, broadly lanceolate, 2.5 mm. long in the
largest specimens, and 1.2 mm. wide from side to side. Cloacal aperture large
and cireular, with a prominent rim, opening in the centre of a cuticular pad
closely beset with rod-like processes or “knobs,” the knobs arranged in radiating
rows continued over the margin of the cloaca into its interior, decreasing in size
on its inner folds. Radial arrangement not so distinct at the sides of the cloaca,
but appearing again below it, the rows extending down the wings to the level
Figs. 7-10. Physaloptera antarctica var. typica.
7.24mm. male (x 5); 8a. Caudal extremity of the same specimen (x 382);
8b. Post-anal papillae (x 67); 8c. Caudal papillae (x 67); 9. Caudal extremity of
14 mm. male larva (x 32); 10. Caudal extremity of 43 mm. female (x 32).
of the last of the caudal papillae. Behind the cloaca, the surface of the tail is
covered with very small cuticular points, densely and irregularly arranged, ex-
tending just beyond the second of the caudal papillae. The peduneles of the
four pairs of external papillae, ensheathing the cloaca, are long and slender; the
second pair longest, reaching nearly to the margin of the wings, the fourth pair
much shorter. In the largest male, 28 mm. long, they measure respectively .368,
416, .336, .256 mm. Of the three sessile preanal papillae, the unpaired papilla
near the anterior border is small and inconspicuous, the paired papillae,
a little further forward, large and oval. The first pair of postanal papillae are
finger-like, situated on the margin of the cloaca and projecting over its rim; the
second pair, a little further back and wider apart, broadly oval and sessile (Text-
fig. 8b). The three pairs of caudal papillae all possess fairly long peduncles,
and each at its distal extremity is surrounded by a large corona (Text-fig. 8c).
236 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, lll.
The peduneles of the first pair (from the caudal extremity) measure .078 mm.,
the others .081 and .111 mm. respectively. They are situated in the midregion
of the tail, the most posterior .512 mm. from its extremity, the other two at dis-
tances of .768 and .864 mm., in a specimen 28 mm. long, where the cloacal
aperture is 1.8 mm. removed from the tail point.
The spicules are both short, and only shghtly unequal, the right about three-
fifths the length of the left. The left is straight and very slender, the right
curved and stouter, indented near the distal extremity, and tapering to a point
(Text-fig. 5). It is commonly found nearer to the cloacal aperture than the left,
and often protruded for part of its length. The posterior portions of the single
genital tube are stout, deep-coloured, and clearly visible through the body wall.
The ejaculatory duct is infundibuliform, from 1.0 to 1.7 mm. long, and thickest
anteriorly where it is divided from the vesicula seminalis by a deep constriction
(Text-fig. 6). The vesicula seminalis is dilated just beyond the junction, and
then extends as a broad tube, of uniform width, usually straight forward to join
the vas deferens. Sometimes it is recurved at the anterior end, and the vas
deferens runs parallel with it for a short distance, before turning forward again.
The vesicula seminalis is from 2.4 to 3.2 mm. long, and the transition into the
vas deferens is marked by an abrupt narrowing. Vas deferens and the thread-
like testis may extend straight forward, towards the base of the oesophagus, or
be looped and coiled in the middle region of the body.
Genitalia and caudal bursa are sometimes found already developed in speci-
mens only 10 mm. long, though most individuals of this length are still in .the
larval stage. In a larva 14 mm. long, in which the posterior extremity is a little
withdrawn from the cuticle of the larval tail, caudal alae, papillae, and other
structures can ‘be seen in an early stage of formation beneath the larval cuticle
(Text-fig. 9). On the other hand, many males are found in the adult stage at
a length of 15 mm. Males of the largest sizes, over 20 mm. long, are rare, ‘the
majority of the specimens being between 15 and 19 mm. long. In collection B,
which contains the only specimen 28 mm. long, the average length is 19 mm.
In collection C, in which the largest male is 20 mm., the average length is 15 mm.
Females (Text-fig. 20) 11 to 43 mm. long, diameter in middle of body .57
to 1.36 mm., diminishing to ..25 mm. at the base of cephalic collarette, and to
.24 to 40 mm. at anus. Anus at a distance of one-sixtieth to one-fiftieth of the
body length from the posterior extremity in the larger specimens, sometimes
longer in the younger specimens, varying from one-fortieth to one-fifty-sixth
of the body length in specimens of lengths 25 mm. and under. Tail straight,
conical, and sharply pointed (Text-figs. 10, 27). Caudal pores diffieult to dis-
tinguish; only observed in a few specimens, opening in slight depressions in
the cuticle, .820 mm. from the extremity on a tail .768 mm. long. Vulva pro-
minent, always some distance behind the junction of oesophagus and intestine,
but varying in position from 1/3.0 to 1/4.9 of the body length from the anterior
extremity, the average distance being 1/3.8. Eggs very thick shelled and broadly
oval, measuring .051 x .040 to .044 x .033 mm.; always containing embryos when
oviposited.
Individuals of all lengths between maximum and minimum oceur in collec-
tion B, but the intermediate lengths are most numerous. Only 3 specimens are
over 35 mm. long, and the average length is 26 mm. Collection C contains
smaller and evidently younger specimens, the largest female being 30 mm. long,
and the average length 21 mm. <A few very young specimens of the same type
and two or three adults, up to 27 mm. long, oceur in collection A.
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 237
A vulva is usually present in specimens over 18 mm. long, but up to lengths
of 25 or 28 mm. the genital system, though developed, is generally not fully
mature. As with the males, the degree of development varies in individuals of
the same length. Many specimens of 18 mm. are still in the larval stage, and
specimens up to 23 mm. long in collection A, which appear to belong uo this
species, show no trace of a genital system (Text-fig. 32).
Interesting variations occur in the dimensions and disposition of the various
parts of the female genitalia, and a large number of specimens of all sizes have
been dissected and measured in order to make a special study of them.
The female genital system.
Physaloptera antarctica belongs to the group distinguished by Seurat as
“formes tetrahystériennes,” having four uteri. Like P. abbreviata and P. pal-
laryi, the division into the four branches is dichotomous, and the general forma-
tion of these and the other parts of the genital system is similar. The vagina
leads into a narrow cylindrical vestibule with thick museular and cuticular walls,
which forms an ovijector. Upon this follows a dilated chamber, the reservoir,
leading to the common trunk, with walls lined by large polygonal epithelial cells.
This, after a short course, divides into two branches, which very soon divide
again, the four branches being continuous with the four uteri, which occupy the
greater part of the body. Each uterus terminates in a small bulb-like receptacu-
lum seminis, from which is given off a very narrow oviduct, with walls com-
posed of a single row of cells. This soon passes abruptly into the wider and
elongated ovary.
Writers describing the female genital system in other species have usually
given definite measurements for the various parts of it, and have described their
exact conformation and disposition in the body, evidently on the assumption that
these are constant characters, and have some specific value. But, in P. antarctica,
the examination of a long series of specimens has proved that in no two, even
among worms of the same size, are they alike.
The striking diversity which is found in the disposition of the terminal
portions of the system is illustrated in Text-figures 11-16. The vestibule is
usually sinuous, but may extend either straight back (Text-fig. 15) or straight
forward (Text-fig. 12) from the vulva, the reservoir continuing on in the same
direction (Text-figs. 12-14) or bending abruptly, and forming with the vestibule
a U-shaped loop either inverted or upright (Text-fig. 15). The common trunk,
in turn, may be bent back on the reservoir (Text-fig. 16) or continue in the
same direction as it (Text-figs. 12-13), so that the forking of the trunk occurs
anywhere from the level of the vulva to the maximum length of the tubes from
it, either anteriorly or posteriorly. All the various forms are found in adult
specimens of about the same size, so that they do not represent different stages
of growth. The disposition of the uteri, however, shows a certain uniformity
in general arrangement, in spite of the diversity in detail.
Text-figure 11, of a 34 mm. specimen, represents a fairly typical arrange-
ment. Here the division into the four branches takes place in the region of the
vulva, and two branches, one from each of the second forkings, immediately turn
forward and extend straight up, side by side, to a little distance in front of the
junction of oesophagus and intestine, where they bend abruptly and run back
parallel, straight down the ventral side of the body, to about a fifth of the body
length from the posterior extremity. The other two branches do not bend for-
ward at all, but almost immediately cross to the dorsal side of the alimentary
238 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, Iii.
canal and have a straight course, dorsally, down the body, extending a little
further back than the ventral pair of uteri, to within 5.6 mm. of the posterior
extremity. Hach uterus folds forward again for a distance of 5 or 6 mm., and
terminates, somewhere about the posterior fourth of the body, in the receptaculum
seminis, from which the looped and coiled ovary extends backwards.
Figs. 11-19. Physaloptera antarctica var. typica.
Female genitalia. Variations in arrangement of the parts nearest to the ue
shown in figs. 11-16. (Figs. 11-15, x 10, fig. 16, x 20).
11. 34 mm. specimen; 12. 40 mm. specimen; 13. 28 mm. specimen; 14. 25
mm. specimen; 15. 34 mm. specimen; 16. 43 mm. specimen; 16a, vulva (x 32);
17. Ovaries, oviducts, receptacula, seminis, and terminal portions of the four uteri
of a 43 mm. specimen (x 6.3); 18. Ovum in oviduct (x 127); 19. Receptaculum
seminis (x 32); ov., ovary; ovi., oviduct; r., reservoir, r.s., receptaculum seminis;
t., common trunk; ut., uterus; v., vestibule.
The regular disposition of the uteri in straight limes, parallel to the length
of the body, with very few coils or twists, their forward extension beyond the
level of the vulva, and their termination a considerable distance in front of the
anus are all characteristic features. The paired arrangement, one pair above and
ne below the intestine, is also very common, and the tendency to forward
growth is usually confined to one pair which can, as a rule, be distinguished,
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 239
even where the forking of the common trunk occurs in front of the vulva, and
the direction of all four uteri is at first anterior, or where the whole system is
direeted backwards, behind the vulva. The latter arrangement, shown in Text-
fig. 13, is that most commonly found in immature specimens under 25 mm. in
length, though some young’ specimens as small as 18 mm. show the forward ex-
tension which is present in all the older individuals.
The exact position of the most anterior loops of the uteri varies consider-
ably, and has no constant relation to the total body length. Some specimens
less than 20 mm. long have been found with the anterior uteri reaching far for-
ward, beyond the base of the oesophagus, while in mature specimens between 34
and 43 mm. long, the anterior loops may be found either behind or in front of
the junction of oesophagus and intestine, the distance from the anterior ex-
tremity varying from 1.5 mm. (43 mm. specimen) and 2.6 mm. (34 mm. specimen)
to 7.8 mm. (40 mm. specimen). In the latter example (40 mm. specimen),
which is shown in Text-fig. 12, and of which the complete measurements are given
in the table (p. 243), the vulva is rather exceptionally far from the anterior
extremity, 11mm. distant, where other individuals of the same length have it
9 mm. distant.
The distance of the most posterior loops of the uteri from the posterior
extremity varies similarly, from 13.3 mm. in a 43 mm. specimen, to 4.1 mm. in
a 34 mm. specimen; and the receptacula seminis may be situated either in front
of the uterine loops or behind them (Text-fig. 17), at a distance of 11.9 to 5.2
mm. from the posterior end. In young specimens of 20 to 25 mm. length, the
uteri are more closely packed than in the older individuals, and frequently do
not occupy more than 3 or 4 mm. of the total body length. In an immature
specimen 18 mm. long, in which the anterior extension of the uteri is very pro-
nounced, the receptacula seminis are found only 2 mm. behind the level of the
vulva, and the uteri do not extend more than 1 mm. further back, so that the
whole genital system is grouped in the anterior half of the body. Even in the
more common arrangement among immature specimens, in which it lies entfrely
behind the vulva (Text-figs. 13, 14), the narrow, delicate, poorly developed uterine
tubes do not extend far posteriorly, usually terminating at a distance of 6 to 11
min. from the tail.
The dimensions of the various parts of the system vary quite as much as
their disposition, and measurements taken from a single specimen are of little
specific value.
In many adult individuals the reservoir is sharply delimited, and much
dilated, being crammed with eggs, while the common trunk is also distended
with eggs, and a continuous row of eggs extends along the vestibule to the vulva
(Text-fig. 16). But in other adults of the same size, which have large uteri dis-
tended with eggs, the reservoir swelling is slighter and more gradual, its limits
less clearly defined, and the few eggs in it are gathered into a cluster towards
its middle; while no eggs are present in the .vestibule, the walls of which are in
contact, and only a few isolated eges occur in the common trunk. Some immature
specimens have the position of the reservoir marked only by a slight increase in
diameter in the otherwise uniform trunk, due to the presence of a single row of
eggs there, no other eggs being found till the uteri are reached (Text-fig. 14),
but in other specimens not more than 18 mm. long, in which the uteri are only
-08 mm. wide, and contain only one or two rows of undeveloped eggs, the re-
servoir is already well defined, and has a greater diameter than in mature worms
of twice the size. The reservoir, therefore, appears to be simply a more or less
240 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, lili.
distended portion of the common trunk, varying in length from .72 to 1.2 mm.,
and in width from .144 to .288 mm.
The vestibule is always long, though its length is often concealed in sinuous
folds which make exact measurements difficult. Its length varies quite irregularly
from .90 to 1.8 mm. and the common trunk shows similar variations, irrespective
of the size of the worm, from 1.44 to .720 mm. The diameters of vestibule and
common trunk vary from .064 to .112 mm., the maximum width being due to the
presence of eggs, but the vestibule is always slightly wider than the common trunk
of the same specimen. The two branches into which the common trunk divides
are very narrow, .06 to .08 mm., and slightly unequal in length, their respective
lengths varying from .144 and .192 mm. through all intermediate lengths to .480
and .544 mm. After the second forking, the four slender branches connect with
the four uteri at distances varying from .640 to 1.56 mm. in different individuals.
Figs. 20-30. Physaloptera antarctica var. typica, and var. lata.
20.Var. ¢ypica, 20 mm. female; v., vulva; 21. Var. ata, 14 mm. female; 22.
Var. data, 18.6 mm. female; 23. Var. ¢ypica, and 24. Var. Zata.—dorsal view of
anterior end, showing position of cervical papillae, nerve-ring and junction of
muscular and glandular oesophagus (x 20); 25. Var. ¢ypica, 26, Var. lata, 22
mm. females—posterior end (x 6.3): 27. Tail of female, var. ¢ypica, same
specimen as shown in fig. 20 (x 20); 28. Tail of 31 mm. female, var. Jata (x 20);
29. Internal face of lip, var. Zata (x 116); 30. Dorsal view of lip, var. JZata (x
116),
The uteri in the older specimens are crowded with eggs and attain a maximum
width of .35 mm., smaller and younger specimens having proportionally narrower
uteri, only. .08 mm. wide when quite immature. The receptacula seminis are
marked off from the oviducts by deep constrictions, but pass gradually into the
uteri (Text-fig. 19), the diameter of uterus at the junction being .128 mm. and
of oviduct .048 mm. The receptaculum seminis, in its maximum development,
measures .480 mm. in length, and .288 mm. in diameter; the oviducts 1.6 to 1.8
mm.; the ovaries about 9.5 mm
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 241
The lengths given by Linstow for males and females of Physaloptera antarc-
tica (27 mm. and 42 mm.) correspond exactly with the maximum lengths found
among these specimens, and with the lengths given by Stossich for P. alba. The
size is exceptionally large for species parasitic in lizards and, as already pointed
out in the review of the Physaloptera of lizards (Irwin-Smith, Proc. Linn. Soe.
N.S.W., xlvii., 1922, p. 58), P. alba is probably a synonym. The figure of the
male tail given by Stossich shows the characteristic pedunculated caudal papillae,
though not preanal papillae. And the host from which his specimens are re-
corded, Cyclodus boddaertii Dum., has been shown to be probably identical with
Tiliqua seincoides White, from which the present specimens were obtained. Lin-
stow’s specimens were taken from a closely related host, Tiliqua occipitalis Gray.
PHYSALOPTERA ANTARCTICA VAR. LATA.
Most of the specimens in collection A are of somewhat shorter and stouter
build than those in collections B and C, and the body is unevenly proportioned,
being thickest in the posterior third, gradually attenuated towards the anterior
(Text-figs. 21-22). The structure and dimensions, otherwise, are very sinilar
in the two forms, and the relative proportions of the different parts vary much
within the same limits, as will be seen by the comparative tables of measurements
below. The differences, which are best illustrated by Text-figs. 20-28, do not
seem to be of sufficient importance to warrant the classification of these speci-
mens as a new species. Therefore, I have grouped them as a new variety, lata,
of the species Physaloptera antarctica. The most notable differences are the dis-
proportionate thickness of the posterior end in var. lata, in all specimens, cven
to the most immature, and the more advanced maturity of the smaller-sized
females, between 18 and 25 mm. long.
Diagnosis —Denticular formation on lips (Text-fig. 29) very similar to that
in var. typica. Oesophagus one-eighth to one-seventh of the total body length
in the larger specimens, increasing to one-fifth in the smallest, slightly longer,
on the average, than in var. typica of corresponding size. Posteervieal papillae
a little further back from the junction of muscular and glandular oesophagus,
the maximum distance from the anterior extremity being .880 mm. (Text-fig.
24).
Males 13 to 23 mm. long, average length 17.7 mm.; maximum diameter .53
to .80 mm. Bursa quite similar to var. typica, but relatively a little larger, its
alae .48 mm. wide; the three pairs of caudal papillae a little further removed
from the tail point, the cloacal aperture one-fourteenth to one-eighteenth of the
body length from the extremity. Spicules similar in form and length to those of
var. typica, but of a shghtly heavier build) (Text-fig. 31). Genital system just
as in the other form.
Females (Text-figs. 21, 22) 14 to 34 mm. long, average length 24 mrm.;
maximum diameter .80 to 1.45 mm. Tail more or less shrunken and distorted
in all the specimens; measurements only approximate, but apparently shorter
and more obtuse than in var. typica (Text-fig. 28); anus one-ninetieth to one-
sixtieth of the body length from its extremity. Vulva prominent, 1/2.5 to 1/4.8
of the body length from the anterior extremity, average distance 1/3.5. Eggs
quite similar. Genitalia grouped entirely behind the level of vulva; consisting
of the same parts as in var. typica, with the dichotomous division into four uteri.
Uteri, in all specimens, quite irregularly arranged, much twisted, intertwined
and spirally coiled; mostly on the ventral side of the body, and crowded towards
the posterior third, the last coils and the receptacula seminis always’ within a
242 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, iii.
short distance of the anus. Maximum diameter of uterus .336 mm., much larger
in the smaller specimens than in var. typica; crowded and distended with well
developed eggs in specimens of 18 and 19 mm. lengths; measuring .288 mm. in
width, as compared with .080 mm. in the other form. The terminal portions of
the system variable in arrangement, but frequently reservoir and common trunk
form a U-shaped loop, and the uteri are much coiled in the region of the vulva,
rarely extending anterior to it, and never more than 1.8 mm. (Text-figs. 34-36).
The dimensions similarly variable, without relation to the length of the specimen.
Vestibule 1.0 to 1.44 mm. long; reservoir .56 to 1.08 mm. long; and .112 to .400
mm. wide; common trunk .64 to 1.12 mm. long; the two branches respectively
.08 and .16 mm. to .56 and .64 mm. long. Receptaculum seminis .416 mm. long
Figs. 31-38. Physaloptera antarctica var. typica and var. lata.
31. Male spicules, var data (x 32); 32. Immature specimen of same type as
var. typica, in collection A., with var. /ata, 20 mm. long, genitalia not developed
(x 5); 83. Tail of specimen shown in fig. 32 (x 20); 34-36. Female genitalia,
var, data (x 10); 34. 19 mm. specimen; 35. 27 mm. specimen; 36. 33 mm. speci-
men; 37. Receptaculum seminis, var. /afa (x 67); 388. Eggs from uterus, var.
lata (xl 2 ae
and .272 mm. wide; oviduct at junction with it .048 mm. wide, but uterus merg-
ing gradually into it, .080 mm. wide at junction. Uteri 20 to 30 mm. long; ovi-
ducts 1.3 to 1.7 mm. long. Distance of most posterior loops of uteri from tip
of tail .640 to 3.64 mm.
Unfortunately, the student who collected these specimens (lot A) did not
make a specific record of the host from which they were taken, and the cnly
information available is “From the intestine of a lizard, Sydney, 1915.’ The
species commonly used for class dissection in the Zoology School in Sydney is
Tiliqua scincoides White, but at the date of this collection some specimens of
Egernia cunninghamii Gray were included among the lizards examined in class,
and it is possible, though not probable, that the nematodes were taken from the
latter species.
Examples of P. antarctica var. typica and type specimens of var. lata have
been deposited in the Australian Museum, Sydney.
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH.
Literature.
243
Inwrn-Suitu, Vera, 1921.—Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera, with
special reference fo those parasitic in reptiles. Part i. Proc. Linn.
N.S. Wales, xlvi., pp. 492-502.
——, 1922.—Ditto., Part 11. A review of the Physaloptera of lizards.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlvii., pp. 53-62.
Soc.
Proc.
Linstow, O. von, 1899.—Nematoden aus der Berliner zoologischen Sammlung.
Mitt zool. Sammi. d. Mus. f. Naturk. Berl., i. (2), pp. 1-28, 6 Pls.
Srossico, M., 1902.—Sopra alunci nematodi della collezione elmintologica del
prof. dott. Corrado Parona. Boil. Mus. zool. e. anat. comp., Genova, No. 116,
16 pp., 3 Pls.
Table of measurements (in mm.) of females of P. antaretica.
var. typica. var. lata.
Total length 40 34 28.7 19
Maximum diameter aes 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Length of muscular ea -528 480 | ‘ : -480 480
Total length of oesophagus 4.16 4.00 4.10 "3.90
Distance from cephalic extremity of: | nah
nerve ring 480 +433; -860 448
SoHE SIE | Is Aeon ann 784 | 640
vulva naeeN ais 7.12 7.02 7.28
ee terion loop of uterus 7.28 3.5 8.58 7.0
Distance from posterior extremity of:
most posterior loop of uterus 9.51 4.16 1.12 1.21
receptac. seminis 8.58 5.2 1.8 94
anus errata: (Wemteona -68 ieetess ? 32
Length of vestibule -96 1.82 1.44 1.22
Length of reservoir 96 .88 1.08 .88
Width of reservoir 176 256 | : ale 868 144
| Length of common trunk | 72 1.44 .96 1.12
i Length of the two branches | S23) 48, 16, .28 .56, .64
j Ege 051 x .040 |.048 x .037 |.048 x .034 ].051 x .040 [048 x -040 |.055 x .037
SS ee ee
244 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, lil.
Table of measurements (in-mm.) of males of P. antarctica.
var. typica.
var. lata.
Total length 23.5
Maximum diameter a resol
Length of muscular oesophagus | _—.368
Total length of oesophagus ra 3.0
Distance from cephalic extremity of :
nerve ring -336
postcervical papillae .576
Diameter of body above bursa Caen -512
Length cf bursa 1.76
Lateral width of bursa -80
Length of left spiclle ==, «720
Length of right spicule MeN Tris 884
Length of bursal papillae, 1 240
Length of bursal papillae, 2 804
Lencth of bursal papillae, 3 240
Length of bursal papillae, 4 lO 2tee
Distance from tail point of :
anal papillae. 1 384 |
anal papillae, 2 528
ies papillae, 3 -592
cloaca 1.12 96 45 1.60 1.12
| (larval tail)
Se ti. mmm na
245
NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE. Parr ii.
By Eustace W. Ferauson, M.B., Ch.M., and Gerantp F. Hitn, F.E.S.
(Ten Text-figures. )
[Read 26th July, 1922.]
The present paper is in continuation of our previous one published in
These Proceedings (1920, p. 460). Certain additional information has in the
meantime come to hand regarding Australian species and has been incorporated
in the present paper. For much of this information we are again indebted to
Dr. Guy A. K. Marshall of the Imperial Bureau of Entomology. An examination
of the Tabanid types in the Queensland Museum has also revealed the necessity
for further alterations.
The arrival of Surcouf’s Monograph of the Tabanidae (Wytsman’s Gen.
Insect., Fase. 175, 1921) has revealed an extensive use of names, particularly
in the genus Tabanus, preoccupied by species in other portions of the world
Unfortunately a name (minusculus) we proposed in our previous paper to re-
place a preoccupied name (minor) is also. preoccupied, but as it is not giver
in Kertesz’s Catalogue, we overlooked its prior use.
The following names appear from Surcouf’s work to be preoccupied. Alter-
native names are proposed for these in the body of the paper.
Tabanus confusus Taylor (1917) preoccupied by T. confusus Walker (1838) ;
T. latifrons Ferg. (1921) by T. latifrons Zetterstedt (1842) =T. cordiger
Meigen; 7. macquarti Ric. (1915) by T. macquarti Schin. (1868) =T. bigoti
Bellardi (1859); 7. meridionalis Ferg. (1920) by 7. meridionalis Thunb. (1827) ;
T. minusculus Ferg. & Hill (1920) by T. minuseulus Hine (1907); and J.
pygmaeus Ferg. & Henry (1919) by T. pygmaeus Williston (1887).
There also seems to be a prior use of Tabanus bifasciatus, but the reference
is queried as follows :—
144 ? T. bifasciatus Fourcroy (= ? Chrysops) Ent. Paris, Vol. 2, p. 450
(1785) Europe.
This would appear to preclude the use of the name by Maecquart (1834).
but as the species has not been recognised in recent collections we do not pro-
pose to make any alteration in the name.
Silvius notatus Rie. (1915) might also be regarded as preoccupied by
Diachlorus notatus Bigot (1893) a synonym of Stlvius quadrivittatus Say
(Chrysops) (1823). In this case also we do not propose to alter Miss Ricardo’s
name, as Diachlorus notatus Bigot does not appear to have been known as Silvius
246 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, 11,
notatus. If, according to the strict application of the rules of nomenclature, a
change becomes necessary, S. psarophanes Taylor (1917) might be used for the
species, or if, as suggested in our previous paper, S. fuliginosus Taylor (1916)
is merely a geographical race of the same, then that name might be given pre-
cedence.
Pangonia dorsalis Macquart (1838) is apparently preoceupied by Pangonia
dorsalis Latreille (1821), though Macquart’s species has been placed by Surcouf
in Corizoneura. Nothing resembling the description has been found by recent
collectors in Australia, and we doubt if the species is really Australian, particu-
larly as no’Australian member of the Pangoninae known to us is without oeelli.
M. Surcouf similarly expresses doubt as to Stibasoma hemiptera Surcout
being Australian. A doubt is also expressed as to Acanthocera australis Ric.
(1915) really belonging to this genus, in view of the fact that the antennae were
missing when described.
Two species Corizoneura alternans Macq. and C. sulcifrons Macq., removed
from the Australian list as African species, are still retained as from Oceania
in M. Surcouf’s monograph.
The locality of Australia, given by Sureouf (p. 134) for Corizoneura wm-
bratipennis Ric., is an evident misprint for Africa.
Tabanus dubiosus Ric. (1915) from Australia is placed by Sureouf (p. 67)
as a synonym of TZ. dorsovittatus Macq. (1855) from South America. That
specific identity should exist between an Australian species and a South American
is, we consider, extremely doubtful. Possibly the resemblance may be due to
convergence. We do not know if 7. dorsovittatus Macq. is a common and well
authenticated South American species; if not, the question of correct location
might require to be considered.
Two other species that occur on the Australian list should, we consider, be
also removed as not being Australasian. Both are placed by Ricardo in Pan-
gonia (sens. strict.) which, as far as our knowledge goes, does not occur in
Australia. ;
Pangonia fulviventris Macq. (1838) was described from an unknown locality,
but was queried by Walker as Australian. There appears to be no evidence
whatsoever that it is from Australia.
Pangonia fuscanipennis Macq. (1855), described from Cape of Needles,
Oceania, is probably an African species. The evidence for this suggestion is that
several other species described in the same place and from the same locality—
Cadicera rubramarginata Maeq., Corizoneura alternans Macq., C. sulcifrons Macq.
—are now known to be African species. Cape of Needles is a translation of
Cap des Aiguilles and in all probability is intended for Cape Agulhas, though,
as Dr. Marshall who made this suggestion to us also points out, there is the
possibility of Cape Aiguilles on Great Barrier Island, N. Zealand being the
place intended. As Pangonia (sens. strict.) does not occur in New Zealand it is
much more probable that the African locality is correct.
Under Pangonius Latr. in Sureouf’s monograph, appear several Australian
species relegated by Miss Ricardo to Pangonia (sens. lat.). Undoubtedly none
of these will come into Pangonius (sens. strict.), but further consideration of the
species concerned is deferred for the present.
A further alteration made by M. Sureouf that might be noted is the revival
of the genus Mesomyia for species of Silvius with pubescent eyes. S. niger Ric.
is placed in this genus, but S. montanus Ric., S. imitator Ferg. and S. sulcifrons
Ferg. might also be placed here.
———
~~ ——
nes
BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 247
M. Sureouf has also separated Diclisa from Scione, one Australian species
(Scione singularis Macq.) being placed in Diclisa. Into the question of the
validity of the two genera we do not propose to enter, but it must be emphasised
that as Scione and Diclisa were founded on the same genotype—S. incompleta—
the name Diclisa becomes an absolute synonym of Scione and cannot be separately
used for a distinct genus.
It is rather unfortunate that several papers dealing with Australian Tabani-
‘dae have not been noticed by Surcouf. Many of these are probably of too re-
cent date for inclusion, but species described in papers by Taylor and also by
Hardy should not have been overlooked.
While our present communication deals in great measure with questions of
synonymy and nomenclature, a number of new species are also described. These
include one species of Silvius and 7 species of Tabanus.
APOCAMPTA SUBCANA Walker.
Chrysops subcanus, Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1., 1848, p. 204.—
Apocampta subcana, Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), viii, 1901, p. 287.—
Apocampta nigra, Schiner, Nov. Reise, Dipt., 1868, p. 96; Ricardo, op. cit., (7),
v., 1900, p. 99.—Dzachlorus melas, Bigot, Mem. Soc. zool. France, v., 1892, p. 625;
Ricardo, op. cit., (7), xiv., 1904, p. 357.—Diatomineura ? gagantina, Bigot, Mem.
Soe. zool. Franee, v., 1892, p. 620; Ricardo, op. cit., (8), xv., 1915.—Diatomineura
minima, Ricardo, op. cit. (7), v., 1900, p. 119, tab. 1, fig. 4-5.—? Pangonia
anthracina, Maeq., Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv., 1850, p. 23, Tab. 2, fig. 3—Corizoneura
anthracina, Ricardo, op. cit., (7), v., 1900, p. 113.
The synonymy Chrysops subcana Walk. = Diachloris melas Big. == <Apo-
campta nigra Schin. has already been recorded by Ricardo, as has also that of
Diatomineura gagantina Bigot with Diatomineura minima Rie.
At the request of one of us (E.W.F.) Dr. Guy Marshall very kindly com-
pared a specimen sent to him with the types of subcana, gagantina, and minima
and informed us that the three species were synonymous.
It is possible that Corizoneura anthracina Macq., should also be referred to
the same species. The rather meagre deseription fits swbcana, except that the
eyes are described as bare; but as the specimen was abraded when described,
this fact may account for the eyes being so described. There are specimens of swb-
cana under the name of anthracina Macq. in the Macleay Museum.
On several oceasions specimens have been received for identification (G.F.H.)
which were taken whilst attacking persons bathing along the beaches of Magnetic
Island, N.Q. (6.2.21).
DIATOMINEURA SUB-APPENDICULATA Macq.
Pangonia sub-appendiculata, Maequart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. 4, 1850, p. 19.—
D. subappendiculata, Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), v., 1900, p. 113.—D.
inflata, Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi. 1915, p. 34.
Maequart’s species has not been identified by recent workers on Australian
Diptera, but the size and description tally with D. inflata Rie.
The presence of an appendix to the fork of the third longitudinal vein
is, however, variable, and in the majority of our series there is no appendix, but
only a slight angulation; in some, however, there is a short but definite spur.
The frontal callus is stated to be black, but it is more generally reddish; our
series again shows this to be variable.
248 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, iL,
It is probable that the actual type of D. sub-appendiculata has been exaniined
by one of us (H.W.F.). In the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, several
specimens of D. inflata were seen, labelled Pangonia fuscitarsis Macq. This
name, however, does not appear to have been published, and it seems possible
that the name may have been altered before publication and swb-appendiculata
inserted. The specimens were also labelled as from Tasmania and from the
Verreaux collection. The species, however, has not been met with by recent
collectors in Tasmania and is a common one in the coastal districts of New
South Wales, so that the locality has probably been wrongly given.
DIATOMINEURA VIOLACEA Macquart.
Pangonia violacea, Macquart, Dipt, Exot., Supp. 4, 1850, p. 22.
These flies were very plentiful indeed on Palm Island, N.Q. in late Sep-
tember. Specimens were taken on the beach, on hillsides, in serub-covered
ravines, on open grassy flats and in the dwellings. They were more sluggish
than most species of the family, keep near the ground, and show a decided pre-
ference for persons dressed in dark-coloured materials.
Specimens of this species from the southern part of its range (New South
Wales) are as a rule of a greenish-blue colour, while northern forms are more
purple. Both forms are to be taken in southern Queensland. The Magnetic
Island specimens are of interest in that their colouration corresponds with the
southern form.
CORIZONEURA CHRYSOPHILA Walker.
Tabanus chrysophilus, Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1, 1848, p. 155; Ricardo,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), v., 1900, pp. 118, 120.—Pangonia aurofasciata, Jaen-
nicke, Abh. Senck. Gesellsch., vi., 1868, p. 327, Pl. 48, fig. 5; Ricardo, l.c., pp.
113, 120.—Pangonia nigrosignata, Thomson, Eugen. Resa., 1868, p. 541; Ricardo,
op. cit., (8), xvi, 1915, p. 36.—Pangonia rufovittata, Macq., Dipt. Exot., Supp.
4, 1850, p. 19.
The above synonymy, with the exception of Pangonia rufovittata Macq., is
given on the authority of Miss Ricardo. This species was seen (E.W.F.) in the
Paris Museum among Macquart’s specimens of ‘Tabanidae labelled Pangonia
rufovittata Maeq., n.sp. Tasmania No. 529. The description of Pangonia rufo-
vittata also agrees with C. chrysophila Walk. The locality (Tasmania) given by
Macquart is probably wrong, other records appearing to be all from Sydney—
specimens are in the Australian and Macleay Museums from here. The species
seems to be now much rarer, as few captures appear to have been made of recent
years. There are, however, two specimens under examination, one taken at
Roseville in January, 1914, and one at Broadwater, Richmond River, during last
season (1920-21).
We have retained the old generic title for this and allied Australian species,
though these species (at any rate chrysophila and fulva) do not come under the
restricted generic diagnosis of Corizoneura given by Austen (Bull. Entomol. Re-
search, xi., part 2, 1920, p. 139). At the same time, it hardly seems justifiable
to place them under the new genus Buplex. Probably extensive alterations in the
generic designations of Australian Pangoninae may be required owing to the re-
vival of Walker’s sub-genera (Insect. Saund., Dipt. Part 1, 1850, pp. 7-11), and
until all our Australian forms ean be examined and compared with species from
other parts of the world, it seems better to continue to employ, for the time
being, the well-known nomenclature of Rondani.
BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 249
COENOPROSOPON HAMLYNI Taylor.
Taylor, Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xli., 1917, p. 521, Plate xxviii. fig. 3.
Examination of the type in the Queensland Museum (H.W.F.) shows that
the species is incorrectly referred to Coenoprosopon. The palpi are altogether
different from the form described by Ricardo as characteristic of this genus, as
will be seen from a glance at the figure given by Taylor. In Coenoprosopon the
second jot is club-shaped with the expansion situated apically. The exact
genus to which this species should be referred is uncertain, and provisionally it
might be referred to Corizoneura, as the palpi are similar to those structures in
C. fulva Maeq. The antennae should have the third joint 8-annulate, but the
annulations are not easy of definition, the apical 4 are distinct, but the basal
4 are more or less fused, with only indistinct traces of the annulations. A very
similar structure is seen in Pseudotabanus * and it is possible that hamlyni would
be more correctly placed in that genus.
The name Corizoneura is used in the old sense; probably our Australian
species will come under Austen’s new genus Buplex.
PALIMMECOMYIA WALKERI Newm.
Pangonia walkeri, Newman, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., iv., 1856, p. 56.—Palim-
mecomyia celaenospila, Taylor, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xli., 1917, p. 518,
Plate xxviii., fig. 2.
There seems no doubt that Taylor’s species is the same as Newman’s. The
latter’s name has dropped out of Miss Ricardo’s list, though given in Froggatt’s.
We are indebted to Mr. Longman, Director of the Queensland Museum, for the
loan of a paratype of Palimmecomyia celaenospila Taylor, and it corresponds
closely with Newman’s description, the only difference being the omission of any
mention of the lateral spots on the basal abdominal segments. The colouration
is most distinctive, especially the contrast of the black seutellum and under sur-
face with the yellow colour of the rest of the insect. Taylor’s figure of the
wing is darker than it should be, and Newman’s terse description “alis, nitidissimis
hyalinis, nebula apicali fusca” gives a better picture. The first posterior cell
appears to be variable; it is described as open by Taylor, and is open in the
paratype—the figure, however, shows it as nearly closed in the margin and in a
specimen in the Macleay Museum it is closed above and united to the margin by
a short stem.
Newman’s type came from the same locality as Taylor’s. The species ex-
tends into New South Wales, and the specimen in the Macleay Museum is from
Lane Cove, Sydney, while there is also a specimen in the collection of the De-
partment of Agriculture of New South Wales, from Temora.
SILVIUS EQUINUS, nsp. (Text-figures 1 and 2.)
Colour. Antennae and thorax mummy brown, scutellum paler, Ist abdominal
segment darker, palpi, proboscis and legs blackish-brown, wings uniformly dark
smoky, excepting costal cell, which is darker than others; remainder of abdomen
blackish, each segment excepting the last with a narrow but distinet apical
fringe of white hairs. Head (Text-figs. 1 and 2): Frons clothed with golden
pile and seattered short black hairs. Callus more or less quadrate, as wide as
frons, with backward linear extension nearly reaching ocellar triangle. Occiput
golden, with fringe of scattered silvery hairs. Antennae with first and second
* At any rate in P. gueenslandi Ric., the only species of the genus examined.
250 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, 11,
joints clothed with short black hairs; third joint globose in profile, compressed
laterally. Palpi long and slender, clothed with numerous short black bristles.
Genae with long black hairs. Thorax: Dorsum of thorax with traces of golden
dusting, anterior two-thirds clothed with black hairs, posterior third and_scutel-
lum with white hairs. Legs densely clothed with black hairs, knees pale. Wings:
Vein R. 4 without appendix but markedly geniculate. Abdomen long and narrow,
densely clothed with black hairs, excepting apex of segments one to six which
are white.
Dimensions: . Total length, 11 mm.; wing, 10.5; width of head, 3.80;
width of frons, 0.40.
Type unique; in coll. Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, Towns-
ville, N.Q.
Hab.—N. Queensland: Gordonvale, December (A. P. Dodd).
This species appears to be most closely related to Silvius distinctus Taylor
(Bathurst Island, Northern Territory) from which it is distinguished, inter alia,
by the form of callus, presence of silvery pubescence on thorax and scutellum,
more sinuous vein R. 4, and much narrower white bands on abdomen.
A male from Moa Island probably belongs to the same species, but as both
antennae are broken the identity is not certain.
Sinvius TRYPHERUS Taylor.
Silvius trypherus, Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xl, part 4, 1915, p.
811—Silvius elongatulus, Taylor, loc. cit., p. 812.—Silvius elongatulus var. per-
similis, Taylor, op. cit., xliv., part 1, 1919, p. 43.
We have had under examination a series of S. elongatulus Taylor, and of
S. elongatulus var. persinulis Taylor from Batchelor and Stapleton and also the
unique type of S. trypherus Taylor from Boorooloola. Included in the series
are specimens from Stapleton which were placed by Taylor in two series A and
B, no name being however attached. A. agrees with var. per'similis in that the
base of the abdomen is lighter in colour, while B. agrees with 8. elongatulus. . In
both cases there is, however, some difference in the shape of the callus. Examin-
ation of the series of elongatulus shows that the callus is variable in shape as is
also the amount of. light colouration of the base of the abdomen.
The type of S. trypherus Taylor has also been compared with the series and,
while at first sight the species appears to differ from S. elongatulus in that the
callus seems broader and less prominent, examples occur in the series of S.
elongatulus in which the callus is exactly as in S. trypherus. One specimen has
the callus of S. trypherus and the abdomen of S. elongatulus var. persimilis.
It seems evident therefore that these three names apply to only the one species
which is, however, variable in the exact shape of the callus and in the abdominal
colouration.
The name trypherus has priority of one page over elongatulus.
Sizvius Luripus Walker.
Walker, List Dipt., 1, 1848, p. 140; Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7),
v., 1900, p. 121 and (8), xvi., 1915, p. 260; Ferguson and Henry, Proe. Linn.
Soe. N.S. Wales, xliv., 4, 1919, p. 838.—S. hackeri, Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, xliv., 1, 1919, p. 45.
The type of S. hackeri Taylor in the Queensland Museum has been examined
and compared with a specimen of S. lwridus Walk. from Kendall. The determina-
tion of the Kendall series was originally made by comparison of a specimen
with Walker’s type.
BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 251
SILvius sorpipus Taylor.
S. sordidus, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xl, 1915, p. 808—S. subluridus,
Taylor, op. cit., xli., 1916, p. 752.
We have examined the type of S. swblwridus Taylor and cannot distinguish
it from S. sordidus Taylor; the name must therefore be added to the synonymy
already given by us in our previous paper (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlv.,
1920, p. 462).
SILVIUS FULVOHIRTUS Taylor.
S. fulvohirtus, Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xl, 1915 (1916), p.
814.—S. vicinus, Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xliv., 1919, p. 46.
Two specimens of this rare species have recently been received for identifi-
cation from Cairns district, N. Queensland.
A specimen which had been compared with the type S. falvohirtus Taylor,
was forwarded to the Queensland Museum and Mr. Hacker very kindly com-
pared it with the type of S. vicinus Taylor in that Institution. Mr. Hacker sub-
sequently wrote that, apart from some slight differences in the clothing and in
the colour of the legs, the specimen sent agreed with the type of S. vicinus. He
further stated that in his opinion the two species were identical, the apparent
differences being due to abrasion and to fading.
TABANUS NEMOPUNCTATUS Rie.
T. nemopunctatus, Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiv., 1914, p. 388.—
T. aurihirtus, Ricardo, op. cit., (8), xv., 1915, p. 290.—T. hackeri, Taylor, Proce.
Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xlii., 1917, p. 422.
The synonymy of this species is somewhat involved and has been the subject
of much correspondence between the authors and Dr. Guy A. K. Marshall of
the Imperial Bureau of Entomology, to whom their thanks are due for his kind-
ness in helping to elucidate this and other problems.
The chief point at issue was the identity of the specimens in the British
Museum labelled 7. townsvillei Ric. These did not in the least correspond to
the description given by Miss Ricardo, and we are now informed that the speci-
mens in question are really the types and paratypes of 7. auwrihirtus Ric., the
wrong name-label having been attached. The question of the identity of T.
townsvillei Ric. must remain in abeyance for the present.
For our identification of 7. nemopunctatus Rie., we are relying upon the
comparison by Dr. Marshall of specimens sent to London (H.W.F.) under the
name 7’. hackeri, these specimens having been kindly given us by the Queensland
Museum authorities. In his letter Dr. Marshall states “7. hackeri, Taylor—very
close to the unique type of 7. nemopunctatus Ric., and doubtfully distinct.”
These specimens of 7. hackeri have also been compared with what is practically
a paratype of T. nemopunctatus in Mr. Frogegatt’s collection, and also with the
original description and we cannot find any reason to separate them. The
identity of T. aurilurtus Ric. with T. nemopunctatus Ric. is more open to ques-
tion. The only difference apparently is that 7. nemopunctatus has no callus,
while one is described in 7. aurihirtws. Miss Ricardo, however, notes that the
callus may possibly be covered by the pubescence in very fresh specimens.
The series of 7. aurilirtus before us was originally determined as T. towns-
villei Ric. from comparison with the specimens in the British Museum referred to
above. Comparison with our series of TJ. hackeri Taylor shows that the two
series are certainly conspecific.
bo
or
Li)
NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, 11,
Hab.—Our series includes specimens from the following localities :—Queens-
land: Palm Island, Townsville, Masthead Island, Bribie Island; New South
Wales: Richmond River. The species thus appears to be purely a coastal form.
Note—Further information on the identity of the two species has been re-
ceived from Major E. E. Austen, who states definitely from a comparison of the
types that 7. aurihirtus Rie. is a synonym of T. nemopunctatus Rie.
TABANUS LATICALLOSUS Rie.
T. laticallosus, Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiv., 1914, p. 395.—
T. rufoabdominalis, Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlii., 1917, p. 525.—
? var. T. heroni, Ferguson, Rec. 8. Aust. Mus., Vol. 1, No. 4, 1921, p. 372.
This species was described on three females from Moreton Island and a
male from Stradbroke Island, Moreton Bay.
T. rufoabdominalis Taylor was described on both sexes from Stradbroke
’ Island. We have under examination a series from Stradbroke Island (5 6d, 1 9)
which includes specimens received from the Queensland Museum as Taylor’s
species. The female specimen was sent to London and has been returned
identified as T. laticallosus Ric. by Dr. G. A. K. Marshall.
We have also a specimen of 7. laticallosus kindly sent out by Major E. E.
Austen and bearing a label M.I., probably for Moreton Island, and evidently
one of the specimens Miss Ricardo had under examination. This specimen
measures 17 mm. as against 13-15 mm. for the series of 7. rufoabdominalis, and
agrees with a series from Byron Bay measuring from 17-19 mm. This latter
series leads up to 7. heroni (20 mm.) of which the type has been kindly loaned
by the South Australian Museum authorities for the purpose of comparison. In
T. heroni and in most of the Byron Bay series there is a continuous dark median
abdominal stripe, and the clothing is generally white, though in some of the
Byron Bay series it is golden as in 7. laticallosus. Apart from size and the
above-mentioned differences in clothing and colour, there seems no difference be-
tween 7. heroni and T. laticallosus, while the Byron Bay series is intermediate.
Further series will probably be necessary to settle the status of these various
names, but from the available evidence it seems likely that 7. laticallosus and
T. rufoabdominalis are synonymous, while 7. heroni is only a large variety of
the same species.
Structurally, 7. laticallosus is not closely allied to parvicallosus Ric., but is
much closer to T. victoriensis Ric.; the latter species is hardly separable from
T. heronit except on colour, though both species occur together.
The specimens recorded by Taylor (Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xlu., 1917, p.
524) as T. laticallosus do not belong to this species, but apparently to an un-
deseribed species near T. aprepes Taylor.
TABANUS PSEUDOPALPALIS, Isp.
T. nemopunctatus, Taylor (nee Ricardo), Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xh.,
part 4, 1916, p. 754.
Closely allied to 7. neopalpalis Ferg. & Hill, (= palpalis Taylor), differing
in the absence of callus and in the shape of the palpi.
Face, cheeks and subcallus similar to 7. neopalpalis. Palpi shorter, the
second joint stouter, though not greatly thickened at base, and slightly curved,
ending in a blunt point, yellow, clothed on outer side with pale hairs with an
eceasional darker one. Antennae similar to 7. neopalpalis, slightly lighter in
colour. Forehead of same colour as face and clothed with similar tomentum,
BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 253
slightly but definitely narrower than in 7. neopalpalis, very feebly narrowed to
vertex, with sparse pubescence mostly pale; callus apparently absent in type,
an' inconspicuous hardly elevated {faevigate area in this position in another
specimen, possibly due to abrasion. Eyes bare.
Thorax as in 7. neopalpalis with rather sparse golden decumbent pubescence.
Abdomen as in 7. neopalpalis, apical segments somewhat darker; mainly
with black pubescence with some golden pubescence in midline and at sides of
segments,
Legs as in 7. neopalpalis.
Wings with anterior border pale yellow, stigma inconspicuous, appendix
present.
6
Text-figs. 1,2.—Sz/uius equinus, n.sp. 1. Head, frontal views; 2. Antenna.
Text-fig. 8.—T7abanus pseudocallosus, n.sp. Antenna.
Text-fig. 4.—Tabanus breinii, n.sp. Antenna.
Text-figs. 5,6.—Tabanus palmensis, u.sp. 5. Antenna: 6. Head, frontal view.
(All figures drawn from types).
Dimensions: Long, 8 mm.; wing, 9 mm.; width of head, 3.6 mm.; width of
frons at widest part, 0.45 mm. .
Hab.—N. Territory: Batchelor (Hill No. 1405). Type in Coll. Hill; para-
types in Coll. Aust. Institute of Tropical Medicine and Dept. of Public Health,
Sydney. We have hesitated before describing this species as new on account
of the great resemblance to 7. neopalpalis from the same locality. The differences
might conceivably be due to variation within the one species, but it seems un-
likely that there should be variation in four different characters, such as there
254 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, ii.,
are in the length of the palpi, in the frontal callus, in the width of the fore-
head, and in the costal cell of the wings.
It might be noted that the type of 7. neopalpalis is much abraded, the
abdomen and thorax being practically destitute of clothing. The present species
is either one of a group of closely related species or else a form of a very variable
species, which would include 7. neopalpalis, T. pseudopalpalis, the following
species and possibly even 7. nemotuberculatus. Until long series are available
it seems better to maintain these forms as distinct species and, in giving names
to this and the following, we are doing so with the knowledge that in the future
it 1s quite possible that our names will be relegated to synonymy.
TABANUS PSEUDOCALLOSUS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 3).
Closely alhed to T. nemotuberculatus and to 7. neopalpalis.
9. Face and cheeks honey yellow, clothed with similar coloured tomentum
and with a few scattered brown hairs; beard scanty, yellowish. Palpi coloured
as face, second joint slender, ending in a long point, first joint with long grey
and brown hairs beneath, second joint with mostly black hairs. Antennae (Text-
fig. 3) reddish-yellow, first and second joints concolourous with face and clothed
with black hairs; first segment greatly wider than second. Third segment
* moderate, broad at base, obtusely angulate without any tooth, annuli short. Fore-
head broader than in T. nemotuberculatus, shghtly narrowed to vertex, rather
darker than face, densely clothed with ochreous tomentum and with black hairs;
eallus small pyriform with short extension inconspicuous, of a chamois colour,
not much contrasted with general colouration of forehead, resting on subeallus
_which is bare in middle and similarly coloured. Eyes bare.
Thorax dark brown, densely clothed with yellow tomentum with scattered
golden decumbent pubescence and semi-erect black hairs. Sides with hair-tufts
brown above, lighter creamy yellow below and posteriorly. Seutellum similar
to dorsum.
Abdomen tawny, clothed with black pubescence with a few scattered golden
hairs on mid-line and on segmentations. Venter similar but with fine creamy
decumbent pubescence.
Legs yellowish, tarsi somewhat infuscate, clothed with yellowish pubescence,
black on tibiae. Wings brownish yellow along fore-border, otherwise hyaline.
Stigma light brown elongate inconspicuous. Appendix present.
Dimensions: Long, 10.5 mm.; wing, 9 mm.; width of head, 4 mm.; width of
frons at widest part, 0.60 mm.
Allied to 7. nemotuberculatus, but differs in wider front with small though
inconspicuous callus, more slender palpi, third antennal joint with less pro-
nounced angulation and in the abdomen hairs being black, not yellow.
The present species also shows a decided approach to 7. neopalpalis; the
forehead is about of equal width and the palpi are similar, it differs however in
the generally darker colour, in the different callus and in the dark anterior border
of the wings.
Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin. Type in Coll. Hill; paratypes in Col-
lection of Department of Public Health, N.S. Wales.
TABANUS LEUCOPTERUS der Wulp.
Van der Wulp, Tijdsch. voor Entom., xi., 1868, p. 98.
This species is found on, or near, the sea coast, but on several occasions .
it has been taken attacking the occupants of boats several miles from the shore
(Melville Island, Northern Territory, October 1916 and 1921).
BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 255
Additional locality: Townsville, N.Q. (12.11.20 and 1.12.21) on child’s
head whilst bathing near sea beach.
TABANUS DAVIDSONI Taylor.
Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xliv., 1919, p. 65.
Additional localities: Cairns District, N.Q. (Dr. J. F. Illingworth); Lake
Macquarie, N.S.W. (Filmer).
TABANUS BREINLI, n.sp. (Text-fig. 4.)
Allied to 7. queenslandi Ric. but with a narrower forehead.
Face and lower portion of cheeks covered with grey tomentum, and with
long rather scanty whitish pubescence, subcallus and upper part of facial tri-
angle with yellow-brown tomentum. Beard white. Palpi with second joint
stout at base, ending in a moderately long acute point, yellowish
clothed with moderately long appressed black pubescence; first joint
with long white hairs below. Antennae (Text-fig. 4) reddish-yellow, with an-
nuli darker, basal joints slightly paler; first jot almost as wide at apex as base
of third joint, set with rather conspicuous black pubescence, thickest at upper
apical angle; second joint much shorter than first joint, almost dise-shaped,
partially overhung by the first joint; third joint moderately broad at base with
conspicuous angle, annuli short. Forehead narrow, and narrower anteriorly than
at vertex, clothed with yellow-brown tomentum, similar to clothing of subeallus,
with short seanty dark pubescence; callus narrow, oblong, not reaching eyes,
with a long linear extension to beyond middle. Eyes bare.
Thorax black, clothed with dark brown tomentum, more greyish towards |
sides and posteriorly with semi-erect black hairs and a few depressed pale ones,
more evident behind wing-roots; shoulders reddish-brown with black hair-tufts;
pleurae clothed with grey tomentum with long fine whitish hair-tufts, darker
above. Seutellum similar to dorsum with a few pale hairs on free margin.
Abdomen with first and second segments reddish-yellow, the remainder reddish-
brown, becoming darker towards apex, with a pale median longitudinal vitta
extending from base of second to sixth segments inclusive, somewhat lighter in
colour than the first two segments and with traces of grey tomentum. Pubescence
black on all the segments with vestiges of pale golden pubescence on the median
vitta. Venter yellowish, somewhat darker towards apex, with pale pubescence
and a few dark hairs in the middle of the segments. Legs yellowish, the an-
terior femora reddish-brown, the other femora darker at base, anterior tibiae
dark in apical half, tarsi infuseate, the base of first tarsal joint of middle and
hind tarsi lighter. ~
Wings hyaline, the fore-border shaded with brown; this shading extends
almost to tip of wing and is slightly intensified at end of second and upper
branch of third longitudinal veins, the bifureation of the third longitudinal also
shaded; stigma yellowish-brown, not very conspicuous; no appendix present.
Dimensions: Type 92, long, 12 mm., other specimens long, 13-14 mm.; wing,
11 mm.; width of head, 4.5 mm.; width of frons at widest part, 0.35 mm.
Hab.—North Queensland: Palm Island (Dr. Breinl, Hill No. 1401), Torres
Strait, Moa Island (G. A. Luscombe).
Deseribed from 4 females.
The stripe on the abdomen seems to extend further towards the base in some
specimens than in others; in the type the stripe cannot be traced further for-
wards than the base of the second segment, in the others this segment is darker
256 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, ii.,
and the stripe extends the full length of the segment. The difference may be
due to abrasion, as all the specimens (4) are abraded to some extent.
The species is allied to T. queenslandi Ric. and T. strangmani Ric. but differs
from both, inter alia, in the much narrower forehead. The extent of the abdo-
minal yitta varies in the three species.
Type in Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, Demnevitlel
TABANUS STRANGMANI Ricardo.
Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiv., 1914, p. 393.
Additional Locality: Moa Island, Torres Strait (Rev. G. A. Luscombe,
March).
TABANUS PALMENSIS, n.sp. (Text-figs. 5 and 6).
A medium-sized dark brown species with white spots on abdomen.
2. Face and cheeks clothed with hoary grey tomentum, with a few scanty
fine whitish hairs; beard white; subeallus not prominent, clothed
with yellowish-brown tomentum in middle and grey at sides. Palpi dark brown,
lighter on inner surface; second joint rather feebly thickened at base, ending
in a long point, with rather dense dark pubescence. Antennae (Text-fig. 5)
yellowish-brown, the first joint somewhat darker and the annuli infuscate; first
joint about twice as long as second, not concealing it, both set with black hairs.
Third joint moderately broad at base with small obtuse tooth with a few black
hairs. Forehead (Text-fig. 6) narrow, parallel-sided, densely clothed with brown
tomentum and rather scanty dark pubescence; callus greatly elongate, broad at
base, not quite reaching eyes, gradually narrowed to a long linear extension
reaching to beyond middle. Eyes bare.
Thorax brown, with slight, very indefinite traces of darker markings, clothed
with erect dark hairs and with scattered pale appressed pubescence, shoulders
with long dark hairs; pleurae clothed with grey tomentum with tufts of long
white hairs. Seutellum similar to dorsum, slightly darker in middle, with erect
dark hairs and a somewhat scanty fringe of rather short pale pubescence. Abdo-
men deep brown, almost black, the segmentations very narrowly edged with grey,
expanding in centre to form a series of triangular spots with apex pointed for-
wards on segments 1-5, with dark appressed pubescence on all the segments, the
median row of spots clothed with whitish pubescence; lateral margins of seg-
ments grey, with grey pubescence. Venter clothed with dark brown tomentum,
rather broadly banded on segmentations, with hoary grey expanding laterally, the
pubescence dark in the basal portions, pale on the segmentations and lateral ex-
pansions. Legs reddish-brown, the anterior femora and tibiae darker except the
basal third of tibiae, the other tibiae infuscate at apices; tarsi dark. Wings dark
grey, hyaline, slightly darker along the fore-border and very indistinetly shaded
along the longitudinal veins; veins dark brown, stigma dark, conspicuous, no
appendix.
Dimensions: Type @, 14 mm.; other specimens, 12-13 mm. Wing, 12 mm.;
width of head, 4.5 mm.; width of frons, 0.40 mm.
Hab.—Palm Island, aN CELE rete (1.12.20, > Ball) Nos i361)!
Described from 6 females.
This species does not agree with any known to us, nor with the deseriptions
of any of the outstanding species. It is perhaps most nearly allied to T. doddi,
but it is smaller and of a somewhat narrower form, though small specimens of
T. doddi ave not unlike it in shape. The antennae and wings are, however, very
different.
BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 257
To the naked eye the wings appear practically uniformly dark grey, without
any intensification along the veins, but very slight indications of this can be seen
with a lens.
To some extent the present species shows a relation to 7’. pseudoardens, but
the colouration and clothing are very different. The species would fall into Miss
Rieardo’s group viii. Type in Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, Towns-
ville.
TABANUS TORRESI, n.sp. (Text-figs. 7 and 8).
A moderate-sized brown species with narrow parallel-sided forehead.
2. Face densely clothed with greyish white tomentum, with fine seanty
white pubescence; subcallus reddish-brown, almost bare, with scanty brown
tomentum at sides. Beard white. Palpi black, second joint moderately stout,
rather slightly curved, and about three-quarters length of proboscis, clothed with
black decumbent pubescence. Antennae (Text-fig. 7) yellowish-brown, the first
joint reddish-brown and the annuli black; first joint not greatly widened at apex,
set with black hairs on upper and lower margins, second short, third elongate,
moderately dilatate at base, with a short tooth on upper surface, annuli about as
long as rest of joint. Forehead (Text-fig. 8) comparatively narrow, parallel-
sided; clothed with brown tomentum and a few dark hairs; callus reddish-brown
to black, shiny, oblong, not quite reaching sides, with a long linear extension to
vertex. Eyes bare.
10
Text-figs, 7,8.—Tabanus torresi, u.sp. 7. Antenna. 8. Head, frontal view.
Text-figs. 9,10.—Tabanus griseicolor,n.sp. 9. Antenna: 10. Head, frontal view.
(All figures drawn from types).
Thorax black, densely clothed with brown tomentum, with a lighter band on
sides extending above wing-roots and on to scutellum; with sparse creamy de-
pressed pubescence, denser on the lateral band and extending on to the sides and
more thinly across base of seutellum, dise also with semi-erect dark hairs. Pleurae
with grey tomentum and long tufts of silky white pubescence.
258 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, li,
Abdomen with two basal segments reddish-brown, the remainder blackish, all
the segmentations pale; clothed with black pubescence, with rather sparse creamy
pubescence along segmentations extending slightly forwards in the median line
on each segment. Venter light reddish-brown on basal segments, the remainder
black, segmentations pale, pubescence black, pale on segmentations. Femora
blackish, the apices of the intermediate and posterior somewhat lighter; tibiae
yellowish-brown, infuscate at apex, the anterior tibiae only pale in basal third;
tarsi dark. Wings hyaline, with yellowish-brown along anterior margin and
feeble shading along longitudinal veins; stigma rather large, elongate, black;
veins light brown, no appendix present.
Dimensions: Type, 12.5 mm. long; wing, 11 mm.; width of head, 4.5 mm.;
width of frons, 0.40 mm.
Hab.—Moa or Banks Island, Torres Strait.
Allied to 7. palmensis Ferg. & Hill, but readily distinguished by the pale
lateral margin of prothorax, forming a distinct band from in front of wing-roots
round to seutellum. The shape of the callus is somewhat different, while the sub-
callus is more prominent and almost bare. The palpi are stouter and shorter.
The abdomen is banded and very feebly maculate along middle. The clothing of
the under surface is also different.
Of the species, we possess a single 2 kindly sent by H. C. White and taken
by one of his collectors on 30.11.19, and a short series sent by Rev. G. A. Lus-
combe, taken on 19.11.20 and February, 1921.
A specimen was sent to the British Museum for determination but was re-
turned as not being in that collection. Type in collection of Australian Institute
of Tropical Medicine, Townsville. Paratypes in Collection of Department of
Public Health, Sydney.
TABANUS ALTERNATUS, Noy. nom.
Tabanus limbatinevris, Macq., Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv., 1850, p..29 (nom.
praeoce.).—Tabanus macquarti, Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xv., 1915,
p. 277, (nee 7. macquarti Schiner, Reise der Novara, Dipt., 1868, p. 89 = T.
bigoti Bellardi, 1859).
The range of this species is from about Camden Haven in New South Wales
to Hidsvold in Queensland. Specimens have recently been taken on Magnetic
Island, Townsville, which appear to represent a melanistic variety. The typical
form is very variable in clothing and in the colouration of the abdomen, the
pubescence varying from pure white to golden, and some of the darker white-
haired specimens approach closely to the Magnetic Island form, but there ap-
pears to be a constant difference in the shape of the callus.
Var. MAGNETICUS, n.var.
Face, palpi and antennae as in JZ. alternatus, forehead with eallus
slightly wider, more rounded, not tapering above, but with a long linear ex-
tension to beyond middle. Thorax as in typical specimens, but with sparse white
in place of golden decumbent pubescence; pleurae with hoary white hair-tufts.
Abdomen black, lateral portion of first segment greyish, the posterior margin
of segments 2—4. narrowly margined with grey, broadened out at sides and
with a series of median triangular spots on segments 1—4, not reaching to the
anterior borders of the segments; pubescence black, white on the median spots
and on the lateral portions of the segmentations of segments 1—4, continued
BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 259
along the posterior margin of the fourth and sometimes of the third segment to
connect up with.the median spot, segments 5—7 entirely black.
Venter black, with the posterior margins of the second, third, and fourth
segments distinetly banded with light grey.
Legs as in typical specimens.
Wings as in typical specimens, except that the black colouration is more
intense.
Dimensions: Long, 15 mm.; wings, 14.5 mm.; width of head, 5.75 mm.;
width of frons, 0.6 mm.
Hab.—North Queensland: Magnetic Island (Hill No. 1358).
A name has been attached to the variety as, though the typical species is
variable in colouration, all the specimens from Magnetic Island are remarkably
constant in this respect. The type specimen of the variety is in the collection
of the Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine.
Messrs. Paskin Bros., to whom we are indebted for the specimens we have
had for examination, informed us that these flies, and 7. avidus Bigot, appeared
in great numbers after heavy rain about the middle of September and for some
weeks after their attacks upon man and horses seriously interfered with opera-
tions on the farm. Their numbers decreased gradually until the last week in
November, when one of us visited the island to find only one fly during several
days collecting. During the following year (1921) this species was very scarce
indeed in the same loeality.
TABANUS WENTWORTHI, sp.
A moderate-sized dark species allied to 7. alternatus and T. doddi.
9. Face dark, clothed with slaty-grey tomentum and with sparse dark
pubescence; cheeks and subeallus with more yellowish-grey tomentum, the cheeks
with somewhat denser dark pubescence. Beard white, rather scanty. Palpi
yellow, somewhat infuscate; second joint moderately long, comparatively slender,
somewhat thicker at base and moderately curved, ending in a straight obtuse
point; clothed with dark pubescence. Antennae black, with black hairs on first
and second joints; first joint not concealing second, third joint with distinct
tooth at base, and moderately long annulate portion. Forehead comparatively
narrow, clothed with greyish-yellow tomentum and scanty dark pubescence;
callus large, elongate pear-shaped, not reaching eyes, with a long extension
almost to vertex. Eyes bare. :
Thorax black with narrow pale submedian and lateral lines only distinet
in anterior portion; pubescence dark, a few pale hairs present posteriorly;
pleurae clothed with grey tomentum, and rather sparse dark pubescence, pale
posteriorly. Secutellum black, with a rather sparse fringe of pale straw-coloured
hairs. Abdomen black, portion of first and second segments feebly diluted with
brown; clothed with black pubescence, with a median line of transverse spots
clothed with whitish hairs on the posterior margins of the first to fifth segments,
and a similar line on each side at lateral margins. Venter dark brown with
lighter segmentations, clothed with black pubescence with traces of lghter on
the segmentations. Legs dark; femora black, tibiae reddish-brown, the anterior
dark on apical two-thirds; tarsi infuscate. Wings dark grey, suffused with
brown along the course of both longitudinal and transverse veins, the suffusion
most marked in the region of the discal cell; stigma small, elongate, dark brown;
no appendix present.
3S. Similar to 2 in general appearance. Face and cheeks clothed with
260 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, L.,
greyish-yellow tomentum, rather densely covered with dark hairs with some
paler hairs intermingled; beard whitish. Palpi tawny, second joint rather short,
oval-shaped, rather densely clothed with mingled dark and light pubescence.
Antennae black as in 2. Eyes large, holoptic, bare, with facets rather small,
equal. Thorax as in 2 but with more conspicuous pubescence, the pale straw-
coloured hairs scantily present on anterior as well as posterior portion and more
evident around scutellum. Abdomen with first three segments more evidently
diluted with reddish-brown at the sides, pubescence more distinct.
Dimensions: 2 holotype. Length, 14 mm.; wing, 13 mm.; width across eyes,
4.5 mm.; d autotype, 15 mm.
Range of variation: 2 14-16 mm. (5 specimens); ¢ 13-15 mm. (2 specimens).
Holotype ¢ and autotype d presented to Australian Museum.
Hab.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains.
Specimens are under examination from the following localities: Leura, 2
9, January, 1920 (Dr. A. L. Maclean); Blackheath, 2 9, 12.2.22, 4.2.22 and
2d, 22.2.22 (KE. W. Ferguson); Blue Mts. (no locality) 1 9, January, 1922
(Deuquet). A specimen of this species is also in the South Australian Museum
from Wentworth Falls. This specimen was commented upon by one of us (E.
W.F., under 7. macquarti Ric.) in a paper on the Tabanidae in that Institution
(Records of South Australian Museum, Vol. 1, No. 4, 1921, p. 373).
In general appearance the species approaches closely to 7. alternatus (=
T. macquarti Ric.), but differs in the wing pattern which resembles that of 7.
doddi Taylor, though less marked. From the latter species it differs in the
much shorter “tooth” on the base of the third antennal joint.
The species can hardly be 7. funebris Macq., from the description of which
it differs in size, palpi not black, and the absence of a recurrent appendix to
the third longitudinal vein. ;
TABANUS PRAEPOSITUS Walker.
Tabanus praepositus, Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1, 1848, p. 158; Ricardo,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xv., 1915, p. 273—Tabanus obscurimaculatus, Taylor,
Proc. ‘Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xliv., part 1, 1919, p. 51.
A specimen of Walker’s species was recently received by one of us (E.W.F.)
from the British Museum, and proved to be the same as T. obscurimaculatus
Taylor.
A specimen of Taylor’s species was also sent to the British Museum (G.F.H.)
and compared with the type of T. piraepositus Walk.
TABANUS APREPES Taylor.
Taylor, Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xliv., 1919, p. 56.
Ege-masses were found at Magnetic Island, N.Q., (24th and 25th November)
on twigs and grass overhanging small pools in the sandy bed of a creek, which
had the appearance of those of the above species described in an earlier paper
(Hill, Bull. Ent. Res., xii, 1921, p. 41). Three of these batches of eggs were
subsequently reared to the final larval stages and proved to be referable to the
above. The third batch produced larvae of a species not known to us in the
immature stages. The history of the two batches of eggs of T. aprepes is as
follows :—
(a). This mass was found at 5 p.m. on 24th November on a_flower-head
of Juncea, 5 inches above clean, wet sand at the margin of a small pool in
creek-bed. When found the eggs were creamy white, but at 7 p.m. a few de-
BY BE, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 261
tached eggs and lower tiers of the main mass began to turn greyish, indicating
that they were then about three hours old (see paper referred to above). The
majority of the eggs hatched between 11 p.m. on 28th and 6 a.m. on 29th, the
young larvae having already passed through their first moult in the interval.
(b). This mass was laid between 3.30 p.m. on 24th November and 9.30
a.m. on 25th November on a blade of grass 3 inches above the level of a small
pool in the sandy ereek-bed. As they were slightly greyish in colour when
found, it is probable that they were laid late on the previous afternoon (the
plant was examined at 3.30 p.m., when the eggs were certainly not present).
Most of the eggs hatched between 11 p.m. on 28th November and 6 a.m. on 29th
November, but a few did not free themselves from the mass until 10 p.m. on
latter date.
The two batehes were placed in large concrete troughs containing clean
sand piled up at one end, and water at the other. Hach trough was supplied
with some water-lily leaves to which very small molluscs and other animals
were adhering, and a large number of young mosquito larvae. The leaves were
removed on the following day, and thereafter no food was given other than
that provided by mosquito larvae (Stegomyia fasciata) which bred naturally in
the trough. In order to make the mosquito larvae accessible to the young
Tabanus larvae, the troughs were tilted up every few days so as to cause some
of the former to become stranded on the sand. The water was changed weekly
by pouring a fresh supply in at one end and siphoning it out at the other after
filtration through the sand. On 31st January following, some of the larvae were
22 mm. in length and were evidently prospering, judging by the number seen
during a cursory examination of the troughs. At this stage, through forgetting
to keep ant-guards in efficient order, the entire contents of the three troughs
were destroyed, but as specimens had been secured at intervals it was possible
to establish the identity of two out of the three lots.
TABANUS OBSCURILINEATUS Taylor.
Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xliv., 1919, p. 50.
Additional locality: Townsville District, N.Q.
TABANUS INNOTABILIS Walker.
Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., i., 1848, p. 177.
Specimens have been received for identification from Moa Island (Torres
Strait) and Port Moresby District (New Guinea).
TABANUS SEQUENS Waalker.
Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., i, 1848, p. 178.
These flies were plentiful on Magnetic Island and Palm Island, N.Q., during
November and December, 1920. In the former locality they were very trouble-
some to horses which, it was noticed, were invariably bitten about the coronet
and lower parts of legs.
TABANUS NEOGERMANICUS Ricardo.
Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xv., 1915, p. 283.
This is a very common species on Palm Island, N.Q., and has been captured
also on Magnetic Island and near Townsville, N.Q., November, 1920.
Tn life the eyes are emerald-green with copper-coloured iridescence.
262 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, li.,
TABANUS GRISEICOLOR, n.sp. (Text-figs. 9 and 10.)
A moderately small grey species allied to 7. clavicallosus Rie. but with wider
forehead.
Face and cheeks densely clothed with greyish-yellow tomentum, with sparse
whitish hairs; beard white, rather scanty. Palpi yellow, with moderately dense
pale pubescence on outside, and with a few short dark hairs near apex; second
joint moderately long, rather strongly curved, moderately thick at base. An-
tennae (Text-fig. 9) yellow, the third joint, except base, somewhat infuscate,
first jomt longer but not greatly wider than second, third joint with basal por-
tion expanded, obtusely angulate above but without tooth, annuli short. Fore-
head (Text-fig. 10) broad, about three times as long as broad, almost parallel-
sided, very slightly narrower at vertex; densely clothed with somewhat more
yellowish tomentum than face, with scanty pale pubescence and with erect dark
hairs most marked at vertex; callus rather large, transversely oval, not reaching
eyes, with a short linear extension. Eyes bare.
Thorax densely covered with light greyish-yellow tomentum with indistinct
traces of darker brown longitudinal stripes, with scattered pale pubescence, and
semi-erect dark hairs; pleurae similar, with tufts of long white pubescence.
Seutellum similar to dorsum.
Abdomen thickly clothed with similar coloured tomentum to thorax; where
denuded, the derm appears black, lighter on the segmentations; rather densely
clothed with pale decumbent pubescence. Venter similar.
Legs with femora dark brown, tibiae yellowish-brown, the apical third of
anterior tibiae infuscate. Tarsi infuscate.
Wings hyaline, costal cell and all the veins lightly suffused with brown;
stigma elongate, rather dark; no appendix present.
Dimensions: Long, 9.5—10 mm.; wings, 9 mm.; width of head, 3.5 mm.;
width of frons at widest part, 0.60 mm.
Hab.— Queensland: Hughenden. (March, 1921, Geo. Brady, Hill, No. 1445).
The type and paratype respectively are in the Collection of the Aust. Institute
of Tropical Medicine and Dept. of Public Health, N.S.W.
Described from two specimens. In one the abdomen appears darker and
more conspicuously banded; this is apparently due to the clothing being more
or less abraded on the basal portion of the segments. The general colour of the
insect appears nearest to the dark olive of Ridgeway’s standard colours.
The species is allied to 7. elavicallosus, but differs in the somewhat wider
forehead with differently shaped callus, and in its general lighter colouration.
TABANUS CLAVICALLOSUS Ric.
Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xix., 1917, p. 219.—TZ. griseus, Taylor,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xliv., 1919, p. 55.
A specimen was compared with the type of 7. griseus in the Queensland
Museum and afterwards compared with a paratype of T. clavicallosus Ric. No
difference could be detected. :
Specimens from Moa or Banks Island in Torres Strait appear to represent
a geographical race if not a distinct species.
Var. BANKSIENSIS, n.var.
%. Face, palpi, antennae, forehead, frontal callus and thorax as in 7. clavi-
callosus Ric. Abdomen dark brown with lighter segmentations, the anterior
a
et
Ss
BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 263
border of the second segment also lighter; clothed with black pubescence, with
a few pale golden hairs along posterior margins, extending somewhat farther
forwards in median line, but not producing definite spots. Venter dark brown
with rather broad lighter segmentations, clothed with dark pubescence and with
rather sparse pale pubescence mostly on the segmentations.
Legs as in 7. clavicallosus.
Wings with anterior margins clouded with brown, this colour lightly suffus-
ing the longitudinal veins and more markedly the cross veins at base of discal
cell; stigma large and dark; appendix present. Long, 9 mm.; other females
long, 8.5, 10.5, 11 mm.; wing, 9 mm.; width of head, 4 mm.; width of frons,
0.50 mm.
Four specimens under examination, two of which are larger than the others,
and have a more reddish-brown abdomen. These specimens differ from typical
specimens of 7. clavicallosus Ric. in the evident banding of the abdominal seg-
ments and in the more intensely shaded anterior margin and veins of the wings.
The differences hardly appear sufficient to justify specific separation, as in some
specimens of 7. clavicallosus the segmentations appear very slightly lighter than
the rest of the derm, while the costal cell is slightly shaded.
T. darwinensis Taylor is also closely allied to 7. clavicallosus Ric., and we
were at first inclined to sink the name as a synonym. The abdomen is however
unicolourous, the wings perfectly clear and the antennae are somewhat different
in shape.
Compared with the form deseribed above from Moa Island, 7. darwinensis
appears certainly distinet, but when compared with typical specimens of 7.
clavicallosus the distinctions are less obvious.
One might be inclined to regard the three forms as geographical races of
T. clavicallosus, but for the fact that specimens of darwinensis have also been
taken on Moa Island.
TABANUS PALMERSTONI, Nov. nom.
Tabanus minusculus, Ferg. and Hill, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xlv., 1920,
p. 466 (nee 7. minusculus Hine, 1907).—Tabanus minor, Taylor, Proce. Linn. Soe.
N.S. Wales, xliv., 1919, p. 64 (nee T. minor Macq., 1850).
The substitute name 7. minusculus was proposed by us to replace 7. minor
Taylor, a name previously used by Macquart. It is now necessary to replace
our name for the species as it has already been used by Hine (Ohio Nat., (2),
Vol. 8, 1907, p. 227) for a North American insect.
The new substitute name is taken from the old name (Palmerston) for Dar-
win, the type locality of the species.
TABANUS GERMANICUS Ricardo.
Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xv., 1915, p. 282.
We have received examples of this species from Moa Island, Torres Strait
(Rey. G. A. Luscombe, March) and from Mackay, Queensland (W. G. Harvey,
10.2.20).
TABANUS QUADRATUS Taylor.
Taylor, Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xliv., 1919, p. 52.
Numerous examples were captured (6.10.21) whilst attempting to bite _
persons travelling in a motor boat between Port Darwin and Melville Island< XS
(Northern Territory). The first flies were noticed when the boat was about:
264 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, i1.,
four miles off one of the Vernon Group of Islands and were afterwards eap-
tured at intervals until a landing was made on Melville Island. Several of the
above species, as well as two examples of Silvius indistinctus Ricardo, were
captured at a distance of not less than 10 miles from the nearest land (Melville
Island), and upon going ashore at about 6 p.m., both species were found to be
fairly plentiful, but far less so than T. cinerascens King and T. neogermanicus
Ricardo.
TABANUS RIVULARIS, nov. nom.
Tabanus pygmaeus, Ferg. and Henry, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xliv.,
1919 (1920), p. 842, Pl. xliv., Fig. 2 (nee 7. pygmaeus Williston, 1887).
A change of name is necessary, as 7. pygmaeus has been already used by
Williston for a North American species (Trans. Kansas Acad. Se., Vol. 10, 1887,
p. 141).
The present name is suggested by the habits of the adult insect. The ori-
ginal specimens came from Camden Haven; since then the species has been dis-
covered at Eccleston on the Allyn River, a branch of the Patterson, on the north
side of the Hunter River Valley. The species was found confined to the banks
of the stream and attacking the heads of swimmers in the river (March, 1921).
TABANUS MORETONENSIS, nov. nom.
T. confusus, Taylor, Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xli., 1917, p. 523 (nom.
praeoce.).
The type of 7. confusus Taylor in the Queensland Museum was examined
(E.W.F.) recently, and found to be incorrectly placed in Miss Rieardo’s Group
iv. of the genus. The eyes are hairy, which places the species in Group xi.
(Lherioplectes), while the frontal callus is not absent, but is transverse, occupy-
ing the whole front and little prominent; owing to abrasion it would appear at
first sight as if the callus were absent.. The species belongs to the difficult
circumdatus-edentulus group, but appears to be distinct.
A change of name is necessary as T. confusus has. already been employed by
Walker (List Dipt. Brit. Mus., i. 1848, p. 147) for a species from North
America.
TABANUS CIRRUS Ricardo.
Rieardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xix., 1917, p. 222.—T. robustus, Taylor,
Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xliv., 1919, p. 69.
A specimen from Palm Island, N.Q. (26.9.20) has been compared with
Taylor’s type by Mr. H. Hacker, and afterwards with Rieardo’s type by Dr. G.
A. K. Marshall.
TABANUS NEOLATIFRONS, nov. nom.
Tabanus latifrons, Ferg., Proc. Roy. Soe. Victoria, xxxiil., 1920 (1921),
p. 19, Pl. ii, Fig. 1 (nee 7. latifrons Zetterstedt, 1842).
The previous use of the name 7. latifrons Zetterstedt (Dipt. Seand., Vol. i.,
1842, p. 106) was quite overlooked in describing the Australian species. Zetter-
stedt’s name is a synonym of 7. cordiger Meigen (Syst. Beschr., Vol. 2, 1820, p.
47) from the Mediterranean region.
TABANUS ADELAIDAR, nov. nom.
Tabanus meridionalis, Ferg., Records South Aust. Mus., Vol. 1, No. 4, 1921,
p- 376 (nec LT. meridionalis Thunberg, Nova Arta Upsal., Vol. 9, 1827, p. 58).
BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 265.
The previous use of the name 7. meridionalis by Thunberg was also over-
looked in describing the South Australian species. Thunberg’s species is from
an unknown locality.
TABANUS MILSONIENSIS, nov. nom.
Tabanus milsoni, Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xli., 1916 (1917), p.
760 (nec T. milsonis Ric., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xix., 1917, p. 220).
Taylor’s use of the name 7. milsoni is antedated by Miss Ricardo’s 7. milL-
sonis from the same locality by about two months.
We understood that Mr. Taylor was altering the name of this species, but
as no substitute has so far been proposed we suggest the above name for the
species.
TABANUS OCULATUS Rie.
Tabanus pusillus, Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Supp. v., 1854, p. 49 (nom.
praeoce.).—Tabanus oculatus, Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., 1915, p.
276.—Tabanus kendallensis, Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xliv., 1919, p.
68; Ferguson and Henry, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xliv., 1919 (1920),
p. 848.
We have examined a large number of specimens of 7. oculatus from various
parts of New South Wales, and cannot separate the Kendall species as distinct.
The clothing of the thorax is very readily abraded and is really only seen in
fresh specimens; the comparative width of the forehead also varies.
Hab.—N.S. Wales: Byron Bay, Richmond River, Dorrigo, Kendall, Com-
boyne, Wingham, Hawkesbury River, Sydney, Cronulla, Penrith, Burragorang.
Nattai River, Dubbo, Wolseley Park; Queensland: Brisbane (Oct., Dee., H-
Hacker), Palm Island (1.12.20, Dr. Breinl).
266
A REMARKABLE NEW GALL-THRIPS FROM AUSTRALIA.
By H. H. Karny, Ph.D. (Communicated by W. W. Froggatt.)
(Six Text-figures. )
{Read 26th July, 1922.]
Mr. W. W. Froggatt discovered recently a very interesting thrips-gall on
the Belah (Casuarina Cambagei) growing in the western scrub at Trangie, N.S.W.,
which he was good enough to send me for determination of the gall-former.
The galls (Text-fig. 1) represent a very remarkable type, hitherto not
known as caused by thrips. The twigs are swollen at some places and form
rc
!
i
Ee rer
aes Rincon
L tke weatoleatoed (oa asa a eS
a b
Text-fig. 1. Thaumatothrips froggatti, n.gen. et. sp.
Gall on a Casuarina twig. a. outside; b. inside. Natural size.
large, knob-shaped thickenings, inside of which are cavities, full of all stages
of the gall-former. These cavities communicate with the exterior by small holes
through which the thrips are able to come out.
BY H. H. KARNY. 267
\
It is a very interesting fact, that the thrips-@alls of Australia belong fre-
quently to highly specialised types, similar to those of the European Cynipidae,
whilst in the tropies (e.g. in Java) only leaf-rolls caused by thrips are known.
From Australia there have been recorded only three species of Thysanoptera
which form hard tumors on the phylloclades of Acacia, communicating with the
outside by a narrow split. Mr. Froggatt described, in 1906, such a gall caused
by Kladothrips rugosus (Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., Mise. Publ. No. 1,025, Plate, fig.
5), very remarkable by its rough surface. Similar galls, but with a more or
less smooth surface, were described later by the author (Centralbl. Bakteriol, ii.
Abt., xxx., 1911, pp. 564, 570; Oncothrips tepperi) and by Hardy (Proce. Roy.
Soc.’Tasm., 1915, p. 102; Oncothrips rodwayi*).
Onychothrips tepperi (Uzel, Act. Soc. Ent. Bohem., ii., 4, 1905; Karny, lc.)
finally forms roundish, subspherical galls on the thinnest twigs of Acacia aneura.
But there is no gall hitherto recorded of the remarkable type discovered by Mr.
Froggatt and here deseribed.
In these galls are to be found many specimens of a Tubuliferous thrips,
which proved to represent a new genus. I name it on account of some remark-
able morphological characters and of its curious galls.
THAUMATOTHRIPS, n.gen.
Head not distinctly longer than prothorax, but considerably longer than
wide, broadest near the eyes. Cheeks shghtly converging backwards, finely
granulated, set with some short, stiff hairs, but without spines. Antennae some-
what longer than head. Mouth-cone short, broadly rounded, with short and thick
palpi. Prothorax very large, behind more than twice as wide as in front, with
very long bristles. Fore-legs very large; their femora considerably longer than
head, and nearly half as wide as long; in both sexes with a few teeth on the
inner margin. Fore-tibiae short and very stout, widened to the end, on the
inner apex with a sharp, but not protruding angle, lying close to the tarsus.
This with two sharp tooth-like processes, the larger of which is longer than the
whole tarsus itself. Pterothorax broader than long, with laterally protruding fore
angles. Wings, if present, not constricted near the middle. Tube very short
and thick, only slightly more than half as long as the head.
This remarkable new genus comes by its large, scutiform prothorax and by
the form of fore-tibiae and tarsi into the subfamily Kladothripinae (Karny,
Treubia, i., 4, 1921, pp. 227, 251). The sharp angle of the fore-tibia, however,
does not protrude tooth-like as in Onychothrips, but lies close to the tarsus, as in
Oncothrips. It may be distinguished at once from all hitherto-known Klado-
thripmae, and also from some similar Trichothripinae and Cryptothripinae, by’
its greatly enlarged fore-femora, set with some teeth along the inner margin.
Such an armature of fore-legs was hitherto recorded only from some genera of
Macrothripinae (Machatothrips, Ischyrothrips and Eulophothrips),; from these,
Thaumatothrips differs by the cheeks not set with spines, but only with short
hairs, by the far smaller number of duplicated cilia on fore-wings, and by its
much shorter tube.
Only one species known.
*I am very obliged to Messrs. Hardy and Rodway, from whom I got material
of this interesting thrips and its galls. The species was originally described as a
Kladothrips, but it should perhaps rather belong to Oxcothrips because the an-
tennae are 8-jointed—the two last joints closely united—and the other characters
also agree very well with Oncothrzps.
bo
D>
ao
A REMARKABLE NEW GALL-THRIPS FROM AUSTRALIA,
THAUMATOTHRIPS FROGGATTI, n.sp. ,
9, 6.—Total length of body, 2.3—3.7 mm.
General colour dark, blackish brown. Fore-femora at apex and fore-tibiae
at base yellowish-brown, the latter gradually somewhat darker brown to apex.
Middle and hind tibiae, and all tarsi yellowish-brown. First and second antennal
segment as dark as the body; third joint yellow, somewhat darker at apex;
fourth segment brownish-yellow in the basal half, dark grey in the apical half;
fifth jomt dark grey-brown, in the basal half somewhat paler; the followmg
ones uniformly blackish-brown, at most the sixth joint a little paler at base.
Freshly emerged specimens bright lemon-yellow, with uniformly pale antennae,
the legs somewhat shaded with grey; abdominal tergites 3—8 with a broad, dark
brown cross-band; tube reddish-brown.
Head distinctly longer than wide across the eyes. Cheeks beginning with a
small protruding angle behind the eyes, then slightly converging posteriorly,
throughout their whole length finely granulated and set with short, stiff hairs.
Eyes black, occupying about a fourth of the length of head, transverse truncate
behind. Between the eyes and the insertion of antennae only a very smal] in-
terval; fore margin of head between the antennae scarcely produced. Ocelli
always present, arranged in a rectangular triangle; the anterior one forwardly
directed, the posterior ones touching the midst of the inner margin of. eyes.
Between the anterior and each posterior ocellus a short, hair-like bristle, another
behind each posterior ocellus. Dorsal surface of head finely reticulated. Post-
ocular bristles inserted near cheeks, about in the middle of length of head, long,
hyaline, curved forward, somewhat dilated at apex. A little behind these bristles
a second similar pair on the dorsal surface near the middle line.
Antennae '(Text-fig. 2) considerably longer than head, with stout segments.
First jomt wider than long, cylindrical; the following ones longer than wide, the
second cup-shaped, the other club-shaped or subglobular, but always distinctly
constricted at the base; the third longest, the following ones gradually diminish-
ing towards the apex. Segments 7 and 8 broadly united with one another, to-
gether fusiform. Eighth joint considerably smaller than seventh.
First joint with a few bristles near apex. Second with a transverse row of
bristles near base, and another of longer ones near apex. Segments 3—5 with
such a row just before their middle, and a second one before the end. The bristles
of third joint especially long and stout. Sixth segment with a crown of bristles
near the apex. The following segments set only with a few weak setae. The
median line of bristles on the ventral surface reaching from about the middle of
seventh segment to apex of eighth.
Sense-area of the second joint transversely ovate, placed just behind the
middle. Sense-cones of the following segments short and thick, blunt at apex,
only a little overreaching the end of their segments. Fourth joint, in ad-
dition to the lateral pair, with one accessory sense-cone in the middle of the
dorsal surface, and another on ventral surface near the posterior margin. On
the fifth and sixth seements the sense-cone of posterior margin often short, nearly
abortive. On the seventh joint I cannot distinguish the usual median sense-cone.
Front set with very short hairs (smaller than those of the cheeks) on the
whole surface and, in addition, only a pair of short, weak bristles below the
insertion of antennae. Mouth-cone short, rounded at apex, reaching at most to
the middle of prosternum, usually still shorter. Palpi very short, stout, with a
styliform apical and an annular basal joint. Labial palpi still shorter than the
maxillary ones.
BY H. H. KARNY. 269
Prothorax very large, about as long as head, with a median longitudinal
wrinkle on the disc, much widened from base to middle, thereafter with nearly
- parallel, but obtusely-angulate emarginate sides. Connecting hide between head
and prothorax with distinct, dotted sculpture; a similar area on each side at the
widest place of prothorax. Behind this area a triangular and then a trapezoidal,
smooth, strongly chitinized area, separated from the dise by distinct sutures, of
which the posterior field bears the postero-lateral bristles. All setae extra-
ordinarily long. The antero-lateral ones inserted near the fore-angle, forwardly
directed. Antero-marginal bristles from the middle of fore-margin somewhat
Text-figs. 2-5. Thaumatothrips froggatti, n.gen.et.sp. (nat. size.)
2. Head of macropterous form. 3. Fore-tibia and tarsus; seen in front.
4. Head and prothorax of apterous form. 5. Apterous form with contracted seg
ments.
more distant than from the antero-lateral ones. Medio-lateral setae inserted at
the end of basal third of the dise-sides. | Postero-lateral bristles very long,
curved, backwardly directed; postero-marginal ones as far distant from them as
from the middle of hind-margin. Further, some short hairs on surface of the
dise, and a pair of weak bristles near the middle of hind-margin. Surface of
prosternum with a distinet, dotted sculpture. Only a few strongly chitinized,
smooth plates; one longitudinally placed, elliptical at each fore-angle; one pair
of large, semicircular plates before the hind-margin, with strongly convex fore-
side and transversely truncate, nearly straight hind-side. Behind them a small,
median, transversely-placed, elliptical plate.
Fore-coxae very large, ovate, with a strong bristle at the outer hind angle,
still longer than the postero-lateral ones of prothorax, and behind it a few short
hairs. Fore-femora greatly enlarged, considerably longer than head, and nearly
half as wide as long; on the outer margin with some short hairs and, in addition,
a very long bristle before the middle and a second shorter one before the knee;
270 A REMARKABLE NEW GALL-THRIPS FROM AUSTRALIA,
on the inner margin with 3—5 thick teeth, the number of which often varies
in the same specimen on the right and left legs; after the last tooth, just before
the knee-joint, a long bristle. Fore-tibiae short and very thick, not considerably
more than half as long as the femur, constricted at base, and distinctly broadened
towards the apex; on the inner margin a row of small tubercles and, before the
acute apex, a long bristle; on the outer margin a somewhat shorter subapical
bristle. Fore-tarsus with a very large, acute, tooth-like process, and a second
smaller one, between them the apical bubble of the tarsus (Text-fig. 3).
Pterothorax very stout, distinctly wider than long, with sinuated, somewhat
backwardly converging sides. Behind the transverse suture, separating meso-
and metanotum, a pair of backwardly directed bristles. Sutures of meso- and
metasternum—besides the transverse limit between these two segments—apparent-
ly abortive, even in lightly coloured specimens not definitely distinguishable.
Middle coxae cylindrical, the hind ones somewhat tumid; the former more widely
separated from one another than the latter. Middle and hind legs stout, set
along both margins with some short hairs and a few longer bristles. Tarsi
without teeth.
Abdomen a little narrower than pterothorax, about four times as long as
wide. First segment with three smooth, strongly chitinized, triangular plates,
the median narrower, with the acute angle forwardly directed, the lateral ones
broader and more blunt, their apex directed backwards. The space between them
with a distinct, dotted sculpture. The following segments with 3 (except only
2 on the second) long bristles at each hind angle, and with some shorter hairs
along the hind margin and one on the lateral margins. Wing retaining spines
weak and slender, the space between the tips of the hind pair about four times
as long as the.spines themselves; fore pair not distinguishable on account of the
dark colour of body. Bristles of the ninth segment nearly as long as the tube.
This latter short, only shghtly more than half as long as head, with straight, dis-
tinetly converging sides; at base about half as wide as long, and somewhat more
than twice as wide as at apex. The longer terminal bristles a little shorter than
the tube itself, the shorter ones not yet half as long as the others.
I have allowed myself the pleasure of naming this remarkable new species
after its discoverer, Mr. Walter W. Froggatt, who has kindly sent it to me for
description.
There are no morphological differences between the two sexes, well distinct
forms oceurring equally in both sexes.
Forma aptera (Text-fig. 4). It is not unusual amongst Thysanoptera, that
a macropterous and an apterous form of a species may be found although, of
gall-thrips especially, very few apterous forms are known. But it seems very
remarkable and exceptional that the apterous form here described differs from
the macropterous form, not only by the absence of wings, by smaller eyes and
ocelli, a shorter pterothorax and abortive wing retaining spines, but also by
other characters. Therefore, I find it necessary to describe it somewhat ex-
tensively.
Head somewhat shorter, about one and one-third times as long as wide.
Eyes and ocelli smaller than in the macropterous form, the former occupying
only one-fifth of the length of head. Antennae very stout, their middle joints
not or hardly longer than broad. All bristles of the whole body exceedingly
long, acutely pointed at apex, not knobbed. The inner ones of first antennal
joint reaching about to the end of third jot. Both pairs on the dorsal surface
of head distinctly overreaching the end of first antennal joint. Bristles of abdo-
BY H. H. KARNY. 271
men longer than the segments themselves. Fore-femora somewhat more than
half as wide as long. Pterothorax comparatively shorter and wider than in the
macropterous form. Wings absent. Wing retaining spines reduced to simple
bristles.
Measurements of an apterous female of middle size: Total length of an-
tennae, 0.35 mm.; joint 1, 0.04 mm. long, 0.05 mm. wide; joint 2, 0.055 mm. long,
0.045 mm. wide; joint 3, 0.055 mm. long, 0.04 mm. wide; joint 4, 0.045 mm. long,
0.04 mm. wide; joint 5, 0.04 mm. long, 0.04 mm. wide; joint 6, 0.04 mm. long,
0.035 mm. wide; joint 7, 0.04 mm. long, 0.03 mm. wide; joint 8, 0.03 mm. long,
0.015 mm. wide. Head 0.28 mm. long, 0.22 mm. wide. Prothorax 0.35 mm. long,
0.50 mm. wide without fore-coxae, 0.68 mm. wide including fore-coxae. Fore-
femora 0.48 mm. long, 0.26 mm. wide; fore-tibiae (including tarsi) 0.24 mm. long,
0.08 mm. wide. Pterothorax 0.42 mm. long, 0.56 mm. wide. Middle femora
0.18 mm. long, 0.07 mm. wide; middle tibiae (including tarsi) 0.21 mm. long,
0.05 mm. wide. Hind-femora 0.21 mm. long, 0.09 mm. wide; hind-tibiae (in-
cluding tarsi) 0.28 mm. long, 0.06 mm. wide. Abdomen (including tube) 1.8
mm. long, 0.55 mm. wide. Length of tube 0.17 mm., width at base 0.10 mm., at
apex 0.04 mm.
Forma macroptera. Head distinctly longer, at least one and a half times
as long as wide. Eyes occupying a little more than one-fourth of the length of
head. Ocelli also larger than in the apterous form. Antennae distinctly longer,
their middle joints at least one and a half times as long as wide. All bristles
long and stout, but shorter than in the apterous form, distinctly dilated at apex,
knobbed; only those of the ninth abdominal segment and of tube sharply pointed.
The inner bristle of first antennal joint not considerably overreaching the end
of this segment. Fore-femora somewhat less than half as wide as long. Wings
present, reaching about to base of sixth abdominal segment, not constricted in
the middle, nor dilated before the apex, clear, hyaline, with long, dense fringe.
Fore pair with three long, knobbed, equidistant bristles near the fore-margin at
base, a little longer than the wing is broad; hind-margin near apex with a dozen
duplicated cilia. Wing retaining spines weak, but distinctly S-shaped, inwardly
directed.
Besides the macropterous and apterous forms, there are larger and smaller
ones.
Forma major. Warger. Fore-femora somewhat larger, more than one and a
half times as long as head.
Measurements of a large macropterous female: Total length of antennae
0.49 mm.; joint 1, 0.04 mm. long, 0.05 mm. wide; joint 2, 0.06 mm. long, 0.05
mm. wide; joint 3, 0.08 mm. long, 0.045 mm. wide; joint 4, 0.08 mm. long, 0.05
mm. wide; joint 5, 0.075 mm. long, 0.04 mm. wide; joint 6, 0.07 mm. long,
0.035 mm. wide; joint 7, 0.06 mm. long, 0.025 mm. wide; joint 8, 0.03 mm. long,
0.015 mm. wide. Head 0.38 mm. long, 0.24 mm. wide. Prothorax 0.40 mm.
long, 0.51 mm. wide without fore-coxae, 0.68 wide including fore-coxae. Fore-
femora 0.58 mm. long, 0.26 mm. wide; fore-tibiae (including tarsi) 0.32 mm.
long, 0.08 mm. wide. Fterothorax 0.55 mm. long, 0.61 mm. wide. Middle femora
0.17 mm. long, 0.07 mm. wide; middle tibiae (including tarsi) 0.25 mm. long,
0.055 mm. wide. Hind-femora 0.26 mm. long, 0.09 mm. wide; hind-tibiae (in-
cluding tarsi) 0.31 mm. long, 0.06 mm. wide. Length of wings (without fringe)
1.4 mm. Abdomen (including tube) 2.3 mm. long, 0.53 mm. wide. Length of
tube 0.21 mm., width at base 0.11 mm., at apex 0.04 mm.
Forma debilis. Smaller. Fore-femora less than one and a half times as
272 A REMARKABLE NEW GALL-THRIPS FROM AUSTRALIA,
long as head. These two forms correspond to already known forms of some
Tubulifera, e.g., the Australian Haplothrips braccatus ¢ (Karny, Treubia, ii.,
1, 1921, p. 30) or the Javanese Mesothrips pyctes (Karny, Zeitschr. wiss. Ins. Biol.,
xil., 1916, p. 191).
Measurements of a small macropterous female: Total length of antennae
0.38 mm.; joint 1, 0.025 mm. long, 0.04 mm. wide; joint 2, 0.045 mm. long, 0.035
mm. wide; joint 3, 0.06 mm. long, 0.035 mm. wide; joint 4, 0.06 mm. long, 0.04
mm. wide; joint 5, 0.06 mm. long, 0.035 mm. wide; joint 6, 0.055 mm. long, 0.03
mm. wide; joint 7, 0.05 mm. long, 0.022 mm. wide; joint 8, 0.025 mm. long,
0.013 mm. wide. Head 0.27 mm. long, 0.18 mm. wide. Prothorax 0.25 mm.
long, 0.33 mm. wide without fore-coxae, 0.45 mm. wide including fore-coxae.
Fore-femora 0.37 mm. long, 0.16 mm. wide; fore-tibiae (including tarsi) 0.20
mm. long, 0.06 mm. wide. Pterothorax 0.35 mm. long, 0.42 mm. wide. Middle
femora 0.16 mm. long, 0.06 mm. wide; middle tibiae (including tarsi) 0.22 mm.
long, 0.05 mm. wide. Hind-femora 0.18 mm. long, 0.07 mm. wide; hind-tibiae
(including tarsi) 0.23 mm. long, 0.055 mm. wide. Length of wings (without
fringe) 1.0 mm. Abdomen (including tube) 1.5 mm. long, 0.38 mm. wide.
Length of tube 0.14 mm., width at base 0.07 mm., at apex 0.03 mm.
I have given here the measurement of all forms from female specimens, in
order to show that all these differences occur in the same sex, and may not be
mistaken for sexual dimorphism. All these forms are to be found in the galls
together.
There are further, in the material before me, specimens with extraordinary
contracted segments of body and antennae (Text-fig. 5), the head therefore
Text-fig. 6. Thaumatothrips froggatti, n.gen. et. sp.
Life-cycle of macropterous form. (x 2/3.)
appearing still shorter than in the above-described apterous form, and the
abdomen greatly dilated, resembling somewhat the Australian Liothripine genus
Aspidothrips (Karny, Act. Soc. Ent. Ceeh., xvii., 1920, p. 38). But these may
not be mistaken for a different form. These specimens are only a product of
BY H. H. KARNY. 273
the methods of preservation; they were probably all dead when they came into
alcohol. :
The thrips undergo their whole development in their galls, and all stages
(Text-fig. 6) are therefore present in these cavities. There is only one species
of Austrahan Tubulifera, as far as known to the author, namely Idolothrips
spectrum Haliday, of which we already know the whole development (Froggatt,
Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xxix., 1904, pp. 54-57, Plate iii.). But this is an
Idolothripid and agrees therefore with the Phloeothripid Thawmatothrips only
in the general characters common for all Tubulifera, but diverges in some
special differences according to development of antennae and end of abdomen, to
colour of the stages, etc. The life-cycle of Thawmatothrips agrees somewhat
more closely with that of some Javanese Phloeothripidae, as described by the
author (Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, (2) x., 1913, pp. 79, 85, 101).
Eggs ovate, about 500» (or a little more) long, and 250, (or a little less)
wide, rounded at both ends, but somewhat broader near the head of embryo, some-
what tapering towards its hind end. The shell of the egg shows a distinct, poly-
gonal structure, as already known from the European Trichothrips ulmi (Ahlberg,
Ark. Zool., xi., 17, 1920, p. 9) and the African Gynaikothrips ebneri (Karny,
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 98, 1921, sep. p. 22). The one side (dorsal of
embryo) of egg is somewhat more rounded, the other (ventral of embryo) nearly
straight. Colour lemon- to orange-yellow. Before emergence of larva, it is
already very well visible through the egg-shell.
First larval stage somewhat longer than egg, because the hind end of em-
bryo in the egg is ventrally curved forwards. General colour pale yellow, with-
out a red hypodermal pigment. Antennae very short and stout, nearly as long
as the head (including mouth-cone); their middle joints about as long as wide.
Basal three segments very pale yellowish, scarcely perceptibly shaded with
greyish; fourth a very little more greyish; 5—7 still more shaded with grey.
Head in the anterior part near the insertion of antennae distinetly greyish,
with two pairs of long bristles. Mouth-cone reaching to base of prosternum,
broadly rounded at apex. Thorax on each segment laterally with a very long
bristle, nearly as long as the head (including mouth-cone). Abdomen short,
with very long bristles on each segment, only a little shorter than those of thorax,
and about twice as long as the tube. Ninth segment transversely dark grey in
the apical half. Tube short, broad at base, much tapering to apex, dark grey.
with two longer and some smaller bristles at the end.
Second stage of the same general colour as the first; but prothorax a little
shaded with grey. Antennae nearly as in the first stage. Mouth-cone not fully
reaching to base of prosternum. Bristles of thorax very long, but comparatively
shorter than in the first stage, shorter than the head (including mouth-cone).
Abdomen long and wide; its bristles about half as long as those of thorax and
only a little longer than the tube; but the seventh segment on each side with a
very long bristle, only a little shorter than those of the thorax. Ninth segment
and tube as in the first stage.
Third stage coloured as the preceding ones, without hypodermal pigment,
but with a well-defined, transverse, rhomboidal, greyish spot behind the insertion
of antennae, and with two larger scutiform ones on the dise of pronotum. An-
tennae longer and slenderer than in the preceding stages, their middle joints
considerably longer than wide; the three basal joints pale yellowish, the four
apical ones very dark grey. Mouth-cone only a little overreaching the midst of
prosternum. Bristles arranged as in the preceding stages, but comparatively
274 A REMARKABLE NEW GALL-THRIPS FROM AUSTRALIA.
shorter; those of the seventh segment not sensibly longer than the others, nearly
as long as those of the thorax. Abdomen long and slender, sides of each seg-
ment arched, only the tube truncate-conical. Colour and chaetotaxy of the end
of abdomen as in the preceding stages.
Fourth stage of a similar colour to third, but somewhat darker, brownish-
yellow. Also without red pigment. Antennae as in the preceding stage, but their
three basal segments brownish-yellow, not or only a little paler than the four
apical ones, which are a little paler grey than in the third stage. Mouth-cone
not overreaching the middle of prosternum. Bristles of thorax not distinetly
longer than those ot abdomen; those of the seventh segment not longer than the
others. Abdomen very long and broad, with arched margins of segments, but
the ninth together with the tube truncate-conical. Bristles of these two last
segments distinctly shorter than the others of abdomen.
Pre-pupa uniformly brownish-yellow. Cases of antennae shorter than the
head, horn-shaped. Mouth-cone not fully reaching to the middle of prosternum.
Bristles of prothorax considerably longer than those of meso- and metathorax,
which are not longer than those of abdomen. Abdomen as in the last larval
stage, but gradually tapering to apex, and with the two last segments of the
same colour as the others.
First pupal stage brownish-yellow. Cases of antennae not yet reaching to
the fore-margin of prothorax. Mouth-cone reaching about to the midst of pros-
ternum. Fore-femora distinetly smaller than the head; fore-tarsi with a short,
broad, obtuse tooth. |Wing-cases reaching to the middle of the margins of
second abdominal segment—in the apterous form naturally wanting. All bristles:
in both forms long and sharply pointed, but in the apterous form already dis-
tinetly longer, than in the macropterous one.
Second pupal stage of the same colour as the preceding one. Chaetotaxy
also the same. Cases of antennae distinctly overreaching the fore-margin of pro-
thorax. Mouth-cone reaching about to the middle of prosternum. Fore-femora
already enlarged, about as long as head or a little longer; fore-tarsus with a
very large, sharp tooth. Wing cases, as present, reaching to the fourth abdo-
minal segment. All other characters as in the first pupa.
A NEW AUSTRALIAN TERMITE.
By Geraup F. Hit.
(With 4 Text-figures).
[Read 26th July, 1922.]
CALOTERMES (CALOTERMES) CONDONENSIS, n.sp. (Text-figs. 1-4.)
Colour: Head hazel, anterior part dark castaneous like base of mandibles;
antennae hazel, third joint dark; labrum lighter in colour than rest of head;
mandibles black excepting at base; thorax a little lighter than back of head;
legs and abdomen buckthorn brown.
Head (Text-fig. 1) clothed with scanty, very short and fine setae as on
thorax, legs and abdomen; large, slightly wider at the anterior third than across
the middle, broadly rounded behind, front slightly concave, not glabrous like re-
Text-figs. 1-4. Calotermes condonensis, n.sp.
Soldier—l. Head from above. 2. Antenna, proximal segments.
3. Hind femur and tibia. 4. Hind tarsi and claw
mainder of head. Eyes hyaline, indistinct. Mandibles very long and_ stout,
broad at base, the left with two angular teeth at apex, the right with two
broad angular teeth in the basal half. Labrum large, rounded in front, bearmg
276 A NEW AUSTRALIAN TERMITE,
about 8 setae near the apex. Clypeus large, straight in front and on the sides.
Antennae (Text-fig. 2) 14-jointed, first short and broad, the proximal half
obscured by projecting dorsal margin of antennal foveola, second much narrower
and shorter, these two without setae, third very large, strongly chitinised, narrow
at the base, swollen towards the apex, setaceous like remaining joints, fourth
very small, rather larger than fifth, fifth and following joints moniliform. Gula
long, much narrowed in the middle, where it is one-fifth the width of the head.
Thorax: Pronotum a little wider than head, markedly arched, almost semi-
circular in transverse section, anterior border deeply concave, antero-lateral angles.
rounded and projecting well over posterior-lateral area of the head, sides reced-
ing to the broadly rounded posterior margin, the latter slightly arcuate in the
middle. Meso- and metanotum a little narrower than pronotum, with sides and
posterior margins less rounded. No evidence of wing-pads.
Legs (Text-figs. 3 and 4) short and stout, femora greatly thickened, with
few setae; tibial spurs 3:3:3, short, stout, serrate.
Abdomen short, a little longer than thorax, tapered to the apex. Cerci
present.
Measurements :
Total length, 11.00 mm.
Head and mandibles, long 5.00.
Abdomen and thorax, long 6.00.
Head: from base to labral suture, long 3.29; wide 1.92; deep 1.64.
Mandibles, from apex to external articulation, long 1.88.
Pronotum: long* 1.36; wide 2.06.
Tibia ii. long 1.27.
: Nymph. ;
Colour: Head mars yellow with dark russet area at articulation of mandibles;
antennae, legs and thorax antimony yellow.
Head clothed with a few, short, pale setae, nearly circular, widest .midway
between the base of clypeus and posterior margin, the antero-lateral areas sloping
abruptly from the posterior margin of the antennal fossae to the articulation of
the mandibles, flat on the summit. Clypeus as in soldier; labrum short, strongly
convex, rounded in front, bearing a few short pale-coloured setae. Antennae 17-
jointed, first joint short and broad, second about half as long but nearly as wide,
slightly narrowed at the base, third nearly as long as second and a little wider
at the apex, nearly quadrate, fourth nearly as wide as third but only half as
long, nearly rectangular, fifth a little longer and wider than fourth, widest in the
middle, sixth as long and wide as fifth but more rounded, seventh to seventeenth
moniliform.
Pronotum as in soldier, with very few setae; wing-pads short and _ thick,
projecting but little.
Legs short and stout, with scanty setae, femora thickened, tibial spurs 3:3:3,.
serrate.
Abdomen moderately short and broad, with few setae; cerci very short and
stout at the base; styli rather stout, broad at the base.
Measurements :
Head: from base to labral suture, long 1.83 mm.; wide 1.50.
*In this, as in all earlier papers, I have given the maximum pronotum length,
not the length along the median line (Light, 1921, p. 29). The difference is con-
siderable in species with deeply notched pronotum. In all other respects my
measurements correspond with those defined by the above author.
°
BY G. F. HILL. 277
Fronotum: long 0.90; wide 1.50.
Tibia ui. 0.09.
Described from a small nest series of soldiers and nymphs, collected during
1907-8 by Mr. H. M. Giles and forwarded to me recently by Mr. J. Clark.
Affinities—The above species is quite distinct from any hitherto described
Australian species, being easily distinguished in the soldier caste by its long
narrow head, large mandibles, dentition, third joint of antennae, and enlarged
femora. The two last characters are typical of the subgenus Calotermes as de-
fined by Holmgren, while the majority of the deseribed Australian species are
grouped under the subgenera Glyptotermes and Neotermes. The subgenus Cryp-
totermes is represented in Australia, as far as is known at present, by one des-
eribed and one undescribed species.
Types in G. F. Hill’s collection. Paratypes in Mr. Clark’s collection.
Locality—Western Australia: near Condon.
Additional reference.
Licut, S. F., 1921—Notes on Philippine Termites, ii. Philippine Journal of
Science, Vol. 19, No. 1, July, 1921.
A NEW GASTEROPOD (FAM. EUOMPHALIDAE) FROM THE LOWER
MARINE SERIES OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
By Joun Mrrcuetu, late Principal of the Neweastle Technical College.
(Plate xxxv.)
[Read 28th June, 1922.]
PLATYSCHISMA ALLANDALENSIS, n.sp. (Pl. xxxv.)
Spec. chars.—Trochiform, large; spire consists of four whorls, first two de-
pressed and convolved so as to be subdiscoidal, penultimate and ultimate rapidly
increase in size and become spirate, the latter whorl relatively large. The trans-
verse growth lines are separated by rather wide, shallow, irregularly-spaced sulci,
and have a backward curve to the periphery; on the under side, the trend is re-
versed to the wide shallow umbilicus. As the shell reaches maturity the growth
lines and striae become almost straight between the whorl sutures and the peri-
phery. The outer lip has a shallow notch or gape, as in Janthina and in
Platyschisma oculus. Upper and under surfaces of the whorls are convex. The
mouth is very large, suboval or subconical and horizontal; the test was thin.
Diameter 43 inches.
Obs.—The differences between Platyschisma oculus Sowerby, and the present
species are as follow:—The whorls of the latter are convex above and below, the
periodical growth lines are wider apart and more definite, the notch of the outer
lip is less deep, aperture horizontal instead of oblique as is the case in the former;
umbilicus shallower and the ecallosity or thickening of the lower lip less pro-
nounced, the body whorl increases in width more rapidly during its last stages
of growth than does that of Platyschisma (Keeneia?) oculus Sowerby or with
Keeneia platyschismoida Etheridge which I assume to be identical with Platy-
schisma oculus Sowerby, in part at least.
In several respects this shell agrees with species of the present day Janthina,
but compared with them it was of gigantic size. It would appear to have been
a very rare shell in the Lower Marine Series at; Allandale, N.S.W., where it is
associated with Platysehisma oculus Sowerby, Eurydesma cordatum, Aviculopecten
mitchelli Eth. and Dun and many other palaeopectens, ete.
Locality and horizon—Railway cutting near Allandale railway station. Lower
Marine Series, Permo-carboniferous.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXV.
Platyschisma allandalensis, n.sp.
Upper figure.—View from the under side, showing the wide shallow umbilicus,
and widely spaced growth lines. The specimen is almost completely non-testiferous;
but otherwise nearly perfect.
Lower figure.—View from above, showing the increasingly backward curve of
the growth lines as they approach the periphery, to form the gape in the outer
margin of the mouth, also mild convexity of the whorls, etc.
(Both figures two-thirds natural size.)
ee
SOME NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W., IN THE
COLLECTION OF MR. JOHN MITCHELL.
By kh. J. Tmtyarp, M.A., Se.D. (Cantab.), D.Se. (Sydney), C.M.Z.S., F.L.S.,
F.E.S.
(Plates xxxii.-xxxiv, and six Text-figures. )
[Read 28th June, 1922.]
In a previous paper (These Proceedings, xlii., pt. 4, 1917, pp. 729-741) I
described the first insects discovered by Mr. Mitchell in the Upper Permian Insect
Beds of Belmont, consisting of a single genus and species belonging’ to the new
family Permofulgoridae, of the Order Homoptera, and one genus and two species
belonging to the new family Permochoristidae, of the Order Mecoptera. In
another paper (These Proceedings, xliv., pt. 2, 1919, pp. 231-256) I also described
a remarkable wing, also discovered at Belmont by Mr. Mitchell, which forms
the type of a new Order Paramecoptera, ancestral to the Trichoptera and Lepi-
doptera; this insect was named Belmontia mitchelli. Since that time, Mr. Mit-
chell has visited Belmont on a number of occasions, and has recently been ac-
companied by his friends Mr. and Mrs. T. H. Pincombe of New Lambton. The
result of these excursions has been that a considerable area of the strata around
the original finds has been thoroughly investigated, and a number of insect
wings have been unearthed. The present paper deals with those added to Mr.
Mitchell’s Collection prior to my recent visit to Belmont in November, 1921.
Further finds made during and since that visit will be dealt with in a later
paper.
An analysis of the Insect Fauna of Belmont can now be made, on a basis
of some twenty wings discovered to date. This shows that the dominant insect
type there was undoubtedly a family of Scorpion-flies, the Permochoristidae,
which are very closely allied to our existing Australian Scorpion-flies of the
family Choristidae, and especially to the genus Taeniochorista E.-P., which is
to be found around the shores of Lake Macquarie at the present day. Nearly
one-half of the specimens of insect wings unearthed at Belmont to date consists
of examples belonging to this family. In association with these are two other
Mecopteroid types, viz. Belmontia Till., placed in the Order Paramecoptera, and
280 NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W.,
a very interesting new type, described in this paper, which stands in the same
relation to the Order Diptera that Belmontia does to the Trichoptera and Lepi-
doptera. In addition to these Mecopteroid types, we are now able to record
the first discovery of a true Lacewing (Order Neuroptera Planipennia) of
Palaeozoic times; this also is dealt with in this paper. The remainder of the
fauna consists of Homoptera, both divisions of that Order being represented at
Belmont, the Auchenorrhyncha by the Permofulgoridae and Scytinopteridae (the
latter not dealt with im this paper) and the Sternorrhyncha by a perfect wing
found by Mr. Pincombe, and here dedicated to its discoverer.
With the exception of a fragment of a large Mecopteroid wing, described
in this paper, all the insects so far found at Belmont are of small to medium
size, and indicate by far the most highly specialized fauna so far found in any
Palaeozoic strata. It would appear to have heen a fauna developed in associa-
tion with the fern Glossopteris, in which primitive Scorpion-flies took the place
of the Cockroaches dominant in the Carboniferous and Permian beds of the
Northern Hemisphere, and Plant-hoppers sucked the juices of the fern-stems.
As in the ease of the present-day Choristidae, the larvae of the Scorpion-fiies
probably fed omnivorously on the moist débris scattered on the ground. The
discovery of a lacewing of very primitive type shows that the Homoptera
already had their enemies; for the larvae of the more primitive Planipennia
still feed chiefly on the young of that Order.
The earliest records of insects occurring in Australia are those from the
Upper Permian of Neweastle and Belmont. This enables us to draw the striking
conclusions that Australia became populated with insects long after the Northern
Hemisphere, and that the first insect immigrants were not by any means primi-
tive types by. comparison, but representatives of the two most highly specialised
divisions of the Pterygota yet evolved, viz. the Hemipteroidea and the Holo-
metabola. From this we may conclude that Australia lay far away from the
region of the earth in which insects first became evolved. From what direction
the first insect colonists came it is not possible to say with certainty; but it
seems reasonable to assume that they were an offshoot of the Gondwanaland
fauna, and came in with the associated Glossopteris-flora.
I should like to express my grateful thanks to Mr. Mitchell for the oppor-
tunity of studying and describing these fine fossils, and my admiration of the
keenness and energy which still actuates him, at his advanced age, in carrying
on the heavy work necessary in the search for them. I also desire to thank Mr.
W. C. Davies, Curator of the Cawthron Institute, for the fine photographs from
which Plates xxxiii.-xxxiv. have been prepared.
Order HOMOPTERA.
Division AUCHENORRHYNCHA.
Family PERMOFULGORIDAE.
PERMOFULGOR INDISTINCTUS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 1.)
A fragment of a forewing, total length 11.5 mm., greatest breadth 3.1 mm.
The impression is a very faint one, on pale grey cherty shale. All the veins
are very indistinct, except only the vena dividens and the three anal veins; these
latter are very strongly marked. The species differs from the genotype, P.
belmontensis Till. in the following points:—Wing narrower, apparently some-
what pointed, though the apex is missing. Only two eubito-anal cross-veins, 1n-
stead of four. Cui with three main branches, and with a very weak oblique
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 281
branch or eross-vein descending from near the first dichotomy to the apex of
Cuz; in P. belmontensis this branch appears as a definite oblique cross-vein
leaving Cur considerably distad from the first dichotomy, and reaching Cuz well
before its apex; the second dichotomy of Cui occurs much eloser to the first in
the new species than it does in P. belmontensis. M appears to be definitely fused
basally with R, and the arrangement of the cross-veins between R, M and Cut
shows considerable differences from the condition seen in P. belmontensis.
In comparing the new species with P. belmontensis (op. cit., p. 730 and
Text-fig. 3), it is necessary to point out that, in my former paper, I had con-
sidered the vena dividens to be 1A, and consequently assumed 3A to be two-
branched. This was an error, and the description and Text-fig. of my former
paper need to be altered so that the vena dividens becomes Cuz, as in all Homo-
ptera, the three anal or claval veins becoming 1A, 2A and 3A respectively.
2S
1A Cu, Cu, Cui,
Text-fig. 1. Permofulgor indistinctus, n.sp. (x 8.6).
Text-fic. 2. Pincombea mirabilis, n.g. etsp. (x 38).
For lettering see p. 260.
Type, Unnumbered specimen in Mr. Mitchell’s Collection. Label:—‘‘Wing,
Neweastle Measures” (in ink); “Loc. Nr. Belmont” (in pencil).
Horizon—Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W.
282 NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W.,
I think it very probable that Specimen No. 25, described briefly on pp.
740-741 of my previous paper, belongs to this species, though I have not had
an opportunity of further studying the specimen.
It does not seem possible to say anything very definite about the affinities
of the Permofulgoridae at present, owing to the poor preservation and incom-
pleteness of the specimens so far discovered. It is clear that the venation of
the forewing, with the exception of the clavus, is very feebly developed. This
is a condition not infrequently met with in the Auchenorrhyneha, but it is
usually associated with a considerable thickening of the membrane of the tegmen.
The genus Permofulgor, however, does not seem to have had a thickened tegmen,
and we must wait until a more perfect specimen is discovered before we shall be
in a position to discuss its affinities with any certainty.
Division STERNORRHYNCHA.
Family PINCOMBEIDAE, n.fam.
Small imsects with broad forewings having a long, narrow clavus ending
about half-way along the posterior border, with two strong, sub-parallel anal
veins. R, M and Cui all arising not far from base from a single strong
principal vein, at the same point.
Genus PINCOMBEA, ng. (Plate xxxiv., fig. 4; Text-fig. 2).
Forewing with nearly straight costa, the apex almost in line with it. Se a
nearly straight, unbranched vein, running close to and just above R to end up
on the costa about four-fifths from base. Ri and Rs both unbranched, the former
ending up just above, the latter a little below the apex; Rs arising just before
half-way along the wing-length. M three-branched, Ms,4 being unbranched and
arising from M at about the middle of the wing, while Mi+2 is forked dicho-
tomically considerably further distad. Cui a very strong vein running obliquely
downwards across the basal half of the wing; before half-way, it forks strongly;
the anterior branch, Cui, arches outwards, and ends up on the posterior border
well beyond end of clavus; the posterior branch, Cui, continues the straight
line of the basal portion of the vein, and ends up exceedingly close to Cuz. Cue
a weakly formed, almost straight, furrow vein. 1A and 2A very strongly
formed. Distal border of wing from Ri to end of clavus wide and well rounded.
Only two eross-veins present, viz. a short basal one (sc-r) connecting Se with
R, and a longer one (r-m) distally between Rs and Mi, at right angles to both.
An apparent eross-vein joing Cuz and Cuz basally, and very weakly formed, is
almost certainly the true basal piece of Cui as marked in Text-fig. 2, in which
case the strong stump of Cui arising from the principal vein must be actually
Ms, as in Paramecoptera.
Genotype, Pincombea mirabilis, n.sp.
The genus is dedicated to its discoverer, Mr. Torrington H. Pincombe, of
New Lambton, near Neweastle, N.S.W., who has been assisting Mr. Mitchell in
the exploration of the Belmont Beds.
PINCOMBEA MIRABILIS, n.sp. (Plate xxxiv., fig. 4; Text-fig. 2.)
Total length 3 mm.; greatest breadth 1.2 mm.
A perfect specimen of a forewing, and certainly the smallest Palaeozoic insect
wing yet discovered. The impression is on the smooth surface of a pale grey
cherty shale, and is remarkably clear. Ri, Cui and the anal veins stand up as
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 283
strong ridges, Cuz and Se lying in deep furrows. This shows that the impression
is the obverse or cast of a right forewing. Unfortunately the reverse was lost,
although a eareful search was made for it.
Type, Specimen No. P. 2 in Mr. John Mitchell’s Collection.
Horizon.—Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W.
At first sight, this wing appears to be nothing more than a slight smudge
on the rock surface, and it is only with the aid of a lens of considerable power
that the perfection of the venation can be made out.
This is the first Sternorrhynehous wing discovered at Belmont. The other
known Sternorrhynchous wing from the Upper Permian Beds of New South
Wales is Lophioneura ustulata Till., recently described from Merewether Beach,
near Neweastle (These Proceedings, xlvi., pt. 4, 1921, p. 420), and therefore
probably somewhat older in geologic time than the present species. A compari-
son of the two wings shows considerable differences, sufficient, in my opinion,
to justify the formation of a separate family for each. In Lophioneura, the
costal area is wide and short, Se ending up well before half-way along the costa,
Ri ending up a little beyond half-way, and the whole shape of the wing being
widely different from that of Pincombea. Lophioneura has Rs forked, M also
only once forked, Cu1 with a very weak distal fork, and the clavus very short,
excessively narrow, and without any anal veins upon it; there are also no eross-
veins. Both wings are very primitive, for Sternorrhynchous types, in having
the veins M and Cui arising from the principal vein so close to the base. But,
whereas in Lophioneura the three veins Cu1, M and Rs come off from the prin-
cipal vein separately in order, from the base outwards, at short intervals, in
Pincombea Cui and M come off at the same point, with Rs arising much further
distad from Ruz.
The simple Rs and three-branched M of Pincombea can be paralleled in many
present-day Aphiidae. This latter family could certainly be derived from the
Pincombeidae by the fusion of Se with R, together with very strong distal move-
ment of all the veins coming off from the principal vein, general narrowing of
the wing, and especially strong narrowing of the basal portion, leading to com-
plete elimination of any distinet clavus and anal veins. These immense differ-
ences only show us how much older Pincombea is than any existing Sternorrhyn-
chous type.
A more useful comparison may perhaps be made with the incomplete fore-
wing which I have named Triassopsylla plecioides, from the Upper Triassic
Wianamatta Shale Beds of Glenlee, N.S.W. (These Proceedings, xlii., pt. 4, 1917
(1918), p. 754). Though only the distal half of this wing is preserved, it
agrees with Pincombea in having M forked in almost exactly the same way, in
having Rs simple, and Se running very close to R. It differs in having Ri dis-
tally forked, the apical border of the wing more evenly rounded, and two ecross-
veins between Ri and Rs, while the cross-vein between Rs and M, though pre-
sent, is more basally placed than in Pincombea. Triassopsylla plecioides was
placed by me, with some doubt, in the family Psyllidae. Until we know the
venation of the basal half of the wing, that doubt must remain; but it is at
any rate significant that the distal portions of the two wings show so much
similarity.
In the perfection of the clavus, Pincombea is certainly the most generalised
Sternorrhynchous type yet discovered, and in its general structure it stands
closer to the Auchenorrhyncha than any other known type, and serves to bridge
over partially the wide gap which now separates the two main divisions of the
Homoptera.
284 NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W.,
Order PROTOMECOPTERA.
Family ARCHIPANORPIDAE.
ARCHIPANORPA (?) BAIRDAE, n.sp. (Plate xxxiii., fig. 1.)
: A fragment of a very large wing. Total length 12 mm., greatest breadth 10
mm., representing portion of a complete wing probably 30 mm. long. The
specimen is cracked obliquely across near the middle, but all the veins are only
slightly displaced, and can be followed across the crack. The uppermost vein
would appear to be Se, followed in order by the unbranched Ri, the dichotomi-
cally branched Rs, of which eight branches are shown distally, the three-branched
M, and finally by Cui, carrying a peculiar closed cell towards its distal end.
The manner of branching of the veins, and the system of weak ecross-vein struts
here and there at irregular intervals, strongly suggests a close resemblance to the
Upper Triassic Archipanorpidae; but there is scarcely enough of this large wing
represented to enable it to be placed with any certainty. It might conceivably
be a very ancient type of the Order Planipennia.
Type, Specimen No. P. 1 in Mr. Mitchell’s Collection.
This species is dedicated to Mrs. Pincombe (née Baird) who discovered it at
Belmont.
It is much to be regretted that this fine wing is not more completely pre-
served, so as to allow of a more certain determination of its affinities.
Order PARAMECOPTERA.
Family PARABELMONTIIDAE, n. fam.
Insects Having the same general type of venation as Belmontia Till., but
with the wings somewhat broader, more rounded apically, Rs and M having
six branches each, and Cui without any distal forking.
The discovery of this new type of wing necessitates a change in the definition
of the Order Paramecoptera as originally given by me (These Proceedings, xliv.,
pt. 2, 1919, p. 234). The portions dealing with Rs, M and Cu should be altered
to read as follows :—
Rs dichotomically branched, with six or more separate branches on the wing-
margin. M dichotomically branched, with five or more separate branches on the
wing-marein. Cur either simple, as in Mecoptera and Diptera, or having an
apical fork, as in Megaloptera, Trichoptera and Lepidoptera; Cue a weak,
concave, simple vein.
It will be seen that, by this alteration, the differences between the Parame-
coptera and true Mecoptera are considerably narrowed, one of the chief dis-
tinetions hitherto having been the presence of the apical fork of Cui in the
former Order. However, I think it wise to keep the Paramecoptera as a dis-
tinct Order, since it is clear that the general plan of their venation is not truly
Mecopterous, but more of the type found in primitive Trichoptera, Lepidoptera
and Diptera, though with more branches to both Rs and M. The Parabelmon-
tiidae would seem to stand in much the same relationship to the Order Diptera
as the Belmontiidae do to the Trichoptera and Lepidoptera. It is evident that,
in these generalised types, we have come upon a point in the evolution of the
Panorpoid Orders in which the venational differences which later led to the
Trichopterous and Lepidopterous types on the one hand, and to the Dipterous
type on the other (through the intermediate Order Paratrichoptera) are just
beginning to form. If we had the full fossil record, it would be impossible to
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 285
set any arbitrary limits to the various Orders, for each type would merge by
small degrees into the next. As matters stand, the chain of types already dis-
covered is practically complete enough for us to indicate the courses of the
various lines of evolution without any doubt; the more complete it may become,
by discovery of new intermediate types, the mare difficult it will be to uphold
any one of these new fossil Orders as a separate entity. Yet we may not place
these types within recent Orders, without leaving it to be inferred that we be-
lieve them to have belonged morphologically to such Orders in other characters
besides the wing-venation. Belmontia and Parabelmontia were plainly, from
their venation alone, not true Scorpion-flies, but more generalised insects, pro-
bably combining the more archaic characters of the true Mecoptera with those
of the Megaloptera.
Genus PARABELMONTIA, ng. (Plate xxxiii., fig. 2; Text-fig. 3.)
Forewing.—Costal space narrow, with humeral (hm) and distal (de) vein-
lets present, and Se forked distally into Se1 and Sez. Ri a strong, straight, un-
branched vein, connected with See distally by a short cross-vein, and with Re by
another one, close to the former. Rs arismg from R at about one-fifth of the
wing-length, and dividing into Re,3 and Ra;5 slightly before half-way. Reis
divides into Re and Rs at a level only shghtly distad from that at which Rai5
divides; R2 is simple, but Rs, though ending simply on the wing-margin, divides
to form a small elongated cell, which is closed again not far from the margin, by
fusion of the two branches. R4 and Rs both divide again about half-way along
their lengths, and their branches run free to the margin, Ra, being at the apex
of the wing. The radial cell (rc) may be considered closed, much as in Bel-
Text- fig. 3. Parabelmontia permiana, n.g, et sp. (x6). For lettering, see p.260,
montia, by the cross-vein placed distally between R3 and R4,, and is also crossed,
about its middle, by another cross-vein. M is fused basally with R, but leaves
it below hm, and shortly afterwards divides into Mi-s and Ms, the latter being
a very strongly formed convex vein forming the upper arm of a large cubito-
median Y-vein closely resembling that of Belmontia; the lower arm, or basal
piece of Cui, is broken near its middle at; a point where a cross-vein descends
from it on to Cus. Mu-4 divides slightly before the level of the first dichotomy
of Rs, and each branch again divides into two, of which the upper branch in
286 NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W.,
each case (Mi and Ms) is again forked distally, while the lower (Mz and M4)
remains simple, so that there are altogether six branches of Mi-4 ending on the
wing-margin. The median cell (mc) is closed by a strong ecross-vein, and both
forks are sessile upon it. The main stem of the eubito-median Y-vein, Ms+Cu1,
is a strong convex vein resembling that of Belmontia, but without any distal
forking; in its connections with M4 and Cus, it strongly recalls the formation
of Cur in the Upper Triassic Paratrichoptera, such as Aristopsyche. Cug 1s
eurved distally, as in Belmontia, and connected with the straight, strong 1A by
a single cross-vein, cu-a. 2A: is little more than half as long as 1A, is bent dis-
tally as in Belmontia, and is connected with 1A above the bend by a single cross-
vein, ia. 3A is a short, much-curved vein, isolating, between itself and the border,
a small convex jugal area.
Genotype, Parabelmontia permiana, n.sp.
Closely related to Belmontia, from which it differs chiefly in the unforked
Cu1, the different number of branches of Rs and M, the somewhat different ar-
rangement of the cross-veins, and the different position of the forking of Rays,
which, in Belmontia, is placed very close up to the primary forking of Rs.
The origin of the Trichoptera and Lepidoptera from- torms resembling Bel-
montia has already been dealt with in a previous paper (op. cit. pp. 242-8). In.
the same work (pp. 248-250) I also discussed the affinities of, Belmontia with the
Paratrichoptera and Diptera, and concluded that there was ao direct ancestral
connection between them. In the case of Parabelmontia, we: can say with cer-
tainty, owing to the formation of Cui, that this genus is not ancestral to the
Trichoptera and Lepidoptera; but, for the same reason, it comes into the direct
ancestral line of the Paratrichoptera and Diptera, in which the formation of Cui
is very closely similar. If we postulate the existence of other types, closely allied
to Parabelmontia, but with the short costal vein still not fully reduced to a vein-
let (hm), as seen, for instance, in the genus Aristopsyche of the Paratrichoptera,
then we could say with certainty that, from such a type, this latter Order is de-
rivable simply by reduction of the number of branches of Rs and M to four
each; and it would follow that the Diptera were also to be derived from it by
further reduction. Or we may regard Aristopsyche as an archaic side-branch,
which preserved the separate short costal vein, long after the rest- of the group
had lost it, and may then derive those of the Paratrichoptera which have no
costal vein direct from forms like Parabelmontia, and the whole of the Diptera
from those more specialised Paratrichoptera themselves.
P'ARABELMONTIA PERMIANA, n.sp. (Plate xxvxiii., fig. 2; Text-fig. 3.)
An almost perfect forewing; total length 17 mm., greatest breadth 7 mm.
The impression is the reverse or mould of the wing, as is proved by the fact
that Ri, Cui and 1A appear as deep furrows; as the apex lies to the right, the
impression must be the cast of a left forewing. The wing lies upon the smooth
surface of a grey cherty shale, the whole wing being pale ochreous in colour, and
stained fulvous along the costa and posterior border of clavus. There are slight
abrasions of the apex and tornus, and the course of the distal margin is very
faint in consequence; otherwise the venation is practically perfect. The system
of cross-veins, as will be seen from Text-fig. 3, is very like that of Belmontia.
The closure of the small cell on Rg may perhaps be considered a specific rather
than a generic character.
Type, Specimen No. 54 in Mr. Mitchell’s Collection.
Horizon.—Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 287
This is the first specimen of an insect wing found at Belmont stained an
ochreous colour, and thus standing out clearly from the grey rock on which it
is impressed.
Order MECOPTERA.
Family PERMOCHORISTIDAE.
PERMOCHORISTA SINUATA, n.sp. (Plate xxxiv., figs. 5, 6; Text-fig. 4.)
Two specimens of forewings referable to this species are present in the
Collection. Specimen No. 55 (Plate xxxiv., fig. 5) is a very clear impression,
being both the obverse and reverse of a right forewing, the obverse with R and
Cui standing up as high ridge-veins, and the apex being to the right. The wing
is perfect except for the loss of most of the elavus or anal area. Total length
Text-fig.4. Permochorista sinuata, n.sp. (x 13.3). Dotted veins restored from
the paratype, all the rest representing the holotype.
Text-fig. 5. Permochorista affinis, u.sp. (x 18.8).
For lettering, see p.260.
8 mm.; greatest breadth 3 mm. Specimen No. 51 (Plate xxxiv., fig. 6) is a
slightly larger wing, obverse only, also on a medium grey cherty shale, but not
so clearly impressed as No. 55. Total length 8.3 mm. It is not quite perfect,
the extreme base being broken off, a considerable piece removed from the
288 NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W.,
pterostigmatic area, and a smaller piece from the border of the clavus. But it
shows most of the three anal veins, which are absent from No. 55.
This species may be distinguished at once from P. australica Till. and P.
mitchell Till., already described from Belmont (op. cit., pp. 733-6) by the
very marked sinuous curvature of Cui distally, by the condition of Se, which
only gives off the humeral veinlet (hm) basally and then divides into Sei and
Seg distally, without any additional veinlets being present, and by the peculiar
condition of the basal piece of M4, which is specialised to resemble a cross-vein.
The positions of the forkings of the main veins are closely similar to those of P.
australica, while the formation of the cubito-median Y-vein, completely revealed
for the first time in this species, shows that the interpretation placed by me on
the same partially preserved area in P. mitchelli was substantially correct. Of
the two arms of the Y-vein, the upper, Ms, is much shorter and also not so
strongly formed as the lower, Cui; this may he profitably contrasted with the
condition shown.in Parabelmontia (Text-fig. 3). The system of cross-veins is very
weakly developed, and much less numerous than in the previously described
species.
Types, Holotype, Specimen No. 55, of which both the obverse and re-
verse impressions have been preserved; the obverse being in Mr. Mitchell’s Col-
lection, the reverse in the Collection of the Cawthron Institute, Nelson,
N.Z. (presented to me by Mr. Mitchell). Paratype, Specimen No. 51, in Mr.
Mitchell’s Collection (obverse only).
In Text-fig. 4, the dotted anal veins are restored from Specimen No. 51,
while the rest of the wing is drawn from Specimen No. 55.
PERMOCHORISTA AFFINIS, u.sp. (Plate xxxiv., fig. 6; Text-fig. 5.)
Total length 6.6 mm.; gneatest breadth 2.6 mm. An almost perfect obverse
of a right forewing on medium grey cherty shale, but with the end of the clavus
shghtly buckled and the veins above it broken.
Closely allied to P. sinwata, n.sp., from which it differs in the following
points:—Size considerably smaller, wing somewhat broader towards apex, Se
with its two distal branches closer together, Se1 arising half-way along the wing-
length instead of well before it as in P. sinwata; sc-r placed closer to Sei and
running in a different direction from what it does in P. sinuata; pterostigma
much shorter and differently shaped; fork of Re,s much shorter; cubito-anal
Y-vein differently formed, with both upper and lower arms much shorter; cross-
veins differently arranged, as may be seen by comparing Text-figs. 4 and 5.
Type, Specimen No. P. 3. in Mr. Mitchell’s Collection. This specimen
was discovered. by Mr. T. H. Pineombe.
It is possible that the differences between the two species here deseribed, on
the one hand, and those previously described by me, on the other, (viz. the
formation of Se and its veinlets, and the curvature of the distal end of Cu1),
might justify the removal of the two new species to a new genus. As more
material is sure to come to hand later on in this family, this question is best
left over until the fullest information is available on the subject.
It might be suggested that P. affinis is only the hindwing of P. sinuata. I
have decided against this; firstly, because the impression of P. affinis is a very
clear one, strongly suggestive of a forewing; and secondly, because it has all
three anal veins separate. All known Mecoptera have 1A partially fused with
Cuz in the hindwing; and it will be seen from my previous figure of P. mitchelli.
(op. cit., p. 735) that this fusion was almost certainly present in hindwings of
the family Permochoristidae.
PP ee
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 289
Order PLANIPENNIA.,
Family PERMITHONIDAH, n. fam.
Rather small insects with the forewing fairly broad, the apex rather pointed.
Se fusing with Ri distally. Rs pectinately branched, but with the original dicho-
tomy of R45 preserved. Four cross-veins between Ri and Rs. Radial cell
(rc) present, closed by a crossvein (i). M with its original dichotomie branching
preserved, and the branches not crushed closely together as in recent Planipennia
owing to increase in the number of branches of Rs. Median cell (mc) present,
closed by a cross-vein (im). Fairly numerous additional distal forkings on the
branches of Rs and M, including small terminal twiggings. Cubito-median Y-vein
still preserved, the upper branch, Ms, very short in comparison with the lower,
Cw. Primary cubital fork (cuf) very close to base. Cur a fairly strong convex
vein pectinately branched. Cuz a simple, weak, concave vein. (Anal veins not
preserved).
Genus PERMITHONE, ng. (Plate xxxiii, fig. 3; Text-fig. 6.)
Characters as for the family, with the following additions:—Costal area
moderately broadened near base, the series of costal veinlets not closely crowded
together, mostly simple, but a few forked or connected together by short cross-
veins. Pterostigmatie veinlets much closer together. A single cross-vein, s¢-r,
Text-fig. 6. Permithone belmontensis, n.g. et sp. (x12). For lettering, see p.260.
Wing restored by the removal of the overfold (missing veins shown by
dotted lines) and placed with apex to the right.
connects Se with R basally. Five pectinate branches to Rs. Radial cell rather
short. Median cell very long; the fork of Mi,2 stalked from the cell, that of
M3.,4 sessile upon it. Cui, with four short branches; Cui, distally forked. Two
medio-cubital cross-veins situated before half-way. A series of inter-cubital
eross-veins present.
Genotype, Permithone belmontensis, n.sp.
This is the first true Lacewing to be discovered in Palaeozoic strata, and is
noteworthy in being in some respects even more archaic than the hypothetical
Archetype which T postulated for this Order in my previous work on the Panor-
poid Complex (These Proceedings, xliv., pt. 3, 1919, p. 699). Apart from the
290 NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W.,
distal fusion of Se with Ri, which, though apparently a specialisation, may be
due, as in the Perlaria, to a partial fusion only of See with Ri, and may there-
fore be the original condition m the Planipennia, the wing before us is an abso-
lutely generalised Planipennian, with primitive terminal twigging of the veins,
primitive pectination of Re+s, an absolutely primitive condition of M, primitive
pectination of Cui, and even two characters which one could searcely have sus-
pected ever to have been present within the Order, viz. the closure of the radial
and median cells by special eross-veins. The wing also stands very close to the
Archetype of the Megaloptera, but the terminal twigging places it definitely
within the Planipennia, as also does the position of the primary cubital fork
very close to the base of the wing. It is to be distinguished from the more
densely veined Corydalid types, of which Protohermes davidi Weele (op. cit., p.
696) is a good example, by the much smaller number of costal veinlets and inter-
radial eross-veins, as well as by the much more basal position of the primary
cubital fork. It is, however, possible to derive the whole of the Megaloptera as
well as the whole of the Planipennia from this wing-type, provided we assume
that the Megaloptera are an aquatic offshoot from the very base of the terrestrial
Planipennia, and that the Corydalidae are an older type than the Sialidae. These
assumptions are, however, scarcely justified, and it seems more logical to assume
that definite Megalopterous types were in existence in the Upper Permian, though
not necessarily in Australia, and that the present fossil is a true Planipennian,
from which the Mesozoic Prohemerobidae, and consequently the whole Order as
we know it at present, are easily derivable by further specialisations. The re-
lationship of the present-day Ithonidae of Australia to the fossil type is so
evident that I have selected a generic name for the fossil to indicate it as the
Permian ancestor of that family; but it is seareely less easy to derive from it
such families as the Psychopsidae, Berothidae and Hemerobiidae, not to mention
the Dilaridae, which do not occur in Australia.
PERMITHONE BELMONTENSIS, n.sp. (Plate xxxii., fig. 3; Text-fig. 6.)
The specimen is the obverse or cast of a left forewing, showing Ri as a
strongly formed convex vein, Cui as a slightly less strong, similar vein. The
impression is on cherty shale stained with iron (ochreous), the wing itself being
of an ochreous colour, shading to fulvous along the distal portion of the posterior
margin, from half-way up to apex. The anal area is missing, and there is a
slight overfold of the membrane a little below the apex. This appears to have
been brought about by a tearing of the wing from near the end of M1 across R4+5,
followed by a shght buckling of the apical portion, so that the lower side of
the tear came to overlap the upper slightly. In Text-fig. 6, I have restored the
wing, adding the missing’ veins covered up by the overlapping, and turning the
apex to the right. Total length 9.4 mm.; greatest breadth 4 mm.
It should be noted that the terminal furrows so characteristic of the Order
Planipennia, situated between the terminal twigs of the main veins, are clearly
to be seen in this fossil around and above the apex, as are also the swollen
bases of the tufts of hairs situated along the wing-margin between the twigs.
Type, Specimen No. 52, in Mr. Mitchell’s Collection. Label “New Insect
Wing, Belmont, N.S.W., Coll. Mitchell.”
Mr. Mitchell is heartily to be congratulated on this wonderful find, which
brings the record of the Lacewings right back from the Upper Triassic of Ipswich
to the Upper Permian. We may express the hope that other representatives of
the Order may yet be found at Belmont.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 291
In concluding this paper, we may briefly review the position of the Panor-
poid Orders as revealed to us in Upper Permian times by these fossils. At the
present day, the six main Orders fall into three groups of two each, viz.
(a) Mecoptera and Diptera, characterised by simple Cui and dichotomiec
branching of Rs.
(b) Trichoptera and Lepidoptera, characterised by forked Cui and dicho-
tomie branching of Rs.
(c) Megaloptera and Planipennia, characterised by forked Cui and_ pee-
tinate branching of Rs.
Each of these groups is now seen to have been represented by Upper Per-
mian ancestors in Australia,
(a) by true Mecoptera of the family Permochoristidae, and by the genus
Parabelmontia of the Paramecoptera.
(b) by the genus Belmontia of the Paramecoptera.
(c) by the genus Permithone of the Planipennia.
We are able, from this, to see that two Orders, the Mecoptera and Plani-
pennia, were already in existence in Australia in Upper Permian times. On
morphological grounds, we may also postulate the existence of true Megaloptera
somewhere in the world at the same period, though not necessarily in Australia.
The history of the three more specialised Orders is now fairly plain. The
type represented by Parabelmontia gave origin, in the Triassic period, to the
main mass of the Paratrichoptera, from which the Diptera arose directly by re-
duction of the hindwing. The type represented by Belmontia gave origin, pro-
bably also in the Trias, to the common Trichoptero-Lepidopterous stem (almost
certainly far outside Australia), and the two Orders became differentiated either
in the Upper Trias or Lower Lias, the Lepidoptera remaining as an obscure
group of Homoneurous types until the rise of the Flowermg Plants in the
Cretaceous brought with it the great development of the Heteroneura.
If the whole of the Insecta Holometabola had a common origin, as I be-
lieve to be the ease, then it follows that both the Coleoptera and the Hymenop-
tera must have been represented by primitive types in the Upper Permian, or
even earlier; since both these Orders are, morphologically, older in some respects
than the Panorpoid Orders. Consequently we should expect to find, though not
necessarily in Australia, primitive fossil beetles, allied probably to the Cupedidae,
and primitive fossil Tenthredinoid Hymenoptera, somewhere in the higher
Palaeozoic strata, in some part of the world.
Cawthron Institute, 20.2.22.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXIII-XXXIV.
Plate xxxiii.
Fig. 1. Avrchipanorpa (?) bairdae, nsp. (x 7).
Fig. 2. Parabelmontia permiana, ng. et sp. (x 5.8).
Fig. 3. Permithone belmontensis, n.g. et sp. (x 11.5).
Plate xxxiv.
Fig. 4. Pincombea mirabilis, n.g. et sp. (x 15.6).
Fig. 5. Permochorista sinuata, n.sp. Holotype obverse. (x 11.5).
Fig. 6. Permochorista sinuata, r.sp. Paratype. (x 11.5).
Fig. 7. Permochorista affinis, n.sp. (x 11.5).
292 NE W PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W.
Lettering of Text-figures.
1A, 2A, 3A, the three anal veins. Cu, cubitus; Cui, its anterior branch,
dividing into Cuia and Cu1,; Cuz, its posterior branch, the vena dividens. cu-a,
cubito-anal eross-vein. cuf., primary cubital fork. de, distal costal veimlet; hm,
humeral veinlet. ia, inter-anal cross-vein. icu, inter-cubital cross-vein. 7m,
inter-median cross-vein. ir, inter-radial cross-vein. M, media, dividing into M1-4
above and Ms below, the latter forming the upper arm of the cubito-median Y-vein;
Mi, Me, Ms, Ma, branches of the media. Ms,Cu1, main stem of the cubito-
median Y-vein, usually denoted as Cur. mc, median eell. pt, pterostigma. R,
radius; Ri, its anterior branch or main stem; Rs, radial sector; Re, R3, Ra, Rs,
its branches. 7r-m, radio-median ecross-vein. rc, radial or discoidal cell. Se,
subeosta; Se1, See, its distal branches. sc-r, subcosto-radial cross-vein.
293
STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS.
I. Tur Mycoruiza or Dipoprum punctratum R. Br.
By Joun McLucrig, M.A., D.Se., Lecturer in Plant Physiology, University
of Sydney.
Introduction.
As investigation into the nature and physiological significance of mycorhiza
proceeds, it is becoming more and more convincing that many of the higher
land plants of the Bush and the Forest derive some substances from the humus
of the soil in a highly organised state—that the roots of a plant not only supply
it with water and inorganic salts, but also, with dissolved organic matter. Acton
(1889) has shown that carbohydrates and similar organie substances, and other
organic constituents of humus may be absorbed by the root of an ordinary
green plant. This absorption is probably independent of light and chlorophyll
as in the holosaprophytes, e.g., Thismia (Groom, 1895), Monotropa, ete. Sap-
rophytie fungi which have no relation to the roots of plants must derive their
carbohydrate from the humus constituents of the soil, and when they are as-
sociated with higher plants in the formation of exotrophic or endotrophic
myeorhiza, they would appear to supply some of the carbonaceous food and
the nitrogenous food for the higher symbiont.
In cases of complete saprophytism amongst higher piants, the loss of
chlorophyll is probably the result rather than the cause of the association with
the mycorhizic fungus, for, when a plant obtains part of its food, especially
carbohydrate food, from the soil, there is not the same necessity for a very
vigorous photosynthesis. In shaded situations, light may be too feeble for active
photosynthesis and the higher plant tends to depend more and more upon a
saprophytie mode of nutrition. It is probably in this way that holosaprophytism
has originated amongst Phanerogams.
The green plant is essentially adapted to the synthesis of its food from
simple compounds with the assistance of radiant energy. Any deviation from
this normal mode of nutrition results in the modification of the chlorophyll
organs, the absorbing organs or both. Generally speaking the absorbing organs
are the first to show indications of reduction or modification as the probable
294 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. i.,
attendant of the facility of obtaining supplies of complex organic compounds.
As the dependence upon already synthesised organic matter becomes more pro-
nounced, the chlorophyll-bearing structures undergo modification either by the
loss of chlorophyll or by the elimination of the photosynthetic leaves, as in
Galeola cassythoides and Dipodium punctatum, or by reduction in the leaf
surface.
When the roots of higher plants avail themselves of the organic matter in
the soil, certain changes must occur in the absorbing cells or hairs to permit of
the absorption of these substances—for example, the plasmatic membranes of
the cells must be modified to permit of the osmotic diffusion into the cell vacuole
—the osmotic pressure of the cells must increase temporarily or permanently to
cause an inward flow of larger molecules of organic substances. Such changes
are similar to those which are generally supposed to occur during the trans-
location of soluble foods from one cell to another, for example, from the endo-
sperm to the embryo, ete.
Fungal hyphae which enter into the closest association with the humus
constituents of the soil have a much greater power of digestion and solution
of the organic matter than the root hairs of a higher flowering plant, so that,
when the mycorhizic fungus becomes associated with the higher plant, it is able
to provide the latter with greater supplies of organised food than the root
hairs. In consequence root hairs cease to develop—their function and usefulness
are subserved by the fungal hyphae, which can and do supply, not only organic
matter, but water and ash constituents as well.
Since the researches on mycorhiza by Frank (1892), the number of plants
with a similar condition of the root has proved very considerable. The number
of such plants is so great, and they belong to such varied affinities and. phyla,
that it would appear that the host-plant must derive some considerable benefit
from its association with the fungus. Its occurrence has been demonstrated in
Dicotyledons, Monocotyledons, Conifers, Ferns, and Liverworts.
Wahrlich (1885) found mycorhiza in 500 species of Orchids in cultivation
at Moscow; McDougall (1899) and Groom (1895a) and numerous other re-
searchers have described other symbiotic saprophytes. Lawson (1917) has found
an endophytic fungus in the prothalli of Tmesipteris and Psilotum which do not
contain chlorophyll and are saprophytic and subterranean. Many of the eells
of the prothallus contain a mycorhizal fungus which apparently provides all the
food necessary for its host. The loss of chlorophyll and the association with the
fungus, if not the result of the subterranean habitat, are at any rate in com-
plete harmony with it. In this instance it is stated that the fungus ultimately
causes the death and disintegration of the host cells which are infected. The
nucleus undergoes a gradual change, and disintegrates with the other protoplasmic
contents of the cell. It is significant that the fungus remains within the proto-
plasm of the host-cells without causing immediate destruction; and it seems
to me that the subsequent destruction is partly associated with the naturally
transitory existence of the prothallus. Lycopodium, Botrychium and other
Pteridophytes have subterranean ‘and saprophytie prothalli. Lang (1899)
describes an endophytic fungus in the prothallus of Lycopodium clavatum. It
is highly probable that in all these Pteridophytes, but especially in Tmeszpteris
and Psilotum, the prothallus is infeeted with the fungus early in its develop-
ment, indeed shortly after germination of the spore. The spores of these
Pteridophytes germinate in such shaded situations that it is not surprising
that chlorophyll is absent, that the ever-present mycorhizal fungus should be-
BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 295
come associated with the prothalli, and that the prothalli should become sapro-
phytie.
While numerous hypotheses have been formulated to explain the relation
between the fungus and the higher plant, the physiological association of the
two organisms is far from being clearly understood. A brief statement of these
hypotheses may not be out of place here—
(1) Frank (1892) considers endophytic mycorhiza as a ease of the higher
plant trapping the fungus and living parasitically upon it.
(2) Fixation of nitrogen hypothesis—The tuberceules of Podocarpus are
inhabited by the hyphae of a fungus, and it is stated that the Conifer cannot
be cultivated without the fungus. Nobbe and Hiltner (1899) claim to have
grown Podocarpus for five years in quartz sand from which nitrogen was absent.
From this experiment it is concluded that the fungus of the tubercles of Podo-
carpus enables the plant to fix atmospheric nitrogen. Spratt (1912) has proved
that the tubercular bacteria fix free nitrogen.
The investigations of Hiltner, Vogl and Neéstler on Lolium temulentum with
which a mycorhizie fungus is associated suggest the probable fixation of Nitrogen
here also.
Hiltner claims that the luxuriant growth of many plants affected by a
mycorhizic fungus supports the “Fixation of Nitrogen” hypothesis.
(3) Proteid hypothesis—Magnus (1901) in his investigation of Neottia
observed that the fungus within certain host-cells was partly digested, and
suggests that the abundant proteid constituents of the hyphae furnished nourish-
ment for the host.
Shibata (1902) observed similar digestion of the fungal hyphae in the cells
of Psilotum rhizomes.
This process of digestion of the hyphae of the mycorhizie fungus is similar
to the digestion of the ‘bacteroids in Leguminous tubercles. The inference drawn
from these observations is that the host-plant obtains its proteid from the
fungal hyphae by their digestion, while the hyphae assimilate free atmospheric
nitrogen, or poorly oxygenated nitrogen compounds of humus—the higher plant,
in other words, obtains its supplies of nitrogen from a soil relatively poor im
combined nitrogen through the ageney of the fungus.
(4) In green plants pysssessing mycorhiza, the fungus probably supplies
the nitrogen and the higher plant the carbon, but the relationship of two non-
chlorophyll-bearing organisms may be essentially different. The higher plant
would appear to be a parasite upon the fungus. After all, the symbiosis of a
green plant and a fungus is little removed from the true parasitism of a fungus
on a higher green plant. Certain cases of holosaprophytism in Angiosperms,
e.g., Thismia, have all the appearance of parasitism of the higher plant upon the
fungus, since, as far as present investigation shows, both the supplies of C. and
N. are obtained by the fungus.
(5) Peptone-Asparagin hypothesis—That the higher plants growing in
the humus soils of the forest are peptone or asparagin organisms, and that the
fungus is indispensable in manufacturing these nitrogenous compounds from
the materials of the humus.
(6) Materials of the Ash hypothesis—In 1900 Stahl put forward the
theory that the fungus does not supply the higher plant with nitrogen at all,
but its function is to provide it with the materials of the ash. Fungi collect ash
constituents with great avidity and therefore are vigorous competitors with
phanerogams in the humus soil which contains little nutritive salts. He claims
that higher plants grow more vigorously in humus which has been deprived of
296 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. i.,
the fungi normally present. When the fungi are present, the higher plants
show signs of “mineral starvation.” The cases of known mycorhiza, according
to Stahl, occur in such plants which grow in humus or, for other reasons, show
feeble intake of mineral substances. He also asserts that the fungus not only
absorbs but transforms the mineral salts for the higher symbiont. He comes to
this conclusion from the observation that most mycotrophic plants do not con-
tain calcium oxalate, which is associated with the assimilation of nutritive
salts. In regard to the absence of calcium oxalate, I can definitely state that in
Dipodiwm, which possesses an endophytic mycorhiza communicating with the
hyphae outside the plant, there are large numbers of raphide-crystals in the
cells of the cortex.
The Plant.
Dipodium punctatum is a terrestrial orchid which has very small scale-
leaves. From a few large fleshy, succulent roots which penetrate the substratum
in various directions, there develops the single upright flowering axis. The
most favourable habitat of this orchid is the shaded humus soil of the Aus-
tralian Bush, where there is a considerable accumulation of decaying leaves
amongst a rich black sand. It occurs in a more stunted form on clay soils.
Various species of Hucalyptus, and Angophora lanceolata provide a certain
amount of shade when growing fairly closely together.
Moore and Betche (Flora of New South Wales) record Dipodium punctatum
as a parasite on roots of neighbouring plants, but, although I have made most
careful investigation of the root system in the soil, and have excavated it in its
entirety I have not found any evidence to warrant the statement that it is a
parasite on roots. I found no connection with the roots of other plants, and
the statement that this orchid is a parasite has probably been made on account
of the practically leafless, chlorophyll-less, aerial, floweriag shoot.
Beceari (1871) has described a Monocotyledon, Pétrosavia stellaris, as a
parasite on roots, but Groom (1895a) has described a plant which he pro-
visionally named Protolirion paradoxum which is very like the Petrosavia of
Beceari. Groom found that his plant, Protolirion, was a saprophyte, and sus-
pects that Petrosavia of Beccari is also a saprophyte, The existence of Phanero-
gamic holosaprophytes was not recognised at the time and it was assumed that
non-chlorophylliferous forms were parasitic.
It is highly probable that the assertion that Dipodium punctatum is a
parasite upon roots was based upon this assumption, and the non-recognition of
holosaprophytism amongst Angiosperms. All the Monocotyledons devoid of
chlorophyll, represented by all the Triuridaceae, ete. nearly all the Burman-
niaceae, and several Orchidaceae are saprophytic. The probability is, therefore,
from theoretical grounds, that Dipodium punctatum is saprophytic. from in-
vestigation I ean confirm this view.
The flowering stems are from one to two feet high, and of a reddish colour,
the leaves are small and scale-like, almost membranaceous. The flowers arise in
the axils of the scale-leaves forming an extended terminal raceme. The plant
is devoid of chlorophyll, and the leaves have no power of photosynthesis. They
probably protect the young flower-buds.
Structure of the root—The root is covered superficially by a distinctive
zone, of three or four layers, of colourless thin-walled cells elongated radially.
There are no root hairs. The cells contain very little protoplasm, which is
confined to the periphery of the cells; they fit together closely, leaving only the
BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 297
narrowest radial intercellular spaces. The cells have thin walls which are
strengthened by means of spiral thickening fibres such as are characteristic of
the tracheidal cells of the roots of many aerial Orchids. These fibres enclose
meshes of varying width. No starch oceurs in the cells, which have the general
appearance of an aqueous tissue. This zone may be designated as the “sheath”
or velamen (Text-fig. 11). In certain cells of the sheath there occur numerous
fine hyphae which pass through from the periphery of the root, where they are
abundant in the surrounding soil. In this zone the hyphae do not mass in the
cells as in other cells of the root, but appear to take the shortest course from
the surface to the internal storage cells of the root. Branching of the hyphae
is infrequent. These hyphae are connected to others in the adjacent humus in
which the root is embedded; occasional tangles of hyphae oceur on the root
surface from which distributing branches develop into and through the sheath
(Text-fig. 1).
et BA
at,
ose
Text-fig. 1—A transverse section of the root of Dipodium punctatum,
showing internal anatomy and the distribution of the
endophytic fungus (x 15).
Within the sheath there is a very regularly developed exodermis. The cells
of this layer are elongated radially and the outer walls are strongly suberised.
Thin-walled passage cells occur at frequent intervals, and these are very much
298 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. 1.,
smaller than the other exodermal cells; the larger exodermal cells have little
protoplasm; the passage cells have considerable protoplasm and a large nucleus.
The fungal hyphae passing from the sheath to the inner tissues of the root
traverse the passage-cells (Text-figs. 11, 12, 24). The thin cellulose wall of
these cells is readily perforated while the density of the protoplasmic contents
and the presence of nutritive substances probably furnish a chemotropie¢ at-
traction upon the hyphae. I have not observed any case where the hyphae en-
tered the thick-walled exodermal cells direct, but numerous cases have been seen
where the passage cells were penetrated, and branches entered the other exo-
dermal cells through their thin radial walls, in association with the passage-
cells. The hyphae seldom branch until they enter the cells of the cortex just
within. When they enter an exodermal cell from the passage-cell they take the -
shortest course through the base of the cell into the cortex (Text-fig. 12).
Within the exodermis there is a broad zone of large rounded or oval-shaped
Text-fig. 2—A group of cells of the cortex of root showing the coiled
mycelium in some, and the early infection of others
(x 167).
Text-fig. 3—A group of cells of cortex showing a partial disintegration
of the central hyphae of the endophyte (x 167).
Text-fig. 4—Three host cells with disorganizing hyphae (x 167).
Text-fig. 5—The growth of the hyphae towards the nucleus of the
cell is shown in this figure (x 167).
Text-fig. 6—Cell of cortex showing fungal mass which is undergoing
digestion (x 167).
cells, which have thin cellulose walls, comparatively large nuclei, and are separated
from each other by large intercellular spaces. Many of the cells of this zone
have raphide-erystals, and starch occurs in practically all cells. Large numbers
BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 299
of the cells contain a mycorhizic fungus; the infected cells occur in groups
(Text-figs. 2, 3) throughout the entire zone from the exodermis to the endodermis.
This zone is the cortex of the root; its cells contain much more protoplasm
than the sheath cells, but it is mainly confined to the periphery of the cells.
Thin cytoplasmic threads extend through the eell-cavity. There is a considerable
amount of cell-sap and the cells are normally very turgid. The hyphae in some
of the cells are arranged in a loose tangle throughout the cell; in others in a
dense mass, staining deeply, around the nucleus or in contact with it. In sueh
cells the majority of the hyphae appear to lose their individuality and mass
together, while a few loose ones strike out towards adjacent cells (Text-figs. 4,
5, 6). It would appear that one infected cell leads to the rapid infection of
neighbouring cells. As a general rule only the cells on the one side of the
root are infected, while those on the other half may be entirely (or almost so)
free from the fungus (Text-fig. 1).
In some cells the identity of the fungal hyphae is completely lost, and
there remains in the centre of the cell a dense, deeply staining, irregular mass
in which all trace of hyphal structure has disappeared (Text-figs. 20, 25). The
protoplasm and nucleus of the host-cells are still alive; the nucleus appears
greatly enlarged (Text-figs. 21, 22).
No starch is found in cells infected with hyphae. It disappears soon after
the infecting mycorhiza enters, but reappears in the host cells when the fungus
becomes disorganised. Starch is abundant in all uninfected cells. It occurs in
the form of small spherical grains and stains pink with iodine.* The hyphae
stain much more deeply just prior to disorganisation than on entry into a host
cell, and appear to contain much protoplasm of a fine granular nature. In
newly-infected cells the hyphae are very slender, but their thickness increases
somewhat after they have been associated with the host cell for a time. The
protoplasmic content ‘of such hyphae increases; it stains more deeply, and
becomes dense and granular; the vacuoles which are frequent and relatively
large in hyphae which have just entered cells, become small and few (Text-figs.
8, 9).
The innermost cortical cells are smaller than the central series, and in
contrast with infected cells contain abundant starch grains.
The endodermis consists of a single layer of small cells, containing little
protoplasm, and having thin suberised walls. Passage-cells occur generally in
groups of two or three opposite the xylem groups; the endodermal cells opposite
the phloem are thickened. The cells are elongated longitudinally. In trans-
verse section they are almost isodiametric.
The stele is very small compared with the remainder of the root. There is
a single-layered parenchymatous pericycle surrounding 15 or 16 groups of
phloem and the same number of xylem groups. Conjunctive parenchyma occurs
between the phloem and xylem groups stretching inwards towards the pith. The
phloem is composed of very small elements, namely, thin-walled sieve tubes and
companion eells. The xylem consists of a few protoxylem vessels (annular and
spiral) and two or three small vessels with reticulate-scalariform thickening.
There is a fairly large pith composed of large thin-walled cells with sparse
protoplasmic contents and distinet intercellular spaces. No mycorhiza is pre-
sent in the pith-cells, in fact the fungus is confined to the cortex and sheath
of the root. Abundant starch occurs in the pith-cells.
*This reaction of starch to iodine in Déipodium punctatum is fairly typical of
saprophytic Phanerogams.
300 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. 1.,
In a longitudinal section of the root apex it is seen that the sheath passes
over the tip (Text-fig. 7). None of the cells of the sheath are developed like
root-hairs as is common in some forms of saprophyte (e.g., Thismia). The cells
of this sheath arise from the primordial meristem cells at the apex; the exo-
dermis, cortex and central cylinder all merge imperceptibly into the primordium,
the cells of which are very small and numerous. Raphide cells oceur almost to
this meristematic zone, but the endophytic fungus does not approach its vicinity.
The infected cells occur in the zone of differentiation where the tissues have
assumed their final form. Fungal hyphae do not enter the meristematic zone,
Text-fig. 7—A longitudinal section of the root apex showing the
meristems, and the fact that the endophyte does not
develop near the meristematic zone (x 15).
nor do they cause any hypertrophy of the host-tissues. All the tissues of the
host are directly traceable to the primordial meristem which is uninfected by
the fungus.
The fungus occurs in the soil surrounding the root in the form of numerous
branching, fine hyphae, many of which form a close tangle on the surface of the
root from which hyphae pass inwards through the sheath and outwards into the
humus. I have observed numerous eases of the hyphae in the sheath-cells;
generally only one hypha occurs in a cell, but I have seen two or three cases
where more than one hypha was present. The hyphae pass straight towards
the endodermis. Many may continue their course directly into the cortex through
a passage-cell, but it sometimes happens that the hyphae have to pass obliquely
through the inner cells of the sheath to reach the passage-cells. Branching of
the hyphae occurs in the cells of the cortex immediately within the passage-cells ;
very occasionally in the passage-cell itself. I have observed the connection of
BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 301
the hyphae in the cortex with the hyphae in the soil by means of these infecting
hyphae through the sheath and the passage-cells. The passage-cells lend them-
selves to the easy penetration of the fungus, in so far as they have thin walls,
and dense granular contents, which probably both attraet chemotropically and
nourish the hyphae. Lang (1899), in Lycopodiwm clavatum, deseribes a sheath
Text-fig. 8—Portion »f the hyphae just after penetration into a host
cell, showing the vacuolated cytoplasm (x 500).
Text-fig. 9—Portion of hyphae after a sojourn in a host cell, showing
an increased and more dense protoplasmic content with
fewer vacuoles (x 500).
Text-fig. 10—A resting nucleus of the host-cell, with fungal hyphae
growing towards it and branching (x 500).
Text-fig. 11—A portion of the sheath, endodermis and outer cortex
of host showing the fungal hyphae on the surface of the
root, in the sheath-cells and penetrating through the
passage-cells (s.c.) (x 167).
Text-fig. 12—Another section showing the fungal hyphae in the passage-
cell (s.c.) and penetrating the outer cortical cells (x 500).
around the hyphae formed from the wall of the cell being penetrated by the
fungus, but I have seen no such structure in Dipodiwm. The hyphae appear to
penetrate through portions of the wall which have probably been dissolved by
their enzymes. A structure of the nature of an appressorium is formed where
302 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. i.,
the hypha abuts against a wall. From this swollen end, one or more thin
hyphae penetrate an adjoining cell (Text-figs. 23, 24, 25).
The Mycelium in the Cortex.—The infecting hypha enters a cortical cell and
passes towards the nucleus which is surrounded by a thick zone of the cell’s
cytoplasm. It then branches and coils round the nucleus or close to it. At first
the cytoplasm of the hypha is sparse and stains very lightly with methyl violet;
it is vacuolated to a large extent. The hypha is very thin (Text-figs. 13, 14, 23).
As the nucleus moves in the cell, the hyphae grow with it and branch so that,
Text-fig. 13—Two cells of cortex with an early stage of infection. The
hyphae are clearly associated with the cell nucleus
(x 167).
Text-fig. 14—Ageregation of the hyphae around the nucleus (x 500).
Text-fig. 15—A normal cortical cell showing the nucleus, cytoplasm
and spherical starch-grains (x 400).
Text-fig. 16—Partial digestion of the central hyphae, and the slight
enlargement of others around. The nucleus enlarges and
stains deeply (x 500).
Text-fig. 17—Further stage in disorganization of the fungus,—nucleus
enlarged (x 500). :
while the hyphae of the fungus seldom completely surround the nucleus, they
are invariably closely associated with it. The starch grains gradually disappear
from the cell soon after infection by the fungus. No hypertrophy of the hyphae
takes place. They do not form vesicles or bladders in association with the
nucleus, but their contents become more abundant, and stain more deeply with
BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 303
methyl violet. Vacuoles become less numerous in the hyphae which soon appear
densely charged with protoplasm or proteid. While as a rule the hyphae main-
tain their normal regularity of width, occasionally I have seen hyphae which
were distinetly irregular in their diameter, especially near the end in association
with the nucleus (Text-figs. 16, 26).
In certain cells which have been filled with the fungus for some time, the
highly nourished hyphae begin to disorganize. They become closely associated
and lose their individuality, forming a deeply-staining mass in the centre of the
hyphal tangle surrounded by numbers of lightly-stained normal hyphae, some of
which spread into other cells (Text-figs. 16, 17, 18, 19).
The nucleus of the infected cell gradually enlarges until it becomes twice or
three times its normal size. The chromatin stains more deeply and indeed ap-
Text-figs. 18, 19, 20—Stages in the digestion of the fungal hyphae. In
Fig. 20 this is nearly completed, and starch-grains are re-
appearing in the cell (x 450)
Text-figs. 21, 22—Enlarged nuclei of host-cells, showing the irregular
shape and indentations of the nuclear membrane caused
by the pressure of the fungal hyphae (x 510).
Text-fig. 23—First hyphae growing into a cortical cell containing
starch. The appressorium-like structure of the hypha in
contact with the wall is indicated (x 450).
pears more abundant; the nucleolus enlarges. The whole appearance of the
nucleus about this time is suggestive of a high state of nutrition.
The shape of the nucleus is also irregular in infected cells, the membrane
being pushed in by hyphae growing in close contact with it (Text-figs. 21, 22).
The cytoplasm of the host-cells still appears quite normal after the digestion
of the hyphae. Starch grains reappear during the disintegration of the fungus,
304 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. 1.,
becoming more abundant as the process of disorganization of the hyphae con-
tinues. The final appearance of the fungus is an irregular mass of no definite
structure, but staining deeply as if considerable proteid were present (Text-figs.
20, 25). At this stage of destruction of the mycelium I could not distinguish
any definite hyphae, but in some eases of final destruction, small droplets of a
yellowish highly-refractive substance were present in the host-cells. The whole
appearance of the -host-cell with its mycelium suggests the hypothesis that the
cytoplasm of the cell digests and causes the gradual destruction of the fungus.
This destruction of the mycelium is particularly apparent just prior to and dur-
Text-fig. 24—-Hyphae penetrating from passage-cell into the cortex.
The appressorium-like swelling of the hyphae where it
abuts against the cell-wall is distinctly shown. The
hypha entering the inner cell shows a pronounced con-
striction at the point of perforation (x 450).
Text-fig. 25—A cortical cell containing the disintegrating fungus—a
few hyphae are growing towards adjacent cells. The ap-
pressorium-like structure is shown in one of them (x 450).
Text-fig. 26—A group of outer cortical cells containing very swollen
hyphae and spore-like bodies which form upon the ends
of these hyphae. The normal hyphae pass from the
inner cell (a) to the outer cells (b) and (c), hence cer-
tain hyphae pass outwards from the cortex for reproduc-
tion of the fungus (x 450).
ing the development of the flowering shoot, as if an extra supply of proteid
were necessary during this active period.
The digestion * and disintegration of the hyphae in the host-cell begins in
the centre of the mass and gradually extends outwards.
*The term “digestion” is here used in the same sense as in the case of
Leguminous bacteroids. The organic structure of the mycelium is destroyed, and
this is probably the result of partial solution, or transformation by means of an
enzyme produced by the host-cell.
na en mee
BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 305
The hyphae, when stained with methyl violet and cleared in eosinclove oil,
stained blue. The density of the cytoplasm of the fungus depends upon the
period of infection of the host-cell; numerous nuclei were present, and oc-
casionally what I interpreted as septa were seen. In certain cells of the outer
cortex and in the sheath, I found spore-like bodies which had a comparatively
thick wall (Text-fig. 26b).
The hyphae never enter cells of the cortex which contain raphides. I kave
seen immune raphide-cells surrounded by a number of ordinary cortical cells
infected by the fungus (Text-fig. 2).
The Physiological Aspect of the Mycorhiza of Dipodium punctatum.
The first important fact in regard to the endophytic fungus of Dipodium
is that hyphae from the soil traverse the sheath-cells which contain little nutri-
tive matter, and enter the cortex of the root by means of the thin-walled, densely
protoplasmic passage-cells. These cells with their thin walls and cytoplasm and
nutritive contents must be regarded as attractive centres for the invading hyphae.
Some passage-cells contain numerous straight hyphae which pass directly into
the cortex within. They do not coil in the passage-cells or in the smaller cortical
cells immediately beneath the exodermis.
The next important fact in regard to this fungus is that the young infecting
hypha enters a cortical cell and grows towards the nucleus of the cell. Groom
(1895) in his work on Thismia has pointed out that this tendeney of growth
may be due to mechanical reasons, because the cell-currents converge upon the
nucleus, or to a chemotropic attraction emanating from the nucleus. It is not
probable that the rheotropic effect of cell-currents towards the nucleus is great
enough to influence the direction of growth of the hyphae. The work of Miyoshi
on the chemotropie effect of chemical solutions upon the growth of fungal
hyphae, rather suggests that the growth of hyphae in a _ host-cell containing
organic compounds of different kinds may be chemotropic. Moreover it is he-
lieved by “physiologists that the nucleus is an active agent in the regulation of
the chemical processes accomplished in plant cells, and that around the nucleus
there is probably a greater concentration of nutritive or chemotropic substances.
The more highly nourished condition of the hyphae and the greater density of
their cytoplasm, after a sojourn in relation to the nucleus and its surrounding
cytoplasm, seem to support the view of active absorption of nutritive sub-
stances by the fungus. The infecting hypha grows into the closest contact
with the nucleus, and branches and coils in contact with it. The nuclear mem-
brane is frequently pushed inwards by the growing hyphae.
In uninfected cells of Dipodiwm there is an aggregation of small spherical
starch grains around the nucleus of the cell. The oceurrence of such a quantity
of starch around the nucleus suggests vigorous chemical changes; sugar is pro-
bably present in quantity, and this substance is known to attract fungal hyphae
chemotropically, and is an important nutritive substance for a fungus. When
such a cell becomes infected by the fungus, the starch grains gradually disappear
from the cell, and always from the nuclear cytoplasmic sheath first. The dis-
appearance of starch suggests a process of solution which may be due to
enzymes produced by the fungus or by the host-cells, but at any rate stimulated
by the presence of the fungus. The disappearance of the starch from the lhost-
cell, and the more dense appearance of the hyphae, suggests absorption by the
fungus, and the probable synthesis of proteid or protoplasm in the hyphae.
During this phase of the mycorhizic fungus, it is evidently parasitic. be-
306 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. 1.,
having like the mycelium of an ordinary fungal parasite, depriving the host-
cell of certain nutritive substances.
The early coiling of the hyphae around and in contact with the nucleus of
a cell, the absence of the fungus from raphide-cells, and from the active meris-
tematic region of the root tend to confirm the hypothesis that the growth of
the fungus from e¢ell to cell and towards the cell-nucleus is controlled by chemo-
tropic substances in the cells, and particularly in the region of the nucleus. The
absence of the fungus from the meristematic zone may be explained by the fact
that the chemotropie substance or substances which accumulate in the cortical
cells (essentially a storage zone in orchid roots) are not allowed to do so in
cells which are actively dividing or growing. The substances are consumed in
the process of cell-division and cell-growth, in the production of new cell-walls,
new protoplasm, in the provision of energy, ete., as fast as it is received from the
storage cells. In the case of the raphide-cells it is probably the excess of oxalic
acid which inhibits the infection of the cell by repelling the fungal hyphae.
After a period of active nutrition, when the fungal hyphae absorb from
the host-cell (probably the chemotropie substance—sugar*) and inerease their
protoplasm or proteid as indicated by the densely-staining granular contents of
the hyphae, they become gradually disorganised. No hyphal structure can be
seen in the disintegrating mass; certain free hyphae around the periphery of
this mass and passing’ out from it spread into neighbouring cells (Text-figs. 3, 26)
as if to avoid destruction also. A few starch grains appear in the cell-cytoplasm,
but most of the carbohydrate which is liberated during the disorganization and
digestion of the fungal hyphae is probably conducted directly to the flowering
axis. At any rate it does not appear in the same quantity as exists in normal
uninfected cells. The migration of the free peripheral hyphae from the dis-
organizing central mass is probably due to the greater chemotropism of the
contents of neighbouring uninfected cells. For the attraction of a fungal hypha
there is a definite optimum concentration of a chemical substance, and Miyoshi
(1894) has proved that hyphae will always tend to grow towards the solution
’ which approaches most nearly to the optimum concentration.
The progressive development of the hyphae from the periphery of the root
towards the cortical cells, and from one cortical cell to another, may be explained
on the assumption that the chemotropie substance required by and attracting
the fungus increases towards the inner tissues.
In previous studies on mycorhiza, very few facts have been ascertained in
regard to the reciprocal interchange of nutritive substances between the host-cells
and the endophytic fungus. Several hypotheses have been put forward to ex-
plain the significance of both endophytie and exophytie mycorhiza. It seems to
me that each ease of endophytic mycorhiza in a plant or group of related plants
may have its own peculiarities, which can only be revealed in a close study.
Frank gives different interpretations of ectotrophic and endotrophie mycorhiza
—the ectotrophie fungus assimilates, partly for the benefit of the host, humus
constituents; while the endotrophie fungus is an organism captured by the host.
There are probably numerous eases of such physiological relations between the
*Sections of fresh material were mounted in a few drops of the following
solution:—2 grams phenylhydrazine, with 2c.c. of 50% glacial acetic acid and
10c.c. of HzO, which had been shaken till clear. They were then warmed for an
hour in a bath at a temperature of 100°C. Fine yellowish crystals separated out
in cells free from the fungus, and a few in the infected cells. The starch is con-
verted into sugar, which is precipitated by the above solution as a phenylhydrazone.
BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 307
higher plant and the fungus, but in regard to endophytic mycorhiza especially,
it would appear that in certain cases the cytoplasmic contents of the host-cells
are destroyed, while in others the fungus suffers destruction. In Dipodiwm I
have shown that the fungus absorbs nutritive substances from the cortical] cells
of the host which it invades, and the protoplasm or proteid of the fungal hyphae
increases at the expense of starch which disappears from the infected host-
cells. The adjacent uninfected cells of the host contain starch even after its
disappearance from the infected cells. The starch reappears in smaller quantity
after the destruction of the hyphae. As the starch disappears the proteid and
protoplasmic contents of the hyphae increase, hence the carbohydrate of the
host-cell would appear to be used in the synthesis of nitrogenous food in the
mycelium.
The nitrogen for this process is probably derived from the soil by the
hyphae which occur on the surface of the roots, and which are connected with
the hyphae in the cells of the cortex of the host. Thus far there has been a
gain in nitrogenous food by the fungus at the expense of the carbohydrate of
the host-cells. After a time the hyphae disorganise, their contents are digested,
the walls are dissolved, the nucleus of the host-cell enlarges, the chromatin stains
more deeply, the nucleolus grows, starch reappears in the cell (in smaller quan-
tities however); there is finally an excretion of yellowish highly-refractive drops
of waste matter in the cell. From these series of changes the inference is that
the nutritive exchange on this occasion is from the fungus to the host-cell; the
fungus is destroyed, probably by the agency of enzymes secreted by the host-
cytoplasm. The host-cell gains in nitrogenous food—in proteid which has been
synthesised by the cytoplasm of the fungus.
It seems that in Dipodiwm the preponderance of the physiological advantage
of the mycorhizie association rests with the higher plant. Much of the fungus
becomes digested in the host-cells, but the cortex always contains cells with the
fungus in all stages of -development. The mycelium is never extinguished, and
it is always connected to the superficial mycelia through the passage-cells.
In Dipodium it seems that the fungal hyphae forming the myeorhiza are
indispensable to the host for, while the surface of the root may be capable of
absorbing soil constituents, e.g., water, salts, organic substances, yet the absence
of root-hairs, and the consequent small absorbing surface points to its ineffective-
ness as an absorbing organ. The host-plant, being devoid of chlorophyll, is
incapable of photosynthesis; being devoid of root-hairs it is dependent upon the
fungus for its supplies of H20, C, N, ete.
The humus of the soil in which Dipodium grows contains carbonaceous and
nitrogenous matter, and the host-plant derives these through the agency of the
mycelium. Acton (1889) has demonstrated that carbohydrates and extract of
humus, ete., may be absorbed by the roots of ordinary green flowering plants and
assimilated. It is likewise probable that non-chlorophylliferous flowering plants,
may absorb similar organic substances, and supply themselves with carbohydrates.
In Dipodium the fungus could, therefore, obtain for the higher plant the car-
bonaceous constituents of the humus from which the starch would be manufac-
tured, and the less-oxygenated nitrogenous constituents of humus which would
be built up with the starch into proteid by the fungus, this proteid subsequently
being absorbed by the host-cytoplasm during the digestion of the endophyte.
The appearance of starch grains during the digestion of the fungus may be
due to the breaking up of the proteid into carbohydrate and nitrogenous com-
pounds of less complexity, or to the synthesis of starch by the host-cell directly
from the carbonaceous substances derived by the fungus from the humus.
308 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. 1.,
The next problem to be solved is why does the fungus enter the root of this
saprophyte? The mycelium of the fungus occurs in the soil and in tangles on
the surface of the root; hyphae from these tangles enter as far as the cortex of
the root. This penetration is probably the result of chemotropism; the hyphae
penetrate more deeply into the root tissues because of the directive attraction of
substances in the cells. These substances must be present in greater quantity in
the root than in the soil. The substance concerned in this case is probably sugar
(or starch), which I have already indicated is present in the host-cells and dis-
appears after infection. The starch present cannot be the product of photo-
synthesis; it is probably manufactured by the host-cells from carbonaceous
substances absorbed from the humus by the mycelium of the fungus in some
other infected part of the root. The starch (or sugar) could be formed in
uninfected cells from materials carried by the mycelium to neighbouring infected
cells. At any rate it seems to me that in Angiospermic holosaprophytes, the
fungus is of the greatest possible significance to the higher plant, and that the
latter is dependent upon the fungus for its nitrogenous, and probably for its
carbonaceous needs.
Groom (1895) expresses the opinion that many of the hyphae passing
through the sheath are deserting the host, not entering it. This is no doubt true
in many eases of the endophytic mycorhiza, the hyphae leaving the host being
derived from hyphae which enter a different part of the root; they are probably
leaving the host in order to establish another communication between the soil
and the endophytic hyphae, and not to act as haustoria for the supply of food
to the more superficial hyphae. Groom also believes that many of these hyphae
are deserting the host to form spores in the superficial root-cells, especially
when they die. . I have seen spore-like bodies in the sheath-cells and outer cortex
of Dipodium, and from my observations I have formed the opinion that many
hyphae pass outwards from the central cortex into more superficial cells for re-
production (Text-fig. 26).
Is myeorhiza a highly developed and specialised community beneficial to
’ both symbionts, or is the fungus simply a parasite which the host is constantly
striving to suppress? These questions seem capable of different answers in
different organisms. The entrance of an endophytic fungus into the cells of a
host, is largely a matter of chemotropic stimulation; the host-cells contain some-
thing which offers a stronger attraction than the medium of the fungus, hence,
at first, the endophytic fungus was probably a parasite, absorbing from the host
something which it contained in greater abundance than the soil. The entrance
of a fungus into a cell produces a reaction in the host’s protoplasm, tending to
retard or suppress the parasite. This reaction may have led to the exchange
of something between fungus and host-protoplasm, e.g., proteid or nitrogenous
matter, and the gradual establishment of a physiological equilibrium between
host and endophyte. Gradually therefore, from the condition of pure parasitism,
the fungus came to live in symbiotic association with the host-cell, each giving
a certain benefit to the other. We know that fungi require carbonaceous foods,
and that they are able to obtain readily from humus-soil the poorly oxygenated
nitrogen compounds; it seems reasonable therefore to assume that the fungus
gives nitrogenous compounds in return for carbonaceous food (starch or sugar)
which is obtained more readily from the host than from the soil.
From this harmonious relationship we pass to the next phase which is shown
in Dipodium, namely, the disorganization and digestion of the fungus in certain
host-eells, and the yielding of all its proteid to the host-cell. In this case it ap-
BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 309
pears that the host nourishes and nurtures the fungus for a time and then
destroys part of it as its own requirements for proteid must be met. Much the
same relation between host and fungus must subsist in lichens; the algae are
permitted to multiply, to supply the carbonaecous food of the fungus, but some
individuals are being constantly destroyed by the fungus. In Dipodium the host
is the destroyer of the fungus, and in such a case, Frank’s view that endophytic
mycorhiza is simply fungus-trap (Pilzfalle) and that the host is a fungus-
digesting plant is largely correct.
In this study of the nutritive relation between Dipodium and its endophytic
fungus, I am of the opinion that the fungus supplies the host with water, mineral
substances, and organic compounds from the humus; from these the host obtains
the ash constituents, and manufactures the starch which is seen in the cells of
the cortex and pith of the host. The nitrogen which occurs in humus in a poorly
oxygenated condition, is also absorbed by the fungus, and converted into proteid
which is assimilated by the host-cells during the digestion of the fungus. The
fungus at first obtains larger and more suitable supplies of carbonaceous food
from the host for growth and the synthesis of proteid.
The myeorhiza of Dipodium, and probably of many other holosaprophytie
Angiosperms, is indispensable to the higher plant.
Summary.
Dipodium punctatum is a holosaprophytice orchid which grows in the humus
under Euealypts. It is not parasitic upon roots as is stated in Moore and Betche
(Flora of New South Wales). It is non-chlorophylliferous, the leaves being re-
duced to small protective scales on the flowering axis.
The cortex of the root contains an endophytic fungus which forms close
coils in the cytoplasm and in the vicinity of the nucleus. f
The fungus enters the cortex through the passage cells in the exodermis. It
penetrates the cortical cells and grows towards the nucleus where it branches
and coils.
Starch is present in the uninfected host-cells, but disappears soon after the
penetration of the fungus.
The protoplasmic contents of the hyphae stain more deeply with methyl
violet; they become more granular and less vacuolated.
The nucleus of the host-cell shifts its position from time to time, but many
hyphae maintain close contact with it. Its membrane is frequently pushed in-
wards and it may assume a peculiar shape.
The central hyphae gradually become disorganised, all structure disappear-
ing. The nucleus of the host-cell enlarges; its nucleolus and chromatin stain
more deeply. The nucleolus also increases in size.
When the hyphae are completely digested, droplets of a yellowish waste
matter remain. Certain of the hyphae on the periphery of the cell and the
disintegrating mass grow into neighbouring cells if these are not already in-
fected.
No sporangioles, bladders or vesicles develop upon the hyphae as in Thismia.
The fungus does not enter raphide-cells or the meristematic zone of the root.
The penetration of the hyphae from cell to cell, and from the soil into the
root is probably the result of a chemotropie stimulation due to the presence of
a nutritive substance such as sugar in the host-cells. The growth of the hyphae
towards the nucleus is probably the result of the greater concentration of this
substance around the nucleus.
310 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. i..
The fungus obtains carbohydrate from the host-cell; when it is disorganized
the host-cell receives proteid. The absence of root-hairs and the lack of chloro-
phyll seem to suggest that the host receives all its requirements from the fungus
—directly or _indirectly—H20, ash constituents, and carbonaceous substances
from the humus which are synthesised directly by the host into carbohydrates;
nitrogen indirectly in the form of proteid from the fungus.
In Dipodium the “symbiotic saprophytism” has practically become a case of
the higher plant being parasitic upon the endophyte.
I desire to record my very sincere thanks to Professor A. A. Lawson, in
whose laboratory this work was conducted, for his helpful suggestions, advice
and kindly criticism.
Literature.
Acton, 1889.—The Assimilation of Carbon by Green Plants from certain organic
compounds. Proc. Roy. Soc., xlvi., p. 118.
Beccari, O., 1871—Petrosavia. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital., i., pp. 7—11.
FRANK, 1892.—Lehrbuch der Botanik.
Groom, 1895.—On Thismia Aseroe (Beceari) and its Mycorhiza. Ann. Botany,
1x., pp. 327 et seq.
——, 1895a.—On a New Saprophytic Monocotyledon. Ann. Bot., ix., pp.45—56.
JANSE, J. M., 1897.—Les Endophytes radicaux de quelques plantes javanaises.
Ann. Jard. de Buit., xiv.
Jost, Plant Physiology. Eng. Transl. pp. 240—243.
Lang, 1899.—The Prothallus of Lycopodium clavatum, L.Ann. Bot., xili., pp.
291—296.
Lawson, A. A., 1917—The Prothallus of Tmesipteris Tannensis. Trans. Roy.
Soc. Edin., li. Part i1., pp. 787—790.
—, 1918—The Gametophyte Generation of the Psilotaceae. Trans. Roy. Soc.
Edin., lii., Part i., p. 102. ;
Maenus, P., 1900.—Studien un der endotropen Mycorthiza yon Neottia Nidus
avis. Jahrb, f. wiss. Bot., 35, 205.
Manein, 1898.—Sur la structure des Mycorhizis. Compt. Rend., 126, p. 978.
MarsHatt Warp, 1899.—Symbiosis. Ann. Bot., xi., 549—561.
McDoueatu, 1898.—Saprophytism. Plant World, 2, p. 23.
McDoveatt, 1899.—Symbiotic Saprophytism. Ann. Bot., xii., pp. 1—46.
Mryosut, 1894—Uber Chemotropismus der Pilze. Bot. Zeit. 1894.
Moore and Bercue, 1893.—Flora of New South Wales.
Nosss, F., and Hitwer, L., 1899.—Landw. Versuchsstat., Berlin, 51, p. 241; and
52, 455.
Surpata, K., 1902.—Cytologische Studien tiber die endotrophen Mykorrhizen.
Jahrb. wiss. Bot., 37, 643—684.
Spratt, E. R., 1912.—The formation and physiological significance of the root-
nodules in the Podocarpineae. Ann. Bot., xxvi., p. 801.
SraHu, 1900.—Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot., 34, 539.
Trevs, 1886.—Etudes sur les Lycopodiacées. Ann. Jard. de Buit., 5.
WaneuicH, 1885.—Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Orchideen.—Wurzelpilze. Bot.
Zeit., 44.
Weiss, 1904.—A Mycorhiza from the Lower Coal Measures. Ann. Bot., xviii.
255—264.
311
A NEW NEMATODE PARASITE OF A LIZARD.
By Vera Irwin Smitu, B.Se., F.L.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society
in Zoology.
(Seventeen Text-figures. )
[Read 30th August, 1922.']
Two specimens of a nematode, remarkable for the possession of an asym-
metrical row of spines down one side, are included in Dr. J. B. Cleland’s collec-
tion of helminths from Australian reptiles. They were preserved in 70% alcohol,
in a phial with one specimen of a Physaloptera sp., and one Oxyurid, all taken
from the alimentary tract of a small lizard, the enclosed label bearing the in-
seription “Nematodes from lizard (Hinulia) No. 2, alimentary canal. Flinders
Ts. 25/11/12. Dr. J. B. C.”
In general appearance these worms are very like Physaloptera and, at first,
they were taken to be identical with the small Physaloptera sp. found with them.
A closer examination revealed the spine row, and proved the distinctive character
of the specimens.
A cuticular ornamentation of spines is rare in reptilian nematodes, and the
asymmetrical position of the row in this case gives an added interest and signi-
ficance to the new form. So far as I am aware, nothing of the same kind has
been described before. The nearest approach to it is found in the original
deseriptions of Rictularia cristata Froelich, the type species of a genus which
has been recorded only from mammals, and the new nematode has been assigned,
provisionally, to this genus, although it does not conform to the generic diagnosis
as given by recent writers, Jagerskiold (1909) and Hall (1914). The discre-
pancies noted can be discussed better after the description of the new species,
when its relationships and systematic position will be considered.
Unfortunately the only two specimens available are both females, so that
the specific characters of the male can not be determined. There is also some
doubt about the exact structure of the mouth parts in the two females examined,
which are very small and not in good condition. Under the circumstances, it does
not seem advisable to propose a new genus for the species at present, though this
may be necessary when fuller information is obtainable.
RICTULARIA DISPARILIS, n.sp.
Male unknown.
Female 7.9 to 8.7 mm. long. Colour whitish when preserved in alcohol,
original colour not noted. Body slender, delicate, thickest in the posterior third,
312 A NEW NEMATODE PARASITE OF A LIZARD,
attenuating towards the anterior (Text-fig. 1). Maximum diameter 320 ,, diminish-
ing to 64, at the base of the lps. Tail short, straight, and conical, with a
mucronate tip; anus 112, from the extremity; caudal pores 55» distant from
it (Text-fig. 17). Diameter of body at anus 128. Details of the structure of
the mouth and buccal cavity are not very clear in the two whole preparations,
and the limited amount of the material prevents any other mode of examination.
The mouth is in the form of a transverse cleft, which lies only very slightly, if
1. Female (x 7.5); 2. Anterior part of body, viewed from left side, showing
spine ridge (sp.) (x 47.5); 3. Dorso-lateral view of anterior region (x 100); 4.
Portion of spine ridge near anterior end (x 305); 5. Portion of spine ridge in
region of vulva (x 190); 6. Posterior termination of spine ridge (x 100).
j., junction of oesophagus and intestine; n., nerve ring; oe. oesophagus; p.,
post-cervical papillae; v., vulva; vag., vulva and vagina on ventral side, seen
through the transparent body; y., junction of muscular and glandular oesophagus.
at all, lateral of the dorso-ventral plane. ‘lhe two lips which bound it are
lateral in position, and asymmetrical (Text-figs. 7-9). The right is higher than
the left, and is crowned by a stout conical median tooth, similar to the external
labial tooth of the genus Physaloptera. The tooth is about 5y high, and 64
wide at base, and appears to have a very small denticle on its inner face, though
this could not be definitely determined. The appearance of lobes on-the inner
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 313
face of the lip, with a row of denticles along their margin, is also indefinite. The
lower, left, lip does not bear a large median tooth, but appears to consist of a
series of three or more fairly sharply pointed lobes, having denticles on their
summits. Applied externally to each lip is a thick, hemispherical pad, on which
two large papillae are visible. ‘The right lip is 13, from summit to base, the
left lip 10. The buccal cavity is short and narrow. A capsular armature, if
present, is not discernible. Round the base of the lips, the cuticle projects
slightly, forming a narrow cephalic collarette; and; at a distance of 11 to 18
behind the collarette, there is a prominent circular ridge, with a deep groove
in front of it.
The oesophagus is long and slender, 1/4.9 to 1/5.3 of the total body length
(Text-fig. 10). It is formed of two parts, a short muscular portion followed by
a darker glandular oesophagus, the boundary between them being clearly marked.
The total length of the oesophagus is 1.63 mm., the muscular oesophagus being
.26 mm. long and 33 wide. The glandular oesophagus increases gradually in
width posteriorly, to a maximum, of 96. Its base is rounded and the entrance
to the intestine is protected by valves ('l'ext-fig. 11).
The vulva is situated ventrally at about. the middle of the length of the
oesophagus, .80 mm. from the anterior extremity of the body (Text-figs. 2, 10).
The nerve-ring surrounds the muscular oesophagus a little behind its middle, at
a distance of 185, from the anterior end, and, on a level with the nerve-ring, a
pair of thorn-shaped post-cervical papillae are situated on the lateral lines (Text-
fig. 3). The excretory pore opens on the mid-ventral line about 25», behind
these.
Extending down the left side of the body, from just behind the left post-
cervical papilla, and in- the same plane with it, is a continuous, regular, wavy
ridge, which bears, on the crest of each wave and therefore to right and left,
alternately, of the ridge, an oblique, backwardly-directed cuticular spine (‘Text-
figs. 2-6). No trace of a similar ridge, nor of any other spines exists on the
right. side, or elsewhere on the body. The spines may be regarded as forming
a double row, since they point alternately in opposite directions; but the double
row is quite certainly asymmetrical. Except on the spine ridge, the cuticular
integument is everywhere transversely striate, the striae being very fine and
dense, about 2 » apart.
Anteriorly, the spines begin just on a level with the junction of muscular
and glandular oesophagus, about 92, behind the left post-cervical papilla and
277 w behind the anterior end of the body. Posteriorly, they extend to within
1.84 to 2 mm. of the tip of the tail. They are of the same character throughout
the length of the row, having the shape of strongly curved, pointed thorns, slight-
ly rugose along the erest, and standing up in low relief from the body. Being
colourless and transparent, they can only be made out with difficulty when viewed
against the background of the body, especially in the posterior region. Fifty-
four spines are found on each side of the ridge, making a total of 108 spines in
the double row. They vary a little in size, being smallest towards each end,
gradually increasing to a maximum between the vulva and the posterior end of
the oesophagus, i.e., from the seventh to the seventeenth pair of spines from the
anterior end. Their maximum size is 48, in length, and 25, in height. At
the anterior end of the row they measure 22 », in length and 7 » in height; at the
fortieth pair 33 1 in length, and 18 in height. The width across the ridge, be-
tween the tips of the spines on each side, varies correspondingly from 55 p at
the seventh pair, in the region of the vulva, to 74», at the fifteenth pair, and 51 p
314 A NEW NEMATODE PARASITE OF A LIZARD,
at the fortieth pair. ‘I'he interval between the tips of consecutive spines on the
same side is 77 at the beginning of the row, 125, at the seventeenth spine,
136 » at the twentieth, and 114, at the fortieth.
Both the specimens examined are mature females, having uteri crammed with
eges containing well-developed embryos. ‘The genital system is situated posterior
to the vulva, and almost entirely on the ventral side of the body. The very
i]
7. Head end viewed from the right side (x 305); 8. The same, ventral view
(%'305); 9. The same, dorsolateral view (x 475); 10. Anterior part of body,
viewed from right side (« 47.5); 11. Junction of oesophagus and intestine (x 100);
12. Terminal portion of female genital system (yx 100); 13a. Vulva, side view.
13b. Vulva, face view (x 190); 14. Egg from uterus (‘x 305); 15. Posterior part
of body (sx 27); 16. Receptaculum seminis (x 100); 17. Caudal extremity of
fernale (y 100).
a., anus; b., the two branches of the common trunk leading to the uteri; ct.,
common trunk; int., intestine; oe. oesophagus; ov., ovary; ovid., oviduct; res.,
reservoir; r.s., receptaculum seminis; v., vulva; ves., vestibule.
anterior vulva, 1/9.5 to 1/11 of the body length from the anterior end, is bounded
by non-salient lips with serrated margins (Text-figs. 13a, b). It leads into a
straight, backwardly-directed vestibule, with thick museulo-cuticular walls, 320
long and 30, wide (Text-fig. 12). This passes abruptly into a broader tube,
55 , wide, with walls lined by large epithelial cells, which appears to be of the
nameee Se
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 315
nature of a reservoir, although only a few eggs are present in it. It is directed
either straight back, or curved forward on the vestibule, and is followed by a
common trunk 576 » long and 37 » wide, folded on itself and divided posteriorly
into two branches which lead into the two posteriorly-directed uteri. These are
distended with eggs and measure, at their maximum width, 92, "Ihey are
coiled in the middle region of the body, the most anterior loop being found at
.85 to 1.52 mm. from the anterior extremity of the body, and the most posterior
at 2 mm. from the posterior extremity. Hach uterus terminates in a slight en-
largement, dark in colour, the receptaculum seminis, which leads without abrupt
transition into the oviduct (Text-fig. 16). The receptacula seminis are found at
a distance of 1.5 mm. to 1.8 mm. from the posterior end, not far from the
position of the posterior termination of the spine row (Text-fig. 15). The two
ovaries are much coiled in the region between this and the anus, extending to
within .35 mm. of the extremity of the body.
The eggs are broadly oval, with clear, thick shells, measuring 38 » in length
and 25, in transverse diameter ('T'ext-fig. 14).
Host.—Hinulia sp. Location —Alimentary canal. Locality—Flinders — Is-
land, Bass Strait. Collected by Dr. J. B. Cleland, November 25, 1912.
Paratype in the Australian Museum, Sydney (Registered No. W. 923).
Hinulia, a subgenus of Lygosoma, is very widely distributed throughout Aus-
tralia, the commonest species about Sydney being Lygosoma (Hinulia) taeniolatum
Shaw. It was probably from this species that the above-described nematodes
were taken. .Two other specimens of Hinulia, species not determined, are re-
presented in Dr. Cleland’s collection as hosts for nematodes, one taken at North
Bay in October, 1914, the other at Flinders Island on the same date as the
specimen from which the Rictularia disparilis were obtained. The only nematodes
collected from them are Oxyuriidae, one female from the North Bay specimen,
and four females from “Hinulia No. 5, Flinders Is.” There is, in addition, one
female Oxyurid from “a small lizard, Flinders Is.,” taken at the same time as the
two Hinulia.
Dr. 1. H. Johnston’s catalogues of Australian reptilian Entozoa (1912 and
1916), contain records of Entozoa from three species of Hinulia, viz., taeniolatum,
quoyit and tenue; but only one of these refers to a nematode, and that is a species
of Physaloptera from Hinulia tenue Gray.
The other lizard hosts in the Cleland collection are Varanus sp., Lialis bur-
toni and Gymnodactylus platurus, and the nematodes from these all belong to the
genus Physaloptera. The new form described here is, therefore, evidently rare.
Apparently nothing like it has been observed before in any Australian reptile,
the only nematodes listed in the catalogues being all species of the four genera
Ascaris, Strongylus, Filaria, and Physaloptera.
Among birds, one nematode with a cuticular ornamentation of spines has been
recorded in Australia. !Ihis was found in a sea-bird, Daption capensis (Cape
Petrel), and was listed by Dr. T. H. Johnston as Rictularia shipleyi Stoss. (1912).
However, Dr. Johnston adds the explanatory note—“This record is based upon
material collected near Sydney by Mr. L. Harrison. His description of the
parasite satisfies me that the worm was Rictularia, and most probably R. shipley?.
Unfortunately, the nematodes have been mislaid, and.1 am therefore, at present,
unable to confirm the specific identity” (1912, p. 106). The species referred to
was described originally by Stossich as Gnathostoma shipleyi (from the great
316 A NEW NEMATODE PARASITE OF A LIZARD,
albatross, Diomedea exulans), and has recently been raised to a new genus, Seu-
ratia, by Skrjabin (1916). He places it in the family Acuariidae, subfamily
Acuariinae, and points out that it is identical with the species described by Lin-
stow as Rictularia paradoxa and by Seurat as Acuaria plelagica.
The spines in the new form, from the lizard, differ entirely in character and
arrangement from those described for the genus Sewratia; and, im the general
structure of the body, it presents closer affinities with the Physalopterinae than
with the Acuarlinae.
It agrees with the genera Physaloptera and Rictularia in the structure of the
oesophagus, the position of the nerve-ring, post-cervical papillae and excretory
pore, the anterior situation of the vulva, the conformation of the various parts
of the female genital system, and the eggs containing well developed embryo when
oviposited. The cephalic collarette, though poorly developed, and the lateral
lips, especially the right lip with its median tooth, recall those of Physaloptera.
But the asymmetrical character of the lips, and the presence of a cuticular
ornamentation of spines on the body separate it from Physaloptera. The deep
groove and ridge dividing the head end from the rest of the body suggest affinities
with Gnathostoma, but the anterior end of the body is not swollen, and the
spines are quite differently arranged, while the vulva is situated very anteriorly,
istead of behind the middle of the body as it is in the Gnathostomidae.
As already noted, Rictularia disparilis agrees with the descriptions given by
Froelich and Dujardin of the type species of the genus, R. cristata, in having
a single row of spines, of uniform character, set close together and situated asym-
metrically on one side of the body; it differs, however, in the continuity and
length of the row, which is not confined to the region in front of the vulva, as
described for R. cristata. Modern writers have doubted the correctness of the
accounts given by Froelich and Dujardin, although Dujardin specially emphasises
the statement “une rangée non symmétrique.” All the other species assigned to
the genus have two rows of combs and spines, one down each side of the body,
with a distinct difference between anterior combs and posterior spines. Hall
(1914, 1916) concludes that the original descriptions of the type species are based
on imperfect observation, and that R. cristata had really two latero-ventral rows
of spines, of which only the upper and nearer row was seen. Accordingly,
Jagerskiold (1909) and Hall (1914), in their generic diagnoses, include “two
latero-ventral rows of comb or spine-like structures.” But they point out that if
Froelich’s description should be confirmed, the generie diagnosis would need re-
vision, and it would be necessary to establish a new genus for all the other species
at present assigned to the genus. ;
Although Froelich’s species was taken from a rodent, and the other species
found in rodents, as well as in carnivores, possess two spine rows, the discovery
of this new form from a lizard, which undoubtedly has only a single asym-
metrical row, suggests the possibility that Froelich’s and Dujardin’s observations
may have been correct.
Rictularia disparilis, however, differs from the other species included in the
genus in another important character, namely, the structure of the buccal cavity
and the position of its aperture.
It has been assumed that in Froelich’s species the aperture is dorsal, as
it is in the other species described. Accordingly, the diagnosis of the genus
given by Hall defines the mouth opening as “more or less distinctly dorsal, and
with its base armed with teeth and spines.” In R. disparilis, owing to the asym-
ee
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 317
metry of the lips, the mouth is not quite terminal in position; but as the lips are
lateral, and the lower lip is on the left side, the opening is towards the side
instead of dorsal. A close study of Froelich’s figures and Dujardin’s description
suggests that this is also the case in R. cristata. Dujardin himself shows some
doubt and confusion about the position of the mouth, and queries his own state-
ment in regard to it. His confusion is evidently due to his assumption that the
spine row is dorsal, and the vulva to one side of it, “située latéralement, ou
presque a la face dorsale (?).” The lips, then, which are lateral in relation to
the vulva, are taken to be dorsal and ventral in position. But it is probable
that the vulva was in the normal, ventral position and, in that case, the spine
row and the lips would occupy the same relative positions to it as they do in R.
dis parilis.
Dujardin does not mention any elaborate buccal armature at the base of
the capsule, such as is present in the more recently described species, and nothing
of the kind has been observed in R. disparilis. It is unfortunate that the material
available does not permit of a clear determination of all the details of the mouth
structure. But the relationship to Physaloptera is evident, and it seems probable
that Rictularia disparilis and, perhaps, R. cristata represent transition forms be-
tween the simple Physaloptera type and the more highly specialised types of Ric-
tularia with well developed, armed buccal capsule and two or three rows of spines
down the body.
Its suggested systematic position would, therefore, be
Superfamily Spiruroidea Railliet and Henry, 1915.
Family Acuariidae Seurat, 1913.
Subfamily Physalopterinae Seurat, 1913.
Genus Rictularia Froelich, 1802.
Literature.
Dugarpin, F., 1845.—Histoire naturelle des helminthes ou vers intestinaux. Paris
(Gnathostoma, p. 287; Rictularia, pp. 280-281).
Hawi, M. C., 1914——A new nematode, Rictularia splendida, from the coyote,
with notes on other coyote parasites. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
46, No. 2012, pp. 73-84, 6 figs.
, 1916.—Nematode parasites of mammals of the orders Rodentia, Lago-
morpha, and Hyracoidea. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 50, No. 2131.
(Rictularia, pp. 168-175).
Irwin-Smitn, V., 1921—Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera, with
special reference to those parasitic in reptiles. These Proceed-
ings, xlvi., pp. 492-502.
JAGERSKIOLD, L. A., 1909.—Nematoden aus Agypten und dem Sudan. Rictularia
und Dichelyne. Results Swedish Zool. Exped. Egypt and the
White Nile, 1901, pt. 3, 25, pp. 1-66, 4 Pls. 23 text-figs.
Jounston, T. H., 1912.—Internal Parasites Recorded from Australian Birds.
The Emu, xii., 2, pp. 105-112.
, 1912b.—A census of the Australian reptilian Entozoa. Proc. Roy.
Soc. Queensland, xxiii., pp. 234-249.
, 1916—A census of the Endoparasites recorded as oceurring in
Queensland, jarranged ‘under their hosts. Proc. Roy. Soe.
Q’land, xxviil., pp. 31-79. (Reptilia, pp. 56-59) .
Surat, L. G., 1915.—Sur les Rictulaires des Carnivores du Nord-africain et les
affinités du genre Rictularia. Comp. Rend. Soc. Biol., 78, No.
11, pp. 318-322, 3 text-figs.
318 A NEW NEMATODE PARASITE OF A LIZARD,
Stings and Hassauu, 1920.—Index Catalogue of Medical and Veterinary Zoology.
Roundworms. U.S. Pub. Health Service, Hygienic Lab., Bull.
114. (Rictularia, pp. 668-669).
Sxrgapin, K. J., 1916—Seuratia n.g., nouveau genre de Nematodes d’oiseaux.
C. R. Soc. Biol., 79, pp. 971-973.
Surptey, A. E., 1900.—A deseription of the Entozoa collected by Dr. Willey dur-
ing his Sojourn In the Western Pacific. Willey’s Zool. Re-
sults, Pt. v., pp. 561-562.
Postscript, added 4th September, 1922—While this paper was in the press,
further information obtained from Professor Cleland indicates that the host was
Lygosoma (Liolepisma) entrecasteauzii, of which two specimens were examined.
319
STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS.
Il. Tur Apocrorropic Roors OF MAcROzAMIA SPIRALIS AND THEIR
PHYSIOLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE.
By Joun McLucxiz, M.A., D.Se., Lecturer in Plant Physiology, University
of Sydney.
[Read 26th July, 1922.]
Introduction.
Since Reinke (1872) published his account of the coral-like roots
of Cycas revoluta, considerable interest has been taken in these peculiar
structures. Reinke described an endophytic Anabaena associated with the root-
tissues of Cycas revoluta. Schneider (1890) also studied these peculiar roots,
which he called “tubercles.” He described the association of the Algae and
Bacteria with the root-tissues as a mutualistic symbiosis. Life (1901) made a
further study, of the tubercle-like roots of Cycas revoluta, and came to the con-
clusion that the dichotomy of the roots is apparent, not real, as a part of the
original meristem remains after the meristems of the two branches have been
definitely established. This residual meristem, however, does not function fur-
ther, and soon disappears, so that the older bifurcated roots show what appears
to be a true dichotomy.
He isolated on agar cultures, three bacteria from these tubercles. Hyphae
of a fungus not identified were observed. A Nostoc-like Alga was also observed
in a definite “Algal zone.” The tubercular-roots of Cycas revoluta do not possess
a true root-cap but, instead, “a sheath of several cell layers extends over the
tip, and envelops the entire tubercle as an outer cortex.’ Numerous lenticels
were observed on the tubercles, and Life concluded that the tubercles of Cycads
have at least two functions, namely aeration and assisting in nitrogen fixation.
Zach (1910), in a later study of the roots, concluded that the fungus pre-
sent is not a symbiont, but a parasite against which the cell reacts as a phagocyte.
Bottomley (1909) isolated and grew the nitrogen-fixing organisms, Pseu-
domonas radicicola and Azotobacter from Cyeas tubercles. It therefore appears
certain that, in Cycas at any rate, the root tubercles, by virtue of the bacterial
organisms present in them, are capable of nitrogen fixation.
Observations on Macrozamia spiralis.
The investigations outlined above deal only with the tubercles of Cycas,
but although tubercles* of a somewhat similar form occur on Macrozamia
spiralis, I am not aware of this fact having been previously recorded. The
*T have used the term “tubercle” to signify the apogeotropic roots.
320 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS, ii.,
tubercles or apogeotropic roots of this genus first came under my notice several
years ago when examining seedlings of various stages collected at Woy Woy,
N.S.W., in the midst of a dense formation of Macrozamia growing on a sandy
soil. Since then seedlings raised in pots of sandy soil in the Botanical Garden
of the University of Sydney, and even in glass-stoppered jars, have frequently
developed similar tubercles.
Text-fig. la—Young seedling of Macrozamia spiralis showing seed (s),
hypocotyl (h), first leaf (1), tap-root (t.r.), and tubercles
(T) just above soil level. Note that these root-tubercles
are negatively geotropic. (x 2/3).
Text-fig. lb—Single tubercle of Macrozamia showing loose papillose
surface (s) of the upper part of root. (x 2/8).
Text-fig. 2—Older seedling of Macrozamia showing main tap-root (t.r.),
four tubercle roots (T), normal secondary roots (s.r.),
bases of two leaves (1), hypocotyl (h) and seed. (x 2/3).
Text-fig. 3—Seedling of Macrozamia showing tubercles (T), developed
as the result of inoculating the tap-root (t.r.), and the
secondary roots (s.r.) with a pure culture of Macrozamia-
bacteria. In each case the root tubercles develop close
to the point of inoculation. (x 2/3).
The tubercles are not of universal occurrence on seedlings; in some cases
many tubercles are developed, in others none at all, while in the great majority
of cases, the tubercles are few in number. In Macrozamia the tubercles do not
form such large coral-like growths as in Cycas revoluta, but each individual
———————
BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 321
tubercle-root is perhaps slightly larger (Text-fig. 1b). The tubercles develop
almost without exception upon the uppermost secondary roots in nature, and
are thus close to the soil-level, or actually project above it, into the air (Text-
fig. la). The tubereles are negatively geotropic.
In the seedlings of Macrozamia spiralis there is developed a strong, fleshy,
positively geotropic tap-root, into which the starch of the endosperm of the seed
is transferred. This root later develops a thin net-like covering of cork, on the
surface of which numerous bacteria and other micro-organisms may be found.
Secondary roots develop from the main tap-root—those towards the apical re-
gion of the root being perfectly normal—but the secondary roots formed near
or at the soil-level are frequently tubercle-like in form (Text-fig. 2). It is only
very occasionally that the more deeply seated secondary roots become tubercular.
The root tubercles are not developed in seedlings which have been raised
on sterilised soil. A number of seeds were carefully washed for two minutes
in a sterilising solution of the following composition: mercuric chloride 1 gram,
strong hydrochloric acid 3 ¢.c., water 200 ¢.c. They were then rinsed for a time
in distilled water. Half of the seeds were placed in a pot of sandy soil (de-
rived from the natural habitat of Macrozamia spiralis) which had been thoroughly
sterilised by alternate heating and cooling. The soil was then watered with dis-
tilled water, and the pots placed in the laboratory.
The remainder of the seeds were placed in pots of sandy soil which was
unsterilised. The soil was sprinkled with distilled water and pots placed with
the others in the laboratory.
None of the seedlings raised in the sterilised sand developed the tubercles,
while approximately 70 per cent. of the seedlings in the unsterilised sand formed
tubercles.
The result of this experiment and the fact that under natural conditions only
a proportion of the seedlings form tubercles seem to furnish quite conclusive
evidence that the peculiar tubercles are developed only as the result of bacterial
infection. This hypothesis, however, appears to be demonstrated by the follow-
ing experiments.
Seedlings growing in sterilised soil were inoculated with Macrozamia_bac-
teria from a pure serum-agar culture, and watered with distilled water.
Another series of seeds were thoroughly sterilised, and germinated in a
large, sterilised, glass-stoppered jar; the main tap-root was inoculated and the
seedlings replaced in the jar which contained a piece of moist cotton wool to
maintain a fair humidity. In both experiments, all the seedlings developed
tubercles of the usual form in from three to four weeks.
The normal secondary roots of older seedlings were also inoculated, and
the seedlings kept in a moist atmosphere in a jar. In about a month from the
time of inoculation tubercles developed upon them (Text-fig. 3).
At first the tubercles were plagiogeotropic, but later became negatively
geotropic. The roots frequently remain unbranched, but others branch dicho-
tomously.
In a transverse section (Text-fig. 4) of the root-tubercles there is a central
diarch stele composed of alternating xylem and phloem groups, surrounded by
pericycle and an endodermis whose radial walls are clearly defined by Karsparé
strips. Surrounding the stele there is a very extensive cortex, of more or less
rounded, thin-walled cells with fairly considerable intercellular spaces and con-
taining protoplasm, a large nucleus, many small rounded starch grains, and in
322 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS, il.,
many cases numerous bacteria. There is no definite algal zone as in Cycas
revoluta roots, although sometimes small unicellular algae occur amongst the
superficial cells of the root. Surrounding the cortex there is a very distinct
sheath of large, thin-walled, practically papillate, and radially elongated cells,
with inter-cellular spaces. The outermost cells of this sheath, especially along
that part of the root surface which has developed through soil particles, are
Text-fig. 4—Transverse section of tubercle showing diarch stele, endo-
dermis, cortex (c), and sheath (s). (x 50).
Text-fig. 5—A portion of the sheath (s), many of the cells of which ~
have a nucleus, starch grains (s.g.) and bacteria (b). A
small group of unicellular algae (A) is seen in the outer
sheath-cells. |The small cells at the base of the sheath
are meristematic (m). (x 265).
frequently crushed, more or less disorganised and devoid of protoplasmic con-
tents. The inner cells of the sheath contain a peripheral film of cytoplasm, a
nucleus and generally several small starch grains. Bacteria frequently occur on
the surface of the sheath and inside certain of the sheath-cells (Text-fig. 5, b).
There is no typical cork formed on the tubercle of Macrozamia.
In a longitudinal section (Text-fig. 6) it will be seen that the sheath ex-
tends completely round the tip of the root, and forms a definite and persistent
root-cap, somewhat different in structure from the cap of a normal root. The
papillate sheath-cells at the actual tip of the root are generally very regular in
form and arrangement, and have not suffered from pressure. Beneath this
sheath, at the apex, there is developed a very massive meristem, the cells of which
are small, and contain very granular cytoplasm, a large nucleus, and several
starch grains. The calyptrogen and dermatogen are not defined as in the normal
root. The periblem and plerome merge into the primordial mass at the apex.
The meristematic cells are absolutely free of bacteria, although cortical cells
and sheath-cells near by contain these organisms.
|
—
BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 323
The intercellular space-system of these tubercles is extensive and com-
municates with the atmosphere through the loosely arranged sheath-eells. Lenti-
eels, which Life (1901) has deseribed in Cycas revoluta, are not developed on
the tubercles of Macrozamia spiralis. -Nevertheless, gaseous exchange between
the atmosphere and the cortical tissues of the tubercles is provided for by the
very effective intercellular space system of sheath and cortex. In sections of
fresh material mounted in water, a considerable amount of air is present in the
spaces.
These tubercles differ from normal secondary roots in certain respects. In
the former, the tip is rounded, not conical, while the “root-cap” appears as a
persistent, continuous sheath of radially elongated, and somewhat papillate cells.
Life observed a similar sheath in Cycas revoluta and regarded it as an outer
cortex. Morphologically the sheath in Macrozamia appears to be analogous to
the velamen of the aerial roots of some orchids, and notwithstanding the fact
that the calyptrogen and dermatogen cannot be clearly defined as distinctive
cell-layers, the evidence supports the view that this sheath is the root-cap which,
however, has been considerably transformed and disturbed, like the meristem
itself by incursions of bacterial organisms.
The bacteria which occur in the tissues of these tubercle-roots are no doubt
soil-forms which enter through some rupture in the main root where a secondary
ra
e,
Soy
S:]
:
Kk
if
06
¢
Hh :
ot
t?
ase
(eH
oe +}
Sn
en.
Text-fig. 6—A longitudinal section of a dichotomously branched
tubercle showing sheath (s), cortex (c), plerome (p), and
a mass of meristematic cells (m). (x 40).
Text-fig. 7—The bacteria of Macrozamia tubercles isolated and grown
upon a serum-agar medium. (x 1000).
root is growing out, or which gain access to the primary root from the groove in
the hypocotyl. Unless infection takes place, the secondary roots show normal
development.
324 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS, i1.,
In Macrozamia deeply seated secondary roots are generally not infected,
and develop in the normal way. From this fact, it would appear that the bac-
teria which cause infection are most abundant in the upper strata of the soil,
where they have access to greater supplies of oxygen. If the surface of the main
tap-root and of a tubercle-root be gently scraped on to a slide, and the serap-
ings mounted in water, examination will reveal the presence of numerous bac-
teria. Many of these bacteria gain access to the tissues of the main root and
of the upper secondary roots and develop pathogenically. There seems no doubt
that the peculiar form of these tubercles is a pathological effect of bacterial
stimulation. The root-tissues are not injured in any way, but there is a greater
development of the root-sheath (root-cap) which is permanent, since the tubercles
grow into the air, and a more extensive formation of cortical tissue. In both
sheath and cortex the cells are considerably enlarged as compared with the cor-
responding tissues of a normal secondary root, while the intercellular spaces are
also more extensive. This structure obviously lends itself to efficient aeration,
and suggests the probability that the bacteria are aerobic. This assumption is
supported by experimental evidence for, when transferred to a water-drop on a
slide, the bacteria generally arrange themselves round the edge of the cover-slip.
When placed in a water-drop containing a Spirogyra thread, which is illuminated
strongly from the mirror of the microscope through a small diaphragm, they
mass in the vicinity of the illuminated spot. It would seem, therefore, that one
function of the tubercle is aeration; but the structure is developed for the benefit,
principally, of the bacteria in the cortical cells, although no doubt, the tap-root
derives some benefit in this respect; that the aeration of the primary tap-root
ot Macrozamia by the tubercles is a subsidiary function; the aeration of the
pathogenic bacteria, the primary function, is supported by the fact that many
tap-roots do not develop tubercles.
The presence of the bacteria, therefore, produces certain definite effects upon
the development of the tubercle, namely, (1) the production of a more extensive
sheath and cortex, (2) the enlargement of the sheath and cortical cells, (3) the
production of a more extensive system of intercellular spaces for aeration, (4)
the disappearance of starch from the infected cells, and (5) the production of a
more active meristem which however is free from bacterial infection—Text-fig. 14
shows these meristem cells with starch and no bacteria. The absence of bacteria
from actively dividing cells of the tubercles of Macrozamia recalls the parallel
case of Dipodium punctatum roots in which the mycorhizic fungus is not present
in the meristematic zone.
Cultures of bacteria were made by placing small fragments of the cortex of
a tubercle on sterilised serum-agar, on sterilised turnip jelly, and on a sterilised
jelly made from the mashed tap-root of Macrozamia, in test tubes. The cultures
were developed at ordinary laboratory temperature and at 26° C. in an in-
cubator. In the course of a few days a fairly vigorous growth of bacteria had
taken place. The colonies were ovoid to cireular, raised, shining, and from 1 mm.
to 2 mm. in diameter. From these cultures, others were made with the platinum
needle, on similar sterilised media, and in a liquid nutritive medium composed of
Cane sugar 1 gram, K. phosphate 1 gram, Am. sulphate 1 gram, CaCO3 .5
gram, Distilled water 1000 c.e.
The bacteria were examined, and two forms were always present, namely a
rod-like bacillus form, and a small spherical coceus form (Text-fig. 7). Both
forms were motile; this motility was apparent even in the cells of the tubercles.
Transverse and longitudinal sections of the tubercles were cut by microtome, and
eo
BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 325
stained with (a) carbol-gentian violet, Lugol’s iodine and safranin, or (b) carbol-
fuchsin, or (¢) in Loffler’s stain. The bacteria were clearly differentiated from
the cytoplasmic ‘contents and starch grains. Text-figs. 8-12 show different
groupings of the bacteria in cells of the cortex of infected roots;
; sometimes the
bacteria are distributed generally throughout the cells or are aggregated at one
Text-figs. 8, 9, 10, 11—Cells of cortex of tubercle with the bacteria
(b) arranged in various ways. Sometimes the bacteria
occur throughout the cell, at other times they are ar-
ranged in zoogleal-threads which appear to pass from cell
to cell. (x 465).
Text-figs. 12, 13—In these figures a mass of bacteria is shown aggregated
around the nucleus of the cell. (x 666).
Text-fig. 14—-A group of meristematic cells containing a large nucleus
(n), abundant granular cytoplasm (c), and many small
spherical starch-grains. These cells have no bacteria.
(x 666).
end or crowded round the nucleus; at other times they form long, irregular
zooglea-threads frequently continuous with corresponding threads in adjoining
cells. The width of the threads varies, even in adjacent cells. These zooglea-
threads are very similar to those present in leguminous nodules and in the Podo-
326 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS, iL.,
carpineae nodules. ‘Text-fig. 13 shows a large number of bacteria round the
cell nucleus. This relation of the intruder to the nucleus is very common. A
very interesting observation was made in this connection. In cells free of bac-
teria there is generally abundance of starch-grains, but when bacteria enter and
multiply in the cell the starch-content decreases. Text-fig. 10 shows a cell filled
with bacteria but devoid of starch. The nucleus and cytoplasm retain their
normal structure and appearance, and I found no evidence of nuclear division
in the infected cells as has been recorded by Spratt (1912) for the infected cells
of the nodule of Podocarpus. I have no doubt but that the bacteria give some
benefit in return. The individuals of the coceus form differ considerably in
size; the smaller form is actively motile and frequently a mass of these may cause
the starch-grains to move in the cell. The larger individuals are non-motile and
stain more deeply than the smaller. These latter are probably bacteroids which
contain proteid and which are digested by the host-cell.
Vines (1888), Frank (1885), McDougall (1899) and others believe that
fungi, growing upon or into the cells of a plant, may aid it in nutritive work,
especially by converting free nitrogen or the simpler compounds of nitrogen into
more complex forms of nutritive value to the plant. Life (1901) also believes
that the tubercles of Cycas revoluta assist the host in nitrogen fixation. Bottom-
ley (1909) isolated Pseudomonas radicicola and Azotobacter, which are nitro-
gen fixing forms, from Cycas tubercles. Nobbe and Hiltner (1899) have demon-
strated that the nodules of Podocarpus are active agents in the fixing of nitrogen
of the atmosphere, by cultivating plants with nodules for five years in quartz
sand from which nitrogen was absent, and by demonstrating that it was im-
possible to cultivate Podocarpus in the absence of the fungus which caused the
nodule formation. Spratt (1912) has since demonstrated that the nodules are
formed by bacteria which are apparently identical with the Pseudomonas radi-
cicola of the root-nodules of leguminous plants, and of Cycas, ete., and that the
bacteria utilize the free nitrogen of the atmosphere during the process of meta-
bolism. These results throw light upon those of Hiltner, who cultivated Podo-
carpus in quartz-sand containing no nitrogen.
The disappearance of starch-grains from cells of Macrozamia which have
been infected by numerous bacteria might suggest that the carbohydrate is utilised
by the bacteria. This is supported by the observed fact that deeply-staining
bacteroids are formed in which considerable proteid is present. Nitrogen in the
free state, at any rate, must enter the cells of the host—a supply of carbohydrate
and nitrogen, therefore, is available to the bacteria if they are concerned in
nitrogen fixation. If the bacteria were purely parasitic forms, and gave nothing
to the host in return for the carbohydrate, one would expect many cells of the
host to show signs of disintegration. It is the absence of this condition, com-
bined with the disappearance of starch-grains, and the possibility of free nitrogen
entering any cell of the cortex containing bacteria, which suggests to me that
the bacteria may be helpful to the plant in the direction of assisting in nitrogen
fixation.
With the object of testing this hypothesis, I carried out a series of experi-
ments. The bacteria were first examined in regard to a possible faculty of
nitrate formation. A solution containing 1000 ¢.c. of distilled H20, 1 gram of
ammonium sulphate, 1 gram of potassium phosphate and 4 grams of basic mag-
nesium carbonate, was used after filtering. Several flasks each containing 100
c.ec. of this solution were inoculated from a pure serum-agar culture of the bac-
teria, and after several days at laboratory temperature the solution was tested
OO
BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 327
for nitrate by means of diphenylamine sulphate—no reaction for nitrate was
obtained. The bacteria did not flourish as freely as on the serum-agar medium.
I came to the conclusion that the solution was not of a sufficiently nutritive
value to the bacteria and subsequently employed the following:—Cane sugar 10
grams, Amm. sulphate 1 gram, Potassium phosphate 1 gram, distilled water 1000
e.c., Calcium carbonate 1 gram. Three flasks, each containing 100 ec. of this
solution which had previously been sterilised in the autoclave and cooled, were
inoculated from a pure culture of the bacteria, and kept at laboratory tempera-
ture for 14 days. Three other flasks were similarly prepared and incubated at a
temperature of 26° C. for 14 days.
Nitrate tests were again applied to a few c.c. of the solution, but there was
no evidence of any free nitrate being present in the solution.
The experiments which I have just described were undertaken in order to
demonstrate whether or not the bacteria of Macrozamia-tubercles are nitrate-
forming bacteria; if so, then the cultural solution ought to contain inereasing
quantities of nitrate. The absence of the blue-colouration on the addition of
diphenylamine sulphate demonstrates the absence of nitrate.
But the bacteria may be able to utilize the atmospheric nitrogen, and although
nitrogen may be absent from the solution at the beginning, there may be a con-
siderable amount present at the end. The following solution was then pre-
pared:—Cane sugar 10 grams, K. phosphate 1 gram, Mg. sulphate .5 gram,
CaCO3 1 gram, H2O distilled 1000 c.e.
Three flasks (A), each containing 100 ¢.c. of solution were inoculated with
a pure culture of the bacteria and sterilised. Another three flasks (Bl, B2, B3),
each containing 100 ¢.c. of solution, were sterilised, cooled, and inoculated with
a pure culture of bacteria. All flasks were incubated at 30° C. for 14 days; the
nitrogen content of each was then determined by the Kjeldahl method with the
following results :—
In the series A only the slightest trace of nitrogen was found to be present.
In B 1. the nitrogen content was 5.47 mgs.
SRO Mar ee, (alle, ess ae ee ecto Om o's:
13 eg ho A RE) ne
As there was only a trace of nitrogen in the flasks Al, A2, and A3, there
had obviously been a considerable fixation of nitrogen by the bacteria introduced
into the flasks Bl, B2, and B3. As there was no combined nitrogen in the
culture solution at first, the bacteria must have “fixed” the free nitrogen of the
air.
The bacteria of the root tubercles of Macrozamia spiralis are therefore nitro-
gen-fixing forms which live in a symbiotie association with the roots of the host,
fix the atmospheric nitrogen, and render it available, in some combined form,
for the metabolic processes of the host.
Summary.
“Root-tubercles,” somewhat similar to those of Cycas revoluta, oceur upon
many of the seedlings and older plants of Macrozamia spiralis, particularly
about the soil-level.
The tubercles are seldom present upon the more deeply situated secondary
roots, but may be induced to develop by artificial inoculation.
The tubercles are always negatively-geotropic; uninfected secondary roots
are plagio-geotropic, but after inoculation become negatively geotropic.
The tubercles occasionally branch dichotomously.
328 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS, li.
The growth of the root tubercles is due to infection by soil bacteria. of
which two forms are generally present in the sheath and cortical cells.
The presence of the bacteria in the cells of the root stimulates the develop-
ment of the cortex and sheath, so that the tubereles are always more massive
than ordinary roots.
Zoogloea-threads of bacteria arise in many cells of the cortex, and the bac-
teria are frequently crowded in the vicinity of the nucleus. The starch-content
decreases in the cells containing bacteria, and is probably used by them in the
process of nitrogen fixation.
Occasionally unicellular algae may be present amongst the outer dis-
organised cells of the sheath, but there is no definite “algal-zone”’ as in Cycas
revoluta.
The bacteria are not nitrate-formers but assimilate free nitrogen and render
it available in a combined form for the plant.
The structure of the tubercles also indicates that they may function sub-
sidiarily in aeration.
Similar root-tubercles occur in other species of Macrozamia, e.g., M. coral-
lipes.
I desire to reeord my sincere thanks to Professor Lawson for his helpful
criticism.
Literature.
REINKE, J., 1872.—Parasitische Anabaena in Wurzelen der Cyeadeen. Géttingen,
Nachrichten, p. 107.
Scuneiper, A., 1894.—Mutualistic symbiosis of Algae and Bacteria with Cycas
revoluta. Bot. Gaz., 19, pp. 25-32.
Lire, A. C., 1901.—The tuberele-like roots of Cycas revoluta. Bot. Gaz. 31,
265—271.
Zacu, F., 1910.—Studie uber Phagocytose in den Wurzelknollehen der Cyea-
deen. Ocest. Bot. Zeitschr., 60, 49-55.
‘ Borromuey, W. B., 1907.—The Structure of Root Tubercles in Leguminous and
other Plants. Report British Association, 693.
, 1909.—Some effeets of Nitrogen-fixing bacteria on the growth of Non-
Leguminous plants. Proc. Roy. Soc., B., [xxxi., 287.
Nosse and Hittner, 1899.—Die endotrophe Mykorrhiza von Podocarpus und
ihre physiologische Bedeutung. Landw. Versuchsstat., Lief 1.
Spratt, H. R., 1912.—The Formation and Physiological Significance of the Root
Nodules in the Podocarpineae. Ann. Bot., 26, 801—814.
Vines, 1888.—On the relation of the formation of tubercles on the roots of
Leguminoseae and the presence of Nitrogen in the soil. Ann. Bot., 2,
386—389.
Frank, 1885.—Ueber die auf Wurzelsymbiose beruhende Enahrung guersser
Baume durch unterirdische Pilze. Ber. deut. bot. Gesell., 3.
McDoveati, 1899.—Symbiotie Saprophytism. Ann. Bot. 13, 1—47.
829
ASTACOCROTON, A NEW TYPE OF ACARID.
By W. A. Haswetn, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., Emeritus Professor of. Biology,
University of Sydney.
(Plates XXXV1.-XxXVii. )
[Read 30th August, 1922.]
CONTENTS.
1. Introductory: mode of occurrence: methods, etc... .. . 329
ZeaN LD) LAST OSIS Ee eee cteuaics ws teet A OUn a verry Mien Ys /ap late, SRN aya) ores OOO.
owe Generalsreaturesm (female) mya ee aera tee oer et 880
4. Capitulum: appendages .. .. 5° So GAUL he MORES pao L
5. Coxal or integumentary glands . Hershel Cie Se MCR A EEG SS
6. Digestive system .. .. Hie Oe Me oe oe
7. Salivary and supposed eae morrgtitta’ elands Hepa) ale nes BaD)
8. Integument: the so-called fat- Ody Aeeree ted Ko anlaat
G), IBpqOOG? CMRI oo! Go ue. 2605, Op) Sedu “oolten) ouMSEUES UGEY/
LORE prodiuctiversy Stem semen Tins mee eee re aa SoS
LES Mictleveteterteter. Week heres la a otyunpammnemme tenes vont. wisan ty.) fb vpeoat ant SAO
224 Gon clusion sei sees aye ken cer MASI Ree er See) rate: cinerea Saal GAO,
1. Introductory; mode of occurrence, methods, ete.
The Acarid dealt with in this paper occurs, sometimes abundantly, in the
branchial chambers of the common spiny Crayfish (Astacopsis serratus) of the
rivers of Eastern Australia. I have found it most numerous in the bright crim-
son variety that frequents the larger tributaries of the Grose and Cox in the
Blue Mountains; but it occurs also, though more rarely, in the Craytishes of small
streams not connected with the Hawkesbury River system.*
‘The adult females, which are devoid of eyes, are firmly attached to the gill-
filaments of their hosts by means of the chelicerae and pedipalpi, and can only
be detached by the use of a certain amount of force. The males, which are
comparatively small, and which are provided with a pair of eyes, are not at-
tached, but swim very actively. Probably they are intermittently parasitic,
though I have no actual direct evidence of this. The same holds good of the
young females. Though soft and thin-skinned, Astacocroton is by no means
easily acted on by. fixing agents. In cold sublimate-acetic or aleohol it remains
*Astacocroton does not occur on the common bicarinate Crayfish or “Mirami”
(Parachaeraps bicarinatus) ; and a number of specimens of the Western Australian
Chaeraps tenuimanus, C. guinguecarinatus and C. preissii examined by me with the
assistance of Mr. F. A. McNeill, Zoologist in charge of Lower Invertebrates at the
Australian Museum, proved also to be free from the parasite.
330 ASTACOCROTON, A NEW TYPE OF ACARID,
alive for a long time and eventually undergoes more or less shrivelling. The same
holds good of other reagents used cold, except Carnoy’s solution, the fixing action
of which, however, was not satisfactory. Killing with hot water. followed by
treatment with various re-agents—Flemming without acetic, Henning, picrosul-
phuric, Hermann,—did not yield good results. On the whole the best sections so
far have been obtained with specimens treated with hot sublimate-acetic. Double
embedding (with either toluol-aleohol or aleohol-ether celloidin and paraffin) was
found to be of advantage. Staining was most satisfactorily effected by means of
haematoxylin (iron-alum method, Heidenhain, Delafield or Ehrlich) followed by
erythrosin.
Most of the material available was collected by myself and fixed with hoi
sublimate-acetic. Though this was for the most part at least ten years old, it
was in a good state of! preservation. More recently, since I became engaged in
this research, I have received highly valued assistance in the form of supplies of
live crayfishes from Prof. H. G. Chapman and Mr. F. A. MeNeill.
For comparison I have used species of Tetranychus and Trombidium, and
various Hydrachnids, Tyroglyphids and Oribatids.
I am indebted to the University of Sydney for a grant from the MeCaughey
Research Fund which has defrayed the expenses ineurred. My drawings have
been re-drawn for the purpose of reproduction by Mr. F. W. Atkins of the
Sydney Technical High School.
2. Diagnosis of Astacocroton.
Adult female imago permanently parasitic on gills of Crayfish, eyeless, in-
capable of swimming, devoid of tracheae. Integument of body thin, transparent,
devoid of chitinous plates and practically hairless. Body swollen, ovoid, with
the legs displaced forwards so as to be all im front of the middle of the trunk.
Capitulum not greatly produced, with the mouth at the anterior end of its ventral
surface. Chelicerae with the second joint piercing, barbed. Pedipalpi power-
ful, the last joint provided with hooked spines, the penultimate not produced.
Kpimera subequal, all distinct, except that the third and fourth are united for a
very short distance at their inner ends; on the fused part but opposite the fourth,
is the aperture of. a gland or group of glands—coxal or integumentary. The
legs are devoid of swimming hairs; each is armed terminally with a pair of
strongly hooked tridentate claws. The genital aperture is a longitudinal shit
close to the posterior extremity of the body. A little distance behind and above
it is the excretory aperture. The animal is oviparous; a large number of ripe
eges, each enclosed in a thick shell, collect in the uterus, but their active develop-
ment does not begin till after they have been discharged.
I propose to name the only species as yet known A. molle.
3. General Features.
‘The permanently attached females reach a maximum length of about 2 mm.
When detached, full-grown specimens are able to climb about among the branchiae,
but, when set free in water, they are unable to swim, though making energetic
efforts to do so. Small specimens make more or less rapid progress through
the water. The general shape is oval, with a slight ventral flattening. The
integument is very thin, colourless and transparent, so that on the ventral side the
ova and other internal structures are clearly visible. In some specimens the
most conspicuous structures on this surface are a pair of rounded bodies, the
“eoxal glands” (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 1, ca.), situated between the bases of the fourth
Stee. 2 ——S-s
BY W. A. HASWELL. dal
pair of legs. On the dorsal surface is a very conspicuous median longitudinal
white band with irregularly lobed edges, marking the position of the exeretory
organ. ‘This bifureates in front and bifureates also though less distinetly, be-
hind. Towards the posterior end of the ventral surface is a narrow longitudinal
slit bounded by a pair of chitinous plates set on edge—the reproductive aperture
(Pl. xxxvi., fig. 1, g.a.; Pl. xxxvii., fig. 18). On either side of this extends a row of
four “genital suckers” (Pl. xxxvii., fig. 18) each about .02 mm. in diameter, the
row curved with the concavity inwards and set in a semi-lunar area which is ap-
parently a thickening of the cuticle. <A little distance behind the genital slit is
the small, sometimes slit-like, sometimes rounded excretory aperture (Pl. xxxvi,
fig. 1, ev.a.; Pl. xxxvii., fig. 18) with a slight raised rim. In addition to the
mouth, to be deseribed with the capitulum, the only other external apertures are
those of the ducts of the coxal glands—a pair of minute pores .01 mm. in dia-
meter on the coxae of the fourth pair of legs. There are no stigmata.
4. Capitulum; appendages.
In the larger specimens the capitulum (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 1, ep; fig. 2), is situated
well behind the anterior margin, so as to be completely concealed from view
when the animal is looked at from above. Its length is about one-fourteenth to
about one-eighth of that of the body. "lhough it is freely movable, it is not
definitely articulated with the body. Distally it is divided by a slight median
notch, on either side of which are attached the bases of the pedipalpi. The
mouth is situated on the ventral aspect of the distal end of the capitulum. It is
a nearly circular aperture, bounded by a thick chitinous ring, continuous in front
with the edges of a median slit between the bases of the pedipalpi. The area
of the ventral surface of the capitulum behind the mouth is perforated by numer-
ous extremely fine pores which, as sections show, perforate the cuticle.
The chelicerae, instead of lying in a groove on the upper surface as in the
Ixodidae and Bdellidae and a few other Acarida, are roofed over by a continuation
of the integument of the capitulum, as in Trombidiwm and the Hydrachnids, the
entire basal joint being enclosed within the latter and the distal podomere alone
being thrust out through the mouth.
Each chelicera (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 2, chi, cha; fig. 3) is composed, as in the
majority of the Acarids, of two joints or podomeres, proximal and distal. The
distal podomere is a sharp stylet, strongly curved, with the coneavity dorsal and
anterior. At a little distance from the point is an oblique flange strengthened
by a sharp spine, the end projecting like a tooth; this must play the part of the
parb of a hook in hindering withdrawal when a gill filament has been pierced. A
second smaller oblique spine appears nearer the apex. Close to the point is a
minutely serrated ridge of somewhat variable extent. Along the inner side runs
a longitudinal flange extending from the base to near the apex. In the normal
relations of the parts, with the two chelicerae in close apposition, their two
longitudinal flanges combine to complete a longitudinal canal for the passage of
the blood of the erayfish to the mouth of the parasite. ‘lhe base of the distal
joint lies within the mouth and is incapable of protrusion. It is expanded and
divided into two condyles for articulation with the proximal joint and for the
insertion of the muscles arising within the latter. Sections suow that it is hollow,
being pierced by a canal which opens into the cavity of the proximal joint by a
fine aperture at the base between the two condyles. The canal contains a core
of tissue, which, though the structure is not clear in any of my sections, is
probably a duct opening near the distal end. The gland of which this would
332 ASTACOCROTON, A NEW TYPE OF ACARID,
seem to be the duct is a granular mass contained in the cavity of the proximal
joint between the muscles. It consists of a number of lobes which converge
towards the distal end to form a vesicle which narrows to form the duct. The
proximal joint may be described as oval, somewhat compressed laterally, and
narrowing distally. Its long axis is not parallel with that of the capitulum, the
proximal end being dorsal to the pharynx and the distal near the mouth. At its
oral end it les in the roof of the mouth cavity, and behind that it develops a
knob which articulates with the chitinous element which I propose to term the
fulcrum. The fulera are of general, if not universal, occurrence in the Acaridae;
but they do not appear to have had any name given to them that could be of
general application. In tracheate forms such as Trombidiwm and the tracheate
Hydrachnids they are hollow, the cavity which each encloses being in continuity
with the tracheal system. In this connection they are termed the “drittes kiefer-
paar” by Haller (1881) “sigmoid chitinous piece” by Michael (1895) “zweite
Luftkammer” by Henking (1882). Each not only supports the corresponding
chelicera, but gives origin to the muscles by the contraction of which the move-
ments of the latter, as a whole, are effected. ‘The fulera articulate with the
chitinous “bridge.” The middle part of the latter lies on the aboral side of the
salivary receptacle in which the right and left main salivary ducts unite to open
into the mouth. It is produced downwards and outwards in two strong chitinous
bars which fuse with the cuticle of the lateral wall of the capitulum at its base.
The fulera in Astacocroton are strong, solid, curved rods of dense chitin, which,
originating close together where they articulate with the chelicerae and the bridge,
diverge as they pass backward and downwards like the limbs of an inverted V.
From each arises a set of muscles passing backwards and upwards to be inserted
into the proximal end of the basal: podomere of the corresponding chelicera. When
these muscles contract they must cause the rotation or tilting forwards in the
vertical plane of the chelicerae on the fulcra, and this must result in the move-
ment by which the harpoon-like free ends are made to pierce the gill of the
crayfish. y
In general it may be said that the structure of the capitulum and the cheli-
cerae agrees well with that of these parts in Trombidium and the Hydrachnida.
'The most noteworthy difference seems to lie in the fulera. In Trombidiwm and
the tracheate Hydrachnids, instead of being solid rods, these, as already stated,
are hollow and dilated into the form of air-chambers with chitinous walls con-
nected with the tracheal system, while still retaining the same essential relation-
ship with the bridge, the chelicerae and their muscles.
The pedipalpi (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 1, pd; figs. 4 and 5) are a little longer than
the capitulum, stout, composed of five joints or podomeres, of which the second
is the largest. The last, which is much narrower than the rest, is provided ter-
minally with six spines, four of which are hooked; the penultimate bears a spine
on the inner side of the distal end. The entire appendage is habitually curved
downwards in adaptation to its function of grasping the gill-filaments and sus-
pending the parasite.
The position of the legs (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 1) in the full-grown animal is a
very marked feature, the last pair being far in front of the middle of the body—
in faet, in large specimens not more than about a fifth of the entire length from
the anterior end. This is associated with the great distension of the body with
the ingested crayfish blood and the accumulated mass of eggs, but begins at a very
early stage. “Ihe epimera (coxae) are subequal, the fourth a little longer than
the rest, in contact with one another by their edges, but not fused, except the
BY W. A. HASWELL. 333
third and fourth, and these only for a short distance at their outer ends. In
length the legs increase from before backwards, the fourth being much the
longest and about half the length of the body in a large specimen. Each con-
sists, as in other mites, of six podomeres (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 6) in addition to the
epimeron. Swimming hairs are not developed on them, there being only a small
number of short hairs. At its extremity (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 7) each is provided
with a pair of strongly-hooked trifid or tridentate claws without sucking disk,
but with a stoutish spine.
5. Coxal or integumentary glands.
The two oval bodies referred to above as the coxal glands may not correspond
to the organs so named in other Arachnids, and the name is mainly applied to
them here on account of the position of the openings of their ducts on the coxae
of the last pair of legs. The “glands” in question (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 1, ea) are
situated close to the ventral surface behind the central nervous system. Each is
divided into about half-a-dozen lobes which converge outwards and forwards to-
wards the point from which the duct is given off, and narrow prolongations of
some extend into the latter and may reach the aperture. ‘The clear substance of
which these lobes are composed is very hard in the preserved specimens and in
many cases refused to be cut into sections, the gland breaking into irregular
pieces and tearing up adjoining structures. In one series of sections, however,
of an immature female without eggs, it is clear enough that each lobe is divided
transversely by thin partitions into several (usually four) parts, and that in
each of these is a small round body like an indistinct nucleus. On the other hand
in some series of sections of full-grown specimens with numerous eggs the
organ has not broken and the sections of it appear like sections of an almost
homogeneous body, staining strongly and uniformly with eosin or erythrosin,
and without histological structure. In the smallest specimens which I have ob-
tained—minute free-swimming stage—the organs in question are very distinctly
divided into lobes and have wide ducts, but the specimens, mounted whole un-
stained, are not in a condition to show minute structure. The conclusion to be
derived from the imperfect data appears to be that, while probably functional
in the young animal. these glands become inert in the fixed parasite and their
histological structure degenerates.
Openings of “integumentary glands” are present on the fourth epimera in
Teutonia, Limnesia and Limnesiopsis (Piersig u. Lohmann, 1901). It seems pro-
bable that the glands in question are of the same nature as the bodies above
described; but the latter appear to be very different from the dorsal integu-
mentary glands described by Michael (1895) and others in Thyas and various
other Hydraehnids.
6. Digestive System.
A slit between the bases of the pedipalpi expands behind into the rounded
aperture of the mouth which is surrounded by a ring-like thickening of the
cuticle. The latter is produced inwards to form the investment of the baccal
cavity. The latter gives off the pharynx almost immediately within the mouth-
opening (FI. xxxvi., fig. 8), and is eontinued below the basal joints of the two
chelicerae into a dorso-ventrally compressed space which expands laterally and
receives at its outer angles the main-salivary duets. ‘This space, which may be
termed the salivary receptacle (s.r.), is separated from the buccal cavity proper
by a fold of the thin membrane forming the floor of both, a fold which hes on
a cushion-like elevation and may act as a valve.
334 ASTACOCROTON, A NE\W TYPE OF ACARID,
The pharynx (Pl. xxxvi., figs. 8-10, ph; Pl. xxxvii., figs. 11-12) has the
general structure usual in the Acarida, corresponding closely in most respects
with that of Trombidium as described by Henking and that of Thyas as described
by Michael. An important difference, however, is that the swallowing muscles
(“Schluckmuskeln” of Henking, “transverse muscles” of Michael) which are so
conspicuous in transverse sections of this region in Z'rombidium and oceur also
in the Hydrachnids, or at least in some of them, are here entirely absent—the
sucking muscles being opposed merely by the elasticity of the wall of the pharynx.
The chief agents in the sucking action are the “dilatores pharyngis” muscles of
Michael (1895, p. 182). ‘l'o the result of the contraction of these muscles in
enlarging the lumen of the pharynx, a contribution is made by short muscular
bundles arising from the inner surface of the ventral cuticle in the middle line
and inserted into the ventral half-tube of the pharynx, mainly into a_ keel-hke
process which projects downwards from the latter; this musele which may be
termed depressor pharyngis, is figured by Michael in Thyas (1895, fig. 23), but is
not lettered and is not mentioned in the text. :
The “Giftdriisen” which are also very conspicuous in transverse sections of
the eapitulum of Vrombidium and are described and figured in that genus by
Henking (1882) are entirely absent in Astacocroton. So also is the azygous
gland referred to by Michael (1895, p. 192) as lying (in Thyas) between the
two sets of muscles which tilt up the chelicerae.
There is, however, in this region, a gland (?) not represented in Trombidium
and not recorded, so far as I can ascertain, as occurring in any other Acarid.
This, which I propose to name pharyngeal gland, is rather (if it be indeed glan-
dular) of the nature of a group of large unicellular than of a pair of compound
glands. These (PI. xxxvii., fig. 12, 7) are situated between and around the dilator
muscles of the pharynx. Each is a somewhat pyramidal cell, 0.1 mm. in length,
with a rounded base directed upwards, and the attenuated apex becoming lost
among the fibres of the dilator muscles near the dorsal wall of the pharynx. Each
cell has a nucleus about .01 mm. in diameter, and vacuolated cytoplasm which is
not readily affected by stains.
The oesophagus is extremely narrow, with an excessively minute lumen. As
usual it perforates the central nerve-mass to open into the mesenteron. The
latter consists of an anterior median sac extending across the whole breadth of
the body immediately behind the dorsal salivary gland, and a pair of ecaeca
which extend back to the posterior end of the body. As in the Prostigmata in
general, there is no hind-gut or anus. "The two eaeeca (Pl. xxxvi., figs. 14-16,
ent) are separated from one another by the median exeretory organ (ex) and
occupy with it all the dorsal part of the cavity of the body—the ventral part
being taken up by the ovary and the uterus. The median sac and the ecaeea are
of essentially the same structure. A basement membrane supports an epithelium
of an extremely irregular character. The contents are invariably the blood of
the crayfish, disseminated through which are usually to be seen numbers of the
characteristic blood-corpuscles.
The epithelium resembles the corresponding layer in the Acarida in general
as described by Michael (1895, 1894-97), Thor (1904) and others. Some of the
cells are relatively small, others are produced into the lumen and dilated distally,
the proximal part usually becoming constricted. The protoplasm of the large
cells and, to some extent, of the small also, is loaded with a variety of meta-
plasmic bodies, in the form of granules, spherules and irregular coneretions, which
vary very greatly in character and relative abundanee in different individuals.
BY W. A. HASWELL. 335
As appears to be very generally the case in the Aecarida (Michael, 1895, 1894-
97; Thor, 1904), as well as in some other Arachnids (Bernard, 1894), the cells
or portions of them, often become free in the lumen. As the contained blood
remains uncoagulated they are able to float freely, but in a few of my series, the
blood has for some reason undergone coagulation while the animal was still alive,
and in these cases the passage of the wandering cells from one side to the other
is plainly indicated by clean-cut cylindrical burrows through the coagulum (PI.
xxxvil., fig. 14). The definitiveness of these and their straight, or nearly straight,
course, seem to indicate a distinet attraction or repulsion—not due to gravity,
since the direction of the canals is not the same on opposite sides. In a specimen
crushed while alive, moving enteric cells can sometimes be distinguished. These
assume the elongated narrow shape which they most habitually adopt in traversing
the enteric lumen.
he crayfish blood-corpuscles are ingested by the cells of the enterie epithe-
lium. This is quite clear in only one of my: series of sections—one in which the
corpuscles are very strongly stained and the blood plasma and endoderm cells
not too strongly. It is certain of the latter projecting far into the lumen or
altogether detached that mainly discharge this function. In successive sections of
one of these cells I have counted as many as fifty of the corpuscles, some adher-
ing to the surface, others half embedded, others more or less deeply sunk in the
cell-protoplasm.
There are no intrinsic muscles in the wall either of the mesenteron or of the
excretory organ, and yet in the living animal, contractions oceur in waves at
irregular intervals in the walls of both mesenteron and excretory organ. These
contractions must be due to a pair of strong muscular bands which extend
obliquely throughout the length of the body from the dorsal body-wall above the
anterior extremity of the excretory organ backwards and downwards, one on
either side of the excretory organ, between it and the corresponding mesenteric
eaecum, to the neighbourhood of the excretory aperture.
7. Salivary and anti-coagulin Glands.
There are in Astacocroton three pairs of glands representing the “salivary”
series. If we adopt Thor’s (1904, p. 105) nomenclature, these would correspond
to his tubular, reniform and dorsal—the last being perhaps the equivalents of both
anterior and posterior dorsal pairs, or perhaps of only one of them. The an-
terior and posterior oesophageal pairs and the unpaired tracheal are not re-
presented.
By far the largest of these are the last—the dorsal. ‘These are about .3 mm.
in diameter, situated dorsally at the extreme anterior end of the body, just be-
hind the bases of the chelicerae, dorsal to the oesophagus and nervye-centre, fitting
close down over these struetures and in close contact with one another in the
middle line. Each consists (Pl. xxxvii., fig. 13) of a group of large cells, about
2 mm. in length, of approximately pyramidal shape, arranged around a central
cavity of variable extent—the beginning of the duct (@)—which is bounded by
their apices and is lined by a thin euticle. Towards the broader end each cell is
composed of an almost homogeneous substance which is not very strongly affected
by staining agents; but, invading this near the apex, and sometimes spreading
throughout the greater part of the cell, is the accumulating secretion, which in
lightly stained sections appears clear and yellowish, but in such as have been
strongly eosinated shows as masses of rounded granules. Each cell has a large
nucleus, .03 mm. in diameter, with a spheroidal nueleolus, .01 mm. in diameter,
336 ASTACOCROTON, A NEW 'TYPE OF ACARID,
and an achromatic network having a prevailingly radial arrangement. The nar-
row apical part of each cell is virtually its duct and pierces the cuticle of the
beginning of the main duct to open into its lumen. In large adult animals the
structure becomes compheated by the main duct receiving a tributary duct, which
arises from a small cavity of the nature of a secondary lumen in the interior of
the more ventral part of the gland.
The duct, a narrow tube with a cuticular lining, runs straight forwards to
toi those of the two glands yet to be described.
The reniform glands (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 10 and Pl. xxxvii., fig. 13, S2) are
much smalier than the dorsal—only about .07 mm. in diameter—and lie opposite
the middle of the dorsal glands and external to the latter. The main part of
each is a rounded body containing a number of nuclei which, though large (.01
mm. in diameter) compared with those of most of the other tissue-elements, are
small in comparison with those of the cells of the dorsal glands. “Uhese nuclei
are quite irregularly arranged and tle cells which they represent are not always
clearly distinguishable. In the substance of the gland are small vacuoles and
canals and a narrow central lumen, not distinguishable in all cases, from which
the duct arises. The latter runs forwards to join the other salivary duets.
The third pair of glands in Astacocroton belonging to: the “salivary” group—
the anti-coagulin glands—undoubtedly correspond morphologically to the “tubular
salivary glands” of Michael, the “glandes tubulaires’” of Thor, the “schlauch-
fOrmige Driisen” of Schaub (1888). But in Astacocroton these glands present
features of significance which, so far as I can ascertain, have not been observed
in any other Acarid. Each gland (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 10, co) begins in front close
to the corresponding dorsal and reniform glands, external to the former and
separated from it by the muscles running from the dorsal body-wall to the base
of the rostrum, somewhat ventral to and behind the latter. The anti-coagulin
gland begins in front in an elongated vesicle or reservoir with, in some cases, a
considerable Iumen and comparatively thin walls. This gives off, in’ front, a
duct which runs inwards and forwards to join those of the reniform glands.
Posteriorly it is produced into a tube which is thrown into several folds, and
undergoes several dilatations. “he chief of these dilatations has a funnel-like
appearance in transverse sections. What represents the mouth of the funnel,
which faces inwards, is closed by a thin wall of small cells. ‘lhe remaining
walls of the “funnel” are relatively thick and composed, like the rest of the
organ, of cells without definite boundaries, recognisable only by their nuclei
which are distinctly smaller than those of the reniform glands. The reservoir
passes into a wide tube which is twisted on itself and this divides behind into
two narrow tubes (about .03 mm. in diameter) which run backwards in the
wall of the mesenteron (Pl. xxxvii., fig. 15, a.c.g.) sometimes close together,
sometimes wider apart. Finally, far back in the wall of the mesenterie diver-
ticulum, the two tubes unite and terminate; in other words, the two tubes are in
reality a loop. In some series there is a short anastomosis about the middle.
The meaning of the special form of the tubular glands and the peeuhar
position of their loops might be conjectured; but to my mind at least it is
rendered perfectly clear by the evidence of some of my series of sections. In
these, not only is the mesenterie epithelium altered and partly dissolved away
along the track of the loop, but a definite effect has evidently been in the act
of being produced on the blood in the mesenteric lumen, an efteet which is strictly
limited to this track and extends throughout its length. The nature of this
effect is diffieult to deseribe: it is as if a cloud of clear unstainable liquid were
BY W. A. HASWELL. 337
passing out into the faintly stainable granular plasma of the blood-food along
the course of the loop. The conclusion seems unavoidable that, though the
tubular glands: have their own ducts which carry their seeretion into the mouth
through the common salivary duct, a part of the secretion diffuses from the
looped tube into the lumen of the mesenteron.
‘That an anti-coagulin is produced in the digestive system of Astacocroton
has not been proved. In the ticks Ivodes and Argas, Sabbatani, in the case of
the former, and Nuttall and Strickland (1908) in the case of the latter, demon-
strated its presence experimentally. But since the question presented itself I
have not been able to muster sufficient fresh material to render such experiment
practicable. However, the fact that the blood-food does remain uncoagulated in
all but a few exceptional cases seems to prove that an anti-coagulin is produced.
And the very peculiar relationship found to exist between the loop of the tubular
gland and the mesenteri¢e epithelium seems to point to that gland as the most
probable source of the ferment.
8. The integument; the so-called fat-body.
The cuticle of the general surface is very thin—abont .00143 mm.—It con-
sists of two layers—the outer homogeneous, the inner with an obscure structure
of vertical pillars, with an undulated inner surface. That of the capitulum is
nearly twice as thick. The underlying layer—epidermis—is thinner than the
cuticle, and in the adult animal no longer exhibits a cellular structure. Below
the epidermis, in the body-cavity are a good many leucocytes, about .01 mm. in
diameter when rounded off, filled with small granules, which have a strong affinity
for eosin or erythrosin.
Within, on the dorsal side, is a layer (Pl. xxxvii., figs. 15 and 16, f) not
quite continuous, of sharply defined cells of irregular shape and size, averaging
about 0.02 mm. in diameter with nuclei of about 0.01 mm. and nueleoh of about
0.005 mm. or rather less.
These are the cells figured and deseribed in \Jirombidium by Henking (1882,
Plate xxxiv., fig. 10) as “Fettkorperzellen.” They lie in close contact with the
dorsal side of the mesenteron and excretory organ, and in front of these over the
dorsal glands. Thor (1904, p. 37) regarded them erroneously as young ova.
9. The Exeretory Organ.
This is a median sae (Pl. xxxvii., figs. 14-16, ex) extending throughout the
length of the body towards the dorsal side, and opening on the exterior by the
small exeretory aperture (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 1 and Pl. xxxvu., fig. 18), situated a
little distance behind the posterior end of the genital shit. In front it divides
into two branches which curve outwards and forwards each running in an almost
transverse direction in a fold of the wall of the mesenteron to terminate
blindly over the coxal glands. Behind, before narrowing to open on the exterior,
it gives off a pair of short lobed caeca. Its general appearance in the lhving
animal has already been referred to. In sections the main part of the organ is
seen to be a laterally compressed tube with a narrow vertical lumen expanding
somewhat dorsally where it lies immediately below the dorsal body-wall. It 1s
intercepted between the two enteric caeca, with the imner walls of which it is
intimately connected, and abuts below on the wall of the uterus.
The wall of the organ consists of two layers only—an internal epithelium
and an external supporting layer or basement-membrane. The epithelium is a
single layer of cells flattened for the most part and not sharply marked off from
338 ASTACOCROTON, A NEW TYPE OF ACARID,
one another. The nuclei are characterised by the possession of several rounded
nucleoli. The basement-membrane has no recognisable structure. It and the
basement-membrane of the mesenteron are in intimate apposition, but are not
fused, a definite cleft being distinguishable between them in some places, and the
dorso-ventral muscles already referred to in connection with the mesenteron inter-
vening in others.
10. Reproductive system.
‘The female genital aperture has, as already stated, a form which is very usual
in the Acarids, viz., that of a longitudinal slit bounded by a pair of vertically-
placed chitinous plates. The passage (vagina) into which it leads is surrounded
by a thick mass of muscular fibres, and the cavity is almost obliterated in most
sectioned specimens by the close apposition of the lateral walls. In front the
cavity opens out and then bifureates, each of the two lateral vaginae thus formed
opening into the corresponding division of the uterus.
In young specimens in which there are no fully formed ova and in which the
uterus is empty, the latter is divided, except in front, into right and left
cavities by a median vertical partition. In mature specimens with the uterus
packed with eggs, this partition only remains complete in the posterior region;
further forward it breaks down, only a remnant at most of its dorsal part per-
sisting. Further forward still it completely disappears and the uterus presents
an undivided eavity.
The wall of the uterus is composed of a single layer of cells supported upon
2» basement membrane. In the mid-ventral region the latter alone persists. In the
lateral regions the cells. become vertically elongated. It must be to the activity
of these cells that the formation of the thick and complicated egg-shells is due,
since there are no other elements that could be concerned in this process.
The ovary (Pl. xxxvi.., figs. 15 and 16, ov; fig. 17) les mainly on the ventral
side of the uterus with the ventral wall of which, here for the most part com-
posed merely of basement membrane, it is intimately united. But in front it ex-
tends round it to the dorsal side and is prolonged a little distance in front of it
in the region just behind and between the coxal glands. The ova, developed in
the substance of the ovary in the manner subsequently described, then project-
ing outwards in fhe stalked stage, later become free in the surrounding eavity
(which is simply the body-cavity) and there grow to their full size. Communi-
cation between the body-cavity and the interior of the uterus is effected by a pair
of apertures situated far forward just behind the coxal glands. The free
(outer) surface of the ovary is covered with a very thin layer (not definitely re-
presented in Pl. xxxvii., fig. 17) which is prolonged over each of the developing
ova—Henking’s tunica propria ovarit.
Although it is impossible to follow the details of the oogenesis in the
material at present available, there are a few important points to be noted. The
ova appear in the substance of the ovary—a layer about .05 to .07 mm: in
thickness. The cells, as they near the outer surface, become separated into two
sets—(1) those destined to become ova and (2) those destined to become stallk-
cells. The former become larger and come to project on the free surface. The
latter remain small with denser protoplasm and very small nuclei, and form
groups of about five or six beneath the growing ova. Each group is developed
into a stalk with about a dozen nuclei, embedded at its base in the substance of
the ovary, but quite sharply cut off from the latter, and bearing a young ovum
at its free end. Such a stalk probably plays the part of a nutrient organ, re-
=—s = SS
BY W. A. HASWELL. 339
placing the cells of the nutrient chambers of the ovaries of certain Insects. But
before the ova have increased greatly in size, and long before the yolk has begun
to be formed, the ovum has developed over its entire surface a definite though
thin membrane with the appearance of chitin, which cuts off the stalk and must
interfere to some extent with free absorption. The original investment mean-
while disappears. The younger stalked ova (PI. xxxvii., fig. 17, 1-4) are quite
devoid of yolk, but each contains in its cytoplasm a mass of substance having
staining reactions very similar to those of chromatin. ‘"I‘his, corresponding to a
“volk-nucleus,” at first surrounds, or partly surrounds, the nucleus; then be-
comes aggregated on one side assuming a variety of forms usually analysable
into twisted anastomosing threads. Later it becomes broken up into small masses
and dispersed through the cytoplasm, and long before the detachment of the ovum
from its stalk, yolk-spherules make their appearance. At first they are only
developed in the outer zones, leaving a large, sharply defined, yolkless central
area (Pl. xxxvii., fig. 17, 5); but later they extend uniformly throughout the pro-
toplasm and increase greatly in size from .002 mm., when first clearly distinguish-
able, to .015 mm. in the ripe egg.
How and at what stage fertilization takes place has not been ascertained,
nor has any trace been seen of maturation phases. When the ovum enters the
uterus it at once becomes enclosed in a thick shell secreted by the elongated
epithelial cells of the lateral parts of the uterus. The completed egg is .23 mm.
in diameter. The egg shell is about .015 mm. in thickness and consists of three
layers, an outer very thin, a middle, the thickest, made up of radially elongated
rod-like elements, and an inner which is the original chitinous investment of the
ovum. About fifty of these ripe eggs accumulate in the uterus of a mature
female. Their further history has not yet been followed.
The relations between the ova, the body-cavity and the uterus in Astacocroton
seem, if we have regard to the statements in general works sueh as Warburton’s
“Arachnids” of the “Cambridge Natural History,’ or Marie Daiber’s ‘“Arach-
noidea” of Lang’s “Lehrbuch,” to be quite without parallel in the Arachnida; but
if we look more closely into the descriptions and figures of certain of the original
papers we are forced to the conclusion that the relations in question must in
certain other groups of the Acarida be essentially the same as in Astacocroton.
Thus in his account of Bdella Michael (1894-97, p. 516) states ‘The ova
are formed and more or less matured in short pedunculated cysts, each ovum ap-
parently forming its own oocyst by pushing out the exterior tunic of the ovary,
thus forming a sae in which the ovum lies. Exactly how the ovum gets from the
ooeyst into the oviduct is not by any means clear to me in Bdella, or, indeed in
many of the other Acarina, although it is evident in the Oribatidae and most
Gamasidae.”
His figures 24 and 25 show clearly enough that before the ova represented
can reach the interior of the oviduct they must first become detached from their
peduncles and enter by apertures in the wall of the oviduct or uterus. Precisely
the same holds good of Henking’s (1882) Figs. 14-16, representing the female
reproductive apparatus of Trombidium.
Under the heading “Glands of unknown function” Michael (1895) in his ae-
count of Thyas petrophilus deseribes as follows a pair of glands which occur in
both sexes :—
“Lying immediately below the lateral portions of the hollow square of the
ventriculus immediately above the genital organs in both sexes, and about the
middle longitudinally of the latter organs, exist a pair of almost globular or
340 ASTACOCROTON, A NEW TYPE OF ACARID,
slightly elliptical, organs of about .04 mm. diameter in the male and about .05 to
-1 mm. in the female. These organs (fig. 19, gu) have every appearance of be-
ing glands; they are composed of distinctly nucleated closely-packed elongated
cells of about .01 mm. diameter and in section exhibit similar cellulation all
through; they are quite solid without lumen, but I have not been able to trace
any duct from them. I thought at one time that they probably discharged into
the posterior part of the tubular salivary glands, but after careful investigation
I am not, up to the present, able to state that this is the case, although the two
organs are in tolerably close juxtaposition; and the function of the glands there-
fore remains uncertain to me” (1895, p. 197).
A pair of organs which are almost certainly homologous with those described
oceur in the female Astacocroton. They are a pair of rounded organs nearly .2
mm. in diameter, ventro-laterally situated between the mesenteric diverticulum
and the uterus, embedded in the posterior wall of the latter. Each is a solid
mass of polyhedral cells averaging about .02 mm. in diameter, without lumen and
without duct. ‘There is certainly no connection with the tubular salivary gland,
the bend of the loop of which is definitely anterior. There is a very close as-
sociation between the cells of this gland and those of the uterine epithelium,
but if the former organ occurs, as Michael states it does in Thyas, in both sexes,
its function is not easy to determine. In the only male Astacocroton (immature)
of which I have sections it was not seen.
11. Male.
I am not in a position to give a full account of the male since I have only a
single specimen, and that is in an immature condition. I have never found a
male attached to the gills—the few I have seen being free in the gill-cavity. Their
apparent scarcity may be partly due to their freedom. The specimen referred to
was very small, not more than a millimetre in length. The appendages are not
distinguishable from those of the female. ‘The presence of a pair of eyes may be
peculiar to the male; but early stages of the female may possess them. ‘The
ehief—if not the only—external difference distinguishing the male is in the re-
productive aperture, which is a comparatively short slit situated relatively far
forward, about the middle of the ventral surface.
Sections of this specimen show that the reproductive apparatus is still in a
very rudimentary condition. The testes are a pair of sacs with distinct empty
lumina. These open in front into a narrow median passage (vas deferens) lead-
ing to the genital aperture. Behind they unite together in the middle line, their
cavities communicating. The two testes and their connections thus form a kind
of ring. The walls of the testes are composed of a mass of minute cells of
uniform character. Accessory glands are recognisable as a group of cells about
the median vas deferens and its external aperture. In the mature condition it
is obvious that the lumina of the testes will act as vesiculae seminales, and their
continuation to the median vas deferens as the lateral vasa deferentia.
12. Conclusion.
It appears to be almost certain that the nearest relatives of Astacocroton
are to be looked for among the Hydrachnida; no mite not adapted to aquatic life
could conceivably have given origin to a permanent external parasite of an
aquatie animal. ‘he marine derivation of such a hypothetical non-parasitie or
partly parasitie ancestor is not necessarily excluded. Living alongside Astacocro-
ton in the gill-eavity of the crayfish is Stratiodrilus, whose only known relative
BY W. A. HASWELL. 341
—and that quite a near one—lives on European lobsters (Nephrops and Homarus).
But structurally the marine Hydrachnid genera—Pontarachna and Nautarachna—
seem less remote than the rest of the marine Acarids—the Halacaridae.
Such eases of parasitism as are known in the Hydrachnids have little analogy
with the case of Astacocroton. Many of them are cases in which the parasitism
is confined to the larval stage. In the case of various species of Atax and of
Naiadicola ingens, in which the young become parasitic on the gills of fresh-
water mussels, the parasitism may be continued to the adult condition. But there
is nothing to connect any of these structurally with Astacocroton; if that genus is
to be set down as a parasitic Hydrachnid, it seems to have no close relationship
with any Hydrachnid hitherto known.
Literature.*
Banks, N., 1904—Treatise on Acarina or Mites. Proc. U.S. National Museum,
vol. XXViil.
Beneven, P. J. van, 1850.—Recherches sur l’histoire naturelle et le développement
de YAtax ypsilophora. Mem. Acad. Roy. Belg., t. 24.
*BeruEse, Ant., 1896.—Ricerche sugli organi e sulla funzione della digestione
negli Acari. Portici.
Bernarp, H. M., 1894.—Some observations on the relations of the Acaridae to
the Arachnida. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. 24.
Brernarp, H. M., 1893.—Notes on some of the digestive processes in Arachnids.
Journ. Roy. Microse. Soc.
CRONEBERG, A., 1878.—Ueber den Bau der Hydrachniden. Zool. Anz., 1.
Girop, P., 1889—Recherches anatomiques sur les Hydrachnides parasites de
VAnodonta et de Unio, Atax ypsilophila et Atax bonzi. Bull.
Soc. Zool. France, t. 14.
Hauer, G., 1881.—Die Mundtheile und Systematische Stellung der Milben. Zool.
Anz., 4 Bd.
Hanstery, R., 1901.—Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Gattung Tetranychus Dut.
Zeitschr, f. wiss. Zool., 70 Ba.
Henxine, H., 1882.—Beitrige zur Anatomie, Entwickelungsgeschichte und Bio-
logie von Trombidium fuliginosum, Herm. Zeitschr. f. wiss.
Zool., 37 Bd.
Koentcke, F’., 1881.—Steissdriisen von - Atax crassipes. Zool. Anz., 4 Bd.
Kornicxs, F., 1889.—Zur Entwickelung der Hydrachniden. Zool. Anz., 12 Bd.
Kramer, P., 1892.—Zur Entwickelung und Systematik der Siisswassermilben.
Zool. Anz., 15 Bd.
Kramer, P., 1875.—Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte der Hydrachniden. Archiv. f.
Naturg., 41 Bd.
KunsperG, K. von, 1911.—Eine Anticoagulindriise bei Zecken. Zool. Anz., 38
Ba.
Micuast, A. D., 1895.—A study of the internal anatomy of Thyas petrophilus,
an unrecorded Hydrachnid found in Cornwall. Proc. Zool. Soe,
MicuasL, A. D., 1894-97.—The internal Anatomy of Bdella. Trans. Linn. Soc.,
Zool., vol. 6.
NorpDENSKIOLD, E., 1899.—Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Morphologie und Syste-
matik der Hydrachniden. Acta Soc. Sei. Fennica, 24.
*Titles marked with an asterisk are papers of which the contents are known
to me only from abstracts in the Zoologischer Jahresbericht.
342 ASTACOCROTON, A NEW TYPE OF ACARID,
NorbEnskI0Lp, E., 1904, 1906.—Zur Anatomie und Histologie von Ixodes reduvius,
Zool. Anz., 28 und 30 Bad.
Nurrauy, G. H. F., Cooper, W. F., and Rozrnson, L. E., 1908—The structure
and biology of Haemaphysalis punctata. i. Parasitology, vol.
1.
Nurrauy, G. H. F., and Srrickiuanp, 1908.—On the presence of an anti-coagulin
in the salivary glands and intestine of Argas persicus. Parasi-
tology, vol. 1.
Pacenstecupr, H. A., 1861.—Beitriige zur Anatomie der Milben. Leipzig, 1861,
Heft 1.
Piersig, R. and Loumann, H., 1901.—Hydrachnidae und Halacaridae. Das
Tierreich, 13 Lief.
Rainsow, W. J., 1905-07.—A synopsis of Australian Acarina. Rec. Aust. Mus.,
vol. vi.
Samson, K., 1909.—Zur Anatomie und Biologie von Ixodes ricinus. Zeitschr. f.
wiss. Zool., 93 Bad.
*Scuaus, R. von, 1888.—Anatomie von Hydrotoma (Hydrachniden). Sitz. Akad.
Wien., 97 Bad.
*Srurany, R., 1891.—Die Coxaldriisen der Arachnoiden. Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien,
9 Bd.; Zool. Jahresb., 1891.
Suworrow, E. K., 1909.—I/xodes reduvius. Hine anatomische Skizze. Trav.
Soc. Nat. Petersb., vol. 38.
Tuon, K., 1905.—Neue Exeretionsorgane bei den Hydrachniden Familie Limno-
charidae. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., 79 Bd.
Tuon, K., 1905.—Ueber die Coxaldriisen bei Holothyriden. Zool. Anz., Bd. 28.
Tuor, S., 1902.—Eigenartige bisher unbekannte Driisen bei einzelnen Hydrach-
‘niden-Formen. Zool. Anz., 25 Bd.
THor, S., 1904.—Recherches sur l’anatomie comparée des Acariens prostigmati-
ques. Ann. Sci. Nat., 8 série, t. 19.
. Lettering.
a.c.g. (in fig. 15) supposed anti-coagulin glands; b.c. buceal cavity; br. bridge;
eli, chg, basal and terminal joints of chelicerae; ch.m. muscles running from fulera
to chelicerae; ch.m. muscles in basal joint of chelicerae; co (in fig. 7) supposed
anti-eoagulin gland; d. duct of dorsal salivary gland; d.m. depressor muscle of
pharynx; ent. enteron; ex. excretory organ; ex. a. excretory aperture; cx. coxal
gland; f. “fat-body”’; fu. fulerum; g. pharyngeal gland; Im. lateral nerve (in
capitulum) ; m.n. median nerve (in capitulum); mus. dorso-ventral muscle even-
tually inserted into base of capitulum; ov. ovary; pd. pedipalpi; pd.m. muscles to ,
base of pedipalpi; ph. pharynx; pi. undetermined pigmented body; r.m. retractor
muscle of chelicera; se reniform salivary gland; s.r. salivary receptacle; w. uterus.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXVI.-XXXVII.
Plate xxxvi.
Fig. 1. Female; general ventral view (x 30).
Fig. 2. Ventral view of capitulum and chelicerae (yx 225) with outlines of
basal parts of chelicerae, bridge and pharynx seen through the integument; pedi-
palpi not shown.
Fig. 3. Second podomeres of chelicerae as seen 7# situ slightly separated by
pressure and turned in slightly different directions ( x 520).
BY W. A. HASWELL. 343
Figs. 4 and 5. Views of extremity of pedipalpi (x 525).
Fig. 6. Fourth leg.
Fig. 7. Extremity of leg ( x 525).
Fig. 8. Approximately sagittal section of capitulum ( '225).
Fig. 9. Transverse section of the capitulum passing through the bridge and
the salivary receptacle ( 225).
Fig. 10. Semi-diagrammatic outline of the nerve-mass, the anti-coagulin gland
of the left side, and adjoining parts. The dorsal salivary gland and the main duct
are indicated by the broken lines, the main salivary duct by the dotted lines.
Plate xxxvil.
Fig. 11. Transverse sections of capitulum behind the middle part of the
bridge (x 225).
Fig. 12. Similar section a little further back.
Fig. 13. Section of dorsal salivary gland from a transverse series.
Fig. 14. Transverse section of the right enteric caecum and the adjacent
median excretory organ. The shaded body in the interior of the former represents
the mass of crayfish blood with the channels excavated in it. The details of the
boundaries of the cells in this and the two following figures are not given.
Fig. 15. Transverse section of young animal without any full-grown ova and
the uterus empty. The blood filling the enteric caeca is not represented: the in-
tegument is indicated by a single line. The uterine partition has disappeared in
the region represented.
Fig. 16. Similar sections of a mature specimen with the uterus distended with
Tipe eggs, one only of which is represented (\ 40).
Fig. 17. Portion of a section through the ovary, showing various stages in the
development of the stalked ova, the “yolk-nucleus,” and its replacement in the
largest ovum by the yolk spherules (x 525).
Fig. 18. Genital aperture, genital suckers and excretory aperture (x 120).
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW PHASMA BELONGING TO THE GENUS
EXTATOSOMA.
By Wauter W. FrRoacarr, Government Entomologist.
(Plate xxxviii.)
[Read 30th August, 1922.]
Among the members of the family Phasmidae there are many large and
curious forms which, both in structure and colouration, are striking examples of
protective mimicry. 3
Those belonging to the genus EHatatosoma have reached the limit. °The
females with rudimentary wings are swollen unwieldy creatures. They have the
oval head spiny, and the body spined and flanged, the legs are produced into
flattened processes, deeply arcuate like the leaves of the English Holly and
like some of our brush serub shrubs. Even the colouration is exaggerated, for
besides their uniform deep green colour, the body and legs are often mottled
and spotted with greyish-white blotches lke the grey lichens so common on the
leaves and stems of many coastal shrubs.
Two species have been previously described: the type species Hatatosoma
tiaratum W. 8S. Macleayy and EH. bufoniwm Westwood. Gray, however, going
through Hope’s collection of Australian insects, found the male and, figuring
both sexes, called the male of Macleay’s species Extatosoma hopei.
Westwood’s species, from the description and figure, is apparently an im-
mature female, with the legs very much dilated, and the flanges on the abdominal
segments very well developed.
In my “Australian Insects” it is stated that Hatatosoma tiaratum ranges
from Tasmania to New Guinea, but recent investigations prove that the most
southern locality where specimens have been obtained is Kiama, N.S. Wales.
In answer to my enquiries, Mr. J. A. Kershaw (Curator of the National Museum,
Melbourne) informs me that he has no record of its occurrence in Victoria.
While the female is not uncommon in the Gosford and Neweastle scrub
country, the male is very rare; probably it is so seldom seen because it has large
well developed wings and frequents the tops of the trees. The only two male
specimens I have seen are one in our New South Wales Departmental collections,
collected over 25 years ago, and a second in the Macleay collection, also a very
old specimen.
Though the females are usually deep green, I have had two specimens of
them which are of a bright yellow tint, a remarkable colour variation.
— Os Te ee
BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 345
EXxTATOSOMA ELONGATUM, n.sp. (Plate xxxviil.)
9. Length from front of head to tip of body 5 inches; d¢ unknown. Colour
deep green, lightest on the wing pads; abdomen and legs mottled with dull white
and greyish spots. Fine spines on head, thorax, and abdomen reddish-brown.
It differs from Hatatosoma tiaratum in being much more slender in form, and in
having the more slender legs with very narrow arcuate flanges or ridges on the
femora and tibia, with small lateral flanges on the sides of the first four abdominal
segments, and those on the following very much reduced in size; the whole
surface is covered with stout spines, thickest on the under surface. The sides
and crown of the head thickly covered with sharp pointed spines, with two double
spines on the summit. The prothorax covered with similar spines with two
double-spined ones on the hind, margin; the mesothorax bearing spines on the
sides, with three pairs on the dorsal surface, the first pair conical, blunt at apex,
with a group of two thickened spines and two single ones in front of the base
of the insertion of the tegmina, the metathorax with four parallel rows of smaller
spines. on the dorsal surface. The legs with the dorsal and lateral edges toothed
with short mottled thorn-like spines, the coxae usually bearing shorter stout
conical spines, with an odd double spine here and there.
The first three abdominal segments rounded, with a pair of double finger-
like spines in the centre of the back and simple spines on either side; below
there, standing out is a horny, arcuate, spined, flattened flange. The fifth and
sixth segments have a pair of serrate, parallel, erect flanges in the centre of the
back and two stout spines; on either side is a large flattened serrate flange in a
line with those of the first three segments, about a third larger, and spined in
the same manner. The 7th abdominal segment is small, with similar but ‘smaller
spines, and the side flanges are turned downwards. The 8th and 9th are small,
projecting above the genitalia with similar small spines, and the hind margin of
the anal one is fringed with spines. The ventral surface and sides of the abdo-
minal segments are lightly covered with slender reddish-brown spines.
Hab. ioral! N.S.W. Found crawling over a brush tree; afterwards ieept
in a breeding cage for a week when she laid over 100 eggs. ier is another 2
specimen in the Macleay Museum Collections from Camden, N.S. Wales.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.
Extatosoma elongatum, nsp. &. (x #).
346
A NEW SPECIES OF MORDELLISTENA (COLEOPTERA, FAM.
MORDELLIDAE) PARASITIC ON TERMITES.
By Geratp F. Hitz, Townsville, N.Q.
(Two Text-figures.)
[Read 30th August, 1922.]
MORDELLISTENA ERYTHRODERES, u.sp. (Text-figs. 1 and 2.)
Black, prothorax, part of pygidium, inner half of hind coxae and spurs to
hind tibiae reddish-flavous. Densely clothed with short pubescence, black on the
black parts, golden on the red, but silvery on parts of th. under surface and
legs.
Moderately long and thin. Antennae (Text-fig. 1) rather long, extending
almost to base of second segment of abdomen. Scutellum small. Pygidium acute
but rather short for the genus. Hind-tibiae with longer spur more than 3 times
Text-figs. 1-2. Mordellistena erythroderes, n.sp.
1. Antenna. 2. Hind-leg.
the length of the shorter, with three long oblique rows of bluntly-tipped, flattened
setae; basal joint of hind tarsi also has three oblique rows of similar setae, second
and third with two each (Text-fig. 2). Length 5—5.5 mm.
BY G. F. HILL. 347
A rather large species readily distinguished from all other Australian species
of the genus by its large size and bright red prothorax; at first glance the speci-
mens look like elongate ones of Mordella ruficollis without the elytral markings,
but the hind-tibiae and tarsi have the characteristic features of Mordellistena.
Type and two co-types in South Australian Museum.
Locality—North Queensland: Palm Island.
Biology.
The above beetles were bred from a piece of rotten log infested with a re-
cently described species of Termite, Calotermes (Glyptotermes) nigrolabrum Hill
(These Proceedings, xlvi., p. 437), which was gathered in a serub-covered ravine
on the southern end of the largest of this group of islands (22/6/21). Larvae
and pupae were noticed amongst the termites in the tunnels through the rotten,
spongy wood. Specimens of these and other termitophilous insects were secured
in the field and a large piece of the log, containing probably several hundred
termites, was brought back and placed in a jar for further observation. Beyond
keeping the wood moist, no further attention was paid to it until about the 15th
July, when the appearance of the alate forms of the termite was expected. On
the latter date some of the wood was cut open, exposing only a small colony of
termites and one beetle pupa, all of which were returned to the jar with as little
disturbance as possible. The first beetle emerged on the 20th August and the
others on or about 27th August. Unfortunately it was not discovered until too
late that the tube containing larval and pupal stages had been lost. As the ter-
mite and its enemy are probably both fairly common in certain localities on the
island it is hoped to secure further material for description at an early date.
I am greatly indebted to Mr. A. M. Lea for the examination of, and ex-
pressions of opinion upon, this interesting insect.
As a béneficial insect, the species described above is hardly likely to prove
of any practical value unless it could be established in the colonies of some of
the more destructive species of Termites. Its present only known host is not
now, nor is it likely to become in the future, of any economic importance; more-
over, the habits of this and allied species of Termites are so entirely different
from those of, say, Mastotermes darwiniensis, Rhinotermes spp., Coptotermes
spp. and other injurious species, that it seems improbable that a parasite of the
former could ever become a factor in controlling the latter.
348
REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA.
SaTurNIADAn, BomMBycipan, Huprerorian, NOTopONTIDAE.
By A. Jerreris Turner, M.D., F.E.S.
{Read 30th August, 1922.]
In this instalment a few additions are made to the families previously dealt
with, and four families, three of which have very few Australian representatives,
are subjected to revision. So far we have been dealing with families which I
aseribe to the group Noctuoidea, though the Anthelidae are an aberrant family
in the group, but we now proceed to widely divergent groups. The Saturniadae
(in which I inelude the Ceratocampidae) are derived by specialisation, especially
by the loss of two veins in the forewing, from the same stem as the Bombyeidae,
and for them we may form the group Bombycoidea. To this also we refer
the Neotropical Sematuridae, very similar to the Saturniadae in the neuration
of the forewings, but peculiar in the neuration and tailing of the hindwings,
“and with strong tongue, long palpi, filiform antennae, and short, doubtfully
functional frenulum. I think the Lemoniadae and Brahmaeidae, which should
perhaps be merged into one family, are also Bombycoidea. The essential
character of the group is, I think, the small cell, invariable absence of an areole,
and long-stalking of vein 10. I conceive that the absence’ of an areole is in-
dicated in the pupal tracheation by the distal position of the fork 9, 10, and
that this will distinguish the group from the Notodontoidea; but this remains
to be proved.
The Eupterotidae should also, I think, be referred to the Bombycoidea.
From what material I have been able to examine, this conclusion appears natural
and, though the forewing neuration of Gangarides, as described by Hampson
(Moths Ind., i., p. 42), is anomalous, it is evident that the structure he describes
cannot be a true areole.
The Notodontoidea have the areole present in all primitive genera, and vein
5 of the forewing from the middle or above the middle of the cell, that is to say,
the second branch of the media either retains its original position, or is annexed
by the radius, never by the eubitus. In the latter respect it agrees with the
Bombyeoidea. It consists of the geometriform families, which constitute a
separate tribe, the Geometrites, the Notodontidae, Cymatophoridae, probably the
Sphingidae, and possibly other families.
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 349
Fam. LIPARIDAE.
‘Gen. ACYPHAS.
Veins 3 and 4 of hindwings may be separate, connate, or stalked.
EUPROCTIS STENOMORPHA.
The description of ¢ should be amended as follows,—an orange streak on
dorsum from base to one-third; an inwardly oblique orange-ochreous fascia be-
yond middle not quite reaching costa, dilated beneath costa, interrupted in middle,
dilated into a smaller spot on dorsum; an indistinct suffused subterminal line on
lower two-thirds. A 2 from Coll. Lyell differs as follows—40 mm. Forewings
pale ochreous-fuscous; dorsal edge with very long hairs; no basal dorsal streak;
fascia reduced to a round whitish-ochreous spot beneath costa and a much smaller
spot on mid-dorsum. Hindwings pale-fuscous; base and cilia pale-ochreous.
ENOME PELOSPILA.
Lymantria lutescens, Auriv., Arkiv f. Zool., Stockholm, xiii., 1920, p. 26, Ti,
f. 3, N.W. Aust.: Broome.
The excellent figures given of this and the following species are easily re-
cognised.
LYMANTRIA NEPHROGRAPHA.
Lymantria mjébergi, Auriv., Arkiv £. Zool., xiii., 1920, p. 26, T.i., f.1
Fam. ANTHELIDAE.
Gen. CHENUALA.
Chenuala, Swin., Cat. Oxf. Mus., i., 1892, p. 212.
Closely allied to Anthela from which it differs only in the d frenulum being
weakly developed, with the retinaculum very near the base of the forewing, and
in the elongation of the tornal area of the hindwing.
CHENUALA HELIASPIS.
Ocneria heliaspis, Meyr., Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., 1891, p. 192.—Chenuala
rufa, Swin., Cat.-Oxf. Mus., i., 1892, p. 212.
3. 52-58 mm. Head and palpi brownish or grey. Antennae fuscous-grey;
pectinations in d 10, fuscous. Thorax and abdomen brownish or reddish-brown.
Legs brownish or grey. Forewings triangular, costa straight to two-thirds,
thence gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen longer than dorsum, strongly
sinuate, oblique; reddish-ochreous-brown; markings fuscous; four dentate or
erenulate transverse lines more or less distinct; first outwardly-curved from one-
fourth costa to one-third dorsum; second shortly beyond and parallel to first;
third nearly straight from two-thirds costa to two-thirds dorsum; fourth similar,
subterminal; a dark-fuscous discal dot beneath midcosta; cilia brownish or fus-
cous. Hindwings with dorsum elongate, tornus prominent, rounded, apex ob-
tusely rounded, termen nearly straight; orange-red; a fuscous discal dot af one-
fourth; a dentate subterminal fuscous line from dorsum, lost in dise; traces of a
similar line preceding this; a grey tornal blotch; cilia ochreous. Underside pale
orange-red; markings similar, but forewings with an additional discal dot at one-
fourth.
350 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
9. 62-76 mm. Head, thorax, abdomen, and wings whitish-grey. Forewings
with termen not sinuate; hindwings with tornus ASS prominent; markings as in
d. but less defined.
N.S.W.: Neweastle. Vict.: Melbourne, Mansfield, Narrewarren.
ANTHELA XANTHARCHA.
Darala xantharcha, Meyr., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1891, p. 191.
From a number of pupae sent me by Mr. W. B. Barnard, I have bred out
a series of examples which have convinced me that this is a distinct species, and
not a local race of A. magnifica. It is smaller (¢. 65-68 mm. &. 75-90 mm.) ;
the abdomen is reddish-orange on dorsum in both sexes; the post-median line on
forewings usually touches the second discal spot; the subterminal lines on both
wings have the dentations very deep; the hindwings of ¢ are mostly whitish-
yellow.
Qland: Jandowae (a series emerged from the pupae in March and April),
Cunnamulla; Vict.: Lake Hattah; S. Aust.: Koolunga; W. Aust.: Beverley.
ANTHELA MAGNIFICA.
Darala magnifica, Luc., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1891, p. 286—Anthela
tritonea, Swin., Trans. Ent. Soe., 1903, p. 448.
My description of this species included the preceding, and should be amended
as follows:—d. 86-100 mm. 2. 92-108 mm. Abdomen in 6 whitish towards
apex on dorsum, never reddish-orange. Forewings of 2 acute; post-median line
well posterior to second median spot; subterminal line moderately dentate. Hind-
wings of & yellowish near base only; subterminal line in both sexes only slightly
dentate.
Qland.: Duaringa; W. Aust.: Beverley, Northam; N.W. Aust.: Derby.
his species has not yet been recorded from the interior, but doubtless will
be.
ANTHELA TETRAPHRICA.
Anthela tetraphrica, Turn., Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xlvi., 1921, p. 181.
3d. 50 mm. Head dark-fuscous; face pale-ochreous. Palpi dark-fuscous;
antennae reddish-brown, pectinations fuscous. Thorax: dark-fuscous; tegulae
pale-ochreous. Abdomen dark-fuscous, bases of apical segments narrowly
whitish. Legs fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa straight, slightly arched
towards apex, apex subrectangular, termen bowed, oblique; whitish, densely
irrorated with fuscous, median area brownish-tinged; a slightly dentate, out-
wardly curved line from one-sixth costa to one-fourth dorsum; a similar line
from one-third costa, joining preceding on dorsum; between these a small cir-
cular, brownish, subcostal spot, outlined with dark-fuscous; a similar spot be-
neath mid-costa; a dark-fuscous, nearly straight line from two-thirds costa to
three-fourths dorsum, followed by a brownish line, and this by a very broad
dark-fuscous line, which is edged posteriorly by whitish; cilia whitish mixed with
fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish unevenly irrorated with
fuseous; a fuscous discal spot at one-third; median and post-median transverse
fuscous lines, the latter very distinct, and followed by two suffused whitish lines.
Underside grey; a fuscous post-median line on both wings; two discal spots on
forewing, one on hindwing, the last with whitish centre.
More brightly coloured and with darker markings than the 2? type. One ¢
collected on the Barclay Expedition to Central Australia by Mr. G. F. Hill at
Bullocky Flat, near the border line in March; now in National Museum, Mel-
bourne.
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 351
ANTHELA CALLILEUCA, n.sp.
kaddAevxos, beautifully white.
3. 40 mm. 2 54 mm. Head fuscous; face and palpi ochreous-brown.
Antennae rosy, towards apex grey, pectinations fuscous. Thorax white. Abdo-
men dark-ochreous, tuft, sides, and underside pale-yellow. Legs rosy. Fore-
wings triangular, costa in do straight, in gently arched, apex pointed, termen
slightly bowed, slightly oblique; white; moderate, circular, discal spots beneath
costa at one-fourth and middle, ochreous edged with blackish; a short, inwardly-
cblique, fuscous, subapical streak from costa; cilia white. Hindwings with
termen gently rounded; white; sometimes a fuscous subapical costal spot; cilia
white, in d pale-yellow on dorsum. Underside similar, but discal spots on fore-
wing fuscous and small; two fuscous discal dots on hindwing, and sometimes a
suffused straight fuscous line from costa just before apex to tornus.
Qland.: Emerald, in January and February; two specimens received from
Mr. W. B. Barnard. Clermont, in January; one specimen received from Mr.
K. J. Dumigan.
ANTHELA XANTHOCERA, n.sp.
£avOoxepos, yellow-horned.
3. 50 mm. 2 66 mm. Head whitish or pale purple-grey; face with a
transverse fuscous line on upper margin. Palpi fuscous, whitish beneath. An-
tennae yellow or orange; pectinations in d¢ 6, in 2 2. ‘Lhorax and abdomen
whitish, more or less tinged with purple-grey. Legs grey-whitish; apices of
middle and posterior femora with a white spot, edged with blackish, on inner
side. Forewings triangular, in 2 more elongate, costa very slightly arched, apex
pointed, in 2 acute and produced, termen rounded, oblique, in 2 strongly sinuate;
pale purple-grey; two white discal dots edged with fuscous; cilia yellow, in @
fuscous. Hindwings broader in 2, termen rounded; colour and cilia as fore-
wings; a subterminal series of dots, or a dentate subterminal line, fuscous.
Underside grey with two fuscous diseal dots on forewing; hindwing with a very
short transverse fuscous mark on dorsum before tornus.
Allied to A. acuta Wlk., but entirely devoid of markings except discal dots
on forewings.
Qland.: Jandowae, in March; two specimens from larvae found by Mrs.
Hobler.
ANTHELA BARNARDI, 0.Sp.
2. 42-50 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs pale-
brown. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex acute, termen strongly sinuate,
slightly oblique; pale-brown; markings dark-brown; an outwardly curved line
from one-sixth costa to one-sixth dorsum; a less curved line from one-third costa
to one-third dorsum; a small transverse discal mark beneath mid-costa; a broad
sinuate line from two-thirds costa to mid-dorsum, anteriorly sharply defined,
posteriorly suffused and merging into a moderately broad, brown transverse fascia,
which is limited by a slender darker line from three-fourths costa to three-fourths
dorsum; a narrow terminal fascia, less distinct toward tornus, its anterior edge
slightly crenulate; cilia pale-brown. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour
and markings as forewings except that there is only one ante-median line, and
no terminal fascia. Underside similar, but with no ante-median lines, and with
two diseal dots on each wing.
oo
oO
i)
REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
A fine and distinct species, which I have much pleasure in dedicating to
Mr. W. B. Barnard, from whom I first received it. A second 2 example re-
ceived from Mr. E. J. Dumigan is smaller; median and terminal fasciae paler,
the former edged posteriorly and the latter anteriorly by whitish lines; ante-
median lines broadly suffused and partly confluent.
Qland: Duaringa, Blackbutt; two specimens.
Fam. SATURNIADAE.
Tongue absent. Labial palpi short or obsolete. Antennae very short (one-
fourth or less) ; bipectinate to apex in both sexes with two pairs of pectinations
in each segment; in d very broadly pectinate in middle, the pectinations diminish-
ing towards base and apex; in both sexes the pectinations run dorsally and
ventrally nearly on the same plane. Tibiae without spurs, or with short, stout,
terminal spurs on middle and posterior tibiae, but without median spurs. Fre-
nulum and retinaculum absent; hindwings with a basal costal expansion. Fore-
wings with anal vein shortly furcate at base; 1 absent, 5 from upper angle of
cell, 6 from before angle, 8, 9, 10 coincident, 7, 9, 11 stalked, or 7, 9 stalked
and 11 arising separately from cell; no areole. Hindwings with one anal vein,
1 absent, 5 from upper angle of cell, 6 from costal edge of cell before angle, 7
from far before angle, 11 absent, 12 diverging widely from cell from base.
Hampson (Moths Ind., i, p. 12) makes the two absent veins in the fore-
wing 10 and 11; Meyrick (Brit. Ent., p. 313) makes them 7 and 11. I find
that 11 is not absent, for in Coscinocera, Attacus, and several American and
African genera it arises separately from the cell; and though it is possible that
this vein may be 10 and 11 conjoined, it seems improbable. Similarly, though
7 and 8 may have fused together, I think the fusion is of 8, 9, and 10, any
two of which may be regarded as absent. In Attacus, vein 10 is sometimes in-
dicated, separating just before the apex as figured by Hampson (Moths Ind., i.,
p- 15); in this figure, vein 11, which is strongly developed, has been unaccount-
ably omitted. Hampson incorrectly states that the tibial spurs are always
absent. The antennal pectinations usually arise from the bases and apices of the
segments and are in two rows; but in Coscinocera and Attacus they are arranged
in four rows.
Some American genera have been regarded as forming a distinct family, the
Ceratocampidae (or Syssphingidae). For this I can see no justification. I have
examined examples of the genera Citheronia and Eacles and they differ in no
way from the definition of the family, except that a very weakly developed
tongue can be detected. In the tibial spurs there is no difference. Even if some
genera have a strong tongue, it would only entail a slight broadening of the
family definition.
1. Forewings with 7, 9, 11 stalked .. .. : sel fete ieteliterels LL laeAntenaede
Forewings with 11 arising separately from cell Relate, 1 2.
2. Hindwings produced into a Jong tornal process Contain: the
anall vein and) veins#-2'tandiise aaicieyc- sis ohn dayne ode een ae, ee COsclnocends
Hindwings ‘with tornus motiproduced: 2i5).) Soave ees: Attacus.
Gen. 1. ANTHERABA.
Antheraea, Hb., Verz., p. 152; Hmps., Moth Ind., 1., p. 18.
Palpi short. Middle and posterior tibiae with very short, stout, terminal
Tae
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER, 353
spurs only. Tarsi hairy. Forewings with 2 from shortly beyond middle, 3 from
shortly before angle, 4 from angle, 5 from upper angle, 6 from shortly before
angle, 7, 9, 11 stalked, 11 separating near apex. Hindwings with 2 from three-
fourths, 3 from before angle, 5 from upper angle, 6 from shortly before angle, 7
from four-fifths.
Type, A. paphia Lin. from India. The genus Saturnia Lin. is closely allied,
apparently differing only in the naked tarsi.
1. Ocelli of both wings small and mostly hyaline .. .. . a6 janetta.
Ocelli of both wings moderate, hyaline/centre dot-like or pecicial 2.
2. Forewings without rosy patch at apex .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. astrophela.
Forewings;swithy rosy, patchiati japexivseieis ates le ie i.) a ctttee 3.
3. Forewings without ante-median line .. .. .. .. .. -. .. -- 4.
Forewings with ante-median line indicated ..... .. .. .. .. 5.
4; -Anteriom edge oi thorax broadly, fuscousy.s }. Ja. sen - 2) es loranthi.
Anteriorsedge ofa thoraxs nOtifuscOusmecmectely ei) Sersiie «lists gare) isle engaed.
5. Forewings with a triangular, whitish, subcostal mark before
mid dlewerngetunes bio). j9) ey ine MESO TRAM REE eucalypt.
Forewings Senout, whitish! triangle SS a Sh Biya nth eS ev helena.
1. ANTHERAEA JANETTA,
Saturnia janetta, White, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xii., 1843, p. 344— 9S. mel-
villa, Westw., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1853, p. 166—Antheraea purpurascens, W1k.,
Cat. Brit. Mus., xxviil., p. 528.—A. insignis, W1k., ib., p. 529.—A. disjuncta,
WIk., ib., p. 529.
3s. 100-120 mm. Head and palpi yellow, brown, or grey-brown. Antennae
ochreous. Thorax yellow, brown, or grey; a broad transverse anterior whitish
line mixed with brownish. Abdomen and legs yellow, brown, or grey. Fore-
wings broadly triangular, slightly faleate, costa straight to two-thirds, thence
very strongly arched, apex rounded, produced, termen strongly sinuate, slightly
oblique; usually bright-yellow, more or less suffused in centre of dise with brown,
sometimes wholly brown or dark-grey; basal half of costa broadly suffused with
whitish; three dark-grey or brown transverse lines more or less distinct; first
from one-third costa, at first transverse, then abruptly bent inwards so as to
approach costa at one-sixth, forming a rounded angle, from which it proceeds
outwards, and after several dentations reaches dorsum at one-fourth; second from
five-sixths costa to three-fifths dorsum, crenate; third from near apex to three-
fourths dorsum, slightly wavy; a small, circular, hyaline, discal ocellus, margined
with whitish, at two-thirds; sometimes a dark line on or near termen; cilia con-
colorous. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour as forewings; first line at
one-third; wavy; a median discal spot; second line at two-thirds, crenate; third
line Seed by a series of spots.
2. 120-160 mm. Forewing not faleate, termen nearly straight; colour and
markings similar.
N. Aust.: Darwin, Melville Is.; N. Qland: Thursday Is., Cape York, Bloom-
field River, Dunk Is., Herberton, Ingham, ‘Townsville; Qland: Rockhampton,
Brisbane, Coolangatta, Toowoomba; N.S.W.: Lismore.
2. ANTHERAEA ASTROPHELA.
Antheraea astrophela, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 1255—<A. simplex, WIk.,
p. 1256.—0 podiphthera varicolor, Wlgrn., Wien Ent. Mon., iv., 1860, p. 167.
3. 90-105 mm. . 100-115 mm. Head yellow, orange, brown, or reddish.
304 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
Palpi fuscous. Antennae ochreous-brown. Thorax yellow, orange, brown, or
reddish; anteriorly with a broad, sharply defined, transverse band, fuscous mixed
with whitish. Abdomen and legs yellow, orange, brown, or reddish. Forewings
triangular, costa straight to two-thirds, thence moderately arched, apex rounded-
rectangular, termen nearly straight or slightly sinuate, oblique; yellow, orange,
brown or reddish; a moderate, circular ocellus about middle, orange, edged an-
teriorly first with whitish, then with brown, edged pésteriorly with fuscous, with
a central, fine, hyaline or thinly-scaled, transverse streak; a broad costal streak
from base to about five-sixths, fuscous mixed with whitish; a fuscous line from
one-fifth costa, at first transverse, then sharply bent inwards and inwardly-curved
to one-fourth dorsum; an oblique fuscous line from costa before apex to mid-
dorsum, nearly straight, edged posteriorly with whitish irroration; cilia con-
colorous. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and ocellus as forewings; a
transverse line at three-fourths parallel to termen.
The ¢ varies in colour; it is most commonly yellow, but may be orange,
brown, or reddish; the 2 is uniformly brown.
Qland: Mt. Tambourine, Rosewood, Kingaroy, Killarney; N.S.W.: Tweed
River.
3. ANTHERAEA LORANTHI.
Antheraea loranthi, Lue., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1891, p. 292.
3S. 120-145 mm. 2. 150-155 mm. Head and palpi reddish or orange-red-
dish. Antennae brownish. Thorax reddish or orange-reddish; anterior edge
broadly fuscous. Abdomen and legs reddish or orange-reddish. Forewings tri-
angular, costa straight to two-thirds, thence strongly arched, apex rounded, ter-
men more or less sinuate, oblique; reddish or orange-reddish; a moderate or
rather large, circular, discal ocellus slightly beyond middle; dark-red, edged an-
teriorly broadly with whitish, and then again with dark-red, edged posteriorly
narrowly with whitish and then with blackish, a fine, transverse, central streak
hyaline or thinly-scaled; a broad, fuscous, costal streak from base to about five-
sixths; a blackish subcostal spot surrounded by whitish suffusion before apex,
from which proceeds a broadly suffused fuscous line to two-thirds dorsum; a
suffused rosy patch at apex; cilia concolorous. Hindwings with termen rounded;
colour and ocellus as forewings; a faintly-marked fuscous line at three-fourths
parallel to termen.
N. Qland: Herberton, Townsville; Qland: Duaringa, Gayndah, Brisbane.
The larvae feed gregariously on Loranthus, usually high on Eucalyptus trees,
and pupate in a mass on the butt of the Loranthus.
4. ANTHERAEA ENGABA, Nn.Sp.
éyyavos, inland.
3. 90 mm. 2. 95-110 mm. Differs from A. loranthi as follows:—Size
much smaller; colour pale ochreous-yellow; wings rather thinly scaled; thorax
not fuscous anteriorly; a broadly suffused fuscous band from beneath costa near
apex to termen, on which it is expanded to reach middle or before middle; a
broadly suffused post-median band on hindwing immediately beyond ocellus.
This may be no more than an inland race of the preceding modified by arid
conditions; but I propose to regard it as distinct until intermediate forms have
been proved to occur. I am informed that this species also feeds on Loranthus,
but pupates singly, not in a mass.
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER, 355
Qland: Jandowae, in March; two specimens bred by Mrs. Hobler. Charle-
ville, in September and December; two specimens.
5. ANTHERAEA EUCALYPTI.
Antheraea eucalypti, Seott, Aust. Lep., 1., 1864, Pl. i.
3. 110-120 mm. ¢. 120-140 mm. Head and palpi reddish or brown.
Antennae brownish. Thorax reddish or greyish-brown; anterior third whitish
mixed, or posteriorly edged, with fuscous. Abdomen reddish or greyish-brown.
Legs reddish or brown. Forewings triangular, in do strongly faleate, costa
straight to four-fifths, thence strongly arched, apex rounded, termen very strongly
sinuate in 6, nearly straight in 2; reddish, brown, or greyish; a moderate cir-
cular ocellus slightly beyond middle, reddish, edged anteriorly first with whitish,
then with dark-reddish, posteriorly first with pale-yellow, then with dark-reddish
or fusecous, a central hyaline dot; a broad costal streak to about five-sixths,
whitish mixed with fuscous; a fine, transverse, reddish line from near base of
dorsum, not reaching costa, edged anteriorly with whitish, in 2 nearly obsolete;
a small, white, subcostal triangle at one-fourth edged posteriorly with dark-
reddish; a suffused rosy apical patch, preceded by a blackish subcostal spot in a
patch of whitish suffusion; a faint dark-reddish or fuscous line from three-fifths
dorsum obliquely outwards, passing closely posterior to ocellus, but not reaching
costa; terminal edge and cilia ochreous-grey, sometimes edged with orange. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; colour as forewings; ocellus as forewings but orange
and larger, broadly margined with blackish, anteriorly with a narrow whitish
lunule within the margin; a reddish or fuscous obliquely transverse line at one-
fourth; a similar subterminal line from costa, curved at first parallel to termen,
then straight to three-fourths dorsum; cilia as forewings, but with a broad sub-
marginal orange line.
N. Qland: Herberton; Qland: Brisbane, Toowoomba; N.S.W.: Sydney;
Viet.: Melbourne, Gisborne; Tas.—
6. ANTHERAEA HELENA.
Saturnia helena, White, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xii., 1843, p. 344.—Antheraea
intermedia, Lue., Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1889, p. 1091.
3d. 130-160 mm. &. 170 mm. Head and palpi reddish-brown. Antennae
brownish. Thorax ochreous-brown; anterior third grey-whitish. Abdomen och-
reous-brown. Legs brown. Forewings triangular, in d slightly faleate, costa
straight to two-thirds, thence arched, apex rounded, termen in ¢ sinuate, in 2
nearly straight, oblique; ochreous-brown; costa broadly suffused with grey-whitish
to two-thirds; a moderate ocellus beyond middle, reddish, edged anteriorly with
whitish, posteriorly with yellow, the whole margined with dark-red or fuscous, a
central hyaline dot; ante-median line often indistinct, reddish, from one-fourth
costa, sharply bent inwards in dise, and again transverse to dorsum; an oblique
line from two-thirds dorsum proceeding well posterior to ocellus, not reaching
costa, reddish edged posteriorly with ochreous-whitish; a small, suffused, rosy
apical patch, preceded by a blackish subcostal spot surrounded by whitish suf-
fusion; terminal edge and cilia pale-yellowish. Hindwings with termen very
slightly rounded; colour as forewings; ocellus larger than in forewings, orange,
broadly margined with blackish, with a slender, whitish, anterior lunule inside
margin; ante-median-line near base, oblique; post-median at five-sixths, nearly
parallel to termen.
356 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
Qland: Brisbane; N.S.W.: Neweastle, Sydney; Vict.: Melbourne, Dronin,
Gisborne; Tas.: ——————; W. Aust.: Perth.
Gen. 2. COSCINOGCERA.
Coscinocera, Butl., Proce. Zool. Soc., 1879, p. 163.
Frons convex, hairy. Palpi minute. Tuibiae without spurs; tarsi hairy,
dilated at apex. Forewings with a discal hyaline patch; disco-cellulars absent,
leaving cell open; 7 and 9 stalked, 11 arising separately. Hindwings with discal
hyaline patch; disco-cellulars absent; tornal area produced forming in 2 a short,
broad, quadrate process, in d a long narrow process dilated at apex, in length
equal to rest of wing; in both sexes this process contains the anal vein, and
veins 2 and 3.
Differs from Attacus only in the conformation of the hindwings.
7. COSCINOCERA HERCULES.
Attacus hercules, Miskin, Trans. Ent. Soe., 1876, p. 7.—Coscinocera omphale,
Butl., Proe. Zool. Soe., 1879, p. 164.
ds. 105 mm. Head brown, with white spots in front of antennae. Thorax
brown; on posterior margin mostly white. Abdomen brown with white trans-
verse lines at base and before apex, and longitudinal lateral white lines. Legs
brown; coxae and femora partly white. Forewings triangular, costa straight to
two-thirds, thence strongly arched, apex rounded, slightly produced, termen
strongly sinuate, oblique, wavy; brown, towards base and costa irrorated with
white; an outwardly oblique white line from dorsum near base to middle of disc;
a triangular discal hyaline patch, its basal side convex, its apical acutely pointed,
surrounded by ochreous-brown, which is edged with blackish, and preceded at
some distance by. a white lunule; a line from two-thirds costa to three-fourths
dorsum, slightly bent inwards on costa, slightly incurved in dise, whitish, some-
times interrupted, anteriorly edged with fuscous; a band of white irroration
succeeds this; a large subapical blotch partly rosy, partly white, and on costa
partly fuscous; cilia brown. Hindwings with termen straight, strongly oblique,
wavy, tornus immensely produced in a long, rather slender, apically dilated pro-
cess, colour as forewings; a wavy transverse line at one-fourth, white edged pos-
teriorly with fuscous; discal hyaline patch as forewings, but sub-triangular with
rounded angles; post-median line and band of irroration as forewings, but pro-
longed into tornal process; a coarsely dentate, white, submarginal line in dilated
apex of process.
2. 130 mm. (Some examples are larger). Like ¢ but rather paler; tornal
process of hindwing very broad, short, quadrate.
N. Qland: Cairns, Dunk Island. Also from New Guinea and New Ireland.
Gen. 3. ATTACUS.
Attacus, Lin., Syst. Ent., i, pt. 2, p. 808.
Frons convex, hairy. Palpi minute. “libiae without spurs. Tarsi hairy,
dilated at apex. Forewings with a discal hyaline patch; disco-cellulars absent,
leaving cell open; 7 and 9 stalked, 11 arising separately. Hindwings with a
discal hyaline patch; diseo-cellulars absent leaving cell open.
Type, A. atlas Lin. from India.
8. ATTACUS DOHERTYI.
Attacus dohertyi, Roths., Nov., Zool., 1895, p. 36.—A. dohertyi wardi, Roths.,
Noy. Zool., 1910, p. 507.
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 357
3. 90-95 mm. 2. 105 mm. Head and thorax brown. Abdomen brown on
dorsum; basal and three apical segments whitish-grey. Legs brown. Forewings
triangular, costa- straight to middle, thence strongly arched, apex rounded,
strongly produced and falcate in d, less so in 9, termen sinuate; brown; basal
area and a broad costal strip nearly to apex irrorated with white; a white line,
edged anteriorly with reddish purple, from beneath one-fourth costa to near
base of dorsum, angled outwardly in disc; a large, central, hyaline, diseal patch
approximating to semicircular, with convex edge towards costa, outlined with
ochreous and then partly with blackish; a sinuate white line, constricted on
veins, edged posteriorly with reddish-purple, and followed by a narrow band
of white irroration from beneath three-fifths costa to dorsum near tornus; an
ochreous subterminal shade broader beneath costa; a narrow, white, subcostal
suffusion towards apex limited by a _ black, subapical, white-edged spot; an
ochreous-grey terminal band, containing a fine, irregularly crenate, submarginal
line, towards apex reddish-purple and edged with white posteriorly, towards
tornus fuscous; cilia ochreous-grey. Hindwings elongate on dorsal half, termen
straight, tornus broadly rounded; as forewings, but discal patch subtriangular;
dise suffused with reddish-purple; submarginal line reddish-purple, preceded by
a series of reddish-purple spots, some of them confluent.
N. Aust.: Port Darwin from December to March (F. P. Dodd). Also from
Timor and Flores.
Index to Saturniadae.
Genera.
Antheraea & ioe es . -Attacns ..-.. .. & Coscinocera Soreness
Species.
Synonyms in italics.
astrophela . 2. hereules 7. melvilla Seal
disjuncta . lL. insignis tee ee tL. omphate. dts
dohertyi . 8. intermedia 1. ... 6 purpwrascens sales
engaea, . 4. janetta 1. simplex yee
eucalypti . 5. loranthi 3. varicolor ceed,
helena 216:
Fam. BOMBYCIDAE.
Tongue absent. Palpi short or obsolete. Antennae short (less than one-
half), bipectinated to apex in both sexes. “libiae with short terminal spurs
concealed by hairs. Frenulum and retinaculum usually weakly developed or
absent; hindwings with a basal costal expansion. Forewings with basal fork of
anal vein obsolete or nearly so; 1 (le) present or absent, 5 from middle or
above middle of cell, sometimes from upper angle, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked or 10
absent; cell usually small; areole absent. Hindwings with two anal veins; 1
present or absent, 5 from middle or above middle of cell, or stalked with 6, 12
fused with cell at base, or connected with it near base, thence diverging.
This family, although of small extent, presents considerable variation in
structure, some genera having retained primitive characters which are absent
in the majority. For instance, Bombyx mori has a rudimentary non-functional
frenulum in the d. Some neotropical genera have a frenulum in both sexes, in
the ¢ it is strong and articulates with a well developed retinaculum. In Bombyx
358 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
mori vein 11 of hindwings is present, running into 12, and vein 1 of the fore-
wings is distinctly developed in its distal half. In the Indian Ocinara and the
Australian Gastridiota vein 1 is present in both wings.
iho Both wingswithy veintlvabsentimsciesnu crea iris calsin creieerantereiaets 2.
Both wings with vein 1 present .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 3. Gastridiota.
2. Both wings with 3 and 4 stalked... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... 1. Panacela.
Both wings with 3 and 4 separate .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 4. +. 2 Mallodeta.
Gen. 1. PANACELA.,
Panacela, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 1156.
Palpi very short and concealed by hairs. Forewings with 1 absent, 3 and 4
stalked, 5 from upper angle of cell, connate or short-stalked with 6, 6, 7, 8, 9
stalked, 10 absent; cell short (about one-fourth). Hindwings with 1 absent, 3
and 4 long-stalked, 5, 6, 7 stalked, 12 fused with upper margin of cell near base,
thence diverging; cell short (about one-fourth).
Well characterised by the long-stalking of veins 3 and 4 of both wings. I
do not know of any extra-Australian species.
Type, P. lewinae Lew.
1. PANACELA LEWINAE.
Clisiocampa lewinae, Lew., Prodr. Ent., 7, 1807, Pl. 6.—Panacela transiens,
Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 1156.—V’haumatopoea lewinti, H.-Sch., Ausser. Schmet.,
1853, f. 510.—Oreta sobria, Wlk., ib., v., p. 1168—Hriogaster simplex, Wlk., ib.,
vi, p- 1473.—Naprepa pilosa, W1k., ib., xxxil., p. 489.—N. hirta, W1k., ib., xxxil.,
p- 490.—Trilocha rufescens, W1k., ib., xxxil., p. 546.—Semuta prisca, Wlk., ib.,
xxxil., p. 547. .
dg. 28-32 mm. Head, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs reddish-grey.
Forewings triangular, costa straight to three-fourths, thence strongly arched, apex
pointed, produced, termen sinuate; reddish-grey; two oblique dark-reddish lines,
from one-third and two-thirds costa to one-third and two-thirds dorsum, some-
‘times replaced by a broad, dark-red, oblique band; a faint, crenulate, subterminal
line, fuscous or dark-reddish, sometimes reduced to dets on veins; cilia dark-
reddish, becoming reddish-grey towards tornus. Hindwings with termen obtusely
bent and prominent in middle; colour as forewings, but lines very indistinet or
obsolete; cilia reddish, on dorsum fuscous or dark-reddish with two whitish bars.
9. 3442 mm. Forewings with apex not pointed, not produced, termen
scarcely sinuate; pale-fuscous, thinly sealed; lines slightly darker, suffused. Hind-
wings shaped as in d; colour as forewings; lines obsolete or very obscurely in-
dicated; dorsal cilia with two obscure whitish bars.
The sexes differ much, but, except for the occurrence of banded forewings
in the d, there is little variation. The larvae are gregarious and inhabit bag-
shaped shelters on Hxocarpus, Tristania and doubtless other trees.
Qland: Brisbane; N.S.W.: Lismore, Glen Innes, Armidale, Sydney, Bate-
man’s Bay, Gilgai. '
2. PANACELA SYNTROPHA, n.sp.
otyrpopos, of the same breed.
d. 26-28 mm. Head, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs reddish-grey.
Forewings triangular, costa straight nearly to apex, apex pointed, not produced,
termen nearly straight, oblique; reddish-grey; an outwardly curved fuscous line
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 359
from before mid-costa to before mid-dorsum; post-median and subterminal lines
of minute fuscous dots on veins; cilia reddish-grey. Hindwings with termen
rounded; reddish-grey; cilia reddish-grey.
?. 40 mm. Fuscous-grey. Forewings broadly triangular; thinly scaled;
lines fuscous, distinet. Hindwings similar but lines fainter.
Differs from P. lewinae in shape of forewings, which are not falcate in d,
and proportionately broader in $. "The dorsal marginal fuseous and white spots,
conspicuous in the d of lewinae, are here absent.
N. Qland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in September and December; 3.d, 1 9
specimens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Gen. 2, MALLODETA, ng.
vaddoderos, WOOLLy.
Palpi obsolete. Forewings with 3 and 4 approximated at origin from lower
angle of cell, 5 connate or short-stalked from upper angle, 6, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10
absent. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate from lower angle of cell, 5 connate
or short-stalked from upper angle, 6, 7 stalked, 12 fused with cell towards base.
3. MALLODETA NYCTOPA, n.sp.
vuxtwros, dusky.
dé. 34 mm. Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs fuscous-brown. Antennae
pale-ochreous; pectinations 8. Forewings triangular, costa straight to three-
fourths, thence strongly arched, apex pointed, slightly produced and falcate, ter-
men strongly sinuate, searcely oblique; fuscous-brown; a dark-fuscous line from
mid-costa to mid-dorsum, nearly straight; a second parallel line from three-
fourths costa to three-fourths dorsum; a slender, faintly marked, subterminal
line; cilia fuscous-brown. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour, lines, and
cilia as forewings, but first line before middle, second at two-thirds; some whitish
hairs on dorsum above tornus. Underside similar but paler.
2. 40-44 mm. Antennal pectinations scarcely exceeding 1. Head, thorax,
abdomen, and legs dark-fuscous. Forewings with apex less produced, termen
more oblique; dark-fuscous, with scarcely any brownish tinge; rather thinly
sealed; lines indistinct. Hindwings similar.
Qland: National Park (3,000 ft.) early in March; one ¢ and 5 @ taken at
light. On the preceding January 2nd, I took a hairy larva, which pupated, and
emerged as a damaged 2 the same month, the emergence having been probably
hastened by the greater heat at the lower elevation of Brisbane.
Gen. 3. GASTRIDIOTA, ng.
yaorpidioros, With small abdomen.
Palpi very short but discernible. Forewings with 1 present, 2 from two-
thirds, 3 and 4 approximated at origin or connate from lower angle of cell, 5 from
half-way between middle and upper angle, 6 connate or short-stalked from upper
angle, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 connate or short-stalked. Hindwings with 1 present,
3 and 4 connate or short-stalked from lower angle of cell, 5 from above middle,
6 and 7 short-stalked, 12 approximated and cgnnected with cell near base.
I cannot refer this to Andraca W1k., which it otherwise resembles, because
Hampson states (Moths Ind., i., p. 40) that in that genus le is absent in both _
wings. Sok
360 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
4. GASTRIDIOTA ADOXIMA,
Andraca adoxima, Turn., Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., 1902, p. 184.
3. 40-42 mm. Head pale-ochreous. Antennae very short (one-sixth), pee-
tinations 12; fuseous. Thorax, abdomen and legs reddish-ochreous or ochreous-
grey; anterior margin of thorax sometimes paler. Forewings triangular, rather
elongate, costa straight to three-fourths, thence slightly arched, apex round-
pointed, termen longer than dorsum, bowed, oblique; reddish-ochreous or ochreous-
grey; sometimes a pale-centred, fuscous, discal spot beneath costa slightly before
middle; sometimes a suffused fuscous blotch on base of dorsum; sometimes a
strongly rounded fuscous line from one-fifth costa to mid-dorsum; a reddish or
fuscous line from two-thirds costa, strongly rounded beneath costa, then nearly
parallel to termen to four-fifths dorsum; cilia brownish-fuscous. Hindwings
with termen obtusely bent in middle; reddish or brownish; apical half of termen
broadly pale-ochreous-grey; cilia pale-ochreous-grey, towards tornus reddish or
brownish.
The two examples I have before me differ considerably in coloration and
distinctness of marking.
Qland: Blackall Range, near Nambour (in Coll. Lyell), Brisbane.
Unrecognised Species.
All species described by Meyrick, Lucas, and Lower under the generic name
Bombyx are incorrectly so referred, and belong to the Lasiocampidae. They will
be dealt with under that family.
Index to Bombycidae.
Genera.
Gastridiota .. . 3. Mallodeta -. .. 2 Panacela Be roll
Species.
Synonyms in italics.
adoxima .. . 4. pilosa lean dea syntropha! ai) 15
lewinae . L. rufescens vs ae de itransvens 1.
nyctopa . 3. sobria Bn ae Were, lh
Fam. EUPTEROTIDAE.
Tongue absent. Labial palpi short or moderate. Antennae bipectinated to
apex in both sexes. Tibial spurs short. Frenulum present or absent. Fore-
wings with cell small, 1 absent, 5 from middle, above middle, or from upper
angle of cell, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 short or absent. Hindwings with cell short, 1
absent, 5 from middle, above middle, or from upper angle of cell, 12 diverging
widely from cell at or near base.
The conception of this family has been obseured by the inclusion with it of
the Cnethocampa group. By their removal, it is left with only two Australian
genera, represented by three species. Hampson records some forty species in his
Moths of India. In his key to the families of the Lepidoptera (Noy. Zool., 1918,
p. 388) the Hupterotidae are differentiated from the Notodontidae by the absence
of vein 9. This seems to me an unsatisfactory character, and is not. strictly
correct, as vein 10 separates from 9 in the genus Cotana. The best distinction
————
BY A, JEFFERIS TURNER. 361
lies in the structure of vein 12 of the hindwings; and, as already explained, I do
not consider the two families to be of allied. origin.
1. Forewings with 11 connected. by a bar with 9, 10 towards apex 1. Cotana.
Porewangsiwithy Wl pinee ir) eyed ieliicrel ieis lieie lewis nei ler eerie 2a Uae DLenOLe:
Gen. 1. CoTana.
Cotana, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxil., p. 548.
Frenulum and retinaculum present, but rather weakly developed. Posterior
tibiae without median spurs. Forewings with cell very short (about one-fourth) ;
2 from middle, 3 and 4 separate, 5 from upper angle, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 10
separating near margin, 11 connected by a bar with 9, 10 at two-thirds of wing,
and thence closely approximated. Hindwings with cell very short (less than one-
fourth), 5 from upper angle of cell, connate or stalked with 6, 7, 8 diverging
from eell near base.
A peculiar and isolated genus; the structure of vein 11 of the forewing
is unique. The sexes differ so remarkably that it is impossible to correlate them
by mere inspection.
T'ype, C. rubrescens Wik. from New Guinea.
1. COTANA SERRANOTATA.
2 Darala serranotata, Lue., Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1893, p. 138.—2 Hyper-
cydas calliloma, Turn., Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., 1903, p. 23.
3. 46-50 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark-ochreous-brown. Antennae
ochreous-brown; pectinations in d 6. Abdomen and legs orange. Forewings
triangular, costa straight to beyond middle, thence gently arched, apex rounded
termen slightly bowed, slightly oblique; pale ochreous-brown, towards base suf-
fused with whitish-ochreous; sometimes a pale-centred diseal dot at one-fourth;
a brown line from mid-costa to dorsum before middle, slightly sinuate, variable
in breadth; a more oblique, faintly-marked, outwardly-bowed line from three-
iourths costa to dorsum beyond middle, sueceeded by two slender, finely crenulate
lines; cilia brownish. Hindwings with termen rounded, orange-ochreous; some-
times with several faint, transverse, fuscous lines, of which the subterminal is
crenulate; cilia brownish.
2. 60-75 mm. This sex has been sufficiently described.
N. Aust.: Melville Is.; N. Qland: Cape York, Claudie River, Coen River,
Cairns, Dunk Is.
According to Lord Rothsehild not from New Guinea.
2. COTANA NEURINA, n.Sp.
vevpivos, With nervures.
9°. 62 mm. Head and thorax pale ochreous-brown. Palpi very short; fus-
cous. Antennae in ? simple, apical third very shortly pectinate; fuscous, towards
base pale ochreous-brown. Abdomen reddish-brown; apical segment grey-whitish.
Legs reddish-brown; tibiae and tarsi fuscous. Forewings broadly triangular,
costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; fuscous-brown,;
veins slenderly outlined with pale-ochreous; basal third partly covered with pale
ochreous-brown hairs, which form a broad costal streak extending to middle,
dilated at extremity; a circular pale-ochreous spot in cell beneath one-fourth
costa; a coarse, strongly-dentate, pale-ochreous, subterminal line; slightly darker
transverse shades across dise before middle, and along termen; cilia ochreous,
362 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
apices fuscous-brown except at apex and towards tornus. Hindwings with ter-
men rounded, somewhat bent between veins 4 and 5; as forewings but without
discal spot. Underside similar.
This is near Bethune-Baker’s C. doricrana (Nov. Zool., 1908, p. 175), and I
cannot be sure that it is not the other sex of one of the Papuan species of which
only the do is known.
Type in National Museum, Melbourne.
N. Qland: Claudie River in January; one specimen taken at light by Mr.
J. A. Kershaw.
Gen. 2. EUPTEROTE.
Eupterote, Hb., Verz., p. 187; Hmps., Moths Ind., i., p. 54.
Palpi short, porrect. Posterior tibiae without median spurs. Frenulum and
retinaculum absent. Forewings with 5 from above middle, sometimes from near
upper angle, 6 from angle, 7, 8, 9 stalked, or 6, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 absent. Hind-
wings with 3 and 4 separate, 5, 6, 7 separate but approximated at origin, 12
moderately well separated from cell, somewhat approaching it in middle.
Type, EH. fabia Cram. from India.
3. EUPTEROTE EXPANSA.
Darala expansa, Lue., Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1891, p. 286—Hupterote
doddi, Turn., Ann. Qland. Mus., x., 1911, p. 132.
‘his species, which varies considerably in colour, has been sufficiently
described.
N. Qland: Kuranda near Cairns, Evelyn Serub near Herberton. The locality
Dawson River given by Lueas is an error.
Index to Eupterotidae.
Genera.
Cotana pee orate Ls Eupterote Sut get eyes
Species.
Synonyms in italics.
calliloma Ke pil neurina a) Co
doddi aos serranotata eidis
expansa > ah
Fam. NOTODONTIDAE.
Tongue present or absent. Labial palpi developed or obsolete. Maxillary
palpi obsolete. Forewings with areole present or absent; 5 from above middle
of cell. Hindwings with two anal veins, 5 from middle of cell, usually weakly
developed, rarely absent, 12 approximated and sometimes connected with cell at
one-fourth or middle, usually approximated till towards end of cell.
Since my former revision (These Proceedings, 1903, p. 42) this family has
been considerably enlarged by the inclusion of the Cnethocampinae. Apart from
these the number of new additions is not large.
Subfam. CNETHOCAMPINAE.
‘Tongue absent. Labial palpi obsolete, or rarely present but small. An-
tennae of ¢ and usually also of @ pectinate to apex. Abdomen with a large
apical tuft in both sexes, especially developed in 9. Forewings with or without
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER, 363
areole. Hindwings with 12 approximated, connected, or anastomosing with cell
at one-fourth, occasionally approximated to or beyond middle.
A small group which diverged early from the Notodontinae. It is easily
recognised by the combination of characters given, but with the doubtful excep-
tion of the abdominal tuft, none of these is by itself absolutely distinctive, hence
it cannot be maintained as a distinct family. The typical genus Cnethocampa
ranges from Europe to India. C. processiona Lin. has remarkable larval habits,
which have been the subject of some classical observations by Fabre. The larvae
of Ochrogaster contraria form similar “processions.” There is another Indian
genus, Gazalina Wik., and several African genera. When the insect fauna of
the ancient “Austral Land,” now represented by Western Australia, became isolated,
it contained species of this group, and these have since spread to the-east, so
that they are now found in all parts of Australia, in which the subfamily is un-
usually well represented.
1. Hindwings with 12 approximated to cell as far as or beyond
middle). 2.) 4: ae 2.
Hindwings with 12 div erging from all at bout one- seourthi af 4.
Dee Areolena DSen tae Ee eo OR ne ehh ieee sid On Wy PUCOMNG:
Areole present .. .. .- ioe tree bie 3.
3. Areole small, 10 ane or eerie Sieh 7, & 9 MOR ai viehataih sel sre ee Cynosarga.
Areolemarges10"separate: "0, pawns sei lanai: sich ile, ints 09 Oenosanda.
Ase Areole ADSEN tin vepcrpiece. ss tip eseu ciate aes eee lace! sity Stay Pets D:
Areole present .. .. UMP ars i ate NeecBetievetbe sis 6.
5. Hindwings with 12 Pama aaaesiar ith eel Bua rs reall Trichetra.
Hindwings with 12 not anastomosing ae 1H ONS Ree F Axiocleta.
6. Areole moderate, 7 arising from it separately So EAS mE On eE cS ts
Areole small, 7 stalked withieS 7 Ohya 8.
7. Forewings with 10 connate or stalked oii 8, ‘9: haat ain
cell two-thirds 4. Tanystola.
Forewings with 10 SOERENS iiaabattass wath ceili Rot peocedine
three-tiith Smeal ounce Us 5. Sthenadelpha.
Stell pig obsolete mec Merit: ii meena elitr es sO chrogaster
Pal pigs hontMpOrre Guaer asec we ee en Er ahs eee say! Teara.
Gen. 1. TRICHETRA.
Arcturus, Curtis, Brit. Ent., 336 (praeoce.)—Trichetra, Westw., Ins., it.
1840, Generic Synopsis, p. 92.
Palpi obsolete. Patagia long, reaching beyond thorax. Abdominal tuft in
3 very long. Posterior tibiae with terminal spurs very short, middle spurs
absent. Forewings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, 7, 8, 9, 10
stalked, areole absent. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from slightly above
middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 anastomosing with cell at about one-third.
1. TRICHETRA SPARSH:ALII.
Arcturus sparshalii, Curtis, Brit. Ent., 336.—Trichetra mesomelas, Wlk., Cat.
Brit. Mus., iv., p. 845.—T. stibosma, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 1877, p. 204.—T. fra-
terna, Butl., ibed., p. 204.
dg. 40-50 mm. Head white or grey; face often ochreous-tinged, lateral mar-
gins usually fuscous. Antennae white or grey; pectinations ochreous-tinged.
Thorax white or grey, sometimes blackish in centre. Abdomen white, sometimes
blackish or grey on dorsum; tuft white or whitish-grey. Legs white; anterior
pair usually fuscous. Forewings narrowly triangular, costa straight to two-thirds,
864 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
thence arched, apex rounded, termen slightly bowed, rather strongly oblique;
white or grey; cilia concolorous. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour as
forewings.
9. 45-58 mm. Differs in having thorax always fuscous or blackish, except
outer half of patagia which is white or grey. Abdomen white or blackish; tuft
pale-ochreous or fuscous.
Though my material is scanty, it is sufficient to show the presence of geo-
graphical variation. Queensland ¢ examples are wholly white; those from
Hobart grey with blackish abdomen and centre of thorax; in Gisborne both forms
oceur, and also intermediates.
N. Qland: Cairns, Herberton, Townsville; Qland: Nambour, Brisbane, Mt.
Tambourine, “l'ocowoomba; N.S.W.: Sydney, Bulli; Vict.: Melbourne, Gisborne,
Bairnsdale, Birchip; Tas.: Launceston, Hobart; S. Aust.: Mt. Gambier, Ade-
laide, Mt. Lofty, Waterloo, Wolseley; W. Aust.: Perth.
Gen. 2. AXIOCLETA.,
Awiocleta, Turn., Ann. Qland. Mus., x., 1911, p. 133.
Palpi small but distinct. Patagia long, reaching beyond thorax. Abdominal
tuft in ¢ short. Tibial spurs long; posterior tibiae with both middle and ter-
minal spurs. Forewings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, 7, 8,
9, 10 stalked, areole absent. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from slightly
above middle, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to cell at about one-fourth,
thence diverging.
Only the one species is known.
2. AXIOCLETA PERISEMA.
Aziocleta perisema, Turn., Ann. Qland. Mus., x., 1911, p. 134.
N. Qland: Herberton.
Gen. 3. EPIcoMaA.
Epicoma, Hb., Verz., p. 160.
Palpi obsolete. Posterior tibiae without middle spurs. Forewings with 5
from middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, or 10 absent, no
areole, 11 usually from shortly before end of cell, rarely from three-fourths.
Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12
approximated to cell from one-fourth nearly or quite to its end.
Type, E. tristis Lew.
A genus of some size. The species are closely similar and need careful
diserimination, especially as several present sexual differences and varietal forms.
The Western Australian species are still imperfectly known.
1. Forewing with discal spot .. OM PAA te Rilo faulted mie nin 2.
Idtoydeyypoater \uAlMaronbhy CoblVorN’ GpoONs ng bos hol 66 oh Niob. do" 90 9D 56 ilk
2. Discal spot wholly blackish j 3:
Discal spot not wholly blackish 6.
3. Thorax blackish .. a hey a aS en pon ain sae A 4.
Thorax white ..... . Sit MEGS WEENIE ON tee BREE ord! do GH toe 5.
4. Forewing without terminal spots Jo AWE PON also ian He melanos pila.
Forewing with a series of whitish- Genceous ispots Pou a Os: so asbolina.
5. Hindwing without spots .. .. . ae signata.
Hindwing with fuscous discal dou und a ie tenia series of
WHICESPOLS Mires y Wiesel eioly ener ead Tea eta ead eran Cals deed ote eieyim ay eatcretin SMO CERUCLITE Coa
BY A. JEFFHRIS TURNER.
365
6. Discal spot outlined with blackish .. th
Discal spot not outlined with blackish .. 9.
7. Hindwings ochreous (at least in gd) .. .. 8.
Hindwings fuscous .. . 4 melanosticta.
8. Discal spot white- centred oo ¢ anisozyga.
Discal spot ochreous in centre .. .. zelotes.
Geenind wines awhitish-OCHTCOuUS! an celeimeleme ere -poltrs le) iclet elon Us)s chrysosema.
Hindwings not whitish-ochreous .. Bp barsca cists sy Niels em: 10.
10. Expanse 34-44 mm. Hindwings blackish SHUI NeE A eo! sich 1c tristis.
Expanse 22:36 mm. Hindwings fuscous a] ciel gine) Lisle, jysley feet le TOUNGILENS:
Ws ANloteloyeae Creo Ss dg Gb ou) oo’ oa on ba Bo vue ee 65) od) oc argentea.
Abdomen blackish .. .. RAR ire ere tet Rete sana Reptets 12.
12. Forewings with ground eoloue w eit oi Bist Reis here ee 13.
Forewings with ground colour dark- fuscous Be pitend) ete. leer ot 14.
LS wEindwinssmw Hitec wwe tsvrgl eectnare my Ever pe Veeth cil i ta/s. 2 TAWA gis dispar 3
Hindwings fuscous .. .... .. le Nig SAE barnardi 3S
Hindwings ochreous .. : SSiae Doo lan phoenura 3, form alba.
IaElindwings; Ochreousiriy iii ito lay raye ull seiiticlenh cs) -i-tNi ele. | eel ke DROeN Uma.
Hindwings dark-fuscous .. .. Bick. TON esl tareien Ae Ieee ERTS 15.
15. Forewings with basal white Soul 50. iat ale HUNG Oe ere iets MecemeOe en ltaKeieyaaly oo
Forewings without basal white spot... .... .............. dispar 9.
3. EPIcoOMA MELANOSPILA.
Cnethocampa melanospila, Wigrn., Wien. Ent. Mon., iv., 1866, p. 164.
3. 40-50 mm. ¢. 46-58 mm. Head white; face more or less mixed with
ochreous or fuscous; some ochreous hairs near antennal bases. Antennae fuscous;
stalk sometimes partly whitish. Thorax blackish; tegulae in ¢ and sometimes
in 2 white or whitish. Abdomen blackish; a median dorsal series of ochreous
spots; tuft ochreous, apices of hairs paler. Legs dark-fuscous. Forewings tri-
angular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; shining-white ;
a blackish costal streak irrorated and edged with ochreous; a fairly large, cireular,
blackish, median discal spot; a broad oblique blackish line from costa before
apex, near or rarely touching discal spot, then curved outwards to two-thirds
dorsum, in 2 usually entirely absent; a variable amount of fuscous irroration
along dorsum, sometimes broadly suffused and prolonged along termen; cilia
fuscous, with median series of ochreous or whitish-ochreous dots, apices partly
whitish or ochreous. Hindwings with termen rounded; ochreous, more or less
suffused with fuscous; a broad, median, fuscous, transverse line sometimes lost
in suffusion; sometimes a terminal series of ochreous spots; cilia ochreous, some-
times mixed with fuscous.
Easily recognised by the silvery-white forewings with large blackish discal
spot, but variable. In southern examples the dorsal suffusion is greater. In
one @ from Gippsland there is a strong post-median oblique line.
N. Qland: Cairns, Atherton, Herberton; Qland: Gympie, Brisbane, Coolan-
gatta, Toowoomba, Stanthorpe; N.S.W.: Sydney; Vict.: Melbourne, Wandin,
Moe, Gisborne; Tas.: Taunceston: Hobart.
4. EPmcomMa SIGNATA.
Teara signata; Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 849.
dé. 40 mm. Head whitish-ochreous; face ochreous. Antennae whitish; pee-
tinations in ¢ 9, dark-fuscous. Thorax whitish-ochreous. (Abdomen broken).
Legs fuscous with ochreous hairs. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight,
apex round-pointed, termen slightly bowed, oblique; silvery white; a blackish
366 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
costal streak containing some pale-ochreous scales; a short, transverse, discal
mark beyond middle, not pale-centred; a semi-obsolete, oblique, post-median grey
line; cilia ochreous, apices whitish, imperfectly barred with dark-fuscous. Hind-
wings with termen nearly straight; pale-ochreous; a thick, dark-fuscous, sub-
terminal line ending in tornus; cilia pale ochreous.
This description is taken from Walker’s type in the British Museum. It is
an imperfect specimen, but appears to be a good species. The locality is given
as Swan River.
5. EPpIcoMA BARYTIMA.
Epicoma barytima, 'lurn., Proc. Roy. Soc. Qland., 1917, p. 74.
W. Aust.: Cunderdin.
6. EpicoOMA ANISOZYGA, n.sp.
avucotvyos, unequally yoked.
3d. 33-36 mm. Head ochreous-brown. Antennae grey; pectinations 12.
Thorax ochreous-brown. Abdomen dark-fuscous with dorsal and lateral ochreous
lines; tuft ochreous, towards apex whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous, with long
ochreous hairs. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen
slightly bowed, oblique; white, a costal streak ochreous, mixed with blackish, a
fuscous discal spot beyond middle, white-centred; a grey line from costa shortly
before apex to mid-dorsum; a similar subterminal line connected with termen on
veins; some fuscous irroration towards dorsum, blackish towards dorsal edge;
cilia ochreous with basal and median dark-fuscous dots arranged alternately, be-
yond middle grey. Hindwings with termen gently rounded; ochreous; dorsal
edge suffused with, fuscous; median and subterminal fuscous lines, the latter con-
nected with termen on veins; cilia ochreous.
2. 38-43 mm. Antennal pectinations 5. Forewings white with general
dense grey irroration, but without transverse lines; the irroration is absent on
termen, except on veins, so as to form a terminal series of white spots; costal and
dorsal irroration as in 6; cilia ochreous with basal and apical lines and some
eross bars dark-fuscous. Hindwings fuscous with a terminal series of ochreous
spots; cilia ochreous, apices fuscous.
The d resembles zelotes Turn., but in that species the discal spot of fore-
wing is ochreous in the centre, and the hindwing has no median line. The 2 is
very different from that of zelotes.
N. Aust.: Adelaide River in October; seven specimens including the type.in
the British Museum; taken by Commander J. J. Walker.
7. EPIcoMA ZELOTES.
Epicoma zelotes, Turn., Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., 1902, p. 183.
N. Qland: Cape York, Herberton, Townsville.
8. EPICOMA CHRYSOSEMA, n.sp.
Xpvodonuos, golden-marked.
3. 32-34 mm. &. 42 mm. Head white; face in ¢ ochreous-tinged. An-
tennae whitish; pectinations in ¢ 11, ochreous-tinged; in @ 6. ‘horax white,
slightly ochreous-tinged. Abdomen dark-ochreous; apex of tuft paler. Legs
ochreous with whitish hairs. Forewings rather narrowly triangular, costa straight,
apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; silvery-white; markings golden-
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 367
ochreous; a diseal spot at two-thirds; a sinuate line from five-sixths costa to
two-thirds dorsum, sometimes incompletely developed, being represented only to-
wards margins; a dentate line very near termen; cilia white with a basal series
of golden-ochreous dots. Hindwings with termen moderately rounded; whitish
more or less suffused with pale-golden-ochreous, leaving a terminal series of white
spots; cilia white, bases narrowly ochreous.
N.W. Aust.: Sherlock River; three specimens including the type in the
British Museum, taken by Mr. E. Clements.
9. EPICOMA MELANOSTICTA.
Bombyx melanosticta, Don., Ins. N. Holl., 1805, p. 34.
3. 38-44 mm. Head white, face ochreous. Antennae fuscous, sometimes
mixed with ochreous. Thorax whitish-ochreous or pale-brownish. | Abdomen
blackish; a median dorsal series of ochreous spots, sometimes scarcely developed;
tuft ochreous, apices paler. Legs fuscous mixed with ochreous. Forewings tri-
angular, oosta straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, slightly oblique;
shining-white; an ochreous costal streak, irrorated with blackish; a small,
ochreous, median, discal spot, with thick blackish margin; a tawny-fuscous
oblique streak from costa before apex, posterior to or touching discal spot,
beneath it angled outwards to two-thirds dorsum; a slight dorsal irroration of
ochreous and blackish; a variable, narrow, fuscous, terminal band, containing a
terminal series of white spots; cilia ochreous, more or less barred with blackish,
apices whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous; a terminal
series of rounded-triangular ochreous spots; cilia ochreous.
2. 40-47 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-brown. Forewings more or less
suffused with brown, usually with only thinly scattered white scales; discal spot
larger, blackish with small ochreous-brown centre; post-median line not developed.
Hindwings with ochreous spots smaller or dot-like.
The 2 may be as dark as that of ¢ristis but is distinguishable by the blackish
diseal spot. Ad example from Stanthorpe has the forewings mostly suffused
with grey, and the hindwings without ochreous terminal spots. I regard it as an
aberration of this species.
N. Qland: Atherton, Herberton; Qland: Nambour, Brisbane, Stradbroke Is.,
Mt. Tambourine, Toowoomba, Stanthorpe; N.S.W.: Ebor, Sydney; Vict.: Day-
trap; Tas.: Launceston, Hobart; S. Aust.: Adelaide; W. Aust.: Busselton, Perth,
Waroona.
10. Epicoma TRISTIS.
Bombyzx tristis, Lewin, Prodr. Ent., 1805, p. 9, Pl. viii.; Don., Ins. N. Holl.,
1805, Pl. 34—Kpicoma contristis, Hb., Zutr., i, 18238, p. 9, f. 217, 218.—#.
pontificalis, Rosen., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), xvi., 1885, p. 383.—? Huproctis
pelodes, Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1893, p. 150.
3d. 3450 mm. ¢ 40-44 mm. Head and thorax brown, rarely brown-
whitish. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen blackish; sometimes a median dorsal
series of ochreous dots; tuft ochreous. Legs fuscous. Forewings triangular,
costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, shghtly oblique; dark-fuscous
or brown, more or less irrorated with whitish or whitish-ochreous, rarely with
whitish suffusion; a small, ochreous, median, discal spot sometimes edged with
fuscous (not blackish) scales; a terminal series of whitish or pale-ochreous dots;
cilia fuscous with fine ochreous bars. Hindwings with termen rounded; dark-
368 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
fuscous; rarely with a terminal series of ochreous dots; cilia ochreous.
‘The sexes are similar. .
N. Qland: Cairns, Herberton; Qland: Nambour, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine,
Coolangatta; N.S.W.: Dorrigo, Sydney; Vict.: Melbourne, Wandin, Moe, Gis-
borne; Tas.: Hobart; S. Aust.: Mt. Lofty; W. Aust.: Waroona.
11. Epicoma prROTRAHENS.
Teara protrahens, Lue., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1889, p. 1090.
S. 20-28 mm. 2. 26-35 mm. Head whitish-ochreous; face. brownish. An-
tennae fuscous, irrorated on stalk with whitish. Thorax pale-brown. Abdomen
dark-fuscous; a series of dorsal median spots and tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs
fuscous mixed with pale-ochreous. Forewings triangular, rather narrow, costa
straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; fuscous-brown with some
whitish irroration or suffusion; a rather large, cireular, whitish-ochreous discal
spot slightly beyond middle; a terminal series of whitish or whitish-ochreous
spots; cilia pale-ochrecus with dark-fuscous irroration, which forms indistinet
bars. Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous; a terminal series of whitish-
ochreous spots in 3; in @ these are usually absent; pale-ochreous, in @ irrorated
with fuscous; on tornus and dorsum fuscous.
Qland: Brisbane; N.S.W.: Clarence River, Sydney.
12. EPpricoMa ARGENTATA.
Marane argentata, Wik., Cat. Brit.. Mus., xxxil., p. 355.—M. subargentea,
W1k., ib., p. 397—Teara argentosa, Luc., Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1889, p. 1089.
3. 3244 mm. &. 50 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Antennae ochreous-
whitish; pectinations pale-fuscous. Thorax ochreous-whitish or whitish-ochreous.
Abdomen ochreous; sides and bases of segments on dorsum sometimes dark-
fuscous. Legs whitish-ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched,
more so in @, apex obtusely round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; whitish more
or less irrorated with pale-ochreous; when this irroration is well-marked, it-leaves
-a terminal series of whitish spots; cilia whitish-ochreous, apices’ whitish. Huind-
wings with termen rounded; whitish-ochreous, in ? brownish-tinged; sometimes
a terminal series of whitish spots; cilia whitish or ochreous-whitish.
Northern Territory examples are considerably smaller than those from the
Peak Downs, and show no marginal spots.
N. Aust.: Darwin, Macdonnell Ranges; N. Qland: Townsville; Qland: Duar-
inga, Emerald, Clermont.
13. EpicoMA BARNARDI.
Teara barnardi, Lue., Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1889, p. 1088.
S. 36-40 mm. Head and thorax pale-ochreous, the latter with central white
spot. Antennae pale-fuscous. Abdomen blackish; tuft ochreous. Legs fuscous.
Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique;
white, usually irrorated with brown; a narrow, brown, costal streak; an oblique
line, shghtly inwardly-curved, from costa before apex to about mid-dorsum; a
brownish terminal band, sometimes nearly obsolete, its anterior edge ‘suffusedly
dentate, containing a terminal series of white spots; cilia brown with small white
bars, or wholly white. Hindwines with termen rounded; fuscous; a terminal
series of white spots; cilia white, bases mixed with fuscous.
2. 40-42 mm. Head and thorax dark-brown. Forewings dark-fuscous with
slight whitish irroration; a basal white spot; a terminal series of whitish-ochreous
BY A, JEFFERIS TURNER. : 369
spots; cilia dark-fuscous. Hindwings dark-fuscous; a terminal series of pale-
ochreous spots; cilia dark-fuscous.
Im this species and the following the sexes are remarkably unlike.
N. Qland: Thursday Island, Cape York, Cooktown, Townsville; Qland:
Duaringa.
14. Eprcoma pIspar, usp.
dispar, unlike, dissimilar.
a
3. 38-40 mm. Head pale-fuscous; face ochreous-tinged. Antennae, stalk
fuscous irrorated with white; pectinations ochreous-fuscous. Thorax pale-
fuscous, with a large central white spot. Abdomen blackish; tuft ochreous, be-
coming paler towards apex. Legs dark-fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish.
Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex pointed, termen bowed, oblique; white,
with some fuscous irroration; markings fuscous; a fine costal streak; a broad
subcostal streak from near base running into post-median line; a thick oblique
line from costa before apex to mid-dorsum, bent slhghtly outwards in middle,
and inwards above dorsum; a narrow terminal band, containing a terminal series
of white spots; cilia fuscous, barred with white, apices wholly white. Hindwings
with termen rounded; white; cilia white; on dorsum fuscous.
>. 34 mm. Head, thorax, antennae, and abdomen blackish; tuft pale-
ochreous. Forewings dark-fuscous with scanty whitish-oehreous irroration; a
subterminal series of ochreous spots; cilia fuscous, bases dark-fuscous with a few
whitish-ochreous scales. Hindwings dark-fuscous; a subterminal series of large
ochreous spots; cilia as forewings but without whitish-oe¢hreous seales.
Allied to E. barnardi, the d may be distinguished by the bent post-median
line of forewings and white hindwings, the 2 by the absence of basal white spot
on forewings. f
N. Aust.: Darwin in October and November; three specimens received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd, 2 3 and 1 2, of which two are in Coll. Lyell.
15. Epicoma PHOENURA, n.sp.
govovpos, red-tailed.
3S. 30-34 mm. . 36-38 mm. Head dark-fuseous; face in ¢ ochreous.
Antennae, stalk ochreous, sometimes partly fuseous; pectinations fuscous. Thorax
dark-fuseous. Abdomen blackish; basal segment in & pale ochreous; tuft red-
dish, towards apex fuscous. Legs fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa straight,
apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; dark-fusecous with scanty whitish-
ochreous irroration, especially towards base; a terminal series of whitish-
ochreous dots, often obsolete; cilia dark-fuscous. Hindwings with termen
rounded; ochreous; a broad transverse median line and a terminal band dark-
fuscous, the two often fused; a terminal series of ochreous spots; cilia dark-
fuscous.
Male form alba, 32 mm. Head, antennal stalk, and thorax whitish. Fore-
wings whitish; a dark-fuscous broad line from three-fourths costa to dorsum
before tornus; a fuscous terminal line containing a series of whitish spots; cilia
fuscous. Abdomen and hindwings as in typical form. Tis would be taken for
a new species if it had not been captured with the typical form (Mary River).
I have one example and have seen another. but no intermediates.
N. Aust.: Darwin (F. P. Dodd); Mary River (W. D. Dodd); six specimens,
and I have seen others in the South Australian Museum.
370 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
16. Epicoma ASBOLINA.
Epicoma asbolina, Turn., Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., 1902, p. 183.
N. Aust.: Darwin; N. Qland: Prince of Wales Island, Coen River, Cairns,
Townsville, Bowen.
Also from New Guinea.
Gen. 4. TanysTOLA, neg.
traviorodos, long-robed.
Forewing with 2 from two-thirds, 3 from five-sixths, 4 from angle, 5 from
middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, areole present, 7 arising separately from
areole, 8, 9 stalked and 10 connate or short-stalked with them from areole, 11
from three-fourths. Hindwings with cell long (two-thirds), 2 from two-thirds,
3 from before angle of cell, well separated at origin from 4, which is from
angle, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to cell near base.
The forewings are exceptionally long and narrow.
17. TANYSTOLA OCHROGUTTA.
Cnethocampa ochrogutta, H.-Sch., Ausser. Schmet., i., f. 460. :
d. 30 mm. Head whitish-ochreous; lower half of face, and hair tufts in
front of antennae orange-ochreous. Antennae dark-fuscous; pectinations in do
10. Thorax dark-fuscous, apices of hairs partly orange-ochreous. Abdomen
dark-fuscous, tuft | whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous; hairs on middle
and posterior tibiae and annulations on middle and posterior tarsi whitish. Fore-
wings elongate, costa straight to middle, thence strongly sinuate, apex rounded,
termen strongly bowed, strongly oblique; fuscous; a broad sub-basal fascia not
reaching costa and narrowed on dorsum, whitish; an orange-ochreous discal spot
beneath costa at middle, and a second beyond middle; a sinuate whitish oblique
line from three-fourths costa to three-fourths dorsum; a terminal series of orange
ochreous spots; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded; fus-
cous; cilia fuscous.
Described from an example in the British Museum labelled “Australia.” I
conjecture that it is from Western Australia. Herrich-Schaeffer’s acumen in
referring this species to the genus Cnethocampa must be acknowledged.
Gen. 5. STHENADELPHA, ng.
oGévadeXpos, a Sturdy brother.
Forewings with 2 from two-thirds, 3 from five-sixths, 4 from angle, 5 from
middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, areole present, 7 and 10 arising separately
from areole, 8, 9 stalked, 11 from five-sixths. Hindwings with 2 from two-
thirds, 3 from before angle well separated at origin from 4, which is from angle,
6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to cell near base; cell one-half to three-fifths.
Structurally this genus is near the preceding, but the forewings are less
elongate, and 10 arises separately from the areole, while in the hindwings the
cell is much shorter.
18. STHENADELPHA ISABELLA.
Trichetra isabella, White, Grey’s Discoy. Austral., ii., Appendix, p. 479.—
Teara suppressa, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxu., p. 354.
3d. 46-56 mm. Head and thorax ochreous or whitish-ochreous. Antennae
dark-fuscous; stalk usually ochreous. Abdomen ochreous or whitish-ochreous;
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 371
usually dark-fuscous posteriorly; tuft ochreous or whitish-ochreous sometimes
fuscous towards apex. Legs ochreous; anterior pair and all tarsi sometimes
fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex rounded, termen bowed,
moderately oblique; ochreous or whitish-ochreous, sometimes almost wholly suf-
fused with fuscous; four transverse dark-fuscous lines, rarely obsolete and in-
dicated in dark-ochreous only; first from one-sixth costa to one-fourth dorsum,
second from two-fifths costa to near mid-dorsum, third from four-fifths costa to
three-fourths dorsum, slightly bisinuate, fourth subterminal and usually con-
nected with termen on veins, leaving a terminal series of ochreous or whitish
spots; base and median area often fuscous; two, circular, orange, subcostal spots
before and after middle; cilia ochreous sometimes mixed with fuscous. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; ochreous, more or less suffused with dark-fuscous,
sometimes wholly so except at base; cilia as forewings.
9. 56-68 mm. Forewings pale-ochreous or white; lines usually narrower
and not suffused; discal spots usually absent. Hindwings wholly ochreous, or
with suffused median and terminal bands, or wholly dark-fuscous.
Very variable in both sexes.
W. Aust.: Albany, Wilson’s Inlet, Waroona, York.
Gen. 6. OCHROGASTER.
Ochrogaster, Feld., Reise Nov.
Palpi obsolete. Posterior tibiae without middle spurs. Forewings with 5
usually from well above middle of cell, but sometimes from middle, 6 from
upper angle of cell or from areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, or 7 and 10 from end
of areole, areole rather small and narrow, 11 from near end of e¢ell or from
two-thirds. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate or approximated at base, 5 from
slightly above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 anastomosing or connected
with cell at one-fourth or one-third.
‘There is considerable variability in the neuration. In one ¢ the areole is
open on both forewings from absence of the inter-radial arastomosis. The genus
contains only one species.
19. OCHROGASTER CONTRARLA.
Teara contraria, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 849.—T. interrupta, W1k.,
ibid., p. 850.—Poecilocampa leucopyga, W1k., ibid., vi.. p. 1477.—Darala_ cineti-
fera, Wlk., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1862, p. 268.—Ochrogaster circumfumata, Feld.,
Reise Novy., Pl. 94, f. 5.—O. ruptimacula, Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 95, f. 9.—Marane
rubricorpus, Swin., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), ix. 1902, p. 420.
3. 40-60 mm. §. 52-70 mm. Head fuscous or ochreous-brown, rarely in
3d whitish. Antennae pale-fuscous or pale-ochreous. Thorax fuscous-brown or
ochreous-brown, tips of hairs often whitish, rarely wholly whitish in 3. Abdo-
men brownish-orange; bases of segments usually fuscous; tuft whitish or ochreous-
whitish. Legs fusecous or brownish-ochreous. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa straight, apex rounded, termen slightly bowed, slightly oblique; fuseous-
brown or ochreous-brown; a small, white, median, transverse discal mark, rarely
obsolete; a fuscous line from three-fourths costa to dorsum between three-fifths
and four-fifths, at first outwardly rounded, then sinuate, usually faint, some-
times very distinct, in 2 often obsolete; sometimes in o there are broad longi-
tudinal white lines variably developed, first along costa, second from discal mark
to termen, third along fold curving downwards to tornus; in some examples the
white markings are extensively suffused, and in these there may be incomplete
372 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
sub-basal and ante-median fuscous transverse lines; cilia concolorous. Huind-
wings with termen rounded; colour as forewings; rarely a whitish discal mark
before middle. ih
Variable in colour and in the development of white lines on forewing of
3 in any one locality, but extensive series would show regional variation also.
None of these forms are specifically distinct.
N. Aust.: Darwin, Margaret R., Macdonnell Ranges; N. Qland: Claudie R.,
Cloneurry; Qland: Clermont, Emerald, Gayndah, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine,
Toowoomba, Dalby, Charleville, Cunnamulla; N.S.W.: Sydney; Vict.: Bairns-
dale, Birchip; 8. Aust.: Adelaide, Mt. Lofty; W. Aust.: Bridgetown, Perth,
Northam, Quairading, Cunderdin, Kalgoorlie, Dore Is., Bernier Is.; N.W. Aust.:
Roeburne.
Gen. 7. TEARA.
Teara, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 851; Swin., Cat. Oxf. Mus., i, p. 214.
Palpi short, porrect, densely hairy. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs
rather closely approximated. Forewings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 from
areole or from upper angle of cell, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 connate from end of
areole which is small, 11 from four-fifths. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5
from slightly above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 anastomosing with cell
at about one-fourth.
Distinguished from Ochrogaster by the presence of palpi and of two pairs
of spurs on the posterior tibiae. Walker, with his usual looseness, applied the
name Teara to many species belonging to more than one family; but the type
was fixed by Swinhoe (loc. cit.) as variegata Wlk. Since then this has remained
the only species, but Mr. Hardy’s interesting discovery enables me to add a
second.
20. 'I'BARA VARIEGATA.
Teara variegata, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 851.
3. 48-54 mm. 92. 80-85 mm. Head whitish, crown sometimes partly fus-
cous; sides of face fuscous. Palpi fuscous; at apex ochreous-whitish. Antennae
pale-fuseous or whitish. Thorax brownish-fuscous, with a few whitish and
reddish hairs, sometimes mostly whitish, Abdomen on dorsum orange-ochreous
or reddish-orange, bases of segments blackish, except in centre; beneath fuscous
or whitish. Legs fuscous or partly whitish. Forewings triangular, rather
broadly so in 9, costa in d straight, in 2 gently arched, apex rounded-rectangular,
termen bowed, in do seareely, in 2 slightly oblique; brownish-fuscous more or less
suffused or spotted with white; a dark, dentate, sub-basal line sometimes present;
two small reddish diseal spots arranged longitudinally in a variable white area,
about middle; a finely dentate dark line from three-fourths costa to two-thirds
dorsum, curved slightly outwards beneath costa, thence nearly straight; cilia
fuscous barred with white. Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous or pale-
fuscous; cilia concolorous with indistinct whitish bars.
N. Qland: Herberton; Qland: Stradbroke Is., Toowoomba, Stanthorpe;
N.S.W.: Newcastle, Sydney; S. Aust.:
21. TEARA PERIBLEPTA, n.sp.
mepiBderros, admired.
3. 44 mm. Head white. Palpi very short, densely hairy; dark-fuscous.
Antennae fuscous, apex and base of stalk whitish. Thorax white; patagia with
ae SP em
BY A, JEFFERIS TURNER. 373
some fuscous seales. Abdomen fuscous; tuft white. Legs fuscous; dorsal hairs
on tibiae and tarsi white. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex tolerably
pointed, termen bowed, slightly oblique; white, markings fuscous and orange; an
interrupted, sub-basal, orange, transverse line edged with dark-fuscous; a similar
line from one-third costa, interrupted beneath costa, angled first outwardly, then
inwardly, ending on two-fifths dorsum; a dark-fusecous discal dot, edged with
orange, beneath mid-costa; a similar, larger, transversely oval dot posterior to
this; a sinuate line of orange dots from five-sixths costa to four-fifths dorsum,
edged posteriorly by a dentate fuseous line; central area between second and
third lines broadly suffused with fusecous; a fuseous submarginal line not reach-
ing eosta or dorsum; cilia white with broad fuscous bars. Hindwings with ter-
men rounded; white, irrorated with fuscous; a dark-fuscous median diseal dot;
broadly suffused, median and post-median, fuscous, transverse lines, separated by
a wayed white line; cilla white, bases barred with fuscous.
Tas.: Mt. Wellington in January; one specimen received from Mr. G. H.
Hardy. ‘Type in Queensland Museum.
Gen. 8. CYNOSARGA.
Cynosarga, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., p. 385.
Palpi short, porrect, hairy. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of large spurs.
Forewings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, areole small, 7, 8, 9
stalked, 10 connate or short-stalked with them. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate,
5 from shghtly above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 not connected with cell,
but approximated to it as far as or beyond middle.
There is only the one species.
22. CYNOSARGA ORNATA.
Cynosarga ornata, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., p. 386.
3S. 40 mm. 2. 46 mm. Head reddish-brown; face and palpi usually fus-
cous. Antennae pale-ochreous. Thorax reddish-brown. Abdomen fuseous; tuft
grey. Legs fuscous above, whitish-ochreous beneath. Forewings triangular,
apex round-pointed, termen bowed, slightly oblique; fuscous, unevenly suffused
with grey-whitish; a dark-fuscous, dentate, sub-basal, transverse line, partly edged
posteriorly with reddish; two, short, longitudinal, dark-fuscous marks in dise
beyond this; a dark-fuseous line from one-third costa to mid-dorsum, at first
outwardly curved, sharply indented inwards above dorsum, edged throughout pos-
teriorly with whitish and reddish; an obliquely oval, whitish, discal spot at three-
fifths, containing a central reddish line; a dark-fuscous line from two-thirds
costa to dorsum before tornus, at first directed outwardly, thence strongly bisinuate
and dentate, edged throughout posteriorly, first with whitish, then with reddish;
a subterminal series of triangular dark-fuscous spots; cilia white, with a con-
tinuous dentate fuscous line, dentations extending from bases to apices. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; fuscous or pale-fuscous; cilia whitish, bases partly
pale-fuscous.
N. Qland: Cairns; Qland: Brisbane.
Gen. 9. OENOSANDA.
Oenosanda, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., vu., p. 1713.
Palpi obsolete. Antennae in 3 bipectinated to apex, in 2 simple. Abdominal
tuft in ¢ moderate, in 2 large. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Fore-
wings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 from areole, which is large, 7, 8, 9 stalked
374 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN. LEPIDOPTERA,
from areole, 10 separate from areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 short-stalked, 5
from middle or slightly below middle of cell, 6 and 7 long-stalked, 12 approxi-
mated to cell nearly to its end, but not connected.
There is only one species, which is narrower-winged than usual in this sub-
family. It is the only Australian genus in which the antennae are simple in the
9. In one d 6 and 7 of hindwings are coincident on both sides. The large are-
ole is a primitive character.
23. OENOSANDA BOISDUVALII.
2 Ocnosandra boisduvalii, Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1856—2 O. dupon-
chelii, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., vii., p. 1713.—d Teara ? terminalis, W1k., ibid.,
vil, p. 1733.—d' Pterygosoma squamipunctum, Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 98, f. 7—
2 Lomatosticha nigrostriata, Moschl., Stet. Ent. Zeit., 1872, p. 359.—Oenosanda
boisduvalii, "lurn., Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1903, p. 58.
This species I have already sufficiently described.
Vict.: Gisborne, Moe; Tas.: Hobart; S. Aust.: Adelaide; W. Aust.: Bridge-
town, Perth, Donnybrook.
Subfam. NOTODONTINAE.
Tongue strongly developed, weak, or obsolete. Labial palpi always present.
Antennae of & usually bipectinate, of 2 usually simple. Forewings with or
without areole. Hindwings with vein 5 rather weak, rarely absent, 12 usually
approximated to cell to near its end, always to middle, rarely connected or
anastomosing.
Having already treated most of the species at some length (Proce. Linn. Soe.
N.S.W., 1903, p. 42) I ean dispose of them here more briefly. The group is of
moderately large size and is present in all continental areas, but is most largely
developed in South America. The species derived from the old “Austral” fauna
are few, comprised in the genera Hyleora, Neola, Sorama, Destolmaa, Ecnomodes,
Antimima, Danima, Discophlebia and Gallaba. Probably all the remaining genera
are Oriental immigrants. None of the genera are of large size, and they are
rather closely connected, so that it is difficult to construct a satisfactory key.
Jeethorewingsiawithtagstrong dorsal tutte eet ccna ieee Rosama.
Forewings without dorsal tuft .. .. .. . 4
2. Thorax with an acute anterior crest, crown of heal alee erected 3.
Thorax without acute anterior crest, crown of head not crested 5.
3. Hindwings with 12 approximated to cell but not connected .. 4.
Hindwings with 12 connected with cell .. .. .. .. .. .. «- - Sorama.
4. Forewings with 8, 9, 10 stalked from areole .. .. .. .. .. .. Hyleora.
Forewings with 10 arising separately from areole .. .. .. .. Neola.
De MATECOLERADSEN Lora conic fake class ecre hyrele ero dl Poe) Alsvaoaes Cota nisl topcase
Areole present .. .. MR AhRare i sciad Fils (Oat simntetc nliovaieceno ist amest Vinee 9.
6. Hindwings with 5 absent He) oRlSB aMus Gd gao as) ido, ae alec Icthyura.
Hindwings with 5 Present 2. 6. ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 7
7. Forewings with 7 arising before 10 A AMHEMRCRe RG REED AKT EE A 8.
Rorewings) with 0varisingwiberoren daca: ie epic is cieereiacton et ctieere ets Hoplitis.
8. Posterior tibiae without middle spurs .. .. .. .. .. .. .- «. Stauropus.
Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs .. .. .. .. .. «+.» «. Syntypistis.
9. Palpi less than 3, terminal joint short .. Meidnekanbeakelmerentecs
Palpisoverysyiterminalgyomntrlongegetsy tctiieies src) dele ds stepueicte stdieletl ers 23.
10; Hind wings; with)\6)and!i/cstalkedi ney ay eels ici eteueterspiedsy ie 11.
Hindwings with 6 and 7 not stalked .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. «. Polychoa.
11. Forewings with 6 from end of areole .. .. .. .. .. 1. «2 ee ee) )© Cerura.
BY A, JEFFERIS TURNER. 375
Forewings with 6 from cell or from before end of areole .. .. 12.
TOY ANE VFES GEO 66 /o0 65 §b6 oH) oo Ob, aonoa) Gui /oo! “op joo “oo 135
Tongue developed .. HCL. HORNER ERE BG ho thy, He 0! 14.
13. Forewings with 8, 9, 10 Rraiked? Oretinacaluc of d very slender,
long, bar-shaped .. .. So ooas conod we aa ) dU aKa
Forewings with 10 eee om areoles) Petnaculin of o not bar-
Shapedirra stiri. . .. Pheraspis.
14. Eyes with long incurv ine elias ror "posterior licntion quadrant 15.
LDAAG salOKs URNS po Garon oe Go. opo6, ob) on Ob doviad BO uoo tod) cn 17.
15. Head and thorax SEO yee OSES. chic a en a Discophlebia.
Head and thorax rough- haired Bas) COs eOrG CONOR RCH ES Reo ey 16.
16. Areole narrow .. . Sete eu etemtsne era: sctsu rayeunale: Weiel-ceieperemMeCLAR CIMETASELS:
Areole broadly Goadrenediach eteeas Gargetta.
17. Areole extremely long, extending more Gehan! halfway ham ‘cell
TOMA DEX meats RNa Dace shed let ayehe tN enetiMmweeums eaten Sinton t ferats voces Meee lens Cascera.
Areole moreno Ba 4 preno 18.
18. Forewings with 6 Fron mddien or iperond middie a Eris. .. .. Phalera.
Forewings with 6 from cell or areole before middle .. .. .. 19.
19. Head, palpi, and pectus clothed with long, dense, oe hairs... Danima.
Head, palpi, and pectus only shortly hairy cnet. hs 20.
2ehoraxswitheanwanterions crests <a ccs cieidticl (fee inet cs) ele 21.
AN orRasS Sahn OMS! Gg oo “ool od) Baloo .8e on. eouues Eomodl ae 22.
Dae ROnguemabscn tan Mee Morena er Mauna ice | Neues eULH CHO MLO GES:
Tongue present .. .. RM cue te an sob ode ternlcteinl eee Destolmia.
22. Frons with rounded corneous "prominence 90 (eq de. 00-86. Hoos Antimima,
Frons without corneous prominence .. .. Omichlis.
23. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked from aeeoiet incre is ens Osica.
Forewings with areole moderate, 10 arising from it separately .. Gallaba.
Gen. 10. Rosama.
/
Rosama, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 1066—Sypatalia, lurn., Proe. Linn.
Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 51 (nee Hb).
‘Tongue present but short. Palpi moderate (slightly over 1), porrect, hairy;
terminal joint minute. Antennae with a spreading anterior tuft fees first joint,
bipectinated in both sexes, apex simple. Thorax with an acute anterior crest.
Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with an incision preceded
by a large tuft of scales on dorsal margin; areole long and very narrow, 6 from
upper angle of cell or from areole, 7 from end or near end of areole, 8, 9, 10
stalked from areole, or 10 closely approximated at origin. Hindwings with 12
approximated to cell to three-fourths.
Type, R. strigosa WIk. from Java.
An Oriental genus of which one species has reached Australia. It is our
only representative of a large section of the family distinguished by the presence
of a dorsal tuft of scales on the forewing.
24, ROSAMA INDISTINCTA.
Spatalia indistineta, Roths., Nov. Zool., 1917, p. 231.—@ S. costalis, Turn.,
Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 52 (nec Moore).—d S. argentifera, Turn.,
Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1904, p. 832 (nec WIk).
Antennae of ¢ with pectinations 2, apical one-third simple; of 2 two-thirds,
apical one-third simple.
Rothschild’s name for this fine species is unfortunately chosen. Both sexes,
which differ markedly, are closely similar to argentifera Wlk., but differ in an-
3 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
tennal structure. In the latter species the antennal pectinations are actually
longer in the 2 than in the &.
N. Qland: Townsville.
Gen. 11. Hyberora.
Hylaeora, Dbld., Proe. Zool. Soc., 1848, p. 117—Hyleora, Turn. (odnwpés)
Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 46.
Head with an erect crest on crown springing from bases of antennae. ‘longue
present. Palpi very short, hairy, porrect. Antennae in ¢ bipectinate nearly to
apex, in @ simple. Thorax with an acute anterior crest. Posterior tibiae with
two pairs of spurs. Forewings with areole small, 6 from upper angle of cell
or from areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked from areole, or 7 connate. Hindwings with 5
from above middle of cell, 12 approximated to cell from base to near its end.
Type, H. eucalypti Dbld.
25. HYLEORA BUCALYPTI.
Hylaeora eucalypti, Dbld., Proce. Zool. Soe., 1848, p. 117, Pl. 5.—Hyleora
sphinx, Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 96, f. 4—H. eucalypti Turn., Proce. Linn. Soe.
N.S.W., 1903, p. 47.
N.S.W.: Sydney; Vict.: Melbourne.
26. HyYLEoRA INCLYTA.
Sorama inclyta, W1k., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1862, p. 79—Hyleora lacerta, Druce,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), vii, p. 78—H. inclyta, Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe.
N.S.W., 1903, p. 47.
N.S.W. :——__———_; Vict.: Melbourne, Gisborne, Timberoo; ‘Tas. :
———; 8. Aust.: Mt. Lofty; W. Aust.: ——————
27. HYLrEorA DILUCIDA.
Hyleora dilucida, Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 96, f. 5; Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe.
N.S.W., 1903, p. 48.
Vict.: Birchip, St. Arnaud; 8. Aust.: Adelaide; W. Aust.: Merredin, Dowerin.
Gen. 12: Neowa.
Neola, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 1033; Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W.,
1903, p. 49. ‘
Head with an erect crest on crown. Tongue present. Palpi short; hairy,
porreet. Antennae of ¢ bipectinate, extreme apex simple, of 2 simple. Thorax
with an acute anterior crest. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Fore-
wings with areole moderate, 6 from areole or from upper angle of cell, 7, 8, 9
stalked from areole, or 7 connate,.10 separate. Hindwings with 5 from above
middle of cell, 12 closely approximated to cell from base nearly to end.
Type, N. semiaurata Wlk. The neurational differences between this genus,
Hyleora, and Sorama appear to be constant.
28. NEOLA SEMIAURATA.
Neola semiaurata, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 1033; H.-Sch., Aus. Schmet.,
f. 549; ‘Turn., Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 49.
Antennae of 3 bipectinate nearly to apex.
BY A. JEPFERIS TURNER. 377
Qland: Emerald, Gayndah, Brisbane, Coolangatta; N.S.W.: Lismore, New-
castle, Sydney, Nowra; Vict.: ————————;. Tas.: ——————_—_
29, NEOLA CAPUCINA.
Hyleora capucina, Feld., Reise Nov., Pl, 98, f. 1—Neola capucina, ‘lurn.,
Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 50.
Antennae of ¢ bipectinate to three-fourths, thence simple.
N. Qland: Cairns; N.S.W.: Sydney; Viet.: Melbourne, Gisborne.
Gen. 13. SorRAMA.
Sorama, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 1034; Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W.,
1903, p. 50.
Head with an erect crest on crown. Tongue present. Palpi short, hairy,
porrect. Antennae in ¢ bipectinate, towards apex simple, in 2 simple. Thorax
with small acute anterior and larger posterior crests. Posterior tibiae with two
pairs of spurs. Forewings with areole rather long and narrow, 6 from areole
or upper angle of cell, 7, 8, 9 stalked from areole, or 7 connate, 10 separate.
Hindwings with 5 from shghtly above middle of cell, 12 widely separate from
cell at base, approaching and connected with it at about one-third, thence ap-
proximated nearly to its end.
Type, S. bicolor Wk.
30. SORAMA BICOLOR.
Sorama bicolor, Wilk., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 1034; Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe.
N.S8.W., 1903, p. 51.
Qland: Gympie; N.S.W.: Sydney; Vict.: Wandin, Moe, Gisborne; Tas.:
Ulverstone.
Gen. 14. LloruyuRa.
Lethyura, Hb., Verz., p. 162.
Eyes hairy. Head with radiating tufts from inner side of bases of antennae.
Tongue obsolete. Palpi shghtly over 1, ascending, evenly-haired; terminal jomt
minute. Antennae bipectinate to apex in both sexes. Thorax with a rounded
median erest. Anterior tarsi very short and broad, hairy. Posterior tibiae with
two pairs of spurs. Forewings with 5 from near wpper angie of cell, no areole,
6, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, but 6 only shortly and perhaps sometimes connate, 7
arising before 10. Hindwings with 5 absent, 6 and 7 short-stalked, 12 ap-
proximated to cell from before middle to near end.
Type, I. anastomosis Lin.
31. IcTHYURA ANASTOMOSIS.
Bombyx anastomosis, Lin., Syst. Nat., p. 506.
32. 30-42 mm. Head dark fuscous-brown; tufts from bases of antennae
brown-whitish. Palpi slightly over 1, ascending; brown-whitish, upper surface
fusecous-brown. Antennae pale-brown; pectinations in d very long, becoming
shorter in apical third; in 2 moderately long. Thorax pale-brown, an anterior
triangular area dark fuscous-brown, its apex nearly reaching centre. Abdomen
whitish-brown. Legs pale-brown; posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings
rather narrowly triangular, costa nearly straight, apex rectangular, termen
slightly sinuate, hardly oblique; pale-brown; several slender whitish lines, first
378 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
short, transverse, from costa near base not reaching middle of disc; a similar
line commencing posterior to termination of first line, to one-third dorsum; an
oblique line from one-fourth costa to mid-dorsum; a transverse line from two-
thirds costa to dorsum before tornus; a faintly outlined ochreous-whitish circle
beneath mid-costa, often incomplete; usually a fine, oblique, ochreous-whitish line
from beneath this to dorsal end of post-median transverse line; a fine, reddish-
brown, subterminal, wavy line, indented in centre, becoming fuscous towards
tornus; a submarginal, interrupted fuscous line not reaching tornus; cilia brown,
apices whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish-brown; cilia as fore-
wings.
N. Qland: Kuranda near Cairns in June; Evelyn Serub near Herberton in
December; three specimens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. Also from New
Guinea, China, Ceylon, and Europe. I can see no specific difference in speci-
mens from all these localities.
Gen. 15. STAUROPUS.
Stauropus, Germar, Prod., 1811, p. 45.
Head with long rough hairs forming an anterior tuft. Tongue obsolete.
Palpi moderate, ascending; second joint evenly haired; terminal joint minute.
Antennae of ¢ bipectinate, towards apex simple, of 2 simple. Abdomen with a
small dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae without middle spurs. Fore-
wings with 6 from upper angle of cell, no areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 7 arising
before 10. Hindwings with 5 from above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12
approximated and connected with cell near middle, thence approximated to near
its end.
“Type, S. fagi Lin. from Europe.
32. STAUROPUS HABROCHLORA, n.sp.
aBpoxdwpds, softly green.
g. 48 mm. 2. 60 mm. Head ochreous-whitish mixed with brownish or
fuseous, and on crown also with green hairs. FPalpi ascending, shghtly over 1;
brownish-fuseous, internal surface whitish-ochreous. Antennae ochreous-grey ;
pectinations in ¢ very long, ceasing abruptly at three-fourths, thence simple; in
2 simple. Thorax green with a few fusecous hairs. Abdomen ochreous-whitish
irrorated with brown, which prevails towards base. Legs ochreous-whitish; an-
terior pair mixed with green and fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa gently
arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen bowed, strongly oblique; pale-green,
finely irrorated with fuscous; markings fuscous; ante-median line from one-sixth:
costa to three-fifths dorsum, very fine; irregularly dentate, bent outwards be-
neath costa and on dorsum, inwards in middle, preceded by a similar parallel
line, both lines may be interrupted beneath costa; more or less transverse fuscous
suffusion posterior to this lne; a small, transverse, oval, pale-centred, diseal spot
slightly beyond middle; a finely dentate, slender, sinuate, post-median line from
two-thirds costa to three-fourths dorsum, sometimes indistinetly double, the two
being separated by a pale line; a terminal series of small fuscous marks be-
iween veins; cilia pale-greenish. Hindwings with termen strongly rounded; pale
brown; costal and apical areas green, crossed by a double wavy fuscous line;
ochreous-whitish, mixed with brown except on tornus and dorsum.
N. Qland: Kuranda near Cairns in September and March; two specimens,
of which the @ is in Coll. Lyell, received, from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
BY A, JEFFERIS TURNER. 379
Gen. 16. SYNTYPISTIS.
Syntypistis, Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1906, p. 679.
Differs from Stawropus, to which it is closely allied, by having two pairs
of spurs on posterior tibiae. My examples differ in the antennae of both sexes
being bipectinate except towards apex and in 12 of the hindwings being only
approximated and not connected with cell; but these latter differences may not
be constant. It is possible that this genus may be the same as Netria Wlk. and
Desmeocraera Wigrn.; if so, it extends to India and Africa.
Type, S. chloropasta 'lurn.
ey RorewinesmwithoutunGdiscall spOUSmanm@iMcrine mle yerey tenets) cers uurapettaeys 2.
Forewings with three pale discal spots .. .. .. .. .. .. .. -: sclera.
2.. Forewings with ante-median line single .. .. .. .. chloropasta.
Forewings with ante-median line double toward dorsum =. 9 Opaca.
33. SYNTYPISTIS CHLOROPASTA.
Syntypistis chloropasta, Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1906, p. 679.
3d. 20-23 mm. Head and hones whitish-ochreous, more or less mixed with
brown and partly tinged with green. Palpi about 1, ascending; whitish-ochreous,
on upper surface fuscous. Antennae fuscous; pectinations in d very long,
ceasing abruptly at three-fourths, thence simple. Abdomen brownish. Legs
brownish; anterior pair mixed with whitish and fuscous. Forewings rather
narrow, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, strongly
oblique; grey-whitish or brown, finely irrorated throughout with greenish; three,
very slender, transverse, fuscous lines, sometimes indistinct or almost obsolete;
first from one-third costa inwardly-oblique and nearly straight to one-sixth dor-
sum; second from two-thirds costa, directed outwards parallel to costa, then bent
downwards, and soon after inwards obliquely to two-thirds dorsum, with a
slight median indentation; third subterminal, bowed outwards above and below
middle; cilia brown, with indistinct pale bars. Hindwings with termen strongly
rounded; pale-brown; a darker apical blotch irrorated with greenish; cilia brown,
apices paler.
I have redescribed this species, as a second example in Coll. Lyell shows
much better the characteristic lines in the forewing, which in the type are so
obseure that they escaped description.
N. Qland: Kuranda near Cairns.
34. SYNTYPISTIS OPACA, n.sp.
opacus, darkly shaded.
dg. 46 mm. 2. 54 mm. Head whitish, on crown and lower half of face
mixed with brown. Palpi 14, ascending; ochreous-whitish, upper surface
brown. Antennae brownish-fuscous; pectinations very long in 4d, fairly
long in @, ceasing rather abruptly at four-fifths, thence simple. Thorax
ochreous-whitish mixed with fuscous-brown. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, more
or less suffused or irrorated with brown. Legs whitish-brown. Forewings sub-
oval, rather elongate, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen bowed,
strongly oblique; ochreous-whitish, finely irrorated with fuscous-brown and
greenish; markings dark fuscous-brown; a blotch on base of dorsum; a dentate
line from one-third costa, inwardly oblique, sharply bent outwards above costa
to end on one-third dorsum, closely followed by a similar parallel line, often partly
obsolete; a triangular, subapical, costal blotch containing some greenish irro-
380 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
ration; a double incompletely developed post-median line from posterior edge
of costal blotch to two-thirds dorsum; an irregularly waved subterminal lne;
cilia whitish mixed with brownish. Hindwings with termen rounded; pale-
brown; a greenish apical blotch, its centre occupied by a large fuscous-brown
spot; cilia brownish with obscure whitish bars, on dorsum whitish. Underside
uniform pale-brown.
N. Qland: Kuranda near Cairns in November and Mareh; two specimens,
of which the ¢ is in Coll. Lyell, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
35. SYNTYPISTIS SCIERA, n.sp.
oxtepos, Shaded.
9. 50-53 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi 1; whitish-brown, external
surface fuscous. Antennae with long pectinations, apical one-fifth simple; fus-
cous. Abdomen fuscous, underside whitish-brown. Legs whitish-brown irro-
rated with fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa moderately arched, apex rounded,
termen bowed, oblique; whitish-brown with fusecous suffusion causing darker and
paler markings; a dark subcostal streak to one-fourth; a dark line from one-
fourth costa to one-fourth dorsum; immediately followed by a pale, cireular,
dark-centred median spot; two large pale spots with darker centres beneath
costa about middle, first nearly circular, second closely approximated to first,
transversely oval; some dark suffusion between these and dorsum; a_ broadly
suffused, ill-defined, dark, post-median line; a fine, blackish, wavy, submarginal
line, not reaching costa; cilia fuscous mixed with whitish-brown. Hindwings
with termen gently rounded; pale-fuscous; cilia pale-fuscous.
N.W. Aust.: Wyndham; two specimens received from Mr. L. J. Newman.
Gen. 17. HopuitTis.
Hoplitis, Hb., Verz., p. 147.—Teleclita, Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W.,
1903, p. 53.
Head shortly rough-haired. Tongue very short, nearly obsolete. Palpi
short, hairy, porrect. Antennae in both sexes bipectinate, towards apex simple.
‘Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with no areole, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10 stalked, 10 arising before 7. Hindwings with 5 from above middle of cell,
6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated and sometimes connected with cell before
middle, thence approximated to near its end.
Type, H. milhauseri Fab. from Europe.
36. Hop.iris cypisTa.
Teleclita cydista, ‘lurn., Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 53.
This species is closely allied to H. strigata Moore trom India.
N. Qland: Townsville.
Gen. 18. CuRURA.
Cerura, Sehrank, Fauna Boiea, u., pt. u., p. 155.
Tongue obsolete. Palpi very short, hairy, porrect. Antennae pectinate to
apex in both sexes. Posterior tibiae without middle-spurs. Forewings with
second anal prolonged towards dorsum after anastomosing with first anal; 5 from
above middle of cell, 6 from end of areole, separate, connate, or short-stalked
with 7, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 separate, connate, or even short-stalked with them. Hind-
wines with 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated and some-
times connected with cell about middle.
Type, C. furcula Schrank from Europe.
BY A, JEPFERIS TURNER. 381
37. CERURA MULTIPUNCTATA,
Cerura multipunctata, B.-Bak., Nov. Zool., 1904, p. 381, Pl. 6, f. 9.
Differs from C. australis in the series of five large pale-centred spots from
one-fifth costa to before mid-dorsum being replaced by small blackish spots, which
are not arranged in line, the third from costa being considerably posterior to the
second, while the fourth is preceded by an additional spot not found in the
former species. By some these forms would be considered subspecies, but, un-
less intermediates are discovered, I think they are better treated as nearly allied
species.
N. Qland: Kuranda near Cairns in April, Stannary Hills near Herberton
in September and October. Also from New Guinea.
, 38. CERURA AUSTRALIS.
Cerura australis, Seott, Aust. Lep., Pl. v.; Turn., Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
1903, p. 55.
N.S.W.: Neweastle.
Gen. 19. PHERESSACES.
Pheressaces, Turn., Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1903, p. 56.
‘Longue obsolete. Palpi very short (less than 1), porrect, short-haired. An-
tennae pectinate in both sexes, towards apex simple. Posterior tibiae with two
pairs of spurs. Retinaculum in ¢ very slender, long, bar-shaped. Forewings
with 5 from above middle of cell, areole moderate, 6 from before middle of areole,
7 from end of areole, 8, 9, 10 stalked from areole. Hindwings with 5 from
above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to cell from base to near
its end.
Type, P. ceycnoptera Low.
39. PHERESSACES CYCNOPTERA.
Notodonta cycnoptera, Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1894, p. 78.—
Pheressaces cycnoptera, Turn., Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 56.
N. Qland: Townsville; Qland: Duaringa.
40. PHERESSACES SPIRUCHA.
Pheressaces spirucha, Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1903, p. 57.
Qland: Brisbane. The type is still unique.
Gen. 20. PHERASPIS.
Pheraspis, "Vurn., Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 61.
Head with spreading hairs from bases of antennae forming an anterior tuft.
Tongue obsolete. Palpi moderate (about 1), ascending; second joint evenly
haired; terminal joint minute. Antennae of ¢ bipectinate to apex, of 2 shortly
bipectinate or simple. Thorax with a small rough posterior crest. Posterior
tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with 5 from middle or above middle
of cell, areole moderate, 6 from areole before middle, 7 connate or short-stalked
from end of areole, 8, 9 stalked, 10 separate. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate
or separate, 5 from above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to
cell from base to near its end, or less often approximated in middle third only.
Type, P. polioxutha Turn.
382 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
41. PHERASPIS POLIOXUTHA.
Pheraspis polioxutha, Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 62.
This species varies in the distinctness of the dentate transverse lines on
forewings.
N. Aust.: Darwin; N. Qland: Cooktown, Cairns, Cardwell, 'l'ownsville.
42. PHERASPIS MESOTYPA.
Pheraspis mesotypa, Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 62.
N. Qland: Thursday Is., Townsville.
43. PHERASPIS SYMMETRA.
Pheraspis symmetra, Turn., Proc. Roy. Soc. Qland., 1917, p. 73.
IT am not sure as to the distinctness of this species. My description shows
that it resembles polioxutha rather than mesotypa, but with short antennal pec-
tinations. It is possible that I mistook the sex, and that the type is a @ of
pokoxutha.
N.W. Aust.: Derby.
44. PHERASPIS SPODEA.
Pheraspis spodea, Turn., Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 63.
Exceptional in 12 of hindwings being approximated to middle of cell only,
and 3 and 4 being rather widely separate.
N. Qland: Claudie River (Kershaw); Qland: Brisbane.
Gen. 21. DISCOPHLEBIA.
Discophlebia, Feld., 'Turn., Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 65.
Head smooth, with a more or less marked rounded projection of frons. Eyes
with a posterior inferior tuft of imeurved cilia. Tongue strong. FPalpi short
(less than 1), porrect, rough-sealed; terminal joint short. Antennae of o
laminate or very shortly pectinate with fascicles of cilia; of @ simple. Thorax
smooth, without erests. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Forewings
with 2 from shortly before end of cell, 5 from middle of cell, areole long, 6 from
near end of areole, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 separate or short-stalked with them. Hind-
wings with 3 and 4 connate or approximate at origin, 5 from middle of eell, 6
and 7 long-stalked, 12 approximated to cell to its end.
Type, D. catocalina Feld.
45. DISCOPHLEBIA CATOCALINA.
Discophlebia catocalina, Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 96, f. 8; Turn., Proe. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W., 1903, p. 66.
Vict.: Birchip; S. Aust.: Adelaide.
46. DISCOPHLEBIA BLOSYRODES.
Discophlebia blosyrodes, Turn., Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 67.
N. Qland: Townsville.
47. DISCOPHLEBIA LUCASII.
Discophlebia lucasti, Rosen., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1885, p. 421, Pl. 11, f.
4; Turn., Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1906, p. 680.
N.S.W.: Sydney; Vict.: Trafalgar, Warburton.
a
BY A, JEFFERIS TURNER. 383
48. DISCOPHLEBIA LIPAUGES.
Discophlebia lipauges, Turn., Proc. Roy. Soc. Qland., 1917, p. 74.
W. Aust.: Nannup.
Gen. 22. THEMERASTIS.
Themerastis, Turn., Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1903, p. 63.
Eyes with a tuft of long incurved cilia from posterior inferior quadrant.
Tongue strong. FPalpi short or moderately long, porrect or ascending, shortly
hairy. ‘Thorax with a rounded anterior crest. Posterior tibiae with two pairs
of spurs. Forewings with areole long and narrow, 5 from middle of cell, 6 from
areole beyond middle, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 arising separately from areole. Hind-
wings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 closely approximated to
near end of cell, sometimes anastomosing with it in middle.
Type, T. celaena Turn.
49. THEMERASTIS CELAENA.
Themerastis celaena, Turn., Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 64.
Vict.: Melbourne.
50. “l'HEMERASTIS AMALOPA.
Themerastis amalopa, Turn., Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1904, p. 833.
In the unique type vein 12 of hindwings anastomoses with middle of cell, a
very exceptional structure.
N. Qland: Cairns.
51. THEMERASTIS ACROBELA, n.sp.
axpoBéhos, With apical darts.
2. 52mm. Head whitish-brown. Eyes with long ineurving cilia from pos-
terior inferior quadrant. Palpi shghtly over 1, ascending; whitish-brown, upper
surface fuscous. Antennae fuscous, towards base whitish. Thorax whitish-
brown, darker brown in centre. Abdomen and legs brown-whitish. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa straight to middle, thence gently arched, apex rounded-
rectangular, termen bowed oblique; basal half bounded by a wavy line from mid-
costa to dorsum before tornus, rather dark brown; terminal area whitish-brown;
a whitish-brown quadrangular patch on mid-dorsum; a few fuscous scales in ter-
minal area; two acute, dart-shaped, blackish, longitudinal, subcostal streaks be-
fore apex, that nearer costa being most apical; a submarginal series of inter-
neural, transversely elongate, blackish dots, each partly outlined with whitish;
cilia whitish-brown mixed with brown. Hindwings with termen gently rounded;
ochreous-whitish; towards costa and termen with pale-fuscous suffusion; a dark-
fuseous tornal spot bisected by a transverse whitish line; cilia pale-fuscous, on
dorsum ochreous-whitish.
Type in Coll. Lyell.
N. Qland: Cape York in April; one specimen received from Mr. Elgner.
Gen. 23. GAaRGETTA.
Gargetta, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., p. 455; Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe.
N.S.W., 1903, p. 70.
Frons with an anterior corneous projection. ‘Tongue strong. Eyes with a
tuft of long incurved cilia from posterior inferior quadrant. Palpi moderately
long, ascending, shortly hairy; terminal joint small. Antennae bipectinate almost
to apex in both sexes. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of long spurs. Fore-
384 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
wings with 5 from about middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, areole broadly
quadrangular, 7 connate or short-stalked with 8, 9 from end of areole, 10 widely
separate from areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate, 5 from middle of cell,
6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to cell as far as middle, thence gradually
diverging.
Type, G. costigera Wlk. from India.
52. GARGETTA ACARODES.
Gargetta acarodes, Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 71.
N. Qland: Townsville.
Gen. 24. CASCERA.
Cascera, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxi.., p. 460; Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W.,
1903, p. 73.
Head rough-haired with large tufts from bases of antennae. Tongue strong.
Palpi moderately long (1 to 2), ascending, shortly hairy; terminal joint short or
moderate. Antennae of ¢& bipectinate to three-fifths or two-thirds, thence simple;
of 2 simple. Thorax with a small rough posterior crest. Posterior tibiae with
two pairs of spurs, imner spurs twice as long as outer. Forewings with 5 from
middle or slightly above middle of cell, areole very long and narrow, reaching
more than halfway from cell to apex, 6 from about middle of areole, 7 separately
from areole or short-stalked with 8, 9, 10 separate. Hindwing with 5 from
middle or above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, sometimes only shortly, 12 ap-
proximated to near end of cell, sometimes anastomosing with cell in middle.
''ype, C. muscosa W1k.
53. CASCERA MUSCOSA.
Cascera. muscosa, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxi., p. 461; Turn., Proc. Linn.
Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 73. :
N. Qland: Cairns; Qland: Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine.
54. CASCERA AMYDRA.
Cascera amydra, Turn., Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1903, p. 74.
A second 6 shows no white markings on forewings. In both 12 of hind-
wings anastomoses with the cell. This does not occur in any of my examples
of muscosa.
N. Qland: Cairns, Townsville.
Gen. 25. PHALERA.
Phalera, Hb., Verz., p. 146; ‘lurn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1903, p. 64.
Head shortly hairy, with dense tufts from bases of antennae. Tongue pre-
sent. Palpi short or moderate, porreect or ascending, more or less hairy; ter-
minal joint short. Antennae of ¢ simple or very shortly pectinate with strong
fascieles of cilia; of 2 simple. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen
with a dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs.
Forewings with 5 from slightly above middle of cell, areole long and narrow, 6
from middle or beyond middle of areole, 7 from end of areole, connate with 8,
9, 10, which are stalked. Hindwings with 5 from above middle of cell, 6 and 7
stalked, 12 approximated to cell almost to its end.
Type, P. bucephala Lin. from Europe.
SS ————
BY A. JEPFERIS TURNER. 385
The stalking of 8, 9, 10 from areole, not including 7, is exceptional, but
occurs also in Pheressaces and Destolmia.
55. PHALERA RAYA.
Phalera raya, Moore, Lep. BE. I. Co., p. 433; Butl., Il. Het., vi., Pl. 103, f.
1; Turn., Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1903, p. 65.—P. grotei, Moore, loc. cit., p-
434.—P. cossoides, Wlk., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1862, p. 80.—Acrosema amboinae,
Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 96, f. 2.
N. Qland: Cape York, Cooktown; N.W. Aust.: Wyndham (L. J. Newman).
Also from New Guinea, Amboyna, China, and India.
Gen. 26. DANIMA.
Danima, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 1053; Turn., Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W.,
1903, p. 58.
Head roughly hairy. ‘longue strongly developed. Palpi short, porrect,
clothed with long spreading hairs; terminal joint coneealed. Antennae of ¢ pec-
tinate, apical half simple; of 2 simple. Pectus and femora clothed with long,
dense, shaggy hair. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with
areole moderate, 6 from upper angle of cell or from areole near base, 7, 8, 9
stalked, or 7 connate, 10 separate. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate or separate,
5 from above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to cell from base
to near its end.
Type, D. banksiae Lew.
56. DANIMA BANKSIAE.
Bombyx banksiae, Lew., Lepid. N.S.W., Pl. ix——Danima banksiae, Turn.,
Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 59.
N. Qland: Townsville; Qland: Emerald, Brisbane, Coolangatta; N.S.W.:
Sydney; Vict.: Melbourne, Wandin; S. Aust.: Adelaide; W. Aust.: Perth,
Geraldton.
Gen. 27. ECNOMODES.
Ecnomodes, Turn., Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 69.
Tongue obsolete. Palpi moderately long, ascending, hairy; terminal joint
short. Thorax with a loose anterior crest. Antennae pectinated to apex in both
sexes. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Forewinges with 5 from middle
of cell, areole rather long, 6 from near base of areole, 7 connate or stalked with
8 and 9, 10 separate. Hindwings with 5 from about middle of cell, 6 and 7
stalked, 12 approximated to middle third of cell.
‘Type, BE. sagittaria Lue.
57. ECNOMODES SAGITTARIA.
Chlenias sagittaria, Lue., Proc. Roy. Soe. Qland., 1899, p. 148.—Eenomodes
sagittaria, Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 70.
Qland: Brisbane, Toowoomba.
Gen. 28. DESTOLMTIA.
Destolmia, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 991; Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
1903, p. 59.
386 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
Tongue present but weakly developed. Antennae in ¢ bipectinate to some-
what beyond middle, in ? simple. Palpi short or moderate, hairy, porrect or
ascending. Thorax with a rounded anterior crest. Posterior tibiae with two
pairs of spurs. Forewings with areole narrow, 6 from slightly beneath upper
angle of cell, from angle, or from areole before middle, 7 connate or closely ap-
proximated from end of areole, 8, 9, 10 stalked, or 10 connate or separate. Hind-
wings with 5 from above middle of cell, 12 well separated from cell at base, be-
coming approximate, and sometimes connected before middle, thence scarcely
diverging.
Type, D. lineata Wik.
58. DerSTOLMIA LINEATA.
Destolma lineata, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 992; Turn., Proc. Linn. Soe.
N.S.W., 1903, p. 60.—Collyta lanceolata, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., p. 452.—
Notodonta cinerea, Luc., Proc. Roy. Soe. Qland., 1891, p. 78.
N. Aust.: Darwin; N. Qland: Clandie River; Qland: Nambour, Brisbane,
Toowoomba; N.S.W.: Taree, Springwood; S. Aust.: Mt. Lofty.
59. DESTOLMIA NIGROLINEA.
Notodonta nigrotinea, Lue., ‘lrans. Nat. Hist. Soe. Qland., 1894, p. 107.—
Destolmia mgroltinea, Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1903, p. 61.
Qland: Brisbane.
60. DrsTOLMIA HESYCHIMA, n.sp.
qovx.uos, quiet.
2. 36 mm. Head whitish. Palpi searcely over 1; whitish, with a few
tuscous scales. Antennae pale-grey. Thorax whitish, with a few fuscous seales.
Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly bowed, oblique; 10
_ separate; whitish; a very short, dark-fuscous, median streak from base; a large
fuscous suffusion extending on costa from base to middle, not reaching dorsum,
and much narrower towards dorsum; a short blackish longitudinal. mark above
middie of disc; a fuscous subterminal fascia from beneath apex, inwardly curved
_to dorsum before tornus, broadly connected in middle with basal suffusion and
with termen, crossed above middle by a short blackish streak; cilia fuscous. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; whitish, towards termen broadly suffused with grey;
cilia grey, apices whitish, on dorsum whitish.
Type in Coll. Lyell. Except in the development of the tongue this species
approximates to the genus Henomodes.
W. Aust.: Waroona in January; one specimen received from Mr. G. F.
Berthoud.
Gen. 29. ANTIMIMA.
Antimima, Turn., Proe. Roy. Soc. Qland., 1917, p. 73.
Face with rounded corneous prominence. "longue strongly developed. Palpi
moderate (slightly over 1), porrect, shortly hairy. Antennae of ¢ bipectinate for
about two-thirds, thence simple; of 2 simple. Thorax without crests. Pos-
terior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with areole narrow, 6 from
areodle before middle, 7 from end of areole, 8, 9 stalked, 10 separate. Huind-
wings with 5 from above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to
cell from base nearly to end.
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 387
61. ANTIMIMA CRYPTICA.
Antimima cryptica, Turn., Proc. Roy. Soe. Qland., 1917, p. 73.
he sexes are alike. Antennal pectinations of d 4.
W. Aust.: Quindalup, Waroona, Perth, Kelmscott.
Gen. 30. OMICHLIS.
Omichlis, Hmps., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1895, p. 279; Moths Ind., iv., p. 454.
Tongue strong. Palpi rather long, ascending, appressed to frons, reaching
vertex, shortly hairy; terminal joint short. Antennae in ¢ bipectinate, towards
apex simple. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs, the inner very long,
twice as long as outer. Forewings with 5 from slightly above middle, 6 from
cell or from areole before middle, areole moderately large, 7 connate with 8 and
9, 10 separate. Hindwings with 5 from above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked,
12 approximated to cell from base to beyond middle.
A small Oriental genus, of which one Indian and several Papuan species
are known.
Type, O. rufotincta Hmps. from India.
62. OMICHLIS HADROMERES, n.sp.
adpouwepyns, Stoutly built.
3. 38-44 mm. Head and thorax brown-whitish or pale-brown. Palpi 13,
ascending, appressed to frons, reaching vertex; brown-whitish, upper surface
fuscous-brown. Antennae brown-whitish or pale brown; in 6 with long pectina-
tions, apical one-third simple. Abdomen pale-brown; tuft and underside brown-
whitish. Legs brown-whitish; anterior and middle tarsi annulated with fuscous-
brown. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded-rectangular,
termen obtusely angled on vein 4; brown-whitish or pale-brown; markings fus-
cous; three or four small dots between base of costa and fold; sometimes a sub-
basal spot above dorsum; a curved transverse series of dots at about one-sixth;
an outwardly-curved, very slender, interrupted line from one-third costa to two-
fifths dorsum; a suffused line or dark shade from mid-costa at first outwards,
bent inwards in middle, thence inwardly curved to three-fifths dorsum; this is
followed by an indistinct parallel line of dots, of which one on fold is some-
times enlarged; a similar subterminal series of dots; a fine, dentate, but inter-
rupted, submarginal line; cilia brown. Hindwings rather large, termen rounded;
brown; cilia ochreous-whitish.
N. Qland: Kuranda near Cairns in December, January, and April; four
specimens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Gen. 31. Ostca.
Osica, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxiii., p. 766; Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
1903, p. 71.
Tongue strong. Palpi long, curved, ascending; second joint thickened with
appressed hairs, which form a slight, rounded anterior tuft; terminal joint rather
Jong, acute. Antennae simple; in ¢ shortly ciliated. Abdomen with a small
dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of long spurs,
the inner longer. Forewings with 5 from above middle, areole short and narrow,
6 from end or near end of areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked from areole, 7 arising before
10. Hindwings with cell rather short (about one-third), 5 from above middle, 6
388 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to cell from base to about three-fourths.
Type, O. glauca W1k.
63. OSICA GLAUCA.
Osica glauca, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxui., p. 767; Turn., Proce. Linn. Soe.
N.S.W., 1903, p. 72.—O. turneri, B.-Bak., Nov. Zool., 1904, p. 374, Pl. 6, f. 31.—
O. funerea, B.-Bak., Nov. Zool., loc. cit., p. 374.
N. Qland: Cairns; Qland: Brisbane. Also from New Guinea.
Gen. 32. GALLABA.
Gallaba, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., p. 457; Turn., Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
1904, p. 67.
Frons with a long anterior tuft. Tongue present. Palpi long, porrect or
ascending, hairy; terminal joint long. Antennae pectinated to apex in both
sexes. Patagia long, dense, erect, projecting beyond and above thorax. Abdo-
men with a small dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae with two pairs
of spurs, the inner very long, twice as long as outer. Forewings with 5 from
middle or slightly below middle, areole rather large, 6 from near base of areole,
7 and 10 separate, or rarely 10 connate. Hindwings with 5 from middle or be-
low middle, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 closely approximated to cell from base to near
its end, sometimes anastomosing.
‘T'ype, G. duplicata Wk.
ee abe ribg feceny (sed iso, cole ldo “olla bo:ldty iso yce) 44 da Go on on COMO, °
MH OraxeihUSCOUS mere sehr saps cuba toa Ue rere tate Uitetselcar she cee ors eens an 2:
2. Forewing with post-median lines slender, denticulate .. .. .... duplicata.
Forewings with post-median lines not denticulate, the most
posterior ‘thickened hecte we aes Late onal Staite ste aU eh a pee eugraphes.
64. GALLABA OCHROPEPLA.
Gallaba ochropepla, Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1903, p. 69.
Vict.: Sale.
65. GALLABA DUPLICATA.
Gallaba duplicata, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxi., p. 458; Turn., Proc. Linn.
Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 68.
Qland: Brisbane, Stradbroke Is., Coolangatta; N.S.W.: Glen Innes, Sydney.
66. GALLABA EUGRAPHES, n.sp.
evypaprys, well finished.
3. 42 mm. Head and thorax fuscous with some whitish hairs. Palpi 33,
terminal joint two-thirds; fuscous, anteriorly ochreous-whitish. Antennae pale-
fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Fore-
wings sub-oblong, costa arched at base, thence nearly straight, apex subrect-
angular, termen bowed, oblique; whitish finely irrorated with fuscous, more closely
so as to appear grey in ante-median area exeluding basal portion; markings
dark-fuseous; a short line from base along fold; a double strongly-waved line
from one-third costa to one-third dorsum, angled inwards above dorsum; a
strongly marked line from two-thirds costa, transverse towards tornus, bent in-
wards, thickened and waved above dorsum, preceded by two, fine, parallel, trans-
verse lines, but the first of these is strongly bent inwards towards costa; a series
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 389
of fine, transverse, interneural lines very near termen; cilia whitish mixed with
fuseous. Hindwings with termen rounded, wavy; fuscous becoming paler towards
base; cilia pale-fuscous.
Type in Coll. Lyell.
N.S.W.: Jervis Bay near Nowra in November; one specimen received from
Mr. L. H. Moss-Robinson.
Gen. 33. PoLYCHOA.
Polychoa, Turn., Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1906, p. 681.
Tongue present. Palpi rather long, ascending; second joint thickened with
closely appressed hairs which form a rounded anterior tuft; terminal joint
moderately long, stout, acute, porrect. Antennae in ¢ bipectinate to apex
Abdomen with a dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae with two pairs
of long spurs except outer terminal spur, which is less than one half of immer.
Forewings with tufts of raised scales; 5 from middle of cell, 6 from upper angle
of cell, areole moderate, 7 and 10 separate. Hindwings with 5 from middle of
cell, 6 and 7 connate, 12 connected with cell at one-fourth, thence very gradually
diverging.
Type, P. styphlopis Turn.
67. PoLnycHoA STYPHLOPIS.
Polychoa styphlopis, Turn., Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1906, p. 681.
N. Qland: Cairns. Also from New Guinea in British Museum.
Species unrecognised or wrongly referred.
68. Clathe arida, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 994, belongs to the Lasiocampidae.
69. Nadiasa parvigutta, Wlk., -Le., v., p. 1015, belongs to the genus Pinara
(Lasiocampidae).
70. Listoca lignaria, Wlk., lc., v., p. 1021. Sp ae
71. Sorema nubila, Wlk., Le., v., p. 1065. aie ree
72. Sorema contracta, Wlk., l.c., v., p. 1065. ss :
73. Ptilomacra senex, Wlk., l.c., v., p. 1099, belongs to the Zeuzeridae.
74. Destolmia ? liturata, Wik., Le., xxxii., p. 409.
75. Rilia distinguenda, W1k., l.c., xxxil., p. 435, is a synonym of Olene mendosa
Hb. (Liparidae).
Rigema tacta, Wlk., lc., xxxil., p. 438, is a synonym of Psalis securis Hb.
(Liparidae).
77. Vunga delineata, W1k., l.c., xxxii., p. 453, is a synonym of Smyriodes aplec-
taria Gn. (Boarmiadae).
78. Asteroscopus nodosus, Swin., Cat. Oxf. Mus., i, p. 299, is a synonym of
Chlenias banksiaria Le G. (Boarmiadae).
79. :Teinocladia cuculloides, Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 96, f. 9, is a synonym of
Capusa senilis Wik. (Boarmiadae).
80. Stauropus ? euryscia, Low., Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., 1903, p. 28, belongs
to the Oenochromidae.
81. Cerura ? melanoglypta, Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1905, p. 177.
390
Antimima .
Axiocleta ..
Cascera ..
Cerura ..
Cynosarga
Danima
Destolmia . us
Discophlebia ..
Eenomodes
Epicoma ..
Gallaba ..
Synonyms and species wrongly included or unrecognised in italics.
52.
51.
50.
55.
54.
aecarodes ..
acrobela ..
amalopa
amboinae ..
amydra ..
anastomosis
anisozyga ..
argentata.
argentifera ..
argentosa
arida ..
asbolina ..
australis) ce
‘banksiae
barnardi ..
barytima ..
bicolor
blosyrodes
boisduvali ..
ceapucina
eatoealina ..
celaena
chloropasta ..
chrysosema
cinetifera ..
cinerea
circumfumata ..
contracta ..
contraria ..
contristis ..
cossoides
costalis
eryptica ..
cuculloides
eydista ..
eyenoptera
delineata ..
e
REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA.
Index to Notodontidae.
Genera.
(New genera in SMALL CAPITALS.)
29.
@}
12. euryscia
24. fraterna ..
12. funerea ..
68. glauca
16. grotei .. oe
38. habrochlora ..
56. hadromeres
13. hesyehima
5. inelyta
30. indistineta
46. interrupta
23. isabella ..
29. lacerta
45. lanceolata
49. leucopyga ..
33. lignaria ..
8. lineata
19. lipauges ..
58. liturata ..
19. lucas ;
72. melanoglypta
19. melanosticta
10. melanospila ..
55. mesomelas
24. mesotypa ..
61. multipunetata
79. muscosa ..
36. nigrolinea ..
39. nigrostriata
77. nodosus ..
Gargetta ..
2. Hoplitis
24.
18.
8.
26.
28.
ai.
27.
3:
32.
Hyleora ..
Icthyura .. .. i
Neola ..
Ochrogaster
Oenosanda
Omiehlis ..
Osicaye ee
Phalera ..
Pheraspis ..
Species.
dilucida
dispar ..
distinguenda ..
duplicata ..
duponchelii ..
- eucalypti ..
}. eugraphes ..
23.
17.
11.
14.
12.
6.
9.
30.
31.
25.
20.
27.
14.
75.
65.
23.
25.
66.
80.
1.
63.
63.
55.
Pheressaces ..
Polychoa ..
Rosama ..
Sorama ..
Stauropus
STHENADELPHA
Syntypistis ..
TANYSTOLA
Teara .. at
Themerastis ..
"Trichetra ..
nubila ..
ochrogutta
ochropepla
opaca ..
ornata
parviguita ..
phoenura ..
pelodes :
periblepta ..
perisema ..
poloxutha
pontificalis
. protrahens ..
ERY) oo % \6lo | G0
rubricorpus .
- ruptimacula
. sagittaria ..
. selera
. semiaurata ..
SENEX
. Slgnata ..
. sparshalu ..
ESA NAIa0y vel eet em
. spirucha :.
. spodea .. :
squamipunctum ..
. stibosma ..
. Styphlopis
subargentea
. suppressa
. Symmetra ..
. tacta
. terminalis
. tristis
turneri ..
. variegata ..
zelotes
[Printed off 7th September, 1922. ]
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922.
PLATE xxvit.
Nuytsia floribunda R.Br.
Proc. Linn. Soc: N.S.W,, 1922. Puate xxvitr,
Gaiadendron ligustrina (A.Cunn.) Eich].
i]
i
’
4
On
‘. ‘
i Dum imeerre tts
; ’
yy ;
yy
‘ ww
Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius (Sieber) Engler.
nae
oe
aviv
tas
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE xxx.
Phrygilanthus celastroides (Sieber) Eich],
Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 1922.
Phrygilanthus myrtifolius (A.Cunn.) Eichl.
Soc. N.S.W., 1922.
@. Linn.
Pru
Phrygilanthus Bidwillit (Benth.) Eichl.
—
Proc. Liyn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922
ac.
PLATE
1. Archipanorpa (2) bairdae, u.sp. .g-
3. Permithone belmontensis, u.g. et sp.
2. Parabelmontia permiana, n.g. et
XXXIII.
ayy a ene
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. Pate xxxty,
4. Pincombea mirabilis, n.g. et sp. 5-6. Permochorista Sinuata, D.sp.
7. Permochorista affinis, n.sp.
Photo. H. G.Gooch.
Platyschisma allandalensis, n.Sp.
os . i
1, ~ ry
\ 1 - ,! i
nae
NS ais
= Nis
ey
: :
A +
cs
\ : pa
7
= is.
- ' 2 : \
{
“y
rs
:
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XXXVI.
Astacocroton molle, n.g. et sp.
XXXVII.
PLATE
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922,
Astacocroton molle, n.g. et sp.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.. 1922. Puare xxxvin.
INCH
E-xtatosoma elongatune, n.sp. (x#)
391
rail
G
Qe
ee
THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA. Part iii.
By W. F. Buaxety, Botanical Assistant, National Herbarium, Sydney
(Plates xxxix.-xlvii.)
[Read 27th September, 1922. ]
LorantuusL.
Flowers hermaphrodite. Calyx short, dentate or truncate. Corolla sym-
metrical or only slightly irregular, resting upon a small, somewhat raised dise.
Petals 4 to 6, free or partly united. Filaments usually adnate to the centre of
the petals, convexed or compressed; anthers usually linear, two- to four-celled,
the cells opening vertically, basifixed. Style filiform, terete or angular, some-
times geniculate below the small conical or sub-capitate stigma. Fruit baccate,
crowned by the persistent calyx; epicarp thick, coriaceous. Seeds albuminous,
issuing basally or apically from the epicarp, surrounded by viscin; embryo
usually green, straight or curved, clavate or awl-shaped; cotyledons usually two,
obtuse or acute, often remaining in the endosperm when germination takes place.
Leafy parasitic shrubs with brittle, jointed branches without stipules. Leaves
opposite or alternate, penninerved, tri-, or quinque-nerved. Flowers solitary, or
the common peduncle bifureate, cymose or racemose, each flower supported by a
single, deciduous or persistent, sessile or pedicellate bract.
The genus as defined by Engler represents over 300 species, but subsequent
additions probably more than double that number.
‘The countries best represented are South Africa, Asia, Pacifie Islands, New
Guinea, and Australia. Australia has 41 species.
Subgenus Evtoranruus Benth.
Key to the species.
Buds usually clavate; flowers 4- to 6-merous, petals free or very shortly united
at the base. Anthers adnate. 5
Sect. AMYEMA.
Petals 4 or 5, rarely 6. Fruit with strange inter-running scleroids.
392 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, iil.,
§. EvAMYEMA.
Flowers sessile or pedicellate, standing against or opposite to each other.
A. Biflorati. Peduncles once or twice branched, with a pair of pedicellate flowers
to each branch.
i. Leaves compressed or terete.
1. Buds densely woolly-tomentose. Petals 4. Leaves tomentose.
1. L. gibberulus.
IBSEN ES (AVEO G5 Be oo llnd deueAbe) ba ne sel ee pes ale Ing eawee, Wena.
ii. Leaves flat, ligulate.
1. Buds glabrous, slender, inflated at the base... ... .. 2. L. bifurcatus.
la. Buds densely ferruginous-tomentose, robust, scarcely inflated at the base.
Leaves broadly lanceolate... .. .. .. .. .. .. 3. DL. ferruginiflorus.
Buds nearly glabrous. Leaves nea Oe cts .. ++ var. linearifolia.
B. Umbellulati. Inflorescence in simple or Comoenndl Peneie
i. Umbels simple, large, 1-2 in the axils.
1. Flowers 25—35 mm. ee Leaves Gra sein or ligulate, 3—5-
nerved. nd . .. 4 DL. sanguineus.
Flowers 50—60_ mm. fone! eae enor? antl thick, 5—7-nerved, or the
Sine esp Cheesy Graal, do Goss ndsonl a6 ce oa Good od bal mo WER, WOMlaOR
ii. Umbels diminutive.
1. Flowers clustered at the nodes. Leaves elliptical to orbicular.
5. L. Whiteii.
ili. Umbels compound, 3—7-branched, each branch with 3 pedicellate flowers.
1. Leaves ligulate, usually 10—16 cm. long, 3-nerved... .. 6. L. Wiquelit.
Buds white... .... Bye ce) ie ore elseie) ((@)) Ware mecnantiuse
Buds reddish. Leaves 3—5 cm. ‘ong. eM Simh sun NAO na -. (b) var. minor.
C. Cymulati. Inflorescence cymose. Cymes 2—7- prancheds each branch bearing
3 flowers, the central flower sessile, or all the flowers sessile.
I. Branches of the cyme 3 to 7, sometimes 2-branched in Z. Gaudichaudi, L.
miraculosus, and its varieties. Central flower of each triad sessile.
i. Leaves flat.
1. Young shoots and buds ferrugineous. Leaves 7 to 24 cm. long, ligulate.
Fruit brownish. Lease is ele seis Suse pendelus:
la. Young shoots pat buds minutely, hoa mubescent Leaves oblong:
lanceolate 5—12 cm. long, obscurely 3-nerved. Fruit green.
8. L. congener.
2. Glabrous. Leaves spathulate to Sear strongly veined. Buds robust,
3 cm. long. Bracts rather large. .. .. ... 9. DL. Queenslandicus.
3. Leaves thick, obscurely 3—5-nerved. fence 15—20 mm. long. Bracts
small, obtuse. Calyx urceolate. .. .. -. «+. 10. L. Cycneus-Sinus.
3a. Leaves thin, orbicular, obscurely So nenved Buds slender, about 2 cm.
long. Bracts small, acute. Calyx cylindric... .. .. 11. DL. Mackayensis.
4. Leaves broadly oblong to elliptical, usually glaucous. Buds 15—20 mm.
long. Fruit urceolate, yellow. .. .. .... ........ 12. L. miraculosus.
Leaves narrow cuneate-spathulate, 2—3 cm. long. ... (a) var. Melaleucae.
Leaves narrow, oblong, 2—10 cm. long... .. .. .. . .. (b) var. Boormani.
Young tips and buds pubescent. .. .. .. .... ...... (¢) var. pubigera.
2a. Young shoots and buds minutely scurfy-pubescent. Leaves linear-
spathulate to linear-oblong. Buds 10 mm. long. Fruit globose, red.
13. L. Gaudichaudi.
ii. Leaves terete.
1. Glabréus. Leaves short. Buds robust, reddish. Flowers in triads.
14. L. Preissii.
Flowers in pairs on long peduncles. .. .. .. var. didyma.
la. Pubescent or tomentose. Leaves long and ‘slender. Buds slender, scurfy.
15. L. Cambagei.
2. Leaves thick. Buds stout, woolly-tomentose. .. ... .. 16. L. linophyllus.
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 393
II. Branches of the cyme 2 to 4. All flowers sessile.
i. Cymes 2-branched.
1. Cymes in dense almost sessile clusters. Buds 10—15 mm. long. Leaves
thick, mostly elliptical, usually 5-nerved. .. .. .. 17. L. conspicuus.
la. Cymes elongated, not dense. Buds 20—25 mm. long. Leaves obovate-
oblong, 8-nerved. .. .. .. Bev ot) pe due be! Te
Leaves ovate to elliptic, aay cm. x ieeoe cm. (Gare solitary. a
(a) var. dubia.
Leaves elliptical, 4-6 cm. x 3 cm. Cymes in clusters of 3--8. Buds
OAT YA meretieten Lunes lefeiiarots some nen - (b) var. tomentilla.
2. Glabrous. Leaves almost sessile, somewhat ‘obliquely oblong, 3-nerved.
19. L. obliqua.
Young shoots and buds densely woolly-tomentose. Leaves petiolate, pen-
ninerved. Bracts large, the central one narrower and longer than the two
lateral ones. Buds robust... .. . ‘i aot Me atonn essai SELIG MRIEST Oe,
Young shoots minutely woolly- homentoee! eaves 3—5-nerved. Bracts
Smalleibudsmslencense erent itee is cihcied cl case rele) Re eealcanas
ii. Cymes 2—4-branched.
1. Leaves Posies to oblong, 3—5-nerved. Calyx hoary pubescent at the
base. a. ca 22. L. Lucasi.
III. Branches of the cyme 5 eet 2. KGentrall omer ef each triad sessile.
1. Leaves petiolate, oblong lanceolate, usually 3-nerved. Buds and fruits
MOAT Y shat) as Sel iesis/eiis siel les oo NOUaNAanG
Leaves proudly, ianceolace! igulin ered -. var. Bancroft.
la. Leaves usually sessile, cordate to oblong, ‘3--7- -nerved. Buds glabrous.
Fruit semi-tomentose, yellowish. ae : .. 24. L. Benthami.
D. Capitellati. Inflorescence capitate. lowers nay Saab on the summit of the
peduncle, or the outer flowers on very short pedicellate bracts.
1. Flowers 6, closely capitate. Bracts conspicuous, semifoliaceous. Leaves
narrow to broad oblong, 2—5 cm. long... .. .. .. .. .. 25. L. Maideni.
la. Flowers 4—5, not ae capitate. Bracts email! Leaves obovate, oblong,
AbouteASycmmlom ei yee eiejtetehyeleieral lsleificys) cvel-sianli cies slyrela Osteen alan
Sect. Drpnatra.
Inflorescence capitate. Flowers 46, sessile on the dilated apex of the pe-
duncle, between two large bracts or floral leaves, with a small deciduous scarious
bract under each flower. Petals 5.
Leaves usually ligulate, 5)... 22 3. Js. 2... ..'. 27. DL. grandibracteus.
Sect. NEOTREUBELLA.
Inflorescence racemose, racems, secund. Flowers sessile, in triads on the apex
of the short secondary peduncles, each subtended by a small subcordate sessile
bract. Petals 5 or 6, free or sometimes united 1—2 mm. from the base. Calyx
and fruit striped with light streaks.
i. Branches terete.
1. Leaves petiolate, narrow-lanceolate to falcate-lanceolate, 5—20 cm. long.
28. L. Britteni.
la. Leaves oblong to broad lanceolate, 5—10 cm. long. .. 29. L. signatus.
2. Leaves sessile, amplexicaul, cordate-lanceolate .. . .. 30. L. amplezans.
ii. Branches compressed—angular.
1. Leaves lanceolate, somewhat decurrent. .. .. .. .. 3). L. biangulatus.
(Subgenus HuLorawnte#uvs Benth.
Benth. et Hook. f., Gen. Plant., iii., 1880, 207; Engl. et Prantl, Pflanzenfam.,
Nachtr., 1897, p. 127.
394 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 1il.,
Buds eylindrical or clavate. Flowers 4—6-merous. Petals free or very
shortly united at the base. Filaments nearly always longer than the adnate
anthers.
Sect. AmyeMA Engler.
Engl. et Prantl, Pflanzenfam., Nachtr., 1897, 127; genus Amyema van Tiegh.,
Bull. Soe. bot. France, Ixi., 1894, 506.
Buds candelabriform, cylindrical or clavate, invariably more or less inflated at
the base. Petals 5 or 6. Filaments usually longer than the anthers, the adnate
portion always slightly convex on the inner face of the segment. Anthers firm,
oblong, obtuse or acute. Style usually angular and geniculate about 3 mm. be-
low the sub-capitate stigma. Fruit pear-shaped, urceolate to globose. Viscin
not copious. Embryo claviform or subulate; embryonic cotyledons usually elon-
gated, remaining in the endosperm on germination. Primary leaves linear-lanceo-
late. Pendulous or divaricate shrubs; union ball-like, without adventitious roots.
Leaves usually opposite, flat or terete, 1—7-nerved. Inflorescence mostly cymose.
Fruit with strange inter-running scleroids.
§ Huamyema Engler.
Flowers sessile or pedicellate, standing against or opposite to each other.
Inflorescence variously disposed, bifurcate, umbellate, cymose, or capitate.
(A) Biflorati, n. subser.
Peduneles once or twice branched, with a pair of pedicellate flowers to each
branch.
LORANTHUS GIBBERULUS ‘Tate. (Plate xxxix.)
Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., viu., 1884-5, 71.
Additional notes to the description.
Branches mealy or woolly-tomentose when young, glabrous, and with a tew
scattered orbieular lenticels when old. Leaves woolly-tomentose for the first -year
or two, becoming glabrous, except on the inside near the base, opposite, alternate,
or in clusters of 3-4 crowding the short branches, mostly straight and acute. In-
florescenee densely woolly-tomentose, the indumentum white on the calyces, pink-
ish on the buds. Flowers pedicellate; in pairs; the common peduncle woolly-
tomentose, shorter than the pedicels. Buds robust, straight, cylindrical, clavate at
the top, 3 em. long. Bracts orbicular, almost enveloping the calyces, thick, con-
cave, 4 mm. long and nearly as broad. Calyx cupular, densely woolly-tomentose,
the limb very conspicuous, or about half the length of the calyx. Petals 4, free,
thick, narrow-linear except for the ovate-spathulate, concave apex, pinkish inside.
Filaments adnate, for their entire length, suleate. Anthers adnate, the cells in 4
vertical rows, the backs sometimes woolly-tomentose. Style angular, firm, the
same colour as the inside of the petals, geniculate on a level with the base of the
anthers; stigma dark coloured, scarcely enlarged. Dise thick, tetragonal, larger
than any of the allied species, with the articulation scars of the filaments rather
conspicuous upon it. Fruit densely woolly-tomentose, globose, 7 mm. in anat
but not seen ripe. Cotyledons unknown.
Range.—South Australia: William Tableland, West side of Lake Eyre, on
Grevillea nematophylla (Malcolm Murray). The type.
Northern Territory: Near Hermannsburg, Finke River (G. F. Hill, No. 77;
Ewart and Davies, Flora N.T., 88); Camp ii. (G. F. Hill, No. 242a; Ewart and
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 395
Davies, Flora N.T., 88); Running Waters, Finke River (“this fine plant was in
full blossom, and it grows equally well on Grevillea or Hakea,’ Trans. Roy. Soe.
S. Aust., xxxvill., 1914, 462); (Herb.) J. M. Black. Young shoots woolly-pubescent ;
between James Range and Alice Creek, on Hakea leucoptera (R. Tate, Rept.
Horn Exped., Part iii., 160); Palm Creek, on Grevillea aquifolia; Alice Springs,
on Grevillea striata; Todd River, Burt Plain; Goyder Pass (R. Tate, Le.) ;
Mount Francis (R. Tate, lc.) ; Glen Hellen, Tietkens (Mueller and Tate, Trans.
Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xii., 1889-90, 101).
Western Australia: Cavanagh Range, on Hakea lorea (R. Helms, 28.7.91) ;
Mount Squires (R. Helms), Mueller and Tate in Botany Elder Expedition,
Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., xvi., 1882, 360; Comet Vale, on Grevillea juncifolia
(J. ‘I. Jutson, No. 150); Austin and Murrun Murrun Distriets (W. J. George)
(herb.), Diels and Pritzel, Bot. Jahr., xxxv., 1905, 175.
Affinities: As Professor Tate points out, its nearest affinity is with L. lino-
phyllus Fenzl., forma e. of Bentham, which I regard as the typical L. linophyllus.
From herbarium specimens the plant appears to be an erect grower, whilst
its nearest ally is pendulous in the majority of cases. Sometimes the flowers of
L. linophyllus are tetramerous, but the filaments are long and free at the top
with narrow anthers, not united for their entire length, with broad, 4-celled, almost
sessile anthers as in L. gibberulus. In these two characters it differs from all
the other Australian species. Its immature fruits are exactly like those of L.
Nestor S. Moore; the large orbicular bracts are similar to those of L. ferrugini-
florus W.V. Fitz.; but the foliage of both species is totally different. It is im-
teresting to note that L. gibberulus has so far been recorded from Proteaceous
food-plants only. Professor Tate was of the opinion that it confined itself to
the Grevilleas but it has since been noted on Hakeas.
Hosts.—Proteaceae: Grevillea striata R.Br., G. aquifolia A. Cunn., G. nemato-
phylla F.v.M., G. juncifolia Hook. and Hakea leucoptera R.Br.
Var. TATEII, n. var.
Folia glabra, teretes crassa, nonnumquam rigida, apposita vel fasciculata 5—9
em. longa. Alabastra graciles non tam robusta quam in forma typiea.
Leaves and young shoots strictly glabrous, the former terete, thick, somewhat
rigid, opposite, alternate or in fascicles of 3—5, 2—3 inches long. Inflorescence
woolly-tomentose, buds slender, less robust than the typical form;. petals thin;
anthers glabrous on the back in all the flowers examined.
L. gibberulus Tate, var ? referred to by Mueller and Tate in Botany Elder
Exploring Expedition (Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xvi, 1882, 360) from Yilgarn,
Western Australia, about 36 miles N.W. from Southern Cross, parasitie on
Hakea sp. R. Helms.
Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald also found it at Arrino, 175 miles N.W. of Southern
Cross, parasitic on Hakea decurva, Sept. 1903. The specimen is in early bud,
but the segments are separable into four only, and the anthers are glabrous at
the back.
It is only known from Western Australia.
Named in honour of the late Professor R. Tate.
Hosts.—Proteaceae: Hakea lorea R.Br., H. decurva Meissn.
2. LORANTHUS BiruURCATUS Benth. (Plate xl.)
B.Fl., iii., 1866, 393; Britt., Ill. Bot. Cook’s Voy., i., p. 85, tab. 275, as
L. pendulus Sieb.
396 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, iil.,
Supplementary notes to the description.
The following additional notes are taken from Dr. T. L. Baneroft’s No.
862, from Eidsvold, Queensland. There are no records as to the mode of at-
tachment, or habit of the plant, but no doubt it is similar to L. pendulus Sieber.
Leaves thin, pale-coloured, the young ones slightly glaucous, narrow to broad
lanceolate, 3- or 5-nerved, 2 to 8 inches long, the petiole rather long and terete.
Peduneles two or three together in the axils of the leaves, slender, 6 to 10 em.
long; pedicels slender, 9-10 mm. long. Buds minutely pubescent when quite
young, glabrous when mature, shading from green to reddish-purple in colour,
2.5 em. long, considerably inflated at the base, striate and somewhat quadrangular-
clavate at the top. Bracts cordate, concave, not large, slightly enlarged under
the ripe fruit, but not nearly to the same extent as in some species. Calyx
obconical, minutely rusty tomentose, the limb minute. Petals dark purple-brown
inside. Filaments the same colour as the petals, the adnate portion ending in a
spur-like callosity at the base. Anthers 3-4 mm. long, linear, adnate. Style
angular, rather persistent on the fruit, straw-coloured; stigma slightly enlarged,
capitate. Fruit cylindrical-urceolate or bottle-shaped, yellowish-green when ripe,
glabrous, or sometimes minutely scurfy; upper portion of the epicarp much
thicker than the basal portion. Seeds eylindrical, shghtly corrugated, 12 mm.
long; viscin seanty. Endosperm white; embryo green; hypocotyl very short,
green, verrucose; disc not much enlarged; embryonic cotyledons not withdrawn
from the endosperm on germination. Primary leaves linear-lanceolate, but not
seen when fully developed.
Range.—L. bifurcatus Benth. is so far found in Queensland, Northern Ter-
ritory, and Western Australia. The following are the localities.
Queensland: Mt. Lindsay, on Hucalyptus microcorys (C. T. White); Hids-
vold (Dr. T. L. Bancroft, August, 1911, in Queensland Herbarium), parasitie on
Eucalyptus dichromophloia, Nov., 1918. Dr. Bancroft states that it is common on
the Bloodwoods; Mount Perry, on Eucalyptus sp. (Jas. Keys, No. 165, in Queens-
land Herbarium); Barcaldine, on Eucalyptus. terminalis (C. ‘'. White, No. 11,
April, 1919. Fruits infested with insects); Endeavour River (Banks and Solan-
der, 1770). This specimen was received from the British Museum. It is de-
picted in James Britten, Illustrations Botany Cook Voyage, iii., p. 85, Tab. 275,
under L. pendulus Sieber, and will be a useful reference to those who are unable
to obtain specimens of this somewhat rare species.
Bentham does not appear to have seen the specimens collected by Banks and
Solander, for he does not refer to it in his “Flora Australiensis,” notwithstand-
ing the fact that it was found thirty-two years before Robert Brown collected it.
The specimen is of special interest as it was doubtless collected while the En-
deavour was undergoing repairs in the river which Captain Cook named after
his vessel.
Northern Territory: Gulf of Carpentaria (Robert Brown, 1802. ‘lhe type.
Quoted by Bentham, l.c.); Camp ii., N.T., parasitic on No. 241, Hucalyptus
transcontinentalis (G. F. Hill, No. 242, vide Ewart and Davies, Flora Northern
Territory, 1917, p. 88).
Western Australia: Derby. “Common on Hucalyptus clavigera, var. ?, a
very characteristic species, with young unripe fruits” (No. 1181, C.H. Ostenfeld,
Dansk. Botanisk Arkiv., Bot. 2, Nr. 8, 14, 1918). Roebuck Bay (in Adelaide
Herbarium, kindly lent by Professor Osborn).
Affinities—L. bifurcatus Benth. appears to be more closely allied to L.
ferruginiflorus W.V.Fitz. than to any other species. It is, however, smaller and
more glabrous in the inflorescence, and the bracts and buds are different in shape.
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 397
It bears a general resemblance to L. Miquelii Lehm. The Endeavour River
specimen is particularly like it, with opposite, linear-lanceolate, triplinerved
leaves, 2-7 inches long, on slender terete pedicels 1} inches long. ‘lhe bifureate
pedunele is very marked, and is even distinguishable in the minute cymes. The
swelling at the base of the corolla, when in bud, is greater than that of L.
Miquelii Lehm., although the buds and bracts are almost identical in both species.
Bentham (B.F 1, Lc.) pointed out that it is allied to L. sanguineus K.v.M.
and L. pendulus Sieber, “differing from both chiefly in the ramifications of the
peduneles.”
Hosts.—Myrtaceae: Hucalyptus clavigera A. Cunn., var ?, HE. dichromophloia
F.y.M., E#. microcorys F.v.M., E. terminalis F.v.M., E. transcontinentalis Maiden.
3. LORANTHUS FERRUGINIFLORUS W. V. Fitz. (Plate xli.)
Proe. Roy. Soc. W.A., iil., 1916-17, 35.
Additional notes to the description.
Mr. Fitzgerald presented his specimens to the National Herbarium, Sydney,
which enabled me to make a closer examination of his type, and to supplement
his deseription with a few morphological notes.
Large pendulous shrubs with a ball-like union, branches 2-7 feet long
(taken from N.S.W. plants). Buds densely ferruginous tomentose when young,
robust, 24 em. long, clavate, about the same diameter at the top as at the base,
suleate, the lines indicating the demarcation of the petals; calyx cupular, 5 mm.
long, the border very prominent; bract entirely embracing the calyx when young,
broadly cordate, gibbose. Petals 5-6, narrow linear to narrow lanceolate, fer-
ruginous-tomentose below the free portion of the filaments, and considerably
breader at the base, filaments short, compressed, suleate, the adnate portion
thickened into a coneave callosity about 4 mm. from the base, forming a nectar-
like cup for the secretion of nectar; filaments usually terminating in a spur-like
eallosity at the base; anthers oblong, with conspicuous cells; style firm, angular;
stigma somewhat compressed, with 3-5 depressions at the top. Fruit with a
prominent pentagonal disc.
I have been unable to procure fresh fruits of this species, and therefore its
cotyledons and method of germination are still unknown.
Range—tThe range of this species at present extends from North-Western
Australia to the northern distriets of New South Wales.
Western Australia: Roebuck Bay (J. W. C. Tepper, No. 92, July, 1890, in
Adelaide Herbarium; kindly lent by Professor Osborn) ; Summit of Mount Haste
(W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 1291, July, 1905. ‘lhe material is mixed—one specimen
in flower has broad lanceolate faleate leaves, the other is in the juvenile fruiting
stage, with pedicels 10 mm. long; the leaves are narrow linear, obscurely nerved,
17 em. long); Summit of Mount Rason (W. VY. Fitzgerald, July, 1905. Leaves
broad lanceolate, obtuse, 3—5-nerved, 23 em. long; fruits sub-globose, almost
glabrous. This specimen is less tomentose than the preceding); Broome (W. V.
Fitzgerald, July, 1906. Leaves narrow linear like the Mt. Haste specimen; buds
robust about half grown; the broad bracts completely embracing the calyces.
These three specimens constitute the type).
Queensland: Rockhampton (Amelia Dietrich, No. 1134, in Herb. Melb. One
leaf is fully 10 inches long, with the petiole nearly 2 inches); Eidsvold (Dr. T.
L. Bancroft, August, 1911, in Queensland Herbarium); 10 miles from Hidsvold,
on Eucalyptus maculata (Dr. T. L. Bancroft, No. 431. Petals purplish inside,
398 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, lil.,
also the style and filaments, the former with a minute tuft of hairs inside at the
apex); Fraser Island (Hon. Mrs. Lovell, No. 869, Queensland Herbarium) ; Glass
House Mountain, on Hucalyptus trachyphloia (F. M. Bailey, No. 870, May, 1910,
Queensland Herbarium, kindly lent by Mr. C. IT. White, as also were the four
preceding specimens). All the Queensland specimens are typical.
New South Wales: Casino, on Eucalyptus maculosa (L. G. Irby); Narrabri,
on Angophora intermedia and Eucalyptus tessellaris (W. Bauerlen, No. 2841. In-
florescence densely ferruginous-tomentose, the common peduncle 4 to 1 inch long,
bearing 2-4 branches, each with two pedicellate flowers); Gunnedah (W. Mac-
Donald).
Affinity—This species has masqueraded under L. pendulus Sieb., L. bafur-
catus Benth. and L. sanguineus F.v.M. A
Its nearest affinity is Z. bifurcatus Benth., from which it ean be distin-
euished by the relatively larger and more robust buds, densely ferruginous-
tomentose inflorescence, larger calyx with its prominent limb, and in the larger
orbicular bracts.
It is very much after the habit and general appearance of L. pendulus Sieb.,
but the whole plant is coarser and the flowers are exceedingly ferruginous-tomen-
tose, and stouter than those of L. pendulus Sieb. and, like it, grows extensively
on Hucalyptus. The filaments also are more or less hirsute on the adnate portion.
Hosts.—Myrtaceae: Angophora intermedia DC., Eucalyptus clavigera A.
Cunn., E. maculata Hook., E. trachyphloia F.v.M., E. tessellaris F.v.M.
Var. LINEARIFOLIA, n.var. (Plate xli., fig. B.)
Foliis linearibus subflexuosis, 6-17 em. longis, 5-8 mm. latis; alabastris arcte
glabris, 25-28 mm. longis.
Leaves long and narrow, somewhat flexuose, 6-17 em. long, 5-8 mm. broad;
buds nearly glabrous, 25-28 mm. long.
Eidsvold, Queensland (Dr. ‘I. L. Baneroft, No. 1187, Nov., 1920).
(B)-Umbellulati van Tiegh.
(Ombellulées) in Bull. Soe. bot. France, xl, 1894, 507—Pilostigma, . van
Tiegh., ibid., p. 483.—Sect. Pilostigma, Engl. in Engler et Prantl, Pflanzenfam.,
Nachtr., 1897, 128.
Inflorescence in simple or compound umbels.
4. LORANTHUS SANGUINEUS F.v.M. (Plate xlu.)
Fragm., i., 1859, 177.
Supplementary notes to the description.
Branches quite glabrous, with a few seattered lenticles. Leaves thick, glau-
cous, opposite or subopposite, broad-lanceolate, oblong to faleate, 5-15 em. long,
tapering into a terete petiole 1-2 em. in length, nerves 3-5, slightly raised he-
neath, depressed or grooved above. Flowers glabrous, axillary; the common
peduncle stout. 1-22 em. long, bearing an umbel of 3-5 pedicellate flowers; the
pedicels 4-7 mm. long. Bracts glabrous, spreading, narrow, navicular, acute or
acuminate, 2-3 mm. long. Calyx eylindrical-obconical, 7 mm. long, the limb
truncate. Buds slender, reddish pink, 2-23 mm. long, clavate and angular at the
apex, and of a greater diameter than the enlarged base. Petals 6, free, very
acute, thick, coneave or flat, longer than the free portion of the filaments and
anthers. Filaments compressed, narrow, 5-7 mm. long. Anthers adnate, slender,
curved, about the same length as the free portion of the filaments, or sometimes
longer. Style slender, angular, curved in bud, crowned by a large, dark-coloured,
BY W. I. BLAKELY. 399
capitate stigma. Fruit cylindrical or pear-shaped, 12 mm. long, but not seen
ripe, eurved as in Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius; dise prominent. Cotyledons
unknown.
Range.—This is a sub-tropical and coastal species. The typical form, so
far, is only recorded for the Northern Territory and North Queensland, whilst
the variety pulcher Ewart extends to Western Australia.
Northern Territory: Victoria River (Mueller. The ‘type, vide Mueller’s
Report Burdk. Exped., l.c. thus “A species well marked by its blood-red petals
and large black stigma. The limb of the expanded calyx exceeds in its diameter
that of the tube”); Darwin (Professor Baldwin Spencer, No. 649); Camp iit,
Lander Creek (G. I’. Hill, No. 319, vide Flora N. lerr., 88); Islands of Gulf of
Carpentaria (R. Brown, see B.FL., lc.) ; Bentinck’s Island (Henne, B.F'L, L.c.).
Queensland: Albert River (Henne, B.FL, l.c.); Rockingham Bay (‘Beautiful
scarlet,” F. Mueller, 4. 12. 1895, in Queensland Herbarium, kindly lent by Mr. C.
T. White) ; near Winton, on Hucalyptus microtheca (“Drooping Mistletoe,” S. W.
Jackson; leaves 4-8 inches long, obscurely 3-nerved, thick and glaucous. This is
its most southern record). —
Affinities —L. sanguineus F.v.M. shows no really close affinity with other
Australian species; its nearest allies appear to be L. bifurcatus Benth. and L.
Miquetii Lehm., both of which have the same characteristic pedicellate flowers as
L. sanguineus, but are totally different in foliage and floral characters.
The style of L. sanguineus is remarkably large, and in this respect it is
different from any other Australian species.
L. Wiuteit shows affinity with this species in the shape of the buds, but
differs from it in other characters.
Host.—Myrtaceae: Eucalyptus microtheca F.v.M.
Var. PULCHER Ewart. (Plate xl.)
Proe. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxiv., 1911, 69.
The flowers are 23 instead of 13 inches long, and the leaves shorter and
broader than usual, but otherwise the plant agrees with the type specimens.
Range.—Napier-Broome Bay, North West Australia (G. F. Hill, No. 156.
The leaves of the type are 2} x 34 inches, oblong, obtuse); Spring Vale, Port
Darwin (Alfred Giles, in Queensland Herbarium, kindly lent by Mr. C. T.
White).
There is only one very young leaf attached to the specimen; the flowers are
24 inches long with the style distinctly bowed in bud in the middle, which no
doubt greatly assists in opening the flower, not apically, but in the centre of the
segments. The bent portion of the style had forced its way between the perianth
segments whilst the latter were still united at the apex—Darwin to Gulf of Car-
pentaria (Professor Baldwin Spencer). ‘The anthers are seen in this specimen
adhering to the base of the stigma which causes the style to bend outward in
the middle and, when released, it exceeds the anthers by 3-4 mm. Stigma verru-
cose. Old branches prominently lenticulate—Darwin (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No.
203. Communicated by C. E. F. Allen, 1913). Leaves short, broad elliptical to
broad lanceolate, very thick, 3—5-nerved, channelled above, slightly raised on the
lower surface, 44 x 24 inches; petiole terete, 4-3 inch long.
It is not surprising to find this variety farther north than its first record.
The indications are that its range will extend to the north-eastern coast of
Queensland in precisely the same latitude as the typical form.
I am not certain as to its characters being constant, but there are marked
differences between it and the typical form, which can only be satisfactorily
400 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, lii.,
worked out when ample material is available. Field work is also necessary in
connection with certain characters.
5. Lorantnus WHITE, nsp. (Plate xliv.)
Frutex glaber confertus ramis divaricatis maturioribus furfuraceis junioribus
glabris; lignum durum futrum. Folia opposita superne nitentia orbicularia ad
elliptica, 3-5 em. diam. subito in petiolum compressum attenuata. Inflorescentia.
Flores plerumque singuli in axillaribus vel nodosis fasciculis ut in L. alyzxifolius,
at nonnumquam communis peduneculus 2 bracteatos flores breviter pedicellatos
fert. Gemmae eclavatae superne angulares 2-4 em. Bracteae crassae orbicularos
coneave. Calyx eupularis truncatus. Corolla 5-6 petalis liberis rubescentibus
firmis spongiosis. Filamenta breviora antheris adnatis linearibus. Stylus par-
vus ecapitatus. Fructus non visus.
Glabrous and apparently compact shrubs with divaricate branches, old
branches seurfy, the young ones smooth; wood hard, pale brown. Leaves op-
posite, shining above, orbicular to elliptical, 3-5 cm. long, and nearly as broad,
abruptly narrowed into a short compressed petiole, 4-6 mm. long, thick at the
base, much thinner towards the margin, somewhat coriaceous, the spreading
nerves almost obscure.
Flowers nearly all single, in axillary or in nodose clusters, as in L. alyzi-
folius, but occasionally the very short common peduncle bearing biflorate, shortly
pedicellate, bracteate flowers. Peduncles, pedicels, bracts, and ealyees minutely
ferruginous-tomentose. Bracts thick, orbicular, concave, acute or truncate, the
margins ciliate. Calyx cupular, truncate, 3 mm. long, the limb slightly spread-
ing. Buds elavate, slightly angular, nearly twice as thick at the top as at the
base, in some specimens contracted in the middle, 2-4 em. long. Petals 5-6, free,
reddish, thick and spongy, usually lanceolate. Filaments somewhat shorter than
the linear adnate ‘anthers. Style terete, exceeding the anthers by about 2 mm.;
stigma small, capitate. Fruit not seen.
Named in honor of Mr. Cyril Tenison White, Government Botanist of
Queensland.
Syn.—L. alyxifolius F.v.M. (bis.)
Range.—It is, so far, confined to the north-east coast of Queensland, and
has been collected in the following localities :— :
Mount Bellenden Ker, 5,200 ft. (W. S. Sayer, 1887. Labelled L. alyxifolius
in Melbourne Herbarium in Mueller’s handwriting); Mount Bartle Frere, Bel-
lenden Ker, Top Camp (F. M. Bailey, Bellenden Ker Expedition, 1889); Ather-
ton Serub (R. Mitchell, 8. 1911. The type).
Affinities—Its nearest affinity appears to be L. sanguineus F.v.M., from
which it is distinguished by the differently shaped and broader leaves, inflorescence,
the shape of the calyx, and the vestiture.
This species has the peculiar appearance of L. alyxifolius F.v.M., both in
the leaves and in the mode of flowering, but the clavate and somewhat angular
tud, together with the free petals, places it in a different section from L. aly.i-
folius.
When not in flower it could easily be mistaken for Phrygilanthus celastroides,
as the leaves are very similar.
The wood of this species appears to be considerably harder than most
species, and is darker in colour.
Hosts not stated.
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 401
6. Loranrius Miquenm Lehm. Mss. -(Plate xlv.)
Lehm., Plantae Preiss., 1844, 280; Walp., Rept. Bot. Syst., v., 1845-46, 938;
Kiting., Uber Die Blatts. der Lor., 1871, tab. iii., fig. 10-11, lit. p. 18.
The following is a translation of the original description :—Glabrous, branches
terete, leaves opposite or slightly alternate, with long petioles, the lowest obovate
or obcordate, the remainder linear-lanceolate, slightly faleate, blunt or very ob-
tuse, attenuate at the base, one- to three-nerved, the marginal veins purplish.
Cymes axillary, solitary, on long peduncles, as long as or longer than the leaves,
4—6-branched, the branches triflorous. Flowers all pedicellate, supported at the
base by a single rounded or navieular bract; calyx limb-truneate or very imper-
fectly denticulate. Parasitic on Hucalyptus, York district, 13.3.1839. Herb.
Preiss No. 1617. Loranthus pendulus Sieb. (Fl. Novy. Holl, n. 241. DC. Memoir
Loranth., tab. i.) is its nearest affinity, but the species nevertheless is very dis-
tinct in the leaves and pedicellate, bracteate flowers. Branches very long and
pendulous, brownish-grey, branchlets nodose, terete, turning purple. Leaves
somewhat opposite, or many quite opposite, glabrous, coriaceous with purplish
margins, petioles long, semi-terete, 13-3 em. long, the lower usually obovate or
obeordate, 2-4 cm. long, the remainder somewhat obliquely-falcate, lanceolate, or
the upper linear, obtuse, contracted into the petiole, 5-9 em. long, 13-4 mm.
broad, distinctly one- to three-nerved or veiny, the veins somewhat reticulate.
Cymes axillary, solitary, the peduncles purple, 23-4 em. long; umbels terete, 4-5
branched, 13 em. long, the partial eyme triflorous; pedicels 5-8 mm. long. Bracts
somewhat rounded under the flowers, concave, carnose, the apex very minutely
ciliate. Buds straight, terete-clavate, about 3 em. long. Calyx obconic-cylindrieal,
3-4 mm. long, the limb somewhat dilated-truncate or denticulate. Petals 5, red-
dish, linear, the apex subspathulate, dilated, elliptical, concave. Stamens adnate
to almost a third of the petals, and about equal to them; anthers linear, at-
tenuate at the base, nearly 4 mm. long. Style filiform, slightly exceeding the
stamens, angular or suleate. Stigma yellow, verrucose, subcapitate.
I have given a full description of L. Miquelii Lehm. as there appears to be
some justification im recognising it as being distinct from L. pendulus Sieber,
notwithstanding that Bentham (B.Fl.. lc.) thought they were the same.
Botanically, LZ. Miquelii is an imperfectly known plant and, at the same
time, it is the most widely diffused of all the Australian species. I have not
seen the type. According to Professor Le Comte, Paris, it consists of a few
leaves and a couple of buds which, he states, do not differ in any way from
Drummond’s No. 510. I have seen a leaf and bud of No. 510, which matches
numerous specimens from Western Australia and other States. It is also identi-
eal with ZL. aurantiacus A. Cunn. It appears to me that L. Miquelii Lehm. was
described from a somewhat smaller specimen than L. aurantiacus A. Cunn., but
there is not sufficient difference between them, if any, to keep them apart, as
there are numerous gradations without distinctive or stable characters. All the
Western Australian specimens that I have seen display the same constancy of
characters with the rest of the material from other States, except a specimen
from Coolgardie, which has smaller leaves and buds, and to some extent is re-
ferable to Z. Miquelii Lehm., varietas Miq., Lec.
Ettingshausen (Uber Die Blattskelette der Loranthaceen, Tab. i., Fig. 10,
11) depicts two deformed leaves of ZL. Miquelii Lehm. ‘This type of leaf de-
formity is common throughout many specimens, not only of this, but of other
species.
402 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, iil.,
Supplementary notes to the description.
Pendulous plants of medium size with a ball-lke union with the host,
branches glabrous, and frequently shghtly glaucous, slender, attainmg 7 feet im
length. Leaves glabrous (except the very young ones which are minutely mealy
pubescent) usually broad lanceolate, opposite, or the upper one more distantly
alternate than in L. pendulus Sieber, ranging from 7-28 em. long (about 3-11
inches); the average length is about 5 inches, yellowish-green. Inflorescence
eymose; flowers all pedicellate. Buds cylindric, minutely mealy, or nearly gla-
brous, faintly angular towards the base, swollen above the calyx limb, yellowish-
green, shaded pink on the outside, the inside including the filaments and style a
dull purple lake (No. 4, Plate 170, Dauthenay, Rep. de Coul.). Style angular,
longer than the stamens, geniculate a little below the capitate stigma, often
persistent on the ripe fruit. Dise usually prominent, raised around the base of
the style and quite free from it, forming a pentagonal toothed tube, the minute
teeth are noticeable on the fruit throughout its various stages of development.
Fruit amber white, changing to yellowish-green (Plates 12 and 13, Rep. de Coul.),
oblong-cylindrical to ureeolate, contracted into a very short neck, or sometimes
flat-topped, opening apically, or nearly so when ripe. Epicarp thin. Seeds ob-
long-eylindrical, contracted at the base; viscin not copious; endosperm white;
embryo green, cylindrical, narrower and slightly curved towards the disc, 4 mm.
long, verrucose or tuberculate; suctorial dise scarcely thickened, at first quite flat,
becoming elongated and somewhat tubular by an outward growth, the hollow
cavity secreting a transparent fluid. Embryonic cotyledons not withdrawn from
the endosperm.
The fruits are frequently found to be distorted by insects; some assume the
appearance of half-grown Quandangs, Fusanus acuminatus R.Br., with a cesia-
like hue, some become abnormally elongated, while others are pentagonal in
shape, ox sometimes distinctly ringed.
The Loranthus fruit-fly Ceratitis loranthi W. W. Frogg., was hatched from
fruits of L. Miquelii by Mr. J. J. Fletcher (vide These Proceedings, xxxv., 1910,
862-3, under L. pendulus Sieber).
The figure attributed to L. pendulus by Ewart (Weeds and Poison Plants
and Naturalized Aliens of Victoria) appears to be this species. It has the same
general appearance as L. Miquelii Lehm., while the flowers and fruits appear to
be all pedicellate. JI have not seen a plant of L. pendulus the same colour as
L. Miquelii; the former is always rusty looking, whilst L. Miquelit is of a hght
yellowish-green colour.
Synonym.—L. aurantiacus A. Cunn.
T have made a very careful comparison of specimens of L. awrantiacus from
the type locality with those of L. Miquelii Lehm., and can come to no other
conclusion but that they are conspecific. Lehmann’s species, having priority over
Cunningham’s species by 4 years, must stand.
Range.—Western Australia: Near Perth, host Eucalyptus calophylla (Dr. J.
B. Cleland, No. 432, 4.1907. The mistletoe fruit-fly, already referred to, was
hatched from specimens supplied by Dr. Cleland); Swan River (Drummond, No.
510. This specimen is not quoted by Bentham in the Flora); Oldfield, quoted
by Bentham under L. pendulus Sieber; York District (Preiss, No. 1617, 3.3.1839 ;
the type); Darling and Swan Rivers, on Eucalyptus gomphocephala (Diels and
Pritzel, Bot. Jahr., xxxv., 176 under L. pendulus Sieber); Avon, near Clackline,
on Eucalyptus redunca Schau. (Folia lutescenti-viridia; perianthium coceineum,
BY W. F.. BLAKELY. 403
FL Feb. D. 2595. Diels and Pritzel, lc.) ; Comet Vale, host Hucalyptus Old-
fieldii F.v.M. (Flowers prawn-red, shading to shrimp pink, Plate 75, Rep. de
Coul. J. T. Jutson, No. 249a: The leaves are narrow lanceolate 3 to 5 in. long) ;
Victoria Desert, Camp 36, Elder Expedition, on Hucalyptus (R. Helms, No. 1013,
31.8.1891. In Adelaide Herbarium); near Barrow Range, Mt. Squires, on
Eucalyptus. {Elder Expedition, R. Helms, No. 1015, 28.8.1891. In Adelaide Her-
barium. Both were kindly lent by Professor Osborn. These specimens are also
recorded by Mueller and Tate, under L. pendulus (Bot. Elder Exped. and Trans.
Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., xvi., 1892, 360) ].
Northern Territory: Finke River [Great masses of this lovely plant hung
down from many Red Gums (Hucalyptus rostrata). Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust.,
xxxviil., 1914, 462. ‘This specimen was kindly lent by Mr. J. M. Black, who de-
termined the plants collected by Captain White]; Glen Edith (Tietkens, R. Tate,
Rept. Horn Exped., i1., 160); ‘Parasitic on Gum” (R. Helms, No. 1014, in Ade-
laide Herbarium; vide also Mueller and Tate, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xvi.,
1912, 360; Bot. Elder Exped., as L. pendulus Sieb.) ; Hermannsbure (R. Kemp,
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., v., 1881-2, 21, included in the list of plants collected by
Chas. Winnecke, as L. pendulus Sieb.); Mt. Connor, west of McDonnell Ranges
(Tietkens) ; Stuarts’ Pass (R. Tate, Rept. Horn Exped., iii., 160, as L. pendulus
Sieb.) ; 70 miles W. of Camp 4, on Lander Creek (G. F. Hill, No. 372, 22.5.1911.
Recorded in Flora N. Terr., 88 as L. pendulus Sieb.) ; Boorrolocla, on Box Gum,
Eucalyptus Spenceriana (G. F. Hill, No. 602, 2.10.1911, vide Flora N. Terr., 88) ;
Victoria River (F. Mueller, quoted by Bentham under L. pendulus Sieb.) ; Port
Darwin (N. Holtze, No. 452. Identical with G. F. Hill’s No. 372); Port Essing-
ton (Armstrong, quoted by Bentham as L. pendulus Sieb.); Round the Gulf of
Carpentaria to Melbourne (I. Mueller, Appendix to Landsborough Exped., Car-
pentaria to Melbourne, 116, as L. pendulus Sieb. ‘his is too far north for L.
pendulus, therefore I think I can safely transfer it to L. Miquelii).
South Australia: South Coast (R. Brown, quoted by Bentham, as L. pen-
dulus) ; Holdfast Bay (quoted by Bentham); Halifax Bay (F. Mueller, Ned. Kr.
Arch., iv., 1856, 105; Emu Flat (W. Gill); Clarendon (J. 8. O. Tepper, Sep. Abd.
Bot., Band Ixiii., 1895, as L. pendulus Sieb.); Tanunda, near Adelaide, hosts
Eucalyptus leucoxzylon and Casuarina stricta: (Dr. J. B. Cleland. Cymes large
and spreading. Petals 6, on some of the flowers); Athelston, on various species
of Eucalyptus (W. J. Burton); Unley Serub on Casuarina (No. 1017, August
27th, in Adelaide Herbarium); Glen Osmond, host Hucalyptus odorata Behr.
(Flowers biternate, perianth red inside, yellowish outside; stamens red. Herb. J.
M. Black); Black Hill, on Eucalyptus fasciculosa. (Herb. J. M. Black, 16.5.1905) ;
Caroona, Lake Gilles (I. Mueller, Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., x., 1896-7, 79, as L.
pendulus) ; Gawlertown and Lyndoch Valley, on Hucalyptus (F. Mueller, Ned.
Kr. Arch., iv., 1856, 105; Horshall’s Gully, on Eucalyptus rostrata, (Herb. J.
M. Black, 10.12.04); as L. pendulus, Lofty and Bungle Ranges (Mueller, quoted
by Bentham under L. pendulus; F. Mueller, Ned. Kr. Arch., lc.) ; Booleroo
Centre, Peckina Hills, on Casuarina stricta, also plentiful on Santalwm lanceo-
latum (Chas. F. Johneock, Trans. Roy. Soe. §S. Aust., xxvi., 1902, 34, as L.
pendulus Sieb.); Moolooloo Station, between Beltana and Blinman (Mrs. R.
S. Rogers); Mt. Lyndhurst. Native name ‘“Weedla” (Max Koch, Trans. Roy.
Soe. S. Aust., xxii., 1898, 101, as L. pendulus) ; Lake Eyre Basin (R. Tate, Trans.
Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., i, 1877-78, as L. pendulus) ; Officer’s Creek, West of Everard
Ranges (“Quantities of this parasitical plant was found growing upon the
‘Mulga,’ Acacia aneurw’ Captain S. A. White, vide J. M. Black, Trans. Roy.
Soe. S. Aust., xxxix., 1915, 827, as L. pendulus).
404 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, ill.,
Victoria: Bairnsdale, on Loranthus pendulus, the latter on KHucalyptus
eugenioides (I. S. Hart); Bendigo, on Hucalyptus siderorylon (D. W. C.
Shiress); Fairview, near Wycheproof (Rev. W. W. Watts, No. 875); [Petals
purple-brown inside, as well as the filaments and the upper portion of the style;
yellowish-brown outside. Buds clavate, acute, 33 em. long. Calyx cylindric, 4
mm. long. Anthers 6 mm. long. The host plant is probably Hucalyptus dumosa
(W.F.B.)]; Dumosa (Rev. W. W. Watts, No. 213a); Sea Lake (Rev. W. W.
Watts, No. 175).
New South Wales: Euston, host Hucalyptus bicolor (Senior Constable Sieb-
ner); South West Plains below Narandera, parasitic on Hucalyptus hemiphloia
var. microcarpa (Bishop Dwyer, No. 1244); Zara, Wangenella, on Eucalyptus
bicolor (HK. Officer, No. 320a. Flowers dull purple lake—Plate 170, Dauthenay
Rep. de Coul.); 40 miles from Hay, on Eucalyptus bicolor (W. S. Murray, per
D.W.C.S.—Flowers and fruits showing effects of attack by insects); Lake Car-
gelligo (G. Horan, per EH. Cheel); on Eucalyptus dumosa (Bishop Dwyer, No.
804); Wyalong (Bishop Dwyer, No. 488); Barmedman, on Hucalyptus hemi-
phloia, var. microcarpa, and E. sideroxylon (Bishop Dwyer, No. 515); Albury
Road, near Wagga Wagga, on Eucalyptus dealbata (Bishop Dwyer, 7.1920);
Tumut (J. H. Maiden and J.L.B.); Queanbeyan (KE. Breakwell);
Bowning, on Eucalyptus elaeophora (R. H. Cambage, mixed with L. pendulus,
No. 2214) ; between Bullio and Wollondilly, on Hucalyptus mellicdora (HK. Cheel) ;
Grenfell (W. Bauerlen, No. 2731.—Fruits deformed by insects); Cowra to Trun-
key, on Eucalyptus maculosa (J.L.B.); Nowra (W. Bauerlen); Nattai River, on
Eucalyptus viminalis (Mrs. EK. Reilly, per Dr. A. V. Dallow); Liverpool, on
Eucalyptus Baueriana Schau. (J.L.B.). West of Sydney: St. Mary’s, on Hucalyp-
tus sideroxylon and E. hemiphloia (W.F.B. and J.L.B.); Kingswood, on £&.
sideroxylon and FE. tereticornis (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Toongabbie, on FE. hemi-
phloia (Dr. E. ©. Chisholm and W.F.B.); Black Mount, on Eucalyptus macror-
rhyncha (Large pendulous plants of a yellowish-green colour (W.F.B.); Bowan
Park, near Cudal, on Eucalyptus Blakelyi (Fruits deformed by insects, W.F.B.) ;
Hill End, on Fucalyptus elaeophora (Miss A. L. Messurier) ; Euchareena (J.1.B.) ;
Upper Meroo, Mudgee (J.L.B.); Rylstone and Goulburn River District (“A large
leaved variety; the leaves measuring sometimes over a foot long,’ R. T. Baker,
These Proceedings, xxi., 1896, 452, as L. pendulus. I have seen this specimen;
the longest leaf is 8 inches long. Other examples of this species measured 11
inches long); Minore (J.L.B.); Warren-Coonamble Road (H. Deane); Coon-
amble (KE. Breakwell); Girilambone, on various species of Hucalyptus (W.
Bauerlen, No. 2647); Coolabah (R. N. Peacock. This specimen is remarkable
for the long flowering peduncles, 5 em. long, and the pedicels 1 em. long. The
bracts are also broadly cordate and very coneave); Terry-hie-hie, Moree, on
Eucalyptus hemiphloia (BH. Julius); Howell, “A strong pendulous plant growing
principally on Eucalyptus Caleyi” (R. H. Cambage, These Proceedings, xxxi.,
1906, 69; J.L.B.—Fruits badly infested with insects; some are mitre-shaped,
others resemble young Quandangs); 40 miles North-west of Collarenebri, on
Eucalyptus bicolor (S. W. Jackson); Narran River, near Bokhara, on EHucalyptus
sp. (Sir 'T. L. Mitchell, 28.3.1846. The type of L. aurantiacus A. Cunn., Mit-
chell’s “Trop. Aust.”, p. 101); Balonne River, on Eucalyptus, Sir T. L. Mitchell,
No. 88, 23.4.1846.. This last locality is a copy of a label on a drawing of the
specimen referred to, received from Kew, which was determined as L. pendlulus
Sieber by Bentham. The figure has the characteristic inflorescence of L. Miquelit
Lehm., with pedicellate flowers. Mitchell (Trop. Aust., p. 185) refers to this
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 405
specimen thus,—“The beautiful Loranthus aurantiacus A. Cunn., occupied the
branches of a Hucalyptus.” North of Sydney: Killara, on Eucalyptus paniculata
and EH. saligna (W.F.B.), also on Angophora intermedia, and parasitic on Phry-
gilanthus eucalyptifolius, the latter on the Angophora (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.) ;
Beecroft on’ EH. pilularis (Dr. E. C. Chisholm and W.F.B.); Pymble, on Eucalyp-
tus saligna (Fendulous plants 2-5 feet long and 2 feet in diameter; leaves light-
green, shading into yellow, making a pleasant contrast with the dark-green foliage
of the host, and also with the dark-green foliage of Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius
which was parasitic on the same plant (W.I.B.); Bobbin Head Road, near
Turramurra, on Eucalyptus resinifera, Acacia decurrens Willd. var. mollis
(W.¥.B.); Gibberagong Creek, Hornsby, about one mile above the head of the
salt water, on Eucalyptus pilularis (W.F.B.); Berowra Creek, Berowra, near
Punt, on Eucalyptus punctata, overhanging the salt water. Another tree of EF.
punctata about 100 yards up from the water had nine large bunches of the
parasite upon it. These were the only plants seen, although a diligent search
was made, with the object of ascertaining if there were others in the neighbour-
hood (W.F.B.); Brooklyn Park, Hawkesbury River, on Eucalyptus wmbra and
E. maculata var. citriodora (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.) ; Lower Castlereagh, Hawkes-
bury River, on Eucalyptus tereticornis Sm. (R. Farlow); Glendon, Singleton, on
Angophora (Dr. Leichhardt, 1843); Rocky Creek, Bengalla, on Box, Eucalyptus
sp. (Dr. Leichhardt, 1843); Pokolbin, on Eucalyptus siderophloia (R. H. Cam-
bage, No. 1497) ; Scone (HE. Breakwell) ; Owen’s Gap, near Scone, host Eucalyptus
hemiphloia var. albens (R. H. Cambage, No. 1688.—Fruits infested with insects,
which give them a pruinose appearance); Tamworth, on Callitris calcarata (W-
M. Carne); Gunnedah, on Eucalyptus hemiphloia (M. H. Swain); 7 miles from
Coonabarabran, on the Gunnedah Road, on Eucalyptus Blakelyi (H. I. Jensen) ;
Coonabarabran, on Grey Gum, Hucalyptus micrantha and on L. pendulus, the
latter parasitic on £. micrantha and also on Angophora intermedia (B. G. Meek) ;
Bugaldie, 17 miles N.W. of Coonabarabran, on Casuarina Cunninghamii (B. C.
Meek); Borah Creek, north of Rocky Glen, on Eucalyptus melliodora (H. I.
Jensen) ; Baradine District (H. I. Jensen) ; Donald, near Armidale, on Hucalyptus
melliodora (G. Campion); Narrabri, host Eucalyptus odorata Behr. var. Wooll-
siana (G. Burrow; since recorded by J. H. Maiden, Dr. J. B. Cleland and Gordon
Burrow, Botany of Pilliga Serub, 1920, p. 10); Attunga State Forest No. 724
(“Habitat—Wide range throughout the whole of the North-west districts: altitude
1200 ft. ‘This specimen was obtained from a “Yellow Box,” Eucalyptus mellio-
dora. It also attacks “White Box” Eucalyptus hemiphloia in very large numbers.
As many as 40-50 plants may be seen on some of the trees where this specimen
was obtained,” T. W. Taylor); Stannum, via Deepwater, on Eucalyptus eugeni-
oides (R. H. Cambage, No. 1601.—An interesting small-flowered form. Recorded
by Mr. Cambage in These Proceedings, xxxiii., 1908, 51, as L. pendulus); Saw-
pit Creek, Woodburn (W. Bauerlen, No. 1598.—Leaves up to 12 inches long, 4
inch broad); Wallangarra, host Loranthus linophyllus Fenzl. which was parasitic
on Casuarina Cunninghamii.cLeaves 10 inches long and 1 inch broad; also on
Eucalyptus siderophloia, (J.L.B.).
Queensland: Warwick, Darling Downs (J. Shirley, Aug., 1915); Brisbane
River, on “Ironbark” (F. M. Bailey, Mar., 1876, in Queensland Herbarium) ;
Toowoomba, on Eucalyptus sp. (H. A. Longman, June, 1909); Goodna (C. T.
White, Apr., 1910, in Queensland Herbarium. The specimen is very imperfect,
being attacked by gall-forming insects) ; Georgina River (E. W. Bick, Sept., 1910,
in Queensland Herbarium); Gilbert River (F. Mueller, quoted by Bentham under
L. pendulus Sieb.); Gulf of Carpentaria (Dr. T. L. Bancroft, in Queensland Her-
406 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, lil,
barium. ‘This and the other specimens from the Queensland Herbarium were
kindly lent by Mr. C. T. White, Government Botanist).
Affinities—It is closely allied to L. bifurcatus Benth. The chief points of
difference are its broader leaves, larger corymbose cyme with the flowers arranged
ternately. From L. pendulus Sieb., it differs in the paler and more glabrous
leaves, smooth, often glaucous branchlets, pedicellate flowers, and differently shaped
bracts.
This species, when not in flower, strongly resembles L. ferruginiflorus W. V.
Fitz. It is, however, more glabrous and, when the buds are present, the species
are easily distinguished one from the other, by the different inflorescence and
the vestiture of L. ferruginiflorus.
Hosts.—Pinaceae: Callitris calearata R.Br. (An unusual host). Casuarineae:
Casuarina Cunninghamii Miq., C. stricta Ait. Loranthaceae: Phrygilanthus eucalyp-
tifolius (Sieb.) Engl., Loranthus linophyllus Fenzl. Leguminosae: Acacia decurrens
Willd. var. mollis Benth. Myrtaceae: Angophora intermedia DC., Eucalyptus Baue-
riana Schau., E. bicolor A. Cunn., BH. Blakelyi Maiden, EF. Caley: Maiden, EH. calo-
phylla R.Br., BE. dealbata A. Cunn., E. dwmosa A. Cunn., E. elaeophora F.v.M., EF.
eugenioides Sieber, EH. fasciculosa F.v.M., E. gomphocephala ¥.v.M., HE. hemi-
phloia F.v.M., E. hemiphloia var. albens F.v.M., E. hemiphloia var. microcarpa
Maiden, HE. leucoxylon F.v.M., E. macrorrhyncha F.v.M., E. maculata Hk. var.
citriodora Hook., E. melliodora A. Cunn., HE. micrantha DC., E. odorata Belr.,
E. odorata var. Woollsiana, E. Pillagaensis Maiden, HE. Oldfieldiit F.v.M., E.
paniculata Sm., E. pilularis Sm., EL. piperita Sm., E. redunca Schau., EH. resinifera
Sm., #. rostrata Schlecht., EH. saligna Sm., E. siderophloia Benth., BE. sideroxylon
A. Cunn., E. tereticornis Sm., EF. umbra R. T. Baker.
(a). Var. micrantHus I*.v.M. (Ned. Kr. Arch., iv., 1856, 105).
Corolla alba, calyce antherisque duplo paene minoribus, corymbis plerumque
ternis, nervis foliorum conspicuis.
In tracta littoral ad Halifaks-bay. “Stirps a Cl. Preiss, Grantham Novae
Hollandiae oecid. collecta, ex nota evidente: non differt” (Cf. Pl. Preiss., i. 281,
varietas ). ;
I have not seen anything approaching var. micranthus. All the South Aus-
tralian specimens of L. Miquelii from the vicinity of Halifaks Bay that I have
investigated are typical of that species.
Miquel’s (varietas) referred to by Mueller is described thus: “Foliis lanceo-
latis perspicue triplinerviis, floribus brevioribus (an nascentibus?) a specie dif-
ferens. Bacecae immaturae ovatae.
Parasiticus in Eucalyptus, districtus Grantham, 7. Mart. 1840 Herb. Preiss.
No. 1612. Ulteris inquirendum num revera a specie differat, nam flores in praec-
sente specimine 4 breviores juvenilis videntur et pressione tantum aperti.”
Probably an imperfect or undeveloped form of the species.
(b). Var. Minor, n.var. (Plate xlv., fig. B.)
Ramis glaber tenuissimis, foliis oppositis, tenuis, oblongis obtusis, uninervus
vel triplinerviis 4-8 em. longis. | Corymbis brevioribus, 3-ramulis; alabastra 18
mm. long, Coolgardie, L. C. Webster, 1898, (herb.) Chas. Walter. i
Branches glabrous, very slender. Leaves opposite, narrow, oblong, obtuse,
1- to 5nerved, usually 3-nerved and somewhat penninerved, 2-3 inches long.
Cymes axillary and terminal, short, 3-branched. Buds small, red-brown, clavate,
18 mm. long. Segments purple-brown inside, the same colour as the typical L.
Miquelii. i
Differing from all the other specimens of L. Miquelii in the size and thin-
BY W. F. BLAKELY.
LORANTHUS PENDULUS Sieb. J
The following three pages, numbered 409a-c, were inadvertently omitted, and
should be read following line 30 on page 409, ie., as part of the account of
Loranthus pendulus.
409a. THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, iil.
New South Wales: Eden (KE. Cheel); Mount Dromedary (Reader); Ber-
magui, on Hucalyptus eugenioides; six miles from Bermagui, and about one mile
from tidal water (W. Dunn, No. 151); half-way up Wagonga Range, Bermagui
district, on Eucalyptus Muelleriana (W. Dunn, No. 164); Batlow-Tumbarumba
Road, about one mile from Batlow, on Eucalyptus radiata, Acacia decurrens var.
dealbata (with very long coarse leaves, Miss M. Breading); Talbingo, on Acacia
decurrens var. dealbata (W. A. W. de Beuzeville); Canberra, on Eucalyptus
dives (R. H. Cambage, No. 3092, These Proceedings, xliii., 1918, 703); Quean-
beyan (R. H. Cambage, No. 3360); Burrin Juek, on Eucalyptus Stuartiana
(E. Cheel); on the Albury Road, a few miles out from Wagga Wagga,’ on
Eucalyptus melliodora (Miss C. M. Le Plastrier, Aust. Nat., iv., 1920, 139) ;
Bowning, on Eucalyptus elaeophora (R. H. Cambage, No. 2214); Bungendore,
on Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha (W. Bauerlen, No. 395); Goulburn, on Eucalyptus
dives (Bishop Dwyer); Mount Bolton, Nowra, on Hucalyptus macrorrhyncha
(W. Bauerlen, No. 2743); Berrima, on Eucalyptus dives (J. H. Maiden); Mitta-
gong, on Eucalyptus radiata (W. Dunn), on HLucalyptus eugenioides, and Cas-
sinia aculeata (“Some of the plants weigh’ about half a ton,” D.W.C.S.); Wol-
longong (A. Gray, Botany American Exploring Expedition, 1854, 741); Hill-
Top, on Eucalyptus haemastoma, EH. Sieberiana (E. Cheel. Leaves up to 9
inches long); Colo Vale, on Acacia melanorylon (D.W.C.S. and E. Cheel) ;
Nattai River, on Acacia decurrens var. normalis (D.W.C.S. and E. Cheel); Pic-
ton, on Acacia decurrens (Miss M. Everit); Camden (Dr. E. C. Chisholm) ; be-
tween Camden and Parramatta (Dr. Leichhardt); Glenfield, on Acacia decurrens
var. normalis, Hucalyptus haemastoma, E. micrantha (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.);
Cabramatta, on Hucalyptus eugenioides (W.F.B., D.W.C.S. and H. Bott); Fair-
field, on Eucalyptus Baueriana (same collectors).
Port Jackson and Western Localities: Port Jackson (Sieber, Nos. 241, 243
and FI. Mixta, 622, quoted by Bentham, B.Fl., l.c¢., Robert Brown, A. Cunning-
ham, vide Bentham l.c.); near Prospect, on Eucalyptus hemiphloia (R. T. Baker,
These Proceedings, xxx., 1905, 491); Blue Mountains (Sieber, R. Brown, quoted
by Bentham); Springwood (H. Deane); Linden to Lawson, noted on the follow-
ing hosts: Eucalyptus corymbosa, E. piperita, E. eugenioides, E. haemastoma, E.
micrantha and Acacia decurrens var. ? (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Wentworth
Falls, near Golf Links, very common on Eucalyptus eugenioides (H. Bott) ;
within a radius of about one mile from Wentworth Falls, it was observed on the
following hosts, H. stricta, E. ligustrina, E. radiata, E. Sieberiana, E. maculosa,
E. piperita, E. micrantha, E. eugenioides (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Mt. Victoria,
on Eucalyptus rubida (J. H. Maiden and R. H. Cambage), on Eucalyptus macu-
losa (W.F.B.); Hartley Vale, on Eucalyptus Moorei (W.F.B.); Mount Wilson,
on Eucalyptus Blaclandi (J. Gregson, also A. G. Hamilton, These Proceedings,
xxiv., 1899, 359); on the road to Mt. Wilson, parasitic on the following hosts,
Eucalyptus haemastoma, E. micrantha, E. piperita, E. radiata and E. Sieberiana
(W.F.B.); Marrangaroo, on the following hosts, Acacia decurrens var. dealbata,
Eucalyptus altior, E. aggregata, E. Dalrympleana, E. dives, E. Blaxlandi, E.
maculosa, EH. micrantha, E. eugenioides, E. rubida, BE. radiata, E. Sieberiana, E.
vitrea, E. Stuartiana (W.F.B. and Dr. E. C. Chisholm) ; Colong and Mt. Werong,
on Eucalyptus dives, and E. radiata (R. H. Cambage, These Proceedings, xxXiv.,
1911, 574); Jenolan Caves, on Eucalyptus dives, HE. eugenioides and Acacia pen-
ninervis var. falciformis (very common on FE. eugenioides on the east side of the
Grand Arch, W.F.B. and V. Wyburd); Bathurst (“Is not uncommon on gum
trees growing on the Silurian, but I have not found it on those growing on the
BY W. FP. BLAKELY. 409b.
granite,’ W. J. Clunies-Ross, Aust. Assoe. Ady. Sei., vii., 1898, 475-480); Blay-
ney, on Acacia decurrens var. dealbata, also parasitic on Hucalyptus Stuartiana
(B. C. Meek); Trunkey Creek, Trunkey, on Eucalyptus polyanthemos (J.L.B.) ;
Bowen Park, parasitic on Loranthus Cambagei which in turn was parasitic on
Eucalyptus hemiphloia var. albens, also on Eucalyptus dealbata (W.F.B.);
Eugowra, on Eucalyptus conica (R. H. Cambage, also recorded in These Pro-
ceedings, xxvil., 1902, 564); Mt. Vincent, on the watershed between the Capertee
and the Turon Rivers (R. T. Baker, Novy., 1892. This specimen is remarkable
for its long internodes, 34 to 4 inches long. The flowers are also in cymules of
four, with the central flower sessile); Hill End, on Hucalyptus macrorrhyncha
(R. H. Cambage, No. 2777; leaves up to eight inches long); Lachlan River (EH.
Betche) ; Lake Cargelligo (G. Horan, per E. Cheel; buds rather large and angular,
the calyx larger than in most specimens, leaves above 8 inches long) ; Mudgee (A.
G. Hamilton, These Proceedings, ii., 1897, 282); Cobar district, on almost any
shrub in the district (The commonest form here flowers in November in many
varieties, Archdeacon F. E. Haviland, These Proceedings, xxxvi., 1911, 523. I
have not seen this specimen and I am rather dubious about it, as I have not seen
L. pendulus from this district, although I have investigated quite a number of
species from Cobar; it is probably referable to L. miraculosus Miq., var. Boor-
manni, or L. Miquelii); Darling River (F. Turner, These Proe., xxviii., 1903,
411);'Bourke, on Eucalyptus rostrata (J.L.B. This is the most westerly
locality for LZ. pendulus. The specimen is in fruit which is on rather longer
pedicels than the typical form; the leaves are almost normal).
North of Port Jackson: Hornsby, on Loranthus vitellinus, the latter parasitic
on Eucalyptus haemastoma, also on the following hosts, Phrygilanthus eucalyp-
toides, the latter on Hucalyptus eugenioides, E. haemastoma, E. piperita, Acacia
linifolia (W.F.B.); 1 mile west of Berowra Station, on Eucalyptus eugenioides
(W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Kurrajong Heights, on Acacia decurrens (R. H. Cam-
bage, No. 1232); Mount Vincent and Camboon (R. T. Baker, These Proceedings,
xxi., 1896, 452); Cessnock, on Acacia sp. (A. G. Hamilton); Singleton District
(A. C. Barwick, These Proceedings, xxvili., 1903, 940); Hastings and Macleay
Rivers (Beckler, quoted by Bentham, J.c.); Koulah Peak, to White Swamp (J.
H. Maiden); Yarrawitch, on Eucalyptus acaciaeformis (J. H. Maiden); near
Armidale, on Eucalyptus sp. The food plant of Gallerucella McDonaldi (A. M.
Lea, These Proceedings, (2), ix., 1894, p. 634); Glenferrie Forest Reserve (J. H.
Maiden, Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., v., 1894, 615); Glen Innes, on Hucalyptus vimi-
nalis (J.L.B. Leaves 8 to 11 inches long, flowers identical with Port Jackson
specimens); New England (C. Stuart, B.FI., lc.) ; Clarence River (Beckler, vide
B.FL, Le.); Kyogle, on Eucalyptus propinqua, and double parasitic with L.
linophyllus, same host, also on Angophora (H. C. Hayes, Q’land Nat., iii., 1922,
58).
Queensland: Brisbane River, Moreton Bay (Mueller and others, B.Fl., Lc.,
F. M. Bailey and Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, These Proceedings, iv., 1879-80,
160); Buderim Mountain (C. T. White, Q’land Nat., Nov., 1891); Blackall Range
(C. T. White, Nov., 1916, Q’land Herb.) ; Eidsvold [Dr. T. L. Baneroft, also in
Q’land Herb. This and the following specimen are nearly glabrous, but the
leaves and flowers are not unlike the Port Jackson specimens. The locality is
not far from where Bidwill collected his plant which Hooker described as L.
longifolius, and which Bentham regarded as a synonym of L. pendulus Sieber.
Hooker’s fig. (Ie. Pl., t. 880) seems to be identical with Sieber’s plant, except
for the length of the leaves. I have very carefully examined the above but fail
409e. THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, lil.
to find any essential difference, except that the plants are more glabrous]; Gayn-
dah (Dr. F. H. Kenny, Dee., 1912); Mt. Perry (F. M. Bailey, Proe. Roy. Soe.
Q’land, 1., 1884, 72); Wide Bay (Bidwill, quoted by Bentham); Rockhampton
(Dallachy, vide B.FI., le.; I have not seen the specimens, but express the
opinion that they may prove to be L. Miquelii Lehm., if critically examined) ; the
Northern Territory localities quoted by Bentham (B.F1., iii., 394) are probably
referable to L. Miquelii Lehm., as L. pendulus does not appear to extend to the
Northern Territory.
Affinities—lts closest affinity is with L. Miquelii Lehm., from which it differs
in the central flowers of the triads being sessile, in the thicker and more uni-
formly 3-nerved leaves which are usually a dull russet-brown colour changing to
a very dark green with age, in contradistinction to the livery or light green
leaves of L. Miquelii Lehm.
From L. congener Sieber it is sharply separated by its narrower and longer
leaves, more highly coloured and robust flowers, the differently shaped fruits, and
rusty tomentum. ‘
L. miraculosus Mig. var. Boormani is somewhat homoblastiec with it in the
shape of the leaves, but the flowers are totally different.
L. pendulus Sieb., owing to its wide range, flowers all the year round, al-
though the month of August appears to be its chief flowering period.
This species was proclaimed a noxious weed under the “Thistle Act’ for the
whole State of Victoria in October, 1904. It is not as destructive as some
species, and it is invariably parasitic on the Euealypti; no less than 31 different
species of Hucalyptus are noted as its food plants, besides 6 Acacias.
Hosts.—Loranthaceae: Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius (Sieb.) Engl., Loran-
thus Cambagei Blakely, L. vitellinus F.v.M., L. linophyllus Fenzl. Leguminosae:
Acacia decurrens Willd. var. normalis Benth., var. mollis Benth., var. dealbata
Benth., A. linifolia Willd., A. melanoxylon R.Br., A. penninervis Sieb. var. falci-
formis Benth, *Robinia Pseudo-acacia L., *Cytisus proliferus L. Myrtaceae:
Eucalyptus acaciaeformis Deane & Maiden, E. altior Maiden, E. Baueriana F.v.M.,
E. conica Deane & Maiden, EF. Blaxlandi Maiden & Cambage, E. corymbosa Sm.,
E. Dalrympleana Maiden, E. dealbata A. Cunn., E. dives Schau., E. elaeophora
F.v.M., E. eugenioides Sieb., EH. haemastoma Sm., E. micrantha DC., BE. hemiphloia
F.y.M. and var. albens F.v.M., E. ligustrina DC., E. macrorrhyncha F.v.M., E.
maculosa R. T. Baker, E. Muelleriana Howitt, E. Moorei Maiden & Cambage,
E. pilularis Sm., E. piperita Sm., EH. propinqua Deane & Maiden, EH. polyan-
themos Schau., E. radiata Sieb., E. rostrata Schlecht., E. rubida Deane & Maiden,
E. Sieberiana F.v.M., E. stricta Sieb., E. Stuartiana F.v.M., E. viminalis Labill.,
E. vitrea R. T. Baker. Compositae: Cassinia aculeata R.Br. (A rather unusual
host).
*Denotes exotic plants
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 407
ness of the leaves, and the smallness of the flowers. ‘This variety needs further
investigation, as it may after all be only a depauperate state of the species.
(C) Cymulati van Tiegh.
(eymulées) van Tiegh., Bull. Soe. bot. Fr., xli., 1894, 507.
Infloreseence cymose. Cymes 2—7-branched, each branch bearing 3 flowers,
the central flower sessile, or all the flowers sessile.
;?. LORANTHUS PENDULUS Sieb. (Plate xlvi.)
Spreng. Cur., Poster, 1827, 139; Hook, Ic. Pl, t. 880, as L. longifolius;
DC., Coll. Mem. Lor., vi., t. 1; DC., Prod., iv., p. 295; G. Don, Gen. Hist., i,
p. 491; Benth., B.Fl., i1., 394; Ktting., Uber die Blatts. der Loranth., 1871, Tap.
m1, Fig. 18-80, Lit. 18 (Leaves only); Mueller, Key Vic. Pl. 273; Bail. FI.
Q’land., v., 1380 (in part); Moore and Betche, Fl. N.S.W., 1893, 228.
‘The following is the original description: “Ramis teretibus glabris foliis op-
positis lmear-lanceolatis longissimis coriaceis laevibus, pedunculis umbelliferis,
corollis longissimis, Nov. Holl.” It is further supplemented by De Candolle
thus: Sieb. No. 241, folia 6-8 poll longa, 5 lin. lata, petiolo 10-lin. Corolla 15 lin,
longa. Bacea ovata.
The following is a more complete description from field observations in the
Port Jackson District, the type locality: Pendulous shrubs, 2-5 ft. in diameter,
with a rather large ball-like union with the host, minutely mealy-ferruginous
throughout, especially on the young shoots, but ultimately becoming quite glab-
rous with age, though still retaining the rusty appearance. Branches elongated,
slender, 3-10 feet long. Leaves opposite, chiefly narrow-lanceolate, falcate ob-
tuse, or acute, 2-12 inches long, + to 4 inch broad in the middle, thick, nerveless,
or usually 3-nerved in the typical form, petiole semi-terete, + to 14 inches long.
Inflorescence minutely mealy-ferruginous; flowers in axillary cymes, the common
peduncle usually stout, 3-13 in. long, bearing an umbel of 3 to 5 rays, each with
a partial cyme of 3 flowers, the central one of each triad sessile, the two lateral
ones on short, stout, 3 mm. pedicels, each flower supported by a small coriaceous
acute bract. Calyx obconical, slightly contracted at the top, the limb prominent,
entire, irregularly denticulate, minutely ciliate. Buds usually slender, 3 em. long,
somewhat angular, the top clavate. Petals 5, spathulate, acute, the inside Lemon
Yellow No. 1 (Plate 21, Dauthenay, Rep. de Coul.); inside of corolla, together
with the filaments and style Crimson Red No. 1 (Plate 114, Rep. de Coul.). An-
thers adnate, 3-5 mm. long. Style angular, geniculate about 3 mm. below the
stigma, and with a small denticulate or pentagonal sheath at its base, somewhat
resembling the leaf-sheath of Casuarina torulosa. Stigma very small, usually
subeapitate. Fruit urceolate, rarely exceeding 10 mm. long, 5 mm. broad, of a
russet-brown colour, contracted at the top into a short neck; epicarp very thick,
coriaceous. Seeds elliptical; endosperm white, embryo green, linear oblong,
terete. Hypocotyl pink, thick and verrucose; dise rather large, domed. Cotyle-
dons narrow-elliptic. Primary leaves linear lanceolate, purple-brown (I cannot
say whether the colour of the primary leaves is constant or due only to the
season of the year). Embryonic cotyledons remaining in the endosperm after
germination takes place.
The following species have been included under L. pendulus Sieber, by
Bentham (B.FI., ii., 394): Z. congener Sieb., L. longifolius Hook., L. aurantiacus
A. Cunn., L. Miquelii Lehm. Of these, Hooker’s species is the only synonym.
Hooker, commenting .on his species says, “assuredly the leaves often more than a
408 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, iil.,
foot long.” Of the numerous specimens of L. pendulus Sieber that I have
examined trom four States, none of the leaves were more-than 11 inches long.
The figure of L. longifolius (Hook. le. Pl. t. 880) is typical of Sieber’s plant in
every character except for the length of the leaves, which (DC. Prod., iy., 295)
are 6-8 inches long in the type of L. pendulus. On the evidence before me I am
not unmindful of the fact that the length of the leaves is -largely influenced by
seasonal and climatic conditions, and is not always a_ stable morphological
character.
Mueller commenting on this species (Report Burdekin Expedition, 1860, 13)
says: “Loranthus pendulus Sieber, ranges over the whole of Australia, forming
in different climatic zones, and whilst deriving nutriment from trees of many
different orders, showing most singular variations. ‘he examination of a large
series of specimens in our collection leads to the conclusion that L. longifolius
Hook., L. nutans A. Cunn., L. Cunninghamii A. Gray, L. canus F.v.M., L. Quan-
dang Lindl., L. congener Sieber, L. aurantiacus A. Cunn., L. miraculosus Miq.,
L. Miquelii Lehm., and L. Melaleucae Lehm., are to be regarded as varieties of
this plant.”
Looking at Mueller’s statement in the lght of my recent investigations, I
am of the opinion that some of the species mentioned by him are synonyms, for
instance, L. longifolius Hook. = L. pendulus Sieber; L. nutans A. Cunn., and
L. canus F.v.M. = L. Quandang Lindl; while L. Cunninghamii A. Gray = L.
congener Sieber, and L. aurantiacus A. Cunn. is proved to be only a large form
of L. Miquelii Lehm. The same remarks apply to L. Melaleucae Lehm., and L.
miraculosus Miq., as sufficient evidence has not yet been produced to show whether
they can be kept apart as species or regarded as forms of One species.
It appears to me quite problematical as to whether L. pendulus Sieber
should be looked upon as the parent plant from which those species enumerated
by Mueller had their origin. It is quite’ reasonable to assume that their origin
is hovering between L. pendulus Sieber, L. Miquelii Lehm. and L. Quandany;
Lindl., but the question as to which is the oldest species is beyond comprehension
at present; the most widely diffused of all is L. Miquelii.
Synonyms.—L. longifolius Hook., Dendrophthoe pendulus G. Don.
The type is from Port Jackson, which perhaps means (if we follow Sieber
who collected it- in 1825) from Sydney to Hill Top, a distance of 69 miles by
vail or from Sydney to the Blue Mountains. J] have examined a series of speci-
mens collected at various places in the Port Jackson District, as well as specimens
from the Blue Mountains and the Southern Tableland, and I cannot find any
sharp change in them; in fact they are uniformly constant in all essential charac-
ters, except perhaps that the Hornsby specimens have smaller and narrower
leaves than any collected in the above area; nevertheless, they are not far from
being typical, and can be regarded as being a little on the small side.
It is not a very common species in the Port Jackson District, but is more
frequently met with in the mountain ranges away from the coast, although in
some parts of the South Coast it is fairly common. On the Blue Mountains it
is a striking feature of the forest vegetation, where it forms graceful pendulous
russet-brown shrubs, one to above five feet long on almost every species of
Eucalyptus, and also on other forest trees.
Many of the records in various publications under L. pendulus Sieb. are
not referable to it, but, where possible, I have examined a number of the
specimens referred to and the corrections will be found under the various species
attributed to L. pendulus Sieb. The North Australian, South Australian and
Western Australian localities quoted by Bentham (B.Fl., iii., 394) are in all
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 409
probability referable to Z. Miquelii, as I have not. yet seen any authentic speci-
mens of ZL. pendulus Sieb. from these States, except two from South Australia.
Range—From herbarium material that I have carefully examined, the range
of the species is limited to South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales and
Queensland.
South Australia: Blackwood (A. Morris, No. 498); Dismal Swamp, on
Bucalyptus sp. (in Adelaide Herbarium, No. 1018, without collector’s name. It
bears the date 22.11.92). The former is fairly typical of the species, while the
latter has the flowers more crowded than the normal form. Blackwood is .a little
north of Adelaide, while Dismal Swamp is not far from the Victorian border
towards the south-eastern corner of South Australia, so- that the localities are
fairly wide apart, and the latter indicates the southern limit. of its range, accord-
ing to our present knowledge.
Victoria: Murray River (Mueller, vide B.FI., lc.) ; Hawkesdale (H. B. Wil-
liamson); Wando Vale (J. G. Robertson, No. 47, Ex. Herb. W. H. Harvey) ;
Grampians and Pyrenees (D. Sullivan, Aust. Ass. Adv. Se, ii, 1890, 509);
Dandenong Creek (C. French, Nov., 1902, the host of Cercospora Loranthi, D.
McAlpine, FProe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xxvii., 1903, 96); North-west portion of
Victoria (Morton, quoted by Bentham, B.FI., l.c.); Geelong district (G. H. Ad-
cock, Census Pl. Geelong District); Hurt’s Bridge (Drooping mistletoe, F. Pitcher,
per J. Cronin, Vict. Nat., xxxii., No. 5, p. 69, 1916); Diamond Creek, on
Robinia Pseudo-acacia and Cytisus proliferus (A. J. Ewart, Proc. Roy. Soe. Viec.,
xxx., 1918, p. 175); Port Phillip (Mueller, vide B.FI., Lc.) ; near Melbourne
(parasitic on small branches of Eucalyptus rostrata, in large pendulous bunches;
berries large, white, without taste. Found also on Acacia mollissima and on
Acacia melanoxylon, but not common. J. G. Robertson, No. 48); same locality
(E. Betche); Langwarrin and Frankston, on a Peppermint, Eucalyptus sp. (T.
S. Hart, Vict. Nat. xxiv., 1917, p. 32-33); Yarra and Latrobe Rivers (Mueller,
vide B.FI., lc.); Watts River (C. Walter); Victorian Alps (Ewart, Vict. Nat.,
xxyil., 1910, 112); Bairnsdale, on Eucalyptus eugenioides (T. S. Hart).
8. LORANTHUS CONGENER Sieb. (Plate xlvii.)
DC. Prod., iv.,.295; Memo. Lor., vi., t. 2; A. Gray, Bot. U.S. Exp. Exped.,
1, 741, as L. Cunninghami A. Gray; G. Don, Gen. Hist. Pl., iu., 419.
Glaber, ramis teretibus, foliis oblongis obtusis basi attentuatis breve petio-
_ latis erasso-coriaceis avenlis, racemis axillaribus foliis brevioribus subcorymbosis,
ramtilis trifloris, floribus pedicellatis, bractea ovata acuta sub ovario, calyeis limbo
truncato, alabastro tereti sub clavato, petalis 5 linearibus acutis, antheris lineari-
bus basi insertis. In Novae-Hollandia, Schult. Syst. 7, p. 114 (DC. Coll. Mem.,
vi, t. 2.) Folia 2 poll. longa, 45 lin. lata. Corolla fere pollicem longa. G.
Don, l.c., quotes Sieber’s No. 243 as the type.
I have not seen the type, but have examined a large series of specimens from
Port Jackson, in the vicinity of Sydney, the type locality, and in all, the central
flowers are sessile and not pedicellate as stated above. In many eases the central
flowers are absent; only the lateral ones are present in old specimens, and they
give one the impression that all the flowers are pedicellate. Unless perfect
specimens are examined one is apt to regard them-as such. It frequently happens
that on maturity the central flowers fall off, as they do not set the fruit to the
same extent as the lateral flowers. There are only 4 species of this series with
pedicellate flowers, namely L. ferruginiflorus Fitz., L. Miquelii Lehm., L. bifur-
catus Bth., and L. sanguineus F.vy.M., and this species cannot possibly be mis-
taken for any of them, as they are totally different, both in flowers and leaves.
410 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, iil.,
Under L. pendulus Sieb., Bentham (B.FL, iii., 394) refers to L. congener
Sieb. thus, “Leaves short, central flowers sessile.” He probably had access to
the type. The leaves are seldom “5 lines broad,” unless in depauperate specimens.
The leaves of L. congener Sieb. figured by Ettingshausen (Uber die Blatts.
der Lor., 1871, Tab. u., Figs. 22-24) are almost exactly similar to many dried
specimens—they measure from 24-34 inches long, and 10 lines broad.
The following is a more complete description, from specimens collected in
the Port Jackson district. Erect compact plants 1-3 ft. in diameter, with short
divaricate branches, with a dark rough bark on the older portions, glabrous,
except the flowers and the very young parts, which are more or less covered with
a minute hoary or scurfy substance, which disappears with age. Leaves op-
posite, or occasionally alternate, obtuse, oblong, narrow to broad lanceolate, or
falcate, 5-10 em. (2-4 imches) long, tapering into a short flattish petiole, dark
green above, paler beneath, often drying a very dark brown or nearly black,
obscurely 3-nerved or the primary nerve alone conspicuous. Cymes axillary,:
often in pairs, the common pedunele slender, 2-23 em. long, bearing an wmbel
of 2-5 rays, the partial cyme triflorous, the central flowers sessile, the lateral on
short, somewhat fleshy pedicels, terminating in an ovate, acute, and slightly gib-
bose bract, somewhat broader than the bract supporting the central flower. Buds
slender, minutely mealy or almost glabrous, acute, sea-green, shaded pink, or
sometimes when found in exposed places the same colour as the filaments, 2-34
em. long. Calyx cupular to urceolate, the limb very thin and minutely pubescent
as well as the base, often splitting into minute irregular lobes. Petals very nar-
row, carmine inside, at first deflexed, becoming curved and twisted with age,
the inner margins ciliate. Filaments carmine, style terete, slightly bent in bud,
exceeding the anthers when fully developed; stigma very small, obovate, green.
Anthers adnate linear, 3 mm. long. Ripe fruit greenish, minutely pubescent, or
pale yellow, barrel-shaped, 10-13 mm. long, on stout pedicels. Dise rather pro-
minent, pentagonal, exceeding the outer rim by about 4 mm. Fruit opening
semi-apically. Seeds ovoid, the acute base resting upon a scarcely viscid spongy
cushion, from which arise 5 narrow strap-like appendages extending the full
length of the endosperm, or sometimes exceeding it, and 5 shorter appendages,
about half the length of the endosperm, which give the seed a striped appearance,
and are more conspicuous when the viscin that surrounds the seed breaks down
- or dissolves. Epicarp thick and leathery. Endosperm and embryo dark green.
Hypoeotyl short, slender, covered with purplish papillae; as it develops it turns
pink, as does the endosperm, but to a lesser extent. Embryonic cotyledons ©
spathulate, remaining enclosed in the endosperm. Primary leaves narrow lanceo-
late. Suctorial dise much enlarged and. surrounded by rather long, pink, deflexed
suctorial papillae, the surface gelatinous and microscopically rough beneath the
viscin before it reaches the host.
Double embryos are very common in this species and, like P. celastroides (a
plant it is often confused with), it ranges to a very limited extent beyond the
tidal waters of the creeks and rivers in New South Wales. As it does not extend
inland or thrive at high elevations from the coast, it opens up a very interesting
subject as to the cause. The fruits are eaten by the Mistletoe and other birds,
and they would very naturally carry it inland, but as it has not yet been found
beyond the coastal ranges, it is difficult to account for its non-appearance, especial-
ly when the chief agent of distribution is so widespread.
I have pointed out that some of the seeds of this genus need moisture to
facilitate germination. Whether the seeds of this species need a greater amount
of moisture to enable them to germinate than those of any other species, I cannot
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 411
say; no doubt this point is worthy of investigation as this may or may not ac-
count for the limitation of its range.
Its chief food plant is Casuarina suberosa in New South Wales, but, like P.
celastroides and P. eucalyptoides, it is very partial to the exotie genera.
Synonyms.—L. Cunninghamii A. Gray, L. pendulus Benth. (non Sieber),
Dendrophthoe congener G. Don.
Range——F rom Herbarium specimens examined, the species is confined to New
South Wales and Queensland. Its most southern limit in the former State is
Bermagui, 363 miles south from Port Jackson, the type locality, and it extends
northward as far as Townsville, North Queensland. It would not be at all
surprising to find this coast-loving species still further south and north of the
localities mentioned above.
New South Wales: Bermagui, on Casuarina suberosa (W. Dunn, No. 124) ;
Mt. Kembla, on Casuarina sp. (A. G. Hamilton, see also These Proceedings, Xxx.,
1905, 490-491, under L. miraculosus on the following hosts: Casuarina stricta,
Croton Verreauxii, Synoum glandulosum, Backhousia myrtifolia, and on the eulti-
vated Peach, Apple, Pear, Orange, Lemon, Willow, Elm and Neriwm Oleander) ;
Stockout Creek, Coledale Road (J.L.B.); National Park, on Croton Verreauxii
(J. F. Triseott); Como (E. Betche); Kogarah (J. H.. Camfield); Carr’s Pad-
dock, Carlton, on Melaleuca linearifolia, Loranthus vitellinus, the latter parasitic
on Eucalyptus corymbosa, Casuarina suberosa (W.F.B.); Sutherland, on Casu-
arina suberosa (J.L.B.); Botanic Gardens, Sydney, on Gleditschia xylocarpa,
Quercus bicolor, Crataegus spathulata, Illicium religiosum, Nerium Oleander,
Cupaniopsis serrata (J. H. Camfield); on Platanus orientalis (A. Stanley & R.
Rollinson); Outer Domain, on Ulmus campestris (J. Madden); Nielsen Park,
Vaucluse, on the following hosts: Eucalyptus obtusiflora, Loranthus vitellinus,
the latter on Eucalyptus corymbosa, Casuarina suberosa, Melaleuca nodosa
(W.F.B.); The Spit, on Casuarina suberosa, and Pear tree (W.F.B. and J.L.B.) ;
Mosman, on Peach tree (Bishop Dwyer); Willoughby, on Plum tree (J. Stack) ;
same locality, on Acacia decurrens (A. G. Hamilton, These Proceedings, xxx.,
1905, p. 491 as L. miraculosus); Ryde (H. Deane); Ermington (H. Bancroft) ;
on Melaleuca styphelioides (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Meadow Bank, on Casuarina
suberosa, Melaleuca genistifolia, and Acacia decurrens var. mollis, (W.F.B.);
Parramatta River, Parramatta, on Acacia armata, Melaleuca genistifolia, Casu--
arina suberosa (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.); Lane Cove River, Killara, on Casuarina
suberosa, also: double parasitic with Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius (W.F.B.); a
little below Lane Cove Bridge, very plentiful on Casuarina suberosa (W.F-.B.) ;
Gordon, near Station, on Pear tree (W.F.B.); Bobbin Head, Kuring-gai Chase,
on Casuarina suberosa, Loranthus vitellinus, which im turn was parasitic on
Angophora lanceolata (W.F.B.); Peat’s Ferry Road, Hornsby (H. Deane) ;
Cowan Creek, Cowan, on Casuarina torulosa, C. suberosa (W.F.B., D.W.C.S.
and H. Bott); Cowan Creek, near Windybank’s houseboat, on Astrotricha floc-
cosa, a very unusual host (W-.F.B., D.W.C.S., and H. Bott); near Cowan Station,
on Loranthus vitellinus, the latter on Eucalyptus eximia (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.);
Berowra Creek, near Punt, on Loranthus vitellinus, which was parasitic on Ango-
phora Bakeri (W.F.B.) ; Brooklyn, on the following hosts: Loranthus vitellinus, the
latter on Angophora intermedia, Casuarina suberosa, Lemon tree, L. vitellinus, which
in turn was parasitic on 4ngophora lanceolata, also double parasitic on the same host,
which was parasitic on Eucalyptus umbra and E. eximia, also on Leptospermum fla-
vescens. (W.F.B. and D.W.C.S.) ; Newport, on Casuarina glauca (J. H. Maiden and
R. H. Cambage) ; Neweastle, on Casuarina sp. (Dr. Leichhardt, labelled Loranthus
maytenifolius A. Grey in Mueller’s handwriting); Cessnock, on White-Cedar,
412 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, lll.,
Melia Azedarach .(A. G. Hamilton); Ash Island, Hastings River, on Geijera
salicifolia (Dr. Beckler. Bentham refers to Dr. Beckler’s specimens, B.FI., L.c.,
in reference to the broad leaves. I am of opinion that there are two or three
species involved in these specimens, if a suite could be procured); Macleay River,
Crescent Head, Trial Bay, on Casuarina suberosa (J. Sydenham); Coramba (Dr.
Tomlins); Dorrigo (W. Heron); Goat Island, Richmond River (KE. Cheel) ;
Coraki (J. H. Maiden and J.L.B.); Casino, on Melaleuca genistifolia (L. G.
Irby); Ash Island (W. Woolls, Botany of Ash Island); between Bengala and
Cassilis (Dr. Leichhardt). If this loeality is correct, it is the most distant for
this species from the coast.
Queensland: For most of the Queensland specimens I am indebted to Mr. C.
T. White, Government Botanist of Queensland, who kindly forwarded them to
me for examination. Moreton Bay, on Hacaecaria Agallochia (R. Elliot, No.
1041); Wellington Point (J. Webb, Oct., 1891. The long lanceolate leaves of
this specimen are suggestive of Z. pendulus Sieber, but the flowers are typical LZ.
congener Sieb.); Darra (C. T. White. This is identical with many Port
Jackson specimens); Blackall Range, parasitic on Acacia penninervis (C. T.
White, Aug., 1921); Birkdale, on Casuarina suberosa (C. T. White, No. L10);
Buderim Mountain, on Casuarina sp. (C. T. White, Apr., 1912. The specimen
is rather imperfect and destitute of leaves, the flowers are very frail, with almost
filiform segments. Perhaps a very slender flowered variety); Nerang River (H.
Schneider); Duck Lagoon, South Perey Island (H. Tryon, 5.3.1906); Noosa
Head, on “Orange,” Citrus aurantiacum (C. T. White, No. 12); Bunya Bunya
Mountains, “parasitic on Hxocarpus cupressiformis, Acacia Maideni, and Acacia
decurrens var. pauciglandulosa. (Color notes). Calyx greenish. Base of petals
pinkish wine colored upper portion of petals yellow. Stamens red.” (C. T.
White and Dr. J: B. Cleland, No. 6. Since recorded by C. T. White, Qland.
Aerie. Journ., xii., 1920, p. 25); Hidsvold, “Grows on Geijera parviflora, G.
salicifolia, Cassia‘ australis and Acacia polybotrya var. foliolosa. Geijera is the
commonest host.” (Dr. T. L. Bancroft). The latter has smaller leaves and
yellowish flowers; Maroochie (F. M. Bailey, Oct., 1874. Leaves broad laneeolate-
spathulate to oblong-lanceolate 3- to 4-nerved. This is the broadest leaved form
I have seen, but H. Tryon’s and H. Schneider’s specimens connect it with the
normal leaved forms); Townsville. ‘Flowers dark red at the base, green at the
top” (KE. Betche, Aug., 1901).
Affinities—Its nearest affinity is with LZ. miraculosus Mig. from which it
differs in the more slender and longer buds, which are usually a sea-green colour,
and in the larger sub-eylindrical, or barrel-shaped fruits. The style is also less
persistent than that of ZL. miraculosus, and the leaves are decidedly larger and
much darker on the upper surface, as against the glaucous leaves of L. miracu-
losus, when well dried. The vestiture of the inflorescence, fruits and nascent
parts is also more prominent on ZL. congener Sieb. The union is ball-like in both
species, but ZL. congener is invariably a much smaller plant, particularly in the
Port Jackson district.
Occasionally very old plants assume a pendulous habit, and are then very
like L. miraculosus. I have not seen the inflorescence terminal in this species,
but in its nearest ally it is sometimes terminal. It is readily separated from L.
pendulus Sieb., by the more erect and shorter branches and leaves, which are
usually much paler on the lower surface, as well as by the different colour of the
flowers, and differently shaped fruits. The young seedlings are also different.
BY W. F. BLAKELY. 413
Hosts —L. congener Sieb., shows great variation in its choice of food-plants,
but as seen from the following; list it has only once been found parasitic upon
the Hucalyptus.
Casuarineae: Casuarina suberosa Ott. & Diet., C. stricta Ait., C. torulosa
Ait. Salicaceae: (e) Salix Babylonica L. Betulaceae: (e) Quercus bicolor L.
Platanaceae: (e) Platanus orientalis L. Loranthaceae: Loranthus vitellinus
F.v.M., Phrygilanthus celastroides (Sieb.) Hichh., P. eucalyptifolius (Sieb.) Engl.
Magnoliaceae: (e) IJllicium religiosum Sieb. Leguminosae: Acacia decurrens
Willd., and var. mollis Benth., var. pauciglandulosa Benth., A. floribunda Willd.,
A. armata R.Br., A. penninervis Sieb., A. Maideni F.v.M., (e) Gelditschia xylo-
carpa Hance. Santalaceae: Exocarpus cupressiformis Labill. Rosaceae: (e)
Citrus aurantiacum L. var. “Orange,” (e) C. Limonum L. var. “Lemon,” (e)
Pyrus malus L. var. “Apple,” (e) P. communis var. “Pear,” (e) Persica vulgaris
L. var. “Peach,” (e) Prunus domestica L. var. “Plum,” (e) Crataegus spathula:
Rutaceae: Geijera salicifolia Schott., G. parviflorus Lindl. Melhaceae: Melia
Azedarach L. Euphorbiaceae: Hacaecaria Agallocha L., Croton Verreauaxii Baill.
Sapindaceae: Cupaniopsis serrata Radkt. Myrtaceae: Eucalyptus obtusiflora
DC., Backhousia myrtifolia Hook. et Harv., Leptospermum flavescens Sm., Mela-
leuca genistifolia Sm., M. nodosa Sm., M. styphelioides Sm. Araliaceae: Astro-
tricha floccosa DC. Apocynaceae: (e) Nerium Oleander L.
(e) Denotes exotie plants.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXIX—XLVII.
Plate xxxix.
1. Lorunthus gibberulus Tate.
1. Portion of flowering branch (nat. size). 2. Flower (enlarged). 3. Front
and back view of anthers (enlarged). 4. Anthers opened out (enlarged).
Plate xl.
2. Loranthus bifurcatus Benth.
1. Flowering branch (nat. size). Z Bud. 3. Flower. 4. Lower portion of
segment showing the basal spur. 5, 6. Types of fruit. 7. Embryo. 8. Embryo
opened out. 9. Seed just commencing to germinate (nat. size). 10. A more
advanced seed with the viscin attached.
Plate xh.
3. A. Loranthus ferruginiflorus W. V. Fitz.
-1, Flowering branch (nat. size). 2. Bud (enlarged). 3. Segment (enlarged) ;
with anther attached. 4. Back view of anther. 5. Style. 6. Fruit (nat. size).
7. Seed (nat. size). 8. Embryo.
B. Var. linearis, n. var. (nat. size).
Plate xiii.
4. Loranthus sanguineus F.v. M.
1. Flowering branch (nat. size), Darwin, Professor B. Spencer, No. 649. 2.
Bud (nat. size). 3. Three segments remaining united. 4. Anther. 5. Style.
6, 7. Leaf and bud (nat. size), G. F. Hill, No. 319. The leaf is abnormal.
414 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, iil.
Plate xliii.
4a. Loranthus sanguineus F.v.M. var. pulcher Ewart.
1, Portion of flowering branch (nat. size). 2. Position of the anthers around
the top of the style; (a) Anthers, (b) Style. 3. Natural position of the style
forcing its way through the centre of the bud. »
Plate xliv.
5. Loranthus Whiteii, n.sp
1. Flowering branch (nat. size). 2. Common peduncle with two bracts. 3.
A bud. 4. Flower. 5. A bud (nat. size). Mt. Bartle Frere, Bellenden Ker, F.
M. Bailey, 1883. é
Plate xlv.
6. Loranthus Miquelii Lehm.
1. Flowering branch (nat. size). 2. Bud. 38. Fruiting cymule (nat. size).
4. Fruit. 5. Germinating seed (nat. size). 6. Embryo. 7. Disc. 8, 9, 10.
Types of fruit galls. 8 shows the bud on the half developed fruit.
B. Var. minor, n. var. (nat. size).
Plate xlvi.
7. Loranthus pendulus Sieber.
1. Portion of flowering branch (nat. size). 2. A bud (slightly enlarged).
A flower (slightly enlarged). 3a. Anther (enlarged). 4. Fruit (nat. size).
Fruiting cymule (nat. size). 6. Section of seed showing embryo (enlarged).
Germinating seed (nat. size). 8. A young seedling, showing primary leaves
(nat. size). 9. Germinating seed (enlarged). 10. Section of host, showing the
attachment of the radicle (nat. size). 11. A seedling in its second year (nat.
size). 12. Microscopic Fungi which attack the germinating seed (nat. size). 13.
The same (enlarged). 14. Type of fruit gall (nat. size).
ST ouw
Plate xlvii.
8. Loranthus congener Sieber.
1. Flowering branch (nat. size). 2. Bud. 3. Style and calyx, showing the
pubescent base. 4. Fruit (nat. size). 5. Embryo (enlarged). 6. Embryonic
cotyledon (enlarged). 7. A young seedling showing the two primary leaves (nat.
size). 8. A seedling enlarged; also with the viscin removed from the seed. 9.
An enlarged seedling with two radicles. 10. A small leaved form with yellowish
flowers, from Ejidsvold, Q., Dr. T. L. Bancroft, No. 1192. 11. A large leaf from
Harwood Island, Clarence River, Sabina Helms, No. 465. There were normal
leaves on the same specimen.
415
NOTES ON NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA.
Part iy. THe PHysanoprera of AUSTRALIAN Lizarps (continued).
By Vera Irwin-Suiru, B.Sc., F.L.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society
in Zoology.
(Thirty-eight Text-figures. )
[Read 25th October, 1922.]
From a gecko, Gymnodactylus platurus Shaw, three lots of material have
been examined, the first taken at Narrabeen, near Sydney, November, 1915, the
second from the stomach of a single individual at Quaker’s Hat, Middle Harbour,
Sydney, October 3,921, the third from the stomach of another host of the same
species at Narrabeen, April 18, 1922. The first collection was made by Dr. J.
B. Cleland, the other two by Miss M. J. Bancroft and Mr. I. M. Mackerras, the
three collectors whom I have to thank, also, for the other material dealt with
in this paper.
The first collection consists of six larvae under 7 mm. long, and a small 10
mm. male, the second of four females, from 24 to 29.5 mm. long, in which
eges are not developed, evidently unfertilised, the third of the posterior ends of
three males and two females. These last specimens, Mr. Mackerras informs me,
were found attached to the stomach wall, and were broken when they were be-
ing removed. The intestine, with the basal portion of the glandular oesophagus
attached, projects from the torn end in two males and one female. Unfor-
tunately, they are the only fully mature specimens available, and the absence of
the anterior end makes it difficult to prove their specific identity with the other
specimens collected from this host; but a careful comparison of all the specimens
indicates that they are the one species, and the following description is based on
this assumption. Measurements of examples from each of the three collections
are tabulated for comparison.
PHYSALOPTERA BANCROFTI, n.Sp.
White, clear, elongated, slender bodied, not enlarged posteriorly, tapering at
each extremity. Cuticle very thick, transverse striation very fine, striae about
3 apart. Cephalic collar variable in size, narrow, or cuticle pushed well be-
yond top of head. Cervical alae well developed to beyond junction of muscular
and glandular oesophagus. Lips slightly trilobed; buccal papillae large; ex-
ternal median tooth broad, erect, a small, double-pointed tooth at its base; no
inner denticular border, but one small, sharply-pointed denticle visible on each
416 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, iv.,
side, below the paired lateral teeth; a row of about five sharply-pointed teeth
down the lateral margin of the lip on each side (Text-fig. 1). Nerve-ring be-
hind middle of muscular oesophagus. What appear to be large cervical glands
at the sides of nerve-ring, extending back to level of junction of muscular and
Figs. 1-9. Physaloptera bancrofti, n.sp.
1. Internal view of lip (x 290); 2. Anterior end of body, showing junction of
muscular and glandular oesophagus, nerve-ring, and post-cervical papillae (x 30);
3. Junction of oesophagus and intestine (x 30); 4. Posterior end of female body,
showing anus, and caudal pores (x 30); 5. Posterior end of male body, showing
ductus ejaculatorius, spicules, and arrangement of papillae on caudal bursa (x 30);
6. Male spicules (x 47.5); 7. Female body in region of vulva, showing terminal
portion genital system (x 15); 8. Receptaculum seminis and oviduct (x 47.5); 9.
Egg (x 290).
glandular oesophagus. Post-cervieal papillae only slightly behind this junction
(Text-fig. 2). Oesophagus slender, about one-seventh to one-eighth of total body-
length; muscular oesophagus very short, and narrower than the glandular; the
base of the latter broad and very bluntly rounded, inserted to only a very shallow
depth into the Iumen of the intestine, where the entrance is protected by valves
(Text-fig. 3). Intestine grooved to receive it, the walls forming two enveloping
flaps. -Intestine behind junction diminishing to narrower diameter than
oesophagus.
Female tail short, sharply-pointed, one-sixtieth to one-sixty-fifth of total
body-length, slightly inflected ventrally. Three or four conspicuous dorsoventral
muscular bands in region of anus. The two lateral caudal pores on prominent
hypodermic elevations opening into large circular depressions in the cuticle be-
hind middle of tail (Text-fig. 4). Vulva at 1/3.8 to 1/4.1 of body length from
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 417
anterior end in immature whole females, 4.68 mm. behind junction of oesophagus
and intestine in broken specimens; vestibule and reservoir of nearly equal
Jength, common trunk slightly shorter, dichotomously divided into four branches,
distance between first and second bifureations 128 to 240; the whole system
extending straight back, the division into the four trunks occurring nearly or
quite at the maximum length from the vulva, and the uteri not curving forward
beyond the level of the reservoir (Text-fig. 7). Reservoir sharply distinct from
common trunk. The four branches continuous at a distance of 400», with the
four uteri, which le dorsally and ventrally, not intricately coiled, the last coils
some distance in front of anus; the four receptacula seminis, behind them, dark
brownish bodies, showing distinctly through the body wall, merging gradually
into the uteri but sharply constricted from oviducts; ovaries much coiled in re-
gion between these and anus. Uteri in unfertilised females poorly developed,
slender, 128 « wide, no formed eggs, terminal portions of system almost entirely
devoid of contents; uteri in mature females filling body cavity, 208, wide,
crowded with eggs containing well developed embryos.
Of the two mature females, in both of which the anterior end is missing,
the remaining portion in one extends just to the base of the oesophagus, and is
21.6 mm. long, so that the estimated total length is about 25 mm. In the other,
the body is broken off across the middle of the reservoir, and the length of body
remaining is 14.16 mm. The eggs are large, and elongated oval in form,
measuring 57 x 28 p» (Text-fig. 9).
Larvae (Text-figs. 17-19) 4.2 to 7 mm. long, slender, delicate, semitrans-
parent; tail relatively long, 1/24 to 1/30 of body-length, tapering to a rounded
point, generally ventrally inflected at tip. Only two of the six specimens (one
5 mm. and one 7 mm. long) showing rudiments of genitalia; position of vulva
not determined, portions of system visible being the rudiments of common trunk,
first and second branching, and beginning of uteri, without lumen.
Male. Caudal bursa much like that of P. antarctica in shape and arrange-
ment of cuticular processes (Text-fig. 5). The caudal papillae stalked and with
corona, but spaced at more equal distances apart than in P. antaretica; the first
from tip of tail usually nearer to the extremity, and the other two further apart,
though the positions vary. The distance of the first from tip varies from 192
to 304», and the distance between second and third from 96 to 208 p. Cloacal
aperture very large and cireular, with a prominent rim. Spicules very unequal
in length, left slender, reaching from cloaca almost or quite to junction of ductus
ejaculatorius and vesicula seminalis, 4.7 to 5.9 times as long as right, which is
broader (Text-fig. 6). Duetus ejaculatorius about same length as in P. antarc-
tica, 1.14 to 1.44 mm., vesicula seminalis 2.7 to 4.8 mm., vas deferens, separated
from it by a-distinct constriction, running straight forward to within 2.4 to 3.6
mm. of base of oesophagus before turning back.
The longest remaining portion of a broken male specimen is 17.84 mm.,
which includes 1.28 mm. of the basal part of the glandular oesophagus. The
estimated total length of this specimen is therefore about 19 mm.
Host.—Gymnodactylus platurus Shaw.
Location.—Stomach.
Locality Narrabeen, Sydney.
Type specimens in the Australian Museum, Sydney.
The notes made by Mr. Mackerras show that of eight or ten specimens of
this gecko examined by Miss Bancroft and himself, five harboured nematodes in
the gastro-intestinal tract. Two of these were the hosts for the specimens
deseribed above. The other three were taken at Mosman, Sydney, in September,
418 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, lV.,
1921, and in each case the nematodes were found in the intestine, and were
thought to be Oxyuriidae. Unfortunately, only one of these collections was pre-
served, and this consists of four females of Pharyngodon sp. Dr. Cleland’s
collection contains only the one lot of nematodes from this host. A second
specimen was examined by him, at Sydney, in February, 1916, but it contained
no entozoa.
Affinities—As will be seen from the description, Physaloptera bancrofti
presents the closest affinities with P. antarctica. The most notable differences are
found in the smaller size of the body, the much greater disproportion in the
length of the spicules, and the size and shape of the eggs, which are longer
and narrower than in P. antarctica. In P. antarctica the left spicule reaches
only just beyond the anterior rim of the bursa, and the right is three-fifths of
its length, and is relatively broader and of much heavier build than in P. ban-
crofti. Other distinctive features of the new species are the denticular forma-
tion on the lips, the slightly more anterior position of the post-cervical papillae,
the shallowness of the insertion of the oesophagus into the intestine and its
blunt base, and the conspicuous caudal papillae and anal muscular bands.
Of the other species with four uteri, P. varani comes nearest to it, both in
the lengths of the spicules, the total length of the body, and the position of the
vulva, but it differs from P. bancrofti in the direct instead of dichotomous
division of the common trunk into four uteri, the much longer vestibule, the
shorter common trunk, and the slightly longer tail in the female.
Measurements (in mm.) of specimens of P. bancrofti taken from three collections.
Collec- Collee- Collec- Collec- Collec-
tion. tion. tion. tion. tion.
1 2 3 1 3
larva % 2 3 3
Motalvelenethweyveww pk ecw vcwe tek ies> 5.0 29.5 10.5
Maximtumiythickness® (eae 256 1.0 544 480 .400
shail (anusetoltip) wesc eeiee mein .208 -480 -400 832 .960
Diameter at anus .. .. ; - 130 432 320
Distance from cephalic oxttantiae
of:—Middle of nerve ring .. . . 192 -320 -288
Post-cervical papillae .. . .250 -448 - 384
Vaualvaliitevelenses ches eee 7.28
Buccaliscavaitygueetcn wea ur stiees 026 -064 037
Muscular oesophagus .. .. ..-.- -185 .320 .292
Entire oesophagus .. . 1.34 3.48 2.40
Proportion of total length ‘to “that
Ofjoesophagusiveei yur eraiarsiitsrs 3.76 8.47 4.37
Mestibule my iaraiscieuuventelenibars caters 1.28
Reservoir len ethan ces). sinters 1.28
Width sty lacinacnis eiieemy=t 128 144
Common\trunky sie -960 -912
Distance from posterior extremity
of:—Caudal pores .. .. . 160 176
Most posterior loop of ora: 6.28 3.70
Eggs .. BURA STAG renee ad ene rs -057 x .028
Spicules left SEU RCN lr Pee a .776 1.24
TIS Teles acl eae eae -185 -256
Bene thor bursa cmc see 1.60 1.72
Lateral width of bursa .. .. .. .800 .880
Diameter above bursa .. .. .... 448 368
Lengths of external _bursal -160, .192, .176, .304,
Papwlaey MLM MMi este NR SALOON 224 aes
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 419
PHYSALOPTERA ANTARCTICA Linstow var. TYPICA.
Of four nematodes found, with two echinorlynehs, in the stomach of Varanus
varius by Dr. Cleland, three large females appear to belong to this species. They
measure respectively 27.5, 36.5, and 40 mm. in length, and all have fully deve-
loped genitalia of the typical form, but without developed eges.
Measurements of the largest example are as follows:—Maximum diameter,
1.0 mm.; diameter at base of collarette, 320; at anus, 400; tail, 512, long.
Distance of cephalic extremity from nerve ring, 384; post-cervical papillae,
608 1; exeretory pore, 720; vulva, 9.9 mm.; most anterior loop of uterus, 8.0 ,
mm. Distance from posterior extremity of most posterior loop of uterus, 7.6
mm.; of receptacula seminis, 5.3 to 7.6 mm. Maximum width of uterus, 176 p;
width at junction with receptaculum seminis, 80; width of oviduet at junction,
64. Receptaculum seminis, 240 x 192 yp. Vestibule, 1.44 mm. x 112,y,; re-
servoir, 1.36 mm. x 192; common trunk, 1.28 mm. x 80,4; length of the twa
branches, to second bifurcation, 240 and 320. Muscular oesophagus, 400 x 160
pw; total length of oesophagus, 4.36 mm.; width at its base, 384. Proportion
of total body length to that of oesophagus, 9.17; to that of portion of body in
tront of vulva, 4.0.
The reservoir and adjoining duets, which are devoid of contents in the
three examples, show a variability in disposition in the body similar to that
already described for this species (Irwin-Smith, These Proceedings, 47, 1922,
pp- 237-9), but the general trend of the ducts is backwards from the vulva, and
the four slender uteri have an almost straight, parallel course down the body.
The structure of the lips is not very clear in these specimens (examined in
alcoholic phenol), and no internal denticular border is discernible. In view
of the absence of male specimens, and of developed eggs, and the close general
resemblance already shown to exist between unripe females of P. antarctica and
P. bancrofti, these specimens have been assigned to the former species chiefly on
account of the great length, which corresponds exactly with that recorded zor
P. antarctica.
Physaloptera varani is the only species hitherto recorded from hosts of the
genus Varanus. The present specimens differ from it in their larger size, the
dichotomous instead of direct division of the common trunk, the decided dif-
ference in the lengths of ovijector and common trunk in the two forms, and
in the tail.
Host—Varanus varius. Location—Stomach. Locality —Bumberry, near
Manildra, N.S.W.
Collected by Dr. J. B. Cleland, 8/1/16.
Note——In the deseription of P. antarctica given in the third paper of this
series, the collection described as Lot C. was recorded as containing only 29
specimens. After that paper was in print, a jar containing nearly 900 addi-
tional specimens of the same collection, in glycerine alcohol, was discovered.
They were all taken from the stomach of a single example of Tiliqua scincoides
on August 12, 1919. Portion of the stomach wall, with Physaloptera still at-
tached, was also preserved. They were deeply embedded, by the anterior end, in
the mucosa, and the whole surface of the stomach was closely pitted with the
holes made by them. Most of the specimens are small and immature, under 17
mm. long, none more than 30 mm. long and the smallest larvae not more than
4 mm. long.
PHYSALOPTERA CLELANDI, n.sp.
Four broken pieces of a single female specimen very different from those
described above occur in the same collection with them, taken from the same
420 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, IV.,
host. Although in such a damaged condition, the specimen shows features
sufficiently distinctive to enable it to be characterised as a new species. It is
remarkable for the stoutness of the body and the great length and width of the
oesophagus. The oesophagus is actually longer than in any species hitherto
described, and if the four fragments (measuring together 24 mm.) represent the
total length of the body, the length of the oesophagus relative to that of the
body is also exceptionally great. The worm has been torn or eut across trans-
versely, and the internal structures have been pulled out of position, and project
from the ends of each fragment in such a way that it is not possible to deter-
mine with certainty how they connect with each other, but as far as can be
judged, they represent the full length of the specimen. Uteri filled with eggs
containing well-developed embryos extend up parallel with the oesophagus nearly
to the head, and far posteriorly. Eggs are found crowded into the tail region
behind the anus, but have probably escaped into the body cavity from the rup-
tured uteri. Four uteri are present, almost emptied of contents through the torn
ends. The terminal portion of one, with the receptaculum seminis, oviduct and
ovary, is still attached to the body; the same portions of the other three are
detached, and le free in the alcoholic preservative. The vulva is 1 mm. distant
from the anterior end of a piece of the body separate from that containing the
oesophagus, and a broken uterus projects anteriorly 5.2 mm. from the same
end. Assuming that this piece of the body is the one next behind the oesophagus,
Figs. 10-16. Physaloptera clelandi, n.sp.
10. Side view of lip, showing external labial tooth, and buccal pad (x 190);
11. Internal view of lip (x 190); 12. Junction of oesophagus and intestine (x 30);
13. Posterior end of female body (x 15); 14. Terminal portion of female genital
system (x 27); 15. Receptaculum seminis and oviduct (x 27); 16. Eggs (x 290).
the distance of the vulva from the anterior extremity is 6.7 mm., but if, as 1S
more probable, it is the third piece, the distance is 12.5 mm.
Specific diagnosis.
Male unknown.
Female. Body very robust, opaque, thickset, cuticle very tough and thick
(80 4), covered with a fine transverse striation. Lips large, external labial tooth
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 421
erect, broad, conical, with blunt tip, which in this specimen appears to be
fractured; no internal tooth at its base, paired teeth at sides large, denticular
border composed of a single row of very minute denticles, scarcely visible even
under high magnifications, sides of lips too damaged to show details of lateral
marginal denticles (Text-figs. 10, 11). Post-cervical papillae just behind junc-
tion of muscular and glandular oesophagi. Oesophagus very long and thick,
muscular oesophagus narrower than glandular oesophagus, and less than one-
eleventh of the total length, base of glandular oesophagus broad and rounded, its
valves inserted to some depth into the lumen of intestine (Text-fig. 12). Vulva
behind termination of oesophagus; vestibule, reservoir, and common trunk all
long, division into four branches evidently dichotomous, but the second bifurea-
tion only shows on one side, the other being torn away (Text-fig. 14). Uteri
large and distended, with thin, delicate, transparent walls showing elongated
cellular structure well. Position of receptacula seminis and ovaries in body not
determined. Oviduets sharply delimited from receptacula seminis (Text-fig. 15).
Eggs smaller than in the other species, the shell relatively thin, brown coloured
(Text-fig. 16). Posterior end of the body thick and blunt, the tail very short,
but too distorted for accurate measurement (Text-fig. 13).
Measurements.—Total length, 24 mm. (?); maximum diameter, 1.36 mm.;
diameter at base of collarette, 400 4; at anus, 560». Tail, 400» long. Distance
from cephalic extremity of post-cervical papillae, 592; excretory pore, 685 y;
most anterior loop of uterus 576, (?). Distance from posterior extremity of
most posterior loop of uterus, 160, (?). Maximum width of uterus, 480;
width at junction with receptaculum seminis, 112; width of oviduct at junc-
tion, 644. Receptaculum seminis, 432 x 192. Vestibule, 1.68 mm. x 96 y;
reservoir, 1.44 mm. x 192; common trunk, 1.52 mm. x 85. Distance between
first and second bifurcation, 400. Lengths of oviducts, 1.87 and 1.52 mm.
Museular oesophagus, 480 x 176», total length of oesophagus, 5.56 mm.; width
at its base, 480. Proportion of total body-length to that of oesophagus, 4.3
(?). Eggs, 44 x 29 yw.
Host.—Varanus varius. Location—Stomach. Locality—Bumberry, near
Manildra, N.S.W.
Collected by Dr. J. B. Cleland, 8/1/16.
The dimensions of the eggs agree with the figures given by Parona for P.
varani, but differ from those given by Seurat for the same species. Parona’s
description is insufficient otherwise, for comparison, but P. clelandi differs from
the specimens deseribed by Seurat as P. varani, in the much greater length of
the oesophagus and common trunk, the dichotomous instead of direct division of
the latter, and the shorter ovijector and tail.
In addition to the host from which this and the preceding specimens were
taken, two other examples of Varanus varius were searched by Dr. Cleland for
internal parasites. Neither of them contained Physaloptera. In one, taken at
Dubbo, October, 1911, the only helminth present was a cestode in the intestines.
The other taken at Hidsvold, Queensland, September, 1912, contained only some
examples of a Filaria sp. in the pleuroperitoneal cavity.
PHYSALOPTERA SP., from Lialis burtonii Gray.
The material available is inadequate for specific determination, consisting of
two small larvae, 6.6 and 6.7 mm. long, in which the genital system is not
developed.
The body is relatively stout (Text-fig. 20); cephalie collarette and lateral
alae fairly well developed. Cuticle fairly thick, finely striate transversely. Ex-
422 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, IV.,
ternal median tooth large, erect, sharply-pointed, a small tooth, apparently
double-pointed, at its base internally; the pair of lateral teeth on each side well
developed, sharply-pointed; no internal denticular border discernible; the pair
of papillae on the external cuticular pad on each lip large, prominent (Text-fig.
22). Oesophagus one-fifth of body length, muscular oesophagus narrower than
glandular, and sharply distinct from it, the muscular part light in colour, the
glandular part very dark, its base broadly rounded. Nerve-ring just in front of
junction of muscular and glandular portions; the post-cervical papillae just be-
hind the junction (Text-fig. 23). What appear to be cervical glands extending
back nearly to the level of the papillae. Tail sharply pointed, 1/32 to 1/35
of the total body-length; narrow transverse muscular bands across body in re-
gion of anus; rectal glands large (Text-fig. 24).
Measurements.—Total length, 6.7 mm.; maximum diameter, 336 4; diameter
at base of collarette, 1284; at anus, 128. Tail, 190, long. Distanee from
cephalic extremity of nerve-ring, 185 1; post-cervical papillae, 256 ,; excretory
pore, 296 py. Buecal cavity, 334; muscular oesophagus, 176 x 59»; total length
of oesophagus, 1.34 mm.; width at its base, 103 p.
Host.—Lialis burtonii Gray. Location.—Intestine. Locality.—Helensburg,
New South Wales.
In Dr. J. B. Cleland’s collection. Collected by Dr. Cox, 2/1/15.
These larvae differ from those of P. antarctica, and from those found in
Gymnodactylus platurus and assigned to P. bancrofti, in having a much thicker
and more opaque body. They are of heavier build altogether; the oesophagus is
relatively a little shorter and broader, and the nerve-ring is nearer to the junction
of muscular and glandular oesophagi (Text-figs. 17-19, and 20-23).
According to Dr. Cleland’s notes, another lot of Nematodes was obtained
from this host, colleeted by Miss Wearne at Manly, Sydney, in June, 1915, and
described as “a bunch of Nematodes attached to the small intestine, and a free
Nematode, apparently of another species.” These were probably Physaloptera,
but, unfortunately, the specimens are not available for examination.
PHYSALOPTERA SP., from Lygosoma entrecasteauxii.
A single, small, immature female, taken from the same host whieh har-
boured an Oxyuris sp., and the Rictularia disparilis already desecribed.in a sepa-
rate paper (Irwin-Smith, These Proceedings, 47, 1922, p. 311), cannot at present
be placed more definitely than Physaloptera sp. In this specimen, preserved in
alcohol, the body is withdrawn about .2 mm. from the euticle at each extremity.
The body is robust, heavy, rather opaque, of uniform diameter, not. much
attenuated towards the extremities (Text-fig. 25). Cephalic collarette well deve-
loped. Labial papillae large. External median tooth large, erect, sharply-
pointed; a double-pointed tooth at its base; broad, paired, lateral denticles; pos-
sibly a single continuous row of very minute internal denticles, but this rather
indefinite; a row of small lateral marginal denticles (Text-fig. 26). Oesophagus
about one-fifth of body-length, relatively broad, muscular oesophagus very short,
its junction with glandular oesophagus not very clear; nerve-ring apparently
just at junction. Base of glandular oesophagus broad and rounded, not deeply
inserted into lumen of intestine (Text-fig. 27). Tail one-thirty-third of body-
length, sharply pointed, ventrally inflected at tip (Text-fig. 28). Four uteri.
Vulva-.5 mm. behind base of oesophagus, at 1/3.8 of the body-length from cep-
halic extremity. Vestibule and reservoir both long, and reservoir broad and very
well developed, pear-shaped, sharply delimited from common trunk (Text-fig.
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 423
29). Common trunk very short, dividing dichotomously into four branches, the
two branches from the first division as long as the common trunk; the whole
system extending straight back, branches looped and coiled in region of second
bifureation ; no uteri in front of this, all four intertwined and coiled in posterior
Figs. 17-19. Larval Physaloptera banerofti, from Gymnodactylus platurus.
17. Whole worm (x 7.5); 18. Anterior end of body, showing oesophagus (x 27);
19. Anterior end, showing junction of muscular and glandular oesophagi, nerve-
ting, and post-cervical papillae (x 100).
Figs. 20-24. Physaloptera sp. (larva), from Lialis burtonit.
20. Whole worm (x 7.5); 21. Anterior end of body (x 27); 22. The two
lateral lips (x 190); 23. Anterior extremity (x 100); 24. Posterior end of body
(x 100).
Figs. 25-29. Physaloptera sp. (2), from Hinulia sp.
25. Whole worm (x 7.5); 26. The two lateral lips (x 290); 27. Junction. of
oesophagus and intestine (x 30); 28. Posterior end of body (x 30); 29. Terminal
portion of female genital system (x 27).
region of body, extending back nearly to anus; uteri very narrow, poorly deve-
loped. Receptacula seminis not observed. No developed eggs.
Measurements.—Total length, 8.56 mm.; maximum diameter, 480 ,; diameter
at base of collarette, 176 »; at posterior third of body, 480; at anus, 208 p.
Tail, 256 1 long. Distance from cephalic extremity of nerve-ring, 176; post-
cervical papillae, 256 1, vulva, 2.24 mm.; most anterior loop of uterus, 4.50 mm.
424 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, iv.,
Distance from posterior extremity of most posterior loop of uterus, 780; of
ovaries, 4164. Maximum width of uterus, 33. Vestibule, 960 x 52; reser-
voir, 800 x 208»; common trunk, 256 x 48, Distance between first and second
bifurcation, 256. Muscular oesophagus, 176 (?) x 112,; total length of
oesophagus, 1.70 mm.; width at its base, 176 p.
Host—Lygosoma (Liolepisma) entrecasteauxii. Location —Alimentary
eanal. Locality Flinders Island, Bass Straits.
Collected by Dr. J. B. Cleland, 25/11/12.
Two specimens of this host species were examined. The second specimen
contained only Oxyuriidae.
Except for the larger size and the development of genitalia, there is little,
in the general conformation and proportions of this specimen, to distinguish it
from the larval Physaloptera found in Lialis burtonii and described above. They
may all belong to the one species, but this can not be determined, nor the species
clearly characterised, until more specimens are available for examination. It is
apparently a young specimen, not fully grown.
From an examination of numerous examples of P. antarctica, it has been
shown (Irwin-Smith, These Proc., 47, 1922, p. 237) that measurements taken
from a single specimen are, alone, of little specific value, since considerable
variations, both in the proportions and conformation of ‘organs, are found to
oceur within a single species. In view of this, and of the immaturity of the
single female specimen found, and of the absence of males, it is not desirable, at
present, to propose a new species for this specimen, though it is evidently dis-
tinet from any of the species with four uteri hitherto described.
In none of the other species is the female genital system well developed in
specimens of such a small size. The dichotomous division of the very short
common trunk into four uteri, with the first two branches equal in length to the
common trunk is also distinctive, if it is a constant feature. It is of heavier
build than examples of P. antarctica and P. bancrofti of the same size, and the
denticular formation is different.
Although so much smaller in size, its heavy build reealls that of P. clelandi;
but the tail is relatively longer and more slender and sharply pointed, and the
oesophagus is shorter in proportion to the length of the body. Marked dif-
ferences from P. pallaryi, P. varani, and P. abbreviata, in addition to the size
and relative proportions of the body, are the situation of the vulva behind the
termination of the oesophagus instead of in front of it, where it is found in P.
pallaryi, the dichotomous instead of direct division of the common trunk, as in
P. varani, and the denticular formation with a large inner double-pointed tooth,
unlike P. abbreviata and the other two species.
Eneysted Physaloptera larvae in Hinulia taeniolatum.
From Mr. Mackerras I have received, recently, a portion of the stomach-
wall of an Hinulia taeniolatum infested with nematode cysts, with the information
that similar cysts were numerous in the mesentery and behind the peritoneum on
the posterior body wall.
The cysts contain larvae which are undoubtedly Physaloptera, and the evi
dence they supply of migratory and cyst-forming habits in this genus of nema-
todes is of great interest and significance.
The portion of the stomach-wall preserved was entirely covered with them,
forty-two occupying an area one centimetre square (Text-fig. 30). Beyond this
area they were more seattered, but were fairly thick all over the stomach. It
was not possible to determine, from a macroscopic examination of the fragment
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 425
of the stomach preserved, whether they were on the outer or inner side of the
wall. But microtome sections, made by Dr. J. R. Dixon, show that they are all
quite external, being situated between the muscle-coat and a thin, transparent
membrane, which is evidently the peritoneum. They are not embedded in the
muscle, but lie loosely on its surface, in depressions which are sometimes deep
enough to displace the muscle fibres (Text-fig. 32). When the peritoneum is
stripped off, they are easily detached intact, each enclosed in a tough, but very
thin, smooth, and semitransparent membrane, within which the coiled nematodes
Figs. 30-38. Eneysted Physaloptera larvae on stomach of. Hinulia taeniolatum.
30. Portion of stomach-wall of host, with Physaloptera cysts (x 7.5); 31. A
single cyst (x 27); 32. Transverse section through cyst, and stomach-wall (x 30);
33. Anterior end of nematode, showing junction of muscular and glandular
oesophagi, nerve-ring, and post-cervical papillae (x 100); 34. Internal view of lip
(x 190); 35. Physaloptera sp. Whole worm uncoiled (x 27); 36. Junction of
oesophagus and intestine (x 100); 37. Female tail (x 100); 38. Male tail (x 100).
he free in a watery medium (Text-fig. 31). The cyst-wall, apparently, has no
connection with the host-tissues. It consists of a thin outer layer of loose cel-
lular tissue, strengthened, internally, by a thicker, denser layer of fibrous material.
426 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, Iv.,
The cysts vary in diameter from 1 to 2.34 mm., and contain from one to seven
worms, which can be removed without difficulty by cutting round the cireum-
ference, and turning the wall back. When more than one is present, the worms
are closely intertwined, in a ball-like mass, but, with a little care, they ean be
separated whole and extended in good condition for microscopic examination
(Text-fig. 35). ;
Their large size is somewhat remarkable. The largest of them attain a length
of nearly 12 mm. and a maximum diameter of .4 mm., but none of them show
any trace of genitalia. Of fifteen larvae, taken from four eysts, the average
length is 7.4 mm., four in one cyst measuring from 6.4 to 7.6 mm., and seven in
another from 6.0 to 8.0 mm. <A difference in the length and shape of the tail
evidently distinguishes the two sexes, the female tail being short, fairly thick and
blunt, the male tail longer, thinner, and sharply pointed. Two of each form were
found in one cyst containing four larvae. :
Examination and measurements of the larvae were made both in glycerine
and alcoholic phenol.
Description.—Physaloptera larvae. Genitalia not developed. Fairly stout
bodied, tapering posteriorly, but not greatly attenuated anteriorly; anterior half
of body broader than posterior half; tail one-fortieth to one-thirtieth of body-
length, longer, narrower and more sharply pointed in the male than in the
female, the average lengths in the two sexes being 240 and 176 » (Text-figs. 37,
38). Cuticle clear and delicate, body very transparent, oesophagus very heavy
and dark in contrast; transverse striation very fine. Cephahe collarette and alae
well developed. Labial papillae large; external median tooth truncated at tip,
and slightly notehed; only one lateral tooth on each side, slender, needle-like; no
internal dentieular border (Text-fig. 34). Museular oesophagus about one-
seventh to one-eighth of total length of oesophagus, narrower and clearer than
glandular oesophagus, a well marked line dividing the two. The anterior part
of muscular oesophagus distinetly different in strueture from the posterior part.
Nerve-ring surrounding it very close to the junction with glandular oesophagus.
Post-cervical papillae about 80 behind the junction (Text-fig. 33). Short, dark,
granular bodies on each side of the oesophagus, anteriorly, not reaching to the
level of the nerve-ring, apparently cervical glands. Total length of oesophagus
one-fourth to one-fifth of body-lengtk in the smaller larvae, slightly less in the
larger specimens. Base of oesophagus inserted well into lumen of intestine
(Text-fig. 36). Intestine narrow, thin-walled, delicate.
Measurements of one example.—Total length, 7.6 mm.; maximum diameter,
256 »; diameter at base of collarette, 148 1; at anus, 112. Tail, 240 yw. Distance
from cephalic extremity of nerve-ring, 203 1; post-cervical papillae, 333 p. Length
of buceal cavity, 37 4; of muscular oesophagus 208 1; total length of oesophagus,
1.63 mm. Width of muscular oesophagus, 62; of glandular oesophagus, 129 p.
Host.—Lygosoma (Hinulia) taeniolatum White. | Location—Body cavity.
Locality.—‘Castle Rock,” Middle Harbour, Sydney.
Collected by Miss Baneroft and Mr. Mackerras, 14/9/21.
The host formed one of three examples of this species examined at the same
time, by Miss Bancroft and Mr. Mackerras for internal parasites. No nematodes
were found in the others.
These encysted larvae are clearly distinct from the Physaloptera sp., deseribed
above, from Lygosoma entrecasteauxii. The absence of genitalia in eneysted
specimens much larger than that specimen, in which the female genital system
is well developed, shows that they belong to a much larger species. In addition,
the shape of the body is different. In the specimen from L. entrecasteauaii it is
BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 427
not attenuated in the posterior half, as it is in the eneysted larvae, and it is
altogether stouter and more opaque. The oesophagus is also somewhat thicker
and the denticular formation is quite different.
Only one other record exists of a Physaloptera from any species of Lygosoma.,
This was listed by Dr. T. H. Johnston as Physaloptera sp., from Lygosoma
(Hinulia) tenue, duodenum, Millfield, N.S.W. The record is not accompanied by
a description, so that it is impossible to compare Dr. Johnston’s specimen with
these eneysted larvae.
Collections of internal parasites were made by Dr. Cleland from three
species, Lygosoma (Liolepisma) entrecasteauaxii, Lygosoma (Hinulia) taeniolatum,
and Lygosoma (Hemiergis) descresiense, and Dr. Johnston’s lists contain single
records from three species, but, with the exception of the specimens already
noted, none of these relate to Physaloptera.
There is no indication that nematode cysts have ever before been observed
in this or any other Australian lizard genus, but, apparently, very few examples
have been searched, and it is possible that when lizards are examined in much
greater numbers, Physaloptera larvae in an encysted condition will be found to
be not uncommon. ;
Note (added 30th September, 1922)—Since the above was written, Mr.
Mackerras has found a solitary cyst of the same character, embedded subperi-
toneally on the stomach-wall of another example of Lygosoma (Hinulia) taenio-
latum. The cyst contained a single specimen of a Physaloptera larva exactly
similar to those described here. It was removed from the cyst while still alive,
and fixed in hot 70% alcohol im well extended condition. It is a large, well-
preserved specimen, a little over 12 mm. long. No other cysts, nor any free
nematodes were found in this host-specimen, although a thorough search was
made.
List of lizard-hosts referred to in Parts 3 and 4 of Physaloptera notes, with
the helminth parasites recorded from them.
Gymnodactylus platurus Shaw Physaloptera banerofti Irwin-Smith,
Pharyngodon sp.
Lialis burtonii Gray Physaloptera sp. (larvae).
Lygosoma (Hinulia) taeniolatum White Physaloptera sp. (eneysted larvae).
Lygosoma (Liolepisma) entrecasteauzii Oxyuris sp., Physaloptera sp., Rictularia
disparilis Trwin-Smith.
Tiliqua occipitalis Gray _Physaloptera antarctica Linstow.
Tiliqua scincoides White Physaloptera antarctica var. typica Lin-
stow, and var. lata Irwin-Smith.
Varanus varius Physaloptera .antarctica var. typica Lin-
stow, Physaloptera clelandi Irwin-
Smith, Filaria sp., . Echinorhynchus
sp., P. tidswelli (Cestode).
In conclusion, I wish to make grateful acknowledgment of the assistance
received in the preparation of this series of Physaloptera studies: to Miss Chase
and students of the Zoology Dept. of the University of Sydney, Professor J. B.
Cleland, Miss M. J. Bancroft, and Mr. I. M. Mackerras for providing the material,
to Dr. J. R. Dixon for the preparation of sections, and to Mr. J. R. Kinghorn.
of the Australian Museum, for supplying me with information relating to the
hosts and for the selection of the proper host-names.
428
THE OCCURRENCE OF OIL-GLANDS IN THE BARKS OF CERTAIN
EUCALYPTS.
By M. B. Wetcu, B.Se., A.I.C., Economie Botanist, Technological Museum.
(Plates xlviil.-xlix. )
{Read 27th September, 1922.]
The occurrence of secretory glands containing an essential oil in the leaves
of plants is typical of a number of Natural Orders, particularly in the Myrtaceae
and Rutaceae. In the case of the barks, however, oil glands are comparatively
rare and Solereder (1908) records them in his generalisation only in the Samy-
daceae and Myrtaceae. Under the Myrtaceae, however, Solereder states, ‘The
improbable statement of Moller’s (Rindenanatomie, pp. 344-347) as to the oe-
currence of resin spaces in the secondary bast in Eucalyptus viminalis and E.
Stuartiana, ¥.v.M. requires re-examination. According’ to Moller spherical (0.12
mm. diameter) apparently lysigenous resin spaces occur in the first named
species.” Unfortunately a copy of Moller’s work is not available for reference,
but under E. viminalis, Mueller (1879-84) gives “an abridged translation” from
it, which reads as follows:—‘“The periderm contains rows of almost cubic partially
unilateral-sclerotie cork-cellules, and reaches quite to the bast; the latter is
scalariform-laminated through isolated or not far extending plates of fibre-bundles ;
the fibres of the bast are about 0.03 mm. broad, and accompanied by chambered
fibres (Kammer-Fasern), which contain prismatie crystals, similar to those oc-
curring in the bast of elms, and such erystals are scattered also through the soft
bast; the latter consists of small cellules, is thin-walled and beset with roundish
Kino-spots; the sieve-tubules (Sieb-Rohren) have the narrow perforated plates
numerously ladder-like arranged (Stein-Zellen) ; the medullary rays are one- or
two-rowed, are never sclerotic and contain, no erystals.”
It will be noticed that in this translation no mention is made of “resin-
spaces” and the nearest approach to them is found in the words “roundish Kino-
spots.” Mueller makes no mention of the bark anatomy under E. Stuartiana, as
apparently that portion of the Eucalyptographia was completed before 1882, the
date when Médller’s Rindenanatomie was published. In spite of Solereder’s
doubts as to the ecrrectness of M@ller’s work, the presence of an essential oil
in the barks of certain Eucalypts ean no longer be disputed.
In 1898 Baker (1898, p. 166) obtained an essential oil from a steam dis-
tillation of the bark of H. Bridgesiana and later H. G. Smith (1916, p. 177)
eave an analysis of the oi) obtained in a similar manner from the bark of EZ.
Macarthuri. In Eucalyptographia, under FE. pulverulenta, Mueller mentions that
this tree is sometimes known as “Turpentine” on aceount of the “peculiar some-
what terebinthine odour’ in the bark. This reference is evidently in connection
BY M. B. WELCH. 429
with E. cinerea, which was then synonymised under the small slender bush EZ.
pulverulenta. J. H. Maiden (1921, p. 101) mentions the fact that “the inner
bark of FE. acaciaeformis has a distinet odour of turpentine” and that “the bark
of old trees of EH. aggregata contains essential oil.”
Frequent references have also been made by many botanical workers to the
fact that both E. Bridgesiama and EF. Macarthuri possess a bark containing oil
but, apart from Moller, no record has so far been met with as to a similar oc-
currence in EH. viminalis and EF. Stuartiana. It was at first thought that Méller
may have been working on material of H. Bridgesiana and E. Macarthuri, as
between these four species there has been a certain amount of confusion in the
past. For example, H. Stwartiana has had a particularly chequered career and
its botanical history is somewhat complex. Numerous attempts have been made
to prove that H. Bridgesiana R. T. Baker, a Woollybutt with a soft fibrous bark,
iS Synonymous with HF. Stuartiana F.v.M., “Apple” of Victoria, a tree with a
reddish “Stringybark.” There is, in fact, little in common between the barks
and timbers of the two species. Again Bentham (1866) places Woolls’s specimens
labelled Camden Woollybutt, now EH. Macarthuri, under HE. viminalis, though the
barks of the two trees are also dissimilar. According to Deane and Maiden
(1899) in their original description of H. Macarthuri, the Camden Woollybutt of
Bentham is identical with their species.
It was therefore thought probable that in view of the relationship, in nomen-
clature at any rate, of the present day E. Bridgesiana and E. Macarthuri, with.
the older #. viminalis and EH. Stuartiana, that the former species were the ones
which Moller had used, particularly since no subsequent Australian writer has
confirmed his work. An examination was therefore made of a number of
Eucalyptus barks and, not only are there definite oil-glands in the secondary
bast of certain species, but they occur also in the two species on which Moller
worked.
This investigation shows that oil-glands oceur in the following species :—H.
acaciaeformis Deane & Maiden, FE. aggregata Deane & Maiden, H. angophoroides
Baker, F#. Bridgesiana Baker, E. cinerea F.v.M., E. elaeophora F.v.M., E. Gullicki
Baker, E. Macarthuri Deane & Maiden, FH. maculosa Baker, FE. nova-anglica
Deane & Maiden, E. pulverulenta Sims., E. rubida Deane & Maiden, EF. Smithii
Baker, E. Stuartiana F.v.M., and H#. viminalis Labill.
A large number of the species have been examined with negative results,
and it is evident that Eucalypts with bark oil-glands are the exception rather
than the rule.
Bark specimens of the following Eucalyptus species showed no evidence of
oil-glands :—E. acmenioides Schau., E. albens Miq., HE. Behriana F.v.M., E. bicolor
Cunn., E. Boormani Deane & Maiden, E. Bosistoana F.v.M., E. botryoides Sm,
E. calycogona Turez., E. camphora Baker, EB. Cannoni Baker, E. corymbosa Sm.,
E. crebra F.v.M., E. Dawsoni Baker, E. dealbata Cunn., E. dives Schau., E. fas-
ciculosa F.v.M., E. fastigata Deane & Maiden, E. Fletcheri Baker, E. fraxinoides
Deane & Maiden, E. globulus Labill., E. haemastoma Sm., E. haemastoma Sm\
var. micrantha Benth., E. hemilampra F.v.M., E. hemiphloia F.v.M., E. longifolia
Link et.Otto, E. Maideni F.v.M., E. melliodora Cunn., E. microtheca F.v.M.,
E. Nepeanensis Baker & Smith, EF. oreades Baker, E. ovalifolia Baker, E. palu-
dosa Baker, E. paniculata Sm., E. patentinervis Baker, E. pilularis Sm., LE.
piperita Sm., E. polyanthemos Schau., E. populifolia Hook., E. punctata De C.,
E. radiata Sieb., E. regnans F.v.M., E. resinifera Sm., E. Rossii Baker & Smith,
E. rostrata Schlecht., E. saligna Sm., BE. Sieberiana F.v.M., E. squamosa Deane
& Maiden, FE. tesselaris F.v.M., E. vitrea Baker, and HE. Woollsiana Baker.
430 OIL-GLANDS IN THE BARKS OF CERTAIN EUCALYPTS,
Although these glands are only of specific importance, yet they are valuable
taxonomically in the particular species in which they occur and, since the second-
ary development can usually be recognised in small stems such as are commonly
found among herbarium material, their presence may be used as an aid to
identification. j
Most of the detailed investigation of the bark oil-glands was carried out on
E. Macarthuri, as their arrangement and distribution in this case is apparently
typical of the other species.
In almost all Eucalypts which have been examined in this work, oil-glands
are a common feature in the cortical tissues of the young stems, especially before
the development of the periderm. In the young stems the glands are close to
the epidermis, but, although they are often numerous, there is apparently no in-
erease in their number and, even in the more mature stems, they still form a
ring in the cortex. There is also no sign of glands in the secondary phloem
and they may be regarded as purely cortical in their origin and distribution. In
the barks of older trees there is also no trace of glands and naturally the original
cortical glands have long since ceased to function.
In E. Macarthuri, however, an examination of the “bark” of a twig an inch
in diameter, or of the bark of a tree several feet in diameter, shows an enormous
increase in the number of glands, and it is evident that their development must
be of a secondary character. In tracing this secondary increase, an examination
was first made of the young twigs of #. Macarthuri about 1.0 mm. in diameter.
In many cases no oil-glands were found at all, in a few sections (Pl. xlviii., fig.
1) glands 0.10 mm. to 0.15 mm. in diameter were present in the cortex, flattened
with the longer axis tangentially directed, and close to the epidermal layer. The
phellogen was not continuous, but along portion of the stem showed the early
cells of the periderm, though the epidermal layer had not yet broken away.
The two oil-glands seen in the figure correspond in mode of occurrence and
position with those commonly found in the cortical tissues of young Eucalyptus
stems, as already pointed out. The outer limit of the primary phloem is limited
by a broken ring of small groups of mechanical fibres, as pointed out by Solereder
(1908) as a characteristic of the Myrtaceae. Shghtly thicker stems, about 2.0
mm. in diameter, showed no oil-glands in the cortex in the particular sections
examined, though it is evident that some must occur. At this stage, however,
there is apparently no increase in their number, although the epidermis had
commenced to strip off—a result of the outward pressure of the periderm. The
phloem was about 0.25 mm. in thickness. In stems 6.0 mm. in diameter, several
glands were found measuring .09 mm. x 0.45 mm., almost on the border-line be-
tween the phloem and the cortex. They were few in number and in many cases
were found to occupy a position in the medullary rays. A few are evidently
secondary in character. The periderm was about 0.075 mm. in thickness, the
secondary phloem 0.70 mm., the cortex 0.10 mm.
A section of a 6 mm. stem (PI. xlvili., fig. 2) is shown in which there is
almost an entire absence of oil-glands, though two are seen in the top corners of
the illustration. It is apparent that very little secondary development has yet
oceurred, since these glands are probably of a primary character and correspond
in origin with those in Plate xlviii., fig. 1. Slightly older stems, with a thickness
of almost 10 mm., showed numerous oil-glands in section. These were flattened,
with the longer axis tangentially directed, the larger ones being within 0.3 mm.
of the outer periderm layers, the latter being quite thin (0.075 mm.), and show-
ing signs of flaking off. The glands were often 0.22 mm. x 0.10 mm. in size.
Numerous somewhat smaller glands were also found towards the periphery,
a M. B. WELCH. 431
averaging about 0.12 mm. in length, and all showing the characteristic tangential
flattening. The total thickness from cambium and phellogen averaged 1.5 mm.
The glands are distributed usually along the broader medullary rays, the smaller
cavities beg nearer the cambium. Glands measuring up to 0.12 mm. in diameter
were found within 0.45 mm. of the cambium, and at a distance of 2 mm. from
the latter averaged 0.015 mm. in size.
Towards the cortex the smaller medullary rays become irregular and bent,
losing their characteristic straightness. The medullary rays usually consist of a
single row of cells, in transverse section, and seldom broaden out until at least
half way to the cortex. Wherever the oil-glands occur the parenchymatous cells
of the ray have their longer axes directed tangentially, and the gland is situated
in the fan-hke area formed by the widening at that point. In many eases the
ray is again contracted to a single row of cells. Plate xlvili., fig. 3, shows a
transverse section of a 10 mm. stem in which the distribution of the oil-glands
in the medullary rays-is apparent. There are numerous rhicmbohedval crystals
(presumably calcium oxalate) distributed throughout the phloem, sometimes ar-
ranged in concentric rings, and numerous small areas of immature bast-fibres are
developing. The oil-glands are always surrounded with several rows of paren-
chymatous cells and, in the more mature cavities, are found the remains of what
are apparently disintegrated epithelial layers.
In a transverse section of the bark which, even in very young stems, flakes
off in thin layers, it is evident that the meristematic cells are cutting off, on the
outside, absciss-layers of usually a single row of thin-walled unsuberised cells
separating the zones of one, two or three layers of normal cork-cells. The
thickness of the persistent corky tissue is surprisingly small, usually only a few
cells in thickness even in the smaller branches. It is, however, a common oc-
currence to find evidence of the development of a new phellogen nearer the cam-
bium and by the development of the periderm the outer tissues, including oil-
glands, are cut off from the inner portion and eventually thrown off.
A transverse section of a 16 mm. stem (PI. xlvii., fig. 4), as would be ex-
pected, shows a much greater development of the secondary oil-glands.
These are often in contact and are, as usual, flattened so that their tan-
gential and vertical axes are greatest.
A portion of the phloem and cortical tissues of a 45 mm. stem is shown in
transverse section in Plate xlviii., fig. 5. The enormous development of the oil-
glands in the secondary bast is apparent, and they are distributed chiefly in the
broader fan-shaped rays though glands are seen to occur also in the smaller rays.
Glands measuring 0.23 mm. and 0.11 mm. are common. The total width of the
secondary phloem is 3.5 mm. It is evident that the glands are not developed,
except at some distance from the cambium, and by far the greater development
and number occur in the outer half of the secondary tissues.
In radial section (Pl. xlviii., fig. 6), the glands are found to be approximately
circular in section and it is evident that there is no trace of elongation into any-
thing resembling a duct. The glands occur in irregular groupings, often two or
more in contact. The loose parenchymatous tissue in which they occur is i-
regularly divided by bast-fibres and parenchyma-elements of the secondary phloem,
since, as has been pointed out, the medullary rays are bent from their usual
radial direction in this region.
Tt will be seen from the section that towards the phellogen the glands are
comparatively small, reaching their maximum size nearer the cambium. The
great increase in the number of glands in the cortical tissues, as well as in the
fan-shaped medullary rays, indicates that they are developed in any position,
432 OIL-GLANDS IN THE BARKS OF CRRTAIN EUCALYPTS,
evidently by the repeated division of certain meristematic cells and the subsequent
enlarging of the cavity, forming several rows of narrow cells round the periphery.
The development of the gland is probably the same as occurs in the leaf
oil-ducts, where the early stages are schizogenous, subsequently becoming lysigen-
ous, the mature cavity being therefore schizo-lysigenous. No very definite
examples of the very early stages in development were found, however, though
the subsequent disintegration of the innermost cell-layers may be observed in
older glands.
The bark of the mature tree EH. Macarthuri is typically that of a Woollybutt,
ie., the outer portion is fairly compact, short-fibred and grey in colour, with
numerous interlacing ridges, in fact close in texture to the “Boxes” The outer
fibrous portion consists of dead tissue, but a short distance from the exterior the
periderm cells are living and the odour of geranyl acetate is very distinct as soon
as the bark is cut. On a tree about two feet in diameter the bark examined was
13 inches in thickness. Ouil-glands were found right up to the dry outer surface,
the contents being bright yellow to brown in colour; towards the cambium the
oil-glands were lighter in colour. Plate xlix., fig. 7 shows a transverse section
of the bark near the exterior, the tissue consisting entirely of secondary phloem.
The oil-glands are numerous, usually 0.10—0.15 mm. in diameter, and occur in
areas of thin-walled tissue, either isolated or in groups. The medullary rays,
usually only a single row of cells in width, are often forced to one side by the
glands. The cells immediately surrounding the cavity are narrow and similar to
those found surrounding the leaf oil-glands. In EF. Macarthuri the zones of bast-
fibres are irregular in size and distribution, and numerous single fibres are
found. Plate xlix., fig. 8 shows a section of a portion of the bark about 10 mm.
from the cambium. It is evident that there are no glands whatever in this part,
the larger cells seen in section being the sieve tubes. A section taken about 15
mm. from the cambium shows the first stages in the development of the glands
in a position in close proximity to the medullary rays.
In Plate xlix., fig. 9, a tangential section near the outer portion of the bark
(4—10 mm. from the exterior), it is seen that the glands are largely distributed
throughout broad bands of thin-walled parenchymatous tissue, corresponding in
position to a broad medullary ray, which is crossed by interlacing bast-fibres.
Although in this species there is a tendeney for the oil-glands to be arranged in
this radial manner, in some Kuealypts the distribution is more even. throughout
the secondary phloem tissues, whilst in EH. Smithii, as pointed out later on, the
glands are arranged in zones which have the broader axes directed tangentially.
In radial section (PI. xlix., fig. 10) the relationship between the smaller cells of
the numerous medullary rays and the loose thin-walled tissue in which the glands
are usually found, is evident.
Nature of Oil-Gland Contents.
In small twigs of EZ. Macarthuri the contents of the oil-glands are soluble in
80—90% alcohol, are granular and light yellow in colour, or almost colourless.
In a stem of about 45 mm. in diameter the contents of the innermost glands are
soluble in 90% alcohol; towards the outer portion of the bark, however, the
contents are darker in colour and more insoluble, even 100% aleohol having no
effect in many cases. In the mature bark about 40 mm. in thickness, a similar
state of affairs is found. Within a distance of 10 mm. from the outside, the
gland contents are as a rule quite insoluble in 100% aleohol and are dark yellow
in colour. In the next section (from 10 mm.—20 mm.) the contents are partly
BY M. B. WELCH. 433
insoluble, becoming less so towards the cambium, with a gradual lightening in
colour. From 20 mm. to 30 mm. there are comparatively few glands and the
contents are readily soluble, whilst in the inner portion (30—40 mm.) glands are
practically non-existent. The odour of geranyl acetate, though pronounced in the
outer portion, cannot be detected in the inner section. The outer yellow con-
tents are insoluble in glacial acetie acid, ether, chloroform, ete. On leaving
sections in glacial acetic acid for 48 hours there was a lightening in colour, but
the contents were otherwise apparently quite unaffected. It is apparent, there-
fore, that there is a decided alteration in the contents of the oil-glands in the
outer portion of the bark, even in those of comparatively small branches. This 1s
evidently due to alteration of the oil to bodies of a resinous nature. Alkannin in
50% aleohol gave a definite colouration for oil in the interivr glands. There
was no indication of tannin in the glands, though ferric chloride gave a definite
reaction in the neighbouring cells. An examination of the leaf oil-glands showed
the contents to be somewhat sparse, often only a fringe bordering the edge of
the cavity, granular, almost colourless and soluble in 80—90% alcohol, though
leaving a film-like insoluble residue.
The following descriptions deal briefly with the individual species in which
bark oil-glands have been found.
E. acaciaeformis Deane & Maiden. “Black Peppermint.”
A tree with a fibrous bark, sometimes rough and furrowed. Oil-glands are
not numerous, large, measuring up 0.23 mm. in diameter, contents yellow in
colour, less soluble and darker towards the outside. Fibre zones numerous thus
forming the rough persistent outer bark.
E. aggregata Deane & Maiden. “Black Gum,” “Peppermint.”
Bark “Box-like or rather more flaky; between that of a Box and a Stringy-
bark or Woollybutt. . . . . In old trees very thick and containing essential oil”
(original description). Oil-glands fairly numerous, distributed evenly through
the outer portion of secondary phloem, contents almost soluble in 95% aleohol,
darker yellow in colour towards the outside—measuring up to 0.18 mm. in dia-
meter. Fibre zones arranged in concentric rings.
BE. angophoroides Baker. “Apple Tree Box.”
A “tree with a white Box-bark, persistent to the ultimate branches” (orig.
description). Oil-glands large, up to 0.23 mm. in diameter in the material
examined. Contents dark, granular, partially filling cavity, soluble slowly in 100%
aleohol. They are arranged between the groups of fibres, often 8—4 glands oc-
curring in a row. Alkannin gave a very definite reaction. In twigs a few mil-
limetres in diameter the development of secondary glands was evident.
E. Bridgesiana Baker. “Woollybutt” or “Butt Butt.”
“Bark whitish-grey, wrinkled or tessellated, short and brittle in the grain,
not fibrous, almost exactly identical with the Box, L. hemiphloia, when freshly
cut giving out an aroma similar to the ordinary oil obtained from Eucalyptus
leaves” (original description). An examination of the mature bark sections
shows glands measuring up to 0.18 mm., elliptical in cross-section, with the
longer axis directed tangentially. Section near the cambium showed no trace of
glands. Small twigs also showed marked development near the outer portion.
The glands were large, measuring up to .23 mm. in diameter. There is less
434 OIL-GLANDS IN THE BARKS OF CERTAIN EUCALYPTS,
development of the regular fibre zones, these being replaced by more or less
isolated pitted stone-cells.
E. cinerea F.v.M. “Argyle Apple.”
Possesses a thick fibrous stringybark, reddish-brown on trunk and longer limbs
almost to the branchlets. This tree was, by later botanists, confused with BE.
pulverulenta Sims. The inner portion of the bark contains numerous oil-glands, °
the contents being yellow in colour and almost soluble in 100% alcohol. Average
size 0.12 mm. x 0.075 mm. In some eases the glands were not circular or
elliptical in section but rather triangular, rhomboidal or pentagonal, up to 0.20
mm. in diameter. In small twigs oil-glands were also prominent in the secondary
bast.
BE. elaeophora F.v.M. “Bundy or Half Box.”
Has a fibrous bark similar to that of the ‘Boxes,’ more furrowed in old
trees. Ouil-glands numerous, small, up to 0.18 mm., averaging about 0.12 mm.
Contents bright yellow, soluble slowly in 100% alcohol. The fibre zones are
arranged irregularly and are somewhat elliptical in cross-section, thus giving rise’
to the fibrous character towards the outside.
E. Gullicki Baker & Smith. “Blue Mountain Gum.”
Bark usually smooth, mottled grey, resembling H. haemastoma var. micrantha,
but sometimes rough on the lower portion of the trunk. On cutting the bark
the odour of the essential oil is very noticeable, and provides an easy method in
the field of distinguishing this species from the “Scribbly Gum” (H. haemastoma
var. micrantha), the two species often growing together. In section, oil-glands
are very numerous, the contents being light yellow in colour, usually darker to-
wards the outside; and are soluble in 90 to 95% alcohol, leaving a small residue.
The fibre groups are not regularly arranged but, nevertheless, are more con-
centrated into concentric bands (visible macroscopically) from 2—3 mm. apart.
The glands, though numerous, are rather small, measuring up to 0.12 mm, in
diameter.
E. maculosa Baker. “Spotted Gum” or “Brittle Gum.”
A tree with a smooth bark, sometimes rough at the base. Oil-glands dis-
tributed in outer portion of the bark, fibre zones in distinct concentric rings
which are separated by broad zones of thin-walled tissue in which irregular
stone-cells occur. The glands are not particularly numerous, and are small,
averaging about 0.10 mm. in diameter. Contents soluble in 100% alcohol, except
those darker in colour towards the outside.
E. Smithii Baker. “White Top” or “Gully Ash.”
Bark on young trees smooth, but later becoming deeply furrowed as in Z.
Sieberiana, and resembling in appearance that of an Ironbark. Oil-glands are
particularly numerous and large in this species and are as a rule grouped in
large areas of thin-walled parenchymatous tissue, more or less spindle-shaped in
radial section and each area separated from the others by large groups of bast-
fibres. The glands are quite visible with the naked eye and measure up to 0.3
mm. in diameter. The distribution in this species is rather exceptional as the
outer bark is divided into two distinct interlacing tissue zones, with and without
glands. In a portion of the bark of E. Smithii 3 inches (75 mm.) in thickness,
BY M. B. WELCH. 435
glands were seareely evident within a distance of 8 mm. from the cambium.
Towards the outside the loose thin-walled areas become disintegrated, leaving the
more persistent fibre zones and hence producing the decided bark corrugations.
Plate xlix., fig. 11 shows a transverse section of the mature bark of H. Smithii,
about 15 mm. from the cambium. The oil-glands are characteristically prominent.
Crossing the field obliquely are seen numerous narrow medullary rays and usual-
ly at right angles to these are the bands of thin-walled, loosely-arranged paren-
chymatous tissue in whieh the oil-glands occur. The fibre groups are irregularly
arranged and, although to some extent intermingled with the gland-bearing
tissue, the great majority form distinct areas, readily visible with the naked eye,
in which glands do not occur. Tangentially it is possible to obtain large sections
in which there is no trace of the usual elements of the phloem, the entire field
being composed of the loose parenchyma and numerous oil-glands. In radial
section (Pl. xlix., fig. 12) two narrow fibre zones have been eut, between which
is a broad gland-bearing area typieal of the species. The contents of the oil-
glands in the outer ,portion are dark in colour and practically insoluble, whereas
towards the cambium the contents are light yellow and soluble in 90—95%
alcohol.
E. nova-anglica Deane & Maiden. “Black Peppermint.”
Bark straight, semi-persistent on the trunk, ribbony on the branches. Oil-
glands were not numerous in the material examined, e.g., in one area of 32 sq.
mm. only one oil-gland was found. The contents were bright yellow and as a
rule slowly soluble in 100% alcohol. Distinet secondary glands were found in a
twig of herbarium material.
E. pulverulenta Sims.
A shrub with thin weak stems, possessing a smooth bark, tending to flake
off. In section the arrangement of the fibres is very regular. Oil-glands of a
secondary nature were found in stems 7 mm. in diameter, but are not numerous
in this species; sections often failed to show very definite evidence of their
presence.
E. rubida Deane & Maiden. “Candle Bark.”
A tree with a smooth white bark, falling off in ribbons. Oil-glands very few
in the material examined and small (averaging about 0.06 mm. in diameter).
Contents ranging from bright yellow and pale lemon-yellow in colour, almost
soluble in 100% alcohol. The bast fibre zones are very regularly arranged in
rows parallel to the cambium, evidently accounting for the regular clean stripping
of the shed bark and the smoothness of that left behind.
E. Stuartiana F.v.M. “Apple of Victoria.”
Possesses a fibrous bark, which “would allow this species to pass almost as a
Stringybark” (Mueller, 1879-84). Oil-glands are comparatively few in number,
measuring up to 0.15 mm. x 0.10 mm. The bark was not fresh and the contents
of the inner glands were represented by a dark cellular fringe. This became
lighter in colour and went into solution readily in 100% alcohol, leaving only a
small insoluble residue. Small twigs of herbarium material showed undoubted
secondary glands, contents partially filling the cavity. Fresh material also
showed glands with light-coloured contents. There is a tendency to form stone-
cells, irregular in outline.
436 OIL-GLANDS IN THE BARKS OF CERTAIN EUCALYPTS,
E. viminalis Labill. “Manna” or “White Gum.”
Possesses a bark which is typically smooth, decorticating in long strips and
therefore known sometimes as “Ribbony Gum.” At other times it is rough and
persistent on the lower portion of the tree. The oil-glands are, in the older
bark, comparatively small, about 0.11 mm. x 0.09 mm. The bark was not fresh
and the contents had become dark and granular. In 100% alcohol, however,
they went into solution with the exception of a small dark cellular mass.
Alkannin showed numerous small oil droplets but the larger ones were too
dark in colour to stain definitely. In smaller twigs the glands were not numerous
in some of the sections examined. The glands were typically compressed radially
and approach the cambium more closely in the broader medullary rays. The
phellogen evidently develops at a considerable distance below the epidermis, and
subsequently develops at some distance below the abscission layers, thus giving
rise to the process of decortication. The bark thus removed is more or less per-
sistent on the trunk. Fibre zones are arranged comparatively regularly through-
out the secondary bast.
A seedling of H. Macarthuri, 2 feet 6 inches in height, was examined and
oil-glands were found in the outer portion of the stem nodule which was about
1 inch in diameter. The glands were small, and not numerous, averaging 0.07
mm. in diameter, with pale yellow contents. Definite oil-glands were also found
in the phloem of roots 4 mm. in diameter. They were usually small, but measured
up to 0.12 mm. in diameter, and were evidently of a secondary character, as
they were quite numerous and were distributed from the outer limits of the
phloem to the periderm. In roots of only 1 mm. diameter, oil-glands were also
prominent but were not found in roots smaller than this. The odour of geranyl-
acetate was very pronounced when the roots were cut.
A seedling of H#. globulus, a species in which oil-glands do not oceur in the
bark, was also examined. Small oil-glands were found in the cortical tissue of
young stems and several, measuring up to 0.15 mm., occurred in the stem nodule.
No glands were found in the roots.
A seedling of KH. piperita showed the usual cortical oil-glands in the stem
but none were found in the swollen stem base, though they probably occur there,
or in the roots.
The occurrence of oil-glands in the bark, roots, leaves, ete., seems to indicate
that the function is one of protection against insect or fungus attack rather than
as food storage organs or for the reduction of transpiration, as suggested by
Tyndall. Although Euealypts are by no means immune from insect attack,
particularly the leaves in some species, yet this does not rule out the protective
nature of the oil, the bactericidal value of which is well known. If the glands
were used as a storage tissue, then it is evident that by the shedding of the bark
and leaves the plant would lose a considerable amount of valuable reserve
material. In the majority of Euealypts there is an entire absence of what might
be termed a discharge mechanism in connection with the leaf oil-glands and it is
obvious that there can be nothing of this nature in the deep-seated oil-glands of
the secondary phloem of stem and root. For this reason it does not seem possible
that Tyndall’s reduction of transpiration theory can apply in this case, though
he has shown that a medium of an essential oil does absorb radiant heat.
Oil-glands oceur in the great majority of species of Hucalyptus in the cor-
tical tissues of the very young stems before the development of the periderm,
and well developed oil-glands are also found in leaves while less than 1 mm. in
diameter and still in bud. These facts seem to indicate that the presence of the
essential oil is primarily for protective reasons.
BY M. B. WELCH. 437
Although attinities do exist between certain species of Hucalyptus in which
bark oil-glanas occur, there is no general feature which is common to all. There
is a considerable variation in bark, timber, fruits, leaf-venation and constituents
of the essential oil from the leaves, throughout the series.
They cannot be regarded as primitive types and none of them fall into the
Corymbosae group.
Summary.
Oil-glands are typical of the cortical tissues in the young stems of the
majority of species of Hucalyptus, but usually there is no subsequent development
and they soon cease to function.
Oil-glands, however, of a secondary nature are developed to a greater or
less extent in the secondary phloem of stems and roots of certain species of
Eucalyptus, reaching an enormous development in the barks in some types.
The glands are distributed almost uniformly throughout the outer portion
of the secondary phloem in some species; in others they are confined to definite
zones separated by broad bands of phloem elements.
They are never developed in close proximity to the cambium, and in the
bark of mature trees seldom approach within 10 mm. of this inner meristem;
thus, in stripping bark for oil distillation, it would be unnecessary to remove
the innermost layers.
Their development is evidently schizo-lysigenous and the glands are always
found surrounded by loose thin-walled parenchymatous tissue, either in a broad
zone or formed by the spreading out of the medullary ray at that point.
The contents of the glands in twigs and those furthest from the outside
in mature bark are readily soluble in alcohol; towards the outside, however, the
contents become darker in colour and apparently resinous, but are not wholly
soluble in any of the ordinary solvents.
The barks of the various species dealt with show a great variation, from the
smooth-barked “Gums,” through the loose, short-fibred “Peppermints” and “Boxes,”
the long-fibred “Stringybarks,” to the rough, deeply-furrowed types approaching
the “Tronbarks.”
The occurrence of oil-glands in the roots and bark seems to indicate that
they are of a protective nature in the Euealypts rather than a means of reducing
transpiration or as food-storage organs.
In conelusion I should like to express my indebtedness to Mr. J. H. Maiden,
1.8.0., F.R.S., for his evurtesy in allowing me to obtain material of many of the
Eucalypts from the Botanic Gardens. I am also indebted to Mr. R. T. Baker,
Professor Lawson and Dr. MecLuckie for kindly advice and criticism throughout
the work.
List of References.
Baker, R. T., 1898—On two well known but hitherto undescribed species of
Eucalyptus. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 23, pp. 162-171.
BentTuHam, 1866.—Flora Australiensis. Vol. 3.
Deane, H. and Maen, J. H., 1899.—Observations on the Eucalypts of New
South Wales, part 5. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 24, p. 448.
Mammen, J. H., 1921.—Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus. Vol. 6.
Muetter, F. v., 1879-84.—Eucalyptographia.
SMITH, 1B G., 1916.—On the Essential oil from the bark of #. Macarthuri. Proc,
Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 50, p. 177.
SoLereDER, 1908.—Systematic Aneto of the Dicotyledons.
438 OIL-GLANDS IN THE BARKS OF CERTAIN EUCALYPTS.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLVIII—XLIX.
Plate xlviii.
Eucalyptus Macarthuri.
Fig. 1. Transverse section of 1 mm. stem showing two primary oil-glands
in the uppermost cortical region. The epidermis has not yet been removed.
Fig. 2. Transverse section of 6 mm. stem showing the phloem and cortex
above and portion of the xylem below. Two oil-glands are seen at the top, right
and left hand corners, also corresponding in position and size with the primary
oil-glands common in the majority of young Eucalyptus stems. Although there
is a marked increase in the thickness of the secondary phloem, oil-glands are not
yet prominent. The epidermis has been replaced by a narrow periderm layer.
Fig. 3. Transverse section of the phloem and cortical tissues of a 10 mm.
stem, showing an increase in the number of secondary oil-glands. These are scat-
tered throughout the phloem, but occur always in conjunction with the medullary
rays.
Fig. 4. Transverse section of the outer portion of a 16 mm. stem. The great
increase in number and size of the secondary oil-glands is prominent, particularly
towards the outer limit of the phloem fibres. Towards the cambium, smaller
glands are seen in course of development and the widening of the medullary ray
where the gland is incorporated is evident.
Fig. 5. Transverse section of the outer portion of a 45 mm. stem. The maxi-
mum development in size is evidently at some distance below the periderm,
which shows practically no increase in thickness. Towards the cambium, numer-
ous small glands are seen in stages of development.
Fig. 6. Radial longitudinal section of the outer portion of a 45 mm. stem.
The distribution of the glands in relation to the bast fibres is shown. It is evi-
dent that the glands are not elongated but are circular or elliptical in cross
section.
Plate xlix.
Figs. 7-10. Eucalyptus Macarthwri.
Fig. 7. Transverse section of bark or secondary phloem of a mature tree
near the exterior. The oil-glands measuring up to 0.15 mm. in diameter are found
in the loose thin-walled parenchymatous tissue. Parallel to the numerous medul-
lary rays crossing the field from left to right are bast fibre zones. Stone cells
are rare in this species.
Fig. 8. Transverse section of the bark of a mature tree within 10 mm. of
the cambium. There are no oil-glands in this region, the larger cells in section
being the sieve-tubes,
Fig. 9. Longitudinal tangential section of the bark of a mature tree within
10 mm. of the exterior. Two oil-gland zones are seen, crossed by interlacing
bands of one or more bast fibres.
Fig. 10. Radial longitudinal section of the mature bark within 10. mm. of
the exterior. Crossing the field from left to right are the numerous thin-walled
medullary ray cells, the oil-glands showing a comparatively even distribution in
this section.
Figs. 11-12. Eucalyptus Smithii.
Fig. 11. Transverse section of the mature bark passing through an oil-gland
zone. The zones in this species have the broader axis at right angles to the
medullary rays. The glands are especially numerous and large, measuring up to
0.3 mm. in diameter.
Fig. 12. Radial longitudinal section of the mature bark. This shows a large
gland-bearing zone with two smaller bast-fibre zones, giving the appearance of a
typical tangential section. The disintegration of the large area of thin-walled
parenchyma’ in which the glands occur, helps to give rise to the extremely rough
outer bark found in the species.
439
SOME AUSTRALIAN MOTHS FROM LORD HOWE ISLAND.
By A. JErreris Turner, M.D., F.E.S.
[Read 25th October, 1922.]
I have received from the Australian Museum a small parcel of moths taken
by Mr. A. Musgrave on Lord Howe Island in December, 1921. They are:—
Arctiadae.
1. Utetheisa pulchella Lin. One 9. This cannot be distinguished from pul-
chelloides Hmps., which differs only in secondary sexual characters of the d.
Noctuidae.
. Plusia chaleytes Esp. 2.
. Sericea spectans Gn.
. Eumenas salaminia Cram.
. Dichromia quinqualis Wlk. &.
. Hypena masurialis Gn.
. Hypena sp. unidentified, near subvittalis Wilk. One unset example.
“Im or bP & DO
Hypsidae.
8. Nyctemera amica Wlk. 2 ¢ examples.
Geometridae.
9. Xanthorhoe subidaria Gn. 6.
10. Scardamia chrysolina Meyr.
Pyralidae.
11. Macalla concisella Wik. (phoenopasta Turn.) 6 3. 2 8.
12. Hymenia fascialis Cram.
13. Nansinoe pueritia Cram.
Psychidae.
14. Oeceticus elongatus Lewin.
As I have demonstrated (Trans. Roy. Soe. §.A., 1917, p. 53, and 1918, p.
276) Lord Howe Island possesses a truly endemic lepidopterous fauna, but the
endemic species are mostly small and inconspicuous, and probably do not occur
abundantly in the immediate neighbourhood of the settlement. The present in-
440 SOME AUSTRALIAN MOTHS FROM LORD HOWE I.
stalment consists exclusively of Australian species. Numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, and 6
have been previously recorded from the island. The series of Macalla concisella
shows considerable variability and approaches so closely to Australian examples,
which are also variable, that I can no longer regard it as a distinct species.
M. phoenopasta Turn. is only a local race of concisella, distinguished in the 3 sex
by a greater development of coloured scales in the forewing. As a local race it
is truly endemic. The example of Dichromia quinqualis differs from my examples
in the dark colour of the large triangular mark on the forewings being developed
only at its apex. This may be only an individual aberration, but it may point
to the existence of an endemic race. In the two examples previously seen I
made no note on this point, but they may have been in poor condition.
Omitting No. 7, there remain eleven species exactly similar to examples from
the Australian mainland, and the question that interests us is how they got to the
island. Nos. 1, 2, 4, 6, 12, and 13 are very widely distributed and appear to be
well able to cross the seas. Of them Hymenia fascialis is common in gardens on
cucurbitaceous plants, and may have been introduced. Nos. 3, 8, 9, 10, and 14
are purely Australian. One of them, Scardamia chrysolina, is uncommon, re-
corded only from Brisbane and Newcastle. The others are abundant. Sericea
spectans takes shelter, sometimes in large numbers, in caves, hollow trees, and
houses. It may well have travelled in the hold or cabins of a ship. Oeceticus
elongatus is a most unexpected find on an oceanic island. Like all Psychidae,
the 2? is a wingless grub, which never leaves its case. It is conceivable that a d
might be blown overseas, but most unlikely, for it is short-lived, and uses its
powers of flight only for mating. This species must have been artificially intro-
duced in the larval or pupal stage. Their cases are often seen in gardens, and
the transportation of a few young fruit-trees might easily have conveyed them.
I have a strong suspicion that steamer and ship traffic plays an important
part in the introduction of Australian species of lepidoptera into Lord Howe L.,
Norfolk I., and New Zealand.
ad ZO,
n of the, mo’
left +
441
CHEMICAL NOTES.—GENERAL.
By Tuos. STEEL.
(Plate 1.)
[Read 27th September, 1922. ]
1. Some Frerrucinous CONCRETIONS.
CGoncretionary -accumulations, siliceous and ealeareous, are of common oc-
currence and have been frequently described, but similar deposits of a ferruginous
nature are not so frequently met with and I do not recall having noticed any re-
ferences to the chemical examination of such. Two somewhat interesting
examples of this class of concretion have come under my notice.
Ferruginous stalagmites—In a small grotto at Wentworth Falls, N.S. Wales,
near the railway station, known as Fairy Dell, water impregnated with ferrous
carbonate exudes from the sandstone roof and, meeting with atmospheric oxygen,
the ferrous salt is oxidised with liberation of carbon dioxide and deposition of
hydrated ferric oxide. The deposited oxide, together with silica and a little lime
and magnesia as silicates, takes the form of stalactites and stalagmitic masses.
The analysis below gives the composition of the latter. Plate 1., fig. 1, represents
a piece of stalagmite with its smooth outer surface, and fig. 2 the fractured end
exposing the numerous thin layers of which the mass is built up.
Ferruginous Coneretions—At the foot of Cranky’s Creek Falls, a small
waterfall near Fitzroy Falls, N.S. Wales, at a spot where a fairly liberal out-
flow of similar chalybite water occurs, the water forms a shallow pool in which
twigs and other objects, kept in motion by the running water, have become evenly
coated with ferric oxide. Some of the twigs (Pl. 1, fig. 3) look like pieces of
surgical bougies, being smooth and rounded at the ends, while others have ir-
regular outlines due to the shape of the twigs. Fig. 4 represents a twig with a
very uniform thick coating. Outwardly it bears a striking resemblance to a
piece of stick liquorice. The wooden core is hard and stained deep brown and
looks just like a piece of wire. The pieces in fig. 5 are of a similar character to
the last. Fig. 6 is a fruit of Hakea dactyloides. There is also (fig. 7) a piece
of deposit showing a well preserved leaf of another species of Hakea which Mr.
H. Deane considers may be H. saligna. I have to thank Mr. Deane for his
kindness in going to a good deal of trouble to identify these specimens for me.
Owing to the thickness of the deposit on the fruit as figured it was quite im-
442 CHEMICAL NOTES—GENERAL,
possible to state its identity. It was only when Mr. Deane removed the coating
that he was able to make out its true nature. These Cranky’s Creek specimens
were collected and given to me by Mr. J. Turnbull, formerly of Avoca, near the
falls.
Epsomite.—A small cave near the foot of the falls has its floor coated with
a beautiful velvet-like deposit of epsomite (MgSO4+7H20).
“Devil’s Dice.”—From my brother, Mr. F. W. Steel, I have received some
interesting pseudomorphs of iron pyrites. These come from the Talga River, W.
Australia, where they are locally known as “Devil’s Dice.” I have no informa-
tion regarding their origin or mode of occurrence other than that they are found
loose amongst gravel in the bed of the stream. In size they vary from 2 to 8
mm. faces. Analysis is given below. I have deposited all the above described
specimens in the Australian Museum, Sydney.
Siderite—Point Danger, where the dividing line between Queensland and
New South Wales strikes the coast, consists of a bold mass of porphyritie dolerite
capped by a bed of volcanic ash and resting on the upturned edges of (?) Ordo-
vician schist which lies at a high angle, being almost on edge, dipping to the
west and striking almost north and south. The schist is burnt and altered by
contact with the dolerite. Scattered through the dolerite are numerous masses of
a spathie mineral which externally bear a strong resemblance to kidney iron ore
and which on analysis proved to be siderite.
The analyses of the specimens described above are as under.
Stalagmite, Incrustation, ‘Devil's Dice,”
Fairy Dell. Cranky’s Creek Falls. W. Australia.
Ferric oxide (Fe203) .. - 75.45 78.10 81.60
Eimes(Ca@) nae eae 0.15 a —
Magnesia (MgO) bn 0.37 —_ —
Silica (SiOg) Sposa: Saeed 8.51 4.25 8.00
Wiatertratil500 CG earn sont. 7.30 9.75 1.07
Waterss eg ican) rare ae: 8.15 Wao) 9.24
99.93 99.35 99.91
Siderite,
Point Danger.
Rerrousecanbonatem(BeCOs))iaae) cep cce ccm cietins Sel mremierctetenictsictcuite comers 88 .22
Ferric oxide (Fe2O3) .. .. .... 6.53
@alciencarbonater:(CGaG@a)ii renee recizion Chceestoee ctietemiramie viele: oecipeeter neyennere 2.40
Magnesia carbonate (MgCOs) .. 2.50
Silicam(Si@>) em sag cutee iaeer: 0.40
100.05
TT. Cora ume, Fit.
The natives of Fiji make use of a paste of coral lime and water which they
smear through their hair for the purpose of cleansing and bleaching it. The
paste is rubbed well into the hair which is then plastered onto the top of the
head, the native going about for a day or so and then washing the lime out, the
hair being then plentifully anointed with coco-nut oil. The hair which is
naturally dark in colour becomes by this treatment of a tawny-brown tint.
The lime is prepared by burning coral in wood fires.
The analysis shows decarbonation to have been very ‘imperfect, but if the
burning were more perfect the product would have a destructive effect on the
hair and skin.
BY T. STEEL. 443
Lime (CaO) . A erates tthe regret 21 Wai SUI FA Ra ORE 12.07
Carbonate of lime (CaCOs3) Si ONION DLS. SCC Mt miei Bin ioe 71.08
Sulphate of lime (CaSO4) ay igha Neg erase dcr i bas = a califica: Teh a eR a 9d 1.05
Carbonate of magnesia (MgCO3) Rane SIE el EERIE ae is USD 3t. Trace
Alumina and iron oxide Gees and Fe2O3) CREAR CNT eon ae 0.80
Sodiumpchioridey (NaCl) ieee, Ue ier me inretu ota lure ace yiann 2.06
Phosphoric oxide (20s) BS eh Prem oy ol, sees GS fa RU ree MI aR ech Trace
Silica (Si@5) eee Bae Lbs NRCG eT MMR RE sok rel eis: cs eh eee 0.35
WHEMES? ob ba oe SRE RAPA 1s a ap eat SPIER RE 9 on et a Ee ROR ae 12.35
100.00
TIT. Sweni or Henrx aspera.
In Australia the shells of this common introduced European garden snail
are notably smaller and thinner than is the case under the more rigorous con-
ditions of their native habitat. So far as I have observed in various parts of
Australia and about Auckland, New Zealand, the prevailing type of shell agrees
precisely with the form described as H. aspera var. tenuior Shuttl (J. W.
Taylor, Monog. Land and Fresh Water Mollusea of British Isles. Part xxiii.
Helicidae).
Not having seen any account of the composition of the shell, I made an
examination of examples collected near Sydney. Incidentally it was noticed that
when pulverised in the mortar the shells were exceedingly hard and tough and
difficult to reduce to a fine powder. Incineration in the course of the analysis
had to be conducted very slowly and cautiously owing to the persistent decrepi-
tation, even when finely powdered. Before grinding, the shells were well washed
and thoroughly air-dried.
The figures obtained by analysis were :—
Lime (CaO) .. . .. +- 54,00: ‘Calcic ‘carbonate (CaCO3) .. .. 91.45
Phosphoric oxide (POs in .. ecg-- 0-04 Calcic phosphate (CagP2QOs)... .. 0,09
Carbon dioxide re .. «. «- . 40.24 Lime in organic combination ... 2.74
Silica (SiO) .. .. MCLs pares eee Ola OMB S111 CaWerauenitcec os, etme a teresa ren gO TO,
Conchiolinay macy concise on OOM CONCHIOlIN gy aveseiics: ven nites sens OU
WIA tery seis nacbiaclstsy ower tes cecu OhOshhavater, 0.62
100.00 100.00
*Containing nitrogen .. .. .. .. 0.45
The organic constituent consists of conchiolin, a substance allied to chitin
(Watts’ Dict. Chem., i., 1879, p. 1107; also J. A. Thomson. Outlines of Zoology,
1892, p. 301).
Examination of the results in the first column shows that part of the lime
is in organic combination, the caleulated figures being given in the second column.
It was a matter of surprise to me to find that the shell contained so small
a proportion of the organic constituent.
Analyses of the shells of some marine mollusea, Crania, Terebratulina and
Waldheimia by F. Kunckell (Jour. Chem. Soe. Abs., ii., 1899, p. 313) show
results of a similar general character as regards caleic carbonate and organic
matter, but differing in the presence of magnesia and calcic sulphate which were
absent from the shells of H. aspera.
IV. Urinary SECRETION OF Birps AND REPTILES.
Most people have noticed the white calcareous-looking deposit on the excreta
of fowls. Popularly this is commonly supposed to consist of excess lime not re-
444 CHEMICAL NOTES—GENERAL,
quired for shell-making purposes. As a matter of fact it contains no lime, but
consists almost entirely of minute crystalline spheroids of a mixture of ammonium
urate and uric acid, constituting the urinary secretion of the fowl. The same
applies to the similar secretion of other birds and is particularly noticeable in
predatory species, such as hawks and eagles, and in marine birds. The white
splashes dropped by birds and commonly seen on the ground, on fences, leaves,
ete., are the same. In many birds and most reptiles the undigested residues of
the food are regurgitated, the excrement consisting of white urinary secretion
mixed with small amounts of other substances. This is particularly noticeable in
the excreta of snakes, which have for many years been recognised as consisting
practically entirely of uric acid or ammonium urate. The pellets of fur, bones
and debris of insects so frequently noticed on stumps, fences, etc., in the country,
are ejected by birds of different sorts, notably the “laughing jackass,’ while the
similar ejectamenta of frogs and lizards are common in the haunts of these
animals.
The kidneys of birds and reptiles consist of dark brown irregular lobulated
structures closely pressed into the space on either side of the vertebral column
at the rump. They can be easily examined in the common fowl. The ureters
enter the cloaca near the vent, the urinary secretion being a white pasty or semi-
liquid mass. As the secretion from the kidneys is continuous, the deposit ac-
cumulates in the cloaca until pushed out in front of the mass of ordinary exere-
ment in the ease of the fowl, and forms the white cap so prominent on the excreta
of brooding fowls which only make occasional evacuations.
The analysis of the urinary secretion of the fowl, below, was made on care-
fully selected material pure white in colour.
Through the courtesy of Mr. A. S. le Souef, I was enabled to examine the
excreta of the ostrich and a number of reptiles living in the Zoological Gardens,
Sydney. In all cases the sand is an accidental admixture derived from that
passing through the digestive tract.
Urinary: Secretions. (Calculated to dryness.)
Commcn Fowl. 9 Python Moloch Varanus
1 2 Oia variegata. horridus. varius.
Ammonium urate * .. 36.1 38.1 — 15.2 oo —
Wricsacidirc) sen eeu 51.1 51.3 46.8 77.0 96.5 18.4
Other organic matter 2.5 heal 9.4 1a¢/ = 9.7
(ASH Ee ares aentabots 10.0 9.1 2.4 p25 — 19.0
Sand 0:3 0.4 41.4 0.6 — 52.9
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 — 100.0
— oe =
Water in air dried material 7.8 8.0 6.8 9.0 — 9.2
*Contgining Ammonia 3-32 3.50 — 1.40 — —
Total Uric acid . 83.9 85.9 46.8 90.8 96.5 18.4
The secretion from Moloch horridus was in the form of beautiful glistening
white crystals; only a very small sample was available. In three of the samples
the quantity available was insufficient for determination of ammonia.
IT am indebted to Mr. W. M. Doherty for kindly confirming the ammonia
determinations for me.
V. Fruit or Banana.
I am only aware of two published analyses of the fruit of the banana or
plantain. In Fiji, November, 1885, I examined the husked ripe fruit, ripened on
the tree.
BY T. STEEL. 445
H. Prinsen-Geerligs (Jour. Soc. Chem, Ind., 16, 1897, p- 939) gives an
analysis made in Java of a plantain. E. Leuscher (Jour. Chem. Soe., 1902, Abs.
i, p. 421) that of a ripe banana, husks removed. The abstract does not give
loeality. The results are as under:—
T. Steel. Prinsen-Geerligs. Leuscher.
Fiji. Java. —
CanekSugariery- cml unt eel. 5.65 13.68 15.83
Dextrose .. eo soit 4.72 Fa
Levulose .. Folio cece koe, 18.64 3.61 | 9.70
MotaleSugangieren seni cimcee. 24.29 22.01 25.53
Water eter cis , 4 71.64 ) = 67.10
I found pongideratly more fruit sugar and less cane sugar than is reported
in the other analyses, so that evidently this fruit varies considerably in ecomposi-
tion; the degree of ripeness may have to do with this. In addition to the other
sugars, Leuscher records the presence of 0.95% dextrin; I did not find any of
this substance present in my sample.
VI. “MILK” or Unripe Cocoa-Nuts.
In December, 1885, when resident in Fiji, I made a chemical examination of
several samples of the “milk” of green cocoa-nuts at the stage when used for
drinking. The native name of this stage is “bu’’ (pronounced “mbu”) though
they are commonly referred to as “niu” which is really the name of the tree. The
Fijians recognise by different names eight stages in ripeness of the nuts.
Van Slyde (Amer. Chem. Journ., 13, 1891, p. 130) gives analyses of six
unripe samples, the average of which is stated below along with my Fiji
analyses.
Van Slyde. T. Steel.
Cae See
Average. 1 2. Bh
Canetsugarjracenucde versus Trace 0.61 0.53
Idee EE Go go gol be oc 3.97 3.47 4.82 4.58
Proteinwanditat) sche) se. le 0.25 0.32 0.86
PASI trata Uebalifiste Dunsyaen staytltars 0.62 0.59 0.48
WWiaterinerineuui coh creuieradeerey tele 95.01 93.66 93.55
99.85 100.00 100.00
ISD i Grauet dine cares Peers 1.0227 1.0249 1.0250 1.0255
It will be notiesd that Van Slyde only records traces of cane sugar as being
present. In an analysis of “milk” of a ripe cocoa-nut in the same paper, he
shows traces only of fruit sugar and 4.42 of cane sugar. In my analysis the
cane sugar was determined by Clerget double reading on the saccharometer and
checked by copper titre after inversion. The water in my samples was ascertained
by. drying by the paper roll method and is in extremely close agreement with
that corresponding to the Sp. Gr. for solutions of sugar. In Van Slyde’s analyses
the water is in each ease too high for the Sp. Gr., by this standard, being 0.76
per cent. high on the average. This perhaps indicates that there may have been
over-estimation of water and that about the same amount of cane sugar as I
found may have been really present.
VII. Oxauic Acip In Punts.
Sinee the publication of my paper, “The Occurrence of Calcium oxalate in
Acacia Cambagev’”’ (Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xlvi., 1921, p. 256), I have
446 : CHEMICAL NOTES—GENERAL,
noticed a very interesting early paper on the presence of this acid in a fungus.
In 1804, Dr. Robert Scott of Dublin contributed (Trans. Linn. Soe. London,
1804, p. 262) a paper describing the crystallization of oxalic acid on the sur-
face of a dried specimen of Boletus sulphureus. He describes the efflorescence as
consisting of needle-like crystals of the free acid mixed with a small proportion
combined with “vegetable fixed alkali.’ This would be potash.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.
Fig. 1. Stalagmitic ferruginous deposit. Fairy Dell.
Fig. 2. The same, end view.
Fig. 8. Twigs with ferruginous coating. Cranky’s Creek Falls.
Fig. 4. Thickly coated twig, broken to show core and structure. Cranky’s
Creek Falls.
Fig. 5. Similarly coated twigs. Cranky’s Creek Falls.
Fig. 6. Fruit of Hakea dactyloides, thickly coated. Partly stripped. Cranky’s
Creek Falls.
Fig. 7. Leaf, probably A. saligna. Cranky’s Creek Falls.
(All figures x 4/5.)
447
MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND.
No. 9. Orruoprera, AND ADDITIONS TO THE PROTORTHOPTERA, ODONATA,
: HEMIPTERA AND PLANIPENNIA.
By R. J. Tiutyarp, M.A., Se.D. (Cantab.), D.Se. (Sydney), C.M.Z.S., F.L.S.,
F.E.S., Entomologist and Chief of the Biological Department, Cawthron Institute,
Nelson, N.Z.
(Plates li.-lii.; Text-figs. 72-89.)
[Read 25th October, 1922.]
The present paper completes the study of the Ipswich Upper Triassic fossils
sent to me by Mr. B. Dunstan, Chief Government Geologist of Queensland, with
the sole exception of the Coleoptera, which Mr. Dunstan himself is dealing with.
In it no less than twenty species are dealt with, of which sixteen are described
as new, while ten new genera are proposed for their reception. The species
dealt with belong to the Orders Protorthoptera, Orthoptera, Odonata, Hemiptera
(both Homoptera and Heteroptera) and Neuroptera Planipennia. A number of
the fossils are shown enlarged on Plates li.-liii., which have been reproduced from
photographs taken by Mr. W. C. Davies, Curator of the Cawthron Institute, to
whom my best thanks are due. I also desire to thank Mr. F. Muir, the well
known Homopterist of Honolulu, for valuable criticisms of my former publica-
tions on fossil Homoptera, as a result of which I have attempted some regroup-
ing of the families represented in the Upper Trias.
Order PROTORTHOPTERA.
Family MESORTHOPTERIDAE.
Mesorthopteron locustoides, Tillyard, Mesozoic and Tertiary Insects of
Queensland and N.S.W., Queensland Geol. Survey, Publ. No. 253, 1916, p. 14,
Plate 2, figs. 3—6.
The types of this species are Specimens No. 5a and 5b in the Queensland
Geol. Survey Collection at Brisbane. The fragment 5c, though originally figured
(Le., Plate 1, fig. 4) as belonging to this species, can now be proved not to
belong to it at all. The wing shown on Plate 1, fig. 5 of the same paper (Speci-
men No. 4), which was originally indicated as doubtfully belonging to this
species, has now been shown, by further study and comparison with other
fossils, to be the somewhat badly preserved tegmen of a Homopteron, Mesociaiodes
brachyclada, n.sp., described in this paper.
Since the type was described, a number of fragments of this species have
been discovered at Ipswich, together with one more complete specimen showing
448 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, 1X.,
a large portion of the wing. Taken together, they enable us to complete the
restoration of the wing, the only parts not found upon one or other of the
fragments being a portion of the distal area below the apex, together with the
apical border itself, part of the distal branching of the cubitus, and the actual
outline of the anal border. A study of all the specimens discovered shows that
the original interpretation of the venation given by me was incorrect. A new
definition of the family and genus is here given :—
Family Mesorthopteridae: Large Protorthopterous insects having rather long
wings, well rounded at the apex, and carrying numerous main veins separated
everywhere by a complete archedictyon or original meshwork of irregular poly-
gonal cellules, as shown in Plate li, fig. 26. Costal space with many oblique
veinlets. Se a strongly formed vein. R strongly formed, with the origin of Rs
placed far from base. M a weak vein fused with R basally and diverging only
slightly from it. Cua very strongly formed vein, giving off a series of numerous
anterior branches. Anal area rather narrow.
Genus MESORTHOPTERON Till. (Plate li, fig. 26; Text-fig. 72.)
Large insects having the forewing somewhat longer and narrower than the
hind. Se long, reaching to about one-fifth from apex, and with the subcostal
veinlets evenly spaced and mostly unbranched. Ri branching apically so as to
fill the space between end of Se and apex of wing. Rs with few branches, all
running to margin around apex. Mi+2 with few branches, M3+4 a weak furrow
vein without any branches at all. Main stem of Cui giving off anteriorly a series
ef about six anterior branches, very regularly arranged, most of which fork
dichotomically before reaching the margin; the branches of this vein supply a
space reaching from just below the apex right round to half-way along the pos-
terior margin. Cuz a weak, straight, furrow vein, ending up somewhat before
half-way along the posterior margin. Apparently only two anal veins, the first
running parallel to Cuz just below it, and probably branched distally, the second
somewhat curved, with a number of descending branchlets. In the costal and
anal areas the archedictyon is much denser than on the rest of the wing, being
formed of a very large number of very irregular cellules; in the rest of: the
wing, it consists chiefly of two rows of polygonal cells lying between each
consecutive pair of longitudinal veins.
Genotype, Mesorthopteron locustoides Till.
The genus remains monotypic, and can be recognised at once by the extra-
ordinary manner of branching of Cui, which, as far as I know, is unique within
the Class Insecta. Small fragments of the wings of this insect are frequently
met with at Ipswich, and can always be recognised by the very characteristic
archedictyon.
MESORTHOPTERON LOcUSTOIDES Till. (Plate li, fig. 26; Text-fig. 72.)
The restoration of this fine wing, given in Text-fig. 72, is based chiefly upon
Specimen No. 258), a large fragment of a forewing, showing almost the whole
of the costal margin (except the apical and basal portions), and portions of all
the veins down to within a short distance of the posterior margin; the latter,
together with the anal area, is absent. Total length of fragment, 22.5 mm., from
which the measurements of the complete forewing may be estimated to be about
35 mm. long by 15 mm. wide.
The other fragments studied in making the restoration were the following :—
Specimen No. 72 a-b: a small piece, showing portion of the anal veins and
Cue.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 449
Specimen No. 75: a fragment showing basal portions of Cui, Cuz and
nearly all the anal veins.
Specimen No. 78a-b: portions of Cur and Cuz, showing branches of the
former.
Text-fig. 72.— Mesorthopteron locustoides Till. Restoration of forewing, with archedictyon
omitted (see Plate li., fig. 26.) (x 4).
Specimen No. 123: anal veins, basal part of Cuz and portion of branches
of Cui.
Specimen No. 224: two fragments on one small piece of rock; one shows a
piece of Se with costal area, the other portions of the branches of Cui.
Specimen No. 234: ends of Se and R, with branches around apex.
Specimen No. 241b: Se and the costal area practically complete from base
to near apex, also distal portion of R.
Type, Specimens No. 5a, 5b, in Coll. Queerisland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Heautotypes used in restoring the wing are the specimens mentioned above.
This inseet is clearly an arehaie type persisting from the Upper Carboni-
ferous Protorthoptera, and appears to have its nearest relatives in the Pro-
totettigidae of the Middle Upper Carboniferous of Saarbriicken.
Specimens No. 100 and 162a are fragments of Protorthopterous wings not
belonging to the genus Mesorthopteron, and distinguished from it by the fainter
and more regular archedictyon and the very strong veins. They probably belong
to the genus Notoblattites Till., but there is not enough of the wing preserved to
allow of a definite placing and naming’ of the specimens.
Order ORTHOPTERA.
Fanuly TRIASSOMANTIDAKE, n.fam.
Insects of rather small size, in which the forewing is of the general plan
shown in recent Mantidae, but with the venation of a more archaic type. Se
short, ending up little beyond half-way along the costa, and thus leaving a long
pterostigmatic area between itself and Ri. Rs arising nearer to base than in any
known Mantoid types, and dividing dichotomically into two parallel branches.
M a single vein to beyond middle of wing, dividing into two main branches
beyond the level of the end of Se. (Clavus and most of Cu missing).
This family appears to come fairly close to the Liassic Geinitziidae of
Europe, but is more archaic in possessing a much longer Rs, which is dicho-
450 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, ix.,
tomically forked. The small bark-haunting Perlamantinae, well represented in
Australia to-day, are perhaps the direct descendants of this family.
Genus TRIASSOMANTIS, n.g. (Plate li., fig. 27; Text-fig. 73.)
Characters as given for the family, with the following additions :—Costal
and pterostigmatie veinlets, and all series of cross-veins, fairly abundant, oblique
and parallel to one another. Se and Ri both turn fairly sharply upwards to
end on the costal margin. Res runs quite straight to a point a little above the
apex, and gives off a strong anterior distal branch (Re) below the end of Rui,
together with a set of shorter distal branchlets anteriorly at the end of Rs.
R45 also runs quite straight below and parallel to Re,3, and gives off Ra as a
close parallel branch above Rs; the latter continues the line of R4,5 and ends
up at the apex of the wing, which is well rounded. M_ slightly curved down-
wards near middle of wing; both its main branches give off somewhat irregular
posterior branches with small terminal forks. Part of Cui preserved distally
as a straight vein having a small terminal fork.
Genotype, Triassomantis pygmaeus, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.).
TRIASSOMANTIS PYGMAEUS, n.sp. (Plate li, fig. 27; Text-fig. 73.)
This species is represented by a rather faint impression of a left forewing,
complete except for the loss of the clavus and most of the cubitus. Total length,
Sc
LL LE ES
ESS PLL LLL LEAL dna vise
i Pema Se
Text-fig. 73.—Triassomantis pygmaeus, n.g. et sp. Restoration of forewing with apex
to right (see Plate li., fig. 27.) (x 11).
Text-fig. 74.—Triassolocusta leptoptera, n.g. et sp. Restoration of forewing (see Plate
li., fig. 28.) (x 5.4).
10 mm. Greatest breadth, 2.8 mm. The costal veinlets are numerous and more
closely spaced than the cross-veins in the rest of the wing. The elongated ptero-
stigma carries eleven veinlets spaced about the same distance apart as the eross-
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 451
veins in the radial and median areas below them. ‘The number and position of
the terminal branches of Rs and M may also be considered as specifie characters ;
R3 has four closely placed anterior branchlets, while Mi,2 and Ms,4 both run
straight to the wing margin, giving off only posterior branches as shown in Text-
fig. 73. Mi, 2 converges towards Rs from below.
Type, Specimen No. 86a, in Coll. Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
The size of this wing appears to indicate a small insect, not unlike the
present day Perlamantinae, and possibly of somewhat similar habits. The re-
storation of the missing parts of the wing, in Text-fig. 73, is made on the sup-
position that the missing portion of the venation was on the Perlamantine plan.
Family LOCUSTOPSIDAE.
This family was formed by Handlirsch to inelude a number of Liassie and
Upper Jurassic Locustoid insects allied to the Eleanidae, but differing from
them in having M branched instead of simple, Se much longer, and Cu not
fused basally with M. The fossil from the Upper Trias of Ipswich, which I
here place under this family, agrees with the Locustopsidae in all characters
except only the short Se, a character which I do not consider of sufficient im-
portance to justify the making of a new family to contain it. The definition
of the family Loeustopsidae will therefore need emending as regards the length
of Se, which may be either short or long. These insects appear to have been
slender, voiceless Locustoids, having very long and slender antennae, and with
the long, slender hind-legs not armed with spines.
Genus TRIASSOLOCUSTA, ng. (Plate li, fig. 28; Text-fig. 74.)
Insects of moderate size, with forewing very long and narrow. Se ending
up before half-way along costal margin, and provided with a shorter anterior
branch. Rs arising somewhat before half-way along the wing, with four distinct
and well-spaced branches arranged in pectinate series. M branching into three
near level of origin of Rs; the most posterior of these three branches, M34, forks
again distally. First fork of Cu placed well away from base, at about one-
fourth of the wing-length. Cui arching somewhat flatly upwards, connected with
M above by an oblique vein (Ms), and forked distally. Cuz short, straight,
ending up very close to Cui. (Clavus missing).
Genotype, Triassolocusta leptoptera, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich).
TRIASSOLOCUSTA LEPTOPTERA, n.sp. (Plate li., fig. 28; Text-fig. 74.)
Total length, 21 mm., greatest breadth (at about one-fifth from apex), 4
mm. The specimen is a very clear impression of a right forewing, complete
except for the loss of the very narrow clavus and slight damage to the basal
portion of the costal margin. Veinlets and cross-veins are only faintly pre-
served, and are mostly omitted from Text-fig. 74. Se gives off an anterior branch
Sci, quite close to the base; this branch has about four faint oblique cross-veins
below it, and is separated from the end of the main stem of Se by two oblique
veinlets. From a little before the level of the end of Se, R begins to give off
anterior veinlets running very obliquely to the costal margin. There are three
of these, the last being at the level of the origin of Rs. Next comes a fairly
long anterior branch, running at a very slight angle to Ri itself, and carrying
on it four or five shorter anterior veinlets. Beyond this branch lies a series of
pterostigmatie veinlets, eight in number, less obliquely placed. R1 itself ends
452 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, ixX.,
up not much before the apex of the wing. Rs has, besides the series of four
pectinate branches already mentioned in the generic definition, a set of four ter-
minal twigs arranged as shown in Text-fig. 74; the branch next below these ends
exactly at the apex of the wing. The ecross-venation in the spaces between the
branches of Rs and M distally is a fine polygonal meshwork, two cells thick
within each successive space, the borders of the cells making a slightly irregular
line, dividing each space longitudinally about midway. Portions of these are
indicated by dotted lines in Text-fig. 74.
Type, Specimen No. 99, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
In Text-fig. 74, the clavus has been restored on the lines shown in the genus
Locustopsis Handl., with only two anal veins.
Order ODONATA.
Suborder Archizygoptera.
Family MESOPHLEBIIDAE.
Further study of the genus Mesophlebia (Tillyard, 1916, p. 24) has con-
vinced me that it does not belong to the Anisoptera, but to Handlirsch’s Sub-
order Anisozygoptera, to which also most of the known Liassic Dragonflies be-
long. It seems best to treat it for the present as representative of a new family
Mesophlebiidae, which shows some affinity with the Liassie Heterophlebiidae.
The exact relationships of the new family cannot be accurately determined until
the basal half of the wing is discovered.
MESOPHLEBIA ANTINODALIS Tull. (Plate li., fig. 30; Text-fig. 75.)
Tillyard, Mesozoic and Tertiary Insects of Queensland and New South Wales,
Qld. Geol. Survey, Publ. No. 253, 1916, p. 24.
Specimen 127a represents a fairly well preserved portion of a right forewing
of this species, comprising the whole of the costal margin from somewhat before
the nodus to a little beyond the pterostigma, and including the subnodus and all
branches of M except Ma, of which only a very small portion is preserved. The
nodus is incomplete basally by the loss of the costal margin, though Se is com-
plete. ‘The pterostigma is complete and remarkably well preserved.
Total length of fragment, 28 mm. Distance from nodus to beginning of
pterostigma, 12° mm. Length of pterostigma, 3.6 mm. The approximate total
length of the wing must have been about 40 mm. By comparison with the type
specimen, the present wing is found to be somewhat narrower in comparison with
its length, and may therefore be considered as a forewing, the type specimen
representing a hindwing. ‘he pterostigma, however, is longer than in the type
(3.6 mm. as against 2.8 mm.) which is a somewhat anomalous condition. Number
of postnodals five, as ‘nu type. Pterostigma slightly wider basally than distally.
slightly shorter along costa than along R, and strongly thickened along R. No
brace-vein below pterostigma. A strong, oblique subnodus between R
and Mi 2, strutted below, between Mi,2 and Ms, by a much longer oblique
cross-vein running in the opposite direction, at right angles to subnodus. Mi
curving upwards so as to come to lie close under pterostigma, as in the type.
Structure of Mia and Me very closely similar to type, but the broadened space
between Mi and M14 below distal half of pterostigma carried definitely two rows
of eellules. A weak oblique vein indicated between Mz and Ms, far from level
of nodus, and a similar but longer oblique vein below it, between Ms and Ms.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 453
Distad from level of nodus, M4 arches rather sharply downwards away from
Ms, as also in type.
The differences to be noted between the new specimen and the type consist
in the presence of a definite subnodus normally placed, the absence of the weak
pterostigmatie brace-vein shown in the type, the longer pterostigma, and the
double row of cellules distally below the pterostigma. As the type was not very
well preserved in places, it is possible that these differences may not really
have been as great as they appear, e.g., the apparent brace-vein in the type may
be only very slightly different from the normal cross-vein of the present specimen.
Se
H,: Ce
Oly
u,
Text-fig. 75.—Mesophlebia antinodalis Till. Heautotype. (see Plate lii.,
fig. 80.) (x 3.5). Convex veins marked +, concave veins —.
Text-fig. 76.—Triassophlebia stigmatica, n.g. et sp. Fragment of wing.
(x 5). Convex veins marked +, concave veins —.
while the subnodus may be present in the type, but indistinct, and the same may
be true of the double row of cellules below the pterostigma. I have therefore
decided not to give the new fossil a separate specific name, but to include it in the
species M. antinodalis Till., allowing a certain amount of variability in the length
of the pterostigma in this species, and in one or two other characters. It is a
great pity that this second fossil shows practically the same portions of the wing
preserved as in the type, while the important region of arculus and discoidal
cell still remains undiscovered.
Type, Specimen No. 3a, and Type-Counterpart Spee. No. 3b. Heautotype,
Specimen No. 127a. All in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
454 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, ix.,
Genus TRIASSOPHLEBIA, ng. (Text-fig. 76.)
Pterostigma elongated, about twice as long as in Mesophlebia. Postnodals
numerous and close together. Mi only slightly converging towards R beneath
distal end of pterostigma. Mia and Me very much as in Mesophlebia, but Mia
definitely arising from Me. Supplementary sectors present distally between M1
and M14, also between Mia and Me. Ms running very close below Me at level
of origin of Mia, as in Mesophlebia, but no oblique vein visible between Mz and
Ms. ‘lwo rows of cellules present distally between M2 and Ms. Mg lies further
away from Ms than in Mesophlebia, with two rows of cellules between them at
the level of the origin of M14, increasing to three and then to four rows distally.
Ma not arching strongly downwards away from M3. (Rest of wing not pre-
served).
Genotype, Triassophlebia stigmatica, nsp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswieh,
Q.).
This new genus, may be placed provisionally within the Mesophlebiidae, pend-
ing the discovery of more complete material.
TRIASSOPHLEBIA STIGMATICA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 76.)
Total length of fragment, about 14 mm., probably representing a total wing-
length of at least 40 mm. Number of postnodals preserved or partially pre-
served, eight, indicating a total of about twelve. Pterostigma covering about
nine or ten cellules. R somewhat thickened below pterostigma, but not so strongly
as in Mesophlebia antinodalis. Mia arises from Me as a well defined vein,
strongly convex, well before the level of the pterostigma, and continues strongly
to below the middle of the latter, when it becomes slightly kinked in one or two
places, as shown in Text-fig. 76. Supplementary sector above Mia preceded by
three irregularly divided cellules; that below Mia is a straight sector from its
very beginning, preceded by a single row of cellules. Me arising from M as a
strongly diverging vein which almost at once approaches Ms very closely, being
separated from it only by a single row of very narrow cellules; further distad,
below the level of the pterostigma, these two veins diverge somewhat, and. are
separated by two rows of cellules. The portion of Ms preserved runs sub-
parallel to Ms, and is separated from it mostly by two rows of cellules, increas-
ing to three or four rows of smaller cellules distally. Only a small portion of
Ma is preserved, diverging slightly from Ms, and separated from it by a single
row of celluies.
Type, Specimen No. 82a in Coll. Queensland Geological Survey, Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
Suborder Anisozygoptera.
Family TRIASSAGRIONIDAH, n.fam.
Se greatly shortened, ending up at less than one-fourth of the wing-length.
Probably only two antenodals present. No definite nodus formed. Postnodals
numerous. A true pterostigma present. Base of wing petiolate, very narrow.
M fused with R basally, diverging very gently from it at the arculus, which is
incomplete posteriorly. No true discoidal cell present. At the areulus M
divides into Mi-3 and M4; the former is a strong coneaye vein, running below
and sub-parallel to Ri, and giving off (a) the common stem of M3 and Ms, and
(b) at about twice as far from the areulus, the stem of Me. Me arises from
M1 a little before half-way along the wing, arching strongly downwards, and
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 455
soon dividing into two strong branches, which diverge at a sharp angle; the
upper branch, Maa, runs straight along the wing to end up just below the apex,
close to Mia, which is a long sector formed between Mi and Me; the lower
branch, M2, runs obliquely just above Ms. The common stem of Ms and M3
soon divides at a very acute angle into Ms, which runs straight on, obliquely
across the wing, and Mg, which arches so as to end up about half-way along
the posterior border, far from Ms, but very close to Ma. Mag is a slightly arched,
unbranched, convex vein, rather weakly formed distally. The cubitus is a simple,
coneave vein, corresponding with Cui of recent Odonata, slightly curved below
the areulus, and then running almost straight on to end up at about the middle
of the posterior border, a little before M4. Anal crossing present as a weak
cubito-anal veinlet, situated at the end of the petiole, and marking the origin
of 1A from Cu; 1A itself runs between Cu and the posterior border, and ends
up not far from Cu. Both Cu and 1A become weak and somewhat zig-zagged
distally.
Handlirsch formed the new Suborder Archizygoptera to include the single
peculiar and highly problematical genus Protomyrmeleon Geinitz, represented by
a single species, P. brunonis Geinitz, from the Upper Lias of Dobbertin in Meck-
lenburg. This fossil was placed by him in the family Protomyrmeleontidae, the
only family of the Suborder. The present fossil agrees with Protomyrmeleon in
the very striking characters of the shortened Se, unformed nodus, peculiar deve-
loptient of Mia, two-branched Mz and simple eubitus, but appears to differ in
the bas: not being petiolate, M arising separate from R, so that no areulus is
formed, separation of the base of Ms from Ms, and entire absence of 1A. (It
should be noted that Handlirsch’s naming of all the veins after M1 is incorrect,
his Me being actually Mia; his Rs, M2,; his Ms, Ma,; his Ma, Ms; and his Cui, Cuz
and 1A being Ms, Ms and Cu respectively). It would appear highly probable
that the true base of Protomyrmeleon has not been preserved, including the
petiole (if present), the portion of M fused with R, and the true areulus. This
misled Handlirsch in naming the vems. As drawn by him in Plate xlii., fig. 14
of his Atlas to “Die Fossilen Insekten,” there is, in any case, no true 1A in this
genus.
Genus TRIASSAGRION, ng. (Plate li, fig. 31; Text-fig. 77.)
To the characters given for the family we may add the following for the
genus :—Postnodals about twenty-four, the basal ones mostly continuous with the
eross-veins below them, the distal ones not so. Pterostigma short, about twice as
long as wide. Ri, Mi, Mia and Me, all ending up close together at or near apex
of wing. Mia arises as a weak zig-zag vein from near base of Ms, and runs
very close above Me at first, but gradually diverges until, below the pterostigma,
it runs as a straight vein about half-way between Mi and Ma. The wide tri-
angular spaces between the two branches of Me and also between Ms and Ms
are filled with irregular cellules, without any supplements. Only one row of
cellules between 1A and the posterior border of the wing.
Genotype, Triassagrion australiense, nsp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich,
Q.).
It is useless to try to compare this genus closely with any existing Zygoptera,
owing to the great difference in the structure of the arculus, the entire absence
of the discoidal cell, the primitive condition of Cu and 1A, and the branched econ-
dition of Mz. I would, however, call attention to certain resemblances which it
bears to the forewing of the genus Chorismagrion Morton. This latter genus,
found in North Queensland at the present day, has the arculus open basally in ff.
456 . MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, ix.,
the forewing; Se is very short; Mi-3 gives off the common stem of Mg and Ms
at the subnodus, and Me far beyond it, with Mia forming a well developed vein
between Mi and Mz; Cu, except for current usage, might well be interpreted as
a simple vein, 1A arising separately out of the posterior margin just beyond the
end of the petiole, and connected with Cu above it by the anal crossing. Again,
if we look at the genus Hemiphlebia, which also has the arculus incomplete
basally in the forewing, we see that the same interpretation of Cu and 1A is
the obvious one, and that 1A actually arises from the cubito-anal veinlet as it
does in Triassagrion, with a small cross-vein connecting it with the end of the
petiole as in that genus. This latter character, being unique in present-day
Zygoptera, is a very significant one. I therefore suggest the probability of our
modern Zygoptera having arisen from some such form as T'riassagrion by the
following changes :-—
(1) Formation of a complete nodus by strengthening of the subnodal cross-
veins between end of Se and R, and between R and M1-3.
(2) Formation of the strong distal side of the still open discoidal cell, by
change of direction of the first cross-vein between M4 and Cu.
(3) A further bending of Cu below arculus, correlated with (2).
(4) Cross-vein situated below distal angle of discoidal cell becomes strong
and oblique, and, in the nymphal wing, carries a trachea which captures 1A and
attaches it to Cu.
(5) Shortening and simplification of Mia.
(6) Reduction of Me to a simple vein.
(7) Approximation of Ms towards Ms.
Definite proof of the origin of modern Zygoptera from such a type as
Triassagrion cannot be given with the present state of our knowledge. It is
more probable that a considerable number of archaic types ancestral to various
groups of the true Zygoptera were already in existence in the Upper Trias.
One, indeed, we already know in the genus Triassolestes, related to Epiophlebia.
We can only add that the recent studies of Professor C. H. Kennedy on the
penes of Zygoptera strongly indicate the probability of forms such as Hemi-
phlebia and the Megapodagrionidae being the oldest existing Zygoptera, and
that this result, startling as it appears to be, would be quite in harmony with
the evidence of our Upper Triassic fossils.
TRIASSAGRION AUSTRALIENSE, nsp. (Plate li, fig. 31; Text-fig. 77.)
An almost complete wing, probably a forewing. Total length, 21 mm;
Greatest breadth, 4.5 mm. The wing is the reverse of a left wing, as is shown
by Ri being concave and Mi convex in the impression.
The wing is complete except for the following missing parts:—Portions of
the costal area broken away (a) before the end of Se, (b) in two places between
Se and pterostigma, the second of these being a deep triangular break reaching
across Ri, as shown in Plate lit, fig. 31, and (c) from pterostigma to near apex;
in this last case, the two posterior angles of the pterostigma are visible, and
also the whole of the straight and slightly thickened base along Rui, so that the
stigma itself can easily be restored in its entirety. The basal piece of Cu up
to beginning of arculus is very faintly preserved, and has been restored back-
wards to base, in Text-fig. 77, along the line faintly indicated in the fossil. The
posterior margin of the petiole is absent, but a clear indication of the cubito-
anal crossing and the beginning of 1A below it can be seen; most of the course
of 1A is very faint indeed. Between the origins of Ms and Me, the wing has
become slightly buckled by lying above a hard, convex object, probably a fruit
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 457
or cone of some plant, and this has also caused the transverse tear, which
can be seen across veins M4 and Cui in Plate lii., fig. 31, somewhat anterior to
this point, and is indicated by the dark shadow. The distal halves of M4 and
Cui are thus shifted upwards out of their proper levels, and at the same time
Sea
aoege
pee aaeTalnael
CTR pee
(7 As
neeeeanteee
Text-fig. 77.—Triassagrion australiense, n.g. et sp.. Restoration of wing. (see Plate
lii., fig. 31.) (x 6.3). Convex veins marked +, concave veins —.
it is probable that, by slight longitudinal rucking, the veins Ms, Ms and Me2
have got pushed together more closely, near their origins, than would be the
ease if the wing were lying flat. The correct positions of these last three veins
cannot be exactly restored; but, in the case of M4 and Cu, the former being
convex and the latter concave, it is easy to pick up their broken courses, and
to restore them as in Text-fig. 77.
Plate lu., fig. 31 shows this fossil wing with the light so arranged that the
main veins are well shown up; consequently, the cross-veins are not well shown,
being mostly at right angles to the main veins. Under a moderate power, how-
ever, every single cross-vein of this wing can be seen, though they are all of
very fine calibre. The only parts which cannot be restored with absolute cer-
tainty are those where there has been a break or rucking. In this connection,
I desire to emphasize the following points :—
(1) In the restoration, the origins and basal portions of M3, Ms and Me
are probably crowded a little too closely together, owing to the rucking already
mentioned.
(2) It is not absolutely certain that there are only two antenodals; there
may be another one closer to the distal end of Se.
(3) Cu, being a coneave vein, is raised up in this reverse impression, and
its basal piece, within the petiole, has the actual impression of the vein removed,
as often along a ridge; its course, however, seems fairly well indicated, and it
is restored in its normal position for Zygoptera.
(4) The posterior border of the petiole is also missing. But the anal
crossing, Ac, can be seen, with faint indications of the origin of 1A below it.
The restoration is given in the only possible way in which these remnants can
be made to fit into the wing-scheme, but must not be taken as being absolutely
accurate.
(5) The breaks along the costa have been filled in by completing the series
of postnodals, and by continuing the oblique sides of the pterostigma upwards
from the preserved posterior portion along Ri. As this vein can be seen to be
strongly thickened below the pterostigma, the assumption that the latter was
well chitinised is, I think, justified.
458 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, 1%.,
The importance of this wing in the study of Odonate phylogeny seems to
me to be so great that it is essential that all doubtful points in the restoration
of the wing should be fully emphasized.
Type, Specimen 290a (reverse), in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Bris-
bane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
Order HEMIPTERA.
Suborder Homoptera.
Since the publication of Nos. 7 and 8 of this series of papers, a considerable
number of tegmina have been oa to me from the Ipswich fossil beds. It is
now apparent that, next to the Coleoptera, the Homoptera were the dominant
Order in the Upper Trias of Ipswich. We now know enough to attempt a
review of the whole position of the Suborder at that period; the difficulty is not
so much lack of knowledge of the Triassic forms, as the still fluctuating and
uncertain schemes of classification of recent Auchenorrhyncha, particularly in the
Superfamily Fulgoroidea. Mr. F. Muir, the well-known authority on these in-
sects, has recently taken considerable interest in the fossil discoveries at Belmont
and Ipswich; and he writes to me that, in his opinion, the Suborder Palaeohemi-
ptera of Handlirsch does not exist, as the two genera still included in it (Prosbole
Handl. and Mitchellonewra Till.) may reasonably be considered as archaic Ful-
goroids of the family Tropiduchidae, the connection beg furnished by the evi-
dence of the venation of the South American genus Alcestis.: Accepting this
view, it becomes evident at once that the tegmina placed in this paper under the
genus Mesodiphthera are even more typically Tropiduchid than those already
mentioned. I therefore have no hesitation in removing them from the Seytinop-
teridae and placing them in the Tropiduchidae. Mr. Muir is also of opinion that
the forms placed by me in the subfamily Mesocixiinae of the Seytinopteridae are
true Cixiidae, a conclusion which seems reasonable when we consider that this
family stands morphologically at the very root of the Fulgoroidea. I shall there-
fore remove the genera Mesocixius Till., Triassocixius Tul. and Mesocixiodes, n.g.
to the family Cixiidae. The Ipsviciidae may also be considered to be a specia-
lised family of Fulgoroidea, and are almost the only Triassic forms in which the
evolution of the anal Y-vein on the clavus can be seen to have begun.
This leaves in the Scytinopteridae the Upper Triassic genera Mesoscytina
Till., Triassoscarta Till. and Chiliocycla Till. To these will be here added the
two new genera Apheloscyta and Polycytella, the former allied to Scytinoptera
Handl. and the latter to Chikocycla. It is possible that the two genera Chilio-
cycla and Polycytella may prove to be Membracids of a primitive type; but until
we can discover the eclavus of Chiliocycla, so as to determine the course of 1A, it
will be best to leave them in the Seytinopteridae.
The other families of Auchenorrhyncha represented in the Upper Triassic
of Ipswich are the Mesogereonidae, ancestral to the Cicadidae, and the Cicadel-
lidae or Jassidae. No further examples of these are dealt with in this paper.
Family SCYTINOPTERIDAE.
Genus APHELOSCYTA,a.g. (Plate liii., fig. 33; Text-fig. 78.)
Alhed to Scytinoptera Hand]. from the Upper Permian of Russia, but
differing from it in having Rs coming off from R quite close to the apex of the
wing, whereas Rs arises about half-way along R in Scytinoptera. Vein M, which
———— ——————
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 459
is quite straight in Scytinoptera, is bent sharply into a very noticeable bay or
hollow, coneave to the costal margin, a little beyond the middle of the wing, in
the new genus. Terminal branchings of M and Cui two each, connected by a
single cross-vein much as in Scytinoptera, but Ms,4 and Cui, lie closer together.
Clavus (missing in Seytinoptera) of fairly typical Scytinopterid type, but 2A
19 "Se =
Text-fig. 78.—Apheloscyta mesocampta, n.g. et sp. Tegmen. (see Plate liii.,
fig. 33.) (x 10.3).
Text-fig. 79.—Chiliocycla scolopoides Till. Restoration of tegmen from type
and heautotype, with tuberculation omitted. (x 11.7). (see
Plate lili., fig. 37.)
les very close to the basal posterior margin, and appears also to run close along-
side the distal posterior margin of the clayus, thus showing a yery early stage
in the evolution of the true claval Y-vein found in the Fulgoroidea. Shape of
wing somewhat different from that of Scytinoptera, the costal area being about
equally wide throughout, and the apex much less broadly rounded.
Genotype, Apheloscyta mesocampta, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich).
APHELOSCYTA MESOCAMPTA, n.sp. (Plate li., fig. 33; Text-fig. 78.)
Total length, 10 mm.; greatest breadth, 3.5 mm.
A complete tegmen, except for slight damage at the base of the clavus and
also at end of Ri; of tough consistency, strongly granulated all over. All the
main veins clearly marked, but the distal branchings somewhat fainter. The im-
460 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, ix.,
pression is that of a left tegmen, of which both obverse and reverse are pre-
served; the latter is the better impression of the two.
Type, Specimen No. 98a (reverse) in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey,
Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
Genus CHILIOGYCLA Till.
Tillyard, Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xliv., pt. 4, 1919 (1920), p. 868.
Genotype, Chiliocycla scolopoides Till. (l.c., p. 869).
CHILIOCYCLA scoLoPoIpES Till. (Plate li, fig. 37; Text-fig. 79.)
Specimen No. 327a is a second example of this interesting tegmen, more com-
plete basally than the type, but with the clavus missing, and the sculpture much
more poorly preserved. Combining the two tegmina, it is possible to offer a. re-
construction of the tegmen as shown in Text-fig. 79, the very strong sculpture of
flat circular tubercles, covering all except the distal end of the tegmen, being
omitted. The new specimen shows very clearly the excessively strongly built
costal border basally, and the short Se connecting with it. The restoration of the
elavus is purely provisional.
Types: Holotype, Specimen No. 158a; heautotype, Spec. No. 327a, in Coll.
Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
Genus PoLycyTELLA, ng. (Plate liii., fig. 36.)
Tegmen of rather long, narrow shape, strongly sculptured all over with a
meshwork of raised polygonal cellules, somewhat resembling the flattened tubercles
of Chihocycla, but placed more closely together. Only four main veins between
the costa and the vena dividens, viz., Se, R, M and Cur. These radiate out from
near the base of the wing, and run almost straight to the wing-margin, without
any branches. Se very short; R ends up about half-way along the curved costal
margin, M near apex, and Cui well below apex. Cuz (vena dividens) runs
straight to a little beyond half-way along posterior margin of wing. Clavus
(partially missing) apparently rather narrow, the courses of the anal veins not
preserved.
Genotype, Polycytella triassica, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich).
POLYCYTELLA TRIASSICA, n.sp. (Plate liii., fig. 36.)
Total length of fragment, 7.5 mm., representing a tegmen of about 8.5 mm.
in length. The costal margin is not very well preserved, except at the extreme
base, where there may also be seen a short, slender vein, probably a much short-
ened Se, separated from the costa by a single row of cellules. Between Se and
R there are three rows of cellules, somewhat irregularly arranged. The number
of rows of cellules between R, M, Cui and Cus, respectively, increases in each
case from the base outwards from one or two up to six or seven rows, and the
individual cellules become somewhat larger distally. The distal two-fifths of the
costa and the whole of the apical margin to a little below the end of Cui are
missing, as is also most of the clavus.
Type, Specimen No. 8la, and paratype No. 154 (poorly preserved), in
Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 461
Family TROPIDUCHIDAE.
Genus MESODIPHTHERA Till. (Text-figs. 80, 81.)
Tillyard, Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xliv., pt. 4, 1919 (1920), p. 873.
The type of this genus is M. grandis Till., represented by the basal half only
of a large tegmen about 20 mm. long. Two more specimens referable to this
génus are now to hand, and enable us to add to the definition of the genus the
following characters:—Branches of R and M irregularly branched distally; a
slightly impressed dividing line crossing the wing transversely from near end of
Ri to near end of clavus.
MESODIPHTHERA PROSBOLOIDES, n.sp. (Text-fig. 80.)
Greatest length of fragment, 14.4 mm; greatest breadth, 5 mm. The complete
tegmen was probably about 15 mm. long.
This species is represented by the greater portion of a fairly large tegmen,
evidently of stout build, but not very well preserved. The membrane is creased
and cracked in places, making it very difficult to follow out the details of the
venation, in which there are some very unexpected fusions of branch veins. The
Text-fig. 80.—MWesodiphthera prosboloides, u. sp. Tegmen restored. (x 7.5).
Text-fig. 81.—Mesodiphthera dunstani,n. sp. Tegmen restored. (x 11.6).
structure of the basal half of the tegmen resembles that of M. grandis Till., ex-
cept that there is an oblique connecting vein between M and Cui, absent in the
genotype, and Cui is weakly formed and somewhat irregular. The costal area
is broad basally, and shaped as in the genotype. Rui appears as a short free vein
462 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, 1X.,
distally, arising obliquely from Re,3, which is not well preserved. R45 is von-
siderably branched. Mi+2 is a strong, straight vein running to near apex, and
having no branches. Ms3,4 gives off three anterior branches distally, and also
meets two very oblique branches from Cui, the main stem of which is short,
and ends up not far beyond the end of the clavus. Cuz is a straight furrow-
vein. Most of the clavus is preserved, with 1A and 2A separate, and shaped
mueh as in the genotype, though 2A is longer. The border of the elavus seems
to be somewhat irregular in shape, but is not well preserved, and may have
undergone some distortion.
Type, Specimen No. 89a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
MESODIPHTHERA DUNSTANI, n.sp. (Text-fig. 81.)
Greatest length of fragment, 10.8 mm.; greatest breadth, 3.8 mm. The com-
plete tegmen was probably about 12 mm. long.
This species is complete basally, except for a small portion of the border
of the clavus; the apical portion of the tegmen is broken off obliquely, but all
the main branchings of the veins are well shown, though a considerable amount
of transverse crumpling undergone by the tegmen makes them difficult to follow
in places. The species is easily distinguished by the basal bending of M, which
arches up so as to touch R, and then bends downwards again until it nearly
touches Cu. Also all the distal branchings of R and M tend to turn upwards,
and both branches of M are forked. Cui is weakly formed, as in the previous
species, but its manner of branching is different.
Family CIXIIDAE.
Genus MESOCIXIODES, ng. (Plate lii., fig. 34; Text-figs. 82-84.)
Allied to Mesociaius Till., and also to Triassociaius Till., but differmg from
both in having Ri unbranched, while Re+s sends a series of veinlets to the costa
distally. Costal area very broad. Median cell (mc) complete, small, and placed
far distally, as in Mesocizius. Cui with a small distal fork.
Genotype, Mesocixiodes termioneura, n.sp. (Upper Triassie, Ipswich,
Q.).
MBSOCIXIODES TERMIONEURA, n.sp. (Plate li., fig. 34; Text-fig. 82.)
Total length, 12.5 mm.; width at end of clavus, 3.5 mm. The tegmen is
complete except for the absence of the clavus and a slight break near the apex
of the wing; it is finely granulated all over, and is stained a bright orange-
brown. Ri is a short vein, shghtly curved, and somewhat similar to the ter-
minal branches of Re,s, though more strongly formed. Res gives off al-
together four terminal branches, the first two of which arise close together.
Re+3 and R4;5 are connected distally by a strong cross-vein, and a similar
Ra,5 branches into two distally, the upper branch having a short terminal fork.
eross-vein, r-m, connects R4is5 with the closed median cell below it. Mi and
Me are sessile upon the median cell (me), Ms and Mg shortly stalked from it.
A strong eross-vein, m-cu, connects the median cell with the short Cui, below it.
There are no eross-veins present in the broad costal area, nor.in the spaces be-
tween the main veins, except the three distal ones already mentioned, together
with im, which closes the median cell.
Type, Specimen 88a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 463
MESOCIXIODES ORTHOCLADA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 83.)
Total length, 9 mm.; greatest breadth, 3.2 mm. This specimen is complete,
except for partial obliteration of the distal portion. The costal area is broad,
as in the genotype, but Ri is a much longer vein, running straight out from the
main stem of R in an oblique direction to a point about three-fifths of the way
Text-fig. 82.—Mesocixviodes termioneura, u.g.et sp. Tegmen. (see Plate liii.,
fig. 34.) (x 6.7).
Text-fig. 83.—Mesocixiodes orthoclada, u.g. et sp. Tegmen. (x 8).
Vext-fig. 84.—J/esociaviodes brachyclada, n.g. et sp. Fragment of tezgmen. (x 5).
along the costa, and thus making the costal area very pointed distally. Four
evenly-spaced branches of R23 are present, and this vein leaves the main stem
of R very close to Ra;5. M does not appear to be connected with Cui basally,
and its distal branches are very indistinct, though the median cell appears to be
an elongated cell enclosed between only two main branches. The distal forking
of Cui is much longer than in the genotype. Clavus complete, with 1A running
below and close to Cuz and very slightly waved; 2A a small loop across the
anal angle.
Type, Specimen No. 318a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
In the absence of any definite evidence as to the true form of the median
cell, it seems best to keep this species in the genus Mesocixiodes, with which it
agrees in its other characters. The species is easily distinguished by the striking
form of Ri, which has suggested the specifie name orthoclada,
MESOCIXIODES BRACHYCHADA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 84.)
This species is represented only by the distal half of a left tegmen of about
the same size as that of the previous species, having the four distal branches of
464 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, 1x.,
Res similarly situated, but the first of them much closer to Ri, which is a
short vein like that in the genotype, but quite straight. The end branch of
Re 3 is gently curved, and is joined to an anterior branch of Rais by two
short cross-veins. Re,3 and Ra,5 come off far apart, as in the genotype.
Branches of M and Cui obliterated; Cuz apparently a rather stout vein. Length
of fragment, 9.5 mm.
Type, Specimen No. 325a in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Specimen No. 4, figured by me in 1916 (lc., Plate 1, fig. 5) as doubtfully be-
longing to Mesorthopteron locustoides Till., belongs to this species also, but the
venation is very poorly preserved.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
Family IPSVICIIDAE.
Genus IPSVICIOPSIS, ng. (Plate li, fig. 35; Text-figs. 85, 86.)
Closely allied to Ipsvicia Till. from the same horizon, but differing from
it in having an anterior branch of R present, which I have labelled Ri in the
figures, though it may perhaps represent Res with Ri suppressed. The tegmen
is also of more normal shape, with a less acute apex and much less prominent
anal angle of the elavus. Distally R and M are irregularly branched. Cui is
curved as in Ipsvicia, but runs much closer to Cuz. The claval Y-vein is pre-
sent, but its stem and the distal portion of its posterior arm (2A) are scarcely
removed at all from the border of the wing. There are no patches of raised
tubercles present, but the tegmen is finely and evenly granulated all over.
Genotype, Ipsviciopsis elegans, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.).
IPSVICIOPSIS ELEGANS, n.sp. (Plate hii, fig. 35; Text-fig. 85.)
Total length, 12.5 mm.; greatest breadth, 3.8 mm. The specimen is a prac-
tically complete left tegmen, obverse impression, which has been turned round
in Text-fig. 85, so as to bring the apex to the right. A small piece at the base
of the costa has become somewhat detached from the rest of the wing, as may
be seen in Plate liu, fig. 35, but has been replaced in Text-fig. 85. There is also
some slight abrasion of the angle of the clavus. Rs and M are. connected dis-
tally by three cross-veins, enclosing between them two elongated polygonal cells;
above these is another cell formed by the branching of Rs distally, and closed
by another ecross-vein. Small branches from Rs and M form a series of irregular
and mostly very small cells along the apical margin. M3,4 unites with Cui,
which is unbranched, thus leaving a large open space below Mi,2. The whole
tegmen is stained a rich orange-brown.
The above description apples to Specimen No. 178a, which is the type.
Specimen No. 278a@ is another practically complete tegmen of this same species.
It is the obverse of a right tegmen, complete except for an oblique depression in
the rock, which runs across the distal portion of the wing, and has caused some
abrasion in the depressed portion. The venation is almost exactly the same as
in the type, there being only some slight differences in the size and position of
the distal cells.
Types, Holotype, Specimen No. 178a; paratype, Specimen No. 278a.
Both in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 465
IPSVICIOPSIS MAGNA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 86.)
This species is represented by a fragment of a right tegmen, reverse im-
pression, measuring 10 mm. in length, and obviously belonging to a large teg-
men, probably about 26 mm. in total length. It is very much cracked and
Text-fig. 85.—/psviciopsis elegans, u.g.et sp. Type tegmen restored, with apex
to right. (see Plate liii., fig. 35.) (x 7.9).
Text-fig. 86.—/psviciopsis magna, u.g.etsp. Fragment of tegmen. (x 6).
broken transversely, possibly owing to its toughness and may have been cracked
under pressure. It differs markedly from the previous species in possessing a
series of transverse veinlets running from Rs across Ri to the costa. Ri ends
up on the fourth of these, which is joined near the costa by the fifth, these two
arising one on each side of the strong cross-vein connecting Rs with M. A sixth
veinlet is shown distally from Rs to the costal margin. R is also connected
more basally with M by a short ecross-vein, absent in the previous species; and
a smalb cross-vein, obliquely placed, connects Cui with Cuz at about the same
level. Clavus and distal portion of the wing missing, as well as the extreme
base.
Type, Specimen No. 93a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
Suborder Heteroptera.
Division GYMNOCERATA.
Family DUNSTANTIDAE.
Specimen 119a is a hemelytron belonging to this family, probably to
Dunstaniopsis triassica Till., but not well enough preserved for accurate deter-
mination. The greater portion of the corium is visible, with the stems and
branches of M and Cu, but all the margins are destroyed. The clavus and mem-
brane are mostly obliterated.
466 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, ix.,
Division CRYPTOCERATA.
Family TRIASSOCORIDAKE, n.fam.
Insects resembling the Naucoridae and Galgulidae in the form of the
hemelytron, which is broad, with a strongly projecting clavus reaching half-way
or less along the posterior margin, and strongly angulated. Tegmen smooth,
dark and shiny, as in Naucoridae, and not tough or marked with paler patches
as in Galgulidae; the main veins R, M and Cui are still visible on the corium,
which extends over the greater portion of the hemelytron and is separated from
the narrow distal membrane by a definitely impressed line,‘ more or less con-
centrie with the wing-border. In the region of the membrane above the apex,
R and M give off a series of radiating branches which cross the membrane at
close and regular intervals; most of these are only faintly outlined. These
characters agree with those of the Belostomatidae of the present day, from which
the fossil family is distinguished by its much smaller size and different shape.
It would appear to be ancestral to the three families Galgulidae, Naucoridae and
Belostomatidae, and perhaps to all the rest of the Cryptocerata also.
Genus TRIASSOCORIS, ng. (Text-figs. 87, 88.)
Hemelytron short, broad, quite smooth in texture, shiny and also very
darkly coloured. Venation mostly very faintly marked, only three main veins
apparent on the corium, viz., R, M and Cui. R and M are fused basally for
some distance. R runs about parallel with the costal margin, a considerable
distance from it; about one-third from base, it gives off a faint oblique veinlet,
which is probably the first of the series of radiating veinlets continued around
the apex, but mostly too weakly formed to be made out with certainty. M and
Cu: both very faint, becoming irregular distally, and breaking up into small
branchlets, most of which are too faint to be indicated accurately in the figure.
Below Cur there is an appearance of a very faint, irregular, polygonal mesh-
work; this is more clearly marked in specimen 167b than it is in specimen 140.
The division between corium and membrane distally is indicated by a curved
line running round from the end of R concentrically with the rounded apical
margin. In the region of the apex, especially above it, a series of radiating
veinlets can be seen crossing the membrane; they are clearly branches of R and
M which cross the concentric line above mentioned. Clavus short and broad,
strongly angulated, and ending up about half-way along the posterior margin
of the wing, with which it makes a very marked angle. The position of the two
hemelytra on the back of the insect when at rest is shown in Text-fig. 88, the
shaded portions being the two clavi.
Genotype, Triassocoris myersi, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich).
TRIASSOCORIS MYERSI, nsp. (Text-figs. 87, 88.)
Total length, 5.8 mm.; greatest breadth, 2.5 mm. Hemelytron broad and
well rounded apically; the corium and membrane quite smooth, apparently shiny
in life, and probably of a very dark colour, since specimen 140 is very much
darker than the rock on which it lies, but is clearly not carbonised. The vena-
tion of the corium is very faint, but the courses of M and Cui upon it ean just
be made out in a strong oblique light, as well as a small portion of the poly-
gonal meshwork, in specimen 140; in specimen 167b, this meshwork is more
clearly marked, and very irregular in form.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 467
This species is dedicated to my friend Mr. J. G. Myers, ¥.E.S., Assistant
Entomologist, Biological Laboratory, Wellington, N.Z., who is doing excellent
work on New Zealand Hemiptera.
Text-fig. 87.—Triassocoris myersi,n.g. et sp. Tegmen. (x 9.6).
Text-fig. 88.—Triassocoris myersi, n.g. et sp. The two tegmina
placed in the position of rest. (x 9.6).
Types, Specimen 140a@ (corium and membrane) and 167b (clavus), in
Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
TRIASSOCORIS SCUTULUM, n.Sp.
Specimen No. 134 contains two impressions of different insects, one being
# portion of the tegmen of a Cockroach belonging to the genus Samaroblaita
Till., not sufficiently well preserved to merit a name, and the other the two
hemelytra of a species of Triassocoris folded over in the position of rest,
as shown in Text-fig. 88, which was reconstructed from the previous species. The
present species differs from the genotype in having the hemelytra much less
rounded apically; so that, when folded in the position of rest, their appearance
is more pointed apically, the figure being shield-shaped. Besides this, it can be
seen that the course of R and the dividing vein which continues it between
corium and membrane does not run concentrically with the margin but begins
at the base comparatively close to the costa, and gradually diverges from it to-
wards the apex. The hemelytra are irregularly broken oft basally, but most of
the two clavi can be seen in situ; the venation is practically obliterated.
Type, Specimen No. 134 in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
Specimen No. 184b also appears to belong to this genus, but is too poorly
preserved for description.
Order NEUROPTERA.
Suborder Planipennia.
Family PSYCHOPSIDAE.
Genus TRIASSOPSYCHOPS, ng. (Plate li, fig. 32; Text-fig. 89.)
Forewing very broad, the apex rounded, but less so than in most recent
Psychopsidae, the tornus broadly rounded. Se, Ri and Rs very strongly built
468 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, 1X.,
from base to a little beyond half-way, forming a true vena triplica, characteristic
of this family, and joined distally by two strong cross-veins; beyond this point,
these three veins continue a short distance, when they are again connected by
two cross-veins; at this point, Se divides into terminal veinlets; Ri and Rs con-
tinue a little further, when they are again connected by a cross-vein, after which
Rs divides into terminal veinlets; Ra divides into such between the second and
third cross-veins. Of the three veins forming the vena triplica, Se is much the
strongest, Ri the weakest. Costal area broad, a little broader than the area
covered by Cu and the anal veins, but not so broad as in recent forms; a re-
current veinlet present at its base, sending a number of branches to the margin;
the succeeding costal veinlets le close together, mostly arising from Se at an
angle of about 45°, mostly branched, and connected here and there by small
cross-veins, which show no tendency to become arranged into a costal series of
gradate cross-veims, such as occurs in many recent forms. Apical area missing
in the fossil, but its extent can be inferred from the length of the pectinate
branches of Rs, some of which are preserved right to the margin of the wing;
the actual shape of the apex can also be inferred from the comparative width
of the costal margin and slant of the costal veinlets. Rs with about fourteen
branches descending from the vena triplica, some branched and some simple
within the area of the disc, but all branching closely towards the distal margin
of the wing. M apparently with five branches within the area of the disc, and
connected with the lowest branch of Rs by a strong. oblique cross-vein. No
fusion of M with Cui distally. Cui strongly formed, remaining unbranched for
about three-fifths of its length, and then giving off numerous branches to the
area of the tornus. Cuz a weakly-formed vein lying closely parallel below Cui,
giving off a series of branches from about half-way, and bending strongly down
distally below the point where Cui gives off its first branch. 1A and 2A slightly
arched veins branching longitudinally; 3A not present as a vein distinct from
2A basally. Posterior margin of the wing not strongly arched outwards at
base. Cross-veins present in the vena triplica, strongly formed, spaced irregu-
larly at fairly wide intervals. Numerous weak cross-veins present in the dise,
especially in the basal half and between the branches of M almost to the distal
margin; there are also weak cross-veins present between most of the outer
branches of Rs at about two-thirds of the wing-length from the base; these
show a tendency to arrangement as a true gradate series separating the dise
from the marginal area; the latter is practically devoid of cross-veins, the cubito-
anal area completely so.
Genotype, Triassopsychops superba, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich,
Q.).
This genus differs from Archepsychops Till. in its less expanded costal area,
in having Ri and Rs separate right trom the base, and not curved downwards
markedly away from Se, and also in having Cuz straight at the base, not arching
sharply downwards, and making a smaller angle of divergence with Se than in
Archepsychops. This latter genus was placed by me, with Protopsychopsis, in
the family Prohemerobiidae; but if seems probable, on the evidence offered by
the new fossil, that it too would possess a true vena triplica of the Psychopsid
type, and should therefore be placed within the family Psychopsidae. Proto-
psychopsis on the other hand must remain in the Prohemerobiidae, since the
form of its apical area shows that a true vena triplica was not present.
The discovery of this magnificent fossil, complete in all the more important
details of venation, enables us to state definitely that true Psychopsidae were
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 469
present in the Upper Triassic fauna of Ipswich. The more primitive condition
of the fossil wing, compared with recent forms, and especially noticeable in the
less rounded apex, less expanded costal area, and absence of any definite or
complete gradate series of cross-veins, makes it necessary to place Triasso psycho ps
by itself in a new subfamily Triassopsychopinae, which may possibly also in-
clude the genus Archepsychops, when more of the venation of that genus is
made known.
TRIASSOPSYCHOPS SUPERBA, n.sp. (Plate lii., fig. 32; Text-fig. 89.)
Greatest length of fragment (obliquely along lower branches of Rs), 29 mm.,
representing a total length of 32 mm. Greatest breadth of fragment, 22 mm.,
representing a true greatest breadth of the complete wing, nean tornus, of about
23.5 mm. The fossil is beautifully preserved, but the apical portion of the wing
Text-fig. 89 —7riassopsychops superba, n.g. et sp. Restoration of
forewing. (see Plate lii., fig. 32.) (x 3).
is missing, and there are also irregular breaks along the costal and posterior
margins. The more important details of venation have been included in the
generic definition; the lesser details of the branching of the veins may be
gathered from Plate li, fig. 32. Text-fig. 89 shows a restoration of the com-
plete wing, based on the photograph shown in the Plate.
Type, Specimen No. 284a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane.
Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.
Order COLEOPTERA.
The numerous specimens belonging to this Order, chiefly separate elytra,
but some few showing the body of the insect with the wings in situ, are being
worked up by Mr. Dunstan, and will be dealt with in a separate part. There
is, however, one specimen of great interest which may be dealt with here, since
470 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, 1x.
it does not require a name. It is Specimen No. 170, which shows the stem of a
plant in which there can be plainly seen the mine or burrow of an insect larva.
The type of burrow is clearly Coleopterous, and the larva probably belonged to
one of the obscure families of very small beetles, the burrow being far. too
small to be that of a Cerambycid. It is shown in Plate h., fig. 29.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES LL-LIII.
Plate li.
26.—Mesorthopteron locustoides Till. Forewing, specimen No. 2586. (x 5).
Fig. 27 —Triassomantis pygmaeus, n.g. et sp. Forewing. (x 10.5).
Fig. 28.—Triassolocusta leptoptera, n.g. et sp. Forewing. (x 5.1).
Fig. 29.—Burrow of Coleopterous larva in stem of plant. (x 6.2).
Plate lii.
Fig. 30.—Mesophlebia antinodalis Till. Heautotype. (x 4).
Fig. 31.—Triassagrion australiense, n.g. et sp. (x 4).
Fig. 32.—Triassopsychops superba, u.g et sp. (x 4.2).
Plate li.
Fig. 33.—Apheloscyta mesocampta, n.g. et sp. Tegmen. (x 8.85).
Fig. 34.—Mesocixiodes termioneura, u.g.etsp. Tegmen. (x 7.6).
Fig. 35.—Jpsviciopsis elegans, n.g. et sp. Tegmen. (x 7.5).
Fig. 36.—Polycytella triassica, n.g. et sp. Tegmen. (x 11).
Fig. 87.—Chiliocycla scolopoides Till. Tegmen.- Type. , (x 10).
(N.B.—The numbers of the figures run concurrently with those of the previous Part).
471 .
ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE (COLEOPTERA).
By Arruur M. Lea, F.E.S.
[Read 29th November, 1922. ]
Since the publication of Masters’ Catalogue, the Australian species referred
to this family of small and graceful beetles have been more than doubled, some
generic transfers made, synonymy noted, and the known range of many species
greatly extended; it has been considered desirable, therefore, to give a list of
the known species, with their range, before dealing with some new ones. Of
species previously referred to the family Anthicus aberrans Macel., has been
transferred to Macratria (Pediidae) and <A. abnormis King to Xylophilus
(Xylophilidae). A. melancholicus Lea, as a record of locality only, (Trans.
Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., 1916, p. 582) was used in error for A. inglorius Lea.
List of known species of Anthicidae and their range in Australia.
AntuHicus Payk.
adelaidae Champ. (N.W. Aust.) constrictus Macl. (QId.)
albifasciatus Pie. (Ischyropulpus). crassipes Laf. (Qld., N.S.W., Vie., Tas.,
(Australia) * King I.)
albanyensis Pie. (W.A.) crassus King. (N.S.W., Vic., Tas., S.A.,
(= inflatus Champ.) : W.A.)
apicalis King. (Qld.) (= tasmanicus Champ.)
australis King, mon Champ. (Formi- demissus Lea. (N.S.W.)
comus). (Qld, N.S.W., Vie. Tas., denisont King. (Qld., N.S.W.)
8.A., W.A.) discoideus Champ. (N.W. Aust.)
(= walkeri Champ.) dubius King. (N.S.W.)
baudinensis Champ. (Baudin I.) elegans Lea (Formicomus). (N.W.
brevicollis King. (Qld., N.S.W., Vic.) Aust.)
bryanti Pie. (Qld., N.S.W., Vie.) exsanguis Pie. (Qld., N.S.W.)
cancellatus Lea. (N.S.W.) (= pallidus Mael.) :
cavifrons Champ. (W.A.) floralis Payk. (Qld., N.S.W., Vic., Tas.,
clarki King (Formicomus). (W.A.) S.A., W.A., Cent. Aust.)
(= charon King, var.) gawlert King. (N.S.W., S.A., W.A.)
comptus Laf. (N.S.W., S$.A.) geminatus Lea. (Viec., Tas., S.A., W.A.)
confertus Lea. (N.S.W.) glaber King. (N.S.W., Vie., Tas., S.A.)
* Possibly not really Australian as named originally from South America.
472
hackeri Pic. (Australia.)
hesperi King. (Qld., N.S.W., Vie. Tas.,
S.A. W.A.)
(= mastersi Mael., similis Lea.)
inglorius Lea. (Qld. N.S.W.,
Cent. Aust.)
immaculatus King (Vie., S.A.)
inornatus Lea. (N.W. Aust.)
intricatus King. (W.A.)
(= ovipennis Lea.)
kingi Macl. (QlId.)
kreusleri King. (N.S.W., S.A.)
laticollis Macl. (Qld., W.A., N.W. Aust.,
N.T., Magnetic, Garden, Rottnest and
Moa. Islands.)
(= excavatus Champ., triangularis
Lea, var.)
leae Pie. (Qld., N.S.W.)
(= exiguus Lea, rubriceps Lea.)
lemodioides Lea. (N.S.W.)
luridus King. (Qld.)
macleayi Wing. (N.S.W., Tas.)
monilis King. (N.S.W., S.A.,
Aust.)
monostigma Champ. (Baudin I.)
myrteus King. (Qld., N.S.W., Vie., S.A.,
Cent. Aust.)
(= glabricollis King.)
nigricollis King. (S.A.)
nitidissimus King. (N.S.W., S.A., W-A.)
obliquifasciatus King (Formicomus).
(N.S.W., Vic.)
pallipes Lea (Qld., N.S.W., N.T., Mel-
ville I.)
paululus Champ.
Aust., N.T.)
(= delicatulus Lea.)
8.A.,
Cent.
(S.A... W.A., N.W.
ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
permutatus Pic. (N.S.W.)
(= latus Lea.)
pignerator Lea. (N.S.W.)
politulus Lea. (N.S.W.)
posticalis Lea (Formicomus). (N.S.W.)
pulcher King. (N.S.W., §.A.)
(= Miecranthicus brachypterus Champ.
rarus King. (Qld., N.S.W., Vie., Tas.)
(= australis Champ. non King, glabri-
ceps Lea, var.; krefftii Mael., var.;
propinquus Mael., pulchrior Lea, var.)
rectifasciatus Lea. (Qld., Fitzroy I.)
scabricollis Champ. (Troughton I.)
scydmaenoides King. (N.S.W.)
scutellatus Lea. (N.W. Aust.)_
segregatus Champ. (E. Wallaby I.)
semipunctatus Lea. (Qld. S.A., W.A.,
N.W. Aust., Cent. Aust.)
stenomorphus Champ. (Troughton and
Pelsart Islands.)
strictus Hr. (N.S.W., Vie., Tas.,
W.A.)
(= bellus King, bembidioides Laf.,
simulator Lea.)
tridentatus Champ. (N.W. Aust.)
unicinetus Champ. (Troughton
Baudin Islands.)
unifasciatus King.
Cent. Aust.)
villosipennis Lea (Formicomus).
’ (N.S.W., Vic., Tas., WA.)
S.A.,
and
(Vic, S.A., W.A.,
CRIBROANTHICUS Pie.
frenchi Pic. (Australia.)
EURYGENIOMORPHUS Pie.
rugosus Pic. (Australia. )
Formicomus Laf.
agilis King. (Qld., N.S.W.)
(= humeralis Macl.)
cyaneus Hope (Anthelephilus).
tralia. )
denisoni King. (Qld., N.T., N.W. Aust.)
(= nigripennis Champ.)
mastersi King. (Qld., N.S.W., S.A.)
(= kingi Macl.)
( Aus-
wollastont King. (N.S.W., Viec., S.A.,
Cent. Aust., King I.) :
verophilus Lea. (Qld. N.S.W., S.A,
W.A., Cent. Aust.)
niger Pic. (Australia. )
quadrimaculatus Wing. (Qld., N.S.W.,
Vie., S.A., W.A., Cent. Aust.)
rufithorax Pie. (Qld.)
senex Laf. (Australia.)
speciosus King. (S.A., W.A.)
BY A. M. LEA. 473
Lemopes Boh.
atricollis Oberth. (Vie.) elongata Lea. (Qld., N.S.W.)
caeruleiventris Blair. (Qld.) masterst Macl. (Qld., N.S.W.)
coccinea Boh. (Qld., N.S.W., Vic.) splendens Lea. (N.S.W.)
Lemoprnts Blair.
tumidipennis Blair (Lemodes). (Qld., N.S.W.)
Mecynortarsus Laf.
albellus Pase. (S.A., W.A.) kingi Macl. (Qld.)
amabilis Lea. (N.S.W., S.A.) kreusleri King. (Qld. N.S.W., S.A.)
apicipennis Lea. (S.A.) mastersi Macl. (Qld.)
concolor King (S.A.) ziczgac King. (N.S.W., Vic., S.A., W.A.)
Noroxus Geoff.
australasiae Laf. (S.A.) decemnotatus Pic. (Australia.)
TomopErus Laf.
denticollis Champ. (N.W. Aust.) leae Pic. (N.S.W., Vic., S.A.)
vinctus Er. (Tas.) (= brevicornis Lea.)
TRICHANANCA Blackb.
concolor King (Anthicus). (N.S.W.) victoriensis Blackb. (N.S.W., Vic.)
nigripennis Lea. (N.T.) (= Lemodes corticalis Lea.)
pisoniae Lea. (Qld.)
Watesius Pic.
theresae Pic. (N.S.W.)
ANTHICUS.
The number of described Australian species of this genus probably represents
but a comparatively small proportion of the total to be obtained; although
most are of graceful form and many are widely distributed and abundant, oc-
curring in countless thousands on flowers and frequently coming to lights, oe-
curring on sea-beaches, and frequently washed out by floods, yet their very
abundance causes many to be passed over by collectors, on account of their
diminutive size rendering certain identification in the field difficult. Some of
the more interesting apterous, or at least flightless species, are of very local
occurrence, and usually to be obtained only by the use of sieves. Several species
have been seen in the nests of ants, but apparently only as casual visitors. King
commented on the great variation that occurs in many species of the family,
and especially in Anthicus, but did not make sufficient allowance for it, so that
when dealing with specimens from widely separated localities, that differed in
colour and markings, he sometimes presumed them to be distinct, and hence made
several synonyms. In my first two papers, in which members of the family
were dealt with, I also regarded and named some varietal forms as distinct
species, although, with the exception of a few which had perished, I had
examined the whole of King’s and Macleay’s types. Champion, who had not
this advantage when describing the Anthicidae taken by Walker, also made
several synonyms. In identifying species from descriptions, unless there are
very strong structural features, colour and markings must be relied upon, and
hence it is easily possible for an author to fail to identify a species from its
474 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
deseription. King, however, added to the difficulty by occasionally referring
the same species, under different names, to different groups; he also sometimes
referred closely allied species to widely separated groups, but it is not always
easy to follow Laferte’s divisions. Whilst many of the species are very variable
in colour and need close comparison to be certain of the range of variation,
several species strongly resemble each other and yet may be distinguished by
profound differences in sculpture. Most species are shining, but a few have
the whole or parts of the upper surface opaque or subopaque (in A. crassus
only in the male), and when it is certain that the opacity is natural, and not
due to age, grease, gum, ete., the character is a very useful one. Most, if not all,
of the species of the A. brevicollis group) are extremely variable in their mark-
ings, and somewhat in size; they all have the head short, with large eyes, and
the prothorax short, with a narrow sub-basal impression, connected on each flank
with a deep groove; a few have characters by which the males only. may be
identified with certainty, but most of them will be found difficult to deal with,
and specimens taken in cop. will be found very useful. Many of the group have
densely crowded punctures on the pronotum, and on some they are sparser, .
usually larger and asperate; the differences may be used in roughly dividing both
males and females into two sections of the group, but are not sufficient to isolate
closely allied species. Some synonymy has already been noted in the group, and
as I am doubtful as to the range and forms of several species many specimens
of the group have not been dealt with. The sexes may usually be readily dis-
tinguished by the males having dilated front tarsi, hind tibiae thickened, curved
or notehed, and apical segment of abdomen notched or impressed. On many of
the Australian species the intercoxal process of abdomen is acutely triangular,
but on some of them the tip is feebly or even moderately rounded.
ANTHICUS sTRICTUS Er.
Syn.—A. bellus King, A. bembidioides Laf., A. simulator Lea.
A small, widely distributed species, with elytral spots varying in size and
intensity, head and prothorax varying in colour, and punctures of prothorax
and elytra more sharply defined on some specimens than on others; A. bem-
bidioides has already been referred to the species, and I have now to refer A.
bellus and A. simulator to it. On some specimens the postmedian spots are ex-
tremely faint and small, being scarcely paler than the surrounding parts, and
clearly connecting the species with the following variety.
Var. FLAVOHUMERALIS, n. var.
On numerous specimens from South and Western Australia the humeral
spots are flavous and sharply defined, and are the only spots on the elytra. The
head varies from the same shade of red as the prothorax to almost black.
ANTHICUS CRASSTPES Laf.
Two males from Cairns, that appear to belong to this species have the elytra
of a dingy red, with three large black spots (two median and one apical), and
the base slightly infuseated; the hind tibiae are wider than usual, with the notch
deeper and shorter, and its beginning and end marked by dentiform processes,
although these are quite concealed from some directions.
ANTHICUS RARUS King.
Syn.—aA. australis Champ. (not King), A. glabriceps Lea, A. Kreffti Macl.,
A. propinquus Macl., A. pudchrior Lea.
BY A. M. LEA. 475
Long series of specimens now convince me that A. glabriceps and A. pul-
chrior should be regarded as varieties of this variable and widely distributed
species; the other synonymy has been previously recorded. Two specimens from
the Victorian Alps, and one from Townsville, have the upper surface (except
for the two elytral fasciae) black; two from Gayndah are paler than usual, with
the elytra pale except for a median fascia and the apex, which are moderately
infuseated.
ANTHICUS LURIDUS King.
This species, gne of the allies of A. brevicollis, is common in the Cairns
district, and occurs also at Port Denison, Stewart River, Townsville and Cunna-
mulla. Two females were compared with the type and are entirely pale (the
eyes, of course, excepted), seventeen other females are similarly pale; but three
males have the abdomen (only) deeply infuseated, especially at the sides, its tip
is notched and the hind tibiae are curved (rather strongly so as seen from some
directions), the elytra are also less shining than on the female, but are not
opaque as on the males of A. crassus, from the pale forms of which it also differs
in the less crowded prothoracie punctures. The disproportion between the sexes
is so great that it seems probable the males vary in colour, and this appears to
be the case, as four males, agreeing perfectly otherwise with the three previously
mentioned, each have a moderately infuseated spot on each elytron on the middle
of the side. It is almost certain that males with more strongly defined markings
(two or three elytral spots) have been described under different names, but as
there are no specimens before me marked as having been taken in cop., the
names suspected to be varietal are not mentioned. Some specimens from the
Northern Territory and North-western Australia appear to be varieties.
ANTHICUS oORASSUS King.
Syn.—A. tasmanicus Champ.
This is a widely distributed, abundant, and very variable species, with the
short prothorax and general appearance of some specimens of A. brevicollis and
of A. crassipes, but with the hind tibiae of the male not notched, although some-
what curved and thicker than on its female. It may, however, be distinguished
from those species and from all the allied ones by the elytra of the male, these
being distinctly sub-opaque, instead of shining as on other species, and on its
own females; its elytral punctures are also less sharply defined than on its own
females; the appearance is as if the derm was slightly obscured by gum or
grease, but is alike on all the males before me, some of which are taken quite
recently. The type of A. crassus was from South Australia, and is a rare form
(Form 1) of the male in that State, but the common one in Tasmania; King’s
second specimen was probably like Form 3, with the prothorax entirely pale;
only one specimen was known to Champion, the type of A. tasmanicus. In
general, the males are darker than the females, but numerous dark females are
darker than some pale males, but, in addition to the elytra and hind tibiae, the
sexes may be distinguished by the apical segment of the abdomen, that of the
male having a conspicuous curved impression and with coarse punctures in parts,
that of the female being even throughout and with small punctures. The under
surface and legs vary considerably in colour, the abdomen usually being black,
but often (especially, but not solely, in the female) pale, the metasternum is
nearly always black. Disregarding the under surface, antennae and legs, some
forms of the male occurring in South Australia are as follows :—
476 i ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
1. Dark, sometimes black, prothorax usually reddish at base, elytra with a
large flavous spot on each shoulder (the typical form).
2. Like 1, but elytra with basal third flavous, bounded posteriorly by a
dark fascia (often ill-defined), beyond which the derm is again pale, although
not as pale as the basal portion.
3. Like 1, but dark parts of elytra consist of a large triangular spot about
the middle of each, dilated to the side and with its most acute point directed to
the suture. On many specimens of this form the space about the seutellum and
apex is more or less obscurely infuscated; the triangles vary considerably in in-
tensity and sharpness of definition.
3a. Elytra as on Form 3 with the markings sharply limited but head, inelud-
ing antennae and prothorax entirely pale.
4. Like 1, but elytra entirely pale except for an infuscation (invisible from
above) on the middle of each side. On many specimens of this form the greater
portion of the prothorax is pale.
5. Head dark, sometimes only moderately so, prothorax almost or entirely
pale, elytra as on Form 4. The most abundant South Australian form of the
male.
6. Head and prothorax black, elytra pale except narrowly at suture and on
sides.
7. Upper surface entirely pale, the elytra paler than the head and prothorax,
these being pale castaneous. A rare form which could be easily overlooked from
its resemblance to the common form of the female.
The females usually have the upper surface entirely pale, the elytra paler
than the head and prothorax, these being of a pale castaneous; but frequently
the head is darker (sometimes almost black) than the prothorax; on many of
them the abdomen is pale. In general appearance they are close to the females
(and sometimes the males) of several other species, and it does not appear to be
desirable to number them.
From Victoria I have seen males of Forms 3a, 5 and 7.
In Tasmania the common form is 1, but the black (as is usual on Tasmanian
insects compared with those from the mainland) is more intense, the prothcrax
is often entirely black and the flavous spots on the elytra are more strongly
contrasted. Form 3 is common, and Form 2 also occurs there. Tasmanian
females are usually darker than mainland ones, on many of them the head and
prothorax being deep black, and occasionally the sides of the elytra also in-
fuseated.
In Western Australia, Form 1 is fairly numerous, but the humeral spots
are of a dingier shade than on specimens from South Australia and Tasmania,
and the prothorax is usually entirely black; on only two, of the many before me,
the basal half of the prothorax is of a rather bright red. Form 2 occurs there
but the space beyond the median fascia is more obseure than on South Australian
specimens. Form 4 also occurs there, the specimens being usually very dingy.
The females usually have the head black, or dark brown, the prothorax reddish
or castaneous, and the elytra flavous but with a brownish shade; occasionally the
front of the prothorax is infuseated, and on some specimens the sides of the
elytra as on Form 4; three females appear at first, except that the elytra are
shining, to be rather brightly coloured males of Form 1. I have seen the two
following forms of the males only from Western Australia.
8. Upper surface entirely black, a faint dilution on the shoulders usually
indicating the position of the spots as on Form 1, but even this sometimes en-
tirely absent. A very common form.
BY A. M. LBA. 477
9. Of a dingy livid colour, the humeral spots somewhat paler than the
adjacent parts, but not sharply limited.
From New South Wales I have seen but two males, one of Form 7, and a
rather large one of Form 2, with elytral markings more sharply defined than
usual.
Six females from Victoria, South and Central Australia probably belong to
the species; they are entirely pale except for three feebly infuseated spots on
the elytra, the subapical one usually fainter than the others; they resemble some
of the paler males of Form 3A; it is possible, however, that they belong to
A. laticollis.
ANTHICUS OBLIQUIFASCIATUS King, and Allies.
There are three species belonging to this group. 1. A. obliquifasciatus
King, 2. A. clarki King (= A. charon King), 3. A. villosipennis Lea, and all
(except charon) were originally referred to Formicomus. They are all round-
headed and have the elytra strongly narrowed to base, with the intercoxal pro-
cess of abdomen small and acutely triangular, the femora unarmed, and the hind
ones not clavate. The sexes differ considerably in the elytra; on one sex (pro-
bably the male) at the base they are slightly wider than the widest part of the
prothorax, and shoulders are present although they are strongly rounded; on
the other sex they have the sides continuously narrewed to the base, where the
width is searcely greater than that of the base of the prothorax, and decidedly
less than its greatest width, and shoulders are absent.
ANTHICUS LATICOLLIS Mael.
Syn.—aA. excavatus Champ., A. triangularis Lea.
The types of A. laticollis have broken hind legs, but the hind tibiae are not
notched as on the males of A. erassipes, and A. brevicollis; in colour the elytra
agree well with those of the male of the latter, but the antennae are entirely
pale, the hind femora are often partly black, but are mostly entirely pale. The
species occurs on both sides of the continent, and A. excavatus (of which A.
triangularis has already been noted as a variety) appears to be a synonym. In
general appearance the males of Forms 2 and 3 of A. crassus, with pale head
and prothorax, are scarcely to be distinguished from it, except by the subopaque
elytra.
ANTHICUS STENOMORPHUS Champ.
Fifteen specimens that I took on Pelsart Island and at Geraldton appear
to belong to this species, but on only one of them are the dark median and
apical markings connected (and that rather narrowly) along the suture; ihe
median fascia varies from about thrice as long as the pale fascia behind it (the
pale portions of the elytra are almost white) to but little longer; the infuscation
about the base is absent from three specimens but distinct (although of variable
extent) on the others; the head varies from no darker than the prothorax to
almost black, the under surface also varies considerably in colour. The male
differs from the female in having the head slightly larger, the apical segment of
abdomen with a shallow depression, the legs stouter, and the front tarsi con-
siderably wider.
ANTHICUS LEAE Pie.
Syn.—aA. exiguus Lea (nom. praeoce.), A. rubriceps Lea (nom. praeocc.).
The synonymy of this species has been unfortunate. I named it originally,
478 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
in 1894, as A. exiguus (These Proc., 1894, p. 616); but that name had recently
been used by Champion for an American species (Biol. Cent. Am., iv. (2), 1890,
p. 240). On my attention being called to this I purposed altering the name
to A. rubriceps (These Proc., 1896, p. 295), but Pic in the same year (Feuille
jeun. Nat. 1895 (1896), p. 180) had named an European species A. rubriceps,
so that, although the name A. leae was not proposed until 1897 (Ann. Soe. ent.
Belge, 1897, p. 344) it must stand for the species.
A specimen from Cairns, belonging to this species, differs from the type in
having the whole of the upper surface (except for an infuscated elytral fascia
just beyond the middle, and a space about the seutellum) flavous, and the legs
still paler.
ANTHIOUS BRYANTI Pie.
This beautiful species is common at Cairns and Mount Tambourine in
Queensland, and has also been taken at Wollongong (New South Wales) and
Ringwood (Victoria). It varies in length from 2 to 3 mm. The depressed part
of the derm supporting the sub-basal fascia of silvery pubescence on the elytra is
often quite as black as the other parts, but is usually more or less conspicuously
reddish; the’ subapical fascia of pubescence is nearly always narrowly connected
with the sub-basal one along the suture, and frequently has a wider prolongation
along the suture half-way to the apex.
ANTHICUS PALLIPES Lea.
In the original description of this species I omitted to-mention that the
prothorax is opaque, except that the dilated front sides are shining, this giving
the “angled” appearance noted, and being a conspicuous feature of the typical
form and all the varieties. On the typical form, common at Cairns, the upper
surface is black or blackish (the head and prothorax are often dark reddish-
brown) and the elytra have two interrupted flavous fasciae: one sub-basal, the
other post-median; but the sub-basal one is occasionally continuous, and may
even have a slight sutural prolongation towards the base.
Variety A. A still more common form in North Queensland than the typical
one, has the upper surface pale, except that on the elytra there is a large dark
spot (usually black) on each shoulder, a wide black median fascia, rather narrow
near the suture, then strongly dilated and rather abruptly terminated before the
sides, and a deeply infuscated fascia near the apex, rather widely connected along
the suture with the median one, so as to form a fairly regular x; the tibiae on
specimens of this and the following varieties are usually entirely pale. On an
occasional specimen (including one from Rockhampton and another from the
Blackall Range) the median fascia is dilated so as to occupy almost one-third
of the elytra.
Variety B. .A specimen (trapped by sticky seeds of Pisonia brunoniana at
Kuranda) is pale as in the preceding variety, with the elytral markings reduced
to a large blackish spot on each side of the middle, and the humeral and sub-
apical ones to faint infuscations.
Variety C. Seven specimens, from Melville Island, are even paler than the
variety A, but have the median fascia larger and more dilated to near the sides,
along which they are connected with the sub-apical fascia, the connection along
the suture is very narrow and faint, so that the resemblance of the dark mark-
ings to an x is lost. On two specimens, from Darwin, the pale portion at the
tip of the elytra is so obscure that it can searcely be distinguished from the
subapical fascia; on all other specimens of the varieties the tips are conspicuously
pale. ;
BY A. M. LEA. 479
One specimen from Cairns is much smaller (2 mm.) than usual, and is
entirely pale, except for three feeble infuseations on each elytron.
ANTHICUS SCUTELLATUS Lea.
At first glance the type and other specimens of this species appear to be-
long to Form 7 of A. crassus, as the elytra, although hardly sub-opaque, are less
shining than is usual, but the prothoracic punctures are considerably larger,
coarser, and decidedly asperate, those on the head are also much coarser, and
occupy more of the surface; the punctures are not as dense as on A. luridus,
but are very much coarser.
ANTHICUS XEROPHILUS Lea.
On an occasional specimen of this species the head is considerably darker
than the prothorax, and on the elytra there is a fairly dark infuscation at the
base; the notch at the base of the head is more conspicuous on some specimens
than on others, and is always present. One specimen was taken at Port Wake-
field from a nest of ants of the genus Pheidole.
ANTHICUS INGLORIUS Lea.
The male of this species usually has a large, black, medio-lateral patch on
each elytron, the patch narrowly continued along the side, almost, in some cases
quite, to the apex (on some specimens the black space is so large that two small
flavous spots are enclosed near the apex), the abdomen and metasternum are
black or blackish, and the femora are sometimes partly infuseated. It has the
conspicuously incurved tip of abdomen as in males of most species of, the A.
brevicollis group, and in general appearance males look like large A. brevicollis
or A. crassipes, but the hind tibiae are only slightly bent, and are not at all
notched; from A. erassus it is distinguished by the shining elytra. It is a dry-
country species, occurring in many parts of the interior of Queensland, New
South Wales and South Australia.
ANTHICUS GEMINATUS Lea.
The types of this species appear to represent a very rare form of a widely
distributed and variable species; the most abundant form is of a rather dingy
eastaneo-flavous, with somewhat paler antennae, palpi and legs; its elytral mark-
ings are seldom sharply limited, and consist of a large infuseated or blackish
spot on each side of the middle, and nearer the sides than suture, but the two
almost conjoined, on some specimens, so as to appear as a fairly wide median
fascia, and a still more obscure apical spot; on very pale specimens the apical
spot is usually wanting; on dark specimens there is usually a vague infuscation
about the scutellum; the abdomen is usually pale, but on some Victorian and
Tasmanian specimens is dark, and occasionally the femora are partly infuscated.
The hind tibiae of the male are slightly longer than of the female, and the apical
half is somewhat deflected, more noticeably on some specimens than on others.
The elytral pubescence is fairly dense and not depressed, but somewhat curled.
On an almost equally common form the pubescence is quite flat, the general
colour is darker, the markings are less sharply defined, the median and apical
spots are occasionally joined along the sides, and the abdomen and usually the
metasternum is black or blackish. On these darker specimens the punctures are
usually more sharply defined, although they are distinct to the apex on all the
480 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
forms. Comparing pale narrow specimens with suberect pubescence and two
elytral spots, with larger, wider and darker ones, with depressed pubescence and
three spots, the differences certainly appear to be specific; but there are so many
connecting forms that I cannot regard them as representing more than one
species.
Hab.—Western Australia: Bridgetown, Darling Ranges, Beverley, Vasse
River; South Australia: Adelaide, Mount Lofty, Mount Gambier, Lucindale, Port
Lincoln, Port Augusta; Victoria: Forrest, Geelong, Nelson, Melbourne, Carrum,
Cape Otway; Tasmania: Hobart, Jordan River.
ANTHICUS FLAVIPENNIS, 0.Sp.
Dark red; elytra, legs and palpi flavous. With sparse pale pubescence, and
a few upright hairs.
Head oblong-ovate, rather flat, hind angles rounded, base straight across
middle, except for a very feeble median notch; with dense and sharply defined
punctures, except along middle, which is shining and almost impunctate. Hyes
rather small, medio-lateral and prominent. Antennae moderately long and thin.
Prothorax slightly longer than wide, widest near apex, sides moderately decreas-
ing in width posteriorly and then strongly notched at basal third, a feeble sub-
tubercular elevation on each side of base; with dense and rather large punctures,
and with a shallow median line. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders
slightly rounded, sides very feebly dilated in middle; with rather numerous,
sharply defined punctures about hase, becoming smaller and sparser posteriorly,
and almost vanishing about apex. Legs, especially the hind ones, rather long and
thin. Length, 4.25 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Miller’s Creek (Prof. F. Wood-Jones).
The elytra are without markings, but the species is a very distinet one on
account of the coarse punctures of the head and prothorax, the elytral punctures
on the basal half are all more or less sharply defined, but even at the base they
are decidedly smaller than those on the prothorax. The eyes are slightly longer
than the basai joint of antennae, the prothorax is slightly wider than the head;
the abdomen is somewhat paler than the rest of the under surface, and its inter-
coxal process is gently rounded off, although the notch on the metasternum before
it is aeutely triangular. The type is probably a female.
ANTHICUS ACENTETUS, 0.Sp.
3d. Pale ecastaneous; elytra, antennae, palpi and legs paler (more or less
flayous). Elytra moderately clothed with short pale pubescence, rest of upper
surface almost glabrous.
Head fairly large, rather convex, oblong-ovate, a narrow impression in
middle of base, hind angles moderately rounded off; punctures not very large,
but sharply defined and rather dense about eyes, smaller and sparser elsewhere.
Eyes moderately large, extending about haif-way to neck, medio-lateral, and
prominent. Antennae rather long and thin. Prothorax distinctly longer than
wide, narrower than head, sides strongly rounded in front and widest at about
apical fourth, sides gently decreasing in width posteriorly, and moderately notched
near base, a narrow impression traversing extreme base; with fairly dense and
sharply defined punctures of moderate size, somewhat sparser along middle than
elsewhere, but without a median line. Elytra rather elongate, much wider than
prothorax, shoulders gently rounded, sides parallel to near apex; with dense and
sharply defined punctures, decreasing in size posteriorly. Apical segment of
BY A. M. LEA. 481
abdomen feebly impressed along middle, and notched at apex. Legs rather long,
tibiae moderately stout, the hind ones subelavate. Length, 3.25—3.5 mm.
Hab—Western Australia: Swan River (A. M. Lea).
The colours to a certain extent approach those of A. flavipennis, but the
head is more convex, with basal impression more distinct, eyes considerably
larger, and punctures much smaller; the prothorax has very different outlines
and smaller punctures, and the elvtral punctures are much denser and larger;
on the elytra at the base they are distinctly larger than on the prothorax, about
the middle they are as large as on that segment, but they are minute about the
apex. The outlnes and general sculpture approach those of A. wollastoni.
ANTHICUS CASTANEOGLABER, n.Sp.
Shining pale castaneous, legs, antennae and palpi paler. Elytra with sparse,
pale pubescence, rest of upper surface glabrous.
Head briefly elliptic, base completely rounded off. and not notched; with
sparse and inconspicuous punctures. Eyes small, medio-lateral and prominent.
Antennae thin and moderately long. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide,
narrower than head across eyes, sides strongly rounded and subglobular in front,
notched near base, base slightly more than half the greatest width, and with a
few distinet punctures, elsewhere the punctures are sparse and minute; median
line absent. Elytra rather narrow, much wider than prothorax, gently dilated
about middle, shoulders slightly rounded; punctures about base moderately large
and sharply defined, but not crowded, becoming sparser and smaller posteriorly,
and seareely visible on apical slope. Legs moderately long and thin. Length,
3 mm.
Hab—South Australia: Murray River.
Like A. glaber, on a greatly enlarged scale, but (in addition to size) differs
in having the eyes smaller in proportion, prothorax narrower at base, and elytra
with sparser punctures. The intercoxal process of the abdomen is rather narrow
and its tip is truneated, but the notch on the metasternum is acutely triangular.
ANTHICUS EBXOPHTHAL MUS, n.Sp.
9. Rather pale castaneous, legs (knees excepted), antennae and palpi paler.
With very sparse pubescence, and rather numerous erect or suberect hairs.
Head subquadrate and rather strongly convex, sides almost parallel behind
eyes, hind angles slightly rounded, base almost straight; with rather sparse, but
mostly sharply defined punctures. Eyes small, very prominent, and distant from
base. Antennae rather thin. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, slightly wider
than base of head, widest near apex, the sides thence obliquely decreasing to
base, with a narrow transverse impression at extreme base; with fairly dense
and moderately large, sharply defined punctures. Elytra much wider than pro-
thorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides feebly dilated to middle; punctures
about base slightly larger than on prothorax but less crowded, becoming smaller
posteriorly, and almost absent from about apex. Sterna with punctures as on
prothorax. Legs moderately long. Length, 2.25—2.5 mm.
Hab.—-Queensland: Winton (A. M. Lea).
An entirely pale species, but readily distinguished from A. dubius, A. glaber,
and A. pallidus by the longer and more convex prothorax, with much coarser
punctures, which are more than twice as large as on dubius and pallidus, and
still larger than on glaber; the elytral punctures are also decidedly larger and
sparser, and more noticeably decrease in size and, density posteriorly, and the
clothing is longer and less depressed. The base of the head is notched, but the
482 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
noteh is very feeble and invisible from above, although fairly distinct from
oblique directions; the distance between the eyes and base of antennae is about
one-third of that between them and the base of head. The elytra are slightly
paler than the head and prothorax.
ANTHICUS AMBULANS, n.sp.
Pale flavous, parts of sterna and of abdomen infuscated. With sparse, pale
pubescence.
Head oblong ovate, hind angles strongly rounded off, base not notched;
punctures sharply defined but not very dense or large. Eyes small, prominent
and medio-lateral. Antennae rather thin. Prothorax slightly longer than the
greatest width, which is near apex, where the sides are strongly rounded, and
the width of head, rather strongly notched near base, which is about half the
greatest width; punctures much as on head; median line well-defined on basal
half, but vanishing beyond the middle. Elytra elongate-elliptic, shoulders com-
pletely rounded off; punctures rather sharply defined, but not crowded on_ basal
half, vanishing posteriorly. Legs rather long and thin. Length, 1.6—1.9 mm.
Hab.—Victoria: Birchip (J. C. Goudie, No. 298).
A minute, pallid species, differing from A. glaber, A. pallidus and A. dubius
in being smaller, in the prothorax more strongly narrowed to base, and shoulders
completely rounded off. Wings are present, but they are long, thin and without
venation (strap-like), totally useless for flight; the wings of the three other
species named are fully developed. On one of the specimens examined there
are some irregular black spots on the abdomen, but they are probably accidental,
or post-mortem ones.
ANTHICUS EXPALLIDUS, n.sp.
Pale flavous, elytra and legs very pale. Clothed with very short pubescence.
Head short and moderately convex, hind angles rounded off, base not notched;
punctures minute. Eyes large, extending to near base. Antennae partly monili-
form. Prothorax rather flat, wider than long, widest near apex, sides obliquely
decreasing to a rather deep sub-basal notch, and then less strongly decreasing to
base, a rather wide depression near base and a narrow impression at base;
punctures much as on head; median line very feeble and not continuous. Elytra
somewhat abbreviated, much wider than prothorax, shoulders moderately rounded,
sides almost parallel to near apex; punctures moderately dense about base, but
small and not very sharply defined, vanishing posteriorly. Legs not very long.
Length, 2.25 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea).
A pale, depressed species, about the size of A. dubius and A. pallidus, but |
with much larger eyes, which extend more than half-way to base, those of the
species named extending less than half-way; the prothorax is also decidedly
shorter and wider (quite as short in proportion as in species of the A. brevicollis
group). From some directions the base of the prothorax appears to haye two
very feeble tubercles. The type has the abdomen quite as pale as the elytra;
on a second specimen, except at its tip, it is blackish, and the metasternum is
almest as dark.
ANTHICUS PHAENITHON, H.sp.
3. Pale flavo-castaneous, legs and antennae paler. Moderately clothed with
very short, pale pubescence. *
BY A. M. LEA. 483
Head subquadrate, hind angles moderately rounded off, base moderately
notched in middle; punctures small; a feeble longitudinal impression each side in
front. Eyes rather small and very prominent. Antennae moderately long and
rather thin. Prothorax flat; longer than wide; sides moderately rounded in
front, thence oblique to base, with very small punctures. Elytra thin, much
wider than prothorax, not quite covering abdomen, shoulders feebly rounded,
almost parallel-sided to near apex; with dense and small, but rather sharply de-
fined punctures, becoming very minute posteriorly. Femora moderately stout,
the hind ones longer than the others and mere clavate, hind tibiae rather short
and stout, the front ones notched at about one-third from apex on under surface.
Length, 2.5—2.75 mm.
2. Differs in having thinner and simple front and hind tibiae, and thinner
front tarsi.
Hab.—South Australia (Macleay Museum), Quorn (A. H. Elston).
Probably belongs to the subgenus Micranthicus; from M. pulcher it is dis-
tinguished by its larger head with smaller eyes, and by the apparently uniformly
coloured elytra which, on close examination, are seen to be slightly darker in the
middle than at base or apex, but on pulcher there are two distinctly pale bands,
alternating with darker ones, the punctures also are more distinet than on that
species. It is about the size of A. pallidus and A. dubius, but is flatter, pro-
thorax with sides (as seen directly from above) evenly oblique to base, instead
of curved, punctures of prothorax and elytra smaller, eyes larger, and legs
different. The prothorax is decidedly longer than on A. expallidus, and the
eyes are considerably smaller. From some directions the prothorax appears to
be almost triangular, with its base quite even, but from others a faint sub-
basal depression may be seen. The hind tibiae of the male from one direction
appear to be of only moderate width and notched (or feebly incurved at the
middle) on one side, but when viewed at right angles to be rather strongly
dilated near the apex, with the upper surface of the dilated portion grooved for
the reception of the basal joints of tarsi. Two females from North Western
Australia (Forteseue River, W. D. Dodd) appear to belong to this species, but
have a somewhat dingier appearance, and the base of the head is more feebly
notched.
ANTHICUS HOMALINOTUS, n.sp.
Pale castaneo-flavous, elytra and legs still paler. Sparsely and minutely
pubescent.
Head short, hind angles slightly rounded, base feebly notched in middle,
punctures sparse and small, but more numerous and distinet (although not large)
on a large feeble depression in front. Eyes rather large, extending slightly
more than half-way to base. Antennae moderately long, partly moniliform.
Prothorax flat, slightly longer than wide, widest near apex, where the sides are
strongly rounded, thence oblique to a notch near base, a shallow depression near
base, two very feeble tubercles at base; punctures sparse and minute, but more
numerous about base than elsewhere. Elytra much wider than prothorax, leav-
ing part of abdomen exposed, shoulders gently rounded, sides almost parallel;
punctures fairly distinct about base, but very indistinct elsewhere. Inter-coxal
process of abdomen short and rounded off. Legs moderately long. Length, 2—
2.25 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Townsville (H. H. D. Griffith, from F. P. Dodd).
An unusually pale, flat species, close to A. (Mieranthicus) pulcher, but even
more fragile-looking, and elytra entirely pale, becoming almost transparent pos-
484 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
teriorly; the head is also larger. On the type the sterna are as pale as the legs,
and the sides of the abdomen are deeply infuseated, but on a second specimen
the sterna and abdomen are of the same shade as the prothorax. From some
directions the frontal depression on the head, and its punctures, are scarcely
visible, but from others it is quite distinct, and its punctures are sharply defined;
on the type it is vaguely connected with the medio-basal notch, but on the other
specimen the connection cannot be traced.
ANTHICUS DOLICHODERES, 0.Sp.
Pale castaneo-flavous, elytra still paler, apical half of femora slightly in-
fuscated, the metasternum and most of abdomen more deeply so. Sparsely and
minutely pubescent.
Head moderately long and subovate, hind angles rather strongly rounded,
base not notched; with fairly numerous small punctures, more sharply defined
near eyes than elsewhere; median line feeble, a vague oblique impression each
side in front. Eyes prominent and rather small, not extending half-way to base.
Antennae moderately long. Prothorax much longer than wide, apical two-thirds
with sides strongly and almost evenly rounded, notched near base, two feeble
elevations at base; with fairly dense and sharply defined punctures near base,
sparser and smaller elsewhere. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders
gently rounded, sides dilated posteriorly and rather wide near apex, leaving
much of abdomen exposed; punctures fairly dense and distinct about base, but
feeble elsewhere. Legs moderately long. Length, 3 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown).
A brachy-elytrous species, readily distinguished from others of the subgenus
Micranthicus by its larger size, and much longer and differently-shaped pro-
thorax. The intercoxal process of the abdomen is short and distinctly rounded
off; there is a feeble infuscation about the base of the elytra, and a still more
feeble one (scarcely visible) about apex.
ANTHICUS PUBIPENNIS, 0.sp.
Black or blackish; under surface, legs and antennae of a more or less dull
red, palpi paler. Elytra rather densely clothed with short, suberect pubescence,
sparser and shorter on head and prothorax.
Head moderately long, subovate, hind angles and hbase rounded off, the
latter not notched; with small, crowded punctures. Eyes small and medio-
lateral. Antennae moderately long. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, almost
as wide as head across eyes, front angles moderately rounded, sides oblique to a
sub-basal incurvature; punctures as on head. Elytra much wider than prothorax,
shoulders gently rounded, sides fleebly dilated to beyond the middle; with crowded
but mostly sharply defined punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly, but trace-
able even at apex. Intercoxal process of abdomen short, narrow and rounded.
Legs moderately long. Length, 2.25—2.5 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Stewart River (W. D. Dodd), Cairns District (A. M.
Lea), Townsville, under seaweed (F. E. Wilson from G. F. Hill).
A black opaque species in general appearance and with outlines much as in
A. inornatus, but darker, prothorax without median line and not subtuberculate
at base. The elytral pubescence in most lights appears greyish, but in some it
has a distinet golden-green gloss. The elytral punctures are larger than on the
rest of the upper surface and, although small and crowded, are mostly sharply
defined; they are much the same on the metasternum and abdomen. The apical
half of the femora is slightly darker than the basal half. On two specimens the
BY A. M. LEA. 485
vague remnant of a median line may be seen on the front of the head, but not
on two others.
ANTHICUS. MELAS, n.sp.
Black, shining; base of femora, tibiae and tarsi more or less reddish.
Head moderately long, sides parallel from eyes to hind angles, which are
gently rounded off, base scarcely visibly notched in middle, a few fairly distinct
punctures about a feeble impression each side in front, elsewhere very feeble.
Eyes small, prominent and much nearer antennae than base. Antennae feebly
dilated towards apex. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, front sides dilated
and about one-third wider than base, ineurved near base; punctures scarcely
traceable. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders gently rounded, sides
almost parallel to near apex; with rather dense and small punctures, fairly
sharply defined about base, but becoming indistinct posteriorly. Legs rather
thin. Length, 2 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Vasse River (A. M. Lea).
With small eyes distant from base, and general outlines of A. demissus and
A. glaber, but body parts entirely black; the outlines are also somewhat as on
A. inornatus and A. pubipennis, but those species are opaque. The intercoxal
process of the abdomen is short and thin, with its tip rounded off, although at
the first glance it appears to be triangular.
ANTHICUS POST-TIBIALIS, n.Sp.
Flavous, apical three-fourths of elytra black, abdomen infuseated. Upper
surface almost glabrous.
Head round and rather strongly convex, hind angles completely rounded off;
a few small punctures in front, but elsewhere without any. Eyes small, medio-
lateral and prominent. Antennae moderately long. Prothorax slightly longer
than wide, rather convex, sides rather strongly rounded on apical half and sud-
denly inecurved near base; almost impunctate. Elytra much wider than pro-
thorax, shoulders gently rounded, sides almost parallel to near apex, a feeble
transverse depression near base; punctures sparse and minute. Intercoxal pro-
cess of abdomen short and obtusely poimted. Hind tibiae stout. Length, 2.25>
mm.
Hab.—wNorthern Territory: Darwin (W. D. Dodd).
Very distinct by the hind tibiae, which are almost twice as stout as the
middle ones, and quite as stout as their supporting femora, the hind tarsi are
also decidedly wider than usual. The two colours of the elytra are sharply con-
trasted, the hind femora and tibiae, middle tibiae and front knees are darker
than the rest of the legs. The antennae are thin, with the maximum width of
each joint, after the first, almost equal throughout, no joint being distinctly
transverse, although the seventh—tenth are each about as wide as long. The
type is probably a male.
A specimen from Queensland (Cairns, F: P. Dodd), which is certainly a
female (its ovipositor with two terminal setae is protruding) possibly belengs
to this species; its hind tibiae are even stouter (they are slightly stouter than
their supporting femora), and the antennae are distinctly shorter and wider,
the joints after the second slightly but regularly increase in width, with the eighth-
tenth distinctly transverse, and beyond the fourth they are distinctly infuseated
(entirely pale on the type), the head and prothorax are of a dingy but rather
pale red, and the base of the elytra is but obscurely paler than the rest, the
transverse impression near its base is rather deeper, and on each side of the
486 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
base there is a distinct subtubereular elevation, which is much more feeble on the
type, the legs are also darker than on the type.
ANTHICUS ELECTILIS, n.sp.
3. Flavous, elytra (except basal fourth) and abdomen black, head slightly
infuseated. Elytra sparsely pubescent and with a few hairs, but with a con-
spicuous band of silvery pubescence where the two colours meet.
Head subglobular, hind angles and base completely rounded off; densely
eranulate-punctate between eyes, punctate only at base. Eyes large and medio-
lateral. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, distinctly narrower than head,
apical two-thirds with strongly rounded sides, strongly notched near base, with a
rather wide depression connecting the notches, median line distinct near apex,
and again near base; punctures sparse and inconspicuous. Elytra much wider
than prothorax, shoulders gently rounded and oblique inwardly, sides moderately
inflated to beyond the middle, with a conspicuous transverse depression near
base, on each side of base a prominent subtubercular elevation; punctures sparse
and inconspicuous. Intercoxal process of abdomen briefly triangular. Legs
rather long, hind femora subclavate, hind tibiae distinctly longer and somewhat
thicker than the middle ones, front tibiae slightly dilated on under surface to
apical third, and then more strongly narrowed to apex. Length, 2.75 mm.
Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection).
As the femora are stout, but less conspicuously clavate than is usual in
Formicomus, the body winged, and the intercoxal process of abdomen somewhat
triangular, it seems desirable to refer the species to Anthicus rather than to
Formicomus; it appears to connect the former genus (by way of the A. unifas-
ciatus group) with the latter (by way of the I’. agilis group). The colours of
the type are somewhat as on the type of the preceding species, but the head is
larger, more globular, the inter-antennary space very different, eyes much larger,
prothorax longer, elytra more dilated, and hind tibiae much longer and thinner
(although stouter than on many species of the genus). The subtubercular ele-
vations at the base of the elytra are quite distinct from above, and very con-
spicuous from the sides. The two basal joints of the antennae are flavous, the
others are missing from the type.
A female (from Cairns) evidently belonging to this species, differs from the
type in having the upper surface black, except that the bases of the prothorax
and of elytra are very obscurely diluted with red, but the band of silvery
pubescence is quite as distinct; its legs are blackish, with the coxae, tarsi and
part of the middle tibiae flavous, and the base of the middle femora almost
white; its hind legs are somewhat shorter, and front tibiae not dilated near
apex; its antennae are long, with the three apical joints black and wider than
the others (so that they appear to have a loose, three-jointed club), the tip of
the eighth joint and the base of the first are also infuscated.
ANTHICUS BILOBICEPS, n.sp.
Reddish-castaneous, legs somewhat paler, elytra blackish, the apex and. a
large spot on each shoulder reddish. Elytra with rather dense and short, pale
pubescence, rest of upper surface sparsely clothed.
Head subovate, sides behind eyes parallel to near base, hind angles moderate-
ly rounded, base distinctly bilobed; with rather dense punctures, of moderate size
and sharply defined. Eyes of moderate size, not extending half-way to base.
Antennae rather long and thin, none of the joints transverse. Prothorax dis-
tinctly longer than wide, slightly narrower than head, decidedly convex, sides
BY A. M. LBA. 487
strongly rounded in front, becoming oblique towards base, very feebly notched
near base; punctures much as on head. Elytra flat, much wider than prothorax,
shoulders slightly rounded, sides almost parallel to near apex, punctures dense
and sharply defined, becoming smaller but still distinet posteriorly. Intercoxal
process of »abdomen briefly triangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 3.5—
3.75 mm.
Hab— Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardeastle).
The two main colours are those of A. floralis, from which the species differs
in having the elytra longer, more parallel-sided, with the tips less rounded, and
the punctures and clothing much denser; the prothorax is longer, with the sub-
basal imeurvature much less pronounced and the antennae longer and thinner.
The punctures at the base of the elytra are slightly larger and considerably
denser than on the prothorax; the spots on the shoulders occupy about two-
thirds of the width of the base. As the abdomen curves to its tip, and the front
tarsi are rather wide, the three specimens under examination are probably males.
ANTHICUS MODICUS, n.sp.
Pale flavo-castaneous, legs paler but knees infuscated, elytra partly dark.
Upper surface with short, pale pubescence, more distinct on elytra than else-
where.
Head moderately large, parallel-sided behind eyes to near base, hind angles
shghtly rounded, base bilobed; with fairly dense and rather sharply defined but
not very large punctures, sparser along middle than elsewhere. Eyes rather
small, prominent, and much nearer antennae than base. Antennae rather long
and partly moniliform. Prothorax longer than wide, greatest width near apex,
where the sides are subangularly dilated, shghtly wider than the base of head,
and almost twice the width of base; punctures rather dense and small, but sharply
defined. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides
parallel to near apex; with coarse, crowded, asperate punctures about hase,
rapidly becoming smaller and sparser, and very minute on apical fourth. Inter-
coxal process of abdomen briefly triangular. Legs moderately long. Length,
2.75 mm.
Hab.—North Western Australia (Macleay Museum).
About the size of A. floralis, and with somewhat similar outlines, but at once
distinguished by the much coarser elytral punctures, these being almost as coarse
as on A. semipunctatus (which has the prothorax much narrower and hind tibiae
of male armed). At first glance it looks like some of the paler forms of A.
wollastoni, but the elytral punctures are slightly coarser at the base, and more
rapidly decrease in size, and the markings are very different; it also resembles
A. bilobiceps, but has much coarser elytral punctures, prothorax shorter, ete.
The two colours of the elytra are distinct but not sharply limited; the dark part
commences as a subtriangular infuseation about the scutellum and is continued
along the suture to the middle when it is suddenly dilated (and becomes much
darker) so as almost to touch the margins, but about the tips the colour becomes
a dingy red; the abdomen is partly infuscated. As the front tarsi are rather
wide the type is probably a male.
ANTHICUS SORDIDUS, n.sp. °
Of a pale, dingy, reddish-castaneous, legs and antennae paler, bead and abdo-
men infuseated. Upper surface with very short pubescence, more conspicuous on
elytra than elsewhere.
488 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
Head moderately long, hind angles and base completely rounded off 3 with
dense and rather small, but sharply defined punctures. Eyes small, prominent,
and much nearer antennae than base. Antennae rather long. Prothorax longer
than wide, widest near apex, where the width is slightly more than that of head,
and almost twice that of base; with dense punctures, slightly larger than on
head. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides
almost parallel to near apex; with dense punctures, at base about as large as on
prothorax, but rather less crowded, and becoming gradually smaller, till at the
apex they are much smaller but still quite distinct. Intereoxal process of abdomen
briefly triangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 2.5 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Lucindale (B. A. Feuerheerdt).
At first glance like some of the smaller specimens of A. wollastoni, but head
not notched or bilobed at base, prothorax more dilated in front, more strongly
narrowed to base, and with denser punctures. In some lights a very faint in-
fuseation or very feeble fascia may be seen across the middle of the elytra. As
the front tarsi are rather wide the type is probably a male.
ANTHICUS INSIGNICORNIS, n.sp.
do. Of a rather dingy flavous, legs paler, elytra with an infuscated median
fascia and usually a subapical spot, occasionally the markings conjoined. Rather
densely clothed with pale pubescence, and with some rather short, upright hairs.
Head rather short, hind angles rather strongly rounded, base feebly incurved
to middle but hardly notched; in front with fairly numerous small but sharply
defined punctures, less distinct elsewhere. Eyes rather large, hardly more distant
from base than from antennae. Antennae with basal joint moderately long,
second to sixth small, seventh almost as long as three preceding combined and
much wider, ninth slightly shorter than seventh, sightly longer than eighth and
distinctly longer than tenth, eleventh at base as wide as the preceding joints, and
about as long as'the ninth. Prothorax rather short, sides strongly rounded in
front and notched near base; with dense and sharply defined punctures of
moderate size. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders rather strongly
rounded, sides moderately dilated to beyond the middle; punctures about ‘base
slightly larger than, but scarcely as dense as on prothorax, becoming smaller
posteriorly, but everywhere sharply defined. Intercoxal process of abdomen
narrow and subtriangular. Legs thin but not very long. Length, 2.25—2.5 mm.
2. Differs in having the joints of antennae very feebly and regularly in-
creasing in width from near the base.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd, C. J. Wild, and A. M. Lea),
Port Douglas (Wild).
At first glance apparently a small species of the A. brevicollis group, but the
five apical joints of the male are unusually large, and distinctive from all other
Australian members of the family; on two of them the two apical joimts are
black. The median fascia of the elytra is rather wide, it is sometimes hardly
more than a slight infuseation terminated before the margins, but on some spect-
mens is much darker, extends right to the margins, and the margins themselves
are narrowly dark almost to the apex; the suture in front of and behind the
fascia is usually narrowly infuscated, and the infuseation is sometimes enlarged
to a subapical spot; on one female the elytra, except for a large spot on each
shoulder, are entirely dark. Seven of the specimens, all males, were removed
from sticky seeds of Pisonia brunoniana.
BY A. M. LEA. 489
ANTHICUS SUBQUADRATICOLLIS, n.sp.
Reddish-castaneous, legs and antennae slightly paler, elytra flavous with a
large, circular subapical spot, and the margins from about the middle to near
the apex black or blackish, the markings sometimes conjoined. Upper surface
with short, ‘pale pubescence, indistinct on head and prothorax.
Head subtriangular, hind angles rather prominent but rounded off, base
rather strongly incurved to middle; with dense and sharply defined punctures,
but almost absent from a shining median line on apical half. Eyes fairly large,
extending more than half-way to base. Antennae moderately long and sub-
moniliform. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, apical angles less rounded
than usual, sides regularly and (for the genus) rather feebly diminishing in width
posteriorly, notched at extreme base; punctures much as near hase of head.
Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders moderately rounded, sides parallel
to near apex; punctures much as on prothorax, becoming smaller, but still sharply
defined posteriorly. Intercoxal process of abdomen narrow and triangular. Legs
moderately long. Length, 1.75—2.5 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Townsville (A. M. Lea).
A subopaque species (owing to very fine shagreening), at first glance ap-
parently of the A. brevicollis group, but prothorax less strongly narrowed pos-
teriorly than is usual in the genus, so that its base is hardly one-third narrower
than its apex. Excluding the eyes, the head appears conspicuously triangular, its
median line is distinct in front on all the specimens, and on some of them is
traceable, but very narrow, to the base. The smaller specimens have the front
tarsi wider, and the apical segment of abdomen less evenly convex than on the
larger ones, and are probably males; one of them has the abdomen rather deeply
infuseated. I know of no closely allied species. ;
ANTHICUS EMINENS, n.sp.
Black; head and under surface dark red, coxae and tarsi flavous, antennae
dull red, the basal and some of the apical joints blackish or deeply infuscated.
Moderately clothed with not very short pubescence, and with numerous long,
suberect hairs; the elytra with two pubescent fasciae (the derm beneath them
somewhat reddish): one near the base, the other beyond the middle.
Head rather short, hind angles strongly rounded, base straight in middle;
with crowded and somewhat asperate punctures. Eyes rather small and very
prominent, distinctly nearer antennae than base. Antennae moderately long.
Prothorax longer than wide, more convex than usual, sides strongly rounded near
apex and strongly narrowed to base, distinetly notched near base; with crowded
punctures, somewhat rougher than on head. Elytra much wider than prothorax,
shoulders gently rounded, sides feebly dilated to beyond the middle, with a trans-
verse depression (supporting the first fascia) near base; punctures moderately
large and sharply defined even at apex, but much less crowded than on prothorax.
Intercoxal process of abdomen narrow and triangular. Legs moderately long.
Length, 2.5 mm.
Hab.— Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd).
With two pubescent fasciae on the elytra much as on A. bryanti, but head
and prothorax with much coarser punctures, elytra with sharply defined ones (on
bryanti they are much sparser and scarcely visible), head entirely red, ete. The
head and prothorax are opaque; from some directions the hind angles of the
former appear to be shining, owing to the punctures there being sparser than
elsewhere. On a second specimen the prothorax is of the same dull red colour
as the head.
490 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
ANTHICUS ACANTHODERES, N.sp.
Dark red, antennae, palpi and legs paler, prothorax blackish, elytra with a
black median fascia. Elytra moderately densely clothed with suberect, pale
pubescence, sparser and depressed elsewhere.
Head (excluding eyes) subtriangular, hind angles moderately rounded, base
distinetly bilobed; with a narrow, shining, continuous median line, ending in a
basal notch; with crowded but rather sharply defined punctures. Eyes small,
very prominent, distant from base. Antennae thin but not very long, sub-
moniliform. Prothorax longer than wide, each side (at its widest) with an acute
tubercle projecting outwards at right angles, a short distance behind it a feeble
angulation, and then strongly narrowed to near base; punctures even more
crowded than on head; with a vague trace of a median line near base. Elytra
much wider than prothorax, shoulders gently rounded, sides parallel to beyond
the middle; with dense (but not crowded) sharply defined punctures, becoming
smaller posteriorly, but distinct even at apex. Intercoxal process of abdomen
briefly triangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 2.75 mm.
Hab.— Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardeastle).
Readily distinguished from all other Australian species of the genus except
A. scabricollis, A. tridentatus and A. scydmaenoides by the conspicuously armed
prothorax. From scabricollis and scydmaenoides it is distinguished by the uni-
faseiate elytra, with square shoulders and from the description of tridentatus by
the unifasciate elytra and prothorax with less than three tubercles on each side.
In some lights the elytral pubescence appears golden.
ANTHICUS TRIVITTIPENNIS, 0.Sp.
Piceous-brown, head black or blackish, under surface usually paler than pro-
thorax; elytra flavous, its base, apex, sides, suture and a dilated postmedian spot
(or abbreviated fascia) on the suture more or less deeply infuscated; antennae
with basal half or less flavous, the rest infuscated; palpi and legs flavous, the
knees slightly infuscated. Elytra rather densely clothed with short, pale
pubescence, rest of upper surface almost glabrous.
Head rather short, hind angles moderately rounded off, base bilobed; surface
very finely shagreened and with rather distinct but irregularly distributed punc-
tures. Eyes large, extending more than half-way to base. Antennae rather thin,
none of the joints (except the ninth and tenth in the female) transverse. Pro-
thorax flat, sides strongly rounded near apex, and oblique (with a moderate sub-
basal incurvature) to base, median line faintly impressed; surface shagreened,
and with rather dense but not sharply defined punctures. Elytra much wider
than prothorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides gently dilated to beyond the
middle; with fairly dense and sharply defined punctures, of moderate size near
base, becoming indistinct posteriorly. Intercoxal process of abdomen acutely
triangular, apical segment smaller and less evenly convex in male than in female.
Legs moderately long. Length, 3.25—4 mm.
Hab.— Queensland: Cairns (E. Allen).
A flat species with head and prothorax opaque and elytral markings longi-
tudinal; it is not close to any other deseribed Australian one, but some specimens
strikingly resemble Dromius humeralis (of the Carabidae) in miniature. Of
seven specimens taken by Mr. Allen six have the postmedian enlargement of the
sutural infuseation rather large, and with faint infuseations connecting it with
the dark margins, and three of these have the apical infuscation more extensive
than on the other three; the seventh specimen has the elytra dark (almost black),
except for a large, round, flavous spot on eaeh side near the apex.
BY A. M. LEA. 491
ANTHICUS TRICOLORICORNIS, n.sp.
Reddish-eastaneous; elytra flavous, with a rather narrow, blackish, median
fascia not quite touching suture or sides; legs pale flavous, femora partly in-
fuseated; antennae with basal joints reddish, the median ones blackish, the apical
ones whitish. Elytra with fairly dense, subdepressed, pale pubescence, and with
numerous erect hairs, rest of upper surface with sparser pubescence and .shorter
hairs.
Head short and convex, hind angles strongly rounded, base not notched;
punctures sparse and scarcely visible. Eyes moderately large almost as near
base as antennae. Antennae rather long, fifth and sixth joints moderately trans-
verse, seventh to ninth strongly so. Prothorax longer than wide, sides of apical
two-thirds strongly rounded and much wider than basal third, near base strongly
constricted, the constriction continuous across disc; with distinet punctures in
constriction, but sparse and small elsewhere. Elytra convex, elliptic-ovate,
shoulders completely rounded off, near middle fully twice the width of pro-
thorax; punctures sharply defined but nowhere dense, of moderate size near base,
becoming smaller posteriorly. Intercoxal process of abdomen rather narrow and
subtriangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 2.25 mm.
* — Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).
A beautiful and apparently apterous species, which possibly should have
been referred to Tomoderus, but as there is no trace of a median line on the
prothorax it was considered better to place it in Anthicus; the elytra are fasciate
as in the description of the Tasmanian TZ. vinctus, but the antennae are tri-
coloured, and prothorax different. The three colours of the antennae are very
distinet, but not sharply limited, thus the two apical joints are almost white,
but the ninth is rather pale at its tip, and the fourth has its tip infuscated.
A second specimen (from Cooktown, H. J. Carter) differs from the type
in being somewhat wider, elytra slightly infuseated at the base, its median fascia
wider (but also not touching suture or sides) and punctures larger, denser and
much more sharply defined; antennae with three apical joints entirely pale, and
femora not infuscated.
ANTHICUS HERUS, n.Sp.
Black or dark piceous-brown, elytra with two flavous fasciae, metasternum,
part of abdomen, legs (femora sometimes deeply infuseated or blackish, except
at base) and antennae dark reddish, tarsi and palpi paler. Elytra with rather
dense and short, pale pubescence, shorter and less distinct on rest of upper
surface.
Head rather short, hind angles and base gently rounded, the latter not
notched; with crowded, asperate punctures, but leaving a narrow, shining median
line. Eyes rather large and prominent, extending more than half-way to base.
Antennae rather long, ninth and tenth joints feebly transverse. Prothorax
slightly longer than greatest width, sides strongly rounded and widest near apex,
where they are fully twice as wide as base, and slightly wider than head across
eyes, strongly inecurved near base; punctures much as on head. Hlytra elongate,
much wider than prothorax, shoulders moderately rounded, sides almost parallel
to near apex; with crowded but sharply defined punctures, becoming smaller
posteriorly. Intercoxal process of abdomen triangular. Legs rather long, the
hind ones longer than the others, femora stout, especially the front pair. Length,
3.75—4.5 mm.,
Hab.—Queensland: Townsville (F. P. Dodd).
492 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAB,
A large, flat, opaque species; to the naked eye, on account of the elytral
markings, suggestive of a greatly enlarged form of A. myrteus, but not even
close to that species. Of the pale elytral fasciae the first, ending at the basal
third, appears to be of the nature of two isosceles triangles, fairly wide on the
sides and narrowed towards the suture, which they do not reach; the space be-
tween them and the base in consequence is widely triangular (on two specimens
it is of a dark dingy red); the second fascia is at the apical third, very feebly
curved, terminated before the sides and very narrowly interrupted at the suture.
The punctures on the under surface of the head and prothorax are even coarser
than on the upper surface; the elytral punctures at the base are not quite as
large as those on the prothorax, but they are more sharply defined. The male
differs from the female in having the head and prothorax smaller, abdomen
smaller and less evenly convex, with the apical segment shorter, and its tip in-
curved, the front femora.are stouter (although they are very stout in the
female) and the front tarsi are a trifle wider.
ANTHICUS IMITATOR, n.sp.
Deep shining black, two elytral fasciae, coxae and tarsi flavous, or reddish
flavous. Elytra moderately clothed with short, ashen pubescence, rest of upper
surface more sparsely clothed.
Head subovate, quite semicircular beyond eyes, base not notched; with fairly
dense and sharply defined punctures of moderate size, sparser along middle than
elsewhere. Eyes moderately large, medio-iateral and very prominent. Antennae
rather long and thin. Prothorax shghtly longer than wide, sides strongly rounded
in front, where the width is about equal to that of head across eyes, and is almost
twice that of base, strongly constricted near base, the constriction traceable across
disc; punctures much as on prothorax, but more crowded and less sharply defined
in sub-basal depression, median line traceable as a narrowly impressed line to-
wards base, as a slightly shining one towards apex. Elytra much wider than
prothorax, shoulders moderately rounded, sides almost parallel to near apex,
feebly transversely impressed near base; punctures sharply defined, rather dense,
but not crowded near base, becoming smaller posteriorly. Intercoxal process of
abdomen obtusely pointed. Length, 3—3.5 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Lucindale (B. A. Feuerheerdt), Port Lincoln (Rev.
T. Blackburn), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper); Western Australia: Beverley
(E. F. du Boulay), Swan River (A. M. Lea).
A deep black species with elytral markings approaching those of A. myrteus,
although the pale fasciae oceupy a smaller proportion of the elytra, but much
larger, prothorax longer and with more distinct punctures, and even the antennae
black; from A. herus, which has very similar fasciae, it differs in being smaller,
shining, less flat, with much smaller and more sharply defined punctures. In
general appearance it resembles some of the dark forms of A. hesperi on an en-
larged seale, but the shape is more elongate, the head is smaller in proportion,
more rounded at the base, with smaller and more prominent eyes, ete. The
elytral fasciae vary in size and intensity, the first ends in a straight line at the
basal third with its sides almost touching the base and narrowed to the suture
(whieh is not reached); as a result the black basal space is widely triangular;
the second fascia is post-median, narrowly interrupted at the suture and not
touching (sometimes rather distant from) the sides. The sexual differences of
the abdomen and legs are slight.
BY A. M. LEA. 493
ANTHICUS MACELLUS, n.sp.
Of a rather pale red, head somewhat darker, abdomen deeply infuscated,
elytra blackish, with four large, flavous spots, placed so as to form two inter-
rupted fasciae, legs and palpi flavous. With very short, pale pubescence, more
distinet on elytra than on the rest of the upper surface.
Head long, hind angles and base moderately rounded, the latter not notched;
with a feebly shining and narrow median line. Eyes small, medio-lateral and
prominent. Antennae long and thin. Prothorax considerably longer than wide,
sides strongly rounded near apex, and strongly ineurved near base, base about
two-thirds the width at the dilated sides, with two very feeble elevations; median
line faintly impressed and short. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders
gently rounded, sides feebly dilated to beyond middle; punctures scarcely visible.
Legs rather long and thin. Length, 2 mm.
Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection).
An unusually narrow, depressed species, with head, prothorax and part of
elytra opaque, owing to density of minute punctures, these being scarcely visible
under a hand lens. The elytral spots are shaped much as on A. strictus, but the
sub-basal ones are posthumeral instead of humeral; the two species, however,
have little in common. The sub-basal spots are dilated outwardly and touch the
sides but not the suture, and are scarcely triangular, the space between them and
the base is of a dingier red than the head, beyond them the derm is of a rather
shining black, the postmedian spots are large, of irregular shape, and are nar-
rowly separated at the suture; near them on the sides the derm is pale, so that,
from directly above, there appear to be four postmedian spots, appearing as a
thrice interrupted fascia.
ANTHICUS JUCUNDUS, n.sp.
Piceous-red or piceous-brown, elytra with two flavous fasciae, parts of
femora and of tibiae deeply infuscated or blackish, rest of legs paler. Rather
sparsely pubescent, and with dark, straggling hairs.
Head subovate, rather convex, hind angles and base strongly rounded, the
latter not notched; with small but rather sharply defined punctures, sparse on
basal half, more numerous and in parts dense, but not crowded in front. Eyes
rather small, very prominent, and distant from base. Antennae long and thin.
Prothorax longer than wide, sides dilated and strongly rounded near apex,
strongly notched near base; with dense and sharply defined punctures of moderate
size. Hlytra elongate-elliptic, base very little wider than head across eyes, shoul-
ders strongly rounded, sides moderately dilated to about the middle, a shallow
transverse impression near base; with dense and fairly large punctures about
base, about as large on black median portion as on prothorax, but much less
crowded and becoming smaller but still sharply defined about apex. Intercoxal
process of abdomen acutely triangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 3—3.25
mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: St. Patrick’s River (Aug. Simson), Bruni Island (A. M.
Lea) ; Victoria (Blackburn’s collection).
In general appearance approaches some forms of A. pallipes, but the pro-
thorax is wider, with coarser punctures, front sides not conspicuously shining,
and the elytra with shoulders more rounded off. From A. rarus and all its
varieties it is distinguished by the larger prothorax with much denser punctures,
and by the sub-basal depression on the elytra, the elytra are also smaller in pro-
portion, with less prominent shoulders, and cover but small remnants of wings,
494 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
quite useless for flight. On one specimen the head and dark parts of elytra are
almost black. Of the elytral fasciae the first occupies, but is not confined to, the
sub-basal depression, being dilated on the sides (the dark basal space in front of
it is triangular about the scutellum, and notched on each side before the shoulder) ;
the second fascia is at the apical third, is not interrupted by the suture, and on
two specimens is connected by a narrow sutural vitta with the apex; as a result
on these the elytra appear to have a large dark spot on each side of the apex;
these specimens also have the margins of the elytra narrowly pale throughout.
The male differs from the female in having the abdomen smaller, its tip with a
small triangular notch, the antennae and legs slightly longer, and the front tarsi
somewhat dilated.
ANTHICUS MACROPS, n.sp.
Dark chocolate-brown, head and abdomen almost black, prothorax obscurely
reddish at base, elytra with a whitish sub-basal fascia; antennae flavous, the
apical joints infuscated; legs slightly infuseated, the coxae and tarsi paler.
Elytra with very short, sparse, depressed pubescence; rest of upper surface
glabrous or almost so.
Head almost circular, hind angles and base evenly rounded, the latter not
notched; punctures minute and sparse, scarcely visible on basal half. Eyes
large, scarcely more distant from base than from antennae. Antennae moderately
long, eighth to tenth joints slightly transverse. Prothorax strongly dilated near
apex, strongly constricted near base; with a transverse, sub-basal depression,
containing rather dense and sharply defined punctures, elsewhere very minutely
punctate; a feeble elevation on each side of base. Elytra with shoulders slightly
rounded, sides gently dilated to beyond the middle, where the width is fully
twice that of the widest part of prothorax; punctures sparse and very minute.
Intercoxal process of abdomen short and obtuse. Legs moderately long. Length,
2.25 mm. eshte
Hab.— Queensland: Emerald (A. M. Lea).
A second specimen (from Dalby, Mrs. F. H. Hobler) is paler than the type,
its head and abdomen are no darker than the dark parts of the elytra, and its
prothorax is of a dingy red, becoming paler at the base. The intercoxal process
is not triangular, although it appears so at first glance, as the metasternum in
front of it is triangularly notched. The sub-basal fascia is rather narrow, ter-
minates just before the basal third, and is slightly longer than the dark space
in front of it. The species is structurally close to a bifasciate one identified by
King as A. comptus, but has a single elytral fascia as on many other species,
which although at first glance apparently all forms of one, are really structurally
distinct, and their more salient features may be briefly noted as follows :—
A. unifasciatus King. Eyes of moderate size and prominent, base of head
evenly rounded.
A. constrictus Macl. Eyes smaller than on A. macrops, but still of fairly
large size, antennae with fourth to tenth joints of even width, although decreas-
ing in length to tenth (this may be a male feature only); on macrops the fourth
is the thinnest of all the joints, the others feebly increasing in width to tenth
(as on most species of the genus).
A. unicinctus Champ. Base of head suddenly dilated so that its widest part
projects beyond the outer edges of the eyes (in Champion’s figure this is not
shown as prominently as on a cotype received from him); the eyes themselves
rather small and prominent.
A. adelaidae Champ. I have not seen a specimen of this species; if is
BY A. M. LBA. 495
described as having large eyes but “a very fine long erect hair” in each punciure
of the upper surface; on both specimens of macrops the clothing is evidently in
perfect condition, and is nowhere erect or long.
A. politulus Lea. Eyes small, prominent, and distant from base; more of
body parts darker (usually black) than in the other forms.
A, macrops, n.sp. Eyes large, occupying more than half the distance be-
tween antennae and base, and scarcely bulging beyond the even rotundity of the
sides, base strongly and evenly rounded, without defined hind angles.
ANTHICUS OSCULANS, n.sp.
Head and most of under surface black or blackish, prothorax of a more or
less dull red, or reddish-brown, becoming paler about base; eltyra flavous, a
narrow basal space somewhat dilated about seutellum, a large median spot on
each, connected with the side. and the apieal third chocolate-brown; antennae
reddish, from one to five apical joints infuseated; legs flavous, parts of femora
and sometimes of tibiae infuscated.
Head rather short, hind angles and base strongly rounded, the latter not
notched; apical half with small and fairly numerous punctures, becoming very
faint posteriorly. Eyes of moderate size, medio-lateral and prominent. An-
tennae moderately long. Prothorax with sides strongly rounded and dilated in
front, strongly notched near base; a transverse depression with dense and dis-
tinct punctures near base, elsewhere with sparse and minute ones; two feeble
elevations at base. Elytra at base twice the width of prothorax, leaving part
of abdomen exposed, shoulders gently rounded, sides feebly dilated to beyond
the middle; punctures sparse and inconspicuous. Intercoxal process of abdomen
narrow and obtusely pointed. Legs rather thin. Length, 2—2.5 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Quorn (A. H. Elston), Murray River (H. S.
Cope).
Appears to connect the groups about A. (Micranthicus) pulcher and A.
myrteus; from the latter it is distinguished by the slightly flatter form, more
parallel-sided elytra with the median fascia represented by a triangular spot on
each side, often hardly more than slight infuseations and with the tip of each
always distant from the suture; from pulcher it is distinguished by the larger
head, with smaller eyes, the elytra with different markings, slightly larger, and
covering ample wings, although leaving part of the abdomen exposed. On the
darker specimens the pale parts somewhat resemble a rough X and the dark
markings on each elytron are narrowly connected along the side; on the paler
ones the base is scarcely infuseated, and the medio-lateral spot on each is taint
or altogether absent, so that the only distinctively dark part of the elytra is the
apical third. Of nine specimens under examination seven have an exserted ovi-
positor, and I can find no distinctively masculine features on the other two.
ANTHICUS MELANOSTICTUS, n.Sp.
Reddish-castaneous, legs and antennae paler, elytra with a fascia (sume-
times divided into two large spots) and the apex black. Moderately clothed with
suberect pubescence, slightly longer on elytra than on head and prothorax.
Head subovate, hind angles moderately rounded, base very feebly incurved
at middle; with rather dense and sharply defined punctures, but leaving an
almost impunctate median line. Eyes rather small, very prominent, much nearer
antennae than base. Antennae moderately long, eighth to tenth joints trans-
verse. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides strongly rounded and widest
near apex, thence almost evenly decreasing in width to base; punctures dense,
496 CN AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAR,
sharply defined and shghtly larger than on head. Elytra much wider than pro-
thorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides almost parallel to near apex; punc-
tures on basal half larger than on prothorax, becoming smaller and sparser
posteriorly but distinct to apex. Intercoxal process of abdomen short an@ sub-
acute. Legs moderately long. Length, 2.5—3 mm.
Hab.— Queensland: Townsville (F. P. Dodd), Cairns, Emerald (A. M. Lea) ;
Northern Territory: Darwin (W. K. Hunt); North Western Australia: Derby
(Dr. A. M. Morgan), Fortescue River (W. D. Dodd).
At first glance resembles some of the multitudinous forms of A. hesperi,
but the prothorax is of different shape, the head is smaller and the punctures
are decidedly coarser; the markings are almost as on some of the larger forms of
A. kreusleri, but all the punctures are decidedly coarser; A. xerophilus is con-
siderably narrower with much smaller punctures, and the notch at the base of
its head is always distinct; on the present species the basal incurvature is very
faint, and could hardly be regarded as a notch; in general appearance it is some-
what like A. gawleri, on a greatly reduced scale. The head varies from no
darker than the prothorax to almost black, the abdomen is often deeply in-
fuseated. The black elytral fascia sometimes occupies the whole of the median
third, except for a very narrow interruption at the suture, is connected along
the sides with the black apical fourth or fifth, and also by an infuscation alone
the suture, so that a spot (conspicuously flavous) is enclosed on each elytron;
but on an occasional specimen the pale sutural space is increased, so that the
fascia, from above, appears as two large, disconnected spots. The punctures on
the metasternum are slightly coarser than those on the prothorax. The male
differs from the female in having the hind tibiae slightly more curved, all the
tarsi slightly more dilated, and the apical segment of abdomen less evenly
convex.
ANTHICUS MIMETES, n.sp.
Pale reddish-eastaneous, head and prothorax opaque; elytra flavous, base,
apex, and a median fascia blackish or deeply infuscated; legs flavous. With
very short, depressed, pale pubescence. }
Head short, hind angles moderately rounded, base not notched; with minute
crowded punctures, but leaving a narrow, shining median line. Eyes rather large,
prominent, not much more distant from base than from antennae. Antennae
thin, but not very long. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides in front
strongly rounded, and much wider than base, strongly notched near base, with a
feeble depression connecting the notches, behind it two very feeble elevations:
punetures much as on head, but becoming more noticeable about base. Elytra
much wider than prothorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides very feebly dilated
to. about the middle; with dense but inconspicuous punctures. Intercoxal pro-
cess of abdomen narrow and gently rounded. Legs rather thin. Length, 2—2.25
mm.
Hab—South Australia: Barossa, Quorn (A. H. Elston), Lucindale (F.
Secker), Mount Lofty; New South Wales: Wagga Wagga (R. Helms), Forest
Reefs (A. M. Lea).
A depressed species readily distinguished from the many similarly coloured
ones by the opaque head and prothorax. The elytral markings vary in extent
and intensity, and on some specimens might be regarded as consisting of three
fasciae; the median fascia is always conspicuous, but on some specimens is nar-
rowed towards and interrupted at the suture, it oceupies about one-fifth or one-
sixth of the length of the elytra, the apical mark is semicircular, the base on
BY A. M. LBA. 497
some specimens is conspicuously dark, on others it is but shghtly infuseated
about the seutellum; the sides of the abdomen are sometimes infuscated. The
elytral punctures are not sharply defined, even at the base. The sexual differences
of the legs and abdomen are but slight. Specimens with the basal marking faint
rather strongly resemble A. xerophilus, but on that species the head and pro-
thorax are shining.
ANTHICUS GLOBICEPS, n.sp.
Pale reddish-castaneous, elytra flavous with black or infuscated markings,
antennae and legs flavous, apical joints of the former more or less infuseated.
Upper surface with depressed, whitish pubescence, more distinct on elytra than
elsewhere.
Head rather short, hind angles and base continuously rounded, the latter not
notched; with dense and small, but in some lights rather sharply defined pune-
tures. Eyes comparatively large, medio-lateral and very prominent. Antennae
rather short, three or four of the subapical joints transverse. Prothorax shehtly
longer than wide, front sides strongly dilated and almost twice the width of
base, strongly notched near base; with dense and small punctures, becoming
larger in a feeble sub-basal depression. Elytra elongate, much wider than pro-
thorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides almost parallel to near apex; punctures
fairly dense and small, becoming scarcely visible posteriorly. Intercoxal pro-
cess of abdomen short and gently rounded. Legs rather thin. Length, 2—2.25
mm.
Hab.— Queensland: Townsville (F. P. Dodd), Cairns District (E. Allen and
A. M. Lea), Stewart River (W. D. Dodd).
At first glance apparently belonging to A. mimetes but the head and pro-
thorax are not opaque, the hind angles of the former are completely rounded
off, and the punetures are rather more sharply defined; the shining prothorax
also at once distinguishes the species from A. pallipes, some forms of which
have very similar elytral markings. Structurally it is close to A. myrtews and
the elytral markings are in almost exactly similar positions, but is much brighter,
the head slightly smaller and with larger eyes. From A. geminatus it differs in
the squarer shoulders, shorter head and considerably larger eyes. A. monilis
is a more convex species, with stronger punctures, head larger and eyes much
smaller. A. nitidissimus has a decidedly narrower prothorax and longer head,
with smaller eyes. The elytra have a black or blackish median fascia and an
apical patch much as on mimetes, and usually a dark patch on each side of the
base, but occasionally the latter are searcely traceable; those without the basal
infuscations rather closely resemble A. xerophilus, but the head is not notched
at the base. One specimen has the median fascia and apieal patch larger than
usual, and connected along the sides and suture, so that a fairly large, pale,
transverse spot is enclosed on each elytron, at about the apical third; on another
the median fascia is broken up into two transverse, disconnected spots, and the
apical spot appears as two, owing to the suture and tips being narrowly pale.
The head is sometimes moderately infuscated; the four apical segments of abdo-
men are usually infuseated or black, but occasionally are no darker than the
metasternum. On one specimen, from Cairns, the elytral markings are all re-
duced to feeble infuseations, although the median fascia is continuous.
Six specimens (from Darwin, W. K. Hunt) are smaller and paler than
usual (although the four apical segments of abdomen are dark) with the elytra
less parallel-sided, the median fascia reduced to two obtusely-pointed, transverse
498 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAB,
spots, almost touching the sides, but some distance from the suture, and with
the infuseation about the scutellum very faint.
ANTHICUS FUSCOTIBIALIS, n.sp.
Pale reddish-castaneous; elytra black or blackish with a complete sub-basal
faseia, and an interrupted postmedian one, or two transverse spots, flavous; legs
pale castaneous or flavous, tibiae infuscated; antennae with apical half or more
infuscated; abdomen blackish, except for part of the basal segment. Elytra with
rather sparse, depressed, pale pubescence, sparser on rest of upper surface; with
a few. short, scattered hairs.
Head rather short, sides behind eyes parallel for a short distance, base
moderately rounded and not notched: with rather sharply defined and numerous
but small punctures in front, sparser and more irregular elsewhere. Eyes rather
small, medio-lateral and very prominent. Antennae moderately long, three or
four joints transverse. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, sides in front
strongly dilated and almost twice the width of base, strongly notched
near base, a distinct depression connecting the two notches across
disc, base with two obtuse elevations; punctures sparse and small, more
distinct about sub-basal depression than elsewhere. Elytra with shoulders slightly
rounded, sides moderately dilated to beyond the middle, where the width is tully
twice that of the widest part of prothorax; with sharply defined but not very
large or crowded punctures near base, becoming much smaller pesteriorly. Inter-
coxal process of abdomen slightly wider than usual, the tip semicircular. Legs
moderately long. Length, 2—2.25 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Beverley (H. F. du Boulay), Kalgoorlie (W. du
Boulay), Geraldton (A. M. Lea); South Australia: Port Lincoln (Rev. T. Black-
burn).
A rather flat species. The pale sub-basal fascia is rather wide, much as on
A. unifasciatus and allied species, and is connected along the suture with the
base; the base itself is usually not as dark as the other dark parts of the elytra
and is sometimes but moderately infuscated (such specimens seem to approach
some forms of A. xerophilus, from which they differ in the head not notched at
base); the postmedian spots are somewhat obliquely placed and narrowed to-
wards the suture, which they never appear quite to reach, although on some
specimens the part separating them from the suture is rather shghtly infuscated.
Of the thirteen specimens under examination two have the head slightly in-
fuscated, and of these one has the prothorax infuseated in front; all have the
tibiae conspicuously darker than the femora and tarsi. In the male the tip of
the abdomen is slightly notched, and the legs are slightly longer than in the
female.
ANTHICUS ACUTIBASIS, n.sp.
Chocolate-brown, some parts almost black; elytra with a sub-basal fascia
and two postmedian spots flavous, under surface reddish-castaneous or flavous,
abdomen (except basal segment) blackish, antennae and legs flavous, knees and
sometimes parts of femora infuscated. With sparse pubescence and a few
straggling hairs.
Head rather long, hind angles and base strongly rounded, with rather dense
and sharply defined punctures; with a shining, impunctate and almost continuous
median line that, posteriorly, appears as a pointed ridge. Eyes of moderate
size, much nearer antennae than base and very prominent. Antennae moderately
BY A. M. LEA. 499
long, ninth and tenth joints conspicuously transverse. Elytra with sparse and
minute punctures. Length, 2.5—2.75 mm.
Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection).
At first glance appears to be a large variety of the preceding species, but
the consistently larger size, longer head with basal projection and stronger pune-
tures, thicker and entirely pale antennae, finer elytral punctures and tibiae (except
at the knees) no darker than the adjacent parts, are sufficiently distinctive. The
prothorax (except at apex), elytra (except for the punctures), abdomen and
legs, are sculptured as described on that species. On three specimens the pro-
thorax is of a rather bright castaneous with the head but little darker; on two
others they are as dark as the dark parts of the elytra; on three of them the
front femora are darker than the others, and have an obscurely pale longitudinal
vitta. The pale elytral markings are placed as on the preceding species, but the
sub-basal fascia is. interrupted near the suture by a subtriangular extension of
the basal infuscation; the transverse postmedian spots are more widely separated
from the suture, and on one of them are rather narrow and less sharply defined.
Two specimens from the Northern Territory (Melville Island, W. D. Dodd)
have the general colours dingier, but with the sub-basal fascia (which is not in-
terrupted at the suture) and transverse postmedian spots white; on one of them
the head has comparatively dense and coarse punctures, with the median line not
traceable, except at the base, where it appears as a rather narrow ridge, causing
the head to appear pointed there; on the other specimen the head is smaller,
with smaller punctures but the ridge quite as distinct.
On all the specimens (although more noticeably on some than on others)
the base of the head is seen to be quite acute, owing to the ridge being abruptly
terminated, although not overhangig; from directly above, however, the base
appears strongly rounded off. They all have a medio-apical ridge on the pro-
thorax, although this is indistinct with the head in position.
ANTHICUS FOVEIFER, n.sp.
S$. Black or blackish-brown, prothorax of a dingy red, base paler, elytra
with four flavous spots or two interrupted fasciae, antennae and legs flavous,
three or four apical joints of the former, and tibiae and most of femora of the
latter, infuseated. Upper surface with depressed pubescence and a few short
hairs.
Head rather short, hind angles and base strongly rounded, the latter not
notched; with sparse and small, but fairly sharply defined punctures, becoming
denser in front. Eyes comparatively large, medio-lateral and prominent. An-
tennae moderately long. Prothorax longer than wide, front moderately convex,
sides in front strongly rounded and almost twice the width of base, strongly
notched at basal third; transversely depressed and with distinct punctures near
base, smaller and sparser ones elsewhere; two feeble elevations at base. Elytra
with shoulders slightly rounded, sides moderately dilated to beyond the middle,
where the width is more than twice the widest part of prothorax; punctures
feebly defined. Abdomen with intercoxal process wider than usual, and gently
rounded, apical segment with a rather deep fovea extending from base almost
to apex, and occupying rather less than the median third. Legs rather long and
thin. Length, 2.25 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Beverley (F. H. du Boulay).
In general appearance the type resembles a very large specimen of A. strictus,
but the head is much shorter, its base is more strongly poate off and the eyes
500 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAB,
are fully twice as large. From 4d. fuscotibialis it differs also in the much larger
eyes, and by the sub-basal fascia being composed of two slightly oblique or
curved spots, narrowing towards and almost meeting at the suture, instead of a
straight and continuous fascia. In some respects it approaches A. myrteus,
but the large abdominal fovea of the male is at once distinctive. The sub-basal
fascia is interrupted before the suture by a subtriangular extension of the dark
pase, the transverse spots or interrupted fascia at the apical third are quite
distinct, but not sharply limited; the metasternum and abdomen, except where
they meet, are quite as black as the head.
ANTHICUS PARVULUS, n.sp.
Reddish-castaneous, legs somewhat paler, elytra with a black submedian
fascia, their base and apex, head, apical half of antennae and most of abdomen
infuseated. Elytra with depressed pale pubescence, rest of upper surface very
sparsely clothed.
Head (excluding neck) about as long as its greatest width, hind angles and
base strongly rounded; the latter slightly notched, with rather sparse and small,
but sharply defined punctures, sparser along middle than elsewhere. Eyes small,
medio-lateral and very prominent. Antennae moderately long, three or four
joints transverse. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides strongly rounded
in front, strongly narrowed towards and notched near base; punctures small.
Elytra not quite concealing abdomen, shoulders slightly rounded, sides slightly
dilated to beyond the middle, where the width is fully twice that of the widest
part of prothorax; with rather dense and moderately large, sharply defined punc-
tures, becoming minute beyond the fascia. Metasternum with dense and sharply
defined punctures. Intercoxal process of abdomen obtusely pointed. Legs rather
thin. Length, 2 mm.
Hab.—Victoria: Beaconsfield, in December; Queensland: Goodna, in October
(F. E. Wilson).
About the size of, and structurally rather close to A. monilis, but with
sparser punctures, although on the basal half of the elytra they are quite as
large, the head and prothorax are slightly smaller, the antennae are not entirely
pale (on some of them the tip of the apical joint is pale) and the elytral mark-
ings are reduced to a narrower submedian fascia, with the basal and apical in-
fuseations rather faint, although on two specimens these are almost as dark as
the fascia; this is slightly beyond the middle, on one specimen it is quite even,
but on most of them it is narrowed towards the suture and on two is interrupted
there; at its widest it 1s about one-seventh the length of the elytra. One speci-
men has the abdomen entirely pale. The notch at the base of the head is small
and invisible from most directions, but is fairly distinct when viewed obliquely
from behind. The male differs from the female in having the tip of the abdomen
slightly notched, the legs shghtly longer, with the front tarsi wider.
ANTHICUS ABUNDANS, n.sp.
dg. Colours and markings variable. Moderately clothed with subdepressed
pubescence, and with scattered erect setae or short hairs.
Head short and wide, hind angles shghtly rounded, base almost straight;
punctures of moderate size and sharply defined but sparse, more numerous near
eyes than elsewhere. Eyes large and prominent, scarcely more distant from base
than from antennae. Antennae moderately long, none of the joints distinctly
transverse. Prothorax distinctly wider than long, sides widest and strongly
BY A. M. LEA. 501
rounded near apex, where the width is equal to that of head across eyes,
strongly narrowed to and notched near base; with sharply defined
and fairly numerous punctures, but nowhere crowded. Elytra rather
elongate, shoulders gently rounded, the width across them not much more than
widest part .of prothorax, sides gently dilated to middle; with numerous, but not
crowded, sharply defined punctures of moderate size, becoming smaller posteriorly,
but distinct even at apex. Abdomen with intercoxal process narrow and acutely
triangular; apical segment with a fairly deep medio-apical incurvature. Hind
tibiae rather long, apical two-thirds slightly ineurved on one side. Length, 2.5—
3 mm.
2. Differs in having the head smaller, antennae shorter and thinner, abdomen
more evenly convex and larger, the tip not at all incurved, legs shorter, hind
tibiae straight and front tarsi narrower.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns District (Blackburn’s collection and A. M. Lea),
Townsville (F. E. Wilson from G. F. Hill), Bundaberg. :
As with most members of the A. brevicollis group the markings are very
variable, the elytra are rather long for a member of that group, but the head,
with its large eyes, and the short prothorax are normal. From most directions
the head appears to be quite straight or gently rounded at the base, but from
some a very feeble median incurvature (it could not be regarded as a notch)
may be traced. The darker males have the head (muzzle obscurely reddish), pro-
thorax (base obscurely reddish), and elytra (four flavous spots excepted) vary-
ing from dark reddish-brown to black; the abdomen (partly or entirely), parts
of the legs, and from five to seven apical joimts of antennae more or less deeply
infuseated; such dark males are more abundant than the other forms, and have
two flavous triangular humeral spots distinctly separated from the suture by a
triangular extension of the dark basal portion, and two obliquely transverse spots
at the apical third, not quite meeting at the suture; on other specimens the pale
spots gradually enlarge till the two humeral ones become a wide sub-basal fascia,
searcely or not at all interrupted at the suture, and the postmedian spots are
dilated (but still separated at the suture) so that there is left a fairly wide black
median fascia; on other specimens the pale portions are still more enlarged, till
the basal infuseation almost vanishes, the black median fascia is reduced to two
suboval spots, rather distant from the suture, and an apical infuscation (some-
times very faint). The females also vary greatly in colour but usually have the
pale elytral spots enlarged to rather wide fasciae, of which the postmedian one
is usually narrowly interrupted at the suture, but the other is continuous. Hight
females that I cannot distinguish structurally from others that certainly belong
to this species, have most of the under surface blackish, the prothorax reddish-
castaneous, with the apex slightly infuscated, and the elytra pale except for an
apical spot and a triangular infuscation about the scutellum; but many of the
females having no distinctive features of the legs and abdomen, can scarcely be
distinguished from females of other species; and by their colour and markings
alone, many males cannot be distinguished from other species. The hind tibiae
of the male from one direction appear to be moderately wide and straight, but
from another they appear to be thinner, with the inner side of the apical two-
thirds slightly but distinctly meurved to the middle, and more or less blackish
there; on A. brevicollis and A. crassipes the incurvature is much more evident
(it commences as a sudden notch) and the whole tibia has an outward curve.
The punctures of the head and prothorax are much sparser than on A. discoideus
and A. baudinensis; the elytra of the male are not opaque, as in A. crassus; tke
502 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
markings distinguish trom A. inglorius, A. latus, A. luridus and A. immaculatus.
Some of the paler forms whose elytra are but feebly infuscated about the base
and with three isolated dark spots, approach some of the darker forms of A.
laticollis, but they have at least some joints of the antennae dark, even in the
female. Specimens may be taken in abundance at lights.
ANTHICUS CORDICOLLIS, n.sp.
Of a rather dingy flavous, head and prothorax flavo-ferruginous. With
pale pubescence, short and depressed on head and prothorax, slightly longer and
less depressed on elytra; the latter in addition with numerous suberect hairs.
Head large, hind angles and base moderately rounded, the latter not notched;
with densely crowded punctures. Eyes small, prominent, distant from base.
Antennae moderately long. Prothorax cordate, wider than long, sides strongly
rounded in front and strongly diminishing in width to base; punctures as on head.
Elytra elongate, elliptic-ovate, shoulders completely rounded off; with rather
dense and sharply defined punctures of moderate size, becoming smaller pos-
teriorly, the interspaces with extremely minute punctures, but scarcely shagreened.
TIntercoxal process of abdomen narrow and subacute. Legs moderately long.
Length, 4.25 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown).
Evidently an apterous species, at first glance apparently belonging to
Formicomus, but the intercoxal process narrow and femora unarmed. The head
and prothorax are opaque, mostly owing to the density of punctures; in some
lights the former has a finely granulated appearance, and the latter, owing to the
pubescence, appears to be finely strigose, but it is really not so.
FORMICOMUS.
By various works consulted Formicomus would appear to be distinguished
by the body being apterous, with humeral angles completely rounded off, inter-
coxal process of abdomen wide and usually trungated, and hind femora strongly
clavate. The majority of Australian species agree with these characters, but a
few are winged, and these have the shoulders not completely rounded off, a few
have the hind femora less strongly clavate than usual, and some have the inter-
coxal process narrower than usual, although apparently never triangular. The
species are usually of large size, and usually have the hind femora dentate, or
the front ones of the male only.
FORMICOMUS QUADRIMACULATUS King.
This species varies considerably in size and colour, most specimens have the
prothorax conspicuously reddish, the head infuscated, and the elytra blackish;
with two reddish fasciae interrupted before the suture, and clothed with white
pubescence. Sometimes the head is quite as pale as the prothorax; occasionally
all parts (except the clothing) of the upper surface are blackish. King did not
mention the fact, which, however, is quite apparent on several specimens from
his colleetion, that the derm beneath the white elytral markings is usually red-
dish; but on small dark specimens the derm of the elytra is sometimes entirely
black; he also did not mention that the hind femora are strongly unidentate. On
most specimens in good condition there appears, from many directions, an oblique
line of whitish pubescence on each side of the prothorax, the two meeting at the
ot
aOoO:°@=~«M~§Ss—l
BY A. M. LBA. 503
middle of the base so as to form a distinct V. Two specimens, from Western
Australia and New South Wales, have the reddish sub-basal markings on the
elytra dilated to the base and suture, but, leaving a fairly large, round, dark spot
isolated on each side near the base; on a somewhat similar specimen from South
Australia the spots are but feeble infuscations, and the punctures on the elytra
are rather stronger than usual. Two unusually small specimens, with the elytral
derm entirely dark, were taken at Murray Bridge from a nest of the ant, Ponera
lutea.
ForMicomus MASTERSI King.
Syn.—F’. Kingi Mael.
In general appearance this species is close to large dark specimens of F.
quadrimaculatus, but differs in having the hind femora strongiy and unequally
bidentate, the teeth being placed side by side, the inner one larger than the
outer; the prothorax is usually darker on the anterior sides than elsewhere, and
has (on specimens in perfect condition) V-shaped pubescence as on the species
named; there are also two similar, transverse, reddish fasciae on the elytra, in-
terrupted before the suture, and clothed with white pubescence, but the sub-
basal fascia is usually more distinct than the postmedian one; occasionally both
are absent or very feeble, but the clothing covering them appears to be always
conspicuous on non-abraded specimens. A cotype is in the South Australian
Museum, and many specimens from Morgan and other localities on the Murray
River.
Macleay described the type of F. Kingi as having the hind femora “very
strongly toothed on the under-side near the apex.” Six ecotypes before me are
bidentate; the teeth vary somewhat in size on the specimens but one is always
smaller than the other; they agree perfectly with South Australian specimens of
F. mastersi.
Formicomus speciosus King.
The head and prothorax (especially the latter) of this species are densely
and coarsely punctured, the transverse spots or interrupted fascia (near the base
of the elytra) of silvery clothing are placed within depressions, and the hind
femora are strongly dentate, the teeth being placed side by side as in F’. mastersi,
from which it may be readily distinguished by the elytra and punctures. A
specimen was taken at the Swan River, by Mr. J. Clark, from a nest of the twig-
mound ant, Iridomyrmex conifer.
FORMICOMUS DENISONI King.
Syn.—F’. nigripennis Champ.
A common species in North Queensland. Although King deseribed the
elytra as “nigro-cyaneis” they are nearly always deep shining black, the bluish
gloss being very seldom in evidence, and the head and prothorax are of a bright
red; the legs, especially the front ones, vary somewhat in colour, but (except at
the base of the femora) are usually black. The front femora are strongly den-
tate in the male, edentate in the female. The length varies from 3.25 to 4.75
mm. Some specimens from North Queensland differ from typical ones in being
entirely black, except that parts of the mouth are obscurely diluted with red;
one has the head, front tarsi and some of the mouth parts of a dull red, all other
parts being black. F'. nigripennis was described from a small male of the
species.
504 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
FORMICOMUS INTERRUPTUS, n.sp.
Dark reddish-brown, elytra darker, but with two pale interrupted fasciae,
palpi and most of legs paler. With rather sparse, pale pubescence, but fairly
dense on sides of prothorax posteriorly, dense on elytral fasciae and on sides of
under surface; a few straggling hairs scattered about.
Head subovate, rather feebly convex, hind angles moderately rounded off;
with crowded and small asperate punctures, sparser (but still crowded) in front
than behind; with a feeble median line. Eyes small, medio-lateral and rather
prominent. Prothorax with sides widest near apex, where they are evenly
rounded, then oblique but with a feeble incurvature to base; punctures much as
on base of head; median line scarcely traceable. Elytra elongate-elliptic; basal
half with rather dense and moderately large, sharply defined punctures, becoming
very small posteriorly. Intercoxal process of abdomen rather wide and truncate.
Femora stout, the hind ones strongly clavate and with a large, acutely triangular
tooth. Length, 3.5—4.5 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Townsville (F. P. Dodd).
At first glance like some of the forms of F. quadrimaculatus, but elytral
punctures sparser and much more distinct on the basal half, and prothorax
shorter but with somewhat similar pubescence; the prothoracic punctures are
stronger than on I’. Kingi. The head and prothorax are subopaque, due entirely
to the punctures; the elytral fasciae are rendered very distinct by their clothing
(which, however, appears to be easily abraded), the first is at the basal third
and is interrupted close to the suture, the other is at the apical third and its
sutural interruption is wider. I can find no external indications of sex in the
three specimens under examination.
Formicomus LATIBASIS, n.sp.
Flavous, head and prothorax somewhat ferruginous, elytra with two pale,
interrupted fasciae. Rather sparsely clothed, but on the elytral fasciae “and
parts of under surface more densely so.
Head briefly ovate, widest almost at base, where the angles are feebly
rounded off. Eyes small and medio-lateral. Prothorax slightly wider than long,
widest and strongly rounded near apex; with a distinct, open, medio-basal fovea.
Elytra elongate-ovate; with dense and minute punctures throughout, with some
larger (but still small) ones becoming rather numerous towards base. Length,
4.5 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Kilkerran (Blackburn’s collection).
The type may be immature but is structurally sufficiently distinctive to be
named. It is closely allied to the preceding species, with abdomen and_ hind
femora similar, but differs in having the head decidedly wider, with the hind
angles less rounded off; the prothorax is wider with the medio-basal fovea dis-
tinct (on that species it is hardly dicated), and the elytral punctures are smaller;
the punctures on the head and prothorax are of the same nature, but are smaller
and the median line in the former is even less distinct; its clothing is also
sparser. It is also allied to IF’. quadrimaculatus, but the head is at least half asi
large again, the prothorax is shorter and with a medio-basal fovea; this is one
(the most distinct) of three enlargements of the sub-basal impression.
FORMICOMUS PUBIFASCIATUS, 1.Sp.
Black; head, prothorax, antennae, palpi and legs more or less red. Finely
pubescent, but the elytra with two interrupted fasciae of white pubescence: one
at the basal third, the other at the apical third.
BY A. M. LBA. 505
Head rather large, from clypeus to base scarcely as long as the greatest
width; with crowded, small, asperate punctures, a few of larger size; median
line faintly defined but continuous. Eyes rather small and moderately pro-
minent. Prothorax shghtly longer than wide, sides widest and strongly rounded
near apex; thence oblique to base; punctures minute and densely crowded.
Elytra elongate-elliptic; with dense and minute punctures. Intereoxal process of
abdomen wide and truncate. Hind femora strongly clavate, strongly and acutely
dentate. Length, 4 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown).
Differs from F. quadrimaculatus in the head being considerably larger, with
eyes slightly nearer base; elytra slightly bronzy and with denser and more sharply
defined punctures; although decidedly small, the punctures are so dense that from
some directions the surface appears microscopically granulate; it is, however,
somewhat shining, but the prothorax and head are opaque. The legs are paler
than the prothorax, and this is paler than the head, which is somewhat infuscated
in front. The elytral fasciae appear to be easily abraded, and on the type the
supporting dern. is no paler than the adjacent parts.
ForMICOMUS MELASOMUS, n.sp.
Black, parts of appendages reddish. With rather sparse pale pubescence,
but forming two interrupted fasciae on elytra: one at the basal third, the other
at the apical third.
Head briefly ovate, hind angles rather strongly rounded off; with dense and
small but, in some lights, sharply defined punctures; median line faint. Eyes
small, prominent and distant from base. Prothorax slightly longer than wide,
slightly narrower than head, widest and strongly rounded near apex, sides thence
oblique to base; punctures much as on head; median line faint but continuous.
Elytra elongate-elliptic; with minute punctures, becoming very faint posteriorly.
Intercoxal process of abdomen rather wide and truncate. Hind femora strongly
clavate, strongly and acutely dentate. Length, 3—3.5 mm.
Hab.—Soutk Australia: Lucindale (B. A. Feuerheerdt), Narracoorte (A.
M. Lea); Western Australia: Yilgarn (Blackburn’s collection from E. Meyrick).
Structurally resembling fF. quadrimaculatus on a small seale, but darker,
more convex, eyes smaller, etc. The head and prothorax are somewhat shining,
despite the density of punctures, these, however, not being asperate. The an-
tennae are reddish, but with the apical half more or less deeply infuscated; the
coxae, basal half of femora, tarsi and tibiae (wholly or in part) are reddish;
in some lights the derm beneath the pubescent fasciae is seen to be obscurely
reddish on some specimens, but not on others. Four, of the five, specimens under
examination have male genitalia exposed, and have the basal segment of abdomen
less convex, and front tarsi slightly wider than on the other specimen, these being
the only external indications of sex.
FORMICOMUS DENTIVARIUS, n.sp.
Colours variable. Rather densely clothed with fine pubescence, varying in
colour with the derm; with numerous long, erect, dark hairs scattered about.
Head of moderate size, subovate, hind angles rather strongly rounded off;
with dense and rather small but (except where partially concealed by clothing)
sharply defined punctures. Eyes small, medio-lateral and very prominent. Pro-
thorax transverse, distinctly wider than head, all angles widely rounded off, near
y
on
\
506 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
apex much wider than base; punctures much as on head. Elytra elliptic-ovate;
with dense and minute punctures, and with numerous larger ones, especially
towards base, but all more or less obscured by clothing. Intercoxal process of
abdomen not very wide, gently rounded off or almost truncate. Hind femora
very stout, strongly clavate, with one strong and acute tooth, and usually with
one or more smaller ones. Length, 2.5—6 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown).
Not very close to any other Australian species, except the following one and
with a greater range in size than any other member of the family known to me.
The teeth on the hind femora vary in number from one to four; there is a long
and rather thin one inwardly, near this on the outer side there is a ridge with
feeble undulations on some specimens, but on others the undulations are developed
into teeth, usually small, but generally acute. On some specimens, from certain
oblique directions, all four are distinct, and from an inner direction there appear
1, a long thin tooth, 2, a small one, 3, a longer but still. small one, then, 4, a still
smaller one or feeble tubercle; of these the 4th is the first to disappear, then
the 2nd, and rarely the 3rd, the 1st being always present but varying in length.
The narrowly impressed line at the base of the prothorax is not traceable across
the middle from above, although distinct from the sides. The head and prothorax
are both subopaque and on each a feeble median line may be traced from certain
directions. All the specimens have the legs, antennae and palpi more or less
reddish, but the tibiae at base and the hind femora at apex are sometimes darker
than the adjacent paris; the head is black or blackish, but in front is obscurely
reddish; the prothorax varies from entirely reddish (but usually with the front
and front sides infuseated) to entirely blackish; the elytra are black or blackish,
with the suture, sides and two interrupted zig-zag fasciae reddish, the sides and
fascia clothed with white pubescence. From the side each elytron may be seen
to have the pale part rather wide at the base, and narrow at the apex; from the
shoulder a wide stripe projects obliquely backwards from the pale side, terminating
in an acute point slightly before the middle of the elytron, with its front inner
portion produced obliquely forwards, but not to the suture; at the apical third
another stripe or fascia projects at a right angle inwards to near the suture,
with a deep notch almost in line with the point of the sub-basal fascia. The
smallest specimen has the whole of the upper surface dark, except that parts of
the elytra are obscurely diluted with red, its elytral fasciae, although not distinct
in themselves, are fairly indicated by the white pubescence; its hind femora are
rather conspicuously infuseated near apex.
FORMICOMUS TRIDENTIPES, 0.Sp.
Blackish; prothorax (front infuscated), legs, antennae and palpi reddish;
under surface and parts of elytra obscurely reddish. Moderately clothed with
short and mostly dark pubescence, but becoming golden on part of prothorax,
and silvery on parts of elytra; in addition with numerous dark, erect hairs.
Head and prothorax with sculpture as deseribed in preceding species, but
with somewhat coarser punctures. Elytra slightly larger in proportion, and
with distinctly larger punctures. Intercoxal process of abdomen wide and trun-
cated. Hind femora strongly clavate and tridentate. Length, 5 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Port Lincoln (A. M. Lea).
In general appearance fairly close to some specimens of the preceding
species, and with the head and prothorax almost identical, except that the pune-
BY A. M. LEA. ; 507
tures are slightly coarser, but the elytra have the reddish markings very obscure
and the white pubescence clothing them differently directed, especially the sub-
apical one, which, at its meception, instead of being directed at a right angle to
the side, is directed obliquely forwards, so that if continued it would meet its
fellow at the suture shghtly before the middle; the sub-basal marking is curved,
and on the right side is like an irregular J, the apex of the suture is also clothed
with silvery pubescence; the intercoxal process of the abdomen is fully twice as
wide and is truncated, it is decidedly wider than the apical segment is long
(on the preceding species it is decidedly narrower than that segment is long) and
the second joint of the hind tarsi is fully as long as the claw joint, instead of
(as on that species) much shorter. The hind femora are tridentate, each having
two acute teeth side by side (the inner longer and thinner than the outer), and
a small acute one behind the inner one. The type is in perfect condition; when
examining its upper surface I thought it was possibly a variety of the preceding
species, but the differences in the abdomen and tarsi are conclusive; the margins
and suture of its elytra are very narrowly and obscurely reddish, and there are
two obscurely reddish spots on each elytron: an angular one on each shoulder,
and an irregular postmedian one.
FORMICOMUS OBTUSIDENS, n.sp.
3S. Shining black; elytra with a davous fascia not quite touching sides or
suture at basal fourth, base of antennae, coxae, base of femora and tarsi more
or less obscurely reddish. With sparse, ashen pubescence, and with a few erect
hairs.
Head rather small, hind angles completely rounded off to the narrow neck;
with fairly dense and Sharply defined punctures in front, becoming much sparser
and smaller posteriorly. Eyes large. prominent and medio-lateral, slightly longer
than basal jomt of antennae. Antennae with eighth to tenth jomts wide and
triangularly dilated to apex. Prothorax much longer than wide, subglobular in
front, strongly constricted near base; with fairly numerous punctures on dise,
and with a feeble median line. Elytra subovate, dilated from shoulders (which
are not completely rounded off) to beyond the middle, transversely depressed
beneath sub-basal fovea, and with sparse and small, but fairly distinct punctures.
Abdomen with intercoxal process moderately wide and feebly rounded, apical
segment with a round median fovea, each side of apex deeply notched so as to
expose portion of the genitalia. Femora stout and strongly clavate, front pair
near base each with a long tooth dilated to and notched at apex, front tibiae
thickened and dentate near middle. Length, 3.5—4 mm.
2. Differs in having thinner and shorter antennae, and simple abdomen and
front femora and tibiae.
Hab.—Northern Territory: Melville Island (W. D. Dodd).
The intercoxal process of the abdomen is less conspicuously truneated than
is usual in Formicomus, and wings are present, in consequence of which the
shoulders are less rounded off than is usual; but as the femora are strongly
clavate and the species is certainly congenerie with 7’. agilis, which is also winged,
it was referred to Formicomus. From F. agilis, to which at first glance it appears
to belong, it differs in the prothorax having a very feeble median line instead of
a deep groove, and the tooth of the front femora of the male longer and of
different shape. The head, behind the eyes, is almost semicircular in outline; on
most of the specimens from the island it is deep black, but on several it is dark
reddish-brown; on such specimens the antennae and legs are also somewhat paler.
508 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAR,
FORMICOMUS ACUTIDENS, n.sp.
g. Black; basal joints of antennae obscurely reddish, coxae and base of
femora flavous.
Head subglobular; with crowded but fairly sharply defined punctures about
base, but less distinct in front, owing to the intermixture of smaller ones. Eyes
rather small, medio-lateral and prominent. Antennae slightly thickened towards
apex. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, front two-thirds globular, the
basal third much narrower; with a few inconspicuous punctures along middle;
median line very faint. EHlytra elliptic-ovate, sides somewhat dilated to middle,
shoulders fairly prominent; punctures sparse and minute. Abdomen with inter-
coxal process rather wide and gently rounded, apical segment irregular on each
side of and depressed in middle. Femora strongly clavate, front pair each with
a long and acute median tooth; front tibiae notched near apex, hind tibiae long,
thin and rather strongly curved. Length, 3 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns District (A. M. Lea).
The presence of wings, strongly dentate front femora of male, and shoulders
not completely rounded off, associate this species with the preceding, and with
F. agilis, from which it is at once distinguished by the absence of a flavous fascia
in a sub-basal depression on the elytra; the hind tibiae are also decidedly longer
and more strongly curved than on those species and the cephalic punctures are
different; in its scarcely visible median line it is nearer the preceding species
than agilis, but its femoral tooth is an acute spine.
FORMICOMUS ALATUS, n.sp,
Black, shining; parts of three basal joints of antennae, parts of femora, of
tarsi and of palpi more or less reddish. With fairly numerous, dark, erect hairs,
mixed on ‘the elytra with sparse, pale pubescence.
Head subovate, hind angles and base completely rounded off; with rather
sparse and small, but sharply defined punctures, becoming larger and somewhat
crowded in and about some frontal impressions. Hyes prominent, medio-lateral
and rather large. Antennae long. Prothorax longer than wide, sides strongly
rounded and widest near apex, notched near base: upper surface with rather
dense and sharply defined but asperate punctures, flanks almost impunctate.
Elytra much wider than prothorax, sides of base oblique to shoulders, sides gently
dilated to beyond middle; punctures sparse and minute. Intercoxal process of
abdomen not very wide and gently rounded (almost truncate). Femora stoui,
the hind ones strongly clavate. Length, 3.5 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cooktown (H. Hacker), Darnley Island (H. Elgner).
A deep black, winged species, evidently allied to I’. obtusidens and I’.
acutidens; each of the two specimens under examination is a female; they differ
from the females of the former species in having the elytra of uniform colour,
and no joint of antennae transverse (even the tenth is slightly longer than its
apical width), from the latter species (apart from: differences which are certainly
sexual) in having the head larger, with much sparser punctures, the prothorax
with much denser and coarser punctures, and the elytra without a postmedian
fascia of pubescence.
TOMODERUS UNIFORMIS, n.sp.
Flavous. Moderately clothed with depressed, pale pubescence, interspersed
with some suberect setae.
BY A. M. LEA, 509
Head distinctly transverse, hind angles strongly rounded off; with dense and
sharply defined punctures, becoming smaller in front, with two small inter-ocular
impressions, appearing like large punetures; basal slope with a shallow median
Ine. Eyes large and prominent. Antennae moderately long, most of the joints
submoniliform; eleventh as long as ninth and tenth combined. Prothorax about
as long as its greatest width, sides strongly rounded and widest near apex, where
the width is equal to that of head, deeply constricted towards base; densely and
rather strongly punctate, and with a conspicuous median line. Elytra almost
parallel-sided, shoulders moderately rounded; with rather dense and large, seriate
punctures about base, rapidly becoming smaller and almost disappearing on apical
slope. Hind legs long and thin, the others shorter. Length, 2—2.25 mm.
Hab.—Victoria: Mooroopna, in April (F. E. Wilson), Geelong (H. W.
Davey).
Distmguished from 7. leae by its larger size and dense and sharply defined
punctures on head and prothorax; T. denticollis is described as having minute
scattered punctures on those parts. As there is a foveate impression on the
apical segment of abdomen, on the three specimens under examination, they are
presumably all males.
TRICHANANCA APTERA, n.sp.
Piceous-brown, under surface somewhat paler, legs and palpi flavous,
knees, tarsi and antennae shghtly darker. Clothed with rather sparse, pale
pubescence, and with numerous suberect, dark hairs.
Head moderately large and, excluding mouth parts, distinctly transverse, base
strongly rounded, with rather small and sparse, unevenly distributed punctures.
Antennae rather long and moderately stout, eleventh jot as long as ninth and
tenth combined. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, strongly constricted at
basal third, with an irregular median line; coarsely and irregularly punctate, or
granulate. Elytra rather narrow, shoulders rounded, sides gently dilated to be-
yond the middle; with rows of large, suboblong punctures, close together near
base, smaller posteriorly, and feeble about apex. Legs rather long and stout.
Length, 4—4.5 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, two specimens from rotting leaves
(A. M. Lea), Brisbane.
An apterous species; the only previously described ,apterous one is 7. con-
color, from which it differs in being darker, in having the head less transverse,
with smaller punctures, and longer and thinner antennae, the prothorax is also
decidedly longer, with narrower median line, and different punctures. Struc-
turally, except for the want of wings, it seems near 7. pisoniae, but the shoulders
are more rounded off, and consequently not so much wider than the base of the
prothorax. On one specimen the elytra have a faint coppery-green gloss.
TRICHANANCA MICROMELAS, n.sp.
°. Black; antennae, coxae, trochanters and knees rather obscurely reddish,
palpi and tarsi paler. With rather sparse, pale pubescence, interspersed with
darker, suberect hairs.
Head (exeluding neck) distinetly transverse, hind angles rounded off; with
sparse and small punctures; a shallow depression each side in front. Antennae
rather long and thin, eleventh joint as long as ninth and tenth combined. Pro-
thorax about as long as its greatest width, front sides strongly inflated and dis-
510 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE,
tinetly wider than head, strongly constricted near basal third; with rather dense
and sharply defined punctures, becoming smaller in front; flattened along middle.
Elytra thin, elongate-elliptic, shoulders rounded off; with seriate punctures large
and close together about base, rapidly getting smaller and almost disappearing
about apex. Length, 3 mm. j
Hab.—Victoria: South Gippsland (H. W. Davey). Unique.
A black, apterous species, and the smallest of the genus; from the other
apterous species, 7. concolor and T. aptera, it may be distinguished by its small
size, dark colour, and by the almost complete absence of a median prothoracic
line; from most directions, indeed, it appears to be really absent, and it is only
in certain lights, and from oblique directions, that a faint line may be traced.
MECYNOTARSUS.
Of the described Australian species of this genus apicipennis, kreusleri and
mastersi are abundantly distinct. At first glance the processes on the margin of
the prothoracic projection would appear to be of considerable use in distinguish-
ing species, but on ziczac they certainly vary in number, usually being eleven
(five on each side and an apical one), very rarely nine; on some specimens they
are thirteen, and even fifteen, owing to minute supplementary ones at the base;
on amabilis they are usually nine, but occasionally eleven; on albellus they are
nearly always eleven; on my specimens of concolor nine. The clothing on all
these latter is variable; on albellus it is usually of a snowy whiteness, but on
amabilis, concolor and ziczac the elytral scales are mostly white, with pale brown
markings of varying shades of colour, and varying from covering much of the
surface to covering so little and the colour so faint that it is difficult to dis-
tinguish them from albellus. Consequently I have set aside many specimens
which may belong to unnamed species, but which it is not desirable to name as
new.
Mecynorarsus KINGI Mael.
A Gayndah specimen labelled by Olliff as M. kingi, agrees with the type of
M. amabilis, although Macleay made no mention of elytral markings.
MECYNOTARSUS MACULATUS, n.Sp.
Pale castaneous, legs and antennae flavous. Densely clothed with white,
subsquamose pubescence,’ sparser on prothoracie projection than elsewhere, its
under surface sparsely pubescent, elytra with two or three pale yellowish spots.
Length, 2.5—2.75 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea); New South Wales: Sydney (H. W.
Cox); Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection) ; South Australia: Port Lin-
coln (Lea).
Structurally close to M. ziczac, but each elytron with two or three discon-
nected spots (on that species the median markings are more extended and are
connected along the suture with sub-basal and subapical markings); the spots
are not as dark as the derm on which they rest, but as this is normally concealed
they are distinct; there is one near the middle of each elytron, nearer the suture
than side, usually transversely subtriangular, with the wide end near the suture
(which it never appears to touch), but occasionally it is semi-double; on the
suture close to apex there is often a similarly coloured spot but seldom sharply
defined, and often entirely absent. The prothorax is about the shape of that of
ziezac, but the tubercles on the outer edge of its process are usually nine in num-
|
|
BY A, M. LBA. ; 511
ber (occasionally eleven), the apical one is sometimes semidouble, and rarely ap-
pears as two. The elytra are evenly convex without a sub-basal depression, and
the hind tarsi are slightly longer than the tibiae. The male differs from the
female in having the abdomen smalier, less convex, and with the apex notched.
MECYNOTARSUS HORTENSIS, n.sp.
Derm normally concealed but mostly dark reddish-brown, under surface paler,
legs, antennae and palpi more or less flavous. Densely clothed with subsquamose
pubescence, silvery white on under surface and legs, variegated on upper surface.
Length, 2—2.5 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River, common in gardens (A. M. Lea).
With about the same range of size as in M. ziczac, but elytral markings
darker, more sharply defined and somewhat different in pattern, and average
number of tubercies on prothoracic process less. On the upper surface the pale
seales are usually darker than on the under surface; on the prothorax there are
usually two ill-defined dark spots at the base; on the elytra there is a conspicuous
brown, or purplish-brown median fascia, not touching sides or suture, and with
more or less jagged outlines, occasionally the part on each elytron is obscurely
connected along, but not on, the suture, with a less distinet basal infuseation, be-
yond the middle the suture is narrowly dark, and then the dark part suddenly
dilates to a large and almost circular apical spot. There are usually nine tubercles
on the outer edge of the prothoracic process. but on several specimens the two
basal ones on one side are sometimes conjoined so that there appear to be but
three on one side.
MECYNOTARSUS PHANOPHILUS, n.Sp.
Flavo-castaneous, head and prothorax darker, legs, antennae and palpi paler.
Densely clothed with white or whitish pubescence, on the elytra variegated with
median and subapical markings. Length, 2.75 mm. :
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns District, to light (A. M. Lea).
At first glance like some varieties of M. ziczac, but prothorax with only nine
tubercles on the outer edge of the progess, the process itself shorter and wider,
and the part of the prothorax behind it distimetly transverse, with its greatest
width very little less than that of the base of the elytra; lines drawn to connect
the apical tubercle with the basal one on each side, and these with each other,
would represent an equilateral triangle; on ziczac the triangle would be a narrower
one, and the outer lines somewhat rounded. On the only two specimens taken,
the clothing being in perfect condition, the surface has not been abraded to be
sure as to the colour of the derm, although it is evident that the elytra are paler
than the rest of the upper surface, but the tubercles on the prothoracie process
are (except for sparse pubescence) glabrous, and dark castaneous. On the pro-
thorax the clothing is denser and more uniform than on the elytra, on the latter
there are four pale brown spots (disconnected on one specimen, connected two and
two on the other) representing a median fascia, and a short line directed obliquely
backwards on each side from:the suture at the apical fourth.
MECYNOTARSUS LATEROALBUS, 0.Sp.
Dark castaneous, parts beneath the pale clothing paler, legs, antennae and
palpi paler. Upper surface with dense chocolate-brown clothing, slightly varie-
gated on prothorax, and with two conspicuous white patches on the side of each
elytron; under surface and legs with white clothing. Length, 2.5—2.75 mm.
512 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE.
Hab.—South Australia: Mount Painter (H. G. Stokes), Parachilna (H. M.
Hale); Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown).
A beautiful species, with prothorax (except for the tubercles) and legs
sculptured .as on M. ziczac, but the elytra with very different clothing; on one
specimen from above they appear to be entirely dark, except that the inner tips
of the pale lateral spots are just perceptible, on the others they are continued
across about half of the disc, and are narrowly connected on the margin. The
three specimens under examination quite evidently belong to but one species, but
on one specimen there are nine tubercles on the outer edge of the prothoracice pro-
cess, on the second specimen two of the tubercles on each side are conjoined,
and on the other, three on each side are conjoined so that it has a medio-apical
tubercle, a tubercle on each side near it, and then a ridge to the base on each
side.
A NOTE ON PROTEIN PRECIPITATION IN GRASSES.
By Marcarer H. O’Dwyer, B.Se., Science Research Scholar in the University
of Sydney.
[Read 27th September, 1922.]
Dr. Petrie, writing on the amount of non-protein nitrogen found in the seeds
of Acacia pycnantha and of various other legumes, cereals, ete., (Proe. Linn.
Soe. N.S.W., 33 (4), 1908, p. 837) drew attention to the views of several well-
known scientists on the precipitation of proteins by Stiitzer’s Reagent. He him-
self found, as the result of a series of experiments, that tannin and alcohol were
practically equal in precipitating power, and that Stiitzer’s Reagent (copper
hydroxide) precipitated 13 per cent. more nitrogen than either of the other two
reagents. As copper hydroxide is the only reagent mentioned in this connection
in the Methods of Analysis of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists
of America (1921), it would appear that no special work on the precipitation
of the proteins in feeding stuffs has, so far, been carried out in the United States.
It occurred to me, therefore, that an attempt to precipitate the proteis in
some of the grass samples by the various reagents mentioned by Dr. Petrie might
give some interesting results. These are shown in the subjoined Table. It will
be seen that higher results are given by Stiitzer’s Reagent than by either tannin
salt solution, or by alcohol. In Technical Methods of Chemical Analysis (Lunge
and Keane, 1911, p. 449) a method based on that of O. Kellner and worked out
by Barnstein is mentioned. The grasses given in the Table have also been
treated by this method, but still higher results than those given by Stiitzer’s Re-
agent have been obtained in each case. Lunge and Keane state that the results
obtained by this method and Stiitzer’s have been found to agree in the case of
most feeding stuffs, but that vegetable products containing alkaloids and other
nitrogenous compounds, such as amides, give a precipitate containing a little more
nitrogen when treated by Barnstein’s method than when that of Stiitzer is used,
this difference, they say, never exceeding 0.2 per cent. of nitrogen.
Experimental.
The various precipitants were prepared as follows, an aqueous extract of
the material being made in each ease.
A NOTE ON PROTEIN PRECIPITATION IN GRASSES.
514
‘qyis Aeris yysry
“(a8aTJoD Ve pop) TZ6I Av Te
snipamsajur uohodoupuy
10°? £0°¢ r6°S ory PIE TOD VHsy Ainqseymeyy
{(elqerese you wvyEp) “(are 72 PEP) TZ6T “494 91
zoe £0'F 86°Z zoe pig ‘ue ‘dxq ysinyyeg snipausajqur wobodoupuy
‘rood Ayaatyeieduiod pure Ayjaariy ‘(Weg 3% PIP) TZ6Il “G9q 6
629 26°9 08:9 04°9 pie wWiey “dxq sauuy uspg SNUMILLAYOOTT SNLOUOpayIS
‘qs A0rs yysrT “(a8eTJoD 3e pomp) Ozer “Url SI
61°8 CG'6 12°8 02°6 pug TOO ‘ous y Aimqseymeyzy phyonjsojday susosboat
‘Jlosqns AaXkevjo ‘ureoy] ayeposoyg ‘(IBY YB PIP) OSI 99d 6Z
66'S et" ze"e 0¢°9 pug ‘ue “dxq oourx (4) vsopd niuoyjung
‘as Aes yysvT —-*(98a[[0D 3% Pep) OZ6I “AON 8
£6°S Ga'9 to) 88°¢ pug oO ‘ousy Aimaqsoyey wngnjpord WnaUn gy
‘UISIIO oyIUvIS ‘WIeO] ApueS ‘(Wey Fe Pep) OZ6I “AON &
96'8 FETT 60'6 68°01 4ST ‘ue “dxq BIMod SLUDINUUD-WULAS DUWOYQUD CT
“ys A083 yysrT — “(adaTJoD ye Pep) O@6I 2°O 61
z0°8 Z1'6 262 29°83 4ST TOO “ousy Aimgsaymey wngnjord wnaung
‘rood Ajaayeieduioo puv ATjaavin, ‘(ULIeg 3e pop) OZ6I “20 &
6°6 80°ZI 90°01 eZ TT 4ST ‘ue “dxq souuy usp SNUDUAYOOTT Snsowopayoag
‘iood Ajaateiedwioo pue ATJ9AvIN) *(AIO}VIOGE] Ul Pap) OZ6T “das 2zZ
zag 00°2 els 0¢"9 4ST ‘wey ‘dxq souuy us snuniuayooH, snsowopayoy
*TOOoLTy “quesvey “MOTJNTOY “‘yuesvey “TJ ALO.LD) ‘Tlog Jo ornquyy puv Aqrpeoory ‘aqeq pu oureyy
8 Ule}suIv yvg urmuey, = S.tezqnyg 0 a5R4g
‘osvo youve ul peyeyidrosadiursqoad jo esequeoi0ed pur
quvyidioerg jo owe yy
BY MARGARET H. 0’DWYER. 515
Stiitzer’s Reagent was prepared according to the directions given in Methods
of Analysis of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists of America
(1921). Hach e.e. of the Reagent contained 0.01 gram of copper hydroxide. The
tannin salt solution used contained 10 per cent. tannic acid, and 10 per cent.
sodium chloride.
Barnstein’s method consists in adding to the hot aqueous extract 25 ¢.c. of
copper sulphate contaiing 60 g. of CuSO4.5H2O per litre. Then 25 ce. of
dilute sodium hydroxide solution (12.5 : 1000) are slowly added while the solution
is stirred. The precipitate is then allowed to settle and further treated as in
Stiitzer’s method. Lunge and Keane consider that the concentration of the copper
sulphate and of the sodium hydroxide solutions is chosen so that the whole of
the copper is not precipitated by the alkali, while the precipitate contains as
much effective cupric hydroxide as is used in Stiitzer’s method. The time taken
in the preparation of Stiitzer’s reagent, the making up of which is rather a
lengthy process, would also be saved by the use of this reagent.
For the actual determinations :—
(1) 20 ¢.e. of Stiitzer’s reagent were added to an aqueous solution, formed
by boiling 1 grm. of the material in 50 e.c. of water, according to the directions
given by the Assn. Offic. Agric. Chemists of America in their methods of analysis
(1921), and the N determined in the precipitate by Kjeldahl’s method.
(2) 1 grm. of the material was boiled in 50 ¢.c. of water, and the hot solution
treated with 15 «ec. of the tannin salt solution, centrifuged, washed with the re-
agent,.and Kjeldahled in order to determine the amount of nitrogen present.
(3) 1 grm. of the material was treated with 50 ¢.c. of HzO and the estima-
tion made according to the details given above (Barnstein’s method). The N in
the precipitate was determined as before.
' (4) 50 ee. of the aqueous extract were evaporated down to 10 ec. and
poured into 90 e.c. of aleohol 94 per cent., making the solution of the strength
of 85 per cent., heated to boiling, allowed to stand 3 hours, and filtered. From
the filtrate the alcohol was then distilled off and the N determined as usual in
the residue (Petrie, 1908). _
The protein content in each case was found by multiplying the amount of N
present by the factor 6.25 (vide These Proceedings, xlvi., 1921, p. 244).
The results obtained in the small number of grasses so far examined appear
to bear out Dr. Petrie’s contention that Stiitzer’s reagent precipitates some of the
non-protein nitrogen. This is a point of considerable importance.
My thanks are again due to Professor Watt, Mr. G. Wright, and Dr. Petrie
and others for very valuable assistance in the prosecution of this work.
[NOTE :—Since the writing of this paper, the author has been engaged in
research work under Dr. Schryver in the Bio-chemical laboratory of the Imperial
College of Science and Technology, South Kensington, London. In this laboratory
important work is being carried out on the proteins of plants (Chibnall and
Schryver, Biochem. Journ., 15 1921, p. 60; Buston and Schryver, Biochem.
Journ., 15, 1921, p. 636) the results of which should be applicable to grasses,
and I hope at some future date to have an opportunity of further examination
of Australian grasses by methods other than those outlined in the paper. M.H.O’D.]
516
FURTHER REPORT ON THE NUTRITIVE VALUE OF CERTAIN
AUSTRALIAN GRASSES.
By Marcaret H. O’Dwyer, B.Sc., Science Research Scholar in the University
of Sydney.
[Read 27th September, 1922.]
Some little time ago (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlvi., 1921) the author
communicated to the Society a paper which dealt with the results of certain
analyses of the native grasses of Australia, taken with regard to their nutritive
value. The results were based mainly on the examination of the first stage of
growth of each grass, 1.., the period about half-way between the time when it
begins to shoot and the early flowering period. ;
At the time certain data relating to the second and third stages were avail-
able. These have since been added to, and as the author will have, at any rate,
for some time, no chance of extending this information, the publication of these
results in their present state may be of some value.
The second stage chosen for analysis is that known as the early flowering
period, and the third stage that at which the seed is quite set.
Some interesting features have been observed in the grasses examined and
the results of the analyses are given in the subjoined table.
A sample of Pollinia fulva was obtained from Hawkesbury Agricultural
College. The experimentalist there stated that this grass was suffering from a
fungoid disease, which Mr. W. L. Waterhouse, Lecturer in Plant Pathology in
the University of Sydney, considers is probably smut. On analysis the percentage
of erude protein in this sample was found to be exceptionally low, the percentage
of ether extract and of pentosan less than that generally met with in grasses
examined at the same stage, while the percentage of the crude fibre was higher
than usual. Andropogon intermedius from Bathurst Experiment Farm, which
the experimentalist reported to be ergot-infected, also showed a low percentage
of protein. These points should prove of some interest when further diseased
samples are being analysed.
517
BY MARGARET H. O DWYER.
‘Yue snumiayoo yy
snLouopayog pur
“poureyqo SBA JI YPM Wor, UOTNAYSUT oy ye potap sea odues ye
yueg vanf nuyjog Caqry wnpsodwosap "gq “Way waynjoid wnoung “pnoyg vhyony
-sojda] sysosbnug “agra ({) vsopd wiuoyjung “axgqry snwpawsajzur wolodospuy ote 3[qv} OY} UL SossvId OY} JO souVU OTT,»
‘rood ‘dwiod put ‘Arvin ‘IZ6L “4294 6
TéhG:T SOIL 6986 80h ele 6€L ILOL 69 806 69 3% ‘ur “dxq souuy uel SOEER OSL Ts}
‘ueo, Apueg “Tl “Uel FZ
PLES: 08S &9% 4 SSr 6988 08 E01 899 688 6G = ‘suspieg “0g STUDI LHC Ores
‘weoy Apurg ‘TZ6r “uel FZ
GGG sit - RG WSS a aS iain — tS POE OTL SG ‘suapieg ‘yo uingrsodmooap “I
z ‘urvoy Apuvg) ‘T@6I “uel FZ
0892 :1 8hl FOES I10E 69Fe esr <GEg 66% SrS 6s -¢ ELE RAAD) OE wngnjord “gq
“ys Aeris yysry ‘TS6T API Te
SOU 8h ONE ste = ST OS i? - OA — a BN eB WS) “AN ASE Sree U VE
‘qps fei3 yysry ‘T26r AP L
Peel ale OGeG. SOSi6l — Giic — GaZe) 68%, GGis ZRiceOSH Gp —@ TOO ‘Sy Ainqsoymeyy paynf vwunpjog
‘weol Avpo AAvay 0} “poy ‘I@6I “424 OF
W9:T =©698 O9FZ OLE OFTE 69 gE'8 Is¢ FOS 6g g ‘une “dxq esse \y wngnjosd <q
‘tood ‘durtod pue Ayjaaviny) ‘I26l “G9qd 6
8069 :1 92 16'SZ OF e988 669 9gs¢8 s0g 088 ig 3 ‘uy “dxq seuuy ue[y SnUDMIYOOTT “SS
ais) Aeris ust ‘Te6r “uel aT
GcLG:1 FIC e9s F9E sOe j%e69 #FI'8 Str 96-2 oH 8 TOD “Sy Ainqsaymeyy whyovjsojday “sy
‘ys Aois VysrT ‘IZ6r “URL ZT
wsee :1 879 67S 68S 0686 026 86IT 669 LF8 £9 -Z T1990 “8y Aimqsoymeyy nhiyoojsoyday “py
‘as Aes yysry ‘Ozer 2° St
GL4P9:1 LEST FIZ 26% Gsce 689 F729 HOF @28 09 46g T1090 “By Ainqsoyxmeyy wngnjoud “gq
‘Jrosqns AsvAvpo ‘ureoy ‘0049 ‘OZ6I ‘99d 62
ozs :1 =F19 909% LF F8Z O0F9 GOS 986 SL0l Of & ‘UIE “dxq ooue x (g) vsond -q
tH Q
Hee geek ¢ fy Ho Sis) oe = B Pi oe
6 g 8 we S, g ie a So eae w, a See 2% -rog Jo oanquyy pue ApYLoorT .04V, pur oure yy
SE eee ee
‘yeloyeUul pelip-sie sasezusdI10g
‘yINnoty [O sabnig py] PU puovay yw sasspuyy snow, Jo sashypuy
518 THE NUTRITIVE VALUE OF CERTAIN AUSTRAUIAN GRASSES.
A sample of Andropogon intermedius from Hawkesbury gave off a fruity
odour when being cut up for analysis. This odour, which partly disappeared
after the fine material had been exposed to the air for some time, was only noticed
in the stems and leaves of the plant, the seeds being apparently quite free from
it.
Mr. W. M. Carne, Lecturer in Botany at Hawkesbury Agricultural College,
states that the scent is normal to the species and that odours are common to the
Andropogons in flower, being specially marked in the lemon-scented species, one
of the sources of Citronellal. He also says that some species such as A. pertusus
and A. intermedius (syn. A. punctatus) have distinct depressions in the outer
glumes, and that these pits may be associated with glands (vide Otto Stapf. The
Oil Grasses of India and Ceylon, Kew Bulletin, 1906, p. 297). ;
An effort was made to obtain a larger amount of this grass from the College
in order to discover, if possible, the nature of what is probably a volatile oil of
some kind. Unfortunately, the grass garden had been cleaned up in the mean-
time and the grasses cut down. It is hoped, however, to secure another sample
at a later stage in the work.
A chemical examination of the dried material showed that the percentage of
ether extract was lower than usual. The percentages of moisture and ash were
slightly above normal, while the percentage of crude fibre was high. Unfortunate-
ly, the grass was not weighed immediately after cutting, so that the total mois-
ture content is not available. The percentages of total moisture set down in the
tables in this report, as before stated (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 46, 1921) can
only be regarded as approximately correct.
In order to obtain some idea of the differences in weighing the grasses on
ordinary and on chemical balances, some 1 lb. samples were obtained from the
Botanic Gardens, weighed immediately after cutting on an ordinary balance there,
and then re-weighed on a chemical balance immediately on arrival at the Uni-
versity about half, an hour later. The difference in the weighings was in each
case about 20 grams. The amount of moisture lost between the times of the two
weighings should not be large, as the samples were well packed, so that the
greater part of the difference of 20 grams is apparently due to the fact that a
rough balance was used for weighing the samples in the first imstance.
The high percentage of ash found in the sample of Danthonia pilosa (?)
which came from Yanco Experiment Farm may be explained by the fact that the
grass had been pulled up by the roots and a considerable amount of soil and
earthy matter was found to be adhering to the leaves and stems.
Sj
THE GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF THE CLARENCETOWN-
PATERSON DISTRICT, Part i.
TrecTtoNIG GEOLOGY AND PHYSIOGRAPHY.
By G. D. Osborne, B.Se.
[Read 25th October, 1922.]
General Tectonics of the Area .. .. .. 519
Ravalitira rp tatania crest al aru ate aus Heme Tere ice AN uel gale et ieltuiear is wa Oe
General Considerations concerning the Faulting and Folding 525
Structural Relations between the Kuttung Series and the
Permo-=CarbonirerOuseSyStemimaecwcice nen cicieeae cleshiese Roz
Phy siographiyar sy sie cen ese mee eer Eeke elas hice ticnsears are O25.
A detailed account of the stratigraphical and regional geology of the
Clarencetown-Paterson District was given in Part i. of this series (Osborne,
1922). From the matter there presented, certain tectonic features were implied,
but no detaiis of thg very interesting structures developed in the area were
given. It is the purpose here to describe these structures and the local physio-
graphy in detail, the description of the former being a contribution to the
knowledge of the teetonies of Eastern New South Wales and of the latter in-
dicating the important influence exerted by the arrangement of the strata upon
the evolution of the topography.
In addition to acknowledgments already made, the writer desires to thank
Dr. Leo A. Cotton, Dr. W. R. Browne and Mr. C. A. Sussmileh for help in
diseussion on the points specially dealt with below.
General Tectonics of the Area.
The broad structural features comprise two irregular plunging anticlines and
their complement, an asymmetric plunging syncline, which have been extensively
faulted. It will be convenient to name these features the Paterson and Williams
River anticlines and the Dunn’s Creek syncline. The individuality of these
three units is best displayed in the southern part of the area and as one goes
north it is found that the warps smooth themselves out and merge into a more
unified surface constituting a dome-like structure, the core of which exists some-
where about Hilldale or Welshman’s Creek. Very little is known of the tec-
tonies to the north, but it is evident that the simple dome-like bulge round about
Hilldale gives place to more complicated folding northwards, the small syncline
shown on the map near Wallarobba forming part of this folding.
The plunging anticlnes are not simple, regular structures, but, as is the
ease of most plunging folds, possess a number of irregular bulges and local de-
pressions which give rise to some interesting forms of outerop where dissection
is fairly well advanced. The extent of the three folds may now be briefly given.
520 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, ii.
Starting at the west the Paterson anticline is shown by the existence of a
fairly steady change in the strike from Mt. Johnstone, where the beds dip at 18°
in a direction W. 10°S., to Dunn’s Creek, where the dip is to the south-east at
40°. Near Paterson Township the strike is about due east and west. Taking
into consideration the relation of the topography to the disposition of the strata,
one can see that S.S.W. of Mt. Johnstone there is a pronounced bulge upon the
general anticlinal surface and that, at Hungry Hill, there is evidence, in the dips
and present positions of the rocks that, prior to the strike-fault shown at that
locality, the structure was: that of a local flat strike-trough superimposed on
the main dome.
The Paterson anticline is adjacent to a syncline which trends up the valley
of Dunn’s Creek, the axis of the basin bearing about north-east and south-west.
The existence of a general dip of 40° to the south-east and of 25° in direction
N.60°W. on opposite sides of the fold indicates the asymmetry of this structure.
An interesting point about this area is that, on account of the syncline occurrence,
a small outlier of Permo-Carboniferous rocks has been preserved. Equally im-
portant is the evidence that, a little to the north of these rocks, the surface of
the basin is quickly bent up into a less inclined position so that disconnected out-
crops of the Paterson dellenite occur at the head of Dunn’s Creek possessing a
local flat dip.
The eastern limb of the syncline trends down towards Butterwick, from
which place the fairly simple disposition of the Williams River anticline begins.
A glance at the map will show this fold clearly delineated by the outcrop of any
of the indicator horizons. There is some evidence for assuming a local twist
in the general curve of the outcrop near Felspar Creek.
The faulting, most of which, as will be explained below, occurred in Palaeo-
zoic times, has complicated matters, but by mentally restoring the strata to their
pre-faulting positions, one can clearly see that the folding was the outcome of
tangential pressure-exerted in a general east or west direction, followed by sub-
sidiary warping in a meridional direction. The significance of the irregularities
of the folding will be considered on a later page.
The sections across the area, most instruetive from the point of view ‘of
physiography and tectonics are those along the lines PQRS, and X YZ (Plate
xxvi.), deseriptions of which are given below.
Section PQRS. (Text-fig. 1.)
At Mt. Johnstone on the western end of the line, the Paterson toseanite is
found capping the bold Mt. Johnstone ridge. dipping at 18° in a direction
W 10° S. Coming down the face of the ridge the lower portion of the Glacial
Stage is passed over and the beds of the Voleanic Stage are reached. These
have been much eroded and form the flat land bordering the Paterson River. To
the east of the river an important fault, F1, throwing to the east, is crossed, and
the lowest members of the Glacial Stage again come to view. These and the
succeeding beds are traversed in the valley of Tucker Creek and, passing the
fault, Fe, the northern end of the Dunn’s Creek syncline is reached, the line
passing to the south of where the synelinal surface is warped up into the broad
dome-like fold, thus permitting the inclusion of the Main Glacial Beds in the
section. Soon the line of traverse is back on to the lower portion of the Glacial
Stage which is exposed in very rough country. The section now shows the
Williams River anticline, which is broken by two large faults, Fs and F4, a
small area of Voleanie Stage rocks being passed over between these dislocations.
521
OSBORNE
BY G. D.
‘d¥ NOSUSLWg
ONLI
WIMIL 199
wa3ua
s,NNnG
‘dew uo ZA X oul Suoje uoljoag «°Z SY-}xeT,
one
30V1S Tsve P=]
SNTWH Yr merry
oor cr 0
S383 IGNIYNG
i
'
'
f
‘
NLS O1ML
AMONOH
“(TAXX 94e[q) deyy uo
W330
WIMINL
\\t
\
sianva
37919590¢
!
1
,
'
'
433459
SMI LU YI
SuUOd s8uoje uoryosas
d¥o GHL
'
3YOWTID
LNnOW
UBAIa
SWWITTIA
'
ors
1
'
1
43342
ANOLS
4VON319
(, 1s)
sv19no0q
SNAOW
‘T -By-1x8],
'
'
1
' AYMAIWY
JWatH 1S#0) HIN
!
i)
!
!
1
'
'
|
'
’
t
'
YBGOUYITYM
43347. S.NNNG"
AYA BALE
Lsvoo"HLN NOSU3LVd
'
t
'
'
BNOLSNHOL
LNNOW
522 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, il.
The interesting group of rocks on the Langlands Estate is then crossed and the
line of section comes upon the Basal Stage beds. These are seen to roll over to
the south-east and the hornblende-andesite is found with dip-surface just before
the Williams River is crossed, after which a long line of Voleanic Stage rocks is
seen. These are exposed in the Gilmore ridge and to the east a large fault, Fs,
is encountered, causing a repetition of part of the beds and the appearance of
the Burindi Series in juxtaposition with the Glacial Stage. The section ends upon
the easterly dipping Kuttung rocks.
Section XYZ. (Text-fig. 2.)
The section along the line X Y Z traverses the area in a direction generally
parallel to the axes of the folds, thus giving the suecession of the beds right
from the Burindi Series to the Permo-Carboniferous System.
Near Wallarobba the lower members of the Volcanic Stage are found dipping
to the north-north-east, the conglomerates and tuffs of the Basal Stage appear-
ing as one comes south. Just beyond the Wallarobba Tunnel the passage into
the Burindi Series occurs, details of which were given in the former paper.
Here the dip begins to change and along the high land between the Tunnel and
Mt. Douglas the beds he very flat. Just to the north of Mt. Douglas a fault
oceurs throwing down the Kutiung Series. There are outliers of Tertiary basalt
hereabouts, and then the section passes on to the Volcanic Stage. A long line of
outcrops of these rocks oceurs until the northern side of Tucker Creek Valley is
reached, where the Glacial Stage beds begin at the foot of a timbered slope com-
posed of hard toscanite (Mt. Gilmore type) and dacite.
The lower portion of the Glacial Stage then gives rise to country of medium
relief, this being sueceeded near Paterson by the rugged hills of toscanite
(Paterson type). The northern scarp of Hungry Hill is very steep and presents
a striking example of differential erosion. On the southern side of the dip-slope
the lower portion of the Glacial Stage reappears, as a result of strike faulting,
and is in turn followed by the Paterson toscanite. This shows a variable inclina-
tion and eventually dips down in a local trough near Dunn’s Creek. A long
stretch of mature country is the expression of the Main Glacial Beds which pass,
apparently conformably, into the Lower Marine Series.
‘The two sections just deseriobed are essentially at right angles im their
directions, but can be drawn along the general dip directions of the strata, thus
indicating the plunging nature of the folds.
Faulting.
The area under consideration is extensively faulted and the writer proposes
to go into some detail in connection therewith.
An inspection of the map (Plate xxvi.) shows the general parallelism of the
major faults, the average trend being N.20° KE. In addition to these essentially
meridional faults there are two fairly important faults whose strike makes a wide
angle with the direction of the major set. Numerous small dislocations and
series of step faults are found in the railway and road cuttings, and in the State
Quarry at Martin’s Creek. Here a very interesting set of structures was to be
seen at the time of the writer’s last visit. Numerous small faults, and examples
of sliding between adjacent masses of andesite were in evidence. These structures
were probably developed when the folding occurred, the lines of movement being
determined by the joint systems, whose formation preceded the latter stages of
the folding.
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 523
It is to be noted that, in the area under discussion, the faults are, with one
small exception, of the normal type, in the generally accepted use of that term.
The magnitude of the faults and the exposures of the rock are such that very
little data as to the disposition of the fault surfaces could be obtained. The
larger faults will therefore be considered as possessing a small hade, and the
amount of throw from place to place referred to in general terms. Where,
locally, sufficient data are available, the stratigraphical displacement has been
calculated, this term being defined as the displacement of any datum point or
stratum at right angles to the plane of the bedding. Although the evidence points
to dominant: vertical dislodgment, there has been, as in the case of almost every
fault, actual differential lateral movement of the earth blocks.
Detailed Account of the Faults.
Fault Fi Fi1.—tThis fault is of most interest throughout the area and is first
made apparent by the disposition of the members of the Volcanic Stage just
south of Martin’s Creek Station. The hypersthene-pitchstone and hornblende-
andesite are truncated and placed against the quartz-keratophyre and con-
glomerate which overlie them by a considerable amount. Almost any of the
lavas in the Voleanic Stage can be used to indicate the displacement but the
hornblende-andesite is most instructive. The strike of this unit from Martin’s
Creek to the fault line is N.12° W. with a slight easterly drag near the fault,
but the opposite edge of the lava (displaced to the north) strikes due east, quickly
changing towards the south. This type of change is illustrated by the beds ad-
jacent to the fault at almost any point along it. Then, at the point where the
fault crosses the Paterson toscanite (see map) there ‘3 practically no horizontal
displacement shown, but the behaviour of the strike of the rocks nearby points to
dislocation, and the fault is not a pivotal one as the necessary results on the
south of the Paterson lava do not occur.
The explanation of this peculiar set of outcrops is to be found by consider-
ing the structure of the fold here. A pitching anticline is present, irregularly
domed, and of the nature of a bulge with a definite steepening in one particular
portion, so that the two dislocated units of toseanite have appeared adjacent,
subsequent to the faulting and denudation.
The fault line has not a constant direction and the approximate throw in-
creases from 500 feet near Paterson to about 1,500 feet in the neighbourhood of
Mt. Douglas, the downthrow side being to the east. Beyond this locality the
ultimate behaviour of the fault cannot be determined owing to the absence of
indicator horizons to delineate the structure.
Foult Fe F2—This fault occurs to the east of Martin’s Creek and has a
marked effect on the disposition of the lava flows and the resulting topography.
The truncation of the southerly dipping keratophyre and Mt. Gilmore toscanite
and the placing of the latter against the hornblende-andesite near portion 99,
Parish of Bartord, are the most striking evidences of this fault. In a creek to
the north of Red Hill, along the line assumed for the fault, beds of the Glacial
Stage, whose normal dip nearby is 20° to the south, have a dip of 55° in an
easterly direction. This fault which throws to the east has a fairly constant
throw of about 850 feet in the northern portion of the area, but its effects in
the Dunn’s Creek locality are difficult to determine. It is clear that it has helped
to produce the complications in the structure at the head of that stream. The
Dunn’s Creek area may be described briefly here. The syncline is very marked,
its existence being established by numerous dips. The axis of plunging’ is S. 30°
524 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, il.,
W. and an overlap occurs in the beds. A careful examination up the course of
Dunn’s Creek failed to show any signs of faulting, although the line of the creek
and also the junction of the toscanite and overlying tillites are in the direction
of the fault, wherefore it seems likely that the fault is connected with the steep
flexure existing along the stream. Of further interest are the occurrences of
Paterson toscanite lying fairly flatly a little to the north, and the outlier of
Lower Marine Beds to the east. These Permo-Carboniferous rocks must exist
in a basin-shaped depression as they disappear in the direction of plunging of
the syneline although the grade of the surface is not steep.
Mention of the structure of Hungry Hill can now be made. Here there is a
strike fault indicated by the océurrence of the lower portion of the Glacial Stage
surrounded by the Paterson toscanite. The fault has a throw of 250 feet to the
north, and the stratigraphical displacement at the point Y is 300 feet. The fault
is lost in the alluvium of the Paterson River to the west and its effects to the east
are uncertain. One hesitates to join this fault to the one just previously
described on account of the undisturbed strata between the ends of the fault as
shown on the map. Fe possesses a small branch about midway along its extent,
the hypersthene-pitchstone outcrops serving to indicate this.
Fault F3 F3—This long fault is encountered on the Seaham-Paterson road
where it strikes north. It can then be traced, with a fair amount of ease, from
Butterwick to the north, the strike becoming N.N.E. The consideration of the
positions of the Paterson toseanite and of the Voleanic Stage lavas near Glenoak
gives adequate evidence of its position and extent. Some very locally disturbed
areas are to be found, high and discordant dips being obtained. The throw in
the north is about 650 feet while in the south it is of the order of 900 feet, the
west being the downthrow side.
A small branch fault from F3 occurs near Oakendale, an actual scarp: being
discernible; the significance of this will be considered under the physiography
section, ‘
Fault Fs ¥4.—Near Glenoak one has not to travel more than half a mile east
from F'3 before another large fault is encountered. This has a trend essentially
parallel to F3, the downthrow side being, as in the case of Fi and Fs, to the
east. The total horizontal displacement (“shift’’ of some writers) is well shown
by considering the two toscanite units, in the Glacial and Volcanic Stages re-
spectively. The fault appears to be of the type in which there is a sag, the
throw decreasing on either side of the sag-point. In this case the maximum
throw is approximately 1,200 feet.
Fault Fs —This fault may be traced from the Limeburner’s Road on the
north, through the country east of the Gilmore Ridge, to the flat swampy land
known as Balacara Swamps, the downthrow side being to the west. As a result
of this fault the strata to the east of the Williams River have been duplicated
and the Burindi Series has been brought to light by erosion. Beds of the Glacial
Stage appear against the Burindi Series and at the point where the line PQRS
crosses the fault there is a stratigraphical displacement of 4,500 feet. The general
throw of the fault is 6,200 feet, and the existence of this heavy fault explains
the very great apparent thickness determined by Jaquet for the easterly dipping
beds along this section (Jaquet, 1901).
There is no doubt that the fault in question is continued a long way to the
south and, after passing the region of the Balacara Swamps, it trends down the
present course of the Lower Williams River. It is, therefore, the same fault
mentioned by Professor David in 1904, who, writing of the Carboniferous strata
= a
BY G. D. OSBORNE. : 525
between Raymond Terrace and Seaham, says: “It is assumed that these strata
have spht along the axis of the anticline, and have been heavily faulted towards
the west, this line of the fault determining in this part of its course the ‘area
of the Williams River.”
Thus Fs, which is a strike-fault along the eastern fall of the Gilmore ridge,
becomes a dip-fault further to the south, on account of the plunging nature of
the Williams River anticline. Mr. C. A. Sussmilech has informed the writer, in
conversation, that as a result of observations upon the Kuttung rocks between
Seaham and Raymond Terrace, east of the Williams River, he has been able to
confirm the opinion of Professor David, and to obtain some details of the faulting.
There still remains something to be said of the east and west fault, Fs, near
Hilldale and the other small dislocations. F'¢ cuts right across the line of section
X YZ and shows at that point a stratigraphical displacement of 500 feet. The
average throw of the fault is approximately the same. It can be defined by
observing the extent of the marine (Burindi) rocks. This fault, throwing to the
north and with some transverse movement, has displaced the core of the Hilldale
Dome in the Burindi Series some distance to the west.
A small fault in the Gilmore ridge causes a break in the capping of the
scarp by the Mt. Gilmore toscanite, and also displaces the Martin’s Creek andesite,
making a small break in the outcrop through which the Willams River now
flows.
The only reversed fault observed in the area is about half a mile north of
Martin’s Creek Station. It brings the hypersthene-pitchstone against the horn-
blende-andesite and produces a peculiar tongue-shaped plan of outcrop of the
tuffs separating these two beds. It indicates movement from the west and it is
interesting to note the following mention by Prof. David (1904, p. 339) of
faults in the Hunter River area to the south: “The faulting in almost every case
is of the nature of normal faulting; such rare overthrusts as do occur show
evidence of a thrust from the west.”
General Considerations concerning the Faulting and Folding.
In the area under discussion there are five large faults all striking within the
interval N—N. 30° E., three faults with smaller throws and a general east-west
trend, and numerous small dislocations including an underthrust whose features
are not of great significance.
In many areas the existence of two sets of faults with trends at right angles
to one another indicates two periods of fracture, often separated by a wide in-
terval of time, and in the area under description such a possibility must be con-
sidered. But it is also possible that the variable composition and resistance of
the rocks and the peculiarity of the folded structures may have determined the
positions of minor faults such as those that do not strike north and south in this
ease, and therefore that the whole of the faulting could have been the outcome
of the same impression of diastrophie force. Also one should observe that the
three faults of general east-west orientation all show up as physiographic features,
for which reason a Tertiary age might be assigned to them.
The writer has been unable to decide whether or not there have been two
distinet periods of faulting.
Tt is almost beyond doubt that the large meridional faults are pre-Mesozoie
in age for the following reasons:—The faults show no direct physiographic ex-
pression or control. Indirectly they affect the topography in having arranged
the hard and soft strata in certain patterns, but no scarps belonging to them
exist, and there is direct evidence that the area was faulted by the north-south
526 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, il,
system of fractures and then planated or reduced to a surface with a few very
broad valleys, and that on this peneplain basalts were extruded before the present
topography was developed. This would place the faults as pre-Miocene or pre-
Pliocene in age. Further, since they almost undoubtedly belong to the same
series which have affected the Permo-Carboniferous and Carboniferous strata to
the south and south-west, a pre-Mesozoic age may be assigned to them, for Prof.
David found evidence of the occurrence of faulting and erosion of the Permo-
Carboniferous beds to the extent of 5,000 feet before the Triassic sediments
were laid down upon the eroded surface of the Palaeozoic rocks.
The origin of the faulting is a matter of interest. As the dislocations are.
with one small exception, normal, one must see evidence of tensional forces at
the time of their development. Chamberlin and Salisbury (1905, p. 521), James
Geikie (1905, p. 109) and others, adhere to the general conception that block
(normal) faulting is the outcome of tensional stress indicating a local extension
‘of the earth’s crust, reversed faulting being due to compression; and Hobbs
' (1921, p. 48-49) has shown that a constant cumulative compressional stress exists
within the earth’s shell, whose effects, though temporarily superseded by the dis-
placements during periods of sudden relief, are reasserted immediately after such
periods. The writer has shown (Osborne, 1921), from a study of the late Palaeo-
zoic folding in the area a little to the south—folding which produced the strue-
tures now under discussion—that heavy normal faulting occurred at the close of
the folding period. This is equivalent to saying that at the close of the period
of folding, the extent of the vertical displacements had reached the maximum,
but since folding imples compression, it seems reasonable to regard the extent
of faulting as now measured, as representing the integration of a large number
of small displacements which occurred during short periods of tensional stress,
or periods of relief from the ionger intervals of compression which obtained
during the folding. :
The folding itself is the outcome of thrusting in an east-west direction. It
is difficult to say exactly in which sense this force acted, but with the conception
of oceanic and continental segments in the earth’s crust, and of crumpling along
their borders by segmental adjustments on the principle of isostasy, it is natural
to regard the sagging of the Pacifie Ocean segment, which has been a subsidence
area for a long time (ef. Andrews, 1922, p. 14) as contributing to the folding
which compressed the rocks of the Hunter District. It is also possible that some
thrusting in an easterly direction may have. originated by the sinking of the im-
portant synclinal segment which exists between southern New England and the
Bathurst area.
Structural Relations between the Kuttung Series and the Permo-Carboniferous
System.
Much has been said upon the question of the actual relationship between the
Kuttuug Series and the Permo-Carboniferous beds. C. A. Sussmilch is positive
in his view of conformity in the Paterson-Seaham District, while T. W. E. David
shows that there is distinct unconformity between the two at Pokolbin and
hesitates to make a definite conclusion about the series generally. There is much
work yet to be done, and the writer has not been able to find, in the area he has
examined, any definite evidence either way. In almost every locality where a
passage might be expected, one of two sets of conditions occurs. Hither alluvium
puts the determination of the relationship beyond possibility or no reliable dips
can be obtained sufficiently near the supposed junction line. It is interesting
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 527
and important to note that both east and west of Paterson the state of affairs is
as follows: The Paterson toseanite is found making the feature, in most cases a
broken ridge, dipping at any angle from 15° to 40°; following the dip-slope of
the lava, tillites and varves are found generally giving rise to land of moderate
relief, exceptionally helping to form the ridges, and occasionally registering re-
liable dips about the same as the underlying toscanite. The succeeding outcrops
of Permo-Carboniferous strata are frequently sporadic and in no ease productive
of reliable dips, until in some instances, as south of Webber’s Creek a good dip
is found when one is well into the Permo-Carboniferous Series. In every case of
measurement, the dips of the Permo-Carboniferous rocks were less than those of
the Kuttung rocks. If conformity exists, one must postulate monoclinal flexures
all along the feet of the ridges west and east of Paterson, with the exception, of
course, of Dunn’s Creek. Further towards Seaham it is hopeless to expect a
section showing the passage, and things are far from satisfactory at Seaham
itself.
E PATERSON
PATERSON
TOSCANITE w #
a
MILES
Text-fig. 8. Sketch Map showing the relations between the folding in the Kuttung
Series and Permo-Carboniferous System.
This matter has been given full description above since it is an important
one, and since a study of the structure in the Permo-Carboniferous and Kuttung
provinces leads to some interesting information. The sketch-map (Text-figure 3)
indicates the plan of the outerops of the Paterson toscanite, the junction of the
528 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, ii.,
Permo-Carboniferous beds and the Kuttung Series, and the Bolwarra conglomerate,
alluvium being excluded from the map. In addition part of the outcrop of the
Mt. Gilmore toseanite is shown to the north. The two indicators, the Paterson
toscanite and Bolwarra conglomerate, are reliable datum lines to express the
structure in the Kuttung and Lower Marine Series respectively. The Kuttung
Series then shows clearly its disposition into two plunging anticlines and a plung-
ing synecline. The Permo-Carboniferous rocks, however, in the same horizontal
distance (14 miles) show three anticlines and two synclines and just off the left
hand margin of the map there is a very compressed syncline. The stratigraphical
interval between the two horizons is somewhere between three and four thousand
feet. From these facts it seems likely that, were the Permo-Carboniferous beds
laid down conformably upon the Kuttung tillites, then during the subsequent
diastrophism, some striking irregularities occurred in the behaviour of the several
units folded. The writer has studied Prof. David’s map carefully and has
noticed that, further to the south, some other interesting divergences among
members of the Permian rocks are indicated, and, from a general knowledge of
the broad structural features of the area to the north-west, feels convinced that
examples of differential crumpling are evidenced. Thus, returning to the com-
parison between the area mapped by the writer and the Permo-Carboniferous
beds to the south, it is reasonably clear that the broad dome-like structure which
exists a little to the north of an east-west line from Paterson to Glenoak was
produced in the initial stages of folding and has acted as a relatively resistant
mass, being composed of hard lavas and tough tuffs and arkoses, against which
the Permo-Carboniferous beds, predominantly of comparatively soft strata, were
crumpled to a greater extent. This differential yielding would occur whatever
the original relationship between the two sets of rocks, and future work, it is
hoped, will help to solve this question.
Physiography.
The Paterson-Clarencetown area is only a portion of a large physiographie
unit, the Hunter River area. It is outside the scope of the present paper to
deal with the physiography of the latter area as a whole, but a detailed account
of the topography of the area mapped will be given below, a few brief features
of the Hunter River physiegraphy only being mentioned to form a setting for
the local discussion.
The outcome of the work already done on the physiography of Eastern
New South Wales has been the recognition of the following major events. Some-
where in the middle or late Tertiary, Miocene or Pliocene, an extensive peneplain
was developed on which rose monadnocks often capped with “older” basalt,—
remnants from an older peneplain, possibly carved out during Cretaceous times.
When near a state of completion, the Tertiary peneplain experienced a slight
uplift and then a small subsidence, producing aggradation of the stream channels,
which were subsequently flooded with the “Newer” basalts; a slight uplift suec-
ceeding and also a period of erosion with the production of very broad valleys.
These events culminated in the Kosciusko uplift, with which the present cycle of
erosion was introduced. The Hunter River area, in common with the rest of
Eastern New South Wales, passed through all these vicissitudes, but during the
last, the grand uplift, sagged behind and was not raised to as great a height as
the neighbouring blocks. This, to some extent, is the reason why the Hunter
area has reached a high state of maturity so soon. The evidence for this dif-
ferential movement is to be found in the existence of faults on the margin of the
|
|
BY G. D. OSBORNE. 529
Barrington Tableland, information concerning which was given to the writer by
Mr. Sussmilch (cf. Osborne, 1921, p. 130).
The peneplain of late Tertiary age on which the Newer basalts were poured
occurs in remnants on Mt. Douglas at a height of 1,000 feet (neglecting the
thickness of basalt capping), and also, at a height of 1,130 feet, on Red Hill and
Mt. Johnstone.
From what has already been said (p. 525) it is clear that a considerable
amount of erosion occurred in pre-Triassie times, and an actual peneplain may
have developed, upon which were deposited the Mesozoic sediments, but no
remnants of these have been found.
The age of the heavy faulting has been shown to be pre-Miocene and in all
probability pre-Mesozoic, and this has physiographiecal interest. Had the heavy
faulting been connected with the Kosciusko uplift, modified fault scarps would
exist to-day, because the displacements are so large. But the topography is en-
tirely free, with one or two small exceptions, from direct regulation by these
meridional faults, and it goes to show how, in a eycele initiated by uplift and
accompanying heavy faulting, the alignment of the fault surfaces in an area
must have dominant influence on the initial stages of the resulting stream ar-
rangement. After the peneplanation of such an area, if subsequent elevation
without faulting occurs, the chief control is that of varying resistance of the
strata, faults and joints being of comparatively minor significance. This would
not hold in an area where the nature of the rocks was uniform.
Stress has been laid on the importance of the government of topography by
the disposition of the strata in localities where the rocks are of varying com-
position (cf. Benson, 1920 and Browne, 1921). The area under consideration
here exemplifies this very convincingly. ;
In the Clarencetown-Paterson area there are two large rivers, the Williams
and the Paterson, each fed by a number of tributaries which have dissected the
country to a well advanced stage. The contour map (Text-fig. 4) and the geo-
logical map (Plate xxvi.) show many of the physiographic features. Section
PQRS (Text-fig. 1) also illustrates the manner in which the two large rivers
have carved their valleys along the anticlinal arches, leaving the strong synclinal
structure to form a relatively resistant block.
These two rivers, when considered throughout their whole length, are essen-
tially subsequent streams, as E. C. Andrews has pointed out (1903, p. 183),
flowing in a general north and south direction under the influence of the meri-
dional Tertiary faults and folds which occur along the Neweastle-Barrington
strip. The valleys of the two rivers can each be divided into two portions, in so
far as this area is concerned, the upper and lower portions respectively. The
dividing zone in each case is a relatively narrow neck where the valley walls close
m on account of the existence of a hard bar which has in all probability served,
as Dr. Browne suggested to the writer, as a temporary base-level to which height
the upper portion of the Valley was scooped out, involving a considerable amount
of erosion.
The upper portion of the valley of the Paterson consists of a broad stretch
of land at an elevation of from 100 to 150 feet, bordered on the western margin
by a high ridge which curves round in sympathy with the extent of the Paterson
River anticline. The case of the Williams is similar, the Gilmore ridge on the
east forming the marginal feature. These two ridges owe their existence to the
occurrence of a hard capping of toscanite which has protected them from erosion,
the Paterson toscanite in the case of the Paterson River and the Mount Gilmore
toseanite in the other ease.
530 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, l.,
During the course through the upper portion of the valley, each river shows
a distinet parallelism with the dominant strike of the rocks and below the hard
bar, z.e., in the lower portion, the effect of differential resistance is minimised
(the sediments eroded being the Permo-Carboniferous) and the significance of
faulting (e.g., mm the case of the lower Williams) is greater. A glance at the
map will show that each of these two rivers possesses similar bends where pass-
ing through the Paterson toscanite. An examination of the stratigraphical data
showed that the toscanite in each of these places is locally thin. One can see
that these temporary minima of thickness determined the passage of the rivers
which, close by, were controlled by the strike, east and west, of the rocks.
The country separating the rivers is composed of varying units and dis-
section is well advanced. The divide between the two drainage systems is, as
shown on the contour map (Text-fig. 4), a very narrow one and it is certain
that in a short time, geologically speaking, quite a decided rearrangement of the
watercourses will take place, as a result of stream piraey between the tributaries
of the Wiliams and Paterson Rivers on the one hand and the several tributaries
of the Williams on the other.
Some of the small tributaries of these two large rivers, which possessed
considerable grade, have aggraded the lower portions of their channels and sub-
sequently cut into the resulting boulder beds, producing, as a result of the nature
of the rock-units in association, such features as a high ridge and a level plain
adjacent to one another. At the mouths of small tributaries, especially in the
Valley of the Paterson, fans of boulder deposits are common.
‘ It is now proposed to describe a number of localities after indicating the
nature of the resistance of the various units, thus showing the control exercised
by the disposition of the strata.
The members of the Burindi Series are chiefly non-resistant, as also are the
rocks of the Basal Stage of the Kuttung Series. Both these divisions contain
a lot of conglomerate, the matrix of which weathers rapidly, large tracts of re-
sidual pebbles being found.
In the Voleanic Stage, the Martin’s Creek andesite and the Mt. Gilmore
toscanite are the most resistant members, the others only registering medium op-
position to erosive forces. Strangely enough, as Sussmilch pointed out, the
dacites and rhyolites of this Stage are, in general, easily eroded, but this may- be
due to their lack of any great thickness. The conglomerates and tuffs are soft
units and are more readily excavated than the sandstones, conglomerates, and
tuffs of the Glacial Stage, which are of essentially a different composition. The
toscanite of the latter Stage is a very resistant member and has had a dominant
influence on the topographic evolution. The Main Glacial Beds generally pro-
duce mature type of country with lack of definition and are not hard types, while
of the basalt, which occurs as cappings only, little can be said regarding corrasion,
although chemical weathering has progressed to a considerable degree.
Thus it is manifest that the topography should, on account of the senile stage
not yet having been reached, exhibit a variety of land forms, prevalent among
which should be the occurrence of dip-slopes of hard units, and the following
short local deseriptions will indicate this.
Hilldale District.
Hilldale village is surrounded by hills chiefly of Kuttung rock, except to the
west, while the lower country consists of Burindi beds. This arrangement is due
to the erosion of a dome-like mass in the latter beds, the occurrence of the high-
land being possibly connected with a fault, F6, but chiefly due to the somewhat
531
- D. OSBORNE.
BY
‘QOLIySI. UMOJIOUDILIO-UOSIOyeVg oY} Jo dey [vorydeisodoy, ‘fF “S8y-yxap
~ °
L598 “Diy
WVHVaS ¥
°
pe
S
£2) Soe Pi
ez oe
GS
Ay
WW
yee ;
7 o. eA r)
35S
r) . >
; CASA
Sian: = Za 93993M
oop 7 U
PAvaNnH “NosUaLvd
LY gf
PD Neuer
- “CHO SY ean ;
NMOL SINZUV 12 ue: 3 ae Bs :
; 5 2 chiar * ie Jyoryydos
W < 2
s31wW “Dy eo m/
319s O “ a=
JLYWIXOYIIY S39VId NI SYNOLNOD
145 007 WAYAZLNI YNOLNOD yy 75
on
, SANS
SHL 30
d¥l TWOIHdYYIOdOL )
v ‘ vy),
me) uy,
YO SWOTHH &
aN Ae os
oh Ne
722 SS eee eee
534 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 11.,
were to play the leading role. Such was the case during the early history of the
two large rivers, and to-day the same factors exercise important control over the
courses of almost all the tributaries. The heavy faulting of pre-Mesozoic time
must have had a great influence on the pre-Miocene or pre-Pliocene excavation,
but its effects are overshadowed by the influence of the differential hardness and
positions of the strata.
List of Works referred to.
Anprews, HE. C., 1903.—Tertiary History of New England. Rec. Geol. Surv.
N.S.W., 7, pt. 3, p. 140.
, 1922.—Presidential Address to Royal Society N.S.W. Journ. Roy. Soc.
N.S.W., 56, p. 14.
Benson, W. N., 1920. —Geology and Petrology of ie Great Serpentine Belt of
New South Wales. Pt. 1x. These Proceedings, xlv., p. 285.
Browne, W. R., 1921.—Note on the Relation of Streams to Geological Structure.
Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 595.
CHAMBERLIN, T. C. and Sauispury, R. D., 1905.—Geology, vol. i., p. 521.
Davin, T. W. E., 1904.—Geology of the Hunter River Coal Measures. Mem.
Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geology No. 4.
GeIkig, J., 1905.—Structural and Field Geology, pp. 169-74.
Hopss, W. H., 1921.—Earth Evolution and its Facial Expression.
Jaquet, J. B., 1901—The Iron Ore Deposits of New South Wales. Mem. Geol.
Sear. N.S.W., Geol. No. 2. ,
OsporneE, G. D., 1921.—A Preliminary Examination of Late Palaeozoic Folding
in the Hunter River District. Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 55.
, 1922.—The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson
District. These Proceedings, xlvu., pp. 161-198.
DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW TRILOBITES, AND NOTE ON
GRIFFITHIDES CONVEXICAUDATUS MITCHELL.
By Joun MircHetu, late Principal of the Newcastle Technical College and
School of Mines, Neweastle, N.S. Wales.
(Plate liv.)
{Read 29th November, 1922.]
PHILLIPSIA CONVEXICAUDATA.
Griffithides convexicaudatus, Mitchell, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 43, 1918,
475-9, Pl. xlvi., fig. 13, Pl. xlviii., figs. 1-3, Pl. lii., figs. 5, 6.
Recently Mrs Pincombe, of Lambton, had the good fortune to find a perfect
specimen of a trilobite, belonging to the genus Phillipsia, sat the same locality
on the Glen William Road, near Clarencetown, as Griffithides convexicaudatus
Mitch., was found some years ago. This fine specimen has been passed on to
me for identification and description, for which I am very thankful, as it
enables me to revise my former description and conclusions regarding the generic
position of that species. In the first place, after much careful study of this
new specimen in conjunction with G. convexicaudatus Mitch., I find the differences
insufficient to justify their specific separation; and as the new fossil is a Phillip-
sia, the species convexicaudatus must be transferred to that genus. Between the two
there are small differences;—for instance, in the original type the thorax and
pygidium are of equal length, and the cephalon so little shorter than either of
these that the three parts may be accepted as almost equal; in the case of the
new form the lengths of these parts are: head, 3.9 mm., thorax, 4.7 mm., tail,
3.9 mm., but the latter is, if they are specifically identical, not more than half
mature, and this may account for the discrepancies in the relative dimensions.
Another difference appears in the eyes: those of the original type seem to be
shorter and deeper than those of the other; but the cephalon of the former is
very imperfect, and this difference may arise through distortion. The head of
the recently-founa form shows all the characteristic features of a Phillipsia near
P. darbiensis, and cowd, it appears to me, be placed as a variety of that species.
In a general way every feature of the cephalon of our new trilobite agrees with
the similar part of the cephalon of P. darbiensis. They are similar in shape,
bear similar glabellar furrows, have eyes identical in shape and position and re-
lative size; in fact the head-shields of the two forms are practically identical,
and if the specific determination were made on this part of our new form alone,
it would certainly be placed with Phillipsia darbiensis Martin. The two Austra-
534 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1l.,
were to play the leading role. Such was the case during the early history of the
two large rivers, and to-day the same factors exercise important control over the
courses of almost all the tributaries. The heavy faulting of pre-Mesozoic time
must have had a great influence on the pre-Miocene or pre-Pliocene excavation,
but its effects are overshadowed by the influence of the differential hardness and
positions of the strata.
List of Works referred to.
Anprews, E. C., 1903.—Tertiary History of New England. Rec. Geol. Surv.
N.S.W., 7, pt. 3, p. 140.
, 1922.—Presidential Address to Royal Society N.S.W. Journ. Roy. Soc.
N.S.W., 56, p. 14.
Benson, W. N., 1920.—Geology and Petrology of the Great Serpentine Belt of
New South Wales. Pt. 1x. These Proceedings, xlv., p. 285.
Browne, W. R., 1921.—Note on the Relation of Streams to Geological Structure.
Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 55.
CHAMBERLIN, T. C. and Sauispury, R. D., 1905.—Geology, vol. i., p. 521.
Davin, T. W. E., 1904—Geology of the Hunter River Coal Measures. Mem.
Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geology No. 4.
Geikig, J., 1905.—Structural and Field Geology, pp. 169-74.
Hosss, W. H., 1921.—Harth Evolution and its Facial Expression.
JAQueEt, J. B., 1901.—The Iron Ore Deposits of New South Wales. Mem. Geol.
Surv. N.S.W., Geol. No. 2. !
Ossorne, G. D., 1921.—A Preliminary Examination of Late Palaeozoic Folding
in the Hunter River District. Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 55.
, 1922.—The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson
District. These Proceedings, xlvu., pp. 161-198.
ou
ww
oO
DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW TRILOBITES, AND NOTE ON
GRIFFITHIDES CONVEXICAUDATUS MITCHELL.
By Joun Mircue tu, late Principal of the Neweastle Technical College and
School of Mines, Neweastle, N.S. Wales.
(Plate liv.)
[Read 29th November, 1922.]
PHILLIPSIA CONVEXICAUDATA.
Griffithides convexicaudatus, Mitchell, Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 43, 1918,
475-9, Pl. xlvi., fig. 13, Pl. xlviii., figs. 1-3, Pl. lil, figs. 5, 6.
Recently Mrs Pincombe, of Lambton, had the good fortune to find a perfect
specimen of a trilobite, belonging to the genus Phillipsia, ,at the same locality
on the Glen William Road, near Clarencetown, as Griffithides convexicaudatus
Mitch., was found some years ago. This fine specimen has been passed on to
me for identification and description, for which I am very thankful, as it
enables me to revise my former description and conclusions regarding the generic
position of that species. In the first place, after much careful study of this
new specimen in conjunction with G. convexicaudatus Mitch., I find the differences
insufficient to justify their specific separation; and as the new fossil is a Phillip-
sia, the species convexicaudatus must be transferred to that genus. Between the two
there are small differences;—for instance, in the original type the thorax and
pygidium are of equal length, and the cephalon so little shorter than either of
these that the three parts may be accepted as almost equal; in the case of the
new form the lengths of these parts are: head, 3.9 mm., thorax, 4.7 mm., tail,
3.9 mm., but the latter is, if they are specifically identical, not more than half
mature, and this may account for the discrepancies in the relative dimensions.
Another difference appears in the eyes: those of the original type seem to be
shorter and deeper than those of the other; but the cephalon of the former is
very imperfect, and this difference may arise through distortion. The head of
the recently-found form shows all the characteristic features of a Phillipsia near
P. darbiensis, and cowd, it appears to me, be placed as a variety of that species.
In a general way every feature of the cephalon of our new trilobite agrees with
the similar part of the cephalon of P. darbiensis. They are similar in shape,
bear similar glabellar furrows, have eyes identical in shape and position and re-
lative size; in fact the head-shields of the two forms are practically identical,
and if the specific determination were made on this part of our new form alone,
it would certainly be placed with Phillipsia darbiensis Martin. The two Austra-
536 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW TWO TRILOBITES,
lian forms agree with the British one in more dimensions than they disagree,
as will be seen by a study of the followimg measurements (in millimetres) :
Length Width Head Thorax Pygidium
1. P. darbiensis .. ° 17.85 10.2 6.2 long 6.2 long 5.45 long
2. G. convexicaudatus 25.0 14.06 7.8 (2) 8.6 8.6
3. New Specimen .. 12.5 7.8 3.9 4.7 3.9
The ratio of length to width is the same in the first and third and nearly
so in the second, the measurements of the separate parts showing variation. In
the case of the second specimen it is possible that the measurement given for its
head is not correct, because of the damaged state of that part. I am disposed
to think that in this fossil the head, thorax, and tail have almost) equal lengths;
and also that the variation in the length of the thorax of the third arises as a
result of its immaturity. It is in the pygidia that the Australian and British
examples differ most, as the following dimensions of the pygidia will show:—
Segments
Length Width in axis in pleurae
IEP darbvensist eater aer: 6.25 9.38 13 10
2. G. convexicaudatus .. .. 9.40 13.00 10 8
3. New specimen .. .. .. 3.90 6.25 10 8
It is thus seen that the ratio between length and width of these three fossils
varies little and that practically the only differences worthy of consideration
from a specific point of view are those which occur in the number of the seg-
ments in their pygidial axis and pleurae. No doubt these are fixed and constant
differences and are sufficient to separate the two forms.
i Family PROETIDAE.
CORDANIA GARDNERI, n.sp. (PI. liv., figs. 1-7.)
Spec. Chars. Head-shield subsemicireular, densely tubereulated, strongly in-
flated. Glabella mildly convex, subeylindrical, relatively short, front gently
rounded, sides subparallel, separated from the frontal limb by the continuity of
the axial furrows, fairly densely covered with tubercles of different sizes. Basal
lobes small, cireumscribed, and each bearing two prominent tubercles and other
smaller ones; neck-furrow shallow, its lateral extensions interrupted by the
tumidity of the fixed cheeks adjacent to the axial furrows, from thence across
the free cheeks wide and shallow; occipital ring moderately strong, convex and
gently arched backward; lateral extensions ridged, subprominent and granulated.
Frontal limb very wide, convex just in front of the glabella, thence concave to
the upturned border, the convex portion thickly covered with several irregular
rows of bead-like tubercles, most dense and largest near the antero-lateral angles
of the glabella, the tubercles on the concave portion finer; border, along its outer
edge, bears a row of moderately distinct pustules. Fixed cheeks tumid, lower
than the glabella; on each, between the palpebral lobe and the axial furrow is a
row of four tubercles, of which the anterior one is the largest and encroaches
upon the furrow, causing it to imdent the glabella. Free cheeks strongly in-
flated, steep between the eyes at the top and the borders at the bottom, between
which they are conspicuously tuberculated; borders abnormally wide, concave be-
tween the cheeks and the thickened margins, which coneave portions are only
finely and sparsely tubereulate; both outer and inner edges of the margins are
granulate; the genal angles are produced into stout spines. Eyes small, reni-
form, apparently faceted, prominent, separated from the cheeks by a distinet
furrow, subdistant from the glabella and, for the greater part, in advance of the
BY JOHN MITCHELL. dat
basal lobes. Anteriorly the facial sutures run from the front of the eyes straight
to the inner edge of the thickened margin, thence inwardly, passing out at a very
acute angle; posteriorly, they extend from the inner angles of the eyes obliquely
and pass out near the fuleral angles.
Thorax composed of nine segments, sides subparallel, much wider than Jong
(15.6 : 9.4), length equal to that of the pygidium or of the cephalon, which are
approximately of equal length. Axis prominent, spread nearly equal through-
out, much wider than one side lobe (approximately 5 : 3); each ring bears
some seven nodules, three of which are very prominent, especially the central
one, which is also subspinate, a feature of the central node on each ring, giving
to the axis a subserrated aspect, more pronounced on the axis of the pygidium.
Pleural lobes slope mildly from the axial furrows to the fuleral angles and thence
steeply to their margins; the medial furrow of each pleura is narrow and deep,
the posterior ridges, which are much stronger than the anterior ones, bear eight
or more nodules, of which that on the fuleral angle is most prominent and that
adjacent to the axial furrow nearly as prominent; the pleurae imbricate and
their ends have a shght forward trend. Axial furrows only moderately defined.
Pygidium semi-elliptic, strongly convex and tubereulated. Axis. very pro-
minent, consisting of fourteen or fifteen rings and terminating prominently and
bluntly before reaching the margin; the rings are tuberculated in a similar way
to those of the thoracic axis, but the central ones of the pygidium are more
spinate and recurved than are the similar ones of the thoracic axis and, in con-
sequence, when viewed from the side, the pygidial axis has a more serrated aspect
than has the axis of the thorax; these tubercles are arranged so as to form longi-
tudinal rows, both on the axis and on the pleurae, which is also a feature of the
tuberculation of the thorax. On the space between the end of the axis and the
margin are a number of tubercles similar to those which are on identical positions
of several species of Brachymetopus.
Side lobes are made up of nine pleurae in each, are strongly convex, slope
steeply from the fuleral angles to and across the mildly thickened borders, where
their ends are slightly depressed and tubereulated; on each pair of pleurae, ex-
cept the last, the medial sutures are narrow but distinct; the posterior ridges
bear large bead-like tubercles, eight in number on the anterior pleurae, but
gradually decreasing to two or three on the ridges of the posterior pair; the
anterior ridges also bear rows of smaller tubercles, those on the posterior ridges
being so placed as to form longitudinal rows, the most conspicuous of which is
that along the fuleral angles; the border is ill-defined, except posteriorly, and
when it breaks away along its suture, which is not frequent, the under surface
is seen to be striated; axial furrows distinct.
Dimensions: Length, 28 mm., width across the genal angles, 18 mm. From a
specimen of which a longitudinal half is almost perfectly preserved, it is found
that the cephalon, thorax and pygidium have approximately the same length. In
both the thorax and the tail, the proportion of the width to the length is 2 : 1.
The determination of the generic position of this trilobite has proved to be
a diffieult problem. It does not fit either of the Carboniferous genera, and it
therefore becomes a question to decide whether it possesses generic features
sufficiently characteristic to justify the establishment of a new genus for its
reception.
It seems impossible to place it in the genus Phillipsia because on no cep-
halon of the many of the type examined has a trace of either medial or anterior
glabellar furrows been noticed. - It resembles Phillipsia in the shape of its
*
538 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW TWO TRILOBITES,
glabella, but the shortness of this and the great width of the limb distinguish it
from that group. Other difficulties in the way of placing it with Phillipsia are
its small eyes and their greater distance from the glabella. In its pygidial
features generally, but especially in the ornamentation of this part, it resembles
most closely some pygidia of Brachymetopus. In the absence of the fine glabellar
furrows, it possesses the most important generic feature of Griffithides, but it
lacks the pyriform and gibbous-fronted glabella; its wide limb,. short glabella,
eyes faceted and sub-distant from the glabella are also difficulties in the way of
placing it with this group. With the Brachymetopi, perhaps, it agrees in a
ereater number of specific features than it does with the members of either of the
two other genera referred to above. The bead-like pustulation of its glabella
and pygidium strikingly resembles that found on Br. strzeleckii MeCoy, Br. oura-
licus De Verneuil and Br. maccoyi Portlock. Its cephalic border agrees very
closely in shape and ornamentation with the borders of the first and last of the
three species just referred to. Near the anterior and posterior inner angles of
the eyes it bears very pronounced tubercles, similar to two borne in identical
positions by Br. strzeleckii and, in part, by Br. ouralicus. Its short cylindrical
glabella, wide cephalic limb or border, and small prominent reniform eyes dis-
tant from the glabella are features characteristic of the Brachymetopi. The
genal spines, too, are like those of Br. maccoyi. Its small, pustulate basal lobes
of the glabella and its occipital lobe are very similar to the like parts of several
species of Brachymetopus.
If the pygidium of the trilobite now under discussion be compared with the
pygidia of the two species Br. ouralicus and Br. strzeleckii referred to above,
it will be found that it agrees with each of them in most of its details—the
ornamentation of its test generally, the equality of the anterior spread of the
axis and the side lobes, in having nearly the same number of rings in the axis
and pleurae in each of the side lobes, the same kind of pustulation on the space
between the end of the axis and the posterior edge of the margin. This latter
feature is one which I have noticed on no pygidia except on those now referred
to, belonging to the genus Brachymetopus, so that, simple feature as it appears
to be, it is one of some significance. When the characteristics of our new trilo-
bite, detailed above, are considered in conjunction with the generic characteristics
of the three Carboniferous genera of trilobites, also compared and contrasted
with it in the text above, the difficulty of referring it to either of those genera
will, I think, be admitted, for these characteristics consist of a very remarkable
blending of the generic characteristics of all three, those belonging to Brachy-
metopus (European type) preponderating. But for the absence of the fine
glabellar furrows, it might be placed in the genus Phillipsia, as a very abnormal
species. Except that its glabella is not pyriform and its eyes are small, faceted
and subdistant from the glabella, and for the relatively great width of the border
of the cephalic shield, a place for it might be found in Griffithides. Further,
there seems only one feature possessed by this trilobite which stands in the way
of placing it with Brachymetopus, and that is the presence of facial sutures, and
it may be noted here that there is evidence that the process of fusion of the
fixed and free cheeks had begun and the obsolescence of the facial sutures was
in process of accomplishment, for the majority of the head-shields found have
the free cheeks in place, yet the symphysis was not completed and the sutures
remain and must be reckoned with. Some writers on trilobites seem to regard
these sutures as having generic importance, but others, not less eminent, have
not so regarded them. For example, in the genus Acidaspis, species which have
BY JOHN MITCHELL. 539
their cheeks coalesced are placed with other species in which the facial sutures
are present. The same practice occurs in the case of the genus Ceratocephala,
and to overcome the difficulties surrounding the classification of the species, I
might have accepted these cases as precedents and referred it to Brachymetopus
tentatively.
However, it has been suggested to me by General A. W. Vogdes, of San
Diego, Cal., U.S.A., an undoubted authority on trilobites, that a fitting resting
place for the one under discussion might be in the genus Cordania J. M. Clarke,
and, after a careful study of the genus I am persuaded to place it therein.
Cordania was proposed by J. M. Clarke in 1892, for the reception of four species
of Phaethonides described by Herrick (Bull. Denison Univ., 4, 1889, pp. 56-59).
Since then, five other species have been added. All of the species are from the
United States, and all, except Cordania (Phaethonides) occidentalis Herrick,
from rocks of Devonian age. The exception is from the Carboniferous of the
Waverley Group of Ohio, U.S.A. The pygidium of this species closely resembles
the pygidium of the local form: the numbers of the segments in the axis and
pleurae of each are nearly the same, and the ornamentation and general contour
of the two are similar; but they differ mucn in their head-shields, and in size,
the Australian one being much the larger. The pygidium of Cordania (Phae-
thonides) spinosus Herr. (l.c.), from the Devonian of the Waverley group of
Licking County, Ohio, U.S.A., has a still greater resemblance to that of our
specimens. The contour in each is similar—in the axis of the former there are
fourteen rings and nine pairs of pleurae in the side lobes, in the latter these
parts are fourteen or fifteen and nine or ten respectively; the spinate tubercles
are more numerous on these same parts of the latter than they are on those of
the former, though they are similar in character. The head-shields of the two
are dissimilar in several respects, and the local one is of larger dimensions. In
a general way the Australian form resembles C. gasepiow Clarke.
The genus Cordania, up to now, was confined to the United States, and the
discovery of it in Australian rocks will prove to be of interest. Though in the
United States the genus is almost exclusively Devonian, I am, because of the
general aspect of the associated fossils, disposed to place the geological age of
the Australian specimen as Carboniferous.
My sincere thanks are tendered to General A. W. Vogdes, of San Diego,
for ample notes and suggestions which were of much assistance to me in deter-
mining the generic position of the trilobite here described. To Mr. Legge, of
Legge’s Camp, Myall Lakes, I wish to express my indebtedness for help which
facilitated the work of collecting from this new locality. The species is de-
dieated to Master Frank Gardner who was the first to bring specimens of it
under my notice, and who, though only thirteen years of age, is a keen student
of geology.
Loc. and horizon—Brambles farm,. Myall Lakes, Parish of Eurenderee,
County Gloucester, N.S. Wales, associated with Aviculopecten, Spirifera, Conu-
laria, and one or two species of Productus, ete.’ Carboniferous (?); but not the
equivalent, it seems to me, of any group of rocks of that age that has hitherto
come under my observation in this State.
PTYCHOPARIA MERROTSKU, n.sp. (Pl. liv., figs. 11, 12.)
(For a previous reference to this trilobite see Bull. N. Terr., Dee., 1915.)
Description—Complete form oval. Head-shield of medium length, semi-
circular, smooth. Glabella short, narrow, subconical, mildly convex, sparsely and
faintly tuberculate, anterior pair of furrows faint, median and basal pairs fairly
540 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW TWO TRILOBITES.
distinct, surrounding axial furrow shallow but distinct. Occipital furrows
shallow. Occipital ring strong, smooth, but having an indistinct trace of a median
tubercle, arched, lateral extensions strong. Fixed cheeks large, very mildly con-
vex and lower than the glabella. Limb wide, approximately half as wide as the
length of the glabella, convex between the front of the glabella and marginal
furrow; margin fairly strongly upturned and thickened. Free cheeks unknown.
Hye ridges faint and gently arching obliquely to the eye. Eye lobes small and
erescentic. Facial sutures anteriorly straight and parallel, posteriorly pass out
in front of the genal angle. Thorax consists of thirteen segments, widest at the
fourth segment; greatest width equal to its own length and that of the pygidium
together. Axis narrow, less wide than one side lobe, tapering very gradually
posteriorly, ending with half of its anterior width, convexity moderate. Axial
furrows shallow. Side lobes slightly lower at the axial furrows than at the
tulera and fiat between these points; gently deflected between fulera and margin,
margins depressed, ends of segments rounded, free, with little, if any, forward
direction; medial furrow of each pleura distinct and reaching just to the marginal
end. Pygidium small, subsemielliptic, posterior margin rather straight, mildly
tumid. In the axis there are four rings; three pleurae in each side lobe. There
is evidence that on each ring of the axis medially there was a tubercle; similarly
each pleura of the side lobes was ornamented at its fulerum.
Dimensions: Total length, 23.4 mm., greatest width, 14 mm., length of head,
7.8 mm., of thorax, 12.5, of tail, 3.1 mm. Except for the missing free cheeks
this fossil is the finest specimen of a lower Palaeozoic trilobite yet discovered
in Australia. If the subgenus Liostracus were likely to be retained, the charac-
teristics of our specimen should place it here rather than with Ptychoparia.
The head-shield of our species resembles that of P. stracheyi Reed. The thorax
and pygidium are rather closely similar to those of this species, but the ends
of the pleurae of the former are rounded and horizontal while those of the latter
are pointed and recurved.
The species is dedicated to Mr. A. L. Merrotsky, the discoverer, in whose
possession the original still is. The-above description was made from a cast,
presented to the Australian Museum, Sydney (No. L. 1344).
Locality and horizon—East of Alroy Downs, Barkly Tableland, N.W.
Queensland. Probably of Cambrian age.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIV.
Cordania gardneri, n.sp.
Fig. 1. A nearly complete head-shield. It shows most of its characteristic
features belonging to that part of the fossil, except the eyes. (x 2 approx.)
Coll. Mitchell.
Fig. 2. A pygidium, viewed from above. (x 3.)
Fig. 3. Pygidium viewed obliquely from behind to show the tuberculation.
Fig. 4. A nearly complete specimen. The glabelia is broken away and exposes
the hypostome in situ. (x 2%). Coll. Mitchell.
Fig. 5. A side view of the same specimen shown in fig. 4.
Fig. 6. Portion of a head which shows the left side very perfectly and the ciose
resemblance it bears to the head of a Cyphaspis.
Fig. 7. Photo. of pygidium, showing serration of axis.
Phillipsia (Griffithides) convexicaudatus Mitchell.
Fig. 8. A nearly perfect non-testiferous cast. (x 2%).
Figs. 9 and 10. Photos of a squeeze from the cover of the preceding specimen. They
exhibit the details rather clearly. (x 2). Coll. T. H. Pincombe.
Ptychoparia merrotskii, n.sp.
Figs. 11, 12. Photo. of a plaster cast of the original. (x 24). Coll. Australian
Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.
541
THE PHYLOGENETIC SIGNIFICANCE OF THE MARSUPIAL
ALLANTOPLACENTA
By Professor T. THomson Fiynn, D.Se., University of Tasmania.
[Read 29th November, 1922.]
In a paper which is now in the press (Quart. Journ. Mier. Se.) I have
been able, with the aid of certain early stages in the development of the marsupial
Perameles, to extend in a fruitful direction our knowledge of the marsupial al-
lantoplacenta. In this communication, following out Assheton’s suggestion (1909)
—against that of Hubrecht (1908)—I have used the term “placenta” for any
mutual development of the foetal membranes and the uterine wall—whether of
intergrowth or of mere apposition—which has for its purposive function the
nutrition of the embryo in utero.
In ‘this way, in a typical mammal, in the ontogeny of which the placental
eyele is fully developed, there are three successive stages of this eyes, (a)
metrioplacental, (b) omphaloplacental, (c) allantoplacental.
The following scheme will indicate the scope and nature of these stages :—
(a). This is the stage in which the nutrient material is ab- |
sorbed without the aid of bloodvessels and, in fact, long before | Esme)
bloodvessels are developed. During this period cleavage and ae
early development of the blastocyst take place. The work on
of this period is carried on in later growth by the lower non- | BY
vascular portion of the yolk-sac wall (— metrioplacenta). j s ween
(b). The bloodvessels of the vascular area of the yolk-sac wall have
now appeared and are functional. This area becomes closely
applied to or actually fused with the uterine wall (— omphalo-
placenta). The chorion prepares a way for the oncoming allantois.
Omphaloplacental stage.
(c). The allantois becomes attached to the placental area of the uterine wall |
and an intimate fusion of embryonic and maternal tissues takes place, with
a corresponding close apposition of the two sets of bloodvessels, the whole
forming the allantoplacenta. J
Allantoplacental stage.
It will be evident that in the first stage the metrioplacenta is the only one
present. In the next stage the metrioplacenta and the omphaloplaeenta function
together, the latter being the more important, while, in the final period, the
allantoplacenta which is the dominant one functions with the other two.
Suppression of one or other of these stages of the placental cycle may take
place. In general, in marsupials it is the third stage which is lacking. In
Perameles alone, as far as is known, does it assume an importance comparable
with that of the Monodelphia.
542 THE PHYLOGENETIC SIGNIFICANCE OF THE MARSUPIAL ALLANTOPLACENTA,
Relation of the Allantoplacentation of Perameles to that of the Monodelplia.
This can be considered under three heads, (a) maternal preparation, (bd).
embryonal preparation, (¢c) allantoic completion.
(a) In Perameles, the maternal preparation consists in the formation of a
passive syncytium. The nuclei of this syncytium. become very regularly arranged
in the deeper portion of the thickened epithelium. The arrangement is that of
groups of nuclei, each nuclear aggregation being contained in a lobule-like pro-
jection of the deeper surface of the proliferated epithelium. Between these
lobules, capillaries ascend into the epithelium and ramify in rich plexuses at and
below its surface (Hill, 1897-9).
Hill (1900) has also described a similar maternal preparation (syncytial
formation) in the pregnant uterus of Dasywrus viverrinus and I can myself bear
witness to the occurrence of a like phenomenon in the case of Pseudochirus
cook.
“ The development of such a syncytium in the latter two genera in which an
allanteplacenta does not occur is, to my mind, just as significant, phylogenetically,
as the extrusion of surplus yolk, which has been shown to oceur in early cleavage
stages of Dasyurus and of Didelphys (Hill, 1910; Hartman, 1916, 1919). Just
as the latter phenomenon points to the derivation of the marsupial ovum from
an ancestral, yolk-laden, meroblastiec type, so the trophospongial proliferation
which occurs in the pregnant uteri of Dasyurus and Pseudochirus is indicative
of the presence of a complex system of placentation in the prototypal marsupial.
It is unfortunate that our knowledge of possible alterations in the mucosa of the
pregnant uteri of other marsupials, particularly Phascolarctus and Macropus, is
absolutely nil.
The importance of this feature of marsupial intra-uterine development be-
comes evident when a comparison is made with certain of the Monodelphia. An
essentially similar process occurs, for example, in the rabbit, as Maximow
(1900) and Schoenfeld (1903) have shown us; in Castor [Willey (1914, p. 215)
says “At the beginning, the proliferating cells retain their cell-boundaries (Pl. 20,
fig. 70). Eventually the proliferation will become syncytial”]; and in many
others. But there is, in particular, a most striking agreement with the Insec-
tivora. Hill (1897) has already pointed this out in the case of Sorex and
Hubrecht’s (1909, p. 357) deseription of maternal preparation in Tupaia would
serve almost word for word for Perameles.
(b) This consists in the attachment, to a portion of the previously prepared
maternal syncytium, of a circumscribed area of the trophoblast, the chorion.
In Perameles, immediately on attachment, two distinct trophoblastic layers
are formed; a plasmodial layer (the plasmodiblast or plasmoditrophoblast) and
a more internally situated cellular layer, the cytoblast or eytotrophoblast. Strue-
turally and physiologically these agree with the similar layers found in the
allantoplacenta of many Monodelphia. And this agreement is the more striking
the more the details are examined. Phagocytosis on the part of the trophoblast,
giant cell formation (diplokaryocytes and megalokaryocytes), the presence of
migrating leucocytes and of pigment-laden cells and partial gland necrosis are
features of a chorionic attachment in Perameles which in no essential way differs
from that found in Monodelphia.
(ec) Allantoic attachment. This has already been described elsewhere. It is
quite like that of Monodelphia and results in a similar close apposition of foetal
and maternal bloodvessels.
BY T. THOMSON FLYNN. 543
Conclusions to be drawn from the above facts.
The question now presents itself:—What conclusions can be drawn from
the above facts as to the phylogeny of the marsupial group? We can at once
rule out of court Hubrecht’s suggestion (1908) that the marsupials are a group
derived from the Monodelphia. The death-blow was dealt to this theory by Hill
in his brilliant and forceful essay of 1910 and it does not seem possible that it
should ever again be seriously advocated.
The present conception of the interrelationships of the three mammalian
subclasses rests mainly on the work of Huxley. In his paper of 1880, in apply-
ing the law of evolution to the problem of mammalian descent, Huxley came
to the conclusion that, starting with a hypothetical pro-mammalian group as a
basis, the evolutionary trend which resulted in the higher mammals (so-called
Placentalia) was a continuous one, but at two periods, groups were formed, Pro-
totheria and Metatheria, which were prototypal to the Monotremata and Mar-
supialia respectively. Huxley’s group Metatheria was definitely defined as being
aplacental.
Gregory (1910) has ably and exhaustively reviewed the relationships of
these groups and Bensley (1903) has emphasised the complexity of the problem
of their definition. :
There exist two diametrically opposed views as to the phylogeny of the
Marsupialia. On the one hand, there are those who believe that the immediate
ancestors of Marsupials were aplacental and that the presence of an allan-
toplacenta in Perameles is an example of homoplasy or convergent development.
The modern exponent of this theory is Bensley (1903). On the other hand,
Wilson and Hill (1897), Hill (1897-9) and Dollo (1899) hold the opposite
opinion that the marsupials came from a placental stock.
The faets which I have been able to adduce in this and other papers can
leave no doubt as to which view is right. The absolute agreement, even to
minute details, of allantoplacental preparation and formation in Perameles with
the phenomena occurring in Monodelphia show with the utmost certainty that
this placenta in Perameles is no independently acquired organ. And the value
of this conclusion is strengthened by the evidence afforded by changes in the
pregnant uterus of Pseudochirus and Dasyurus. We can take it, then, that the
available evidence shows that the marsupials are placental in origin and that the
present aplacental condition of nearly al) marsupials represents a condition of
degeneration from the ancestral complex placental condition.
Huxley’s plan of the relationship of the mammalian subclasses as indicated in
his text-figure needs, therefore, certain modification. His metatherian group be-
ing definitely defined as aplacental, cannot be regarded as immediately ancestral
to the Marsupialia and the term Placentalia as applied to the Monodelphia loses
its significance.
My own views as to these relationships are expressed in the accompanying
diagram.
Monotremata Marsupialia Monodelphia
Sage
iE j Farneniar Bee
Protoplacentalia
\ jan Sirs
2 erie
oe srera™
Promammalia
544 THE PHYLOGENETIC SIGNIFICANCE OF THE MARSUPIAL ALLANTOPLACENTA.
List of References.
AssHETON, R., 1909.—Professor Hubrecht’s Paper on the Early Ontogenetice
Phenomena in Mammals, ete. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., 54.
Benstey, B. A.,; 1903.—On the Evolution of the Australian Marsupialia, ete.
Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., (2), 1x.
Dotto, L., 1899.—Les Ancestres des Marsupiaux, étaient-ils arboricoles? Trav.
Stat. Zool. Wimereux, vi.
Gregory, W. K., 1910.—The Orders of Mammals.. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
27.
Hartman, C. G., 1916-19.—Studies in the Development of the Opossum,
Didelphys Virginiana L. Journ. Morph., vols. 27, 32.
Hin, J. P., 1897-99.—The Placentation of Perameles. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci.,
vols. 40-43. :
, 1900.—On the Foetal Membranes, ete., of the Native Cat, Das-
yurus viverrinus. Anat. Anz., xvill.
, 1910.—The Early Development of Marsupialia, ete. © Quart.
Journ. Mier. Sci., 56.
Huprecut, A. A. W., 1908—EHarly Ontogenetic Phenomena in Mammals, ete.
Quart. Journ. Mier. Sei., 53.
Huxtey, T. H., 1880.—On the Application of the Laws of Evolution to the
Arrangement of the Vertebrata, ete. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
Maxtmow, A., 1900.—Die Ersten Entwickelungsgeschichte der Kaninchen Pla-
centa. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., lvii.
ScHOENFELD, H., 1903.—Contrib. a Etude de la Fixation de )’Oeuf., ete. Arch.
de Biol., xix.
Wuuey, A., 1914—The Blastocyst and Placenta of the Beaver. Quart. Journ.
Mier. Sci., 60.
545
THE EFFECT OF SUSPENDED RESPIRATION ON THE COMPOSITION
OF ALVEOLAR AIR.
By H. 8. Hatcro Warputaw, D.Se.
(From the Physiological Laboratory of the University of Sydney.)
[Read 29th November, 1922.]
In a previous communication the present author has described the change
which takes place in the composition of alveolar air when the ventilation of the
lungs is stopped by holding the breath, or by rebreathing the same air (Wardlaw,
1916).
When the ventilation of the lungs was stopped by holding the breath under
normal or atmospheric pressure, the carbon dioxide content of the alveolar air
rose as the period of holding the breath increased. The rise showed two distinct
phases.
During the first 30 seconds the alveolar carbon dioxide rose in a manner
which could be expressed by an exponential formula. In. other words, the rate
at which the carbon dioxide content was rising at any instant depended on the
difference between the carbon dioxide content at that instant and a certain final
or constant value which it seemed to be approaching. This final value was
6.7 % or 48.5 mm. Hg. After holding the breath for about 30 seconds the
average carbon dioxide content of the alveolar air had reached 6.6% or 48.1 mm.
Hg. and had almost ceased to rise.
As the holding of the breath continued, however, the second phase appeared,
and the alveolar carbon dioxide content began sharply to rise again. The ex-
periment could be continued only 5-6 seconds after the appearance of this second
phase owing to the difficulty of holding the breath longer than about 35 seconds
under the conditions of the experiment.
When the ventilation of the lungs was stopped by holding the breath under
a negative pressure of about 30 mm. Hg less than atmospheric pressure, or by
rebreathing the same air from a bag, the alveolar carbon dioxide content again
rose as the period of holding the breath, or of rebreathing, increased;
but the rise in this case showed only one phase. During the whole period of the
experiment the alveolar carbon dioxide content rose in a manner which could
be expressed by an exponential formula. The final or constant value which
546 EFFECT OF SUSPENDED RESPIRATION ON COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
seemed to be approached in this case was 8.35 % or 60.5 mm. Hg. At the end
of the experiments, in about 40 seconds, the average alveolar content of carbon
dioxide had risen to 7.45 %, or 53.9 mm. Hg ‘and was still rising.
The alveolar oxygen content in each of the above two series of experiments
fell m a regular manner which showed only one phase, and could be expressed
by an exponential formula. In each case the oxygen content was still falling
rapidly at the end of an experiment.
When the breath was held under atmospheric pressure the final alveolar
oxygen content which seemed to be approached was 7.62 % or 55.0 mm. Hg.
The value actually reached at the end of the experiment was 11.21 % or 81.0
mm. Hg.
When the breath was held under negative pressure or when the same air was
rebreathed, the alveolar oxygen content appeared to approach towards a final
value of zero. The average value actually reached at the end of the experiments
was 9.2 % or 66.5 mm. Hg.
There is little doubt that the final values approached under conditions of
normal pressure represent the composition of alveolar air in equilibrium with
mixed venous blood. The figures obtained lie close to those found for the ten-
sions of the gases in venous blood by other workers using different methods, as
was stated before. The second rise in the alveolar carbon dioxide content is pro-
bably due to the return of a large body of blood to the lungs after leaving them
during an experiment in an incompletely arterialized condition.
The question raised by these experiments, however, is this: What is the
significance of the final values which seemed to be approached under conditions
of negative pressure of rebreathing? Does the simple occurrence of negative
pressures in the lungs, or of respiratory movements, alter the tensions of the
gases in the venous blood?
In the work referred to, the final values of the alveolar carbon dioxide con-
tent were always approached from below, that is, the carbon dioxide content
always rose during an experiment. The periods for which the experiments could
be continued were limited to 30-40 seconds, as the breath could not be held
longer without interfering with the success of the experiment. ;
_ The experiments, therefore, had to be terminated before a definite con-
clusion could be reached as to whether the composition of the alveolar air actually
would reach the constant values which the form of the variation imdicated.
MerHops.
In the experiments described in the present paper, confirmation of the pre-
vious work has been sought by approaching the final carbon. dioxide tensions
from above as well as from below, and by adopting a method which enables the
experiment to be continued for much longer periods without inconvenience.
The final alveolar carbon dioxide values have been approached from above
by breathing air containing a percentage of carbon dioxide greater than the
final value expected.
The periods of the experiments have been extended by using a method em-
ployed by Yandell Henderson and Prince (1917). Instead of holding the
breath for periods increasing in length until no further increase is possible, the
subject holds his breath for a series of short periods of only 5-10 seconds.
He begins an experiment by expiring as deeply as possible into an empty
rubber-lined bag, and immediately closing the tube connecting the mouthpiece
BY H. §. HALCRO WARDLAW. 547
with the bag. The expiration is made at the end of a normal inspiration. The
subject then breathes normally for about 5 minutes to allow any respiratory and
cireulatory disturbances caused by the deep expiration to subside. He then ex-
pires as deeply as possible into the air, and takes a deep inspiration from the
bag containing his expired air. This inspiration he holds in his lungs for 5-10
seconds, then expires into the bag again, as deeply as possible, immediately clos-
ing it as before. The subject then breathes normally for about 5 minutes again,
empties his lungs, and takes another deep inspiration from the bag. He holds
the inspiration for another 5-10 seconds and expels it inte the bag, and closes
the bag as before. This procedure may be repeated almost indefinitely without
inconvenience. With each succeeding inspiration from the bag the subject takes
into his lungs air which he has already held in his lungs for a period increasing
with the number of expirations into the bag.
A limitation of the method is the fact that it is impossible to empty the
lungs to exactly the same extent before each inspiration from the bag. Each
inspiration is, therefore, mixed with a variable amount of residual air, and the
regularity of the figures obtained is thus somewhat impaired. As will be seen
from the accompanying Tables, however, the figures give a clear answer to the
question which the experiments were carried out to settle: namely, whether the
levels of the carbon dioxide content to which the composition of the alveolar air
seemed to be tending according to the experiments of the author’s previous
paper, have any real existence or not.
RESULTS.
Carbon dioxide.
In the following Table are shown the variations of the carbon dioxide con-
tent of the alveolar air as successive inspirations, made from a bag as described,
are held in the lungs under normal pressure. The initial inspiration of each
experiment was made from the atmosphere.
alleles
Alveolar carbon dioxide content after holding expired air in lungs under
negative pressure. Initial inspiration from atmosphere.
Alveolar carbon dioxide content
Number (of Expt. 1 Expt. 2 Expt. 3
SATEEN Percent. Tension | Percent. Tension Percent. Tension
1 5.20 BY (Sia) 5.10 37.0 bye lr 37.1
2 5.83 42.0 6.30 45.7 6.41 46.0
3 6.34 45.7 6.54 47.4 6.84 49.1
4 6.42 46.3 6.95 50.4 7.05 50.3
5 6.54 47.2 6.94 50.3 6.99 50.2
6 6.58 47.4 6.93 50.2 6.90 49.5
The above figures show that during the last three inspirations the alveolar
carbon dioxide content had reached approximate constancy in each experiment.
The mean figures for the period of constancy are 6.81 % or 49.1 mm. Hg., values
which lie within 0.12 % or 0.7 mm. Hg. of those approached in the previous
experiments.
In the next Table the variations of alveolar carbon dioxide are shown during
experiments similar to those in Table 1, except that the initial inspirations were
* The percentages in the tables are by volume of the dry alveolar air. The ten-
sions are in mm. of Hg and are also calculated for the dry alveolar air.
548 EFFECT OF SUSPENDED RESPIRATION ON COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
made from a bag containing air mixed with a percentage of carbon dioxide
greater than the final values expected, so that the percentages at first fell during
the experiment instead of rising as before.
Table 2.
Alveolar carbon dioxide content after holding expired air in lungs under
normal pressure. Initial inspiration from mixture of air with carbon diowide.
Alveolar carbon dioxide content
Number of
Camas mater Expt. 4 Expt. 5
EOS DULAC | Percent. Tension Percent. a Tension
1 6.98 50.3 10.71 77.1
2 6.73 48.5 7.16 51.6
3 6.79 48.9 Doel 51.6
4 6.76 48.7 6.75 48.6
5 6.79 48.9 6.86 49.4
6 6.64 47.6
7 6.72 48.4
The above figures show that after the last four inspirations of each experi-
ment approximate constancy had been reached. The mean figures for this period
are 6.76 % or 48.7 mm. Hg. These figures are within 0.05 % or 0.2 mm. Hg.
of the mean figures for Table 1, and are very close to those of the previous
experiments.
From the above two series of figures it will be seen that the average final
value reached by the alveolar carbon dioxide, when the breath is held under nor-
mal pressure, is practically the same, whether the final value is approached from
above or below, and that the mean final values for the two sets of experiments,
6.78 % or 48.9 mm. Hg, are very close to the final values of 6.7 % or 48.5
mm. Hg indicated by the author’s previous work.
In Table 3 are shown the variations of the alveolar carbon dioxide content
when successive inspirations are made from a bag as described, and held in the
lungs under negative pressure. The initial inspiration in each case was made
from the atmosphere.
Table 3.
Alveolar carbon dioxide content after holding expired air in lungs under
negative pressure. Initial inspiration from atmosphere.
Alveolar carbon dioxide content
Number of
Soloman: MERE Expt. 6 Expt. 7 Expt. 8
inspiration | percent. Tension Percent. Tension Percent. Tension
1 5.35 38.4 5.17 aya 5.28 37.2
2 6.67 47.8 6.76 49.0 6.48 46.5
3 6.87 49.3 7.03 51.0 7.04 50.5
4 6.72 48.2 ole) 51.6 6.93 49.7
5 7.18 OleO e02; 50.9- 7.00 50.3
6 Ceilil ileal 7.05 51.1 6.80 48.8
U 7.03 50.4 7.18 52.0 6.85 49.2
The figures in this Table show that approximate constancy of the alveolar
carbon dioxide was attained during the last five inspirations of each experiment.
The average final value reached for the three experiments is 7.00 % or 50.4 mm.
He. This value is only about 0.2 % or 1.5 mm. Hg higher than the mean
final values for the experiments in Tables 1 and 2, and those found when the
breath was held under normal pressures in the former experiments. It is very
much lower than the highest values reached when the breath was held under
BY H. 8. HALCRO WARDLAW. 549
negative pressure or when the same air was rebreathed, in the previous experi-
ments. It is still lower than the final values which the figures seemed to be ap-
proaching. The highest values reached in those experiments were 7.45 % or
53.9 mm. Hg, and the final value approached was 8.35 % or 60.5 mm. Hg.
as already stated.
In the following Table are shown the figures for the alveolar carbon dioxide
content when a series of inspirations is held under negative pressure as before,
but in this ease the initial inspiration was made from a bag containing a mixture
of air with a percentage of carbon dioxide higher than that expected in the
alveolar air, so that the values rose during the first part of each experiment.
Table 4.
Alveolar carbon dioxide content after holding expired air in lungs under
negative pressure. Initial inspiration from mixture of air with carbon dioxide.
| Alveolar carbon dioxide content
Number of
Windies Expt. 9 \ Expt. 10
ISPITa wen Percent. Tension | Percent. Tension
1 10.25 73.9 10.73 77.2
2 7.42 58/0, 7.49 54.0
3 7.03 50.5 Colds 51.6
4 7.01 50.5 6.77 48.8
5 6.99 50.4 Goll 5174
6 Cad 512 7.00 50.4
7 7-03 50.5 7.03 50.6
8 7.08 51.0 6.89 49.6
The above figures show that during the last six inspirations of these experi-
ments approximate constancy had been reached. The mean value of the alveolar
carbon dioxide content for this portion of the experiments is 7.02 % or 50.3
mm. Hg. This value is nearly the same as that obtained in the previous: ex-
periments.
These results show that when the breath is held under negative pressure as
described, final constant values are reached for the alveolar carbon dioxide con-
tent, and these values are but slightly higher than those reached when the breath
is held under normal pressure in a similar manner.
Oxygen.
In the following Table are shown the values for the alveolar oxygen content
when the breath is held in the manner described under normal and under negative
pressure respectively; the initial inspirations were made from the atmosphere in
each case.
Table 5.
Alveolar oxygen content after holding expired air in lungs under normat
pressure (Expt. 3) and under negative pressure (Expt. 11).
Alveolar oxygen content
Number of Expt. 3 Expt. 11
inspiration Normal press. Negative press.
| Percent. Tension | Percent. Tension
1 16.2 115.3 17.0 121.7
2 13.9 99.4 14.04 100.2
3 11.97 86.1 1WeS5) 81.3
4 10.37 74.7 10.81 77.4
by 10.15 (ei 10.20 73.0
6 10.40 74.9 10.61 76.0
550 EFFECT OF SUSPENDED RESPIRATION ON COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR.
These figures show that when the breath is held under normal pressure, the
alveolar oxygen content at first fell and, during the period of the last three in-
spirations, remained at an approximately constant level, having a mean value
of 10.31 % or 74.2 mm. Hg.
When the breath was held in a similar way but under negative pressure the
alveolar oxygen content fell as before and, during the period of the last three in-
spirations, remained at an approximately constant level having a value of 10.51 %
or 75.2 mm. Hg.
The final values reached are practically the same in these two sets of ex-
periments. They are very close to the final value of 11.21 % or 81.0 mm. Hg
reached in the author’s previous work when the breath was held under normal
pressure. The present value for negative pressure, however, is distinctly higher
than the value of 9.2 % or 66.5 mm. Hg. reached under negative pressures or
during rebreathing in the previous experiments.
Discussion.
An essential difference between the present experiments and those carried
out before is that, in the present case, the individual periods of holding the breath
are so short that disturbances of the circulation are reduced to a minimum. In
the former case, negative pressure or rebreathing was employed over periods four
to six times as long as the present, the forced respirations or negative intrathoracic
pressures, in increasing the filling of the right atrium, correspondingly accelerated
the circulation although the pulse-rate was hardly affected.
The present experiments show that when the cireulatory disturbances are
minimised, an approximately constant composition of alveolar air is reached by
holding the breath. This composition is almost the same whether the breath is
held under normal atmospheric pressure or under a negative pressure of about
30 mm. He.
The existence of the constant tension of alveolar carbon dioxide indicated in
the previous work is thus confirmed. It has been shown that the higher values
for carbon dioxide, and the lower values for oxygen obtained under conditions of
negative pressure in the former paper are not due to the effect of negative pres-
sure directly on the composition, but rather to the acceleration of the circulation,
leading to a more rapid accumulation of carbon dioxide and a more rapid re-
moval of oxygen.
In conelusion I wish to express my thanks to Professor H. G. Chapman, in
whose laboratory this work was done.
References.
Henperson and Prince, 1917—Journ. biol. Chem., 32, 325.
Warpiaw, 1916.—Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 41, 786.
A MONOGRAPH OF THE FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF NEW
SOUTH WALES. Parr ii. Coprpopa:
By Marcurrite Henry, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology.
(Plates lv.-lviii.)
Introduction.
The Copepoda of New South Wales have not been dealt with as extensively
as the Cladocera. In 1855, King mentioned a species of Cyclops, C. australis,
and four species of Diaptomus, but gave neither descriptions nor diagrams. The
name C. australis was retained by Sars for the largest known Australian Cyclops
but it has been impossible to identify the species of Diaptomus, as no members
of that genus have been found in the vicinity of Sydney, where King obtained
his specimens. The next mention of Copepoda in the State was in 1896, when
Sars recorded the presence of nine species, two of which were described as new.
In 1919, the present writer recorded five more species, of which three were
described as new, and also a new genus Gladioferens. The present paper deals
with twenty-three species; one is recorded for the first time in Australia, four
for the first time in New South Wales and three are described as new.
With the exception of Victoria, comparatively little is known of the Cope-
pods existing in the other States. Sars described eleven species from Victoria in
1908, six of which were new; in 1912, he added three new species and described
a new genus Hemiboeckella. The work has been ably carried on by Searle who
has published three papers, in 1911, 1912 and 1914, in which seven additional
new species were deseribed. The total number of species recorded from Victoria
was thus raised to twenty-three. In 1889, Sars raised two species of Diaptomus
from dried mud that had been collected from the Gracemere Lagoon, near Rock-
hampton, Queensland, one species, D. lwmholtzi, bemg new. The only other
Copepod recorded from Queensland was a new species of Cyclops described by
Breinl in 1911.
The first mention of Copepoda in South Australia was made in 1917 by
Chilton, who saw a species of Boeckella in Central Australia and recorded the
fact, although the species was not identified. The six species here recorded were
collected in the Botanic Gardens and in the hills near Adelaide. A species of
Boeckella occurred in these collections, but as the specimens were all females
and were not very numerous an exact determination could not be made.
552 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. ll. COPEPODA,
G. W. Smith, in 1909, described seven species from Tasmania, of which six
were new and proposed a new genus, Brunella. Dr. Chilton kindly sent. the
writer a collection of Copepoda from Cradle Mountain, Tasmania, which con-
sisted mainly of specimens of Boeckella longisetosa Smith and a few of Cyclops
dulvertonensis Smith.
Type specimens of the new species described in this paper and in Part 1.
have been deposited in the Australian Museum, Sydney.
The writer’s thanks are due to Miss J. M. Murray, for specimens of South
Australian Copepoda; to Mr. T. Whitelegge for many collections from the
neighbourhood of Sydney; to Miss K. English for a collection from Yass and
to Mrs. Neil Ross for several fine collections from Moss Vale and Holbrook.
The drawings for this paper were all prepared with the aid of a camera
lucida; the finished drawings were done by Miss D. Harrison.
The following lists give the Copepoda recorded from all the States.
New South Wales.
CALANOIDA.
Fam. Diaprommar.—Diaptomus orientalis Brady, D. graciloides Lilljeborg.
Fam. CENTROPAGIDAE.—Boeckella triarticulata (Thomson), B. oblonga Sars,
B. fluvialis, n.sp., B. coronaria, n.sp., B. minuta Sars, B. robusta Sars, B. pseudo-
cheles Searle, Gladioferens spinosus Henry, G. brevicornis Henry, Hemiboeckella
searli Sars.
CYCLOPOIDA.
Fam. Cyciopiparn.—Cyclops australis King, C. varicans Sars, Pachycyclops
annulicornis (Koeh), Leptocyclops agilis (Koch), L. viridis Henry, Mesocyclops
obsoletus (Koch), Platycyclops phaleratus (IXoch), P. affinis Sars, P. fimbriatus
(Fischer).
HARPACTICOIDA.
Fam. CANTHOCAMPTIDAE.— dAttheyella australica Sars, Moraria longiseta,
n.sp.
Victoria.
CALANOIDA.
' Fam. Crntropacipar.—Boeckella symmetrica Sars, B. oblonga Sars, B.
asymmetrica Searle, B. tenera Sars, B. minuta Sars, B. pseudocheles Searle, B.
triarticulata (Thomson), B. saycei Sars, Brunella viridis Searle, Br. longicornis
Searle, Br. tasmanica Smith, Br..australis Searle, Br. ampulla Searle, Br. expansa
Sars, Calamoecia australica Sars, Hemiboeckella searli Sars.
CYCLOPOIDA.
Fam. CycLopipar.—Cyclops australis (King), C. arnaudi Sars, Mesocyclops
obsoletus (Koeh) var. australiensis Sars, Pachycyclops annulicornis (Koch),
Leptocyclops agilis (Koch).
HARPACTICOIDA.
Fam. CANTHOCAMPTIDAE.—Attheyella australica Sars.
Queensland.
CALANOIDA.
Fam. Diapromimpar.—Diaptomus orientalis Brady, D. lumholtzi Sars.
CYCLOPOIDA.
Fam. CycLoripar.—Cyclops pallidus Breinl.
BY MARGUERITE HENRY, 553
South Australia.
CALANOIDA.
Fam. CENTROPAGIDAE.— Boeckella sp.
CYCLOPOIDA, :
Fam. CycLopipar—Cyclops australis (King), Pachycylops annulicornis
(Koch), Leptocyclops speratus Lilljeborg.
HaArPACTICOIDA, :
Fam. CANTHOCAMPTIDAE.—Attheyella australica Sars, Moraria longiseta
Henry.
Tasmania.
CALANOIDA.
Fam. CENTROPAGIDAE.—Boeckella robusta Sars, B. rubra Smith, B. insignis
Smith, B. longisetosa Smith, Brunella tasmanica Smith.
CYCLOPOIDA. AP
Fam. CycLopipanr—Cyclops albicans Smith, C. dulvertonensis Smith. ~~
Classification. bk SN jk
The elassification of the Copepoda is still in an unsatisfactory condition,
mainly because many of the parasitic forms have not been thoroughly work ca,
out. Giesbrecht’s scheme of dividing the Eucopepoda into two suborders, Gymno> 7
plea and Podoplea, was discarded by Sars in his Crustacea of Norway, as being
artificial, and in dealing with the Copepoda as a whole, he divided it into seven
great divisions, while for the Cyclopoida he revived Thorell’s old terms of Gna-
thostoma, Siphonostoma and Poecilostoma. In dealing exclusively with the free-
living forms, Giesbrecht’s classification is quite a natural one, his suborder
Gymnoplea corresponding with the division Calanoida of Sars and his Podoplea
comprising the Cyclopoida and Harpacticoida. The following key is based on
Giesbrecht’s classification.
Key to the Hucopepoda.
A. Articulation between cephalothorax and abdomen occurring between the 5th
andsothysesmentsSiralas- 0 tel acne mawiencmclicia «1 =) SUDOLdernGymno plea
= Calanoida Sars.)
B. Antennules of male not geniculate. (All marine) Tribe Amphaskandria.
BB. One antennule geniculate in male... .. .. Tribe Heterarthrandria.
AA. Articulation between faa and abdomen occurring between the 4th
and 5th free segments. .. .. . +. +. suborder Podoplea.
B. Swimming forms with “Aimvieroeavelles ict geniculate in the male, (Mainly
EMEIAO)e oo vo o .... .. Tribe Isokerandria.
BB. Swimming forms ain foun euavrerivecelics geniculate in the male.
Tribe Ampharthrandria.
(= Cyclopoida Sars and Harpacticoida Sars).
The free-living freshwater forms are all comprised in the three divisions
Calanoida, Cyclopoida and Harpacticoida of Sars, so that the following key is
sufficient foreidentification.
A. Articulation between the cephalothorax and abdomen occurring between the
5th and 6th free segments. .. .. .. + Calanoida.
AA. Articulation between the aanieii anon sal pibdoment Sracientia between the
4th and 5th free segments.
B. Cephalothorax and abdomen distinctly separated... .. .. Cyclopoida.
BB. No distinct separation .. .. .. .. .. .. -. .. -. .- -- Harpacticvida.
554 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. li. COPEPODA,
Division 1. CALANOIDA.
Cephalothorax broader than the abdomen, with which it very movably articu-
lates. Antennules elongated, those of the male transformed, either by a re-
duction in the number of segments or by-the one being geniculated. Antennae
biramous, endopodite biarticulate, exopodite multiarticulate. Five pairs of legs,
the last of which are prehensile in the male. Single ovisac, when present, at-
tached. ventrally to the genital segment. A well-developed heart present. There
are three freshwater families, but the majority of the Calanoida are marine.
Key to families of the Calanoida.
AwSthy pair of legs (2) matatonyy.). 1.) else) ollie Centnopagidace
AA. 5th pair of legs (2) not natatory.
B. Endopodites of 5th legs (2) absent... ........ ..... Demoridae.
BB. Endopodites of 5th legs (2) present. .. .. ........ Diaptomidae.
Family DIAPTOMIDAE.
Abdomen short, composed of 2 or 3 segments in the female and 5 in the
male; last segment of the cephalothorax with the lateral parts expanded in the
female; caudal rami short. Antennules composed of 25 segments, the right one
in the male geniculate. Antennae with the exopodite longer than the endopodite
and seven-segmented. First pair of legs with endopodites composed of two
segments, those of the next three pairs composed of three segments; fifth pair
in the female with small simple endopodites and three-segmented exopodites;
fifth pair in the male with the right leg larger than the left and provided with
a movable claw. Ovisace present in the female. Two genera are included in this
family, one of which is represented in Australia.
Genus D1raptomus Westwood, 1836.
Syn.—Glaucea Koch, Cyclopsina M.-Edw. (part).
Lateral expansions of last segment of cephalothorax biangular, armed with
two small denticles. Abdomen in the female 3-segmented, of which the genital
segment is much the largest, second segment very small. First pair of legs
with the last joint of the exopodites armed with only one spine outside. One
hundred and sixty-two species of this genus have been described, nearly all of
which are only represented in the northern hemisphere, its place being taken in
the southern by Boeckella and allied genera. King mentioned four species of
Diaptomus in 1855 (D. pollux, D. maria, D. cookti and D. uxorius), but no
-deseription or figures exist. It is probable that the specimens he referred to be-
longed to the genus Boeckella which is well represented in the vicinity of Sydney,
since no species of Diaptomus has as yet been found south of Casino, on the
north coast of N.S.W. Playfair recorded finding D. gracilioides in the Richmond
River, but some doubt exists as to this being a correct identification. It is there-
fore only certain that one species of the genus oceurs in New South Wales.
DIAPTOMUS ORIENTALIS Brady.
First described by Brady (1885), recorded from Australia by Sars (1889,
Plate vil., Figs. 12-16; Plate viii., Figs. 1-4).
Female. Cephalothorax strongly built, tapering anteriorly; lappets of the
last segment broadly expanded, their outer corners pointed and their inner
corners rounded. Abdomen composed of two segments, the first of which 1s
ie Sk Soe ee ee OE
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 555
elongated and slightly expanded at the base; caudal rami short and broad, some-
what dilated near their tips, their inner edges finely ciliated; the innermost seta
of each ramus is very delicate, the other five are large and densely hairy. An-
tennules composed of twenty-five segments and reaching beyond the first seg-
ment of the abdomen. Fifth pair of legs with the second segment of each exo-
podite produced inwardly to form a slightly curved process, 3rd segment very
small, bearing two spines of unequal length; the endopodite, composed of one
segment, nearly reaches the end of the first segment of the exopodite. Length,
1.8 mm.
Male. Similar to the female in shape, except that the caudal rami are
shghtly narrower. Right antennule very swollen in the middle portion. In the
fifth pair of legs, the right leg has a small one-segmented endopodite and a two-
segmented exopodite, the terminal segment of the latter bearimg a short spine
and a curved apical one; left leg with its exopodite bearing two digitiform pro-
cesses and a rounded ciliated lamella. Length, 1.5 mm.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Casino; Queensland; Ceylon; Natal.
Family CENTROPAGIDAE.
Caudal rami more or less elongated, bearing the full number of setae. An-
tennules in the female composed of 24 or 25 segments; right antennule in the
male geniculate. Four first pairs of legs with both rami 3-segmented; fifth
pair in the female biramous, natatory; in the male the exopodites transformed
and dissimilar, the right leg being the stronger. Five genera of this family are
represented in Australia but only three of them are known to oceur in New
South Wales.
Key to the genera of Centropagidae.
A. Natatory legs with the number of segments in the endopodites reduced.
B. Endopodites of the first pair of legs one-segmented. .. .. .. Brunella.
BB. Endopodites of first pair two-segmented. .. .. .. .... Calamoecia.
AA. Natatory legs with the endopodites three-segménted.
B. 4th pair of legs in the female with a long spine on the inner edge of the
AGEL SAINT G6 boron Go ao ve op on bo Hs Do du oN ono CHO ERS.
BE. No such spine. ;
C. 5th pair of legs in the male with the exopodite of the left leg
prehensile, ending in a long claw. .. .. .. .. ...-. Boeckella.
CC. Exopodite of the left leg scarcely prehensile, bearing a simple
Spineraththestip ieeewesmttetictn ein vere) eves cei eke Hemiboeckella.
Genus BOorECcKELLA De Guerne and Richard, 1889.
Syn.—Boeckia Thomson, 1882.
Last segment of the cephalothorax greatly produced laterally. Abdomen
composed of five segments in the male, three in the female; caudal rami short.
Five pairs of legs in the female, all natatory, and with both rami three-segmented ;
fifth pair with the second joint of the endopodite produced inside; fifth pair in
the male very powerful, each leg terminating in a long movable claw, the endo-
podites rudimentary. About twenty-seven species are known and, with the ex-
ception of Boeckella orientalis Sars, which occurs in Central Asia, they are all
confined to the southern hemisphere; seven species are found in New South
Wales.
556 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. li. COPEPODA,
Key to species of Boeckella.
A. Basal segment of the left leg of the 5th pair in the male bearing a serrated
lamella.
B. Endopodite of the oe leg of 5th a in male, without an inward
projection. .. . te) ele) ciiterel et) CMLANLUCULALOs
BB. Endopodite an an inward Projection
C. Endopodite of the left leg twe-segmented. .. fluvialis.
CC. Endopodite of the left leg one-segmented.
D. Serrated lamella of the basal segment with a pointed
projection. .. .. d ox BO 00 6b ae 50 (ANIROMCNRS
DD. No such Reofeetone Sey 60 oblonga.
AA. Basal segment of the left leg of the 5th pair in the araile ‘without a serrated
lamella.
B. Terminal segment of the Cees of the 5th pair of legs in the female
bearing only two spines... ... 66 60 BHUbO ob 00, ode MOM
BB. Terminal segment bearing seven Eanes
C. Endopodite of the right leg of the 5th pair, male, does not
reach the end of the second segment of the exopodite and bears
a curved bristle at the base... . : robusta.
CC. Endopodite reaches considerably “beyond. the second segment of
the exopodite and has an inward projection at the base.
pseudocheles.
BOECKELLA TRIARTICULATA (Thomson).
Deseribed by Thomson (1882) as Boeckia triarticulata; first recorded from
N.S.W. by Sars in 1896 and from Victoria in 1908 (Plate 1, figs. 1-4).
Female. Cephalothorax moderately slender, tapering slightly anteriorly; last
segment expanded laterally into two bilobed lappets, the outer lobes of which
extend beyond the first segment of the abdomen, the inner lobes are twisted and
pointed at the tips. Abdomen about half the length of the cephalothorax;
genital segment asymmetrically dilated at the base, being more swollen on the
right side than on the left; caudal rami slightly longer than the last segment,
widening towards the tips. Antennules comparatively short, extending, when
veflexed, to the end of the second segment of the urosome. Fifth pair of legs
with the endopodites extending beyond the second segments of the exopodites;
the terminal segments of the latter bearing seven spines. Length, 2.5 mm.
Male. Smaller than the female. Light antennule geniculated. Fifth pair
of legs with the second basal segment of the left leg provided on its inner side
with a prominent triangular-shaped lamella, with a serrated edge; endopodite
small and simple, reaching about half the length of the first segment of the
exopodite. Right lee with a longer endopodite that almost reaches the end of
the second segment of the exopodite and bears a small denticle at the tip; ter-
minal claw equal to the length of the exopodite itself, the two other spines of
equal size.
Distribution.—N.S.W.: Rarely found in the neighbourhood of Sydney; Vic-
toria; New Zealand.
BOECKELLA OBLONGA Sars.
Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturvid., xxix., 1908, Plate 1, figs. 5-8.
Female. Cephalothorax narrower than in the preceding species, tapering
slightly anteriorly and posteriorly; the lateral expansions of the last segment
small, the outer lobes reaching the middle of the first abdominal segment, inner
lobes straight and pointed. Genital segment of the abdomen asymmetrical,
comparatively longer than in the preceding species and not so much dilated at
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 557
the base. Antennules extending to the base of the caudal rami. Fifth pair of
legs very similar to those of the preceding species. Length, 2.0 mm.
Male. Fifth pair of legs with the serrate lamella of the left leg smaller
than in B. triarticulata and curved at the tip; right leg with the endopodite
reaching the end of the second segment of the exopodite and having a well-
defined, inwardly-directed projection near the base; the spine of the first seg-
ment of the exopodite is only half the length of that of the second segment; the
terminal spine greatly exceeds the length of the ramus.
Distribution —N.S.W.: This spegies has not hitherto been recorded from
this State; it was collected on several occasions at Moss Vale. Sars’ specimens
came from Victoria.
BOECKELLA FLUVIALIS, n.sp. (Plate lvi., figs. 1-2 and 4-6.)
Female. (Pl. lvi., fig. 1). Cephalothorax long and slender, oval in outline,
tapering slightly anteriorly; last segment with the lateral expansions (PI. lvi.,
fig. 2) large, the outer lobe acutely poimted and extending to the end of the
first segment of the abdomen, inner lobe small and rounded, with a short pointed
projection in the middle. Abdomen with a long genital segment which i& equal
to the two sueceeding segments combined; it is very slightly asymmetrical and
moderately protuberant ventrally; caudal rami not divergent, exceeding the length
of the preceding segment and bearing well-developed setae which are of almost
equal length. Antennules long, reaching, when reflexed, almost to the end of the
caudal setae. Antennae and oral parts of normal structure. Fifth pair of legs
moderately strong, the second segment of the exopodite provided with the usual
curved and denticulated claw, last segment of this ramus bearing seven spines,
the inner apical one of which is exceptionally long, exceeding the length of the
segment itself. Length, 1.8 mm.
Male. Similar in appearance to the female, but without the pointed lateral
expansions of the last segment of the cephalothorax. Right antennule (PI. lvi.,
fig. 6) moderately swollen and geniculated. Fifth pair of legs powerfully de-
veloped; the left leg (Pl. lvi., fig. 4) has a large rectangular-shaped lamella on
the second basal segment; this lamella is irregularly serrated. the first and the
last prominences being the largest. The endopodite is composed of two distinct
segments; it is unarmed and has a rounded apex; the inner edge of the first
segment of the exopodite is slightly curved towards the endopodite and bears
numerous hairs. The second basal segment of the right leg (Pl. lvi., fig. 5) is
produced inwardly to a pointed, somewhat triangular expansion; the endopodite
reaches the end of the seeond segment of the exopodite, tapering irregularly to a
point; the base is produced inwards to form a second triangular expansion which
is broader than that of the basal segment; the spine of the first segment of the
exopodite is equal in length to two-thirds of that of the second segment. Length,
1.7 mm.
This species is most nearly allied to B. triarticulata (Thomson) and B.
oblonga Sars. It differs specifically from both these species, more especially in
the length of the antennules and the formation of the fifth pair of legs in the
male.
Distribution.—N.S.W.: Holbrook.
BOECKELLA CORONARIA, n.sp. (Plate lv., figs. 1-7.)
Female (Pl. lv., fig. 1). Cephalothorax long and slender, tapering anteriorly
and posteriorly, the greatest width occurring about the middle; lateral expansions
of the last segment of moderate size, the outer lobe extending beyond the middle
558 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 11. COPEPODA,
of the first abdominal segment, inner lobe also acute. First segment of the
abdomen exceeds the combined length of the two succeeding segments; it is very
shghtly dilated at the base and quite symmetrical; caudal rami longer than the
last abdominal segment; caudal setae strongly developed. Antennules (Pl. lv.,
fig. 4) extending, when reflexed, to the middle of the caudal rami. Fifth pair of
legs of normal structure, the terminal segment of the exopodite (Pl. lv., fig. 3)
bearing seven comparatively short spines. Length, 1.5 mm.
Male. Right antennule (PI. ly., fig. 7) less swollen than is usual in the
genus, distinctly geniculated. Fifth pair of legs most nearly resembles that of
B. oblonga; in the left leg (PI. lv., fig. 6) the second basal segment bears a
serrated lamella which is armed with several small denticles and terminates in a
claw-like projection which also bears denticles; this projection is distinctly
separated from the remainder of the lamella; endopodite of irregular shape, ex-
tending more than half the length of the first segment of the exopodite; the right
leg (PI. lv., fig. 5) has an inward projection on the endopodite as in B. oblonga,
though it is of different shape and the endopodite itself does not terminate in a
fine point as in that species but has an indentation in its otherwise rounded
apex; the endopovlite reaches the end of the second segment of the exopodite;
the exopodite bears a terminal curved claw which is longer than the ramus, its
other two spines are nearly equal in length. Length, 1.3 mm.
Note.——tThis species was reared from a sample of dried mud, and both males
and females were plentiful in the aquarium; they were transparent, but the egg
saes were usually tinged with salmon pink.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Corona (north of Broken Hill).
BOECKELLA MINUTA Sars.
Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturvid., 18, 1896, Plate 8, figs. 5-7.
Female. Cephalothorax elongated, slender, narrowing anteriorly; last seg-
ment expanded laterally into two bilobed lappets, outer lobe narrow and pointed,
reaching beyond the middle of the first abdominal segment, inner lobe small and
triangular. Abdomen slender, genital segment asymmetrical, longer than the
next two segments combined; caudal rami longer than the last segment of the
abdomen, but not as long as the last two segments combined. Antennules long,
extending, when reflexed, beyond the caudal rami. Fifth pair of legs with a
poorly developed terminal segment of the. exopodite, which bears only two un-
equal apical spines. Length, 1.2 mm.
Male. Smaller than the female. Fifth pair of legs with both endopodites
simple, one segmented, that of the right leg being larger than that of the left;
the second basal segment of the left leg projects inwardly to a sharp point, bom
exopodites slender and provided with slender curved spines.
Distribution—This small species is the commonest found in the State and is
widely distributed. A few specimens were bred in an aquarium prepared with
dried mud from Bringagee. N.S.W.: Kendall, Epping, Parramatta, Botany,
Waterloo Swamps, University Pond, Lane Cove, Yarrangobilly, Bringagee,
Corowa; Victoria.
BOECKELLA ROBUSTA Sars.
Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturvid., 18, 1896, Plate 8, figs. 1-4.
Female. Cephalothorax robust, the greatest breadth occurring in front of
the middle, slightly tapering posteriorly; lateral expansions of the last segment
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 559
with the outer lobes broad, extending beyond the first abdominal segment and
terminating in points which are bent outwards, inner lobes very small and acute.
Abdomen comparatively short, not half as long as the cephalothorax; genital
segment long, asymmetrical, the right side protruding more than the left; caudal
rami equal in length to the two last segments combined. Antennules short,
seareely exceeding the length of the cephalothorax. Fifth pair of legs with a
well developed exopodite, the terminal segment small but armed with seven
spines, endopodite almost reaching the end of the second segment of the exopo-
dite. Length, 3.2 mm.
Male. Right antennule much swollen. Fifth pair of legs somewhat like
those of the preceding species; in the right leg the spines of the exopodite are
unequal, that of the second segment being longer than the first; endopodite
tapering to a point and bearing a small curved bristle near its base; basal
segment of the left leg produced inwardly to a point as in the preceding species,
endopodite extremely small.
A single male specimen was bred from dried mud collected at Bringagee,
which closely resembled this species. In the formation of the fifth pair of legs
(Pl. lvui., figs. 7-9) the following differences were noted: the endopodite of the
right leg was tipped with a short but distinct denticle, and was also armed witha
straight upturned spine at the base, instead of the curved bristle, characteristie
of B. robusta; in the left leg, the inward projections of the basal segment and
the endopodite were of almost equal size and both rounded. Unfortunately no
female specimens were obtained, so that it is impossible to decide whether this
form is a variety of B. robusta or a distinet species.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Sydney, Bringagee; Tasmania.
BOECKELLA PSEUDOCHELES Searle.
Searle, Vict. Nat., 28, 1912, p. 198, Plate v., figs. 1-9.
Female. Cephalothorax robust, broadly oval, tapering slightly anteriorly,
lateral expansions of the last segment large, outer lobes extending almost to the
base of the first abdominal segment, tips pointed and directed outwards, inner
lobes very small. Abdomen short, genital segment short and broad, asymmetrical,
the right side bulging more than the left, not very protuberant ventrally; second
segment very small; caudal rami and setae short. Antennules short, extending,
when reflexed, to the end of the cephalothorag. Fifth pair of legs with the curved
process, on the second segment of the exopodite, comparatively small, terminal
segment well developed and armed with seven spines. Length, 2.4 mm.
Male. Right antennule strongly hinged, the penuitimate segment produced
anteriorly. Fifth pair of legs of unusual form, the left leg with a small rounded
lobe on the inner side of the second basal segment, exopodite with the last seg-
ment bearing two spines, endopodite small and flattened; right leg with a com-
paratively small apical claw, which ends in two unequal points, endopodite long
and slender, extending beyond the second segment of the exopodite, its shape
peculiarly characteristic, being inwardly produced at the base, somewhat swollen
in the middle and blunt at the apex.
This species has not before been recorded in New South Wales.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Holbrook; Victoria.
Genus GLADIOFERENS Henry, 1919.
Lateral expansions of the last segment of the cephalothorax reduced. Abdo-
men consisting of foir segments in the female, five in the male. Caudal rami
560 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. ll. COPEPODA,
long and slender. Natatory legs biramous, each ramus consisting of three seg-
ments, fourth pair in the female with a long curved spine on the inner side of
the basal segment. Fifth legs in the male with the terminal segment of the exo-
podite armed with one spine in the right leg and several short spines in the left
leg. Ovisac present.
Two species known, both from New South Wales.
Key to species of Gladioferens.
A. Both rami of the 5th pair of legs in the male composed of three segments.
; spinosus.
AA. Endopodites of the 5th pair composed of less than three segments. brevicornis.
GLADIOFERENS SPINOsSUS Henry.
Proe. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liii., 1919, p. 32, Plate 1, figs. 1-7.
Distribution.—N.S.W.: Kendall, Waterfall, National Park.
GLADIOFERENS BREVICORNIS Henry.
Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii., 1919, p. 35, Plate 2, figs. 10-12.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Cumbalum.
Genus HEMIBOECKELLA Sars, 1912.
Lateral parts of the last segment of the cephalothorax not expanded. Abdo-
men composed of three segments in the female, five in the male. Caudal setae,
of unequal length, are attached to the outer edge. Right antennule of the male
hinged and with large conspicuous aesthetascs. Antennae with the endopodite
imperfectly defined from the basal part. Natatory legs with both rami three seg-
mented, terminal joint of the exopodite with two spines on the outer side. Fifth
legs in the male unequal, left leg shorter than the right, endopodites of both legs
distinctly segmented.’
Only one species is known.
HEMIBOECKELLA S#ARLI Sars.
Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturvid., 32, 1912, Plate ix., figs. 1-14.
Female. Cephalothorax moderately slender, tapering anteriorly and pos-
teriorly. Head projecting into a Well defined rostrum, divided at the end into
two lappets. Abdomen short, genital segment symmetrical, narrowing towards
the base, greatly protuberant ventrally; caudal rami divergent, inner edges
ciliated, caudal setae of unequal length, the middle one exceeding the length of
the whole abdomen. Antennules short, barely exceeding the ecephalothorax. Fifth
pair of legs with well developed exopodites, curved process of the second segment
coarsely denticulated, terminal segment bearing three spines and three setae;
endopodite reaching beyond the second segment of the exopodite. Length, 1.6
mm.
Male. Right antennule provided with numerous large and conspicuous
aesthetases. Fifth pair of legs, basal segment of the left leg produced into a
large triangular projection, endopodite two-segmented, provided with a single
seta; exopodite also two-segmented, first segment bearing a single spine, second
segment with a simple terminal spine, a much smaller spine and a curved denticle.
Right leg with a three segmented exopodite, each segment bearing a short spine;
endopodite three-seemented, the second segment being produced inwardly into a
long slender process.
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 561
Distribution.—This species has not hitherto been recorded from New South
Wales; both males and females were abundant in a collection from Holbrook.
Sars deseribed it from specimens sent from Victoria.
Division 2. CYCLOPOIDA.
Cephalothorax much broader than the abdomen. Articulation occurring be-
tween the 4th and 5th free segments. Both antennules transformed in the male.
Antennae usually devoid of exopodites. Fifth pair of legs rudimentary. Heart
absent. Ova carried in two ovisacs which are attached laterally or sub-dorsally.
There is only one free-swimming freshwater family.
Family CYCLOPIDAE.
Antennules composed of a varying number of segment3, never exceeding
seventeen. Antennae four-segmented, with an elongated seta at the end of the
first segment. Natatory legs well developed, last pair of legs small and alike
in the two sexes.
All the freshwater forms included in this family are classed by most authors
in the one genus Cyclops. This genus, however, comprises so many species that
several attempts have been made to separate them into groups. Sars in his Crus-
tacea of Norway (1913) has gone further than this and has divided the old genus
Cyclops into five genera; this classification appears to be a natural oae and has
been followed in this work.
Key to genera of the Cyclopidae.
A. 5th« pair of legs composed of two segments.
B. Distal segment armed only with setae. .. .. .2 ++ ++ Mesocyclops.
BB. Distal segment armed with setae and spines.
Cx Ola Teall aN de) wo. co’ oo hovagves an ees Ge no 2 Oily as:
Cc. Two spines. .. . aman fae eae ” Pachycyelops.
AA. 5th pair of legs composed of a frilonate heme
B. Lamella armed with one seta and one spine. .. .. .. .. Leptocyclops.
BB. Lamella armed with two setae and a spine or three spines.
Platycyclops.
Genus CycLtops Muller, 1776. (As restricted by G. O. Sars.)
Lateral parts of the three anterior segments of the cephalothorax well de-
fined, last segment produced laterally. Abdomen slender, with the genital seg-
ment of the female dilated in front. Antennules of varying length, strongly
hinged in the male. Antennae with all four segments well defined. Rudimentary
palp of the mandibles with two long, plumose setae and a short bristle. Nata-
tory legs with both rami composed of three segments, sometimes only two, endo-
podites of the fourth pair with two apical spines. Fifth pair very small, com-
posed of two segments, distal segment not expanded and provided with an apical
seta and a lateral spine. Seminal receptacle usually oval in shape.
Two species are known in New South Wales.
Key to species of Cyclops.
A. All natatory legs with both rami two segmented. tt .. varicans.
AA. Ist pair with both rami two-segmented, aateantrs pairs ith both rami three-
SER THIET CCC Nee eee TE ee ee en Etienne ON AatealsaU en QUSETAILS
562 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. li. COPEPODA,
CYCLOPS AUSTRALIS (King).
Syn.—C. sydneyensis Schmeil.
This species was mentioned by King (1854) but no description or illustration
was given, merely the name and locality “in all ponds’; since this was the only
Cyclops mentioned by Kang, he probably united several species under the one
same. Sars (1896, p. 74) briefly described a species of Cyclops from Australia
under this name, it being the only unknown member of the genus in a collection
sent to him from the neighbourhood of Sydney. The species was not figured
until 1908 when Sars published detailed drawings (Plate iii., figs. 5-18).
Female. Cephalothorax oval in outline, tapermg more posteriorly than an-
teriorly. Abdomen equal in length to two-thirds of the cephalothorax, its genital
segment almost attaining the length of the three succeeding segments combined;
caudal rami elongated, slender, exceeding the length of the last two segments
combined, innermost apical seta very slightly longer than the outermost. An-
tennules very little longer than the first segment of the cephalothorax, consisting
ot twelve segments of which the 8th and 9th are unusually long. Both rami of
the 1st pair of legs two-segmented, those of the three succeeding pairs three-
segmented. Fifth pair with the basal segment marked only by a seta, terminal
segment small, provided with a seta and a very small denticle. This is the
largest Australian Cyclops known, the adult female attaining a length of from
2 to 2.5 mm.
Distribution —N.S,W.: Byron Bay, Kendall, Centennial Park, Bourke Street,
Waterloo Swamps, University Pond, Holbrook, Corowa; Victoria; South Aus-
tralia.
CYCLOPS VARICANS Sars.
Sars, Christ. Videns. Sels. Forh., 1862, p. 48, Plate xxxi.
Female. Cephalothorax moderately robust, oval in outline, the greatest width
occurring in the middle; last segment slightly expanded laterally. Abdomen
greater than half the length of the cephalothorax; the genital segment narrowing
posteriorly; caudal rami very slightly divergent, equal in length to the last two
segments combined, the innermost seta very much longer than the outer. An-
tennules composed of twelve segments, shorter than the first segment of the
cephalothorax. Natatory legs with both rami two-segmented, endopodites of the
4th pair with both apical spines well developed. Fifth pair of legs with the
proximal segment much reduced, its presence only marked by a seta, distal seg-
ment small, its seta long and slender and with a minute spinule on the inner
edge. Length, .85 mm.
Distribution—This species has never before been recorded from Australia.
N.S.W.: Moss Vale, Berrima; New Zealand; North America; Africa; Turkistan;
urope.
Genus PACHYCYCLOPS Sars, 1914.
Lateral parts of the cephalothoracie segments not produced laterally, last
segment very small. Abdomen moderately slender, genital segment only slightly
dilated in front; caudal rami comparatively short, apical setae well developed.
Antennules long and slender, composed of seventeen segments. Natatory legs
with both rami composed of three segments; terminal segment of exopodite in
Ist-3rd pairs with three spines outside, in 4th pair with two spines. Fifth pair
two-segmented, proximal segment with a slender seta, distal segment short, armed
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 563
with two unequal spines and a long seta. Seminal receptacle more or less bi-
partite.
This genus corresponds to Schmeil’s “fuseus-albidus” group. One species is
present in N.S.W.
PACHYCYCLOPS ANNULICORNIS (Koch).
Syn.—C. quadricornis albidus Jurine, C. tenuicornis Claus, C. albidus Sehmeil,
C. gyrinus Forbes.
Described by Koch in 1835, first recorded from Australia by Sars (1896)
and figured in 1908 (Plate in., figs. 1-4).
Female. Cephalothorax broadly oval in outline, the greatest width exeeed-
ing half the length. Abdomen long, genital segment cylindrical, equal to the
combined length of the three succeeding segments; caudal rami short. Antennules
long and slender, reaching beyond the third segment of the cephalothorax, com-
posed of seventeen segments, of which the 2nd and 3rd, 10th and 11th are
usually darker in colour than the other segments. Antennae with a very long
and slender terminal segment. Natatory lees with the terminal segment of the
endopodite of the fourth pair distinguished by the rudimentary distal seta. Fifth
pair with the distal segment much smaller than the proximal. Length, 1.8 mm.
Distribution—This species has a world-wide distribution and is very com-
mon in this State. A solitary specimen was raised from dried mud collected at
Corona. N.S.W.: Kendall, Bangalow, Pt. Stephens, Parramatta, Five Dock,
Centennial Park, National Park, Waterfall, Berrima, Yass, Bringagee; Victoria;
South Australia; Hawaii; Asia; Africa; Europe; North and South America.
Genus Mnsocycuops Sars, 1914.
Cephalothoracic segments scarcely prominent laterally; last segment very
small and not produced laterally. Abdomen slender, genital segment elongated,
slightly dilated anteriorly; caudal rami of moderate length or very short. An-
tennules long and slender, usually composed of seventeen segments. Antennae
with the apical setae long and curved. Natatory legs with both rami three-
segmented, terminal segment of the exopodite with only two spines outside, ter-
minal segment of the endopodite unusually long. Fifth pair very small, two-
segmented, the distal segment carrying two slender setae. Seminal receptacle
bilobed anteriorly, the posterior portion somewhat tongue-shaped.
This genus corresponds to Schmeil’s “leuckarti” group. One species occurs
in New South Wales.
MEsocycLops OBSOLETUS (Koch).
Syn.—C. leuckarti Claus, C. simplex Poggenpol, C. scourfieldi Brady.
First described by Koch in 1835 and recorded from Australia by Sars in
1896. In 1908 Sars described a special variety australiensis for the Australian
form.
Female. Cephalothorax slender, more so than in the typical European form,
first segment unusually large and the last very small. Abdomen long and slender,
genital segment produced and equal to the length of the three succeeding seg-
ments combined; caudal rami less divergent and longer than in the typical form,
sometimes slightly exceeding the length of the last two segments combined. An-
tennules composed of seventeen segments, long and slender, attaining the end
of the third segment. Natatory legs with the spines of the exopodites very
coarse. Fifth pair with a narrow distal segment, setae long and slender. Length,
1.3 mm.
564 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. ll. COPEPODA,
Distribution —N.S.W.: Kendall, Hornsby, Centennial Park, Bourke Street,
Bringagee, Holbrook; Victoria; Hawaii; Asia; North and South America;
Africa; and throughout Europe.
Genus LEPTOCYCLOPS Sars, 1914.
Segments of the cephalothorax produced laterally, rounded at the ends; last
segment short and broad, produced on each side to a rounded hairy lobe.
Abdomen slender, genital segment short; caudal rami more or less elongated.
Antennules composed of twelve segments, the outer ones very slender. Natatory
legs with both rami three-segmented, armed as in the genus Pachycylops. Fitth
pair of legs formed by a trilobate lamella armed with a denticulated spine and
two setae. Seminal receptacle with the posterior part not produced, forming
two transverse bands. This genus comprises the species of Schmeil’s “serrulatus-
prasinus” group.
Two occur in New South Wales.
Key to species of Leptocyelops.
A, Antennules reaching the end of the second segment of the cephalothorax. agilis.
AA. Antennules reaching past the third segment of the cephalothorax .. viridis.
LeprocycLops aqinis (Koch).
Syn.—C. serrulatus Fischer, C. varius var. brachyura Lilljeborg.
Deseribed by Koch in 1835, first recorded from Australia by Sars (1896).
Female. Cephalothorax slender, oval in outline. Abdomen slender, equal to
two-thirds of the cephalothorax in length; genital segment dilated at the base,
equal to the combined length of the two succeeding segments; caudal rami of
moderate length, equalling the two preceding segments, diverging at the erds,
outer edges denticulated. Antennules composed of twelve segments, long and
slender, reaching the end of the second segment of the cephalothorax. Fifth pair
of legs with a large, coarsely dentate, inner spine. Length, 1 mm.
Distribution —This is the commonest “Cyclops” found in New South Wales,
and is distributed practically throughout the State. Some specimens were raised
from dried mud collected at Meryula Station near Cobar, N.S.W., Byron Bay,
Dorrigo, Bangalow, Kendall, Moss Vale, Berrima, Bong Bong, Yarrangobilly,
Lett River, Leura, Orange, Epping, Lane Cove, Parramatta, Five Dock, Botany;
Victoria; New Zealand; New Guinea; Hawaii; Azores; Polar Island; Africa;
North and South America and throughout Asia and Europe.
LEPTOCYCLOPS VIRIDIS Henry.
Proc. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., liii., 1919, p. 40, Plate 2, figs. 8-9.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Kendall, Hornsby, Epping.
Genus PLATYCYCLOPS Sars, 1914.
Cephalothoracic segments expanded laterally; last segment short and broad,
with its lateral parts more or less densely hairy. Abdomen robust, genital seg-
ment short; caudal rami of different shape in the different species. Antennules
short, with the number of segments reduced. Natatory legs with the basal part
broad, both rami three-segmented and of almost equal length, middle segment of
the endopodite with a single seta inside. Fifth pair sometimes well defined,
formed by a small lamella bearing two setae and a spine or this replaced by
three spines. Seminal receptacle short and broad.
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 565
This genus comprises a somewhat heterogeneous collection of forms; it cor-
responds to Schmeil’s “phaleratus-affinis-fimbriatus” group. Three species occur
in New South Wales.
: Key to species of Platyeyclops.
A. Caudal rami short, not attaining the length of the last two abdominal segments
combined.
B. 5th pair of legs represented on each side by three spines. .. phaleratus.
BB. 5th pair, each consisting of a lamella bearing a spine and two setae.
affinis.
AA. Caudal rami long, exceeding the length of the last two segments combined.
fimbriatus.
PLATYCYCLOPS PHALERATUS (Koch): (Plate lviii., fig. 1-2.)
Syn. C. canthocarpoides Fischer, C. lascivius Poggenpol.
Deseribed by Koch in 1835, first recorded from Austral by Sars (1896).
Female. Cephalothorax short and broad, the greatest width occurring about
the middle and equal to two-thirds of the length; lateral parts of the last segment
produced, hairy. Abdomen strongly built, the posterior edges of all the segments
denticulated; genital segment short and broad, scarcely as long as the next two
segments combined; caudal rami short, bearmg rows of spines. Antennules much
shorter than the first segment of the cephalothorax, composed of ten segments.
Natatory legs with a broad basal segment; in the Ist, 2nd and 3rd pairs, the
terminal segment of the exopodite bears three coarse spines outside, the 4th pair
bears only two. Fifth pair replaced on each side by three ciliated spines at-
tached to the lateral corners of the corresponding segment. Length, 1.1 mm.
Distribution—N.S.W.: Kendall, Berrima, University, Centennial Park,
Botany; New Guinea; Ceylon; Turkistan; Europe; North and South America.
PLATYCYCLOPS AFFINIS Sars. (Plate lvii., fig. 3-4.)
Syn, C. pygmoeus Rehberg.
Described by Sars in 1863 (p. 47) and first recorded by him from Austraha
in 1896.
Female. Cephalothorax narrower than in the preceding species, first seg-
ment very long, last segment with the lateral parts slightly produced, bearing
spinules. Abdomen with the genital segment shghtly dilated at the base; caudal
rami longer than in the preceding species. Antennules shorter than the first
segment of the cephalothorax and composed of eleven segments. Natatory legs
with the basal part narrower than in P. phaleratus, the terminal segment of the
exopodite in the 1st and 2nd pairs with three spines outside, in 3rd and 4th pairs
with only two. Fifth pair well defined, consisting of a small lamella bearing a
slender spine, and outside a seta of the same length and in the middle a smaller
‘seta. Length, .75 mm.
Distribution—This is a comparatively rare species in New South Wales; it
has only been found near Sydney and at Mt. Kosciusko. It occurs in China and
Turkistan and throughout Europe.
PLATYCYCLOPS FIMBRIATUS (Fischer). (Plate lviii., figs. 5-6.)
Syn. C. crassicornis Sars.
Deseribed by Fischer in 1853 (p. 94), first recorded from Australia by the
present author in 1919.
566 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. ll. COPEPODA,
Female. Cephalothorax somewhat more robust than the preceding species;
first segment much longer than the four succeeding segments combined; last seg-
ment with the lateral parts produced, bearing stiff hairs. Abdomen equal to two-
thirds of the cephalothorax in length, genital segment longer than the combined
length of the two succeeding segments, slightly dilated at the base; caudal rami
much longer than in the two preceding species, narrow, slightly divergent. An-
tennules short and thick, composed of eight segments. Natatory legs similar to
those of P. phaleratus. Fifth pair composed of a small lamella, bearing a com-
paratively short spine and two slender setae. Length, .9 mm.
Distribution —N.S.W.: Kendall, Five Dock, Centennial Park; New Guinea;
Hawaii; Ceylon; North and South America; Europe.
Division 3. HARPACTICOIDA.
Body slender, more or less cylindrical, no distinct demarcation between the
cephalothorax and abdomen. Last segment of the cephalothorax articulates with
the preceding segment and is firmly attached to the first abdominal segment.
Antennules small, rarely more than eight segments, both prehensile in the male.
First pair of legs either similar to the succeeding pairs or transformed into grasp-
ing organs; three succeeding pairs natatory; fifth pair reduced, never natatory.
Heart absent. Ova in a single ovisac attached ventrally or, more rarely, in two
ovisacs.
The great majority of freshwater Harpacticids belong to the Canthocamp-
tidae and this is the only family represented in Australia. This is the first re-
cord of the presence of members of this division in New South Wales.
Family CANTHOCAMPTIDAE.
Rostrum very small. Antennuies usually composed of eight segments though
the number may be reduced, distinctly hinged in the male. First pair of legs
more or less prehensile, endopodites usually longer than exopodites; three suc-
ceeding pairs with exopodites always longer than endopodites which are some-
times reduced; fifth pair in the female more or less lamellar with the distal seg-
ment well defined and the proximal segment expanded inside. A single ovisac
present.
This family comprises four genera that include true freshwater forms; two
of them are represented in New South Wales.
Key to genera of Canthocamptidae.
A. Antennules composed of 8 segments.
-B. Endopodites of the 2nd and 8rd pairs of legs composed of three segments.
Canthocamptus.
BB. Endopodites of 2nd and 8rd pairs composed of two segments. .. .. ..
Attheyella.
AA, Antennules composed of less than 8 segments.
13}, UNakieraraunilles, 7eRereeeorrorerel, 55 65 da do odeog Od op oo of oe 90 Moraria.
BB yAntennuless6-segimentecl: se <i On cueyeecreil ce) Uler-meepearersmese eal eye Marshia.
Genus ATT HEYELLA Brady, 1880.
J J
Body slender, cephalothorax very little broader than the abdomen. Rostrum
very small. Antennules comparatively short, eight-segmented. Antennae with
the basal portion not subdivided, exopodite generally one-segmented, bearing’ two
apical and two lateral setae. First pair of legs imperfectly prehensile, endo-
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 567
podite usually two-segmented, scarcely longer than the exopodite, rarely three-
segmented and more elongated; endopodites of the three succeeding pairs re-
duced, two-segmented, the first segment very small, that of the third pair in the
male transformed.
This genus comprises thirteen species, one of which is present in New South
Wales.
ATTHEYELLA AUSTRALICA Sars.
Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturvid., 29, 1908, Plate iv., figs. 9-26.
Female. Cephalothorax moderately robust, with the first segment equal to
the combined length of the next three segments. Rostral projection absent.
Abdomen shorter than the cephalothorax, the ventral margins of the segments
bearing coarse spinules and with groups of spinules at the sides. Anal opercle
smooth; caudal rami divergent, narrowed at the tips; their inner edges bearing
hairs; two slender setae on the outer edge, each accompanied by a cluster of
spinules, middle apical seta very long, inner seta about half as long as the
cuter; the dorsal surface of each ramus bearing a well-marked carina and with
a slender seta situated on a small prominence. Antennules slender, the last seg-
ment being the longest. First pair of legs with both rami composed of three
segments, the exopodite reaching the end of the second segment of the endopodite.
Fifth pair of legs with the inner apical seta much the longest, the proximal seg-
ment with a short triangular expansion bearing six setae. Length, .67 mm.
Male. Smaller than the female. Fifth pair of legs very small, the ex-
pansion of the proximal segment bearing two spines.
Distribution.—N.S.W.: Kosciusko, Holbrook; Victoria.
Genus Morarta Scott, 1893.
Syn. Ophiocamptus Mrazek.
Segments of the body very distinct. Rostral projection prominent. Anal
opercle angularly produced posteriorly. Caudal rami large, with two slender
bristles outside. Antennules in the female composed of seven segments, strongly
hinged in the male. Antennae with a small, one-segmented exopodite. Legs short,
with the natatory setae imperfectly developed; first pair not very different from
the three succeeding pairs, the endopodites of the latter are two-segmented and
shorter than the exopodites. Fifth pair with the proximal segment expanded
inside.
This genus consists of eight species, one of which is present in New South
Wales.
Morarta LONGISETA, n.sp. (PI. lvi, fig. 3; Pl. lvi., figs. 1-7.)
Female (Pl. lvii., fig. 1). Body fairly robust, without any sharp demarca-
tion between the cephalothorax and abdomen; first segment large, longer than the
next three segments combined. Abdomen with the boundary line between the
first two segments clearly defined. Rostrum small. Posterior margins of all the
segments strongly serrated (Pl. lvii., fig. 3), the serrations being of very irregular
size and shape; in addition the segments each bear a row of spinules, very short
and fine in the cephalothorax but becoming longer and stronger in the posterior
segments; the lateral parts of the segments slightly produced, each bearing a
strong short denticle, those of the abdomen also provided with a group of
spinules. Anal opercle smooth, with a triangular projection behind, the margin
of which is fringed with hairs (Pl. lvii., fig. 5); caudal rami about the length
568 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. ll. COPEPODA,
of the last segment, distinctly keeled dorsally and bearing a seta about the middle
of the dorsal surface; two long setae situated on the outer edge, each accompanied
by a cluster of spinules; middle apical seta exceptionally long for the genus,
outer seta of moderate size, inner one very small and slender. Antennules com-
posed of seven segments, the outer portion including only three segments. Both
rami of the first pair of legs (PI. lvii., fig. 6) composed of three segments, the
exopodite scarcely reaching beyond the first segment of the long endopodite; the
second pair (Pl. lvu., fig. 4) bas a long three-segmented exopodite and a short
two-segmented endopodite, the first segment of the latter being very small, the
3rd and 4th pairs have also long three-segmented exopodites, and two-segmented
endopodites but the second segments are shorter than those of the second pair.
The fifth pair (PI. lvi., fig. 3) is well developed, the inner expansion of the
proximal segment being large and bearing 6 long setae. Length, .70 mm.
Male. Smaller than the female, only attaining a length of .55 mm. An-
tennules (Pl. lvu., fig. 7) transformed into hinged grasping organs. The three-
segmented exopodite of the first two pairs of legs comparatively long and pro-
vided with long setae, the endopodite of the first pair is long and three-segmented,
that of the second is very short and two-segmented; in the third pair the exopodite
is three-segmented and is short and stout, the endopodite is also three-segmented,
the second segment bearing an extremely long seta on the inner side and the
slender terminal segment bearing two long setae. Fifth pair of legs small, the
inner expansion of the proximal segment bearing two unequal setae.
This species is in some respects nearer to the genus Attheyella than to
Moraria, especially in the long, well-developed caudal setae and in the structure
of the first pair of legs; it is true to the genus Moraria, however, in the possession
of a triangular expansion behind the anal opercle and in having antennules com-
posed of only seven segments. There is no doubt that the two genera are closely
allied.
Distribution—N.S.W.: Holbrook.
List of works referred to.
Brapy, G., 1886.—Notes on Entomostraea collected by Mr. A. Haly in Ceylon.
; Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., xix., p. 293.
Breinu, A., 1911.—Report of the Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, p. 17.
CuHItton, C., 1917.—Results of the South Australian Museum Expedition to
Strzelecki and Cooper Creeks. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xh., p.
475.
Fiscuer, S., 1853.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Cyclopiden (Fortsetzung). Bul.
Soc. Imp. Moscou, p. 94.
Henry, M., 1919.—On some Australian Freshwater Copepoda and Ostracoda.
Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lin., p. 29.
Kine, R. L., 1855.—On Australian Entomostracans. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania,
Liles) earthed’:
Kocu, C. L., 1835.—Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachniden.
Puayratr, G. I., 1914.—Contributions to a knowledge of the Biology of the Rich-
mond River. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxxix., p. 93.
Sars, G. O., 1835.—Oversight Ferskvandscopepoder, p. 47.
, 1862.—Oversight af de indenlandske Ferskvandscopepoder. Christ.
Videns. Sels. For.
-, 1889.—On some Freshwater Ostracoda and Copepoda raised from Dried
Australian Mud. Christ. Videns. Sels. For., No. 8.
BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 569
, 1896.—On Freshwater Entomostraca from the neighbourhood of Sydney.
Arch. Math. og Naturvid., Bd. 18, Heft. 2.
, 1908.—F reshwater Copepoda from Victoria, Southern Australia. Arch.
Math. og Naturvid., Bd. xxix., Nr. 7.
, 1912.—Additional Notes on Freshwater Calanoida from Victoria,
Southern Australia. Arch. Math. og Naturvid., Bd. xxxii., Nr. 3.
, 1915—An Account of the Crustacea of Norway. Vol. vi., Copepoda,
Parts iv.-vu.
Srarie, J., 1911—Some Victorian Copepoda new to Science. Vict. Nat. xxvii.
No. 9, p. 174.
, 1912.—Some New Victorian Copepoda. Vict. Nat., xxviii., No. 10, p.
196.
, 1914—An Addition to the Victorian Freshwater Copepoda. Vict. Nat., .
SeSey jO5 Jl :
Saute, G. W., 1909—The Freshwater Crustacea of Tasmania. Trans. Linn. Soc.
Lond., Ser. 2, Vol. xi., Part 4, p. 61.
Tuomson, G. M., 1882.—On the New Zealand Copepoda. Trans & Proc. N.Z.
Inst., xv., p. 93.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES LV.-LVIII.
Plate lv.
Boeckella coronaria.
Fig. 1.—Female (x 50); Fig. 2.—2 lappets ( x 50); Fig. 3.—%. exopodite, 5th
pair of legs (x 270); Fig. 4.—9. antennule (x 64); Fig. 5.—d. right leg of 5th pair
(x 818); Fig. 6.—d. left leg of 5th pair (x 318); Fig. 7.—d. right antennule
(x 64).
Plate lvi.
Figs. 1-2. Boeckella fluvialis.
Fig. 1.—Female (x 25); Fig. 2.—9. lappets (x 64).
Fig. 3. Moraria longiseta.
9. 5th pair of legs (x 270),
Figs. 4-6. Boeckella flwvialis.
Fig. 4.—o. left leg of 5th pair (x 230); Fig. 5.—d. right leg of 5th pair (x 230);
Fig. 6.—d. right antennule (x 64).
Plate lvii.
Moraria longiseta.
Fig. 1.—Female (x 64); Fig. 2.—9. antennule (x 270); Fig. 82. margin of
the Ist segment (x 270); Fig. 4.—9. leg of 2nd pair (x 270); Fig. 5.—. end of
the abdomen (x 270); Fig. 6.—@. leg of Ist pair (x 270); Fig. 7.—d. antennule
(x 270). ;
el) FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. lil. COPEPODA,
Plate lviii.
Figs. 1-2. Platycyclops phaleratus.
1.—Female (x 62); Fig. 2.—9. 5th leg (x 186).
Figs. 3-4. Platycyclops affinis.
Fig. 3.—Female (x 96); Fig. 4.—@. 5th leg (x 200).
Figs. 5-6. Platycyclops fimbriatus.
Fig. 5.—Female (x 62); Fig. 6.—9. 5th leg (x 186).
Figs. 7-9. Boeckella robusta.
Fig. 7.—d, right leg of 5th pair (x 98); Fig. 8.—¢. left leg of 5th pair (x 98);
Fig. 9.—d. endopodite of right leg (x 440).
Fig.
j
A CONTRIBUTION TO THE PARASITISM OF NOTOTHIXOS INCANUS
(OLIV.). VAR. SUBAUREUS.
By J. McLucxiz, M.A., D.Se., Lecturer in Plant Physiology, The University of
Sydney.
(Eleven Text-figures. )
[Read 29th November, 1922.]
Notothizos incanus (Oliv.) var. subaureus is a parasite which frequently oc-
curs upon species of Loranthus, especially L. celastroides, L. pendulus and L.
eucalyptifolius, in New South Wales. I have also found it growing upon the
branches of Phyllanthus, Eucalyptus corymbosa, Angophora lanceolata, and
several species of Casuarina. It branches dichotomously, and its young shoots
and leaves are covered by a thick tomentum of golden-yellow, multicellular,
branched hairs. The flowers are usually sessile, and occur in small pedunculate
inflorescences. The fruit is slightly succulent and tomentose, and contains a
single gelatinous-coated seed. The parasite is distributed over the eastern portion
of the State, extending from the Coast District to the Blue Mountain Plateau,
and requires moist climatic conditions during dissemination and germination.
Dissemination.
Notothizos incanus (Oliv.) var. subawreus flowers in May-June and the
fruits ripen about twelve months later. They are small, practically oval in
shape, covered with multicellular, yellowish, branched hairs, and are not ex-
plosive as in Arceuthobium occidentale (Pierce, 1905); the seeds are extruded
by a gelatinous tissue within the fruit.
Dissemination takes place during moist, humid weather when there is little
evaporation from the surface of the leaves. Under such conditions the fruits
become exceedingly turgid, owing to certain gelatinous tissues swelling, and a
slight movement of the branches or shock_causes the fruit to drop off, and the
seed to glide out.
Text-figure 1 shows a longitudinal section of a mature fruit containing one
seed. The fruit is attached to a short stalk from which it is readily parted
when ripe. Externally the fruit is covered by a heavily eutinised epidermis (ep),
one layer of cells in thickness, and with the outer walls considerably thickened.
Stomata with depressed guard-cells are present; numerous yellowish-coloured,
multicellular, branched hairs are developed over the surface of the fruit.
572 PARASITISM OF NOTOTHIXOS INCANUS VAR. SUBAUREUS,
Underlying the epidermis is a zone of several layers of thin-walled paren-
chymatous cells, many of which contain chlorophyll granules. These cells have
thin cellulose walls. Traversing the centre of this zone is a narrow tracheal
region, consisting of a single series of tracheae with cambiform cells on either
side (f.c.); this zone is the fruit coat, composed of the ovary wall and the con-
tinuation of the receptacle. Within this zone is a broad region composed of
three distinct layers, probably representing the integument and nucellus of the
seed, namely: on the outside, one or two layers of small, thin-walled parenchyma
cells; in the middle, a single layer of broad gelatinous cells with thick gelatinous
walls, little protoplasm and large nucleus. This layer is the important one in
bringing about the swelling and subsequent rupture of the fruit. Underlying this
gelatinous layer there occur several rows of elongated cells, with a distinet row
of tracheae in the centre. The gelatinous layer is attached on its inner side to
this tissue and on its outer to the small-celled layer. The seed-covering is clearly
seen in Text-fig. 1, p.l. representing the parenchymatous layer, g.J. the broad
gelatinous layer and Tr.l. the inner tracheal-bearing layer. The gelatinous layer
is barrel-shaped and open at both ends. The next tissue met with on passing
inwards, is the endosperm (end), thin-walled, filled with starch grains and sur-
rounded by a distinct, sniall-celled, large-nucleated, peripheral layer. At the
upper end of this endosperm the large embryo is situated (emb.). The endos-
perm cells surrounding the root of the embryo are small and compact, and form
a sheath around it, which looks very much like a root-cap. On germination,
however, the root grows through this sheath.
The fruit coat is prolonged upwards into a short style and stigma (st),
the cells of which are papillate. At the base of the fruit there is a mass of
short reticulately and spirally thickened tracheae embedded in a region of small
thin-walled parenchyma cells. Sieve-tubes are not present, as far as I could de-
termine. This basal region represents a mechanically weak one, and it is here
that the fruit separates from the stalk (Text-fig. 1, deh.).
In regard to the mechanics of seed dispersal, it is readily seen that the
motor-tissue is the gelatinous cells almost surrounding the fruit, while the
dehiscence occurs at the base. The gelatinous cells are not all arranged in the
same manner. In the upper portion of the fruit they are practically at right
angles to its long axis, while in the lower portion, they are obliquely inclined
to this long axis. When swelling takes place, on absorption of water, or when
reduced transpiration increases the turgescence of the fruit, obviously the gela-
tinous cells will swell differently and, therefore, tension will develop in the fruit.
The lower gelatinous cells have thinner walls than the upper, which will swell
more than the lower, and therefore the upper part of the fruit will become more
distended than the lower. The dehiscent layer is at the base, where there is a
line of mechanical weakness. When conditions are favourable, i.e., when there is
sufficient humidity and reduced transpiration, the gelatinous cells swell in different
degrees and directions, and the severance of the fruit from the stalk occurs. Im-
pact of the fruit against any object will cause the gelatinous-covered seed to be
extruded, but this would occur automatically by the pressure developed in the
upper portion of the fruit. The swelling of the gelatinous cells undoubtedly
takes place by the walls absorbing water, and not by the osmotic activity of the
cell contents.
The Seed.
In Notothixos the endosperm with its embryo is surrounded by a gelatinous
region, which is differentiated into the three zones mentioned above. These three
BY J. MCLUCKIE. 573
zones probably represent the nucellus and integuments. The gelatinous covering
is sticky enough to attach the seed to rough or smooth objects with which it may
establish contact. On exposure to dry air or heat it dries slowly, and firmly
secures the attachment of the seed. In moist conditions the gelatinous coat
readily absorbs moisture,either as vapour or liquid; indeed, such absorption is of
considerable importance, for it represents the only source of water to the
embryo during its early growth, until its haustorium has penetrated the host’s
water-tissues.
The walls of the gelatinous cells consist of two layers, namely, a thick, outer,
gelatinous layer capable of swelling, and a thin, spirally twisted, cellulose layer.
The cell cavity is narrow, but filled with granular cytoplasm. In nearly every
cell a nucleus can be seen. Text-fig. 2 shows a gelatinous cell, from a micro-
tome section of material fixed in 1 % chromaeetie.
The gelatinous layer of the cell-wall loses its water content very slowly, while
the spiral cellulose layer shortens and pulls the seed into closer contact with the
surface. The structure and mechanism of the cells are closely parallel to the
similar structure which occurs in Arceuthobium occidentale (Pierce, 1905).
I have seen attached seeds, which had failed to germinate, still adhering to
the surface of branches fully a year after dissemination. The empty husk of
the seed, after germination, frequently sticks to the surface for months.
Germination.
The seeds of Notothixos, like those of Loranthus and Arceuthobiwm, will
germinate upon anything, living or dead. Moist conditions, with diminished
evaporation, are necessary for the purpose. The gelatinous layer of the walls
of the seed-coat cells can then provide the developing embryo with its moisture
requirements. The growth of the seedling will depend considerably upon the
surface to which the seed has been attached. Any roughness of the surface, or
any obstruction in the form of a knot, or leaf, or branch, prevents the excessive
elongation of the root. On leaves, the root may grow until the food reserves in
the endosperm are exhausted.
Just before germination the embryo appears as an almost cylindrical mass
of tissue, differentiated distinctly into root, hypocotyl, plumule and cotyledons.
The root-apex is rounded rather than conical and there is no root-cap. The
cotyledons are somewhat pointed, and lie close together. The root and part of
the hypocotyl fit closely against the endosperm, while the cotyledons are separated
from it by a narrow space, which widens as germination progresses. The
endosperm layer, in contact with the embryo, is composed of small, thin-walled,
densely protoplasmic, large-nucleated cells, practically free of starch. The outer
cells of the endosperm are full of starch. As germination proceeds, a clear
space appears all round the embryo, so that the dissolved foods from the endo-
sperm must diffuse through the fiuid of this space. The peculiar differentiation
of the endosperm cells immediately surrounding the embryo suggests the hypo-
thesis that they are responsible for the solution of the starch of the endosperm.
The dermatogen of the embryo is already differentiated, while behind the
meristematic cells of the root-apex, and in the cotyledons, the plerome cells, with
their elongated, spindle-shaped nuclei, are already organised.
The irritability of the root.
The root is not geotropic, but strongly negatively phototropic, always growing
towards the more shaded parts of a branch. Frequently very pronounced ecurva-
tures are completed before the optimum light position is attained by the root
574 PARASITISM OF NOTOTHIXOS INCANUS VAR. SUBAUREUS,
(Text-fig. 3). The growth of the root is stopped by some roughness or obstacle
in the direction of its growth; when a resistance is provided the root forms a
small club-shaped holdfast. In the absence of contact with a resisting body the
holdfast is not developed (Text-fig. 4).
Primarily the holdfast consists of an undifferentiated mass of actively meris-
tematic cells, but the dermatogen cells in contact with the obstacle elongate con-
siderably and securely attach the holdfast. These elongated cells recall the
“cushion cells” of the haustoria of Cuscuta (Pierce, 1893). The holdfast grows
as the food is transported from the endosperm. The central region of the hold
fast undergoes differentiation, and a mass of tissue grows out from it into the
bark of the branch. Penetration is probably dependent upon a certain amount
of pressure, but mainly upon chemical solution. There is very little indication
of a pressure-effect in the direction of growth of the haustorium, although, in
the mature haustorium, the phloem and cortex along the margin of the sucker are
crushed. The mechanical conditions for the development of pressure by the
haustorium are not so efficient as in Cuscuta. Evidences of chemical action are
numerous, namely, discolouration of the host-tissues in front of the haustorium,
and the pushing inwards of the walls of the host by the penetrating epidermal
cells of the sucker (Text-figs. 5, 6), and the very exact application of the
tracheids of the haustorium to the vessels of the host. The epidermal cells of the
tip of the haustorium are slightly papillate, fairly long and have dense e¢yto-
plasm and a large nucleus. Immediately behind this layer the cells are small and
meristematic. The penetration of the haustorium leads to the destruction of a
considerable wedge of cortex, phloem, cambium, and part of the wood of the
host. When the haustorial tissue taps a number of vessels of the host branch,
certain cells of the peripheral layer differentiate into short reticulate tracheids
which link up with others already formed in the central shaft of the sucker.
Text-fig. 1. A longitudinal section of the fruit, showing epidermis (ep.), fruit-
coat (f.c.), gelatinous layer (g.l.), the tracheid-bearing layer (tr.l.),
endosperm (end.), embryo (emb.), stigma (st.), dehiscent zone
. (deh.). (x 10).
Text-fig. 2. Cell from gelatinous layer, showing gelatinous layer (gl.), and
spirally thickened cellulose layer (c.l.). (x 125).
Text-fig. 3. Seedlings of Nofothixos showing curvatures of the root and hpyo-
cotyl. (slightly enlarged).
Text-fig. 4. Holdfast developed from the root-apex when resistance to growth is
provided. (slightly enlarged).
Text-figs. 5, 6. Portion of haustorium (H) in contact with the vessels of the
host. The papillate character of the peripheral layer is shown, while
some of the cells have pushed in the walls of the host-cells (v-h.).
(x 110).
Text-fig. 7. L.S. of mature haustorium embedded in the xylem of the host;
laticiferous tissues (1.t.), cambial zone (c.l.), phloem (p.h.), cork (c.)
are shown. (x 50).
Text-fig. 8. Longitudinal section through host and haustorium showing relation
of parasite to the host vessels. (x 125).
Text-fig. 9. Application of a haustorial tracheid to a vessel of the host. (x 125).
Text-fig. 10. Part of the central zone of the haustorium (c.) with the crushed
phloem (ph.) of the host. (x 125).
Text-fig. 11. Lower epidermis of leaf showing one of the septate hairs. (x 125).
BY J. McLUCKIE. 575
Ga
NN
ree)
Ans
i
576 PARASITISM OF NOTOTHIXOS INCANUS VAR. SUBAUREUS,
By the time that the parasitic haustorium has penetrated the bark of the host
the plumule is withdrawn from the seed-coat which has shrivelled up. The
haustorium subsequently increases in diameter rather than in length, and a con-
siderable swelling develops in the infected zone.
Old Haustorium.
The fully-developed haustorium, by solution and pressure, becomes closely
applied, at the apex and along the margin, to the host tissues. On examining a
longitudinal section of the haustorium, it is apparent that it has the form of a
massive wedge of tissue, pointed at the apex and very broad at the base. At
every part of its surface, it is in the closest contact with host-tissues—with
xylem, phloem, and cortical elements. The cells at the extreme apex of the
haustorium are elongated, slightly papillate, with densely protoplasmic contents
and large nucleus (Text-fig. 7).
During its growth the haustorium destroys, by solution and pressure, a
wedge-shaped mass of host-tissue until the apical region becomes applied to many
vessels of the host-stem. During its progress through the peripheral tissues, it
must avail itself of the dissolved cell-contents and cell-walls of the host, as there
is very little trace left of the cells which must have lain across the path of the
haustorium. As the growth of the haustorium is exceedingly slow, there is ample
opportunity for the opposing cells to be absorbed. The peripheral secretory
layer of the haustorium apparently exercises a chemical action upon the host-
cells. Occasionally an haustorial cell pushes the wall of a vessel inwards. Such
a result could only be attained in lignified walls by a previous softening action
developed by a secretion from the haustorial cell. Text-figure 6 shows such a
development.
In the centre of the haustorium there is a central mass of short reticulated
tracheids with cambiform cells occurrmg amongst them and always on each side
of them. Near the apex, isolated strands of these tracheids pass out towards the
margin, and become applied to vessels of the host, either to the tangential or
radial walls. This application of the parasitic tracheids to the water vessels of
the host is most exact, and is brought about by the differentiation of epidermal
and cortical cells of the haustorium into tracheids, as soon as the haustorium has
penetrated the xylem. The actual penetrating tip of the haustorium is singularly
free of tracheids. Text-fig. 8 shows a portion of a radial longitudinal section of
a host-stem through the haustorium, and the close application of the cells of the
haustorium to the host-vessels. Note the pits on the latter. Osmotie suction is
probably the means of absorption in this case. In Text-fig. 9, I have shown the
application of a tracheid of the haustorium to a vessel of the host.
On either side of the central group of reticulate tracheids and cambiform
cells, there is a broad zone of cortical cells which, later, may become tracheidal
in structure and in function. Other cortical cells, on the contrary, may form
a connected strand of tracheids; these have a somewhat radial arrangement link-
ing up with the central strand. No sieve-tubes are present in the haustorium,
and Notothixos, therefore, recalls Viscum album and species of Loranthus in this
respect.
If plastic food-stuffs are absorbed by the parasite from the host, apart from
those provided by the disorganisation of the host-tissues due to the development
of the haustorium, then no special provision is made for their conduction from
the haustorium to the parasite’s main vascular bundles. I have searched care-
fully, but unsuccessfully, for sieve-plates between the sieve-tubes of the host and
BY J. MCLUCKIR. 577
the cells of the haustorium, and JI am convinced that no sueh_ structural
provision is made in order that the most important proteids may enter the haus-
torimm. Structural evidence points to the conclusion that Notothizos is a water-
parasite, tapping only the vessels of the host.
Pierce (1905) did not find any sieve-plates between the sieve-tubes of the
Pine, and the haustorial cells of Arceuthobium occidentale, or in the other
chlorophyll-bearing parasites, Visewm and Phoradendron, but he points out that,
for a part of its life history, Arceuthobium is represented only by a mass of
haustorial tissue embedded and concealed in the host. This part is devoid of
chlorophyll. When activity is re-awakened in the spring, and new buds are
developing into branches bearing leaves, it must be either at the expense of the
reserve foods stored in the parenchymatous tissues of the haustorium, or in
those of the host, or at the expense of foods withdrawn from the phloem of the
host, or probably both sources are drawn upon. Pierce came to the conclusion
that Arceuthobiwm, on account of its peculiar periodic life-history, was a more
complete parasite than Visewm and Phoradendron. The penetrating part of
Arceuthobium is probably completely parasitic, while it is free of aerial chloro-
phylliferous branches.
Benson (1910), in Exocarpus, found cytoplasm and food granules in the
tracheids of the root-haustoria, and expresses the opinion that they funetion in .
the collection and conduction of soluble substances from the host-cells, since a
typical phloem is reputed to be absent from the haustorium of the root-parasites
described. In other words they combine the structure and function of phloem
and xylem elements and are referred to as “Phloeotracheids.”
With Notothixos the matter appears to be different. This is an evergreen
form which shows considerable physiological activity prior to and during re-
production and then, after the maturation of the fruits, lapses into a phase of
comparative inactivity. During this period considerable masses of starch grains
are present in the parenchymatous cells of the haustorium and, when physiological
work begins again, culminating in reproduction, it is apparently at the cost of
these reserves. There is not the same necessity as in Arceuthobium for a with-
drawal of food from the host-tissues. Even in times of great stringency the
parasite does not seem capable of obtaining’ sufficient nutriment from the host
to preserve itself. Notothivos and Loranthus frequently kill the end of the host
branches by depriving them of water; but they frequently perish too. It seems
to me that, were these parasites in the habit of extracting food from the lost,
they would be able to preserve themselves in times of stringency when their own
leafy branches are dying. There is some evidence that the tracheids of the
haustorium of Notothizos perform the dual function of phloem and xylem
elements. :
During the development of the' haustorium, the cambial ring of the host-
stem is interrupted, but in old haustoria this cambial ring is again practically
completed by the formation of a cambial zone in the basal region of the haus-
torium itself. From this haustorial cambium, more or less radial rows of
parenchymatous cells are eut off internally; many of these become transformed
into the typical thick, reticulate-walled tracheids (Text-figs. 7, 10).
The reorganisation of a practically complete cambial ring in Notothixos
recalls the similar feature of the haustorium of Viscum album which Pierce (1893)
has already described. In this case the strand of tracheids in the haustorium is
completely severed by a layer of compact, small, meristematic cells, so that the
solutions extracted from the xylem of the host must pass through these cells In
578 PARASITISM OF NOTOTHIXOS INCANUS VAR. SUBAUREUS,
Notothixos the position is slightly different, inasmuch as the cambial zone does
not extend in a continuous ring across the haustorium, for, in the central region,
continuous with the cambium, the cells are not actually meristematic; nor is the
strand of haustorial tracheids severed. Conduction of liquids absorbed from the
wood of the host takes place through strands of tracheidal cells towards the main
xylem bundles of the mother root. In Text-fig. 7 it will be observed that the
cambium passes upwards towards the vascular tissue of the main root.
Structures resembling laticiferous tissues occur in the haustorium (Text-fig.
7, Lt.). These contain a dense, granular, gumlike substance which stains a deep
reddish eqlour with safranim. Most of the parenchyma cells of the haustorium
contain at least one erystal of calcium oxalate.
The haustorial cambium euts off parenchymatous cells externally, so that
the phloem and cortex of the host-stem become more and more crushed and dis-
organised (Text-fig. 10). From this mass of cells at the base of the haustorium,
there grow out, in different directions, a series of branches. As the older haus-
torium gradually encireles a considerable portion of the host-stem, by traversing
the bark and cambium and sending lateral projections of tissue into the wood,
the radiating branches formed from the haustorium, in the flux of time, come to
almost encircle the host-branch. In various species of Loranthus, knots of con-
siderable size are formed in the region penetrated by the haustorium, and from
them new branches and secondary roots are developed, spreading the parasite
over the host. In Notothixos the knots are small or frequently absent, and only
leafy branches are developed. As a consequence, Notothixos occurs isolated upon
the host, and no secondary roots bearing secondary haustoria and leafy shoots
are developed.
The aerial branches show no definite relation to gravity, since they grow
in all directions into space. They later bear the inflorescences.
The haustorium, a small part of the primary root of the parasite, embedded
in the host, is therefore capable of the complete regeneration of the body of the
parasite, and develops branches, leaves and flowers.
There seems no doubt that the primary haustorium of Notothixos is, from
the morphological standpoint, a portion of the primary root of the seedling;
the lateral projections of this haustorium are simply branches of this root. The
structure of the root, however, is radically altered to perform certain physio-
logical work for which the original root structure is unsuitable.
The leaves of Notothixzos have certain characteristic xerophytie features; they
are thick and fleshy; the stomata are slightly sunken. The lower surface is
covered with a dense growth of peculiar, branched, septate, golden-coloured hairs
(Text-fig. 11), which reduce transpiration. On the upper surface there are few
hairs.
_ There are certain important facts in regard to the haustorium of Notothixos,
namely, (a) the absence of sieve-tubes, (b) the absence of sieve-plates between
the haustorial parenchyma and the phloem of the host, (¢) the presence of
laticiferous-lke tubes densely charged with nutritive matter, and (d) a large
amount of calcium oxalate crystals in the parenchymatous cells of the haustorium.
The non-existence of sieve-tubes leads to the inference that the parasite
cannot tap the indiffusible proteids of the sieve-tubes of the host. The ordinary
parenchyma of the haustorium, however, is probably able to withdraw by osmotic
action the soluble and more readily diffusible foods of the host’s phloem. Any
difference in osmotie equilibrium between parasitic and host-tissues at the point
BY J. Me€LUCKIE. 579
of contact would eventuate in a flow of dissolved foods and, since the parasitic
parenchyma cells, with their thin walls, large nuclei and abundant cell-sap when
compared with the phloem elements of the host, represent a more efficient osmotic
system, the natural tendency would be for diffusible foods to enter the haus-
torium.
The presence of laticiferous-like tubes in the haustorium is an important fact
from the physiological point of view. These elements have no connection with
the phloem of the host; they pass down the axis of the haustorium, spreading
out in different directions towards the tip of the haustorium. They frequently
occur in groups, close together, and stand out in distinct contrast to the or-
dinary parenchyma of the haustorium. They are unthickened and in numerous
cases are connected to the tracheids of the haustorium. Since they are not in
contact with the host’s phloem elements, I conelude that they represent food-
conducting structures between the haustorium and the aerial parts of the para-
site. The occurrence and distribution of these structures is further evidence of
the improbability of Notothixos normally tapping the food reserves of the host.
The presence of considerable quantities of reserve food in the laticiferous-like
elements and in the parenchyma of the haustorium suggests that the haustorium,
during the inactive vegetative periods of the parasite, functions as a storage
tissue. While the evidence available supports the view that chlorophyll-bearmg
parasites such as Notothizos are water parasites under normal conditions, it 1s
quite possible that cireumstances may oceur from time to time, which may dis-
turb the normal physiological balance between host and parasite, so that the
parasite may withdraw food from the host-tissues.
SuMMARY.
1. Notothixos incanus var. subawreus is commonly parasitic upon species of
Loranthus, but may occur upon species of Hucalyptus, Phyllanthus, and
Casuarina.
The fruit is small, semi-succulent, and covered with the golden hairs charac-
teristic of the species.
3. Dissemination occurs during moist weather when transpiration from the
plant is reduced and the moisture content of the fruits is increased.
4. The seed is covered with a gelatinous coat, the cells of which are so arranged
that extrusion takes place from the base of the fruit after it has been shed
from the plant. The walls of the gelatinous cells consist of two layers,
namely, an outer mucilaginous and an inner, spirally-coiled, cellulose layer.
5. The seeds germinate on living or dead twigs and leaves, on the ground or
on fences. The gelatimous seed-coat provides the embryo with water until
it has penetrated to the xylem of the host.
6. The root has no root-cap; it is not geotropically sensitive, but is negatively
phototropie and frequently executes considerable curvatures to bring its
apex into the favourable light relation.
A holdfast develops from the root-apex when it presses against a resistant
body; and from the centre of this holdfast the haustorial tissue grows into
the host’s tissues.
8. The haustorium penetrates the host by pressure and chemical solution; its
peripheral layer is slightly papillate.
9. A cambium is developed in the haustorium, partially replacing the cambial
ring of the stem; from this cambium secondary tissues are developed in a
* radial manner.
i)
“
580 PARASITISM OF NOTOTHIXOS INCANUS VAR. SUBAUREUS,
10. Sieve-tubes are not present in the haustorium, but laticiferous-like tissues
are developed. These are related to the tracheids of the haustorium.
11. The haustorium is morphologically a part of the primary root of the
embryo specialised for absorption from the tissues of a host.
12. The leaves are characteristically xerophytic, and the xerophily is consistent
with parasitism upon the water tissues of the hosts.
I desire to record my sincere thanks to Professor Lawson for his helpful
suggestions.
Literature.
Benson, M., 1910.—Root parasitism in Exocarpus (with comparative notes on
the haustoria of Thesium). Ann. Bot., xxiv., 667-677.
Pierce, G. J., 1893.—On the structure of the haustoria of some Phanerogamic
Parasites. Ann. Bot., vu.
, 1905.—Dissemination and germination in Arceuthobiwm occidentale.
Ann. Bot., xix., 99-113.
581
NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TIPULIDAE
(DIPTERA). i.
By Cuarues P. ALEXANDER, Ph.D., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.
(Communicated by Dr. E. W. Ferguson.)
[Read 29th November, 1922.]
During the past ten years the writer has been engaged in a study of the
crane-flies of the Australasian Region, with the ultimate view of monographing
the group from this Region. During the progress of this study, very large and
interesting collections of Australian Tipulidae have been received for study from
the authorities in charge of the collections of the South Australian Museum, the
Queensland Museum, the British Museum of Natural History, the Paris Museum,
the Natural History Museum in Vienna, the Bernice P. Bishop Museum in Hono-
lulu, and other notable collections. Very valuable notes on the present condition
of the Skuse Collection in the Macleay Museum were sent me by the Acting
Curator, Mr. John Shewan, through the courtesy of the Senate of the University
of Sydney. In addition, many individual collectors have generously submitted
material, among these men being Messrs. Alan P. Dodd, Hardy, Heron, Hill,
Hlingworth, Searle and Tillyard. The writer’s sincere thanks and appreciation
are extended to these collectors and custodians of the collections above listed for
their kind co-operation in this matter. In the present paper, a few undescribed
species are discussed and some records of distribution for other species given.
Unless stated to the contrary, the types of the new species described herein are
preserved in the collection of the writer.
DicraNnoMy1a (IDIOGLOCHINA) AUSTRALIENSIS, n.sp.
General colouration brown, the pleura pruinose; wings grey; cell Ist Me
about as long as vein Cur beyond it.
S$. Length, 4.5 mm.; wing, 4.8 mm. &. Length, 4.5 mm.; wing, 5 mm.
Rostrum and the very short palpi brown. Antennae light yellowish-brown,
the scape a little more yellowish. Head brown, the orbits somewhat paler.
Mesonotum greyish brown, the dorsum clearer brown, the humeral region
slightly paler; seutellum obseure yellow. In the female, the mesonotum is more
rufous brown. Pleura grey, the lateral sclerites of the postnotum more whitish.
Halteres yellow, the knobs brown. Legs with the coxae brown, dusted with
ervey; trochanters yellowish-brown; remainder of the legs pale brown. Wings
582 NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TIPULIDAE, l.,
grey; veins brown. Venation: As in D. (I.) debeauforti (de Meijere) but Rs
more gently arcuated, so cell 1st Ri is elongate-oval in outline; cell 1st Mz about
as long as vein Cu1 beyond it. In the female, Rs is straighter.
Abdomen brown, the hypopygium obscure yellow. Ovipositor with the valves
long and straight.
Hab.—North Australia.
Holotype, 3, “Mou. Isl.’ * (G. F. Hill); Allotopotype, &.
The subgenus Idioglochina now includes four described species, all being
Australasian, with the exception of one Formosan form. The group had not
hitherto been found in Australia.
DicrRaANoMYIA ZONATA Skuse.
1889. Dicranomyia zonata, Skuse, Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., (2), iv., 770.
Tasmania: Wilmot (Carter and Lea); Coll. South Australian Museum.
GERANOMYIA (PROAPOROSA) BANCROFTI, n.Sp.
General colouration obscure yellow, the dise of the praescutum and the scutal
lobes darker; wings subhyaline with brown dots at the origin of Rs, at r and at
the supernumerary ecrossvein in cell Se.
3. Length, excluding rostrum, about 5.5 mm.; wing, 7.3 mm. ¢. Length,
excluding rostrum, about 6 mm.; wing, 7.5 mm.
Rostrum about one-third longer than the head, pale brown, the uni-articulate
palpi a little darker. Antennae obscure yellow. Head pale brownish testaceous.
Mesonotum pale testaceous yellow, the dise of the praescutum reddish-brown,
produced by the confluent stripes, the colouration continued caudad onto the
scutal lobes. Pleura obscure yellow. THalteres yellow. Legs with the coxae and
trochanters yellow; remainder of the legs pale brownish testaceous, the terminal
tarsal segments darker. Wings subhyaline with three very indistinct brown dots,
one at the stigma, one at the origin of Rs, the third at the supernumerary cross-
vein in cell Se; veins pale brown. Venation: Se short, Se1 ending about op-
posite one-third the length of Rs, Se2 immediately beyond the origin of Rs; Rs
angulated at origin; cell Ist Me large, rectangular, gently widened distally; m
in alignment with the outer deflection of Ms; basal deflection of Cui about one-
third its length beyond the fork of M.
Abdomen light brown, the intermediate segments discoloured in the type.
Hypopygium with the dorsal pleural appendage stout and black, the acute tip
short.
Hab.—South Queensland.
Holotype, 5, Burpengary, September 2, 1899 (T. L. Baneroft) ; Allotopotype,
2, September 8, 1899. Types in the collection of the British Museum (Natural
History).
Geranomyia bancrofti is related to G. pictithorax Alex., differing in the
larger size and the colouration of the wings and thorax.
DISCOBOLA AUSTRALIS (Skuse).
1889. Trochobola australis, Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., (2), iv., 784-785.
New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron), Coll. South Australian Museum;
Ourimbah, September 3, 1904 (R. Helms), Coll. Bishop Museum; Victoria: Ring-
wood, September 23, 1918 (G. F. Hill), Alexander Coll.; Tasmania: Strahan
(Carter and Lea), Coll. South Australian Museum.
*[This is probably Moa or Banks I., Torres Strait—Ed.]
BY C. P. ALEXANDER. 583
DAPANOPTERA RICHMONDIANA Skuse.
1896. Dapanoptera richmondiana, Skuse, Ree. Aust. Mus., 2, 106-110.
Queensland: Babinda, October and November 10, 1920 (J. F. Illingworth),
in wet caverns along streams, Alexander Coll.; Cairns District (A. M. Lea),
Coll. South Australian Museum.
Hitherto known only from the types taken in New South Wales (Upper
Richmond River, in March).
PARAGYMNASTBES, n. gen.
Legs provided with numerous flattened scales in addition to the usual setae;
femora not clavate. Cell Re of the wings large and conspicuous, vein Re being
elongate; cell 1st M2 short-rectangular, sometimes open by the atrophy of Ms.
Genotype, Gnophomyia fascipennis (Thomson). (Australia).
Edwards has pointed out the close relationship existing between the genus
Gymnastes Brunetti and the present group, which includes, besides the genotype,
P. gloria (Alex.), P. cyanoceps (Alex.) and P. nigripes, n.sp., all the known
species being Australian. It is probable that the Gymnastes group has been de-
rived from flies that were generally similar to the above group of species. The
species of Paragymnastes show a conspicuous sexual dimorphism, the pattern of
the wings of the female (except P. gloria) being very different from that of the
male. The species of Gymmnastes, which occur in the Eastern Palaearctic, Orien-
tal and Ethiopian Regions, are to be distinguished from those of Paragymnastes
not only by the venational characters listed above, but by the structure of the
legs and the male hypopygium.
The following comparison of characters will suffice to show the more im-
portant venational differences between the groups:
Gymnastes Brunetti. Vein Re short, oblique, more or less fused basally with
r, cell 2nd Ri being very small or triangular [G@. ornatipennis (de Meijere), pic-
tipennis (Edwards), jpennipes Brunetti, flavitibia (Alexander) and hyalipennis
(Alexander) ], or cell Re being completely obliterated [G. cyanea (Edwards),
bistriatipennis Brunetti, teucholaboides (Alexander) and shirakii (Alexander) |];
Rs shorter, more or less arcuated at origin; cell 1st M2 very elongate, strongly
widened distally, approximately as long as, to one-third shorter than, vein M3
beyond it.
Paragymnastes, n. gen. Vein Rez long, running generally parallel to vein Rs,
cell 2nd Ri being elongate; r present, rarely lacking [P. cyanoceps (Alexander) ];
Rs elongate; cell 1st Me short-rectangular, gently widened distally, about one-
third the length of vein Ms beyond it; rarely (P. cyanoceps) open by the atrophy
of the outer deflection of Ms.
PARAGYMNASTES NIGRIPES, n.sp.
Legs of the male largely black, in the female with an orange subterminal
ring on the femora and with the basal half of the metatarsi pale.
3S. Length, 4.2 mm.; wing, 5.2 mm. §. Length, 6.8 mm.; wing, 5.6 mm.
Male. Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae with the scapal segments obscure
yellow, the first segment dark basally, the second segment dark apically; flagellum
black. Head black, sparsely pruinose, the genae passing into reddish.
Pronotum and mesonotum shiny reddish-yellow, the praesecutum with four
black stripes on the posterior half of the sclerite, obliterated anteriorly; scutal
lobes black; remainder of the mesonotum more yellowish. Pleura yellow, the
584 NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TIPULIDAE, i.,
mesepimeron sparsely pruinose. Halteres brown, the base of the stems and the
Knobs blackish. Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow, the posterior and
middle coxae sparsely pruinose; legs black with about the basal third of the femora
obscurely paler. Wings greyish, subhyaline, the base and costal region yellow-
ish; dise almost covered by dusky bands, leaving narrow areas of the ground-
colour before the cord, before the origin of Rs and in the bases of the anal
cells. Venation: As in P. fascipennis (Thoms.); cell 1st M2 tending to be open
by the atrophy of the outer deflection of M3. —
Abdominal tergites obscure orange-yellow, the caudal half of each segment
black, the basal half less distinctly darkened medially; sternites obscure yellow;
hypopygium orange-yellow.
Female. Like the male, differing as follows: The praescutal stripes repre-
sented only by a vague darkening before the suture. Femora with a conspicuous
orange ring before the tip, more clearly defined on the fore legs; metatarsi with
the basal half fulvous. Wings dark brown with three white cross-bands, the
second complete, immediately before the cord, the last narrow, straight, extending
from cell Re through Ms; cell 1st Me closed. Abdomen blue-black, the hypopy-
gium and genital segment rich orange-fulvous.
Hab.—New South Wales.
Holotype, 3, Dorrigo, altitude 2,000 feet, January, 1922 (W. Heron); Allo-
topotype, 2.
TRENTEPOHLIA (MONGOMA) AUSTRALASIAE Skuse.
1889. Trentepohlia australasiae, Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., (2), iv.
834-835.
Queensland: Kuranda (F. P. Dodd), Coll. South Australian Museum; Gor-
donvale (J. F. Illingworth), bred from cage containing cane plants, Alexander
Coll.
CONOSIA IRRORATA (Wiedemann).
1828. Limmobia irrorata, Wiedemann, Aussereur. Zweifl. Ins., i., 574.
Queensland: Meringa, November 14, 1920 (J. F. Illingworth), Darwin (G.
F. Hill), Townsville (G. F. Hill), Alexander Coll.; South Australia: Adelaide
(Barringer), Coll. South Australian Museum.
‘EPIPHRAGMA HARDYI, n.Sp.
General colouration brownish-yellow, the mesonotum marked with dark
brown; pleura largely dark brown; femora dark brown with a postmedial yellow
ring; tibiae yellow with three black rings; wings light yellow, the ground-colour
almost concealed by a heavy pattern of brown spots and dots.
Sex?—Wing, 9.5 mm.
Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae with the scapal segments brown;
flagellum broken; basal scapal segment very long. Head with a greyish-yellow
pollen.
Mesonotal praescutum obscure brownish-yellow, handsomely patterned with
dark brown; a conspicuous median stripe that is paler anteriorly, broadening out
and becoming darker behind; this stripe is split by a capillary, darker brown
vitta, on either side of which, before the suture, is a pale linear streak of the
ground-colour; sublateral stripes small, barely attainmg the suture; lateral
margin with a large, circular, pale brown spot that is margined with darker
brown; seutum with the median area dark brown, the lobes obscure brownish-
vellow with dark brown centres; lateral margins of the scutal lobes dark brown;
seutellum pale yellowish-brown, darker basally; postnotum with the median
BY (©. P, ALEXANDER. ; 585
selerite obscure yellowish-brown with a L-shaped brown mark, the ecross-bar be-
ing near midlength of the sclerite; lateral lobes of postnotum unmarked. Pleura
dark brown with a narrow and rather indistinct, pale brown, ventral, longitu-
dinal stripe. Halteres brown, the knobs darker brown. Legs with the fore coxae
dark brown, only the base pale; mid- and hind-coxae light yellow, the extreme
bases abruptly dark brown; trochanters light yellow; femora dark brown, pale
basally; a narrow post-medial yellow ring; immediately before the tip on outer
face a small, circular, yellow spot; tibiae yellow with three black rings, one sub-
basal, one medial and one apical, these black areas approximately equal in ex-
tent to the yellow interspaces; on one of the legs which had become detached the
outer yellow ring is obliterated; tarsi dark brown. Wings light yellow, the
ground-colour almost obliterated by a pattern of dark brown spots and dots that
are confluent or nearly so over most of the surface, restricting the ground-
colour to abundant tiny spaces over the entire disc; a series of larger areas at
ends of veins Ri, Re and Rs; costal cell yellow with about eight brown spots
that are about as extensive as the interspaces; similar large yellow blotches be-
tween the brown areas at ends of the radial veins; an ill-defined pale area in
cell R immediately before the cord; veins conforming in colour to the areas
traversed; costal fringe inconspicuous. Venation: Besides the supernumerary
cross-vein in cell C, there are faint remnants of still other spurs in the dark
spots; Sez longer than Sci; Rs long, strongly arcuated at origin; Re,3 short,
about one-half longer than r-m; r almost obliterated by atrophy, about twice its
length from tip of Ri; inner ends of cells Rs, Rs and 1st Me in alignment;
petiole of cell Mi short, about twice Re.3; cell Ist Mz long and narrow, widened
distally; basal deflection of Cui near midlength; areular ecrossvein distinct.
Abdomen with, the basal tergite light brown, dark brown laterally; second
tergite dark brown; remainder of abdomen broken; basal sternites pale brownish-
yellow.
Hab.—South Queensland.
Holotype, Sex?, Queensland National Park, Macpherson Range, altitude 3,000
feet, February 27, 1921 (G. H. Hardy).
This interesting fly is named in honour of the collector, Mr. G. H. Hardy.
GYNOPUISTIA SUBIMMACULATA, Nn.Sp.
General colouration shiny black; antennae 18-segmented; pleura and coxae
grey; femora yellow, the tips dark brown; wings subhyaline, almost immaculate;
abdomen reddish-brown, the hypopygium and basal tergite dark.
3. Length, 9.2 mm.; wing, 8.5 mm.
Rostrum and palpi dark brown, the former with conspicuous yellow setae.
Antennae 18-segmented, the formula being 2+2+4+10+4, dark brownish black
throughout; pectinations of moderate length. Head shiny coal black.
Mesonotum shiny black with greenish tints, the four usual stripes trans-
versely wrinkled; interspaces with yellow setae. Pleura almost entirely covered
with a microscopic appressed grey pubescence that appears like a heavy bloom,
the lateral sclerites of the postnotum abruptly glabrous. Halteres pale brown,
the knobs a little darker. Legs with the coxae concolorous with the pleura;
trochanters dark brown; femora yellow, the tips conspicuously but rather narrow-
ly dark brown; tibiae brownish-yellow, passing into brown at the tips; tarsi
brown. Wings subhyaline, cell Se darker; stigma small, brown, sending a small
seam across the fork of Rs; a tiny brown seam at origin of Rs; veins dark
brown; wing-base yellow. Venation: r-m very short, encroached upon by the
586 NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TIPULIDAE, l.,
long deflection of R45; cell Mi tending to become evanescent, lacking in the
left wing of the type; basal deflection of Cui a little more than one-half its
length beyond the fork of M.
Abdomen with the first tergite shiny black; remainder of the abdomen deep
reddish-brown, the hypopygium darker.
Hab.—Victoria.
Holotype, 3, Ararat (G. F. Hill).
STIBADOCERELLA AUSTRALIENSIS, n.sp.
General colouration pale brown; pleura yellow with a transverse dark brown
girdle on mesepisternum; terminal tarsal segments white; wings greyish-yellow;
macrotrichiae in distal end of cell Rs; r present, without macrotrichiae; cell 1st
M2 open by the atrophy of the outer deflection of Ms; abdomen bicoloured.
3. Length, 9.6 mm.; wing, 8 mm.; antenna about 12 mm.
Rostrum and palpi pale. Antennae of the male very long, the small scapal
segments yellow, the flagellum dark brown, except the basal three-quarters of the
first segment which is obscure brownish-yellow. Head brown.
Pronotum pale whitish-yellow. | Mesonotum dark brown, the three usual
praescutal stripes a little paler; lateral margins of median sclerite of postnotum
a little more darkened. Propleura light yellow. Mesopleura yellow, the sternum
and mesepisternum dark brown, giving the pleura the appearance of being trans-
versely girdled; mid-ventral area of sternum pale. WHalteres very long, brown.
Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow; femora dark brown, paler basally;
remainder of legs dark brown, the tips of the posterior metatarsi and the remain-
ing tarsal segments snowy-white; most of the other legs are detached but in what
would seem to be the fore and middle legs all the metatarsi and the basal half of
tarsal segment two are darkened. Wings with a uniform greyish-yellow tinge;
veins dark brown. Venation: Se ending about opposite six-sevenths the length
of Rs, both Se1 and Sez subobsolete; Rs elongate, gently areuated at origin; tip
of Ri entirely atrophied, the apparent r (which is presumably the free base of
Re) is preserved, but entirely without macrotrichiae; petiole of cell Rs short,
less than the basal deflection of M1,2; r-m very long, one-half longer than the
basal deflection of Cu1; cell Ist Mz open by the atrophy of the outer deflection
of. Ms; basal deflection of Cui about two-thirds its léngth beyond the fork of
M; a row of macrotrichiae in the distal third of cell Rs; a few macrotrichiae in
the outer end of cell Me.
Abdomen bicoloured, dark brown, the apices of the basal segments broadly
paler; on the subterminal segments the colouration is uniformly dark brown.
Hypopygium dark brown.
Hab.—New South Wales.
Holotype, 5, Narrabeen, December 3, 1921 (G. H. Hardy).
MEGISTOCERA FUSCANA (Wiedemann).
1821. Nematocera fuscana, Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., 1., 29.
Queensland: Gordonvale, October, 1920 (J. F. Illingworth), Alexander Coll.
« This conspicuous genus of crane-flies had not hitherto been recorded from
Australia.
PLATYPHASIA REGINA, n.sp.
Legs brownish-yellow, the tips of the femora and tibiae narrowly blackened;
wings with Re,3 and Rs subequal; r-m present or obliterated by the fusion of
Ra.5 on Mi,2; cell Mi usually sessile.
BY @. P. ALEXANDER. 587
dé. Length, 20—26 mm.; wing, 21—23.5 mm. . Length, 35 mm.; wing,
25 mm.
Frontal prolongation of the head light brown, darker apically above; palpi
dark brownish-black. Antennae black, the second segment more reddish; pectin-
ations of female antennae shorter than those of male. Head black, the orbital
region light brown, especially behind; vertex anteriorly more or less pruinose.
Praeseutum dark velvety black with four greyish-brown stripes that limit
the ground-colour to the lateral margins of the sclerite and the anterior ends of
the jnterspaces, the latter behind more yellowish; humeral region | restrictedly
pale; remainder of mesonotum grey or yellowish-grey in the female, the seutellum
blackened. Pleura grey, conspicuously striped longitudinally with silvery white
and brown; the broad silvery stripe includes the mesepisternum, mesepimeron
and lateral sclerites of postnotum. Halteres dark brown. Legs with the coxae
brownish-grey; trochanters brown; femora brownish-yellow, the tips narrowly
blackened, these measuring less than 3 mm.; tibiae similar, the tips still more
narrowly blackened; metatarsi dark brown, passing into black; remainder of tarsi
black. Wings infuscated, the base and costal region broadly bright brown; a
faint brown clouding along the cord, more evident along the first section of M314;
Cu seamed with brown; stigma small, pale brown. Venation: R23 subequal to
Rs, sometimes a little longer or shorter; r at fork of Res; r-m short, in some
cases obliterated by the short fusion of R4a;5 on Mi.2; cell Mi varying from
short-petiolate to rather broadly sessile; m-cw short to punctiform; cell 2nd A
broad.
Abdomen with the first segment grey; second segment reddish basally, with
three black stripes that are confluent posteriorly; segments three to five black
with a faint reddish sublateral spot at base; remainder of tergites black, pruinose;
hypopygium reddish; basal sternites reddish, the terminal segments grey prwinose.
In the female, the tergites are conspicuously reddish, comparatively narrowly
trivittate with black, the median stripe much broader than the lateral stripes.
Ovipositor with the valves deep horn-colour.
Hab.—New South Wales.
Holotype, 3, Dorrigo, altitude 2,000 feet, January, 1922 (W. Heron). <Allo-
topotype, 2. Paratopotypes, 2 d, 18.
LEPTOTARSUS MACQUARTI Guérin.
1838. Leptotarsus macquarti, Guérin, Voy. de la Coquille, Zool. ii., Dipt.,
p- 286, Pl. xx., fig. 1.
Victoria: Seaford (W. F. Hill), Tooradin, February 3, 1918 (G. F. Hill),
near Melbourne (G. F. Hill), Alexander Coll. .
LEPTOTARSUS SCUTELLARIS Skuse.
1890. Leptotarsus scutellaris, Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., (2), v., 107-
108.
New South Wales: Blackheath, January, 1904 (R. Helms), Coll. Bishop
Museum.
LEPTOTARSUS NIGRITHORAX (Macquart).
1850. Tipula nigrithorax, Macquart, Dipt. Exot., iv., 15, Pl. 1, fig. 5.
New South Wales: Mittagong (A. M. Lea), Coll. South Australian Museum.
HABROMASTIX PERGRANDIS, n.Sp.
Size very large (wing of 2, 23 mm.) ; general colouration dark brown; inner
margin of eyes narrowly bordered with dull fulvous; wings darkened, narrowly
588 NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TIPULIDAE, l.,
marked with cream-coloured dashes and dots; m-ew at two-thirds the length of
cell Ist M2; cell Miz sessile.
2. Length, 27 mm.; wing, 23 mm.
Frontal prolongation of the head long and slender, dark brownish-black.
Antennae brownish testaceous. Head dark brown; a narrow but conspicuous dull
fulvous border adjoining the inner margin of each eye.
Mesonotal praescutum brown with three broad, dark brown stripes that are
only a little darker in colour than the dise; scutum and seutellum destroyed;
postnotum posteriorly light brown, the posterior half of the lateral sclerite of
postnotum dark brown. Propleura, mesepisternum and mesosternum dark
brown; posterior sclerites of pleura brownish testaceous. Halteres elongate, dark
brown, the base of the stem and the knobs indistinctly pale. Legs with the coxae
dark brown, the outer faces of the fore and middle coxae each with a con-
spicuous pale spot, posterior coxae more uniformly darkened; trochanters brown-
ish testaceous; legs stout; femora brown, all but the fore femora with an in-
distinet pale subterminal ring; tibiae and tarsi brown. Wings with a strong
dusky tinge; cells C, Se and the stigma darker brown; membrane narrowly
variegated with cream-coloured markings as follows: two narrow V-shaped areas
beginning in cell M, continued across cell Cu, the basal one continued into cell
2nd A, the distal one ending at vein 1st A or continued as a very narrow line
across cell Ist A; small spots in base of cell M; in cell R before the cord; in
base of cell Re beyond the stigma; in the bases of cells 2nd Mz and Ms, and in
the caudal distal angle of cell Cu1 adjoining vein Cuz; veins dark brown. Vena-
tion: Rg one-half longer than Re,3; cell 1st Me large, widened distally; m-cu
at about two-thirds the length of cell 1st Me, the basal section of M3+4 about
twice the second section; cell M1 sessile. a
Abdominal tergites dark brown, the caudal margins very’ narrowly, the
caudal lateral angles more broadly obscure yellow; sternites. beyond the base
more uniformly pale. Ovipositor with the elongate valves straight.
Hab.—South Queensland.
Holotype, 2, Queensland National Park, Maepherson Range, altitude 3,000
feet, February 27, 1921 (G. H. Hardy).
HABROMASTIX HILLI, n.sp.
¢. Length, 12.5—13.5 mm.; wing, 13—13.5 mm.; antenna, about 7.5—9
mm.
Most closely allied to H. cinerascens Skuse, from which it differs as follows:
Antennae much shorter, ending about opposite the base of the fifth abdominal
segment, or about equal to three-fifths the length of the body. Mesonotal praeseu-
tum with three brown stripes, the median stripe sometimes split with pale only
at the anterior end; postnotum darkened on the posterior third. Abdominal ter-
gites with a broad dorso-median stripe, the caudal margins of the segments
broadly grey, the lateral margins narrowly ochreous; basal tergite ochreous at
base.
Hab.— Victoria.
Holotype, 5, Ararat (G. F. Hill). Paratopotypes, 2 3; paratype, 3, Eltham,
April 17, 1920 (L. B. Thorn).
HABROMASTIX HILLI SUBLATERALIS, n.subsp.
¢. Length about 13 mm.; wing, 13 mm.
Differs from typical hilli as follows:
BY C. P. ALEXANDER. 589
General colouration more ochreous, only the pleura grey. Wings with the
pale central stripe almost obliterated, represented by two indistinct subhyaline
areas in cell M, and a third in cell Ist Me and the base of Rs; Rs much longer,
one-half longer than Res; cell M1 long-petiolate, the petiole about twice m;
m-cu obliterated by fusion. Abdomen with two sublateral brown stripes, indis-
tinetly separated by a line of the ground colour. Valves of the ovipositor aci-
cular.
Hab.—Vietoria.
Holotype, 2, Ringwood, April 6, 1918 (G. F. Hill).
MAcrRoMASTIX COSTALIS (Swederus).
1787. Tipula costalis, Swederus, Act. Holm., p. 286.
Victoria: Seaford, June, 1919 (W. F. Hill), Alexander Coll.; Tasmania:
Wilmot (Carter and Lea), Devonport (A. M. Lea), Hobart (A. M. Lea), Coll:
South Australian Museum.
MaAcromMastTIx Masters! Skuse.
1890. Macromastix mastersi, Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., (2), v., 133-
134.
Victoria: Ararat (G. F. Hill), Alexander Coll.
MAcroMASTIX CONSTRICTA Skuse.
1890. Macromastix constricta, Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., (2), v., 134
135.
New South Wales: Sydney, September, 1904 (R. Helms), Coll. Bishop
Musewn.
MAcroMASTIX HUMILIS Skuse.
1890. Macromastixr humilis, Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., (2), v., 136-
IBS
Victoria: Moonsons, October 19, 1918 (G. F. Hill), Lorne, October 24, 1918
(F. E. Wilson), Alexander Coll.
TIPULA DICLAVA, n.sp.
Allied to 7. leptoneura Alexander; fusion of veins Mg and Cui extensive;
cell 2nd A broad; male hypopygium with two clavate appendages extending
caudad.
S$. Length, 21 mm.; wing, 24.5 mm.
Frontal prolongation of the head buffy above, darker laterally, the elongate
nasus brown; palpi light brown, the terminal segment dark brown. Antennae
short, the scape ochraceous; flagellum bicoloured, the base of each segment black,
the remainder of each segment paler. Head brown, becoming more buffy an-
teriorly.
Mesonotum greyish-brown with three darker brown stripes that are sub-
confluent; remainder of the mesonotum brown, the median area of the seutum
and scutellum indistinctly and narrowly paler. Pleura pale brown, sparsely
pruinescent. Halteres brown, the base of the stem narrowly yellowish. Legs
with the coxae pale, whitish pruimescent; trochanters yellow; remainder of the
legs broken. Wings faintly tinged with brown, the costal region yellowish;
stigma small, dark brown; vems brown. Venation: As in Z. leptonewra and
allies, in the small, pointed cell Re; Rs short, about two-thirds Re,3; cell
590 NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TIPULIDAB, 1.
Re very small; cell 1st Ms large, the inner end long-pointed; m and petiole of
cell Mi subequal; fusion of veins Mg and Cui extensive, longer than r-m; cell
2nd A broad.
Abdominal tergites reddish-brown, the second segment with a narrow median
and lateral black stripes; fifth and sixth tergites largely brownish-black; an in-
distinct dorso-median brown stripe on the intermediate tergites; tergite seven
chestnut-brown; tergite eight buffy; basal sternites reddish, the terminal seg-
ments darker. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite terminating in two ap-
proximated flattened lobes that are feebly divergent, these lobes separated by a
V-shaped notch; ninth tergite distinct from the pleurite. What seem to re-
present the modified outer pleural appendages consist of conspicuous clavate
lobes directed caudad, the apex of each dilated and feebly bifid (these appendages
are very narrowly attached and those of the type were accidentally broken off,
mounted separately in balsam). Eighth sternite unarmed.
Hab.—Northern Australia.
Holotype, 3, without exact data, received from Mr. G. F. Hill.
Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XXXIX.
W.F.B.del. Loranthus gibberulus Tate.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. FPaatii xn.
) W.F-.B.del. Loranthus bifurcatus Benth.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XLI.
W.F.B.del. A. Loranthus ferruginifiorus W.V. Fitz. B. L. ferruginiflorus var. linearifolia, n.var.
XLII.
PLati
99
Soc. N.S.W., 19
LINN.
Proc.
noe
Loranthus sanguineus F.v.M.
W.F.B.del,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922: PLATE XIN,
r
W.F.B.del. Loranthus sanguineus F.y.M., vav. pulcher Ewart.
Proc. Linn. Scc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE NXUuly.
I
fs
W.F.B.del, Loranthus Whiter, v.sp.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922.
PLATE XLV.
W.F.B.del. A. Loranthus Miguehi Lehm. B. L, Aliguelii var. minor, v.vay.
Proc. Linn. Soo. N.S.W., 1922.
a - NA
thus pendulus Sieb.
Loran
W.F.B.del.
PLATE XLVI.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922.
Loranthus congener Sieh,
W.F.B.del.
ai
a
a
4
=
es
M
Z
iS)
s)
RM
Z,
Z
a
|
iS)
io)
&
B
a
ay
Lucalypius Macarthur,
. .
SOOT eT
onal etenns
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XLIX.
SSS ar
Satie
7-10. Eucalyptus Macarthuri. 11-12. EB. Smithit.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE L.
1-2 Stalagmitic ferruginous deposits. 3-7. Twigs, fruit and leaf with ferruginous
coatings. (All figures x +.)
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922.
26. Mesorthopteron locustoides.
28. Triassolocusta leptoptera.
27.
29.
Triassomantis pygmaeus.
Burrow of Coleopterons larva,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE LI.
30. Mesophlebta antinodalts. 31. Triassagrion australiense.
fs >
32. Triassopsychops superba.
Proc.
Apheloscyta mesocampta.
[psviciobsts elegans.
37.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLAT) VI.
34. Alesoctxiodes termioneura.
36. Polycytella triassica,
Chiliocycla scolopotdes.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922.
1-7. Cordania garduevi
11-12.
8-10.
Plate Liv.
Phillipsia convexicaudatus.
Plychoparia merrotskii.
PLatEe wy.
1922.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W.,
eee EE el) ee eee
Poeckella coronaria.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLAT LVI.
1-2, 4-6. Boeckella fluvialis. 5 8. Moraria longiseta.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 1922. PLATE LVI.
Moraria longiseta,
Proo. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE LVIII.
1-2. Platyevclobs phaleratus. 3-4, P. affinis.
5-6. P. fimbriatus. 7-9. Boeckella robusta.
PROCHHDINGS med
OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OF
NEHW SOUTH WALHS.
Webnespay, 29TH Marcu, 1922.
The Forty-seventh Annual General Meeting, together with the Ordinary
Monthly Meeting, was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on
Wednesday evening, 29th March, 1922.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Se., B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair.
The Minutes of the preceding Annual General Meeting (30th March, 1921)
were read and confirmed.
PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.
It is customary for the address delivered by the President of this Society
at the Annual Meeting to be in two sections. One deals with a scientific subject,
and in this age of specialization it is becoming increasingly difficult for the oe-
cupant of the Chair to choose a subject which will be of general interest and so
appeal to members other than those working in his own particular branch of
study. ‘The other is a report on the affairs of the Society for the year and on
any matters of general scientific importance in which the Society may be con-
cerned.
The Australian National Research Council, followimg on the resolutions
carried at the meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of
Science in January, 1921, held two meetings during the year, the first in Sydney
during May and the second in Melbourne during August. At the first meeting
the membership was increased nearly to the full number and at the second meet-
ing important questions of policy were discussed and a number of committees
appointed to deal with various matters appertaining to Australian Science e.g.
ll. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
Proposed Soil Survey of Australia, Proposed Federal Geological Survey, Solar
Radiation Station, Gravity Survey of Australia, Effects of freezing on Meat, ete.
It was also decided that the Council should undertake the publication of a quar-
terly abstract of papers by scientific workers in Australia.
The concluding Part of Volume xlvi. of the Society’s Proceedings was issued
on 23rd December, the whole of the papers thus being issued during the year in
which they were read. That this was possible is due in a large measure to the
efforts of our printers.
The complete volume (536 + xxi. pp., 46 Plates and 188 Text-figures) con-
tains thirty-seven papers, seven of which were contributed by members of the
Society’s research staff. q
During the year the Rules of the Society were revised and a new issue
printed, copies of which have been distributed to each member.
Some years ago the Postal Department refused to continue to allow the
Proceedings of Scientific Societies to be transmitted through the post as books,
and the Societies, as a result, had to face a very much heavier postage rate than
formerly. Regulations revising the postal definition of a book have recently been
gazetted, and in consequence of this the Council has decided upon certain altera-
tions in the publication of the Proceedings. In future five Parts will be issued
annually instead of four; Part i. will contain the proceedings at the Annual
Meeting, Parts ii.-iv. the papers read at the Ordinary Monthly Meetings, and
Part v. the abstracts of Proceedings, list of members, donations and exchanges,
etc.
Mention was made a year ago of the difficulties that were being experienced
in carrying on the publication of the International Catalogue of Scientific Litera-
ture. Although no official reports of the negotiations have been received, we
learn through the Zoological Society of London that efforts to proceed with this
important work have been unsuccessful. This will make it a matter of consider-
able difficulty for the research worker to keep in -touch with the work of his
contemporaries in foreign countries. Zoologists, however, are fortunate in this
respect. The Zoological Society undertook to prepare and issue the Zoology
volume for the years 1915-1920 inclusive at its sole financial risk, pending the
resumption of the Catalogue; and now, with the approval of the Royal Society,
it hopes to continue the issue of the Zoological Record from 1921 onwards as a
separate undertaking.
Exchange-relations with Societies and Institutions are again very flourishing,
the receipts for the Session amounting to 1874 additions to the library as against
1603 last year. During the year the publications of the following Societies and
Institutions have been added to the list obtaimed in exchange for the Society’s
Proceedings :—Société Géologique et Minéralogique de Bretagne, Botanical Sur-
vey of South Africa, Bombay Bacteriological Laboratory, Real Academia de Cien-
cias y Artes de Barcelona, and Botanic Gardens, Cluj, Roumania.
We are also fortunate in having received a large number of the publications
of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, which Institution has also expressed
its willimgness to send the Society such of its future publications as come within
the scope of the Society’s work.
We also have to acknowledge our gratitude to Mr. G. I. Playfair, a member
of the Society, for a valuable donation to the library consisting mainly of books
and reprints dealing with Algae, Diatoms and other lowly forms of plant life.
A list of this donation has been published in the Proceedings (1921, pt. 4, p.
531). ;
By the loss of the 8.8. Canastota during the year between Sydney and
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. lil.
New Zealand the Society lost a large parcel of Proceedings sent as exchanges
to Societies and Institutions in the United States of America. The parcels
were insured by the Public Library of N.S.W., through which they are trans-
mitted to the Smithsonian Institution for distribution in America. The insurance,
however, did not cover the actual value of the publications and the loss falls
most seriously on the Society’s stock of Proceedings for 1920, part 4, of which
over 30 copies were lost. This is only the second occasion on which large parcels
of the Society’s publications have been lost in this way (the previous one was
by the wreck of the S.S. China in 1898) and we may, therefore, perhaps con-
sider ourselves as not unfortunate in this respect.
I would ask members to keep in mind the resulting deficiency in the Society’s
stock of Proceedings for 1897, part 3 and 1920, part 4, should they ever have an
opportunity of aiding in making it good.
For some years the Commonwealth Institute of Science and Industry has
had in preparation a catalogue of the scientific and technical periodicals in the
chief libraries of the Commonwealth. This catalogue, which should be of con-
siderable value to everyone interested in scientific research, is now complete in
the form of a card catalogue, and steps are being taken to endeavour to publish
it so that it will be most readily available to research workers. Pending publica-
tion the Institute has expressed its willingness to furnish any information con-
tained in the Catalogue, and this will no doubt prove a boon to many research
workers.
During the year the names of ten Ordinary Members were added to the
roll and four members resigned. In addition, four names have been removed
from the list, making the number of Ordinary Members now on the roll 161.
We are fortunate in being able to record the fact that during the past year our
list of members has not been reduced by death.
Ordinarily, in a scientific Society the small membership should occasion grave
concern, but with us, owing to the benefactions of Sir William Macleay, a large
income from members’ subseriptions is not a necessity. Still | am of opinion
that our membership is not nearly as large as it should be, and that the number
of persons in New South Wales interested in Natural History is at least 250
and I would urge our members to try to increase our membership at least to
that number. If you will glance at the accounts to be presented by the Honorary
Treasurer to-night you will see that the amount paid in subseriptions for the
year 1921 amounts to only £141/15/-, whilst the income from investments amounts
to £1,248/19/5. I have often wondered how many of our members examine the
Balance Sheets and Statements of Income presented annually by the Honorary
Treasurer. A brief examination of these will show the strong position to which
the Society has grown during the past few years and indicate the amount of
work that must be performed by our Honorary Treasurer, Mr. J. H. Campbell.
The outstanding feature of these accounts is that we owe our strong position to
the late Sir William Macleay for amounts given during his life and bequeathed
by his will.
By the death of Dr. Robert Logan Jack in November last, at the age of 76,
another of the pioneers of Australian Geology has passed away. Born in Scot-
land in 1845, Dr. Jack was appointed Government Geologist for Northern
Queensland in 1877, after having served 10 years on the Scottish Geological Sur-
vey. He was soon appointed Government Geologist for the whole State, a post-
tion which he filled till 1899, when he resigned. It is for the geological work
done during this period that Dr. Jack’s name will live in the records of Australian
iv. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
Science. His most notable production was the “Geology and Palaeontology of
Queensland and New Guinea,” published in 1892 in conjunction with Robert
Etheridge Junior, a work which was largely responsible for the award to the
joint authors of Clarke Memorial Medals by the Royal Society of New South
Wales in 1895.
Last year an important step was taken by our University in the institution
of a lectureship in Entomology—a step in which I am particularly interested.
Mr. A. J. Nicholson, M.Se., who has been appointed to this important position,
reached Sydney towards the end of last year and we have already had the pleasure
of welcoming him to our meetings. He comes to us from the Birmingham Uni-
versity where he was very successful as an extramural lecturer. After graduating
in 1915, he served for the remainder of the war with the Artillery. He held a
Research Scholarship under the Board of Agriculture in 1919 and was demon-
strator in Zoology in the University of Birmingham. During 1921, after his ap-
pointment to Sydney, he visited the chief Institutions and Universities where
Entomology is studied in the United States. He has thrown himself with en-
thusiasm into the study of our insects and has already made several important
entomological trips since his arrival, on one of which I was of the party and had
the opportunity of making his further acquaintance.
We offer our heartiest congratulations to Mr. J. J. Fletcher on the award
to him by the Royal Society of New South Wales of the Clarke Memorial
Medal—a fitting recognition of his distinguished services to Natural History in
Australia.
To Mr. R. J. Noble, a distinguished graduate in Agriculture of the University
of Sydney, we offer congratulations on being the first to receive the Ben Fuller
Scholarship, a travelling scholarship in Agricultural Science, one of the con-
ditions attached to the award of which is that the Scholar shall return and give
New South Wales the benefit of the experience gained abroad.
We also offer cordial congratulations to Sir Hugh Dixson, Kt., on the
honour conferred ‘on him by His Majesty the King; Professor T. Harvey
Johnston, on his appointment as Professor of Zoology in the University of Ade-
laide; Mr. E. C. Andrews, who has taken over the permanent Honorary Seere-
taryship of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science from
Mr. J. H. Maiden, who for many years has carried on the work of that office with
marked success; Mr. G. H. Hardy, on his appointment as Walter and Eliza
Hall fellow in Economie Biology in the University of Queensland.
One of the most notable exhibits that have been made before us was that
at the September meeting of two young live platypus collected by Mr. Harry
Burrell. We take this opportunity of extending our hearty congratulations to
Mr. Burrell on the suecess which has attended his efforts in this field of collecting.
The Council has, during the year, discussed matters in connection with the
Macleay Collections and the Macleay Museum, and has informed the Senate of
he University of Sydney that in its opinion the Collections are not easily ac-
assible to members of the Society, as they should be under the conditions at-
ched to Sir William Macleay’s gift. The Senate referred the matter to the
Committee of Management of the Museum for report and we await their further
reply.
In December the Royal Society of New South Wales fittingly commemorated
the centenary of the foundation of the first scientific society in Australia, the
Philosophical Society of Australasia, and members paid a visit to Kurnell where
the president. and members of the original Society erected a brass tablet to mark
the landing of James Cook and Joseph Banks.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. vy.
One of the aims of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales
is the issue of a series of handbooks on various branvhes of the Natural History of
New South Wales. The first of these, The Fishes of New South Wales, has
just been completed and the Society is to be congratulated on having thus far
succeeded in its objective.
The year’s work of the Society’s research staff may be summarised thus :—
Dr. R. Greig-Smith, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society, contributed two
papers “The High Temperature Organism of Fermenting Tan-bark, Part i.,” and
“Note upon the Extraction of Acids from Cultures,” which appeared in the
Proceedings for 1921, Part 1. During his year’s leave of absence he visited
England and took advantage of the opportunity of visiting a number of the
laboratories in which work similar to his own is being carried on. At the Lister
Institute, where he spent some weeks, most of the staff were working on Vita-
mines, Professor Martin was investigating the feeding properties of pure pro-
teids and Professor Harden was working with the enzymes and co-enzymes of
yeast and with hexose phosphates, while there were also workers investigating
bacteriological problems connected with leather. He also visited the laboratories
of the Imperial Institute, University College, and of the Metropolitan Board of
Water Supply. At Rothamsted there were over thirty research workers, mostly
engaged in research on soils and vegetable products. In the Biochemical Labora-
tories at Cambridge University Dr. Greig-Smith was specially interested in the
work of Dr. Peters on the growth of Protozoa in bacteria-free fluids. He also
had the opportunity of visiting, at Long Ashton, near Bristol, the Agricultural
and Horticultural Research Station of the National Fruit and Cider Institute,
one of the few institutions in England where research in industrial bacteriology
is beg carried on. We have pleasure in welcoming him back fresh from his
tour of these famous research institutions and wishing him a successful year’s
research.
Since his return he has had under further examination the high-temperature
organism that ferments tan-bark, and has also been working to obtain a syn-
thetie fluid in which the bacterium will grow freely so that its fermenting capa-
bilities can be studied. He also has under observation, some bacteria isolated
from Eucalyptus nodules sent by Mr. Musson from Bowral.
Dr. J. M. Petrie, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Biochemistry,
completed his investigation of the poisonous principle of Erythrophloeum Labou-
cherii from the Northern Territory, the results being published in Part iii. of the
year’s Proceedings. Further work on Heterodendron has been directed towards
the investigation of the cyanogenetic glucoside contained in the unerystallisable
residues in the hope of isolating the very active principle. Towards the end of
the year some success was achieved in this direction, minute crystals being ob-
tained which evolved hydrocyanic acid when tested with emulsin. The work is
now being repeated with a greater amount of material. Experimental work on
Cyanogenesis in plants has been continued and a number of plants have been
examined and tested, among them being several varieties of Sorghum. A number
of plants received from Central Australia were tested both chemically and
physiologically but the results showed nothing of special interest. Dr. Petrie pro-
poses in addition to his current researches, to commence some work on the
natural colouring substances of plants, such as the wattle blossom, ete.
Miss Vera Irwin-Smith, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology,
has devoted much of her time to the examination, in the laboratory, of anatom-
ical preparations of Stratiomyiidae in continuation of her studies in the life-
Vi. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
histories of Australian Diptera Brachyeera; during the year two papers of this
series have appeared in the Proceedings, and another one is in course: of pre-
paration. Field collection of dipterous larvae for rearing was continued and re-
sulted in the addition of some 70 specimens to those already under observation
in the families Leptidae, Asilidae, Therevidae, Bombylidae, Muscidae, Anthomyi-
dae and Tachinidae. Unfortunately, the proportion of losses in rearing these
specimens was considerable. In continuation of her work on Nematodes Miss
Smith is now studying species of the genus Physaloptera, especially those parasitic
in Reptiles. Three papers on this subject have been completed, the first of them
appearing in Part 4 of the Year’s Proceedings; the other two will appear in the
Proceedings for the coming year.
Miss Marjorie I. Collins, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Botany,
continued her observations on the mangrove and saltmarsh vegetation in the
neighbourhood of Sydney, paying special attention to the Cabbage Tree Creek
area, Port Hacking; the results of this work have appeared in Part in. of the
year’s Proceedings. Following the same line of work, Miss Collins spent some
time in the Broken Hill District for the purpose of investigating the Plant
Eeology of an arid region, as a preliminary step in establishing the relationship
between rainfall and soil conditions and plant grouping and distribution m the
drier parts of the State. She was able to collect and make notes on the flora
for over 100 miles North of Broken Hill and also on the sandy plains between
the ranges and the South Australian border and between Broken Hill and the
Darling River. The field work thus accomplished now involves a considerable
amount of work in the laboratory, particularly in the identification and investi-
gation of the material collected.
Miss Marguerite Henry, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology,
has devoted her time largely to the collection of material and the examination and
description of the Cladocera. She has obtained numerous collections from many
localities in New South Wales, and also from New Zealand and South Australia.
Experiments have been carried on in raising Entomostraca from dried mud in
aquaria; a mud from New Zealand which had been in a dried state for over
seven years yielded large numbers of Ostracods. The examination of the Clado-
cera has been completed and the results embodied in a paper whieh will appear
in Part i. of the Proceedings for 1922. Miss Henry is proceeding with the
examination of the next group—the Copepoda.
Dr. Walkom has during the year contributed two short papers on Australian
fossil plants to the Proceedings: (i.) On the Oceurrence of Otozamites in Aus-
tralia, with Descriptions of Specimens from Western Australia and (u.) On a
Specimen of Noeggerathiopsis from the Lower Coal Measures of New South
Wales. In addition he prepared an account of some seeds found in association
with Glossopteris im Queensland and which may be the megasporangia of that
genus, the paper being read at the meeting of the Geological Society of London
on 4th May, 1921; he also completed his examination and description of the
Glossopteris flora of Queensland, the manuscript of which has now been in the
hands of the Queensland Geological Survey for some time. Dr. Walkom has in
view a re-examination of the Tenison-Woods’ collection of Australian fossil plants
in the Macleay Museum. The original descriptions were published in our Pro-
ceedings in 1883, and it is very desirable that such an important collection
should be examined in the light of recent advances in palacobotany. To enable
drawings to be made of some of the more important specimens, the University
of Sydney has generously made available a grant from, the MeCaughey Research
Fund.
PRESIDEN'’S ADDRESS. vu.
Seven applications for Linnean Macleay Fellowships, 1922-23, were received
in response to the Council’s invitation of 26th October, 1921. I have now the
pleasure of making the first public announcement of the Council’s re-appoint-
ment, for another year from Ist April, 1922, of Dr. J. M. Petrie, Miss V. Irwin-
Smith, Miss Marjorie I. Collins, and Miss Marguerite Henry to Fellowships in
Biochemistry, Zoology, Botany and Zoology respectively. On behalf of the
Society I have pleasure in wishing them a successful year’s research.
The Necessity for a Zoological Survey of Australia.
Our fauna, as well as our flora, is a national asset and as such we should
have as complete a knowledge of it as possible. The subject of a co-ordinated
investigation of the fauna was discussed by Section D. of the Australasian As-
sociation for the Advancement of Science in Melbourne in 1921, and the
following resolution carried:—“That in order to carry out immediately a co-
ordinated Investigation into the Land and Freshwater Fauna and the Flora of Aus-
tralia and Tasmania, the Societies and Institutions in the various States .. . be
requested to co-operate in the work and to take such steps as they may deem
most advisable for the carrying out of this work, more especially in securing in
each State the active assistance of specialists in different branches of Botany and
Zoology.” A committee was appointed and the Scientific Societies throughout
Australia were circularised, but so far no active steps have been taken to give
effect to the resolution, nor have suggestions been made as to how such a survey
might be carried out. Professor Sir Baldwin Spencer published a short but
important paper on the subject in the Victorian Naturalist for February, 1921.
Mr. W. W. Froggatt also has urged the necessity for the establishment of a
bureau of biological survey in Australia (Aust. Zoologist, u., Pt. 1, 1921, p. 2).
Future generations of Australian scientists may reasonably expect to find
the best collections of the Australian fauna in their own Museums but in view
of the attention paid to the collection of Australian specimens by foreign in-
stitutions within the past few years it is doubtful whether their expectations
will be realised unless some active steps are taken to make our own collections
as complete and representative as they should be. The British Museum authori-
ties have also been considering the possibility of sending a collecting expedition
to Australia and in a letter to the High Commissioner for Australia which was
forwarded to the Council of this Society for comment they mention the foreign
expeditions and add that “in view of the fact that with the advance of settlement
many of the unique animals are becoming rare, it is evident that unless steps
are taken and are taken soon, the finest collections of the Australian fauna will
be found in Museums outside the British Empire.”
In the case of Geology and Botany the State has recognised the need for
systematic surveys. Each of the Australian States has its Geological Survey
and there is no need for me to recall to you the many eminent scientists who
have been associated with these Departments nor the excellent work which has
been carried out. Each State also has its Botanic Gardens with an associated
Herbarium where specimens and information have been accumulated regarding
the plants and where a more or less complete survey of the Plants is available.
Zoology on the other hand has not been so provided for. There are, in
New South Wales, two public institutions which might have been expected to
assist in such a Zoological Survey—the Australian Museum and the Taronga
Zoological Park—but I fear that as the governing bodies of both these In-
stitutions are composed of men who, with a few well known exceptions, are not
zoologists, they fail to appreciate the necessity for such work.
Vill. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
It is true, however, that the matter has not been entirely neglected, for a
large amount of valuable information has been collected and made available
by private individuals each working at his own particular group as a hobby.
What is capable of accomplishment is demonstrated by the fact that I have
been able, during the past twenty five years, to gather together the finest collec-
tion of Australian butterflies in the World. Other private individuals have
been able to do the same in their own special groups. The Entomological Branches
of the Department of Agriculture, whose work must be concerned primarily with
the economic side of the subject, have done excellent work in several of the
States, but the field is far too extensive for the limited staffs employed.
In order to bring some constructive criticism on the question of a Zoological
Survey, I would suggest that immediate steps be taken by the Commonwealth
Government to institute a Federal Museum, one of the chief objects of which
would be the gathermg together of specimens of Australian animals as well as
of accurate information concerning their distribution. When Canberra is ready
for occupation as the Federal Capital such a Museum will be a necessity and
as the accumulation of material is a slow process no time should be lost in
making a beginning. Extensive accommodation would not be necessary for some
time to come as it is not suggested that the collections would be on view until
the Museum is properly established but they should be available for purposes
of study. A small beginning has already been made in this direction for I
understand that the Australian Museum is housing temporarily the fishes obtained
by the illfated Federal Trawler. I also venture to assert that in the event of
such a Museum being inaugurated, numerous private individuals would willingly
donate portions of their collections to form the nucleus of what ultimately would
be a fine display of our native fauna.
In the absence of any such scheme as the above we would have to look to
our State Museums for a co-ordinated Zoological Survey. Much would be
possible in this direction by concerted action on their part. In the early days,
the Museum staffs‘were small ‘and of necessity composed of general naturalists
rather than specialists; with increasing collections, staffs were imereased and
there was opportunity for specialization. Even now, however, a single man has
often to cover far too wide a field to do really good work in any one branch.
I would suggest to the authorities of the various Australian Museums that in
future care should be taken not to duplicate the appointment of a specialist in
any one branch.. For example, there are entomologists in four of the Museums
and it eould be easily agreed that no two of them should be specialists im the
same group. There would then be in Australia specialists in four different
insect groups and there should be no difficulty in arranging for each to deter-
mine the species of his own special group for all four Museums. By mutual
arrangement, a similar scheme might well be made to apply to the whole. of the
Zoologists in our Museums. At the present time the members of the Museum
Staffs constitute only a small proportion of the naturalists in Australia, there
being many private individuals who have taken up the study of special groups
as a hobby. I would suggest that the authorities of the Museums might make
much more use of these private individuals than has been done in the past.
The number of new animals awaiting discovery in Australia is very far
from exhausted, though, of course, this is chiefly amongst the lower forms of
animal life. One would think that after such entomologists as Meyrick, Helms,
Turner and Goldfinch had visited Mt. Kosciusko very few moths would be left
undiscovered on that Plateau, but we find that Goldfinch secured over twenty
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 1X.
undeseribed species during a week’s visit there last December and his collecting
was confined entirely to the Digger’s Creek Valley. On this same trip I secured
two new records of butterflies for the Plateau, and though I have made many
new discoveries during visits to this district during the months of December,
January, February, and March and have partially surveyed the Plateau as far
as the butterflies are concerned, I have not by any means yet exhausted it even
for such a well known group. I would welcome an extended entomological sur-
vey of this district carried out on thoroughly systematic lines, for a wealth of new
discoveries is indicated, and many of these would be of great help in elucidating
the Physiography of Australia in times past. The curious net-veined midges
(Blepharoceridae) found there last November by Dr. Tillyard and Mr. Nicholson
are of great interest, especially as they are not capable of life at any distance
from swiftly running water. Further specimens of a most interesting Dragonfly
with affinities to a Chilian species have also been taken there by Mr. Goldfinch
and myself. The investigation of the insect fauna at an elevation of 4000 ft.
and over is of great importance, for there the remnants of the older species are
to be found. In the past, in order to accomplish the greatest amount of work
in the shortest possible time, I examined our coastal areas, for butterflies, as
species, though not necessarily individuals, were more plentiful there, and as a
result I have now a fairly clear idea of the distribution of the butterflies along
the coast of Eastern Australia; but the case of the mountain ranges, to which I
have turned my attention during the last few years, is far different, though here
the species are fewer and individuals more plentiful. Our knowledge is still
far from complete, many of the higher levels being difficult of aecess; I propose
later on in the year to prepare an account of the butterfly fauna of our alpine
regions as we now know it.
An Account or Some Breeping EXPERIMENTS WITH THE SATYRINE
GrENus TISIPHONE.
During the past few years I have been carrying out a series of breeding
experiments with the Satyrine genus Tisiphone using the races abeona and
morrisi mainly with the idea of proving or disproving whether a third race, 7.
abeona joanna, was a natural hybrid. For the scientifie portion of my address
I propose to give a short account of the course of these experiments and some
of the results to date.
Tisiphone joanna Butler was described in 1866 (Enodia joanna, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 1866, p. 286) and from that date until 1913 no specimens of it
appear to have been taken in Australia, nor had I been able to find any in
Australian collections. In October, 1913, on a trip to Port Macquarie with
Mr. C. Hedley, I secured over one hundred specimens of this form and have
figured some of them (Aust. Zoologist, i. pt. 1, 1914, Pl. 1; The Butterflies of
Australia, Pl. 39). In October, 1914, I captured another long series, and on
two other oceasions (January and March, 1918) further specimens were ob-
tained. The tremendous variation in these specimens is shown by the series on
Plate ii., all from the very limited area within eight miles of Port Macquarie,
where, out of some 300 specimens, no two were exactly alike. Some showed
a close resemblance to the broad, orange-banded southern form, others a
similarity to the narrow, white-banded northern form, and I came to the con-
clusion that at Fort Macquarie there existed a natural hybrid that had had
neither the time nor the opportunity to become stabilised. There are no barriers
Exe PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
on either side of Port Macquarie to prevent an occasional specimen of either
the southern or northern form entering the area.
The distribution of Tisiphone in Eastern Australia.
The Genus Tisiphone Hiibner.
I have already shown (Australian Zoologist, i., pt. 1,.1914) that Tisiphone
Hiibner is the generic name that must be applied to these butterflies, which
have been placed by various authors at different times under Hnodia, Xenica or
Epinephile. The genus is confined to the Coast and the Main Dividing Range
of Eastern and South-eastern Australia. In my opinion it consists of two
species only—TZ. helena from an altitude of 1000 ft. and over in the Cairns Dis-
trict, Queensland and T. abeona which extends, with six subspecies, from Southern
Queensland into Victoria. No collections have yet been made in the Main
Divide between Cairns and Rockhampton and J anticipate that further species
or subspecies will yet be discovered to link up the dark abeona with the paler
coloured helena. In order that the results of my experiments may be understood
it is necessary here to give a brief review of the subspecies of Tisiphone abeona
and their distribution. The map (Plate i.) shows the various areas in which the
subspecies of J. abeona have been taken. The food plants of the genus are
various species of Gahnia, commonly called Sword grass or ecutty grass.
T. abeona albifascia Waterhouse. (Plate u., fig. 816.)
This is the race that occurs in Victoria and on the coast in the south of
New South Wales; it differs only in degree from the typical form found near
Sydney, having broader and (especially in the female) paler orange markings
on the forewings above and much broader white markings beneath. We might
expect that this form of a butterfly that ranges into Queensland would only
oceur near sealevel in Victoria, but this is not the case, for, though it has been
taken at Lorne and Wilson’s Promontory, it is also found at an elevation of 2300
feet at Mt. Macedon. It has not been recorded from the Victorian Alps, nor
from Mt. Kosciusko, and must certainly be absent from the latter locality for I
have myself searched for it there in the months of December, January, February
and March. This race grades into the typical race and it is not possible to draw
the exact line of separation between the two. I consider all my specimens from
Eden to belong to albifascia whilst all those from Ulladulla belong to typical
abeona.
T. abeona abeona Donovan. (Plate u., fig. 815.)
The type locality of this butterfly must have been near Sydney for, though
only described in 1805, Donovan remarks that it was not very unfrequently
received amongst other insects from the vicinity of Port Jackson and that a
painting of it existed amongst the drawings of William Jones of Chelsea when
Fabricius visited England prior to 1793. It is strange that Fabricius omitted
to describe this handsome species when describing others from Jones’ drawings.
This form is very common on the coast from Ulladulla to Newcastle and also
oceurs in the Blue Mts. as far as Mt. Victoria, but is absent from the coastal
plain between Penrith and Sydney. It is not subject to any great variation
though I have a few interesting aberrations amongst many hundreds of specimens
that have passed through my hands.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Xi.
T. abeona aurelia Waterhouse.
This is a further and brighter extension of the typical form. It is some-
what variable, a few specimens showing a narrow orange band on the hindwing
above. It oceurs on the coast from north of the Hunter River to Camden
Haven. Though this race approaches closely to typical abeona it can always be
distinguished from it by the very much brighter and more prominent ring to the
subtornal ocellus on the forewing above, a character common to all the races
occurring north of the estuary of the Hunter River. For this character then the
extensive river flats near the mouth of the Hunter form a sufficient barrier, for
probably at no time did the foodplant grow here.
T. abeona joanna Butler. (Plate ii., figs. 794-814, 818.)
I have endeavoured to secure information as to the place of capture of the
type of this subspecies, but without much suecess. Mr. N. D. Riley of the
British Museum writes that the type is apparently one of two specimens received
from the Entomological Club in 1844 and bears a small label Linn. Soc. N.
Holland. The specimen was obviously collected some time, probably some! years,
before 1844. Dr. Jackson, General Secretary of the Linnean Society of London,
searched their records and though he found an entry in 1833 of a collection of
insects from N. Holland presented by Alexander Macleay, he considers that
these particular insects formed a portion of those sold by his Society in 1863.
However, considering localities available about 100 years ago, I have very
little doubt that the type was caught at Port Macquarie and, if not actually
eaught by Alexander Macleay, reached England through his instrumentality.
Besides the type, five other specimens are in the British Museum (four of which
are from the Hewitson Collection) but they do not show such great variations
as I have found. Until 1913, when I obtained over one hundred specimens
at Port Macquarie, from which the specimens figured on Plate 11. were taken,
this form was unknown in Australia. In the spring of 1914, I traversed the
coast line from Coff’s Harbour to Ulladulla, collecting over 500 specimens of
Tisiphone and about the same time I received a large number of specimens
from between Clarence Heads and Coff’s Harbour from Mr. F. A. Heron, and
from south of Ulladulla from Mr. H. W. Simmonds. The limits of this variable
race (joanna) I would give as about 10 miles radius from Port Macquarie, for
at Camden Haven two specimens only had paler bands, and from Crescent Head
the specimens, though not quite typical morrisi, were cream and only in one or
two cases showed an orange tint. The variability of the race suggested that
joanna was a natural hybrid and caused me to try the experiment of crossing
the broad orange-banded form and the narrow cream-banded form.
T. abeona morrisi Waterhouse. (Plate i., fig. 817).
This form I first met with on my first collecting trip to the Richmond
River, and for a long time I considered that the name joanna might be applied
to it and distributed it under that name. It has a wide range along the coast
from Southport, S. Queensland to the Macleay River and it is only at Crescent
Head that the influence of the southern orange subspecies begins to be felt,
for here an occasional orange tint is seen in the pale markings. It oceurs on a
spur of the Main Divide at Ebor (4000 feet) where Dr. Tillyard captured some
particularly large specimens, on the Divide itself near Hangmg Rock, and again
at the southern end of the Mt. Royal Range where recently I captured a number
xu. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
of specimens at an elevation of about 5000 ft. The last locality is very im-
portant, as it is in a latitude nearly 100 miles south of the southernmost locality
for the race on the sea-coast. I have searched for it without success in the
Range near Murrurundi and Messrs. Goldfinch and Lyell were unable to see it
at Mt. Gregson somewhat further west.
T. abeona rawnsleyi Miskin.
This race, which is generally smaller than morrisi, in most specimens lacks
any pale markings above; there is, however, in some specimens an incomplete
pale narrow band on the hindwing above, a character of more frequent oc-
currence and more pronounced in the female than in the male. My specimens
are from the neighbourhood of Landsborough, Nambour and Eumundi in §8.
Queensland. At Mooloolah I found larvae very common in July, 1919, and
brought a number to Sydney which I successfully reared.
The accompanying map (Plate i.) shows at a glance the positions on the
East Coast of Australia where the various races are known to occur. As far as
the coast 1s concerned this region has been very well surveyed and over the
greater part of it I have myself collected. The distribution of rawnsleyi has not
yet been fixed with any great exactitude. It probably occurs further north than
at present recorded, and the break in the almost continuous distribution of the
collective species abeona at the mouth of the Brisbane River needs further in-
vestigation. This should not be a difficult task for an entomologist resident in
or near Brisbane. From Southport, Q., south to Gabo Island little remains to
be done from the point of view of distribution, for I do not think I have gaps
in the records greater than 50 miles and such gaps, except perhaps that at the
mouth of the Hunter River, are caused by advancing civilization clearmg and
using the localities in which the foodplant grew in the past. On the Victorian
coast the gaps are greater owing’ to less extensive collecting and the western limit
of the range of albifascia has not yet been definitely determined.
In the Main Dividing Range the races rawnsleyi, joanna and aurelia have not
yet been found, and I doubt if these, with the possible exception of rawnsleyi,
exist there. The three localities where morrisi occurs are marked A on the map
and further investigation will link up these localities and extend the range of
this race much further. The capture of this form on the Mt. Royal Range some
two years ago by Mr. J. Hopson is very important and adds still further con-
firmation to my suggestion that the Cassilis Gap has formed a barrier for a great
length of time and alowed the development in times past of the northern and
southern forms. The typical race abeona and also albifascia, as will be seen from
the map, have only been taken at localities of fairly easy aecess,—places that are
near tourist resorts. The intervening portions of the Mountains require further
investigation.
The method of conducting the experiment.
As far back as 1914 I was able to get fertile eggs from a pairing of abeona
and morrisi, but these eggs had to be obtained by dissection from the female,
as I did not seem able to get the female to lay them. The larvae that hatched
did not live long, for they disappeared, no doubt victims to a spider. I then
had to consider the best means of overcoming the various difficulties that pre-
sented themselves, the chief being obtaining sufficient growing plants in my
garden, successful pairing, laying of eggs by the female on the foodplant, and
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. xiil.
protecting the larvae from parasites and enemies. In the main I have suc-
ceeded in overcoming these difficulties. The food plant (several species of
Gaknia) grows either in swamps near the sea-coast, or inland in the bed of
creeks and so must be well supplied with water. When. picked it very quickly
shrivels up and dies, crushing any larvae that may be hiding in the tufts. By
keeping the tufts in moist sand in a jar, I have kept it alive for over a week,
but this is by no means so satisfactory as having growing plants. Aided by Mr.
J. W. Allgood, gardener, I have now at least 50 growing plants and we have
found that the best time to remove the plants from the bush is in the early
spring or early autumn when they are beginning to shoot. I have had little
success in moving plants m the winter. Pairing now is not difficult provided the
day is bright and sunny and I usually place a large wire cage over a plant
growing in a tin and have the cage in as open a spot as possible. I have
at times had pairing take place im a large glass jar. The length of time of
pairing in cases I have watched has not exceeded 23 minutes which, no doubt,
accounts for the few times this species has been seen paired in the bush. After
pairing is noticed, the male is removed and killed, and during the following
two days from 16-32 eggs are laid by the female, usually on the food plant, but
occasionally on the wire of the cage. The tin is then removed to one of the
specially built wire gauze cages, which are about 3 feet high and 2 feet 6 inches
wide on each side, with a door at one of the sides and are all numbered. My
early cages were single, being built round already growing plants of sword
grass. Later the Senate of the University of Sydney generously made available
a special grant from the MeCaughey Research Fund, for which I take this op-
portunity of expressmg my thanks and [I was enabled to erect a series of cages,
which for economy were built back to back, the ground being specially prepared,
and now, after 12 months, the plants are in splendid condition. By this means
the available number of cages has been more than doubled. These cages, being
made of the wire gauze used for fly windows, have protected the larvae from
both dipterous and hymenopterous parasites and have prevented the larvae from
wandering. The growing sword grass is protected from the ravages of the larva
of a moth, which feeds on the young shoots of the sword grass, causing it to
die. The greatest trouble at present is the presence of spiders, which find the
cages suitable places to live in and which, when very young, ean easily pass
through the mesh of the wire gauze. When inhabited, the eages must be
examined almost daily and the spiders killed. The larvae pass through their
transformation and the pupae are transferred inside to compartments bearing
numbers corresponding with the cages from which they were taken.
A trip in July, 1919, with Mr. G. M. Goldfinch to Southern Queensland was
undertaken both to obtain larvae of rawnsleyi, in which we were successful, and
to find larvae of morrisi at Southport which, however, we failed to do. I had,
however, a number of pupae of abeona from Sydney and also of rawnsleyi, and
as a male of rawnsleyi and a female of abeona emerged close together I paired
them and secured fertile eggs from which I reared three males and two females.
I made two pairings of these in the autumn of 1920 and secured two small
families which I have in my collection. These results were not altogether satis-
factory, as the parents that produced the second generation were brother and
sister. I also secured a pairing of abeona male with rawnsleyi female, this
female being reared from a fertile egg laid in the paper envelope by a female
caught by Mr. R. Illidge at Mooloolah in Oetober, 1919. These preliminary ex-
XIV. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
periments, however, gave me sufficient information to set about the larger
experiment carried out since.
Tisiphone joanna—A Natural Hybrid.
Experimental proof.
In October, 1920, I spent three days at Urunga, at the mouth of the Bel-
linger River, and there secured a few pupae of morrisi and a large number of
larvae. These I brought home and reared a number of them to perfect insects.
Before this, I had secured a large number of larvae of abeona from near Sydney,
some of which I had in one of my cages and others I had on marked plants in
a gully near my home to be used if required. When suitable specimens emerged
on the same day and the weather was right for pairing, a pair was introduced
into a cage in the sunshine. In this way I secured ten sets of fertile eggs, In
five cases the male parent was abeona with a morrisi female and in the other
five the male parent was morrisi with an abeona female. In some cases I had
to keep the specimens alive for a few days by artificial feeding in order to have
the sex I required, and in one case only I had to bring in a wild abeona male
caught near my home, as I had no freshly-emerged specimen. From these ten
familes I secured in the autumn of 1921 exactly one hundred first generation
hybrids. From these first generation specimens, despite very adverse weather
conditions, [ was able to secure ten fresh pairings, in no ease mating brother
and sister. The weather during the winter of 1921 was not at all conducive to
success, and the larvae of the first generation had so eaten down the food plants
during the previous summer, that I at one time feared that I should rear only
two or three specimens of the second generation. Some families failed entirely
to give me any butterflies, but two were very successful; it was abundantly in-
dicated that I should have more plants in reserve and not try to rear two broods
in the one cage in any one year. I am now in a much stronger position for the
plants in the new set of cages are growing well and are in much better con-
dition than the older ones which were not grown under such favourable condi-
tions. Of second generation specimens I secured in all thirty butterflies from
which I was only able to make two successful pairings; these, however, have
given me during the last six weeks twelve butterflies of the third generation.
A detailed examination of these three generations of hybrids has been so far
impossible, as sufficient time has not yet been available, so this must be postponed
until a later date; nor can all the families obtained and their parents be figured,
for coloured plates would be necessary and the cost would be very great. I have
given figures of six specimens of the first generation, six of the second and three
of the third, choosing as far as possible specimens that agree as nearly as possible
with those figures of joanna in “The Butterflies of Australia,” the coloured plate
appearing in that work being repeated here as Plate ii. A comparison of the
hybrids figured on Plate iii. with the figures of joanna on Plate i. gives the fol-
lowing results :—fig. 1, a first generation male, approaches fig. 808; fig. 2, also a
first generation male of the same family as fig. 1, is not represented on Plate il.
but is of a somewhat similar type to many caught specimens; fig. 3 is a remark-
able first generation female; this type appeared in quite half the first generation
families, but was very rarely caught at Port Macquarie; fig. 4, a first generation
male, approaches figs. 805, 809 and 811 and specimens somewhat like this are
not uncommon at Port Macquarie; fig. 5, another first generation male of the
same family as figs. 3 and 4, represents the general type of first generation
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. XV.
males occurring in the ten first generation families, though usually the band on
the hindwing above is quite absent; it somewhat resembles fig. 801, more especially
on the forewing, and is not uncommon at Port Macquarie; fig. 6, is a first genera-
tion female of the type of fig. 5. The second generation hybrids are shown in
figs. 7-12 and are all from the same family; fig. 7, a male, is close to fig. 805 and
fig. 8, also a male, agrees with fig. 795; fig. 9 is a female agreeing fairly well
with fig. 803 and also approaches the typical morrisi; fig. 10 is a male agreeing
with fig. 809; fig. 11 is a female agreeing with fig. 3 of the first generation and
is somewhat lke fig. 812; fig. 12 is a male very like fig. 811; fig. 8 is the male
parent of all the third generation hybrids I have reared. The third generation
hybrids are shown in figs. 13-15; fig. 13, a male, is almost identical with fig. 800;
fig. 14, a female, approaches fig. 798, but has the hindwing band much reduced;
fig. 15, a male, approaches fig. 811. In-making a comparison between the hybrids
I have reared and specimens of joanna caught at Port Macquarie, it must be
remembered that the comparison between males is easier than between females,
for I have reared nearly an equal proportion of the sexes whilst, as is usual, 1
have only been able to catch about one female to every five males, even though I
searched for the former more thoroughly. I have therefore a much smaller num-
ber of females of joanna with which to compare my hybrid females.
It is not contended that I have been able to obtain amongst my hybrids a
specimen identical or even nearly so with every specimen of the 300 specimens of
joanna obtained by myself at Port Macquarie or those caught there by Messrs.
Lyell and Wylde. The number of hybrids reared is only about one third of the
number of specimens of joanna available for comparison and by far the greater
number are of the first generation. It is improbable that at the present time an
equivalent of the first generation hybrid ever occurs. When the experiment is
continued beyond three generations a greater similarity with existing specimens will
no doubt be reached. The above comparison with a careful examination of the
coloured plates proves my contention that the race joanna at Port Macquarie is
a natural hybrid resulting from the crossing of the broad orange-banded southern
form with the narrow white-banded northern form.
It has not been possible to give figures of the parents of the families, for,
as they have to be kept in the cages sometimes as long as four days, they naturally
become worn and ragged. This happens especially with the females, as they are
left until I consider all their eggs are laid; the males are killed as soon as I am
satisfied that pairing has taken place.
I propose as soon as possible to continue these experiments to a much
greater number of generations and also to see what will be the results by pairing
somewhat similar specimens of joanna from Port Macquarie and also the results
from widely different specimens.
Tur RELATION or TISIPHONE TO THE PHYSIOGRAPHY
or Hastern AUSTRALIA.
Those who have studied Australian physiography agree that the events of
the ultimate and penultimate chapters of the development of Eastern Australia
present the following sequence. At a period roughly dated as Pliocene, pene-
planation of this area was in an advanced stage; the shore stood farther east-
wards, trespassing upon what are now the Tasman and the Coral Seas, the
watershed was lower than at present and lay further westward, whilst the land
continued south to Tasmania and beyond and north to New Guinea.
To this epoch of terrestrial stagnation there succeeded what Mr. KE. C.
Andrews has called appropriately the “Kosciusko cycle.” Then the eoast re-
XVl. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
treated westward, the coastal mountain range rose higher, Torres and Bass
Straits opened. Synchronous with these events occurred a glacial phase which
has written its story in moraines across the face of Kosciusko. Movement of
the coast range re-organised the river system and exposed different rocks on the
surface. Changes in climate played on each organism and the vegetation, as
Mr. R. H. Cambage has described so clearly in the ease of the Eucalypts, re-
sponded to the change of environment. Specific differentiation in both fauna
and flora then proceeded rapidly.
The palaeontological record shows so far no fossil butterflies earlier than
the Tertiary, but in the Oligocene of both Europe and North America we find
“ossils of even the more developed groups and, included amongst these, several
fossil Satyrids. Present day Satyrids are of world-wide distribution and there
is every possibility that as early as the Miocene they had a similar distribution
and that the ancestral forms of our present Satyrids were then in Australia.
It is reasonable to suppose that, before the great uplifting movement at the
end of the Pliocene, the ancestor of Tisiphone was present in Eastern Australia.
I consider that first of all the genus became restricted to the higher elevations
where moisture was more abundant. At the low-lying portion of the main
divide known as the Cassilis Gap, the conditions became unsuited for its existence
and it disappeared. This barrier then produced a discontinuous distribution and
allowed the ancestral Tisiphone to develop independently to the north and to the
south, gradually producing what we now know as broad orange banded forms
in the south and narrow white banded forms in the north. The southern form
now oceurs almost up to the southern end of the Cassilis Gap and, though no
form has been taken near the northern end of the Gap, the white banded form
oceurs at the southern end of the Mt. Royal Range almost in the same latitude.
As time progressed the two forms were able to reach the coast, the southern
probably first, and finding suitable conditions moved northward and southward,
meeting in the small area of Port Macquarie and thus were able, in fairly recent
times, to reunite and form the very complex race joanna there. Tasmania, though
possessing the foodplant, does not possess any Tisiphone, which may possibly
have died out or was not in a position to pass along the land connection at what
is now Bass Straits. This would point to Tisiphone belonging rather to the
earlier of the newer Papuan invasions from the north than to the older Satyrid
fauna occurring in South-eastern Australia and now represented by such genera
as Heteronympha and Xenica.
Though these experiments were started with the definite object of proving
Tisiphone joanna a natural hybrid, which I claim to have shown, many other in-
teresting problems have presented themselves, but sufficient time has not been
available for their complete study and so they must be left to some future oc-
casion. The great question of heredity stands first, but I have not had suf-
ficient time to make the thorough examination necessary, nor do I consider
that the number of specimens obtained, particularly in the second and third
generations, is enough to enable sound conclusions to be drawn. I propose, there-
fore, with the increased facilities at my disposal and the experience I have
already obtained, to repeat the experiment of obtaining ten families of hybrids
from abeona and morrisi and aim at getting a much larger number of specimens
of the second and third generations and even earrying on the experiments to
further generations. Though the coastal strip from Twofold Bay to Caloundra
has been carefully and thoroughly collected—the only point of investigation being
the nature and extent of the barrier separating morrisi and rawnsleyi—the Main
Divide has been imperfectly worked as will be seen from the map (PI. 1.); the
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. XVll.
various gaps require to be filled, a task that will take many months, for, unlike
the seacoast where the sword grass is fairly continuous, in the mountains it oe-
curs in small isolated patches more particularly at the higher elevations.
In eonelusion, other than those already mentioned, I have to thank Mr. C.
Hedley for many suggestions over a number of years and our Secretary Dr.
Walkom who has been of great assistance to me all through the last year.
In illustration of his remarks Mr. Waterhouse exhibited a ease of butterflies
showing all the subspecies of 7'. abeona with a map giving their distribution; a
ease containing about 80 specimens of joanna from Port Macquarie showing all
the general types of variation so far caught; a case showing the parents and two
large families of hybrids of the first generation, one having abeona as the male
parent and the other morrisi as the male parent, also all the second and third
generation hybrids obtained; a case showing the preliminary experiments with
abeona and rawnsleyi and all the hybrids obtained.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES I-III. .
Plate 1.
Map of Hastern Australia from near Maryborough, Q. to Lorne, Vic., showing the
distribution of the subspecies of Tisiphone abeona on the coast, and the localities on the
Main Dividing Range where some of the subspecies have been captured.
Plate ii. (Reprinted from “The Butterflies of Australia.’’)
Figs. 794-814 and 818 show a number of variations of T. abeona joanna, all except
fig. 801 caught within ten days of one another in Oct.—Nov., 1913, and all from within
eight miles of the Port Macquarie Post Office.
Fig. 801.— Reared from an egg laid by the female shown in fig. 807; emerged from
pupa in March, 1914.
Fig. 815.—T. abeona abeona, under side. Blue Mts. in October.
Fig. 816.—T. abcona albifascia, under side. Macedon, Vic. in January,
Fig. 817.—T. abeona morrist, upper side. Richmond R. in October.
Plate ili.
Hybrids between adeona and morrist.
Figs. 1-6.—First generation, Figs. 3, 4 and 5 are from the same family.
Figs. 7-12.—Second generation. All from the same parents; fig. 8 shows the male
parent of all the third generation hybrids reared in these experiments.
Figs. 18-15.—Third generation.
Figs. 3, 6, 9, 11 and 14 are females, the remainder males.
Mr. J. H. Campbell, Hon. Treasurer, presented the balance sheets for the
year 1921, duly signed by the Auditor, Mr. F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A., Incorporated
Accountant; and he moved that it be received and adopted, which was carried
unanimously.
No nominations of other Candidates having been received, the President de-
elared the following elections for the ensuing Session to be duly made :—
President: Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc., B.E., F.E.S.
Members of Council (to fill six vaeancies): Messrs. R. H. Cambage, F.L.S.,
Prof. H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S., T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M., E. W. Ferguson,
M.B., Ch.M., J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Se., and A. F. Basset Hull.
Auditor: Mr. F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A. SaiP Ss
On the motion of Sir Edgeworth David a cordial vote of thanks to the re Ae
tiring President was carried by acclamatior. whe
<V111.
‘JoMseoly ‘UOzT
‘Zt6] ‘Arenuef 440% ‘A9upAS
‘VTaHddWvo HL
JOVIPRY
“SOG “Ateniqay 4ST
“WdO0d “LNEWAVYA Ha
‘peonpoid saiyianseg 4001109 punoj pue poulUiexy
c 1 Ose'es
a 0 Os es
81 128 ai
1
UL PL 802
G 61 P8T
OI O1 E
ry
O 61 SLT
OQ & Shas
Q_& &F
s G 1 Os¢'as
cl 6F Cc cc ce 7.) ay
& 619 vee ne ee ee ee tt ee ee s+ Qegy Wosz aouRTeg
0 0 00Z evemiejei lava jere- oles 1¢70iats! a) 66) helsim 58) DAIISI YY so1ouedutzUu0d “
0 918 6000 bio -pu--Oh douDosOD MOU Sto ++ Toy amouoyy
0 Il 6¢ oe (FO te) OOO CO Oss 20 OOO OrliCn by” SRC PS Areiqvy co
GS AL UUIKA = Sa E
T, FRETS Goa BG Dd oe BCS HE ysep A104
0 8 T “* oe oa oe oe “* * sad1eyo yur gd “
OMG6eZi Dee 4 ‘* siredoy pue oimyuing ©
® B (Gop estod tog) 8,UsUtA10M\) asouvinsut “
TRO suoydepay, “
0) OT ABIL) S TACSIOEN ‘UIA\ JIG aouRUazUIeyYy
ro Foe sib caie-?a (ote Wiegeaeie aim Glens leirmeenns Spry
(90ueUsZUIL, PUe 4yUdY) O/Y ABopolajeg “ 0¢ ¢ pags gener hee a oc aemeraeme se OO at PIL, é
(Pertajsuevly sutoour snjding) ‘9/y sdiysmoyeyq “ 9 81 8% °° Asauore}Gg pu (Solipung) BunuNg “
“* (sopeMy “SN jo Jueututaaos AQ paseyo 9 F1 FO. °° °° °° °° °° qaodsueiy pue esvysog “
-iInd geo Desseld jo saidoo QQ, B8uIpnyout) sefeg “ eh Wt SSS e
is ee snaneae sree ‘+ ++ SjUsUTJSOAUT UO ySetayUy “ Prep sOlo ee en ae ee A (SIT) Re eOUPINSUT,
Fore be ee ee ae ve ne ee ee goa sounnUg “ GTAP EGO em eee tat neers “soppy
OI 6 888 “
6 tere es es gouvape uy og “« OLelisl oc suonensnyty
(£6 oe oe we . oe siIvaliy ‘0d “ 0 91 902 oe we we o. oe suolyeolqndg suljulidg “
TUPI “ot TUT ssuondiosqng Ag G6 0 O90T *' °°) SOURMOTTY PeINeYy Pure ‘sade ‘Sarees of
Etnies aa = 2 Pps Fae RSs, = =
‘T26T ‘lequieseq 481g pepue eek ‘ENNONOV AWOONI
0 € SPI ler
0 OL OO Gb Op Ub Bal Or OO Oo Unset EhT C1 6P FO oo ads teh 0-0 1261 ‘roquta99 (J ysTe ye O/V DULOOUT
0 Z@ 00 DOO DO 00 00 OO Sante SEAR TS 1 L tl ‘hoes Cov uBoy adveg) ‘AOD suryueg [¢lo19urUI0|
@ 18 See ae hae ‘o/W yuan :Yyse9 0 0 0&6 sbjeacks Sescscumh Shere Saale) Bocas e oc! AdAIBSAY sotuasUT}UO,)
0 0 000°0%
0 0029 °' °° o8esdy10,Y UO uO, =
0 OOOF °° STITq Ammseory “M'S'N E0000: 9 eee THA ae ag peyjeenbeq ums Joy y
0 G6Z‘OI °° SuvO7T 90e9g PUL Iv A\—S}UDUTYSIAUT FO) MOM aL Se Bo 2 Be thts s+ QuITqopIT sty Surinp
DIED D0 8 DOT IG Hoo to 0D 00 iol Gena Cee oles) Ave Wey IG Woy padtooas yumoury :yeydeg
ican PESMS
“COO ooo
‘SLUSSV
‘SHILITIAVIT
‘TZ6T ‘equieseq 4ST 3e yooys eouvreg —ENN000V IWUGNAD
"SoTB AK YJNOG MON JO AJOIIOG UvIUUTT
xix.
“IaINSedI], “UOTFT
‘T1addNvo H Tf
‘G26 ‘Atenuef 430g ‘AaupAs
“IOyIpHy
Vd0d ‘LNEWAVY HA
‘psonpoid searyiimasg
“6C6. ‘Areniqay 4ST
‘yoo1109 puno} pue paurwexgq
i 81 Ler‘es Ty (GIS 2eRcs.
le 81a 129 eae Host sony Terauag «
0 0 OOT . . eset ceo Ware es) «
O ST ST “* S9IpIsqng smoTay
[EAS GAS Aa Oe Coe OR rat 0 SJUSI4SOAUT UO 4sorajUT Ag 0 0 00ST “ "* smoyfay Avepoey] weeuuryT jo sanvpeg of,
PES 5, =i Seay
‘T86T ‘Jequieseq 4sTE pepue IeeA ‘ENNODOW HINOONT
0 0 000% 0 0 000°FhF
Q 0 o8ss'Ez BS a8es1Ioyy uo suvoT
0 0 19% +s SIa Amsval], pue 4907S “A\S'N | 0 0 0006 * pasyezideo autour snjding
0 0 SOS‘ZI = “++ sueo'y a0¥ag pure JeM :s}uaUT}saAUT 0 0 o00'cEe fener ‘WIM Ig Aq peyjyeenbaq yunoury
WS = $i “o) HG
“SLUSSV
‘SHILITIAVIT
‘T26T Wequieceg STE 3% LEAHS ZONWIVaA
‘“ENNOOOV SdIHSMOTIACG AVEIOVIA NVONNTI
‘I9INsSeal T ‘uO
‘TTEddNVO H
‘B26l ‘Arenuef y30% ‘AeupAg
“sJOUpHy
“Beer ‘Areniqed 4ST
“WdoOd “LNUWAVY H J
‘paonpoid saiyinoag 9 “4oa1100 punoj pues poulwexy
L ¥I S00 TF
PERGES OVP oe ee ain ey C26I 0} GOURTEG ©
00 =0G= ee Se 29 ‘sexed ‘uay Joj ‘o/y [ei1auen “
LE 6.-40l = SJUSUIJS9AUT UO 4se1ajUT ‘ tc. Eerie SEES ut YSeO aede Poy sosuedxq “
0 ¢ 662 eee 0Z6I Woy aourleg Ag (0 00G eee ao AIe[eS OL
D's f ie
Bee } a eae
‘TZ6T ‘129qUIED9q 4STg pepue 120K ‘LNNODOW HZINOONI
€ 6 QPP PIF & 6 OFF PIS
€ 6 OF
00 9 : Eee “+ puey uy
ea Gach, : yueg ssuraeg © 6 OFF xe ‘tort oss TeeyT ‘taquiaseqd ISTE 3B ‘O/y euMlODUT
8 61 ¢& O/V yuatiney :Yyseg 0:0) 200017 == specs ** pasieyided suloouy peyefnuinooy
O-@ WAiar =o 22 2° é : uvoyy, JEM 0 0 o00 Zr * ‘+ ABR “UWAA JIG Aq poyyvenbeq yunoulry
ws 5 PSs sDEiS Seas:
‘SAHILITIGVII
‘TET ‘equiesed 4ST§ 18 LAAHS DONVIVA
‘LNQONDV ADNOTIOLYNTLOVaA
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
29th Marcu, 1922.
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Se., B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair.
PAPERS READ.
1. The Loranthaceae of Australia. Part i. By W. F. Blakely.
2. Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera, with special reference to
those parasitic in Reptiles. Part 11. A review of the Physaloptera of Lizards.
By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Se., F.L.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in
Zoology.
3. A Monograph of the Freshwater Entomostraca of New South Wales.
Part i. Cladocera. By Marguerite Henry, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the
Society in Zoology.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting
_ (30th November, 1921), amounting to 69 Vols., 447 Parts or Nos., 67 Bulletins,
14 Reports and 2 Pamphlets, ete., received from 110 Societies and Institutions
and 5 private donors were laid upon the table.
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
26th Apri, 1922.
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Se., B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair.
Messrs. Osear Werner Tiegs, M.Se., University of Adelaide, Adelaide, 8.A.,
Alexander John Nicholson, M.Se., Zoology Department, The University, Sydney,
Owen Meredith Moulden, M.B., B.S., Broken Hill, N.S.W., Frederick Athol Per-
kins, B.Sc. Agr., Department of Agriculture, Sydney, Patrick Dismond Fitz-
gerald Murray, B.Se., London, England, and Ian Mackerras were elected Ordin-
ary Members of the Society.
The President announced that the Council had elected Professor H. G.
Chapman, M.D., B.S., Messrs. J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc, W. W. Froggatt,
F.E.S., and A. G. Hamilton to be Vice-Presidents; and Mr. J. H. Campbell,
M.B.E., to be Honorary Treasurer for the current session, 1922-23.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting
(29th March, 1922), amounting to 13 Vols., 51 Parts or Nos., 1 Bulletin, 2 Re-
ports and 4 Pamphlets, ete., received from 36 Societies and Institutions and 5
private donors were laid upon the table.
PAPERS READ.
1. Australian Coleoptera: Notes and new species. No. ii. By H. J. Carter,
B.A., F.E.S.
2. A new genus of Australian Cixiidae (Homoptera). By F. Muir.
3. New Gyrodaetyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes, together with a
reclassification of the superfamily Gyrodactyloidea. By Professor T. Harvey
Johnston, M.A., D.Se., and O. W. Tiegs, M.Se.
\
XXil. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.
The discussion on the subject of the Presidential Address was contributed to
by Dr. Anderson, Messrs. Blakely, Dr. Ferguson, Fletcher, Goldfinch, ALG:
Hamilton, Hull, Le Souef and Dr. Walkom, the President replying to various
questions raised.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. T. Steel exhibited a young Hyla coerulea having two bots of the frog
bot-fly (probably a species of Batrachomyia), one on each shoulder.
Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium, Cenchrus pauci-
florus Benth., one of the North American sandburrs or “Burr grasses,” which has
been received for the first time from three widely different localities during the
last four months, namely, Narrabri (Stock Inspector Brigg), Manildra district
(A. H. T. Sherwin), Kelso (E. Ray).. It is alleged to have been introduced into
the two latter districts in “Sudan Grass” seed. There is another specimen in the
Herbarium labelled Western Australia (Dr. F. Stoward, 1916). Wherever the
Burr Grasses have become established they are spoken of as “vile weeds’’—the
burr-like involucres-are a serious menace to man and beast. This species is des-
cribed and figured by Agnes Chase, who has revised the North American species
of Cenchrus. (Cont. United States Nat. Herb., xxii., pt. i, 1920, p. 67). It is
closely allied to C. tribuloides L., from which it is distinguished by its smaller,
finely pubescent burrs, in contradistinction to the larger and densely woolly burrs
of C. tribuloides.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited specimens of Huphorbia lathyris Linn., received
from Mr. R. Baird, Multagoona, Darling River. The exhibitor had never eol-
lected this plant west of the Darling R., nor had he previously received it from
that part of the State. According to Dr. Robert Bentley the seeds are “purgative
and yield by expression a very active cathartic oil’’ The plant is recorded in
Turner’s “Catalogue of Introduced Plants” (Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., i. p. 304). Mr.
Turner also stated that Saponaria calabrica Guss. recorded as new for the State
(These Proc., 1921, p. 349) was listed in Australian seedsmen’s catalogues and
cultivated in gardens as a border plant more than forty years ago.
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
31st May, 1922.
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc., B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. Robert Henry Anderson, Botanical Assistant, Dept. of Agriculture,
Sydney, was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society.
The President, on behalf of members, offered hearty congratulations to Mr.
R. T. Baker on the award to him by the Royal Society of New South Wales
of the Clarke Memorial Medal, and also to Mr. H. G. Smith on the award
to him of the David Syme Research Prize by the University of Melbourne.
The President announced that Mr. J. H. Maiden, I.8.0., F.R.S., acting on
the advice of his medical advisers, had resigned from the Council, and expressed,
on behalf of members, the regret felt at Mr. Maiden’s resignation and the
greatest appreciation of his interest in the Society and all its work during his
thirty five years of office as a Member of Council.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting
(26th April, 1922), amounting to 9 Vols., 130 Parts or Nos., 7 Bulletins, 9 Re-
ports and 3 Pamphlets, ete., received from 61 Societies and Institutions and 2
private donors were laid upon the table.
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XX1i.
PAPERS READ.
1. The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Faterson District.
Part i. By G. D. Osborne, B.Se.
2. Descriptions and biology of some North Australian Termites. By G.
F. Hill, F.E.S.
3. A Second Bird Census. By Professor J. B. Cleland, M.D.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium, Hrucastrum in-
canum (L.) Koch., (Sinapis inecana L., Brassica adpressa L.), an introduced
cruciferous plant from the Mediterranean region, of which there appears to be
no previous record for the Commonwealth. Several plants were found in the
railway enclosure opposite Marrangaroo Siding (Dr. E. C. Chisholm and W.
F. Blakely, 8-5-1922). It is a straggling niga plant with long wiry branches,
and a few narrow stem-leaves; the very thin appressed fruiting branches vary
from 6 inches to 2 feet lone: pods 6-12 mm. long, 2-4-seeded. It is closely
allied to Brassica from which it differs mainly in the one-seeded beak; ovate or
oblong seeds; and in the truncate cotyledons. It is figured in I. Brit. Fl. fig. 83.
From an agricultural viewpoint the plant appears to be an undesirable one.
Mr. E. Cheel drew attention to a work entitled “Nomenclatorial Notes:
chiefly African and Australian,” by G. Claridge Druce (Second Supplement to
Botanical Society and Exchange Club Report for 1916, pp. 601-653) which
had a very important bearing on the naming of Australian plants. The names
of some of the commonest of local plants are affected, including Angophora
lanceolata, Baeckea crenulata, Westringia rosmarinifolia, and Scaevola hispida.
Dr. E. W. Ferguson exhibited a specimen of the head of a fowl infested
with fleas. The flea Hehidnophaga gallinacea, popularly known as the Stiektight
Flea, is well known as a pest of poultry in other parts of the world, but does
not appear to have been recorded as a pest in N.S. Wales. In Western Australia
the flea has been causing extensive trouble among poultry and domestic animals
during the past eighteen months. The fleas attack principally the combs and
wattles of the birds and often settle in large masses on the host. Unlike most
fleas, the Sticktight flea settles down in a suitable spot and, deeply inserting its
rostrum, remains in the one place for days or weeks. Chickens are most often
attacked, but other animals, including dogs, cats, ducks, tame pets and rats, may
act as hosts. Man may be attacked, but apparently not freely. The eggs are
dropped from the adult female and the larvae hatch out and develop in the dust
of chicken coops, fowl-houses, ete. The flea is not known to carry any disease,
but may cause considerable loss among young poultry.
Mr. A. F. Basset Hull exhibited a copy of Handbook No. 1 “(The Fishes
of New South Wales) published by the Royal Zoological Society of N.S.W.
Mr. ‘A. R. McCulloch gave an interesting account of Lord Howe Island,
illustrating his remarks with a number of lantern slides.
ORDINARY MONTHLY MERTING.
28th Junn, 1922
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Se., B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair.
The President announced that the Council had elected Mr. E. C. Andrews
to be a Member of the Council in place of Mr. J. H. Maiden, resigned.
XXIv. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.
Letters were read from Messrs. R. T. Baker and H. G. Smith, returning
thanks for congratulations; and from Mr. J. H. Maiden returning thanks for
Members’ appreciation of his services as a member of the Council. Mr. Baker,
who was present, also expressed his appreciation of Members’ congratulations.
Professor Haswell forwarded a report of the Council of the Ray Society in
which an appeal is made for new subscribers to enable the Society to continue
work on its present scale. The Secretary will be pleased to furnish any further
information available to intending subscribers.
The Donations and iShares received since the previous ; Monthly Meeting
(81st May, 1922), amounting to 11 Vols., 64 Parts or Nos., 10 Bulletins, 5
Reports and 4 Pamphlets, ete., received from 47 Societies and Institutions and
2 private donors were laid upon the table.
PAPERS READ.
Ie
The Loranthaceae of Australia, Part i. By W. F. Blakely.
2. Some New Permian Insects from Belmont, N.S.W}, in the Collection of Mr.
John Mitchell. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., D.Se., F.L.S., F.E.S.
3. A new Gasteropod (fam. Huomphalidae) from the Lower Marine Series of
New South Wales. By John Mitchell.
4. Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera. Part iii. The Physaloptera
of Australian Lizards. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Se., F.L.S., Linnean Macleay
Fellow of the Society in Zoology.
5. Studies in Symbiosis. i. The Mycorhiza of Dipodium punctatum R.Br. By
J. McLuckie, M.A., D.Se.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. Fletcher showed a complete plant, 3} inches high, a dwarf form of
Darwinia taxifolia, in flower, from Lane Cove, by way of contrast to some flower-
ing specimens from a plant 8 feet high, exhibited, some years ago, by Mr. Cheel
from the Hawkesbury River.
Mr. A. F. Basset Hull gave a short account of his recent expedition to the
Archipelago of the Recherche, Western Australia, and exhibited a collection of
Chitons (Polyplacophora) taken along the coast of the Great Australian Bight
and’ on the Islands; and a series of land shells (Bothiembryon spp.) illustrating
the local variation from the mainland type B. inflatus, the shells from each
island visited being distinguishable, in fact some have been separately named
by malacologists. Reference was also made to the wanton destruction of seals
cn the islands of the Archipelago
Mr. E. Le G. Troughton exhibited (by permission of the Director of the
Australian Museum) two skins of a rare native rat, Rattus mondraineus (des-
eribed in 1921 by Mr. Oldfield Thomas from two specimens), secured by the
recent expedition to the Recherche Archipelago; also two skulls of the White-
necked Hair Seal, Humetopias albicollis, from the same source; one: specimen
displayed an irregularity in dentition, not infrequent in seals, due to the failure
of the sixth molar to develop.
Mr. W. F. Blakely submitted the followmg examples of homoplasy (referred
to in These Proe., xlvii., 1922, pp. 17, 18): 1. Lyonsia eucalyptifolia and
Eucalyptus Stuartiana; 2. Exocarpus aphylla and Acacia exocarpioides; 3. Noto-
thixos cornifolius and Exocarpus latifolius; 4. Stephania hernandifolia and Macar-
anga Tanarius; 5. Epacris rigida and Leptospermum epacridioides; 6. Dodonaea
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXV.
boroniaefolia and Boronia microphylla; 7. Cryptocarya patentinervis and Acer
philippinum; 8. Santalum obtusifolium and Gaiadendron ligustrina.
Mr. A. S. Le Souef exhibited a live specimen of Conilurus conditor, the
house-building rat, specimens of which were procured on the Nullarbor Plains
and have since bred in Taronga Park.
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
26th Juny, 1922.
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Se., B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair.
The President announced that Mr. R. T. Baker, having retired from active
participation in scientific work, had resigned from the Council of the Society
and expressed, on behalf of members, appreciation of Mr. Baker’s services to
the Society as a member of Council for twenty-five years. 2
The President also announced the death, on 23rd July, of Mr. J. E. Carne,
late Government Geologist of N.S.W., who had been a member of the Society
since 1899, and a member of Council from 1913-1921.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting
(28th June, 1922), amounting to 7 Vols., 100 Parts or Nos., 6 Bulletins, 5 Reports
and 1 Pamphlet, ete., received from 49 Societies and Institutions and 2 private
donors were laid upon the table.
PAPERS READ.
1. Description of New Australasian Blattidae, with a Note on the Blattid
Coxa. By A. Eland Shaw, M.R.C.S., F.E.S.
2. A remarkable new Gall-thrips from Australia. By H. H. Karny, Ph.D.
(Communicated by W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S.).
3. A New Australian Termite. By G. F. Hill, F.E.S.
4. Notes on Australian Tabanidae, Part u. By E. W. Ferguson, M.B.,
Ch.M., and G. F. Hill, F.E.S.
5. Studies in Symbiosis, i. The Apogeotropic Roots of Macrozamia
spiralis and their physiological Significance. By J. MeLuckie, M.A., D.Se.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. J. J. Fletcher called attention to Mr. Kinghorn’s illustration of, and
remarks on, an Indian Bulbul (Otocompsa emeria) in the Australian Museum
Magazine for July, 1922; and reported that he had recently noticed one doing
exactly what a Fan-tailed Cuckoo had done a few days before—alight on a
stake in the garden a few yards from a wall covered with Virginian Creeper,
fly up and eatch a caterpillar of the Vine Moth, and return to the stake to
finish his repast. .
Dr. C. Anderson, Australian Museum, exhibited portions of the lower jaw of
Diprotodon, found by Mr. Edward Saunders on Cuan Creek, about 14 miles
west of Scone. The bones, which are remarkably fresh, were discovered at the
base of a bank of gravel and earth about 25 feet high, which is being undercut
by the creek. We are indebted to Canon F. Cadell, of Scone, for calling at-
tention to this find.
Mr. W. W. Froggatt exhibited (1) a Loranthus, parasitic on a Black
Cypress Pine (Callitris sp.) growing on a ridge about seven miles from Scone,
which is thickly infested with the Indian Wax-Seale Ceroplastes ceriferus. This
loranth is killing out a number of these cypress pines, and a great number of the
XXV1. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.
,
loranths are thickly infested with the wax-scale, though there is not a single
wax-seale on the foliage or twigs of the Cypress. It looks as if this was a ease
where birds must have carried the scale from some other host plant—(2) Also
a remarkable gall (Sphaerococcus leaii) on the Belah (Casuarina Cambageit)
from Trangie, N.S.W., described from Casuarinas in Western Australia, but not
previously found in Eastern Australia.
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEBTING.
30TH AvuGustT, 1922.
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Se., B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair.
The President, on behalf of members, offered the congratulations of members
to Dr. W. R. Browne on having attained the degree of Doctor of Science in the
University of Sydney.
A bronze example of the Medal struck on the occasion of the one hundred
and fiftieth Anniversary of the foundation of the Royal Academy of Belgium
was received from that Institution.
The President announced that the Naturalists’ Society of N.S.W. would hold
an exhibition of wild flowers and fauna in St. James’ Hall, Phillip Street, on
Thursday and Friday, 7th and 8th September, afternoon and evening.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting
(26th July, 1922), amounting to 7 Vols., 116 Parts or Nos., 14 Bulletins, 4 Reports
and 2 Pamphlets, ete., received from 58 Societies and Institutions and 2 private
donors were laid upon the table.
PAPERS READ.
1. A new species of Mordellistena (Coleoptera, Mordellidae) parasitic on
Termites. By G. F. Hill, F.E.S.
2. Description of a new Phasma belonging to the genus Hztatosoma. By
W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S.
3. On Astacocroton, a new type of Acarid. By Professor W. A. Haswell,
M.A., D.Se., F.R.S.
4. A new Nematode Parasite of a Lizard. By Vera Irwin-Smith,
B.Se., F.L.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology.
5. Revision of Australian Lepidoptera: Saturniadae, Bombycidae, Euptero-
tidae, Notondontidae. By A. J. Turner, M.D., F.E.S.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium specimens of
Acacia juncifolia Benth., an imperfectly known species, recently collected on
Ramornie Station, Copmanhurst District (W. F. Blakely and D. W. C. Shiress),
the first definite locality for the species in this State. Bentham described the
phyllodia as “slightly flattened with a scarcely prominent nerve on each side.”
In a fresh state the Ramornie specimens were filiform, perfectly terete, with 4
very fine nerves, and 1-2 microscopic lines between them, two of the nerves were
slightly more prominent than the others. When dry, the phyllodia shrivelled to
such an extent as to appear slightly compressed or subtetragonous-terete, more
or less channelled, while the nerves are scarcely distinguishable from the longi-
tudinal wrinkles of the phyllodia. This specimen is almost identical with one
from Balonne River, a cotype, and very similar to the following Queensland
specimens :—Crow’s Nest (Dr. F. H. Kenny), Eight Mile Plain (F. M. Bailey),
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXVil.
near Miles (Miss E. J. Adams), Eidsvold (Dr. 'T. L. Baneroft). Var. planifolia
Benth., from Warialda (J. H. Maiden and J. L. Boorman), has broader and
more compressed phyllodia than any of the preceding, but it also has the 4 very
fine nerves which are apt to be overlooked, as in the rest of the specimens, unless
critically examined. The seeds of this species are mottled.
Mr. E. Cheel drew attention to a number of seedling plants of an upright
‘blackberry (Rubus sp.) cultivated at Hill Top via Picton, very badly infested
with “Rust Disease” probably caused by Phragmidium sp. but further material is
required to work out the species definitely.
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse exhibited specimens of Argynnina hobartia cyrila
reared from eggs laid m captivity by females caught at Narrabeen; also a pair
of the same butterfly caught last December at Mt. Kosciusko, constituting a new
record for the locality.
Mr. J. J. Fletcher exhibited a number of lantern slides showimg the germina-
tion of various species of Loranthus.
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
27th SepremBer, 1922.
Mr. J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Se., Viee-President, in the Chair.
Mr. Leith Fuller Hitchcock, Assistant Biologist, Prickly Pear Laboratory,
Sherwood, Queensland, was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society.
A letter was read from Dr. W. R. Browne, returning thanks for congratu-
lations.
The Chairman. announced that the regulations governing the Linnean Mac-
leay Fellowships had been revised and that the Council is prepared to receive
applications for four Fellowships tenable for one year from Ist March, 1923,
from qualified Candidates. Applications should be lodged with the Secretary,
who will afford all necessary information to intending Candidates, not later than
Wednesday, 1st November, 1922.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting
(30th August, 1922), amounting to 10 Vols., 51 Parts or Nos., 2 Bulletins, 4
Reports and 2 Pamphlets, ete., received from 51 Societies and Institutions and i
private donor were laid upon the table.
PAPERS READ.
1. Chemical Notes—General. By T. Steel.
2. A Note on Protein Precipitation in Grasses. By Margaret H. O’Dwyer,
B.Se.
3. Further Report on the Nutritive Value of Certain Australian Grasses.
By Margaret H. O’Dwyer, B.Se.
4. The Loranthaceae of Australia (contd.), Part ii. By W. F. Blakely.
5. The Occurrence of Oil-Glands in the Barks of Certain Eucalypts. By
M. B. Welch, B.Se., A.I.C.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium: (1) An example
of albinism in Pultenaea daphnoides Wendl. Three plants, ranging from 3-5
feet high were found in a gully about 24 miles due East of Hornsby railway
station. The leaves and ealyces are similar to the typical form. Standard
white except for 10-12, fine, radiating, light purple-brown lines at the base.
XXVill. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.
Wings white with a light purple-brown streak on the lower margin. Keel dark
purple-brown shading to black; (2) A large flowering variety of Lasiopetalum
rufum R.Br., from Berowra (W. F. Blakely and D. W. C. Shiress) which differs
from the normal form in the larger leaves, and large, showy, flesh-coloured
flowers. Mr. Blakely also exhibited a beautiful hand painting of Loranthus
alyxifolius F.v.M., on its host Alphitonia excelsa Reiss., by Mrs. C. F. Tindal,
Ramornie. Flowers and buds various shades of old blood red (Plate 103, Dau-
thenay, Repertoire de Couleurs). Anthers saffron yellow (Plate 48). The ad-
ventitious roots are similar in appearance to the branches of the parasite, and
they possess, also, the same general tone as the bark of the host.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited a fresh flowering specimen of Callistemon, having
flowers of a rich reddish plum colour (see Dauthenay’s Repertoire de Couleurs.
Pl. 174 (4) given as “Deep Carmine Violet”). The plant is one taken from a
batch of seedlings raised from seeds of a creamy-white flowering form of C.
lanceolata var. lilacina Hort., originally raised from seeds received from Berlin
in 1913 (see These Proceedings, 1916, p. 219 and 1917, p. 512). It is interest-
ing to note that specimens have been collected at Gosford in a natural state, and
forwarded to the National Herbarium for ‘identification, having identical coloured
filaments and anthers, as one of the forms raised from the seeds obtained from
Berlin.
The specimens collected at Como (see ‘These Proceedings, 1903, p. 884) belong
to this series rather than to the typical C. rugulosus DC (C. coecineus F.v.M.)
which is an interior species.
Mr. N. B. Friend exhibited a specimen of picramic acid, CeHe (NO2)2
NHe. OH, prepared by him in the laboratory of the Royal North Shore Hos-
pital, by reduction of picric acid.
Professor T. T. Flynn sent, for exhibition, a photograph that is practically
unique in depicting the actual process of parturition in an Australian marsupial,
Potorous tridactylus.. The organs are shown from the dorsal side and the em-
bryo is lying on its left side in the left lateral canal. The photograph shows
that in this case parturition takes place through the lateral canals and not
through a median passage as Fletcher and Stirling have shown in the ease of
twelve species of Macropus.
ORDINARY MONTHLY MERTING.
25th OcrosBrr, 1922.
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Se., B.E., F.H.S., President, in the Chair.
The President announced that since the last meeting two members of the
Society had died, viz., Messrs. C. O. Hamblin, B.Se., who had been a member
since 1915, and G. I. Playfair, who was elected a member in 1908.
Candidates for Linnean Macleay Fellowships, 1923-24, were reminded that
Wepnespay, Ist NovemBer, was the last day for lodging applications with the
Secretary.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting
(27th September, 1922), amounting to 1 Vol., 118 Parts or Nos., 2 Bulletins, 1
Report and 2 Pamphlets, ete., received from 45 Societies and Institutions and 1
private donor were laid upon the table.
PAPERS READ.
1. Mesozoic Insects of Queensland. No. 9. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., D.Se.,
F.E.S., F.L.S.
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXIX.
2. Some Australian Moths from Lord Howe Island. By <A. J. Turner,
M.D., F.E.S.
3. Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera. Part iv. The Physalop-
tera of Australian Lizards (contd.). By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Se., F.L.S., Lin-
nean Macleay, Fellow of the Society in Zoology.
4. The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson District.
Part ii. By G. D. Osborne, B.Se.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. E. Cheel sent for exhibition fresh flowering specimens of Callistemon
pallidus (Bonpland) DC. The seeds from which the plant was raised, now
cultivated at Ashfield, were collected on Mount Jellore in May, 1916; the plant
is now 9 feet high, having flowers of a creamy-white colour. Although the plant
is seven years old, it is the first time it has flowered. Plants almost identical
with those on Mount Jellore are to be found at Jenolan Caves, Mount Seaview,
and Mount Nelligen in this State, and Buffalo Ranges in Victoria. It is also
quite common in Tasmania, and has previously been listed as a synonym under
C. salignus DC., but is quite distinct.
Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium fruiting speci-
mens of Acacia subtilinervis F.v.M.,a rare species for N.S.W., from near Nowra
(Dr. F. A. Rodway). The pods do not appear to have been described before.
When very young they are minutely seurfy; mature pods linear, glabrous, flat or
the valves slightly convex over the seeds, margins nerve-like, 5—6 ecm. long, 4
mm. broad; seeds placed longitudinally, oblong, 4 mm. long; areolae oblong,
about half the length of the seed; funicle white, slightly dilated, with 2 or 3
folds at the end of the seed. 4
It is also represented in the Herbarium from Clyde Mountain (W. Bauerlen)
and Yowaka via Pambula (H. W. Smith).
Mr. J. Ramsay, by invitation, showed a number of lantern slides illustrating
the results of timber cutting in the National Park.
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
29th Novemser, 1922.
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Se., B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair.
Dr. Frederick George Hardwick, B.D.S., D.D.Se., Molesworth Street, Lis-
more, N.S.W., was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society.
The President announced that the Council had re-appointed Dr. J. M.
Petrie, Miss M. I. Collins, B.Se., and Miss M. Henry, B.Se., to Linnean Macleay
Fellowships in Bio-chemistry, Botany and Zoology respectively for one year from
1st April, 1923.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting
(25th October, 1922), amounting to 4 Vols., 752 Parts or Nos., 5 Bulletins, 5
Reports, and 4 Pamphlets, ete., received from 47 Societies and Institutions and 2
private donors were laid upon the table.
PAPERS READ.
1. Descriptions of two new Trilobites and note on Griffithides convexi-
caudatus Mitch. By John Mitchell.
XXX. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.
2. A Monograph of the Freshwater Entomostraca of New South Wales.
Part ii. Copepoda. By Marguerite Henry, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of
the Society in Zoology:
3. New or little-known species of Australian Tipulidae (Diptera). i. By
C. P. Alexander, Ph.D. (Communicated by Dr. E. W. Ferguson).
4. The Effect of Suspended Respiration on the Composition of Alveolar
Air. By H. 8. Halero Wardlaw, D.Se.
5. On Australian Anthicidae (Coleoptera). By Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S.
6. A Contribution to the Parasitism of Notothixos incanus (Oliv.) var.
subaureus. By J. McLuckie, M.A., D.Se.
7. The Phylogenetic Significance of the Marsupial Allantoplacenta. By
Professor T. Thomson Flynn, D.Se.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Professor T. W. Edgeworth David exhibited a microslide of chert of Lower
Permian age collected by Dr. W. R. Browne and himself from strata of the
Lower Marine Series from about 14 miles N.N.E. of Eelah, near West Maitland.
It contains spore cases, perfectly resinous and translucent, some of which appear
to contain microsporangia. The chert is largely a very fine volcanic tuff re-
distributed in water. ,
Mr. W. M. Carne exhibited a specimen of a wild oat, Avena sterilis, from
Richmond not previously recorded as a weed in this State. There are no Aus-
tralian specimens in the National Herbarium. This species is believed to be the
origin of most of the oats now cultivated in this State. These varieties have
largely replaced those of the cooler parts of the world which are derived from
Avena fatua L.
Professor T. Thomson Flynn exhibited an intracranial cast of the whale
Prosqualodon davidis from the Miocene Beds at Wynyard, Tasmania. The cast
shows a well developed olfactory peduncle, low development of the cerebral
hemisphere, well formed optic chiasma and other primitive features.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited specimens of the common “Knot-Grass” (Polygonum
aviculare L.), infested with a rust fungus Uromyces polygoni (Pers.) Fekl.,
collected at Ashfield in December, 1920, and each successive year during the
months of November and December. It is recorded by McAlpine (Agric. Gaz.
N.S.W., vii., 1896, 301) from near Melbourne but has not been recorded pre-
viously for this State so far as can be ascertained.
He also exhibited specimens of a common fungus Schizophyllum commune
received from Mr. D. G. Stead, who states that he collected it at the Public
Market at Teluk Anson, Perak, F.M.S. It is used commonly as “Makan” (food),
in preparation for which it is cooked (boiled) as an ordinary vegetable and is
eaten with rice, cocoanut, ete. Sold throughout the Malay Peninsula.
Mr. J. H. Maiden sent for exhibition specimens of Linnea borealis L. var.
americana collected by Mr. C. Hedley on the Klondyke Gold-field, Alaska, U.S.A.,
at the end of July, 1922.
Miss V. Irwin Smith exhibited a collection of parasitic nematodes from a
chicken and a goat hitherto unrecorded in Australia from these hosts. They
were all obtained in Sydney, two species from the chicken and six species from
the goat.
From the chicken, a young cockerel of the breed known as Rhode Island Red,
seven specimens of Acuaria (Cheilospirura) hamulosa Diesing, six females and
one male, were collected from a nodule projecting externally from the gizzard.
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXX1.
Numerous perforations, made by the parasites, led from the nodule into the in-
terior of the gizzard, through one of which a worm was projecting into its
cavity. This worm has only been recorded from Brazil, Italy and France.
Numerous badly preserved specimens of a species of Capillaria were collected
from the intestine of the same cockerel. They are unlike the species hitherto re-
corded in this State, and appear to approach most nearly to Capillaria (Thomina)
collare Linstow.
The six species from the goat were Haemonchus contortus Rud., Ostertagia
circumcincta Stadelm, Trichostrongylus extenwatus Raill., and T. instabilis
Railliet, from the stomach, and Chabertia ovina Fabr., and Trichuris ovis Abildg.,
from the intestine.
These are all well known in other parts of the world as parasites of cattle,
sheep, and goats, and most of them have been recorded already in Australia
either from cattie or sheep; but the parasites of goats have not hitherto received
any attention here and this is the first record made from this host.
Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium the following new
weeds for the State: (1) Silene quinqwevulnera L. * (Caryophyllaceae). “Five-
wounded Catchfly.” Distinguished from 8. gallica by the smaller flowers, and
the dark crimson spot in the centre of each petal. It is common from Milton in
the South, to Walcha in the North. It is also found in Victoria and Western
Australia. Determined by Mr. W. M. Carne. (2) Cleome spinosa Jacq. (Cap-
paridaceae). “Prickly Spider Flower” of South America. A garden escape which
has become naturalised on the North Coast and in Queensland. Taree (J.
Dowsett); Camden Haven River (J. Franks), with white tlowers. (3)
Chamaesyce prostrata (Ait.) Small (Huphorbia prostrata Ait.). “Spurge.” This
small North American species was found at Petersham by Mr. A. R. Wood-
house. It is also common in the Pacific Islands, and it is now recorded for the
following islands for the first time. Jaluit, Marshall Islands (Dr. Schachnee) ;
Nauru and Ocean Islands (Mrs. R. D. Rhone); Upolu, Samoa (Dr. B. Funk).
(4) C. thymifoltia L. (E. thymifolia L.). ‘“Thyme-leaved Spurge.” A native of
the tropics generally. On gravel walk Botanic Gardens (EH. Cheel). (5) C.
Preslii (Guss) Arth. (E. Presli Guss). “Upright Spotted Spurge” or “Slobber
Weed” of North America. Abergeldie, Ashfield (R. D. Dixson). Its acrid
milky juice is credited with causing “slobbers” in grazing animals. (6) Datura
ferox L. (Solanaceae). “Thorn Apple,” Balldale (C. H. Shipard); Klondyke,
Barmedman, (H. A. Smith); Binneguy (G. P. Darnell Smith). A native of
Spain; it is said to possess similar properties to D. stramonium. Determined by
Mr. E. Cheel. (7) Martynia diandra Glox. (Martyniaceae). “Small Devil’s
Claw.’* Warialda (H. R. Goodall). It is an undesirable plant from tropical
America. (8) Cnicus benedictus L. (Compositae). “Blessed Thistle.” From an
oat crop at Forest Hill near Wagga Wagga (G. C. Sparks). This Asiatie plant
is a naturalised alien in many parts of the world. In America its leaves and
flowering tops form the principal ingredient in “bitter tonics.”
* Silene quinguevulnera is not a new record for the State, having been pre-
viously exhibited by Dr. Cleland (see These Proceedings, xlii., 1917, 104).—Ed.
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Received during the period 30th November, 1921, to 29th November, 1922.
(From the respective Societies, etc., unless otherwise mentioned).
ADELAIDE.
Australasian Antarctic Expedition, 1911-1914—Scientifie Reports, Series C. :
vi., pts. 4—5; viii., 2 (1922).
Department of Mines: Geological Survey of S. Australia—Annual Report
of Director of Mines and Government Geologist for 1920 (1921); Bul-
letin No. 9 (1922); Mining Review for Half-year ended 31st December,
1921, No. 35 (1922).
Public Inbrary, Museum, and Art Gallery of South Austraha.—Records of
the S.A. Museum, ii., 2 (1922).
Royal Society of South Australia—Transactions and Proceedings, xly.
(1921).
ALBANY.
New York State Library—Annual Report of the New York State Museum,
Ixx., 1916 (2 vols.) ; Ixxi., 1917 (2 vols.) (1919); Ixxii., 1918 (Vols.
2—3) (1920). ;
AMSTERDAM. é
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging.—Entomologische Berichten, vi.,
121—124, 126, 127 (1921—1922); Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, lxiv.,
3—4 (T.p. & e.) (1921).
ANN ARBOR.
American Microscopical Society—Transactions, xl., 3—4 and Index (1921) ;
xli., 1—2 (1922).
University of Michigan: Museum of Zoology.—Occeasional Papers, Nos. 70—
75; Index for Nos. 62—90; 91—103 (1919-1921).
AUCKLAND.
Auckland Institute and Museum.—Annual Report, 1921-22 (1922).
BALTIMORE.
Johns Hopkins University—University Circular, N.S. 1920, Nos. 2—8
(1920) ; 1921, 1—6 (1921); 1922, 1 (1922). :
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. XXXiil.
BARCELONA,
Real Academia de Ciencias y Artes de Barcelona.—Boletin, iv., 5—6 (1921-
1922); Memorias, xvi., 6—14 (T. p. & ¢.) (1921); xvi., 1—15 (1922) ;
Nomina del Personal Academico, 1921-22.
BASEL.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft—Verhandlungen, xxxii., 1920-21 (1921).
Batavia.
Koninklijke Natuurkundige Vereeniging in Nederl.-Indie-——Natuurkundig
Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indie, Ixxxi, 3 (T.p.&e.) (1921);
Ixxxii., 1—2 (1922).
BERKELEY.
University of California—Memoirs, y. (1921); Publications.—Botany, T. p.
& ¢. for Vols. i—iv. (1903-1915); v., 17 (1922); vii., 11—14 (1922),
ix. (complete) (1921); xi., 1 (1922); Geology, xii., 5 (T. p. & ¢.) (1919-
1921); xii, 1—8, 10 (1921-1922); xiv., 1—4 (1922); Physiology, v.,
13 (T. p. & e.) (1912-1922); Zoology, xx., 8—13 (1922); xxi., 6—8
(1921-1922) ; xxiv., 1—2 (1922).
BERLIN.
Deutsche Entomologische Musewm—Deutsche Entomologische National-
Bibliothek, Jahrgang 1—2, 1910-1911 (1910-1911); Entomologische
Mitteilungen, i. (1912)-x. (1921) (complete); xi. (1922); Nos. 1—4
(1912-1922); Entomologische Monatsblatter, iti. (complete) (1876,
1880); Supplementa Entomologica, Nos. 1—8 (1912-1919).
BIRMINGHAM.
Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society—Annual Report for
1921; List of Members, 1922 (1922).
Bompay.
Bombay Bacteriological Laboratory—Annual Report for Year 1920 (1922).
Boston.
American Academy of Arts and Sciences.—Proceedings, lvi., 1—l1 (T. p. &
¢e.) (1921); lvu., 1—10 (1921-1922).
Boston Society of Natural History—Memoirs, viii., 3 (1919); Proceedings,
xxxv., 4-6 (T. p. & e.) (1917-1920).
BREMEN.
Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein—Abhandlungen, xxyv., 2 (1922); 55th and
56th Jahrebericht (1922).
BRISBANE.
Department of Agriculture and Stock—Queensland Agricultural Journal,
xv1., 6 (T. p. & e.) (1921); xvu., 1—6 (T. p. & ¢.) (1922); xviii, 1—5
(1922). ,
Field Naturalists’ Club of Queensland ‘The Queensland Naturalist,’ ii.,
Nos. 4—6; iii., 1—4 (1920-1922).
Geological Survey of Queensland—Publication, No. 270 (1922).
XXXIV. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Royal Society of Queensland—Abstract of Proceedings, 31/10/21
(1921); 11/4/22; 28/4/22; 31/5/22; 26/6/22; 31/7/22; 31/8/22;
26/9/22; 30/10/22 (1922); Proceedings, xxxiii., 1921 (1922); Report
of Council for 1921 (1922).
BrookiyNn, N.Y.
Botanical Society of America—American Journal of Botany, viii.. 8—10
(T.p.&e.) (1921); ix., 1—7 (1922).
Brooklyn Institute of Arts & Sciences—Cold Spring Harbor Monographs
ix. (1921).
BRUSSELS.
Academie Royale de Belgique—Bulletin de la Classe des Sciences, 1921,
4—12 (T.p.Ge.) (1921); 1922, 1—2 (1922); “L’Academie Royale de
Belgique depuis sa Fondation,” 1772-1922 (1922).
Academie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique.
Annuaire, 88th Année, 1922 (1922).
Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique—Bulletin 1.; liv. (1921).
Société Royale Zoologique et Malacologique de Belgique—Annales, li., 1920
(1921).
BUDAPEST.
Musée National Hongrois.
xvil., 1920-21 (1921).
Annales, xvi., 2 (T.p.&c.) (1918); xvii. (1919);
Buenos AIRES.
Museo Nacional de Historia Natural—Anales, xxx., 1918 (1920).
Sociedad Argentina de Ciencias Natwrales—Revista “Physis,”’ v., 19 (1921).
BUFFALO.
Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences.—Bulletin, xii., 2 (1921).
CAEN.
Société Linnéenne de Normandie—Bulletin, 7th Ser., iii., 1920 (1921).
CALCUTTA.
Geological Survey of India—Memoirs, T.p.&c. for xl, pts. 1—3 (1912-
1921); T.p.&e. for xli., pts. 1—2 (1913-1916); xlvin. (1922);
Palaeontologia Indica, N.S., vi, Mem. No. 2 (1922); Records, li.,
2—3 (1921-1922); liv., 1 (1922).
Indian Museum.—Memoirs, v., 9—10 (1921-1922); Records, viii., 13 (1922) ;
T. p.&e. for xvii. (1921); xxi., 1; xxii., 2—5 and Appendix; xxii., 1;
xxiv., 1,3 (1921-1922).
CampripGr, England.
Cambridge Philosophical Society—Proceedings, xx., 4 (T.p.&c.) (1921);
xxi., 1—2 (1922); Transactions, xxu., 23—25 (1922).
CAMBRIDGE, Mass.
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College—Annual Report of
the Director,. 1920-1921 (1921); Bulletin, Ivii., 6 (1922); Ixv., 2-4
(1921-1922).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES, XXKV.
Care Town.
Royal Society of South Africa.—Transactions, x., 2 (1922).
South African Museum.—Annual Report for year ended 31st December,
1921 (1922); Annals, xviii., 3—4 (1921).
CuristcuurcH, N.Z.
Canterbury Museum.—Records, ii., 2 (1922).
CHRISTIANIA.
Videnskaps Selskapet i Christiania.—Fordhanglinger, Aar 1920; Skrifter i
Matematisk-naturvidenskabelig Klasse, 1920 (2 vols.) (1921).
CINCINNATI.
Lloyd Library.—Bulletin, Nos. 21—22 (1921-1922).
Cxiug, Roumania.
Gradina Botanica.—Bulletin, 1., 2 and Appendix, 3 (T.p.&e.) (1921); i,
1—2 (1922); Contributions Botaniques, i., 1—2 ,(1921-1922).
CoLOMBO.
Colombo Musewm.—Spolia Zeylanica, T.p.&e. for xi,; xii., 45 (1921-1922) ;
“The Snakes of Ceylon,” by Frank Wall (1921).
Cotumsus, Ohio.
American Chemical Society—Journal of Industrial and Engineering
Chemistry, xii., 10—12 (T.p.&e.) (1921); xiv., 1—10 (1922).
Olio Academy of Science and Ohio State University Scientific Society.—
Ohio Journal of Science, xxu., 1—7 (1921-1922).
Ohio State University. Bulletin, xxvi., 16 (1922).
Ohio State University: Ohio Biological Survey. —Bulletins, 10, 12 (1921).
COPENHAGEN.
Zoological Museum of the University—Publiations, Nos. 19—25 (1921-
1922); The Danish Ingolf-Expedition, v., 9 (1921).
DUBLIN.
Royal Dublin Society—Scientific Proceedings, N.S. xvi., 14—39 (T.p. &e.)
(1920-1922) ; xvii. 1—10 (1922).
Royal Trish Academy.—Proceedings, T.p.&c¢. for xxxv., Section B. (1919-
1920) and General (1918-1920); xxxvi., Section B., No. 1 (1921).
DURBAN. ;
Durban Musewm.—Annals, iii., 2 (1921).
East Lansrye, Mich.
Michigan Agricultural College Experiment Station.—Bacteriological Section,
Report of the Bacteriologist, 1919-1920 (1920); 1920-1921 (1921);
Technical Bulletin, Nos. 49, 52 (1920-1921).
EDINBURGH.
Royal Society of Edinburgh.—Proceedings, xli., 2 (T.p.&¢.), Session 1920-
1921 (1921); xlii., 1—2, Session 1921-1922 (1922); Transactions, lu., 4
(T. p. &e.), Session 1920-1921 (1921).
XXXV1. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
FRANKFURT ON MAIN.
Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Frankfurt a.M—Abhand-
lungen, xxxv., 3; xxxvi, 4 (T.p.&e.); xxxvii, 1—4 (1920-1921);
Bericht, No. 51, 1—4 (1921); 52, 1 (1922).
GEELONG.
Geelong Field Naturalists’ Club—“The Geelong Naturalist,’ Second Series,
vii, 1 (No. 49) (1922).
GENEVA.
Société de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Généve—Compte Rendu,
xxxvill., 3 (T.p.&e¢.) (1921); xxxix., 1—2 (1922); Mémoires, xxxix.,
6—7 (1921-1922).
GRANVILLE.
Denison University.—Journal of the Scientific Laboratories, xix., pp. 147—
224 (No. 3); pp. 225—329 (No. 4) (T.p.&c.) (1920-1921).
HALIFAX.
Nova Scotian Institute of Science-—Proceedings and Transactions, xv., 1,
Session 1918-1919 (1922).
HELSINGFORS.
Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica—Acta, 45, 1—2 (1916-1921); 47—50
(1920-1921) ;- Meddelanden, 46, 1919-1920; 47, 1920-1921 (1921).
Société des Sciences de Finlande.—Bidrag, T. p. & ce. for 79; 80, 1—2 (1921) ;
Oversikt, Ixi., 1918-1919, C; Ixi., 1919-1920, A; Ixiii., 1920-1921, A.
(1921).
Hopart.
Forestry Department.—Annual Report for Year ended 30th June, 1921 (1st
Report) (1921).
- Royal Society of Tasmania.
(1922).
Tasmanian Field Naturalists’ Club—Easter Camp, 1922 (1922).
Papers and Proceedings for the Year 1921
Honouvuv, T.H.
Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum—Memoirs, vili., 3—4 (1922); Occasional
Papers, vii., 12—14 (T.p.&c.); viii, 2, 3, 5 (1921-1922).
INDIANAPOLIS. ;
Indiana Academy of Science-—Proceedings, 1919-1921 (1921-1922).
TrHaca, N.Y.
Cornell University—28 theses presented for the degree of Doctor of Philo-
sophy (mostly reprints from scientific publications) (1904-1922).
JAMAICA PLAIN.
Arnold Arboretum—Journal, ii., 4 (T.p.&e.) (1921); ii, 1—2 (1921-
1922).
a
a ee ee ey
ve om
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES, XXXVil.
JOHANNESBURG.
South African Association for Advancement of Science-—South African
Journal of Science, xviii, 1—4 (T.p.&c.) (1921-1922).
La Puara,
Museo de La Plata—Obras Completas y Correspondencia Cientifica de
Florentino Ameghino, Vols. i.-iii. (1913-1915); Revista, xxv. (1921).
LAUNCESTON.
Department of Mines: Geological Survey of Tasmania.—‘The Progress of
Geological Research in Tasmania since 1902,” by Loftus Hills (1921)
(Reprint from Papers and Proceedings, Royal Society of Tasmania,
1921); Underground Water Supply Paper No. 2 (1922).
LIEGE.
Société Géologique de Belgique——Annales, xli., 4 (T.p.&e.) (1921); xhi.,
3—4 (T.p.&e.) (1921-1922); xliv., 1—2 (1921-1922); Publications
Relatives au Congo Belge et aux Régions Voisines, Annex T. xliv., 1,
1920-1921 (1922).
Lonpon.
British Museum (Natural History).—Catalogue of the Fossil Bryozoa—The
Cretaceous Bryozoa, by Dr. W. D. Lang, Vol. 11. pt. 1; Economie
Series No. 12; Handbook of the British Lichens, by A. L. Smith (1921).
Entomological Society. Transactions, 1919 (complete) (1919-1920); 1920,
1—2 (1920); 1921, 15 (T.p.&e.) (1921-1922).
Geological Society—Quarterly Journal, Ixxvii., 3—4 (T.p.&e¢.) (1921);
Ixxvili., 1—3 (1922); Geological Literature added to the Library during
Year ended 31st December, 1920 (1921); Year ended 31st December,
1921 (1922); List, April, 1922 (1922).
Linnean Society.—Journal, Botany, xlv., 304 (T. p.&e.) (1922); xlvi., 305—
306 (1922); Zoology, xxxiv.; 230 (T.p.G&c.) (1922); xxxv., 231—232
(1922); List, 1921-1922 (1922); Proceedings, 133rd Session, 1920-1921
(1921); Transactions, 2nd Series, Zoology, xvii., 1 (1922).
Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries —Journal, xxvii., 7—12 (T.p. &e.)
(1921-1922); xxix., 1—7 (1922).
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew—Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information, 1921
(1921) ; Hooker’s Teones Plantarum, Fifth Ser., i, 4 (T.p.&e.) (1922)
(Presented by the Bentham Trustees).
Royal Microscopical Society—Journal, 1921, 4 (T.p.&e.) (1921); 1922,
esi(.922)) :
Royal Society—Philosophical Transactions, Series B, cexi., Nos. B. 385—
387 (1922); Proceedings, Series B, xcii., Nos. B. 647—648 (T. p. &e.)
(1921); xcii., Nos. B. 649—655 (T.p.&c.) (1922); xciv., Nos. B.
656—657 (1922).
Zoological Society. Abstract of Proceedings, Nos. 220—231 (1921-1922) ;
Notices re Meetings (2) (1922); Proceedings, 1921, 4 (T.p. &e.)
(1922) ; 1922, 1—2 (1922); Proceedings, Index, 1911-1920 (1922).
XXXViil. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Lyon.
Société Botanique de Lyon—Annales, xli., 2 (1921).
Maprip.
Junta para Ampliacion de Estudios—Catalogue of Publications, 1921-1922;
Fauna Iberica, Himenopteros fam. Encirtidos (1921); Trabajos del
Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Serie Geologica No. 28 (1922) ;
Serie Zoologica No. 43—45 (1921-1922).
Real Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural.—Boletin, xxi., 4—10 (T. p. &¢.)
(1921); xxi., 1—5 (1922); Memorias, xi, 5—6 (1921); xi., 2-3
(1921-1922).
Maine, U.S.A.
Maine Agricultural Experiment Station.—Bulletins, 238, 242, 244, 251, 256,
259, 263—265, 267, 270, 273, 276, 282, 296 (1915-1921); Entomology
Nos. 80, 82, 88, 90 (1915-1917). :
MANCHESTER.
Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.—Journal of Conchology,
xvi., 8—9 (1922).
Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society—-Memoirs and Proceedings,
Ixiv., 2 (T.p.&c.), 1919-1920; Ixv., 1, 1920-1921, (1921).
Maniua, P.I. publi
Bureau of Science of the Government of the Philippine Islands.—Philippine
Journal of Science, xix., 1—6 (T.p.&c¢.) (1921); xx., 1—6 (T.p. &e.)
(1922); xxi., 1—4 (1922).
MASSACHUSETTS.
Tufts College—Tufts College Studies, v., 2 (1921).
MELBOURNE.
Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, N.S. ii., 23—24 (1921); i, 25—34
(1922). (rom the Publisher). :
Commonwealth Bureau of Census and Statistics —Official Yearbook, No. 14,
1921.
Commonwealth Institute of Science and Industry—First Annual Report of
Direetor from the Period from the Date of his Appointment (18th
March, 1921) to the 30th June, 1922 (July, 1922); Bulletin, No. 22
(1922).
Department of Agriculture of Victoria—Journal, T.p.&c¢. for xix; xx,
1—10 (1922).
Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria —Victorian Naturalist,” xxxviii., 8—12
(T.p.&e.) (1921-1922); xxxix., 1—7 (1922).
National Herbarium.—Two Reprints from Journ. Dept. of Agric., Oct. and
Nov., 1921; Three Reprints from Proe. Roy. Soe. Viet., N.S., xxix, 2;
xxxiv. (1917-1922); Four Reprints from “Vict. Nat.” xxx., 10; xxx1,
5; xxxvill., 4 & 12 (1914-1922).
National Musewm.—Guide to the Australian Ethnological Collection ex-
hibited in the National Museum, by Sir Baldwin Spencer (1922).
Public Library, Museums, and National Gallery of Victoria—Report of the
Trustees for 1921 (1922).
Se a eee
et ey
tn
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. XXXIX.
Royal Australasian Ornithologists’ Union—*The Emu,’ xx., 2—4 (T. p. &«.);
xxi., 1—4 (T. p. Ge.) ; xxii., 1—2 (1920-1922).
Royal Society of Victoria—Proceedings, N.S. xxxiv., 1—2 (T.p.&c.)
(1921-1922).
University of Melbourne.—Calendar for 1922 (1921).
Mexico.
Instituto Geologico de Mexico.—Boletin No. 37 (1920).
MILWAUKEE.
Public Museum.—Year Book for 1921, 1, pp. 1—116 (1922).
Mopena.
La Nuova Notarisia.—(From the Editor, Dr. G. B. De Toni) Ser. xxxii.,
Genn-Apr.; Lugl.-Ott., 1922 (1922).
Monaco.
L’Institut Oceanographique de Monaco.—Bulletin, Nos. 401—404 (T.p. &e.
for Nos. 383—404) ; 405—413 (1921-1922).
NANTES.
Société des Sciences Naturelles de VOuest de la France——Bulletin, 3rd Ser.,
vi. (1920).
New Haven, Conn.
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.—Transactions, xxv., pp. 93—
408 (T.p.& ¢.) (1921-1922).
New Yor«K.
American Geographical Society—Geographical Review, xi, 4 (T.p. &«.)
(1921) ; xu., 1—4 (1922).
American Museum of Natural History.—Bulletin, xli.-xliv., 1920-1921 (1920-
1921) ; Contributions to Indiana Palaeontology by G. K. Greene, 1., 2—
10, 12—20 (T.p. &e.); ii, 1-3 (1899-1906); Memoirs, N.S., ii., 2—3
(1920-1921) ; “Natural History,” xxi. 4-6 (T.p.&c.) (1921); xxu.,
1—4 (1922).
Orrawa.
Department of Agriculture—Bulletin, N.S., No. 5; Pamphlet. N.S., Nos. 5,
6 (1922). ;
Department of Mines.—Report for Year ending 3lst March, 1921 (1922).
Geological Survey of Canada—Bulletin, Nos. 33 (Geological Series, No. 40)
(1921); 34, 36 (1922); Memoirs, Nos. 125—128, 131 (1921-1922) ;
Summary Report for 1920, pt. D. (1921); 1921, pts. A, C, D. (1922).
International Institute Branch, Department of Agricultwre—Agricultural
Gazette of Canada, vili., 5—6 and Index (1921); ix., 1—5 (1922).
Royait Society of Canada—FProceedings and Transactions, 3rd Series, xv.,
1921 (1921).
OXFORD.
Radcliffe Library, Oxford University Museum.
added during 1921 (1922).
Catalogue of the Books
xii.
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Australian Musewm.—Australian Museum Magazine, i., 3—6 (1921-1922);
Records, xii., 5—6 (1922); Report of Trustees for Year ended 30th
June, 1920 (1922); Year ended 30th June, 1921 (1921).
Australian National Research Council—Australian Science Abstracts,” i.,
1—4 (1922).
Botanic Gardens and Domains—Annual Report of Director for 1920 (1922) ;
Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus, v., 10 (T.p.&e.) (1921-
1922); vi., 1—6 (1922). By J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist, &e.;
Final Report from the Select Committee on the Conditions and Pros-
pects of the Agricultural Industry and Methods of Improving the Same
(1921). .
Bureau of Statistics—Official Year Book of New South Wales, 1921, 1—19
(1922).
Department of Agriculture, N.S.W.—Agricultural Gazette of New South
Wales, xxxil., 12 (T.p.&c.) (1921); xxxin., 1—l1 (1922); Science
Bulletin, No. 22 (1922).
Department of Mines.—Annual Report for Year 1921 (1922); Memoirs of
the Geological Survey of N.S.W., Geology No. 8 (Text) (1922).
Department of Public Health—Annual Report of Director-General for the
Year 1920 (1922). 5 :
Education Department.—Edueation Gazette of New South Wales, xv., 12
(T.p.&e.) (1921); xvi, 1—11 (1922); Technical Education Branch,
Annual Report of the Technological Museum for 1920 (1921); “The
Technical Gazette of New South Wales,’ xi., 1—2 (1921); xu., 1—2
(1922).
Education Department: Teachers’ College-—Teachers’ College Calendar, 1922
(1922). ;
Forestry Commission of New South Wales——Annual Report for Year ended
30/6/21 (1921); Australian Forestry Journal, iv., 11—12 (Index)
(1921); v., 1—10 (1922); “Forest Flora of N.S.W.” By J. H. Maiden,.
Government Botanist, &e., vii., 9—10 (1921).
2
' Microscopical Society of New South Wales.—Journal, 1., 1 (1922).
Naturalists’ Society of New South Wales— Australian Naturalist,” T. p. & ec.
for iv; v., 1—4 (1922).
Public Library of New South Wales—Report of the Trustees for Period 1st
January, 1920 to 30th June, 1921 (1921).
Royal Society of New South Wales——Journal and Proceedings, lv., 1921
(1922).
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales.—*Austrahan Zoologist,” 11.,
34 (T.p. &e.); iii, 1 (1922); Australian Zoological Handbook No. iL
(1922).
“Scientific Australian,’ xxvil., 8—12 (1921-1922) ; xxviii, 1—7 (1922). From
the Publisher (Peter G. Tait).
State TFisheries, Chief Secretary’s Department—Annual Report for Year
1920 (1922).
“The Medical Journal of Australia,” ii., 1—22 (1922). From the Editor.
University of Sydney.—Calendar for Year 1922 (1922).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. sli.
ToKyo.
Imperial University. College of Science, Journal of the College of Science,
xlii., 3 (1921); xliv., 1—2 (1922).
Tokyo Zoological Society—Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses, x., 2—4
(1921-1922).
TORONTO.
Royal Canadian Institute—Transactions, wi., 2 (T.p.&c.) (1921-1922);
xiv., I (1922).
Trina, Herts.
Zoological Museum.—Novitates Zoologicae, xxviii., 3 (T.p.&c¢.) (1921);
xxix. 1 (1922).
TUNIS.
Instituts Pasteur de VAfrique du Nord—Archives, i., 3—4 (T.p. &e.)
(1921); ii, 1—2 (1922).
TURIN.
Museo di zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Universita di Torino.—y
Bollettino, xxxiv., No. 731; xxxv., Nos. 732—736 (T.p.&e. for xxxiv.
and xxxv.); xxxvi., Nos. 737—742 (1919-1921).
UPSALA.
Royal University of Upsala—Bulletin of the Geological Institution, xviii.
(1922); Zoologiska Bidrag, Suppl. Bd. i. (1920); vii. (1921).
Urzpana, Il.
University of Illinois—Illinois Biological Monographs, vi. Nos. 1—4
(1920).
VIENNA.
K.K. Naturhistorische Hof-Museums in Wien—Annalen, xxxiv., 1921 (1921) ;
xxxy., 1922 (11922).
K.K. zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft in Wien.—Verhandlungen Ixiv., 5—
10 (T.p. &e.) (1914); lxv.-bxxi., 1915-1921 (1915-1922).
WASHINGTON.
Bureau of American Ethnology—Bulletin, Nos. 72, 74 (1921); Thirty-
fifth Annual Report, pts. 1—2, 1913-1914 (1921); Thirty-sixth Annual
Report, 1914-1915 (1921).
Carnegie Institution of Washington—Publieations, Nos. 27 (Vols. ii. and
iii.) (1911 and 1914); 34 (1906); 34 (Vol. ii.) (1916); 50 (1906); 82
(1908); 98—99 (1908); 102—103 (1908); 112—114 (1909); 117
(1909); 122 (1910); 131—133 (1911, 1911, 1910); 178—179 (1913) ;
182—183 (1914); 188 (1913); 192—196 (1914); 199 (1914); 205—
206 (1914-1915) ; 211—214 (1915, 1915, 1918, 1921); 217 (1915); 228
(1916); 236 (1915); 240—243 (1916); 248 (Vols. iii.) (1919-1920) ;
251—252 (1917-1918); 257 (Vols. i-iii.) (1919); 259 (1919); 263—
265 (1918, 1918, 1919); 269 (1918); 278 (1919) ; 281—286 (1919, 1920,
1919, 1921, 1919, 1919); 289 (1919); 290 (1920); 293—297 (1921,
1920, 1919, 1920, 1920); 301 (1921) ; 305—306 (1921) ; 308—309 (1921-
1922); 311 (1922); 313—316 (1921-1922); 320 (1922); Year Book,
No. 20, 1921 (1922); Department of Genetics, Annual Report of Director,
xliy. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
1921 (Reprint from Year Book, 1921); Department of Marine Biology,
Annual Report of Director, 1921 (Reprint from Year Book, 1921)
(1921).
National Academy of Sciences.—Proceedings, vii., 4—12 (T. p.&e.) (1921);
viii, 1—9 (1922).
Smithsonian Institution—Annual Report for Year ending June 30th, 1919
(1921); Year ending June 30th 1920 (1922).
U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Department of Commerce.—Special Publi-
cation No. 69 (1921).
U.S. Department of Agricultwre—Bureau of Entomology, Bulletin, Nos. 959,
965, 967; Report of the Entomologist for Year 1920-1921 (1921).
U.S. Geological Survey.—Bulletin, Nos. 679, 704, 706, 713, 714, 715 K-M,
716 G-H, 719, 721, 725 A-J. (T.p.&e.), 726 A-G. (T.p.&c.), 730 A-B,
735 A-D, 736 A, C (1920-1922); Mineral Resourees, 1917, i., (T. p. &c.)
(1921) ; u., (T.p.& ¢.) (1920); 1918, 1., B, 30, 31; i, 35, 37 (T. p. & c-)
(1920-1921); 1919, i., 9-29; ii., 13—835 (1921-1922); 1920, 1, Pre-
liminary Summary, 1—30; ii, 1—2, 2 (Revised), 3—32 (1921-1922) ;
1921, i., 1—8; u., 1—12 (1922); Professional Papers, 121, 123, 128 H,
129 A-I (T.p.&e.) (1921-1922); Water Supply Papers, 447, 449, 456,
459, 460, 462, 466, 468, 471, 475—477, 481, 487, 490 B; 500 A-C (1920-
1922); Forty second Annual Report for Year ended June 30th, 1921
(1921).
U.S. National Musewm—Annual Report for Year 1920-1921 (1921); Bulle-
tin, Nos. 82, Vol. i., pt. 2; 100, Vol. i1., pt. 9; 100, Vol. iv.; 104, pts.
2—3; 112—119 (1920-1922); Contributions from the U.S. National
Herbarium, xx., 10—12 (1921-1922); xxii, 4—6 (1921-1922); xxili., 2
(1922); xxiv., 1, 2, 4 (1922); Proceedings, lvii.-lix. (1921-1922).
WELLINGTON, N.Z.
Department of Mines: New Zealand Geological Survey—Alphabetical List
of N.Z. Tertiary Mollusca by Henry Suter (1918); N.S., xvth.-xvith.
Annual Reports, 1920-1921, 1921-1922 (1921-1922); Five Reprints from
N.Z. Journal of Science and Technology (iv., 1, pp. 18—30; 6, pp. 311—
314; v., 1, pp. 46—57; 2, pp. 109—22; 3, pp. 173—83) (1921-1922) ;
Bulletin, N.S., No. 23 (1921); Palaeontologiecal Bulletin No. 9 (1922).
Dominion Musewm.—Report of the Director for the Years, 1917/18; 1919/20;
1920/21; 1921/22 (1918, 1920, 1921, 1922).
New Zealand Board of Science and Art—N.Z. Journal of Science and
Technology, iv., 5—6 (T.p.&c.) (1921-1922); v., 14 (1922).
Wittey, Surrey.
The Hill Museum.—Bulletin, i., 1—2 (1921-1922).
PRIVATE DONORS (and authors, unless otherwise stated).
Carne, H.R., Sydney (donor)—16 Vols., and 529 Separates, total 545 Books,
ete., from the library of his father, the late Mr. J. E: Carne.
Cutton, C., M.A., D.Se., LL.D., Christchurch (donor)—‘Notes from the Canter-
bury College Mountain Biological Station, Cass. No. 8.” (1921).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. xlv.
Dun, W. S8S., Sydney (donor).—One Reprint from Memoires du Musée Royal
d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, T. i. (1900) “La Flore Wealdienne de
Bernissart” by A. C. Seward.
Froacart, W. W., F.L.S., Sydney.—Department of Agriculture, Farmers’ Bulle-
tin No. 144 (March, 1922); Science Bulletin No. 19 (Oct. 1921); Mis-
cellaneous Publications Nos. 2294, 2338, 2341, 2350, 2375 (1920-1922).
Hepiry, C., F.L.S., Sydney (donor).—Proceedings of the First Pan-Pacifie
Seientific Conference, Pts. iii. (Honolulu, 1920) (1921).
Huu, A. F. Basset, Sydney.—One Reprint from “The Emu,’ Vol. xxi. (1922)—
“A Visit to the Archipelago of the Recherche, S.W. Australia.”
Meyrick, E., B.A., F.R.S., England—‘Exotic Microlepidoptera,” ii., 14—15
(1921).
Sairu, R. Greig, D.Se., Sydney (donor).— “Chemical Engineering and Mining
Review,” xiii, 149—156 (1921); xiv., 157—168 (1921-1922); xv., 169
(1922); Northumberland Sea Fisheries Committee, Report of the
Scientific Investigations for Years 1900, 1901, 1905; One Reprint from
Journal of Marine Biological Association, N.S. Vol. v., No. 1 (Aug.
1897); One Reprint from “The Veterinarian,” 1897; Papers and Pro-
ceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania for Year 1914 (1915).
Tapert, A. J., Melbourne-—One Reprint from “Victorian Naturalist,” xxxviil.,
10. “A Contribution to ‘The Flora of the Victorian Alps.’” (1922).
Terao, A., Tokyo, Japan—Report of the Imperial Fisheries Institute, xiv., 5,
“On the Development of Panulirus japonicus (v. Siebold),” (1919).
Truuyarp, Dr. R. J., M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., New Zealand.—Ten Reprints :—(1)
“Two Fossil Insect Wings, ete.,”; (2) “A New Genus and Species of
May-tfly, ete.,” (Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1921, pt. 4 (1921); .(3) “The
Wing-Venation of the Leptoperlidae (Order Perlaria) ete.” (Trans.
Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xlv., 1921); (4) An Abstract of “Insect Trans-
fermation” by Dr. G. H. Carpenter (Reprint from N.Z. Journ. Sei. &
Tech., 1922); (5) “Descriptions of four new species of Australian
Caddis-flies, (Order Trichoptera)” (Austr. Zool. ii, 3, 1922); (6)
“Parasitizing the Woolly Aphis’ (N.Z. Journ. of Agric., July, 1922) ;
(7) “New Researches upon the Problem of the Wing-Venation of
Odonata, i.” (Ent. News, Jan. and Feb., 1922); (8) “A Revision of
the N.Z. Blepharoceridae (Order Diptera)” (N.Z. Journ. Sci. & Tech.,
v., 2, pp- 101-7, 1922); (9) “Book Review,” (Scientific Australian,
Feb. 15th, 1922); (10) “Australian Blepharoceridae (Order Diptera)
Pt. 1,” (Austr. Zool., 1., 4, May, 1922).
Tovey, J. R., and Morris, P. F., Melbourne.—One Reprint from the “Victorian
Naturalist,” xxxvii., No. 12 (1922).—“Notes from the National Her-
barium of Victoria, including a Description of a new Species of
Brachycome.”
TurNER, Fred., F.U.S., F.R.H.S., Sydney.—‘‘Australian Grasses and Pasture
Plants” (1921).
WaterHouse, G. A., B.Se., B.E., F.E.S., Sydney (donor).—“The Butterflies of
Australia,” by G. A. Waterhouse and G. Lyell (1914).
1905
1906
1921
1922
1899
1912
1913
1888
1919
1907
1920
1912
1914
1912
1900
1919
1921
1911
1920
i921
1910
1910
1912
1899
1901
1905
1890
1903
1912
1904
1921
1899
1920
1901
1916
1908
1900
LIST OF MEMBERS, 1922.
OrpINARY MEMBERS.
Allen, Edmund, c/o Chief Engineer for Railways, Brisbane, Q.
Anderson, Charles, M.A., D.Sc., Australian Museum, College St., Sydney.
Anderson, Miss Grace, B.Sc, Park Avenue, Gordon.
Anderson, Robert Henry, B-.Se.Agr., Botanic Gardens, Sydney.
Andrews, Ernest Clayton, B.A., F.G.S., Geological Survey, Department of
Mines, Sydney.
Aurousseau, Marcel, B.Sc., c/o Geo-Physical Laboratory, Carnegie Institution.
of Washington, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
Badham, Charles, B.Sc., M.B., Bureau of Microbiology, 93 Macquarie Street,
Sydney.
Baker, Richard Thomas, The Avenue, Cheltenham.
Barnett, Marcus Stanley, c/o Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd., O’Connell
Street, Sydney.
Benson, Professor William Noel, B.A., DSc., F.G.S., University of Otago,
Dunedin, N.Z.
Blakely, William Faris, Botanic Gardens, Sydney.
Breakwell, Ernest, B.A., B.Sc., Agricultural High School, Yanco, N.S.W.
Bretnall, Reginald Wheeler, “Dardanella,’ Bowral, N.S.W.
Brewster, Miss Agnes, Girls’ High School, Sydney.
Broelemann, Henry W., Boite 22, a Pau (Basses-Pyrenees), France.
Broughton, Miss Eileen Marjorie, B.Sc., “Riverview,” Glenfield, N.S.W.
Brown, Horace William, Grey Street,Glen Innes, N.S.W.
Browne, William Rowan, D.Sc., Geology Dept., University of Sydney.
Burkitt, Arthur Neville St. George Handcock, M.B., B.Sc., Medical School
~ University of Sydney.
Burns, Alexander Noble, Prickly Pear Laboratory, Sherwood, Brisbane, Q.
Burrell, Harry, 19 Doncaster Avenue, Kensington.
Burrell. Mrs. Harry, 19 Doncaster Avenue, Kensington.
Cadell, Miss Myall, “Wotonga,” Belgium Avenue, Roseville.
Cambage, Richard Hind, LS., F.L.S., Park Road, Burwood.
Campbell, John Honeyford, M.B.E., Royal Mint, Sydney.
Carne, Walter Mervyn, Government Botanist, Perth, W.A.
Carson, Duncan, c/o Winchcombe, Carson, Ltd. Bridge St., Sydney.
Carter, H. J. B.A., F.ES., “Garrawillah,” Kintore St., Wahroonga.
Cayzer, Albert, B.Sc., University of Queensland, Brisbane, O.
Chapman, Professor Henry G. M.D., B.S., Medical School, University of
Sydney.
Chase, Miss Eleanor Emily, B’Sc., Zoology Department, The University,
Sydney. :
Cheel, Edwin, Botanic Gardens, Sydney.
Clarke, Harry Flockton, c/o Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd., Rarawai Mill.
Ba River, Fiji.
Cleland, Professor John Burton, M.D., Ch.M., The University, Adelaide, S.A.
Collins, Miss Marjorie Isabel, B.Sc., Macleay Museum, The University,
Sydney.
Cotton, Leo Arthur, M.A., D.Sc., Geology Dept., University of Sydney.
Crago, W. H., M.D., 185 Macquarie Street, Sydney.
—
LIST OF MEMBERS. xIvil.
Danes, Dr. Jiri Victor, Consul-General of the Czechoslovak Republic, 40
Bayswater Road, Darlinghurst.
David, Sir Tannatt William Edgeworth, K.B.E., C.M.G., DS.O., B.A., DSc.,
F.R.S., University of Sydney.
Deane, Henry, M.A., F.L.S., M.Inst.C:E., “Campsie,” 14 Mercer Road, Mal-
vern, Melbourne, Victoria.
Deer, Miss Margaret, B.A., B.Sc., 37 Milson Road, Watersleigh.
Dison Jacob Robert L.. M.R.CS., L.R.C.P., Medical School, University of
Sydney.
Dixson, Sir Hugh, K.B., J.P., “Abergeldie,” Summer Hill.
Dixson, Thomas Storie, M.B., Ch.M., 215 Macquarie Street, Sydney.
Dodd, Alan Parkhurst, Prickly Pear Laboratory, Sherwood, Brisbane, Q.
Dwyer, Rt. Rev. Joseph Wilfrid, Bishop of Wagga, Wagga Wagga, N.S.W.
Elston, Albert H., F.E.S., 50 Lefevre Terrace, North Adelaide, S.A.
Enright, Walter John, B.A.. West Maitland, N.S.W.
Ferguson, Eustace William, M.B., Ch.M., Bureau of Microbiology, Macquarie
Street, Sydney.
Finckh, Herman E., “Hermes,” 100 Raglan Street, Mosman.
Fletcher, Joseph J., M.A. B.Sc, Woolwich Road, Woolwich.
Flynn, Professor Theodore Thomson, D.Sc., University of Tasmania, Hobart,
Tas.
Friend, Norman Bartlett, 42 Pile Street, Dulwich Hill.
Froggatt, John Lewis, B.Sc., Dept. of Agriculture, Brisbane.
Froggatt, Walter Wilson, F.L.S., Agricultural Museum, George St. North,
Sydney.
Furst, Herbert Charles, “Hermsley,’ Tupper Street, Marrickville.
Goldfinch, Gilbert M., “Lyndhurst,” Salisbury Road, Rose Bay.
Grant, Robert, 24 Edward Street, Woollahra.
Greenwood, William Frederick Neville, c/- Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd.,
Lautoka, Fiji.
Griffiths, Edward, B.Sc., Dept. of Agriculture, 136 Lower George St., Sydney.
Gurney, William B., F.E.S.; Dept. of Agriculture, George St. North, Sydney.
Hacker, Henry, Queensland Museum, Bowen Park, Brisbane, Q.
Hall, E. Cuthbert, M.D., Ch.M., George Street, Parramatta.
Hall, Leslie Lionel, 51 Macquarie Street, Sydney.
Halligan, Gerald H., F.G.S., 97 Elphin Road, Launceston, Tasmania.
Hamilton, Arthur Andrew, Botanic Gardens, Sydney.
Hamilton, Alexander Greenlaw, “Tanandra,”’ Hercules Street, Chatswood.
Hardwick, Frederick George, B.D.S., D.D.Sc., Molesworth Street, Lismore,
N.S.W.
Hardy, G. H. Hurlestone, The University, Brisbane, Q.
Harrison, Launcelot, B.Sc. B.A., Zoology Dept., University of Sydney.
Haswell, Professor William Aitcheson, M.A., D.Sc, F.RS., “Mimihau,”
Woollahra Point.
Haviland, The Venerable Archdeacon F. E., The Rectory, Coonamble,
N.S.W.
Hedley, Charles, F.L.S., Australian Museum, College St., Sydney.
Henry, Marguerite, B.Sc., “Derwent,” Oxford St., Epping.
OEY, Max, D.S.O., M.R‘C.V.S., B.V.Sc.. Coram Cottage, Essex Street,
pping.
Hill, Gerald F., F.E.S., P.O. Box 301, Townsville, North Queensland.
Hinder, Miss Eleanor Mary, B.Sc., “Taverham,” Bridge End Street, Woll-
stonecraft.
Hindmarsh, Miss Ellen Margaret, B.Sc., Medical School, The University of
Sydney.
Hitchcock, Leith Fuller, Prickly Pear Laboratory, Sherwood Brisbane, Q.
Hopson, John, Jr., “Dalkeith,” Eccleston, N.S.W.
xlvi.
1907
1892
1912
1912
i917
1903
1907
LIST OF MEMBERS,
Hull, Arthur Francis Basset, Box 704, G.P.O., Sydney.
Hynes, Miss Sarah, B.A., “Isis,’ Soudan Street, Randwick.
Irby, Llewellyn George, Forest Branch, Lands Dept., Hobart, Tasmania. _
Jackson, Sidney William, M.R.A.O.U., Belltrees, via Scone, N.S.W.
Jacobs, Ernest G., “Goulburnia,” Banks Street, Ashfield.
Jensen, Harald Ingemann, D.Sc., Queensland Geological Survey, George St.
Brisbane, Q.
Johnston, Professor Thomas Harvey, M.A., D.Sc., University of Queensland.
Brisbane, Q.
Kennedy, John A., M.B., Ch.M., 423 Marrickville Road, Duiwich Hih.
Lawson, Professor A. Anstruther, D:Sc., F.R.S.E., Botany Dept., University
of Sydney.
Lea, Arthur M., F.ES., 241 Young Street, Unley, Adelaide, S.A.
Le Plastrier, Miss Constance Emily Mary, “Carinyah,’ Provincial Road,
Lindfield.
Le Souef, A. S. C.M.Z.S. Zoological Gardens, Taronga Park, Mosman.
Longman, Heber A., Queensland Museum, Bowen Park, Brisbane, Q.
Lower, Oswald B., F.ES., Bartley Crescent, Wayville, S.A.
Lucas, A. H. S., M.A., B.Sc., Sydney Grammar School, College St., Sydney.
Mackerras, Ian Murray, “Beechworth,” Stanton Road, Mosman.
Mackinnon, Ewen, B.Sc., Commonwealth Institute of Science and Industry,
314 Albert Street, East Melbourne.
Maiden, J. Henry, 1.S.0., F.RS., F.L:S., Botanic Gardens, Sydney.
Mawson, Sir Douglas, B.E., DSc. The University, Adelaide, S.A.
May, W. L., Forest Hill, Sandford, Tasmania.
McCarthy, T., Bertram Street, Mortlake.
McCulloch, Allan Riverstone, Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney.
McDonnough, Thomas, L. S., “Iluka,” Hiamilton Street, Randwick.
McKeown, Keith Collingwood, \Office of the Water Conserv ation and _ Irriga-
tion Commission, Leeton, NS.W.
McLuckie, John, M.A., D. Se., Botany Dept., The University, Sydney.
Mitchell John, 10 High Street, Waratah, N.S.W.
Moulden, Owen Meredith, M.B., B.'S., Broken Hill.
Murdoch, R., Wanganui, New Zealand.
Musgrave, Anthony, Australian Museum, College St., Sydney.
Musson, Charles T., ‘“‘Calala,’ Nelson Road, Gordon.
Newman, Leslie John William, ‘“Walthamstowe,” Bernard St., Claremont,
’ Perth, W.A.
Nicholson, Alexander John, M.Sc., Zoology Dept., The University, Sydney.
Noble, Robert Jackson, B.Sc. Agr., Carrington Street, Homeb--st
North, David Sutherland, c/- Colonial’ Sugar Refining Co., Ltd., O’Connell
St., Sydney.
O'Dwyer, Margaret Helena, B.Sc., Bio-chemistry Dept., Imperial College of
Science, South Kensington, London, S.W.7, England.
Oliver, W. Reginald B., F.LS., FZS., Dominion Museum, Wellington, NZ.
Osborne, George Davenport, BSc., Geology Dept., The University, Sydney.
Perkins, Frederick Athol, B.Sc.Agr., Post Office, Stanthorpe, Queensland.
Petrie, James Matthew, D.Sc., F.I:C., Medical School, University of Sydney.
Phillips, Montagu Austin, F.L.S., 57 St. George’s Square, London, S.W.,
England.
Pincombe, Torrington Hawke, B.A., Russell Road, New Lambton, N.S.W.
Pinkerton, Miss Ethel Corry, B.Sc., Ashford Street, Ashfield.
Priestley, Henry, M.D., BSc., Medical School, University of Sydney.
Pulleine, Robert Henry, M.B., 3 North Terrace, Adelaide, S.A.
Scammell, George Vance, 18 Middle Head Road, Mosman.
Shaw, Alfred Eland, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., F.E.S., Hospital for the Insane,
Goodna, Queensland.
Sherrie, Miss Heather, BSc., Ben Boyd Road, Neutral Bay.
Sloane, Thomas G., Moorilla, Young, N.S.W.
1909
1899
1898
1916
1898
1886
1905
1911
1904
1920
1907
1920
1922
1916
1904
1921
1902
1891
1904
1917
1900
1909
1911
1897
1911
1922
1916
1916
1910
1892
1903
1910
1897
1888
1884
1902
1902
1902
1888
LIST OF MEMBERS. xlix.
Smith, G. P. Darnell, D.Sc. F.LC. F.C.S., Agricultural Museum, George St.
North, Sydney.
Smith, Henry George, F:C.S., “Dunbourne,” Shirley Road, Roseville.
Smith, R. Greig, D.Sc., Linnean Hall, Elizabeth Bay.
Smith, Miss Vera Irwin, B.Sc., F.L.S., “Cora Lynn,’ Point Road, Woolwich.
Stead, David G., “Boongarre,” Pacific St., Watson’s Bay.
Steel, ‘Thomas, “Rock Bank,’ Stephen Street, Pennant Hills.
Stokes, Edward Sutherland, M.B, Ch.M. Dept. of Water Supply and
Sewerage, 341 Pitt Street, Sydney.
Sulman, Miss Florence, “Burrangong,’ McMahon’s Point.
Sussmilch, C. A., F.G.S., Technical College, Newcastle, N.S.W.
Taylor, Augustus Selwyn, J.P. Asst. Govt. Geologist, Entebbe, Uganda,
British East Africa.
Taylor, Frank H., c/- Box 187, G.P.O; Sydney.
Tebbutt, Arthur Hamilton, M.B., 185 Macquarie Street, Sydney.
Tiegs, Oscar Werner, M.Sc., The University, Adelaide, S.A.
Tilley, Cecil Edgar, B.Sc., Sedgwick Museum, University of Cambridge,
England.
Tillyard, Robin John, DSc. M.A. F.L.S., F.ES., C.M.Z.S., Cawthron In-
stitute, Nelson, New Zealand.
Troughton, Ellis Le Geyt, Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney.
Turner, A. Jefferis, M.D., F.E.S., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Q.
Turner, Fred., F.L.S., F.R.HS., “Oakhurst,” Chatswood.
Turner, Rowland E., F.ES., F.Z.S., c/- Standard Bank of S. Africa, Cape-
town.
Veitch, Robert, B.Sc. c/- Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd., Lautoka Mill,
Lautoka, Fiji.
Walker, Commander John James, M.A., F.LS., F.ES., R.N., “Aorangi,”
Lonsdale Road, Summertown, Oxford, England.
Walkom, Arthur Bache, D.Sc., Linnean Hall, Elizabeth Bay.
Wardlaw, Henry Sloane Halcro, DSc. Physiology Dept. University of
Sydney.
Waterhouse, Gustavus Athol, BSc, B.E., F.ES. Royal Mint, Macquarie
St., Sydney.
Watt, Professor Robert Dickie, M.A. B.Sc., University of Sydney.
Welch, Marcus Baldwin, B.Sc., A-I.C., Technological Museum, Harris Street,
Ultimo.
Welch, William, F.R.G:S., “Roto-iti,’” Boyle Street, Mosman.
White, Cyril Tenison, 101 Main Street, Kangaroo Point, Brisbane, Q.
White, Henry Luke, Belltrees, Scone, N.S.W.
Wilson, Professor James T., M.B. ChM., F.RS., Department of Anatomy,
The New Museums, Cambridge, England.
Woolnough, Walter George, D.Sc., F.G.S., University of Sydney.
Wymark, Frederick, 89 Castlereagh Street, Sydney.
Honorary MbpMpBers.
De Toni, Dr. G. B., R. Orto Botanico di Modena, Italy.
CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.
Bale, W. M., F. R.MS., 63 Walpole Street, Kew, Melbourne, Victoria.
Bell, Professor F. Jeffrey, M.A., British Museum (Natural History), Crom-
well Road, London, S.W. 7., England.
Broom, Robert, M.D., DSc., F.RS., Douglas, Cape Colony, South Africa.
McAlpine D., Government Vegetable Pathologist, Dept. of Agriculture, Mel-
bourne, Victoria.
Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.RS, F.Z:S., Thornhanger, Marlborough, Wilts.,
England.
Pearson, W. H.
INDEX
(1922,
(a) GENERAL INDEX.
Acacia juneifolia, exhibited, xxvi—sub-
tilinervis, exhibited, xxix.
Acarid, new type of, 329.
Acuaria (Cheilospirura) hamulosa, para-
sitie on chicken, exhibited, xxx.
Alexander, C. P., New or little-known
species of Australian Tipulidae, 581.
Allantoplacenta, marsupial, 541.
Alveolar air, effect of suspended respira-
tion on, 545.
Anderson, C., see Exhibits.
Anderson, R. H., elected a member, xxii.
Andrews, E. C., congratulations to, iv.—
elected member of Council, xxiii.
Anthicidae, Australian, 471.
Apogeotropic roots of Macrozamia
spiralis, 319.
Argynnina hobartia cyrila, exhibited,
Xxvii.
Astacocroton, a new type of Acarid,
325.
Australasian Blattidae, 223.
Australian Anithicidae, © 471—Cixiidae,
New genus of, 63—Coleoptera, 65—
fishes, new ‘Trematodes from, 83—
grasses, nutritive value of, 516—
Lepidoptera, 348—Lizards, Physalop-
tera of, 232, 415—Moths from Lord
Howe Island, 439—National Research
Couneil, im—Tabanidae, 245—Termite,
275—Termites, 142—Tipulidae, 581.
' Avena sterilis, exhibited, xxx.
Baker, R. T., congratulations to, xxi.-—
letter returning thanks, ‘<xxiv.—resig-
nation from Council, xxv.
Balance Sheet, ete., 1921, xviil.-xx.
Bird Census, a second, 132.
Blackberry, seedling plants infested with
“rust disease,’ exhibited, xxvii.
Black Cypress Pine, Loranthus on, ex-
hibited, xxv.
Blakely, W. F., Loranthaceae of Aus-
tralia, 1, 199, 391—see Exhibits.
Blattidae, Australasian, 223.
Blattid Coxa, note on, 223.
Bombycidae, revision of, 348.
Bothiembryon spp., exhibited, xxiv.
Breeding experiments with Tisiphone,
bg
Browne, W. R., congratulatione to,
xxvi—letter returning thanks, xxvii.
Bulbul, Indian, remarks on, xxv.
Burrell, H., congratulations to, iv.
Callistemon, fresh flowering
exhibited, xxviii.
Callistemon pallidus, fresh flowering
specimens, exhibited, xxix.
Campbell, J. H., elected Hon. Treasurer,
Xxi.
Carne, J. E., reference to death, xxv.
Carne, W. M., see Exhibits.
Carter, H. J., Australian Coleoptera,
notes and new species, 65.
Catalogue of scientific and
periodicals, iii.
Cenchrus pauciflorus, exhibited, xxii.
Chabertia ovina, exhibited, xxxi.
Chamaesyce Preslii, exhibited, xxxi—
prostrata, exhibited, xxxi—thymiéfolia,
exhibited, xxxi.
Chapman, H. G., elected a Vice-Presi-
dent, xxi.
Cheel, E., attention drawn to “Nomen-
clatorial Notes,” xxiii—see Exhibits.
Chemical notes—general, 441.
Chert, containing spore cases, exhibited,
XXX.
Chitons, exhibited, xxiy.
Cixiidae, new genus of Australian, 63.:
Cladocera, Freshwater, of N.S.W., 26.
Clarencetown-Paterson District
of, 161, 519.
specimen
technical
, Geology
li. INDEX.
:
Cleland, J. B., A second bird census, Exhibits (continued).
132. Carne, W. M., wild oat, Avena sterilis,
Cleome spinosa, exhibited, xxxi. SEE.
Cnicus benedictus, exhibited, xxxi. Cheel, E., fresh flowering specimen of
Coleoptera, Anstralian, 65. Callistemon, xxviii—fresh flower-
Collins, M. I., Linnean Macleay Fellow ing specimens of Callistemon palli- |
in Botany, “reappointed, 1922-23, vii. dus, xxix.—knot-grass (Polygonum |
—reappointed, 1923-24, xxix—Sum- aviculare) infested with rust fun-
mary of year’s work, vi. t gus, xxx.—Schizophyllum commune
Conilurus conditor, live specimen, ex- from Perak, xxx.—seedling plants of
hibited, xxv. ere eee ?
‘ ‘ » rT x blackberry infested with “rust dis-
Copepoda, Freshwater, of N.S.W., 551. ini Sas
David, T. W. E., chert containing
Eupterotidae, revision of, 348.
Exchange list, additions to, 1.
Exhibits :—
Anderson, C., portion of jaw of Dip-
rotodon, XXxv.
Blakely, W. F., Acacia juncifolia,
xxvii—albinism in Pultenaea daph-
Darwinia taaxifolia, dwarf plant, ex- spore cases, Xxx.
_ hibited, xxiv. : Ferguson, E. W., head of fowl in-
Datura ferox, exhibited, xxxi. fested with fleas, xxii.
David, T. W. E., see Exhibits. : Fletcher, J. J., dwart plant of Dar-
Dipodium punctatum, mycorhiza ot, winia taxifolia, xxiv—lantern slides
_ 293. i Le sr showing germination of Loranthus,
Diprotodon, portion of jaw, exhibited, EXVil remarks only Tndianae alien
XXV. hy -
Dixson, Sir Hugh, congratulations to, foo Ck Te ere bastion
NG es va whale, Prosqualodon davidis, xxx.—
Donations and exchanges, xxi-xxix., photograph showing parturition in
xxxil-xlv. Potorus tridactylus, xxviii.
Friend, N. B., freshly prepared speci-
Effect of suspended respiration on aiveo- men of picramic acid, xxviii.
lar air, 545. Froggatt, W. W., gall (Sphaerococcus .
Elections, Xvii., XXi., XXll., XXVIl., XXxIX. leait) on Belah, xxvi.—Loranthus
Entomology, appointment of lecturer at parasitic on Black Cypress Pine, ,
University, iv. XXV. :
Entomostraca, Freshwater, of N.S.W., Hull, A. F. B., chitons and land shells
26bole from coast of Great Australian |
Erucastrum ineanum, exhibited, xxiii. Bight and Recherche Archipelago, |
Euealypts, oil glands in barks of, 428. xxiv.—handbook No. 1 of . Royal
Eumetoépias albicollis, skulls, exhibited, Zoological Society of N.S.W., xxiii. .
XXIv. ee o Ne Souef, A. S., live specimen of !
Euphorbia lathyris, exhibited, xxi. Conilurus conditor, xxv. /
= 7
(
Maiden, J. H., Linnea borealis vay.
americana, XXX.
Smith, V. L., parasitie nematodes from
a chicken and a goat, xxx.
Steel, T., young Hyla coerulea with
two bots, one on each shoulder,
5 al 3 ‘ XXL.
noides, xxvu.—Cenchrus pauciflorus, ;
xxii._eieht weeds from N.S.W., Troughton, E. le G., skins of rare na~
xxxi—Hrucastrum incanum, xxiii aye Age ens of white-
examples of homoplasy, xxiv.— ualsyeledete Tair Seal, xxiv. i
fruiting specimens of Acacia sub- Turner, F., Huphorbia lathyris, xxii.
tilinervis, xxix—large flowering Waterhouse, G. A., Argynnina hobar-
variety of Lasiopetalum rufum, tia cyrila, Xxvil.
xxvill.—painting of Loranthus alyai- Extatosoma, new phasma belonging to,
folius, xxvii. 344,
INDEX. liu.
Fereuson, E. W., and Hill, G. F., Notes
on Australian TZabanidae, 245—see
Exhibits.
Fletcher, J. J., congratulations to, 1v.—
elected a Vice-President, xxi.—see Hx-
hibits.
Flynn, T. T., Phylogenetic significance
of Marsupial Allantoplacenta, 541—
see Exhibits.
Fowl, head of, infested with fleas, ex-
hibited, xxii.
Freshwater Entomostraca of N.S.W.,
26,° 551.
Friend, N. B., see Exhibits.
Froggatt, W. W., elected a Vice-Presi-
dent, xxi—New phasma belonging’ to
genus Hatatosoma, 344—see Exhibits
Gasteropod, new, from N.S.W., 278.
Geology and petrography of Clarence-
town-Paterson District, 161, 519.
Gall on Belah, exhibited, xxvi.
Gall-thrips, new, from Australia, 266. |
Grasses, Nutritive value of Australian.
516—Protein precipitation in, 513.
Griffithides convexicaudatus, note on,
O80:
Gyrodactyloidea, reclassification of, 83
Haemonchus contortus, exhibited, xxxi.
Hamblin, C. O., reference to death.
XXVili. :
Hamilton, A. G., elected a Vice-Presi-
_ dent, Xxi.
Hardwick, F. G., elected a member, xxix.
Hardy, G. H., congratulations to, iv.
Haswell, W. A., Astacocroton, a new
type of Acarid, 329.
Henry, Marguerite, Linnean Macleay
Fellow in Zoology, Freshwater Ento-
mostraca of N.S.W., Cladocera 26,
Copepoda 551—reappointed, 1922-23,
vil—treappointed, 1923-24, xxix.—
summary of year’s work, vi.
Hill, G. F., Deseriptions and biology of
some North Australian Termites, 142
—New Australian Termite, 275—new
species of Mordellistena parasitic on
Termites, 346—see Ferguson and Hill.
Hitchcock, L. F., elected a member,
Xxvil.
Homoplasy, examples, exhibited, xxiv.
Hull, A. -F. B., see Exhibits.
Hyla coerulea, young, with bots, ex-
hibited, xxii.
Insects, Mesozoic, of Queensland, 447.
Insects, new Permian, from Belmont,
PHD,
International Catalogue of
Literature, il.
Seientific
Jack, R. L., obituary notice, iil.
Johnston, T. H., congratulations to, 1v.—
and Tiegs, O. W., New Gyrodactyloid
Trematodes from Australian Fishes,
83.
Karny, H. H., Remarkable new Gall-
thrips from Australia, 266.
Knot grass infested with rust fungus,
exhibited, xxx.
Lasiopetalum rufum, large flowering
variety, exhibited, xxvii.
Lea, A.M., On Australian Anthicidae,
471.
Lepidoptera, Revision of Australian,
348.
Le Souef, A. S., see Exhibits.
Linnea borealis var. americana, exhibited,
XXX.
Linnean Macleay Fellowships, announce-
ment of revised regulations, xxvil—
applications invited, xxvii—appoint-
ments announced, xxix.
Lizard, new nematode parasite of, 311.
Lizards, Physaloptera of, 53, 232, 415.
Loranthaceae of Australia, 1, 199, 391.
Loranthus alyxifolius, painting of, ex-
hibited, xxvii.
Loranthus, germination of, lantern slides,
exhibited, xxvil.
Loranthus on Black Cypress Pine, ex-
hibited, xxv.
Lord Howe: Island, Australian Moths
from, 439.
Lower Marine Series, ehert from, con-
taining spore cases, exhibited, xxx.
Lower Marine Series, new gasteropod
from, 278.
Mackerras, I., elected a member, xxi.
Macrozamia spiralis, apogeotropie roots
of, 319.
Maiden, J. H., letter returning thanks,
xxiv.—resignation from Council, xxii.
—see Exhibits.
Marsupial allantoplacenta, significance
of, 541.
Martynia diandra, exhibited, xxxi.
liv. F TNDEX.
McCulloch, A. R., account of Lord Howe
‘Island, xxiil.
MclLuckie, J., apogeotropie roots of
Macrozamia spiralis, 319—Contribu-
tion to parasitism of Notothixos in-
canus var. subaureus, 571—Studies in
Symbiosis: Myeorhiza of Dipodium
punctatum, 293.
Members, List of, xlvi.
Mesozoic insects of Queensland, 447.
Mitchell, J., New Gasteropod from
N.S.W., 278—Two new trilobites, and
note on Griffithides convexicaudatus,
535.
Mordellistena, new species, parasitic on
Termites, 346.
Moths, Australian from Lord Howe
Island, 439.
Moulden, O. M., elected a member, xxi.
Muir, F., New genus of Australian
Ciatidae, 63.
Murray, P. D. F., elected a member,
XX1.
Mycorhiza of Dipodium punctatum, 293.
National Park, lantern slides shown,
XXIX.
Nematode parasite of a lizard, 311.
Nematodes of genus Physaloptera, 53,
232, 415.
Nicholson, A. J., elected a. member, xxi.
Noble, R. J., congratulations to, iv.
Nomenclatorial Notes, attention drawn
to, Xxill.
Notodontidae, revision of, 348.
Notothixos incanus var. subaureus, para-
sitism of, 571.
Nutritive value of Australian grasses,
516.
O’Dwyer, Margaret H., Further report
on nutritive value of Australian
grasses, 516—Notes on protein pre-
cipitation in grasses, 513.
Oil glands in barks of Euealypts, 428.
Osborne, G. D., Geology and _petro-
graphy of Clarencetown-Paterson Dis-
trict, 161, 519.
Ostertagia circumeincta, exhibited, xxxi.
Otocompsa emeria, remarks on, xxv.
Parasite, nematode, of a lizard, 311.
Parasitism of Notothizos incanus var.
subaureus, 571.
Perkins, F. A., eleeted a member, xxi.
Permian insects, new, from Belmont,
279.
Petrie, J. M., Linnean Macleay Fellow
in Biochemistry, reappointed, 1922-23,
vii—reappointed, 1923-24, xxix.—
summary of year’s work, v.
Phylogenetic significance of marsupial
allantoplacenta, 541.
Physaloptera, nematodes of the genus,
53, 232, 415. :
Physaloptera of Australian Lizards, 232,
415—of Lizards, 53.
Picramie acid, exhibited, xxviii.
Playfair, G. I., donation from, i.—re-
ference to death, xxvii.
Polygonum aviculare infested with rust
fungus, exhibited, xxx.
Potorus tridactylus, photograph show-
ing parturition, exhibited, xxviii.
Presidential Address, by G. A. Water-
house, 1.
Prosqualodon davidis, intracranial east,
exhibited, xxx.
Protein precipitation in grasses, 513.
Pultenaea daphnoides, albinism in, ex-
hibited, xxvil.
Ramsay, J., lantern slides of National
Park, xxix.
Rattus mondraineus, skins, exhibited,
XXIV.
Reptiles, Nematodes of genus Physalop-
_tera parasitic in, 53, 232, 415.
Royal Academy of Belgium, Medal re-
ceived from, xxvl.
Rubus sp., seedlings infested with “rust
disease,” exhibited, xxvil.
Saturniadae, revision of, 348.
Schizophyllum commune, exhibited, xxx.
Seal, White-necked Hair, skulls, ex-
hibited, xxiv.
Shaw, A. Eland, Description of new
Australasian Blattidae, with note on
Blattid coxa, 223.
Shells, land, exhibited, xxiv.
Silene quinquevulnera, exhibited, xxx1.
Smith, H. G., congratulations to, xxi1—
letter returning thanks, xxiv.
Smith, R. Greig, Macleay Bacteriologist
to the Society: summary of year’s
work, v.
Smith, Vera Irwin, Linnean Macleay
Fellow in Zoology: New nematode
parasite of a lizard, 311—Notes on
——
INDEX.
nematodes of genus Physaloptera, 53,
232, 415—reap pointed, 1922-23, vii.
summary of year’s work, v.—see Ex-
hibits.
Sphaerococcus leat on Belah, exhibited,
XXVI1.
Steel, T., Chemical notes—general, 441
—see Exhibits.
Symbiosis. Studies in, 293, 319.
Tabanidae, Notes on Australian, 245.
Termite, new Australian, 275.
Termites, Descriptions and biology of
some North Australian, 142.
Termites, new species of Mordellistena
parasitic on, 346.
Tiegs, O. W., elected a member, xxi.—-
see Johnston and Tiegs.
Tillyard, R.. J., Mesozoic Insects of
Queensland, Part ix., 447—New Per-
mian Insects from Belmont, 279.
Tipulidae, new or little known Austra-
han, 581.
Tisiphone, aceount of breeding experi-
ments with, 1x.
Trematodes, new gyrodactyloid, trom
Australian Fishes, 83.
ly.
exhibited,
Trichostrongylus extenuatus,
XXX1.
xxxi.—instabilis, exhibited,
Trichuris ovis, exhibited, xxxi.
Trilobites, two new, 535.
Troughton, E. le G., see Exhibits.
Tumer, A. J., Revision of Australian
Lepidoptera, 348—Some Australian
Moths from Lord Howe Island, 439.
Turner, F., see Exhibits.
Walkom, A. B., Summary of year’s re-
search, v1.
Wardlaw, H. 8. H., Effect of suspended
respiration on composition of alveo-
lar air, 545.
Waterhouse, G. A., Account of breeding
experiments with the satyrine genus
Tisiphone, ix.—Necessity for Zoologi-
eal Survey of Australia, vii—Presi-
dential Address, 1 ibi
Welch, M. B., Occurrence of oil glands
in barks of certain Eucalypts, 428.
Whale, intracranial east, exhibited, xxx.
Zoological Survey of Australia, Neces-
sity for, vu.
(b) BIOLOGICAL INDEX.
new names in SMALL CAPITALS.
Synonyms are printed in italics;
Acacia .. .. 8, 216, 218, 267
adun¢Cay ae vi 214
aneura .. .. 267, 403
armata 211, O14, 217, 411,
413
Baileyana .. 17, 213-4
calamuitoliawem.s.)s. 2 8
Cambagel .. . . 445
decurrens 211, 409a- b, 411
Variseiss loo sa 4092:
var. dealbata 409a-e
var. mollis 14, 212-4,
405-6, 409e, 411, 413
var. normalis 409a, 409¢
var. pauciglandulosa 213- penninervis .. .. 412-3
4, 218, 412-3 var. falciformis 409a,
exocarpioides .. .. XXIV. 409¢
floribunda .. . 213-4, 13 polybotrya foliolosa
laleynilemastl G5 5 oo oo IS) 412
implexa .. .. . 17, 213-4 prominens 213-4
TUNA, 5 go oo 5 BOA pulchella .... 203
var. planifolia ... xxvi. Seat ie 30 00 00 oc Gulls}
linifolia 213-4, 409b, 409¢ sp. 409b
Maideni .. .. .. .. 412-3 subtilinervi IS 66 00 oo Sond
melanoxylon 17, 409, 409a, Acanthiza .. ahs 5 PAL
409¢ chrysorrhoa .. . 21-2 2, 138
TAIL, G5 Go oo oo CNY) MINCED, Ga Ge oc > 138
EE) "He wobeoeo, a0 onl ols} pusilla .. 5 l%}
lvi.
Acanthiza reguloides ... 138
Space 50) 19.6) Ro zo apelats)
uropygialis SiG yikcyceaimerie bake)
Acanthocera amr, .. 246
Acanthocercus sordidus . 38
Acanthochaera carunculata
; 22, 140
Acanthocotyle .. . 85, 124-5
Oth wee! aie, en el sucsre raed
branchialis .. .. .. 124
Goebey 55 g5 oo be o I
elevans, 3. sa ters ny We
lobianchi eee eal 2425
mronticelllits-puer arene tec
oligoteray cmon Loe
TAIAC\ Ions, cet uoee ee LOS:
ROGET seca OR Pay ee Os:
Vertimai A=)
Acanthocotylinae . 85, 124-5
Acanthodiscus .. . 123, 125
mirabilis .. 84, 123, 126
remorae .. .. .. 84, 123
Acanthogenys rufigularis 140
Acanthorhyncha tenuirostris
23
Aecanthorhynehus tenuirostris
139
Acer philippinum .. .. xxv.
ANCdaASpISMee wen OS
AcLEOTREMA . 84-5, 101, 110
GIRELLAE .. . 84, 110, 126
Acrocephalus australis . 138 .
Acronychia imperforata 218
pertoratams ee ese 219
Acroperus 55.5 2.) 36-9
ENAOSIAS oG po oo Lily or)
Sinuaiuse ee eC AOD
Acrosema amboinae .. . 385
Actinocrinus sp. .. .. . 165
Acuaria hamulosa .. . xxx.
pelacicanr er eens! 6
ANGIE ca oa 50 oc oo Sh)
Adelium barbatum .. . 78-9
gemina tum aa S
VESICULATUM .. .. .. 78
Aegialitis nigrifrons ... 135
ranumleR HOMIE ge 55 bo oo JE
Aegintha temporalis 21-2, 140
iMicestisme nee .. 458
Allecula flavicornis .. . 81
Alona . . 38, 40, 47
abbreviata .. .. 27, 40-2
ENEWS G5 Go oo Hae By 4O
ALCheri eee Oe. sees
cambouil .. 27, 40, 42
INDEX.
Alona clathrata .. 27
diaphana .. .. .. .. 48
I AHAB aoe MCL in ouch no. ae se)
kendallensis
laevissima . . 27-8, 40, 42
longirostris .. .. 27, 40-1
MICROTATA ... .. 27, 40-1
OWIOGIE 56 00 o . 40
pulchella .. .. 27, “40, 42
testudinarius .. .. .. 43
wallaciana .. .. 27, 40, 42
whiteleggu .. . 27, 40
Alonella .. .. .. .. 38-9; 47
elathratula . 27, 47-8
diaphana .. .. 27-8, 47-8
DUOODONTA ... 27, 47, 49
GOR) sorgn o6 0 Clg HAY)
var. clathratula .. .. 49
karua .. . 27-8, 47-8
MAasubaiy eps <1 eM eee oO
Torco Go Go ao oa) As)
Alphitonia excelsa .. XxXvill.
Alyxia buxifolia .. .. . 25
Ampharthrandria .. ... 553
Amphaskandria .. .. .. 553
Amphibdella .. 84-5, 92, 96
flavolineata .. .. .. .. 96
MACCALLUMI .. .. .. . 96
Tomaccbhms oo ay oa o0 SO
Amphibdellidae .. .. 90, 92
SATINVICIN Aieetutn coi ohepaesnemeee sen
ATIVAN, 50 50 56 06 2
INDAVONINE, So Go go bo oo lly)
Anas superciliosa .. .. 135
Anaxo fuscoviolaceus .. 80
ANCHYLODISCUS . 84-5, 92-3
SDeeedicte: lebaivels me OA MAG
TANDANI .. .. 84, 93, 126
Ancyrocephalus 85, 92, 94-6
EOI Bo 66 60 66 6 OB
balistesasewr-r ict too)
NORMS G5 Go 56 co po Ue)
OOO 55 64 Go 5a 6 OD
echeneisiey late) GO.
EYOTA “GE 65 o6 oo Yb)
longiphallus .. .. .. . 95
paradoxus .. .. .. . 94-5
JOXSGEWAS, 54 Savoo o6 oo OB)
pleurovitellum .. .. . 96
SONSMEK Ga oo oo oo gor th)
Teuthis ee wa teivece ee wOD
iHVOSUE 45 36 90 09 oo OD
vanbenedenii .. .. .. 95
Amdracamcue ree oD oD
Andraca adoxzima .. .. 360
Andropogon intermedius 514,
516-8
XIU G5 Go co oo Gls
punctatus .. .. .. .. 518
Angophora .. .. . 405, 409b
Bakeri .. 213-4, 218, 411
cordifolia .. .. 17, 213-4
intermedia 14, 212-4, 218-9,
398, 405-6, 411
lanceolata xxiil., 14, 16, 22,
212-4, 218, 296, 411,
571
a ae Bag fold
ANmileNEy og) 5.6 0 EOI
Anisocotylinae .. 114, 123-5
Anisotremus virginieus . 96
Anoplodiseus 85, 122-3, 1125
LICH ard es) ee Lele Ee:
‘Anthelas i. vu Si te 4 O
ACUtAly, ac, es) Gea ele
BARNARDIS sl. eis eI:
CALEIDEUGAY 2.) seater pile
MACTIICA Lye eS 50)
tetraphricay > ssa sOU)
URUOWI 56 6G oo oo o ath)
xantharcha .. .. .. 4. 350
XANDTHOCERA |.) Gey gemaol
Antheleplilus’..... .: 472
Amntherdeal a. 2.4 eee eee
astrophela .. 5. 7. 43/303
disquncial 2). ees
ENGAWA. (ic cra seer 353- 4
eucalypti .. . 353, 355
helena .. 353, 355
INSIGHIS) 21 ee ee ODS
intermedia .. .. .. .» 35d
Janette ae) tia ct ees DS
Toranthiqemerein neon
Paphiahe-. 4 esos
purpurascens .. .. .. 353
SUN PIE L tl le) OS
AMtNICUS i acy eS
INMIMOS 65°60 b4-06 so LID
aberransie-\ .-) sale
abnormis).. 4 aeeeeale
ABUNDANS ..-..... .. 500
ACANTHODERES .. .. . 490
ACENTEDUS: <4) se eee oO
AGUDIBA'SIS) 3202.) ee 498)
adelaidae .. .. . 471, 494
albifasciatusi; sc) usr
albaniyensis) <. 1. erie ial
AMBULANS! cle cial vaeenAase,
apICAlis) aa eal
|
|
Anthieus australis . 472, 474
CUEINS oo Go oo pa 0 ZAl
baudinensis .. .. 471, 501
bellus .. 472, 474
bembidioides 472, 474
BILOBICEPS .. .
brevieollis 471, 474-5, 477,
479, 482, 488-9, 501
bryanti... .. 471, 478, 489
eancellatus .. B yAl
CASTANEOGLABER .. .. 481
cavitrons ea AL
Charon «2 .. 2. 47h Ani,
GEIS oo Go 60 oo Cl, aby
comptus .. .. .. 471, 494
confertus .. BS ee
constrictus .. 471, 494
CORDICOLLIS 502
crassipes 471, A745, 477,
479, 501
erassus 471, 474-5, 477,
479, 501
delicatulusiens eee a 40,
demissus .. .. .. 471, 485
denisomigeemnseci all
discoideus ». .. . 471, 501
DOLICHODERES .. .. .. 484
dubius .. . 471, 481-3
ELECTILIS .. .. 486
elegans .. .. . 471
EMINENS -- .« 489
excavatus . 472, 477.
exiguus 472, 477-8
EXOPHTHALMUS 481
EXPALLIDUS .. .. 482-3
exsangus .. . 471
FLAVIPENNIS .. .. . 480-1
Horalismeeny ise 4s 487)
FOVEIFER .. ai 499
FUSCOTIBIALIS 498, 500
gawleri .. .. .. 471, 496
geminatus . 471, 479, 497
glaber .. 471, 481-2, 485
glabriceps .. .. 472, 474-5
glabricollis .. . 472
GLOBICEPS . . 497
hackeri .. . 472
HERUS .. .. «. . 491-2
hesperi 472, 492, 496
HOMALINOTUS .. .. .. 483
IMITATOR .. Monee 492
immaculatus .. . 472, 502
inglorius .. 471-2, 479, 502
inornatus .. 472, 484-5
INSIGNICORNIS .. . 488
INDEX,
Anthicus intricatus .. 472
JUCUNDUS 493
Fang¥an 514) Go 472
Kreffti .. See rare
LSGIRGD oc od lo Mle oe NIC
kreusleri .. .. .. 472, 496
laticollis 472, 477, 502
latus .. ae ott eee
latus Avice 502
leae .. 472, 47 7-8
lemodioides .. .. .. . 472
luridus . 472, 475, 479, 502
MACELLUS) 0. 2. .. 493
macleayl .. oo too ie
WUNGOIERSS So bo on on Cheesy
mastersi 472
melancholicus .. 471
MELANOSTICTUS . 495
MELAS .. . 485
MIMBTES <5 i. 55 '. 496=7)
MODICUS . 487
monilis ..
myrteus 472,
.. 472, 500
monostigma .. .. ..
492, 495, 497,
. 472
500
raMeRAKKONNS 55 oc 60 00 AY
nitidissimus .. 472, 497
obliquifasciatus . 472, 477
OSCULANS . 495
ovipennis .. .. .. 472
pallidus... .. 2. ..\ . 471
pallidusm nee oles
pallipes 472, 478, 493, 497
PARVULUS .. .. 500
paululus .. 472
permutatus 472
PHAENITHON .. 482
pignerator .. Sp) ree
politulus .. 472, 495
posticalis .. see Ab
POST-TIBIALIS . 485
propinguus .. 472, 474
PUBIPENNIS .. .. .. 484-5
pulcher ... 472, 483, 495
pulchrior . 472, 474-5
varus .. .. 472, 474, 493
rectifasciatus .. .. . 472
rubriceps .. .. 472, 477-8
seabricollis .. .. 472, 490
seutellatus *.. 472, 479
seydmaenoides ... 472, 490
segregatus : 472
semipunctatus .. 472, 487
similis .. ABSA tas ofr
simulator . 472, 474
lvii.
Anthicus sorpIpuS .. .. 487
stenomorphus .. 472, 477
strictus 472, 474, 493, 499
var. flavohumeralis . 474
SUBQUADRATICOLLIS .. 489
tasmanicus . 471, 475
triangularis .. .. 472, 477
RICOLORICORNIS- oo oo ill
tridentatus .. 472, 490
TRIVITTIPENNIS .. ... 490
unicinetus! = -)-1. 472, 494
unifasciatus 472, 486, 494,
498
villosipennis .. . 472, 477
wollastoni .. 472, 487-8
xerophilus 472, 479, 496-8
Anthus .. 616) (oo, 6 dla}
australis .. Yor oo. AKO)
Antimima 374-5, 386
eryptica of 6) Ble
Aphelocephala .. . 133
leucopsis . 139
APHELOSCYTA .. 458
MESOCAMPTA .. . 459
Apocampta nigra .. 247
Apocampta subeana ... 247
Areceuthobium .. .. 573, 577
occidentale . 571, 573, 577
Archepsychops . . . 468-9
Archipanorpa (?) BAIRDAE
284
Arcturus .. 3303
sparshalii . 363
ATGAS A ae) e Se bis
Argynnina Mobertin eyrila
XXVil.
Aristopsyche .. . 286
Arius commersonil .. .. 122
Artamus melanops .. .. 139
NEON Bo oe oo o- Jet!
SOONG Go oo co oo o Jlst)
Spare. ap ied) oc dh
supereiliosus a0 ag dete}
Asearis .. 5 bo 5 Gul)
Aspidiotus aurantii Sinead:
ASTACOCROTON 329, 332, 334
336-7, 339-41
MOLLE .. . 330
Astacopsis serratus .. .. 329
Asteroscopus nodosus .. 389
Astrotricha floceosa 218-9,
411, 413
Atax .. NaS te
Atkinsonia .. .. 2, 4, 204-5
ligustrina .. . .. 204
lvii.
Atkinsonia ligustrina .. 4, 5
Atherinidae .. .. .. .. 84
Athyris expansa .. .. . 165
SD eee nancies cyanea ulOD)
Attacus .. . 352, 356
EWES oo- ooo bolloo oo BD)
Glolngiival 5G oo oo oo 3 CH)
Attacus dohertyi wardi . 356
PWENCULES) ee er tele eee OOO
Attheyella .. . 566, 568
australica .. . 552-3, 567
Awena fatuay i. <i en) + XK
SGU 65 oo od 00 0 28OG
Aviculopecten _ LAU EE Oe
mu aby Gy loo oo oo o ets)
SPse chu ase Meenas lOO)
Axiocleta...... .. . 363-4
perisema .. ....:.. 364
Azotobacter .. .. . 319, 326
Backhousia myrtifolia 411,
413
Baeckea crenulata ... xxii.
Banksia attenuata .. .. 203
integrifoha .. . 217-9
Mmenziesil =... oes. 20d
serrata a ates peel“)
SOsi castes laure sevodat
Barnardius barnardi .. . 136
BATHYMERIA .. .. .. . 63
SUNOS Ga igg ae igo ao AO)
Batrachomyia .. .. .. Xxil.
Illes 6366 o5 66 a0) BEY
Beauverdiana dietyophlebus 6
Bellerophon hiuleus ... 165
sp... 165
Belmontia: 279- 80, 285- 6, 291
TeaURRAM GoGo oa ooo Lay)
Bent hamin aerate enc!
Blepharoceridae .. .. .. 1x.
Boeckella .. .. 551, 554-5
asymmetrica .. .. .. 552
CORONARIA .. . 552, 556-7
FLUVIALIS .... 552, 556-7
NAAM. 59 56 4 co BBS
longisetosa .. 552-3
minuta . 552, 556, 558
oblonga 552, 556-8
orientalis .. Sogo. BBD)
pseudocheles 552, 556, 559
robusta 552-3, 556, 558-9
WUDLAtebe essed ODS)
SAY Celis) aici ere OOS
opnvate wre ako io) Gin: wide iss)
Symmetricara10 ieiei OOe
INDEX.
Boeckella tenera .. .. . 552
triarticulata .. oa 556-7
IBOGOR Ge 06 66 555
triarticulata .. .. .. 556
Boletus sulphureus .. . 446
BOWES ool go oo 00 cn GO)
anastomosis ..... .. 3tl
banksiae .. .. .. .. 380
melanosticta .. .. .. 367
MOLINE ah tee OO
GUSH 00 60.0 367
Boronia microphylla xy, 205
Bosmina geoffreyi .. .. 28
longir eine Ale 27-8
sonal 28
(Aen, Go oo oa oo Ce
Bosminidae... .. .. . 27-8
Bothiembryon .. .. . XXIV.
inflatuswiee wee eee XXL.
Botrychium <255)) +. 2. 294
Brachychiton Gregorii .. 12
populneus .. 211, 214
Brachymetopus 538-9
maccoyi.. .. .. .. . 538
OMICS 66 Go oo op Guts
strzeleckii .. .. .. -- 538
BYE doco ce oo xoaubl
Brunella Je 552,850
ampulla, 2. wa ee) a O02
AUStLAlI SH ein NeeeeeEROO
CXPANSaye neem CMOS
longicornis .. .. .. . 592
tasmanica .. .. .. 9d2-
WANS, Go oo op eo a5 OB
Bubastes since Ae ae ol
Bubastes suturalis .. .. 67
Bucaniay Spaces ete OO
Buplex .. .. .. 248-9
Buprestis aurulenta Sadia 8s)
Cacatua gymnopis .. .. 136
leadbeaten! ace ane oo
roseicapilla . 21-2, 136
Cadicera rubramarginata 246
Calamoecia -. 4. Fs .. 955
Australicameraet cere
Calanoida .. bo 60 a)
Caleeostoma . 83, 85, 119-23
caleeostoma .. .. 119, 121
elegans .. eel
GLANDULOSUM 119, 121-2,
126
.- 119, 121-2
85-6, 118-9,
125
inerme .. .
Caleeostomidae
Calceostominae 85, 119, 124
Calicotyle .. 85, 115, 117
krOverl <_< anime ells
VAUAHUAUADI 6 Go oo oo lili}
stossichi .. .. . 118
Calicotylinae .. 85, 115, wa
(OOMMEORTIG oo 6 oc oo. ils
Calliocotyle .. .. .. .. 118
Callistemon .. XXViil.
coccineus .. XXVIII.
lanceolata var. lilacina
XXVIIl.
lanceolatus 213-4, 217, 219
pallidus) \e 0) (reese
rugulosus .. Seyexsxayilis
salignus .. xxix., 212, 214
vininalis aS wo pee ode
Callitris calearata 221, 405-6
cupressiformis .. .. . 221
TROY bo oo 4000 0 Zeal
sp. Ba pa 2201) 22Il
Gallocotyle. Berra eo oe JUili)
Calopsitta novae- -hollondiae
136
Calopsittacus novae-hollandiae
22
Calotermes! =. sey a
CONDONENSIS .. .. .. 270
nierolabrum .) ssa
Calyeotylé oe ae decdpmeepeallt8)
Calythrix flavescens bo 0 CAB}
Camptocereus oe SEA OSES
australisin|-) ceicmemecemoo
Canthocamptus .. .. .. 566
Cholla Ge oa co oo 20Oab
Coen? Go on bo oo. 320k
Capusa senilis .. .. .. 389
Caranx hippos ..... .=. 126
Carcharias obseurus .. . 122
Cardiothorax aureus .. . 77
Emisnelbs) gh go oo oo LOU
caperatus! t)-— earenmeene Cs
Gobayyoss! Golpe. ao oc Ue
@LFEANS “ic ss sco
UEXEPES| 1.) cae
pithecius: =.) aed)
tiloralasy as vier nce eeNeMn ACG
VICTORIAH)).). eee emo
Carduelis carduelis .. . 141
Carphibis spinicollis .. . 135
Carya olivaeformis 212, 214
Casarea tadornoides ... 135
Cascera’.. .. .. 375, 384
Bhainichey Go Go od ooo Ste!
MAE Ho oo oo oo Gert
Cassia australis .. .. .. 412
Cassinia aculeata .. .. 409¢
Castor .. po one
Casuarina 17, 219, 403, 571,
579
aculeata .. . 409a
Cambagei .. XXvl., 266
Cunninghamu .. .. 405-6
elamcay ie.) 6 125) 24, an
Luehmanni.. .. . 221
sp. Eieee 212, 411-2 2
stricta O11, 214, 403, 406,
411, 413
suberosa 12, 211-4, 217-9,
411-3
torulosa .12, 213-4, 218-9,
407, 411, 413
Casuarinae .. .. ls
CATHARIOTREMA .. “84 5, 122
Selachil@ermra-s . 122
Cenchrus pauciflorus .. xxii.
tribuloides .. .. > SX:
OLR, aoseo sue loo ool ee!
loranthi ..
Ceratocephala
Cerchneis cenchroides
Cercospora Loranthi 409
Cereopsis novae-hollandiae
135
Ceriodaphnia .. 5 etek Be
COMME, oo so ao ei ores)
Makes wuss, cin ania eos.
INDTTORMNE, ob bo on 97, 32-3
Dlanitronsee) ei-yeae nese eo.
TACHKOWIEY oip oo olan om Oe
TEANEN, 6A: Goo ae ao oe) BS
rotunda .. 6 no Diets
spinata .. 27, 32-3
Ceroplastes cerciferus .. 24
ceriferus .. 5. SOO
TubenSiaeueer BN VBE
Cerospora Loranthi . 3 OB}
Cerura .. 3 374, "380
australis .. 381
fureula .. bo io Btell)
? melanoglypta oa By -oheh)
multipunctata .. .. .. 381
Cestracion zygaena .. .. 122
Chabertia ovina .. .. . XXXI.
Chaeraps preissii .. 329
quinquecarinatus .. .. 329
tenuimanus ., .. .. . 329
Chaleophorella .. .. .. 65
Chaleotaenia angulipennis 65
Chaleotaenia angulipennis 66
australasiae .. 65-6
INDEX.
Chaleotaenia australis ... 66
beltanae .. : . 65-6
bizimporessayie.) ss) <1) 1 00
CORIEMGE, 50 00500 oo ov i
cerata,<: {Macks tds (G5
GuprascenSiey- rf ei) ers) 00
Mower, 56 a0 ab ooo We
gratiosissima .. .. .. 65
Naetay sheets vat 25 100
IgM YARH, oo go co oo oo OO
lon gicollisirereareiitcrl ie OO)
WAETAHDG oo) Do bo ob Op, 19)
occidentalis .. .. .. .. 66
quadri-impressa .. .. 65-6
suleiventris-.. 65-6
violacea .. .. soe (Oa
Chamaesyee Preslii 51g) NO-0.015
TOROAREUED on oo Ge o 200d
Tinie, bo oo oo 6 2oedb
Cheilospirura hamulosa xxx.
Chenopis atrata . . 135
@henvialawarme awe SLO,
heliaspis 5a) tks)
rufa . 349
Cheramoeca leucosternum 137
Chiloeyela .. . 458, 460
scolopoides .. .. .. . 460
Chlamydochen jubata .. 135
Chlenias banksiaria ... 389
sagittaria .. . 385
Chorismagrion . 455
Chromomoea rufescens .. 81
VIOLACEA .. .. . 80-1
Ghrysops 1. 4 «-))- 240
subcanus... ..... .. 247
Chydoridae .. .. .. 27-8, 38
Chydorusienmeriermet oo, 40
GUGUSTUSHE Rey eee ee LO
VHA og Go on oo ro 248
Clelandimmnmrrce enn 0
denticulatus .. .. 27, 45-6
globosus 27-8, 45-6
JUGOSUS .. .. 27, 45-6
leonardi .. .. . 27, 45, 47
MINOT. en aise ete econ coe AL
OVENS a5 wo bo! Pie Gy ey
UNISPINUS .. 27-8, 45-6
Cinclorhamphus cruralis 138
rufescens .. .. .. .. 138
Sp aerneers Weed) | late)
Citrus Anrantiacum ... 412-3
Limonum .. Fee ne 18}
SOs hone Monee ne go UE
Cladochonus tenuieollis 165
Clathe arida .. . 389
lix.
Cleome spinosa .. .. . XXXi.
Climacteris leucophoea . 139
picumna .. oo dlBh)
scandens .. oo: wo dist)
HO oo oo > oo Jee)
Clisiocampa lewinae 40.6), Biss)
Cnethocampa . 360, 363, 370
melanospila .. ee 300)
ochrogutta .... 5 wl)
processiona .. OS
Cnicus benedictus .. .. XXX.
Coenoprosopon hamlyni 249
Colluricinela harmonica 12,
21-2, 139
Collyta lanceolata .. .. 386
Comersonia Fraseri ... 217
Commersonia Fraseri .. 219
Conilurus conditor .. . XXv.
Conosia irrorata .. 584
Conostephium pendulum 203
Conularia : 539
Coptotermes acinaciformis
154, 159
IETS: 66 oo ac oo oo GY)
michaelseni 159-60
raffrayi . Ag eee OO)
Son HA mbeae os eat ood
Coracina mentalis .. .. 21-2
OMY co do oo Ie Miley
Corcorax melanorhamphus
139
Cordaniaanaeen meee OOF,
GARDNERI .. 56) nie)
ENO! an oo ao.6n a beh)
occidentalis) va 1 --) ooo
spinosus .. .. 56 5 OBt)
Coregonus lavaretus Fae D
Corizoneura .. 246, 249
alternans .. wes ee 40
anthracina .. eos
chrysophila .. .. .. 248
falvayeee ents eee 2 1ee9
suleifrons,.. .. «- a. 246
umbratipennis .. .. . 246
Corvus australis .. .. . 140
coronoides .. pee 40
Coscinocera 352, 356
hereules .. oo Bi
omphale ...... 356
Cotanalaeome are . 360-1
dorierana .. 362
NEURINA .. so. tol
rubreseens .. 50. 6 Ohal
serranotatay cn) coool
Cractieus destructor . 140
lx.
Cracticus nigrogularis . 140
ih co coon p ome oa ya)
ran areca pare serealees 443
Crataegus oxycantha 213-4,
219
Sete e estsbesicn stalb acumen @oll:
spathulata .... “ail, 413
Cribroanthicus frenchi . 472
Croton Verreauxii 411, 413
Cryptocarya patentinervis
XXV.
Cryptotermes .. .. .. . 277
Cryptothripmae .. .. . 267
Cuculus pallidus .. .. . 137
Cupaniopsis
anacardoides .. .. 218-9
Soar oo bo og Zobl) Zl}
@uscutaye ie tienne eno Ce:
Cutilia .. 22359230
BREVITARSIS .. .. .. . 228
FERIARUM .. .. 226, 230-1
ILLINGWORTHI .. .. . 227
MENGE) Ba wg) do lee ude. 2A)
mitidellaseeae eels
PHIUGPOLLI wen aloe O
sedillotie cen seuciaeeleo
SNA bo od oo, Bey PEL
tepperl .. .. .. 229, 231
HINO 56 no on a5) PIES
Cyeas .. . bo uae)
revoluta 319- 20, 399. 3, 326-
“8
Cyclodus boddaertii .. . 241
Cyclopoida 3) 3.3) 3. 1553
‘Cyclops .. .. ..°. 551, 561
albicans’). 32) se. DDS
GlDIdUSE ee OS
arnaudi .. .. 552
australis .. . 561- 3, 561-2
canthocarpoides .. .. 565
crassicornis .....- .. 565
dulvertonensis .. 502-3
GUMUNUS nil este OS
LASCLDUSnet ee OOD
leuckarti a. fn 2. gOS
pallidus. ieee ODS
pygmoeus .. .. .. 565
quadricornis albidus . 563
scourfielda..... =. 2. 563
SETMULGLUS) 0-1 ye 4o1-) OF:
SWGR 65 as 60 bo eR
sydneyensis .. .. .. . 962
tenuicornis .. . 563
"552, 561-2
brachyura 564
varicans ..
varius var.
INDEX.
Cyclopsina .. .. ..°.. 504
Cynodon dactylon .. .. 203
Cynosarga .. .. .. 363, 373
ornata .. .. 2) 303
Cytisus proliferus 212, 409
” 409¢
Var-albay cnn eter e203
var. palmensis ... 213-4
Dacelo gigas .. .. .. . 137
Dactylodiseus .. 85, 92, 95
borealiswys.) econ eaoD
Dactylogyrus .. oO
Dactylogyrus .. 85, 91- ® 94
aequans .. .. sett OA
alatusieisaee Lederer et92
amphibothrium no bee 24
anchoratus! serie jae sien o
auriculatus .. .. .. . 91-2
COIN, fe cc etre eee te
OHNODEAS Agog noldo de oA
Gitiormis| payee oS
dujardinianus .. .. .. 92
echeneisiai cs eer ao)
TEENY GG Moo Mode ao Ye
OILAR. = hts, Keeuta a Oe
HOLCEPSIs-fsn) luis sites Oe:
iraternus) feel evel eee Oe
EagVGINS 55 do ga 60 00 HA
intermedius .. .. .. 92
INVETSUS fe eve ele bee 91-2
macracanthus .. .. . . 92
MENON Ga Bolted od 0192
malleuss. jase OS
megastoma .. .. .. .. 92
mM Go “oo -an ba oo oe
MOWISH exe) yaeue He
monenteron .. .. .. . 94
ISERAMEE] Bo,o0 Gooso ou {4
pedatus, 0 she i fee ere OF
SiluPTy. veo wie, eisseen ROS
SUIMTIS We scl aelaiakereelevae
SOI oo Wo aa oa on GI
benwMIShie, «o.stes tee
trigonostoma .. .. .. 92
ALOE YN Siar en ee GME ee
WUNCIMATUS! Wisse fees cle Ue ROD
unguiculatus .. .. 94
Dartreosoma .. 84-5, ‘92, 98
BANOCROFTI .. .. . 99, 126
constrictum 84, 98-9, 126
Danima .. . 374-5, 385
banksiaewnien suite mero).
Danthonia pilosa 514, 517-8
Danthonia semi-annularis 514
Dapanoptera
‘riechmondiana .. .. 583
Waphniay . 0 eee
carinata .. .. w. . 24-9
var. cephalata Bere ce 1CAU.
var. eurycephala .. . 27
var. expansa ..-... 27
var. gravis .. . 27, 29
var. intermedia . 27, 29
var. lamellata .. .. 27
var. magniceps .. 27, 29
elizabethae .. .. .. . 31
var. acutirostrata ols
POOR 65 Bo 00 oo OB
IpiranobAn 66 Go oo oo ets
mucronata .. .. .. .. 30
PADS ao leellon ob oo 24)
Daphnidae .. .. .. .. 27-8
Daption capensis .. ... 315
Darala cinctifera .. ... 371
expansa... .. .. «. 302
magnifica .. .. .. .. 300
serranotata .. .. .. . 361
aantharcha .. .. .. . 300
Darwinia taxifolia .. . xxiv.
Dasyatidae .. .. .. .. . 126
Dasybatus pastinacus o ally
Dasyurus .. .. ©. 542-3
VIVErTINUS =.) ye) eae
Datura ferox .. .. .. XXxi.
stramonium .. .. .. XXXl.
Daucus Carota.. .. .. 203
Delias harpaleyense .. . 24
harpalyce! 2.) «= samme ele
Dendrophthoe .. .. 2, 3, 7
celastroides .. .. .. . 216
congener ..... .. .. 4lfl
eucalyptioides .. .. . 211
pendulus .. .. .. .. 408
Desmeocraera .. .. .. . 379
Destolmia .. . 374-5, 385
HESYCHIMA .. .. .. . 386
IER, Go Bo a6 co a0 allo
Q lituratayee ae eooS
nigrolinea! ieee eC
Diachlorus melas .. .. 247
notatus .... . . 245
Diaphanosoma excisum .. 27
Diaptomus . . . 551, 554
Cookai. . si! Gis Soo
gracilioides .. .. .. 554
graciloides ..'5. .. 31002
lunholtzi pe pole2
MATA! Als, Seuabcts ieee RODD
Diaptomus orientalis 652, 554
pollux .. . 554
uxorius .. . 554
Diatomineura ? gagantina
247
inflata .. . 247-8
minima .. we 247
sub- appendiculata .. 247-8
violacea : 248
Dicaeidae 7. vy. yds oe a!
MD TEASUMG ve \2) oe ose tys, tel
hirundinaceum . 20-2, 139
Dichromia quinqualis 439-40
Diclisa ~. 247
Dicranomyia
AUSTRALIENSIS .. 581
debeautontimer ane eos
AUN, 50 of ao-ao ov bee
Didelphys .. .. . . 542
Dimorphocehilus pascoei 6 eill
Diomedea exulans .. .. 316
Dioncuinar 84-5, 119, 122- 3
DioNcHOTREMA .. 85, 122-3
remorae .. . 06 5) 12s}
Dionehus .. 85, 120, 122-5
GEES 50 oq ao oo 6 Je}
Diplatiaa trweemcc uss ele
Diplectaninaa .. .. .. . 92
Diplectaninae .. .. .. . 95
DirLecTANOTREMA 84-5, 92,
96
pleurovitellum .. .. . 96
Diplectanum .. .. .. 94, 96
pleurovitellum .. .. . 84
Diplectanumy 2.) js 2o
Diplozoonieemen eee Co
Dipodium 296, 301, 305,
307-10
punctatum 293-4, 296, 299,
309, 324
® Diprotodon .. 5 TEAK
Diseobola australis .. . 582
Discophlebia .. . 374-5, 382
blosyrodes .. 36 uo alee
catocalina .. . 382
lipauges .. oa ate}
lueasii .. . 382
Dodonaea porsiine? alia XXIV.
triquetra .. 201
VISCOSEaPay VateNiaie a. 201
Drepanotermes
silvestrii .. .. 145, 147
Dromaius novae-
hollandiae .. 5 ales)
Dromius humeralis .. 490,
Dunhevedia .
INDEX.
26, 39, 43
| DH) AEs
. 27, 43-4
. 465
crassa ..
podagra ..
Dunstaniopsis triassica
Echeneis nauerates .. . 123
Eehidnophaga gallinacea
Xxill.
Eehinorhynchus sp. ... 427
Eenomodes ... 374-5, 385-6
Sagittaria <: .. (..-.. (380
Kgernia cunninghamil 242
Elaeodendron australe 217,
219
Elytranthe .. .. By, oe
EMPLEURODISCUS 84-5 5. 101-2
109, 125
ANGUSIUS .. 84, 109, 126
Empieurosoma 84-5, 92, 100
PYRIFORME .. 84, 100, 126
EMPRUTHOTREMA 84-5, 114,
124
TAlael..theys ere goes «ALLE
EPO 96 66 06 00 65 Go 2S
joanna... matey Fotis UKs
Enome pelospila | ete cs 149
Enterogonia pigrans .. . 89
Entolium Ds on . 165
Hpaecris rigida .. .. . Xxiv.
Ephthianura albifrons 133,
138
aurifrons .. 5 lets}
WAKO 55 bo 56 5 alleys)
Hpibdellass. 3: a6 JZ)
Hypicomar.ni lye 2-4). 1b03-4
ANISOZYGA .. .. . 2865-6
aLcentatawere i. i) 308
argentea .. tie sete 1000
asbolina .. .. .. 364, 370
barnardi .. .. 365, 368-9
barytima .. .. . 364, 366
CHRYSOSEMA .. . 365-6
COMHMSOS. Bo od bo) oo Soll
DISPAR Sh) es) 44) 2) GOD) 1S09
melanospila .. .. . 364-5
melanosticta .. . 365, 367
PHOENURA .. .. 365, 369
form. alba .. 365, 369
pontificalis ave as TOON
protrahens :. .. 365, 368
signata .. 56) 06 CAS)
(mans: Ae pic 364-5, 367
zelotes .. . 365-6
Epinephile .. i nel esau EX
)x1.
Epiophlebia .. .. .. .. 406
Epiphragma HARDY! ... 584
Eragrostis leptostachya 514,
517
Eriogaster simplex .. . 358
Eriostemon obovalis ... 205
Erueastrum incanum . XXill.
Erythrina indica . 12, 213-4
Esox lucius .. .. 96
Eucalyptus 12, 13, 18, ‘211,
216, 296, "354, 398, 401,
403, 405, 579
acaciaeformis 409b, 409e,
429, 433
acmenioides 212, 214, 429
aggregata 409a, 429, 433
AMINSTS So ao ue oo 66 GZ)
altior .. : * 409a, “409¢ -
amplifolia .. . 212, 214
‘almyealimays/uieseen tne lee
angophoroides 429, 433
Banecrofti .. .. 214-5
Baueriana 404, 406, 409a,
409e
Bauerleni .. .. <. 214
Behriana .. .. -.. .. 429
bicolor . .. 404, 406, 429
Blakely. eee 404-6
Blaxlandi . .. 400a, 409¢
Boormani .. . 429
Bosistoana .. . 429
botryoides ©. .. .. . 429
Bridgesiana .. 428-9, 433
Caleyi .. . 404, 406
calophylla .. .. 402, 406
ealycogona .. ao 0 CR)
eamphora .. . 429
Cannoni... do on Ue)
eapitellata .. 212, 2115
cinerea 211, 215, 429, 434
citriodora ... .. 79, 214
clavigera .. 398
O NENE, 16 0 ey Mies "°396- 7
Conica .).) er 409b, 409e
corymbosa 12, 314- 5, 409a,
409ce, 411, 499, 571
Crebramcncr 212, 215, 429
Dalrympleana . 409a, 409¢
Dawsoni .. .. 429
dealbata 404, 406, 409b,
409¢e, 429
dichromophloia .. 396-7
dives .. . 409a, 409e, 429
dumosa .. .. .. 404, 406
elaeophora 404, 406, 409a,
409e, 429, 434
1x.
Eucalyptus eugenioides 212-5,
404-6, 409, 409a-e
eximia .. .. 213, 215, 411
fasciculosa . 403, 406, 429
IPE go aa ao oo Gy)
ficifolia .. .. ... 212, 215
Fleteheri .. .. .. .. 429
Sraxinoides .. .. .. . 429
globulus .. .. .. 429, 436
gomphocephala . 402, 406
Gullicki .. .. 429, 434
haemastoma 212- 5, 218,
409a-e, 429
var. micrantha 213, 215,
429, 434
hemilampra ..~.. .. 429
hemiphloia 215, 404-6,
409a, 429, 433
var. albens 211, 405-6,
409b-c
var. microcarpa 404, 406
leucoxylon .. 403. 406
ligustrina .. 409a, 409¢
longifolia .. 212, 215, 429
Maearthuri 428-30, 432,
436
maerorrhyneha 404, 406,
409a-c
maculataincn seins ooteO
var. citriodora ... 405-6
maculosa 398, 404, 409a,
409c, 429, 434.
Maideni 5)... 45 2 429
melanophloia 13, 22, 212,
215
melliodora 404-6, 409a, 429
micrantha 405-6, 409a,
409¢
microcorys .. .. .. 396-7
microtheea .. .. 399, 429
Moorei .. .. . 409a, 409¢
Morelleriserace ieee LO.
Muelleriana .. 409a, 409¢
Nepeanensis .. .. .. 429
notabilis).... .--.. 212; 21/5
nova-anglica .. . 429, 435
ochrophloia .. .. 212, 215
odorata .. .. 403, 406
var. Woollsiana . 405-6
obtusiflora .. .. 411, 413
Oldfieldii .. ... 403, 406
oreades! ial). an, scan 429
ovalifolia cnet eeuert4e9
OVENIES bo od co o Zll, Ans
palucdosawer: a taemern4oo)
paniculata 13, 212-3, 215,
217, 405-6, 429
INDEX.
Eucalyptus Parramattensis
211, 215
patentinervis .. .. .. 429
Pillagaensis .. .. .. 406
pilularis 213, 215, 405-6,
409¢, 429
piperita 212-5, 218, 406,
409a-e, 429, 436
polyanthemos . 409b-c, 429
populifolia .. .. .. . 429
propinqua .. . A09b-¢
pulverulenta 428-9, 434-5
punctata 13, 212, 214-5,
405, 429
radiata 211, 215, 409a,
409e, 429
redunca .. ..... 402, 406
rasinifera, 12, 212-3, 215,
405-6
rostrata 403, 406, 409,
409b-e
rubida 409a, 409¢, 429,
435
saligna 213, 215, 218, 405-
6, 429
siderophloia 212, 215, 405-
6
sideroxylon 212, 214-5,
404, 406
Sieberiana 205, 211-3, 215,
409a, 409e, 429, 434
Smithii .. 429, 432, 434-5
sp. 211-2, 214, 396, 409,
409b
Spenceriana .. .. .. 403
squamosa .. .. 213-5, 429
stricta .. . 409a, 409¢
Stuartiana xxiv., 409a-e,
428-9, 435
tereticornis 13, 212, 215,
217, 219, 404-6
terminalis . . . 396-7
Hesselarisyiye ss eae eee eo,
tessellaris .. :. .. .. 398
trachyphloia, <..., 1. 398
transcontinentalis 396-7
umbra .. 214-5, 405-6, 411
viminalis 211-2, 215, 404,
409b-c, 428-9, 436°
vitrea ... 409a, 409c, 429
Watsoniana .. .. 212, 215
Woollsiana~. .. .. . 429
IDOE, Go oovoo o6 o 1)
GhONNMN gg b6, ca loa o teal)
Eugaiadendron .. .. .. 204
Eugenia Smithii ©. 217, 219
Eulophothrips... .. .. 267
Eulorantheae .. .. .. . 200
Euloranthus . 391,. 393
EKumenas Salaminia ... 439
Eumetopias albicollis . xxiv.
Euomphalus sp. .. ... 165
Euonymus japonicus . 213-4
Euphema elegans .. .. 136
Euphorbia lathyris bo xoatl,
Preslieeiay er 56 28Oxi,
prostrate... 2.) XX.
thy mifovian ey i) ile Xoo
Euproctis pelodes .. .. 367
Euproctis wai 349
Kupterote .. .. .. .. 361-2
doddi 2 ae Oe
expansa .. .. .. .. 362
Labia, sraete, cil eee Oe
Kurydesma cordatum .. 278
Eurygeniomorphus
rugosus .. .. .. 472
Eurystomus pacificus a6 UBT
Butermes .. .. .. 142, 147
longipennis .. .. .. 155
Manus) 4) ae) eel
MAREEBENSIS .. .. .. 151
nigerrimus var.
queenslandicus .. 145
PALMERSTONI 145-6, 148,
150-1
pastiniator.-... --nrmemel om
pullemei <5 25 Saeed
pyriformis... eye oM
triodiae .. . 148, 150-1
EYTICIY acc eek OS
VERNONI 142, 145, 147-8,
150
yarrabahensis .. .. . 152
Exeaecaria Agallocha , 413
Agallochia 8)... a4
Exocarpus .. .. .. 358, 577
eholinles 56 So oo co 2O0n%
cupressiformis 14, . 212-4,
218, 412-3
Tatifiohusiies ju aeexxlye
Extatosoma .. .. .. .. 344
butonvum a) eee eos
ELONGATUM .. .. .. 345
oper ive vs 1. Wea
tiaratum .. . 344-5
Faleo subniger .. .. .. 136
Faleunculus frontatus . 137
Fenestella sp. .. .. .. 165
Micusieeis) ye) ace Bear ee
ImMlbher Gon pe eo to. de > alls
SP reac Coed . 421, 427
FLABELLODISCUS 84. 5, 101-2
105
SIMPLEX .. .. . 84, 105-6
Formicomus .. 471-2
Formicomus . _ 477, "486, 502
ACUTIDENS .. . . 508
agilis ... 472, 486, 507-8
NMOS Go'05 00 40 0 BE)
eyaneus .. 472
denisonl .. .. 472, 503
DENTIVARIUS .. 505
humeralis .. .. .. . 472
INTERRUPTUS .. .. .. 504
kingt 472, 503
kingi .. : nea (O04:
GATIBASIS, .. «. .- -- 9U4
mastersi .. .. .. 472, 503
MELASOMUS .. .. .. . 505
niger Q 472
nigripennis .. | 472, 503
OBTUSIDENS .. .. .. 507-8
PUBIFASCIATUS 504
quadrimaculatus 472, 502,
504-5
rufithorax .. . 472
SCNOX Ae he scree. ee Ae
speciosus .. .. . 472, 503
TRIDENTIPES .. .. .. 506
Fridericianella 85, 119, 122-
3
ovicola .. . 83, 122
Fureilla .. 208
Gadus callarias .. .. . 125
Galmie oo oe uo oo =o) Salli
Gaiadendrees .. .. .. . 203
Gaiadendrinae ... 200, 203
Gaiadendron 2, 4, 7, 203,
205
ligustrina xxv., 3, 4, 204-5
Gaidendron .. 65 oo CAB)
Gaiodendron .. oo 4 AAI}
Galaxiasiy. cae eee fe OL
Galeola cassythoides .. 294
Gallaba .. . 374-5, 388
duplicata .. co ba lets)
EUGRAPHES .. .. .. . 388
ochropepla .. .. 388
Gallerucella MeDonaldi "409b
Gangarides .. . 348
Gargetta 06 oo 00 3 Bey aes)
acarodes .. . 384
costigera .. .... .. . 384
GASTRIDIOTA .. .. ... 358-9
adoxima .. 360
Gazalinaleeneen ecm: 30S
Geijera parviflora .. 412
parvifiorus .. 413
INDEX.
Geijera salicifolia .. . 412-3
Geobasileus chryssorhoa 138
reguloides .. .. .. .. 138
SDe ee ene rhea OS.
Geopelia tranquilla .. .. 135
Geranium sp. .. . 203
Geranomyia BANCROFTI 582
pictithorax .. .. .. . 582
Gigadema suleatum . 148
Girella .. . 110
euspidata .. 5 126
tricuspidata 5 oo) dlily
Gladioferens .. 551, 555, 559
brevicornis .. .. 552 560
spimosus .. . 552, 560
GlauceG eee etn or) OL
Gleditschia xylocarpa 411,
413
Gliciphila melanops 22-3
Glossopsitta conemna .. 136
porphyrocephala .. 136
Glossopteris .. .. . 280
Glyciphila fulvifrons | 39
-Glyptotermes .. .. ... . 277
nigrolabrum .. pg owe
Gnathostoma .. .. . 316
shipleyi .. .... . 315
Gnophomyia fascipennis 583
Gosseletina australis ... 165
Grallina picata .. . 139
Graptoleberis * 39, 43
testudinaria .. .. . 27, 43
Graucalus melanops 133, 138
Grevilleayereaemer nei 300
aquifoha .. 507 eHe)
juncifoha .. . 399
nematophylla 394-5
SHEEN Go co an oo bo ats
Griffithides .. so Gets)
convexicaudatus .. .. 535
convexicaudatus .. .. 536
Sp ee. 165
Gymnastes .. 55 fteb}
bistriatipennis .. .. . 583
eyanea . 583
flavitibia .. 5 fae}
hyalipennis .. .. ... 583
ornatipennis .. OSS
pennipes .. 50 (tet)
pictipennis .. 2 O83,
shirakit : . 583
teucholaboides .. 583
Gymnodactylus platurne 315,
415, 417, 422, 427
Gymnoplea .. 30 Bi
]xili.
Gymnorhina leuconota . 141
SD iesreemee eter ccc) eiet ae, Lael!
tibicen .. .. yet LA
Gynaikothrips ebneri .. 273
Gynoplistia SUBIMMACULATA
585
Gyrodactylidae 85, 87, 90-1,
123, 126
Gyrodactylinae : 85, 91
GYRODACTYLOIDEA .. .. 84-6
Gyrodactylus:.. .. . 85, 91
GaOkink 56 oo oo so. wes
GEG 63 oo. bo 50 00 Ul
HEMIGNOIABL Go oo.50 ao UL
ORGS oo oe an 06 oo Ml
groenlandicus .. .. .. 91
Medius <2. we os onl era Olle
iM, He Gc Honthee, Oi:
Habromastix HILLI .. 588
hilii SUBLATERALIS .. 588
PERGRANDIS 587
Haemonchus contortus xxxi.
Hakea .. 395
Cunninghami .. .. .. 18
dactyloides .. . 441
decurva + 395
IMI Sa co ba co 100 1
leucoptera .. oo a at
lorea .. oo JG. Bb)
saligna . . 218-9, 441
Haleyon sanctus .. SG
Hahastur sphenurus .. 136
Hauiotrema .. 84-5, 92, 96
AUSTRALE . 84, 97, 126
Hamitermes 142, 147-8, 152.
DARWINI .. . 155, 158
germanus .. 157-8
KXimberleyensis .. . 157
meridionalis a. alisie/
perplexzus .. .. .. . 145
WILSONI . 145, 159
Haplothrips braccatus . 272
Harpacticoida .. OOS
Helix aspera .. .. . 443
aspera var. tenuior .. 443
Hemiboeckella 551, 555, 560
searli .. . 552, 560
Hemiergis deseresiense .427
Hemiphlebia 456
Heterarthrandria .. 553
Heteronympha :. .. . xvi.
Hibbertia hypercoides . 203
Hieracidea berigora .. . 136
Hinulia quoyi .. so. Ble)
Spa icten Cen een eee oO
Ixiv.
Hinulia taeniolatum 315, 424,
4
26-7
tenue 315, 427
Hirundo neoxena .. .. 137
Homarus .. 5 eval
Homotrysis macleayi .. 81
jobs Ge kes oq Ged al
ROMANO. Bo 1150 06 bo 4 bell
Hoplitis ,. .. 374, 380
eydista .. .. . 380
milhauserl .. . 380
ENE oo 50 Gh ooo Shell)
Hyla coerulea .. 5 2S
Hylacola sp... .. . 138
Hylaeora .. 376
eucalypti .. 26, do wl
Hyleora .. Aa Ye os AG)
CADUCING a Sue) els ee RONG
GWAC) ss a5 bo oo 5 BD
eucalypti .. .. 876
MAWES 6 a6 40 08 on BU
lacerta .. . 376
sphinz . Porok)
Hymenia fascialis .. 439-40
Hypena masurialis 439
sp. oo cor MDH oes)
subvittalis dieters . 439
Hypercydas calliloma 361
Ianthina .. ae . 218
Tbis molueca .. a6 1 dla
Icthyura .. Go Oe SHIT
anastomosis .. 377
Idioglochina AUSTRALIENSIS
581
debeauforti Ose
Idolothrips spectrum 273
Theium religiosum 411, 413
Ilyoeryptus .. . 35, 37
HI a6 56 Sab on o6 BH
longirgmus .. .. .. .. 30
sordidus .. _ oT, 37-8
spinifer 27. 8, 37-8
Tpsvicia ae . 464
IPSVICIOPSIS .. .. . 464
ELEGANS .. 464
MAGNA : .. 465
Iridomyrmex Caer . 503
Ischyropalpus 471
Ischyrothrips .. 267
Isokerandria .. 5 sp}
Ixodes .. 337
Jacaranda ovalifolia .. . 12
Jacksonia fureellata 203
INDEX.
Juglans cinerea .. 212, 214
Juncea OO! 6:0 fea 2260
Keeneia ? oculus 06 bo ts)
platyschismoida .. . 278
Kladothripinae .. .. . 267
Kladothrips rugosus 267
Korthalsella .. STi
breviarticulata. .. .. 25
‘Korthalsellineae .. .. . 200
LAMELLODIScUS 84-5, 101,
112
TYPICUS .. .. 84, 118, 126
Lamprococeyx sp. .. .. 137
Larus novae-hollandiae . 135
Lasiopetalum rufum = xxviil.
Latonopsis australis ... 27
Laurus nobilis .. .. . 213-4
Lemodes .. .. sus tate CALS
Lemodes atricollis Me wey ENO
caeruleiventris . 473
coccinea .. .. 473
corticalis .. . 473
elongata .. .. .. 473
mastersi .. Ne gos Chie)
splendens .. .. .. .. 473
Lemodinus fenidimennis 473
Lepidodendron veltheimianum
168, 184
Lepipotrs 84-5, 101, 107,
111
FLUVIATILIS 84, 107, 126
LepipoTremMa 84-5, | 101-2,
105-7
FULIGINOSUM .. 105-6, 126
simplex .. soma lS
TENUE .. . 104, 126
THERAPON 84, 102, 104-5,
126
LEPIDOTREMINAE 84-5, 91,
101
Leptaena rhomboidalis var.
analoga .. . . 165
Leptoclamys .. .. .. . 63
Leptocotyle 115, 118
Leptocyclops . 561, 564
agilis 552, 564
speratus .. oh 553
viridis 552, 564
Leptodomus duplicostata 165
Leptospermum attenuatum
213-4
epacridioides .. .. . XXIV.
flavescens .. 214, 411, 413
stellulatum .. . 213-4
Leptotarsus macquarti . 587
nigrithorax .. .. .. . 587
seutellaris .. .. . 587
Leucosarcia picata .. .. 135
Leydigia australis .. .. 28
quadrangularis .. .. . 28
Lialis burtoni .. 315
burtonii 421-2, “424, 427
Lichmera australasiana . 140
Ingurinus chloris 7 a
Limnesia .. .. . 833
Limnesiopsis .. 333
Iimnobia irrorata .. .. 584
Linnea borealis var.
americana . 65 2006
Lintonia .. . 124-5
Liolepisma entrecasteauxii
318, 424, 427
Liostracus .. , 540
Listoca lignaria .. .. . 389
Litsea reticulata .. .. . 219
Lobivanellus lobatus 5 1835)
Lolium temulentum .. . 295
Lomatosticha nigrostriata
374
Lophioneura .. . 283
ustulata .. 283
Lophocotyle . 85, 122-5
eyclophora .. .. 83, 125
Lophophyllum corniculum 165
Loranthaceae 1, 2, 4-6, 13,
15-16, 20, 23, 199, 206.
210
200, 203, 206
Loranthinae .. 200, 206
Loranthineae .. .. .. . 199
Loranthoideae 200, 203, 206
Loranthus xxv., xxvii, 1, 2,
4,5, 7-11, 16-18, 20-24,
Lorantheae ..
201-2, 205-7, 220, 354,
391, 571, 573, 576, 579.
INO: DBO ).n 1 aa oe al)
INO: 24 Ge) ee)
acacioides .. 5, 6, 19
alyxifolius xxviii., 3, 15,
16, 20, 219, 400.
amplexans .. . 393
amplexifolius .. . 220
Atkinsonae .. .. .. . 204
Atkimsoniae .. .. .. 4
aurantiacus 402
aurantiacus 3, 401, “404. 5,
407-8
Bentham eyeies cae 393
Loranthus Betchei .. .. 393
Var) dubia sensi cs Soo
var. tomentilla .. . 393
biangulatus 6, 9, 15, 16,
; 393
IROCKOUHG 25 06 68 o6 Be
Bidwallii 7.22. | O,, 2a
bifureatus 9, 392, B95. 7;
399, 406, 409
Britteni .. ., .. .. 393
Cambagei .. 392, 409b-¢
eanus .. ao . 408
(Chicmenannnens 65 Go oo 508
celastroides 210, 215-6
celastroides 2-5, 13, 24,
208, 210, 212, 571.
COMGAIOF 06 a5 co oo 6 db
congener 2, 3, 9, 10, 12,
16, 17, 24, 218-9, 392,
407-9, 409e, 410, 412.
conspicuus .. .. 5, 6, 393
Cunninghami .. . 409
Cunninghami ..... .. 1
Cunninghamit .. .. . 411
Cunninghamii .. . 3, 408
Cyeneus-Sinus 392
dictyophlebus 3, 6, 15, 16,
19
epigaeus .. o. (2. 204
eucalyptifolius 208, 210-1
eucalyptifolius 2-4, 18, 214,
571
eucalyptioides .. 5 2A
eucalyptioides .. . 210
eucalyptoides 3, 4, 208,
217
Exocarpi 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 16,
19, 21, 25, 204
Wen (@)) 6 ao co 6 Ce
Exocarpus var. coccineus 3
var. flavescens .. .. 3
ferruginiflorus 6, 16, 392,
395-7, 406, 409
var. linearifolia 392,
398
Hizeeraldimeais siete 303
floribundus .. .. 201, a
floribundus .. ..
Gaudichaudi 3, 9, al), 6)
16, 24, 392
gibberulus 4, 5, 16, 392,
394-5
var. Tater .. 392, 395
grandibracteus 3, 5, 16,
201, 393
Hilliana .. 393
INDEX.
Loranthus insularum .. 3, 25,
linearifolius .. .. .. 3, 25
linifolius .. .. 5
linophyllus 3, 5, 16, ‘18, ‘a1,
24, 392, 395, 405- 6,
409b-e
longiflorus. .. 6, 25, 214
var. amplexifolius . 220
longifolius .. .. .. 407
longifolius 3, 5, 408, 409b
lonieéroides oo oF 6
Lueasi .. 3 393
Mackayensis .. . 892
Maideni .. 393
maytenifolius .. .. . 216
maytenifolius . 3, 219, 411
iMelaleucamervereiaes ts
Melaleucae .. . 408
miniatus .. 5
Miqueli 3, 7, 0), 10, 16, 7,
225 24, a4, 302, 397,
399, "401-4, 406-9, 409b-e
var. micranthus 392, 406
var. MINOR .. 392, 406
miraculosus 3, 5, 10, 11,
16, 25, 392, 408, 411-2
miraculosus var. .. . 8, 9
var. Boormani .. 392
var. Boormanni .. 409b
var. Melaleucae 392
409¢
var. pubigera .. .. 392
Murrayi .. 5 ES ty Al
myrtifoha .. 5
myrtifolius .. .. .- . 219
namaquanus’.. .- .- . Ll
Nestor .. 5, 16, "393, 395
nutans .. 3, 408
obliqua .. > 50g BEB
odontocalyx ... 7, 15, 25
pendulus .. .. . 395, 411
pendulus 2, 3, 5, 16-18, 23,
+ 24 212, 214, 392,
396-8, 401-9, 409b-c.,
410, 412, 571
var. amplexifolius . 220
Var parvitlora: cir sulil
IBreissinie oy Oy Wy On oe
var. didyma .. .. . 392
Quandang 3, 5, 7, 17, 25,
393, 408
amplexifolius . 220
Banerofti 6, 16, 393
5 Be
var.
var.
Queenslandicus ..
Ixv.
Loranthus sanguineus 392,
397-400, 409
var. pulcher 19, 392, 399
scoparia .. .. 3
signatus ia) 6, "393
var. pulchea .. 56 @
sibtalcatus scm. sae
vitellinus .. oe Tae +24.
vitellinus 3, 5, 10, 12, 13,
15-19, 22-25, 213-4,
218-9, 409b-ce, 411, 413
Wuireir .. 392, 399, 400
Loxonema rugifera .. . 165
Inyeaenidae .. .. .. .. 24
Lycopodium . 294
elavatum . 294, 301
Lygosoma .. .. .. 310,°427
deseresiense .. .. .. 427
entrecasteauxli 318, 422,
424, 426-7
taeniolatum .. 315, 426-7
tenue .. . 427
Lymantria lutescens 349
mijobergi .. Pac 2°)
Lymantria nephrographa 349
Lyneeidae .. . 27, 38
Lynceus affinis .. .. .. 40
excisus .. hee aS
quadrangularis mentite sea, 0)
reticulatus .. .. .. .. 43
testudinarius .. .. .. 43
Lyneodaphnidae .. .. . 27
Lyncodaphniidae .. .. 35
Lyonsia eucalyptifolia xxiv.
largiflorens .. ..-.. . 220
duysianaveeneiny ee Tar See
Macalla phoenopasta .. 439
Maealla concisella . 439, 440
phoenopasta .. .. 440
Macaranga Tanarius . xxiv.
Machatothrips .. ~. 267)
Maeratria .. a @eral
Macromastix constricta . 589
GOSINS oo4q 06 on oo fey)
humilis .. oo) ote)
MMR Go Go do oo o Bet)
Macropus .. .. xxvill., 542
Macrothricidae 27-8, 35
Macrothripinae .. He AST
Macrothrix .. . 35-6
lburstalistyfu ae eee S
laticornis .. .. 36
spinosa .. or 8, 36
var. dentata ... 27, 36
triserialis .. 5 2h BH
Ixvi.
hulerenorzanaTa 320, 322, 323-4,
326-7
corallipes SM EO SS
spiralis 319, 321, 323, 327
Magnolia grandiflora 25, 213-
4, 218-9
MaALLoDETA .. .. .. . 308-9
NYCTOPA .. go ao Boy)
Malurus assimilis .. 138
cyaneus oo alsts)
cyanotus .. So ool dlste}
ROS USI Mee Mici eau aol toa, duals)
Mandalotus geminatus 148
Manorhina melanophrys 140
Marane argentata 368
rubricorpus 371
subargentea .. so choles)
Marshia as 566
Martynia diandra 56. 6 XOOdl
Mastotermes darwiniensis
347
Mecynotarsus 5 oo Bl)
albellus .. . 473, 510
amabilis .. . 473, 510
apicipennis . 473, 510
concolor .. .. .. 473, 510
HORTENSIS .. ao 6 Pull
[aber 5° oc . 473, 510
kreusleri .. . 473, 510
LATEROALBUS 5 fl
MACULATUS 60 ell)
mastersi .. . 473, 510
PHANOPHILUS .. ... 511
ziezac .. . 473, 510-2
Megistocera fuscana .. 586
Melaleuca genistifolia 411-3
Hugelii Bo, oo 083
linearifolia .. .. 212, 411
nodosa .. .. 411, 413
parvatloray 2) sen) 222
styphelioides . 212, 411,
413
Vane 45 boo0 ou ¢ AUB}
Melanodryas bicolor .. 137
Melia Azedarach 213, 218,
4 412-3
var. australasica .. 214
Melianthus comosus .. . 11
Meliornis novae-hollandiae 23,
140
Melithreptus brevirostris 139
Ebi oo dl Bo Coa ae oo let)
Melopsittaeus undulatus 137
Menearchus impresso-
SUCH. og go oo Jf Te
INDEX.
Merizocotyle 85, 114, 124-5
dasybatis .. .. . 114
diaphana .. .. .. .. 114
MUTTOR AR of 114
Murrzocoryninar “g4- 5 91,
114-5, 124
MESOCIXIODES .. . 458, 462
BRACHYCLADA 447, 463
ORTHOCLADA .. ».. 463
TERMIONEURA .. .. . 462
Mesocixius .. . 458, 462
Mesoeyelops .. 561, 563
australiensis .. 563
obsoletus .. ... 552, 563
var. australiensis . 552
Mesodiphthera 458, 461
DUNSTANI .. . 462
grandis .. acu ion 46!
PROSBOLOIDES .. .. .. 461
Mesomyia .. .. .. .. 246
Mesophlebia .. . 452, 454
antinodalis .. . 452-4
Mesorthopteron .. 448-9
locustoides ... 447-8, 464
Mesothrips pyctes .. .. 272
Metistete sup-opaca .. . 81
Micranthicus 483-4
brachypterus dion GH
pulcher .. .. .. 483, 495
Microbothrium 85, 115, 118
apiculatum .. alls
Microcotylidae .. . 126
Microeca fascinans .. . 137
Micropharynx parasitica 118
Mirafra horsfieldi .. . 140
Mitchelloneura .. . 458
Moina 5 he 28, 34
australiensis .. .. 27, 34-5
MP WO). Ge od 0b 26, 28
macleayit .. .. .. .. 34
propinqua .. .. 27-8, 34-5
submucronata .. .. . 34
tenuicornis .. .. 27, 34-5
Moinodaphnia .. .. . 28, 34
macleayili .. .. .« 27, 34
macquerysi .. .. .. . d&
Moloch horridus .. 444
Mongoma australasiae . 584
Monocoehum .. 95-6
Monocotyle 5 CE 5, 115
dasybatis .. . 115
dasybatis minimus 115
1jimae 6g all)
MINIMA .. 5 . 115-6
WihAbO EIS) oo 65 co 6 JUINs)
pastinaeus .. » 15
Monocotyle ropusta 116, 126
selachi ..*.. .. 84, 122
Monocotylidae 85-6, 115,
123-5
Monocotylinae .. 85, 115
Monotropa .. . 293
Moraria woh i oe OOU=S)
LONGISETA .. . 552-3, 567
Mordella ruficolis .. .. 347
Mordellistena .. 347
ERYTHRODERES .. .. . 346
Muellerina Bis oe) COU
Mugilidae 2. 0. oy eee:
Miulllidaey 325-1 eee
Murehisonia sp. .. .. 165
Myzantha flavigula .. . 140
garrula .. . 22, 140
Spo peal ae 140
Myzomela " sanguinelentas 23
Nadiasa parvigutta .. 389
Naiadicola ingens . 341
Nansinoe pueritia .. 439
Naprepa hirta .. . 358
pilosa .. .. 308
Naticopsis sp. .. 165
Nautarachna .. .. .. . 341
Nematocera fuscana ... 586
Neobubastes aureocincta . 67
FUAVOVITTATAN .) jet eeelOO)
Neocistela, ance ce
Neola .. . .. 374, 376
capucina .. <6) soleil
semiaurata .. .. .. . 376
Neosilurus hyrtlii .. 94, 126
Neositta sp. .. @ ods)
Neotermes .. .. So UU
Nephrops .. . 341
Nerumiper secret 217
Oleander 217, "219, 411,
413
Netria no By)
Nitzsehia .. . 125
papillosa .. .. oo) Jeb)
Notoblattites .. . . 449
Notocistela pDIsPAR .. .. 82
tibialisy (ae «0-1 eo
Notodonta cinerea .. .. 386
cycnoptera .. 5) |b Stell
migrolinea .. . 386
Notophoyx novae-hollandiae
135
pacifica .. 5 lt)
Notothenia .. Sa tone ald
Notothixos 4-7, 23, 572, 576-
9
eornifolius .. XXIV.
Notothixos mcanus .. .. . 3
var. subaureus 571, 579
subaureus 4, 22, 24, 209,
219
Notoxus australasiae 473
decemnotatus .. . 473
Nuculana sp. .. .. .. 165
2, 4, 7, 25, 200-5
Nuytsia .
floribunda 2, 3, 5, 6, 199,
201-2 -2, 216
ligustrina .. . 204
IES AAI, 5605 66 ob Bh 4
Nuytsieae 200
Nyectemera amica .. ... 439
'Nyctozoilus CARLOVILLENSIS
75
yIRACOUIENAS oo on ao-u6 0)
Ochrogaster .. .. 363, 371-2
circumfumata .. .. . 371
GContraniaye. ec) ep O03, cal
ruptimacula .. 5 Bl
Ocneria heliaspis .. . 349
Octobothrinum .. .. .. . 89
Ocyphaps lophotes .. . 135
Oeceticus elongatus . 439-40
Oenosanda .. 5 Blt Bie)
boisduvahi .. how a oles
Oenosandra boisduvalit 374
duponchelii .. 5 a OE
Ogyris .. .. . 524
amaryllis amaryllis .. 24
TEM Go 6a 66 oor oo Ces
OlAN CI ye cies feel sich eee
Olene mendosa .. .. .. 389
Omichlis .. 375, 387
HADROMERES .. o6 Get
TALON ATK, go oo GA ap ters
Omolipus eyaneus .. .. 79
OVMNGS co no, oe aoe (hy)
Oneothrips .. ee 26g
rodwayl sa 100
tepperl .. Ogee sc. 220M
Onychothrips .. .. .. . 267
Ophiocamptus .. . 567
O podiphthera varicolor . 353
Oreoica cristata .. .. .. 137
Oreta sobria .. .. .. . 308
Origma rubricata .. .. 138
Orthis australis .. .. 165
resupinata .. ; 164-5
Orthoceras sp. .. . 165
Orthotetes crenistria ... 165
Osica .. 375, 387
fumerea .. <=. . 388
INDEX.
OSE, IEE oo G6 oo ob Ghets)
turneri .... . 388
Ostertagia cireumeincta xxxi.
Otocompsa emeria 5 25.0
Oxyuris sp. .. 422, 427
Pachyecephala
rufiventris .. . 21, 137
sp. 6 oa oo IBY
Pachycephalus rufiventris 23
Pachyeyelops eno Ol=2
annulicornis .. 552- 3, 563
Pagrus orphus .. .. . 123-4
Palimmecomyia celaenospila
249
Palimmecomyia walkeri 249
Palorus eutermiphilus . 148
iPanacelaierememer 358
lewinae ...... . 358- 9
SYNTROPHA .. .. .. . 308
transiens .. 308
Pandanus .. wey Lot
Pangonia .. .. .. 246
anthracina .. or keota
aurofasciata .. . 248
dorsalis .. 246
fulviventris .. .. .. . 246
fuseanipennis .. .. .. 246
fuscitarsis .. .. . 248
migrosignata .. .. 248
rufovittata .. . . 248
sub-appendiculata . 247
vtolacea .. : 248
walkert .... 249
Panicum decompositum | 517
prolutum .. . 514, 517
PARABELMONTIA 285-6, 288,
291
PERMIANA .. . 286
PARABELMONTIIDAB 284
Parachaeraps bicarinatus 329
PARAGYMNASTES .. . 583
cyanoceps .. 5) (ate)
fascipennis .. . . ‘084
gloria .. 50 Stes
NIGRIPES .. . 583
Paramoina .. .. bo oh
Pardalotus punctatus 6p diet)
Soyo ejaa. «© 139) 146
xanthopygius .. 22-3, 139
Passer domestica .. 21, 23
domesticus .. .. .. .. 141
Pelecanus conspicillatus 135
Pelmatoplanay ei tee) een Oe,
Perameles .. . 541-3
Periechoerinus ..
PERMITHONE ..
BELMONTENSIS ..
PERMITHONIDAE ..
Permochorista AFFINIS . 2
australica ..
mitehelli .
SINUATA ..
Permofulgor ..
belmontensis .. .. .
INDISTINCTUS
Persica vulgaris .. ..
Persoonia ..
Salicinayeven ere
"989, 2
289,
5 alg Oe)
Petrochelidon nigricans . 137
Petroica goodenovii .. . 137
ereqeuth IgG Go 60 00 oo o dled
Si on oa od oo os 137
Petrosavia stellans .. .. 296
Phaenocora .. &9
Phaethonides .. 539
occidentalis .. 539
SVINOSUSI OOD,
iPhaleray eel oon
bucephalaiiu tiie Meeooce
cossoides .. 385
grotei . 385
TEND 6 o, BiG a 385
Phaps Ghalcentaral a0. ,60 ales)
Pharyngodon sp. 418, 427
Phascolaretus .. .. 542
Pheidole .. 6 5 HM)
Pheraspis .. .. 375, 381
mesotypa .. : 382
polioxutha .. 381-2
XK OG obo, 66 oo ab ete
SYMMECLa nla OOS
Pheressaces .. 375, 381, 385
cycnopteraln eur oot
Spiruchay eae ooL
Phillipsia .. a 27-8
convexicaudata ..... . 535
darbiensis .. 535-6
dungogensis .. 165
Phor: adendr ontarer aa ONT
Photinia serrulata 12, 213-4,
218
Phragmidium sp. .. . xxvii.
Phrygilanthus 2, 4, i 13,
201, 206
aphyllus .. .. 207
Bidwillii 15, 16, 206, 208,
990
celastroides .. . . 208
Var.
eucalyptifoli us 208
Txviil.
Phrygilanthus celastroides 3,
8, 9, 12, 14-18, 21, 23-5,
206, 208-17, 219, 400,
410-1, 413
eucalyptifolius 3, 8, 9, 12-
18, 21-25, 208, 210-1,
216-9, 399, 405-6, 409¢,
411, 413.
eucalyptoides 216, 409b,
411
myrtifolia 15, 206, 208, 220
myrtifolius .. .. 16, 219
MEE ob G6 016166, GAUL
Phyllanthus .. .. . 571, 579
Physaloptera 53-5, 312, 315-
7, 424
abbreviata 54-5, 59, 60,
237, 424
alba .. . 57-8, 60, 241
aloisii-sabaudiae . 59, 60
antarctica 54, 57-8, 60,
232-3, 237, 241, 418-
9, 422, 424, 427.
var. LATA ... 241-4, 427
var. typica .. 241-4, 419
427
BANCROFTI 415, 418-9, 422,
424, 427
lorie 65 oo on oo (ll
chamaeleontis .. .. 2 60
ClaUSa sya ieee ee 54
CLELANDI 419, 421, 424,
427
dentataonr-rme O4 200,000
leptosomaye is) 00, 60
pallaryi 55, 60-1, 237, 424
paradoxa .. . 57, 60
quadrovaria .. .. ... 57
PELUSA Meine Sao: NEIL
sonsinol .. .. BA, 59, 60
So oy aillil, 421-2, 426-7
spiralis 59, 60
tidswelli .. . ee be PATE
varani 57, 60, 418-9, 421,
424
Pilostigma .. y2 398
Pin'aray ue 6 Bo Biol)
PINCOMBEA .. . 282-3
MIRABILIS .. LT 282
PINCOMBEIDAE .. .. ... 282
Pinus insignis .. ... 13, 219
Pisonia brunoniana 478, 488 .
lemeehganeXs). Gig oa.00 oo bo
Platanus orientalis 12, 16,
212-4,
Platyeereus adelaidae ..
216-9, 411, 413.
136
INDEX.
Platycercus eximius 22-3, 136
pennant. 2) cleo so
Platyeyelops .. ... 561, 564
affinis .. .:... ... 502, 560
fimbriatus .. .. . 552, 565
phaleratus . 552, 565
Platydema striatum .. . 73
SULCATO-PUNCTATUM .. 73
Platyphasia REGINA ..
Platyschisma ALLANDALENSIS
278
oeulus .. ae 2ns
Platyzosteria 223, 228
BABINDAE .. .. .. . 22a-4
balteata .. ye, 226)
bicolor Be : coe 2
CINGULATA .. 223, 226
Me 65 ool oo 5 CPA
seabra,.|... pia bees
seabrella .. .. . 224-5
SPATIOSA .. . . 226
Electroplites ambiguus 107,
109, 126
Pleuroxus .. 39, 44, 47
AUSTRALIS... .. . 37, 44-5
denticulatus .. .. .. . 45
imermis .. .. .. . 27%, 44
reticulatus .. .. . 27, 44-5
Plotosidae .. .. .. 84, 126
Plusia chaleytes .. . 439
Podocarpus .. .. . 295, 326
Podoplea .. 553
Poecilocampa leucopyga 371
Pollinia fulva .. .. .. 516-7
Polychoa . 374, 389
styphlopis... .. .. ...389
PotycyTeLLaA .. .. 458, 460
TRIASSICA .. .. . 460
Polygonum aviculare .. xxx.
Polystomum,.. ..: .. +. 189
Pomatorhinus sp. .. ... 138
superciliosus .. .. 138
temporalis .. .. .. .. 138
Ponera lutea .. .. . 503
Pontarachna .. . : 341
Potonous tridactylus. . XXVill.
Proaporosa BANCROFTI . 582
JPAROCIVOAS 26 oo od ab o Bet)
muricatus .. . 165
OUSWWIOWS: 65 oo oa oo IGS
Scabriculuswenwieci eee Oo
SDaeaee 6.0).0 8) ain JUL)
subquadratus te . 165
Prophanes Brevicostatus 75
[sonal oe) So gs on coy (8
Prosbole .. . 458
Prosqualodon davidis .. xxx.
PROTOGYRODACTYLIDAE 83-5,
87
Protogyrodactylinae 84-5, 87
ProtogyropactyLus 84-5, 87,
89, 90
QuapRaTuS .. 84, 87, 126
Protohermes davidi .. .. 290
Protohrion paradoxum 296.
ProtomicrocotyLe 84-5, 125-
6
mirabilis) ee eee eG
PROTOMICROCOTYLINAE 84-5,
125-6
Protomyrmeleon .. . 455.
brunonis .. oo, b6 Cis)
Protopsyehopsis .. .. . 468
Prunus domestica .. .. 413
Lauro-cerasus .. .. 213-4
Persica .. . 218-9
Spe cp coached see ONS
Psalis securis Aaa 389
Psephotus haematogaster 136
haematonotus .. .. .. 136
multicolor .. eels ©
Sp... -. L386
Pseudanilara. roberti_ SGT
Pseudoblaps dispar .. .. 72
Pseudochirus .. .. .. . 543
Cook) 2:10 7S aaa)
Pseudoeotyle .. 2 ae 118
MME Go Go do . 118
squatinae .. 5 Jue}
Pseudocotylinae 85, 115, 118
Pseudomoina .. .. . 35, 37
lemn ewe enemas OT, 37
Pseudomonas radicicola 319,
326
Pseudotabanus .. . 249
queenslandi .. .. .. . 249
Rsilotumieec acme aes
Psyechotria loniceroides 217,
Y1y
Pterohelaeus asellus .. . 73
ASSTMINGTS 52). see elie eats
cylindricusi) +. nee
darlingensis .. .. .. . (4
clongatusi..) sae
A CKERIN |) (sia ieisimees
Obloneusis., ies cumeieee:
OOK Govon nh So co Ua
PERSCULPTUS ..... .. . 14
UMM G Go ool as 4 1B
wallkeniciss) js. 4) scene aenee
Pteropus rubicollis .. ... 22
Pterygosoma squamipunctum
374
Ptilomacra senex .. . 389
Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus
‘ 140
Ptilotis auricomis .. :.. 139
chrysops .. 139
leilavalensis .. 140
leucotis! =) 2.1 a 9 21. 23
‘penicillata .. 140
plumulatie ee ce ee 140
sonora .. .. 21, 23,-139
Ptychoparia .. . 540
MERROTSKII .. .. .. . 539
stracheyi .. . 546
Pultenaea daphnoides xxvii.
Pyrrholaemus brunneus 138
Pyrus .. < a LT
communis .. -. 413
malus .. od do og) ZUls}
S]Go oe do oo oo oo miler)
Python variegata .. .. 444
Quereus alba .. 212, 214, 217
bicolor 212, 214, 411, 413
lusitanica .. 212, 214, 217
pedunculata .. 213-4
robur .. 217, 219
VINENS we. oes Gl ALO
Raja batis .. 118
elavata .. 118
erinacea .. 114
laevis .. Soo dlls}
Rattus mondraineus 50 Boas
Remora brachyptera .. 123
Reticularia crebristriata . 165
Retzia ulotrix .. . 165
Rhacopteris 163, 180- il, 191
Rhinotermes sp. . 347
Rhipidomella australis -- 165
Rhipidura albiseapa ... 137
motacilloides > dleyy
Rhynehodemus .. .. .. . 89
IG MIEIBES 66 Go 5 316
cristata .. Sti, 316-7
DISPARILIS 311, 315-7, 422,
427
paLradoxa eee ole
shipleyi 315
Rigema tacta .. . 389
Rilia distinguenda .. .. 389
Robinia Pseudo-Acacia 217-
9, 409, 409e.
INDEX.
Rosa Spe ©. si . 203
Rosama .. .. .. .. +. d/40
argentifera .. .. .... 375
indistineta .. 5 Bs)
strigosa 5 By)
Rubus sp. 50 od 1g Doak
Rumex acetosella 63 400 Pl
Salix babylonica 12, 213-4,
219, 413
Samaroblatta .. . 467
Santales .. . 199
Santalum laneceolatum .. 403
obtusifolium .. .. .. XXv.
Saponaria calabrica ..
XXil.
Saturnia .. . 50 eh
helena . OOD
janetta .. .. . 353
AKU, Go 0600 05 6 Che
SIGE 96 60 00 4.06 5 LW
GHHenleiass oo oo 45.00 ZU
Seaevola hispida .. X¥lil.
Seapholeberis .. .. .. 28, 30
king .. OT, 30
Seardamia chrysolina. 439-40
Sechedonorus Hookerianus 514,
51/
Sehinus molle 213, 217-9
Schizophyllum commune xxx.
Sciaena antarctica 121, 126
Seiaenidae .. .. 26
Scerone; ese as 247
incompleta .. .. 2. .. 247
singularis .. .. .. .; 247
Seytinoptera .. 458-9
‘Seirotrana repanda .. . 79
TUMULOSA sf aii) een ei 10
Seisura inquieta .. .. .. 138
Semuta prisca .. . 308
Sericea spectans .. . 439-40
Sericornis frontalis .. 138
SPidvereuiere Meus ewe sa LOO
Serranidae ais 84, 126
Seuratia .. 316
Sididae Pal
Siganus +0 101
Silene gallica .. .. .. XXxxi.
quinquevulnera XXX1
Silvius distinctus .. .. 250
elongatulus : 250
var. persimilis .. 250
EQUINUS .. 249
fulisinosus! Bian 6 246
fulvohirtus .. ao ey Ctl
MAKER oo 85 10d 60! a ZEW
Silvius imitator .. .. . 246
indistinctus .. .... . 264
Its 65 46 oo 40 6 Al
montanus! .:.\.,..,.. 246
MIGEL) ies ee ey, sso clay 246
NOCAtUS) Hey ene ee 4o-0
psarophanes 246
quadrivittatus .. ... 245
SOONG 65 55 co oo 56 Pall
subluridus .. 251
sulcifrons .. 246
trypherus .. . 250
WIGS oo oa oo oo no Mol
Simocephalus .. .. .. 28, 30
acutirostratus .. . 27, 30-1
australiensis .. 27-8, 30-1
dulvertonensis .. .. . 28
elizabethae . 27-8, 30-1
gibbosus .. .. 27, 30, 32
iene 66 oo Ai Bl; BY
Bids co 66. 50 oo oo bo OY
Smyriodes aplectaria .. 389
Solanum@sp:le en eee 0S
Sorama .. 374, 376-7
bicolor .. 5 UE
inclyta .. 376
Sorema contracta .. ... 389
nubila .. .. 389
Sorex .. 579
Sparidae .. ae . 126
Sparus australis .. . 114
MATS Go so go io. NA
SHOUMING: 66 36 66 00 5a BD
argentifera... .. .. . 375
costalis .. 66 06 6 OLD
indistincta,.. +. .... 315
Sphaerococeus leaii ... xxvi.
Sphyrna zygaena .. .. 122
Spirifera rye 5 et)
lata . .. 165
ovalis .. 60.00 oo Lt)
Sper oo Alin
Stagonopleura euttata .. 140
Stauropus 374, 378-9
? euryscia .. 389
fagi F 378
HABROCHLORA .. . 378
Stegomyia fasciata .. 261
Stephania hernandifolia xxiy.
STHENADELPHA .. . 363, 370
isabella .. oO)
Stibadocerella aUSTRALIENSIS
586
Stibasoma hemiptera .. 246
Stigmaria .. .. 168
Ixx.
Stigmodera andersoni ... 71
RUC 44 od no we Ob)
AURIFERA .. .. .: 68, 70
AUROLIMBATA .. =. .. 68
Campestrisiey-) rm ed,
CHM wo of co ae o OM
CUARKT ger ive eae OO
CORMMNE, oa 6a do co 0 UW
CHAE, 65 bo oo oa CW
GHOSE 6a oo 06 oo oo (Oe)
donovaniee aE OS
GRIME, Go oo ae so a O
Cupless oo o5 oa oo (OM
ESAN, oo oo 00 00 ov OY)
NEKOSVEMTEEN Gg 56 co o 04
INOMOAIIE Gh og oo oo Cw
InMIhAKAMHMNS 95°56 od oo (ie)
lO Ss oe oo oo (he
TOMAS og og on ao o td)
OY, oo bo ao. go oo Wwe
TSO So co Gon00 oo We
OME) o6 om od oo o OF
Rugs aeoc) pies ae elie
MEME, do co ve oo o UZ
MUNIN cg goac) ao, oo Ub
MILITARIS ee eerste aiali-2
praetermissa .. .. .. . 68
WEMS ay oo 450 ao oo OY)
FOMET aveupetta) ats Bae eee
SeculariS#e eee ees.
serratipennis ...... . 70
SkMSCles ect sen trees reel)
FOIWM, no oh oo 06 cnalds)
Rem og go bo doo WU
ANU s4 ce 60. ao co WY
ENTOMOL cio ole car oa oa Ue
unimaculata .. .... .. 67
victoriensis .. asec thu)
Stirlingia latifolia Ko loo Ss}
Stratiodrilus .. .. .. . 340
Strepera anaphonensis . 14¢
graculinay % 3 722) 140
VELSICOOLE ees ea ao ece
SURAT 35 56 06 oo 6 GUS
leptosomus ds. 58
Strophomena rhomboidalis
var. analoga .. .. . 165
Struthidea meneres 46 66 BY)
Sturnus vulgaris .. . 23, 141
Synearpia laurifolia 14, As
Synoum glandulosum 129.
411
ShisinAsIeis) Gao oo ao ao wie!
chloropastal-ar ear noo
OHNO Sia soo) 06 00 bo GY)
SCIERA . 379-80
INDEX.
Syringothyris exsuperans 165
Tabanus ADELAIDAE .. . 264
ALTERNATUS .. .. . 258-60
var. MAGNETICUS .. 258
aprepes .. . 252, 260
qurihirtus. <....... .. 201
AMG 55 60 ca co oo 2Oy)
bifasciatus .. .. .. .. 245
BUGO. 2a 00 08 50 00 Cue)
DIEZ oo ob oo 00 00 Zul)
BREIND I eee coo)
chrysophilus .. .. .. 248
cinerascens .. .. .. . 264
GH so bo oo oo oo. AO
elavicallosus ob ou 00 oes)
var. BANKSIENSIS .. 262
confusus.......... . 264
CONLUSUSER Emenee
cordiger .. .. .... . 245
Gonslexae Bo oo 66 an 6 Ate:
darwinensis .. .. .. . 263
davidsoni .. . 255
doddi .. 956, 259- 60
dorsovittatus .. .. .. 246
dubiosusieien cee eee LO
TINIE 55 G0 oo bo o Lal)
germanicus ...:.. .. 263
GRISEICOLOR .. .. .. . 262
GIGS. 25 00 oO 69 40 CO
OAKS 55 a0 soca co Coil
GROW a6 60 a0 6c aa 2D
TTMOUASUIS, 55,06 oa oo CABIL
latieallosus .. doo Oe
WHOIROOS Ga od 40) oo CEs
latifronss sere eo
leucopterus ........ 254
limbatinevris .. .. .. 208.
macquarti .. .. .. .. 258
macquarti .. .. 245, 260
meridionalis .. .. .. 264
meridionalis .. .. 245, 265
TOUSOG oo 60 Ga cb. oa LOD
MILSONIENSIS .. .. .. 265
WER gobo 60 66 a COB)
minusculus .. .. .. 263
minusculus .. .. .. . 245
MORETONENSIS .. .. . 264
nemopunctatus .. . 252
nemopunctatus .. ... 251
nemotuberculatus .. . 254
neogermanicus .. 261, 264
NEOLATIFRONS .. .. 264
neopalpalis .. . 252-4
obseurilineatus .. .. . 261
obscurimaculatus .. . 260
CONES. 50 a0 po bo. PAG
PALMENSIS .. .. 256, 258
Tabanus PALMERSTONI .. 263
Paloahs, tl) a0 eon
parvicallosus .. .. .. 252
praepositus .. .. .. 260
pseudoardens .. .. .. 257
PSEUDOCALLOSUS .. .. 254
PSEUDOPALPALPIS 252, 254
(PUSILLUS 2) See OD
pygmaeus .. .. .. .. 264
pygmaeus .. .. .. .. 245
quadratus .. .. .. 263
queenslandi .. 255- 6
RIVULARIS .. .. .. .. 264
robustus ..... .. .. 204
rufoabdominalis .. .. 252
SAopSNS Golob Go oo oo SO
Stranemani! -)) 3) eae OO
UMA Go Ho oo co o PB
townsvillei.. 2 -ucemere ol:
victoriensis .. ..... 202
WENTWORTHI .. .. -. 209
Taeniochorista .. .. .. 279
Taeniopygia castanotis | . 140
Taguaria .. .. 206
Tandanus tandanus) | ‘94, 126
TANYSTOLA .. .. . 363, 370
ochroguttal 5.) eee
AEE ao Go oc oo otey SIZ
angentosa >.) «cee s0S
Darnardy ass ete OS
CONTTATIG) 2 os EOL
interrupta ...... .. dtl
PERIBLEPTA .. .. .- - 30a
protrahens’.. .... 94) 308
BUG oo oo ag oo 0 Bi0w)
SUDPTESSA «=... -cpunoO
2 terminalis .. .. .. 374
WEIS Ge a6 ao co Ole)
Tecoma jasminoides Hea 20)
Teimocladia cuculloides 389
Meleclita r .1. Se ee oO
CYMSTA «=. ent .. 380
Temnocephala semperi 30 te)
Terebratulina .. .. .. . 443
Termes germana .. .. . 157
Tetranarche Gecidentalis . 96
Tetrancistrum .. 85, 92, 101
ieehon Be ee oo ob oo IL
Tetranychus .. . . 330
Tetraonchinae . . 85, “91-2 2, 33
Tetraonchus .. .
Tetraonchus .. .. 85, 92, a
CLUCIatUS) <1. eis
monenteron .. .. 95-6
unguiculatus .. . 94-5
Teuthis hepatus .. .. .. 96
Teutonia .. 8 06 ate
Oe
See
Lhaumatopoea lewini .. 308
THAUMATOTHRIPS .. 267, 273
PROGGATTI .. Bega 208%
Themerastis .. .. . 375, 383
ACROBELA .. 56 90 Bist)
amalopa .. 6 o Geb)
celaenairas) «= ss -3 2. ooo
Therapon .. .. .. 98, 102
carbo .. 89, 99, 104, 126
fuliginosus 90, 105, 107,
126
hill .. . 89, 100, 126
unicolor 101, 110, 126
WISIN, 66 oo 5a oo ZEB BOW)
Thominx collare 4 2OOdl,
Thyas .. .. .. 334, 340
petrophilus .. .. > BBt)
Thymallus vulgaris .. .. 95
IrINeRAGITEXD: 56. 50 30.00 0 @
Tiliqua occipitalis . 241, 427
seineoides 232, 241-2, 419,
427
Tipula costalis .. .. 589
DION G5 be oo 60 ba Bled)
leptoneura .. .. .. 589
nigrithorax .. .. .. .. O8f
Tisiphone .. ix.-Xi., XV., XV1.
abeona .. 5 IDS S-4ihs 247115
abeona X., Xli.-Xlv., Xvi.
albihasciay | sess eXee Xe
HOUR, 55 Gen oo Ralgy 20
joanna iX., Xi., Xil., Xiv.,
XV.
MOTLISI sea. UX, KI oKvs
rawnsleyi Xil., Xll., XV1.,
XVIL-.,
GIGIEN- Nas, Soe ee meron eS
Tmesipteris .. .. 294
Tomoderus 4 . 491
brevicorms .. .. .. . 473
denticollis .. . 473, 509
leae .. 473, 509
UNIRORMISuAeeeEm aes 0S
vinetus .. 473. 491
Trematoda heterocotylea 86
Trentepohlia australasiae 584
Mrewubellai kates oc -s. 2
TRIASSAGRION .. . 455-6
AUSTRALIEN SE 455-6
TRIASSAGRIONIDAE .. .. 454
TRIASSOCINIUS . 458, 462
TRIASSOCORIDAE .. . 466
INDEX.
TRIASSOCORIS .. . 466
MYERSI .. .. . 466
SCUTULUM .. . 467
Triassolestes .. 456
TrIAssoLocusta .. .. .. 451
LEPTOPTERA .. .. .. . 401
TRIASSOMANTIDAE 449
TRIASSOMANTIS .. .. ... 460
PYGMAKUS .. . 450
TRIASSOPHLEBIA .. . 464
STIGMATICA » 2. 454
TRIASSOPSYCHOPS . 467, 469
SUPERBA .. . 468-9
Triassopsylla plecioides . 283
Triassosearta .. .. . 458
Trichananea apTERA . 509-10
concolor .. .. 473, 509-10
MICROMELAS .. .. .. . 509
nigripennis .. .. .. .. 473
pisoniae .. .. .. 473, 509
victoriensis .. . . 473
Trichetra .. > Bio}
fUGUCHOCS oo 06 40 ob 6 @htD)
isabella .. 5 Ohl)
mesomelas .. 363
sparshalu .. .. . 363
Trichoglossus swainsoni ” 136
Trice shostr: ongylus extenuatus
XXX1.
instabilis 5 220:9b
Trichothripmae .. .. . 267
Trichothrips ulmi .. .. . 273
Trichuris ovis .. 4 Reidy
Trilocha rufescens . 358
Mrionchus! eee coy lo: Lay,
dasybatis . a dlily
eristaniagee eee OOS
conferta 12, 213-4
Tristomidae 118, 124
TRIVITELLINA ... 84-5, 87, 89
SUBROTUNDA .. 84, 89, 126
Trochobola australis .. . 582
Trombidium 330-2, 334, 337,
339
Tropidorhynchus corniculatus
21-3, 140
Tupaia .. De ais 542
Turdus merula...... . 141
Udonellidae .. ; . 124
Ulmus campestris . 411
xxi.
Upenaeus signatus .. 126
Upeneus signatus .. .. . 98
Uroaetus audax .. .. .. 135
Urolophus testaceus 117, 126
Uromyees polygoni .. . XXX.
Utethesia pulchella .. . 439
pulchelloides .. . 439
Varanus sp. bo Gilli)
varius . 419, 421, 427, 444
Viburnum odoratissimum
213, 215
Vicia Faba .. ~. 203
Visceae O6 . 200
Viscoideae .. .. 200
Viseum 2, 4, 5, 0), 202, 577
album .. 10, 1, 16, 576-7
anelatumeeeme- eee me
articulatum 5 ih
aureum .. so Al)
australe .. 0 fy, O
distichum .. 5B
incanum .. te 3
Oa Go cc co oo a0 @
WaiS Ge ca do do bo oo Alb
Vunga delineata Heo neriete)
Waldheimia .. 443
Walesius theresae .. 473
Westringia rosmarinifolia
XX1il.
Xanthorhoe subidaria .. 439
Xanthorrhoea hastilis .. 209
Xanthosia pilosa .. .. 205
INGO Go oa de X., XVI.
AGUS oo so oc oo o AHL
Yvania konineku 165
Zaphrentis sp. .. .. .. . 165
Zoniter pectoralis .. 135
Zonioploca, 32 0. 223, 2a
DIXONI .. 1 pels QoL
Zosterops coerulescens . 21-3
dorsalisieyerer 139
EOC, 56 56 60° 60 co 253
(Issued 21st April, 1922.)
WA
qi Vol. XLVII.
Part I.
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OF
— New Soute WaAtes
y) For tHE YEAR
1 D223
PART I. (pp. i.-rz.)
CONTAINING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ANNUAL MEETING
WITH THREE PLATES
[Plates i.-iii.]
SYDNBY:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOOIBTY RY
THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTP.,
29 Alberta Street, Sydney.
AND —
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
1922.
PRICE 2/6
Agent in Europe :
Messrs. Dutau & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish Square.
London, W.
ae
1
The Linnean Society of New South Wales.
LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1921-22. 3 .
President :
G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc., B.E., F.ES.
Vice-Presidents :
Professor H.G. Chapman, M.D., B'S. W. W. Froggatt, F.LS-
J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. A. G. Hamilton.
Hon. Treasurer: J. H. Campbell, M.B.E., Royal Mint, Sydney.
Secretary »A. B. Walkom, D.Sc.
Council ; ; a
R. T. Baker, F.L.S. A. G. Hamilton.
R. H. Cambage, F.L.S. Professor W. A. Haswell, MA. D.Sc,
J. H. Campbell, M.B.E. F.R.S. :
H. J. Carter, B-A., F-E.S. C. Hedley, F.L.S. /
Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S. A. F. Basset Hull.
Sir T. W. Edgeworth David, K.B.E., A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., BSc. f
C.M.G., D.S.O., B-A.. DSc. FRS. J. H. Maiden; 1.S.0., F-R.S.
T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M. T. Steel.
*B. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. A. B. Walkom, DSc.
J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. | G. A. Waterhouse, BSc., BE. F.E.S
W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S.
Auditor: F. H. Rayment, F-C.P.A.
*Blected 2lst September, 1921, wice J. E. Carne, resigned.
NOTICE.
1
Wirtu the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the ProckepIncs—of which the Society’s
stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publieations of the
Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road,
Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 34-36 Margaret St.. Cavendish
Square, London, W., at the following prices :—
EA
SNE One FIRST SERIES.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s.:;
Part 4, 10s. ‘
Proceedings for 1883, Vol, VIII.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.; Part
4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.; Part
4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part
4, 17s. 6d.
SECOND SERIES.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.—Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 18s.;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4
£1 7s. \
Hioceedine: for 1888, Vol. II] —Part J., 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.; Part 8, £1; Part
, Ss. y
idl Ad
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. 1V.—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, l6s.; Part 3, 19s.; Part
4, lls.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.—Part 1, tls.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.; Part
4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII—Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3, 8s.;
Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.—Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lls.; Part 3, 6s.; Part
4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.; Part
4, 8s. ne
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.—Part 1, l5s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.,
Supplement, ls. 6d.; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896.—Part 1, 9s.; Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3,
: 7s, 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. i
‘ Proceedings for 1897.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.—Part 1, 3s.; Part'2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.
Proceedings for 1899.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.; Part 4.
17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Supplement,
_ 3s.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903.—Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Rart 3, 14s.; Part 4, lds.
. Proceedings for 1904.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905.—Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 12s.
6d.; Part 4, with Supplement, 1ts. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.;
Part 4, 15s. :
. Proceedings for 1907.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 18s.
Fi Proceedings for 1908.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911.—TIart 1, 9s. 6d.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part
4 10s.
Proceedings for 1912—Part 1. 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913.—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1914.—Part 1, 13s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s.
-Proceedit.gs for 1915.—Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 11s.
Proceedings for 1916.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d; Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1918.—Part 1, 20s. ; Part 2, 14s.; Part 3, 21s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1919.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, lls, 6d.; Part :3, 17s. 6d.:
Part 4, 18s. This
Proceedings for 1920.—Part 1, 10s. 9d.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 11s.
Proceedings for 1921—Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 7s. 6d:; Part 4, 9s. 6d.
The Macueay MemorraL VouuMe [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., 11.
and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s.
Descriptive CATALOGUE Or AUSTRALIAN FisHES. By William Macleay, F.L.S.
F.L.S. [1881] A few copies only.. Price £1 net.
The TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL Society or New SourH Wa es,
2 vols., 8vo. [Vol 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 1, five Parts, 1869-73; all pub-
lished], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes
are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS. 1922. PART 1
_ CONTENTS. oe:
Presidential Address, delivered at the Forty-seventh Annual Meeting
“29th March, 1922, by @. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc., B.E., F.E.S.
(Plates af cinrcdsh Si ee noi oes eee tiogaatay een ny ees ote ce rte ee i-xViL.
Blections' and: Announcements... <5.) 52 2. ee
Hons) Lreasurers: Balances beets) 4 sas ae ee cae a een eee ‘xviii.-xx. ie
Corrigenda.—Proceedings, 1921, Part 4. -
, PY 511, line 19—for A. piceus Ol., read A. laevigatus F.
lines 34-35—for Acacia farnesiana L, read Acacia Farnesiana wild,
Plate xxxiv. and Explanation on p. 412—Figs. 2 and 3 should read Fig. 2,
male subimago; Fig. 3. female imago.
Pik Gash Naa i aa el at he b r
(Issued 16th June, 1922.)
Part 2.
THE
‘PROCEEDINGS’
| OF FHE
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OF
‘New SoutH WaLeEs
For tHe YEAR
1922
PART II. (pp. 1-198.)
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
MARCH-MAY.
WITH TWENTY-THREE PLATES s
[Plates iv.-xxvi. ]
SYDNEY:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY RY
t THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTD.,
29 Alberta Street, Sydney.
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
1922.
PRICE 13/6
Agent in Europe:
\\ Messrs. Dunat & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish Square.
(7
London, W.
Se
Net ee
qs Vol. XLVII. 7 N
No. 186,
AS aN
wy
Registered by the Postmaster-General for transmission through the post as a book.
The Linnean Society of New South Wales.
LIST OF OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1922-23.
President:
_G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc., B.E., F.E.S.
Vice-Presidents :
Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S. W. W. Froggatt, F.LS.
J. J. Fletcher, M.A., BSc. A. G. Hamilton.
Hon. Treasurer: J. H. Campbell, M.B.E., Royal Mint, Sydney.
Secretary: A. B. Walkom, D.Sc.
i Council;
R. T. Baker, F.L.S. A. G. Hamilton.
R. H.-Cambage, F.L.S. . Professor W. A. Haswell, M.A. De,
J. H. Campbell, M.B.E. r A IRSa
H. J- Carter, B\A., FES. C. Hedley, F-L.S.
Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S. A. F. Basset Hull.
Sir T. W. Edgeworth David, K.B.E., A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., BSc.
C.M.G., D.S.O., B.A., DSc., F.RS. J. H. Maiden, I.S.0., F-R.S.
T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M. T. Steel.
E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. A. B. Walkom, DSc. 7
J. J. Fletcher, M.A.. B-Sc. G. A. Waterhouse, BSc., B.E., F.E.S
Ww.
W. Froggatt, F.L.S.
Auditor: F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A. i
NOTICE.
Wirs the exception of Volumes I. -VI. of the Procespines—of which the Society’s
stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publications of the
Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road,
Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulan & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish
Square, London, W., at the following prices :—
FIRST SERIES. s
Proceedings for 1882, Viol. VII.—Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s.;
“Part 4, 10s. \
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s. ; ; Part
4, 8s. ‘
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.: Part
4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. K.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s, 6d.; Part 3, 15s/: Part
4, 178. 6d.
SECOND SERIES.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.—Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 8, 18s.;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. I1.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4
£1 7s.
Pope riaes for 1888, Vol. II1I—Part I., 15s.; Part 2 $1 4ci-. SPartr3) Sl-ePant
4, 18s. E
' . Proceedings for 1889, Vol. 1V.—Part 1, lls.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.; Part
; 4 lls.
‘ Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.—Part 1, lls.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.; Part
4, 7s. 6d.
\ Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3, 8s.;
Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1898, Vol. VIII.—Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lls.; Part 3, 6s.; Part
4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 18s.; Part
4, 8s. i
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.—Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.,
Supplement, ls. 6d.; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896.—Part 1, 9s.; Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3,
7s, 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. i ‘ N
Proceedings for 1897.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4; 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.—Part 1, 38s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.
Proceedings for 1899.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.; Part 4..
17s. 6d. ;
\ Proceedings for 1901.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Supplement,
3s.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903.—Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1904.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905.—Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 12s.
6d.; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.;
Part. 4, 15s. ;
/ Proceedings for 1907.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, lls.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
eee for 1911.--Part 1, 9s. 6d.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part
\ , 10s. : ' : ,
: Proceedings for 1912—Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913.—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 13s.
Proceedings for 1914.—Part 1, 18s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1915.—Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 1ls.
Proceedings for 1916.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s..
Proceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d; Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1918.—Part 1, 20s.; Part 2, 14s.; Part 3, 21s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1919.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, Ils, 6d.; Part 3, 17s. 6d.;
Part 4, 13s.
; Proceedings for 1920.—Part 1, 10s. 9d.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 11s.
Proceedings for 1921—Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 8s; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, 9s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1922.—Part 1, 2s. 6d.
/ The Macieay Memorian Vouume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., 11.
and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s.
DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN FisHEs. By William Macleay, F.L.S.
¥.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1 net.
The TRANSACTIONS OF THE EnrTomoLocicaL Society or New SourH Wa zs,
2 vols., 8vo. [Vol 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. u., five Parts, 1869-73; all pub-
lished], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes
are sold separately.
_PROCBEDINGS, 1922, PART 2
CONTENTS. }
y Pages
The Loranthaceae of Australia. Parti. By W.F. Blakely .. .. ..... 1-25
A Monograph of the Freshwater Entomostraca of New South Wales.
Part i. Cladocera. By Marguerite Henry, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay Fellow
of the Society in Zoology. - (Plates Ayala four Text-figuies.) .. 26-52
Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera, with special reference to
these parasitic im Reptiles. Part u. A review of the Physaloptera -
of Lizards. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Sc, F.L.8., Linnean Macleay
Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (One Text-figure.) .. .... .... 53-62
A New Genus of Australian Cixiidae. By F. Muir... .. .. .. ..... 63-64
Australian Coleoptera: Notes and new species. By H. J. Carter, B.A.,
INGDS., A (ious: Mera lapiRs)) eh Ga Ge Soy ol wo Se yao be) un on) CHEZ
New Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes, together with a ~
reclassification of the Superfamily Gyrodactyloidea. By IT. Harvey
Johnston, M.A., D.Se., and O. W. ee M.Se. (Plates ix.-xxii.; one
Wet deine) be HA spew eS NANA CD as et eneaey MSO =p
A Second Bird Census, By J. B. Cleland, M.D... ........ ...- -+ 182-441
Descriptions and Biology of some North Australian Termites. By G. F.
Hill. (Plates xxiii.-xxv.; forty-one Text-fisures.) .. ...... .. .. 142-160
The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson District.
i. By G. D. Osborne, B.Se.. (Plate xxvi.; six Text-figures.) .. .. 161-198
NZ
1as Vol. XLVIL.
Part 3.
(Issued 15th September, 1922.)
THE
PROG EE DINGS
INSEAM SOCIETY
OF
New SouteH “WaLces
O22
PART III.
PAPERS READ IN
JUNE-AUGUSIL.
(Pages 199-390, and Plates xxvii.-cxrviii.)
SYDNEY:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOGIETY BY
THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTD.,
- 29 Alberta Street, Sydney.
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.-
1922.
PIRVCE. Alot):
? Agent in Europe:
Messrs. Dunau & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish Square,
London, W.
NOTICE.
Wits the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the ProczEpines—of which the Society’s —
stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publications of the
Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, ;
Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish ey
Square, London, W., at the following prices :— :
FIRST SERIES.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 7s. 6d>; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 58.3
Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol, VIII.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, Ts. Part
( 4, 8s. F
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. I1X.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part '3, £1 5s.; Part
4, £1 5s. ‘
Proceedings ee Se, Vol. X.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s, 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part
4, 17s. ; /
SECOND SERIES.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I1.—Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 133.:
Part 4, 12s. 6d. re /
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. I1.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Le 2b 12s.; Part 4
ee clise
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. 11] —Part I., 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.; Part 3, $1; Part
4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. 1V.—Part 1, lls.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.; Part
4, lls. :
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.—Part 1, lls.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.—Part 1, 1Gs.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.; Part
4, 7s. 6d. ; :
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII—Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3, 8s.;
Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 18938, .Vol. ~VIII.—Part OSE Part 2, Liss; Part 3, 6s.; Part
9s.
Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX.—Part ab 12s. ; Part 2; 12s.;) Part 3) 13s.; Part
4, 8s.
Proceedir.gs for 1895, Vol. X. —Part 1, ibs. > Part. 2;98s.) Gd. 7 Partas, 10se-
Supplement, Is. 6d.; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896.—Part 1, 9s. : Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3,
7s, 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. : ~
Proceedings for 1897.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.—Part 1, 3s. ; ‘Part 2; 6s. Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.
-Proceedings for 1899.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; . Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2; 10s. 6d. . Part 3,:10s. 6d.; Part 4.
17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901:—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2 9s.; Part 3, 5s.;’Part 4, 17s. 6d.
pee for 1902.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. '6d.; Supplement, |
Part 4, 15s.
Saas for 1903. —Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1904.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905.—Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s. : ; Part 3, 12s.
6d.; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.;
Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1907.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3,.15s.; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part op lAsie Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s. : ; Part 3, 14s. Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.—Part 1, 11s.; Part 2, 11s.; ’ Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 12s, 6d.
Proceedings for 1911.—Part 1, 9s. 6d.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part
4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1912—Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913.—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 13s.
Proceedings for 1914.—Part 1, 18s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1915.—Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 11s.
Proceedings for 1916.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d; Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1918.—Part 1, 20s.; Part 2, l4s.; Part 3, 21s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1919.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, lls, 6d.; Part 3, 17s. 6d.;
Part 4, 13s.
Proceedings for 1920.—Part 1, 10s, 9d.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.;,Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 11s.
Proceedings for 1921—Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part\ 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, 9s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1922—Part 1, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 18s. 6d.
The Macuray Memortan Vouume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., 1.
and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s.
Descriptive CaTaLocun or AusTRALIAN FisHes. By William Macleay, F.L.S.
F.L.S. [1881].° A few copies only. Price £1 net.
The TRANSACTIONS OF THE HNTOMOLOGICAL Society or New SoutH Watgs,
2 vols., 8vo. [Vol 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 11, five Parts, 1869-73; all pub-
lished], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes
are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1922, PART 3.
Corrigendum, Proceedings, 1922, Part 1.
Page xi., line 7. For forewing, read hindwing.
ST)
CONTENTS. es
: : Pages.
The Loranthaceae of Australia. Part ii. oe W. F. eee oe ~
XXVI.-XXXil.) . ANwaAt ge eels eam Ea ; 199-222 .
Description of new Australasian Blattidae, wath a note on the Blattia :
Coxa. ig A. Hiland ae pee F.H.S. (Seven Text-
figures) . we i 3 ‘ wei @ie olay Steen oe ae aaa
‘Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera. Part im. The Physalop- *
tera of Australian Lizards. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Se., F.L.8.
Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Pa in pee ee
Text-figures) . Seta Meee aes oe LNG Cae: can ape 232-244
Notes on Australian Tabanidae. Part.1- By Hustace W. - Pengo \ Nag
M.B., Ch.M., and G. F. Hill, F.E\S. (Ten Text-figures) . ete. 245-265
A remarkable new Gall-thrips from Australia. By H. H. Karny, Ph.D.
(Communicated by W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S.). (Six Text-figures) . 266-274 —
A new Australian Termite. By G. F. Hill, F.H.S. (Four Text-figures) 275-277
A new Gasteropod (fam. Buomphalidae) from the Lower Marine Series /
of New South Wales. By John Mitchell. (Plate xxxv.) 278 -
Some new Permian Insects from Belmont, N.S.W., in the Collection of :
Mr. John Mitchell. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., DSe, } ELS., RES. :
(Plates xxxill.-xxxiy.; six Text- figures) . 279-292
Studies in Symbiosis. .By John Motneke M.A., D.Se. - ae
i. ‘Lhe Eee of De eee R.Br. (Twenty-six -
Text-figures) . : ROB OE Dh bese es oc ee elD
u. The Apogeotropic Roots of Macrozamia ne and their |
physiological significance. (Fourteen Text-figures). .. ~ 319-328
\
A new Nematode Parasite of a Lizard. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B-Se.,
F.L.S.,Linnean Fellow of the ee in eee (Seven-
teen Text- fioures) . Saat A Gash Flo aeaeen son llaalts}
On Astacocroton, a new type of Acarid. By W. A. Haswell, M.A,
D.Se., F.R.S. (Plates xxxvi. “EXXVHL.) : ‘ é 329-343
Description of a new Phasma belonging to the genus Hatatosoma. By
W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. (Plate xxxvui.) .. .. .. 344-345
A new Species of Mordellistena (Coleoptera, Mordellidae) parasitic on }
Termites. By G. F. Hill, F.H.S. (Two Text-figures) .. .. _ 846-347
Revision of Australian Lepidoptera: Saturniadae, Bombycidae, Huptero-
_tidae, Notodontidae. By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.H.S. .. .. 348-390
Ni
fi vor XLVIL.
Part 4.
PROCEEDINGS iS
LINNEAN SOCIETY
New Sout Wates
FOR THE YHAR
O22 " RY! =o}
: p Se s,
PART IV. cae
; (BF
PAPERS READ IN- ee
_ SEPTEMBER-NOV EMBER.
(Pages 391-590, and Plates xaxia-lWwiit.)
oa : 2 “SypNer:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY
= = THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTD.,
29 Alberta Street, Sydney.
? AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
weet 1922.
Se RCE 13)
Agent in Europe : ~
Messrs. Dunat & Co., 34-36. Margaret St., Cavendish Square. @
a “London, W. ; WV
BP
os ; } S72 So alia
NOTICE.
“Wir the exception of Volumes I. -VI. of the Procrepinas—of yiiot the Somety’s:
stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publications of the
Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road,
Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 34-36 arent St, Cavendish:
Square, London, W., at the following prices :— ;
FIRST SERIES.~ ~
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 7s. 6d.: Part 2; 10s. ; ; Part 3, 5s.;
Part 4, 10s. a
Proceedings for 1888, Vol, VIII.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, bs. ; Part 3, 7a ‘Part
4, 8s.
~ Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX. —Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 1 5s.; 3 Part
4, £1 5s. : é
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.: Pures 125
4, 17s. 6d. : : :
.
SECOND SERIES.
Proceedings’ for 1886,, Vols I.-Part 10 10ss.6d\; Parng 12s2, Part acids
Part 4, 12s. 6d. : ; oS SH ae
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. I1.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 285i. Part 3, 12s.; Part 4 ~
£1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. I11—Part LI. 15s.; Part-2, £1 4s.; Paoe 3, £1; Part
4, 18s. : see.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV. ae 1, 1is.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.; 4 Part Wee.
4, lls. rr
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V. —Part 1, lls.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 95.5 Part 4, Qs.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI. —Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; an 3, lis. 5 Part ;
_4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII—Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s 6d.: Part 3, 8s.;
Part 4, 8s. a
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VILlI:—Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lls.; Part 3, 6s.; Part
4, 9s. é
Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 18s.; Part
4, 8s. ar
Proceedir.gs for 1895, Vol. X.—Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.;
Supplement, Is. 6d.: Part 4, 12s. 3 $ “
_ Proceedings for 1896. —Part 2 ee ; Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; ; Part 3, =e
7s, 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. fe
: Proceedings for 1897. eGuees ce ; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 8, 9s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d
Proceedings for 1898.—Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s. ; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s...
Proceedings for 1899.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part PASS Part 3. 10s. ; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
- Proceedings for 1906. —Part ie 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d. ; Part 4..
17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s.
Proceedings for 1902.—Part 1, 7s.; "Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, Ws. 6d.; Supplement,
: 3s.; Part 4, 15s. Re
Proceedings for 1903.—Part 1, me Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; ; Part 3, dee Part 4, 15s. Say
Proceedings for 1904.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905.—Part 1, with Supplement, Ee Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 12s,
6d.; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d. ;
Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.;
Part 4, 15s. %
Proceedings for 1907.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.: Part 3, 14s.: Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.—Part 1, 1s.: Part 2, 1ls.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911.—Tart 1, 9s. 6d.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, Qs. 6d.; Part
4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1912—Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913.—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, lds.
Proceedings for 1914.—Part 1, 18s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s.
- Proceedir.gs for 1915.—Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s,; Part 4, lls.
Proceedings for 1916.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d; Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1918.—Part 1, 20s.; Part 2, ld4s.; Part 3, 21s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1919.—Part 1, 12s, 6d.; Part 2, lls, 6d.; Part 3, 17s. 6d.;
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1920.—Part 1, 10s, 9d.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, lls.
Proceedings for 1921—Part 1, 9s,; Part 2, 8s,; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, 9s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1922—Part 1, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 13s. 6d.; Part 3, 11s.
The Macueay Memortan Vouvate [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to, 11,
and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s.
Descriptive CATALOGUE or AUSTRALIAN FisHES. By William Macleay, F.L.S.
F.L.S. [1881] - A few copies only. Price £1 net.
The TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENToMoLOGIcaL Society or New Sour Wa ss,
2 vols., 8vo. [Vol 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 11, five Parts, 1869-73; all pub-
lished], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes
are sold separately. :
"PROCEEDINGS,
CONTENTS.
od, PART. 4
ice
-The Loranthaceae of yO Part i. By W. F. Blakely (Plates
XXxix.-xlvii.) . si es acer Bees cere oe
Notes of Nematodes of the genus Sige Pat: iv. ‘the Pia: :
tera of Australian Lizards (eontd.). By Vera Irwin-Smith, B. Be,
F.L.S., Linnean Bee Fellow of the ce in sine
eight Terra yes Beas Shen ee Seats:
The Oceurrence of Oil Glands in oe fear of Certain Buelypts, By
M. B. Welch, B.Se., A.L.C. (Plates xviii. -xlix.) . = Sra eH
Some Australian Moths from Lord Howe ‘Island. By A. a Turner, Be
M.D., E.E.S. © : 2
Chemical Noreen Be 4 “Steel @lkte He oe
Mesozoic Insects of Queensland. Part ix. By R. J. _ Tillyard, M.A,
Sc.D. (Cantab.), D.Sc, (Sydney), CMZS, . BLS, ae
(Plates li-liii., and eighteen. Text- figures.) . Ue eee
On Australian Anthicidae (Coleoptera). By A. M. ton FES.
AD Note « on Protem Seo D MEO a in Grasses. = Sse! ine O'Dwyer, ae ;
: j - 613-515
Further ope on the Nutritive Value of Coe one Grasses. hae
By Margaret H. O'Dwyer, B.Se. Saiiele olalseienieive eta te )iaronne etre
The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson ee
Part n. By G. D. Osborne, B.Sc. (Four Text-figures.) .
Descriptions of two new Trilobites and Note on ES convenicau-_
datus Mitchell. By John Mitchell. (Plate dives :
The Phylogenetic Significance of the ae Allantoplaeute By
Professor T. T: Flynn, D.Se.-
The Hffeet of Suspended hoe on the Coupon of Alveolar
Air. By H. 8. Halere Wardlaw, D.Sc. .. ...
ies Monograph of the Freshwater Hntomostraca of New South Wales.
Part ii. Copepoda. By Marguerite Henry, B.Se, Linnean | es
Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates lv.-lviii.) .
A Contribution to the Parasitism of Notothizos incanus (Oliv) var.
subaureus. By J. Meluckie, M-A., D.Se. (Eleven ‘Text-fgures. ) 4
New or little-known Species of Australian Tipulidae (Diptera). — By_
C, P. Alexander, Ph.D. Me eager by Dr. E. W. os
Corrigenda.
Page 429, lines 31-2, for H. Gullickt Baker, read H. Gullicki Bake and Smith.
Page 481, line 2, for from, read to. :
- 5, for 2 mm., read 0.3 mm. ~ Retox
—- 6, for averaged 0.015 mm., read measured 0.06 mm.
Page 433, 3rd line from bettom, for section read sections.
Pa
510-518
--519- =
535- a0
aL 544
545-550
§
561-570
571-580
581- 590
PART v. Gas eda yi
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES,
LIST. OF MEMBERS. AND INDEX. a
Sypnay:
PRINTED: Bunn ‘PUBLISHED BOR THE SOQOIETY BY
29 Alberta Street, Sydney.
AND.
- sau’ ‘BY ‘THE. SOCIETY,
- 1923.
monic EY 2/-
_-* Agent in Europe :
| Messrs. Duuav & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish Serene
(ee EAA London, W.
‘The Linnean Society a New South Wales. :
As ‘LIST OF OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1922-23.
, President: :
yes A. Waterhouse, BSc, B.E., F.ES.
se Vice-Presidents :
Professor H.G, Chapman, M.D. BS. W. W. rire ‘E.LS.
Heaps Fletcher, Bes, B.Sc. A. G. Hamilton.
~ Hon, ‘Treasurer: -J. H. Campbell, He ow Mint, Sydney.
Secretary: A.B. Walkom, D.Sc.
‘
; Council : a‘
*E: C. Andrews, B.A., F-G.IS. A. G. Hamilton. »
.R. H. Cambage, F.L.S.° Professor W. A, Haswell, DLA,, Dive,
Js H. Campbell, M.B.E. At Wk F.R.S.
. J- Carter, BA. FES. pe C. Hedley, F-L-.S.
pie H. G. Chapman, M.D. BS. A. F. Basset Hull, pi "a
Sir T. W. Edgeworth David, KARE _ +Professdr A. Anstruther Lawson, Bs Se,
C.M.G., D-S-O., B-A., DSc. PRS. F.R.S.E.
T. Storie Dixson, M. Be Ching. ‘A. HH. S. Lucas, M.A., BSc.
E. W. Ferguson, M.B., ChM. T. Steel.
J. J. Fletcher, M.A. B-Sc- — "A. B. Walkom; D'Sc.
#y
W.-W. Froggatt, IdelDiAsyey
Auditor: F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A.
* Elected 21st June, 1922, in place of Mr. J. H. Maiden, resigned.
+ Elected 20th September, 1922, in place of Mr. R. T. ‘Baker, ceseped
NOTICE.
7
Wir the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Procespinas—of which the Society’s
stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publications of the
Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road,
G. A. Waterhouse, BSc, 3.E., BES | at
Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 34-36 yee St., Cavendish — te:
Square, London, W., at the following prices :—
_ FIRST SERIES.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 5s: i
Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.; Part
4, 8s.
Proceédings for 1884, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 8, £1 5s.; Part
4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X. part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s, 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part
: 4, 17s. 6d. ; ees
SECOND SERIES.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.—Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.;
‘ Part 4, 12s. 6d. x w
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. I1.—Part 1, 7s.; Fane 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4
£1 7s
Proc fr for 1888, Vol. Til —Part its 15se: ees Dk £1 4s.; Part 3, £1; Part
ES
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. 1V.—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.; Part
4, lls.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.—Part ‘i 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.; Part
4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 48. 6d.; Part 3, 8s.;
Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.—Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lls.; Part 3, 6s.; Part
4, 9s:
Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.; Part
4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.—Part 1, 1bs.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 8, 10s.,
Supplement, 1s. 6d.; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896.—Part 1, 9s.; Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3,
Zs, 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.—Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.
Proceedings for 1899.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.; Part 4.
17s. 6d. ’
Proceedings for 1901.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Supplement,
3s.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903. —Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1904.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, ise 6d, 5.Part, 3, 9sa;) Part:4, 10s;
Proceedings for 1905.—Part 1, with Supplement, 7s. ; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 12s.
6d.; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d. }
Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.;
Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1907.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 8, 14s.;' Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3; 14s. ; Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.—Part 1, 11s.; Part 2, ‘Ws. ; Parte uss: Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911.—Part. 1, 9s. 6d.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.;: Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part
4 10s.
Proceedings for 1912—Part 1, 8s. 6d.: Part 2, ee Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proreedings for 1913.—Part 1, 14s.: Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 13s.
Proceedings for 1914.—Part 1, 18s.; Part 2, ie Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedit.gs for 1915 +7-Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d. - Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 11s.
Proceedings for 1916.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d; Part 4, 16s. 6d.
_ Proceedings for 1918.—Part 1, 20s.; Part 2 lds. ; Part 3, 21s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1919.—Part ih 12s. 6d.; Part 2, lls, 6d.; Part 3, 17s. 6d.;
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1920. —Part 1, 10s, 9d.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 11s.
Proceedings for 1921—Part ik 9s.; Part 2, 8st Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, 9s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1922—Part iL, 2s. 6d: Part’ 2, 138s; 6di;, Part*3) lis.;-Part 413s:
The Macuray MeMORIAL Vouume [issued October 13th, 1893}. Royal 4to., Li.
and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s.
DEscrIPTive CaTaLocur or AUSTRALIAN FisHEes. By William Macleay, F.L.S.
F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1 net.
The TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENNTOMOLOGICAL Socrety or New SouTH WatLEs,
2 vols., 8vo. [Vol. 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 1, five Parts, 1869-73; all pub-
lished], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes
are sold separately.
/
Ss Bie BNiey hg Z ; : Teas Ptree Rolie tay alg
PROCEEDINGS. 1922. PART 5
| on ay CONTENTS yt Oe
|. Abstract of Proceedings... 0. ce se ee cccee te chee cece ce pe ee) RBioxmRh
Donations and ERX GHAM SOS) gore tere valued t cate 2 o a a Er th Ce asia
List of Members iN bites Bete ne ne eee ee oe - dere Hoss gah -
Res eotite Index -- 1 eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Pere et ny pees ee eee As
/ “ :
OI
eee ae os
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11